1 files changed, 0 insertions, 63065 deletions

diff --git a/old/62231-0.txt b/old/62231-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 5851ae1..0000000
--- a/old/62231-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63065 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of One Thousand Ways To Make A Living; or, An
-Encyclopædia, by Harold M. (Harold Morse) Dunphy
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-
-Title: One Thousand Ways To Make A Living; or, An Encyclopædia of Plans to Make Money
-
-Author: Harold M. (Harold Morse) Dunphy
-
-Release Date: May 25, 2020 [EBook #62231]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ONE THOUSAND WAYS TO MAKE A ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by MFR, Harry Lamé and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
-https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from images
-made available by the HathiTrust Digital Library.)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-  Transcriber’s Notes
-
-  Text printed in italics has been transcribed _between underscores_,
-  bold face text between =equal signs=. Small capitals have been
-  converted to ALL CAPITALS.
-
-  More transcriber’s notes may be found at the end of this text.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: HAROLD M. DUNPHY, LL. B.
-
-_Graduate of the University of Michigan, 1906_
-
-_Attorney at Law_]
-
-
-
-
-  ONE THOUSAND WAYS
-  TO MAKE A LIVING
-
-  OR
-
-  AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF
-  PLANS TO MAKE MONEY
-
-  _Collated and Edited
-  by_
-  HAROLD M. DUNPHY, LL. B.
-
-  _FIRST EDITION_
-
-  SPOKANE, WASHINGTON
-  1919
-
-
-  ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, INCLUDING THAT OF
-  TRANSLATION INTO FOREIGN LANGUAGES
-
-  COPYRIGHT, 1919
-
-  BY
-
-  H. M. DUNPHY
-
-  SPOKANE, WASHINGTON
-
-
-
-
-IMPORTANT PUBLISHER’S ANNOUNCEMENT
-
-
-The contents of this book have taken years to gather. They have been
-collected from every corner of this vast continent, and in some cases
-from Europe. The literary style, no doubt, from the reviewer’s point of
-view, will leave much to be desired. This, from the very start, was
-pointed out to the editor, Mr. H. M. Dunphy, who, however, determined
-that his object was to give a plain, unvarnished story of how to make a
-livelihood, and not to produce a book of a high literary character. His
-exact words every time were: “My position as editor of this work is
-simply to take the matter as handed in to me from time to time, see that
-nothing objectionable or prohibited by the States laws is allowed to be
-published. So far as the literary style is concerned, it would not be
-difficult for me, a lawyer of long practice, to fall into line with the
-orthodox. But I prefer to give the different information just as sent in
-to me, with certain exceptions I have mentioned.
-
-“I did not arrive at this decision in haste, but after due deliberation.
-It was a choice of altering--and placing almost every experience I
-received--into literary phraseology, or allowing same to pass for
-publication in the language of the people. I choose the latter.” We
-think Mr. Dunphy is right. This book’s aim is the people rather than the
-classes; although we have no doubt it will appeal to many people of high
-education with slender means.
-
-However, the language in every case is understandable by the people, so,
-while no excuse is offered, we think the reviewers and the higher
-educated public should be given an explanation.
-
-Not only from a business point of view, but for the betterment of the
-conditions of the people, we desire this work to have a wide
-circulation. There is no need for people to call aloud about lack of
-employment if they will not consult this book.
-
-One way to make a livelihood has been omitted in the edition of this
-work, and we feel sure he will excuse us for drawing attention to the
-fact. We want agents in every part of the country--and we don’t want
-those agents to handle the work without proper compensation.
-
-Write us for terms.
-
-
-
-
-PREFACE
-
-
-The title of this book speaks for itself and should require no foreword
-from me. However, the able compiler and editor thinks otherwise, so I
-gladly fall in with his wishes.
-
-I grasp the opportunity, because I think when doing so, I can benefit a
-great number of my fellow-countrymen and country-women, who to-day have
-the constant shadow of unemployment confronting them.
-
-This is not a “get-rich-quick” book. It is a work to teach people how to
-get a livelihood. Of course, a great many people who commence in
-business through reading this book, and adopting one or more of the
-plans, will naturally push ahead and accumulate wealth. That, however,
-is not the object of the book. If it were, I certainly should not
-sponsor its sale. I maintain, as all decent citizens must believe, that
-every soul on this planet has a right to a decent existence. But it
-grieves me to see so many people, young and old, foot-sick, walking
-about looking for a “job,” which employers of labor are unable to offer.
-If these people would only look around and try to help themselves a
-little, the world would be a happier place in which to live.
-
-There is work everywhere to be done, and this book tells how to go about
-it. It is a book that should be in every public reference library in the
-country, for the use of those who are unable to buy it.
-
-The various plans for making a living are set forth in such detail that
-they can be understood by all. They do not cater only to the person who
-is out of employment, but they are also valuable to the man in business,
-who through competition may find he is not doing as well as he should.
-They are a great storehouse of general business knowledge. I, myself, am
-what people would call a “successful business man.” Yet the book is
-invaluable to me from the point of view of an investor. If I had had in
-my possession “Protection against Fraud and Wildcat Schemes” only three
-years ago--and acted upon it, I should have saved myself from entering
-into a bad speculation. This chapter is undoubtedly worth ten times the
-price asked for the whole book.
-
-Out-of-door folk such as farmers and market gardeners, are firm
-believers in the theory of luck. I suppose it is because there is no
-more speculative occupation than the cultivation of the soil. Well, I
-don’t grudge them their theory, but I will say this: If they will only
-consult this book and act upon its plans, they will find their “luck”
-has been increased considerably.
-
-But to come back to the unemployed; to the man or woman who is looking
-for work. It is these people I personally wish to benefit, and it is to
-them I would particularly address myself. Of the sincerity of their
-desire for work, there is no shadow of doubt; and since the only remedy
-for unemployment is employment, its discovery is the duty of man.
-
-Well, here in this book we have it, of that I am convinced. Only
-co-operation must come from the unemployed. Let them select one of the
-plans at once and get to business. I’m sure they will succeed if only
-they put their heart and soul into it. After a _little_ effort, if
-everything _does not prosper at once_, they must not lapse like Watts’
-sluggard did: “’Tis the voice of the sluggard, I hear him complain.
-You’ve waked me too soon--I must slumber again.”
-
-That won’t do. In this life, whatever it may be in the next, if we wish
-to _live_, we must _work_. There will be plenty of time for slumber
-later on.
-
-And now, a final word. If there should be one person who reads this
-foreword and who does not believe every word I have written, I ask one
-favor: Let him individually select one of the plans set forth, and give
-it a fair trial. I give this advice, knowing full well that all I have
-written will be found to be true.
-
-This book has my very best wishes for a large sale.
-
-
-
-
-THE WAY TO WEALTH
-
-
-The following article, “The Way to Wealth” was published by one of the
-greatest of Americans, Benjamin Franklin, in his famous “Poor Richard’s
-Almanac,” in the year 1757. This article is especially strong, as it
-represents the observations of Benjamin Franklin after twenty-five years
-of publishing “Poor Richard’s Almanac.” There is, perhaps, no other of
-Franklin’s writing that won for him more reputation than the following:
-
-“The Way to Wealth” is run in the same form as it was originally
-written. “The Way to Wealth” should be regarded as the constitution of
-this book and should be read and followed with each and every plan.
-
-
-THE WAY TO WEALTH
-
-I have heard that nothing gives an author so great a pleasure as to find
-his work respectfully quoted by others. Just, then, how much I must have
-been gratified by an incident I am going to relate to you. I stopped my
-horse lately where a great number of people were collected at an auction
-of merchant goods. The hour of the sale not being come they were
-conversing on the badness of the times; and one of the company called to
-a plain, clean, old man, with white locks: “Pray, Father Abraham, what
-think you of the times? Will not these heavy taxes quite ruin the
-country? How shall we ever be able to pay them? What would you advise us
-to do?” Father Abraham stood up and replied: “If you would have my
-advice, I will give it to you in short; for a word to the wise is
-enough, as Poor Richard says.” They joined in desiring him to speak his
-mind, and gathering around him he proceeded as follows:
-
-“Friends,” said he, “the taxes are indeed very heavy, and if those laid
-on by the government were the only ones we had to pay, we might more
-easily discharge them, but we have many others and much more grievous to
-some of us. We are taxed twice as much by our idleness, three times as
-much by our pride, and four times as much by our folly, and from these
-taxes the commissioners cannot ease or deliver us by allowing an
-abatement. However, let us hearken to good advice and something may be
-done for us: ‘God helps those who help themselves,’ as Poor Richard
-says.
-
-“I. It would be thought a hard Government that would tax its people
-one-tenth part of their time to be employed in its service, but idleness
-taxes many of us much more; sloth by bringing on disease, absolutely
-shortens life. ‘Sloth, like rust, consumes faster than labor wear, while
-the used key is always bright,’ as Poor Richard says. ‘But dost thou
-love life? if so then do not squander time, for that is the stuff life
-is made of,’ as Poor Richard says. How much more than is necessary do we
-spend in sleep, forgetting that the ‘sleeping fox catches no poultry,’
-and that ‘there will be sleeping enough in the grave,’ as Poor Richard
-says.
-
-“‘If time be of all things the most precious, wasting time must be,’ as
-Poor Richard says, ‘the greatest prodigality,’ since, as he elsewhere
-tells us, ‘lost time is never found again, and what we call time enough
-always proves little enough.’ Let us then be up and doing, and doing to
-the purpose; so by diligence shall we do more with less perplexity.
-‘Sloth makes all things difficult, but industry all things easy; and he
-that rises late, must trot all day, and shall scarce overtake his
-business at night: while laziness travels so slowly that poverty soon
-overtakes him. Drive thy business, let not thy business drive thee; and
-early to bed and early to rise, makes a man healthy, wealthy, and wise,’
-as Poor Richard says.
-
-“So what signifies wishing and hoping for better times? We may make
-these times better if we but bestir ourselves. ‘Industry need not wish,
-and he that lives upon hope will die fasting. There are no gains without
-pains; then help, hands, for I have no lands; or if I have they are
-smartly taxed. He that hath a trade hath an estate, and he that hath a
-calling hath an office of profit and honor,’ as Poor Richard says. But
-then the trade must be worked at and the calling followed, or neither
-the estate nor the office will enable us to pay our taxes. If we are
-industrious we shall never starve, for ‘at the working man’s house
-hunger looks in but dares not enter.’ Nor will the bailiff nor the
-constable enter, for industry pays debts, while despair increases them.
-What, though you have found no treasure, nor have any rich relations
-left you a legacy, ‘diligence is the mother of good luck, and God gives
-all things to industry. Then plow deep while sluggards sleep, and you
-shall have corn to sell and to keep.’ Work while it is called today, for
-you know not how much you may be hindered tomorrow. ‘One today is worth
-two tomorrows,’ as Poor Richard says; and further, ‘never leave that
-till tomorrow which you can do today.’ If you were a servant would you
-not be ashamed that the good master should catch you idle? Are you then
-your own master? Be ashamed to catch yourself idle when there is so much
-to be done for yourself, your family, your country and your king. Handle
-your tools without mittens; remember that ‘the cat in gloves catches no
-mice,’ as Poor Richard says. It is true that there is much to be done,
-and perhaps you are too weak-handed, but stick to it steadily and you
-will see great effects; for ‘constant dropping wears away stones; and by
-diligence and patience the mouse ate in two the cable; and little
-strokes fell great oaks.’
-
-“Methinks I hear some of you say: ‘Must a man afford himself no
-leisure?’ I will tell thee, my friends, what Poor Richard says: ‘Employ
-thy time well, if thou meanest to gain leisure, and since thou art not
-sure of a minute, throw not away an hour.’ Leisure is time for doing
-something useful; thus, leisure the diligent man will obtain, but the
-lazy man never; for ‘a life of leisure and a life of laziness are two
-things. Many, without labor would live by their wits only, but they
-break for want of stock’; whereas industry gives comfort and plenty and
-respect. ‘Fly pleasures, and they will follow you. The diligent spinner
-has a large shift; and now I have a sheep and a cow, everybody bids me
-good morrow.’
-
-“II. But with our industry we must likewise be steady, settled and
-careful, and oversee our own affairs with our own eyes, and not trust
-too much to others; for, as Poor Richard says:
-
-“And again, ‘three removes are as bad as a fire.’ And again, ‘keep thy
-shop and thy shop will keep thee.’ And again, ‘if you would have your
-business done, go; if not, send.’ And again, ‘He that by the plow would
-thrive, himself must either hold or drive.’ And again, ‘the eye of the
-master will do more work than both his hands.’ And again, ‘want of care
-does us more damage than want of knowledge.’ And again, ‘not to oversee
-workmen is to leave them your purse open. Trusting too much to others is
-the ruin of many; for in the affairs of this world men are saved, not by
-faith, but by want of it.’ But a man’s own care is profitable; for, ‘if
-you would have a faithful servant, and one that you like, serve
-yourself. A little neglect may breed great mischief; for want of a nail
-the shoe was lost; for want of a shoe the horse was lost; and for want
-of a horse the rider was lost, being overtaken and slain by the enemy;
-all for want of a little care about a horseshoe nail.’
-
-“III. So much for industry, my friends, and attention to one’s own
-business; but to these we must add frugality, if we would make our
-industry more certainly successful. A man may, if he knows not how to
-save as he gets, keep his nose all his life to the grindstone and die
-not worth a groat at last. ‘A fat kitchen makes a lean will; and many
-estates are spent in the getting. Some women for tea forsook spinning
-and knitting. And men for punch, forsook hewing and splitting. If you
-would be wealthy, think of saving as well as getting. The Indies have
-not made Spain rich, because her outgoes are greater than her incomes.’
-Away then with your expensive follies, and you will not have so much
-cause to complain of hard times, heavy taxes and chargeable families;
-for, ‘Women and wine, game and deceit, make the wealth small and the
-wants great.’ And further, ‘What maintains one vice would bring up two
-children.’ You may think, perhaps, that a little tea, or punch now and
-then, diet a little more costly, clothes a little finer, and a little
-entertainment now and then, can be of no great matter; but, remember,
-‘Many a little makes a mickle.’ Beware of little expenses. ‘A small leak
-will sink a great ship,’ as Poor Richard says; and again, ‘who dainties
-love, shall beggars prove;’ and moreover, ‘Fools make feasts, and wise
-men eat them.’ Here you are all got together at this sale of finery and
-nicks-nacks. You call them goods; but if you do not take care, they will
-prove evils to some of you. You expect they will be sold cheap, and
-perhaps it may be less than they cost; but if you have no occasions for
-them, they must be dear to you. Remember what Poor Richard says: ‘Buy
-what thou hast no need of, and ere long thou shalt sell thy
-necessaries.’ And again, ‘At a great pennyworth, pause awhile.’ He
-means, that perhaps the cheapness is apparent only, and not real; or the
-bargain, by straightening thee in thy business, may do thee more harm
-than good. For in another place he says, ‘Many have been ruined by
-buying good pennyworths.’ Again, ‘it is foolish to lay out money in a
-purchase of repentence,’ and yet this folly is practiced every day at
-auctions for want of minding the Almanac. Many a one for the sake of
-finery on the back, has gone with a hungry belly and half starved his
-family. ‘Silks and satins and scarlets and velvets put out the kitchen
-fire,’ as Poor Richard says.
-
-“These are not the necessaries of life; they can scarcely be called the
-conveniences; and yet, only because they look pretty, how many want to
-have them! By these and other extravagances, the genteel are reduced to
-poverty and forced to borrow from those whom they formerly despised, but
-who, through industry and frugality, have maintained their standing; in
-which case it appears plainly that: ‘A plowman on his legs is higher
-than a gentleman on his knees,’ as Poor Richard says. Perhaps they had a
-small estate left them, which they knew not the getting of; they think,
-‘it is day, and will never be night;’ that a little to be spent out of
-so much is not worth minding; but ‘always taking out of the meal-tub,
-and never putting in, soon comes to the bottom,’ as Poor Richard says;
-and then, ‘when the well is dry, they know the worth of water.’ But this
-they would have known before, had they taken his advice. ‘If you would
-know the value of money, go and try to borrow some;’ for ‘he that goes a
-borrowing, goes a sorrowing,’ as Poor Richard says. And indeed so does
-he that lends to such people, when he goes to get it again. Poor Dick
-further advises and says: ‘Fond pride of dress is sure a very curse; ere
-fancy you consult, first consult your purse.’ And again, ‘Pride is as
-loud a beggar as want, and a great deal more saucy.’ When you have
-bought one fine thing, you must buy ten more, that your appearance may
-be all of a piece; but poor Dick says, ‘It is easier to suppress the
-first desire than to satisfy all that follow it. And it is as truly
-folly for the poor to ape the rich, as for the frog to swell in order to
-equal the ox.’
-
-“It is, however, a folly soon punished; for, as Poor Richard says,
-‘Pride that dines on vanity, sups on contempt. Pride breakfasted with
-plenty, dined with poverty, and supped with infamy.’ And after all, of
-what use is this pride of appearance, for which so much is risked, so
-much suffered? It cannot promote health, nor ease pain; it makes no
-increase of merit in the person; it creates envy; it hastens misfortune.
-
-“But what madness must it be to run in debt for these superfluities? We
-are offered by the terms of this sale six months’ credit; and that
-perhaps, has induced some of us to attend it, because we cannot spare
-the ready money, and hope now to be fine without it. But ah! think what
-you do when you run in debt; you give to another power over your
-liberty. If you cannot pay at the time, you will be ashamed to see your
-creditor; you will be in fear when you speak to him; you will make poor,
-pitiful, sneaking excuses, and by degrees come to lose your veracity and
-sink into base, downright lying; for ‘the second vice is lying, the
-first is running into debt,’ as Poor Richard says; and again, to the
-same purpose, ‘Lying rides upon Debts back;’ whereas a free-born
-Englishman ought not to be ashamed nor afraid to see or speak to any man
-living. But poverty often deprives a man of all spirit and virtue. ‘It
-is hard for an empty bag to stand upright.’
-
-“What would you think of that prince or government who should issue an
-edict forbidding you to dress like a gentleman or gentlewoman, on pain
-of imprisonment and servitude? Would you not say that you were free and
-had the right to dress as you please; that such an edict would be a
-breach of your privileges, and such a government tyrannical? And yet you
-are about to put yourselves under such tyranny when you run in debt for
-such dress! Your creditor has authority, at his pleasure to deprive you
-of your liberty by confining you in gaol till you shall be able to pay
-him. When you have got your bargain, you may perhaps think little of
-payment; but, as Poor Richard says, ‘Creditors have better memories than
-debtors; creditors are a superstitious sect--great observers of set days
-and times.’ The days come around before you are aware, and the demand is
-made before you are prepared to satisfy it; or, if you bear your debt in
-mind, the term which at first seems so long will, as it lessens, seem
-extremely short. Time will seem to have added wings to his heels as well
-as to his shoulders. ‘Those have a short Lent who owe money to be paid
-at Easter.’ At present, perhaps, you may think yourselves in thriving
-circumstances, and that you can spare a little extravagance without
-injury, but, ‘for age and want save while you may--no morning sun lasts
-a whole day.’ Gain may be temporary and uncertain, but ever, while you
-live, expense is constant and certain; and ‘it is easier to build two
-chimneys than to keep one in fuel,’ as Poor Richard says; so, ‘rather go
-to bed supperless than rise in debt.’ ‘Get what you can, and what you
-get, hold; ’Tis the stone that will turn all your lead into gold.’ And
-when you have got the philosopher’s stone, surely you will no longer
-complain of bad times, or the difficulty of paying taxes.
-
-“IV. This doctrine, my friends, is reason and wisdom, but, after all, do
-not depend too much on your own industry and frugality and prudence,
-though excellent things, for they all may be blasted, without the
-blessing of heaven; and therefore ask that blessing humbly, and be not
-uncharitable to those that at present seem to want it, but comfort and
-help them. Remember Job suffered and afterwards was prosperous.
-
-“And now, to conclude, ‘Experience keeps a dear school, but fools will
-learn in no other,’ as Poor Richard says, and ‘scarce in that, for it is
-true we may give advice, but we cannot give conduct.’ However, remember
-this, ‘They that will not be counseled cannot be helped,’ and further,
-that ‘if you will not hear reason, she will surely rap your knuckles,’
-as Poor Richard says.”
-
-Thus the Old Gentleman ended his harangue. The people heard it and
-approved the doctrine, and immediately practiced the opposite, just as
-if it had been a common sermon; for the auction opened and they began to
-buy extravagantly. I found the good man had thoroughly studied my
-Almanac, and digested all I had dropped on these topics during the
-course of twenty-five years. The frequent mention he made of me, must
-have tired anyone else, but my vanity was wonderfully delighted with it,
-though I was conscious that not a tenth part of the wisdom was my own
-which he ascribed to me, but rather the gleaning I had made of the sense
-of all ages and nations. However, I resolved to be the better for the
-echo of it, and though I had at first determined to buy stuff for a new
-coat, I went away, resolved to wear my old one a little longer. Reader,
-if thou wilt do the same, thy profit will be as great as mine. I am, as
-ever, thine, to serve thee.
-
-  RICHARD SAUNDERS.
-
-
-
-
-SELF-PROTECTION AGAINST FRAUDULENT SCHEMES AND WILDCAT INVESTMENTS
-
-
-Thousands of men and women, who have lost their savings of years through
-the skillfully manipulated schemes of men who make a profession of
-robbing the unwary, might still be in comfortable circumstances had they
-been forewarned and forearmed against these people by the timely advice
-of some one who knew the crooks and turns by which they approach their
-victims with honeyed words and roseate pictures of fortunes quickly and
-easily made.
-
-Women who have come into the possession of considerable sums of money,
-through inheritance, or as beneficiaries of husbands, fathers or
-brothers, are the special objects of exploitation. It is estimated that
-fully 90 per cent of the women thus provided for, lose the entire
-amounts within three to six months.
-
-Many of these women succumb to flatteries accompanying offers of
-marriage, and willingly turn over every dollar that some loyal and
-devoted husband and father has made untold sacrifices to provide. Once
-in possession of the money, however, these villains usually disappear,
-to seek new fields and swindle other women by the same contemptible
-methods.
-
-The greater part of the fraudulent schemes through which women with
-little savings are swindled, consists of plausible plans for making
-“profitable” investments. The writer of this chapter is reliably
-informed that in a certain city of over 100,000 inhabitants, more than
-sixty-five men engage in this business.
-
-Women, however, are not the only victims, for men are also easily
-persuaded to part with their savings.
-
-The man or woman known to have acquired any considerable sum of money,
-or even a few hundred dollars, is skillfully approached and asked to
-make an investment that is “sure to double your money in six months,” or
-guaranteed to pay 1,000 per cent dividends within a year, and every year
-thereafter, and the alluring picture thus held out is usually a
-veritable gem of literary and artistic skill.
-
-Perhaps it is a choice piece of real estate, which the owner will sell
-at a “great sacrifice,” as his health requires a removal to a “milder
-climate.” Or it may be a block of mining or industrial stock,
-represented by a gorgeously engraved certificate, embellished with an
-elaborate seal and is advertised as a “real snap,” as only a few dollars
-of additional capital will start the enterprise to grinding out
-dividends. Whatever it is, there is a dazzling certainty about its
-future that is perfectly bewildering to the poor investor, who is made
-to see him- or herself soon very wealthy. And how easy it is to make an
-inexperienced woman--or man, either--believe that her or his few hundred
-dollars can so easily be turned into a channel that will bring a swift
-and sure reward.
-
-The bait may be a first mortgage on a piece of farm land, “worth many
-times the small indebtedness it represents,” bears a high interest rate,
-and which, if foreclosed by the holder, would make him well to do.
-
-Oftentimes these seductive offerings come through a friend, who
-offers--for a commission--to guide the faltering steps of the investor
-to certain wealth, as a personal favor.
-
-The valuable farm land is found to be upon a mountain top or in the
-middle of a swamp, where no one could live or nothing can grow. It is
-worthless. But the mortgage, which showed some one had loaned a large
-sum of money on it? Oh, that was a mortgage made for the purpose. No
-real money was ever loaned on it.
-
-And the stock in that wonderful mine, almost ready to pay dividends?
-Why, that consists principally of a set of location stakes, with perhaps
-a 10-foot hole in the ground, representing the first year’s assessment
-work on a very poor “prospect.” Anybody can see that it never will make
-a mine.
-
-But the industrial enterprise--that surely must have a bright and
-promising future. Well, maybe, but as yet it has no equipment, no raw
-material, no franchise, no location--nothing but a certificate of
-incorporation, authorizing a few comparatively unknown men, with no
-capital whatsoever, to do a certain kind of manufacturing or other
-business--if they can raise a little money with which to make a start.
-At last, when the money is gone and it is too late, the poor investor
-begins to realize what has happened. His money is lost.
-
-It is bad enough for the one who has been thus defrauded, but it is many
-times worse when little children are made to suffer. It may be that the
-widow should pay the penalty of her foolishness but the innocent,
-helpless little children are the ones who suffer most.
-
-How to guard against the depredations of these people, and protect one’s
-self, is the object of this chapter. By following the plan here
-outlined, any man or woman can be assured of comparative safety. It has
-been successfully employed, and has saved thousands of dollars.
-
-First of all, you must learn to do your own thinking, instead of
-becoming confused by the advice that is offered you, for no two of your
-friends or acquaintances will advise you alike. Use your own judgment,
-and carefully weigh every suggestion.
-
-Suppose you are approached with a proposition to invest your money. No
-matter how attractive the prospect may look, adopt this as a slogan:
-“_Investigate before investing_,” and do this thoroughly, because the
-“snap” will not be gone if you delay a little while. Make sure that your
-investigation is as complete as possible. This will not only protect you
-from fraudulent and wild-cat schemes but will enable you to find a
-really meritorious proposition. It may cost you from $25 to $50 as
-expense for investigation purposes, but this is far better than losing
-$5,000 to $10,000. Make it a rule to test all propositions on which you
-are solicited--to never act until you have full information before you.
-When approached by the person desiring you to invest tell him before
-going into a discussion as to the investment you wish to be informed
-about his company. Copy all the following questions and submit them to
-him, requesting that each question be carefully answered, and that after
-the answers are made they shall be signed by the corporation,
-individual, company or partnership. If his proposition is all right, and
-he believes in it, he will gladly co-operate; but if he is doubtful
-whether or not it will stand the test, he will endeavor to persuade you
-not to put the company to the trouble of answering so many unnecessary
-questions. Adhere to your resolution to have the information first.
-These questions alone will eliminate nine-tenths of the fraudulent
-investments and all weak propositions.
-
-
-LIST OF QUESTIONS TO SUBMIT
-
- 1. Give full name of corporation, partnership or association.
-
- 2. If partnership, has your firm name been properly filed of record?
-
- 3. If corporation, when were you incorporated?
-
- 4. Have you paid your last annual license fee to the state?
-
- 5. What is your capitalization?
-
- 6. In how many shares is the company divided?
-
- 7. Is the stock assessable or non-assessable?
-
- 8. Do you have common or preferred stock?
-
- 9. If you have common or preferred stock, how much common and how much
-preferred stock have you?
-
-10. State the object of the company in issuing these two kinds of stock.
-
-11. What advantage has the preferred over the common?
-
-12. What is the preferred stock selling for? Also the common? How much
-have you sold to date of each?
-
-13. What are the names of the present stockholders and their addresses
-and how much cash have they paid for the stock they hold?
-
-14. If they have not paid cash--what did they give for their stock?
-
-15. Has any stock or interest in the company been given for the
-promotion of the company? If so, how much or what interest?
-
-16. Give the names, addresses and businesses, also amount of stock held
-by each of the officers, trustees or directors of said corporation or
-company, also did they pay cash for their stock--if so, how much? If
-service was rendered for stock, what was the service?
-
-17. Is the stock of the company paid for in full? If so, state how or in
-what manner it was paid for.
-
-18. When and where do you hold your annual meetings?
-
-19. Do your trustees meet regularly and transact their business and have
-they done so from the inception of the corporation?
-
-20. Have you a list of articles of incorporation and by-laws printed? If
-so, please furnish me with a copy of them.
-
-21. Please state where I can see the minutes of your meeting.
-
-22. Will you allow my attorney to go over the minutes of your meetings?
-
-23. Have you real estate? If you answer yes, set forth the legal
-descriptions of all the real estate now owned by you, whether in this
-state or in other states.
-
-24. Is the above described property free and clear of all incumbrances?
-
-25. If you answer no, state in detail the kind of incumbrance, amount,
-and date it is due.
-
-26. Please state the present value of each piece of property and state
-whether or not it is improved.
-
-27. If you answer that the land is improved, state clearly how and in
-what manner it is improved and set forth clearly what the improvements
-are on said land.
-
-28. What income has said lands and what is the gross expense of the
-property?
-
-29. What net profit is made from land each year by your company?
-
-30. What other assets has the company? And if there are other assets,
-where are they kept? Please set forth these assets in full, their
-present value and whether or not they are free and clear of all
-incumbrances.
-
-31. What bank or trust company do you bank with? How long have you
-banked with it.
-
-32. How much have you now on hand with said bank or trust company?
-
-33. Please give the name and address of your lawyer and how long he has
-represented you.
-
-34. What salaries are paid to officers of the company?
-
-35. What are the total debts of the company at the present time? Please
-state to whom they are due and how long they have been owing.
-
-36. Are there any judgments now on record or in existence against your
-company?
-
-37. Are there any lawsuits now pending? If you answer yes, please give
-case number, name and address of plaintiff’s attorney and amount
-involved.
-
-38. Is there any contemplated suit against the company which you have
-any knowledge of? If you answer yes, state the facts concerning it.
-
-39. Please furnish me with a detailed statement of the affairs of the
-company. Showing the present income and expense and net profit or loss
-made to date.
-
-40. Have you as yet paid dividends on your stock?
-
-41. Please furnish me with a complete statement in writing as to what
-your company plans to do this year and the immediate future and what
-profits are reasonably possible from such operations.
-
-42. If I invest $----, please state to what use my money will be put.
-
-43. If it is to be used for a certain purpose, state how much of my
-money will go to the company and how much will go out on commissions.
-
-44. Will the money I have subscribed be sufficient or will other money
-be necessary for the company successfully to carry out its plans? If you
-answer no, how much more will be necessary?
-
-In the event of the above list of questions being answered in full,
-inform the salesman that you will familiarize yourself with the report
-and will later call upon him to go over the matter.
-
-First look into the reputation of the men connected with the company.
-Also the reputation of the trustees and officers. Also obtain the
-financial standing of the large stockholders. This can be done in cities
-of over 50,000 by consulting reporting companies. See some prominent
-merchant and find out the best reporting company in the city. Call or
-write the reporting company and ascertain from them whether the above
-parties are good pay and whether they are the kind of men that are
-successful in carrying out plans. This report is important; it will cost
-you so much per name but it is well worth the fee to you. If the
-majority of these men are unknown--or have a poor reputation and are bad
-pay--it would be unnecessary to go further in your investigations as
-your chances would be very poor in such a company. Oftentimes this
-investigation alone will show the promotors have suits pending against
-them and even judgments on record.
-
-However, if these investigations show the above-referred-to men O. K.,
-submit the signed report to a banker not named as the company banker and
-obtain as complete a report as possible in writing from the bank and pay
-for the trouble; if the bank will not give a written report obtain a
-verbal report and write it down later yourself. If their advice is for
-or against the investment, obtain their reasons, and if none is given do
-not give it any thought.
-
-Now see a lawyer and have him give you an exhaustive written report on
-your signed report, and pay him for it. Remember that it is far better
-to pay $25 to $50 and know where your investment is to go, than take a
-chance of losing all you possess. These last two reports will be very
-valuable to you. I suggest that they be put in writing so that when you
-are alone in your home you will be able to consider more carefully their
-report and advice.
-
-Now make a copy of the real property and write the assessors of the
-county in which the land lies for a report concerning this land and its
-improvements. This information will be furnished you free of charge. If
-it be farm property, they can inform you quite well the kind of land and
-its value and also give you what improvements, if any, are on the land
-and their nature. And the same is true of city property. While the
-assessor’s estimate may be a little below the real value of the land it
-is far better to have the land at too conservative a figure than an
-excessive figure.
-
-In the event that the company is in possession of mortgages, have a
-detailed report from the county assessor’s office as to the mortgaged
-property. This will give you the character of the mortgage security.
-
-The writer in the last two years has saved more than $5,000 to his
-clients by checking up the property used as a security for the mortgage.
-
-In one case my client requested me to prepare a deed and have it ready
-for him at three o’clock, the time of request being about 1:30 P. M.,
-that he had decided to accept a $1,500 mortgage. The mortgage ran for
-three years--two years having elapsed--and the interest had been paid to
-date. He permitted me, by way of caution, to call the county assessor’s
-office, some hundred miles away, by long distance, which revealed that
-the land securing the mortgage was above the snow line up in a mountain
-region and worthless.
-
-Armed with the above information you are prepared to talk and question
-the salesman. If he is sincere he will endeavor to answer fully your
-questions. After you talk with the salesman do not give your answer at
-once but inform him that you will give him your final answer in two or
-three days.
-
-With the various reports before you--and the salesman’s answers to your
-questions which you should jot down--as judge of your own affairs decide
-your course of action. If your decision is to invest your money you will
-be an asset to the company as you will be familiar with its workings.
-Oftentimes ignorant investors in a company will destroy a good
-proposition.
-
-If your decision is favorable, put away the signed report of the
-company, along with all the data, you have secured, and in case the
-future develops that the facts stated in the company’s report is untrue,
-you can lay the representation made, before an attorney and your case
-will be clear.
-
-
-
-
-ONE THOUSAND WAYS TO MAKE A LIVING
-
-
-In presenting these one thousand tried and tested plans for making a
-living, the author hopes and believes that he will be the means of
-helping many people to better methods of earning money; by pointing out
-to them the occupations to which they are better adapted, and in which
-their chances of success may be greatly increased.
-
-Especially will the opportunities thus presented be welcomed by the
-families of those who have sacrificed their lives for their country, and
-those who return from the war wounded, or otherwise incapacitated from
-following their former callings.
-
-They will find in this book many valuable suggestions for the taking up
-of other lines of work, and profiting by the experiences of those who
-have successfully worked the various plans herein set forth.
-
-It should be borne in mind, however, that those adopting any of the
-plans herein outlined must combine in the execution of the same the
-elementary essentials of earnestness, honesty and perseverance, coupled
-with a strong will power and a determination to win success. Let them
-make this their one definite aim, and they will find that what others
-have done, they can do, and thereby bring to themselves and their
-families that much desired end--prosperity and happiness.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1. WEAVING BASKETS FOR FERNS
-
-
-It was the clever idea of a woman that prompted her to dig ferns out of
-the woods of her native state, and put them in attractive raffia baskets
-woven by herself. The florists of her neighboring city gladly pay good
-prices for all of these she can bring in. In the winter she fills these
-same baskets with holly, attaches a bow of red ribbon to the side of
-each basket, and sells them as fast as she can turn them out. Other
-plants can be used to the same advantage in other localities.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 2. PROFESSIONAL HOSTESS
-
-
-A young girl who possessed a pleasing personality, but had no capital,
-created a profitable profession for herself by announcing to the young
-mothers of her neighborhood that she would take charge of children’s
-parties at the low price of two dollars for an afternoon. She arranged
-the menu and planned the entertainment for the youngsters, and did it so
-well that she soon had all the orders she could fill.
-
-From this small beginning, she enlarged her activities by planning
-parties for grown people as well, at a much higher remuneration, and she
-is now receiving orders for conducting all kinds of entertainment, and
-it pays her well.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 3. A TEACHER TURNS CHAUFFEUR
-
-
-One of the teachers of a Seattle school was obliged by ill-health
-temporarily to suspend teaching, and, for outdoor exercise, engaged to
-run an auto carrying children from a distance to and from the school.
-She soon found this work so healthful and pleasant that she bought a
-machine, carried passengers for a while at a good profit, and finally,
-in partnership with her brother, an expert mechanic, went into the
-automobile business as a regular occupation.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 3. A School Teacher’s Way]
-
-She makes considerable money by giving lessons to women in the
-management of a car.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 4. PAID READING MATTER FOR NEWSPAPERS
-
-
-Just after the panic of 1893, when jobs were not to be had, an
-advertising man made a contract with a Denver daily newspaper to conduct
-a column of small reading notices, on a commission of forty per cent. He
-went among the small merchants who were not advertising in the display
-columns, and found they were willing to spend a little money each month
-in that sort of publicity, though not able to advertise extensively.
-
-He wrote attractive items for each one, and had them set up in the form
-of news matter. By keeping his column free from display lines and other
-indications of advertising, he soon built up a very handsome column,
-which many merchants were willing to patronize, as the cost was small
-and the results extremely satisfactory.
-
-He also wrote special articles that looked and read exactly like news
-items, and even secured columns of interviews, at regular rates, with
-leading business men concerning general trade conditions, thereby aiding
-in restoring public confidence following that panicky period. His
-commissions during that year of hard times averaged forty dollars per
-week, and he had made many thousands of dollars for the paper besides.
-
-This plan is not so easy to work as it was then, as all paid articles
-must now be followed by the word “adv,” meaning advertisement; and yet,
-even with that handicap, reading notices are still regarded by many
-people as more effective than display advertisements, and the man who
-has a talent for writing that class of matter can still make good money
-by doing so.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 5. VACANT LOTS KEPT CLEAN
-
-
-Here is the case of a woman who, though having only a few hundred
-dollars, had a lot of foresight and energy, and these qualities enabled
-her to originate a plan that paid.
-
-Thousands of vacant lots in her city were covered with weeds that were
-an eyesore to their respective neighborhoods, and detracted from their
-appearance when shown to prospective purchasers. She went to the agents
-for these lots, made contracts with them under which she was to keep
-them clean of weeds the entire season for $3 per one hundred feet
-frontage, bought a mowing machine with her $100, and went to work. She
-also contracted to mow the lawns of a large number of people, hiring
-thirty men at $1.50 per day to do the work, and charging $2 per day for
-the work done by each man. The profits of her first month’s work paid
-for her mowers and her advertising, but after that all the profit was
-hers. The summer’s work, after paying all expenses, including her own
-board and clothes, netted her $1,200. The next season she contracted to
-keep the weeds from city lots that aggregated 2,000 acres, at $3 per one
-hundred feet frontage, plowed those lots all up, sowed them in wheat,
-kept fifty men employed, mowed more lawns, cut and threshed her wheat,
-and found she had made $11,000, with good prospects of making a great
-deal more the next year.
-
-And all she had to start on was a few hundred dollars and a plan.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 6. MINT CULTURE
-
-
-No capital, and but little space, is required for growing mint on a
-profitable scale. One woman, who is making and saving money for the
-education of her children, goes at it in a very methodical manner. She
-lays out her ground in beds with walks between, and each variety is
-given a separate bed. Each bed has a border of sage or other herb plants
-that find a ready sale. The soil should be loose and fine, and well
-fertilized, to obtain the best results. She not only supplies customers
-in her nearest town, but, as her business increases, is shipping a great
-deal of it to the city markets, where it is in constant demand from
-hotels, cafes, druggists, candy makers, etc. What she does not sell, she
-utilizes at home in the making of candy, delicious sweets and aromatic
-vinegars. Crystallized and candied mint leaves, mint sprays, mint
-vinegar and other products of this herb are much sought after, and to
-the resourceful person who has a taste for this class of work there is a
-mint of money in mint.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 7. CLIPPING COLLECTION
-
-
-The woman who has a taste for literary or club work can turn many an
-honest penny by starting a small clipping bureau of her own.
-
-One lady who made a success of this, both socially and financially,
-procured some large envelopes, and put all the clippings she made from
-magazines, newspapers, etc., on any one subject, into one envelope,
-duly labeled, until she had accumulated an extensive variety. Realizing
-that material for papers to be read at the meetings of women’s clubs are
-always eagerly sought for, she specialized on those subjects that
-engrossed the attention of club women, particularly biographical
-sketches, entertainments, plans for special holidays, and table
-decorations, place cards, games, amusements, etc. Then she let it be
-known that for a small fee, she would furnish the material for properly
-entertaining the club, and found her clippings in constant demand.
-
-This is a good plan, that can be carried out with considerable profit,
-and one that requires no capital to start or operate it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 8. A ONE-COW DAIRY
-
-
-Here is how a lady who knew her business made a lot of pin money from
-what she called her “One-Cow Dairy.” There were three in the family and
-their available capital consisted of an excellent cow, with an average
-butter production of one pound per day the year round, besides supplying
-the family with plenty of milk and cream. They also had a small cream
-separator, which cost considerable to begin with, but more than paid for
-itself, even with the output of a single cow, as it insured clean milk,
-more and better cream, and required less work as well as but little
-space.
-
-For a butter worker, they had a ten-gallon V-shaped barrel churn, also a
-four-gallon stone jar for holding the cream, and a good pair of balance
-scales. Her husband built a dairy, 8x12 feet, with cemented floor, on
-the shady side of the house, covering it with vines, thus assuring a
-cool place always. She bought an iceless cooler, made entirely of
-galvanized iron, which is placed outside for holding the cream, and in
-which, the night before churning, she puts two pails of water, to
-preserve an even temperature. She sells her butter the year around, to
-regular customers, at forty cents per pound, and has demands for more
-than she can produce.
-
-When the cow is about to go dry, she puts away, in brine, strong enough
-to float an egg, all the butter the family will need for that period,
-and having tied the pieces of butter up in muslin thoroughly sterilized,
-it keeps as fresh and sweet as the day it was made.
-
-The total cost of establishing her dairy, exclusive of the separator,
-was $26.25, and with the present equipment she is ready to add one or
-two more cows to her dairy, whenever she finds those that are as good as
-the one she already has. She will thus be at but little additional
-expense, while greatly increasing her revenue.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 9. WRITING BUSINESS LETTERS
-
-
-Many good business men write very poor business letters, and anyone
-having a taste and a talent for this class of work can make the writing
-of such letters a permanent and profitable profession. A former
-newspaper man in a western city took it up, and found in it a much
-larger income than even the liberal salary he had formerly received.
-
-Living in a town of about 50,000 inhabitants, and having a rather
-extensive acquaintance, he called upon a number of the leading merchants
-and offered to come at a certain hour each day and dictate the answers
-to all letters received from out-of-town customers. As most of these
-firms did a large mail order business, and the heads of the concerns in
-many cases lacked either the time or the ability to give the
-correspondence the attention it deserved, they were glad to turn it over
-to a man who could handle it in a thorough manner.
-
-This man found that he could easily dictate one hundred or more letters
-per day, among the various firms engaging his services, and could well
-afford to do the work for five cents per letter, thus making at least
-thirty dollars per week, with but little effort. He also prepared form
-letters for many of his patrons, for which he charged from five to ten
-dollars each, and thus increased his income to over fifty dollars per
-week. It is readily seen, therefore, that this is not only a very
-genteel profession for anyone adapted to it, but one that also pays
-well, besides being a good thing for the merchants who have their
-letters written by someone who knows how.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 10. WINDOW-CARD SUGGESTIONS
-
-
-An Illinois woman tells an interesting story of how she helped her
-husband rise from a $20-a-week clerk to proprietor of a fine office
-business netting them $5000 a year, but she furnished the plan.
-
-Both were employed in an advertising agency, and patronized a nearby
-delicatessen store kept by a German woman who prepared palatable foods,
-but never had used any form of publicity concerning them.
-
-The lady with the idea was fond of the home-baked beans and the salads
-sold at this place, but had no means of knowing on what days they were
-to be had. So, instead of asking the German lady what days she had these
-on sale, she suggested the idea of furnishing her with attractive
-window-cards and appropriate decorations showing each day’s specialties
-in a way that drew favorable attention--and an increased volume of
-trade. Later she asked her patron to allow her to write and place in the
-local papers notices regarding her specialties, and this greatly added
-to the incomes of all concerned. But it was the results of those display
-cards in the window, “Today is Baked-Bean Day,” and “If You Like Potato
-Salad, You’ll Like Ours,” that turned the trick and got things going.
-
-Soon after this, the husband and wife joined forces and made a “drive”
-for other lines of business, with the result that in six years they were
-occupying a handsome four-room suite of offices, with two large national
-advertisers and twenty-seven smaller ones for a clientele, were
-employing a rather extensive corps of assistants, and clearing up $5,000
-per year net profits.
-
-It was a woman’s plan that made this a success.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 11. STARTING A GINGHAM SHOP
-
-
-From a position as a small-salaried clerk in a Missouri wholesale
-dry-goods store to the ownership of a good-paying store of their own, is
-told by a wife, who first conceived the idea of the enterprise.
-
-Needing some ginghams for her little girls’ school dresses, she learned
-that gingham stocks in all the retail stores were extremely limited, the
-clerks telling her that the firms purchased cheap wash goods only once a
-year, and they were practically out.
-
-On her way home, she passed an attractive storeroom in a good location,
-and suddenly she formulated a plan by which she and her husband would
-start something new--A GINGHAM STORE!
-
-She talked the matter over with her husband that night, and he was very
-favorably impressed with the idea. The firm by which he was employed
-also thought it would be a splendid thing and offered him very liberal
-terms on whatever purchases of stock he might desire from them. What
-money they had they invested in stocks, improvements, rent, advertising,
-etc., the wife selecting every piece of gingham that went into the
-store, putting herself in the place of the woman who would want to buy
-ginghams for any purpose.
-
-A handsome electric sign announced “The Gingham Shop”; as did the
-lettering on the windows, the bill-boards and in the street cars, and
-ads. in all the papers told the story of “The Gingham Shop.” They
-advertised a dolly’s gingham apron free to every little girl who came to
-their opening accompanied by her mother. That brought the mothers, and
-they kept coming, more and more of them every day, for they managed to
-keep the gingham idea before all the people all the time, in a thousand
-different ways, until every one who thought of ginghams at all thought
-of “The Gingham Shop.” Their store became the fad, so that they had
-practically all the gingham trade of the town and for many miles around.
-They sold strictly for cash, and thereby eliminated bookkeeping,
-collecting and bad debts.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 12. CROCHETING DOLL CLOTHES
-
-
-Noticing a very pretty doll’s crocheted sack in a store, and hearing the
-proprietor say he feared he could get no more like it, as the lady who
-made those things for him had not been in the store for some time, a
-young lady who had ideas of her own decided to take up the work herself.
-
-She bought some worsted, went home and proceeded to make a number of
-dolls’ sacks, hoods, capes, booties, caps, slippers, muffs, etc., put
-some baby ribbon on most of them, and, after figuring up the cost, put a
-price on each article and returned to the store. The proprietor was so
-well pleased that he gave her a large order, as did also several others
-in that and nearby towns. Then she learned where she could buy the
-worsted and ribbon at wholesale prices, and until after the holidays her
-spare time was all spent in crocheting dainty things for dolly, when she
-found she had made a profit of nearly $100 in odd moments. Later she
-began taking orders for crocheted scarfs, shawls, fascinators, etc., and
-made it a regular business for it continued to pay well. And it required
-very little time, capital or labor to make it a success.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 13. MAKING READY-TO-WEAR APRONS
-
-
-Making and selling ready-to-wear aprons is the means a woman may employ
-to earn a good many extra dollars, without interfering very much with
-her regular household duties. She can turn her parlor into a work- and
-sales-room, where she can exhibit every description of aprons, in sizes
-and patterns, and offer them at attractive prices. A woman we know, now
-has a large list of regular patrons and has found it necessary to employ
-help in doing her housework, so that she can devote the larger portion
-of her time to this new enterprise.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 14. MAKING CANVAS GLOVES
-
-
-Making canvas gloves would not seem to be a very good way to earn money,
-but a woman who lived near a small mining town, where the demand for
-canvas gloves was much greater than the supply, found she could live
-very comfortably on it.
-
-She had a sewing machine, and having ripped an old pair of gloves open
-to get the pattern, found that it was merely a matter of sewing seams on
-the machine, so she turned them out very rapidly, and earned many
-dollars by doing so.
-
-One need not live in a mining town to find a demand for canvas gloves,
-for they are used by thousands of other people--railroad men, mechanics,
-teamsters, lumber workers, gardeners--indeed, nearly everybody who
-works needs them, so why should not other women of slender means also
-improve this humble but better-than-nothing means of making a living?
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 15. SPATS FOR COLLEGE GIRLS
-
-
-A college girl with a limited allowance had just enough spare cash to
-pay for a new blue-gray tailor-made suit, but not enough more to pay for
-a pair of spats to match, which the tailor offered to make for $2.
-However, she had a small piece of the goods left over when the suit was
-finished, and by ripping an old pair of spats to note the pattern, she
-proceeded to make a pair of new ones herself; silk-lined, but with the
-old buttons. They were so well made, and presented so neat an
-appearance, that all the other girls in the college implored her to make
-spats to match their suits. She did so and earned sufficient to pay her
-college expenses.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 16. A CHILDREN’S 5c PLAY GROUND
-
-
-It was the sound of children’s voices raised in shouts of glee, as they
-reveled in the delights of a six-passenger, hand-propelled
-merry-go-round in the back yard of a friend, that gave to a young man,
-temporarily out of a position, an idea which he promptly enlarged to the
-dignity of a community affair, and imparted a world of pleasure to
-hundreds of children, while adding very largely to his own bank account.
-
-The small merry-go-round in the private grounds of his friend was
-operated upon strictly business principles by the hopeful scions of the
-household, and every other youthful pleasure seeker was obliged to
-contribute some toy or other article of small value in return for the
-privilege of a few dizzy whirls in the small-sized machine, while being
-regaled with music from a miniature organ that played certain lively
-tunes while the machine was in motion. The “admission fee” was a book,
-pencil, knife, rubber ball, or anything that represented value to the
-young proprietors, but it had to be something, and everybody was happy.
-
-The young man who was a witness of the performance began at once to
-enlarge upon the idea of entertaining children for a merely nominal sum,
-but which in the aggregate would amount to hundreds of thousands of
-dollars; and, having a little available capital, he rented a vacant
-corner containing several lots, in a central location, and began
-systematically to equip it. He bought a 12-seated merry-go-round, three
-swings, four see-saws, three “Irish Mails”, two tricycles, two
-velocipedes, and $100 worth of awnings to cover the entire scene of
-gaiety, and protect the little guests from both sunshine and rain.
-
-He constructed a sand pit, installed rag-doll games, etc., and built a
-board walk around it all for the racing of the tricycles, velocipedes
-and “Irish Mails.”
-
-He hired a carpenter to build a fence around the property, with an arch
-over the entrance for the name of the play-ground, and considered a few
-booths for the sale of candy, soda water and other soft drinks. His
-entire expense, including advertising and incidentals, was $382, and he
-placed the price of admission, which entitled the visitor to all the
-attractions of the place at five cents.
-
-From the day the gates were opened the place was filled with children,
-for parents were glad to have their little ones participate in the clean
-and healthful entertainment it afforded. Within the first three months
-the enterprising proprietor had taken in enough to pay all the expense
-of establishing and conducting the play-ground, and noted that he had
-earned a net profit of $210 besides. When winter came, he turned the
-place into a skating rink, and made a profit several times larger than
-it had brought as a summer play-ground for children.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 17. CO-OPERATIVE COOKING
-
-
-The daily drudgery of cooking is a nightmare; the horror and the despair
-of the ordinary housewife. And no wonder; for no other member of the
-family would ever stand for it. Therefore, any reasonable and economical
-plan that will free the wife and mother from this thraldom, and at the
-same time assure equally satisfactory service in the matter of food, at
-possibly less cost, is sure of a cordial welcome.
-
-The co-operative kitchen not only solves this vexed problem for the
-housewife in general, but at the same time it affords a comfortable
-living to the two or three or half-dozen women who have the energy to
-give it a start in almost any community, and the culinary skill to keep
-it going good after it is started.
-
-If women have sufficient capital to establish such a business in the
-right way, so much the better, but if they have not, they may
-incorporate for that purpose, and thus secure the necessary equipment
-for making it a going concern.
-
-As a private enterprise it would produce a handsome and permanent income
-for its originators, while as an incorporated concern it would greatly
-reduce the household expenses of its members.
-
-What is known as the Montclair plan provides for the serving of hot
-meals at any time desired, in the homes of the patrons or members, and
-according to the menu sent in by each individual in each family. Thermos
-bottles for the liquids, and Swedish containers for the meats, solve the
-problem of keeping food either hot or cold for an indefinite period, and
-the plan, if properly worked, is certain to grow in popular favor
-wherever it is tried. There’s money in it for somebody. During the war
-England learned its practicability and great advantage.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 18. STARTING A TEA ROOM
-
-
-To start a tea room, and start it right, will require an amount of
-capital ranging all the way from $500 to $1,000, according to the
-locality and the amount of competition, either of other tea rooms, or of
-the service offered by various larger enterprises that use this as a
-side line.
-
-A lady in Denver gives her experience in the following condensed
-statement:
-
-She was fortunate in securing a location where the advent of a tea room
-was joyously hailed as a much desired innovation, and where the
-conditions obviated the necessity for an extensive publicity campaign,
-so that her little capital of $500 was sufficient to launch the
-enterprise in fairly good shape.
-
-She started with a limited menu, fully intending to extend it as she
-gained experience and patronage. To begin with, she served tea, coffee,
-chocolate, broths, toasts, muffins, sandwiches, salads, fresh eggs,
-cake, cold meats, together with simple desserts, such as rice pudding,
-tarts, baked apples and stewed prunes, with whipped cream. She made it a
-special point to see that every item was of the best quality, properly
-prepared, and served with delicacy and tact, while cleanliness pervaded
-every nook and corner of her dainty little establishment. At the same
-time she guarded zealously against waste, and showed excellent judgment
-in providing just the exact amount of each material that could be
-utilized to advantage. She hired a neat, pretty and attractively attired
-maid as waitress, who was tactful in her demeanor towards guests. The
-prompt, courteous and refined service of this maid proved a valuable
-asset, as she soon became a general favorite with the patrons of the
-place, through her earnest endeavor to please.
-
-The taking and filling of large orders for outside affairs--such as
-sandwiches, salads, etc., as well as the renting of her china, table
-silver and other accessories, also proved a source of considerable
-revenue. Sometimes the tea-room itself would be rented out for social
-functions, such as card parties, church and lodge affairs or wedding
-feasts. On such occasions the proprietress did practically all of the
-catering, and was well paid for her services and accommodations.
-
-During the first year she kept on display and for sale a line of
-antiques, art novelties, embroideries, confectionary, fine stationery,
-and other articles that commanded a ready sale, and thereby added
-considerably to her income during that trying period of making a
-beginning. As her regular patronage increased, however, she gradually
-discarded these side-lines, and concentrated all her efforts upon
-steadily and permanently increasing the scope of her trade.
-
-She showed decided originality and talent in the preparation of her menu
-cards, and gave them an artistic effect which was at once striking and
-vastly different from the ordinary. Her prices, while extremely
-reasonable, afforded a satisfactory profit on every item, and at the end
-of the first year she had not only paid all expenses, but had a
-comfortable balance left over with which to begin the second year on a
-much more extensive scale.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 19. BREAD AND CAKE BAKING
-
-
-Many men lose their positions, from one cause or another, but it isn’t
-every one of them who has a resourceful, skilful and determined wife to
-help him out. Here is one who had:
-
-This man who had been a salesman was “let out” because his firm could no
-longer manufacture the goods he had been selling, and, as times were
-hard, another position could not be obtained. The family had never saved
-anything, and, their grocer changing suddenly to the cash system, left
-them with only half a dozen potatoes, a few pounds of flour, half a
-pound of lard, a cup of sugar, a little salt--and three hungry boys, to
-say nothing of the parents.
-
-It was then that the plucky wife and mother rose to the occasion and
-saved the day. But it required a lot of grit and hard work. She peeled,
-sliced and boiled three of the six precious potatoes, adding water as
-the boiling went on. Then she put into a pan three tablespoonfuls of
-flour, one of sugar, and one of salt, scalding them with the hot water
-in which the potatoes had been boiled, and adding two quarts of cold
-water, making the mixture lukewarm.
-
-Five cents from the small hoard of the family bought yeast one-half of
-which was saved for the next time, after moistening it with water and
-pouring it into the mixture. Covering the pan tightly, she set it aside
-until morning while the family went supperless to bed.
-
-The hustling little woman was up at five o’clock the next morning and
-put twelve pounds of flour into a large pan, mixed in two heaping
-tablespoonfuls of lard, two of sugar and two of salt, then added the
-yeast mixture, which made an ordinary bread dough, and set it in a warm
-place to rise.
-
-At eight a. m. she molded the dough into rolls, twelve rolls to each
-pound, two and one-half inches across and pressed down to an inch in
-thickness. These she put into a greased pan, not allowing them to quite
-touch each other, as they sell better when baked separately. By ten
-o’clock her eldest boy, who rode a wheel, had been excused from school,
-came home to do the selling. With five dozen light brown rolls in a
-basket, he started out to sell them at 10 cents a dozen.
-
-In less than half an hour he was back for three dozen more, and returned
-in a short time with an order for the remainder, which the mother
-refused to accept, as she was keeping those for her own hungry family.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 19. God helps those who help themselves]
-
-The next day she went through with the same program, except on a larger
-scale, and still was unable to supply the demand for her beautifully
-browned hot rolls that were ready for delivery just before meal time,
-and looked so tempting.
-
-Her boy being out of school on Saturday, she mixed two pans of cake
-dough, one white and one brown, and spread them into a large bread pan
-so as to marble brown and white, and making a cake one and one-half
-inches thick, when baked.
-
-Iced thinly, in plain white, and cut into two and one-half-inch squares,
-these sold readily for 20 cents a dozen, and were delicious. At the end
-of four days the little woman had made $10, and Monday morning her
-husband, still out of a position, offered to do the selling and
-delivering--greatly to her delight and the profit of both--for the sales
-increased until they had more demands for their products than they could
-supply.
-
-She also began to bake delicious bread and pies, as well as rolls and
-cakes, and sold every article at a good price, that meant a handsome
-profit. This was the beginning of a successful bakery business for this
-family.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 20. PENCIL SHARPENING MACHINE FREE
-
-
-The teacher who finds the sharpening of pencils for her pupils a large
-and disagreeable part of her daily duties, will welcome this plan as a
-perfect godsend: that the plan, when properly operated by a live man, is
-a money-maker, is demonstrated by the fact that a Chicago man made big
-profits out of it.
-
-He bought a large number of that botanical wonder known as the
-Resurrection Plant, or Anasta-tica, which can be obtained at a cost of 2
-cents each, or less, when ordered in large quantities, and even when
-retailed at as low a price as 10 cents each, yield an enormous profit.
-To those not familiar with this remarkable plant, it may be well to
-explain that, altho it stays green while kept in water changed often
-enough to prevent it becoming stagnant or rancid, when taken out of the
-water it dries and curls up and goes to sleep, remaining in this state
-for years, and re-awakening or being “resurrected” immediately upon
-being placed in water again, when it will open up and commence to grow
-in half an hour or less. When tired of seeing it grow, you simply take
-it out of the water, let it “go to sleep” again, and re-awaken or
-resurrect it at any time you desire. Many people would gladly pay
-several dollars for a simple plant, but in the operation of this plan
-you can well afford to sell them at 10 cents each, as you realize a
-profit of 8 cents apiece, and one in every schoolroom in the land will
-prove a constant source of delight, as well as of educational value.
-
-This is the way the Chicago man works the plan to the pleasure of
-teachers and pupils, and his own profit of something like $300 per week:
-he not only buys thousands of these Resurrection Plants, at, say, 2
-cents each, but also a number of the best pencil sharpening machines,
-which cost him about 90 cents each. He consigns one of these machines
-and thirty of the Resurrection Plants to each teacher in a public school
-and requests her to announce that the pencil sharpener will belong to
-that particular room, for the full use of all of them, if each pupil
-will take home one of the plants and bring 10 cents back to her the next
-morning, explaining to them the peculiar characteristics of the plant.
-Of course, every child gladly performs this small service, and the
-teacher then remits to the consigner, the $3.00 collected, and he has
-exactly doubled his money, as both the pencil sharpener and the thirty
-plants cost him but $1.50. If there are over thirty pupils in the room,
-that simply means more plants and more profits, for with the second
-consignment of thirty plants it is not necessary to send the pencil
-sharpener, and the Chicago man’s profit on that transaction is therefore
-$2.40 instead of $1.50.
-
-As there are many thousands of public schools in this country, and
-nearly all of them have a number of rooms, anyone who is good at figures
-can easily make a reasonable calculation as to the probable profits.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 21. $5,000 A YEAR FROM 8¹⁄₂ ACRES
-
-
-“The touch of a woman’s hand” is what turned eight and one-half acres of
-unattractive, idle land on the shores of Long Island Sound into a
-productive little farm that is now netting it’s owner a profit of over
-$5,000 a year! Don’t believe it? Listen!
-
-To be sure, she had a few hundred dollars--just enough to buy it and
-improve it with a cheap little cottage, a small barn and some poultry
-sheds, and plant it to fruit trees, besides every sort of vegetable that
-enjoyed the greatest demand. She now has an orchard containing the best
-varieties of fruit trees, 1,000 apple, 500 peach, 100 pear, 100 quince,
-100 cherry--besides one-fourth acre in grapes, one-half acre in
-raspberries, blackberries, etc., and still has plenty of room left for
-vegetables, planting them between the rows of fruit trees, thus
-affording ample cultivation for all. She employs one man regularly at
-$40 per month, and hires extra help in the busy seasons of the year.
-
-To supply the immediate demand for the less common garden products she
-grew okra, French finochio, endive, chicory, etc., getting many ideas
-from seed catalogues, Government publications that are sent for the
-postage. She plants large quantities of all vegetables, and cultivates
-every foot of the ground, fertilizers are freely used, and crops changed
-from year to year. She finds early asparagus and peaches the most
-profitable of all the things she raises, and while her first garden was
-growing she wrote letters to her friends in the city, asking them if
-they would not like a few samples of her fresh vegetables. They did and
-said so, and each one became a regular customer. As she produced more,
-she kept increasing her list of patrons by the same means, and to these
-she ships her products in “knock-down” crates that cost her 2¹⁄₂ cents
-each, and, unless otherwise ordered, she fills these crates half with
-fruit and half with vegetables. The crates each hold six great
-basketfuls of produce, and cost the customer $1.50, besides 25 cents
-each for expressage.
-
-By picking her products early in the morning, she has them delivered in
-the city for dinner, while they are fresh and much preferred to those
-bought at corner groceries. Having her own horse and wagon, the cost and
-labor involved in shipping is very small, and 500 crates easily net her
-$750.
-
-Realizing from her own experience, the longing of city women for a
-quiet, rural spot in which to spend the week-ends, she informed a
-limited number of her lady friends in town that for $1.50 per day she
-would give them room, board and transportation, to and from the station,
-and so many of them gladly accepted her invitation that the capacity of
-her small cottage was soon taxed to the utmost. But she will not take
-regular boarders, and thus has the greater portion of her time to
-herself, to be devoted to such activities as best suit her. Those women
-who are given the privilege of spending the week-end on the farm not
-only cheerfully pay the moderate charges, but many of them render
-valuable assistance by working in her garden, as a pleasant means of
-relaxation and an agreeable change from the exacting requirements of
-city life.
-
-The little 8¹⁄₂ acre farm wasn’t much to look at when she first took it
-over, but she has made it a veritable bower of beauty, a haven of rest,
-and a revenue producer to the extent of $5,000 a year, all set down in
-the column marked “net profits.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 22. POLITICAL MANUAL
-
-
-Politics is always an interesting subject, particularly to politicians,
-whether of large or small calibre, and the man who can formulate a plan
-by which to “aid the party,” and at the same time insure an income for
-himself has certainly “picked a winner.” We know of a man who did this,
-most successfully, and this is the way he did it:
-
-His city, like all others, had political organizations of varying
-degrees of efficiency and influence, and desiring to assist in placing
-his own political party in the lead, while devising a good revenue from
-his activities at the same time, he hit upon the plan of a manual giving
-a resume of the main issues of the campaign, his party’s position
-regarding the same, the various ward and precinct boundaries, the names
-and addresses of all precinct committeemen, as well as those of the
-chairman and secretary of the central committee, the location of each
-polling place, dates of registration, of primaries and general election,
-and data of every character which would be interesting to voters.
-
-Instead of leaving it to the secretary to compile and issue this manual,
-and having it printed and distributed at the expense of the committee,
-this man sought and obtained the authority of the committee for the
-publication of the same without cost to them, had them indorse it as the
-official publication, and proceeded to have it issued in attractive
-form. Most of the candidates for office on his party ticket were glad
-to give him half tone portraits of themselves, with a declaration of the
-principles for which they stood and pay him from $25 to $50 each for the
-publicity thus obtained. Besides, practically all the merchants
-belonging to that particular party also gave him large advertisements,
-as the manual reached all the voters of the ward or county, regardless
-of party affiliations, and proved an excellent advertising medium.
-
-Finding the plan so successful in his own county, he extended it to
-other counties, and finally to the entire state.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 23. THEATRE-GOERS’ WEEKLY
-
-
-In many cities the theatrical managers arrange in some way to compile a
-list of theatre goers, and send them, by mail, neatly printed postal
-cards announcing the attractions billed for their houses several days in
-advance of their appearance. This plan has proved successful in most
-cases, but a man in one city of the middle west improved greatly upon it
-by publishing a weekly that embraced all the theatres and amusement
-places, and gave them all very much wider publicity, at no cost to any
-of them.
-
-He arranged with the manager of each theatre and motion picture house in
-his city to furnish him with all the data concerning engagements for a
-week or two in advance, obtaining details of coming attractions, with
-portrait cuts and personal sketches of the most prominent actors and
-actresses billed for appearance at each house, a synopsis of the play,
-or any other feature that would naturally create a desire to see it.
-Write-ups and notes of local interest were also an excellent feature in
-this weekly, and it was so well edited and printed that nearly all
-copies were carefully preserved by those receiving them.
-
-Instead of going to the trouble and expense of mailing, these weeklies
-were distributed at all the theatres and movie houses at every
-performance, and thus afforded each patron an opportunity to plan his
-amusement program ahead.
-
-Having saved the theatre managers the expense of a program for each
-house, they were glad to allow him all the profits of the extensive
-advertising he secured, and he soon built up a business that netted
-several thousand dollars a year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 24. SPRAYING FRUIT AND SHADE TREES
-
-
-Every orchardist stands in mortal terror of the multitude of pests that
-infest both fruit and shade trees in practically all parts of the
-country, and as but few really understand how to prevent or destroy
-these persistent plagues, or have the time to do it properly, it affords
-some one in each community an excellent opportunity to make a good
-living by doing it for them. All he needs is to know exactly how.
-
-An enterprising young man in one of the irrigated fruit districts of the
-Northwest thought of a good plan along this line and proceeded to put it
-into execution, with entire satisfaction to the fruit growers, and a
-corresponding profit to himself.
-
-The leading hardware merchant in his town was not only a good friend of
-the young man, but was thoroughly familiar with all the really effective
-methods of destroying tree pests through the spraying process. He sold
-him one of the best makes of spraying machine, gave him accurate
-instructions as to its use, as well as the various materials for
-spraying, and advised him to get busy at once.
-
-He visited the principal fruit growers of that section and found most of
-them glad to turn the protection of their trees over to him, as he
-quickly demonstrated that he knew his business, and his charges were
-reasonable. In a short time he had contracts to keep him busy during the
-entire season, and found it was paying him at the rate of $175 a month.
-The next year he took more contracts, hired boys to operate several
-spraying machines, and is now clearing over $1,000 for a few months work
-each year. So can you.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 24. Spraying Fruit in Spokane Valley]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 25. HOME LUNCH DELIVERY
-
-
-A Michigan young lady, who had an invalid mother and a little brother to
-support, hit upon the novel plan of supplying the families of her
-neighborhood, as well as nearby cafes, lunch rooms, business offices,
-stores, and soda fountains, with tempting lunches consisting mainly of
-nut sandwiches made of shredded wheat biscuit, or bread, or buns, baked
-by herself.
-
-Buying all the materials in large quantities, she secured everything
-necessary at greatly reduced prices, purchasing English walnuts at so
-much per hundred pounds, and removing the shells with a nut cracker.
-
-Slicing a moistened shredded wheat biscuit in two with a sharp knife,
-she spread it with peanut butter and finished with a layer of crushed
-walnuts, or made the sandwiches from slices of bread in the usual way.
-
-Having distributed cards throughout the neighborhood, announcing the
-form of service she was prepared to render, she kept a list of her
-regular patrons, with the day and hour when deliveries were required,
-and sent her little brother to fill the orders. Each sandwich was
-wrapped in wax paper, and sold readily at 5 cents. However, when a more
-extensive lunch was required, she supplied two ham sandwiches, one
-cheese sandwich with pie or cake all neatly packed in a small paper box,
-with paper napkin and tooth pick, which was not only cheaper, but also
-much better, than the same articles bought at a restaurant.
-
-And still there was a fair profit on each item included in this service.
-Of course, the increased cost of materials, now makes it necessary to
-charge higher prices for the lunches thus delivered, her patronage has
-grown to such proportions that she now hires boys on bicycles to make
-the deliveries.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 26. REPAIRING LAWN MOWERS
-
-
-Can you repair a lawn mower that is out of order? If not, you can soon
-learn, and if you have any mechanical ability at all, you can put it to
-a practical use and make a good business out of it.
-
-An elderly man in a western city, who was regarded as “too old” to be
-given a salaried position, but who “needed the money,” turned his
-knowledge of lawn mowers to good account, and to-day has a profitable
-business that renders it unnecessary for him to ask anybody for a “job.”
-He made his own job.
-
-Of course, he had no capital, but he needed none, except a few dollars
-for the purchase of certain small tools and lawn mower parts and a
-friend of his in a hardware store sold him those on time.
-
-Starting out he was surprised to find how many lawn mowers in any given
-neighborhood were slightly out of order, the main trouble with most of
-them being that they merely needed sharpening, while a rusty bolt here,
-a missing nut there or a broken part almost anywhere about the machine
-was quickly replaced, and the mower put in fine working shape.
-
-A charge of 50 to 75 cents an hour, or a flat rate for the job, netted
-him a profit of several dollars a day, and by doing good, honest work,
-he was usually called upon when anything else went wrong, as he left his
-card at every house he visited. After a couple of years he was able to
-open a little shop of his own, and had the work come to him, instead of
-being obliged to go after it.
-
-He is making a comfortable living for himself and his family and doesn’t
-feel any longer that he is “too old” to be useful and self-supporting.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 27. THE INKLESS PEN
-
-
-Never heard of an inkless pen? Well, you can make one, or a thousand, so
-easily, and sell them so fast, at a splendid profit, that you will wish
-you had known how a long time ago. A down-east girl learned how it was
-done, and she has made a lot of money out of it, just as anyone else can
-by trying.
-
-She got some of the very best quality of violet aniline, and reduced it
-with water, to a thick paste. She added about half as much mucilage as
-there was of the aniline and water, and mixed it thoroly. Then she
-applied it with a toothpick to the inside hollow of several ordinary
-steel pens, above the split, and laid them aside for ten hours to dry.
-
-Either a fine-pointed, ordinary or stub pen can be used, but as an
-advertising leader a fine-pointed pen is best, and to give it a neat
-appearance, the pen should be inclosed in a very small envelope, with
-directions for use printed thereon, as follows: “The Wonderful Inkless
-Pen. Put in a penholder, and dip it in water up to the split, when ink
-will flow from the pen. When flow ceases, dip in water again.”
-
-She then placed a small ad in the paper, saying, “Boys and girls, send
-ten cents for three of our wonderful inkless pens. Write by dipping in
-water. No ink necessary. Better than a fountain pen.”
-
-This brought hundreds of answers, all containing dimes, and the business
-thus launched in a small way, with practically no capital, finally grew
-into an enterprise netting nearly $1,000 a year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 28. OLD BARN MAKES $600 A YEAR
-
-
-How a plucky woman, with an invalid husband and two small children,
-utilized a rickety old barn on a run-down farm eleven miles from a city,
-is best told in her own words:
-
-“The old barn had not been used for years, and was in a dilapidated
-condition indeed. I paid $1.25 for new shingles and 5 cents for nails,
-and fixed the roof so it would not leak. I found some old hinges around
-the place, and put on the doors in good shape. There were six windows,
-and I bought $1.80 worth of cheese cloth and made curtains for these,
-and paid $7.00 for a crex matting to put on the floor.
-
-“From some old furniture we were not using, I selected some chairs,
-beds, a table, old cupboard, and other articles needed. The three stalls
-I converted into a kitchen, dining room and den, and paid $2.75 for an
-old oil stove, $1.30 for cooking utensils, and $2 for crockery ware.
-
-“I converted the loft into two sleeping rooms, using cretonne curtains
-for partitions, made a dresser from an old packing box, and above it I
-placed a cheap mirror, 18x12 inches. I also purchased two hammocks for
-$3, and was ready to let “apartments” at $20 per month, the tenants to
-furnish their own bedding and silver.
-
-“I planted morning glories all around this “house,” and put in several
-beds of California poppies, costing 65 cents, so that the total expenses
-renovating the barn and making it fit for human habitation were just
-$19.80.
-
-“A small ad. in the paper quickly brought me a renter for the remodeled
-“apartments” at $20 per month for six months, and then I began to supply
-my tenants with home-grown produce, at good prices, such as berries,
-fresh vegetables, fresh bread, pies and cakes, cottage cheese, cream,
-milk, eggs, poultry, homemade soap, jellies, jams, etc., besides doing
-laundry work, renting horse and cart, making dresses and bonnets for
-tenants, neighbors and others. And all this without interfering with my
-regular work of growing and marketing my poultry, dairy and garden
-products, which I took to the city on the weekly market days, and sold
-for good prices.
-
-“The first year on this place netted me over $500, the second year $600,
-and it will be more this year. My first tenant has re-rented the old
-barn from me every year since I started, and wants it again next year,
-so I am no longer worrying as to where the next meal is coming from.
-
-“Besides, the country air and home-grown foods have restored my husband
-to perfect health, and my children are getting big enough to help me.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 29. BAKING FRUIT CAKE TO SELL
-
-
-Who doesn’t love fruit cake? And yet how few can make it as it should be
-made. A lady who really knew how, found that she could make a fruit cake
-at a cost of about 10 cents a pound, and make it so good that anybody
-would be glad to buy it at more than three times its cost. She used the
-following receipt. Two cups of flour, 1 cup of raisins, 1 cup of
-currants, one-half cup of lard, 1 cup of sugar, 1 teaspoonful cinnamon,
-1 teaspoonful of cloves, 1 teaspoonful of soda, ¹⁄₄ teaspoonful of salt;
-flavor with lemon extract. These, with the exception of the flour, the
-soda and the extract, she boiled for a few minutes in an agate-ware
-sauce-pan, then took it off the fire, and when lukewarm mixed in the
-flour and soda and added the lemon extract. This, baked one hour in a
-moderate oven, will make a 2¹⁄₂-pound loaf, and, requiring no eggs or
-butter, is not expensive.
-
-She found her first customers were steady customers, and tho she had
-very limited baking facilities, she cleared from $25 to $30 a month.
-With greater baking capacity, added from time to time, and with the aid
-of a few small ads, she increased her profits gradually, until now she
-is realizing a net profit of over $100 a month, and expects soon to do
-even better than that. Just a simple plan, intelligently carried out,
-and the result was--success.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 30. LAWYER MAKES MUNICIPAL COLLECTIONS
-
-
-In nearly all cities of 75,000 to 150,000 population, there are usually
-many thousands of dollars due the municipality in old claims, unpaid
-assessments, and all sorts of overlooked accounts in practically all
-departments. These have been allowed to accumulate until they amount to
-a sum large enough to materially reduce the tax levy for several years,
-but incoming administrations, having all the difficulties incident to
-their own tenures of office to meet, and having no disposition to
-overcome the shortcoming of their predecessors, pay no attention to
-these delinquencies, and the city’s debtors are thus allowed to escape
-payment of bills they justly owe.
-
-It was under such conditions in a well known city of the Pacific
-Northwest that a young lawyer, just admitted to practice, discovered a
-field of activity that promised to bring him prominently into public
-notice, and at the same time to secure him a revenue that but few young
-attorneys are able to command in several of the earlier years of their
-practice.
-
-He had previously examined the records in most of the departments, and
-thereby gained a close estimate of the enormous amounts still due the
-city on old accounts, which no effort had been made to collect for so
-long that many of them were outlawed and not legally collectable.
-
-He then interviewed a number of city officials and submitted a
-proposition to collect these accounts, on a basis of commission
-dependent upon the relative difficulty of getting the money. His
-proposition was accepted.
-
-A closer examination of the records showed that the amounts still due
-the various departments ranged from $13,000 to $60,000 in each, the
-aggregate being $200,000.
-
-Having carefully laid his plans, his first step was to have himself
-interviewed by the city hall reporters of all the daily papers, in which
-he made it clear that he would bring suit against every one of those who
-owed the city anything on old accounts. This caused considerable
-uneasiness among the delinquents, many of whom came to the treasurer’s
-office and made settlements in full. Many of them, however, hung back,
-awaiting developments, and thereupon the young attorney brought a number
-of suits in the city’s name, in all of which he secured judgments
-against the defendants, and nearly all of them were paid.
-
-In some special cases, where the debtors felt that they were safe, since
-the claims against them had been barred by the statute of limitations,
-the attorney, called upon the parties in person and gave them so fair an
-outline of the entire situation, laying special emphasis upon their
-moral obligation to pay even an outlawed claim, that more than half of
-those old claims were paid into the city treasury.
-
-There are hundreds of cities in which other young attorneys can follow
-the same plan, with equally good results.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 31. BRIEF-WRITING FOR LAWYERS
-
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 31. Lawyer puts Dictaphone to Profitable Use]
-
-A far-sighted young attorney in a large city, desiring to extend his
-acquaintance among the older members of the bar, and at the same time
-add materially to his rather limited income, figured that he could do
-both by writing the briefs of those lawyers interested in cases taken to
-the higher courts on appeal. He purchased a dictaphone and, having
-familiarized himself with a case, by reference to the files, and
-otherwise, he found it an easy matter to get the attorney’s consent to
-brief it in proper form, especially when he could do it for considerably
-less than it would cost the attorney to do it himself.
-
-This plan brought him an immediate financial return, gave him a large
-acquaintance among leading lawyers, and vastly increased his knowledge
-of law, through frequent references to supreme court reports and other
-authorities. It also aided him in building up a practice which has
-become both permanent and profitable.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 32. RENTING WATER FILTERS
-
-
-For more than three years a man in a western city realized a net profit
-of $225 a month, through the very simple plan of renting water filters,
-and then sold out his business for $5,000. Having a little spare money
-he bought filters by the gross from the manufacturers, at $12.50 per
-gross, or a fraction over 12 cents apiece. They were the reversible
-kind, filled with powdered charcoal and crushed granite, were nickel
-plated, easily kept clean, and caught all the impurities in the water
-leaving it clean and pure. He bought the filtering material, charcoal
-and crushed granite, by the barrel, at a cost of about $6.00 a barrel.
-These materials he mixed in equal parts, placed them in the filters and
-was ready for business.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 32. Pure Water his First Thought]
-
-An epidemic of typhoid fever broke out in his city about that time, the
-cause of which was found to be in the water supply, and the means of
-excluding the disease germs from the water that came from the faucets
-assumed the form of an imperative demand. This man had some circulars
-printed, calling attention to the efficiency of his filters, and sent
-boys to distribute them all over the city.
-
-Then agents were sent out to the houses to show the filters and offer
-them for rent at 10 cents each a month, a fresh filter to be installed
-every month. The agents were given one-half of all the money they
-collected, and as nine in every ten households gave them contracts, both
-agents and originator of the plan realized a steady and handsome income.
-
-At the end of the month the agent would call at each house, take off the
-old filter, attach the other end to the faucet, set a clean glass under
-it, turn on the water and show the lady a glass filled with impurities.
-That would settle it. She would at once hand over another 10 cents for a
-fresh filter, and the agent would proceed to the next house.
-
-Between 5,000 and 6,000 filters were thus kept rented, the old ones
-refilled with fresh material, and the man who used this plan and a
-little money not only saved hundreds of lives, but cleared up over
-$13,000 for himself in three years’ time.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 33. CLIPS PERSONAL NOTICES FROM NEWSPAPER
-
-
-Not the big press clipping bureau, with its elaborately furnished
-offices and scores of employes, but one which any energetic young man or
-woman may start in a small way, and earn more than a comfortable living,
-while increasing the scope and revenues of the business. Here is how a
-bright young fellow did it:
-
-Realizing the pride and vanity many people feel in seeing their names in
-print, and calculating on their curiosity as well, he subscribed for a
-number of papers in near-by cities and towns, and pays particular
-attention to the personal paragraph columns of them all.
-
-He carefully notes the name and address of any person named in these
-paragraphs and sends him or her a letter stating that their name was
-mentioned in a newspaper on a certain day, adding that it might be of
-interest to the person named, and that he will send the clipping for 25
-cents.
-
-Curiosity alone will impel most people to send the small amount required
-to obtain the article in question and this young man received seven
-orders and remittances from every ten letters he mails out. To mail
-fifty letters per day would cost him $1 for postage, and to fill the
-thirty-five orders received, $1.05 more, or a total expense of $2.05. He
-would receive $8.75, and his profit would be $6.70 a day.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 34. PUBLISHING A COOK BOOK
-
-
-There are cook books and cook books, but we know of only one in which
-thousands of housewives, who contributed recipes to it, took that deep
-personal interest which made them feel that each one positively must buy
-a copy of it.
-
-This one was thought out by a young man in a middle western state, and
-literally “takes the cake”--and the cash.
-
-If there is any place where the ordinary woman likes to see her name in
-print, outside of the society columns of a Sunday newspaper, it is in a
-book, and especially in a cook book.
-
-This young man was aware of this fact, and out of his knowledge he
-evolved a plan that paid him many thousands of dollars. First, he
-obtained from directories and mailing lists the names of several
-thousand women, and mailed to each one a letter, stating that he was
-about to publish a cook book, and asking them to send in such recipes as
-they personally knew to be exceptionally good. He told them that each
-woman so contributing would be paid a royalty, based upon actual sales
-of the book, and also have her name and address printed in it. The price
-of the book was to be $2.00 per copy, but those contributors willing to
-waive all claims to royalty would be supplied at $1.00 per copy.
-
-He also offered each contributor a commission of 50 cents on every sale
-of the book she made. The letter was carefully written, and brought
-answers and recipes in a perfect avalanche, practically all the letters
-contained orders for a book, so that he knew it would require 10,000
-copies to fill all the orders.
-
-Then he got busy with the national advertisers, manufacturers of, and
-dealers in, kitchen specialties, household supplies, flour and yeast
-dealers, etc., and, having proved to them that his first edition would
-be 10,000 copies, he secured advertising enough to pay the entire cost
-of publishing the book.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 35. GOOD SAFETY RAZORS FOR 25 CENTS
-
-
-You know, as does everybody else, that $5.00 is too much for any safety
-razor ever made. A western man who found himself a cripple for life, and
-had to earn his living or starve, perfected a plan for supplying the
-best kind of a safety razor for 25 cents, and made a permanent income
-for himself and family. He wrote a good circular letter, in which he
-asked the reader to send in his old safety razor, no matter what its
-make or condition, together with 25 cents, and said that upon its
-receipt, with 4 cents in stamps to prepay postage, he would send a new
-safety razor that would give excellent service and be durable, the
-handle triple-silver plated and highly polished and one Swedish steel
-blade, well tempered and hand-honed, while extra blades would be
-supplied at 15 cents for three, postpaid.
-
-He bought safety razors of the kind described, for about 7¹⁄₂ cents
-each, and made a profit of 17¹⁄₂ cents on each one. A set of these
-blades cost him, with postage, about 7 cents, and his profit on them was
-8 cents.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 36. LISTS OF NAMES FOR ADVERTISERS
-
-
-Supplying reliable lists of names to magazine advertisers and others
-would not at first be regarded as a very profitable business, but here
-is the experience of an Illinois man who made it pay well:
-
-Studying the advertisements in the magazines, he thought of how much
-these advertisers could save if they were only brought into direct
-contact with the class of people each one was trying to reach at so
-great an outlay as magazine space involves.
-
-He thought of a way in which it could be done. He had learned that he
-could buy the 400-page edition of Webster’s dictionary for 11 cents each
-with postage of 4 cents each, or a total of 15 cents, in quantities.
-Then he inserted, through an agency, an ad. in all the country papers
-for quite a distance around, offering to send a handsome dictionary free
-in return for a little information which anyone could easily give.
-
-The answers came so fast that he was obliged to send mimeographed
-letters to those who replied, in which he asked for the names and
-addresses of all those in the community who were suffering from
-rheumatism, deafness, or any chronic ailment; also the names of property
-owners, horse and cattle owners, people with lawns, fruit trees,
-porches; the names of mothers, prospective mothers, newly married
-couples, etc., and stated if the information so given proved authentic,
-he would later arrange to pay them on a cash basis for other names,
-though the dictionary would be sent for the first lists.
-
-Thousands of names were obtained in this way, and he proceeded to
-typewrite them, making ten carbon copies of each list, fifty names to
-the sheet.
-
-He then wrote to each of the advertisers to whom the lists would be
-valuable, stating that he had obtained the names through his own
-correspondents in various communities, and offering to send them 1,000
-names of those who would be interested in the advertiser’s line, for $5,
-or 500 names for $3.50.
-
-He invited a trial order first, in order that they might test his
-service, and nearly all of them responded. In fact, he received more
-orders than he could well take care of, and the usual result of one
-day’s work was a net profit of $70. He then branched out on a larger
-scale, using various articles as premiums.
-
-And this man who had been a clerk on a small salary for years, had only
-enough money when he started to pay for his advertisement, buy postage
-stamps, and purchase a typewriter on the instalment plan. He “used his
-plan”--and won. He never sold the same list to two concerns in the same
-line.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 37. Auto Inspector at Work]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 37. AUTO INSPECTION SERVICE
-
-
-“I was a fair auto mechanic, familiar with the mechanism of every
-machine on the market,” said a man who is now a prosperous dealer in a
-western city. “But I was out of work, and could not get the kind of job
-I wanted, so I decided to make one for myself. And I did.
-
-“I called upon some twenty well-to-do owners of cars who did their own
-driving, but who were not able to locate or remedy many of the little
-troubles that are certain to happen to all machines, and told them that
-for $1 per week I would spend an hour each week in their garages,
-inspecting their autos, adjusting such parts as were even slightly out
-of order, and doing all small repairs, but furnishing none of the
-materials required; that I would do square, honest work, and thereby
-save them many dollars. All but two of these men accepted my offer, and
-were so well pleased with the results that I soon had a list of fifty
-regular patrons, and was easily making my $50 a week and more, without
-the investment of a single cent, except what I had paid for my kit of
-tools.
-
-“Of course, for extra work I made a reasonable additional charge, and
-later I arranged with a supply house to furnish me with extra parts of
-equipment, which netted me a nice little profit besides my regular
-income as auto inspector.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 38. A 5c AND 10c GROCERY STORE
-
-
-Of course, everybody knows all about the 5- and 10-cent notion stores
-that have made millionaires of their owners, but who ever heard, until
-now, of a 5- and 10-cent grocery store?
-
-One man, who lives in a good-sized western city, had never heard of such
-a thing, but one day the idea came to him, and he tried it out--and made
-it win.
-
-He rented a small but neat store room in a good location, on a well
-traveled street, put up shelves on both sides and set a nice show case
-in the center. There were no counters. Then he went to the head of a
-leading wholesale grocery house and had them put up a special line of
-all their goods that were not perishable, in handsomely printed cartons,
-in quantities that could be retailed at 5 and 10 cents each, and still
-pay both the wholesaler and the retailer a small but fixed margin of
-profit.
-
-He made a similar arrangement with a well known and popular packing
-company to handle its products in the same manner, while a local cannery
-was only too glad to obtain the publicity this method afforded.
-
-Inside and on top of the showcase were displayed bottled goods,
-preserves, jellies, flavoring extracts, candies, toilet specialities,
-soaps, etc., while the shelves were used for a convenient arrangement of
-cereals, rice, hominy, beans, teas, coffee, and most of the canned
-goods.
-
-As soon as his doors were opened, he discovered that he had “picked a
-winner,” for the neat and tasty display of the various articles and the
-fact that they could be had in the small quantities many people desired,
-made a hit with the women of the neighborhood, and the enterprising
-originator of this novel plan came out at the end of the year with a net
-profit of several thousand dollars.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 39. STORING SCREENS
-
-
-It would hardly seem that the mere storing of door and window screens
-during the winter season, when they are not needed and are in the way,
-would prove profitable, but an old gentleman in a West Virginia town
-earns many good dollars through that plan, and others might follow his
-example with profit.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 39. Work that Anyone can do]
-
-A spare room, or a barn loft, where there is no leakage from the roof,
-is all that is required to get into the business.
-
-This man has about 300 customers, for whom he removes the screens in the
-fall and stores them carefully away, properly ticketed, so as not to get
-them mixed up with other people’s screens. In the spring he takes them
-back to their respective owners and replaces them. His charge for the
-season is about $2.00 for the average house but where the screens are to
-be repainted, he of course makes an extra charge for that service.
-
-To be sure, this income is small, but it is $600 or more every spring or
-fall, and six hundred dollars extra often means a great addition to the
-comfort of an old man.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 40. BUTTON-HOLE MAKING
-
-
-A lady living in a city of the Middle West had by long practice become
-an expert button-hole maker, and so great was her skill that she had
-more calls for her special work than she could fill.
-
-Dressmakers, tailors, department stores, housewives who made their own
-dresses, all were anxious to secure her services in this particular
-line, and she derived a very comfortable income from this specialty.
-
-Recently she has organized several classes of young ladies to whom she
-is teaching the art, as she realizes that she cannot continue to make
-all the good button-holes required in her community, and is anxious to
-give others a chance to do some of this work. In these days of
-specializing, why not a button-hole specialist--especially if it pays?
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 41. TYPEWRITING AT HOME
-
-
-A young lady typist who was obliged to give up her position, in order to
-take care of her invalid mother, arranged with a business man to write
-his letters in payment for the use of his type-writing machine.
-
-Then she addressed letters to a number of other business men, offering
-to do their stenographic work and typewriting at her home, and in a
-short time had work that brought her better returns than her former
-salary had been, besides being able to look after her sick mother.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 42. RAISING ANGORA CATS
-
-
-An ambitious mother, who very much desired to send her daughter to
-college, decided upon cat culture as a source of raising the necessary
-funds. She paid $25 for a pair of pure-bred Angora kittens, gave them
-the best of care and in three years these kittens and their progeny have
-netted her more than $1,000. But her resourcefulness in providing
-charming surroundings assists her greatly in the important matter of
-sales.
-
-She enclosed the back yard of her home with chicken wire, and divided it
-into two sections--one for colored cats and the other for white
-cats--with low buildings on each side for comfortably housing the mother
-cats and kittens.
-
-The yard was then planted with roses and other flowers, and when the
-well-kept cats and kittens are seen by prospective purchasers in those
-delightful environments, the effect is so appealing to their sense of
-the beautiful that the buyers freely pay almost any price. A few small
-ads in the local papers bring her customers for all the cats she can
-raise. Just a little plan, but it has brought remarkably pleasing
-results.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 43. MANAGEMENT OF SOCIAL FUNCTIONS
-
-
-A young lady who found herself dependent upon a married sister, decided
-that she would create a profession of her own and be under no
-obligations to anyone.
-
-She distributed a number of her business cards among the society leaders
-of her town, announcing that she would take complete charge of parties
-and other social events, whether for grown people or children, and
-relieve the hostess of all anxiety concerning the success of the affair,
-besides saving considerable sums in the outlay for the occasion.
-
-She was given a number of engagements, and succeeded so well that her
-services were soon in constant and ever-increasing demand.
-
-She superintended the decorations, arranged the menu, looked after the
-comfort of each guest, and saw that all were served in a manner to meet
-their hearty approval. She also planned all the details of the
-entertainment, in whatever form, and became a positive necessity, as the
-various hostesses soon learned that she could not only provide a better
-program than they, but actually saved more in the matter of expenditure
-than her services cost, which varied all the way from $5.00 to $15.00
-for an afternoon or evening.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 44. NEW WAY TO SELL SHEET MUSIC
-
-
-A young lady in Ohio, who recently graduated from a music school, has
-originated a novel and profitable method of selling sheet music.
-Realizing from her own experience that the surest way to cause anyone to
-want a particular piece of music is to let them hear it properly played,
-so she arranged with a leading music dealer to allow her a rather
-liberal commission on all sales she might make.
-
-She then selects a number of the best pieces, and ringing the bell at
-the first house she approaches, and asks if there is a piano or an organ
-in the house. If the answer is yes, she asks if she may come in and play
-a piece of music. In most cases permission is freely given, and seating
-herself at the instrument proceeds to play two or three of the
-selections. She has chosen so well, and plays so beautifully, that in
-nearly every house where she is accorded the privilege of playing, she
-sells from one to half a dozen or more of the sheets, and goes on to the
-next house.
-
-She has often made as high as $50 a week by employing this plan.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 45. SUPPLYING CLEAN TOWELS
-
-
-Here is a plan which is good for a town where there are a large number
-of offices. A young woman who lived in a town of this kind made it pay.
-
-She visited the various offices in the place and contracted to furnish
-each one with a clean, fresh towel every day for $1.50 a month, or two
-towels per day for $2.50 a month, two deliveries to be made each week.
-She secured contracts enough to bring in $47.00 a month.
-
-She then bought $25.00 worth of good towels, hired a colored woman to
-come twice a week to wash and iron the towels, and paid a little boy to
-deliver the fresh towels and collect the soiled ones. The service
-proved satisfactory, and, although the enterprise netted the young lady
-only a little over $30 per month, she found it sufficient to support
-herself and her invalid mother, as they owned their home and were
-economical in their expenditures. It left the young lady with her entire
-time at her own disposal to be devoted to other work.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 46. Baby’s First Picture]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 46. TAKING CHILDREN’S PICTURES
-
-
-Getting the children interested, and working on your side of a
-proposition, is the surest way to reach the pocketbooks of the parents.
-An Iowa man, who was out of work and money, evolved a plan that worked
-so well that he has been at it ever since.
-
-He owned a good camera, and understood how to use it, and having tried
-soliciting orders from house to house, without success, he hit upon the
-plan of borrowing a team of goats and a small cart from a boy friend,
-and started out.
-
-Whenever he saw a child, he would stop and tell it that he would give it
-a free ride, and take its picture in the cart, if it would get the
-consent of its mother. Of course, all the children got busy right away,
-and called their mothers to come and see how “cute” they looked in the
-cart drawn by the goats. The result was that nearly every mother was
-glad to give an order for a dozen or more pictures to be delivered in
-three days, and the enterprising artist soon found that he had all the
-business he could attend to, at good prices, and now owns a complete
-outfit.
-
-A young lady in a city who was quite expert in the use of a camera
-called at the homes which had children and took their pictures, usually
-with the mother and baby in some natural position. She obtained the
-birth records and forwarded a card each month congratulating her, also
-called attention to the service she was rendering by taking the pictures
-of children, stating that she would call in a few days--also said the
-mother took no obligation because of her call. She then called as early
-as possible to get the first picture of the new baby.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 47. TAUGHT CARE OF THE HAIR
-
-
-Most people have hair troubles of some kind, and most of them have used
-the widely advertised hair tonics, restorers, etc., with but little
-appreciable benefit, as some simple home preparation usually produces
-the best results.
-
-Now, you have read in scores of household magazines, and elsewhere of
-ways without number in which the hair can be beautified and its growth
-and lustre wonderfully promoted, without the risk of injuring it in any
-way.
-
-A widow lady in an eastern city collected all the formulas of this kind
-she could find anywhere for making dry, brittle hair soft and glossy,
-for preventing and stopping the hair from falling out, for making the
-hair thicker and longer, for the removal of dandruff, and correcting all
-other forms of hair trouble. These she had printed, each on a separate
-slip of good paper, and also provided herself with neat stationery.
-
-She then advertised in a number of newspapers that covered the territory
-for 200 or 300 miles in every direction, stating that she had formulas
-for every conceivable form of hair trouble, and that particulars would
-be sent upon request. She received thousands of answers, and in reply to
-these she sent a circular letter saying she had a formula for the
-particular difficulty named in the inquiry, which she would send upon
-receipt of 50 cents, and the person to whom it was sent could have it
-put up under her own personal direction, thus knowing exactly what it
-contained. As many of these preparations can be put up from ingredients
-to be found in most homes, they are not expensive and the lady built up
-a very profitable business through this method.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 48. MAKING HARNESS DRESSING
-
-
-Every farmer will buy a good, reliable waterproof harness dressing, and
-if you know how to make it, you can sell it rapidly.
-
-A young man who had spent most of his life on the farm found himself
-stranded in the city, and when a friend gave him the recipe for such a
-dressing, he bought the materials with his last few pennies and began
-selling it to the farmers. He realized such a good profit from his first
-sales that he was soon able to make it on a much more extensive scale,
-and started on a trip through the country, where he sold it to farmers
-he called upon. Here is the formula:
-
-Petrolatum, 4 pounds; Burgundy pitch, 4 ounces; rosin, 2 ounces; ivory
-black (dry), 60 ounces; beeswax, 4 ounces.
-
-He melted the rosin, pitch and beeswax together, then added the
-petrolatum, and when melted, he stirred in the ivory black, stirring it
-until cold, when he put it up in tin boxes and pasted a printed label on
-it. This preparation is applied with the fingers or a soft cloth, and
-rubbed well into the leather, on both sides and edges, after thoroughly
-washing the leather with softsoap and water, and letting it dry. It
-imparts a nice black appearance to the leather, but not a high polish,
-and renders the leather soft and pliable. Used as a shoe dressing, it
-makes shoes waterproof, so that one does not need rubbers.
-
-To test it, he would, after applying it, soak the leather in water for a
-few hours, weighing it both before and after soaking, and thus prove
-that no water had been absorbed.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 49. BOOK THAT COSTS NOTHING SELLS FOR 98 CENTS
-
-
-This man clothed an old idea in a new dress, greatly improved upon it,
-and made it a permanent, paying business.
-
-He got twenty merchants, in different lines, to pay him $5.00 each for a
-page ad. in a book, and spent the $100 thus received in having 2,000
-copies of it printed. Then he sold the 2,000 copies for 98 cents each,
-or a total of $1,960. But who is going to buy a book with nothing in it
-except twenty pages of ads, do you ask? Answer: 2,000 people. Why?
-
-Every advertiser in that book has agreed to give a certain discount on
-every item he sells to the person who has bought that book--the
-furniture man giving 10 per cent off, the hardware man 5 or 10 per cent,
-the dry goods man 12 or 15 per cent, the grocer 2¹⁄₂ per cent, and so
-on--every one offering a discount that in the aggregate means a saving
-of $100 or more a year--to the buyer of the book. And the book that
-entitles these people to so great a saving on their purchases costs only
-98 cents! Will people buy the book? Does 98 cents look bigger to most
-people than $100, or possibly $200? Of course the books sell, every last
-one of them, and the enterprising publisher gets nearly $2,000 net out
-of it, the merchants get a whole year’s splendid advertising among
-people who want to buy from them, for $5.00 each, and the printer gets
-$100 for putting out the book.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 50. TYPEWRITING SHORT STORIES BY MAIL
-
-
-In these days of an ever-increasing demand for short stories by hundreds
-of old and new magazines, when thousands of aspiring young authors are
-reaching out for fame and fortune, it is but natural to assume that but
-few of them are familiar with the form in which manuscripts are required
-to be submitted.
-
-In practically all cases manuscripts must be typewritten, and young
-people all over the country who do not own typewriters, and could not
-use them if they did, are always glad to have this done for them.
-
-A young lady who was a skilled typist realized this fact, and at once
-inserted a few ads. in a small number of papers reaching this class of
-people, to the effect that she would do this work for them at reasonable
-prices, and turn out her work in the high class manner required by
-publishers.
-
-She excelled in spelling, punctuation, paragraphing, etc., and felt
-certain of her ability to do satisfactory work.
-
-She received many replies to her advertisements, and in a few months had
-established a pleasant and profitable business of her own besides having
-placed many ambitious young authors in a position to present their
-manuscripts to publishers in acceptable form, thereby greatly increasing
-the chances of acceptance.
-
-Any young person, man or woman, who possesses the ability of this young
-lady, can do equally well by following the same plan of doing
-satisfactory work at fair prices.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 51. OPENING A GIFT SHOP
-
-
-A widow, who was left with some very good furnishings and about $200 in
-cash, resolved to make an opportunity of her own and improved it to such
-excellent advantage that she made a satisfactory living by following a
-definite plan and the exercise of an unusual amount of good taste.
-
-Renting a small but attractive down-town store room, she fitted it up
-with the furnishings of her home, imparting to the place a decidedly
-cozy effect, and she printed some 500 cards, which she sent out by mail,
-paying regular letter postage on each. These contained an invitation to
-visit her “Many Happy Returns Shop,” where rare gifts, suitable for all
-occasions, could be purchased at prices ranging from 10 cents to $10
-each. She further intimated that an inspection of her wares would prove
-extremely interesting even to those who did not come in to buy.
-
-Living only a short distance from New York, she went to the city and,
-visiting the Italian and Syrian districts, she purchased many pieces of
-old brass, trays, pots, lanterns, etc., while in the Japanese quarters
-she bought odd bits of china and lacquer, in all fifty articles, costing
-her $30.
-
-She also asked her friends to bring in odd or rare articles for her to
-sell on commission, and arranged everything very tastefully for her
-opening day, when large numbers of people visited her store and many of
-the novelties were sold at good prices. Her first day’s sales netted her
-$7.66, and by constantly adding to her stock of rarities and other
-attractions, she enjoyed a steady and substantial income.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 52. COUPONS TO AID SALES
-
-
-“A friend of mine,” said a successful merchant, not long ago, “was
-making and selling--or trying to sell--three preparations of great
-merit, but with such indifferent success that he decided to give it up.
-
-“I knew the value of his preparations, and concluded that his failure
-was due to himself rather than to them. I, therefore, outlined a plan
-for him that I thought would bring success, and loaned him the money
-with which to make another try at it.
-
-“I had 1,000 circulars printed, to each of which were attached twenty
-coupons of the face value of 5 cents each. I then got ten merchants to
-agree to accept one of these 5-cent coupons at its face value on every
-dollar’s worth of merchandise purchased for cash, and gave the names of
-these merchants on the circular, with their agreement to accept the
-coupons as above stated.
-
-“The regular price of my friend’s preparations was 50 cents each, but I
-told him to offer the three for $1.00, and give each purchaser $1.00
-worth of the coupons besides.
-
-“The way the buyers went for those preparations, when offered in this
-way, was simply amazing, as they got the three preparations for nothing,
-since the various merchants gave them back the dollar they had paid for
-the coupons, and the merchants themselves were well pleased with the
-effective advertising the plan had given them, since it brought each of
-them many new patrons.
-
-“But the best part of it was that my friend not only sold this first
-$1,000 worth of coupons, but a good many thousand more, and gladly
-repaid my loan in a day or two. Besides, it established his remedies
-permanently, as people had found out in this way how good they were.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 53. WOMAN PACKS TRUNKS
-
-
-A woman left totally unprovided for by her husband, a commercial
-traveler who died suddenly, had to provide for herself and family.
-
-Discussing with her friends what she could do to make a living, one
-suggested that she pack trunks for people who did not know how. She had
-always packed her husband’s trunks.
-
-She acted on this suggestion, and made arrangements with a large hotel
-to pack trunks for its guests. She furnished bonds to amply protect
-guests against loss.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 53. Her Husband was a Traveling Man]
-
-There are many hotels and travelers throughout the country that would be
-glad to avail themselves of such assistance.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 54. VEGETABLES BY PARCEL POST
-
-
-Our friend the suburban gardener, lives several miles from the city,
-where he has about three acres of ground in cultivation, and knows how
-to make it pay--via parcel post.
-
-He knows that the city man likes nice, fresh, crisp vegetables, right
-from the soil the day he gets them, and that he will pay a good price
-for them, besides saving the unwilling tribute he pays the city
-middleman for dried up, shriveled and often spoiled market stuff, that
-may be a week old. And the gardener gets more for his produce when he
-sells it direct to the city consumer. So he runs a small ad. in the city
-papers, stating what he has for sale, that they are strictly fresh, and
-the prices he asks.
-
-From one or two regular customers at first, he gradually increases his
-list of patrons, until he has more than a hundred upon whom he can
-depend as steady buyers of his products. He plays fair with them, gives
-them exactly what he advertised, with prompt delivery that assured their
-arrival in fine condition--so he builds up a business.
-
-Three times a week he sends postal cards to his customers advising them
-that tomorrow it will be fresh, crisp radishes, or sweet, juicy young
-onions or tender, luscious asparagus or rhubarb, or any other of a dozen
-or more delightfully appetizing things grown in the garden, with the
-price of whatever it is, to be sent by parcel post so as to reach the
-city customer the same day. Who wouldn’t buy from a man who did business
-in that way, and rendered the service that everyone appreciates.
-
-But the supply of the suburban gardens is never greater than the demand,
-and thousands more can find health, plenty and happiness in this
-pleasant and profitable occupation. Why not be one of them yourself?
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 55. FARMERS’ SUPPLY BUREAU
-
-
-This young man lived in a city of about 7,000 inhabitants, where there
-were several wholesale houses, as well as a large number of up-to-date
-retail stores. The town was in the midst of a prosperous farming
-community, where the farmers were kept busy at home looking after their
-crops, and had but little time for coming to town.
-
-One day this enterprising young man had an idea, which proved to be a
-good one, for it enabled him to make a good living.
-
-He secured the name of every farmer living on every rural route running
-out of the city, and sent him a well printed circular letter, offering
-to make purchases for him of anything he might need in town, and send it
-out to him by parcel post the very day the order was received. He added
-that no charge would be made for this service, but that the farmer would
-get exactly what he desired, at the same price he would pay if he came
-to the city himself.
-
-He then arranged with wholesale and retail merchants to pay him a
-commission on all articles sold for them in this way, besides paying the
-postage, and inside of three months he had one hundred well-to-do
-farmers on his list who, instead of coming to town for what they wanted,
-phoned their orders to him, and they were filled so promptly and
-satisfactorily that the farmers placed absolute confidence in him and
-allowed him to make practically all their purchases for them. He proved
-a good shopper, and built up a profitable business by just thinking out
-a feasible and legitimate plan.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 56. A SUPERB TABLE RELISH
-
-
-The very best table relish it is possible to make is prepared from the
-following formula by a woman living in the country, who has created for
-it a demand far greater than she can supply. Here are the ingredients:
-
-Ripe tomatoes, 9 pounds; onions, 2 pounds; cider vinegar, 3 pints;
-cayenne pepper, 2 teaspoonfuls; black pepper, 4 ounces; brown sugar, 6
-ounces.
-
-She mashes the tomatoes thoroughly, peels and grinds the onions in a
-vegetable grinder, then places all the ingredients in a porcelain vessel
-and boils them briskly for about two hours. Then she places them in
-short half pint water bottles, costing about half a cent each, cuts off
-the corks close to the bottles and seals with sealing wax.
-
-One taste of this relish invariably creates a demand for more, and she
-can sell it as fast as she can put it up, and have many calls for more.
-There is a fine margin of profit in it, as she raises practically all
-the materials herself, and by making use of the parcel post she has been
-able to come out over $1,000 ahead each season since she began
-operations. Lately she has been enlarging the scope of her activities,
-with the assurance of a much larger income from year to year.
-
-Just try this yourselves, you mothers who want to make some money with
-very little outlay.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 57. MONEY FROM A STEREO CAMERA
-
-
-A newly married couple decided to spend their honeymoon in a small Ohio
-town surrounded by beautiful scenery, and having a stereoscopic camera
-among their possessions, took it along, as it might come in handy. And
-it did.
-
-They happened to know that they could obtain from a Chicago firm, for 80
-cents per hundred, any number of the colored views shown in
-stereoscopes, and which agents usually sell for $1.50 to $2.00 per
-dozen, and they ordered twenty sets of 100 each, paying $16.00 for the
-lot.
-
-Then they used their stereoscopic camera in taking a number of views in
-that vicinity, together with pictures of noted persons, groups of
-children, grounds and residences of leading citizens, and other objects
-of local interest.
-
-When all was completed, they made a personal canvas of the town
-exhibiting the colored views to the people, through an ordinary
-stereoscope, and in this way created a most favorable impression as to
-the superior character of the work.
-
-The sets of 100 colored views were offered at $5.00 each, and, as a
-premium, six of the local views were added, but they made an extra
-charge when views of some subject of special interest to the families
-were ordered taken; and where people had no stereoscope, they ordered
-one, which made them a good profit.
-
-Their work became a popular fad in the town, and they received and
-filled so many orders that in two months there they cleared over $500.
-
-It is not necessary to buy a stereo-camera--an ordinary camera will do.
-Print two pictures from negative, paste these two on cardboard cut down
-to proper size, and your picture is complete.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 58. A RENTING BULLETIN
-
-
-A young man made use of the following plan to get started in business:
-
-Living in a western town of about 10,000 inhabitants, he noted the
-various cards of “For Sale,” “For Rent,” “Furnished rooms,” “Board and
-Rooms,” etc., and decided he could help these people get what they
-wanted, and at the same time make a little sum for himself.
-
-He called at each of the places where cards were displayed, explained
-that he was about to begin the publication of a renting and business
-bulletin, and would insert an ad. under the proper heading, to remain
-until the particular want was supplied, and distribute free a certain
-number of these bulletins all over town each week, all for $1.00 for
-each of such notices, to be paid in advance.
-
-As most of those he approached knew him to be reliable, he had no
-difficulty in securing a little over 100 subscriptions of the kind
-desired; then he went among the merchants of the town and contracted for
-a sufficient amount of advertising to pay the cost of printing the
-bulletin, leaving him the entire amount received for publication of the
-“for rent” and other notices as clear profit.
-
-He faithfully distributed the bulletins from house to house, in hotels,
-reading rooms, and barber shops. This gave him a start. He continued to
-solicit advertisements and worked faithfully at his little publication
-which gave returns sufficient to make his living.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 59. MAKING HENS LAY IN WINTER
-
-
-That grasshoppers, which have been the scourge of many sections of the
-country for many years, can really be made to serve a useful purpose,
-and so utilized as to pay at least a part of the damage they do, was
-proven by the experience of a Kansan woman who had found great
-difficulty in making her hens lay during the winter months.
-
-The grasshopper pest had been unusually active in her part of the
-country that year, having destroyed practically every growing thing
-within reach, and her hens were about the only available source of
-revenue that remained. But how to feed them was the problem she could
-not solve.
-
-Suddenly she became impressed with the fact that the hated grasshopper
-was an ideal chicken food and tonic, and as other foods and tonics were
-too expensive for her slender purse, she decided upon laying in a good
-supply of grasshoppers--but how? They must first be caught.
-
-She bought a piece of screen wire 4 feet wide by 20 feet long, bent it
-lengthwise in a circular form, and fastened the edges with large-size
-hooks and eyes, with circular doors, working on a single hinge, at each
-end, fitting the edges closely. She then constructed a frame of 4-inch
-pine sheathing, 4 feet high and 20 feet long, back of the trap, and
-covered it with white oilcloth, slanting it in such a position that when
-the grasshoppers struck the oilcloth they would slip down into the trap.
-These they carried out into the wheat field one evening in August,
-placed them in position, and started driving the swarms of grasshoppers
-toward the pitfall thus prepared for them. The white oilcloth shield
-proved a great attraction for the hoppers, and in forty-five minutes
-they had driven four bushels of the insects into the trap. Beneath this
-they placed a formaldehyde generator, covered the trap with muslin made
-to fit over it, and soon had it full of dead grasshoppers. These they
-carried to the barn loft, spread them out to dry, and put them away in
-sacks. Altogether they got over eighty bushels of dried hoppers, and
-those hens laid that winter as they had never laid before.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 60. MAKING POLISHING CLOTHS
-
-
-A polishing cloth would seem an insignificant thing in itself, and it
-is, but often it is the little things that make good profit and a man in
-a western city, who understood this fact, made thousands of dollars by
-giving it practical application.
-
-He bought a bolt of outing flannel of the cheaper grade, and from this
-he cut a few hundred small pieces of the proper size for samples. These
-he immersed in a solution which he had made, as follows: One-half pound
-of castile soap, shaved fine and melted to a jelly. When thoroughly
-dissolved, he added a gallon of soft water and 4 ounces of powdered
-pumice stone, coloring it with tincture of red analine. This gave him a
-polishing cloth that worked wonders with silverware, brass and other
-bright metals, imparting to them a lustre that but few of the
-high-priced polishes can give, and doing away with the mussy method of
-using a powder with an ordinary cloth.
-
-Securing a number of good canvassers, he gave each of them 100 of the
-small samples, 100 full sized polishing cloths, and 100 imitation
-type-written letters addressed to “The Lady of the House,” asking her to
-use the small free sample which the agent would leave with her, and note
-its many points of superiority over polishing powders, etc.
-
-Nearly every housewife would use the sample, and be so well pleased with
-it that when the agent called a couple of days later, with the
-full-sized cloths, at 25 cents each, it meant a sale in almost every
-case. The man who made the cloths gave the agents half the proceeds of
-all sales, and the other half he retained for himself which was
-practically all profit. By extending his sale to other towns, he
-developed a big business.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 61. SELLING LISTS OF NAMES
-
-
-We know of a man who averaged $40.00 per day through the sale of mailing
-lists to advertisers all over the country. But they were good, reliable
-lists of live people, who for years had not been flooded with a tidal
-wave of advertising circulars.
-
-These names he procured from county, town, and other officials, from
-certain directories, and from private individuals in different parts of
-the country. In some cases he advertised in country papers, asking for
-replies from those willing to furnish lists of bonafide names, usually
-offering some small inducement to secure this service, and the lists
-thus obtained consisted largely of well-to-do farmers, which proved the
-most salable of the lists.
-
-The various magazines and metropolitan dailies gave him the names of
-advertisers anxious to reach the class of consumers who comprised his
-lists, and he sold them for prices ranging from $2.00 to $10.00 per
-thousand, though in some special cases his charges would be considerably
-more. Indeed, in one case, where he had secured the names of 5,000
-speculators and investors, patrons of the stock exchanges, he asked, and
-received, $80 for the list, and sold it to many advertisers in various
-lines. He had his lists typewritten with as many as ten carbon copies to
-each page, and the expense of supplying them to numerous customers was
-very trivial, while his receipts netted him a good living each year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 62. THE PROFESSIONAL MAN SHOPPER
-
-
-An elderly man who lived in a small eastern town had formerly been a
-merchant in the city, but had failed through the dishonesty of a
-partner, and was obliged to make a humble living by any legitimate
-means.
-
-Being familiar with all the details of buying and selling, as well as
-with the quality of various kinds of merchandise, he decided to become a
-professional shopper, and succeeded beyond his expectations.
-
-He distributed cards throughout the little town and its vicinity
-announcing that he would make daily trips to the city, and for a small
-charge would purchase such articles as might be desired by local people
-from the big city stores, particularly those advertising “bargain
-sales.”
-
-As most people in a small place know of these bargains, through the
-columns of the city dailies reaching their places, and would like to
-take advantage of many of them, yet cannot afford the time and expense
-of making these frequent trips themselves, they were very glad to have
-this service so promptly and satisfactorily performed for them by one
-they knew to be reliable. The elderly shopper soon had all he could
-attend to. Outside of his fare, his expenses were nothing, and while his
-charges were so reasonable that it saved his patrons many dollars in
-railroad fare, as well as a great deal of valuable time, it made him a
-very comfortable living. He not only received a small sum for his
-service to each customer, but he received a special discount from the
-store that filled the order.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 63. A THERMOMETER PLAN THAT PAID
-
-
-The vagaries of the weather have never been regarded as affording a
-living for anyone except the “local forecaster,” but here is the
-experience of a man in Iowa who thought otherwise, and made money out of
-the plan.
-
-He paid $40 for a large thermometer, all complete, the same being about
-six feet high, mounted on a frame 3x8 feet, and containing space for
-fourteen advertisements. These he readily sold to merchants of the town,
-at $15 for each space, bringing his receipts up to $210, or $170 after
-paying for the thermometer, and many times he sold the entire fourteen
-spaces in one day’s work. To be sure, he was obliged to buy the
-thermometers in quantities, in order to get them for $40 apiece, but as
-long as he could realize a profit of $170 on each, he could well afford
-that. As his business increased, his orders for thermometers grew larger
-and their cost correspondingly smaller, so that he soon found himself on
-the road to success. He did not give this advertising service in towns
-of less than 5,000 people, and even if he only sold three thermometers
-in a week, his income was very good.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 64. LETTUCE GROWING, $100,000 A YEAR
-
-
-Some ten years ago two brothers went to a North Carolina town, in the
-fall of the year, rented a piece of ground near the outskirts, carefully
-laid it out in large beds, and planted it in lettuce, to be sold to
-northern markets during the winter months.
-
-The inhabitants of the town ridiculed the idea, declaring that the
-lettuce would freeze when the weather got cold, and even if it grew, it
-could not be sold at a profit, but the brothers said nothing, for they
-knew what they were doing.
-
-The lettuce, after planting, came up nicely and made a rapid growth, but
-it wasn’t allowed to be touched by frost. Covers to fit over all the
-beds were made from coarse cotton sheeting, and held in place by hooks
-fastened to rings in small stakes driven at the corners and edges of the
-beds. These covers were taken off when the sun was shining and replaced
-over the beds at night, when there was frost in the air.
-
-Soon the people of the town went out to see how the lettuce crop was
-growing, and were so astonished at its marvelous growth, and the
-fabulous prices it brought in the northern cities, that large numbers of
-the people took up lettuce growing as a regular business. It was not
-long before the receipts from the lettuce in that town were $100,000 a
-year, and everybody was growing it; the men in the fields, the women in
-their gardens, and all making money at it, for the variety was of the
-best, the soil just right, and all conditions were adapted to its
-culture.
-
-Usually two crops were grown each year, one in the late fall, the other
-in the early spring, and it was shipped up north in board baskets, where
-it brought from $1.25 to $3.50 per basket, according to its grade and
-the condition of the market at the time of its arrival. The people in
-that town do not laugh any more when lettuce growing in the winter is
-mentioned, for winter time is harvest time down there.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 65. A FUTURE IN SALAD DRESSING
-
-
-An enterprising woman in a western state has made money in home-made
-salad dressing and peanut butter. She started demonstrating the superior
-quality of her products in a little corner grocery. She now owns a large
-building on a prominent street in a city, and sells her produce all over
-the Northwest.
-
-She not only knows all about making the very best salad dressing and
-peanut butter that anyone could possibly imagine or wish for, but she
-insists upon a high degree of cleanliness and care in the preparation of
-her products. Her corps of assistants and employes are selected with a
-view to maintaining the excellent standard which formed the basis of her
-own success in the beginning.
-
-Other women have excellent recipes for making good things to eat, and,
-though all of them may not make large incomes from the knowledge and
-skill they possess, yet they may at least add largely to the family
-income by making such articles to sell at a good profit, and, at the
-same time, benefit the consumers as well.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 66. COUNTRY PAPER ADVERTISING
-
-
-A young newspaper man perfected a plan under which he took over the
-advertising of all the weekly papers published within a radius of 100
-miles or more from his home town, including those having “patent
-insides” supplied by the branch of a prominent newspaper union in his
-town.
-
-Arranging these various publications in groups of forty or more, he
-established a rate for each group that not only offered the advertiser a
-very great reduction from what it would cost him to deal with all these
-papers separately, but still left him a good margin of profit. He soon
-became the head of a prosperous business which yielded a net income of
-$600 a month.
-
-This plan can be worked to good advantage by capable men in other
-localities, as it requires but little capital to start it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 67. WORKED HER WAY THROUGH COLLEGE
-
-
-It isn’t every girl who feels competent to work her way through college,
-when her people are not able to pay the expenses of her course, but this
-one did, and proved it by paying all her bills and having something left
-besides.
-
-Being very proficient in embroidery work, she organized a class of fifty
-of her fellow-students, to whom she gave a course of twenty embroidery
-lessons, at $5.00 each for the course, while several of the girls who
-wished instruction in difficult stitches were each charged $1.00 a
-lesson. She also took subscriptions for a periodical devoted largely to
-embroidery and needle work, and received a commission of 25 cents on
-each subscription she secured.
-
-The faculty gave her shopping privileges two afternoons each week, and
-she improved these occasions by executing commissions at the various
-stores for the other girl students. She had excellent taste in the
-matter of selections, and her purchases were not only highly pleasing to
-those for whom they were made, but she received a discount from each of
-the merchants thus patronized, and this netted her a neat little sum,
-her commissions alone in nine months amounting to $260.
-
-She also added $90 to her income through the sale of copies of articles
-contributed to the college journal, and her total earnings for the year
-were $662.50.
-
-The income she derived from these various activities not only relieved
-her parents of all expense for her education, but gave her a valuable
-insight into practical business principles and methods, while developing
-a spirit of confidence in her own abilities, as well as a feeling of
-independence.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 68. $4,800 FOR FIVE CALVES
-
-
-The old saying that “pigs is pigs,” might with equal propriety be
-applied to calves, particularly if they are of Holstein-Friesian stock,
-if one is to judge from the experience of a breeder of blooded stock in
-New York state.
-
-From one cow, nine years old, this man has sold five calves for $4,800,
-has another for which he has refused $500, and still another of her
-progeny is owned by a man who wouldn’t sell it at any price.
-
-This man started as a poor boy, who was obliged to work as a hired hand
-on a farm, at $10 per month. But the farmer employer did not always have
-the $10 when the month was up, and really couldn’t afford to keep a
-hired man, or a boy, though he needed one.
-
-However, he did own a pure-bred Holstein calf and the farmer offered
-this calf to the boy for two months’ work on the farm. The boy had a
-keen eye for good points of an animal, and accepted the offer, keeping
-the calf in a small pasture on his employer’s farm until fall when he
-took it with him to his own humble home and gave it the best of care.
-
-Well, that calf was the mother of the nine-year-old cow that was the
-mother, of the five calves which the “boy” has sold for $4,800, and
-still has a calf worth more than $500.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 69. NIGHT PATROLMAN IN SMALL TOWN
-
-
-A husky young Irishman, who lived in a town too small to maintain a
-regular police officer, and too large to be entirely without protection
-from hold-ups, burglars and fires, especially at night, called upon the
-principal merchants of the place and arranged to give such service as
-was needed, on a basis of 25 cents a night from each one.
-
-Fifteen merchants readily agreed to these terms, and, by remaining on
-duty every night including Sundays, he was able to earn $26.25 a week.
-
-The third night he was on duty he captured a man in the act of stealing.
-Needless to say, that after this, the other merchants in the town
-quickly added their names to the young Irishman’s list of protected
-firms, and his weekly pay-check soon became much larger.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 70. HE RAISED DUCKS AND GEESE
-
-
-A small farmer, living a few miles from a city, derived a very handsome
-income from the raising of ducks and geese.
-
-From a long and careful study of various domestic fowls, he had learned
-that, while ducks and geese are much more rare than chickens, and that
-many people prefer them as table birds, they eat much less than hens,
-and the feathers of the geese are always in demand, at top prices.
-
-Both ducks and geese are much more hardy than chickens, and not nearly
-so liable to disease, therefore the losses are not so great. By keeping
-“Indian Runner” ducks, he got an almost unlimited supply of eggs, which
-always brought good prices, while during the holiday season the demand
-for ducks and geese was second only to the demand for turkeys, which are
-expensive to raise.
-
-When he figured up his receipts at the end of the year, he found that
-each goose had brought him a net profit of $5.75, while the ducks
-averaged considerably higher, owing to their greater egg-laying
-capacity. Both classes of birds, when fattened just before Thanksgiving,
-brought fancy prices, and involved a great deal less labor and expense
-in their raising than would be required in the case of hens.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 71. COLLECTION AGENCY
-
-
-That a smile, a pleasant word and a liberal amount of good humor will
-succeed better in the collection of accounts than the bullying method,
-was the idea of a young friend of ours who decided to make Collections a
-regular business.
-
-About all he had with which to make a beginning was a desk, three
-chairs, a small rug, a second-hand typewriter, and $50 for some printed
-matter and a month’s office rent.
-
-He had arranged with a young lawyer friend of his to attend to whatever
-litigation might be necessary, and the attorney’s name appear on his
-letter heads as counsel for the agency.
-
-Then he called upon the leading merchants and solicited their accounts,
-on a basis of 5 per cent on the fairly good ones, and from 24 to 50 per
-cent on others.
-
-In every case where it was possible, he called upon the debtor
-personally, and possessing a most pleasing and sympathetic manner with
-which to meet the usual “hard luck” stories he encountered, he was able
-not only to impress the fact that he was the debtor’s friend but to
-compel a recognition of the creditor’s rights and equities in the
-matter.
-
-As a result of this method he collected many old accounts that were
-regarded as hopeless, and made his business pay.
-
-In those cases, however, where the debtor was defiant and inclined to
-not to care he dealt with them judiciously.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 72. MAKING AND SELLING RAG RUGS
-
-
-You probably have no idea how many people would pay for rag rugs, to be
-used in their bathrooms, bedrooms, dining rooms and elsewhere if only
-some one would make them and sell them from house to house.
-
-An old lady in Illinois, who knew all about making rag rugs, as well as
-rag carpets, and who needed a little money very badly, concluded to use
-her knowledge of rug making and make a few dollars in the only way she
-could think of.
-
-Her only available resources were a quantity of clean bits of cloth of
-various hues and textures, some needles and thread. The pieces of cloth
-she tore into strips of the proper width, and sewed them together, so as
-to form combinations of blue and white, brown and white, red and black,
-grey and old rose, etc. and, having no loom with which to weave them,
-she made them into three-strand braids and sewed them together in oval
-shape, until she had completed a mat about 2¹⁄₂x3¹⁄₂ feet.
-
-Some of these she sold from house to house, at very good prices, while
-others she displayed in a department store window, where they sold
-rapidly, though she was obliged to pay the storekeeper a small
-commission for selling them.
-
-She made a very good living at it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 73. PHOTOS AT 39 CENTS A DOZEN
-
-
-It seemed impossible, but here’s the story of a man who did it, and made
-a good living out of it, also kept four men on the road working at this
-novel but legitimate plan:
-
-He had been a traveling salesman for several years, and on one of his
-trips had gone into a grocery store, but found another traveling man
-ahead of him.
-
-This man was showing the grocer the details of a plan whereby he could
-have a photo enlarged for anyone buying a $5 punch-ticket, good for that
-amount in merchandise, and paying $1.25 additional.
-
-Our enterprising friend saw it was a good plan, but believed he could
-improve upon it, and proceeded to do so.
-
-After a long search he finally found a photographer who would make
-copies of any photograph for 50 cents per dozen, when a large number of
-orders was given. Then he had several thousand punch-tickets printed,
-calling for $5 worth of merchandise, and these he sold to merchants at
-$5 for 500, while the merchant, in turn, would sell the $5 punch-ticket
-to a customer.
-
-Later the originator of the plan opened a small studio of his own, and
-thus reduced the cost of the photos to 39 cents per dozen, leaving him a
-profit of 11 cents per dozen, and it was then that he quit the road
-himself and put four good men on as many routes, while he remained at
-home and managed his business.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 74. REAL “FRESH ROASTED COFFEE”
-
-
-Everybody loves the aroma of fresh roasted coffee, but it is so seldom
-they have an opportunity to inhale it when it is fresh, that, when they
-do, it comes as a most delightful sensation, and makes them want
-coffee--real, genuine, fresh roasted coffee.
-
-A coffee-roasting machine, almost automatic in its action, has been
-perfected to such a degree that it retains all the aroma and flavor of
-the coffee, and places it, freshly roasted, in the hands of the
-consumer, who thus “gets all the good out of it.”
-
-A young man purchased one of these machines, rented a small corner in a
-meat and vegetable market, where no groceries were kept for sale, bought
-a few pounds of the best green coffee, and started his machine, which
-was run by electricity, and gas for fuel. In the window he placed a
-neatly painted card, saying: “Fresh Coffee, Right Out of the Roaster,”
-and awaited results. Soon the delicious aroma pervaded the entire
-establishment and was wafted to the crowds on the sidewalk.
-
-The smell of good coffee is an excellent advertisement and brings
-customers. But this enterprising vender of fresh roasted coffee realized
-that even the best brands of coffee would prove a failure if not
-properly made, so he put every pound he sold into a paper sack
-containing the following directions, plainly printed, and urged every
-purchaser to pay particular attention to it.
-
-“Use one heaping tablespoonful of the ground coffee to each cup of cold
-water, not warm or hot, and let it steep in the cold water for five
-minutes or more, as this greatly improves the flavor. Then put over a
-slow fire and slowly bring it to the boiling point, boiling it for just
-three minutes, but no longer. Take off the fire and let it stand for
-four or five minutes before serving, and you’ll find you have the finest
-flavored cup of coffee you ever drank. But always use fresh coffee,
-never using the grounds more than once.”
-
-The plan was successful.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 75. COLLEGE LAUNDRY AGENCY
-
-
-A young man, attending college in a small town, secured the agency for a
-leading laundry in a near-by city, and in that way made enough to pay
-for his entire course. The laundry company paid him 40 percent for all
-the work he sent in, and one-half of the express charges besides, so
-that he was at practically no expense in conducting the business.
-
-He soon demonstrated that he was representing a laundry that did good
-work and made prompt deliveries, and it was an easy matter to secure
-orders from all the students. The city laundry did better work than the
-local concern, and the prices were also lower, so most of the students,
-and many residents of the town as well, were glad to have their work
-done where satisfactory service was assured. In order to overcome the
-feeble competition offered by local barber shops and store agencies, the
-young man further strengthened his claim to patronage by offering a
-premium for each $10 worth of laundry work sent in through him, and by
-that means came out ahead in the volume of paying business secured.
-
-It took but little of his spare time and did not interfere with his
-studies, and at the same time gave him a good income.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 76. CO-OPERATIVE STORE
-
-
-A former merchant in a small town, who had lost his entire stock by
-fire, and had been unable to collect the insurance, conceived the idea
-of starting a co-operative store, without capital, and the plan worked
-so well that in a few years he was in a better condition financially
-than before the fire.
-
-Fully realizing that the average store in the small town charges higher
-prices for inferior goods than the city stores ask for the better
-grades, and knowing the people of his community would be glad to be
-better served at a lower cost, he visited a wholesale house in the city,
-made arrangements for purchasing groceries and kindred lines at
-wholesale prices, when taken in considerable quantities. He then formed
-a sort of club or co-operative society of from 75 to 100 members, among
-his acquaintances and former patrons, agreeing to supply them with the
-better grades of goods at prices considerably less than those charged by
-the local stores.
-
-He opened a little store room in the town for the distribution of these
-goods, each member paying cash for every item purchased, and, there
-being no necessity for bookkeeping or collections, he made a good profit
-on everything sold in this manner, suffered no losses, and in a short
-time controlled practically all the grocery trade in his town and the
-surrounding country. He often remarked that the fire which destroyed his
-former store was the best thing that could have happened to him, besides
-the benefit it brought to those in the community who co-operated with
-him in his enterprise, while he started on nothing.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 77. STARTING A HOSPITAL IN A SMALL TOWN
-
-
-It was a doctor’s wife who, with a husband broken in health and purse,
-originated a plan that was successful and put the couple financially “on
-their feet”.
-
-The husband, an able physician and surgeon, in a western city, with
-failing health, decided to move to a country town. His finances were at
-a low ebb, it soon became necessary for him to resume his practice in
-this rural community. But he was not physically able to make calls at
-long distances from town, especially at night and in bad weather, and
-his wife decided to carry out her long-cherished plan of opening a
-hospital, even if it had to be done on a small scale.
-
-The house next door being vacant, the doctor’s wife engaged it at a low
-rental, paying for the first month in advance. Then, when a telephone
-call came for the doctor from a farmer whose wife was ill, the wife told
-him the doctor was not able to go, but suggested that the farmer bring
-his wife to town, where his wife would have a pleasant room, the care of
-an experienced nurse, and the medical services of the doctor.
-
-The doctor himself was astonished when he overheard this conversation,
-and entered a vigorous protest, but the wife told him not to worry.
-
-Having engaged the only nurse in the town, which was herself, with the
-assistance of a couple of farmer’s boys she moved the furniture from the
-three upper rooms of her own residence into the next house, where she
-fixed up three rooms very comfortably, and awaited the coming of
-results.
-
-Early in the afternoon the farmer brought his wife and she was installed
-in one of the rooms, under the care of the nurse. Later others came, and
-it soon became known all over the community that the “new doctor,”
-having more patients than he could visit, had fitted up a nice place in
-town where his patients could come to him, and where women from the
-country could “stay over night,” or as many days and nights as were
-necessary, and where they could be nursed and “doctored” in a proper
-manner. It was not long until further rooms had been tastefully fitted
-up, another nurse engaged, and the doctor was kept busy with his
-patients every minute of the day.
-
-With the assistance of a maid, the doctor’s wife served meals to the
-patients in their own rooms, and the charges for all these
-accommodations, room, board, nursing and treatment, were very
-reasonable. The people of the town and vicinity soon saw the advantages
-afforded by this plan, and the patronage increased until there was a
-long waiting list. The reception or social room that had been fitted up
-was supplied with magazines, newspapers, and other means of
-entertainment for the patients and their friends who called upon them,
-and was a much appreciated resting place for country women who came to
-town with their husbands.
-
-The rent of the building was $15 a month, the nurses were paid $1.00 a
-day and board, $3 for taking care of a patient at night, and farm
-produce was purchased at very low prices, or taken as part payment for
-services.
-
-At the end of the first year these people had cleared $5,000 over all
-expenses, and on the fourth anniversary of the launching of the plan,
-the doctor, now restored to health, handed his wife a check for $8,000,
-to repay her, as he said, for “thinking of such a splendid plan.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 78. MAKING A SODA FOUNTAIN PAY
-
-
-She was a druggist’s wife, and had some excellent ideas of her own,
-besides, she knew how to put them to practical use.
-
-While the prescription business of the store was large and profitable,
-the soda fountain, a fine large one with every modern feature of
-equipment, was not making good, and there were seven other soda
-fountains in the town of some 2,000 inhabitants. Here was the wife’s
-opportunity.
-
-The drug store was a large and attractive place and she decided upon the
-following plan of action: She installed four private booths, covering
-the partitions with green burlap, with burlap curtains on the outside.
-Putting wire over the top of each booth, she covered them with paper
-flowers, which she made herself. The covering of one booth was of yellow
-roses, one of American beauty roses, one of pumpkin blossoms and one of
-lilies. In the center of each booth she placed an electric light, with a
-shade to match the flowers of the ceiling, also an electric bell.
-
-This novel and attractive arrangement proved very popular, and rapidly
-brought a large number of patrons who preferred to have sodas and ice
-cream served in the privacy of the tastefully decorated booths rather
-than to sit at tables in the open store. However, she was continually
-planning on some new feature to make the place talked about, and she
-turned her attention to the fountain itself. She built a large canopy
-over the fountain, and covered it with 300 crepe-paper oranges and 3,000
-leaves, which produced a very striking and pleasing effect. To still
-further stimulate interest, she issued neatly designed and printed
-circulars, particularly when she had some novelty to give away, and thus
-kept it constantly before the public.
-
-That the idea was a good one, is shown by the fact that, whereas, the
-receipts from the soda fountain had formerly ranged from $6 to $10 a
-day, the carrying out of her new plan increased its revenue from $18 to
-$30 a day, and placed the store far in the lead of all the other drug
-stores in the town.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 79. MOTION PICTURE THEATERS
-
-
-A husband and wife had lost their money and all they had left was $500
-in cash, a moving-picture camera, and a good supply of courage.
-
-Selecting a location in a prosperous residence district they opened a
-moving-picture theater with a seating capacity of 400 people.
-
-The city every year had a local fiesta or carnival, lasting about two
-weeks, and the wife suggested the idea of taking daily motion pictures
-of the parades and showing them on the screen as an additional
-attraction. This greatly increased the attendance for a time, but when
-the fiesta was over there was a “slump” in the receipts. The wife then
-suggested that the husband present films of local interest.
-
-Whenever such a picture was taken, they would advertise: “Come and see
-yourself and your friends in the movies,” and it brought good returns.
-In fact, this plan proved so popular that they were obliged to enlarge
-their hall, all of which was due to the working out of an original
-idea--that everyone wants to see himself or herself on the screen.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 80. FROM CLERK TO SUPERINTENDENT
-
-
-Every man who is a clerk would be very glad to be promoted to
-superintendent. But it isn’t every clerk who has a wife with the energy
-and the initiative to assist him.
-
-With the arrival of the second baby, the husband began to realize that
-he must have more money, but how to obtain it was the question. He could
-not ask for more salary, because he was already the best-paid shipping
-clerk in the establishment.
-
-Although without practical experience in the conduct of a large
-business, his wife intuitively realized that the difference between
-employer and employe was not because the employer did more work, but
-because he knew more about the business itself and how to direct others
-to do it to the best advantage of the employer.
-
-It was a hard thing to do, but after long and earnest reasoning with her
-husband she maintained that if he left more of the details of the work
-to his assistants, and devoted more of his time to planning improved
-methods, it would mean the recognition of his ability and his consequent
-advancement.
-
-He accepted his wife’s suggestion, acted upon it at once, and greatly
-profited by it, for he began to see the work through his employer’s
-eyes. Gradually the idea grew upon him, until he evolved a plan for the
-complete reorganization of his department in such a manner as to entail
-less cost and labor and yet bring better returns.
-
-In a dispute with the man next in authority over him, he won the
-approval of the general manager, because he was right. From that time on
-his advancement was rapid, and today he is superintendent of the entire
-business, due largely to his wife’s forethought.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 81. MAKING OVER OLD HOUSES
-
-
-A lawyer in a western city had only a small practice but his wife
-possessed good business judgment. They had just cash enough to purchase
-a small house, with a good-sized lot, in a modest side street occupied
-mainly by the homes of working men. This lady possessed good taste in
-the matter of furnishings and decorations, and exercised her talent in
-this direction by turning this property into an attractive little home.
-By a most skillful arrangement of the furniture, and not having too much
-of it, she gave all the rooms the appearance of being much larger than
-they really were, while dotted Swiss curtains admitted sufficient light
-to impart a most cheerful atmosphere. Everything was made to contribute
-to the coziness of the place, and give it a homelike air that was very
-inviting. In a few months they were offered $350 more than the property
-cost them, and they accepted the offer.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 82. Industry has its rewards]
-
-They next bought an older house, that was badly in need of repairs, gave
-it two coats of white paint, added green shutters, and the wife improved
-the interior with home-made book-cases, window seats and kitchen
-conveniences of many kinds, and put blue and white lace paper on the
-pantry shelves. A retired farmer and his wife, who wanted to move to
-town, was greatly impressed with the pattern of that paper as well as
-with the large back yard, where quantities of garden products could be
-raised, and readily paid them $500 more than the cost of the place.
-
-They then bought a nine-room house, converted it into two apartments,
-that rented for $45 a month each, and a little later sold it at a profit
-of $1,150, making their total profits in two years $2,000.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 82. CULTIVATING OTHER PEOPLE’S BACK YARDS
-
-
-Thousands of men and women who complain of “hard times” and bemoan the
-fact that they “can’t get anything to do,” could live comfortably by
-following the plan which an almost invalid husband and his wife so
-successfully carried out, at a time when everything looked very dark.
-
-They were in debt, through the illness of the husband, a mill worker,
-whom the doctors had told to get into some line of work that would give
-him plenty of outdoor exercise.
-
-In the residential section of the city, near by, were many back yards
-either sown in grass or covered with weeds, and utterly neglected and
-uncared for.
-
-The wife visited many of the homes where these conditions prevailed, and
-offered to give their back yards thorough cultivation during the season,
-for one-half of what might be grown on them. Some of the people refused
-the offer but enough agreed to the proposition to keep both the wife and
-her husband constantly employed.
-
-They raised a great deal more of all kinds of garden produce than both
-the families of the owners and the renters could use, and one-half of
-the excess they sold at good prices in the city, even selling some of it
-to the people who had refused them the use of their ground.
-
-The next year they had offers of more back yards than they could
-cultivate, but their three boys helped them with the work, and together
-they succeeded so well that they not only lived better than they ever
-had before, but were entirely out of debt and had a bank account
-besides.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 83. FROM CLERK TO HYDRAULIC ENGINEER
-
-
-The husband in this case was a combination of stock-keeper and shipping
-clerk in a large machinery house, knew the details of the business
-thoroughly, and uncomplainingly shouldered the constantly increasing
-burdens and responsibilities that were placed upon him, with no
-intimation of a corresponding increase in salary. Finally he rebelled,
-and said to his wife that if he had a certain amount of capital he would
-go into business for himself.
-
-His wife remarked that he did not need any capital, if he would write to
-a number of manufacturers of the lines with which he was familiar,
-detailing his experience, and giving other important data, he would no
-doubt be appointed manufacturer’s agent in that part of the country; and
-being of good presence and pleasing personality, he could soon create a
-volume of sales that would pay him well.
-
-He acted upon the suggestion immediately, wrote several manufacturers,
-and was appointed resident agent by a number of them, on liberal
-commission basis. He resigned his position and went to work with not a
-dollar of capital invested. For a time he made his home his office,
-where his wife, having learned typewriting, proved a willing and
-valuable assistant.
-
-That was seven years ago. Today the husband has a big office, with
-plenty of help, in a down-town office building, and is recognized as one
-of the best hydraulic engineers in the state.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 84. PROGRAMS FOR “MOVIE” THEATERS
-
-
-A man who had considerable experience in theatre-program advertising
-decided that if some money could be made from publishing one program a
-great deal more could be made with several programs. The following
-experience proved his reasoning was right:
-
-Visiting the managers of five leading motion-picture houses, he offered
-to furnish each with an attractive program twice a week, free of charge,
-provided he could have the bill three or four days in advance. He was to
-have all the money received from advertisements in the programs. They
-all accepted his proposition, and he called upon the printer, who
-usually set up his matter. He explained that there would be two editions
-of each program every week, those containing the bill for Thursday,
-Friday, Saturday and Sunday to be distributed at the various theatres on
-Wednesday, while that for Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday was to be
-distributed on Sunday, that all ads. were to stand for at least one
-month, while the bill was to be changed twice a week, and this, of
-course, enabled the printer to name a very low rate for the printing.
-
-He gave each theater twice as many programs for each day as there were
-seats in the house, so as to reach both the afternoon and evening
-crowds, and added 200 or 300 to that number for distribution on Sunday,
-the big day of the week.
-
-He selected the five theatres as near each other as possible, as most of
-the advertisers were in that vicinity.
-
-He usually ran about sixteen pages of ads., though during the holidays
-he would have as much as twenty-four pages most of the time; and as he
-printed about 20,000 programs a week, he had no difficulty in securing
-good prices for the ads. The advertisers soon found it was well worth
-all it cost, and the originator of the plan realized many thousands of
-dollars from it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 85. MESSENGER SERVICE
-
-
-It was a woman who originated the plan of establishing a messenger
-service to meet the needs of a large number of people who are not
-regular patrons of the larger messenger agencies and who often have
-special messages or articles requiring prompt and trustworthy delivery.
-
-At a total cost of less than $30, she fitted up her kitchen as an office
-and as headquarters for the boys whom she engaged for this service,
-circulated a few hundreds cards, with her address and telephone number,
-among the class of business people she wished to reach, had blanks
-printed for the names and addresses of those to whom messages were sent,
-with space for their acknowledgement of the receipt of whatever was
-delivered, and inserted a few ads. in the local paper, announcing the
-beginning of her new enterprise.
-
-She adopted a schedule of prices a little lower than those charged by
-the larger companies, and engaged the services of two good reliable boys
-of her acquaintance to make deliveries.
-
-Patrons soon found the service satisfactory and her business grew with
-amazing rapidity. Within a year she was enjoying an income far in excess
-of what she anticipated. She is now more than pleased with the success
-of her novel plan for making a comfortable living.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 86. WATCH FOBS FOR 5 CENTS EACH AT COLLEGE
-
-
-Selling watch fobs for 5 cents each, and yet realizing a profit of $1.50
-from the sale yourself, looks like one of those things that “can’t be
-done” and yet it is easily accomplished. This plan helped pay part of
-his college expenses.
-
-He procures a quantity of ribbon representing the colors of the local
-football or baseball team and bearing a small nickel or silver-plated
-ornament, such as a horseshoe or football, and the one who gets the fob
-was entitled to have his name or any design engraved upon it free of
-charge.
-
-The plan is usually worked in a cigar store, or pool hall as follows:
-Two fobs are attached to a card with the label “Win a Watch Fob for 5
-cents,” and the game is played with dice in a set of five. Three throws
-for 5 cents is the charge, and the spots are counted and recorded with
-each throw. The highest possible throw in three shakes is 90, the lowest
-15. The limit of entries of 60, and the highest and lowest scores in the
-series each receives a fob.
-
-Sixty entries at 5 cents each is $3.00, and as the cost of the fobs do
-not exceed 25 cents each, the profit is $2.50. After settling with the
-clerk who keeps the tally and the middleman who placed the outfit, the
-originator of the plan realizes at least $1.50 on each transaction, and
-his profits are limited only by the number of games played.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 87. STARTED SHORTHAND SCHOOL
-
-
-A man who was state agent for a concern that failed, was left without
-money, and there were no positions open for him. In earlier life he had
-been a stenographer, while his wife had taught school for a number of
-years before their marriage. As a traveling man he had noted the
-incompetency of many stenographers, especially their ignorance of
-business principles, and often commented on this to his wife.
-
-In their dilemma, the wife suggested the establishment of a shorthand
-and business school combined, but they had no capital as a basis upon
-which to begin operations. The husband still had the small office he had
-used as state agent, in which were two desks, a few tables, chairs,
-etc., and the wife suggested that these could be used to begin with in a
-small way. She at once began taking shorthand lessons from her husband,
-took up typewriting at which she made rapid progress.
-
-They secured two or three students by personal solicitation, and the
-wife began teaching them shorthand and typewriting, though she was only
-one lesson ahead of them, a fact of which the students remained
-blissfully ignorant. The husband took charge of the practical business
-course of instruction, and the pupils made rapid progress, for they were
-being taught along right lines.
-
-In the meantime, the wife did her own housework, took care of the
-children, sewed, cooked, and performed all the household duties, while
-looking after the progress of her pupils, attending to her husband’s
-correspondence, etc. By using practical methods of instruction, they
-turned out very competent classes, and soon found it necessary to
-increase their facilities by moving to larger quarters and adding to
-their equipment, besides hiring additional teachers in the various
-departments. Today they have a prosperous business and shorthand school.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 88. OPENING A MENDING SHOP
-
-
-A young woman in an eastern city, being in poor health and having an
-invalid mother to support, decided to open a shop for mending and fine
-sewing, as she was very skillful in the use of the needle.
-
-She rented a small ground floor apartment in a good location, and put
-out a neat sign announcing the opening of a “Mending and Darning Shop.
-Fine sewing of all kinds.” She made a specialty of fine damask, hemming
-table cloths and napkins and darning old ones, and did her work so
-neatly that her services soon became in great demand among the
-housewives of the community. She distributed her business cards
-throughout the neighborhood, and these brought her in a great many
-orders.
-
-Finally a large department store offered to add a mending and darning
-department to its activities, and place her in charge at a good salary.
-She accepted the offer, and has made such a success that she is now the
-head of this department, with several girls doing the greater part of
-the work under her personal direction. Just a little plan of her own,
-but it brought her independence.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 89. HOME WALL-PAPER AGENCY
-
-
-A California man who had formerly been in the wall-paper business and
-found himself entirely wiped out by a fire, decided to make another
-start by using his home as the basis of operations for supplying his
-patrons with wall paper at very much less than the usual prices, the
-profit in that community being sufficiently large to permit great
-reductions in even the best grades.
-
-A large manufacturer gladly sent him a book of samples of all kinds of
-wall paper, and with this he visited hundreds of homes, where he
-exhibited the various styles. The prices he named were far below those
-of the down-town stores, as he had no rent or clerk to pay. He took a
-surprisingly large number of orders, and realized a handsome profit on
-each sale. Many of his customers felt they could put on the paper
-themselves, but in those cases where he did this work for them, he
-charged a fair price, and soon found he had all the work he could
-possibly do. As his patronage increased, he found it necessary to employ
-a young man to do the papering in those cases where it was required,
-while his entire time was devoted to the taking of orders. He had
-excellent taste in the matter of harmonious decorations, and made many
-sales through showing the housewives the artistic effects that could be
-produced by selecting the design best adapted to the furnishings of the
-home.
-
-At the end of the first year, he found his profits were much greater
-than those of any year he had conducted his store, and this without the
-investment of a single dollar.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 90. CATERING FOR LODGE PEOPLE
-
-
-A young woman living in a town of a few thousand inhabitants, where
-there were many fraternal societies, all having large memberships, found
-she had an opportunity to make a good income by catering to these
-societies.
-
-She was not only a very skillful cook, but had excellent taste in the
-preparation and arrangement of repasts, and at the same time possessed
-an exceptionally pleasing personality.
-
-She distributed among the officers and members of all the lodges in her
-town a number of handsomely designed and printed cards announcing she
-was prepared to serve light luncheons for their social meetings, at a
-certain price per plate, and would assume full charge of the entire
-entertainment.
-
-Her first engagement was for a large gathering of lodge people, on the
-occasion of a visit from one of the supreme officers of the order, and
-so well did she carry out the elaborate program, and so exquisite was
-the luncheon and its service, that this gave her a good reputation for
-this work. After that no social affair of the fraternalists was
-considered without first engaging her to take charge, and the income she
-derived from this source made her a good living each year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 91. GROWING MUSHROOMS
-
-
-If you have a cellar that is not in use, you have the foundation for a
-good living in the growing of mushrooms.
-
-Dig up the space you desire to use for this purpose, digging it deep,
-and pulverize the earth thoroughly. Then add a quantity of fine, black
-dirt, rich in phosphates, with a liberal amount of some good fertilizer.
-Then water the prepared bed thoroughly, and put in the spawn, which you
-can buy very cheaply almost anywhere. Your mushrooms, when well started,
-will produce a crop every month, but from September to May is the season
-when they bring the highest prices, ranging from 75 cents to $1.50 per
-pound, at hotels, cafes, etc. Give them considerable attention,
-especially at first, keeping them well watered and giving them plenty of
-air, but not too much light, and keep the temperature at from 60 to 70
-degrees the entire time.
-
-One person we know of, from a bed of 4 feet long by 3 feet wide, and
-three bricks of spawn, eight weeks after starting, produced two and
-one-half pounds of mushrooms every two days, or about nine pounds a
-week. At an average price of $1.00 per pound, this brought an addition
-of $9.00 a week to his regular income, and required but a few hours of
-his spare time in the growth of the product. By doubling his space, he
-could have doubled his profits from this source, and $18 a week from a
-“side line” is a sum not to be despised, especially when it involves so
-little labor and time, requires no capital and carries with it no risk
-of any kind.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 92. BASKET MAKING
-
-
-Basket making is one of these simple, easily-learned, easily-operated
-and profitable occupations, so well adapted to women, that it is a
-wonder more of them do not engage in it.
-
-The country women at Aitken, S. C., make thousands of pretty and useful
-baskets from pine needles, and sell them at good prices.
-
-A lady who was visiting there learned the art of making these baskets,
-and later her sister moved out west, where she learned how the Indians
-made the baskets for which they are so famous. Some of the materials
-used, including certain kinds of grasses, she sent back to her sister at
-home, and these were made into baskets of various pretty patterns, which
-sold readily, at good prices, to florists and others. In fact, her
-basket-making business grew into such proportions that she was obliged
-to employ a number of girls to assist her in turning them out as fast as
-they could be sold.
-
-The beauty of it is that her expenses are next to nothing, as her home
-is her factory, the material is not expensive, no advertising or
-printing of literature is necessary, and the proceeds of the output,
-aside from the wages of the girls, are practically all profit.
-
-As this lady lives in a city, she also derives a very neat income from
-teaching the basket-making art to other women, and these in turn, make a
-good living from their work, without glutting the market, for as long as
-florists have calls for flowers, they need these pretty baskets to put
-them in--and that means an additional profit on the flowers.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 93. POTATO CHIPS AND DOUGHNUTS
-
-
-With a husband who was sick and without money, a new England woman,
-living in a small city, found it incumbent upon herself to do some
-planning to supply the family with food.
-
-Having an intimate knowledge and special aptitude for making
-exceptionally fine potato chips and doughnuts, she decided that if she
-could once succeed in getting people to try her products she would be
-assured of a ready sale for them, and immediately went to work to
-prepare a small quantity of each, put up in her own style. Packing them
-neatly in a clean, new basket, she called at a number of well-to-do
-homes and asked the lady of the house to try a sample order. Nearly all
-these ladies were willing to do so, and were so greatly delighted with
-the superior manner in which they were made that upon her next call she
-was given a large number of orders to supply families regularly with
-what they regarded as positive delicacies.
-
-In nine weeks she had made a net profit of $80 on her potato chips and
-$90 on her doughnuts, and from that time on she was so busy filling
-orders that she was obliged to employ a boy with a bicycle to make her
-deliveries.
-
-There are thousands of other women who can do just what this woman did,
-and rise from a condition of actual want to one of plenty, and without
-asking favors of anyone. If they will make it a matter of strict
-business, they may succeed as she did.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 94. A Happy Group]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 94. POULTRY RAISING FOR A BOY
-
-
-As a means of educating a boy regarding business principles, and
-teaching him practical ways of making money, nothing is better than the
-raising of poultry in a small way, but according to correct methods.
-
-A man in Ogden, Utah, gave his 10-year-old boy $5.00 and told him to
-invest it in whatever enterprise best suited him, and what promised the
-best returns upon the investment.
-
-The boy, who was healthy, energetic and enthusiastic, bought a young
-rooster and two pullets, all pure-bred fowls, and turned them into the
-back yard of his home.
-
-During February, the two pullets laid twenty-nine eggs, which he put
-into an incubator, and on March 22nd, he had twenty lively young chicks.
-He kept these until August, taking the best of care of them, when he
-sold four pullets for $1.50 each, and four roosters at $2.00 each,
-making him already $9.00 ahead of his original investment, with five
-pullets and three cockerels left, besides the three he started with.
-
-His first two pullets laid thirty-two eggs in March, and these he sold
-for hatching purposes, at 15 cents each. In the next month he got only
-twenty-three more eggs, as one of the pullets had become broody, and
-those that were laid in April and May he put under scrub hens for
-hatching, while his two blooded pullets were kept laying. The boy was
-learning, and his father was giving him valuable advice in business
-methods.
-
-On December 1st, the boy figured up the results of the season’s
-operations, and found that his expenses had been $30.73, of which $19.25
-was for feed, and that his cash receipts and stock of chickens on hand
-amounted to $141.15, so that he had made a net profit of $110.42 on an
-investment of $5.00 a few months before.
-
-And where is the boy, if he is of the right sort, and tries, who cannot
-equal this record?
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 95. WATCH INSURANCE
-
-
-You may think you have heard of all kinds of insurance, but have you
-ever heard of watch insurance? This Pittsburgh man never had, but he
-figured out a plan of insuring watches against breakage, loss or theft,
-and thought it out with such perfect precision and detail, that he soon
-had a profitable and permanent business of his own.
-
-In the policy he issues he agrees that in case the watch insured is
-broken, he makes complete repairs by sending it to some jeweler, to be
-selected by the assured, upon receipt of a full statement of the nature
-and extent of the breakage, and to pay all the costs of such repairs.
-
-In case of the loss of the watch, he is to pay the assured, or owner of
-the watch, one-half its value, as stated in the policy if the watch is
-not found again, and the same amount if the watch is stolen and not
-recovered.
-
-The policy holder is required in all cases to send full details
-concerning the breakage, loss or theft of the watch, and if upon
-investigation it appears that the watch is not, or cannot be found or
-recovered, he sends his check for one-half of its value as above stated.
-
-His charges for insuring watches vary from $1.00 to $5.00 per year,
-according to the value of the watch, the greater the value the higher
-the premium; and, being a man of good standing in his community, he
-finds most people willing to pay the small amount required to guard them
-against the damage, loss or theft of their favorite timepieces. He has
-made it a good-paying business, and many others can follow the same plan
-with profit.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 96. COLLECTING OLD WITNESS FEES
-
-
-In the office of clerks of the court in the United States are thousands
-of dollars in unclaimed witness fees, and this offers an opportunity for
-thousands of men all over the country to collect them for the parties on
-a large percentage basis----say, one-half the amounts collected.
-
-A man living in a county seat in a western state made a small fortune in
-this manner, because he hit upon the right plan.
-
-All public records are open to the inspection of any person, and his
-method was to make a thorough examination of these records and obtain a
-list of all witness fees paid in but not called for by the parties, who
-had probably forgotten all about them, or, after calling for them
-several times, found the records were not completed, so that their
-witness fees could not be paid. He noted the title of each case, the
-date of the trial, the name and address of the witnesses, the number of
-days of attendance and the amount of the fees due him.
-
-Then he would call upon or write to the former witnesses, stating that a
-certain amount was due him, which he had failed or forgotten to call
-for, and that he would collect the same on a 50 per cent basis, as he
-was in a position to make the collection. He enclosed, or handed to the
-party if seen personally, an order on the court clerk as follows: “You
-are hereby authorized to pay to (collector’s name here) the sum of
------- dollars and ------ cents, the same being due me as witness for
------- days attendance in the case of ---------- vs. ----------” with
-blank for signature of the witness. His letter bore the names of several
-well known men in his town as references, and in most cases the paper
-came back duly signed, the money was collected, one-half sent to the
-former witness, and the balance belonged to the man who thought out the
-plan.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 97. DOUBLING THE BUSINESS OF HOTELS
-
-
-A young man who owned a small printing office, had a reputation for the
-skillful and artistic manner in which he did the work that came to him,
-dropped into a hotel that ran a café in connection, and said to the
-proprietor: “Would you like to have me double your business for you, at
-but very little cost?” “I certainly would,” replied the hotel man, “and
-if you can do that you are the very man I am looking for.”
-
-“All right,” said the printer, “I am ready to show you.”
-
-He went into the café, secured the menu for the various meals of the
-following day, together with the general or short-order menu, and
-hurried back to his printing office. There he proceeded to work out an
-attractive design in border and type effects that would draw attention
-anywhere, and took them to the hotel, where he submitted them to the
-proprietor.
-
-The hotel man was delighted with the artistic appearance of the cards,
-and suggested that they be taken into the café at once.
-
-“No,” said the printer, “only enough of these to be placed at each table
-are to go into the café. The others are to be put up in the guest rooms,
-one of each to every room in the house, and see how it works.”
-
-The proprietor had never thought of that, but realized at once the value
-of the plan, and right there gave the printer a standing order to print
-all the menu cards the house could use in the manner suggested,
-willingly paying a good round sum for the service. The young man
-extended the plan to the other hotels of the town, and was soon the
-busiest printer in the town, for it really doubled the business of each
-house.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 98. A CHURCH PAPER
-
-
-That churches, as well as commercial and other enterprises, could derive
-great benefits from the publication of a weekly paper devoted to the
-interests of all the churches in a community, was the firm conviction of
-a young man living in a western city, and having had considerable
-newspaper experience, he concluded to try it and see if it would prove a
-success.
-
-He attended a meeting of the ministerial association and submitted the
-plan to them. Every one of the ministers, representing all the various
-denominations, at once became very much interested in the proposition,
-and each promised it his hearty endorsement and support.
-
-Each pastor in the city agreed to furnish the news, as well as the
-various announcements of his particular church each week, so there was
-comparatively little in the way of editorial work for the young man to
-do.
-
-Having made arrangements to have the paper printed in an attractive
-form, on a good quality of paper, the young publisher called upon a
-large number of business men, particularly those belonging to the
-various churches of the city, and soon had enough subscriptions and
-advertisements to more than pay the cost of printing the paper.
-
-The Y. M. C. A., the Y. W. C. A., the W. C. T. U., and other religious
-organizations, all contributed to its columns and helped to increase its
-circulation, while pictures of the churches and portraits of the
-pastors and leaders in religious work gave it a most attractive
-appearance.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 99. Now I have a Cow--Everybody Bids Me Good
-Morrow]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 99. PHOTOGRAPHING ANIMALS FOR SALE
-
-
-Next to having a prospective purchaser come to your place to see any
-animal you may have for sale, the best means of giving him a good idea
-of it is to take a good photograph of the animal, properly posed, and
-send it to him by mail, or use it in advertising.
-
-A farmer’s wife, who had bought a camera for pleasure, soon learned to
-adapt it to business purposes and made many sales of valuable animals
-through this means alone.
-
-This lady had three pure-bred collie dogs, from which she sold about
-$400 worth of puppies every year, and she found that a majority of those
-sales were made to persons to whom she had sent photographs which she
-made easily and cheaply with her camera.
-
-She knew the secret of having an animal correctly posed in order to show
-it to best advantage in a picture, and knew exactly how best to attract
-its attention at the critical moment of opening and closing the shutter.
-The result was that the fine points of the animal were made very
-prominent.
-
-Her husband was so impressed with the results of her skill in this
-respect that he asked her to take the pictures of some pure-bred
-Berkshire hogs he had for sale, and readily disposed of them by this
-means. Horses and cows were also photographed with equal success, while
-many of the best animal photos were sent to agricultural papers, and
-were in most cases accepted at good prices.
-
-The use of the camera in this way not only paid its first cost many
-times over, but brought in a good revenue each year, besides the
-pleasure it afforded the family when used for other purposes.
-
-
-
-
-MONEY-MAKING PLANS FOR WOMEN
-
-
-A lady living in a small western town was the mother of two boys to whom
-she wished to give a good start in life. She had very little money, but
-many original yet practical ideas, and from these she formulated some
-excellent plans for earning the money she needed for her boys and
-herself.
-
-One after another she adopted a number of good plans, made a success of
-them, and was thus enabled to bring up her boys in the manner she
-desired. Her plans are here given in separate detail, and it should be
-noted that each and every one of these plans could be used with great
-profit by any other woman who wishes to use either one or all of them,
-as she chooses.
-
-
-PLAN No. 100. HOME-MADE STICK CANDY
-
-Well knowing the predilection of most people for sweet things, her first
-efforts were directed toward making and selling a very superior grade of
-stick candy, according to the following formula: Over a hot fire place a
-kettle containing a quart of water, ten pounds of white sugar and one
-teaspoonful cream tartar. Let it boil until it will snap, then put it
-into cold water and pour out on marble slab or tin cooler, well greased.
-As it cools, turn outer edge to center, and when cool enough to handle,
-pull it until it is white as snow. Leave a small piece unpulled, and
-color this red by adding a few drops of cochineal. Now roll your batch
-of candy into a ball, pull the red candy into a long strip, cut in three
-or four pieces, lay them on top of the white and roll it out, commencing
-at one end, pulling and rolling it at the same time, which throws the
-stripes in a twist around the stick. Keep rolling until hard enough to
-prevent sticks from flattening out, then tap the sticks lightly with the
-edge of a knife, and break them into any lengths desired.
-
-In making this, as in all her products, she used only the purest
-ingredients, so that the candy was perfectly safe for children, and she
-sold great quantities of it, because it was “so good.”
-
-
-PLAN No. 101. HOME-MADE TAFFY CANDY
-
-This taffy candy, which proved an excellent seller, yielding large
-profits, she made as follows:
-
-White sugar, 10 pounds; water, 3 pints; cream tartar, one teaspoonful,
-and when nearly cooked add one-fourth pound of butter. Add any kind of
-flavor preferred, by pouring it on while rolling. This candy should be
-cooked to the snapping point, but do not stir while cooking, or the
-sugar will granulate.
-
-
-PLAN No. 102. HOME-MADE MAPLE CREAM CANDY
-
-This was one of her most popular products, and was made as follows:
-white sugar, 5 pounds; best maple syrup, one pint; water, one pint;
-butter, 1 tablespoonful; cream tartar, ¹⁄₄ teaspoonful. Cook same as in
-making above described taffy candy, and put in one teaspoonful extract
-of vanilla while pulling.
-
-
-PLAN No. 103. HOME-MADE PEANUT CRISP
-
-This was also a great favorite with the children, and she sold a great
-deal of it, as well as her other candies, by visiting the different
-schools during the noon hour or at recess, on certain days of each week.
-The peanut crisp she made as follows: White sugar, 5 pounds; water, 1¹⁄₂
-pints; cream tartar, one-half teaspoonful. When nearly cooked, add one
-pound parched, hulled peanuts and one tablespoonful soda. Cook until it
-will snap.
-
-She employed many ways of selling the above and other specialties. She
-took pains to learn of approaching anniversaries, such as birthday,
-wedding, etc., and a few days preceding the event she would send an
-attractive letter of congratulation, incidentally suggesting a box of
-her home-made candies for the occasion. This made many sales.
-
-
-PLAN No. 104. EXTRACTING ATTAR OF ROSES, ETC.
-
-In addition to her candy-making enterprise, this lady likewise engaged
-in the making of perfumes, and so well did she succeed that her income
-was more than doubled. She developed a method of extracting the attar of
-roses and other flowers, which enabled her to make a great variety of
-the most delightful as well as lasting perfumes, and the ladies soon
-came to know of their exquisite fragrance.
-
-To extract the attar of any flower she procured a quantity of the
-petals, which she placed on thin layers of cotton, afterwards dipping
-them into the finest Florence or Lucca oil, then sprinkled a small
-quantity of fine salt on the flowers alternately, until an earthen
-vessel or wide-mouthed bottle was filled with them. Then she tied the
-top of the vessel closely with a piece of parchment or rubber cloth, and
-laid it in the heat of the sun for fifteen days, when a fragrant oil,
-equal to the highest-priced essences, and very valuable in the making of
-various kinds of perfumes, could be squeezed from the contents thus
-treated.
-
-
-PLAN No. 105. A CHEAP HOME-MADE COLOGNE
-
-Many people who cannot afford the high-priced perfumes are very well
-satisfied with some cheaper kind, and to meet this demand, the lady put
-up a home-made cologne that gave very good satisfaction. This she made
-as follows:
-
-To one gallon spirits of wine, add a teaspoonful each of the oils of
-lemon, orange and bergamot; with 40 drops of extract of vanilla. Shake
-until the oils are well cut, then add one and one-half pints of soft
-water.
-
-This made a very fair grade of perfume, and, though it could be sold at
-a low price, it yielded a fair profit to the lady who produced it.
-
-
-PLAN No. 106. MAKING ROSE JARS
-
-Very few are the boudoir accessories that are dearer to the feminine
-heart than a rose jar, properly made, and most women will pay almost any
-price for one of that kind. This lady knew exactly how to make a perfect
-rose jar, and added this to the already long list of her profitable
-industries.
-
-She dried rose petals in salt for two weeks, then cleansed the salt from
-the petals and put them in a jar. She would leave the jar open for a few
-days, then put in 2 tablespoonfuls each of cloves, allspice and
-cinnamon, and added 10 grains of powdered musk, letting it stand a few
-hours. She then added 5 cents worth of oil of lemon verbena, and 5 cents
-worth of oil of lavender. This she let stand three days, added 15 cents
-worth of oil of rose geranium, and had a rose jar that would sell for
-just about any price she had the temerity to ask.
-
-
-PLAN No. 107. MAKING ALMOND PASTE
-
-This preparation she found in great demand by the ladies, as it proved a
-wonderful beautifier of the complexion, and a fine remedy for chapped
-hands, rough skin, etc. This is the formula she used for preparing it:
-
-To 4 ounces of blanched almonds she added the white of one egg, after
-beating the almonds to a smooth paste in a mortar, then add enough rose
-water, mixed with its weight in alcohol, to give it the proper
-consistency. She put it up in 2-ounce jars, pasted on a fancy label, and
-sold it at 25 cents a jar. Its actual cost to her, jar, label and all,
-was less than 7 cents.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 108. HOME WORK THAT PAYS
-
-
-Having suffered her full share of the losses and disappointments that
-fall to the lot of so many victims of the fraudulent “home-work” schemes
-through which many become well-to-do at the expense of poor women who
-are seeking to make an honest living a California woman perfected a
-really meritorious as well as profitable plan that can be carried out by
-other women with as great profit as it brought to her.
-
-Instead of dealing with that class of utility articles which can be
-purchased ready made for less than the ordinary woman can buy the
-materials, she decided to specialize in something that appealed to the
-vanity of women who could afford to gratify individual taste, and chose
-as her particular specialty those dainty ribboned sachet puffies for the
-handkerchief case, shirt-waist box or bureau drawer, also those made in
-heart shape with beauty pin attached, which girls wear inside their
-waists, presenting a beautiful appearance, yet easy and inexpensive to
-make, and affording a nice profit at 10 cents each. In fact, the entire
-cost of the material, including the beauty pin, is only one and one-half
-cents each and the making is but a minute’s work.
-
-Few people really know how to use sachet powder. They generally use
-entirely too much, and the scent is too strong, or it is adulterated
-with something like orris root and the scent is uneven. But this lady
-did know, and she placed fluffy cotton, or wadding, inside the bag, and
-sprinkled it lightly with the sachet, which gave an even, delicate and
-lasting perfume. She made up the bags of silkalene of various colors,
-using baby ribbon of colors to match for “drawing” the puffie. The
-silkalene will cost 10 cents per yard and one yard will make
-twenty-eight of the bags. Less material is required for the corsage
-puffie, but the beauty pin evens up the cost. Any woman who can sew can
-make one hundred of the puffies a day, at a cost of $1.50, and she can
-readily sell them for $10, and even more, thus making a profit of $8.50
-a day for very light, pleasant work.
-
-Having made up several hundreds of the puffies, in various styles and
-colors--the larger ones are round or oblong and the corsage puffies
-heart-shaped--she decided upon the “trust” plan as the best means of
-selling them. She sent out a number of boys and girls to sell them at 10
-cents each, paying them $2.00 for each one hundred sold, and even at
-this figure she made a profit of $6.50 on each one hundred puffies. And
-they sold, too, for almost every woman or girl who saw them bought at
-least one and in some cases as many as half a dozen, so the sales were
-easy and rapid.
-
-Having made so great a success in her home town, this lady extended it
-to other towns, and after covering the territory thoroughly she offered
-to sell complete instructions, with patterns for making them, for $1.00.
-To those purchasing this information she supplied the materials, which
-she bought at wholesale, and made a good profit in that way, so that in
-a few months she was enjoying a steady income equal to that of many
-other merchants in her town, yet she had only a few dollars--and a good
-plan--to start with.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 109. SHARP SAWS FOR BUTCHERS
-
-
-An enterprising young man in San Francisco, who knew that the saw blades
-used by butchers require frequent sharpening and also knew that it costs
-the average butcher about $3.00 a month to keep them sharpened, figured
-out a way to save more than half that expense, and make a good thing for
-himself at the same time.
-
-He heard of a firm in New York that manufactured a machine for
-automatically sharpening hand- and meat-saws, at the rate of two hundred
-and fifty blades a day.
-
-He ordered one of these machines at a cost of $60 and set it up in the
-family woodshed. He also bought 600 new saw blades at 20 cents each, or
-$120 more, a total investment of $180. Then he started out to round up
-the butchers of the city, and when he showed them that he could supply
-each of them with twelve sharp blades a month, at 10 cents each, or
-$1.20, instead of the $3.00 a month they had been paying, everyone of
-them gave him an order.
-
-At the shop of each patron he left twelve sharp blades, taking twelve
-dull ones in their place and collecting $1.20, so that his first month’s
-receipts from fifty shops amounted to $60. In three months he had his
-entire investment back, and after that his $60 a month was all profit,
-but by doubling the number of his patrons he doubled his net income, and
-so on in proportion to the increase in the number of his orders. All the
-dull blades collected were re-sharpened and taken to his customers in
-exchange for more dull ones each month.
-
-He also made considerable money through supplying his customers with new
-saw frames, knives, steels, etc., and in a few months had built up a
-profitable business of his own.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 110. SELLING FLAGS BY MAIL
-
-
-A patriotic young lady in the East, realizing that many people do not
-have a flag, when every home should possess one or more of these emblems
-of liberty, decided upon a plan by which she believed she could supply
-this need, and do so at a neat profit to herself, especially as there
-are national holidays requiring the flying of the colors almost every
-month in the year.
-
-She wrote an eastern manufacturer, asking the lowest wholesale prices on
-flags of all sizes and materials, together with collapsible flag-poles
-that can be sent by parcel post, rope holder, etc., all packed in a neat
-box and shipped direct from the factory to such patrons as she might
-secure in her city and neighborhood, leaving her nothing to do but to
-get the orders.
-
-The prices quoted being satisfactory, she prepared a circular letter, to
-be sent to those who answered a small ad. in the local paper offering
-flags for sale at extremely moderate prices, and several hundred of
-these, tactfully written in a patriotic vein, were mailed out all over
-the country, giving full description, quoting prices, etc. In response
-many orders for flags were received, and these she sent, with the
-wholesale price of each, to the manufacturer, who shipped the complete
-outfit direct to the customer, under the young lady’s own label. This
-plan was successful, not only in furthering a good and patriotic cause,
-but brought her a neat sum in the way of profits.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 111. FREE MOVIES FOR CHILDREN
-
-
-Nothing else you can offer a child appeals so strongly as does a free
-ticket to a motion picture theatre, and when you offer a dozen or more
-of these free tickets for a few hours’ work children will almost go
-through fire and water to get them.
-
-A Portland man who had been a boy himself--long before the day of the
-movies--having made up a large amount of an exceptionally good silver
-polish, for which he had not found a very ready sale, concluded to let
-the boys and girls of the smaller towns sell it for him, and believed
-that free tickets to the motion-picture theatres would prove the most
-acceptable of all premiums to offer them for their activities.
-
-He advertised in a number of small-town papers, asking for the names of
-all children who would like to see the movies free of charge, and
-received so many names that it was only a matter of selection from the
-great number replying.
-
-To each of these he sent twenty packages of the silver polish with
-instructions to sell them at 10 cents each and remit the money to him,
-when he would send each boy or girl an order on the theatre manager for
-twelve tickets to a 5 cent house or six to a 10 cent house. He had
-previously sent the manager a draft sufficient to cover the cost of all
-the tickets, and in most cases it made it easy for him thereafter to
-secure tickets in quantities at great reductions, thus adding
-considerably to his net profits.
-
-His sales under this plan netted him over $5,000 the first year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 112. LIVE ALLIGATORS FOR BOY AGENTS
-
-
-A young man in Salt Lake City made money by giving away live alligators.
-
-A certain man in Florida where alligators of a hardy and harmless kind
-are numerous captures these young alligators by the hundreds and sells
-them at 40 cents each, in lots of a dozen or more.
-
-This young fellow was making and selling--or trying to sell--a number of
-small articles, such as sheet bluing, silver polish, and some other
-things, but his sales were slow, and he realized that he must do
-something to boost his business.
-
-He sent for twenty-five of these little alligators, and advertised in a
-number of country weeklies that any boy who would sell a certain number
-of his specialties, at 10 cents each, and remit the entire receipts to
-him, would receive free a real live alligator as a premium for his work.
-In a week he received many inquires, and as fast as the names of boys
-came in he sent packages of his goods to them to be sold. The boys must
-have been good salesmen or unusually enthusiastic, for inside of two
-weeks more the remittances began to arrive and to each boy so remitting
-a live young alligator was sent by express, charges collect; and, as
-they made very interesting little pets, absolutely safe to play with,
-every boy who received one became the envy of the neighborhood, so that
-every other boy wanted one too, and a little effort soon brought him one
-of his own.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 113. DESK ROOM IN A CITY OFFICE
-
-
-A New York man who had a nicely equipped office was asked one day by a
-western customer how much he would charge for the privilege of having
-some of his mail come to his address, as he wished to place on his
-stationery the words, “New York office, No . . . . Building.” He
-thought it would add prestige to his business standing.
-
-The New York man named a small amount, and then this idea came to him:
-Why not make the same arrangement with a lot of other out-of-town
-people, none of whom would be in the office more than once or twice a
-year, and all he would have to do would be to forward any mail that came
-for any of these various parties?
-
-Afterwards he bought small, cheap desks at auction, installed them in
-his office and advertised desk room for rent at $1.00 to $5.00 a month.
-Many people called, to whom he explained that $1.00 a month would
-entitle a man to call once a day for his mail, while those who
-transacted any amount of business there each day would be charged $5.00
-a month.
-
-He also advertised in leading western dailies that persons could have
-their New York address at his office for a certain amount, and the plan
-worked so well that the rentals so obtained much more than paid his own
-rent and all his other office expenses besides. But he insisted upon
-references in every case, and never let anyone have this privilege
-unless he proved to be honest and reliable.
-
-Other men in various eastern cities have since adopted this plan with
-success.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 114. READY-TO-MAKE DRESSES, ETC.
-
-
-“Knock-down” furniture and picture frames are an old story, but
-“knock-down,” or ready-to-make wearing apparel is “a new one” to most
-people.
-
-A Chicago woman who was an expert cutter, and who knew that most women
-and girls would like to make their own clothes if they could only be
-assured of a perfect fit, saw an opportunity here to not only save these
-women at least half on the cost of their apparel, but to make money as
-well, out of the business of supplying their needs.
-
-She arranged with a popular pattern house for the loan of current
-illustrations with which to publish a monthly fashion bulletin,
-featuring those particular patterns, and with a wholesale dry goods
-house for the regular discounts on dress materials, trimmings, etc.,
-securing a line of small samples of each piece of goods in most demand.
-
-Then she began advertising that for $6.50 she would furnish all the
-material for a certain dress, ready cut, ready to sew together, that
-would cost, made up, at the stores, $15, and other goods in the same
-proportion.
-
-To women answering these ads. and asking for particulars, she would send
-a small sample of the goods desired, together with a copy of her
-bulletin, illustrating each pattern, and showing the difference in the
-price when cut to fit by her, as compared with the same dress bought at
-a store, and usually requiring extensive alterations. She was soon
-obliged to employ a number of skilled assistants, in order to turn out
-the work that came to her.
-
-The pattern selected by the customer was used for cutting the garment,
-then sent to her with the material and it was an easy matter to complete
-a perfect fitting dress, at a great saving in cost.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 115. BECAME A SECRETARY-BY-MAIL
-
-
-Being a secretary by mail is a man’s-size job, and few there are who can
-fill a position so exacting and often so delicate in the performance of
-its manifold duties. However, a Denver young man, of literary tastes and
-a lot of good business sense, felt that he could do it, and found that
-he could.
-
-He began by catering to the mail-order merchants who wish to keep posted
-on new advertisements and schemes, and answered all such ads. for his
-clients, sending them the replies received. He wrote attractive
-business-getting letters for mail-order and other people who were poor
-letter writers themselves, but who knew the value of good ones. He
-attended to business matters in his city for his clients, occasionally
-made collections for them, and performed many delicate forms of service
-that proved of great value. In short, he did the work of a regular
-secretary, but did it better than most of them are capable of doing, the
-main difference being that he was secretary for some 200 men or firms,
-instead of for only one; and, though his charges in each case were very
-small, they amounted to a good deal in the aggregate, and brought him a
-nice income for comparatively little effort.
-
-It was a successful combination of the right man and the right plan.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 116. FREE MOTION-PICTURE TICKETS
-
-
-A Seattle man worked out the following plan.
-
-He called upon the managers of half a dozen or more of the 5 cent
-motion-picture houses and told them if they would sell him tickets at
-one-half the regular price, to be paid for in cash, in lots of 500 or
-more, he could greatly increase the attendance at their theatres, as the
-tickets would not cost the holders anything, and everybody who had free
-tickets would be sure to come.
-
-Practically all of those approached accepted this offer, and then he had
-several thousand coupons printed, at a cost of 50 cents per 1,000, and
-used a special tint of paper to prevent counterfeiting.
-
-Thus armed, he next called upon a number of merchants with a proposition
-that, for $1.25, he would give them 100 of these coupons, twenty-five of
-the 5 cent admission tickets, and an attractive show-card calling
-attention to the fact that he was offering his cash customers free
-motion-picture tickets. The twenty-five tickets alone, at their face
-value, were worth the amount he asked for the entire outfit.
-
-Most merchants were glad to give a discount of 5 cents on each $1.00
-cash purchase, as it had a tendency to convert many credit customers
-into cash buyers, and the favorable publicity it gave was worth a good
-deal. He gave one coupon with each 25-cent cash purchase, four for a
-$1.00 purchase, and these four coupons entitled their holder to a free
-5-cent theatre ticket. He gave out, on an average, 100 of these coupons
-and twenty-five tickets each day, with cash purchases amounting in all
-to $25.
-
-The young man’s profit on each 100 coupons, accompanied by twenty-five
-of the 5 cent tickets, was 40 cents, or $2.40 a week for each merchant
-giving out 100 coupons a day. This amounted to $124.80 a year.
-Twenty-five merchants therefore netted him $3,120 a year, while fifty
-merchants as regular customers would net him $6,240, and 100 merchants,
-$12,480.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 117. SWEET POTATO SLIPS BY MAIL
-
-
-“I had always believed that only a resident of a big city could engage
-in mail order business,” said a successful Eastern Washington farmer,
-the other day, “but I have learned from my own experience that this is
-not true.
-
-“Last spring I began to realize what a great demand there is for sweet
-potato slips, and believed there would be money in supplying this need,
-so, in February, I bought and “bedded” 100 bushels of sweet potatoes,
-and in May the first lot of slips was ready for the market. Between that
-time and July 1st I disposed of 500,000 slips, at an average price of
-$1.50 per 1,000, and then realized that if I had specialized on a
-certain brand of potatoes, besides the regular line, my profits would
-have been much larger. When it is considered that only a few months’
-work was involved, I regard the returns as very satisfactory, for my net
-profits on the entire transaction were $540. By enlarging my scope of
-operations next year, I expect to do very much better, and then have the
-greater part of the year left, to devote to other purposes. I believe
-thousands of other men can become successful mail order operators by
-specializing on some similar line.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 118. DESIGNER FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 119. ELECTROTYPES FOR COUNTRY MERCHANTS
-
-
-A mail-order man back east hit upon a new plan of making money, and
-received $321 during the first three weeks.
-
-From an electrotype company he purchased 200 mounted electrotypes of
-different subjects, all suitable for advertising in weekly newspapers,
-for 10 cents each.
-
-Then he had printed 2,500 circulars, 24x36, showing the 200 cuts, and
-mailed the circulars to that number of country merchants whose names he
-had obtained by sending for sample copies of weekly newspapers within a
-radius of 250 miles from the city in which he lived.
-
-Now, country merchants are always glad to use cuts in their ads., if
-they can only get them at low rates, and when they were offered to them
-at 20 cents each by express, or 22 cents if sent by mail, postage paid,
-they were very glad to get them, and the orders came in rapidly.
-
-As the orders were received, this man forwarded them to the
-electrotyping company to be filled, enclosing 10 cents for each cut
-ordered, and retaining the other 10 cents as his profit. Some merchants
-ordered from five to fifty of the cuts, and after the mail-order man had
-had several thousand more circulars printed, he used the 200 cuts he had
-bought in filling orders, and thereafter all orders were filled direct
-by the company making the electrotype cuts.
-
-Extending his field of operations to cover more territory, the
-mail-order man found it so profitable that he made it a regular
-business.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 120. GREASE AND OIL REMOVER
-
-
-A young Denver widow, whose husband had been a druggist, but had left
-her practically destitute at his death, decided that a formula she had
-successfully used herself for quickly removing grease, paint and oil
-spots from wearing apparel, carpets, silks, laces, woodwork, etc.,
-besides being an unequaled shampoo for the hair, could be made a source
-of considerable revenue if properly presented to the public.
-
-The formula for making this magic annihilator is as follows:
-
-For making one gross of 8-ounce bottles, take aqua ammonia, one gallon;
-soft water, 8 gallons; best white soap, 4 pounds; saltpetre, 8 ounces.
-Shave the soap fine, add the water, boil until the soap is dissolved,
-let it get cold, then add the saltpetre, stirring until dissolved. Now
-strain, let the suds settle, skim off the dry suds, add the ammonia,
-bottle and cork at once.
-
-This will not injure the finest texture, and its chemical action is such
-that it turns any oil or grease into soap, which is easily washed out
-with clear, cold water. It is excellent for cleaning silver, brass and
-copper, and is certain death to bedbugs, if applied to the places
-frequented by them. Used as a shampoo, with an equal amount of water and
-a stiff brush, it produces a lather that removes grease and dandruff,
-while a cloth wet with it will remove grease from doorknobs, window
-sills, etc. To remove grease from clothing, pour on a quantity of it,
-rubbing with a clean sponge, on both sides of the article to be cleaned.
-For carpets and coarse goods, use a stiff brush and wash out with clear,
-cold water. One application is sufficient for fresh grease spots, but
-where old and dry, apply again, if necessary. For cleaning silverware,
-etc., mix with an equal amount of whitening, and rub briskly with a rag.
-
-Pasting a neat label, containing the directions, upon each of the 144
-bottles, she started in business by selling it from house to house, but
-as the demand increased, she employed canvassers, placed it on sale at
-the various drug stores in the city, and later advertised it with
-excellent results.
-
-Although the cost was a mere trifle, she found a ready sale for it at 50
-cents per bottle, and it has proved so profitable that she has greatly
-increased her facilities and is to-day enjoying an income considerably
-larger than her late husband ever derived from his drug store.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 121. DINNERS FROM COUNTRY BY PARCEL POST
-
-
-A man who had held a good position in the city decided to move to the
-country and raise chickens. He bought a small home, besides a number of
-hens, and started in business. But the hen project was a failure, and he
-was about to return to his old place in the city. But he had a bright,
-enterprising wife, who had some ideas of her own, and she vetoed the
-plan of going back to the old drudgery of a clerk’s position, which had
-almost ruined her husband’s health.
-
-Having read a good deal concerning the value to farmers of the parcel
-post, she decided upon a plan of action. She wrote a catchy ad. offering
-to furnish dinners to city people; everything, even to the floral
-decorations, being complete, and delivered by parcel post on the day
-desired. This ad. she sent to each of the city papers, and in a day or
-two the first order arrived.
-
-The dinner she sent consisted of one pint of shelled peas, a few young
-potatoes, one broiler, a pint of strawberry preserves, a pint of cottage
-cheese, a quart box of cherries, fresh from the tree, a loaf of
-home-made bread, an angel food cake, one-half pound of fresh, sweet
-butter, and a number of sweet, old-fashioned roses. All were neatly
-packed in a strong container and the postage prepaid. It was sent in the
-morning, and arrived that afternoon.
-
-For a dinner like that she charged $2.00, which was considerably less
-than it would have cost in the market for stale stuff, but which cost so
-little to produce that it yielded a very good margin of profit.
-
-The family to whom the first dinner was sent promptly placed an order
-for two dinners each week, to be varied according to the season, and
-their example was followed by so many others that both husband and wife
-were kept busy as bees in putting up parcel-post dinners. But they were
-making money--more than the husband had ever earned before.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 122. LUNCHES FOR FACTORY WORKERS
-
-
-A widow lady who lived near a large factory, and who had done some
-sewing for the wife and daughters of the superintendent, was told by
-that official that she could make considerable money by bringing small
-box lunches to the factory doors at noon every day, and that if she
-cared to try out the plan she could have the exclusive privilege of
-doing so.
-
-She thought the matter over carefully and decided there might be
-something in it, so she procured a hundred small, cheap, paper boxes,
-and filled them with light, simple lunches which she could sell at a
-profit for 5, 10 and 15 cents each, and from the very first she found a
-ready demand for them. Many of the operators, especially the young women
-who had previously brought their lunches from home, preferred to buy
-these, as they afforded a variety which, though limited, was something
-of a change, and the lady found her time fully occupied in planning and
-preparing them for service while the net profits amounted to something
-over $2.50 each day.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 123. A CURRANT FARM
-
-
-An Indiana farmer devoted six acres of his land to currant culture and
-in a year or two began to realize that he had quite an undertaking on
-his hands.
-
-From these six acres he usually picks 1,000 crates which sell at $1.35
-per crate, and it is necessary for him to hire a large number of boys
-and girls to do the picking. To these he pays good prices, and after all
-expenses are paid, he generally comes out about $600 ahead. As this is
-much more than can be produced by any other crop, he has about decided
-to plant his entire farm of 160 acres in currants, and thus clear
-$16,000 a year from a crop that requires but a few months each season to
-look after.
-
-By using a two-horse cultivator, he need spend but little time or labor
-in raising the currants, while no planting is required after the first
-year, and the picking can be let out so as to furnish employment to a
-large number of boys and girls, as well as those men and women who are
-not otherwise engaged and are looking for work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 124. SHOPPING FOR FRIENDS
-
-
-Many women dread the shopping it is necessary for them to do every
-little while, for to them it is the hardest kind of work, and most of
-these women would be glad to pay someone to do it for them. But here was
-a woman who positively delighted in shopping. She loved it for the
-variety, the excitement and the adventure it afforded.
-
-She called first at the homes of a number of the women whom she knew
-could not afford to spend much time in shopping, being thoroughly
-occupied with the numerous duties and responsibilities of their own
-households. Besides, they did not like to shop anyway.
-
-To these women she made a proposition to attend not only to all their
-local shopping, but to help them make selections from the catalogs of
-big mail-order houses, and order whatever goods they wanted from those
-sources, as well.
-
-For these services she named a rate of compensation that seemed
-surprisingly low to those for whom they were rendered, but when these
-small sums were multiplied by 100 or more, they amounted to considerable
-in the aggregate, so that the arrangement was eminently satisfactory to
-all parties concerned. Besides, it gave the woman who loved shopping an
-opportunity to do so without any limitations to her favorite pastime,
-and it made her a good living.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 125. THE MILK DIET
-
-
-Ever since the dawn of civilization many men and women have endured
-various forms of stomach trouble, usually as a result of abusing that
-delicate and sensitive organ, yet often arising from causes over which
-the sufferer has no control. And in practically all these cases every
-known means has been employed in an effort to find a remedy for this
-distressing affliction.
-
-All sorts of “cures” have been foisted upon these people from time to
-time, and fortunes have been made from the miseries of the human race,
-for nowhere else are there such fertile fields for heartless
-exploitation as among the hosts of the afflicted, who would gladly give
-all they possess to be restored to that robust health so easily promised
-by those who profit upon the sick.
-
-It has remained, however, for Father Kneipp, a well known scientist, to
-discover and perfect a method of curing stomach trouble that, for its
-simplicity and effectiveness, has never been equaled, and which is now
-being used with great success in this country and Europe. Several large
-sanatoriums have been established in various European countries, where
-this treatment, which is nothing more nor less than a perfect milk diet,
-is administered with astonishing results.
-
-A young American, who had been a patient at one of these sanatoriums,
-succeeded in obtaining the exact method or formula for giving this
-treatment, and believing he could bring untold benefit to thousands of
-stomach sufferers in this country, and at the same time derive a good
-income himself from sending them full printed instructions for taking
-the treatment in the proper manner, devised the following admirable
-method of procedure:
-
-Through an advertising agency, he inserted the following advertisement
-in a list of newspapers within a few hundred miles of his home town:
-
-“The world’s most successful treatment for the regeneration of
-shattered, weak and disordered stomachs and for all chronic ailments of
-the digestive apparatus, that make life miserable for those so affected.
-Builds up thin, ill-nourished people, and reduces the superfluous weight
-of fat people. Relieves and heals disorders of the liver, kidneys,
-bladder, the circulation, etc. Restores rheumatic sufferers to health,
-strength and happiness. Milk, which you can take in your own home, is
-nature’s own sanative, but you must know how to take this diet. Obtain
-complete instructions, fully describing the method of taking it, by
-writing us today for the great two-course treatment, and learn how, if
-you would be well.”
-
-A surprisingly large number of inquiries were received in answer to the
-above ad., and to every inquirer he sent a circular letter substantially
-as follows:
-
-“Dear Friend: I have your inquiry relative to the principles of
-rejuvenation through the Milk Diet, and take pleasure in referring to
-the really wonderful work it has accomplished for those suffering from
-ailments of the stomach.
-
-“That famous scientist, Father Kneipp, who recently discovered certain
-priceless principles of bodily rehabilitation through the medium of the
-Milk Diet, was so greatly impressed with the marvelous results obtained,
-that he opened a sanatorium in the Tyrol mountains, to which thousands
-of wealthy Europeans suffering from stomach or other intestinal
-disorders are flocking every year, and from which in from two to six
-weeks they emerge rejoicing in regained health and a new lease on life,
-the result of a simple and delightful course of treatment. Indeed,
-patients who are able to pay the expenses of so long a journey are going
-there from all parts of the world.
-
-“But there are unnumbered thousands everywhere who are suffering equal
-tortures from disordered stomachs, yet who cannot afford so expensive a
-trip, and it is now made possible for these people to obtain the same
-wonderful benefits right in their own homes, through being given the
-proper instructions for taking this simple yet powerfully effective
-treatment. Even so great a boon as is the Milk Diet would avail but
-little unless taken according to the established method adopted by
-Father Kneipp as the result of years’ of experiment and research. Every
-good result depends upon knowing how to take the Milk Diet, and those
-instructions I am prepared to supply for the merely nominal payment of
-one dollar, which but little more than defrays the cost of printing and
-mailing. I am offering the two complete courses for this small amount,
-and am willing to refund even this if you are not more than satisfied
-with the results of the treatment, when taken according to the
-instructions I furnish.”
-
-In case this letter failed to bring an order, one or two “follow-up”
-letters were sent, emphasizing the need of the treatment in all forms of
-stomach derangement, and again calling attention to the curative
-qualities of milk when used as a diet in the proper way. He referred to
-the fact that Americans are particularly subject to stomach
-difficulties, as a result of improper food, especially hot bread, pies
-and pastry, and reminded the recipient of the letter that the Milk Diet
-was easy and pleasant to take; that it was the first natural food of
-mankind, gives the stomach a much needed rest, and enables it to rebuild
-under Nature’s beneficent ways; that his course showed anyone exactly
-how the treatment should be taken, to obtain the desired results and
-regenerate the entire digestive system, and offered to leave the
-decision of the case to the party’s own family physician, provided he
-was a good doctor, and an honest man.
-
-In his third letter he offered to send the course on approval, if
-desired, expressing full confidence that the patient would remit the
-$1.00 promptly after having thoroughly tested the merits of the
-treatment.
-
-The first letter usually brought an order, accompanied by the $1.00
-asked, and so uniform was the success of the treatment that not one
-person ever asked to have his money refunded. On the contrary, dozens of
-others sent in their dollars after seeing the wonderful results the
-treatment accomplished.
-
-In the meantime he had had the instructions governing the taking of the
-treatment neatly printed in an attractive little booklet, the cover
-containing the words, “The Milk Diet, Nature’s Greatest Remedy for the
-Relief of Those Suffering from Stomach Troubles, Indigestion, Dyspepsia,
-Constipation and all Intestinal Ills,” and below this was the picture of
-a fine cow of high-class stock, contentedly browsing in a green, shady
-pasture, with trees and a running stream. In this booklet were printed
-complete instructions, as follows:
-
-
-PLAN No. 126. COURSE No. 1. THE BUTTERMILK DIET
-
-“In order to restore the digestive and assimilating processes to a
-condition whereby they can perform their functions properly, the first
-requisite is to give the stomach a complete rest, by providing it with
-food that will not tax the stomach and digestive organs, yet will
-nourish the body.
-
-“Scientists have discovered that Buttermilk, used to the exclusion of
-all other foods for a stated time, is the ideal food for that purpose as
-it contains all the elements of nourishment, and is free from
-indigestible butter fat; that it thoroughly cleans out the system,
-eliminating all the toxic poisons and fermented contents of the stomach,
-which having entered the circulation, upset the whole system and produce
-disease. It expels the bile, mucus and acids produced by incorrect
-digestive action, cleanses the stomach and intestines, the liver,
-pancreas, kidneys and blood, enabling the system to throw off every
-trace of toxic poisons, and bring a speedy return of the normal appetite
-and renewed energy.
-
-“The element in buttermilk scientifically known as lecithin, acts on the
-system as a tonic, which clears the complexion, brightens the eyes, and
-imparts the glow of perfect health to the entire body.
-
-“But one fact must be kept constantly in mind while taking the Milk
-Diet, if success is to be assured: A strict adherence to the rules as
-herein laid down. To take it in a haphazard fashion, on and off as the
-notion strikes one, will do no good, and a lapse from the regular
-program will set you back to where you were at the beginning. Therefore,
-do exactly as the course prescribes, without the deviation of a hair’s
-breadth from its positive and plainly-stated rules.
-
-“Before taking this course, give the system a thorough purging, with
-castor oil or saline laxatives, to carry off the contents of the
-intestines and prepare the stomach for the beneficent action of the
-buttermilk.
-
-“The Buttermilk Diet Course is divided into three periods: the first two
-of four days each, and the third until a satisfactory condition is
-obtained, which should be in from four to ten days.
-
-“During the first four-day period, take one-half pint of fresh, pure
-buttermilk every two hours during the waking hours, beginning at 7 A. M.
-and continuing until 9 P. M., or 11 P. M., if preferred. This amounts to
-from 2 to 2¹⁄₂ quarts of buttermilk a day for the first four days.
-Should this produce vomiting, as it may in a few cases, do not be
-alarmed, for it simply indicates that the system is taking notice of
-what is being done for it, and is trying to expel some of the poisons it
-is unable to get rid of through the intestines. Keep on taking the
-buttermilk, even increasing the quantity, until the vomiting ceases and
-the stomach accepts it without protest.
-
-“In the second four-day period, the amount of buttermilk taken should be
-increased to one-half pint every hour and a half during the waking
-hours, or nearly three quarts of buttermilk a day.
-
-“After the eighth day, take half a pint of buttermilk every hour, and
-continue this until you feel that you have been restored to a healthy
-condition. This feeling will be manifested by a sensation of complete
-ease, bodily and mentally, and an active desire for solid food--a desire
-which will have disappeared almost entirely after the second or third
-day of the first period, and does not return until the system is once
-more balanced and healthy.
-
-“If unable to get absolutely pure, fresh buttermilk take pure, fresh
-milk, draw off the cream or butter fat which rises to the top of the
-bottle, and add buttermilk tablets, which can be procured at all drug
-stores and many grocery stores, with directions for use on the package.
-Buttermilk made in this way is far better than poor grades of real
-buttermilk that is not fresh.
-
-“The buttermilk should be taken lukewarm--not iced, chilled or hot--and
-sipped slowly, not gulped down.
-
-“If, while taking the course, you suffer from hunger or thirst, do not
-allow yourself to either eat or drink anything--not even water--but
-always take some more of the buttermilk, as this will relieve the hunger
-and satisfy the thirst.
-
-“While taking the treatment, always keep the bowels open, and enemas, or
-internal bathing, are advised for this. In taking the enema, or rectal
-injection, use a two-quart bag with syringe, having the water
-blood-warm, or just so you can hold your hand in it. To a two-quart bag
-of this warm water, add half a cupful of pure glycerine, shaking it up
-thoroughly, and, lying on the floor on one side, with the legs doubled
-up, inject the entire contents of the bag into the rectum. Hold this in
-for ten minutes, then evacuate it naturally and thoroughly. This
-internal bath should be taken every day during the first four-day
-period, then every other day during the second period, and after that
-twice a week, until you are having two natural passages every day. Make
-an effort at these times, whether the desire exists or not.
-
-“In taking the enema, regulate the flow so that it will not be too
-violent. Hanging the bag of the syringe from 2¹⁄₂ to 3 feet above the
-floor will give the correct impetus to the flow. These internal
-flushings remove the secretions from the lower intestine, where they are
-prone to lie and ferment, and are a great aid in preserving the general
-health, as they assist nature in eliminating waste and poisonous matter.
-
-“After completing the Buttermilk Diet, as directed herein, use caution
-in taking solid nourishment for awhile. For a few days reduce the supply
-of buttermilk, and substitute light, easily digested foods, such as
-eggs, boiled, poached, or creamed; chicken, broiled lamb chops, small
-quantities of rare roast beef, broiled steak rare, boiled fresh fish,
-rice, macaroni cooked in milk until tender, fresh vegetables that do not
-contain starchy elements, and ripe, wholesome fruit. Also eat dry toast,
-or whole wheat bread in place of fresh bread made from white wheat
-flour. This course has, no doubt, broken you of the coffee habit, so
-avoid coffee in future, and use milk or buttermilk instead, as it will
-be much better for you. Resume the eating of solid foods by eating only
-one meal a day, about noon, taking the milk or buttermilk for your
-morning and evening meals, as well as during the day when hungry or
-thirsty.
-
-“Thoroughly chew your food after returning to a solid diet, and thus
-avoid many stomach troubles, while obtaining more nourishment from your
-food. Besides, by eating slowly, you will eat much less, and feel all
-the better for it.”
-
-
-PLAN No. 127. THE MILK DIET
-
-“Because people are inclined to eat more for the pleasure it affords
-them than for the necessary nourishment of the body, they usually eat
-too much, and suffer from stomach disorders and derangements in
-consequence. Especially is this true in the United States, where high
-living is the rule, rather than the exception, and it is here that so
-many thousands are suffering untold agonies from various forms of
-stomach and intestinal complaints.
-
-“But Nature herself has placed within easy reach of all a safe, certain
-and pleasant remedy for the myriad maladies caused by improper eating,
-as well as sufferers through inherited tendencies. And that supreme and
-sovereign remedy is--milk.
-
-“The efficacy of the Milk Diet is now so thoroughly and firmly
-established that thousands have been the beneficiaries of its marvelous
-healing power, while still unnumbered thousands are earnestly longing
-for the blessings it will bring them when properly brought to their
-attention.
-
-“Milk possesses certain properties that heal and anoint those organs of
-the body which digest and assimilate the sources of nourishment, and
-pure milk will counteract many ailments which no other seems able to
-reach. The systematic drinking of milk, under certain well established
-rules, if persistently adhered to, will practically restore the
-shattered and disordered stomach to that condition of health and
-strength which is its natural birthright and inheritance.
-
-“The first requisite in the use of milk as a remedy for stomach ailments
-is that it be absolutely pure and fresh. It must not be taken cold, but
-cool enough to be palatable, though preferably blood-warm, as it is then
-easier to digest and is more quickly assimilated. It must be taken from
-healthy cows, must not be skimmed, and must be sipped slowly, not gulped
-down.
-
-“In taking up the Milk Diet, you must give up all kinds of food and
-drink--except milk--and it is best to rest the body as much as possible
-during the period of the treatment, so as to conserve all your energies
-for renovating and rejuvenating your system. Complete physical
-relaxation during the first ten days is highly advisable, lying on the
-back as much as possible, and making no unnecessary effort along the
-line of physical activity. Afterwards, however, light work or moderate
-exercise is desirable.
-
-“Taking into consideration the rich elements of milk, it is best at
-first to take only small quantities, and repeat often. Half a glass
-every half-hour will do to begin with, and the quantity can be increased
-gradually, until the stomach will retain a full glass every half-hour.
-Keep this up during the first ten days, keeping your body relaxed
-meanwhile, and after that a half pint should be taken every hour during
-the working hours, and a pitcher of milk be kept within reach to drink
-during the night. In a thoroughly well ventilated room the milk will
-keep sweet all night except in the hottest weather, and is good in case
-of sleeplessness.
-
-“Some people become bilious when taking nothing but milk, the
-biliousness being evidenced by the regurgitation of the milk, by acid
-eruptions from the stomach to the mouth, and even by vomiting. But do
-not be discouraged. Keep on drinking the milk, for these manifestations
-are merely nature’s protest against the condition of the stomach, and
-not against the milk. Soon the vomiting will clear out the accumulations
-of bile and mucus from the stomach, the milk will cease to distress you
-and will be easily and quickly digested. If milk does not lie quietly on
-the stomach, it is because the stomach is not in a fit condition to
-receive it, that is all.
-
-“As the milk begins to be absorbed by the circulation, it permeates all
-parts of the system and cleans them out, for the cleaning power of milk
-is very great.
-
-“Some persons, after taking the milk for awhile, begin to loath it, and
-in these cases the juice of a lemon may be substituted for a short time,
-but only occasionally to overcome the feeling of nausea. A little lemon
-juice is also advisable following the vomiting incident to the
-biliousness that sometimes occurs.
-
-“In taking either the milk or buttermilk treatment, the patient will
-experience, at first, great hunger, and a longing for solid food. In all
-such cases, drink milk, plenty of it, and it will be both food and drink
-for you. After the third day, the craving for solid food generally
-disappears, though it is best to keep away from food and avoid
-temptation for a few days and soon you will have no craving.
-
-“Before beginning the Milk Diet, a good dose of castor oil is advisable,
-though not so essential as in the Buttermilk Diet. But after the course
-has started, no drugs should be used for keeping the bowels open. If
-constipation develops, as is likely, flush the rectum with the enemas,
-as in the case of the Buttermilk Diet, doing this every day for three or
-four days, then one every other day for the next four days, and after
-that once or twice a week, so as to keep the bowels moving regularly,
-assisting nature in having regular passages every morning and evening.
-Always add half a cup of glycerine to the two quarts of warm water used
-as an injection, as this acts as a lubricant and softener of the inner
-tract, and water alone will dry out the colon, which is dangerous. If
-the patient is suffering from piles, use a soft catheter or rubber in
-taking the injections. The internal bath conquers looseness of the
-bowels and diarrhea, as well as constipation, and when used with
-glycerine is a sedative to the irritated colon or intestines.
-
-“How much time should be given to taking the Milk Diet? That depends
-entirely upon the person taking it. Many who know its great benefits
-advise that it be taken at least once every year, especially by hearty
-eaters and high livers, who should take it for two or three weeks each
-spring and fall, as by doing so they can always be perfectly healthy.
-
-“Relief in chronic ailments due to indigestion, stomach or intestinal
-troubles, and derangement of the kidneys and bladder, varies with the
-aggravation of the case, and nature itself will show when the
-regeneration is completed. But the safe rule is to continue the
-treatment until you know you are well, though your judgment may not
-always be infallible.
-
-“Fat people who take this treatment to reduce their weight, and thin
-people who take it to build up their wasted bodies, will know when to
-stop, and by using proper care in the selection of foods, will be able
-to maintain a normal condition, but even then it is better to continue
-it a little longer than to stop too soon, and not resume hearty eating
-too quickly. Observe the same rules in preparing the system for the
-taking of solid foods as are prescribed in the Buttermilk Diet,
-beginning lightly and gradually increasing the quantity taken. A few
-people are affected strangely by the results of the Milk Diet upon the
-nervous system, where it has been badly run down by excesses in eating
-or the ailments that follow them, but this condition is only temporary,
-and will soon pass away through perservering in the diet, and the nerves
-will be greatly strengthened and renewed by the rich new blood that is
-the natural result of the Milk Diet.
-
-“To only one class of persons is there any danger in taking the Milk
-Diet. People who have organic heart trouble are liable to find the flow
-of new blood too strong for a weak heart, and should be guided by the
-advice of a reputable physician before beginning it, so as to avoid
-serious consequences.
-
-“The Milk Diet should be taken only by adults; as children are rarely to
-be found suffering from stomach trouble and their strong young systems
-require solid food for proper development.
-
-“Nor should the Milk Diet be taken by anyone without first flushing the
-system by the use of the enema, as above set forth.
-
-“Above all things else, take absolutely no food or even a drink of
-water, while taking the Milk Diet, as this will undo all the good that
-has been accomplished and make it necessary to begin all over again.
-
-“Fat people usually lose two or three pounds a day when they first begin
-taking the Milk Diet strictly according to the instructions herein
-given, while thin people commence to gain in weight, for it brings real
-health, instead of merely artificial relief, such as is given by drugs.
-And after the treatment is taken, practice simple living, eating plain
-but substantial food, and you will find yourself completely restored to
-perfect health. In the meantime, keep the bowels regular, by an
-occasional enema if necessary, and your troubles will be over. However,
-you can bring them all back, by again abusing the delicate organism of
-the stomach.
-
-“Sleep enough, but not too much, in well ventilated rooms. Exercise
-moderately and thoroughly masticate your food before swallowing it.”
-
-Within a month after inserting the advertisements, several hundred
-people had ordered the course, remitting the $1 requisite, and almost
-without exception those who completed the treatment according to the
-instructions sent, began sending testimonials to the marvelous effects
-of the Diet in their individual cases. The enterprising citizen had no
-capital invested, carried no stock, and had only to mail the printed
-instructions for taking the treatment, and the patients gladly did the
-rest. And he not only made a good living for himself but brought health
-and happiness to a host of suffering people.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 127B. MAKING ORCHARD AND GARDEN PAY
-
-
-A farmer’s wife in Iowa, who wanted to make some money of her own,
-instead of feeling that she had to ask her husband for every dollar she
-received, started in a systematic manner to have a bank account of her
-own.
-
-The family lived within twenty miles of a large city, and the farm
-contained an extensive orchard, as well as over an acre devoted to
-gardening purposes, and in these the wife found a broad field for her
-activities.
-
-She thoroughly understood the many tempting ways in which fruits,
-vegetables and other orchard and garden products can be put up, and she
-knew the city people would pay for the products of her skill, so she
-entered upon an extensive campaign of canning, pickling and preserving,
-any one of which lines will furnish any energetic woman with a way for
-making money, even though she may adopt only one of the profitable
-plans. She could not begin to supply the demands of the city people.
-
-
-PLAN No. 128. PICKLED PEACHES AND PEARS
-
-There are few things that have a more delicious taste than pickled
-peaches or pears, especially when pickled the way this farmer’s wife
-pickled them.
-
-Take one-half cup of vinegar and one-half pound of sugar to a little
-over a pound of the fruit. Place the sugar and vinegar over the fire
-until it comes to a boil. Add a layer of fruit, and cook until soft
-enough to run fork through it; then remove the fruit and fill the same
-way until all are done. The syrup needs no more cooking. Stick cloves in
-the fruit before cooking, and add cinnamon to syrup, if desired.
-
-When she sent these to the city, she soon had calls for more, and the
-prices they brought were a source of much pride as well as profit to the
-energetic housewife who put them up.
-
-
-PLAN No. 129. PICKLED APPLES
-
-Apples, especially those of the choicest varieties, are very good
-without pickling, but a great deal more so when they are pickled the way
-the farmer’s wife prepared them, as follows:
-
-Take ripe, hard, sweet apples. Peel evenly, and if the apples are
-perfect, leave them whole, otherwise cut in quarters. To a peck of
-apples, take about two quarts of vinegar and four pounds of sugar, half
-an ounce of mace, half an ounce of cloves, and the same amount of
-allspice, all unground; one teaspoonful of mustard seed, a few pepper
-grains and a little salt. Heat the vinegar and sugar together to the
-boiling point, skim well, put the spices in a thin muslin bag and add
-the vinegar, then put in the apples. Place over the fire, and stew
-slowly until the apples are soft. Then take out the apples, let the
-vinegar boil down, and pour in over the fruit. Cover and put away.
-
-Of course, in making large quantities, she increased the amount of the
-ingredients accordingly, yet maintained the proportions named.
-
-
-PLAN No. 130. PICKLED CHERRIES
-
-The cherry trees were full that year, and she made good use of cherries
-by using this recipe:
-
-To every quart of cherries, allow a cupful of vinegar, one-half cupful
-of sugar, one dozen whole cloves, half a dozen blades of mace. Put the
-vinegar and sugar on to heat, with the spices, boil five minutes, turn
-out into a covered stoneware vessel and let it get perfectly cool.
-Strain out the spices, fill small jar three-fourths full of cherries,
-then fill up with cold vinegar. Cork or seal tightly. Leave the stems on
-the cherries.
-
-Besides filling several shelves in her own cellar with these, she sold
-large quantities to her city customers at “top” prices.
-
-
-PLAN No. 131. PICKLED PLUMS
-
-It would hardly seem possible to make a plum any better than it is when
-ripe and right off the tree, but this Iowa woman did so as follows:
-
-To seven pounds of plums, take four pounds of sugar and two ounces each
-of stick cinnamon and cloves, one quart of vinegar and a little mace.
-Put in the jar first a layer of plums, then a layer of spices; scald
-the vinegar and sugar together, and pour over the plums, and when the
-jar is full, scald all together. They are then ready for use at once.
-
-But she didn’t use all she put up. She sold to city people who liked her
-other products so well.
-
-
-PLAN No. 132. SWEET CUCUMBER PICKLES
-
-People like cucumber pickles, so this woman catered to their taste as
-follows:
-
-Take ripe cucumbers, cut in two, scrape out the seeds, cut into strips
-and soak over night in salt water. To every quart of vinegar add one
-pound of sugar; boil and skim. Boil the strips in vinegar until tender
-and quite transparent. Take out the pickles, strain the vinegar, put it
-over the fire with a small muslin bag of mixed spices, boil two hours,
-pour over the pickles, cover and put away.
-
-She sold these pickles at a good profit.
-
-
-PLAN No. 133. INDIAN CHUTNEY MAKE
-
-This will be something new to many people, but it is so good that almost
-any woman could derive a good living from making and selling this and
-nothing else. Here is the way the Iowa lady made it:
-
-Pare, core and chop in small squares pieces half a pound of sour apples,
-and to them add half a pound each of tomatoes, brown sugar, stoned
-raisins and salt, a quarter of a pound each of cayenne pepper and
-powdered ginger, two ounces each of onions and garlic, one quart of
-lemon juice and three quarts of vinegar. Mix all well together, and put
-in a closely covered jar. Keep in a warm place, and stir every day for a
-month, being careful to see that it is kept covered; strain through a
-sieve at the end of this time and bottle. The liquor may be used as a
-sauce for fish or meat, and imparts a flavor seldom equaled.
-
-
-PLAN No. 134. SPICED CURRANTS
-
-Any one should be able to obtain any quantity of currants desired in
-their season, and make extra money by spicing them as this Iowa lady
-did, as follows:
-
-Three pounds of white sugar, five pounds of ripe currants, one
-tablespoonful each of cinnamon, nutmeg, cloves and allspice. Boil
-currants one hour, then add sugar, spices and one-half pint of vinegar
-and boil one-half hour longer.
-
-This was one of the best sellers she put up.
-
-
-PLAN No. 135. TOMATO PRESERVES
-
-With tomatoes as plentiful and cheap as they are almost every year, and
-with so many people who like them, it is a wonder that thousands of
-women do not make a living by preserving, according to the following
-recipe, which this lady used:
-
-Peel the tomatoes, and to each pound add a pound of sugar and let stand
-over night. Take the tomatoes out of the sugar, and boil the syrup,
-removing the scum. Put in the tomatoes and boil gently twenty minutes.
-Remove the fruit again, and boil until the syrup thickens. On cooling,
-put the fruit into jars and pour the syrup over. The round, yellow
-variety of tomatoes should be used, and as soon as ripe.
-
-It is hard to imagine a more delicious preserve, or one that will bring
-a better price.
-
-
-PLAN No. 136. CRAB APPLE JELLY
-
-While thousands of bushels of crab apples are allowed to go to waste
-every year, and cost nothing but the picking, hundreds of women could be
-earning considerable money by gathering them, as they make the best
-jelly in the world, and it can be sold at almost any price one may ask.
-This Iowa lady used her surplus stock of crab apples as follows:
-
-Wash the fruit clean, put in a kettle, cover with water, and boil until
-thoroughly cooked. Then pour into a sieve and let it drain. Do not press
-it through. For each pint of this liquor, allow one pound of sugar. Boil
-from twenty minutes to half an hour. Jellies can also be made from
-quinces, peaches and Porter apples in the same way.
-
-Even with all of this she could make, the lady was unable to supply the
-demand.
-
-She secured customers for her products through a few short ads in the
-city papers.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 137. GLASS POLISHING PASTE
-
-
-Nothing affords the housewife more pleasure or pride than to have her
-glassware, mirrors, window panes, etc., show that brilliancy and lustre
-so universally admired, but it is difficult to obtain.
-
-A young man in San Diego, California, who had the formula for one of the
-best of these polishes, but very little else, anchored his hopes of
-making a living on supplying all the homes he possibly could with the
-means of keeping their glass surfaces shiny and clean. Therefore he made
-up as much of the preparation as he could afford for a starter, from the
-following formula:
-
-Prepared chalk, 9 ounces; jewelers’ rouge, ¹⁄₂ ounce; white bole, ¹⁄₂
-ounce; alcohol, 3 ounces; water, 5 ounces. Mix into a stiff paste.
-
-To use, moisten a cloth with alcohol, place a small quantity of the
-paste, not larger than a pea, on the glass, and rub over the surface
-with the cloth until dry, and until the powder is completely removed.
-The result was good.
-
-Not having sufficient capital to advertise his preparation, or to make
-it in sufficient quantities to employ agents or supply it to the drug
-stores, he made up a small amount at first, and introduced it into
-various homes by asking permission to polish up some glassware or a
-window, and the lustre it left was so brilliant that he sold some of it
-at most every house in which he demonstrated, and as the profit was very
-large, he soon had enough capital to make it on a larger scale. Then he
-placed a crew of agents in the city and surrounding towns and thus
-created a demand for the product which the druggists were glad to supply
-from the stocks he had left with them for sale.
-
-In a short time he was able to advertise it thoroughly, and in the
-course of a couple of years he had built up a business that is today
-netting him a very good income.
-
-But his success need not exclude others from this field, and there is
-still room for hundreds of other young men who wish to follow his
-example.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 138. HAIR DRESSING AS A PROFESSION
-
-
-A young lady in Denver, the possessor of a pleasing manner, neat and
-attractive, felt the need of making some money to help support her
-invalid mother. She had been employed in a hair-dressing establishment
-for some time, and had learned all the secrets of the business, so she
-put her knowledge of the business into practical form and made a success
-of it.
-
-She was personally acquainted with a number of women in her section of
-the city, who, though not regular patrons of the leading hair-dressers,
-liked to have their hair done up in proper form, and could afford a
-reasonable price for such service. She therefore had some neat cards
-printed, announcing that she would do all kinds of hair-dressing for
-ladies at their homes, at very reasonable rates, and, calling upon these
-women, she left her cards, with a request that she be allowed to dress
-the hair of each one as a sort of demonstration of her ability, also
-asking the ladies interviewed to hand her card to some lady
-acquaintance.
-
-She was surprised by the large number of “trial orders” she received,
-and she performed the service so well that practically all the women,
-after having her dress their hair once, insisted upon paying her rates,
-which were not considerably less than regular hair-dressers’ prices.
-
-In a short time she had all the permanent patrons she could serve, and
-the reward of her tact and skill came in the form of a good living.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 139. Woman in Business]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 139. CLIPPING BUREAU
-
-
-There are clipping bureaus, big and little, in all the cities and towns
-in America, but a short time ago there was one town of 6,000 people, in
-a western state, where there was no clipping bureau, so an enterprising
-citizen of the place started one.
-
-He was on a friendly basis with the newspaper men of the town and was
-allowed the use of exchange papers.
-
-Next he interviewed a number of contractors, builders, architects,
-supply houses, manufacturers, men prominent socially and politically,
-and many others and arranged to furnish them with all the news items of
-interest within a radius of 200 miles, for $3.00 a month and up,
-depending upon the character and number of subjects clipped.
-
-Then he rented a small office in a quiet street, hired a girl for $35 a
-month to do the reading, clipping, pasting and classifying. He solicited
-the business. His receipts for the first month were $100, the second
-month $150, the third month $200, and on up until it reached $300 a
-month, with no additional expense. He also read, marking the articles to
-be clipped and mailed by the girl assistant.
-
-His bureau is still running and is making him a good living.
-
-
-
-
-HOW A WIFE HELPED HER HUSBAND
-
-
-The wife of a young man who had been incapacitated for heavy work by
-injuries received in an automobile accident assumed the duties of
-bread-winner for the family by carrying out a number of plans which she
-had always regarded as “life-savers” in case of emergencies. Each of
-these in itself would prove a means of earning a livelihood by any one
-other woman similarly situated.
-
-
-PLAN No. 140. STARTED A HOME STORE
-
-This couple lived in a small western city of about 25,000 inhabitants,
-some of whom were well-to-do, and it occurred to her that by utilizing
-her large front room and opening a little store in which all the
-articles offered for sale were made at home, she could keep it stocked
-with many articles which she could make herself, and soon build up a
-profitable business.
-
-Possessing extraordinary taste and skill, by odd jobs she earned some
-money to be used as working capital for the store. First, she bought a
-ham, sliced it thin, laid some sprigs of parsley around it on a number
-of plates, and set this in her front window. She also made some
-artificial honey from a recipe she found in an old cook book, and
-arranged this display so tastefully that her supply was soon sold. Then
-she displayed a variety of vegetables, fresh from her garden, and these
-also sold readily, at good prices. To this display she added plants of
-many kinds, then delicious pastry of her own cooking, preserves,
-sweetmeats, fresh laid eggs from her own hens, and finally branched out
-into a complete line of home-made goods, for which she found a steady
-demand the year round.
-
-With the little help her husband could give, she was soon earning more
-money than the family ever had before.
-
-
-PLAN No. 141. HAS A FLOWER BED
-
-Never before had she realized the immense profit to be derived from a
-well-kept flower bed, but the insistent call for plants and cut flowers
-of all kinds gave her a new idea, and she turned this also to excellent
-account. Her own personal care of the flower bed was the only capital
-she found it necessary to invest, and she was pleased to learn that the
-large returns she received from this source represented just that much
-clear profit.
-
-The more common plants, such as pansies, geraniums, etc., were always in
-demand by those who had failed to plant flowers of their own, while the
-rarer kinds, such as orchids, etc., were wanted, at fancy prices.
-
-She possessed the artistic taste necessary to arrange her flowers and
-plants to the best possible advantage, and this arrangement no doubt
-brought many patrons.
-
-To keep her flowers fresh, she wet them thoroughly, put them in a damp
-box and covered them with wet raw cotton or wet newspapers, then placed
-them in a cool place. To preserve bouquets, she put a little saltpetre
-in the water.
-
-
-PLAN No. 142. HOME-MADE CHRISTMAS GIFTS
-
-During her spare time she made a great variety of Christmas presents,
-such as sofa pillows, pin cushions and trays, jewel trays, lamp shades,
-chair cushions, tidies, book-marks, catch-bags, and work-baskets. The
-latter she made of a few cents’ worth of light drilling covered with
-ruffled net, and when made they were fully equipped with the necessary
-needles, thread, etc. Some cheap yet substantial material was used as a
-base for these baskets, and when tastefully adorned, as she so well knew
-how, they, as well as all the other holiday articles she made, sold
-quickly.
-
-
-PLAN No. 143. HOME-MADE LACE
-
-The prices which home-made lace commands in the cities would surprise
-those not familiar with this rare industry, but when it is known that
-$15 is considered cheap for a simple point lace handkerchief, some idea
-may be gained as to its possibilities. Of course, many cheaper articles
-can be made of lace, and sold readily at good profits, and procuring a
-book that gave complete instructions for the making of lace of all
-kinds, this lady devoted considerable time to making many things which
-she sold at good prices.
-
-
-PLAN No. 144. SCHOOL CHILDREN’S NEEDS
-
-As her little home store was near a school, she decided to make up a
-number of needed articles for the use of the pupils, and had no trouble
-in selling them. These articles consisted mainly of school-book bags
-made of stout linen, with fancy stitching and a strong linen strap; also
-pen-wipers, sleeve-protectors, school aprons, etc. These she made in
-pretty colors, with neat stitching, and they were very handsome as well
-as useful.
-
-Sometimes she arranged with a bright boy or girl to sell these in
-school, paying a small commission for such services, either in cash or
-goods selected from her store.
-
-That she made a success of her venture may be judged when it is stated
-that her profits are larger each year than those of some of the regular
-merchants of her city.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 145. ARTIFICIAL MAPLE SYRUP
-
-
-The following plan was adopted by a farmers’ grocer who had located in a
-southern state for his wife’s health and it proved more profitable than
-had his former big store in a northern city. His plan was the making of
-artificial maple syrup, a healthful staple product that cost but little
-and brought excellent returns. He made the syrup as follows:
-
-Take one bushel of clean, fresh corn-cobs, place them in a large kettle,
-pour in five gallons of clear water and boil for two hours, or until it
-boils down to about two gallons. Then remove the cobs and strain the
-water. Then add five pounds of New Orleans sugar and boil for thirty
-minutes, and strain and seal in glass or tin cans, with proper labels.
-The corn-cobs give it the maple flavor, which makes it very palatable,
-though it can be sold at very much less than the genuine article.
-
-By increasing the quantities of the ingredients, he was soon able to
-make forty to fifty gallons a day, at a cost of about 12 cents per
-gallon. The cans cost him 20 to 30 cents per dozen, and the labels about
-$2 per 1,000, the entire cost of one dozen gallon cans being about
-$1.75, while he retailed it at $1.00 per gallon. At first he sold it
-through agents, paying a commission of 25 per cent, and his net profit
-on one dozen gallon cans was therefore $7.25. Later, however, he
-wholesaled it to grocers at 50 cents per gallon, and this netted him
-$4.25 per dozen cans.
-
-It was so good an imitation that it could not be detected from genuine
-maple syrup, and those who bought it once insisted upon having it again,
-and the maker soon had a long list of regular customers which insured
-him a good living.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 146. CARBOLIC FACE CREAM
-
-
-A young woman in Vancouver, B. C., who had noticed that most ladies
-gladly pay from 25 cents to $1.50 for a two-ounce jar or bottle of
-widely-heralded “face cream,” decided that she could make some just as
-good as the best of these, and realize a profit of 700 per cent. She
-took ten pounds of oatmeal and boiled it thoroughly in clear water,
-afterward straining it through a cheese cloth, squeezing the meal
-through the cloth with a motion like that of milking a cow. When well
-strained, she diluted three ounces of carbolic acid with a quart of
-water, then mixed it well with the meal, adding enough water, where it
-was too thick, to make the consistency of cream. She put this in
-two-ounce jars, attractively, and sold it readily at 25 cents per jar.
-
-This made enough to fill 500 jars of the cream, which sold for $125,
-while the total cost of the same, including materials, jars and labels,
-was not over $15, so that from this one “batch” of cream her profits
-were $110.
-
-It became a very popular product, as the oatmeal softens the skin and
-the carbolic acid removes blemishes, and these results, coupled with a
-fancy name on an artistic label, sold the cream as fast as she could
-make it.
-
-The directions for use were as follows: After bathing the face
-thoroughly in tepid water, dry well, dip tips of fingers in cream, and
-rub on face until dry, which helps to efface all impurities of the skin.
-Bathe the face again, and dry with a soft towel.
-
-How much money do you suppose that girl made out of this simple face
-cream during the first year? Exactly $2,500.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 147. WOMAN DRESS AND STYLE ADVISER
-
-
-A preacher’s daughter, thrown upon her own resources, and feeling that
-she could not enter any of the ordinary occupations, owing to the
-unreasonable opposition of her late father’s parishioners, decided to
-adopt the novel profession of toilet adviser to her lady friends.
-
-Having excellent taste in such matters, and having long been looked to
-for counsel in the matter of dress, she had no difficulty in securing a
-very considerable list of permanent patrons, who paid her reasonably
-well for the services she rendered.
-
-She opened a little “office” in her home, and those who came for
-consultation concerning matters of dress or personal adornment she
-charged $1.00 an hour, while her rate for accompanying her patrons on
-shopping expeditions was 50 cents an hour.
-
-She advised her customers how to dress their hair becomingly, the colors
-they could wear to the best advantage, the style of gown appropriate to
-each occasion, the propriety of neckwear, hat, bonnet, etc., and as her
-taste in these matters was faultless, her services were so thoroughly
-appreciated that her time was taken up with these duties. She had the
-firmness to insist upon her decision being accepted as final, and yet
-possessed the delicacy to do so without injuring their feelings, and
-made a much better living for the family than had her father.
-
-It isn’t every girl who is qualified to render this service, but every
-town and city offers a great field for its performance.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 148. NURSES’ BUREAU
-
-
-A middle-aged widow in St. Louis, who owned a large house and grounds in
-a good residential district, but who was short of ready money, evolved a
-plan for establishing a nurses’ bureau in her own home.
-
-From physicians, hospitals, city directories and friends, she obtained
-the names of nearly two hundred nurses, and from the greater part of
-these she secured permission to place their names upon her list, with
-their addresses, telephone numbers, wages asked per week, etc., and with
-the understanding that they were to pay her a certain amount as
-commission for obtaining positions for them at any time they were not
-engaged. They were to keep her informed when they were engaged, with the
-length of time so employed, and the means of reaching them quickly when
-necessary.
-
-She then advertised in the classified columns of the city papers to the
-effect that she was prepared at all times to supply nurses at any time,
-and notified the doctors and the hospitals of this fact.
-
-She further utilized several of the unoccupied rooms in her home, as
-well as the aid of one servant, by taking a number of the nurses to
-board with her, so as to have them ready for sudden calls, and in this
-way offered facilities not theretofore enjoyed by either the nurses or
-those needing their services. Within a few months she was enjoying a
-living income from her novel venture, and rendered excellent service to
-nurses and patients alike.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 149. DRESS-CUTTING SCHOOL
-
-
-Almost any woman who wants to learn dress-cutting can do so by using one
-of the numerous systems now on the market, and it is an easy matter to
-get one of the charts that give complete instructions.
-
-Some women learn quickly, while others are slow. But here is one who
-made a good living out of it. Having thoroughly mastered the chart, and
-being naturally gifted in matters pertaining to the fitting of garments,
-she proceeded to open a school for teaching the dress-cutting art to
-others who wished to learn.
-
-To each pupil one of the charts is supplied, together with personal
-instructions needed in most cases, and for these services and supplies
-she makes a moderate charge. The first lesson she gives is on garments
-belonging to the pupils themselves, and as others come in with dresses
-to make she names a reasonable charge for making these, and even then
-her prices are much less than those of regular dress-makers. The pupils
-do the main part of the work on these dresses, as part of their
-instructions, while the lady gets the pay for the finished dress.
-
-She not only gets paid for the tuition of the girls and the dresses they
-make but also a commission on each chart sold to her pupils, and in this
-way makes a very comfortable living. After she became well established,
-she also gave employment to some of the more apt and dextrous of her
-finished pupils, and thus enabled them to make good wages for
-themselves.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 150. ETIQUETTE AND DANCING SCHOOL
-
-
-A young society woman in a western city had recently been reduced to
-comparative poverty by sudden reverses which overtook her father, and
-being of an energetic and resourceful nature, she started a class in
-dancing and deportment, to earn something with which to assist her now
-almost dependent father and mother.
-
-She sent out circulars to a long list of her acquaintances, announcing
-that her class would begin on a certain evening, and invited their
-patronage. She was so well known that she had no difficulty in securing
-a large class from the very beginning, as even those mothers who did not
-favor dancing were anxious to have their daughters properly instructed
-in social laws and customs from so competent and trustworthy a teacher.
-
-She also gave private lessons in both dancing and deportment for the
-benefit of a number of families whose early advantages had not been such
-as to fit them for the places in society to which they now aspired.
-These lessons paid well.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 151. WOMAN’S EXCHANGE
-
-
-Women’s exchanges, as usually conducted, consist of a number of women
-who form a sort of syndicate, have a board of managers, rent a suitable
-building, employ the necessary help to carry on the work, and pay annual
-dues of a stated amount each.
-
-But an Omaha woman, who had only a very few dollars, and had a taste for
-that kind of work, concluded to start one all her own, and she made it a
-success.
-
-Lacking the capital with which to rent a store room she used her parlor
-for that purpose, and succeeded so well that in a short time she was
-able to move to larger quarters, more centrally located.
-
-She issued some neat circulars, inviting the women of her own and other
-neighborhoods to bring any articles they had for sale, and she would
-make an effort to dispose of them, or exchange them for other articles
-they desired, on the basis of a 10 per cent commission on all sales or
-exchanges made. As nearly every woman has certain belongings which she
-wishes to sell, or exchange for something else, there was a hearty
-response to the invitation, and her parlor was soon filled with a motley
-array of miscellaneous merchandise.
-
-Every article was labeled with the name, address and telephone number of
-the owner, the price asked for it, or the goods for which it would be
-exchanged, and the parlor was thronged every day and evening with women
-patrons, who nearly always found something they were glad to buy at the
-marked price, so that the lady’s commissions began almost at once to
-assume very good proportions. Later she served lunches in her dining
-room, and these also were liberally patronized, so that she made a very
-good living from her exchange idea, and finally became the owner of a
-regular store.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 152. SHOPPING AS A PROFESSION
-
-
-A San Francisco woman who had excellent taste and judgment, and large
-experience in buying, decided to adopt shopping as a regular profession,
-and found it a most pleasant and profitable occupation.
-
-After making arrangements with several large stores in the city,
-carrying different lines of goods, for a straight commission of 10 per
-cent on all purchases she should make, she asked and obtained the
-consent of a number of well-known business men of her acquaintance to
-use their names as references in launching her enterprise.
-
-She had several thousand circulars printed, stating that she would
-carefully and satisfactorily attend to orders she received from outside
-parties for doing all kinds of shopping, and that she would make no
-charge whatever for the services so rendered. These circulars contained
-the names of her references, and stated the experience she had had in
-buying merchandise of various kinds.
-
-Then she advertised in a number of papers that circulated largely
-throughout the rural districts and country towns, asking inquiries
-regarding her method of free shopping. These ads. brought hundreds of
-letters asking for complete information, and in answer to these she sent
-her circulars. She also obtained many names of people in small
-communities from seed dealers, agricultural implement men, and others
-having a large country trade, and sent circulars to these also.
-
-The fairness of the offer, and the standing of the lady herself, as
-evidenced by her references, brought many orders, and, as she had
-announced that where cash did not accompany the order the goods would be
-sent C. O. D., she sustained no losses. The idea of having a competent
-and reliable person do all their shopping, without charge, appealed to
-them and they became her permanent patrons.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 153. DRUGLESS TREATMENT FOR CONSTIPATION
-
-
-A western man who was strongly opposed to the use of drugs, and who had
-cured himself of prolonged constipation by a process of self-massaging
-of the abdomen, was anxious that other sufferers might also receive the
-benefit of his experience, and felt that the information given them was
-worth paying for. He therefore had some circular letters printed, fully
-explaining the method, and advertised in a large number of papers,
-offering this drugless treatment upon receipt of 50 cents.
-
-The advertisements seemed to have created a decidedly favorable
-impression, for hundreds of answers, with enclosures, were received, and
-to each of these he sent a copy of his circular letter, as follows:
-
-“The causes of constipation are many. Often it is an insufficient supply
-of bile, or may be due to digestive troubles, and always follows
-sedentary habits.
-
-“Cathartics are injurious, and make the bowels dependent upon artificial
-means for their movement, and this in time may lead to paralysis, with
-consequent loss of control.
-
-“To teach the muscles of the abdomen to bring on a natural peristaltic
-movement, at least twice a day, is the purpose of these instructions.
-
-“Once each day or night always at the same hour stand erect and place
-the palms of both hands directly over your intestines. Then, with no
-clothing over the abdomen, with a circular motion from right to left,
-begin gently to massage the same, not rapidly, but slowly and with a
-gentle pressure, giving your hands a rotary motion over the flesh.
-Continue this for five or ten minutes.
-
-“Starting in at the right side of your abdomen, work your hands in a
-circling motion, from right to left, gradually taking in all parts of
-the abdomen, but do not pound or strike yourself.
-
-“If satisfactory results do not come the first day, or even the first
-week, do not give up, but keep at it until they do, and go through with
-it at the same hour each day or night, as you choose.
-
-“Within a few days you will find your bowels beginning to move more
-regularly and freely, but do not stop the massaging, though you may
-reduce the time given to it. In a few weeks the massage will require but
-one minute a day.
-
-“Many kinds of food tend to produce constipation. Crackers, cheese and
-too much white bread are particularly bad, so that less rich food, but
-more coarse foods, as meats, potatoes, vegetables, light puddings, etc.,
-are necessary. A raw apple once a day is highly beneficial and so are
-oranges. Eat regularly, and take plenty of time to thoroughly chew your
-food before swallowing.
-
-“Constipation causes the waste to ferment in the intestines, producing
-dangerous poisons that are absorbed in the blood, and waste gas in the
-stomach and bowels.
-
-“Give the abdominal muscles plenty of exercise, especially through deep
-breathing while lying on your back, also by bending over, swinging from
-side to side, and other simple exercises that give stamina to the
-muscles of the abdominal tract. Take no cathartics, but where artificial
-aid is needed, use an enema of a quart of warm water, in which you have
-placed at least an ounce of glycerine. But even this will not be
-necessary after you have established regular habits through the
-continued use of this natural, drugless treatment, which costs you
-nothing, no matter how long you keep it up.”
-
-This course of treatment produced the best results, and thousands of
-them were mailed out to persons remitting the 50 cents each required for
-the instructions. Many of these people afterwards sent in unsolicited
-testimonials as to the benefits they had received from it, and these, as
-well as the financial returns brought by this plan, afforded its
-originator a great deal of satisfaction and profit.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 154. RAISE A FEW SHEEP
-
-
-A city man who had inherited a 40-acre tract of pasture land from his
-father’s estate, and whose failing health rendered it necessary for him
-to get out into the country, concluded that about the only use he could
-make of this land was to raise a few sheep.
-
-He therefore built a cabin on the tract, together with a shed for
-sheltering the sheep, and bought twenty head of well-bred animals, which
-he placed in the pasture. This pasture was well seeded in grass, was all
-fenced and had a fine stream of water running through it from a spring
-that came out of a small hill upon which the cabin was built. It also
-contained several shade trees.
-
-He had a few hundred dollars in cash, but the living expenses of himself
-and wife were light, so that his small savings were sufficient for a
-year or two, especially as they had planted a fine garden with berry
-bushes, besides plants and shrubs of various kinds, and had also bought
-a cow and a few dozen chickens, so that the greater part of their living
-was taken care of.
-
-In the meantime their flock of sheep increased rapidly, and the cost of
-raising them was small in money and labor. This man and his wife were
-agreeably surprised at the end of the third year to find that their
-little flock had earned for them over $1,500. That amount has been
-greatly increased with each succeeding year, and has brought them a
-larger yearly income than would the highest salaried position in the
-city. And their health has also been completely restored through the
-out-door life they have led.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 155. MAKING COZY CORNERS
-
-
-Not one woman in ten thousand would ever have thought of the plan which
-this talented woman living in an eastern city thought out and adopted as
-a means of earning a very comfortable living, when confronted with the
-necessity for doing so.
-
-Possessing artistic tastes and tendencies, she began by arranging
-delightful cozy corners for people who were able to pay good prices for
-the charming effects she designed and produced, yet who lacked the
-originality to plan them with the delicacy and harmony that
-characterized her designs.
-
-Many of these she originated, while others were taken from the homes of
-her friends.
-
-These she photographed, arranged them in a large album, and carried them
-from house to house. In most of the homes visited, these designs created
-a profound impression, owing to their originality and beauty, and when
-she submitted estimates of the cost of duplicating these, or where
-desired, of making a special design, which of course included her own
-services, she usually received an order at once, and soon found she had
-all the work she could possibly do, at prices that in the aggregate
-brought her a revenue of several thousand dollars a year.
-
-When the cozy corner was finished, she would impress upon the lady of
-the house the satisfaction it would afford her to have the same
-photographed, so she could send pictures of it to her friends, and as
-she was herself an expert with the camera, she earned many extra dollars
-by making these photos.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 156. BRIEFING THE BRIEFS
-
-
-A middle-aged man in a western city, who had practiced law for some
-years in the middle west, but later drifted into the newspaper business,
-for the double reason that he liked it better and was more adapted to
-it, finally took up general publicity work as a profession and soon
-became recognized as a leader in his line.
-
-Although he wrote a great many advertisements for commercial houses,
-medical specialists, dentists, etc., all of which were rendered usually
-attractive through their originality of design and their concise and
-forceful style, he later began to specialize on booklets, prospectuses,
-etc. He was engaged to prepare the matter for a number of books about to
-be published, in which field his ability to extract all the salient
-points from subjects that are often laboriously and voluminously
-treated, and to condense a long tiresome story into a short and
-interesting one, found full scope.
-
-One day a lawyer friend of his suggested to him that he could find a
-fertile field for his talents in re-writing the long and tedious briefs
-which most attorneys submit to the supreme court for review when taking
-cases before that tribunal on appeal; that lawyers, as a rule, are poor
-writers and waste much time and effort in the preparation of their
-briefs, with the result that they are not apt to receive the
-consideration from supreme court justices that would be accorded a
-condensed yet accurate statement of the facts, with properly arranged
-citations of authorities, etc.
-
-Profiting by this suggestion, the publicity man called upon many of the
-lawyers in the city and, after explaining why he believed he could
-greatly improve their briefs, was given a number to remodel and prepare
-according to his own ideas both as a lawyer and as a newspaper man.
-These proved so satisfactory, that he was given much work in that line
-by several of the leading law firms, and found his time profitably
-occupied.
-
-Several rising young lawyers with political aspirations also engaged his
-services in the writing of newspaper articles through which their names
-were brought and kept prominently before the public, with the result
-that their progress toward a coveted goal was rendered much more rapid,
-and a number of them are now holding important public positions as a
-consequence of this well-directed publicity.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 157. MAGAZINE CIRCULATING LIBRARY
-
-
-A lady in a western state who had considerable literary ability, yet who
-had not been successful in having very many of her magazine articles
-accepted for publication on a cash basis, concluded to try another way
-of making a little money out of these same periodicals.
-
-She offered several of her manuscripts to various publishers in payment
-for subscription to their magazines, and these offers were as a rule
-gladly accepted, so that she was constantly in receipt of the latest
-publications. She had many neighbors who also liked to read magazines,
-but did not feel able to subscribe for as many as they wanted, and most
-of them would not borrow them from her.
-
-This afforded her an opening to launch her pet scheme of starting a
-circulating library with her surplus stock of magazines. So she had a
-number of circular letters typewritten, announcing that for a small
-monthly rate she would loan all her periodicals to the members, rotating
-them so that each would have an opportunity to read them all during the
-month. As the charge was very reasonable, and the benefits to be derived
-from the plan so great, practically every family within a radius of
-twenty miles promptly subscribed.
-
-The enterprising originator of the plan was thus able not only to bring
-pleasure to her neighbors, but considerable profit to herself as well,
-besides the satisfaction of having her neighbors read her own
-contribution to a number of magazines.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 158. MADE MONEY FROM MENDING
-
-
-Capable seamstresses suffering for the lack of work are to be found
-almost anywhere, yet if they would do as these four western girls did,
-they could have all the work they wanted, and be well paid for it, too.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 158. A Stitch in Time Saves Nine]
-
-All these girls were fine needlewomen, who could do all kinds of sewing
-and mending, on all classes of wearing apparel, yet each of them
-specialized in some particular line. One made a specialty of putting new
-facings and bindings on dress skirts; another did the mending on
-underwear; another coats, suits, cloaks, dresses and men’s wear, while
-the fourth mended laces, gloves, fine table linen and dainty things that
-women usually throw away when torn, because no one seems able to mend
-them.
-
-The girls roomed together, and they had cards printed, setting forth the
-class of work they did, and these they took turns in distributing in
-various parts of the city, often bringing back considerable work as a
-result of these expeditions. They were not only polite, pleasant and
-obliging in their manner, but they did the mending so skillfully, and
-yet so reasonably, that work came to them quite rapidly, so that they
-soon had all they could do, and in time they set up a regular
-dressmaking and mending establishment, which grew into such proportions
-that they were obliged to hire other girls to help them do their work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 159. BEAUTY BAGS FREE
-
-
-A lady who knew how to make a simple, cheap yet very effective beauty
-bag, advertised in a number of papers that for 25 cents she would send
-complete information for making the same, and also send one of the
-beauty bags free. She received hundreds of answers, enclosing 25 cents
-each, and to these people she sent the following formula, together with
-one of the bags complete:
-
-Get a package of Quaker oats and a yard of cheesecloth; cut the cloth
-into pieces, 2¹⁄₂x5 inches, and with each of these make a little flat
-pad, by doubling, once, and overcasting or loosely button-holing two of
-the three open sides. Fill with the Quaker oats, then overcast the
-remaining side. On going to bed, fill a basin with warm water and allow
-the bag to soak a few seconds, or until you see a little milky substance
-ooze forth. Then use this beauty bag, thus made, as a wash cloth,
-thoroughly rubbing the face and into every little crevice or wrinkle.
-Keep moistening the bag as you use it. The effect produced will be
-surprising, as it leaves the skin soft and clear. But do not use soap,
-unless you wish to ruin your complexion. The bag will cleanse your face
-much quicker and much better.
-
-The orders continued to come, and the enterprising lady was many
-hundreds of dollars ahead at the end of the first three months. And
-still the orders came, for the offer is one that appeals to every woman
-who wants to improve her looks--and where is the woman who doesn’t?
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 160. DUSTLESS DUSTERS
-
-
-A Seattle young woman built up a business of her own by making and
-selling dustless dusters, in two different styles both made of
-cheesecloth, as follows:
-
-One formula: White paraffin oil, 4 pints; cottonseed oil, 1 pint; a
-little oil of citronella to give it an agreeable odor. Saturate the
-cloths in this solution, and pass through a clothes wringer to take out
-the excess of the oil. Put in envelopes to fit.
-
-The other formula: One quart of gasoline; 8 ounces of whiting, or, what
-is better, cilica, 8 ounces; oxalic acid, ¹⁄₈ of an ounce. Thoroughly
-mix and immerse the cloths, and hang up out doors to dry. Then place in
-envelope for mailing.
-
-Dusters made in this way do not soil the hands, and the dust will stick
-to the cloth instead of flying everywhere. They do not have to be washed
-out, but simply shaken.
-
-Use the dustless duster the same way as any other duster. It does not
-injure the finest surface.
-
-A few small ads. in the city and other papers offering to send the
-dustless duster complete for 25 cents, brought answers, and as they gave
-satisfaction, almost every one sent out brought in from two to half a
-dozen orders, so that in a short time the young lady was doing a
-splendid business.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 161. COPYING PAD
-
-
-The following directions for making a copying pad were sent out for 10
-cents each by a young man in Chicago, to those remitting that amount to
-him, in answer to an ad. he inserted in a number of newspapers covering
-wide territory:
-
-Take white gelatine, 4 ounces; glycerine 20 ounces. Melt the gelatine in
-water, then add the glycerine, after warming it, and stir until well
-mixed. Pour into a pan 10x12 inches square and ¹⁄₂ inch deep. Write your
-copy on a sheet of paper with ink made of methyl violet, 1 ounce; water,
-7 ounces. Put on the stove and heat until dissolved, stirring often. Add
-hot water, to replace that which evaporates. When dissolved, add 2
-ounces of glycerine. Use a new pen in writing. Lay copy face down on the
-pad, and let it remain two minutes, then take it off. From 50 to 100
-copies may be taken by laying blank paper on the impression, and
-repeating the operation until as many copies as desired have been made.
-Clean the pad with a wet sponge as soon as you are through copying, and
-keep it in a dry place.
-
-He sold several thousand copies of these instructions, at 10 cents each,
-and most of this, of course, was clear profit.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 162. CLEANING COMPOUND POWDER
-
-
-A compound that will thoroughly clean clothing, gloves, carpets, etc.,
-and that can be sold at a profit for 10 cents a package, is something
-that everyone wants and that anyone can sell.
-
-A young man in Spokane, Washington, who had an excellent formula for a
-compound of this kind, tried it and found it successful. He put it up
-with the following ingredients, when making a small amount, and simply
-increased the amounts of each in proportion as larger quantities were
-required:
-
-Powdered castile soap, 2 pounds; borax powder, 2 ounces; powdered
-saltpetre, 4 ounces. Mix thoroughly and put up dry in small envelopes,
-holding about one teaspoonful each.
-
-Directions for use: Dissolve the contents of package in hot water, leave
-stand until cool, and apply a small quantity to affected spot, whether
-of dirt or grease, then clean with a dry cloth. This compound will not
-explode, but is harmless and safe to use.
-
-Placing a rubber band around either twelve or twenty-four of the
-packages, he put 500 packages in a small hand-bag, and made a house to
-house canvass. At each house he would ask the lady if she had any boys
-or girls. If so, wouldn’t they like to make some money or earn a
-valuable premium? The answer usually was yes, and he would then leave
-with the lady as many of the packages as she thought her children could
-sell at 10 cents each, taking her receipt therefor. He would then go on
-to the next house, and make the same arrangement. In less than half a
-day he placed the entire 500 packages in homes for sale, and a week
-later called and collected for those sold, allowing a cash commission of
-2 cents a package, or giving some small, inexpensive premium, whichever
-was preferred. In most cases the mother would have tried the compound
-herself, and finding it excellent for cleaning goods of all kinds, she
-would usually order several more packages.
-
-He also placed considerable quantities of the compound in general
-stores, where it sold readily, and later made it a mail order
-proposition by advertising it in a list of good papers.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 163. SEWING LESSONS FOR CHILDREN
-
-
-Why shouldn’t the little girls begin to learn dressmaking as soon as
-they are able to use a needle and thread? That is what a Seattle lady
-thought, and she advertises in the daily papers that she will teach
-dressmaking to children on certain afternoons of each week for 25 cents
-a lesson.
-
-She already has a large number of pupils, is rapidly enrolling more, and
-says it is surprising the way the little misses show an interest in the
-work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 164. CUCUMBER CULTURE
-
-
-A young Irishman, who had a wife and two children, was working as a
-motorman, at $2.00 a day, and his entire future seemed to be limited to
-that $14 a week, with no holidays or Sundays off, to allow him to get
-acquainted with his family.
-
-One particular locality on his route impressed him as an ideal place for
-raising cucumbers to supply the market a few miles away. The prospect
-looked good to him, but as he had only about $500 in cash, and it would
-require at least $1,000 to build a greenhouse, the outlook was not
-especially inviting.
-
-Finally, after many efforts, he succeeded in borrowing $1,000, built a
-greenhouse, and began the culture of cucumbers. He was apt at the
-business, and the first year he made enough to pay back the $1,000, live
-well, and have a neat little sum saved besides.
-
-Then he borrowed $1,700 more, built another greenhouse, leased more land
-and at the end of eighteen months was again free from debt.
-
-He increased his acreage, enlarged his greenhouses, and began to grow
-two crops a year, instead of one.
-
-He now has thirteen acres of ground all under glass, and owns an
-establishment free from debt, conservatively valued at $50,000.
-
-He made a specialty of cucumber and the marketing of this crop.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 165. PALMISTRY BY MAIL
-
-
-There are thousands of people who don’t believe--or at least pretend
-they don’t--in palmistry as a means of learning what the future has in
-store, but almost anyone is willing to pay for having the palm of the
-hand read, either through confidence or curiosity, for “there may be
-something in it, after all.”
-
-Anyway, a lady in a southern city decided it was worth trying, so she
-sent 50 cents to a New York publisher for a book that revealed about all
-there is to be known of that science, and made a careful study of this
-book.
-
-She first obtained an electrotype of a very pretty woman’s head,--not
-her own--and used it on her letter heads, which also bore an assumed but
-rather fancy name suggestive of the mysterious. She inserted an ad. in
-several papers, offering to read people’s palms for 50 cents each, and
-received many answers to this.
-
-She had provided herself with a box of carbon impression paper, and to
-each person replying she mailed a piece of this about 4x8 inches, with
-instructions to lay the carbon paper on a sheet of plain white paper, on
-a hard, smooth surface, such as a table, the carbon side next to the
-white paper, and press the hand firmly down on the back of the carbon
-paper, so as to get a clean impression of the palm on the white paper,
-and, when this was done to send the impression, with 50 cents for a
-reading.
-
-She was surprised at the large proportion of those who sent the money,
-but she gave a very good reading of each palm, and no one seemed to be
-dissatisfied, for she received no complaints. She had previously sent
-each one a letter, explaining how the ancient philosophers and others
-had recognized palmistry as a well established science, and this no
-doubt had impressed the recipients with the fact that it had much value
-as a means forecasting the future, as well as relating the past.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 166. STARTING A WEEKLY PAPER
-
-
-The journalistic graveyards are full of monuments to the misdirected
-energy and zeal of aspiring “newspaper men” who had plenty of enthusiasm
-but lacked experience, or resourcefulness in the matter of ideas.
-
-The young fellow, however, of whom we are going to speak had ideas and
-knew how to put them to practical use. He knew very well that a new
-weekly newspaper that did not have something besides its own merits to
-amuse and keep up a local interest would be but a short-lived affair in
-any community, so he devised a method which he felt sure would create
-that interest.
-
-He employed a thoroughly competent publicity specialist to write him a
-small book with a catchy title, which he could offer as a premium with
-each subscription to his paper. The publicity man turned out an
-interesting piece of work, which he completed in four days, and for
-which he charged the prospective young publisher $75.
-
-A printer charged him $250 for 5,000 copies of these little books, and
-after giving one of each to 500 new subscribers of his paper, he
-advertised them in his own and other papers, and sold the remainder at
-10 cents each. When the supply was exhausted, he had more of the books
-printed and continued to sell them until he had realized a profit of
-$2,000 from them.
-
-By this time his weekly newspaper had grown in circulation and
-advertising value so that it was bringing in a good revenue every year,
-but he kept on advertising and selling books with good titles, as he
-found this source of income was well worth the additional effort.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 167. MARKETING A PREPARATION
-
-
-By a carefully considered plan of furnishing a number of drug stores
-with free wrappers for their bottles, boxes, combs, brushes, and a host
-of other articles which every druggist sells, an enterprising young man
-who had the formula for a preparation of unusual merit, but with no
-money with which to push the sale of it, succeeded in getting it so
-thoroughly advertised in his home city that he was soon able to open a
-handsomely furnished office and employ a number of assistants to put it
-up. The preparation was exceptionally good or it would not have brought
-the “repeat” orders it did.
-
-He began his plan by offering free to each druggist 1,000 circulars
-setting forth the superior qualities of his preparation, these circulars
-being the proper size for wrapping all ordinary packages that come from
-drug stores, that is, about 9x9 inches, but with the printed matter set
-in a space 5¹⁄₂x7¹⁄₂ inches, and at the bottom of each set of circulars
-the words, “For Sale by,” followed by the name of the druggist using the
-wrappers and having the preparation for sale. The man who owned the
-formula thus got his preparation well advertised at practically no
-expense, while the druggists realized much benefit from it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 168. DEALING IN NUT MEATS
-
-
-You would hardly think that cracking various kinds of nuts and selling
-the meats would be much of a business, yet a young lady found that it
-paid her very well, and brought in many dollars during certain seasons
-of the year.
-
-She lived in a section of country where nuts of all varieties were very
-plentiful, and had noticed the waste in shipping unshelled nuts in bulk
-to the market. She believed it would save considerable in the way of
-transportation costs if only the meats were shipped. Besides, the
-difference in the prices would mean a neat profit to anyone doing the
-work.
-
-Walnuts and hickory nuts were the principal kinds growing in her
-neighborhood, and these she gathered in great quantities when ripe,
-removing the outside hulls by pounding them lightly with a stout stick.
-
-Providing herself with a good nut cracker and set of picks, besides a
-dozen or so glass jars, she began cracking the nuts, aiming to extract
-the meats in halves or as large pieces as possible, and placing them in
-the jars which, when full, she covered tightly with tops so as to
-exclude air and dampness, and found that in this way they brought the
-highest prices in the market.
-
-She previously had arranged with a number of bakers and confectioners in
-the city to take all the nut meats she could supply, and could have sold
-many more had they been available. To help meet the demand, however, she
-purchased a few barrels of English walnuts with the shells cracked and
-packed them as she had done with the others and sold them at profit over
-their original cost.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 169. STARTED A LUNCHEON CLUB
-
-
-Living near a large motion picture studio, a young married woman
-originated what she called a luncheon club for the purpose of serving
-the members of the company with a dainty luncheon every day at a
-moderate cost, yet one that yielded a fair profit to herself.
-
-Having obtained the names of the various players from the manager of the
-studio, she wrote a note to each of them, announcing her plans and
-inviting them to join her club. The members were to pay a stated price
-as weekly dues payable in advance, and each could bring a friend at so
-much per luncheon.
-
-Having a good supply of linen, silver, and all the little accessories
-for personal comfort, she made her purchases with much care, selecting
-only such materials as were necessary, and writing out a menu each week,
-which was varied by many combinations that prevented any appearance of
-sameness from day to day. She soon learned the little whims and
-preferences of each guest, and made it a point to serve each one with
-what she liked best.
-
-A large number of the girls from the studio joined her club at the very
-beginning, and each of these members she greeted personally, as a
-guest, upon her arrival thereby creating a feeling of home-coming that
-had an excellent effect.
-
-She did all the cooking herself, setting out the lunches on small tables
-intended to accommodate only two guests at a time, and everything about
-the place she kept scrupulously neat, clean and inviting.
-
-Her club became very popular and she soon had all the members she could
-serve during the luncheon hour.
-
-Though she could have charged more, she maintained the reasonable
-charges established at the beginning and found that the venture paid her
-a very satisfactory profit.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 170. TWO SISTERS SOLD SPECTACLES
-
-
-Two sisters, both stenographers in down-town offices, were having their
-vacation, and being desirous of making some money at the same time they
-were resting from their regular work, they were induced, through the
-advice of a well-informed friend, to take up the selling of spectacles,
-especially after he had assured them that this was a line in which the
-receipts were practically all profit.
-
-Their friend informed them where they could buy spectacles for about 18
-cents a pair, which they could readily sell for $1.00 per pair, and they
-bought several gross of these, of different magnifying strength, and
-various styles of frames, together with a black carrying case and a few
-testing cards, all of which came with the spectacles. These they set
-upon a high tripod for making an attractive display of their wares,
-while one of the girls sat upon a high stool behind the tastefully
-arranged stock of goods. They had secured a good street location, on the
-inside of a well shaded sidewalk, and began explaining the merits of
-their spectacles in a quiet, ladylike way, to all who stopped to inquire
-about them. Their sales averaged about ten pairs a day, or $8.20 clear
-profit.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 171. KEEPING BROOD SOWS
-
-
-“Even $50 to $90 seems a rather big price to pay for a single brood
-sow,” said an old farmer who had made a success of hog raising, “but let
-me tell you a little story:
-
-“One spring two of my sows farrowed twelve pigs each, and we raised
-twenty-three of the twenty-four. When they were eight months old, those
-shoats brought $494.71, but at war-time prices they would have brought a
-very large sum.
-
-“Suppose a young sow produces seventy-five pigs during her life-time,
-and she may do even better than that. If this sow were owned by a small
-farmer, he could raise the pigs for almost nothing, and after he has
-saved out twelve of the best ones as the foundation of a superior herd,
-he can sell the remaining sixty-three, when they are eight or ten months
-old, for enough to make a good-sized payment on his farm, and to pay the
-cost of raising 500 more pigs, besides.
-
-“The good breeder must be a good feeder, and he will find that, with
-ordinary intelligence in the selection and care of his pure-bred stock,
-he can make more money, and have better meat products, many times over,
-then he can ever hope for from the ordinary scrub stock.
-
-“If farmers will pay more attention to the raising of pure-bred hogs,
-they will be better off, and be at much less labor and expense, than
-from any other branch of farming. Let every farmer encourage his boy to
-have a few blooded pigs of his own, so that he may have the benefit of
-all the profit they will bring, and boys will not be so anxious to leave
-the farm as they are now.
-
-“I’ve tried it, and I know.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 172. FARM WOMAN’S WAYS OF MAKING MONEY
-
-
-Unlike most farmers’ wives, this woman had plenty of time to devote to
-various ways of making money, and put a dozen plans into practice, all
-of which proved productive of good results.
-
-Her first plan was to pick arbutus, which she sent to the store of a
-friend in the city, fresh each day, where it sold readily for 5 or 10
-cents a bunch, nearly all profit.
-
-
-PLAN No. 173. HOME-MADE CHRISTMAS CANDY
-
-Early in December she made up a lot of nice candy at home, which sold as
-fast as she could make it for 25 cents a pound, delivered. She made many
-kinds, and realized a good profit on all of them.
-
-
-PLAN No. 174. GROWING TOMATO PLANTS
-
-This she found to be a profitable source of income. She raised the
-plants from seed, starting to plant about the middle of March, and each
-4-cent package of seed produced plants that sold for $4.00.
-
-
-PLAN No. 175. BAKING FOR BUSY PEOPLE
-
-Most farm women are very busy, and often find it convenient to have some
-one do their baking, especially when they have company. This lady would
-either go to different houses, and do the baking for the families, who
-furnished their own material, for which she charged 35 cents per hour,
-or would do the baking at home, using her own materials, and sell the
-bread, cakes and pies she baked, at good prices to those too busy to do
-their own baking.
-
-
-PLAN No. 176. TAKING ORDERS FOR DRESS GOODS
-
-She arranged with reliable firms in the city to send her samples of all
-the new dress goods they received each season, and she showed these to
-the various women in the neighborhood, taking a great many orders for
-different patterns, on all of which she was paid a commission that
-amounted to a considerable sum each year.
-
-
-PLAN No. 177. TAKING ORDERS FOR EXTRACTS
-
-She makes considerable money each year taking orders for various kinds
-of extracts, as well as for a popular summer drink, which comes in boxes
-selling at 25 cents each. The drink is made by dissolving the
-preparation in water and adding a little sugar. It is a delicious drink,
-made in a minute.
-
-
-PLAN No. 178. PICKING CRANBERRIES ON SHARES
-
-As she lives in the country where cranberries grow in great quantities,
-she earns many dollars each season by picking cranberries on shares, and
-her share always sells readily at good prices.
-
-
-PLAN No. 179. GATHERING CHESTNUTS
-
-In the fall of the year she gathers chestnuts, which are plentiful in
-that vicinity, and these she sells at surprisingly high prices, for
-everybody wants them.
-
-
-PLAN No. 180. PLAYS, AND TEACHES PIANO PUPILS
-
-Along with her other accomplishments she is a good pianist. She plays
-for dances and other gatherings, and gives music lessons to a number of
-pupils.
-
-
-PLAN No. 181. PRESERVES FLAGROOT
-
-Flagroot preserves bring high prices in the cities, and she adds many
-dollars to her income by gathering, preserving and selling this.
-
-
-PLAN No. 182. MAKING AND SELLING MAY BASKETS
-
-Although May Day “comes but once a year,” she manages to turn this
-anniversary to good account by making and selling the baskets that are a
-requisite for its observance.
-
-
-PLAN No. 183. RAISING AND SELLING POULTRY
-
-But her greatest source of pleasure and profit is poultry raising, her
-selection and care of birds enabling her to keep only those that produce
-the most money.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 184. MONEY-MAKING FOR WOMEN
-
-
-The wife of a farmer living in the middle west has worked out several
-plans for making money at home, and finds that they all pay her very
-well.
-
-One plan is to make shades for lamps and electric light globes, of rice
-and crepe paper, decorating them with water colors, pressed leaves,
-flowers, holly, etc., and these she sells to her neighbors for 10 cents
-each as they are very pretty and quite durable, with care.
-
-
-PLAN No. 185. CROCHET AND OTHER PATTERNS
-
-She designs pretty patterns in crochet edgings, insertions, medallions
-and initials, and these she sells at six for 50 cents, through ads. in
-the local and city papers, delivering them by mail in most cases.
-
-
-PLAN No. 186. HANDKERCHIEFS, COLLARS, CUFFS, ETC.
-
-These she makes with rolled hem and crochet edge, and sells them at 25
-cents to $1 each. Pop-corn balls rolled in clear syrup she sells at two
-for 5 cents, while her potato chips bring 5 cents for a small bag. She
-makes braided or woven rag rugs, white or in colors, with woven or
-stenciled borders, and sells them for $1.25 and up, while hand-made
-place cards, favors, etc., bring $1 per dozen.
-
-
-PLAN No. 187. ANNUAL SALES IN PARLOR AND HALL
-
-Every year she holds sales in her front room and large hall, and sells
-pies, cakes, rolls, bread, cookies, doughnuts, plum puddings, fruit
-cakes, jams, jellies, canned fruits, vegetables, etc., besides her
-needle-work products, and always clears a handsome sum from these sales.
-She also takes orders for roast ducks, geese, turkeys, chickens and
-squabs, and finds a ready sale for all these from all classes of people,
-at special prices. Many of these are delivered by parcel post, and prove
-a good source of revenue.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 188. OPENED A BEAUTY PARLOR
-
-
-A talented young woman, living in a small western city, wanted to open a
-beauty parlor, but realizing that she was not familiar with the
-necessary details of the business, went to a city some distance away and
-took a course of lessons from a dermatologist in the approved methods of
-removing wrinkles, moles, birthmarks, freckles, tan, superfluous hair,
-etc. The course cost her $25.
-
-Before leaving the city, however, she also paid $15 for instructions in
-manicuring, and $10 for the necessary instruments with which to do this
-class of work in a satisfactory manner.
-
-Arriving at her home town she sent personal letters to all the
-prominent women of the place, inviting them to visit the neat and
-attractively-fitted-up parlors she had opened in her home, and stating
-her qualifications for doing the work required.
-
-Responses to these letters were numerous, and as the lady did
-exceptionally good work, her reputation spread rapidly throughout the
-community, and inside of the first year the net profits she realized
-from her small-town parlors were greater than those of many similar
-institutions in the large city. She was both capable and careful in the
-treatment of her patrons, who became permanent customers and made her
-plan an unqualified success.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 189. MADE A HAND LAUNDRY PAY
-
-
-A man who had some experience in a steam laundry in a city moved to a
-small town of 2,500 inhabitants and established a hand laundry that in a
-short time became a paying concern.
-
-He had but a few hundred dollars in cash, but found he did not need a
-great deal. Before leaving the city, he had bought a light
-collar-and-cuff ironing machine that cost him $50, while $25 more paid
-for a few little accessories he knew he would need.
-
-He rented a store room some distance from the business center, hired a
-couple of experienced women, and advertised that he would do better work
-than the steam laundries of the city could do, and at lower prices,
-calling particular attention to the fact that the machinery in the big
-laundries tear the clothes to pieces. He also offered to do mending of
-men’s articles free, and by turning out high-class work from the very
-first he soon had all the business he could handle.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 190. MAKING INKS AND MUCILAGE
-
-
-Everybody uses ink, and most people need mucilage at one time or
-another, so that the making and selling of these necessary articles
-afforded a man in a small western town a very good money-making
-opportunity, which he improved with considerable profit.
-
-Books of formulas for making these things can be procured from a number
-of sources, but the formula for preparing indelible marking ink proved
-to be one of the most profitable of them all. This ink is made by taking
-equal parts of green vitriol and cinnabar, powdered as finely as
-possible, and mixing them with unboiled linseed oil. When strained
-through a cloth this makes a fine indelible ink, and he found a good
-demand for it from laundries, department stores and various other
-places.
-
-He employed salesmen to canvass near-by towns, and in a few months had
-established a permanent and profitable business of his own. The
-ingredients for these articles cost but little, the labels and bottles
-being the principal items of expense, and the margin was sufficiently
-large to justify him in paying a liberal commission to agents.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 191. NEWSPAPER CORRESPONDENT
-
-
-In every town, large or small, there are always news items of more or
-less interest, mainly local, but often of national importance, and the
-man or woman who can collect these items, put them in readable shape,
-and send them to the newspapers in the neighborhood cities, or larger
-towns, can always derive something of an income from this source. The
-editor of one of the largest and most influential of western dailies
-thus relates how he began his newspaper career in this manner:
-
-“I lived in a town of about 1,000 inhabitants, which did not boast of a
-weekly newspaper, and yet there were many local happenings that would
-have been of great interest if published in the city paper, which had a
-rather extensive circulation in the town.
-
-“I wrote to the editor of this paper and offered my services as
-correspondent from my town. He was glad to secure my services, and
-offered me a very fair rate of compensation, based upon a certain amount
-per column.
-
-“I made it a point to write only actual and dependable items of news, to
-clothe them in proper and dignified language, with an occasional dash of
-humor in those cases where it was not only permissible but added to the
-force and interest of the article, and my letters were all published
-just as they were written.
-
-“I added other daily newspapers to my list from time to time, and, as
-these were all sent to me free, I began to absorb the world’s news and
-soon became well informed on current events. Besides, my income grew
-until I was doing very well indeed, but when I was offered a position as
-reporter on this paper I accepted the offer, and have risen steadily
-until I am now managing editor, a position assured to me as long as I
-care to hold it.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 192. AN EXCHANGE MART
-
-
-How a man with original ideas established an “exchange mart”--something
-he had never heard of before--and built up a good business along a novel
-line, is told by himself as follows:
-
-“Knowing the tendency of people to sell what they have and buy or trade
-for something they haven’t, it occurred to me that I could supply the
-wants of both classes, and make some money for myself at the same time.
-
-“I rented a store room and bought two blank books, one of which I marked
-“buyers” and the other one “sellers,” and then inserted an ad. in the
-local paper, asking those who had anything they wanted to sell to come
-and see me. I ran another ad., to the effect that it would pay those who
-wanted to buy anything, no matter what, to call upon me.
-
-“Before long I had on hand a large assortment of articles of every kind
-that were for sale--books, furniture, tools, musical instruments--almost
-everything--and each of these I carefully listed in my sellers’ book,
-with the name and address of the owner, and the very lowest price at
-which it could be sold. A number of people also called to ask for
-certain articles, and if I did not have them I made a note of what was
-wanted, in my buyers’ book, with the name, address and phone number of
-the person wishing it, together with the highest price he would pay.
-Then I advertised for those things to be brought in, and when they came
-I bought them as cheaply as possible. Next I notified the prospective
-buyer, who would generally respond promptly and pay the price he had
-named, or a little more if the article particularly pleased him, and
-the difference between the seller’s lowest price and the buyer’s highest
-price was my profit. And this profit amounted to over $2,000 at the end
-of the first year.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 193. AUTO AND CARRIAGE POLISH
-
-
-Of the many thousands of automobiles in use a great many of them have
-the varnish worn off or scratched, through carelessness and hard usage,
-and this fact gave an enterprising young Portland man an idea.
-
-He made up a considerable quantity of a fine polish from the following
-formula: Orange shellac, 30 ounces; Venice turpentine, one ounce; castor
-oil, one ounce; gum sandarac, one ounce; nigrosine, one ounce; wood
-alcohol, 9 pints and 6 ounces. These he mixed, and shook them until
-thoroughly dissolved.
-
-This mixture he put up in pint tin cans, with tight-fitting tops, the
-same as paint cans, pasted an attractive label on each can, gave it a
-fancy name, and was ready for business.
-
-The directions for using were: Remove all dust and dirt with a clean
-cloth, and apply the dressing to the body of the auto or carriage with a
-soft camel hair brush, letting it dry thoroughly.
-
-At first he took orders for applying the polish to autos himself, but he
-later decided he could make more money by employing agents to sell it
-for him. Each can cost but a trifle, and sold readily for $1, so that,
-after paying the agents liberal commission, he still had a net profit of
-over 50 cents per can. Later he began to advertise it throughout the
-country, and in a few months he had built up a mail order business, that
-netted him a good living.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 194. SINGING SONGS THROUGH A MEGAPHONE
-
-
-With a strong, melodious voice, a megaphone, a hand organ in a covered
-wagon, and a few hundred copies of a popular song, a young man in New
-York City earned a good living.
-
-This young man, standing up in the front part of the wagon, would stop
-the horse at a crowded corner, place the megaphone to his mouth and,
-giving a sign to the man manipulating the hand organ in the covered
-wagon, would commence to sing one of the latest songs of the day.
-
-When the crowd became interested, as it always did, he would stop
-singing, offer the copies of the song, words and music, for 10 cents
-each.
-
-The song sold rapidly, and when the ten minute limit for stopping in one
-place expired he would start up the horse, move on to another location,
-probably in the same block, and repeat the performance.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 195. A SUBSCRIPTION AGENCY
-
-
-Most magazines, as well as daily and weekly newspapers, are always glad
-to pay a liberal commission for subscriptions, and some of them offer
-bonuses besides for good lists of subscribers.
-
-A young man in an inland city of the Pacific Northwest, who had a few
-hundred dollars, fitted up a neat little down-town office--after
-securing a subscription agency for a number of leading periodicals, made
-a list of the same in alphabetical order, with columns for the regular
-price and the price at which he could supply them. If his commission was
-$1 on a year’s subscriptions, he advertised to send a $4 magazine for
-$3.60. Where his commission was 80 cents, he deducted 25 cents to his
-subscribers; if his discount was 40 cents, he would deduct 15 cents from
-the rate and so on.
-
-He issued an attractive circular showing the various discounts he would
-allow on each subscription to any of the magazines or other publications
-listed, and sent these circulars to those answering his ads. in a number
-of papers covering his territory, and was surprised at the number of
-subscriptions he received through this system of discounts. While each
-subscription thus saved 10 per cent or more from regular subscription
-prices, it still left him a neat profit on each, and as the lists he was
-thus able to send in were quite large, he received enough in bonuses
-besides the discounts to himself as agent, to make a very comfortable
-income.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 196. PUBLISHING PROGRAMS
-
-
-There is always more or less money to be made in a good advertising
-plan, and here is one way an elderly newspaper man turned his knowledge
-of printers ink to good account.
-
-Whenever a church or social organization in his town proposed to give an
-affair or other form of entertainment he would offer to get out a good
-program for it free of cost to the parties planning the affair, and this
-offer was always gladly accepted. Sometimes he even offered a percentage
-of the proceeds for the privilege, and this too, was acceptable.
-
-He would get the best figures possible from a number of printers, and
-let the contract to the one who could do good work for the lowest price.
-
-Then he divided the program into small spaces for advertising, which he
-could easily fill at fair rates, and usually came out with at least 50
-per cent profit on the undertaking.
-
-There were so many of these programs to be obtained in his town, that he
-continued this as a regular business, and made an excellent living out
-of it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 197. CHURCH POST CARDS
-
-
-Any plan that will help to raise money for a church is always gladly
-welcomed, but a plan that will do this, and at the same time make a fair
-profit for the originator, must be a “good one.”
-
-A young printer in an eastern city inserted the following ad. in a
-number of religious papers all over the country:
-
-“To raise money for your church, send us a photograph of your church or
-your pastor, and we will send you 500 high-grade post cards, with photo
-on each card. Sell these at 10 cents each, send us $20, and keep the
-balance. This is easy, and can be done in a week or less.”
-
-The answers came in, the cuts were made from the photos, and the printed
-cards sent out. The post cards, printed, cost $7, the electro of the
-photo $3, and the other $10 for each set was net profit.
-
-As from two to ten of these were received each day, one may judge as to
-the profits of the plan, while hundreds of churches were better off to
-the extent of $25 to $30 for each 500 cards sold.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 198. MAKING SACHET POWDERS PAYS WOMAN’S COLLEGE EXPENSES
-
-
-A young lady, who wanted to make some money to help pay for a college
-course, proceeded to make the money by making sachet powder, her first
-“batch” amounting to fifty pounds. As a basis for the formula, she used,
-at various times, powdered starch, fine sawdust, oatmeal, and corn meal,
-and colored the completed preparation with a small quantity of analine.
-The powder itself she made as follows:
-
-Wheat starch, 6 parts; orris root, 2 parts. Reduce starch to a very fine
-powder, and mix well with the orris root, then perfume with attar of
-lemon, attar of bergamot and attar of cloves, using twice as much of the
-lemon as of the others. This is really a violet sachet powder, but she
-gave it a fancy, high-sounding name, which added greatly to its selling
-qualities.
-
-By advertising it in a small way, she created a demand for it that
-required help in making up the powder and filling the orders, and by
-placing it in a number of drug stores, she succeeded in providing
-herself with an income far in excess of the cost of a thorough course in
-the college of her choice.
-
-After her graduation, she continued to make these sachet powders, which
-were mostly profit, and as they were of unquestioned quality, she
-received a revenue from their sales that paid all her expenses and gave
-her a nice bank account besides.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 199. MAKING CARPET CLEANER
-
-
-A married man, who had endured the horrors of house-cleaning time so
-often that he knew how that ordeal was dreaded by housewives and
-husbands alike, felt that he could bring a feeling of peace to thousands
-of homes, and also bring himself a good income as well, by removing the
-most formidable of the house-cleaning nightmare, the taking up and
-cleaning of carpets.
-
-Therefore, having a very fair idea of what would be a good thing to use
-for the purpose, he proceeded to make a carpet cleaning compound, as
-follows: Powdered Fullers earth, 4 pounds; common salt, 3 pounds;
-turpentine, ¹⁄₂ pint. These he mixed well, passed through a sieve, and
-packed in half-pound packages. The entire cost was but a few cents, and
-the paper boxes and labels added but little to the expense of making it.
-
-He used this preparation by sprinkling over a square yard of the carpet
-at a time, rubbing it with a stiff, dry scrubbing brush, and going over
-it a second time with a softer brush, after the dirt was removed. The
-same powder can be used for several squares, until it is too dirty to
-use.
-
-He placed an ad. in the local papers, offering to send a free sample of
-the cleaner to anyone desiring it, and received many requests asking for
-samples. The assurance that carpets would not have to be taken up to be
-cleaned, clinched the argument, and as there was enough of the sample to
-show what it could do, he received calls for more.
-
-Then he employed agents, on a good commission basis, to sell it from
-house to house, and soon had a demand for it that extended over several
-states.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 200. THEY PICKED BERRIES
-
-
-Owing to the failing health of the husband, a man and his wife went
-camping in the mountains, just about the time berries were ripe and
-plentiful, and seeing an opportunity for healthful exercise as well as
-considerable financial profit, they began an extensive berry-picking
-campaign.
-
-They had taken their bedding, some canvas cots, a stove, and a small
-tent to use in case of bad weather. They camped near several cool
-springs, and a mountain stream, from which they caught a great many
-trout.
-
-Impressed with the immense quantities of berries all around them, they
-went to the nearest town and bought a supply of jars, cans, and glasses,
-200 pounds of sugar and had 1,000 labels printed. Then they began their
-berry picking, canning, preserving and making jams and jellies of the
-berries at the same time, and sending them to the city hotels. Their
-products were carefully packed in apple boxes, and went through in fine
-shape.
-
-When they figured up their receipts they amounted to $132, while their
-total expenses were $40, leaving them a net profit of $92, besides an
-enjoyable vacation. This proved the possibilities to this work, and this
-couple continued to put up more berries and received in return for their
-work a good living.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 201. WROTE A CHURCH HISTORY
-
-
-A former newspaper man, living in a western town of 10,000 people,
-became impressed with the importance of a well written church history,
-and suggested the idea to the pastors of several of the local churches.
-They approved the plan and promised him their support and co-operation.
-
-Selecting one of the leading churches he interviewed the members, and
-from them obtained information concerning the history of the
-organization, past and present, with a complete list of the membership,
-as well as the names of those who had died since the church’s
-organization. Many interesting personal sketches of the older members
-were obtained and a review of the early struggles through which the
-society had passed in its infancy.
-
-Usually a photograph of the church itself, as well as those of the
-pastor and a number of the more prominent members, were included in the
-book, while all the auxiliary organizations of the church were given
-considerable prominence. The book was well printed, and sold readily to
-the members and friends of the church, at a price which netted the
-author a good profit.
-
-Having succeeded so well with this church, he proceeded to write
-histories of other churches in the town, and later extended his work to
-other communities. It paid him so well that he has made it his business.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 202. A LIQUID GLYCERINE SOAP
-
-
-He was a $10-a-week drug clerk, in a small Nebraska town, but he had
-ideas and formulas of much merit, and one of the latter was that for
-making a superior liquid glycerine soap, as follows:
-
-Best soft soap, 7¹⁄₂ ounces; tincture of soap bark, 3¹⁄₂ ounces;
-glycerine, 1 ounce. Put into a vessel and warm gently until dissolved,
-then add a dash of some selected perfume. Then strain and make up to 12
-fluid ounces by adding the necessary amount of warm distilled water. The
-soap used in compounding this should be the best transparent kind.
-
-A trip to the nearest city revealed the fact that the agents of office
-buildings, large factories, department stores, etc., were greatly in
-need of this product, to be used in their sanitary toilet equipment, and
-would pay good prices for it.
-
-In the course of a week, he took orders for several hundred dollars
-worth and then placed it on sale in the drug stores, at the same time
-notifying his patrons and the public in general to that effect.
-
-That was ten years ago, and today that former cheap drug clerk is the
-owner of one of the best pharmacies in the city.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 203. MAKING AIR PENCILS
-
-
-Air-pencils used in writing show cards and for other purposes can be
-made at home very cheaply, and sold at considerably less than the kind
-one buys at paint stores, and elsewhere, at the same time yielding a
-good profit, and a young man, who did card-writing for a Minneapolis
-department store, figured out a way to make them.
-
-At a drug store he bought a white rubber syringe bulb, No. 3 size, open
-at one end only, and cut off the neck down to the bulb part. Then he
-got a small oil can, of the size used for sewing machines, etc., and cut
-off the screw or thread part of this. He inserted this in the bulb of
-the syringe, and secured it with a fine wire twisted about the neck of
-the bulb. He then screwed the nozzle of the oil can into the neck, and
-the air-pencil was complete.
-
-To fill the air-pencil, he unscrewed the nozzle from the neck of the
-bulb, pressed the bulb partly together, placed the neck or mouth of the
-bulb in the lettering mixture, and released his hold on the bulb, thus
-filling it by suction. Then he inserted the nozzle in the bulb, and was
-ready to begin lettering.
-
-Whenever he was through using the air-pencil, he rinsed the bulb out
-thoroughly, with water, as the lettering mixture, if left in, would soon
-harden and render the pencil useless.
-
-This home-made pencil worked so perfectly that he decided to make a
-number of them for sale, and did so, getting good price concessions on
-both bulbs and cans when buying a good many at a time. Having made up
-about 200 of the air-pencils, he advertised them in a journal devoted to
-department stores, and sold the entire lot from the first ad. Receiving
-calls for more, he made them up in larger quantities, and, offering them
-at about three-fourths the regular prices, sold several thousand of them
-at a very good profit.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 204. PROFIT FROM AN AIR-PENCIL
-
-
-A young card writer in Los Angeles, who had bought an air-pencil for
-doing his work, after becoming thoroughly familiar with its use,
-concluded to take orders for various kinds of work from the city
-merchants, and follow this as a special line.
-
-Aside from lettering show cards and the like, he also did considerable
-work in objects, done in relief with leaves, flowers, scrolls and other
-designs. He also did considerable work in home decorations, such as
-vases, flower pots, panels, picture frames, and other made designs, such
-as “Merry Christmas,” “Home, Sweet Home,” “Happy New Year,” and other
-placards, for which he found a ready sale.
-
-The materials used were alabastine, bronze, flitters, diamond dust and
-analine coloring powders; white and colored cardboard of all sizes;
-white wood, glass, and metal ware, used to some extent for expensive
-pieces of work. He utilized many new and original ideas in his work, and
-showed remarkable taste and talent in execution.
-
-An idea of his profits may be gained from the statement that plain
-lettered card signs that cost him from 1 to 8 cents to produce, he sold
-for 15 to 20 cents, while those more elaborately made with diamond dust,
-flitters, gold and silver lettering, costing 2 to 6 cents each, brought
-him from 20 to 50 cents each. Mottoes, finely executed, sold for 75
-cents to $1 each. In many cases he gave instructions in lettering and
-sold outfits for doing the work at $2 to $3 each, and made considerable
-from that source.
-
-For making his lettering waterproof, he used two parts alabastine, 1
-part flour, 1 part linseed oil, stirring them well, then quickly adding
-cold water. For the work thus treated he made an additional charge that
-paid its cost many times over.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 205. A HOME-MADE WATER FILTER
-
-
-An old gentleman living in a western town of 5,000 people, unable to do
-hard work, but obliged to earn his own living, hit upon a plan that
-brought him a small income upon which he could live with comfort. His
-plan was to make a simple water filter; and, as the local water supply
-was not of the best, he sold all he could make.
-
-Taking a small wooden pail, not painted on the inside, he bored a hole
-in the bottom and covered the bottom of the pail with flannel. Then he
-put in a layer of coarsely powdered charcoal to a depth of 2 inches,
-then a 8-inch layer of coarse sand, and on top of this a 8-inch layer of
-coarse powdered limestone. Setting the pail over a jar, he allowed the
-water from the faucet to drip slowly into the pail, where it was
-thoroughly filtered before going into the jar, and was therefore
-perfectly safe for drinking.
-
-This first filter he sold for 75 cents, and with the profits on this
-sale he bought several more of the pails and a quantity of the charcoal,
-with a few yards of flannel, and made these up as before. The people of
-his town were glad to get so good a filter for that price and he
-supplied several hundred families, and his net profits were sufficient
-to maintain him. He is now making filters for other towns.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 206. CONDENSED MILK
-
-
-A poor widow, living in a small southern city, was practically dependent
-upon a splendid cow, which gave more milk than she and her few customers
-could use.
-
-She therefore conceived the idea of converting this surplus into
-condensed milk that would keep for an indefinite period, and bring good
-prices when shipped to city customers by parcel post.
-
-Taking 10,000 parts of fresh milk, 50 parts of white sugar, and 2 parts
-of carbonate of soda, she placed all in a porcelain vessel, and with
-constant stirring evaporated by heat of vapor bath at 140 to 160 degrees
-to the consistence of a thick paste.
-
-Placing this paste in small glass jars, she sold it readily at fair
-prices, and realized a good profit from its sale. One pint of this paste
-is equal to ten pints of fresh milk, and being a distinctively country
-product of assured purity and cleanliness brought a good living to this
-woman.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 207. A NEWSPAPER MAN’S PLAN
-
-
-He published a weekly newspaper in a field that was covered by one of
-the papers of a large city about thirty miles away, and he was very
-desirous of showing a special service to the people in his community. He
-made it a point to find out the people who came into the city, and to
-ascertain this early. So each morning he went to the Water Department of
-his city and obtained the names and addresses of parties who had water
-turned on, and from this information, made a statement in his paper
-concerning each person’s arrival. When the paper was published, he sent
-a boy around to get the newcomer’s subscription. When there was a
-refusal, the boy was instructed to say: “Well, the editor desired you to
-have a copy anyway, so I will leave this copy.” The new arrival, upon
-reading over the paper, found his name mentioned, and on his next call
-the boy easily secured a subscriber.
-
-This is an excellent way for a person running a small paper close to a
-large city to build up his subscription list. This man succeeded to the
-extent of seven or eight hundred dollars a year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 208. PERFUMED BAGS FOR THE BATH
-
-
-The delights of the bath are increased 100 per cent by the use of a
-perfumed bath bag, which a druggist friend made up as follows:
-
-Fine oatmeal, 4 pounds; bran, 1 pound; powdered castile soap, 1 pound;
-powdered orris, ¹⁄₂ pound. Mix well together and tie up in muslin bags,
-of any desired tint, and fasten with ribbon or silk. Each bag contained
-about one pound of the mixture, and sold readily at 25 cents each.
-Anyone can make considerable money by making and selling these.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 209. VINEGAR MADE PROM STRAWBERRIES
-
-
-Thoroughly mash a quantity of ripe strawberries into a paste, and let
-stand for 24 hours. Then press out the juice and let it stand for a few
-days, to ferment and to allow the slimy contents to separate. Then
-filter the juice and put into clean, well-closed bottles, and put in a
-cool place, where it will keep a long time. Added to good cider vinegar,
-when ready to use, it makes an excellent flavoring.
-
-It was cheap and easy to make, and profitable to sell.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 210. CANNED FRUIT AND VEGETABLES
-
-
-While Mr. Farmer devoted his time and attention to the larger operations
-of general farming, his wife made a profitable side issue of such
-subsidiary lines as the orchard, the garden and the poultry yard, in all
-of which the products were of the highest order.
-
-Buying Mason jars in large quantities, at a practically wholesale price,
-she utilized these in the canning of fruits, berries and vegetables, as
-they keep longer and look better when put up in this way, and bring much
-higher prices.
-
-While her specialty was tomatoes, she also canned peas, beans, carrots,
-beets, turnips, parsnips, sweet potatoes, squash, pumpkins, sweet corn,
-shredded cabbage, brussels sprouts, and many other products of that
-kind, and they retained their original flavor and appearance throughout
-the entire year, if kept beyond the winter season. Of fruits, she canned
-peaches, pears, apples, cherries, blueberries, blackberries, raspberries
-and strawberries, put up in their syrup for making pies and puddings as
-well as for general table uses.
-
-Hundreds of city people gladly purchased these canned fruits and
-vegetables, and though she sold them at prices lower those asked for
-inferior grades in the market, she still netted a good profit from all
-her products.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 211. PICKLES AND RELISHES PRESERVED
-
-
-She made immense quantities of the most delicious pickles and relishes.
-She made these from the very best recipes she could procure anywhere,
-and the product was so excellent that she was proud to have it known
-that it was due to her own skill in making everything just right.
-
-The pickles and relishes she made of green tomatoes, and the profit on
-them even at her reasonable prices were great. Pickled cucumbers,
-cabbage, celery, onions, cauliflower, beets, beans, and a score of other
-garden growths, took up a large portion of her time and brought large
-returns, while chow-chow, pickalillie, and other appetizing relishes
-were in demand.
-
-Like the famous “Pin-Money Pickles” of a southern woman who started on
-nothing, Snider’s Catsup, which was launched in a small way by a wife,
-and Heinz’s fifty-seven varieties, this farm lady’s articles were
-popular because she turned out only good products.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 212. HER POULTRY PLAN
-
-
-An Ohio farm woman had learned, through experience, that there is no
-profit in scrubby poultry; that these birds eat as much as the high
-grade, and bring only the lowest prices in the market. She therefore
-weeded out the mongrels and substituted pure-breds. Instead of selling
-common eggs at the corner grocery for 20 cents a dozen, she was soon
-selling settings at $2.50 to $6, and had a fine lot of high-grade
-cockerels which not only matured early but showed greater size and bulk,
-and brought more per pound than the common ones. She also dealt in the
-best strains of ducks, geese, turkeys, etc., and these were very
-productive of cash returns, also.
-
-A few ads. in farm and poultry journals brought many orders for
-pure-bred poultry and eggs.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 213. SELLS FLOWERS AND GARDEN SEEDS
-
-
-This enterprising woman would never plant a seed of any kind except the
-very choicest variety, and the result was seen in the superior products
-of her orchard and garden. Not content with even this showing, she was
-continually experimenting in the cross-breeding of the most select
-specimens of plants, flowers, vegetables and fruits. For instance,
-through these methods she developed a climbing tomato vine. This vine
-was a thing of beauty and a wonderful producer, and she received big
-prices for a few seeds, as everyone who saw it was anxious to have some
-of the same kind in their own garden. Her sales from garden seeds alone
-often brought her as high as $500 in a single year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 214. BEE-KEEPING
-
-
-One would think this farmer’s wife would be busy enough without adding
-to her long list of home industries, but she realized that real honey is
-a luxury, for which people will pay good prices, so she installed a few
-colonies of bees and, with her usual thoroughness in all matters
-pertaining to the productiveness of the farm, she gave them that degree
-of care which is necessary in order to secure the best results. That
-orchard and garden proved a veritable paradise for the bees, and they
-well repaid their favorable surroundings with a yield of choice honey
-that not only supplied all the family needs but furnished several
-hundred pounds for sale at high prices every fall. As the colonies
-increased, so did the revenue they brought, and as but little labor or
-expense was involved in their keep, they returned very large profits.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 215. PICKLED PLUMS
-
-
-Having a number of plum trees in the orchard that were loaded with
-fruit, she sold 800 or 1,000 pounds of them at good prices, and still
-having more of them than she could use, she pickled them, as follows: To
-every 7 pounds of plums, add 4 pounds of sugar and 2 ounces each of
-cinnamon stick and cloves, 1 quart vinegar and a little mace. Scald the
-vinegar and sugar together and pour over the plums. When the jar is
-full, scald all together, and they are then ready for use. One taste of
-these always made people want more.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 216. HOME-MADE FIRELESS COOKERS
-
-
-Only those who have used fireless cookers can have any adequate
-conception of their practical value, or realize the manifold advantages
-their use affords. But fireless cookers, as they are made and sold
-today, are prohibitive in price to many people, costing, as they do,
-from $12 to $30 each, according to the number of “burners,” and
-thousands who would be glad to have them are obliged to go without.
-
-It was an intimate knowledge of this condition that prompted an
-enterprising citizen in California to supply these people with fireless
-cookers which he could make in his own woodshed, and supply them at less
-than one-third the prices asked for the “boughten” ones. Anyway, he
-decided to make a few and see what could be done in the matter of sales.
-
-He purchased a quantity of lumber one inch thick, and this he cut up
-into sufficient lengths to make wooden boxes 18 inches wide, 16 inches
-deep, and 18, 30 and 40 inches in length, with a hinged cover of the
-same materials as the sides, ends and bottoms of the boxes. The 18-inch
-boxes were for one burner, the 30-inch for two burners, and the 40-inch
-for 3-burner cookers.
-
-He placed a thick layer of excelsior all around the inside of the box,
-holding this in place with burlap, long, slender nails being driven
-through the burlap and excelsior into the wood of the sides and ends,
-while a thick cushion of burlap and excelsior was made to fit over the
-tops of the kettles, and cushions of the same kind, made in circular
-form, to fit closely around each kettle as it set in the box. The bottom
-of the box was also fitted with a thick cushion of the same material. On
-this bottom cushion was laid a thick piece of soapstone, upon which the
-kettles rested, and this, when heated on top of the stove or range upon
-which the food in the kettles had been partially cooked, completed the
-cooking and retained the heat for an indefinite period. The air spaces
-left in the corners next to the circular cushions, he filled with
-excelsior.
-
-He made arrangements with a wholesale hardware house for a special price
-on granite kettles of the proper size, in lots of 100 or more, so as to
-avoid the misfits that would result when housewives attempted to fit
-their own kettles into the circular spaces made to hold them, and he was
-thus able to make them uniform in size.
-
-In order to first test the merits of his product, he made one of the
-3-burner cookers and gave it a thorough trial in his own home. The
-demonstration was most convincing, and proved that the fireless cooker
-which he could turn out at a cost of not to exceed $3, was just as
-practical and effective as those made by the large manufacturers.
-
-The 1-burner cookers, which cost him $2 to make, he decided to sell for
-$5; the 2-burner kind, costing him $2.50, at $7, and the 3-burner ones,
-that cost him $3, including the kettles, at $8.
-
-He began by thoroughly canvassing his own town, and was surprised at the
-large number of orders received. The income from this work afforded him
-a very good living.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 217. CIVIL SERVICE AS A CAREER
-
-
-SCOPE OF THE CIVIL SERVICE LAW
-
-  For the following valuable information we are indebted to the Federal
-  Board for Vocational Education.
-
-  This article was prepared by Herbert E. Morgan, of the United States
-  Civil Service Commission, at the request of Charles H. Winslow, Chief
-  of the Research Division of the Federal Board for Vocational
-  Education. Acknowledgment is due to Dr. John Cummings, of the Research
-  Division, for editorial assistance.
-
-The adoption of a career is always a matter of great importance. To the
-discharged soldier, sailor, or marine who, through force of
-circumstances, must “begin again,” the particular place he will fill in
-the great army of the world’s workers is probably his chief concern.
-The purpose of this little pamphlet is to inform, in a general way, the
-men who made sacrifices in order that the world might remain a decent
-place to live in, as to what the United States Government has to offer
-in the civil branch in the way of employment for those who seek it, and
-the conditions under which it may be obtained.
-
-
-THE GOVERNMENT A LARGE EMPLOYER
-
-Our government is the largest employer in the world. The limits of its
-activities are those of the field of human endeavor. Before the United
-States entered the war nearly 500,000 persons were employed in the
-Federal civil service, about 300,000 of whom occupied positions
-classified under the civil-service law and rules. Of course the service
-was greatly expanded to meet the demands of war conditions. In a normal
-year about 40,000 appointments are made in the classified civil service.
-About one-tenth of the positions in the Federal civil service are in
-Washington, D. C., the balance being distributed throughout the country.
-
-On January 16, 1883, Congress passed what is known as the civil service
-law. This act created the United States Civil Service Commission. The
-fundamental purpose of the law is to establish in the parts of the
-service covered by its provisions a merit system whereby selection for
-appointment shall be made upon the basis of demonstrated relative
-fitness without regard to political, religious, or other such
-considerations. To carry out this purpose a plan of competitive
-examinations is prescribed.
-
-The term “classified service” indicates the parts of the service within
-the provisions of the civil service law and rules requiring appointments
-therein to be made upon examination and certification by the Civil
-Service Commission unless especially excepted from competition; the term
-“unclassified service” indicates the parts of the service which are not
-within those provisions and therefore in which appointments may be made
-without examination and certification by the commission. Under the law,
-positions of mere unskilled laborer and positions to which appointment
-is made by the President, subject to confirmation by the Senate, are in
-the unclassified service. Unskilled laborers in all branches of the
-service in some localities and in certain branches of the service in all
-localities are filled through competitive examination under regulations
-promulgated by the President.
-
-Included in the classified service are positions in or under the
-departments and offices at Washington, D. C., the Custodian Service, the
-Customs Service, the Engineer Department at large, the Freedman’s
-Hospital, the Forest Service, the Government Printing Office, the
-Immigration Service, the Indian Irrigation and Allotment Service, the
-Indian Service, the Internal Revenue Service, the Land Office Service,
-the Lighthouse Service, the Mint and Assay Service, the National
-Military Park Service, the Navy Yard Service, the Ordnance Department at
-large, the Panama Canal Service, the Post Office Service, the Public
-Health Service, the Quartermaster Corps, the Reclamation Service, the
-Rural Delivery Service, the Railway Mail Service, St. Elizabeths
-Hospital, the Steamboat Inspection Service, the Subtreasury Service, the
-United States Penitentiary Service; and the position of fourth-class
-postmaster, except in Alaska, Canal Zone, Guam, Hawaii, Philippine
-Islands, Porto Rico and Samoa.
-
-
-CHARACTER OF EXAMINATIONS
-
-Where, in the opinion of the Civil Service Commission, such an
-examination is practicable and desirable, applicants are assembled in
-examination rooms in certain specified places, conveniently located
-throughout the country, for written scholastic tests. In many cases,
-however, the competitors are not required to assemble for a written
-examination, but are graded upon their training and experience and,
-where necessary, upon their physical condition. These so-called
-nonassembled examinations are given for two general classes of
-positions, viz: (1) Mechanical trades and similar positions, and (2)
-high-grade technical, professional, and scientific positions, and
-administrative positions which can not adequately be filled by promotion
-and for which the Government requires men whose fitness is demonstrated
-in a record of successful experience. In such examinations, competitors
-are rated upon the sworn statements in their applications and upon
-corroborative evidence gathered by the Civil Service Commission. In some
-examinations of this character, these, published writings of the
-applicant, and the like are considered. Applicants for positions of mere
-unskilled laborer are given a physical examination only.
-
-In all cases the examinations are practical and are designed to test the
-qualifications of the applicant for the particular kind of work for
-which he applies. The commission’s system of rating insures a fair and
-impartial judgment of the relative merits of applicants.
-
-
-NUMBER AND DIVERSITY OF EXAMINATIONS HELD
-
-The vast range of the activities of the Government requires employees in
-many parts of the country and with widely differing qualifications.
-Examinations are held by the Civil Service Commission for all kinds and
-classes of positions, from mere unskilled laborer to the highest grades
-of technical, professional, and scientific positions. It is not
-practicable to name in this publication all of the hundreds of
-occupations which exist in the Federal civil service, but the list of
-positions for which examinations have recently been held by the Civil
-Service Commission will convey a fair idea of the broad scope of the
-opportunities offered by the civil service.
-
-
-DEFINITE INFORMATION CONCERNING PENDING EXAMINATIONS
-
-There is seldom a time when examinations of less than 100 different
-kinds are open. Definite information as to the kinds, dates, and places
-of current examinations may be obtained from any representative of the
-Civil Service Commission or by writing to “The United States Civil
-Service Commission, Washington, D. C.” In any request for information
-made by mail the inquirer should state in general terms his desire and
-qualifications in order that his inquiry may be answered intelligently.
-
-The organization of the Civil Service Commission consists of
-approximately 3,000 local boards of examiners in every part of the
-country, reporting to district secretaries in 12 civil-service
-districts, all under the supervision and direction of the commission at
-Washington.
-
-The local boards of examiners have their offices in the post office or
-customhouse in each city in the country that has house-to-house delivery
-of mail and in some smaller cities that do not have such delivery.
-
-The district secretaries are located as follows:
-
-Secretary first United States civil service district, customhouse,
-Boston, Mass.
-
-Secretary second United States civil service district, customhouse, New
-York, N. Y.
-
-Secretary third United States civil service district, post office,
-Philadelphia, Pa.
-
-Secretary fourth United States civil service district, Sixth and G
-Streets NW., Washington, D. C.
-
-Secretary fifth United States civil service district, post office,
-Atlanta, Ga.
-
-Secretary sixth United States civil service district, post office,
-Cincinnati, Ohio.
-
-Secretary seventh United States civil service district, post office,
-Chicago, Ill.
-
-Secretary eighth United States civil service district, post office, St.
-Paul, Minn.
-
-Secretary ninth United States civil service district, old customhouse,
-St. Louis, Mo.
-
-Secretary tenth United States civil service district, customhouse, New
-Orleans, La.
-
-Secretary eleventh United States civil service district, post office,
-Seattle, Wash.
-
-Secretary twelfth United States civil service district, post office, San
-Francisco, Calif.
-
-All district and local boards of examiners are supplied currently with
-announcements of examinations and are fully informed concerning civil
-service matters generally. Discharged soldiers, sailors, and marines, as
-well as all other citizens, are advised to keep in touch with the boards
-of examiners in their respective communities in order that they may be
-informed as to opportunities for employment. Those who live in
-communities in which the Civil Service Commission is not represented may
-obtain information at any time by writing to the nearest district
-secretary or to the commission at Washington.
-
-
-MECHANICAL TRADES POSITIONS
-
-Local boards of examiners for certain branches of the service receive
-applications for some positions, principally mechanical trades and
-similar positions and positions of unskilled laborer. Local boards of
-this class are located at navy yards and naval stations, at ordnance
-plants, at district headquarters of the Engineer Department of the Army,
-at headquarters of lighthouse districts, at projects of the Indian
-Irrigation and Allotment Service, and at projects of the Reclamation
-Service. Information relative to position which are open in any
-particular establishment may be obtained by communicating with the
-secretary of the local board of civil service examiners at the
-establishment. The locations of the various establishments of the
-services named will be furnished upon request by any district secretary
-or by the commission at Washington.
-
-
-PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS
-
-The civil service regulations specify certain physical defects which
-will debar from all examinations and other defects which will debar from
-certain examinations. These regulations are based upon the requirements
-of the service as established by the several departmental heads.
-
-The general regulations provide that the following defects will debar
-persons from any examination: Insanity, tuberculosis; paralysis;
-epilepsy; seriously defective sight of both eyes which can not be
-corrected by glasses; loss of both arms or both legs; loss of arm and
-leg; badly crippled or deformed hands, arms, feet or legs; uncompensated
-valvular disease of the heart; locomotor ataxia; cancer; Bright’s
-disease; diabetes. Defective hearing will also debar from examination if
-the duties of the position are such that the defective hearing of the
-employee would be likely to result in injury to himself or his fellow
-workers or would otherwise impair his efficiency. Other physical defects
-may debar persons from certain examinations. Announcements of
-examinations specify the additional physical requirements if any are
-provided.
-
-_On April 16, 1919, the President authorized, on the recommendation of
-the Civil Service Commission, an amendment to the civil-service rules
-which permits the Commission to exempt from physical requirements
-established for any position a disabled and honorably discharged
-soldier, sailor, or marine upon the certification of the Federal Board
-for Vocational Education that he has been specially trained for and has
-passed a practical test demonstrating his physical ability to perform
-the duties of the class of positions in which employment is sought._
-
-
-PREFERENCE IN APPOINTMENT
-
-An act of Congress, approved March 3, 1919, provides as follows:
-
-“That hereafter in making appointments to clerical and other positions
-in the executive departments and independent governmental establishments
-preference shall be given to honorably discharged soldiers, sailors, and
-marines, and widows of such, if they are qualified to hold such
-positions.”
-
-The foregoing provision applies only to appointments in the departmental
-service at Washington, D. C.
-
-Section 1754 of the Revised Statutes provides that persons honorably
-discharged from the military or naval service _by reason of disability
-resulting from wounds or sickness incurred in the line of duty_ shall be
-preferred for appointments to the civil offices, provided they are found
-to possess the business capacity necessary for the proper discharge of
-the duties of such offices.
-
-Section 1754 applies to all branches of the service, in Washington, D.
-C., and in the country at large. It does not authorize the waiving of
-physical requirements.
-
-Persons who are entitled to preference under the statutes must qualify
-for appointment by passing the usual entrance examinations.
-
-
-RESTORATION TO ELIGIBLE REGISTERS
-
-An act of Congress, approved March 1, 1919, provides as follows:
-
-“That the period of time during which soldiers, sailors, and marines,
-both enlisted and drafted men, who, prior to entering the service of
-their country, had a civil service status, and whose names appear upon
-the eligible list of the Civil Service Commission, shall not be counted
-against them in the determination of their eligibility for appointment
-under the law, rules and regulations of the Civil Service Commission now
-in effect, and at the time of demobilization their civil service status
-shall be the same as when they entered the service.”
-
-
-REINSTATEMENT IN CIVIL SERVICE OF MEN WHO LEFT TO BEAR ARMS
-
-An Executive order of July 18, 1918, provides as follows:
-
-“A person leaving the classified civil service to engage in the military
-or naval service of the Government during the present war with Germany
-and who has been honorably discharged, may be reinstated in the civil
-service at any time within five years after his discharge, provided that
-at the time of reinstatement he has the required fitness to perform the
-duties of the position to which reinstatement is sought.”
-
-An act of Congress, approved February 25, 1919, provides as follows:
-
-“That all former Government employees who have been drafted or enlisted
-in the military service of the United States in the war with Germany
-shall be reinstated on application to their former positions, if they
-have received an honorable discharge and are qualified to perform the
-duties of the position.”
-
-
-SOME MEN WHO HAVE MADE GOOD
-
-In the Government service, as in private employ, unusual ability is
-rewarded by more rapid promotion. As indicating that opportunity is not
-lacking in Government offices for those who possess brains and ambition,
-a few examples, selected from a large number of similar cases, may be
-mentioned:
-
-In the Department of Labor an employee now receiving a salary of $3,000
-a year entered the Government service as a compositor in the Government
-Printing Office at $3.20 a day. Another, in the same department and
-receiving the same salary, started as a clerk at $1,000. An assistant to
-the Secretary of Labor, who is paid $5,000 a year, entered the service
-in 1906 as a stenographer at $900. This employee, as well as one who was
-appointed at $1,000 and who now receives $4,000, studied law while in
-the service, attending the evening classes held by one of the several
-universities in Washington. A former Chinese inspector, appointed at
-$1,440 in 1903, also studied law and by successive promotions has
-attained a salary of $4,500 a year.
-
-The present Solicitor for the Department of State entered that
-department as a law clerk at $1,600 a year in 1909. His present salary
-is $5,000 a year.
-
-The Department of the Interior pays $4,000 a year to one of its
-employees who entered the service as a copyist at $900.
-
-A messenger boy in the Post Office Department, appointed in 1903, now
-holds a position in another department which pays $5,000 a year.
-
-An employee of the Department of Agriculture now receiving $4,000 a year
-started in 1904 as a clerk-stenographer-typist at $1,000. In the same
-department there is an instance of a rise from assistant messenger at
-$480 a year in 1906 to assistant to the Secretary at $3,300 a year at
-the present time.
-
-In the Treasury Department are two employees who rose, one from $720 and
-the other from $1,800 a year, to positions in that department paying
-$6,000 a year.
-
-The Interstate Commerce Commission has afforded the opportunity to a
-number of civil-service employees to secure advancement to positions
-paying $5,000 a year.
-
-These instances could be multiplied many times. No attempt has been made
-to cover all the departments and bureaus; the selections have been made
-from large numbers of equally interesting cases. Aside from the
-excellent opportunities for advancement in the Government service, many
-men have received training in Government establishments which has
-qualified them to hold positions paying as high as $12,000 a year, and
-even more, in private employ.
-
-It is human to measure success by standards of money, but, of course,
-pecuniary reward represents only a certain kind of success. Achievement,
-work well done, whatever it may be, is success. The civil service of the
-United States offers a wide field of opportunity where individual tastes
-may be developed and where real constructive work may be done. Its
-offices, laboratories, and workshops are equipped with modern
-appliances. Its libraries receive currently the books and periodicals
-needed by the worker in his effort to keep abreast of his fellows. Its
-working hours and vacation periods permit the worker to live while he
-works, and he works better in consequence. The civil service has much to
-commend it to the discharged soldier, sailor, or marine, or any other
-citizen who seeks work.
-
-
-PARTIAL LIST OF EXAMINATIONS HELD FOR THE FEDERAL CIVIL SERVICE
-
-The following list of positions for which examinations have recently
-been held by the Civil Service Commission will serve to illustrate the
-great number and variety of the occupations existing in the Federal
-civil service. No attempt has been made to give a complete list, for it
-would not be feasible to do so in this publication. Practically every
-occupation is represented in the offices, laboratories, and workshops of
-the Government.
-
-It should not be understood that examinations are now open for all of
-the positions included in the list. Definite information relative to
-current examinations may be obtained from the secretary of the local
-board of civil-service examiners at the post office or customhouse in
-any of 3,000 cities or from the United States Civil Service Commission,
-Washington, D. C.
-
-The entrance salaries named are those which were offered when the
-examinations were announced. Higher or lower salaries may be offered
-when the examinations are announced again.
-
-  ================================================+=====================
-  Position                                        |Usual entrance salary
-  ------------------------------------------------+---------------------
-  Accountant, Federal Trade Commission--          |
-    Grade I                                       |$2,500-$3,600 a year.
-    Grade II                                      |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-  Accounting, commission-house, assistant in      |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-  Accounting and office management, investigator  |
-  in                                              |$2,000-$3,000 a year.
-  Accounting and statistical clerk                |$1,200-$1,620 a year.
-  Accounts, examiner of, Interstate Commerce      |
-  Commission--                                    |
-    Grade I                                       |$2,220-$3,000 a year.
-    Grade II                                      |$1,860-$2,100 a year.
-  Actuary                                         |$2,500-$3,500 a year.
-  Adjuster, sewing-machine                        |$1,200 a year.
-  Aeronautical draftsman                          |$4-$5.04 a day.
-  Aeronautical engineer                           |$3,600 a year.
-  Aeronautical engineering draftsman              |$1,500-$2,000 a year.
-  Aeronautical expert aid                         |$13 a day.
-  Aeronautical mechanical draftsman               |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Agent, special, qualified as Latin-American     |
-  trade expert                                    |$3,000 a year.
-    Statistical                                   |$1,400 a year.
-  Agricultural assistant                          |$1,400-$1,600 a year.
-  Agricultural economics, assistant in            |$1,800-$2,280 a year.
-  Agricultural education--                        |
-    Assistant in                                  |$2,000-$3,000 a year.
-    Special agent for                             |$3,000-$3,500 a year.
-    Specialist in                                 |$3,000 a year.
-  Agricultural inspector (Philippine)             |$1,200-$1,400 a year.
-  Agricultural technology, laboratory aid in      |$720-$1,080 a year.
-  Agriculture--                                   |
-    Dry-land, assistant in                        |$1,200-$2,000 a year.
-    Scientific and practical, expert in           |$2,500 a year.
-  Agriculturist, assistant                        |$2,040-$2,520 a year.
-  Agriculturist in extension work                 |$1,800-$2,750 a year.
-  Agriculturist and field agent                   |$2,000-$3,000 a year.
-  Agronomy, scientific assistant in               |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Agrostologist, assistant                        |$1,600-$2,040 a year.
-  Aid--                                           |
-    Aeronautical, expert                          |$13 a day.
-    Bureau of Standards                           |$600-$720 a year.
-    Chemist’s                                     |$720-$1,200 a year.
-    Coast and Geodetic Survey                     |$1,000-$1,300 a year.
-    Division of Plants, National Museum           |$1,200 a year.
-    Electrical and mechanical, expert             |$6 a day.
-    Senior                                        |$12 a day.
-    Electrical, expert                            |$4-$6 a day.
-    Field station                                 |$720-$1,000 a year.
-    Geologic                                      |$1,000-$1,800 a year.
-    Laboratory, agricultural technology           |$720-$1,080 a year.
-    Lighthouse Service                            |$1,020 a year.
-    Pharmacological                               |$900-$1,200 a year.
-    Qualified in chemistry                        |$600-$840 a year.
-      Engineering                                 |$600-$840 a year.
-      Radio work                                  |$600 a year.
-    Radio, expert                                 |$9.04 a day.
-    Topographic                                   |$480-$900 a year.
-  Analyst--                                       |
-    Valuation--                                   |
-      Grade I                                     |$3,600-$5,000 a year.
-      Grade II                                    |$1,800-$3,300 a year.
-  Anatomist                                       |$1,600 a year.
-  Anesthetist                                     |$1,200 a year.
-  Animal husbandry, scientific assistant in       |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Apicultural assistant                           |$1,400-$1,600 a year.
-  Apple insect investigations, specialist in      |$1,800 a year.
-  Appraiser, land--                               |
-    Junior                                        |$900-$1,500 a year.
-    Senior                                        |$1,800-$2,700 a year.
-  Apprentice--                                    |
-    Draftsman                                     |$480-$720 a year.
-    Draftsman and photographer                    |$600-$900 a year.
-    Electrical engineer                           |$720-$960 a year.
-    Fish-culturist                                |$600-$960 a year.
-    Laboratory                                    |$480-660 a year.
-    Map printer, assistant                        |$360 a year.
-    Map engraver                                  |$1.25 a day.
-    Plate cleaner                                 |$600 a year.
-    Plate cleaner, transferrer and engraver       |$600 a year.
-    Shop                                          |$720 a year.
-  Arboriculture, dry-land, assistant in           |$900-$1,500 a year.
-  Architect--                                     |
-    Barn                                          |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Junior                                        |$1,200-$1,680 a year.
-    Landscape                                     |$2,400 a year.
-    Senior                                        |$1,800-$2,700 a year.
-  Artist, botanical                               |$900 a year.
-  Assayer, assistant                              |$1,200 a year.
-  Assistant--                                     |
-    Assay Laboratory                              |$1,200 a year.
-    Bureau of Fisheries                           |$2,400 a year.
-    Electrical                                    |$1,200 a year.
-    Research                                      |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-    Technical                                     |$3.50 a day.
-    Test                                          |$6.48 a day.
-  Assistant chief, Office of Markets and Rural    |
-    Organization                                  |$4,000 a year.
-  Assistants, research and special agents         |$1,200-$1,680 a year.
-  Attendant--                                     |
-    Hospital                                      |$180-$360 a year.[1]
-    Laboratory                                    |$660 a year.
-  Attorney, Interstate Commerce Commission        |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Bacteriologist                                  |$1,440-$2,500 a year.
-    Dairy                                         |$1,800-$2,220 a year.
-    Junior                                        |$1,440-$1,740 a year.
-    Philippine Service                            |$2,000-$2,250 a year.
-    Sanitary                                      |$1,500 a year.
-  Baker, Indian Service                           |$480-$600 a year.
-  Band leader and instructor                      |$720-$1,000 a year.
-  Bee handler                                     |$1,000 a year.
-  Biochemist, assistant                           |$2,000 a year.
-  Biological assistant                            |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Biologist, assistant                            |$3,000 a year.
-    Qualified in economic ornithology             |$1,200-$1,400 a year.
-      Systematic botany                           |$1,400 a year.
-  Blacksmith                                      |$1,080-$1,320 a year.
-  Boilermaker, master                             |$6.72 a day.
-  Boilers, local and assistant inspector of       |$2,100-$2,500 a year.
-  Bookbinder                                      |60 cents an hour.
-  Bookbinder and accountant                       |$1,000-$1,500 a year.
-    Bookkeeper                                    |$900-$1,200 a year.
-  Bookkeeper                                      |$1,800 a year.
-  Bookkeeper and accountant, radio assistant      |$1,200 a year.
-  Bookkeeper-typewriter                           |$900-$1,200 a year.
-  Botanist                                        |$1,700 a year.
-  Brickmaker, foreman                             |$1,200 a year.
-  Builder, automobile body                        |$1,000 a year.
-  Business administration, clerk qualified in     |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-  Business manager, assistant to                  |$1,800 a year.
-  Cabinetmaker                                    |$900-$1,500 a year.
-  Cadet officer                                   |$600-$720 a year.[1]
-  Car equipment, inspector of                     |$1,800-$3,600 a year.
-  Carpenter                                       |$1,200 a year.
-    Qualified as band leader, Indian Service      |$720-$900 a year.
-  Carrier                                         |
-    Letter                                        |$1,000 a year.
-    Qualified as chauffeur                        |$1,000 a year.
-  Cement worker                                   |$3.50 a day.
-  Ceramics, laboratory assistant in               |$900-$1,200 a year.
-  Cereal disease investigations, pathologist in   |$2,100-$2,520 a year.
-  Chauffeur, Post Office Service                  |$780-$1,000 a year.
-  Chauffeur-mechanic                              |$1,000-$1,200 a year.
-  Checker                                         |$900 a year.
-    Navy yard                                     |$3.52-$4 a day.
-  Cheesemaker                                     |$1,200-$1,440 a year.
-  Chemist--                                       |
-    Alloy, assistant                              |$1,620 a year.
-    Analytical and mineralogist, assistant        |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Assistant--                                   |
-      Grade I                                     |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-      Grade II                                    |$1,350-$1,500 a year.
-      Associate, analytical                       |$2,500 a year.
-    Ceramic, associate                            |$2,000-$2,500 a year.
-    Ceramic, junior                               |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Engineer Department at large, assistant       |$1,000 a year.
-    Explosives                                    |$3,300 a year.
-    Fuels, junior                                 |$1,020-$1,200 a year.
-    Gas, junior                                   |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Inorganic                                     |$1,400-$2,000 a year.
-    Junior                                        |$1,200-$1,440 a year.
-      Qualified in fuels                          |$1,020 a year.
-      Qualified in tars                           |$1,500 a year.
-      Junior in radioactivity                     |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Laboratory and junior                         |$3.28-$5.04 a day.
-    Leather, Philippine Service                   |$1,600 a year.
-    Metallurgical                                 |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-    Ordnance Department at large, assistant       |$1,350-$1,500 a year.
-    Organic                                       |$1,800-$2,250 a year.
-      Assistant                                   |$1,800 a year.
-    Organic and physical                          |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-    Petroleum, assistant                          |$1,800 a year.
-    Pharmaceutical, research                      |$3,000 a year.
-    Physiological                                 |$1,800-$2,220 a year.
-    Physiological and organic                     |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-  Chemistry, agricultural, biological and         |
-  physiological, specialist in                    |$1,500-$1,800 a year.
-  Classification, assistant to officer in charge  |
-  of                                              |$2,400 a year.
-  Clerk                                           |$900-$1,200 a year.
-    Accountant, qualified as                      |$1,000-$1,800 a year.
-    Accounting and statistical                    |$1,200-$1,620 a year.
-    Chief, Bureau of Education                    |$2,000 a year.
-    Editorial                                     |$1,200-$1,600 a year.
-    Express rate                                  |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Forest and field                              |$1,100-$1,200 a year.
-    Freight rate                                  |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    General                                       |$900-$1,200 a year.
-    Index and catalogue                           |$1,000-$1,200 a year.
-    Land law                                      |$900-$1,600 a year.
-    Law                                           |$1,000-$1,800 a year.
-    Law, stenographer and typewriter              |$1,000-$1,740 a year.
-    Minor                                         |$720-$900 a year.
-    Panama Canal Service                          |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Passenger rate                                |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Postal, Panama Canal Service                  |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Qualified as accountant                       |$1,000-$1,800 a year.
-    Qualified as business administration          |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Qualified as free-hand artist                 |$1,000 a year.
-    Qualified in modern languages                 |$900-$1,200 a year.
-    Qualified in statistics or accounting--       |
-      Grade I                                     |$1,000-$1,400 a year.
-      Grade II                                    |$1,400-$1,800 a year.
-    Qualified as typewriter repairer              |$1,200 a year.
-    Railway mail                                  |$1,100 a year.
-    Shipping                                      |$1,600 a year.
-    Statistical                                   |$900-$1,200 a year.
-    Stenographic                                  |$1,000-$1,200 a year.
-    Tariff                                        |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    To commercial attaché                         |$1,800 a year.
-    Weight                                        |$3.28 a day.
-    With knowledge of stenography or typewriting  |$900-$1,200 a year.
-  Clerk-bookkeeper                                |$1,000 a year.
-  Clerk-carrier                                   |$1,000 a year.
-  Clerk-draftman                                  |$1,200 a year.
-  Clinical director                               |$2,000 a year.
-  Collector, inspector, and agent, deputy         |$5-$7 a day.
-  Commerce and finance, expert in                 |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-    Assistant to                                  |$1,400-$1,800 a year.
-  Commissioner, shipping                          |$1,500 a year.
-    Deputy                                        |$900 a year.
-  Community organization, specialist in           |$3,000 a year.
-  Computer                                        |$1,500-$1,800 a year.
-    Junior                                        |$900-$1,200 a year.
-    Coast and Geodetic Survey                     |$1,200 a year.
-    Nautical Almanac Office and Naval Observatory |$1,200 a year.
-  Computer and estimator                          |$1,600-$1,800 a year.
-  Computing clerk                                 |$900 a year.
-  Conductor, elevator                             |$720-$900 a year.
-  Construction, superintendent of                 |$1,600-$2,400 a year.
-  Cook (Indian Service)                           |$480-$660 a year.
-  Cook, qualified us deck hand                    |$780 a year.
-  Co-operative marketing, investigator in         |$2,250-$2,750 a year.
-  Co-operative organization, investigator in      |$2,000-$2,750 a year.
-  Co-operative purchasing, investigator in        |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-  Copyist ship draftsman                          |$3.76 a day.
-  Cotton classing:                                |
-    Assistant in                                  |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Specialist in                                 |$2,500-$3,500 a year.
-  Cotton entomologist                             |$1,000-$1,500 a year.
-  Cotton grading, assistant in                    |$1,200-$1,600 a year.
-  Cotton marketing and warehousing, specialist in |$3,000-$3,600 a year.
-  Crop acclimatization, assistant in              |$900-$1,400 a year.
-  Crop physiologist                               |$3,000 a year.
-  Crop physiology, assistant in                   |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-  Curator, assistant                              |$1,500-$1,800 a year.
-  Custodian, assistant                            |$1,400-$1,600 a year.
-  Custodian-janitor, assistant                    |$660-$1,000 a year.
-  Dairy cattle breeding, specialist in            |$2,500-$3,000 a year.
-  Dairy herdsman, senior                          |$1,500 a year.
-  Dairy husbandman                                |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-    Assistant                                     |$1,500-$1,740 a year.
-  Dairying, scientific assistant in               |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Dairyman                                        |$900 a year.
-  Deck hand                                       |$600-$780 a year.
-  Deck officer                                    |$1,000 a year.
-  Dentist (Indian Service)                        |$1,500 a year.
-  Deputy collector, inspector, and agent,         |
-  antinarcotic act                                |$1,600 a year.
-  Designer, electrical                            |$153-$164 a month.
-  Designer, gauge                                 |$2,000-$3,000 a year.
-  Designer, landscape                             |$1,500 a year.
-  Designer of marine engines, boilers, and        |
-  machinery                                       |$2,400-$3,000 a year.
-  Director, assistant, Child Labor Division       |$2,400-$2,820 a year.
-  Director clinical                               |$2,000 a year.
-  Draftsman--                                     |
-    Aeronautic                                    |$5.04 a day.
-    Aeronautical engineering                      |$1,500-$2,000 a year.
-    Aeronautical mechanical                       |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-    Architectural and structural steel            |$1,500 a year.
-    Architectural, mechanical, structural steel-- |
-      Grade I                                     |$4-$4.96 a day.
-      Grade II                                    |$4.96-$5.92 a day.
-      Grade III                                   |$5.92-$6.88 a day.
-    Artist                                        |$1,200-$1,440 a year.
-    Chief                                         |$2,500 a year.
-    Copyist                                       |$2.56-$3.76 a day.
-    Copyist structural steelwork                  |$2.80-$3.28 a day.
-    Electrical--                                  |
-      Grade I                                     |$4-$4.96 a day.
-      Grade II                                    |$5.44-$6.40 a day.
-    Electrical copyist                            |$3.52-$4 a day.
-    Hull                                          |$1500 a year.
-    Marine                                        |$1,440-$1,800 a year.
-    Marine engine and boiler                      |$3.28-$7.04 a day.
-      Copyist                                     |$3.28 a day.
-    Mechanical                                    |$800-$1,800 a year.
-      Panama Canal Service--                      |
-        Class I                                   |$1,800 a year.
-        Class II                                  |$1,500 a year.
-      Navy Department                             |$4-$7.84 a day.
-    Mechanical and electrical                     |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Minor or copyist                              |$1,200 a year.
-    Ordnance                                      |$4-$5.04 a day.
-    Radio                                         |$3.44-$6 a day.
-    Rural engineering                             |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Ship--                                        |
-      Grade I                                     |$4-$.96 a day.
-      Grade II                                    |$4.96-$5.92 a day.
-      Grade III                                   |$5.92-$6.88 a day.
-      Copyist                                     |$3.76 a day.
-    Skilled                                       |$1,400-$2,000 a year.
-    Structural steel                              |$3.04-$8 a day.
-      Copyist                                     |$2.80-$3.28 a day
-      Junior                                      |$3.52-$4 a day.
-    Topographic                                   |$1,000-$1,200 a year.
-      Copyist                                     |$900-$1,000 a year.
-      Panama Canal Service                        |$1,630 a year.
-    Topographic and subsurface                    |$4.48-$5.04 a day.
-  Driller, expert                                 |$2,160-$3,300 a year.
-  Driver, automobile                              |$780-$840 a year.
-    Auto truck                                    |$900 a year.
-  Drug inspector                                  |$1,400 a year.
-  Drug-plant investigations, scientific assistant |
-  in                                              |$1,200 a year.
-  Dry land agriculture, assistant in              |$1,200-$2,000 a year.
-  Dry land arboriculture, assistant in            |$900-$1,500 a year.
-  Dynamo tender                                   |$3.68 a day.
-    Immigration Service                           |$900 a year.
-  Economic geologist                              |$3,000 a year.
-  Economist--                                     |
-    Grade I                                       |$2,500-$4,000 a year.
-    Grade II                                      |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-  Economist, petroleum                            |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-  Editor--                                        |
-    Assistant                                     |$2,000 a year.
-    Information                                   |$2,000 a year.
-  Editorial clerk                                 |$1,200-$1,600 a year.
-  Editorial division, chief of                    |$2,500 a year.
-  Educational community organization, special     |
-  agent in                                        |$1,800 a year.
-  Electrical designer                             |$153-$164 a month.
-  Electrical machinist                            |$4 a day.
-  Electrician                                     |$1,000-$1,200 a year.
-  Electrometallurgist                             |$2,000-$3,300 a year.
-  Electrotyper                                    |70 cents an hour.
-  Elevator conductor                              |$720-$900 a year.
-  Engine runner, Bureau of Mines                  |$720 a year.
-  Engineer--                                      |
-    Aeronautical                                  |$3,600 a year.
-    Assistant                                     |$1,500 a year.
-    Assistant testing                             |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-    Chemical--                                    |
-      Assistant (petroleum)                       |$1,800-$2,100 a year.
-      Junior                                      |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Chief, Coast and Geodetic Survey              |$1,200 a year.
-    Civil--                                       |
-      Junior--                                    |
-        Grade I                                   |$1,320-$1,680 a year.
-        Grade II                                  |$720-$1,200 a year.
-      Philippine Service                          |$1,560-$3,000 a year.
-      Senior                                      |$1,800-$2,700 a year.
-    Civil, and superintendent of construction     |$1,500 a year.
-    Construction                                  |$1,560-$3,000 a year.
-    Designing                                     |$2,000-$3,000 a year.
-    Designing and construction                    |$10-$16 a day.
-    Drainage                                      |$1,440-$1,800 a year.
-      Junior                                      |$1,080-$1,320 a year.
-      Senior                                      |$2,220-$3,000 a year.
-    Electrical                                    |$1,500-$3,000 a year.
-      Assistant, qualified in municipal research  |$1,400-$1,800 a year.
-      Junior--                                    |
-        Grade I                                   |$1,320-$1,680 a year.
-        Grade II                                  |$720-$1,200 a year.
-      Senior                                      |$1,800-$2,700 a year.
-    Electrochemical                               |$1,500-$1,800 a year.
-    Experimental                                  |$3,000 a year.
-    Explosives                                    |$2,520-$2,700 a year.
-      Junior                                      |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Fuel, junior                                  |$1,200 a year.
-    Gas-waste                                     |$2,400-$3,600 a year.
-    Highway                                       |$1,800-$2,100 a year.
-    Highway bridge                                |$1,800-$2,100 a year.
-      Senior                                      |$2,400-$3,300 a year.
-    Hoist                                         |$1,200 a year.
-    Hydraulic and sanitary                        |$10-$16 a day.
-    Indian Service                                |$600-$900 a year.
-    Junior                                        |$1,080-$1,200 a year.
-    Marine--                                      |
-      Gasoline                                    |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-      Steam                                       |$1,200 a year.
-      Supervising                                 |$3,500 a year.
-    Mechanical                                    |$1,600-$2,700 a year.
-      Designing                                   |$2,100 a year.
-      Junior--                                    |
-        Grade I                                   |$1,320-$1,680 a year.
-        Grade II                                  |$720-$1,200 a year.
-      Senior                                      |$1,800-$2,700 a year.
-    Mechanical and electrical                     |$1,560-$3,000 a year.
-    Metallurgical                                 |$7.04 a day.
-    Mining, chief of coal-mining investigations   |$4,000 a year.
-    Mining, coal                                  |$2,400-$4,000 a year.
-      Assistant                                   |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Mining, junior                                |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Mining, metal                                 |$2,400-$4,000 a year.
-    Natural gas                                   |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-    Ore dressing                                  |$2,400-$3,600 a year.
-    Petroleum                                     |$2,500-$3,000 a year.
-      Assistant                                   |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-      Junior                                      |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Pulp and paper                                |$3,500 a year.
-    Radio                                         |$1,800 a year.
-    Sanitary                                      |$2,500 a year.
-      Assistant                                   |$1,600 a year.
-      Philippine Service                          |$1,600 a year.
-    Signal--                                      |
-      Junior--                                    |
-        Grade I                                   |$1,320-$1,680 a year.
-        Grade II                                  |$720-$1,200 a year.
-      Senior--                                    |
-        Grade I                                   |$3,000-$4,800 a year.
-        Grade II                                  |$1,800-$2,700 a year.
-    Steam--                                       |
-      Assistant or second-class                   |$1,000-$1,200 a year.
-      First-class                                 |$1,000-$1,400 a year.
-      Road-roller                                 |$900 a year.
-      Third-class                                 |$840-$1,000 a year.
-    Structural--                                  |
-      Junior--                                    |
-        Grade I                                   |$1,320-$1,680 a year.
-        Grade II                                  |$720-$1,200 a year.
-      Senior--                                    |
-        Grade I                                   |$3,000-$4,000 a year.
-        Grade II                                  |$1,800-$2,700 a year.
-    Supervising mining and metallurgist           |$4,000 a year.
-    Telegraph and telephone, junior--             |
-      Grade I                                     |$1,320-$1,680 a year.
-      Grade II                                    |$720-$1,200 a year.
-    Telephone                                     |$1,800 a year.
-    Vehicle                                       |$1,500 a year.
-  Engineer and draftsman--                        |
-    Civil                                         |$1,500-$2,000 a year.
-    Heating and ventilating                       |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Junior                                        |$1,200-$2,000 a year.
-    Structural                                    |$1,600-$1,800 a year.
-  Engineer-economist                              |$2,000-$2,500 a year.
-  Engineer and metallurgist, supervising mining   |$3,600-$4,000 a year.
-  Engineer and sawyer                             |$4.48 a day.
-  Engraver--                                      |
-    Map, copperplate                              |$1,620 a year.
-    Script, square letter, and vignette           |$3.84-$8.95 a day.
-  Entomology--                                    |
-    Preparator in                                 |$600-$1,000 a year.
-    Scientific assistant in                       |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-    Scientific preparator in                      |$1,200 a year.
-    Special field agent in                        |$1,200-$2,000 a year.
-  Entomological inspector                         |$1,400-$1,740 a year.
-  Epidemiologist, assistant                       |$2,000-$2,500 a year.
-  Examiner, Assistant (Patent Office)             |$1,500 a year.
-  Executive secretary                             |$2,400-$2,800 a year.
-  Expert--                                        |
-    Automobile                                    |$2,400 a year.
-    Child welfare                                 |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Nautical                                      |$1,000-$1,800 a year.
-    Telegraph rate                                |$117 a month.
-  Expert and special agent                        |$1,200-$1,600 a year.
-  Farm economics, assistant in                    |$1,800-$2,000 a year.
-  Farm management, scientific assistant in        |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Farm management demonstrations, agriculturist in|$1,800-$2,760 a year.
-  Farmer, Indian Service                          |$600-$900 a year.
-  Finger-print classifier                         |$1,000-$1,400 a year.
-  Fireman--                                       |
-    Marine                                        |$768-$900 a year.
-    Stationary                                    |$660-$720 a year.
-  Fireman-watchman                                |$600-$840 a year.
-  Fish culturist, apprentice                      |$600-$960 a year.
-  Fish investigations, assistance in              |$1,200-$1,620 a year.
-  Fish pathologist                                |$2,500 a year.
-  Food inspector                                  |$1,400 a year.
-  Food and drug inspector                         |$1,400-$2,000 a year.
-  Food research, specialist in                    |$1,500 a year.
-  Forage crops, scientific assistant in           |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Foreign marketing of agricultural products:     |
-    Assistant in                                  |$1,600-$2,280 a year.
-    Investigator in                               |$2,000-$3,000 a year.
-  Forest assistant                                |$1,100-$1,400 a year.
-    Philippine                                    |$1,600 a year.
-  Forest education, district assistant in         |$1,800 a year.
-  Forest entomology, assistant in                 |$1,200-$1,400 a year.
-  Forest pathology, assistant in                  |$1,200-$1,440 a year.
-    Field                                         |$1,200-$1,620 a year.
-  Forest products--                               |
-    Architectural assistant in                    |$1,500 a year.
-    Chemist in                                    |$2,000-$2,400 a year.
-      Assistant                                   |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-    Engineer in                                   |$1,860-$3,000 a year.
-      Assistant                                   |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-  Forest ranger                                   |$1,100-$1,200 a year.
-  Fruit transportation and storage, investigator  |
-  in                                              |$2,000-$2,520 a year.
-  Fruit-fly quarantine inspector                  |$1,800 a year.
-  Fruits and vegetables, supervising inspector of |$2,000-$3,000 a year.
-  Game conservation, assistant in                 |$3,000 a year.
-  Game warden                                     |$1,500 a year.
-  Garageman                                       |$780-$840 a year.
-  Gardener                                        |$600-$1,200 a year.
-    Landscape                                     |$1,350 a year.
-  Gas inspector                                   |$1,800 a year.
-  Gauge checker                                   |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-  Gauge designer                                  |$2,000-$3,000 a year.
-  Gauge expert, master                            |$2,000-$3,600 a year.
-  Gauge inspector                                 |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Assistant                                     |$1,000-$1,600 a year.
-  Gauger, oil                                     |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Gauges, inspector of                            |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-  Geologic aid                                    |$1,000-$1,800 a year.
-  Geologist                                       |$2,500 a year.
-    Assistant                                     |$1,800 a year.
-      Ground-water work                           |$1,200 a year.
-  Glass blower                                    |$1,400 a year.
-  Glassworker                                     |$1,200-$1,380 a year.
-  Grain-dust explosions, assistant in             |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-  Grain-exchange practice--                       |
-    Investigator in                               |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Specialist in                                 |$2,500-$3,500 a year.
-  Grain handling, bulk, investigator in           |$2,000-$2,760 a year.
-  Grain inspection--                              |
-    Supervisor in                                 |$2,500-$3,500 a year.
-      Assistant                                   |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Grain samples                                 |$1,000-$1,620 a year.
-    Assistant                                     |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-  Grain standardization--                         |
-    Aid in                                        |$900-$1,400 a year.
-    Scientific assistant in                       |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-    Specialist in                                 |$2,200-$3,000 a year.
-  Grain supervisor                                |$1,800-$3,000 a year.
-  Grazing assistant                               |$1,200 a year.
-  Helper--                                        |
-    Automobile mechanic’s                         |$900 a year.
-    Electrician’s                                 |$720 a year.
-    Foundry                                       |$720-$1,020 a year.
-    Glass pot maker’s                             |$780 a year.
-    Laboratory                                    |$720-$1,080 a year.
-      Junior                                      |$540 a year.
-      Physical                                    |$600-$900 a year.
-    Office                                        |$480-$540 a year.
-    Plumber’s                                     |$900 a year.
-    Tinner’s                                      |$720 a year.
-  Herdsman                                        |$720-$1,200 a year.
-    Dairy, senior                                 |$1,500 a year.
-  Horticulture, scientific assistant in           |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Horticulturist                                  |$2,100-$3,240 a year.
-    Assistant                                     |$1,800-$2,200 a year.
-  Hostler                                         |$540-$660 a year.
-  Hours of service, inspector of                  |$3,000 a year.
-  Hulls--                                         |
-    Local and assistant inspector of              |$2,100-$2,500 a year.
-  Husbandman:                                     |
-    Animal                                        |$1,800-$2,600 a year.
-    Dairy                                         |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-      Assistant                                   |$1,500-$1,740 a year.
-    Poultry                                       |$1,800-$2,600 a year.
-  Illustrator                                     |$1,800 a year.
-  Income-tax deputy collector, inspector, and     |
-  agent                                           |$1,400-$1,600 a year.
-  Incubation and brooding, assistant in           |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Indexer, scientific                             |$1,200 a year.
-  Infant mortality, expert in prevention of       |$2,400-$3,600 a year.
-  Insect delineator                               |$1,400-$1,800 a year.
-  Insect investigations, apple, specialist in     |$1,800 a year.
-  Insects as carriers of plant diseases,          |
-  specialist in                                   |$1,600 a year.
-  Inspector--                                     |
-    Boilers, local and assistant                  |$2,100-$2,500 a year.
-    Drug                                          |$1,400 a year.
-    Engineer                                      |$1,440-$1,800 a year.
-    Entomological                                 |$1,400-$1,740 a year.
-    Fiber (Philippine Service)                    |$1,600-$2,000 a year.
-    Food                                          |$1,400 a year.
-    Food and drug                                 |$1,400-$2,000 a year.
-    Fruit-fly quarantine                          |$1,800 a year.
-    Gas                                           |$1,800 a year.
-    Gauge                                         |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Hours of service                              |$3,000 a year.
-    Interstate commerce in game                   |$1,500 a year.
-    Lay                                           |$1,080 a year.
-    Locomotives                                   |$3,000 a year.
-    Pathological                                  |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Predatory animal                              |$1,200 a year.
-    Quarantine--                                  |
-      Fruit-fly                                   |$1,800 a year.
-      Plant                                       |$1,200-$2,500 a year.
-    Radio                                         |$1,200-$1,600 a year.
-    Rubber                                        |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Safety appliances                             |$3,000 a year.
-  Interne--                                       |
-    Dental                                        |$900 a year.[1]
-    Medical                                       |$900 a year.[1]
-  Interpreter                                     |$1,200 a year.
-  Investigations--                                |
-    Drug plant, scientific assistant in           |$1,200 a year.
-    Marketing, assistant in                       |$1,800-$3,000 a year.
-    Marketing, city, assistant in                 |$1,440-$1,800 a year.
-    Poisonous plant, assistant in                 |$1,400 a year.
-    Sugar beet--                                  |
-      Agriculturist in                            |$1,800-$2,100 a year.
-      Assistant pathologist in                    |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Tobacco, assistant in                         |$1,200-$1,600 a year.
-    Wool, assistant in                            |$1,380-$1,800 a year.
-  Janitor                                         |$600-$720 a year.
-  Joiner master                                   |$7.52 a day.
-  Kelp harvester, foreman of                      |$1,200 a year.
-  Laboratorian--                                  |
-    Chemical                                      |$900-$1,500 a year.
-    Mechanical or electrical                      |$1,000-$1,400 a year.
-    Physical                                      |$3.84 a day.
-    Qualified in chemistry and physics            |$1,000 a year.
-    Strength of materials                         |$3.52 a day.
-    Qualified in electrical science               |$3.60-$4.24 a day.
-  Laboratory aid                                  |$840-$1,240 a year.
-    Agricultural technology                       |$720-$1,080 a year.
-    Chemistry and physics                         |$600-$900 a year.
-    Foreign seed and plant introduction           |$500-$900 a year.
-    Hygienic Laboratory                           |$720-$900 a year.
-    Plant pathology                               |$720 a year.
-    Seed testing                                  |$600-$720 a year.
-  Laboratory aid and engineer                     |$800-$900 a year.
-  Laboratory aid and junior chemist               |$3.28-$5.04 a day.
-  Laboratory assistant                            |$960-$1,320 a year.
-    Mechanical                                    |$960-$1,080 a year.
-    Qualified in petrography                      |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-    Radio                                         |$1,200 a year.
-  Laboratory attendant                            |$660-$900 a year.
-  Laboratory helper                               |$720-$1,080 a year.
-    Junior                                        |$480-$540 a year.
-  Labor, foreman of                               |$7.72 a day.
-  Laborer, skilled                                |$720-$900 a year.
-    Qualified as chauffeur                        |$720-$1,000 a year.
-    Qualified as elevator machinist               |$900-$1,000 a year.
-    Qualified as general mechanic                 |$720 a year.
-  Laborer, unskilled                              |$480-$720 a year.
-  Land classifier                                 |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Assistant                                     |$1,500-$1,800 a year.
-  Landscape gardening, scientific assistant in    |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Laundry worker                                  |$30-$93 a month.
-  Law clerk                                       |$1,000-$1,800 a year.
-  Lead burner                                     |$4.50 a day.
-  Leather technology, laboratory assistant in     |$1,200 a year.
-  Librarian                                       |$1,700 a year.
-    Assistant                                     |$1,200-$1,440 a year.
-  Library assistant                               |$900-$1,500 a year.
-  Lithographer                                    |$1,000-$1,200 a year.
-  Lithographic draftsman, apprentice              |$300 a year.
-  Lithographic pressman                           |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Locomotives, inspector of                       |$3,000 a year.
-  Loftsman foreman                                |$8 a day.
-  Lumbering, assistant in                         |$2,000-$2,600 a year.
-  Machinist                                       |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Electrical                                    |$1,200 a year.
-    Foreman                                       |$7.04 a day.
-    Linotype                                      |75 cents an hour.
-    X-ray                                         |$1,800 a year.
-  Machinist’s helper                              |$780 a year.
-  Manual training teacher                         |$720-$1,200 a year.
-  Map colorist                                    |$720-$900 a year.
-  Map engraver--                                  |
-    Copperplate                                   |$1,620 a year.
-  Map printer                                     |$1,200 a year.
-  Marine fireman                                  |$768-$780 a year.
-  Marker                                          |$780 a year.
-  Market business practice, assistant in--        |
-    Grade I                                       |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Grade II                                      |$1,200-$1,600 a year.
-  Market station assistant                        |$1,000-$1,400 a year.
-  Marketing, assistant in--                       |
-    Grade I                                       |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Grade II                                      |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Marketing dairy products, assistant in          |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Junior                                        |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Marketing fruits and vegetables--               |
-    Assistant in                                  |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-    Investigator in                               |$1,800-$2,760 a year.
-  Marketing investigations, assistant in          |$1,800-$3,000 a year.
-  Marketing, investigator in--                    |
-    Bureau of Markets, Department of Agriculture  |$2,100-$3,000 a year.
-    Office of Markets and Rural Organization      |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-  Marketing live stock and animal products,       |
-  scientific assistant in                         |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Marketing live stock and meats, assistant in--  |
-    Grade I                                       |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Grade II                                      |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Marketing and organization, field agent in      |$1,200-$1,600 a year.
-  Marketing seeds--                               |
-    Investigator in                               |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Specialist in                                 |$2,500-$3,500 a year.
-  Marketing wool, specialist in--                 |
-    Grade I                                       |$2,500-$3,000 a year.
-    Grade II                                      |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-  Markets and rural organization, office of,      |
-  assistant chief                                 |$4,000 a year.
-  Meat cutter, assistant                          |$360 a year.[1]
-  Mechanic--                                      |
-    Automobile                                    |$1,200-$1,320 a year.
-    Chief (automobile)                            |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Foreman                                       |$7.04 a day.
-    General                                       |$840 a year.
-    Master                                        |$7.44 a day.
-    Qualified to operate laundry machinery        |$1,200 a year.
-    Qualified in shipbuilding trades              |$5.36 a day.
-  Mechanic, special--                             |
-    Boiler maker, qualified as                    |$5.36 a day.
-    Chipper and caulker                           |$5.36 a day.
-    Electrician, qualified as                     |$5.36 a day.
-    Gas and oil engine installations, qualified in|$4.48 a day.
-    Machine design, qualified in                  |$5.04 a day.
-    Machinist, qualified as                       |$5.36 a day.
-    Marine engine and boiler installations,       |
-  qualified in                                    |$4.48-$5.04 a day.
-    Motor-boat installations, qualified in        |$6 a day.
-    Ship fitter, qualified as                     |$5.36 a day.
-  Mechanician--                                   |
-    Addressograph                                 |$900-$1,500 a year.
-    Chief                                         |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-    Expert                                        |$1,400-$1,800 a year.
-    Tabulating                                    |$1,200-$1,600 a year.
-  Mechanician, qualified as instrument maker      |$1,000-$1,400 a year.
-  Mechanician and laboratory assistant            |$3.50 a day.
-  Medalist, assistant                             |$1,400-$1,600 a year.
-  Medical interne                                 |$900 a year.[1]
-  Melter                                          |$3.50 a day.
-  Messenger boy                                   |$360-$480 a year.
-  Metabolism investigations, assistant in         |$1,500 a year.
-  Metallographist                                 |$1,500-$2,000 a year.
-  Metallurgist                                    |$2,400-$3,300 a year.
-    Assistant                                     |$1,800-$3,000 a year.
-    Physical                                      |$6-$8 a day.
-  Microanalyst                                    |$1,200-$1,440 a year.
-  Microscopist, assistant                         |$1,800-$2,000 a year.
-  Miller, Indian Service                          |$900-$1,000 a year.
-  Mineral examiner                                |$1,380-$1,500 a year.
-  Mineral technologist                            |$2,400-$3,600 a year.
-  Motor-boat installations, assistant inspector of|$6 a day.
-  Multigraph operator                             |$1,000-$1,200 a year.
-  Nautical expert                                 |$1,000-$1,800 a year.
-  Negative cutter                                 |$3 a day.
-  Nematologist                                    |$1,800-$2,000 a year.
-  Nematology, preparator in                       |$660-$1,000 a year.
-  Nurse, Panama Canal Service                     |$1,020-$1,140 a year.
-  Nurseryman                                      |$900 a year.
-  Observer, assistant                             |$1,080 a year.
-  Observer and meteorologist                      |$1,260-$1,800 a year.
-  Oceanography, scientific assistant in           |$900 a year.
-  Office helper (typist)                          |$564-$660 a year.
-  Office of Information, assistant in             |$1,800-$2,760 a year.
-  Officer in charge of classification, assistant  |
-  to                                              |$2,400 a year.
-  Oil, assistant inspector of                     |$1,400 a year.
-  Oil and gas production, assistant technologist  |
-  in                                              |$1,800-$2,100 a year.
-  Oil gauger                                      |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Oiler                                           |$840 a year.
-    Marine                                        |$480-$600 a year.[1]
-  Oiler and filterman                             |$85 a month.
-  Opener and packer                               |$840 a year.
-  Operative                                       |$720-$1,000 a year.
-  Operator--                                      |
-    Calculating machine                           |$900-$1,200 a year.
-    Linotype                                      |65 cents an hour.
-    Machine, harness shop                         |$720 a year.
-    Monotype                                      |65 cents an hour.
-    Motor-boat                                    |$145 a month.
-    Multigraph                                    |$1,000-$1,200 a year.
-    Power plant                                   |$1,000-$1,500 a year.
-    Substation                                    |$1,200 a year.
-    Telegraph                                     |$900-$1,600 a year.
-      Wireless                                    |$780-$1,140 a year.
-    Telephone                                     |$660-$720 a year.
-  Packer, chief                                   |$1,200 a year.
-  Packer of merchandise                           |$900 a year.
-  Painter                                         |$900-$1,200 a year.
-      Auto body                                   |$1,000 a year.
-  Paleobotany, aid in                             |$1,200 a year.
-  Paleontology, assistant curator in              |$1,500 a year.
-  Panology, scientific assistant in               |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Pathological adviser in cotton, truck, and      |
-  forage crop diseases                            |$2,500-$3,000 a year.
-  Pathologist                                     |$2,000 a year.
-    Plant, assistant                              |$1,800-$2,040 a year.
-      In citrus fruit diseases                    |$2,520-$3,000 a year.
-  Pathologist in charge of forage crop disease    |
-  investigations                                  |$1,800-$2,000 a year.
-  Pharmacist                                      |$1,200 a year.
-  Pharmacist and physician’s assistant            |$1,000 a year.
-  Pharmacognosist, assistant                      |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-  Pharmacological aid                             |$900-$1,200 a year.
-  Pharmacologist, junior                          |$1,200-$1,600 a year.
-  Pharmacology, technical assistant in            |$2,500 a year.
-  Philippine assistant                            |$1,500 a year.
-  Photographer, assistant                         |$1,020 a year.
-  Physician                                       |$480-$1,800 a year.
-  Physicist--                                     |
-    Assistant                                     |$1,500-$1,800 a year.
-    Associate (qualified in electrical            |
-    engineering)                                  |$2,000-$2,800 a year.
-    Junior                                        |$1,500 a year.
-    Soil                                          |$1,320-$1,680 a year.
-  Physicist, assistant--                          |
-    Physical metallurgy, qualified in             |$1,400-$1,800 a year.
-    Spectrophotometry, qualified in               |$1,400-$1,800 a year.
-    Spectroscopy, qualified in                    |$1,400-$1,800 a year.
-  Physiologist, crop                              |$3,000 a year.
-  Physiologist in crop utilization, assistant     |$2,000-$2,400 a year.
-  Pilot                                           |$125 a month.[1]
-  Plant breeding, scientific assistant in         |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Plant disinfection, assistant in                |$1,620-$1,800 a year.
-  Plant introduction, assistant in                |$1,200-$1,400 a year.
-    Field station assistant in                    |$1,200-$1,600 a year.
-  Plant nutrition, assistant in                   |$1,080-$1,380 a year.
-  Plant pathology--                               |
-    Field aid in                                  |$840-$1,080 a year.
-    Field and laboratory aid in                   |$720-$1,080 a year.
-    Scientific assistant in                       |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-    Laboratory aid in                             |$720 a year.
-  Plant physiology, scientific assistant in       |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Plant quarantine inspector                      |$1,200-$2,500 a year.
-  Plate cleaner                                   |$4.80 a day.
-  Plate printer                                   |$7.55 a day.
-  Plumber                                         |$1,000-$1,200 a year.
-    Master                                        |$6.40 a day.
-  Postmaster--                                    |
-    Fourth class                                  |$180-$999 a year.
-    Second and third classes                      |$1,000-$2,400 a year.
-  Poultry and egg handling, investigator in       |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Poultry husbandry, scientific assistant in      |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Powder and explosives, inspector of             |$1,400-$2,400 a year.
-  Preparator in entomology                        |$600-$1,000 a year.
-    Scientific                                    |$1,200 a year.
-  Preparator in nematology                        |$660-$1,000 a year.
-  Press feeder                                    |$720-$840 a year.
-  Pressman                                        |65 cents an hour.
-  Pressman on offset presses                      |$5.75 a day.
-  Printer                                         |60-65 cents an hour.
-  Public health work, scientific assistant in--   |
-    Grade I                                       |$1,500-$2,000 a year.
-    Grade II                                      |$900-$1,500 a a year.
-  Public roads and rural engineering, assistant   |
-  chemist in                                      |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-  Radio activity, junior chemist in               |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-  Radio draftsman                                 |$3.52-$6 a day.
-  Radio engineer                                  |$1,800 a year.
-  Radio, expert, aid                              |$9.04 a day.
-  Radio inspector                                 |$1,200-$1,600 a year.
-  Radio towers, subinspector                      |$5.52 a day.
-  Railway mail clerk                              |$1,100 a year.
-  Ranger, forest                                  |$1,100-$1,200 a year.
-  Reclamation projects, agriculturist for         |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-  Rodman and chainman                             |$720-$1,080 a year.
-  Rural carrier                                   |$480-$1,344 a year.
-    Motor                                         |$1,500-$1,800 a year.
-  Rural economics, specialist in                  |$1,500-$1,800 a year.
-  Safety appliances, inspector of                 |$3,000 a year.
-  Salvage superintendent                          |$4-$6 a day.
-  Sawyer, Indian Service                          |$840-$1,000 a year.
-  Sawyer and carpenter, Indian Service            |$840-$1,000 a year.
-  Sawyer and general mechanic, Indian Service     |$720-$900 a year.
-  Sawyer and marine gasoline engineer             |$900 a year.
-  Scaler                                          |$1,400 a year.
-  Scientific assistant--                          |
-    Bureau of Fisheries                           |$900-$1,400 a year.
-    Department of Agriculture                     |$1,000-$1,800 a year.
-  Scientific indexer                              |$1,200 a year.
-  Scientific preparator                           |$1,200 a year.
-  Scientist, statistical                          |$1,600-$1,800 a year.
-  Seeds, marketing--                              |
-    Investigator in                               |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Specialist in                                 |$2,500-$3,500 a year.
-  Seed testing--                                  |
-    Laboratory aid in                             |$600-$720 a year.
-    Scientific assistant in                       |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Sheet metal worker                              |$5.36 a day.
-  Ship fitter                                     |$5.36 a day.
-  Shoemaker, Indian Service                       |$300-$600 a year.
-  Skilled laborer--                               |
-    Qualified as chauffeur                        |$720-$1,000 a year.
-    Qualified as elevator machinist               |$900-$1,000 a year.
-    Qualified as general mechanic                 |$720 a year.
-  Soil bacteriology, scientific assistant in      |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Soil surveying, scientific assistant in         |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Specialist--                                    |
-    Agricultural education                        |$3,000 a year.
-    Dairy manufacturing                           |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-      Assistant                                   |$1,500-$1,740 a year.
-    Fruit crop                                    |$1,600-$2,400 a year.
-    Market milk, assistant                        |$1,440-$1,740 a year.
-    Milk                                          |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-    School hygiene and sanitation                 |$3,000 a year.
-    Truck crop                                    |$1,600-$2,400 a year.
-  Statistical agent                               |$1,400 a year.
-  Statistical clerk                               |$900-$1,200 a year.
-  Statistical scientist                           |$1,600-$1,800 a year.
-  Statistician                                    |$1,800 a year
-  Statistics, vital, chief statistician for       |$3,000 a year.
-  Steam fitter                                    |$1,200-$2,400 a year.
-  Steel maker, master                             |$8 a day.
-  Stenographer                                    |$1,000-$1,200 a year.
-  Stenographer and typist                         |$1,000-$1,200 a year.
-  Stereotyper                                     |70 cents an hour.
-  Steward, assistant                              |$1,080 a year.
-  Stockman                                        |$3.84-$5.76 a day.
-  Stock tender                                    |$480 a year.
-  Storage, specialist in                          |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-  Storehouse arrangement and control, organizer of|$2,400 a year.
-  Stoveman                                        |$900 a year.
-  Subclerical--                                   |
-    Messenger                                     |$480-$720 a year.
-    Skilled laborer                               |$720-$900 a year.
-    Watchman                                      |$600-$900 a year.
-  Substation operator, assistant                  |$900 a year.
-  Sugar-beet investigations--                     |
-    Agriculturist in                              |$1,800-$2,100 a year.
-    Assistant pathologist in                      |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-  Sugar-beet seed production, technologist in     |$2,100-$2,500 a year.
-  Sugar sampler                                   |$1,000-$1,080 a year.
-  Superintendent--                                |
-    Construction                                  |$1,600-$2,400 a year.
-    Equipment                                     |$2,400-$2,800 a year.
-    Forge shop                                    |$8.40-$12 a day.
-    Indian Reservation                            |$1,200-$3,000 a year.
-  Supervising inspector of fruits and vegetables  |$2,000-$3,000 a year.
-  Surveyor                                        |$1,200-$1,800 a year.
-  Surveys, examiner of                            |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-  Tailor, Indian Service                          |$600-$1,200 a year.
-  Teacher--                                       |
-    Agriculture                                   |$1,000-$1,200 a year.
-    Free-hand drawing                             |$720 a year.
-    Indian Service                                |$600-$720 a year.
-    Kindergarten                                  |$600-$1,200 a year.
-    Manual training, Indian Service               |$720-$1,200 a year.
-    Philippine                                    |$1,000-$1,500 a year.
-      Assistant                                   |$1,000 a year.
-  Technical assistant, Assay Office               |$3.50 a day.
-  Technologist--                                  |
-    Mineral                                       |$2,400-$3,600 a year.
-    Petroleum                                     |$2,500-$3,000 a year.
-      Chief (Bureau of Mines)                     |$3,000-$4,800 a year.
-      Junior                                      |$1,200-$1,500 a year.
-  Testing engineer, assistant                     |$1,800-$2,500 a year.
-  Tests, engineer of                              |$4,000 a year
-  Timber cruiser                                  |$1,200 a year.
-  Tinner, Indian Service                          |$840 a year.
-  Tinner and sheet-metal worker                   |$5.36 a day.
-  Tobacco examiner                                |$2,500 a year.
-  Tobacco investigations, assistant in            |$1,200-$1,600 a year.
-  Toolmaker                                       |$1,500 a year.
-  Topographer                                     |$2,100 a year.
-    Junior                                        |$1,500 a year.
-  Trade commissioner, Bureau of Foreign and       |
-  Domestic Commerce                               |$10 a day.
-  Trade commissioner and special agent, Bureau of |
-  Foreign and Domestic Commerce                   |$10 a day.
-  Trade or industrial education, special agent for|$3,000-$3,500 a year.
-  Traffic, director of                            |$1,800-$2,400 a year.
-    Assistant                                     |$1,200-$1,600 a year.
-  Transferrer--                                   |
-    Lithographic                                  |$5.76 a day.
-    Steel plate                                   |$4.48 a day.
-  Translator                                      |$1,200-$1,440 a year.
-  Transportation, assistant in                    |$1,800-$2,700 a year.
-  Truck crop specialist                           |$1,600-$2,400 a year.
-  Tug master                                      |$4-$4.96 a day.
-  Typist                                          |$900-$1,200 a year.
-    Minor                                         |$600-$900 a year.
-  Unskilled laborer                               |$480-$720 a year.
-  Veterinarian                                    |$1,500 a year.
-  Visual agricultural instruction, assistant in   |$2,000 a year.
-  Warehouse investigations, assistant in          |$1,500-$2,100 a year.
-  Warehouseman                                    |$900 a year.
-    Seed                                          |$840 a year.
-  Warehousing--                                   |
-    Investigator of                               |$2,400-$3,600 a year.
-    Wool, investigator in                         |$2,200-$3,000 a year.
-  Watchman                                        |$600-$900 a year.
-    Mounted                                       |$1,200 a year.
-    Park                                          |$70 a month.
-  Watchman-fireman                                |$600-$840 a year.
-  Weed investigations, scientific assistant in    |$1,200-$1,620 a year.
-  Weigher                                         |$1,020-$1,200 a year.
-  Weight clerk                                    |$3.28 a day.
-  Weights and measures, assistant inspector of    |$1,000-$1,600 a year.
-  Wireman                                         |$900-$1,200 a year.
-  Yardmaster                                      |$8 a day.
-  Zoologist, junior                               |$1,400-$1,800 a year.
-  ------------------------------------------------+---------------------
-
-  [1] With subsistence.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 218. WAYSIDE TEA HOUSE
-
-
-A young woman, living in a big city, wished to live in the country, and
-induced her parents to buy a farm of thirty acres some distance away.
-But the farm didn’t pay, and the question of making a living became a
-serious one.
-
-Several young people of the neighborhood had remarked to the young lady
-in question upon the large number of motorists who had stopped at their
-house and inquired for refreshments, or for overnight accommodations.
-This gave the young lady from the city her idea.
-
-She had a lot of bird houses put up among the trees surrounding the
-house, put up a sign, “Bird House Inn,” had the place all lighted by
-electricity, increased the kitchen equipment, and awaited results. They
-came, and have been coming ever since, for the fame of “Bird House Inn,”
-with its daintily cooked yet generous meals, its superior sleeping
-accommodations and its home-like restfulness, has spread all over the
-land, and the enterprising young lady is reaping a harvest as a result
-of her foresight in grasping the opportunity that came to her unbidden.
-
-The rickety old place has become a bower of beauty, a veritable haven of
-refuge for the weary traveler, and the young lady who preferred the
-country to the city is rejoicing in the happiness she has been the means
-of bringing to thousands of other people and to herself.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 219. ILLUSTRATED POULTRY PRIMER
-
-
-  Acknowledgement is due to the United States Dept. of Agriculture for
-  the following Plan:
-
-  HARRY M. LAMON AND JOS. WM. KINGHORN,
-
-  Animal Husbandry Division.
-
-  The object of this article is to give, by means of photographs and
-  brief statements, the fundamentals underlying the production of
-  poultry.
-
-  An effort has been made to illustrate the various phases of poultry
-  production in such a way as to impress upon the reader’s mind the
-  principles of poultry keeping.
-
-  Under “Selecting the Breed,” for example, photographs are shown of the
-  more popular breeds of each of the three main classes of poultry,
-  giving the reader an immediate and complete idea of the appearance of
-  these fowls, the classes to which they belong, and their economical
-  usefulness. In like manner other essential phases of poultry keeping
-  are illustrated and discussed.
-
-
-SELECTING THE BREED
-
-In the selection of a breed or variety of poultry care should be taken
-to obtain healthy, vigorous stock.
-
-Beginners are urged to keep but one variety of a breed of fowls. There
-is no best breed of poultry. Select the breed that suits your purpose
-best.
-
-[Illustration: Mongrel male.]
-
-[Illustration: Standard-bred male.]
-
-Be sure that the male bird at the head of the flock is standard-bred.
-
-A standard-bred male at the head of a mongrel flock will improve the
-quality of the stock materially. A mongrel male will produce no
-improvement in quality.
-
-_Given the same care and feed, standard-bred fowls will make a greater
-profit than mongrel fowls._
-
-[Illustration: A standard-bred flock.]
-
-Standard-bred fowls produce uniform products which bring higher prices.
-
-Standard-bred stock and eggs, sold for breeding purposes, bring higher
-prices than market quotations.
-
-Standard-bred fowls can be exhibited and thus compete for prizes.
-
-[Illustration: A mixed or mongrel flock.]
-
-The products from mongrel fowls are not uniform and do not always bring
-the highest prices.
-
-Eggs and stock from mongrel fowls are not sold for breeding purposes.
-
-Mongrel fowls are not exhibited in poultry shows or exhibits.
-
-
-THE GENERAL-PURPOSE BREEDS
-
-The general-purpose breeds are best suited to most farms where the
-production of both eggs and meat is desired. The four most popular
-representatives of this class are the Plymouth Rock, Wyandotte,
-Orpington and Rhode Island Red.
-
-[Illustration: Plymouth Rock.]
-
-[Illustration: Wyandotte.]
-
-[Illustration: Orpington.]
-
-[Illustration: Rhode Island Red.]
-
-All these breeds, with the exception of the Orpington, are of American
-origin. They are characterized by having yellow skin and legs, and lay
-brown-shelled eggs. The Orpington is of English origin, has a white
-skin, and also lays brown-shelled eggs.
-
-For detailed discussion of the various breeds of fowls of American
-origin request Farmers’ Bulletin 806 on “Standard Varieties of Chickens.
-I. The American Class,” which may be had on application to the U. S.
-Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
-
-
-THE EGG BREEDS
-
-The Mediterranean or egg breeds are best suited for the production of
-white-shelled eggs. Representatives of this class are bred largely for
-the production of eggs rather than for meat production. Among the
-popular breeds of this class are: Leghorn, Minorca, Ancona, and
-Andalusian.
-
-[Illustration: Leghorn.]
-
-[Illustration: Minorca.]
-
-[Illustration: Ancona.]
-
-[Illustration: Andalusian.]
-
-One of the outstanding characteristics of the egg breeds is the fact
-that they are classed as nonsitters; that is, as a rule they do not
-become broody and hatch their eggs. When fowls of this class are kept,
-artificial incubation and brooding are usually employed.
-
-For detailed discussion of the various breeds of this class request
-Farmers’ Bulletin 898 on “Standard Varieties of Chickens. II. The
-Mediterranean Class,” which may be obtained on application to the U. S.
-Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
-
-
-THE MEAT BREEDS
-
-The meat breeds of poultry are primarily kept for the production of meat
-rather than for the production of eggs in large quantities.
-Representatives of this class are: Langshan, Brahma, Cochin, and
-Cornish.
-
-[Illustration: Langshan.]
-
-[Illustration: Brahma.]
-
-[Illustration: Cochin.]
-
-[Illustration: Cornish.]
-
-Although classed as meat breeds representatives of this class are
-sometimes kept as general-purpose fowls. Each of these breeds is heavier
-and larger in size than the egg breeds or those of the general-purpose
-class, and lay brown-shelled eggs.
-
-For further information on the various breeds of this class, request
-Farmers’ Bulletin on “Standard Varieties of Chickens. III. The Asiatic,
-English, and French Classes,” which may be obtained on application to
-the U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
-
-
-BREEDING
-
-Fowls for breeding purposes should be strong, healthy, vigorous birds.
-The comb, face, and wattles should be of a bright-red color, eyes bright
-and fairly prominent, head comparatively broad and short and not long or
-crow-shaped, legs set well apart and straight, plumage clean and smooth.
-
-[Illustration: Females showing high and low vitality. The latter to be
-avoided when selecting females for breeding.]
-
-[Illustration: A knock-kneed fowl. The kind to be avoided as a breeder.]
-
-Defects of the kind shown here should be avoided in selecting breeders.
-
-If possible, free range should be provided for the breeding pen.
-
-Usually hens make better breeders than pullets. Cockerels, if well grown
-and matured, often give better fertility than older birds. However, cock
-birds that have proved good breeders should be used.
-
-[Illustration: _MALE HEADS SHOWING DEFECTIVE COMBS._
-
-_1. THUMB MARK_
-
-_2. LOPPED (SINGLE)_
-
-_3. HOLLOW CENTER_
-
-_4. SIDE SPRIG_
-
-_5. UNEVEN SERRATIONS._
-
-_6. TWISTED_]
-
-[Illustration: _MALES WITH DEFECTIVE TAIL CARRIAGE_
-
-_1. SQUIRREL_
-
-_2. WRY_]
-
-When the breeding flock is confined to a yard, the size of the mating
-should be 1 male to 10 or 12 females. When allowed free range, the
-number of females can be increased to 20 or 25 with good results.
-
-Matings should be made two weeks before the eggs are saved for
-hatching.
-
-[Illustration: A well-ventilated cellar of uniform temperature is an
-excellent place to operate the incubator.]
-
-[Illustration: Homemade egg candler. The hole for testing eggs should be
-directly opposite the flame of the lamp.]
-
-
-ARTIFICIAL AND NATURAL INCUBATION AND BROODING
-
-Have everything ready beforehand and start your hatching operations
-early in the year. In sections where the climate is temperate, February,
-March, and April are the best months for hatching. The early hatched
-pullet is the one that begins to lay early in the fall and continues to
-lay when eggs are high in price.
-
-[Illustration: A good hatch.]
-
-[Illustration: Dust the hen thoroughly with a good lice powder before
-placing her on the nest.]
-
-Select uniform, fairly large sized eggs for hatching.
-
-Operate the incubator according to the manufacturer’s directions to
-produce the best results.
-
-Test the eggs for fertility on the seventh and fourteenth days.
-
-Do not open the incubator after the eighteenth day until the chicks are
-hatched.
-
-Given proper care and attention, the hen is the most valuable incubator
-for the farmer whose poultry operations are of moderate size.
-
-[Illustration: Do not allow the mother hen to range over the farm with
-the chicks.]
-
-[Illustration: Confine the mother hen to a brood coop until the chicks
-are weaned.]
-
-[Illustration: Toe-mark the chicks as soon as they are hatched. This
-enables one to tell their ages later.]
-
-In cool weather place from 10 to 13 eggs under the hen; in warm weather
-from 13 to 15 eggs.
-
-Chicks should not receive feed until they are 36 hours old.
-
-When artificial incubation is used, start the brooder a day or two
-before putting in the chicks, to see that the heating apparatus is
-working properly. Brooder lamps should be cleaned every day.
-
-In the case of hen-hatched broods, the coop for hen and chicks should be
-well ventilated, easy to clean, and large enough to insure comfort. To
-allow the hen to range over the farm with the chicks will often be the
-cause of heavy losses.
-
-For the first three days chicks may be fed a mixture of equal parts of
-hard-boiled eggs and rolled oats or stale bread, or stale bread soaked
-in milk. When bread and milk are used, care should be taken to squeeze
-all the milk out of the bread. From the third or fourth day commercial
-chick feed may be fed until the chicks are old enough to eat wheat
-screenings or cracked corn.
-
-To insure rapid and uniform growth of the chicks, provide in addition to
-a grain feed a dry mash to which the chickens will have access at all
-times.
-
-For additional information on incubation and brooding, request Farmers’
-Bulletins 585 and 624.
-
-[Illustration: An excellent range providing shade and shelter for
-growing chicks.]
-
-If possible locate the brooders on ground that has recently been
-cultivated, thereby eliminating the danger of tainted soil and possible
-disease.
-
-Chicks having access to a shaded range, such as shown above, develop and
-thrive better in warm weather than those not having such range.
-
-For the production of infertile eggs, exhaustive information relating to
-the care of poultry and eggs, along with individual advice on such
-subjects--write to U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, c/o Animal Husbandry
-Division, Washington, D. C.
-
-
-POULTRY HOUSES AND FIXTURES
-
-Select a location for the poultry house that has natural drainage away
-from the building. A dry, porous soil, such as sand or gravelly loam, is
-preferable to a clay soil.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  OLD STYLE HEN HOUSE
-
-  NO LIGHT--NO VENTILATION POOR RESULTS
-
-  SHED
-
-  EXCELLENT MATERIAL FOR POULTRY HOUSE
-
-  OPEN FRONT HEN HOUSE
-
-  SHED BOARDED UP IN FRONT POULTRY NETTING WINDOWS
-
-  SIDE VIEW OF HOUSE
-
-  CONSTRUCTED FROM OLD SHED
-
-  INTERIOR OF SAME HOUSE
-
-  GOOD SUNLIGHT CONDITIONS.
-  1 MOVABLE ROOSTS
-  2 DROPPING BOARD
-  3 NESTS
-  NESTS OPEN FROM FRONT HENS ENTER FROM REAR
-
-  MODEL HEN HOUSE
-
-  CONSTRUCTED FROM SHED AT LITTLE COST NOTE EFFECTS OF A COAT OF
-  WHITEWASH
-
-Rebuilding a poultry house out of old lumber at small cost]
-
-The building should face the south or southeast to insure the greatest
-amount of sunlight during the winter.
-
-The roosts should be built on the same level, about 3 feet from the
-floor with a droppings board about 6 inches below the roosts.
-
-[Illustration: A good interior arrangement for a poultry house, showing
-roosts and droppings boards with nests underneath and wire coop at end
-for confining broody hens. Note ventilators in back of house and the
-abundance of sunlight, which insures a dry house and healthy fowls.]
-
-[Illustration: A partial open-front curtain house is conceded to be the
-best type for most sections of temperate climate.]
-
-Good roosts may be made of 2 by 2 inch material with the upper edges
-rounded.
-
-The nests may be placed on the side walls or under the droppings boards.
-It is best to have them darkened, as hens prefer a secluded place in
-which to lay. For further information on poultry house construction
-request Farmers’ Bulletin 574.
-
-
-TRAP NESTS
-
-A trap nest is a laying nest so arranged that after a hen enters it she
-is confined until released by the attendant. The trap nest shown in the
-accompanying illustration is used with good results on the Government
-poultry farm and is very similar to the nest used at the Connecticut
-State experiment station. It is very simple and may be built at a small
-cost.
-
-[Illustration: Trap nests enable the poultryman to distinguish between
-the layers and the drones.]
-
-When possible it is advisable to trap-nest the layers for the following
-reasons:
-
-1. To tame the birds, thereby tending toward increased egg production.
-
-2. To furnish definite knowledge concerning traits and habits of
-individuals.
-
-3. To furnish the only satisfactory basis for utility or other breeding.
-
-4. To eliminate the nonproductive hen.
-
-5. To add mechanical precision to judgment and experience in developing
-and maintaining the utility of a flock.
-
-For further information and plans showing the construction of a trap
-nest, send for Farmers’ Bulletin 682, “A Simple Trap Nest for Poultry.”
-
-
-FEEDING FOR EGG PRODUCTION
-
-_Classification of Poultry Feeds_
-
-  =================+=========================+==========================
-  Nature provides--|Scientific classification| Poultrymen feed--
-  -----------------+-------------------------+--------------------------
-  Worms and bugs   |Nitrogenous material, or |Meat (Green cut bone or
-                   |protein                  |beef scrap), milk or
-                   |                         |cottage cheese.
-  Seeds            |Carbohydrates            |Wheat, oats, corn, barley,
-                   |                         |etc.
-  Greens           |Succulents               |Lettuce, cabbage, kale,
-                   |                         |mangels, alfalfa, clover,
-                   |                         |sprouted oats, etc.
-  Grit             |Mineral matter           |Grit and oyster shell.
-  Water            |Water                    |Water.
-  -----------------+-------------------------+--------------------------
-
-[Illustration: A homemade dry-mash hopper.]
-
-[Illustration: Oats in the process of sprouting.]
-
-In order to obtain an abundance of eggs it is necessary to have healthy,
-vigorous stock, properly fed.
-
-The following are good grain mixtures for the laying stock, the
-proportions being by weight:
-
-     Ration 1.             Ration 2.                Ration 3.
-  Equal parts of:    3 parts cracked corn.    2 parts cracked corn.
-  Cracked corn.      2 parts oats.            1 part oats.
-  Wheat.             1 part wheat.
-  Oats.
-
-A choice of any one of these rations should be scattered in the litter
-twice daily, morning and evening.
-
-[Illustration: Average amount of feed consumed by a laying hen and eggs
-produced.]
-
-Either of the following suggested dry-mash mixtures should be fed in a
-dry-mash hopper such as illustrated, allowing the fowls to have access
-to it at all times.
-
-                  Mash No. 1.                    Mash No. 2.
-  2 parts corn meal.    1 part middlings.     3 parts corn meal.
-  1 part bran.          1 part beef scrap.    1 part beef scrap.
-
-When fowls do not have access to natural green feed, sprouted oats,
-cabbage, mangels, cut clover, etc., should be fed.
-
-When wet mashes are fed, be sure that they are crumbly and not sticky.
-Plenty of exercise increases the egg yield.
-
-[Illustration: A rural cafeteria.]
-
-Fresh, clean drinking water should be always provided. Charcoal, grit,
-and oyster shell should be placed before the fowls so that they can have
-access to them at all times.
-
-For additional information on feeds and feeding request Farmers’
-Bulletin 287, “Poultry Management,” and Farmers’ Bulletin 528, “Hints to
-Poultry Raisers,” from U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.
-C.
-
-[Illustration: To produce infertile eggs confine or dispose of the male
-birds. This has no influence on the number of eggs laid by the hens.]
-
-Produce the infertile egg. Infertile eggs are produced by hens that have
-no male birds with them.
-
-The following table shows that the losses of fertile eggs are computed
-to be nearly twice as great as in the case of infertile eggs.
-
-  ===============================+========+=========
-                                 | Fertile|Infertile
-                                 |  Eggs  |  Eggs
-  -------------------------------+--------+---------
-                                 |Per cent|Per cent
-  On the farm                    |  29.0  |  15.5
-  At country store               |   7.1  |   4.0
-  Transportation to packing house|   6.4  |   4.7
-                                 +--------+---------
-            Total                |  42.5  |  24.2
-  -------------------------------+--------+---------
-
-
-MARKETING THE PRODUCT
-
-The hen’s greatest egg-producing periods are the first, second, and
-third years, depending upon the breed. The heavier breeds, such as
-Plymouth Rocks, may be profitably kept for two years; the lighter
-breeds, such as Leghorns, three years.
-
-Market white-shelled and brown-shelled eggs in separate packages. Eggs
-irregular in shape, those which are unusually long or thin-shelled, or
-which have shells otherwise defective, should be kept by the producer
-for home use, so that breakage in transit may be reduced as much as
-possible.
-
-[Illustration: Uniform products command the best prices. Standard-bred
-fowls produce uniform products.]
-
-For additional information on packing and shipping eggs by parcel post
-request Farmers’ Bulletin 830, “Marketing Eggs by Parcel Post,” issued
-by the U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
-
-[Illustration: Extremely large, small and soiled eggs should not be
-marketed; use them at home. All the eggs above were produced by a farm
-flock of mixed or mongrel fowls.]
-
-Eggs from “stolen” nests should not be marketed; they are of unknown age
-and quality and should be used at home.
-
-When taking eggs to market, protect them from the sun’s rays in warm
-weather. Ship or deliver eggs twice or three times weekly.
-
-Notice the candler has places for the good eggs as well as for checks
-(cracked eggs), dirty eggs and “rots.” When selling eggs insist that
-they be bought on a quality basis.
-
-[Illustration: The result of a trip under the corncrib.]
-
-[Illustration: Everybody in the shade except the eggs.]
-
-Infertile eggs will withstand marketing conditions much better than
-fertile eggs.
-
-All cockerels not intended to be kept or sold for breeders should be
-marketed when they reach suitable size. Such birds confined in a
-homemade fattening battery or coop and fed a fattening ration for a week
-or ten days will not only increase in weight but bring a better price on
-the market, because of improved quality.
-
-[Illustration: A shipment of eggs on the railroad station platform,
-exposed to the sun.]
-
-[Illustration: Candling eggs for quality.]
-
-
-CAPONIZING
-
-A capon is an unsexed male bird, which when mature is of larger size and
-more desirable for eating than cockerels or cocks.
-
-[Illustration: A Buff Orpington cock.]
-
-[Illustration: A Buff Orpington capon.]
-
-By following directions and with a little practice, poultrymen will find
-caponizing a simple operation. For detailed information on caponizing,
-request Farmers’ Bulletin 849.
-
-[Illustration: Boys caponizing a cockerel.]
-
-
-LICE AND MITES
-
-The free use of an effective lice powder is always advisable. A dust
-bath, consisting of road dust and wood ashes, is essential in ridding
-fowls of lice.
-
-Sodium fluorid, a white powder which can be obtained from druggists, is
-also effective. Apply a pinch of the powder at the base of the feathers
-on the head, neck, back, breast, below the vent, base of tail, both
-thighs, and on the underside of each wing.
-
-An effective remedy for lice on chicks is a small quantity of melted
-lard rubbed under the wings and on top of the chick’s head.
-
-[Illustration: Applying sodium fluorid.]
-
-The free use of kerosene or crude oil on the roosts and in the cracks of
-the house will help to exterminate mites.
-
-Whitewash is effective against all vermin.
-
-It is possible and thoroughly practicable to keep the poultry flock
-reasonably free from lice and mites. Such practices should be the aim of
-every one who is endeavoring to establish a successful flock of poultry.
-
-For complete information on mites and lice, request Farmers’ Bulletin
-801.
-
-[Illustration: A bad case of roup.]
-
-
-COMMON DISEASES AND TREATMENT
-
-All diseased birds should be isolated.
-
-Colds and roup.--Disinfect the drinking water as follows: To each gallon
-of water add one tablespoonful of sodium sulphite or as much potassium
-permanganate as will remain on the surface of a dime.
-
-[Illustration: Chicken pox.]
-
-Chicken pox.--Put a touch of iodin on each sore and apply carbolated
-vaseline.
-
-Gapes.--Fresh ground and vigorous cultivation will often remedy this
-trouble, which is caused by small gapeworms that live in the soil and
-attach themselves to the inside of the throat.
-
-[Illustration: Limberneck.]
-
-Diarrhea in hens.--Low-grade wheat flour or middlings is good for this
-trouble. A teaspoonful of castor oil containing 5 drops of oil of
-turpentine to each fowl is also good.
-
-[Illustration: Scaly legs.]
-
-Bumblefoot.--When the feet are badly swollen, a small cut should be made
-with a clean, sharp knife, and the pus removed. Wash the wound out with
-equal parts of hydrogen peroxide and water, grease with vaseline, and
-bandage.
-
-Limberneck.--A teaspoonful of castor oil given to the fowl will
-sometimes effect a cure.
-
-Scaly legs.--Apply vaseline containing 2 per cent of creolin to the
-affected parts and after 24 hours soak in warm, soapy water. Repeat
-treatment until cured.
-
-For a detailed discussion of the foregoing and other poultry diseases,
-request Farmers’ Bulletin 957, “Important Poultry Diseases.”
-
-  NINE ESSENTIAL FEATURES FOR PROFITABLE POULTRY KEEPING
-
-  1. KEEP BETTER POULTRY:
-
-  Standard-bred poultry increases production and improves the quality.
-
-  2. SELECT VIGOROUS BREEDERS:
-
-  Healthy, vigorous breeders produce strong chicks.
-
-  3. HATCH THE CHICKS EARLY:
-
-  Early hatched pullets produce fall and winter eggs.
-
-  4. PRESERVE EGGS FOR HOME USE:
-
-  Preserve when cheap for use when high in price.
-
-  5. PRODUCE INFERTILE EGGS:
-
-  They keep better. Fertile eggs are necessary for hatching only.
-
-  6. CULL THE FLOCKS:
-
-  Eliminate unprofitable producers and reduce the feed bill.
-
-  7. KEEP A BACK-YARD FLOCK:
-
-  A small flock in the back yard will supply the family table.
-
-  8. GROW YOUR POULTRY FEED:
-
-  Home-grown feed insures an available and economical supply.
-
-  9. EAT MORE POULTRY AND EGGS:
-
-  Poultry and eggs are highly nutritious foods.
-
-For further information or individual advice on poultry raising write to
-your State Agricultural College, or to the Animal Husbandry Division,
-Bureau of Animal Industry, United States Department of Agriculture,
-Washington, D. C.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 221. RAISING CANARIES
-
-
-A Philadelphia lady who was fond of canaries, and was an adept in their
-breeding and care, netted over $1,000 every year by raising these
-beautiful songsters and selling them to people of wealth in various
-parts of that city. But to make a success of this venture, one must
-thoroughly understand canaries from every point of view.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 222. LAUNDERING LINGERIE
-
-
-A Chicago woman, made a comfortable living by laundering and mending
-lace and other fine articles of women’s wear, which could not be
-entrusted to a washer woman. She went among the wealthy people and
-solicited this work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 223. SMALL-TOWN MANICURING
-
-
-A young lady, in a Western Washington town, too small to support a
-professional manicurist, made a good living by studying up on the
-treatment and care of the nails and hands, and offering her services to
-the well-to-do people of her town. They were greatly pleased that they
-could have this service performed for them without going to the city,
-and kept the young lady busy, at a compensation that afforded her an
-excellent living.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 224. SHAMPOOING AND HAIR DRESSING
-
-
-A woman who lived in a small town some distance from a city, where there
-were many families of wealth, found field for her talents in shampooing
-and dressing the hair of women and children. Possessing a pleasing
-personality, she called upon the leading ladies of the place and offered
-to come to their homes at stated intervals, for the purpose of caring
-for the hair of the ladies and their daughters, at a stipulated sum per
-hour, assuring them of satisfactory service. Her offer was accepted by
-most of the women she visited, and she found her time fully occupied.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 225. MARKETING EGGS BY PARCEL POST
-
-
-Acknowledgment is due to the United States Department of Agriculture for
-the following plan.
-
-  Contribution from the Bureau of Markets, Charles J. Brand, Chief.
-
-Whether the marketing of eggs by parcel post should be attempted by any
-particular producer will depend on his present available markets, the
-possibility of securing a satisfactory customer or customers, and the
-care taken to follow tested and approved methods in preparing the eggs
-for shipment. Failures in attempting to ship eggs by parcel post have
-resulted because proper precautions as to package or container, packing,
-and labeling were not observed.
-
-This article presents conclusions from investigations made by the Office
-of Markets and Rural Organization in cooperation with the Post Office
-Department and gives detailed information as to the use of the parcel
-post.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-The practicability of shipping eggs by parcel post is demonstrated by
-the fact that more parcels of eggs than of any other one product pass
-through the mails. In order to test various methods of packing and
-handling eggs the Office of Markets and Rural Organization has shipped
-more than 700 dozen eggs through the mails from various points, under
-various conditions, and in different types of containers, without undue
-loss, either in the expense of shipment or the condition of the eggs on
-reaching the consumer’s kitchen.
-
-While the great bulk of eggs which come from distant producing territory
-will continue to be shipped by other methods, it is no doubt true that
-many cities can be supplied with a considerable portion of their fresh
-eggs from within the first and second zones by parcel post to the
-advantage of both producer and consumer. By such direct contact the
-producer should secure somewhat better prices for his eggs than are
-realized by present methods of marketing, and the consumer should obtain
-a fresher quality at no increased cost, or, frequently, even at a
-reduction in price. The producer who does not have satisfactory
-marketing facilities may find in the parcel post a means of solving his
-egg-marketing problems. This applies especially to the man whose flock
-is so small that he can not make case shipments, i. e., shipments in the
-regular 30-dozen-size egg case.
-
-
-SUMMARY OF RESULTS OF EXPERIMENTAL SHIPMENTS
-
-Four hundred and sixty-six shipments were made in the experiments. They
-comprised a total of 760¹¹⁄₁₂ dozens, or 9,131 eggs, in lots of from 1
-dozen to 10 dozen each. The number of eggs broken was 327, or slightly
-less than 3.6 per cent of the whole number. Of these, 209 eggs, or
-slightly less than 2.3 per cent, were broken too badly to use; the
-remaining 118 were usable. If 91 eggs broken in parcels known to have
-received violent usage be eliminated, the breakage resulting in loss is
-less than 1.3 per cent.
-
-The instructions issued by the Post Office Department for the handling
-of fragile mail matter (which includes eggs) are carefully drawn and
-quite ample. If the proper preparations were made for mailing, and if
-all employees of the Postal Service could be educated to observe the
-instructions faithfully, the breakage could be reduced to a negligible
-minimum.
-
-These experimental shipments were made over various routes and
-distances, including not only local shipments over short routes but
-points as far away from Washington as Minneapolis, Minn., and the Rocky
-Mountains. They began in October, 1913, and extended to February, 1914,
-thus including the holiday rush. The shipments were sufficiently
-numerous to justify the conclusion that eggs can be shipped by mail
-satisfactorily under the existing postal provisions, provided these are
-rigorously observed.
-
-
-THE EGGS
-
-The successful use of the parcel post for marketing eggs imposes the
-need of great care on the producer. Only such eggs should be shipped as
-are produced by healthy fowls kept under proper sanitary conditions and
-supplied with sound, wholesome feed. If possible, only infertile eggs
-should be produced for market; fertile eggs deteriorate rapidly and are
-the cause of much loss. A broody hen on the nest, or exposure to a
-temperature from other sources sufficient to start incubation, causes
-all such eggs to be rejected when they are candled. Eggs should be cared
-for carefully, beginning with keeping the fowls, under such conditions
-that the eggs will not be soiled in the nest by mud from the feet of the
-hens or otherwise; they should be gathered at least once a day (twice
-would be better) and should be stored in a well-ventilated place, which
-must be kept as cool as possible. Eggs intended for high-class trade
-should never be washed, as washing removes the natural mucilaginous
-coating of the egg and opens the pores of the shell. Eggs which are
-soiled should be kept for home use or disposed of otherwise than to a
-parcel-post customer.
-
-In spite of the greatest care it will sometimes happen under ordinary
-farm conditions that an occasional bad egg will appear among those sent
-to market. It would be wise to candle every egg shipped. Candling is
-“the process of testing eggs by passing light through them so as to
-reveal the condition of the contents.” A simple candling outfit may be
-made of an ordinary pasteboard box sufficiently large to be placed over
-a small hand lamp after the ends have been removed. The box should have
-a hole cut in it on a level with the flame of the lamp. Several notches
-should be cut in the edges on which the box rests, to supply air to the
-lamp. The box should be sufficiently large to prevent danger from
-catching fire. The one shown in figure 1 is made of corrugated
-pasteboard; ordinary pasteboard will serve the purpose. Candling is done
-in the dark, or at least away from strong light, and each egg is held
-against the hole in the side of the box, when its condition may be seen.
-An egg that shows any defect should not be marketed.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 1.--This cut illustrates a homemade candling outfit,
-consisting of small lamp and corrugated pasteboard box.]
-
-Only first-class eggs can be marketed successfully by parcel post. The
-shipping of bad eggs not only will cause dissatisfaction or even loss of
-the customer, but, in interstate shipments, will violate the Federal
-food law if there are more than 5 per cent of bad eggs in a shipment.
-The limit allowed, however, is no excuse for any bad eggs among those
-marketed.
-
-Persons desiring to build up a business of marketing eggs by this method
-should hatch their chicks early enough to have them begin laying in the
-fall season, when eggs are scarce and high priced. This will also result
-in more evenly distributed production throughout the year.
-
-
-PRESERVING EGGS IN WATER GLASS
-
-In the spring, when they are plentiful, eggs may be preserved for home
-use in a solution of water glass, so that those laid during the fall and
-winter season may be available for marketing. A standard grade of water
-glass can be obtained at drug stores for 75 cents per gallon, if bought
-in moderately large quantities. Each quart of water glass should be
-diluted with 10 quarts of water which has been boiled and cooled. Only
-strictly fresh, newly laid, clean eggs should be placed in the
-solution. The eggs may be packed in stone jars or crocks which have been
-washed thoroughly in scalding water and the water-glass solution poured
-over them, or the eggs may be placed daily in the solution by putting
-them down in it carefully by hand so as to avoid breaking or cracking
-them. The solution at all times should cover the eggs to a depth of at
-least 2 inches. The solution will not injure the hands. The jars should
-be put in a cool and preferably dark place before the eggs are deposited
-in them, and should not be moved, because breakage and loss may result.
-The water-glass solution may become cloudy, but this is a natural
-condition and should cause no alarm.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 2.--This illustration shows two 2-dozen size
-corrugated pasteboard egg boxes. The one to the left is closed. The
-other is taken apart to show construction. The two inner pieces of the
-case fold around the egg fillers and slip into the outer case shown on
-top. In filling, the box is not taken completely apart but only opened
-up properly.]
-
-Eggs thus kept are good for all purposes, but the shells break rather
-easily in boiling. This trouble can be prevented by puncturing the end
-of the shell with a pin or needle just before boiling. Perhaps an
-occasional customer will be willing to buy eggs preserved in water
-glass, but they should be sold for just what they are and at a price
-mutually agreed upon by the producer and customer.
-
-
-CONTAINERS
-
-Experience has shown that frequently parcels are mailed in containers
-not sufficiently strong and inadequately prepared and protected. These
-are a cause of complaint. While the containers often can be secured more
-easily by the consumer, the producer should make it a point to secure,
-through his local dealer or otherwise, such containers or carriers as
-meet the requirements of the postal authorities and such as will carry
-the particular product in a satisfactory manner, so that he may have
-uniformity in them when he is shipping to a number of customers. Uniform
-containers and uniform pack are economical and desirable; otherwise he
-may lose his customer, and should the container or carrier not be
-sufficiently stout to stand the service it will not be worth returning
-as an “empty” to use again.
-
-The postal requirements for mailing eggs for local delivery are as
-follows:
-
-  Eggs shall be accepted for local delivery when so packed in a basket
-  or other container as to prevent damage to other mail matter.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 3.--This picture shows a 10-dozen size box of
-corrugated pasteboard. The eggs are placed in four layers of 30 each.]
-
-This embraces all collection and delivery service within the
-jurisdiction of the postmaster of the office where the parcel is mailed.
-
-Eggs to be sent beyond the local office are to be prepared for mailing
-as follows:
-
-  Eggs shall be accepted for mailing regardless of distance when each
-  egg is wrapped separately and surrounded with excelsior, cotton, or
-  other suitable material and packed in a strong container made of
-  double-faced corrugated pasteboard, metal, wood, or other suitable
-  material and wrapped so that nothing can escape from the package. All
-  such parcels shall be labeled “Eggs.”
-
-  Eggs in parcels weighing more than 20 pounds shall be accepted for
-  mailing to offices in the first and second zones when packed in
-  crates, boxes, buckets, or other containers having tight bottoms to
-  prevent the escape of anything from the package and so constructed as
-  properly to protect the contents. Such packages to be marked
-  “Eggs--This side up,” and to be transported outside of mail bags.
-
-The ideal container must be simple in construction, efficient in
-service, and cheap. Simplicity of construction is essential, so that it
-may be assembled and packed or filled readily and rapidly. Any part
-which is to be opened should be so marked or notched as to indicate the
-part to pull up or out. It must be efficient in service to insure
-satisfaction to the shipper and to the receiver, and also to prevent
-damage to other mail matter by possible breakage and leakage. It must be
-inexpensive or it will defeat the object to be attained, which is a
-reduction of the cost of handling between producer and consumer.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 4.--This photograph shows a fiber-board box filled
-with corrugated-pasteboard lining and fillers, or partitions, of the
-same material. Each egg has a wrap of one-faced corrugated pasteboard.
-The lining is raised to show the eggs; it shows dark against the lid.]
-
-Trials of many different styles and makes of containers or cartons for
-shipping eggs by parcel post were made. Quite a number proved
-satisfactory in extended trials. A few of them are illustrated in these
-pages for the purpose of showing in a general way their appearance and
-construction. Any container which meets the postal requirements and
-which serves the purpose properly can be used.
-
-
-_Information Relative to Securing Containers_
-
-The experiment stations in the various States have information as to
-containers for parcel-post shipments of eggs, in consumer-size lots, and
-persons desiring information of this kind should not address the United
-States Department of Agriculture, but should address the director of
-the experiment station in their own States. The following list gives the
-post-office address of each station:
-
-  Alabama:
-    Auburn.
-    Tuskegee Institute.
-  Alaska: Sitka.
-  Arizona: Tucson.
-  Arkansas: Fayetteville.
-  California: Berkeley.
-  Colorado: Fort Collins.
-  Connecticut:
-    New Haven.
-    Storrs.
-  Delaware: Newark.
-  Florida: Gainesville.
-  Georgia: Experiment.
-  Guam: Guam.
-  Hawaii: Honolulu.
-  Idaho: Moscow.
-  Illinois: Urbana.
-  Indiana: Lafayette.
-  Iowa: Ames.
-  Kansas: Manhattan.
-  Kentucky: Lexington.
-  Louisiana: Baton Rouge.
-  Maine: Orono.
-  Maryland: College Park.
-  Massachusetts: Amherst.
-  Michigan: East Lansing.
-  Minnesota: University Farm, St. Paul.
-  Mississippi: Agricultural College.
-  Missouri: Columbia.
-  Montana: Bozeman.
-  Nebraska: Lincoln.
-  Nevada: Reno.
-  New Hampshire: Durham.
-  New Jersey: New Brunswick.
-  New Mexico: State College.
-  New York:
-    Geneva.
-    Ithaca.
-  North Carolina: Raleigh.
-  North Dakota: Agricultural College.
-  Ohio: Wooster.
-  Oklahoma: Stillwater.
-  Oregon: Corvallis.
-  Pennsylvania: State College.
-  Porto Rico: Mayaguez.
-  Rhode Island: Kingston.
-  South Carolina: Clemson College.
-  South Dakota: Brookings.
-  Tennessee: Knoxville.
-  Texas: College Station.
-  Utah: Logan.
-  Vermont: Burlington.
-  Virginia: Blacksburg.
-  Washington: Pullman.
-  West Virginia: Morgantown.
-  Wisconsin: Madison.
-  Wyoming: Laramie.
-
-
-PACKING EGGS FOR SHIPMENT
-
-The eggs for packing, if the trade requires it or if it can be done
-without any disadvantage, should be assorted as to size and color. Eggs
-irregular in shape, those which are unusually long or thin-shelled, or
-which have shells otherwise defective, should be kept by the producer
-for home use, so that breakage in transit may be reduced as much as
-possible.
-
-Regardless of the particular style or design of the container used, each
-egg should be wrapped according to parcel-post requirements, so that it
-will not shake about. Square-block tissue paper, which comes in packages
-of 500 sheets each, soft wrapping paper, or newspaper, should be used
-around each egg. Should the eggs shake about in the container, the
-danger of breakage in handling is increased.
-
-From the experimental shipments that have been made, it is clear that
-the packing should be attended to carefully. A little practice will
-enable the packer to do his work rapidly.
-
-
-_Weight of Egg Parcels_
-
-Average hens’ eggs will weigh about 1¹⁄₂ pounds to the dozen, or 2
-ounces apiece. The weight of a single dozen of eggs in a carton properly
-packed and wrapped for mailing will run from 2 to 3 pounds, depending on
-the nature of the particular container, the size of the eggs, and the
-packing and wrapping used. If the container be a very light one and the
-eggs small, the parcel may fall within the 2-pound limit, and the
-postage, therefore, within the first and second zones, or 150-mile
-limit, would be six cents. Most parcels containing a dozen eggs will
-exceed 2 pounds but will not reach 3; therefore the postage on them will
-be 7 cents within the first and second zones. A parcel containing 2
-dozen eggs will add perhaps 2 cents to the postage, though sometimes
-only 1 cent, depending on the nature of the container and the packing
-and wrapping.
-
-It should be observed that the larger the parcel (within the size and
-weight limits) the cheaper is the postage, as the first pound of every
-package costs 5 cents within the first and second zones, while each
-additional pound, up to 50, costs but 1 cent; so that while a 1-pound
-parcel would cost 5 cents postage, a 2-pound parcel would cost only 6
-cents, or 3 cents a pound. A 20-pound parcel would cost 24 cents, or
-1¹⁄₅ cents per pound, and a 50-pound parcel would cost 54 cents, or but
-1²⁄₂₅ cents per pound.
-
-
-_Shipping Eggs for Hatching Purposes_
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 5.--This illustration shows 20-pound parcel-post
-scales, which will be found quite convenient for many household purposes
-requiring a small scale.]
-
-Shipping eggs intended for hatching purposes in the style of containers
-illustrated in this bulletin has been found satisfactory to a great many
-poultry breeders. Those who do not favor this way of packing can use the
-method ordinarily employed when eggs are to be shipped by express, which
-is covered by the following postal regulation:
-
-  Eggs for hatching shall be accepted for mailing, regardless of
-  distance, when each egg is wrapped separately and surrounded with
-  excelsior, wood-wool, or other suitable material and packed in a
-  basket, preferably with a handle, or other suitable container, lined
-  with paper, fiber-board or corrugated pasteboard, in such a way that
-  nothing can escape from the package. Such parcels shall be labeled
-  “Eggs for hatching.” “Keep from heat and cold.” “Please handle with
-  care,” or other suitable words, and shall be handled outside of mail
-  sacks.
-
-The person receiving eggs for hatching should place them on the small
-end in bran or similar substance for 24 hours, in order that the germs
-may settle thoroughly before incubation is started.
-
-
-_Supplies for Shippers_
-
-As the postal regulations require that every parcel must have on it the
-name and address of the sender preceded by the word “From,” each person
-shipping eggs by parcel post will find it convenient to have a rubber
-stamp similar to the following:
-
-  From
-
-  William Smith,
-
-  Rural Corners, Pa.
-
-The stamp and an inking pad will cost about 50 cents.
-
-The postal regulations also require that parcels containing eggs are to
-be marked “Eggs.” For this purpose a rubber stamp having letters
-one-half inch high and reading “Eggs” should be used to stamp this word
-on each side of the parcel. Thus the nature of the contents will be
-apparent no matter which side is in view.
-
-The sender will soon learn how much postage each size of parcel
-requires. Parcel-post scales can be secured at reasonable prices. Scales
-are needed in the farm home on many occasions, and the parcel-post type
-will serve these other purposes also. They can be had for $2.50 and
-weigh up to 20 pounds. (See fig. 5.) “Union” scales having both a
-platform and a scoop attachment and weighing up to 200 or 300 pounds can
-be had for from $6 to $12, if desired.
-
-Boxes, wrapping paper, and twine should be bought in as large quantities
-as possible (say a year’s supply at a time), so that lower prices may be
-obtained. With proper organization it will be possible for several
-farmers to join in ordering containers by the thousand and other
-supplies in correspondingly large quantities.
-
-
-_Economical Size of Parcels_
-
-In arranging with the customer as to the size and frequency of shipments
-it is wise to take into consideration the fact that the larger the
-parcel sent (i. e., the more eggs sent in one parcel) the cheaper will
-be the postage per dozen. It would be much more economical for the
-family that uses, say, 4 dozens a week to have them sent in a 4-dozen
-parcel once a week than to have them sent in two 2-dozen parcels at
-different times during the week; and the eggs, if produced under proper
-conditions and properly kept, would not deteriorate to any appreciable
-extent in that length of time. The same principle would hold good
-regardless of quantity used.
-
-Considering the cost of the container and the postage, the consumer
-usually will find it no economy to buy eggs for food by parcel post in
-less than 2-dozen lots.
-
-
-_Wrapping and Addressing Parcels_
-
-The appearance of the parcel depends largely upon the manner in which it
-is wrapped. Odds and ends of paper and twine are not desirable for this
-purpose. Every producer who aims to make a business of shipping eggs by
-parcel post should procure a supply of good tough paper of the proper
-size to wrap his parcels, and also good, strong, though not too heavy,
-cord or twine that stretches very little.
-
-No matter what the design of the container there is always danger,
-should the parcel be subjected to excessive pressure or violence in any
-form, that the eggs may be broken and the contents leak out. In a large
-number of experiments it was found that when parcels were properly
-wrapped with good paper, even though there were quite a number of broken
-eggs in the parcel, in only a few cases did any leakage of the contents
-damage other mail matter. A container badly stained from broken eggs
-should not be used again. Better a little less profit on a shipment of
-eggs than a displeased customer, who, displeased a few times, will cease
-to be a customer.
-
-It is a simple matter to wrap the parcels both rapidly and neatly. A
-little attention to the best manner of folding the paper in completing
-the wrapping will result in a securely and neatly covered package. This
-applies to parcels weighing less than 20 pounds--parcels exceeding 20
-pounds need not be wrapped.
-
-To insure prompt delivery the address should be written plainly on the
-wrapping of the parcel. Much mail matter is delayed or altogether fails
-to reach its destination because of an incomplete or poorly written
-address.
-
-
-_Inclosures_
-
-An inclosure stating the number of eggs and the price may be placed in
-the parcel, but no message of any kind may be included, as that would
-subject the package to the first-class postage rate.
-
-
-UNPACKING EGGS WHEN RECEIVED
-
-The person receiving the eggs should unpack them immediately to see if
-any have been broken. It may be desirable to have instructions printed
-on the outside of the container, and the following are suggested:
-
-“Please unpack and examine at once to see condition and to give proper
-attention.”
-
-Whether or not this is printed on the container, the shipper should have
-a distinct understanding with the consumer that this is to be done with
-every parcel received, so that information as to any unsatisfactory
-condition may be promptly obtained.
-
-
-RETURNING EMPTY CONTAINERS
-
-Many shippers will doubtless find it desirable and economical to have
-the customer save the containers and return them after a sufficient
-number have accumulated. When so returned the postage on empty cases
-still in usable condition is less than the cost of new ones. The
-consumer should receive credit for the postage required to return them.
-Many of the containers are made in “knocked-down” style, i. e., to take
-apart and fold so they can be made into a much smaller package or
-parcel. Containers which are knocked down to be returned should be
-packed in such a way that there will be no edges or points projecting
-without support or protection, as such projections are likely to be
-broken or crushed in the mails.
-
-The cost of the container is necessarily included in the price of the
-eggs to the consumer. It is therefore to the interest of the consumer to
-take proper care of containers and to save or return all that are in
-usable condition. Since the return of containers will have some effect
-on the price of the eggs, the proper spirit of thrift should cause the
-consumer to take care of all returnable empties and to send them back in
-accordance with whatever agreement or understanding may exist between
-the producer and himself.
-
-
-METHOD OF BRINGING PRODUCER AND CONSUMER TOGETHER
-
-One of the problems to the average farmer is how to secure customers who
-desire eggs direct from the farm. In other words, the question is, “How
-shall I come in contact with the person who wants my product?”
-
-An occasional contact may be secured through acquaintance in the city or
-town where a parcel-post market is sought. Contact might also be secured
-by a small advertisement in a city or town paper, stating the number of
-eggs available per week. The postmasters in a number of large cities
-have issued lists of consumers which ought to be helpful. In France city
-dwellers make these business arrangements in summer when in the country
-on their holiday. Consumers who will not take trouble about these
-relatively small things should not complain of the high cost of food
-products.
-
-Additional contact ought to be more easily obtained than the original
-contact, for the simple reason that if a producer supplies satisfactory
-eggs the person receiving them is almost sure to obtain other customers
-for him by speaking well of his product. It might be said that the
-reputation a parcel-post shipper makes with his first customers will
-very largely determine his success or failure in marketing by this
-method.
-
-The matter of holding business once secured and securing additional
-business is important. One of the serious drawbacks of ordinary farming
-is the great irregularity of income during the year. The development of
-a regular parcel-post business in eggs and the numerous other products
-that may be marketed by this means will increase the income and
-distribute it better throughout the year. Once a customer has been
-secured, every endeavor should be made to furnish strictly high-grade
-goods and to deal fairly, promptly, and satisfactorily, so that the
-customer may be retained. When a reputation has been established for
-products of high quality and for fair dealing, the holding of customers
-and securing new ones will be a comparatively simple matter.
-
-
-FIXING FAIR PRICES
-
-As the object of parcel-post dealing is to get slightly increased prices
-for the producer and better products at the same price, or the same
-class of products at lower prices, for the consumer, the question of
-arriving at prices fair to both is important. It is also difficult.
-
-It is not likely, at least not for some time to come, that eggs will be
-marketed so largely by parcel post that the ordinary marketing
-quotations can not be depended upon in arriving at prices.
-
-It ought to be a comparatively easy matter for a producer and a consumer
-to agree upon a stipulated market quotation as the basis for determining
-the price to be paid. A consumer may desire 5 dozen eggs per week, the
-price to be agreed upon being the number of cents per dozen above the
-wholesale quotation for the best grade of eggs on the market that week.
-The necessary relations in this matter can be maintained only by
-scrupulous honesty and well-founded mutual trust.
-
-
-CONTRACTS OR AGREEMENTS BETWEEN PRODUCER AND CONSUMER
-
-The nature of the agreement between the producer and the consumer,
-whether reduced to writing or not, should be made to suit the
-circumstances and must be fair to both. Perhaps the first agreement made
-should be in writing; but later, if mutual confidence and trust have
-been thoroughly established, the contract may be verbal.
-
-The matter of frequency and method of payment can be arranged in
-various ways. For the first agreement term, which may be a year or
-less, cash in advance might be satisfactory, until a definite system of
-orders and payments is established.
-
-  The agreement should specify:
-
-  (1) The names of the parties to the agreement.
-
-  (2) The length of time during which the agreement is to be in force.
-
-  (3) The number of eggs to be shipped each week during the time the
-  contract runs, and also the frequency of shipment and the number in
-  each shipment.
-
-  (4) Price to be paid during the time of the contract, together with
-  the base on which the price is fixed.
-
-  (5) Method of adjusting claims for broken or bad eggs.
-
-  (6) The consumer should open boxes properly (without cutting or
-  tearing), and should take proper care of them and return them by mail
-  as desired by the producer.
-
-  (7) Frequency of payment and manner of remitting; postage paid on
-  empties returned to the producer to be credited to the consumer on
-  next bill rendered.
-
-For the reason that eggs are in very abundant supply in the spring
-season and in very short supply in the fall and early winter season, the
-contract should specify quantity to be supplied each week throughout the
-year. The producer can not expect the consumer to take all the eggs that
-are to be marketed in the season of greatest production, nor can the
-consumer expect to get as many eggs as he wishes in the season of lowest
-production; and these two extremes should be thoroughly understood and
-specifically mentioned in the agreement, so as to have no
-misunderstanding regarding them.
-
-In the season of short supply the consumer might be willing to try some
-eggs preserved in water glass, thereby relieving the situation.
-
-The producer in making an agreement with a consumer should undertake to
-replace or allow for eggs lost by breakage in shipping. Should this
-provision in the agreement be abused by any consumer it might be
-sufficient reason to refuse to contract again with that consumer, and of
-course satisfactory evidence of unusual breakage would need to be
-produced, and it might even be necessary to locate the cause of the
-breakage in the mails.
-
-The following is a suggested form of agreement:
-
-  THIS Article of Agreement made this ...... day of ......, 1917, by and
-  between JOHN DOE, of DOEVILLE, DOE County, Va., party of the first
-  part, and RICHARD ROE, of 298 Bahama Avenue, Washington, D. C., party
-  of the second part.
-
-  WITNESSETH, That for the price of .... cents (....) per dozen above
-  the wholesale price for best eggs quoted in the “Blankville News” on
-  Tuesday of each week, the party of the first part agrees to supply the
-  party of the second part .... (....) dozens of eggs weekly for the
-  remainder of the calendar year 1917, each weekly consignment to be
-  shipped in one parcel.
-
-  Payments are to be made every four weeks on bill rendered by party of
-  the first part to party of the second part after making proper
-  allowance for eggs broken beyond use and for eggs otherwise unusable.
-  The party of the second part is to receive credit for postage on
-  empties returned and agrees to take proper care of containers, open
-  them properly (without cutting or tearing), and to return them to the
-  party of the first part as party of the first part may desire.
-
-  If party of the first part require it, party of the second part agrees
-  to return containers with broken eggs in place if he claims they are
-  damaged beyond use.
-
-
-PARCEL POST ZONES
-
-The United States is divided into “units,” each one of which is
-numbered, as illustrated by the accompanying section of map. (See fig.
-6.) The center of each unit constitutes the center of the zones for all
-post offices within that unit. The first zone consists of any given unit
-together with all the adjoining units, even though they but touch at the
-corner. The second zone embraces all those units within a radius of
-150 miles from the center of any given unit, and the whole of any unit,
-any part of which is touched by this 150-mile boundary line, is
-considered entirely within that zone.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 6.--This illustration shows a section of Parcel Post
-Zone Map for Washington, D. C., and all other post offices in Unit
-1071.]
-
-There is separate zone map for each unit. The accompanying illustration
-shows a section of the map for the unit in which Washington is located.
-The second circle shows the nominal boundary of zone 2; but owing to the
-fact that all units which are touched by this boundary line fall
-entirely within the second zone, the units which are bounded by the
-heavy line (outside the second curved line) are entirely within zone 2.
-This principle applies to all other zones; that is, any unit which is
-touched at any point by the boundary of a given zone lies wholly within
-that given zone and is so considered for the purposes of the parcel-post
-service.
-
-Particular description is here given of the first and second zones
-because of the fact that the great bulk of the shipping of farm products
-by parcel post is likely to be done within these zones. The rate can be
-ascertained readily from the accompanying tables.
-
-
-_Local parcel post rates_
-
-  ======+=======
-  Pounds|Postage
-  ------+-------
-        |_Cents_
-     1  |   5
-     2  |   6
-     3  |   6
-     4  |   7
-     5  |   7
-     6  |   8
-     7  |   8
-     8  |   9
-     9  |   9
-    10  |  10
-    11  |  10
-    12  |  11
-    13  |  11
-    14  |  12
-    15  |  12
-    16  |  13
-    17  |  13
-    18  |  14
-    19  |  14
-    20  |  15
-    21  |  15
-    22  |  16
-    23  |  16
-    24  |  17
-    25  |  17
-    26  |  18
-    27  |  18
-    28  |  19
-    29  |  19
-    30  |  20
-    31  |  20
-    32  |  21
-    33  |  21
-    34  |  22
-    35  |  22
-    36  |  23
-    37  |  23
-    38  |  24
-    39  |  24
-    40  |  25
-    41  |  25
-    42  |  26
-    43  |  26
-    44  |  27
-    45  |  27
-    46  |  28
-    47  |  28
-    48  |  29
-    49  |  29
-    50  |  30
-  ------+-------
-
-Fifty pounds is the weight limit for local delivery. These rates are 5
-cents for the first pound and 1 cent additional for each 2 pounds or
-fraction thereof; they apply to any parcel-post matter that does not go
-beyond the jurisdiction of the mailing office.
-
-
-_First and second zone parcel-post rates_
-
-  ======+=======
-  Pounds|Postage
-  ------+-------
-        |_Cents_
-     1  |   5
-     2  |   6
-     3  |   7
-     4  |   8
-     5  |   9
-     6  |  10
-     7  |  11
-     8  |  12
-     9  |  13
-    10  |  14
-    11  |  15
-    12  |  16
-    13  |  17
-    14  |  18
-    15  |  19
-    16  |  20
-    17  |  21
-    18  |  22
-    19  |  23
-    20  |  24
-    21  |  25
-    22  |  26
-    23  |  27
-    24  |  28
-    25  |  29
-    26  |  30
-    27  |  31
-    28  |  32
-    29  |  33
-    30  |  34
-    31  |  35
-    32  |  36
-    33  |  37
-    34  |  38
-    35  |  39
-    36  |  40
-    37  |  41
-    38  |  42
-    39  |  43
-    40  |  44
-    41  |  45
-    42  |  46
-    43  |  47
-    44  |  48
-    45  |  49
-    46  |  50
-    47  |  51
-    48  |  52
-    49  |  53
-    50  |  54
-  ------+-------
-
-The weight limit within the first and second zones is 50 pounds. These
-rates apply to all points within the first and second zones, as there is
-no difference in rates between these two zones. A simple rule to
-determine the postage on any parcel not going beyond the second zone is
-to add 4 to the number of pounds, and the resulting number is the
-postage required in cents. Example: A parcel weighs 13 pounds and 11
-ounces; this will require postage on 14 pounds (as any fraction of a
-pound is considered a full pound); 14 + 4 = 18 cents postage.
-
-The weight limit for the third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, and
-eighth zones is 20 pounds. Any information desired in regard to rates,
-zones, and other postal matters can be obtained from any post office.
-
-
-_Measurement Limits for Parcel-Post Mail Matter_
-
-In addition to the weight limits shown in connection with the foregoing
-postage tables there is a measurement limit, which is the same for all
-zones. This limit is that the girth (measurement around) and the length
-added must not exceed 84 inches. For example, a parcel 12 inches square
-(48 inches around) and 36 inches long would be just up to the limit, as
-would also a parcel 15 inches square (60 inches around) and 24 inches
-long. A parcel cubical in shape and 14 inches in each dimension would
-measure 56 inches around, and to this would be added 14 inches for
-length, making 70 inches, or 14 inches less than the limit.
-
-
-_Receipt, Insuring and C. O. D._
-
-If desired, a receipt can be procured from the postmaster acknowledging
-the mailing of a parcel on the payment of 1 cent. For 3 cents a parcel
-may be insured against loss if not valued at more than $5.
-
-A parcel may be sent collect on delivery for 10 cents. This also insures
-it for actual value not exceeding $50.
-
-
-PRACTICABILITY AND UTILITY OF THE PARCEL POST IN EGG MARKETING
-
-Under the present method the general farmer, or in most cases the
-farmer’s wife, sells the surplus eggs to the local storekeeper, taking
-their value out in trade. The parcel post offers an opportunity for a
-cash outlet at better prices. It should prove a valuable help,
-especially to those farms that are located unfavorably in regard to a
-consuming market. It is not too much to say that shipping by parcel post
-has been demonstrated as a practical proposition when properly
-conducted.
-
-To send a 2-dozen-size parcel would cost about as follows: For container
-and wrapping, 8 cents; for postage, 9 cents, or a total of 17 cents,
-which would be 8¹⁄₂ cents a dozen marketing cost. Marketing a 5-dozen
-parcel would cost about 13 cents for container and wrapping and 14 cents
-postage, or a total of 27 cents; a 10-dozen lot would cost about 22
-cents for container and wrapping and 25 cents postage, or a total of 47
-cents. These figures are based on container prices prevailing prior to
-July 1, 1914.
-
-The postage rates here used are those within the first and second zones.
-The rates to the third and farther zones are higher, and the advantages
-of marketing by parcel post consequently less.
-
-These figures include the cost of a new container each time. The
-experiments show that containers from the 4-dozen size up will stand on
-an average two to four trips very satisfactorily. Containers for smaller
-lots will stand on an average from three to five trips. As the postage
-cost of returning containers is considerably less than the price of new
-ones, the average expense for containers can be materially reduced from
-the figures quoted.
-
-
-DISADVANTAGES OR DIFFICULTIES IN MARKETING EGGS BY PARCEL POST
-
-If it is kept in mind that it takes a few days for eggs to reach the
-consumer, a regular supply of eggs can be had for use at all times. The
-possibility of broken eggs and the consequent adjustment of payment may
-seem to be a disadvantage, but if properly provided for in the agreement
-it need not be. The matter of arriving at equitable prices may seem to
-be difficult, but ought not be a drawback.
-
-Some farmers may be so situated that they already have a satisfactory
-market for their eggs. Others may wish to have a parcel-post market
-during a part of the year, but may dispose of them otherwise during the
-remainder of the year. The local market may also at times afford a more
-satisfactory price than that received under a parcel-post selling
-agreement. There may also be producers of large quantities of eggs who
-find express transportation cheaper than parcel post.
-
-The securing of proper containers and the wrapping and packing of the
-eggs properly for mailing, as well as the care that needs to be
-exercised in shipping only strictly first-class eggs, may seem difficult
-to some, but if a parcel-post market is to be developed, it will require
-care and attention to get it properly established and to keep it going
-successfully.
-
-
-DIRECT MARKETING OF LARGER QUANTITIES OF EGGS THAN PRIVATE FAMILIES
-REQUIRE
-
-The foregoing discussion applies especially to shipments of eggs for
-family consumption. It is likely that many producers will desire a
-larger outlet than is afforded by private families. These shippers may
-use containers such as are described in the postal regulations. They
-must come within the weight and measurement limits, however. The present
-30-dozen commercial case exceeds the weight limits and would have to be
-forwarded by express. The express companies are now paying special
-attention to small shipments of food products, and furnish prompt and
-efficient service.
-
-Should an individual farmer not have enough eggs to ship alone a number
-of neighboring farmers may club together for the purpose of shipping
-eggs and may secure a purchaser in the person of a hotel, restaurant, or
-lunch-room proprietor, or a retail grocer in some town or city. The eggs
-from each farm should be packed in 1-dozen size cartons or fillers,
-which would take the place of the ordinary filler of the standard
-30-dozen-size egg case. These cartons should have stamped on them the
-name and address of the producer, or instead of the name and address a
-number could be assigned to each farm for the purposes of
-identification. Each carton should be sealed so that any complaint in
-regard to quality can be traced to the individual producer. This is
-necessary in order to protect members of the club from complaints of
-delinquency not justly attributable to them.[2]
-
-  [2] Farmers’ Bulletin 656, The Community Egg Circle, gives the details
-  of such an organization. It can be obtained on request from the
-  Division of Publications, Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
-
-Shipping by express presupposes that the producers concerned are within
-reasonable distance of express service, otherwise the expense of
-transporting the eggs to the express office might be prohibitive.
-
-It is hoped that these methods may enable the producer to realize better
-prices, and that at the same time the consumer will secure a fresher
-product. Eggs so handled and shipped will be fresher and in better
-condition than ordinary country-store or huckster-collected eggs.
-
-The average farmer pays scant attention to egg and poultry production,
-usually leaving matters relating thereto to his wife. Properly managed,
-however, this branch of farm industry may prove profitable. Indeed, it
-is not unlikely that a careful keeping of the cost of producing corn on
-many farms would lead to the conclusion that the family treasury had
-profited more by the activities of the hen than by raising corn.
-
-
-OPPORTUNITY OF EXTENSION OF PARCEL-POST MARKETING TO OTHER PRODUCTS
-
-It is quite possible that once having secured a parcel-post market for
-eggs many farmers having other commodities not readily salable at home
-may open up markets for them in the same way. Methods of arriving at
-prices would be the same, the producer advising the consumer as to the
-commodities, quantity, and price. By this means a market may be found
-for many products which are not now being marketed, mainly for the
-reason that they are in the nature of by-products or small surpluses
-over the family’s need which do not justify a special trip to market.
-
-There is also a field of opportunity open for development in making a
-special effort to produce such things as town or city residents are
-anxious to obtain, and by proper attention a supplemental income could
-be built up by developing such business.
-
-
-SUMMARY
-
-(1) In the experiments conducted in this study 760¹¹⁄₁₂ dozens, or 9,131
-eggs, were sent through the mails in 466 shipments of from 1 to 10
-dozens each. The total breakage was 327 eggs; of these, 118 were only
-cracked or slightly broken and were usable, and 209 (or 2.3 per cent)
-were broken beyond use. Ninety-one eggs were broken because the parcels
-containing them were handled contrary to postal rules and regulations.
-Subtracting these, the loss was only 1.3 per cent. This shows the
-possibility of shipping eggs by parcel post with small loss, and
-indicates that eggs may be so shipped with safety if existing postal
-regulations are observed.
-
-(2) Care should be exercised in the production of eggs so that they will
-be of as good quality as possible. The hens should be provided with
-proper quarters and fed on clean, wholesome feed. The production of non
-fertile eggs reduces the losses materially. After gathering, the eggs
-should be kept carefully in the coolest and best ventilated place
-available.
-
-(3) Trials of many styles and makes of containers were made; a large
-number proved satisfactory. The addresses of manufacturers of containers
-can be obtained from the agricultural experiment stations in the several
-States.
-
-(4) In selecting eggs for shipping by mail, thin-shelled and unusually
-long or irregular-shaped eggs should not be used. Each egg should be
-wrapped in sufficient paper to hold it snugly in its own individual
-compartment in the container. The container should be properly closed
-and carefully wrapped with good, tough wrapping paper and strong twine.
-The address should be written plainly to insure prompt delivery on
-arrival. The postal regulations require the name and address of the
-sender on the parcel also.
-
-(5) If attention is given to the necessary details, as indicated in this
-bulletin, eggs can be shipped by parcel post to the advantage of the
-farmer. This method of marketing affords a means of increasing the
-fresh-egg business to the benefit of both the producer and the consumer.
-
-(6) Farmers located out of reach of a satisfactory market or of the
-usual means of transportation can find in the parcel post a ready means
-of getting their eggs direct to a consuming market promptly and at
-prices that will justify the additional trouble involved in packing for
-mailing.
-
-
-PUBLICATIONS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE OF INTEREST TO POULTRY
-RAISERS
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 51. Standard Varieties of Chickens.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 287. Poultry Management.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 528. Hints to Poultry Raisers.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 530. Important Poultry Diseases.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 562. The Organization of Boys’ and Girls’ Poultry
-  Clubs.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 574. Poultry House Construction.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 585. Natural and Artificial Incubation of Hen’s
-  Eggs.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 624. Natural and Artificial Brooding of Chickens.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 656. The Community Egg Circle.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 682. A Simple Trap Nest for Poultry.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 703. Suggestions for Parcel-post Marketing.
-
-  Further suggestions along this line may be found in Farmers’ Bulletin
-  703, Suggestions for Parcel-Post Marketing, which may be obtained on
-  request from the Division of Publication, Department of Agriculture,
-  Washington, D. C.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 226. DRESSING CHRISTMAS DOLLS
-
-
-Having observed that of the thousands of dolls which are sold during the
-holidays very few of them are dressed to suit the tastes of buyers, this
-woman felt certain she could make a good living by dressing these dolls.
-
-She therefore prepared a circular letter which she sent to hundreds of
-selected homes in her city, asking to be allowed the privilege of
-dressing the children’s dolls according to her own taste, or that of the
-mothers of the little girls, and received invitations to call at the
-homes of a large number of these people. She did so, and so well did she
-demonstrate her ability for the work that she received many orders. Her
-charges were reasonable, and she developed a regular and paying
-business.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 227. PAPER COVERS FOR SCHOOL BOOKS ASSIST IN PUTTING MAN
-THROUGH COLLEGE
-
-
-A young man in an eastern Washington town, who was obliged to work his
-way through the agricultural college, adopted, as one of his numerous
-plans for making money, that of providing substantial yet inexpensive
-manilla covers for school books.
-
-He bought from a wholesale paper store, a quantity of the best manilla
-paper at 4 cents a pound and, at a cost of 15 cents additional, had it
-cut into different sizes and the corners cut off on a regular paper
-cutter. The ends he cut off himself with a pair of shears, and pasted
-them down so they could be slipped on over any school book, to protect
-it. The cover, completed, cost him less than 2 cents each, yet he sold a
-large number of them for 5 cents each. Finally, he induced the school
-board to buy 5,000 of them, at 3¹⁄₂ cents each. He made enough in this
-to put him through the greater part of his first year’s schooling. He
-operated the same plan in other school districts the second and third
-years, and completed his course with the money he thus earned.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 228. MAKING PAN-LIFTERS
-
-
-A woman in Lincoln, Nebraska, who knew the difficulties and dangers
-involved in lifting hot pans that have to be handled often, figured out
-a plan to make this work both safe and convenient.
-
-She made a belt to fasten around the waist, and on each side of the
-front she fastened a strip that came down nearly to the knees. On the
-ends of these strips she sewed small quilted pads about six inches
-square. These were always ready to use, and proved great time-savers and
-made the lifting easy.
-
-She was so well pleased with the one she made for herself, that she made
-up a hundred of them and went from house to house, explaining their
-advantages, and readily sold them at 25 cents each.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 229. MONEY IN WINTER BULBS
-
-
-In late October or early November every year, a Massachusetts woman buys
-some plain glass dishes, about five inches wide and two or three inches
-deep. She then collects pebbles and places them in each dish, and on top
-of them, so they will not touch each other, she places fine narcissus
-bulbs, filling in around them with more pebbles, until the dish is quite
-full. Then adding water enough to fill to the top, she sets the dishes
-on the cellar floor and leaves them there until they are full of roots.
-She then brings them into a light, sunny room, and as soon as they are
-in bloom she takes them to the woman’s exchange, where they sell readily
-for 50 cents a dish. The cost of the dishes is 5 cents each, and the
-bulbs, six for 5 cents, so she makes 40 cents on each dish.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 230. SELLING HICKORY NUTS
-
-
-A country woman with a grove of hickory trees on her farm, made $30 in
-one month gathering hickory nuts, which she sent to a friend in the
-city, who bought them at $1.50 per bushel. That was only twenty bushels,
-and people who live in localities where these nuts are plentiful could
-multiply that number many times by gathering them on a more extensive
-scale.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 231. THUMBLESS MITTENS FOR CHILDREN
-
-
-What mother has ever been able to get a baby’s thumb into a mitten? And
-how long would it stay if she did? Then why have thumbs on baby’s
-mittens at all?
-
-These are questions a Canadian mother asked herself many times, and
-learned that there was but one answer: make the mittens without thumbs.
-And she did so.
-
-In fact, she found that no matter how many pair she made, the
-baby-outfitters gladly took all she could knit, sold them for 40 cents a
-pair, and charged her only a small commission for selling; as the
-materials cost less than 10 cents, her profit was large. She used white
-pompadour or saxony yarn, and a large steel hook, so the work was light,
-pleasant and profitable.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 232. TAILORED HATS
-
-
-Here is the story of a Montana woman who discovered that she could make
-a better tailored hat for girls, and sell it for 50 cents, than the
-millinery stores ask $2 for, and she not only made one for her own
-little girl, but for a hundred or more other small misses, and realized
-a profit on every one she made. The material cost but little, while the
-work on the hats was no trouble at all, so she kept it up until she had
-supplied everybody of her acquaintance with the prettiest hats to be
-seen anywhere. She made them from a pattern published by a well known
-woman’s periodical; and it was so easy to follow it that the making of
-hats was a real pleasure.
-
-She also made nice hats for women, at $1.00 each, and on these the
-profits were still greater.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 233. SELLING POTTED PLANTS
-
-
-A southern woman who was extremely fond of flowers lived in a town of
-5,000 inhabitants in which there was no regular florist, so she began
-supplying the needs of the flower-loving people there by engaging in the
-business on a small scale herself, specializing on potted plants and cut
-flowers.
-
-She bought small plants, repotted them, and easily doubled her money on
-them. In their season she buys tomato and pansy plants and scarlet sage,
-as well as bulbs and roots, and holds regular flower sales at Easter,
-Christmas, Thanksgiving, Mother’s Day, etc., and always finds a demand
-for all her floral products.
-
-Recently she turned her back yard into a hot-house, and raises the
-plants herself, thus decreasing the cost and increasing the margin of
-profit. From one large bed, the seed for which cost 75 cents, she sells
-from $15 to $20 worth of plants every season. She also advises flower
-growers about flowers culture, color schemes, etc., and in many ways
-adds to the grand total of her yearly income.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 234. BASKET MAKING
-
-
-A downeast woman learned basket making in the young people’s society of
-her church, and made it a regular business. She specializes in market
-and scrap baskets, but makes fancy reed ones to order. Her main sales
-are made through the woman’s exchange, though sometimes direct to
-customers, and her earnings are sufficient to support her very
-comfortably.
-
-This line of work is not overcrowded, and there is plenty of opportunity
-in it for many other women.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 235. GROWING MUSHROOMS
-
-
-There are many methods of growing mushrooms, but the one adopted by this
-Michigan woman is perhaps as easy and profitable as any of them.
-
-First, providing a sufficient quantity of fresh manure and black dirt,
-she carefully prepares the beds and buys the spawn, and with but little
-care thereafter they produce a good crop every month in the year.
-
-In one bed 7 feet long by 2 feet wide, made from an old trunk lid and
-two soap boxes, she placed three bricks of spawn early in October, and
-eight weeks later picked 1¹⁄₂ pounds of mushrooms, which sold for $1.26
-per pound. Then every two days thereafter, until May 1st, she picked
-from four to five pounds. The picking, packing and marketing are easy,
-and do not interfere with her regular household duties. She made $8 to
-$10 a week out of this industry, and recommends it to others who need
-something to help out with household expenses.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 236. LUNCHES FOR SCHOOL CHILDREN
-
-
-A woman in Minnesota, whose income was very limited, was asked by the
-parent-teachers’ association to provide noon lunches for the pupils in
-the basement of a school building, the profit or loss to be her own.
-
-She had two long tables made of rough boards, covered with white
-oilcloth, and on these she spreads sandwiches made of minced ham, peanut
-butter, chipped beef and cheese, at 3 cents each; cake at 2 cents a
-slice, with milk, cocoa, soup, etc., at very low prices, yet which pay
-her a profit. She buys her material at wholesale prices, and makes a
-small profit on each article, so there is at least a comfortable living
-in it.
-
-At one o’clock her work is all done, and she has the afternoons and
-Saturdays at her own disposal.
-
-Not a very large enterprise, but it affords a living, and that is quite
-an item for a poor woman.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 237. DESICCATED VEGETABLES
-
-
-An eastern woman, anxious to help her husband lift the mortgage from
-their farm, had been told of the possibilities of desiccated vegetables,
-and decided to try out the plan herself.
-
-By way of experiment, she desiccated some vegetables and dried them in
-the sun. These she soaked for an hour in cold water, poured off the
-water, and put the vegetables in with some meat she was stewing. In half
-an hour she had a fine Irish stew ready for the table.
-
-Calling in some of her neighbors, they formed a local company for
-manufacturing desiccated vegetables. The vegetables, dried to a small
-bulk, were easily shipped to grocers at a great saving in freight or
-express charges, the weight also having been reduced to almost nothing.
-
-The company employed several of its members to become traveling
-salesmen, and they took many orders, as dealers were glad to get the new
-product. A package containing enough potatoes, carrots and onions for a
-stew, was sold for 3 cents at retail or 2 cents wholesale. They sold
-well at all seasons, as they were a great saving to the housewife, and
-when put into water were as fresh and palatable as in their original
-state.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 238. A PROFITABLE ADVERTISING PLAN
-
-
-A young man left Chicago some time ago and went to the Northwest for the
-purpose of increasing his earning power.
-
-Having first provided himself with twelve cartoon plates, with a strong
-home-trade argument under each cartoon, which a big newspaper syndicate
-had made for him, he stopped at a town of some 5,000 inhabitants and
-called upon the publisher of the leading newspaper. To him he made the
-following proposition: To obtain for his paper one or two pages of local
-advertisements to run every week for twelve weeks, and create a strong
-sentiment for patronizing home merchants and local industries,
-furnishing the cartoons and home-trade arguments, of which he showed
-proofs, and to divide the profits equally, though it was not to cost the
-publisher a cent, except the composition on the local ads. to be secured
-and set up; that for this home-trade page, the rates must be double his
-regular rates, so that he would get full price for his ads.
-
-Of course, the publisher accepted, and the Chicago man went to work. In
-three days he had contracts signed up for enough local ads. to fill two
-pages with the cartoon in the center of the page to run twelve
-consecutive weeks, the contracts to be left with the publisher, who was
-to collect and forward him his half, but the newspaper man willingly
-paid him one-fourth of the amount that would be due him at the end of
-the twelve weeks.
-
-In three days the Chicago man had made just $288. This plan will afford
-a good living to any advertising salesman.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 239. BACKYARD POULTRY KEEPING
-
-  Acknowledgment is due for this article to the United States Department
-  of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. Contribution from the Bureau of
-  Animal Industry, A. D. Melvin, Chief.
-
-
-In every household, no matter how economical the housewife, there is a
-certain amount of table scraps and kitchen waste which has feeding value
-but which, if not fed, finds its way into the garbage pail.
-
-Poultry is the only class of domestic animals which is suitable for
-converting this waste material, right where it is produced in the city,
-into wholesome and nutritious food in the form of eggs and poultry meat.
-
-Each hen in her pullet year should produce ten dozen eggs. The average
-size of the back-yard flock should be at least ten hens. Thus each flock
-would produce in a year 100 dozens of eggs which, at the conservative
-value of 25 cents a dozen, would be worth $25.
-
-By keeping a back-yard poultry flock the family would not only help in
-reducing the cost of living but would have eggs of a quality and
-freshness which are often difficult to obtain.
-
-Remember that eggs produced by the back-yard flock cost very little, as
-the fowls are fed largely upon waste materials.
-
-[Illustration: An illustration of the average back yard of the city man
-which may be turned to a profitable use by raising chickens.]
-
-
-ADVANTAGES OF HOME POULTRY
-
-The keeping of a small flock of laying hens on a town or village lot or
-in a city back yard is an important branch of poultry keeping. Though
-the value of the product from each flock is small of itself the
-aggregate is large. The product of such a flock, both in the form of
-eggs and fowls for the table, may be produced at a relatively low cost,
-because of the possibility of utilizing table scraps and kitchen waste
-which would otherwise be thrown away. A small flock of hens, even as few
-as six or eight, should produce eggs enough, where used economically,
-for a family of four or five persons throughout the entire year, except
-during the molting period of the fall and early winter. By the
-preservation of surplus eggs produced during the spring and early summer
-this period of scarcity can be provided for. The keeping of pullets
-instead of hens also will insure the production of eggs at this time.
-Not only will the eggs from the home flock materially reduce the cost of
-living, but the superior freshness and quality of the eggs are in
-themselves well worth the effort expended. Eggs are a highly nutritious
-food and are so widely used as to be almost indispensable, and an
-occasional chicken dinner is relished by everyone.
-
-Where conditions render it feasible and cheap small flocks of poultry
-should be kept to a greater extent than at present by families in
-villages and towns, and especially in the suburbs of large cities. The
-need for this extension of poultry raising is particularly great in
-those sections where the consumption of poultry products exceeds the
-production, with the result that prices are high.
-
-
-OVERCOMING OBJECTIONS TO KEEPING POULTRY IN THE CITY
-
-Objection is frequently raised to the keeping of poultry in towns and
-cities because of the odor which may result and also because of the
-noise which is made by roosters crowing, particularly in the early
-morning. In some cases city regulations have been formulated to prevent
-or to control poultry keeping. Where there are city regulations it is
-necessary to find out their provisions and to conform to them. There is
-no necessity for the poultry flock to become a nuisance to neighbors. If
-the dropping boards are cleaned daily and the houses and yards are kept
-in a reasonably clean condition there will be no annoying odors.
-
-The male bird need not be a nuisance. Unless it is intended to hatch
-chickens from the flock it is unnecessary to keep a male bird. The fact
-that there is no male in the flock will have absolutely no effect on the
-number of eggs laid by the hens. If it is desired to mate the hens and
-to hatch chicks the male bird should be sold or eaten just as soon as
-the hatching season is over. This is desirable not only for the purpose
-of eliminating noise, but also to save the feed that would be eaten by
-the male and for the reason that the eggs produced after the male is
-disposed of will be infertile. Since these eggs are incapable of chick
-development they keep much better than fertile eggs and consequently are
-superior for preserving or for market.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 1.--Poultry house and run in a back yard.]
-
-The flock must be kept confined; otherwise the hens will stray into
-neighbors’ yards and gardens, where they may cause damage and are almost
-sure to cause ill feeling.
-
-
-KIND OF FOWLS TO KEEP
-
-Householders usually desire not only eggs for the table and for cooking,
-but also an occasional chicken to eat. For this reason one of the
-general-purpose breeds, such as the Plymouth Rock, Wyandotte, Rhode
-Island Red, or Orpington, is preferable to the smaller egg breeds, such
-as the Leghorns. Not only do the mature fowls of these breeds, because
-of their larger size, make better table fowls than the Leghorns, but the
-young chickens for the same reason make better friers and roasters,
-whereas chickens of the egg breeds are only suitable for the smaller
-broilers. The general-purpose breeds are also “broody” breeds, the hens
-making good sitters and mothers, which is a decided advantage when it is
-desired to hatch and raise chickens, since the hens of the egg breeds
-seldom go broody and are in any event rather unreliable sitters and
-mothers. If, however, the production of eggs outweighs the desire for an
-occasional table fowl, the lighter egg breeds undoubtedly will be found
-better, because they lay as many eggs and do so on less feed, with the
-result that they produce the eggs more cheaply. It is by all means
-advisable to keep some pure breed or variety. Where this is done, sales
-at a profitable figure can often be made of breeding stock which it is
-intended to market or of eggs for hatching.
-
-
-SIZE OF FLOCK
-
-The size of the flock which can be most efficiently kept will depend
-first of all upon the space available and, secondly, upon the amount of
-table scraps or other waste which is available for feed. It is a mistake
-to try to overstock the available space. Better results will be obtained
-from a few hens in a small yard than from a larger number. The back-yard
-poultry flock rarely will consist of over 20 or 25 hens and in many
-cases of not more than 8 or 10, or occasionally of only 3 or 4. For a
-flock of 20 to 25 hens a space of not less than 25 by 30 feet should be
-available for a yard. Where less space is available, the size of the
-flock should be reduced, allowing on the average 20 to 30 square feet
-per bird. A few hens are sometimes kept successfully with a smaller yard
-allowance than this, but if the space is available a yard of the size
-indicated should be used.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 2.--A back-yard poultry plant. In the background are
-the poultry houses set up off the ground on accounts of rats. At the
-left is a shade made of wooden strips and roofing paper. At the right
-are the coops for the hens and chicks. In the foreground oats for green
-feed are being sprouted under wire screens.]
-
-
-PROCURING STOCK
-
-The best way for the city poultry keeper to procure hens is to purchase
-them in the fall. An effort should be made to obtain pullets rather than
-older hens, and the pullets selected should be well matured, so that
-they will begin to lay before the cold weather sets in. Evidences of the
-maturity of pullets are the development and red color of the comb and a
-size and growth which are good for the breed or variety. Hens will lay
-little or no eggs during the fall and early winter, while they are
-molting. Well-matured pullets, however, should lay fairly well during
-this period, so that an immediate return is realized from the
-investment. The purchasing of pullets in the fall is preferable in most
-cases to purchasing day-old chicks or to hatching chicks in the spring.
-Usually there is little space available for the raising of chicks, and,
-moreover, many city dwellers have had no experience in raising them.
-Under these conditions the results are apt to be very poor. Hatching and
-rearing chicks also necessitates broody hens for this purpose, or else
-investing money in artificial apparatus such as incubators and brooders.
-Such an investment is often too great to prove profitable with the
-average small flock. If chicks are raised, they must be fed throughout
-the summer and no return will be obtained until the pullets begin to lay
-in the fall, except that the males can be eaten or sold.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 3.--A shed in the heart of the city utilized for a
-poultry house. While a larger opening in the front would admit more
-light and make a more suitable hen house, the fowls kept here have done
-very well. The wire netting used for the yard was purchased very cheaply
-at an auction. The grass and sacks shown on the top of the run are used
-to furnish shade.]
-
-When pullets are to be purchased, it is well if possible to go to some
-farmer or poultryman who may be known to the prospective purchaser. In
-some cases it may pay to make arrangements with the farmer to raise the
-desired number of pullets at an agreed price. Where the householder does
-not have an opportunity to go into the country for his pullets, he can
-often pick them out among the live poultry shipped into the city to be
-marketed. The advice of some one who knows poultry should be sought in
-making such a purchase, to make sure that pullets or young hens are
-obtained, and that the stock is healthy. Often the local poultry
-associations are glad to help the prospective poultry keeper to get
-stock by putting him in communication with some of its members having
-stock for sale. Sometimes the local board of trade or chamber of
-commerce is glad to help to bring together the prospective purchaser and
-the poultry raiser.
-
-
-HOUSING
-
-The flock should be comfortably but not expensively housed. A house
-which provides a floor space of 3 or 4 square feet per bird is ample for
-the purpose, and fowls are often successfully kept with an allowance no
-greater then 2¹⁄₂ to 3 square feet. Houses must be dry and free from
-draft, but must allow ventilation. Often there is an unused shed or
-small building on the place which can easily be converted into a chicken
-house (see fig. 3). The front of the poultry house should be faced
-toward the south, if possible, so that the sun will shine into it.
-Perfectly satisfactory houses can be made cheaply from piano boxes or
-other packing cases. Two piano boxes with the backs removed can be
-nailed together and a door cut in the end. These boxes should be covered
-with a roofing paper in order to keep the house dry and to make it
-wind-proof. A portion of the door should be left open or covered with a
-piece of muslin, so as to allow ventilation. (See figs. 4 and 5.)
-Similar houses can be constructed of packing cases at a relatively small
-cost. A small amount of 2 by 4 or 2 by 3 lumber can be purchased for
-framing. The box boards can be applied for siding or sheathing and then
-covered with roofing paper. Where there is a board fence it is sometimes
-possible to take advantage of this by building the poultry house in the
-corner of the fence and making the fence itself, with the cracks covered
-by strips or battened, serve as the back and one side of the house.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 4.--Poultry houses, each of which is made out of two
-piano boxes. The two boxes are placed back to back, 3 feet apart, the
-back and top of each removed, a frame for roof and floor added, and the
-part between the two boxes built in with the boards removed from the
-boxes. The whole is covered with roofing paper. With piano boxes at
-$2.50 each, such a house can be easily and quickly constructed for $12.
-It will accommodate 12 hens comfortably.]
-
-A cheap house 8 by 8 feet square can be made of 2 by 4 inch pieces and
-12-inch boards. Plans for such a house are given in figure 6. The 2 by 4
-pieces are used for sills, plates, corner posts, and three rafters. No
-studding is required except that necessary to frame the door and window
-space. The boards are run up and down and add sufficient stiffness to
-the house. They are used also for the roof and covered with roofing
-paper. The back and sides of the house also can be covered with roofing
-paper, or the cracks can be covered with wooden battens or strips 1¹⁄₂
-to 3 inches wide. In the front of the house there should be left a
-window or opening which can be closed, when desired, by a muslin screen
-or curtain which serves as a protection against bad weather but allows
-ventilation. In the side a door should be provided which will allow
-entrance. A shed or single-slope roof is best because easiest to build.
-A height of 6 feet in front and 4 feet in the rear is ample. If desired,
-the house may be built higher, so that it is more convenient to work in;
-the increase in cost will be slight. The ventilator in the rear is not
-needed in the northern part of the country, but is desirable in the
-South where summers are very warm.
-
-[Illustration: Fig 5.--Rear view of piano-box houses shown in fig. 4.
-The openings at the rear are provided for ventilation and coolness in
-the hot weather. Windows could be used instead of solid shutters and
-would make the houses lighter when closed.]
-
-Such a house would be ample for a flock of 20 to 25 hens. It can be
-built quickly and easily and is cheap in construction. The material
-required is as follows:
-
-  BILL OF MATERIAL
-
-  Roof rafters, 5 pieces, 2 by 4 inches by 8 feet long.
-  Roof plates, 2 pieces, 2 by 4 inches by 8 feet long.
-  Sills, 4 pieces, 2 by 4 inches by 8 feet long.
-  Posts, 3 pieces 2 by 4 inches by 6 feet long; 2 pieces 2 by 4 inches
-  by 4 feet long.
-  Stringer, 1 piece, 2 by 4 inches by 8 feet long.
-    Total pieces required to cut list:
-      7 pieces 2 by 4 inches by 16 feet long.
-      1 piece 2 by 4 inches by 12 feet long.
-    Total feet in board measure, 81.
-
-  ROOSTS AND DROPPING BOARD.
-
-      1 piece 2 by 3 inches by 16 feet long.
-      1 piece 2 by 3 inches by 10 feet long.
-    Total board measure, 13 feet.
-      2 pieces 1 by 12 inches by 16 feet long.
-  Total board measure, 32 feet.
-
-  SHEATHING BOARDS
-
-  Roof, 5 pieces 1 by 12 inches by 16 feet long.
-  Two sides, 2 pieces 1 by 12 inches by 10 feet long; 3 pieces 1 by 12
-  inches by 12 feet long; 2 pieces 1 by 12 inches by 14 feet long.
-  Front, 2 pieces 1 by 12 inches by 10 feet long.
-  Back, 2 pieces 1 by 12 inches by 16 feet long.
-    Total feet board measure, 216.
-
-  BATTEN STRIPS.
-
-    130 linear feet ¹⁄₂ by 2 inch strips, 24 board feet.
-     24 linear feet ⁷⁄₈ by 2 inch strips, for curtain frame, 4 board
-        feet.
-
-  ROOFING
-
-  80 square feet roofing paper; nails and tins.
-
-  HARDWARE
-
-    2 pairs 8-inch T hinges for door.
-    1 padlock for door.
-    3 pairs 4-inch T hinges for curtain frame and rear ventilator.
-    5 pounds 10-penny wire nails for framing.
-   10 pounds 8-penny wire nails for sheathing.
-    5 pounds 4-penny wire nails for stripping.
-   21 square feet poultry wire, ³⁄₄-inch mesh, for front.
-    3 yards muslin for curtain.
-   32 rough bricks will build piers.
-
-  FLOOR
-
-  If floor is desired in house, add the following material:
-  2 pieces 2 by 4 inches by 16 feet long.
-  4 pieces 1 by 12 inches by 16 feet long.
-  Total feet board measure, 85.
-
-  TOTAL LUMBER REQUIRED
-
-    Without floor, 370 board feet.
-    With floor, 455 board feet.
-  Lumber can be rough or dressed.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 6.--Plan of a simple back-yard poultry house.]
-
-When the soil is well drained and consequently will remain dry no floor
-need be used in the house, the ground itself serving as the floor. Often
-a slight dampness can be corrected by filling up the floor several
-inches above the outside ground with sand, cinders, gravel, or dry dirt.
-Three or four inches of the surface of the floor, and of the run if a
-very small run is used, should be removed and replaced with fresh dirt
-two or three times a year. If the ground is so wet or damp that this
-condition can not be corrected by filling it is best to provide a board
-floor as this will help to keep the house dry, will allow easier
-cleaning, and will promote the general health and welfare of the hens. A
-house with a board floor should be set on posts or blocks, so that it is
-5 to 12 inches above the ground. When this space is left the floor will
-not rot so quickly and rats are not so likely to take refuge under the
-house. (See fig. 7.)
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 7.--A good type of open-front poultry house for a
-small flock. The front can be closed with a muslin curtain on cold
-nights. The house is set on brick piers so as not to afford a refuge for
-rats. Notice the nests built out on the front of the house where the
-eggs can be reached by raising the hinged cover.]
-
-In order to keep the flock in a clean and sanitary condition, dropping
-boards should be provided and roosts above them. This makes it easy to
-remove the droppings each morning and helps greatly to keep the house
-free from objectionable odors. A little sand or ashes sprinkled on the
-dropping board after each cleaning will be found to make the cleaning
-easier.
-
-The dropping boards and roosts should be placed against the back wall.
-Here they are out of the way and at the same time where they are least
-likely to be reached by drafts. The dropping boards should be about 20
-to 30 inches from the floor, depending on the height of the building.
-This gives space enough under them so that the hens have room to
-exercise and is not too high for the heavier hens to fly up to. The
-roosts should be 3 or 4 inches above the dropping boards. If more than
-a single roost is used, they should be on the same level; otherwise all
-the hens will try to crowd upon the highest roost. A piece of 2 by 4 or
-2 by 3, laid and with the upper corners rounded off, make a good roost.
-A pole, or even a piece of board 2 or 3 inches wide, may be used. If the
-roost is of light material and fairly long, it should be supported in
-the center, as well as at the ends, to prevent it from sagging badly. An
-allowance of 7 to 10 inches of roost space per fowl, according to the
-size of the birds, should be made. If more than one roost is used, they
-should be placed about 15 inches apart.
-
-Nests must be provided and may be very simple. Any box about 1 foot
-square and 5 or 6 inches deep is suitable. An ordinary orange box with
-the partition in the middle serves this purpose very well, each box
-forming two nests. The top is removed, the box laid on its side, and a
-strip 3 to 4 inches wide nailed across the lower front. (See fig. 9.)
-Nests can be fastened against the walls of the house or set on the
-floor. It is preferable to fasten them against the wall, as they take
-too much floor space if set on the floor. One nest should be provided
-for each 4 or 5 hens.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 8.--A larger poultry house suitable for a suburban
-lot. Notice the old lumber, sash, etc., used in the construction. The
-utilization of such used material, which can often be purchased for a
-very slight sum at auction or where buildings are being wrecked, lessens
-the cost of the poultry buildings very materially.]
-
-The straw or other material used in the nest should be kept clean and
-not be allowed to get so low that the eggs when laid by the hen will
-strike the board bottom of the nest, as this will cause them to break
-and will start the hens to eating the eggs, which is a very troublesome
-habit and one that is very difficult to break up once it is formed.
-
-A litter of straw or the leaves raked up in the fall about 3 or 4 inches
-deep, should be used on the floor of the house. This material helps to
-absorb the droppings and also provides a means of feeding the grain in
-such a way that the hens are obliged to exercise by scratching for it.
-
-When hens become broody, they should be “broken up” as quickly as
-possible. for the sooner this is done the sooner they will resume
-laying. To break a hen of broodiness she should be confined to a small
-coop, preferably with a slat bottom. Give her plenty of water to drink;
-she may be fed or not as desired. Not much difference will be found in
-the time required to break her of broodiness, whether she is fed or
-made to fast. Usually from 3 to 6 days’ confinement will break her, but
-some hens require 10 to 12 days. The broody hen will be recognized by
-her inclination to stay on the nest at night, the ruffling of her
-feathers and her picking at anyone who approaches her, and by the
-clucking noise she makes. The fact that her broodiness has been broken
-up can be recognized by the disappearance of these symptoms.
-
-
-THE YARD
-
-The yard should be inclosed by a board or wire fence. Wire fencing is
-preferable, as it is cheaper and the hens are less likely to fly over
-it. If cats prove troublesome, where one is raising young chickens, it
-may be necessary to cover the top of the yard with wire also. A board
-should not be used at the top of a wire fence, as this gives the hens a
-visible place to alight and tends to teach them to fly over. A 5-foot
-fence is high enough for most conditions, but if the hens show a
-tendency to fly over such a fence the flight feathers of one wing should
-be clipped. The larger the yard which can be provided the better the
-hens will do, as it not only gives them greater opportunity to exercise,
-but also makes it possible to maintain a sod on the yard. In most cases
-not enough land will be available so that a sod can be maintained.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 9.--An orange box converted into a double nest by
-laying it on its side and nailing strips across the front to hold in the
-nesting material.]
-
-If the yard is fairly large, it can be divided into two parts and green
-crops, such as oats, wheat, rye, or dwarf essex rape, allowed to start
-in one yard while the hens are confined to the other. (See fig. 10.) The
-green crops should be sown very thick, and the following quantities will
-be found satisfactory for a yard 25 by 30 feet: Wheat, 2³⁄₄ pounds;
-oats, 1¹⁄₂ pounds; rye 3¹⁄₄ pounds; rape, 5 ounces. When the growing
-stuff reaches a height of 2 or 3 inches the hens can be turned upon it
-and the other yard be similarly sown.
-
-Where it is inadvisable to divide the yard, it is possible to keep a
-supply of green stuff growing by using a wooden frame 2 or 3 inches
-high, covered with 1-inch-mesh wire. A frame made of 2 by 4 lumber, 6
-feet long and 3 feet wide, with an additional piece across the center to
-support the wire when the hens stand on it, will be found desirable for
-a small yard. (See fig. 11.) A part of the yard as large as this frame
-is spaded up and sown, the frame placed over it, and the material
-allowed to grow. As soon as the green sprouts reach the wire the hens
-will begin to pick them off, but since they can not eat them down to the
-roots the sprouts will continue to grow and supply green material. This
-frame can be moved from place to place in the yard, and in this way
-different parts cultivated.
-
-The yard should be stirred or spaded up frequently if not in sod in
-order to keep it in the best condition. This will not only tend to keep
-down any odors which might arise, but also allow the droppings to be
-absorbed into the soil more readily and therefore keep the yard in
-better condition for the hens.
-
-Although it is necessary to keep the hens confined to their yard most of
-the time, it is sometimes possible to let them out where they may range
-upon the lawn for an hour or so in the evening when some one can be at
-hand to watch them, or at certain seasons of the year to allow them to
-run in the garden plot. This will be enjoyed greatly by the hens and
-will be very beneficial to them.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 10.--Back-yard poultry house and flock. Notice the
-double yard. The green crop of the first yard has been fed off and the
-second yard is planted to rape, which is about ready to feed. The
-mulberry tree in the background provides, when the berries are ripe,
-nearly enough feed for a flock of 25 hens for three weeks.]
-
-
-FEEDING
-
-In feeding the city flock an effort should be made to do so as cheaply
-as possible, consistent with the production of eggs. To accomplish this,
-all table scraps, kitchen waste, etc., should be utilized. Scraps of
-meat or left-over vegetables which can not be utilized in any other way
-make excellent feed. There are also many other waste products, such as
-beet tops, turnip tops, carrot tops, potato parings, onion tops,
-watermelon and cantaloup rinds, the outside leaves of cabbages, waste
-lettuce leaves, bread and cake crumbs, etc., all of which are relished
-by the hens and can be used to the best advantage. In saving the scraps
-and waste it is well to separate the portions adapted for feeding to the
-flock and place these in a receptacle or pail of their own. Decomposed
-waste material or moldy bread or cake should never be saved to feed to
-the hens, as it is harmful to them and may cause serious bowel trouble.
-Sloppy material, such as dishwater, should not be thrown into their
-pail. It is also useless to put in such things as banana peels or the
-skins of oranges, as these have little or no food value. Any sour milk
-which is not utilized in the house should be given to the chickens. This
-should be fed separately, however, either by allowing the hens to drink
-it or by allowing it to clabber on the back of the stove and then
-feeding it in that condition. When the family’s table waste is not
-sufficient for feeding the flock, it is usually possible to get some of
-the neighbors who keep no hens to save material suitable for feeding.
-Many people are glad to do this if a small pail in which to place the
-waste is furnished.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 11.--A frame made of 2 by 4 inch lumber and covered
-with ³⁄₄-inch mesh poultry wire used to sprout oats or other grain for
-the hens. The wire prevents the hens from eating the sprouts down so
-close as to kill the plants and from scratching out the roots. Sprouting
-grain unprotected will be quickly killed.]
-
-Table scraps and kitchen waste are best prepared for feeding by running
-them through an ordinary meat grinder. After the material has been put
-through the grinder it is usually a rather moist mass, and it is well to
-mix with it some corn meal, bran, or other ground grain until the whole
-mass assumes a crumbly condition. The usual method is to feed the table
-scraps at noon or at night, or at both times, as may be desired, in a
-trough or on a board. All should be fed that the hens will eat up clean,
-and if any of the material is left after one-half or three-quarters of
-an hour it should be removed. If allowed to lie it may spoil and would
-be very bad for the hens.
-
-With the table scraps it is well to feed some grain. Perhaps this may be
-given best as a light feed in the morning. Four or five handfuls of
-grain (about ¹⁄₂ pint) scattered in the litter will be sufficient for a
-flock of 20 or 25 hens. By handful is meant as much as can be grasped in
-the hand, not what can be scooped up in the open hand. By scattering it
-in the litter the hens will be compelled to scratch in order to find the
-grain and in this way to take exercise, which is decidedly beneficial to
-them. If the house is too small to feed in, the grain can be scattered
-on the ground outside. A good grain mixture for this purpose is composed
-of equal parts by weight of wheat, cracked corn, and oats. Another
-suitable grain mixture is composed of 2 parts by weight of cracked corn
-and 1 part oats.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 12.--An intensive back-yard poultry plant.
-Practically the entire back-yard is occupied by houses and covered runs,
-and about 70 hens are carried. Each house is 6 by 14 feet, divided into
-two pens with a covered yard of the same size. Each pen carries about 15
-hens. The houses are raised from the ground so that the hens can run
-under them. The soil in the runs is renewed four times a year. A flock
-of 13 hens in one of these pens laid 2,163 eggs in a year. Oats are
-sprouted in the cellar of the dwelling house for green feed. In
-addition, chickens are raised here.]
-
-In addition to the grain and the table scraps it is well to feed a dry
-mash. This dry mash is composed of various ground grains and is placed
-in a mash hopper or box from which the hens can help themselves. The
-advantage of feeding such a mash is that the hens always have access to
-feed, and this tends to make up for any fault, inexperienced, or
-insufficient feeding. The hens do not like the dry mash so well that
-they are likely to overeat, but it will supply a source of feed in case
-they are not getting enough. The dry mash also provides a suitable
-medium for feeding beef scrap, a certain amount of which may or may not
-be necessary, depending upon the amount of meat scraps available in the
-table waste. If the hens show a tendency to become overfat it may be
-desirable to close the mash hopper during a part of the day and allow
-them access to it only during a certain period, preferably the
-afternoon. A good dry mash is composed of equal parts by weight of corn
-meal, wheat bran, wheat middlings, and beef scrap. Another good mash is
-composed of 3 parts by weight of corn meal and 1 part beef scrap. Still
-a third mash, which has given excellent results, is composed of 1 pound
-of wheat bran, 1 pound of wheat middlings, 6.5 pounds of beef scrap, and
-16.5 pounds of corn meal. The beef scrap used in the dry mash is usually
-the most expensive ingredient, but it is a very essential part of the
-mash and very efficient for egg production. It should not be eliminated
-or reduced unless the quantity of meat in the table scraps is
-considerable or unless some other product can be substituted for it.
-Fish scrap, when available, may replace the beef scrap, or cottonseed
-meal can be used to replace one-half the beef scrap in the mash. No
-attempt should be made to replace more than half the beef scrap with
-cottonseed meal, as the results in egg production and in the quality of
-the eggs will be unsatisfactory.
-
-Green cut bone can often be purchased from the butcher. This material
-when procured fresh makes an excellent substitute for beef scrap. It
-should be purchased in small quantities, as it can not be kept fresh for
-any length of time and when spoiled may cause severe bowel trouble. It
-is best fed in a trough not oftener than every other day, allowing about
-one-half ounce per bird. Should severe or continued looseness of the
-bowels follow the feeding of green cut bone it should be discontinued or
-the quantity reduced.
-
-Vegetable tops, parings, and other vegetable refuse supply a valuable
-and very necessary green feed for the hens. Lawn clippings also are a
-valuable green feed. They can be fed as soon as cut, or they may be
-dried or cured, stored in bags, and saved until winter, when they can be
-soaked in warm water and fed in that condition or be mixed with some of
-the mash or with the table scraps.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 13.--Inclosure for hen and chicks with box used as a
-coop at the end. Both coop and run is moved each day to a fresh spot of
-ground. A burlap bag thrown across the top of the yard provides shade.
-Twenty-five chicks were put with a hen in this yard and 24 of them were
-raised, making good growth.]
-
-The hens should have access at all times to a supply of grit or stones
-of a size small enough to be swallowed readily. Grit is used by the hens
-to help in grinding in their gizzards the hard grains which they eat. A
-supply of ordinary gravel will answer the purpose of grit very well.
-Crushed oyster or clam shell also should be given to the hens and be
-kept before them at all times. If this is withheld the hens are likely
-to lack sufficient shell-forming material in their feed, with the result
-that they lay many soft-shelled or thin-shelled eggs. Grit or shell can
-be purchased in small quantities at any feed or poultry supply store.
-
-A plentiful supply of clean, fresh water must always be available to the
-hens. The fowls drink freely, especially when laying heavily, and should
-not be stinted of such a necessary and cheap material as water. The
-water pan or dish should be kept clean. If it is not washed out
-frequently a green slime will gather on its inner surface. This should
-not be allowed to happen. It is well to keep the water pan outside the
-house and in the shade in the summer, but in the winter, when the water
-may freeze, it is best that the pan be left in the house, and it should
-be raised about a foot above the floor so that the hens will not kick it
-full of straw or other litter when scratching for their feed. When the
-nights are cold enough so that the water is likely to freeze the pan
-should be emptied each night and refilled in the morning.
-
-
-LICE AND MITES
-
-If the best results are to be expected from the flock, the hens must not
-be allowed to become overrun with lice or the house with mites. Usually
-there will be a place in the yard where the hens can dust themselves in
-the dry dirt. If such a place is not available, a box large enough
-(about 2 feet square) for the hens to get into it should be provided in
-the house and a quantity of dust such as ordinary road dust or fine dirt
-placed in it to allow the hens a place to dust themselves. A dust bath
-aids the hens in keeping lice in check and therefore adds to their
-comfort. Usually the lice are not present on the birds in sufficient
-number to prove particularly harmful. However, it is better to keep the
-hens as free as possible from this pest, and if they are not able to
-keep them in check by dusting themselves, other measures can be
-undertaken.
-
-To rid the hens of lice, each one can be treated by placing small
-pinches of sodium fluorid, a material which can be obtained at most
-large drug stores, among the feathers next to the skin--one pinch on the
-head, one on the neck, two on the back, one on the breast, one below the
-vent, one at the base of the tail, one on either thigh, and one
-scattered on the underside of each wing when spread. Another method is
-to use a small quantity of blue ointment, a piece about as large as a
-pea on the skin 1 inch below the vent. If mercurial ointment is used
-instead of blue ointment, it should be diluted with an equal quantity of
-vaseline. Any of these methods will be found very effective in ridding
-the hens of lice and should be employed whenever the lice become
-troublesome. Two or three applications a year usually prove sufficient.
-
-Mites are more troublesome and more harmful than lice. They do not live
-upon the birds like the lice, but during the day hide in the cracks and
-crevices of the roosts and walls of the house, and at night they come
-out and get upon the fowls. They suck the hen’s blood, and if allowed to
-become plentiful--as they certainly will if not destroyed--will
-seriously affect her health and consequently her ability to lay eggs.
-They may be eradicated by a few thorough applications of kerosene or
-some of the coal-tar products which are sold for this purpose, or crude
-petroleum, to the interior of the poultry house. The commercial coal-tar
-products are more expensive but retain their killing power longer, and
-they may be cheapened by reducing with an equal part of kerosene. Crude
-petroleum will spray better if thinned with 1 part of kerosene to 4
-parts of the crude oil. Both the crude petroleum and the coal-tar
-products often contain foreign particles, so should be strained before
-attempting to spray. One must be sure that the spray reaches all of the
-cracks and crevices, giving especial attention to the roosts,
-dropping-boards, and nests, and the treatment should be repeated two or
-three times at intervals of a week or 10 days.[3]
-
-  [3] For further information on the subject of poultry lice and mites
-  and their control the reader is referred to Farmers’ Bulletin 801,
-  “Mites and Lice on Poultry,” by F. C. Bishopp and H. P. Wood, of the
-  Bureau of Entomology. Copies of this bulletin may be obtained free on
-  application to the Division of Publications, United States Department
-  of Agriculture.
-
-
-HATCHING AND RAISING CHICKS
-
-Often it is inadvisable to attempt to renew the city poultry flock by
-hatching and rearing chicks or buying and rearing day-old chicks.
-Previous experience in the raising of chickens often increases the
-chances of success. However, the land available is usually small in
-area, and no attempt should be made to raise chicks unless a plot can be
-provided separate from that to which the hens have access and upon which
-there is grass, or a supply of green feed can be furnished. Where these
-conditions are not available, it is better to kill the hens as soon as
-they have outlived their usefulness and replace them by well-matured
-pullets in the fall. Where it is found desirable to hatch and rear a few
-chicks this can best be done with hens. Where a few day-old chicks are
-purchased to rear and no hens are available for the purpose, it is
-possible with little trouble and expense to construct a fireless brooder
-which will answer the purpose. Full directions for making such a brooder
-are given in Farmers’ Bulletin 624, page 10[4].
-
-  [4] Copies of these publications may be obtained free from the
-  Division of Publications, U. S. Department of Agriculture.
-
-The hatching should be done early in the spring and should be completed
-if possible by the first of May. Chicks hatched before this time will
-have a good chance to mature and be in laying condition as pullets
-before the cold weather of fall sets in, and should in consequence be
-producers during the entire fall and winter. Early-hatched chicks are
-also easier to raise, as they live and thrive better than those which
-are still small when the hot weather begins. If it is desired to hatch
-and raise chicks, the reader is referred to Farmers’ Bulletin 585,
-“Natural and Artificial Incubation of Hens’ Eggs,” and 624, “Natural and
-Artificial Brooding of Chickens.”[5]
-
-  [5] Copies of these publications may be obtained free from the
-  Division of Publications, U. S. Department of Agriculture.
-
-
-CULLING THE HENS
-
-In any flock some hens will be found to be much better producers than
-others. Often there are a few hens which are such poor producers that
-they are unprofitable. Where the flock is comparatively small, the owner
-is often able to determine by observation which are the poor producing
-hens. Needless to say, these should be the ones to kill and eat as fowls
-are desired for the table. All hens molt in the fall and early winter.
-During this molting season, which usually takes about three months, the
-hens lay few or no eggs. It is advisable, if well-matured pullets can be
-purchased at a reasonable price, to kill and eat the hens as they begin
-to molt, replacing the flock with newly purchased pullets. The hens
-should not be killed, however, until they begin to molt and their comb
-begins to lose its size, color, and flexibility, for if these changes
-have not taken place the hens will probably still be laying and at a
-time of year when eggs are especially valuable.
-
-
-PRESERVING EGGS
-
-A small flock of hens, even five or six, may produce enough eggs during
-the greater part of the year to supply the needs of a medium-sized
-family. Where a larger flock is kept, there will be a time during the
-spring and early summer when more eggs are produced than are used. These
-surplus eggs can either be sold or, what is perhaps more desirable,
-preserved in the spring for home use during the fall and early winter,
-when eggs are high in price and much more difficult to obtain from the
-flock.
-
-The eggs to be preserved must be fresh. They should be put in the
-preserver on the day on which they are laid. The eggs should be clean,
-but it is better not to wash them. Eggs with dirty shells can be used
-for immediate consumption and the clean eggs preserved. Cracked eggs or
-those with thin or weak shells should never be used for preservation.
-Not only will the cracked egg itself spoil, but it will cause many of
-the other eggs packed in the same jar with it to spoil as well.
-
-One of the best methods of preserving eggs is by the use of waterglass.
-This material can be purchased by the quart from the druggist or poultry
-supply men. It is a pale yellow, odorless, sirupy liquid. It should be
-diluted in the proportion of 1 part of waterglass to 9 parts of water
-which has been boiled and allowed to cool. Earthenware crocks or jars
-are the best containers for the purpose, since they have a glazed
-surface and are not subject to chemical action from the solution. The
-crocks or cans should be scalded out, so that they will be perfectly
-clean, and allowed to cool before they are used. A container holding 6
-gallons will accommodate 18 dozen eggs and will require about 22 pints
-of solution. Too large containers are not desirable, since they increase
-the liability of breaking some of the eggs. Half fill the container with
-the waterglass solution and place the eggs in it. Eggs can be added from
-day to day as they are obtained, until the container is filled. Be sure
-that the eggs are covered with about 2 inches of waterglass solution.
-Cover the container and place it in a cool place, where it will not have
-to be moved. It should be looked at from time to time to see that not
-enough of the water has evaporated so that the eggs are uncovered. If
-there seems to be any danger of this, sufficient cool boiled water
-should be added to keep them covered.
-
-Remove the eggs from the solution as desired for use and rinse them in
-clean, cold water. Before boiling such eggs prick a tiny hole in the
-large end of the shell with a needle, to keep them from cracking. As the
-eggs age the white becomes thinner and is harder to beat. The yolk
-membrane becomes more delicate, and it is correspondingly difficult to
-separate the whites from the yolks.
-
-Limewater is also satisfactory for preserving eggs and is slightly less
-expensive than waterglass. A solution is made by placing 2 or 3 pounds
-of unslaked lime in 5 gallons of water which has been boiled and allowed
-to cool, and allowing the mixture to stand until the lime settles and
-the liquid is clear. The eggs should be placed in a clean earthenware
-jar or other suitable vessel and covered to a depth of 2 inches with the
-liquid. Remove the eggs as desired, rinse in clean, cold water, and use
-immediately.
-
-
-PRACTICAL POINTERS
-
-Keep the hens confined to your own land.
-
-Don’t keep a male bird. Hens lay just as well without a male.
-
-Don’t overstock your land.
-
-Purchase well-matured pullets rather than hens.
-
-Don’t expect great success in hatching and raising chicks unless you
-have had some experience and have a grass plot separate from the yard
-for the hens.
-
-Build a cheap house or shelter.
-
-Make the house dry and free from drafts, but allow for ventilation.
-
-Fowls stand cold better than dampness.
-
-Keep house and yard clean.
-
-Provide roosts and dropping boards.
-
-Provide a nest for each four or five hens.
-
-Grow some green crop in the yard.
-
-Spade up the yard frequently.
-
-Feed table scraps and kitchen waste.
-
-Also feed grain once a day.
-
-Feed a dry mash.
-
-Keep hens free from lice and the house free from mites.
-
-Kill and eat the hens in the fall as they begin to molt and cease to
-lay.
-
-Preserve the surplus eggs produced during the spring and summer for use
-during the fall and winter when eggs are scarce and high in price.
-
-
-PUBLICATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE RELATING TO
-THE CARE OF POULTRY
-
-_=Available for Free Distribution by the Department.=_
-
-  Standard Varieties of Chickens. (Farmers’ Bulletin 51.)
-
-  Poultry Management. (Farmers’ Bulletin 287.)
-
-  Successful Dairy and Poultry Farm. (Farmers’ Bulletin 355.)
-
-  Hints to Poultry Raisers. (Farmers’ Bulletin 528.)
-
-  Important Poultry Diseases. (Farmers’ Bulletin 530.)
-
-  Boys and Girls Poultry Clubs. (Farmers’ Bulletin 562.)
-
-  Poultry House Construction. (Farmers’ Bulletin 574.)
-
-  Natural and Artificial Incubation of Hens’ Eggs. (Farmers’ Bulletin
-  585.)
-
-  Natural and Artificial Brooding of Chickens. (Farmers’ Bulletin 624.)
-
-  Simple Trap Nest for Poultry. (Farmers’ Bulletin 682.)
-
-  Squab Raising. (Farmers’ Bulletin 684.)
-
-  Duck Raising. (Farmers’ Bulletin 697.)
-
-  Goose Raising. (Farmers’ Bulletin 767.)
-
-  Mites and Lice on Poultry. (Farmers’ Bulletin 801.)
-
-  Standard Varieties of Chickens: 1. The American Class. (Farmers’
-  Bulletin 806.)
-
-  How the Produce Dealer May Improve Quality of Poultry and Eggs.
-  (Separate 596 from Year Book 1912.)
-
-  Thanksgiving Turkey. (Separate 700 from Year Book 1916.)
-
-  The Chicken Mite, Its Life History and Habits. (Department Bulletin
-  553.)
-
-
-FOR SALE BY THE SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS, GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE,
-WASHINGTON, D. C.
-
-  Refrigeration of Dressed Poultry in Transit. (Department Bulletin 17.)
-  Price, 10c.
-
-  Commercial Fattening of Poultry. (Department Bulletin 21.) Price. 10c.
-
-  Lessons on Poultry for Rural Schools. (Department Bulletin 464.)
-  Price, 10c.
-
-  Food Value and Uses of Poultry. (Department Bulletin 467.) Price, 5c.
-
-  Eggs and Their Value as Food. (Department Bulletin 471.) Price, 5c.
-
-  Improvement of Farm Eggs. (Bureau of Animal Industry Bulletin 141.)
-  Price, 10c.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 240. CAPONS AND CAPONIZING
-
-
-  Contribution from the Bureau of Animal Industry, A. D. Melvin, Chief.
-
-  Acknowledgment is due for this article to the United States Department
-  of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
-
-A capon is an unsexed or castrated male chicken.
-
-The true capon seldom crows.
-
-The capon is to the poultry dealer what the fat steer is to the beef
-packer--the source of the choicest food product of its kind. As a result
-of a contented disposition the capon develops more uniformly than the
-cockerel, and grows larger than the cockerel of the same age. Coupled
-with this better growth, the capon commands a better price per pound,
-and the demand continues good notwithstanding the fact that more and
-more are raised each year.
-
-The Plymouth Rocks, Light Brahmas, Cochins, Indian Games, Langshans,
-Wyandottes, Orpingtons, and various crosses of these, make the best
-capons.
-
-Cockerels should be caponized when they weigh from 1¹⁄₂ to 2¹⁄₂ pounds
-or when from 2 to 4 months old.
-
-The operation is more difficult than with most other domestic animals,
-but can be performed rapidly and with little danger after some practice.
-
-The making, feeding, and marketing of capons, with details concerning
-methods and results, are presented in this bulletin that caponizing may
-become a regular practice of the poultry raiser where conditions are
-favorable.
-
-It is impossible to say just how long the operation of caponizing has
-been performed. It seems quite certain, however, that the practice was
-familiar to the Chinese more than 2,000 years ago. Later it was
-practiced by the Greeks and Romans and, through medieval times, by the
-people of middle and southern Europe, until in recent times it has been
-introduced into America. At present capons are most universally known
-and appreciated in France, although within the last few years the
-business of producing them has advanced rapidly in this country. This
-industry is most important in that portion of the United States east of
-Philadelphia, though increasing numbers of capons are being raised in
-the Middle Western States. During the winter months capon is regularly
-quoted in the markets of the larger eastern cities. Massachusetts and
-New Jersey are the great centers for the growing of capons, while
-Boston, New York, and Philadelphia are the important markets.
-
-[Illustration: A Capon.]
-
-
-DESCRIPTION AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE CAPON
-
-What is a capon? A capon is an altered or castrated male chicken,
-bearing the same relation to a cockerel that a steer does to a bull, a
-barrow to a boar, or a wether to a ram. As with other male animals so
-altered, the disposition of the capon differs materially from that of
-the cockerel. He no longer shows any disposition to fight, is much more
-quiet and sluggish, and is more docile and easy to keep within bounds.
-The true capon seldom crows. Along with this change in disposition there
-is a change in appearance. The comb and wattles cease growing, which
-causes the head to appear small. The hackle and saddle feathers develop
-beautifully.
-
-As a result of the more peaceful disposition of the capon he continues
-to grow and his body develops more uniformly and to a somewhat greater
-size than is the case with a cockerel of the same age. For a time the
-cockerel and the capon make about equal development, but as soon as the
-reproductive organs of the cockerel begin to develop the capon begins
-to outstrip him in growth. Also when finishing off the capon fattens
-more readily and economically. As they do not interfere with or worry
-one another, a large flock of capons may be kept together. Coupled with
-the better growth is the fact that the capon brings a better price per
-pound. Cockerels from 2 to 5 months old usually bring from 15 to 25
-cents a pound; if held longer than this they become “staggy,” are
-classed as old cocks, and do not bring more than 6 to 15 cents a pound.
-Capon in season brings 20 to 35 cents and often more a pound. There are
-two reasons, then, why it is better to caponize surplus cockerels than
-to raise them for market as such: (1) There is an increase in weight and
-(2) the price per pound is materially increased. Yet in many localities
-where especially fine poultry is raised, while capons usually sell for a
-somewhat better price, the difference is not great. In fact, for the
-Boston market, many capons are picked clean and sold as “south shore
-roasters.” Hence it will be seen that the profit in capons must depend
-to a great extent upon local conditions. The demand for capons continues
-good, notwithstanding the fact that more and more are raised each year.
-
-
-SELECTION OF BREEDS
-
-In selecting the breed best suited for caponizing several factors must
-be taken into consideration. Large capons bring the best prices.
-Consequently the breed should be large. It does not pay to caponize
-small fowls. Yellow legs and skin, as in other classes of poultry, are
-most popular. The Plymouth Rocks, Light Brahmas, Cochins, Indian Games,
-Langshans, and Wyandottes are all recommended by different producers, as
-are also various crosses of these. The Orpington also makes fine capons,
-but the white legs and skin are somewhat of a disadvantage in this
-country. The Brahmas and Cochins possess good size. By some the Brahmas
-are claimed to be difficult to operate upon; by others this is denied.
-The Plymouth Rocks and Wyandottes are somewhat smaller, but sell readily
-and possess the advantage of yellow skin and legs. The Langshan is large
-and is easily operated upon. The Indian Game is probably most useful as
-a cross upon some one of the other breeds, thereby improving the breast
-meat without materially reducing the size of the fowl. In Massachusetts
-the Brahma was formerly the most popular breed for this purpose because
-of the demand for large birds for roasters. Later crosses between the
-Light Brahma and the Barred or White Plymouth Rock became quite popular,
-while at present the pure Barred and White Plymouth Rocks are perhaps
-most widely used.
-
-
-TIME TO CAPONIZE
-
-In so far as the effects of the operation and the rapidity and ease of
-healing are concerned, the time of year when the operation is performed
-is of little importance. The capons seem to recover and do well at any
-time. Certain other considerations, however, do influence the time. The
-age and size of the cockerel are very important. As soon as the
-cockerels weigh 1¹⁄₂ to 2¹⁄₂ pounds, or when 2 to 4 months old, they
-should be operated upon. The lower age and weight limits apply
-particularly to the American breeds, while the higher apply to the
-Asiatics. If smaller than this, their bodies do not give room enough to
-work handily. On the other hand, they should never be over 6 months old,
-as by this time the testicles have developed to a considerable extent,
-the spermatic arteries carry greater amounts of blood, and the danger of
-pricking these arteries and causing the fowl to bleed to death is
-greatly increased. The fact that capons are in greater demand and bring
-the best prices from the Christmas season until the end of March, and
-that it takes about 10 months to grow and finish them properly, makes it
-important to hatch the chicks in early spring so that they will be of
-proper size for caponizing in June, July, and August. These are by far
-the most popular months for the operation, though in some cases it is
-performed still later.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 1.--Instruments used in Caponizing.]
-
-
-CAPONIZING INSTRUMENTS
-
-There are several sets of instruments for performing the operation.
-These differ principally in the type of instrument used in getting hold
-of and removing the testicle. One type is the cannula (fig. 1, _a_).
-This consists of a hollow tube, the lower end of which is compressed and
-closed except for two small holes through which to run the horse hair or
-wire comprising the other part of the instrument. This type requires two
-hands to operate. Another type is the twisting scoop (fig. 1, _b_). This
-is a spoon-like scoop slotted in the center and mounted upon a slender
-rod. It is designed to slip under the testicle, allowing the spermatic
-cord to pass through the slot. By twisting the cord in severed. This
-type has the advantage of requiring only one hand to operate, but is
-more liable to produce “slips” than the cannula. A third style of
-instrument (fig. 1, _i_) is also in the form of a spoon or scoop, but
-instead of being in one piece has two jaws regulated by a slide. The
-testicle is caught in the scoop with the spermatic cord between the
-jaws, and by tightening the jaws and gently moving the instrument the
-cord is severed and the testicle removed. Still another type, not now in
-common use, is the spoon forceps. With this the testicle is simply
-grasped with the forceps and detached by a twisting movement. Here one
-hand can be used also, but the liability of slips is rather greater than
-with the other methods.
-
-Figure 1, _k_, shows a type of forceps, consisting of two hinged arms,
-one of which terminates in a broad, flat surface, and the other in an
-end of similar shape from which the center has been removed, leaving
-only a narrow rim. These two ends are held closely pressed together by
-means of a rubber band passing across the handles. In use, the ends of
-the forceps are separated, the solid one slipped under the testicle and
-the rim then allowed to settle down over it. The cord is thus caught and
-the testicle can be removed. Careless or too rapid use of this
-instrument is likely to cause slips. Figure 1, _l_ and _m_, shows two
-additional types of testicle removers. The type shown in _l_ has a
-curved handle which brings the hand out of the line of vision, making it
-easier to see into the body cavity when using the instrument. A knife
-for making the incision into the body cavity is, of course, necessary.
-Almost any sharp-pointed, thin-bladed knife will answer the purpose well
-(see fig. 1, _c_). Some sort of spreader to spring apart the ribs far
-enough to allow the instruments to be inserted into the body must be
-used. A plain spring spreader, as shown in figure 1, _d_, or a sliding
-spreader (fig. 1, _e_), allowing the pressure to be gauged, will answer
-the purpose. A sharp-pointed hook (fig. 1, _h_). for tearing away the
-thin membranes, and a blunt probe, of which figure 1, _g_, is one type,
-for pushing aside the intestines, complete the necessary equipment. A
-pair of small tweezers or nippers (fig. 1, _f_) is also useful in
-removing any foreign matter from the body.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 2.--Barred Plymouth Rock cockerel of suitable size
-to caponize.]
-
-
-THE OPERATION OF CAPONIZING
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 3.--Method of securing fowl in position for the
-operation on top of a barrel.]
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 4.--Feathers plucked away to make ready for
-incision.]
-
-Before beginning the operation two conditions are absolutely essential.
-If these are not favorable, do not attempt to operate. The first of
-these is that the intestines of the fowl should be completely empty, so
-that they will fall away and expose the testicle to view. This can be
-accomplished by shutting up the fowls and withholding all food and water
-for 24 to 36 hours before the operation. Withholding water tends to make
-the blood thicker and consequently to decrease the amount of bleeding.
-Thirty-six hours is better than 24, especially for a beginner. The
-second condition is a good, strong light, so that the organs of the fowl
-may be clearly and easily distinguished. Direct sunlight is best for
-this, and in consequence it is well to operate out of doors on a bright
-day. Some operators have substituted the physician’s head reflector and
-artificial light with good success. An ordinary incandescent electric
-bulb fastened to a gooseneck standard and provided with a reflector can
-be used to good advantage when caponizing indoors. It has been
-suggested that a probe consisting of a small electric bulb on the end of
-a slender rod and operated by small dry batteries, so that it can be
-introduced into the body cavity, could be manufactured and used with
-good success.
-
-
-METHODS OF HOLDING THE FOWL
-
-When ready to operate, catch the bird and pass a noose of strong string
-about the legs. Do the same with both wings close to the shoulder
-joints. To the other end of the string are attached weights of
-sufficient size to hold down and stretch out the bird when placed upon
-the head of a barrel or box of convenient height, which is to serve as
-operating table. These weights are allowed to hang on opposite sides of
-the barrel or box (see fig. 3). A table, if so desired, may be arranged
-by boring holes through its top at proper distances from each other,
-allowing the strings to pass through these, and hanging the weights
-underneath. Still other ways of holding the fowl in place have been
-devised, but these are unimportant so long as the fowl is held securely
-stretched out.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 5.--The incision made. Before making the cut, the
-skin over the last two ribs is pulled down toward the thigh and held
-there while the incision is made. When the bird is released after the
-operation, the skin slips back into its natural position. The cut in the
-skin is then not directly over the incision in the body, with the result
-that the wound is closed and protected.]
-
-
-DETAILS OF THE OPERATION
-
-Having fastened the fowl, be sure that all the instruments are at hand.
-It is also well, though not necessary, to have ready some absorbent
-cotton and a dish of water to which have been added a few drops of
-carbolic acid or some other antiseptic. Having once started, carry the
-operation through as quickly as possible. Moisten and remove the
-feathers from a small area over the last two ribs just in front of the
-thigh (see fig. 4). With the left hand slide the skin and flesh down
-toward the thigh. Holding it thus, make the incision between the last
-two ribs (see fig. 5), holding the edge of the knife away from you as
-you stand back of the fowl. Lengthen the incision in each direction
-until it is 1 to 1¹⁄₂ inches long. Now insert the spreader into the
-incision, thus springing the ribs apart, as shown in figures 6 and 7.
-The intestines will now be visible, covered by a thin membrane called
-the omentum. Tear apart this membrane with the hook, and the upper
-testicle, yellow or sometimes rather dark colored and about the size and
-shape of an ordinary bean, should be visible close up against the
-backbone. By pushing aside the intestines this can easily be seen, and
-the lower one also, in a similar position on the other side of the
-backbone. Expert operators usually remove both testicles through one
-incision. This is a desirable practice, as it saves time and is not so
-hard on the bird. Inexperienced operators will usually find it well to
-attempt the removal of the upper or nearer testicle only and to make a
-second incision on the opposite side of the body for the removal of the
-other testicle.
-
-If both testicles are to be removed through the same incision, remove
-the lower first, as the bleeding from the upper might be sufficient to
-obscure the lower. Each testicle is enveloped in a thin membrane. This
-may be and probably is best removed with the testicle, though some
-operators tear it open and remove the testicle only.
-
-The delicate part of the operation is now at hand, owing to the close
-proximity of the spermatic artery, which runs just back of the testicle
-and to which the testicle is in part attached. If this is ruptured the
-fowl will bleed to death. The cannula, threaded with a coarse horsehair
-or fine wire, or one of the other forms of instrument previously
-described, now comes into use. If the cannula is used, allow the hair or
-wire protruding from the end to form a small loop just large enough to
-slip over the testicle. Work this over the testicle, being careful to
-inclose the entire organ. Now tighten up on the free ends of the hair or
-wire, being careful not to catch any part of the artery. If the
-spermatic cord does not separate, saw lightly with the hair or wire.
-When the testicle is free, remove it from the body. The method of
-removing the testicle is shown in figure 8. If only the upper testicle
-has been removed, turn the birds over and proceed in exactly the same
-manner upon the other side.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 6.--Spreader in place. Tearing open the membranes.]
-
-After removing the testicle, if the bleeding is at all profuse it is
-well to remove a portion of the blood by introducing small pieces of
-absorbent cotton into the body by means of the hook or nippers, allowing
-them to become saturated and then removing them. Be sure to remove all
-blood clots, feathers, or foreign matters. After the testicles and all
-foreign matter are removed, take out the spreaders, thus allowing the
-skin to slip back over the incision.
-
-
-LOSSES DUE TO CAPONIZING
-
-Even experts are sure to kill some birds, but the loss is small, seldom
-exceeding 5 per cent where any considerable number are caponized, and
-usually not more than 2 or 3 per cent. With beginners, of course, the
-percentage is much larger, but with a little practice and care this is
-soon overcome. Any fowls which may be killed in this way are perfectly
-good to eat and are therefore not wasted.
-
-A great deal of practice is required to become expert enough to operate
-rapidly. Consequently it is quite common in localities where many capons
-are grown to hire experts to do the work. These men are able to caponize
-a fowl every two to five minutes, and charge from 3 to 6 cents a fowl
-for the service. It is most humane for the beginner to make his first
-trials upon dead fowls.
-
-
-SLIPS
-
-Many times, particularly with beginners, while the operation seems to be
-entirely satisfactory, the bird will turn out to be what is known as a
-“slip.” A “slip” is neither cockerel nor capon, but is between the two,
-possessing the mischievous disposition and the appearance of an ordinary
-cockerel, but, as a rule, being unable to reproduce. This condition is
-due to the fact that a small piece of the testicle is left in the body.
-This piece often grows to a considerable size. As the “slips” possess
-the same restless disposition as the cockerels, they grow and fatten
-little if any better, while they do not bring as good a price in the
-market as the capons. Consequently it is well to use every precaution in
-order to avoid “slips,” as they are unprofitable as compared with
-capons. With the greatest care, however, “slips” are more common than
-are deaths due to the operation. The percentage varies all the way from
-50 per cent with beginners down to 2 or 3 per cent with experts.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 7.--Spreader in place. The testicle can be observed
-lying between the jaws of the spreader.]
-
-
-CARE OF FOWLS AFTER THE OPERATION
-
-Upon being released from the operating table the capons are usually put
-in a closed yard where they can find shelter, food, and water and can be
-kept quiet. No roosts are provided, as the less flying and jumping they
-do the sooner will the wound heal. The capons seem to be very little
-inconvenienced by the operation, and water and soft feed mixed with
-sweet skim milk can be given immediately. Some feeders give this in
-unlimited quantity, while others feed more sparingly for a time. Some
-growers observe no precautions whatever, giving the birds full liberty
-immediately after the operation and allowing them to have any sort of
-feed.
-
-For a week or 10 days the newly made capons should be carefully observed
-to see whether they become “wind puffed.” This is a condition caused by
-air gathering under and puffing out the skin near the wound. When
-observed it can be readily relieved by pricking the skin with a needle
-or knife and pressing out the air. In about 10 days or 2 weeks the
-incision into the body should be entirely healed, and, although no
-special antiseptic methods are employed in the operation, blood
-poisoning or any other trouble seldom results.
-
-
-FEEDING CAPONS
-
-Capons are usually kept till they are about 10 months old. At this time
-the market is at its best and the birds have made their most profitable
-gains. The feeds used and the methods of feeding vary greatly, so much
-so, indeed, that it is futile to try to give specific directions. For
-several months after the operation a good growing ration and not a
-fattening ration is required. It may consist of whole grains, ground
-grains, or a combination of the two, as each feeder finds most
-profitable and best suited to his locality. As with other poultry,
-variety must be given for best results. Late in the fall, when the
-capons have no pasture, green feed, such as cut clover or vegetables,
-should be provided. A somewhat more fattening ration than that required
-for laying hens seems to give good results.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 8.--Removing the testicle.]
-
-As capons are not usually marketed before Christmas or the first of
-January they have to be housed during the late fall and early winter.
-Because of their quiet disposition they stand crowding quite well and
-have been successfully housed with only 2 or 3 square feet of floor
-space to a fowl. Free range for capons is very desirable, as it promotes
-their continuous, rapid, and economical growth.
-
-During the last month or month and a half before marketing, the corn in
-the ration should be gradually increased until the fowls are on a full
-fattening ration. For the last two or three weeks it is desirable to
-shut them up and feed them in crates, for every possible ounce at this
-stage adds to the appearance and profit.
-
-
-KILLING AND DRESSING CAPONS FOR MARKET
-
-
-_Killing_
-
-The capons selected for killing should be confined for 24 hours without
-feed or water to completely empty their crops. The usual method of
-killing is known as the sticking method. The fowl is hung up by the
-feet, the head held in the left hand, and the whole body stretched to
-full length. The mouth is forced open, and by means of a sharp,
-narrow-bladed knife held in the right hand the blood vessels at the back
-of the throat are severed with a single sweep. The knife is then turned
-and the point plunged through the roof of the mouth to a point just
-behind and between the eyes. The brain is here reached, and if properly
-stuck all feeling is then lost. Convulsions ensue, the muscles are
-relaxed, and the feathers come out easily.
-
-
-_Picking_
-
-Capons should always be dry picked, as they look much better and some of
-the feathers should be left on. The feathers of the neck and head, the
-tail feathers, those a short way up the back, the feathers of the last
-two joints of the wing, and those of the leg, about one-third of the way
-from knee to hip joint, should be left on. These feathers, together with
-the head of the capon, serve to distinguish it from other classes of
-poultry on the market, and consequently should never be removed. In
-picking be careful not to tear the skin. If bad tears are made, sew them
-up. Capons scalded and picked bare bring very little, if any, better
-prices than other poultry in the same condition.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 9.--The spreader removed and the weights taken off
-the wings. Notice how the skin slips back over the incision so as to
-close it.]
-
-
-_Drawing_
-
-Most markets require capons to be undrawn and the head and feet left on.
-Care should be used to cleanse the head and feet of all signs of blood
-or filth.
-
-
-_Cooling and Packing_
-
-After picking, the carcases are hung in a cool place until the animal
-heat has entirely left the body, when they are ready to be packed. Like
-other poultry they should be packed in boxes of convenient size, holding
-a dozen carcases, or in barrels. Every attention should be given to
-neatness and attractiveness, as this helps the sale and the price.
-During the time of year when most capons are marketed--January,
-February, and March--no ice is necessary, but if for any reason they are
-shipped in warm weather they should be packed in ice.
-
-
-PROFITS
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 10.--Capons dressed for market. These illustrations
-show appearance after picking, but do not show fowls in perfect
-condition of flesh.]
-
-It is extremely difficult to make any general statement concerning the
-profits yielded by capons. That they do yield a profit in practically
-all cases is undoubtedly true, but whether the profit is sufficient to
-give up to them the time and room they require is a question which must
-be settled by each man’s experience and by local conditions. Many
-poultrymen think that they can do better to turn off their surplus
-cockerels as broilers as long as the market holds up and rely upon
-caponizing only for later-hatched chicks. The house room thus saved they
-use for pullets or other laying stock, feeling that they make more money
-in this way. It is certain, however, that many poultrymen find capon
-raising profitable enough to induce them to continue in the business. On
-several farms in Massachusetts 500 to 1,000 capons are raised annually,
-and the writer knows of one farm on which in one season 5,000 cockerels
-were held for caponizing. Although the industry is growing rapidly year
-by year, the supply does not yet equal the demand. The best prices are
-commanded by capons produced near to the market, and consequently
-perfectly fresh. The markets of the West usually do not quote as good
-prices as the eastern ones; hence most of the western-grown capons are
-shipped East, in which case the express rates cut down the profit
-materially. On the whole, the profit is probably rather greater for
-eastern producers than for those of the North Central States.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 241. LIQUID CARPET CLEANER
-
-
-One of the very best carpet cleaners ever placed on the market is that
-put up in liquid form by a man living in a western town of 5,000 people,
-where there was no steam cleaning establishment. He used the following
-formula:
-
-Solution soap, 120 ounces; ammonia water (10%), 60 ounces; gasoline, 120
-ounces; chloroform, the cheap kind, 20 ounces; saltpetre, 10 ounces;
-commercial oil of wintergreen, or other perfume, sufficient to give an
-agreeable scent.
-
-(The solution soap named is made of cheap olive oil, 60 ounces; caustic
-potash, 12 ounces; wood alcohol and water, equal parts, to make 1,000
-ounces.)
-
-In making the liquid cleaner, dissolve the saltpetre in the water, add
-the ammonia to the soap solution, then the chloroform, oil and gasoline,
-shaking well after adding each ingredient, then add this to the water.
-This makes a milky white compound that must be shaken well before using.
-Citronella or other cheap perfume may be used instead of the
-wintergreen, if desired.
-
-In making the soap solution, called for in the formula, put the oil into
-a suitable vessel, with half of the alcohol, then dissolve the potash in
-water, mix the two solutions, until it forms a nice soap, which can be
-determined by dropping a little of it in water. If it dissolves without
-forming oily drops, it is complete. Allow this to cool, add the rest of
-the alcohol and enough water to bring the measure up to 1,000 ounces.
-Then strain and filter.
-
-Use the cleaner by applying freely with a sponge, and scrub briskly with
-a stiff brush, then wash off with warm water, which removes all grease,
-dirt, etc.
-
-With a man to do the work, our friend went to the most prominent homes,
-as well as all the hotels in his town, and asked for the privilege of
-demonstrating his compound. This was granted in practically all cases,
-and he was given a large number of orders for cleaning carpets without
-removing them from the floor, at about half the price charged by regular
-cleaning establishments, yet which netted him a good profit after paying
-his man for the work.
-
-He also advertised it through the smaller towns, and secured sales for
-it which brought him a good income every year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 242. A WHITE SHOE DRESSING
-
-
-The only objection to white shoes is that they soil so easily, but those
-who use the following formula will find their troubles on that score are
-over.
-
-Precipitated chalk, 4 ounces; zinc oxide, 6 ounces; whiting, 8 ounces;
-pipe clay, 16 ounces; have all thoroughly dry and in fine powder, mix
-together very thoroughly and pass through a fine sieve. Now is where one
-of the tricks of the trade comes in. If the powder should have any
-yellowish tinge, as it most likely will, or does not seem to be just as
-dead white as it should be it may be brought up, by the judicious
-admixture of a very little bluing, just as is used in washing clothes
-and also is put in white granulated sugar for the same purpose. The blue
-must be in very fine powder and thoroughly mixed with the other powder,
-to give the proper results. Add it cautiously and be careful not to get
-too much. A good plan to work is, take some blue and rub it with three
-or four times its bulk of the powder in a mortar until thoroughly and
-evenly mixed, then use this powder for toning up your product. When this
-is done, mix a dram of powdered tragacanth and a dram of carbolic acid
-for each pound of the powder, with enough water to wet the whole thing
-into a stiff, putty-like mass. Fill this mass solidly into the boxes,
-and strike the upper edge. It will dry out, but that will not injure it
-at all.
-
-Directions for use: Brush the shoes well, then rub over with a soaped
-cloth, to remove all stains, etc. Wet a small sponge or cloth in water,
-rub it on the cake in the box until well loaded, then go over the shoes,
-evenly and rapidly. Set aside to dry, and with a dry cloth lightly
-remove spots in the dressing.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 243. A TRAVELING TYPIST
-
-
-A young man who had been clerking in a men’s furnishing store for $10 a
-week got an idea one day that turned out to be the means of giving him a
-good-paying business.
-
-He noticed that there were many public stenographers located in the
-various office buildings of the city, and figuring that all their
-patrons had to come to them when wanting work done, why wouldn’t it be a
-good thing to call at the different stores and offices of these patrons
-and do their type-writing.
-
-He therefore bought a light but reliable typewriting machine, which
-could be carried easily from place to place, learned to operate it with
-accuracy and speed, and then began to work up a line of customers. He
-found them, too, lots of them, and every day he called at their places
-of business and wrote their letters.
-
-He was kept busy all the time, and from the very beginning of his
-enterprise he made from $25 a week up, yet did his work at the rate of
-10 cents per letter. He seldom used short-hand but took the letters on
-his machine.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 244. MAKING HENS LAY ALL THE YEAR
-
-
-This is something that all poultry raisers would give a good deal to
-know:
-
-On every alternate day, mix cayenne pepper with soft food, at the rate
-of one teaspoonful of pepper to each dozen hens. Take good care to see
-that each hen obtains her share. In winter give each hen a half ounce of
-fresh meat each day, and see that they have plenty of water, grain,
-gravel and lime.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 245. HOW TO MAKE COTTAGE CHEESE ON THE FARM
-
-
-  K. J. MATHESON AND F. R. CAMMACK, of the Dairy Division.
-
-  Contribution from the Bureau of Animal Industry.
-
-  Acknowledgment is due to the U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, Washington,
-  D. C., for the following plan:
-
-Cottage cheese can be made on the farm or in the home with little labor
-and expense.
-
-It is a palatable, nourishing product that furnishes a means of
-utilizing skim milk to excellent advantage.
-
-The directions given in this plan are for manufacturing cottage cheese
-either for home use or for marketing on a small scale.
-
-[Illustration: Preparing Cottage Cheese for Market.]
-
-
-A DESIRABLE FOOD EASILY PREPARED
-
-Cottage cheese, a most palatable and nutritious product, is one of the
-few varieties of cheese which can be manufactured on a small scale. It
-furnishes a convenient and economical means for using skim milk as a
-human food, and supplies, more cheaply than meat, the protein or
-body-building part of the diet. In fact, pound for pound, it contains 25
-per cent more protein than a medium-fat side of beef and costs about
-half as much.
-
-The haphazard methods used in the making of this product, together with
-the lack of simple and easily available directions, probably are
-responsible for the small quantities made and consumed in the farm home.
-Uncertainty of results and defects in the finished product also have
-been causes for discouragement to the beginner. It is hoped, however,
-that by following the directions given in this bulletin a better and
-more uniform product may be obtained.
-
-For making the cheese in small quantities for home use a very simple
-process and ordinary household equipment will suffice. But if it is
-desired to market the product and to insure good, uniform quality it
-will be necessary to follow somewhat more elaborate methods. Details
-sometimes must be modified according to conditions, and only experience
-will give proficiency.
-
-
-QUALITY AND ITS REQUISITES
-
-Cottage cheese is judged by its flavor and texture. A high-quality
-cheese should have a clean, mild, acid flavor and a texture smooth, free
-from lumps, and uniform or homogeneous throughout. The undesirable
-flavors commonly found are described as unclean, tasteless, too acid,
-and sometimes even bitter. Flavor can be controlled by the use of clean,
-sweet skim milk and a good “starter,” but texture depends largely upon
-careful manipulation during the making process. Good, clean skim milk,
-clean utensils, and careful attention to the details of making are
-essential to good quality in the product.
-
-
-_Good Skim Milk Necessary_
-
-The first consideration in the production of good cottage cheese is the
-quality of the milk itself. Milk which is dirty or has undergone any
-abnormal fermentation is undesirable. The fresher the milk the more
-satisfactory it is for cheesemaking, because then it is possible to
-direct and control the souring. It is absolutely necessary to give the
-milk proper attention, both at the time of its production and in all its
-subsequent handling. The temperature at which it is kept from the time
-of production until made into cheese determines in a large measure the
-quality of the cheese. For best results milk should be kept cool, at 50°
-F. or lower, if possible, until it is to be made into cheese.
-
-
-_Cleanliness of Utensils_
-
-The material and construction of all equipment used in handling milk and
-in the manufacture of cheese should be smooth and free from crevices, so
-as to allow easy and efficient cleaning. The most scrupulous care should
-be exercised in order to keep all utensils sweet and clean. For cleaning
-utensils the following method is advised:
-
-  1. Rinse with cold water.
-
-  2. Wash and scrub with hot water to which a cleaning powder has been
-  added.
-
-  3. Rinse in hot water above a temperature of 150° F.
-
-  4. Steam or immerse in boiling water for five minutes.
-
-  5. Place all equipment in a clean place free from dust.
-
-
-A SIMPLE WAY TO MAKE SMALL QUANTITIES FOR HOME USE
-
-One gallon of skim milk will make about 1¹⁄₂ pounds of cheese. If the
-milk is sweet it should be placed in a pan and allowed to remain in a
-clean, warm place at a temperature of about 75° F. until it clabbers.
-The clabbered milk should have a clean, sour flavor. Ordinarily this
-will take about 30 hours, but when it is desirable to hasten the process
-a small quantity of clean-flavored sour milk may be mixed with the sweet
-milk.
-
-As soon as the milk has thickened or firmly clabbered it should be cut
-into pieces 2 inches square, after which the curd should be stirred
-thoroughly with a spoon. Place the pan of broken curd in a vessel of hot
-water so as to raise the temperature to 100° F. Cook at that temperature
-for about 30 minutes, during which time stir gently with a spoon for 1
-minute at 5-minute intervals.
-
-At the conclusion of the heating, pour the curd and whey into a small
-cheesecloth bag (a clean salt bag will do nicely) and hang the bag on a
-fruit-strainer rack to drain, or the curd may be poured into a colander
-or a strainer over which a piece of cheesecloth has been laid. After 5
-or 10 minutes, work the curd toward the center with a spoon. Raising and
-lowering the ends of the cloth helps to make the whey drain faster. To
-complete the draining tie the ends of the bag together and hang it up.
-Since there is some danger that the curd will become too dry, draining
-should stop when the whey ceases to flow in a steady stream.
-
-The curd is then emptied from the bag and worked with a spoon or a
-butter paddle until it becomes fine in grain, smooth, and of the
-consistency of mashed potatoes. Sour or sweet cream may be added to
-increase the smoothness and palatability and improve the flavor. Then
-the cheese is salted according to taste, about one teaspoonful to a
-pound of curd.
-
-Because of the ease with which the cheese can be made it is desirable to
-make it often so that it may be eaten fresh, although if it is kept cold
-it will not spoil for several days. If the cheese is not to be eaten
-promptly it should be stored in an earthenware or glass vessel rather
-than in one of tin or wood, and kept in a cold place.
-
-
-THE USE OF STARTERS
-
-The first step in the making of cottage cheese is to sour or ripen the
-milk. If care has been used in the production and handling of milk, a
-good grade of cheese may be made by allowing the milk to sour naturally.
-Uncertainty of results and lack of uniformity in the cheese, however,
-have caused many to resort to a more definite means of controlling
-fermentation or souring by the use of starters. Some of the dangers and
-disadvantages of natural souring are--
-
-  1. Slow coagulation or curdling.
-
-  2. Glassy and undesirable fermentations, causing loss of curd in whey.
-
-  3. Bitter and other undesirable flavors.
-
-  4. Lack of uniformity in the cheese.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 1.--Bottles of Starter.]
-
-When cottage cheese is to be produced in large quantities it is
-advisable to use a starter. Starters aid and hasten acid fermentation
-and tend to suppress and eliminate undesirable fermentation. A starter,
-in brief, is a quantity of milk in which the acid-forming bacteria have
-grown until the milk contains a great number of them. There are two
-kinds of starters, commercial and homemade.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 2.--Stirring in starter and rennet and taking
-temperature.]
-
-
-_Commercial Starters_
-
-When cottage cheese is to be made on a large scale it is advisable to
-use a commercial starter, obtainable from a reliable starter company or
-through a dairy-supply house. The small package of starter, which may be
-either liquid or solid, is added to a pint of pasteurized skim milk and
-the milk covered and set away at 75° F. to sour. This is called a
-“mother starter.” After curdling or coagulation, a teaspoonful of the
-“mother starter” is added to a quart of pasteurized skim milk, which,
-when coagulated, is used to ripen the milk for cheesemaking. In
-pasteurizing milk for starters, it is heated to 175° F. and held at
-that temperature for 30 minutes, after which it is cooled to 75° F.
-before the starter is added.
-
-
-_Homemade Starters_
-
-Homemade starters are made as follows:
-
-1. Clean thoroughly and boil for five minutes several pint fruit jars or
-wide-mouthed bottles, together with tops or tumblers for covering them.
-(Fig. 1.) After boiling, keep the jars or bottles covered to prevent the
-entrance of bacteria.
-
-2. Select several pint samples of fresh milk, put into the jars or
-bottles, cool to 75° F., cover and keep at that temperature until
-curdling occurs.
-
-3. The curdling or coagulation should take place in about 30 hours. An
-ideal curd should be firm, smooth, marblelike, free from holes or gas
-bubbles, and should show little separation of the whey. To be a good
-starter the curd should have a clean, sharp, sour or acid flavor.
-
-4. Select the sample that most closely meets these conditions and
-propagate it. This is done as follows:
-
-_a._ Prepare, shortly before using, a quart jar or bottle and a teaspoon
-according to the method described in paragraph 1.
-
-_b._ Fill the jar or bottle with fresh skim milk and pasteurize by
-heating to 175° F. and keeping at that temperature for 30 minutes.
-
-_c._ Cool to 75° F. and add a teaspoonful of curdled milk or starter
-described in paragraph 3, and set away to curdle.
-
-_d._ Propagate the starter from day to day until one is found with
-desirable qualities. In doing this repeat steps _a_, _b_, and _c_, but
-in the last use the starter of the day before instead of that originally
-mentioned in paragraph 3.
-
-
-PASTEURIZATION
-
-While for small-scale operations the pasteurization of milk may not
-always be practicable, it permits a better control of the fermentations,
-increases the yield of cheese, and renders the product safe from
-disease-producing organisms. _If milk is pasteurized it is absolutely
-necessary to use a vigorous starter for ripening._ Otherwise, great
-difficulty is found in draining the curd, and as a result the cheese
-probably is spoiled.
-
-Skim milk is pasteurized for making cottage cheese by heating it in a
-pail, can, or vat to a temperature of 145° F. and holding it at that
-temperature for 30 minutes. The milk then is cooled quickly to 75° F.,
-when it is ready for adding the starter.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 3.--Pouring curd upon draining cloth.]
-
-
-MAKING THE CHEESE ON A LARGER SCALE
-
-To make cottage cheese in considerable quantities and of good, uniform
-quality, especially if it is to be sold, it is desirable to follow a
-more exact method than that described for making small quantities for
-home use.
-
-
-_Setting_
-
-For natural souring without starter, fresh skim milk is placed in a
-clean pail or a “shotgun” can, covered, warmed to 75° F., and allowed to
-stand at that temperature until curdled. The temperature can be
-controlled by keeping the pail or can of milk in a tub, sink, or other
-vessel filled with water at the same temperature.
-
-When starter is used it is stirred into skim milk which has been warmed
-to 75° F. (Fig. 2.) The vessel of milk then is covered and set away at
-the same temperature to curdle. The quantity of starter used varies from
-1 to 5 per cent; a pint for 3 or 4 gallons of milk usually gives good
-results. By the use of a large quantity of starter it is possible to
-ripen the milk and complete the making of the cheese in one day.
-Probably it is more convenient, however, to set the milk with starter at
-night, in which case the milk should be firmly clabbered by morning. For
-obtaining a desirable coagulum or curd that is firm and not easily
-broken into fine particles during heating, 75° F. seems to be the best
-temperature. When the skim milk has coagulated into a firm, solid curd
-which gives a sharply defined break as the finger is inserted, with whey
-collecting at the break, the curd is ready for cutting.
-
-
-_Cutting, Heating, and Stirring_
-
-The coagulum, or curd, is cut crosswise into 2-inch squares, with a
-long-bladed knife. The mixture then is heated quickly to 100° F. and is
-maintained at that temperature for about 30 minutes. During the entire
-heating process the curd is stirred with a spoon or a cream agitator
-every four or five minutes. The object of these operations is to remove
-the whey from the curd and to bring the product into a concentrated
-form. The texture of the cheese is regulated in a large measure by the
-manner of cutting, heating, and stirring the coagulum. Prolonged and
-vigorous stirring of the mixture is undesirable, since it causes a
-fine-grained curd which is slow in draining and has excessive curd
-losses in the whey. Heating at too high a temperature results in a
-tough, dry curd.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 4.--Raising and lowering draining cloth to hasten
-draining.]
-
-
-_Draining_
-
-After heating, the mixture is poured upon a draining cloth, which is
-fastened over a pail or a specially constructed rack, in order to
-separate the curd from the whey. (See fig. 3.) The curd is allowed to
-drain undisturbed for 15 or 20 minutes, because if handled during that
-period it will tend to become mushy, a condition which renders the
-removal of the whey very difficult. Later, every few minutes, the sides
-of the cloth should be raised and lowered several times (as shown in
-fig. 4), which hastens draining. Draining should continue until very
-little whey separates upon standing, at which time the curd is rather
-soft and smooth. It is then ready for salting.
-
-
-_Salting_
-
-For salting, the curd is placed in a pan or pail and salt added and
-mixed uniformly into the curd with a butter ladle or a spoon. The usual
-rate of salting is two heaping tablespoonfuls to 3¹⁄₂ gallons of milk,
-or about 2¹⁄₂ ounces to 10 pounds of curd, although there is some
-difference of opinion as to the quantity of salt needed. In case a scale
-is lacking it is possible to approximate the salt when it is known that
-a level tablespoonful of salt equals two-thirds of an ounce. Salt is
-added to the cheese to increase its palatability and to a certain extent
-to preserve it.
-
-
-MAKING THE CHEESE WITH RENNET OR PEPSIN
-
-Several advantages are found in making cottage cheese with rennet or
-pepsin, as follows:
-
-  1. A finer-textured and more uniform cheese results.
-
-  2. Making requires less time and attention.
-
-  3. Losses of curd in the whey are reduced.
-
-Rennet is a substance which causes milk to coagulate and may be obtained
-either as commercial liquid rennet or as junket tablets. The former may
-be purchased from a dairy-supply house, while the latter may be obtained
-from grocery and drug stores.
-
-If commercial rennet is used for making cottage cheese, about 3 drops
-should be added to each 10 pints or pounds of milk, or 10 drops to 30
-pounds of milk. The rennet, after being measured, is diluted about 40
-times with cold water (a half cupful is satisfactory) before it is added
-to the milk. For measuring a medicine dropper may be used with good
-results.
-
-If the liquid rennet can not be obtained, junket tablets may be used,
-one tablet having about the same strength as 1 cubic centimeter or 25
-drops of the liquid. One tablet may be dissolved in 10 tablespoonfuls of
-cold water, then 1 tablespoonful of the mixture is sufficient for 10
-pounds or pints of skim milk and 3 tablespoonfuls for 30 pounds of milk.
-Junket tablets are not always of the same strength, so it may be
-necessary to experiment somewhat before the right quantity to add is
-obtained.
-
-Pepsin is a powder which has somewhat the same effect upon milk as
-rennet and may be used instead. It should be added at the rate of
-one-twelfth gram to 100 pounds of milk. For 30 pounds of milk this would
-be a quantity about half the size of a medium-sized pea. This should be
-dissolved in water and fractional portions used in a manner similar to
-that described for the junket tablet.
-
-The milk is handled in identically the same manner as in the method
-already described with the exception that rennet or pepsin is added to
-it just after the starter is put in and the mixture stirred vigorously.
-When this is done the curd or coagulum may be poured directly into the
-draining cloth without cutting, heating, or stirring. If no starter is
-used it is desirable to let the milk stand at 80° F. for five or six
-hours before adding the rennet or pepsin.
-
-When clear whey collects upon the surface of the curd in the can it is
-an indication that the curd is ready to be drained. At first it may not
-be possible to get the best results by this method, but after a few
-trials it should be possible to produce a fine, firm coagulum in from 12
-to 15 hours.
-
-The coagulum is now poured upon the draining rack covered with cotton
-sheeting. Because of the fineness of the curd a draining cloth with a
-smaller mesh is more desirable than the one previously described. After
-a short preliminary drainage of perhaps 20 minutes the ends of the cloth
-are unfastened and the diagonally opposite corners drawn together and
-tied. Moderate weights, about 25 pounds, are then placed upon the bag of
-curd to hasten the draining. (See fig. 5.) A pail filled with stones or
-water will serve for this purpose. There is danger that the cheese curd
-may be pressed too dry when rennet is used, so it is advisable to watch
-the curd closely at this period. The pressing should be continued until
-the curd has reached about the same consistency as described under the
-preceding method.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 5.--Boards and weight for pressing cheese.]
-
-After draining, salt is added in the same way as for ordinary cottage
-cheese.
-
-
-ADDING CREAM AND PEPPERS
-
-A small quantity of sweet or sour cream added after salting, especially
-if the curd is a little dry, will improve greatly the quality and
-palatability of cottage cheese made by either process. Usually cream is
-added at the rate of half a pint to 10 pounds of curd.
-
-Finely ground pimento peppers also add much to the appearance, taste,
-and attractiveness of the product, especially to the finer textured,
-rennet-made cheese. Peppers when used are added at the rate of 1 pound
-to 20 of curd.
-
-If the product is to be marketed the additional expense of cream or
-peppers probably is warranted.
-
-
-YIELD OF CHEESE
-
-The yield of cottage cheese depends upon the quality of the milk and the
-method of manufacture. Yields of from 12 to 22 pounds of cheese per 100
-pounds of skim milk represent the limits, while a normal yield of from
-16 to 18 pounds produces best results. A gallon of skim milk usually
-yields about 1¹⁄₂ pounds of cottage cheese.
-
-
-MARKETING THE PRODUCT
-
-Although often marketed in bulk and sold by the pound, cottage cheese
-may be marketed best in single-service containers holding from 10 to 12
-ounces. This makes a neat and convenient package which commonly retails
-for about 10 cents. These cartons are made of wood pulp treated with
-paraffin. For interstate shipping it is necessary to put the net weight
-of the cheese on the package, and it is desirable, for advertising
-purposes, to place on it the name and address of the maker. While the
-product may be molded into balls or prints and wrapped in paraffined
-paper, the carton is strongly recommended as a marketing receptacle for
-such a perishable product as cottage cheese. The carton makes a nearly
-air-tight package which improves the keeping quality of the cheese.
-
-It is advisable to keep cottage cheese at a low temperature until
-consumed. Holding the product at room temperature for only 36 hours may
-cause it to become slightly “off flavor,” while in a longer period the
-deterioration may be so marked as to render it unsuitable for
-consumption. Cheese from which the whey separates spoils quickly and is
-very undesirable. It is better to have the cheese a little too dry than
-too moist, for the former defect may be corrected easily by the addition
-of a little cream or milk by the consumer.
-
-
-EQUIPMENT FOR MAKING COTTAGE CHEESE
-
-Little equipment is needed for making cottage cheese, and for the most
-part it may be found in any home. When the cheese is made in large
-quantities a small outlay for equipment is warranted as a matter of
-convenience and satisfaction. In most homes, however, satisfactory
-substitutes may be found for some of the utensils mentioned here.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 6.--Equipment used in first stages of making cottage
-cheese.]
-
-_Starter bottles._--Quart milk bottles and tumblers are needed for
-holding the starter. Quart fruit jars will serve the purpose very well.
-
-_Cans or pails._--A “shotgun” can which may vary in size and material is
-very convenient; usually it is straight sided, 8 inches in diameter, 20
-inches high, and holds about 4 gallons of milk. If such a can is not
-available, an ordinary 10-quart milk pail will be satisfactory.
-
-_Milk agitator._--A stirrer of the kind shown in figure 6 is desirable
-for causing a uniform distribution of the starter and rennet prior to
-setting and for stirring the curd, but for making small quantities of
-cheese a spoon is entirely satisfactory.
-
-_Floating dairy thermometer._--The use of a reliable and accurate
-thermometer is absolutely necessary to obtain uniformity in results from
-day to day. Because of the danger of breaking, it should be kept in a
-case when not in use.
-
-_Rennet or pepsin._--Either commercial liquid rennet or junket tablets
-are desirable when cottage cheese is to be made quickly. Powdered pepsin
-also may be used. Rennet always should be kept cold and in a dark place.
-
-_Draining racks._--An ordinary fruit-straining rack is very useful for
-small quantities of cheese. A colander also will answer the purpose.
-When larger quantities are made a special rack will be found to be very
-convenient. Such a rack is described below.
-
-A wire-covered rack (fig. 7) consists of a rectangular frame, 20 by 52
-inches and 6 inches high, upon the bottom of which is tacked one-half
-inch mesh woven wire. The rack should be made of hard wood and
-dovetailed at the corners. If it is placed upon a table slightly
-inclined, the whey is directed to a common point and collected in a jar
-or pail by the use of strips nailed to the bottom of the frame. The
-materials required for making the rack are two boards ⁷⁄₈ by 6 by 52
-inches, two boards ⁷⁄₈ by 6 by 26 inches, and woven wire 26 by 52
-inches.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 7.--Wire-covered draining rack.]
-
-Another kind of rack is rectangular, 13 inches wide, 36 inches long, and
-10 inches deep. The corner posts extend 1¹⁄₂ inches beyond the strips
-and top and bottom, with the top rounded, so that a ring may fit over
-them. The bottom slats fit loosely into notches and are removable for
-washing. The materials required are four corner posts 1¹⁄₂ by 1¹⁄₂
-inches, nine strips 1 by ³⁄₈ by 36 inches, and six strips 1 by ³⁄₈ by
-12¹⁄₄ inches, notched to receive bottom slats, all made of pine. A cloth
-is fastened upon each frame and the contents of one can poured into each
-cloth.
-
-_Draining cloths._--When the cheese is made without rennet, common
-cheesecloth is most satisfactory, but for cheese made with rennet,
-unbleached cotton sheeting is recommended. The quantity depends upon
-the size of the draining rack, enough being required to supply a single
-thickness, with an allowance for hems. All draining cloths should be
-hemmed.
-
-_Cartons._--Round, paraffined, sanitary, single-service containers are
-desirable for marketing the cheese.
-
-
-SUMMARY OF ORDINARY PROCESS
-
-The process of making cottage cheese without rennet or pepsin, on the
-basis of 30 pounds or about 3¹⁄₂ gallons of milk, which will yield about
-5¹⁄₄ pounds of cheese, may be summarized as follows:
-
-Obtain clean, fresh milk.
-
-If starter is not used, warm the milk to 75° F. and hold it at about
-that temperature until curdled.
-
-If starter is to be used, add 1 to 5 per cent, or about 1 pint of
-starter to 30 pounds of milk, stir, and set away at 75° F. to curdle.
-
-If it is desired to pasteurize, heat milk to 145° F., hold at that
-temperature for 30 minutes, and cool to 75° F. If pasteurization is
-practiced, a starter must be used and should be added after
-pasteurization, as described.
-
-Time for curdling when starter is used, 12 to 15 hours (usually
-overnight).
-
-When starter is not used the time for curdling will be about 30 hours.
-
-Cut and stir, and then heat to 100° F. and hold for 30 minutes. Stir
-gently at intervals.
-
-Pour upon cheesecloth and drain for 20 or 30 minutes.
-
-Place in pail or pan and salt at the rate of 2¹⁄₂ ounces to 10 pounds of
-curd, or about 2 level tablespoonfuls for the cheese from 30 pounds of
-milk.
-
-If desired, add sweet or sour cream at the rate of one-half pint to 10
-pounds of curd, or about one-quarter pint of cream to the product from
-30 pounds of milk.
-
-
-SUMMARY OF RENNET OR PEPSIN PROCESS
-
-The following is an outline of the process with rennet or pepsin on the
-basis of 30 pounds or 3¹⁄₂ gallons of milk, which will yield about 5¹⁄₄
-pounds of cheese:
-
-Obtain clean, fresh milk.
-
-When a starter is not used, after adding rennet or pepsin, warm the milk
-to 75° F. and hold it at about that temperature until curdled.
-
-If starter is to be used, add 1 to 5 per cent, or about 1 pint of
-starter to 30 pounds of milk, and set away at 75° F. to curdle.
-
-If it is desired to pasteurize, heat to 145° F., hold at that
-temperature for 30 minutes, and cool to 75° F. If pasteurization is
-practiced, a starter must be used and should be added as described.
-
-Add rennet, junket tablets, or pepsin just before setting the milk away
-to curdle at 75° F., carefully stirring to insure a thorough
-distribution.
-
-Add rennet at the rate of one-third cubic centimeter, or about 8 drops,
-diluted 40 times in cold water (half a cup of cold water is
-satisfactory) for each 30 pounds or 3¹⁄₂ gallons of milk.
-
-Or, dissolve one junket tablet in a pint of cold water and use one-third
-of the mixture.
-
-Or, dissolve powdered pepsin (one-half size of pea) in one-quarter pint
-of cold water and use the entire mixture.
-
-Time for curdling when starter is used, 12 to 15 hours (usually
-overnight).
-
-When starter is not used the time for curdling will be about 30 hours.
-
-Pour upon cotton sheeting and drain for 20 or 30 minutes.
-
-Tie the ends of the cloth together and press with weight (20 or 25
-pounds) until the curd has attained the desired consistency.
-
-Salt at the rate of 2¹⁄₂ ounces to 10 pounds of curd. If desired, add
-sweet or sour cream at the rate of one-half pint of cream to each 10
-pounds of curd, or one-quarter pint of cream to the product from 30
-pounds of milk.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 246. MARKETING BUTTER AND CHEESE BY PARCEL POST
-
-  LEWIS B. FLOHR, Investigator of Marketing and ROY C. POTTS, Specialist
-  in Marketing Dairy Products.
-
-  Contribution from the Bureau of Markets, CHARLES J. BRAND. Chief.
-
-  For the following plan we are indebted to the U. S. Department of
-  Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
-
-
-Because butter does not keep well unless good storage facilities are
-available, most families must purchase it frequently and in small
-quantities.
-
-Parcel post has been found a desirable and useful means of sending
-butter from producer to consumer, and when favorable conditions exist
-and proper methods are used in preparing and mailing, it carries
-satisfactorily by that method of transportation.
-
-There are practically no difficulties in transporting cheese by parcel
-post. Frequently this method of marketing affords an economical and
-satisfactory way for obtaining cheese for family use.
-
-Butter is highly perishable unless it is handled under proper
-conditions, yet the fact that many consumers obtain their supplies
-direct from producers by parcel post, proved by the quantity passing
-through many post offices, indicates that parcel-post marketing of
-butter is feasible. It is usually an economical method, as the cost of
-market distribution through the regular wholesale and retail channels of
-trade is relatively high in comparison with the cost of shipments by
-parcel post from the first and second and sometimes more distant zones.
-
-
-EXPERIMENTAL PARCEL-POST SHIPMENTS OF BUTTER
-
-Shipments of butter aggregating more than 10,000 pounds have been made
-by the Bureau of Markets, under various conditions and in packages
-carrying from 1 to 10 pounds, over both long and short distances, in
-order to test various kinds of shipping containers, methods of packing,
-and the possibilities of parcel-post shipping of butter during the
-summer and other seasons. These experimental shipments consisted of (1)
-shipments of fresh butter from four creameries to this bureau, and (2)
-shipments of the butter received from the creameries by the bureau to
-experiment stations and return shipments of the same. The summarized
-results of the shipments from the four creameries are presented in the
-following table:
-
-TABLE I.--_Experimental shipments of butter by parcel post in 2, 3, 5,
-and 10 pound parcels from creameries to the Bureau of Markets._
-
-  =========+==========+========+====================+==========+
-           |Distance  |        |                    |          |
-           |  from    |Hours in|                    |  Number  |
-  Creamery.|Washington|transit.|  Months covered.   |   of     |
-           | (miles). |        |                    |shipments.+
-           |          |        |                    |          |
-  ---------+----------+--------+--------------------+----------+
-      A    |    375   |22      |April to October    |    222   |
-      B    |    536   |48 to 60|August and September|     61   |
-      C    |    187   |18 to 20|June and July       |     82   |
-      D    |    266   |18 to 20|April to January    |     89   |
-  ---------+----------+--------+--------------------+----------+
-    Total  |          |        |                    |    454   |
-  ---------+----------+--------+--------------------+----------+
-
-  =========+================+================+========
-           |  Received in   | Received in    | Total
-           |  satisfactory  | unsatisfactory | pounds
-  Creamery.|   condition.   |   condition.   |   of
-           +-------+--------+-------+--------+ butter.
-           |Number.|Percent.|Number.|Percent.|
-  ---------+-------+--------+-------+--------+--------
-      A    |  218  |  98.2  |    4  |   1.8  |   822
-      B    |   60  |  98.4  |    1  |   1.6  |   249
-      C    |   73  |  89.0  |    9  |  11.0  |   290
-      D    |   89  | 100.0  |  ...  |   ...  |   661
-  ---------+-------+--------+-------+--------+--------
-    Total  |  440  |  96.9  |   14  |   3.1  | 2,022
-  ---------+-------+--------+-------+--------+--------
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 1.--Two views of hand printer for 1-pound prints.]
-
-Although many of these shipments were made during the heat of summer,
-only 14 of the 454 shipments, or 3.1 per cent, were received in an
-unsatisfactory condition. These very satisfactory results may be
-attributed to the care exercised in the proper packing of butter in
-suitable shipping containers and the pre-cooling or thorough hardening
-of the butter at the creameries before shipment.
-
-The experimental shipments to the State experiment stations were
-satisfactory where the temperature and distance were not too great.
-Butter which had softened much in transit from the creamery to the
-bureau when later shipped to the experiment stations did not arrive in
-as good condition as that in which the grain had not been previously
-injured. In general, the shipments from Washington were successful when
-forwarded as far north as Maine and as far west as Michigan and Indiana.
-Shipments into the South were successful for shorter distances.
-
-The results of these experimental shipments indicate that well-made
-butter, thoroughly chilled before shipping, when packed in a suitable
-container, may be marketed satisfactorily by parcel post when extreme
-high temperatures are not encountered. Under ordinary conditions, where
-the butter does not melt and a firm or semifirm condition is maintained,
-the shipping of butter by parcel post generally may be successful. Even
-though proper safeguards were taken, the shipments made during extremely
-hot weather frequently arrived in an oily and unsatisfactory condition.
-
-
-QUALITY AND CONDITION OF BUTTER
-
-As parcel-post shipments of butter are likely to be subjected to
-conditions, especially during the summer, which may cause deterioration
-and injure the quality of the butter, it is highly desirable that every
-possible precaution be taken before shipment. Particularly is this true
-of farm-made butter, because conditions affecting its quality and
-condition usually can not be controlled as easily on farms as in
-creameries. However, farm-made butter should be marketed just as
-satisfactorily as creamery-made butter when it is properly made and
-prepared for shipment.[6]
-
-  [6] Those desiring information on making farm butter may secure, upon
-  request to the Division of Publications of the United States
-  Department of Agriculture, a copy of Farmers’ Bulletin No. 876,
-  entitled “Making Butter on the Farm.”
-
-It is necessary to maintain proper conditions in the care of the milk
-and cream and the making of butter if a marketable product is to be
-produced. Too much importance can not be given to the maintaining of
-cleanly conditions in the stable and in other places where the milk,
-cream, or butter are produced or kept, for they absorb odors and spoil
-very quickly. It is important, too, that these products be kept in a
-cool place. High temperatures should always be avoided as heated cream
-or butter produces a soft, oily condition in the finished product which
-is undesirable. In manufacturing butter on the farm or in a factory the
-buttermilk must be removed and washed out, and the proper amount of salt
-must be incorporated evenly. Frequently parcel-post shipments of farm
-butter are unsatisfactory to customers because proper methods were not
-used in making it, and thereby the quality and condition of the butter
-were injured before it was shipped. For the satisfaction of customers it
-is important that a uniform quality of butter be produced.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 2.--Three stages of a parcel-post package of butter;
-Wrapped, opened, showing print of butter.]
-
-
-PREPARATION OF BUTTER FOR PARCEL-POST SHIPPING
-
-The methods used in preparing butter for parcel-post shipping depend
-largely upon the local conditions and the style of package used. To
-insure delivery in the best possible condition, butter, after being
-packed or printed and placed in cartons, should be chilled or hardened
-thoroughly before it is shipped.
-
-One of the most satisfactory ways of preparing butter for shipment is in
-the form of regular 1-pound prints. The standard print measures 2¹⁄₂ by
-2¹⁄₂ by 4⁵⁄₈ inches. A hand butter printer or mold should be used in
-forming the prints. The printer shown in figure 1 is so made that it
-can be taken apart readily and thoroughly cleaned. The print of butter
-is easily removed from the mold by the false bottom. Another style is
-made with the sides and ends hinged to the bottom and held in place by
-hooks across the ends. After the butter is packed in the mold the sides
-are unhooked, so that the butter can be removed from the printer.
-One-pound hand printers similar to these styles may be secured from
-dairy-supply companies or they may be made on the farm.
-
-Each pound print should be neatly wrapped in regular butter parchment or
-paper. A second thickness of such paper has been found to add materially
-to the carrying possibility of the butter. Waxed paper may be used for
-the second wrapping. As a further protection to the print, it should be
-placed in heavy manila paraffined cartons, which may be obtained from
-folding paper-box companies for about one-half cent each when unprinted
-or at a slightly additional cost when printed as a stock carton or with
-a special private brand.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 3.--Actual parcel-post shipment of 3 pounds of
-butter wrapped in parchment paper, several thicknesses of newspaper,
-corrugated paper-board carton, and finally an outside wrapper of heavy
-wrapping paper.]
-
-
-SHIPPING CONTAINERS FOR BUTTER
-
-Corrugated fiber board shipping containers of various sizes may be
-obtained for shipping 1-pound prints of butter. (See fig. 2.)
-
-These boxes or containers practically insulate the butter and furnish
-much protection against heat. Further protection may be obtained by
-wrapping the container in stout wrapping paper. The whole should be tied
-securely with a strong cord. In tying the twine, it should be drawn
-tightly around the package so as to insure its proper carriage. Not
-infrequently packages are broken open or otherwise damaged because they
-are insecurely tied. The corrugated containers are also useful for
-carrying shipments of butter put up in other styles.
-
-Some persons ship butter by parcel post in improvised or “home-made”
-containers. Clean, discarded, corrugated paper-board cartons are
-obtained from the grocer or other merchant at small cost or frequently
-without cost. It is possible to cut a piece of paper board in such shape
-and size that when it is folded it will form a satisfactory carton. In
-figure 3 is shown a piece of paper board that is cut so as to provide a
-carton for shipping 3 pounds of butter that is wrapped in parchment
-paper and several thicknesses of newspaper.
-
-For this carton the paper board was so cut that it was 7¹⁄₂ inches wide
-and 25 inches long with projections in the middle of the length which
-were 4¹⁄₂ inches wide and extended 8¹⁄₂ inches on each side. This
-provided a carton with dimensions, when folded, as shown in the
-illustration, of 4¹⁄₂ by 6 by 7¹⁄₂ inches.
-
-Butter shipped in an improvised container should be wrapped in parchment
-paper and several thicknesses of newspaper and then should be securely
-tied with string. The package should then be inclosed in the piece of
-corrugated paper board with the projections of the paper board so folded
-as to form a container. The container should then be tied with twine,
-wrapped in heavy wrapping paper, and again tied securely with a strong
-twine.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 4.--Cheese for parcel-post mailing. In some of the
-important cheese-producing sections Swiss and other varieties of cheese
-are frequently cut into suitable blocks for parcel-post shipping.]
-
-If butter that is prepared for shipment in this manner is thoroughly
-chilled before being mailed, it should carry safely even in warm weather
-if it is not in transit over 24 to 36 hours.
-
-
-EXAMPLES OF SUCCESSFUL MARKETING OF BUTTER BY PARCEL POST
-
-A few of the many instances which have come to the attention of the
-bureau will indicate with what success butter may be marketed by parcel
-post.
-
-A farmer’s wife who was making a good quality of butter was securing but
-little more than half retail price a pound for it when a trial shipment
-was made by parcel post to a consumer in a large city.[7] As the result
-of this shipment, a demand was developed and customers obtained for the
-entire product at an advance in price to the farmer’s wife and with a
-considerable saving to the customers under the retail price of the best
-creamery butter.
-
-  [7] Those desiring to obtain suggestions regarding parcel-post
-  business methods should make request to the United States Department
-  of Agriculture for a copy of Farmers’ Bulletin No. 922, entitled
-  “Parcel-Post Business Methods.”
-
-A number of creameries have developed an extensive parcel-post business.
-One which has a large output markets practically its entire product
-direct to consumers or retail distributers, except in the flush of
-production in spring and early summer. Another has developed a
-substantial parcel-post trade by sending out a weekly price list.
-Formerly this creamery used newspaper advertisements, but the manager
-says that the quality of the butter is sufficient advertisement.
-
-[Illustration: _“LONGHORN” (WEIGHT 12#)_
-
-_“YOUNG AMERICA” (WEIGHT 8#)_
-
-_“MIDGET” (WEIGHT 4#)_
-
-_“FLAT” (WEIGHT 21#)_
-
-_“BRICK” (WEIGHT 10#)_
-
-Fig. 5.--Various styles of American Cheddar cheese suitable for
-parcel-post shipping.]
-
-
-ESSENTIALS FOR SUCCESS IN MARKETING BUTTER BY PARCEL POST
-
-Successful parcel-post marketing of butter requires that extreme care be
-taken to insure the delivery of a satisfactory product to the customers.
-The following are a few of the important considerations to be observed
-to market butter successfully by parcel post:
-
-1. A uniformly high-quality product should be produced.
-
-2. It should be properly packed in neat and attractive packages.
-
-3. The shipping container used should amply protect the butter from
-deterioration and damage.
-
-4. The packages should bear the address of the sender and be properly
-addressed to the customer.
-
-5. The most expeditious mail service from the mailing office should be
-used to insure the delivery of the butter in the best condition.
-
-
-VARIETIES AND STYLES OF CHEESE
-
-Most varieties of cheese, being firm and not so subject to damage by
-high temperature as butter, may be shipped any distance by parcel post
-without difficulty. (See fig. 4.)
-
-The two important varieties of cheese produced on farms are cottage
-cheese and American (full cream or whole milk) cheese. Cottage cheese is
-soft and quickly perishable, therefore it is consumed while fresh. When
-made rather dry and packed in moisture-proof packages it may be shipped
-to points where delivery may be made within 24 to 36 hours. The first
-and second zones are usually the practical limits of shipping cottage
-cheese by parcel post.[8]
-
-  [8] Those desiring to obtain suggestions regarding parcel-post
-  business methods should make request to the United States Department
-  of Agriculture for a copy of Farmers’ Bulletin No. 922, entitled
-  “Parcel-Post Business Methods.”
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 6.--Suitable container for shipping cheese.]
-
-As American, Swiss, Brick, and several other of the firmer varieties of
-cheese are ripened or cured and paraffined before they are marketed,
-they can be more successfully shipped by parcel post then the soft
-varieties such as cottage cheese. The more common styles or forms in
-which the firmer varieties of cheese are marketed are prints, bricks,
-and cylindrical shapes. The prints are made by cutting the larger styles
-of cheeses into square “prints” weighing usually 1 pound each. Bricks
-are made in molds of the desired size. Cylindrical-shaped cheeses, both
-flat and long, are commonly known by various trade names such as
-Midgets, Picnics, Young Americas, Long Horns, Daisies, and Flats. On
-the Pacific coast a type of cheese called “Jack,” which closely
-resembles the “Daisy” size, is marketed by parcel post. The usual weight
-and shape of several styles of cheese, suitable for parcel-post
-shipping, are shown in figure 5.
-
-
-THE PACKAGING OF CHEESE FOR PARCEL-POST SHIPPING
-
-General care should be exercised in the packaging of cheese for shipment
-by parcel post. The surface of the cheese should be clean and, if
-necessary, paraffined. As a protection to the cheese it should be
-wrapped in several layers of paper, preferably with a waxed paper next
-to the cheese. Corrugated or other fiber-board containers or wooden
-boxes may be used as shipping containers. (See figure 6.) When rather
-weak fiber board or wooden boxes are used they should be wrapped with
-several sheets of tough paper.
-
-
-ADDRESSING AND MAILING PARCEL-POST PACKAGES
-
-Parcel-post packages, like other mail matter, should be carefully
-addressed, including the street number of the person to receive the
-parcel. In the upper left-hand corner the name and address of the sender
-should be plainly written. It is preferable to place all addresses on
-the package itself rather than on a tag tied to the package, for if the
-tag becomes detached the addresses of both the sender and receiver are
-lost. A rubber stamp for butter shipments bearing the statement:
-“Butter--keep away from heating apparatus,” may be used to show that the
-parcel is perishable and should be handled accordingly by the postal
-employees. The letters in the word “Butter” should be one-half inch
-high, the others one-fourth inch high.
-
-In shipping by parcel post such a perishable product as butter, which is
-affected by exposure to heat, inquiry should be made of the post office
-regarding the daily mail service for parcel matter from that point to
-the destination of the shipment. Arrangements should be made to post the
-packages as near as practicable to the mail time in order to obtain
-delivery in the quickest possible time.
-
-[Illustration: Parcel Post Package Ready for Sending.]
-
-Consideration should be given to the practicability of using night mail
-service when available, as the temperature is usually cooler at night
-than in the daytime. Night shipments to points within the first and
-second zones ordinarily are delivered early the next day.
-
-In a general way the foregoing precautions suggested for butter should
-be observed in shipping cheese.
-
-
-POSTAL REQUIREMENTS
-
-Postal regulations provide that--
-
-  When it (butter) is so packed or wrapped as to prevent damage to other
-  mail, it will be accepted for local delivery either at the office of
-  mailing or on any rural route starting therefrom.
-
-  Butter will be accepted for mailing to all offices to which in the
-  ordinary course of mail it can be sent without spoiling when suitably
-  wrapped or inclosed or when packed in crates, boxes, or other suitable
-  containers to prevent the escape of anything from the package, and so
-  constructed as to properly protect the contents. More than 50 pounds
-  can not be sent beyond the third zone.
-
-The firmer varieties of cheese, not being liable to cause damage in the
-mails, need no special consideration when properly packaged. In some
-cases it will be found that the express can be used to better advantage
-than the parcel post.
-
-The rates on parcel-post packages vary according to their weight and the
-distances shipped. Persons not familiar with the postal regulations
-governing parcel-post shipments may obtain specific information at any
-post office regarding the rates and limits of weight and measurement
-applicable to shipments to any other office.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 247. MADE SHIRTS FOR MEN
-
-
-A woman had heard her friend’s husband complain of the poor-fitting
-quality of ready-made shirts, and tried her hand at making him some. She
-carefully took his measure, bought a good shirt pattern and made him
-two. He was so well pleased that he ordered six more, and after that she
-had all she could do in making shirts for men, charging a price
-depending upon the style of shirt. This insured her a good living each
-year.
-
-There are other men who want shirts made, and other women who can make
-them--and make money at it, too.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 248. SECRET OF SHOWING SAMPLES--COMPANY AGENT BECOMES A WELCOME
-SALESMAN
-
-
-While other canvassers were complaining that they did not get a chance
-to show their goods or samples at every house they visited, many doors
-being shut in their faces, an English brush company thought of a good
-plan.
-
-They furnish their salesmen with post cards saying:
-
-“Dear Madam: This card entitles you to one of our 15-cent sink brushes,
-which our agent will deliver to you at your home tomorrow. You don’t
-have to buy a thing--just let him show you our full line of brushes.”
-
-The next day after mailing this card, the agent calls with the brush,
-and of course Madam is civil enough to accept it and “look at the
-others.”
-
-That “look” nearly always means a sale, and this happens at almost every
-house, so the agent finds himself admitted to every home and a chance to
-have a popular hearing.
-
-This is given as a tip to other agents who have had the cold reception
-usually accorded agents and peddlers.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 249. ASSIST MUSICAL COMPOSERS
-
-
-This plan, which was successfully operated by a Chicago man, not only
-brought many struggling authors of musical compositions into
-considerable prominence, but proved a profitable business for himself.
-He was engaged in publishing sheet music, and was in close touch with
-musical people all over the country.
-
-He inserted an ad. in the classified columns of the big city dailies,
-addressed to composers who had failed as their own publishers, the ad.
-asking them to write for a proposition. Hundreds of them did so, and he
-made them the following offer: If they would send the plates of their
-composition, and sign over their rights in the same to him, he would
-publish them, with their names prominently displayed as authors, send
-the authors fifty copies of each composition, and give a wide
-distribution to the main issue of the same; that he would also
-prominently mention their names in his publicity matter, and thus
-greatly increase their reputations as authors.
-
-Practically all of them accepted this offer, and he faithfully carried
-out his part of the contract, so that, just as he said, they became
-widely known in the musical world, and were soon doing business with the
-leading music publishers of the country. He realized a good income from
-publishing their compositions, as some of their compositions met with
-good sale while he sold some of all the rest.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 250. HONING RAZORS BY MAIL
-
-
-A Seattle man who carried a line of barbers’ supplies, decided to
-increase his mail-order business by making it an object for men in the
-country and small towns to have their old-style razors honed, at no cost
-if not satisfactory.
-
-He inserted an ad. in some country newspapers, offering to make “dull
-razors sharp or no pay,” to return the razor, post paid, in twenty-four
-hours, and if the customer was satisfied, he was to send him 25 cents.
-
-A lot of them came in, all were sharpened and returned, and most of them
-were paid for. But he had a good list of names, secured in this way, and
-to these he sent a neatly written booklet, containing illustrations of
-many articles in the way of shaving supplies he carried in stock, and
-the orders he received from these made him a good profit, besides the
-amount he was ahead on the razors he honed. The few losses did not
-count, for he was out only 2 cents on each for postage, and those that
-did pay placed him far ahead.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 251. SUCCESSFUL SALE, YET DIDN’T ADVERTISE
-
-
-It isn’t often we hear of anyone who succeeds in selling a product
-without newspaper advertising, but here is the case of a young man in a
-small city who did.
-
-This young man was putting up a very good cough remedy, and the first he
-made he left with the druggists to sell. They liked it, and sold it
-rapidly. Then he watched for the country merchants at the court house,
-the hotels, and other places, and many of them agreed to carry his
-remedy and push it, which made a great many more sales. In a few months
-every store within 15 miles of his home town was selling it. Then a
-wholesale grocery house took it up and, through its 15 traveling
-salesmen, introduced it in three states, covering several hundred miles.
-He demonstrated the wisdom of covering a small territory in the
-beginning, and gradually increased it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 252. LOCAL VIEW CALENDERS
-
-
-A young printer in Los Angeles made money by getting a number of
-excellent photographs of local views, and printing calendars for city
-merchants, with these views as the prominent feature of each calendar.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 253. AMATEUR PRINTER AND HAND PRESS
-
-
-A very young man who had worked in a printing office for a couple of
-years decided to go into business for himself on a small scale, so he
-bought a small hand press that could be carried from place to place, and
-visited country fairs, picnics, summer resorts, and other places where
-people gather for recreation, and did a nice business printing calling
-cards and other small jobs. When he had a little leisure, he went among
-the smaller merchants in out-of-the-way sections of the country and
-printed letter heads, envelopes, business cards, etc., and in this way
-made a good living.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 254. MAKING CUSHIONS, PILLOWS, ETC.
-
-
-A Chicago man, who has good taste in designing pillows and cushions
-earns a living by making artistic cushions, pillows, etc., for use in
-cosy corners. He goes to the homes of wealthy people, shows them his
-samples, and almost invariably receives an order for a number of these
-articles. His prices are rather high, but his work is so artistically
-done that it is well worth all it costs.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 255. BATHROOM EXCLUSIVELY FOR WOMEN
-
-
-In a northern city of 10,000 inhabitants, a woman fitted up a neat,
-tasty and well equipped bathroom exclusively for women. It became very
-popular. Women who had no bathroom of their own, disliked going to one
-patronized by men, at once became her regular customers.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 256. THE GUINEA FOWL
-
-
-  ANDREW S. WEIANT
-
-  Scientific Assistant in Poultry Investigations Animal Husbandry
-  Division.
-
-  Contribution from the Bureau of Animal Industry
-
-  A. D. MELVIN, Chief
-
-  For the following plan we are indebted to the U. S. Dept, of
-  Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
-
-Guinea fowl are growing in favor as a substitute for game birds, with
-the result that guinea raising is becoming more profitable.
-
-They are raised usually in small flocks on general farms, and need a
-large range for best results.
-
-Domesticated guinea fowl are of three varieties, Pearl, White, and
-Lavender, of which the Pearl is by far the most popular.
-
-Guinea fowl have a tendency to mate in pairs, but one male may be mated
-successfully with three or four females.
-
-Guinea hens usually begin to lay in April or May, and lay 20 to 30 eggs
-before becoming broody. If not allowed to sit they will continue to lay
-throughout the summer, laying from 40 to 60 or more eggs.
-
-Eggs may be removed from the nest when the guinea hen is not sitting,
-but two or more eggs should be left in the nest.
-
-Ordinary hens are used commonly to hatch and rear guinea chicks, but
-guinea hens and turkey hens also may be employed successfully, although
-they are more difficult to manage.
-
-Guineas are marketed late in the summer, when they weigh from 1 to 1¹⁄₂
-pounds at about 2¹⁄₂ months of age, and also throughout the fall, when
-the demand is for heavier birds.
-
-
-DEMAND FOR GUINEA FOWL IN THE UNITED STATES
-
-The value of the guinea fowl as a substitute for game birds such as
-grouse, partridge, quail, and pheasant is becoming more and more
-recognized by those who are fond of this class of meat and the demand
-for these fowls is increasing steadily. Many hotels and restaurants in
-the large cities are eager to secure prime young guineas, and often they
-are served at banquets and club dinners as a special delicacy. When well
-cooked, guineas are attractive in appearance, although darker than
-common fowls, and the flesh of young birds is tender and of especially
-fine flavor, resembling that of wild game. Like all other fowl, old
-guineas are very likely to be tough and rather dry.
-
-[Illustration: Guinea Fowl.]
-
-A few of the large poultry raisers, particularly those who are within
-easy reach of the large eastern markets, make a practice of raising a
-hundred or so guineas each year, but the great majority of guineas are
-raised in small flocks of from 10 to 25 upon farms in the Middle West
-and in the South. Many farmers keep a pair or a trio of guineas more as
-a novelty than for profit, and from these a small flock is raised. The
-guinea fowl doubtless would be more popular on farms were it not for its
-harsh and at times seemingly never-ending cry. However, some people
-consider this cry an argument in the guinea’s favor, as it gives warning
-of marauders in the poultry yard. Similarly, their pugnacious
-disposition, while sometimes causing disturbances among the other
-poultry, also makes them show fight against hawks and other common
-enemies, so that guineas sometimes are kept as guards over the poultry
-yard. Often a few guineas are raised with a flock of turkeys and
-allowed to roost in the same tree, where they can give warning if any
-theft is attempted during the night.
-
-
-PRICE OF GUINEA FOWL
-
-The highest prices for guinea fowl are paid in the large eastern
-markets. Guinea raisers, who are near these markets, or who have
-developed a trade among private customers receive prices that make this
-industry very profitable. One poultryman located near a New England
-summer resort has raised as many as 400 guineas in one season, selling
-them in August, when they weigh about 1 pound each, at $1.25 per pair.
-Wholesale prices in New York usually range from 75 cents to $1 per pair
-for dressed spring guineas weighing 2 pounds to the pair, and from $1.25
-to $1.50 per pair for those weighing 3 to 4 pounds to the pair. Old
-guineas are not wanted and seldom bring more than 50 or 60 cents a pair.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 1.--White guinea, male.]
-
-In the city markets of the Middle West and South the demand for guinea
-fowl is small, and the prices are correspondingly low, the average price
-received by the producer being from 20 to 30 cents each. The ordinary
-retail price for guineas in Birmingham, Ala., is from 30 to 40 cents,
-while in St. Louis and Chicago the retail price usually is about 75
-cents, and in New York $1. On the Pacific coast very few guineas are
-raised and only occasionally can they be found even in the largest
-markets.
-
-
-BREEDING STOCK AND EGGS FOR HATCHING
-
-The demand for guinea fowls as breeding stock is considerable, most of
-them being sold in pairs and trios. Breeders of the purebred Pearl,
-White, or Lavender varieties who have a reputation for high-class birds
-usually have little difficulty in disposing of surplus stock at prices
-ranging from $2 to $3.50 a pair and from $3 to $5 a trio. The demand for
-eggs for hatching is greater than for breeding stock. From 75 cents to
-$1 for 15 eggs from pure-bred birds is an ordinary price. During the
-last few years a limited market for guinea eggs has developed among
-commercial hatcheries which have an outlet for a few day-old guinea
-chicks along with their ordinary chicks, ducklings, goslings, and turkey
-poults. One hatchery near Boston has sold as many as 2,000 guinea chicks
-in one season, the eggs being purchased from an extensive breeder in
-Ohio and shipped by express in crates containing 360 eggs each.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 2.--Splashed guinea (cross between White and Pearl
-varieties).]
-
-
-VARIETIES OF GUINEA FOWL
-
-Several species of wild birds known as guinea fowl are found in Africa,
-and derive their name from Guinea, which is situated on the West Coast
-of that continent. From one of these wild species (_Numida meleagris_)
-the common domesticated guineas are descended. They have long been
-domesticated, having been raised as table birds by the ancient Greeks
-and Romans, and were introduced into this country by the early
-settlers. In Africa, where there are still many wild flocks, they are
-highly prized by hunters as game birds, and in England they sometimes
-are used to stock game preserves. Even in this country a few flocks left
-to shift for themselves have become so wild as to afford excellent
-hunting.
-
-Domesticated guinea fowl are of three varieties--Pearl, White, and
-Lavender. The Pearl is by far the most popular. It has a purplish-gray
-plumage regularly dotted or “pearled” with white and is so handsome that
-frequently the feathers are used for ornamental purposes. The White
-guinea fowl (fig. 1) is of pure-white plumage, and the skin is somewhat
-lighter in color than in the Pearl variety. Lavender guineas resemble
-those of the Pearl variety, except that the plumage is of a light gray
-or lavender, regularly dotted with white instead of a dark or purplish
-gray dotted with white. By crossing the Pearl or Lavender varieties with
-the White, what is known as the “Splashed” guinea is produced, the
-breast and flight feathers being white and the remainder of the plumage
-being Pearl or Lavender (fig. 2). Crosses between guinea fowl and other
-poultry, particularly chickens and less commonly turkeys, are not
-unknown, but such birds without exception are sterile.
-
-The young guinea chicks are very attractive, those of the Pearl variety
-resembling young quail. They are brown in color, the under part of the
-body being lighter than the rest, while the beak and legs are red. The
-first feathers are brown, but these are replaced gradually by the
-“pearled” feathers until at about 2 months of age the brown feathers
-have disappeared completely. About this time also the wattles and helmet
-begin to make an appearance.
-
-As yet no standard of perfection has been set for guinea fowl, the birds
-not being recognized by the American Poultry Association. They are
-exhibited at poultry shows throughout the country, however, and most of
-these shows offer prizes for the best birds. In judging guinea fowl, the
-points regarded as most important are good size and uniform color. White
-flight feathers in the Pearl and Lavender varieties are the most common
-defects. In weight, guineas average from 3 to 4 pounds at maturity for
-both male and female.
-
-
-DISTINGUISHING SEX
-
-The male and the female guinea fowl differ so little in appearance that
-many persons have considerable difficulty in making a distinction.
-Indeed, it often happens that those who are inexperienced in raising
-these fowl will unknowingly keep all males or all females as breeding
-stock. Usually the males can be distinguished by their larger helmet and
-wattles and coarser head (fig. 3), but to be positive one should listen
-to the cry made by each bird. That of the female resembles “buckwheat,
-buckwheat,” and is decidedly different from the one-syllable shriek of
-the male. When excited, both the male and the female emit one-syllable
-cries, but at no time does the male imitate the cry of “buckwheat,
-buckwheat.” Sex can be distinguished by this difference in the cry of
-the male and female when the birds are about 2 months old.
-
-
-BREEDING
-
-Like quail and most other wild birds, guinea fowls in their wild state
-mate in pairs, and this tendency prevails among domesticated guineas
-also, provided the males and females are equal in number. As the
-breeding season approaches, one pair after another separates from the
-remainder of the flock and ranges off in the fields in search of a
-suitable nesting place. Once mated in this way, the male usually remains
-with his mate throughout the laying season, standing guard somewhere
-near the nest while the hen is laying and ready to warn her of any
-approaching danger. However, it is not necessary to mate them in pairs
-under domestic conditions to secure fertile eggs, and most breeders keep
-but one male for every three or four females. When mated in this way the
-hens are more apt to lay near home, and several usually lay in the same
-nest, thus making it much easier to find the nests and gather the eggs.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 3.--Distinguishing between male and female. The
-helmet and wattles of the male (on left) are larger than those of the
-female.]
-
-Most guinea raisers allow their breeding stock free range of the entire
-farm at all times, and this helps to keep the birds strong and vigorous.
-During the winter the breeders should be fed a grain mixture of corn,
-wheat, and oats twice a day, and where no green feed is available on the
-range at this time of the year, vegetables, such as potatoes, turnips,
-beets, and cabbage, should be substituted. Animal feed is essential to
-best results and can be supplied by feeding meat scrap or skimmed milk.
-Given free range, where the supply of natural feed during the winter and
-early spring is ample, as it usually is in the southern portion of the
-United States, the guineas can be left to pick up a considerable part of
-their feed. Free access to grit, charcoal, and oyster shell is necessary
-throughout the breeding and laying season. Avoid having the breeders too
-fat, but keep them in good firm flesh.
-
-While guineas can be kept in the best breeding condition upon free
-range, still they can be confined, if necessary, and satisfactory
-results obtained. One extensive guinea raiser has confined as many as 45
-hens and 15 males in an acre pen throughout the breeding and laying
-season and been successful. This pen is inclosed with a wire fence 5
-feet high and the birds are prevented from flying over by clipping the
-flight feathers of one wing. Within the pen is a grass pasture with
-bushes here and there where the hens make their nests by scratching out
-a bowl-shaped hollow in the ground. The winters being severe, a roosting
-shed is provided, having a cleated board reaching from the floor to the
-roosts for the wing-clipped birds to walk up.
-
-
-GUINEA EGGS
-
-As profitable egg producers guinea hens can not compete with ordinary
-hens, but during the latter part of the spring and throughout the summer
-they are persistent layers. The eggs are smaller than hen eggs, weighing
-about 1.4 ounces each, while eggs of the common fowl average about 2
-ounces each; consequently guinea eggs sell at a somewhat lower price.
-There is no special market for guinea eggs and they are usually graded
-by dealers as small hen eggs. Owing to the natural tendency of the
-guinea hen to nest in a patch of weeds or some other well-hidden place,
-many of the eggs are not found until they are no longer fit for market.
-The shells of guinea eggs are so thick and often so dark that it is
-difficult to test them by candling, and for this reason, and also
-because the eggs are small, dealers do not like to handle them. For home
-use, however, guinea eggs can be made to take the place of hen eggs, and
-many regard them as superior in flavor. In composition the greatest
-difference is that the shell is thicker and the yolk makes up a slightly
-larger proportion of the total egg contents than in the case of hen
-eggs.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 4.--Relative size of eggs of ordinary hen (left) and
-guinea hen (right).]
-
-
-LAYING
-
-Guinea hens usually begin laying in April or May, those in the South
-laying earlier than those in the North. A short time before the opening
-of the laying period the hens with their mates begin searching for
-suitable nesting places among the weeds and brush along the fences or in
-the fields. In this search the male takes as active an interest as his
-mate, and when a suitable location is found both help to dig out the
-nest and make it into a suitable shape. Each day as the hen goes to the
-nest to lay the male accompanies her and remains near by until she comes
-off. Should anyone approach he shrieks in warning and thus betrays the
-whereabouts of the nest, which might otherwise be difficult to locate.
-If several guinea hens are mated with one male they usually all lay in
-the same nest, but sometimes a hen after mating will wander off by
-herself to make her own nest. At other times the male bird, after
-helping one hen to make her nest, will then desert her and pair off with
-another hen to make another nest.
-
-From 20 to 30 and often more eggs are laid before the guinea hen becomes
-broody, at which time she can be broken of her broodiness easily by
-removing the eggs from her nest, when she will soon begin laying again.
-If not allowed to sit, guinea hens will continue to lay throughout the
-summer, laying from 40 to 60 and in some cases 100 eggs during the
-season.
-
-
-GATHERING THE EGGS
-
-The wild nature of the guinea hen asserts itself in her nesting habits.
-Instinct demands that the nest be well hidden from all enemies, such as
-crows, dogs, skunks, opossums, rats, foxes, coyotes, and other predatory
-animals. If the hen becomes frightened by the intrusion of some enemy,
-or if her eggs are removed from the nest, more than likely she will
-change her nesting place to a safer location. For this reason she should
-not be disturbed while she is on the nest, and the eggs should not be
-removed without leaving a few nest eggs in their place. If a number of
-eggs are removed at one time, half a dozen left in the nest usually are
-sufficient to keep the hen from seeking a new nest. If the eggs are
-gathered every day, two or three usually are enough to leave as nest
-eggs. It is unnecessary to remove the eggs with a spoon or to scrape
-them out with a stick, as is sometimes done to prevent the hand from
-coming in contact with the nest and leaving a scent. After the eggs are
-gathered they should be handled with as little jarring as possible and
-should be set while fresh, never holding them more than two weeks if it
-can be avoided.
-
-
-INCUBATION
-
-Ordinary hens are used commonly to incubate guinea eggs, but guinea
-hens, turkey hens, and incubators also can be employed successfully. The
-usual sitting for a guinea hen is about 14 eggs, for a hen of one of the
-general-purpose breeds such as a Plymouth Rock, 18 eggs, and for a
-turkey hen, about 24 eggs. The incubation period for guinea eggs is 28
-days, although frequently they start hatching on the twenty-sixth day
-and are all hatched by the end of the twenty-seventh day.
-
-If the nest in which the guinea hen becomes broody is safe from any
-disturbance, she may be trusted with a sitting of eggs and more than
-likely will hatch out every egg that is fertile, provided all hatch at
-about the same time. As soon as the guinea chicks begin to leave the
-nest the hen will leave with them, and any eggs that are late in
-hatching are ruined unless they are placed in an incubator or under a
-broody hen before they become chilled. Guinea hens usually are too wild
-to be set anywhere except in the nest where they have become broody, and
-often such a nest is unsafe. Because of these disadvantages and the fact
-that guinea hens do not make the most satisfactory mothers for guinea
-chicks, ordinary hens are most often used to do both the incubating and
-the brooding, at least until late in the summer, when the guinea hens
-often are allowed to sit and raise a brood without much attention being
-given them. Broody turkey hens, when not needed to incubate turkey eggs,
-often receive a sitting of guinea eggs, and they hatch them quite as
-well as ordinary hens and also are able to cover more eggs.
-
-
-ARTIFICIAL INCUBATION AND BROODING
-
-Incubators are used as successfully in hatching guinea eggs as in
-hatching hen eggs. They are operated in exactly the same way for either
-kind, except that the thermometer is lowered sufficiently to make its
-relative position above the guinea eggs similar to its former position
-above the hen eggs.
-
-Little has been done in the way of brooding guinea chicks artificially.
-They are naturally of a wild nature and require free range to grow into
-strong, vigorous birds. Nevertheless in one case a New England
-poultryman hatched 200 guinea chicks and succeeded in raising about 125
-by brooding them in exactly the same way as common chicks in a hot-water
-brooder house. On bright warm days the chicks were allowed to run in a
-yard about 50 by 100 feet, which had been planted to corn, and thus
-afforded some green food for them to pick at. This yard was inclosed by
-a 5-foot wire fence of 1-inch mesh, with 2 feet of ¹⁄₂-inch mesh around
-the bottom. The guineas began flying over the fence when they were about
-6 weeks old, and from then on they had free range and were allowed to
-roost in the trees. Other poultrymen who have tried brooding guinea
-chicks artificially report utter failures, sometimes due to white
-diarrhea, and at other times the birds seem to become weak and die from
-no apparent cause except too close confinement.
-
-
-NATURAL BROODING OF GUINEA CHICKS
-
-Ordinary hens make the best mothers for guinea chicks. Given warm, dry
-weather and plenty of range, turkey and guinea hens can be used
-successfully, but should a rain or heavy dew occur, the mother turkey or
-guinea hen is apt to drag the chicks through the wet grass and many are
-lost from becoming wet and chilled. Neither turkey nor guinea hens can
-be induced to seek the shelter of a coop at night and during storms, but
-will remain out in the fields to hover their broods wherever they happen
-to be when nightfall overtakes them. When the guineas are old enough to
-roost they can be trained to roost wherever desired by driving them to
-the roosting place and feeding them there regularly. After the first few
-nights they will come to the place themselves, but until they are old
-enough to roost many of the young guineas that are being raised with
-turkey or guinea hens are likely to be killed by exposure to cold and
-dampness or by being led over so wild a range that they become exhausted
-and are unable to keep up with the remainder of the flock.
-
-If ordinary hens are used as mothers, it is very easy to raise a large
-percentage of the total number of guinea chicks hatched. Each hen that
-is to have a brood should be allowed to hatch out some of the eggs
-herself, after which she will mother all that are given her. A Plymouth
-Rock hen can care for 18 easily. After the hatch is completed and the
-chicks are strong enough to leave the nest, the hen and brood are ready
-to be removed to the coop provided for them. The greatest fault of the
-hen as a mother is that on the average farm she has become accustomed to
-staying about the barnyard, and if allowed to do so, she will keep her
-guinea chicks there also. Conditions about the barnyard are entirely
-unsuited for raising guineas, and to prevent the hen keeping them there
-the coop should be placed in a distant pasture or field. Here the hen
-should be induced to remain until the guineas are old enough to go to
-roost.
-
-For the first two days the hens should be confined to the coop, allowing
-the chicks to run in and out at will. They will not stay away unless
-there is another brood near by which they are apt to join. After the
-first few days the chicks become so attached to their foster mother that
-they will never leave her. By the third day the hen will have recognized
-the coop as her home and can have free range without fear of her
-wandering far away. At night she will return to the coop with her brood
-and can be shut in to protect her from foxes or any other night
-prowlers. After the dew is off the grass in the morning the coop can be
-opened and the hen and her brood allowed free range again. Should a rain
-come up they can easily be driven to the coop and the chicks will be
-kept warm and dry. The coop should be rain proof and built without a
-floor. If it is moved a short distance every day, the ground beneath it
-is kept fresh and clean.
-
-
-LICE
-
-Hens to be used in brooding guinea chicks should first be completely
-freed from lice. This can be done by dusting them with some good lice
-powder at the time they are set and repeating once a week during the
-period of incubation. Guineas are less likely to have lice than common
-fowl, but when they are raised with hens care should be taken to keep
-them from becoming infested. Examine the young chicks about the head and
-along the wing bar at the base of the quill feathers, and if lice are
-found grease these parts lightly with lard. As the guineas grow older
-they take great delight in dusting themselves and usually are able to
-keep free from lice.
-
-
-FEEDING
-
-Guineas are fed in much the same way as chickens, but they require less
-feed, as they are natural rangers and can be trusted to find enough
-seeds of weeds and grasses, buds, insects, and green vegetation in the
-fields to supply much of their living. For the first 36 hours after
-hatching no feed is required, as the sustenance from the egg is
-sufficient to nourish them for this period. The first meal may consist
-of a little hard-boiled egg mixed with bread crumbs, or bread may be
-soaked in milk, squeezed partly dry, and fed in small bits. Clabbered
-milk also is very good. Three times a day is as often as they need to be
-fed, one feed consisting of clabbered milk or the bread and egg or bread
-and milk mixture, and the other two of chick feed. If the coop is placed
-in a field or pasture where green feed is available, the guinea chicks
-can secure this for themselves; otherwise, sprouted oats, dandelion
-leaves, lettuce, or onion tops cut fine should be furnished. Water,
-grit, and fine oyster shell should be before them always.
-
-By the end of the first week the young guineas will be finding enough
-worms and insects to take the place of the egg or milk feed, so this may
-be eliminated and chick feed given morning and night. If clabbered milk
-is available, however, it can be continued with excellent success, since
-guineas are very fond of variety in their ration and it is conductive to
-quick growth. As the birds grow older, whole wheat, oats, and cracked
-corn can be substituted gradually for the chick feed.
-
-
-ROOSTING
-
-When guinea fowl are from 6 to 8 weeks old they will leave their coop
-and start roosting in some near-by tree or other roost that may be
-provided for them. They prefer roosting in the open, but if they have
-been raised with a hen they can be induced to follow her inside a
-poultry house and roost there. It is advisable to have them become
-accustomed to going in a house or shed of some sort, for otherwise it is
-almost impossible to catch them when they are wanted for the market.
-Guineas, even after they are grown, will not allow the mother hen to
-leave. When she goes to her nest to lay, they follow and wait near by
-until she is ready to leave again. This attachment affords an easy
-method of controlling the natural wild instincts of the guinea fowl and
-makes raising them under domestic conditions much simpler.
-
-
-MARKETING
-
-The marketing season for guinea fowl is during the latter part of the
-summer and throughout the fall. At this time the demand in the city
-markets is for young birds weighing from 1 to 2 pounds each. At about
-2¹⁄₂ months of age guineas weigh from 1 to 1¹⁄₂ pounds, and at this size
-they begin reaching the markets in August. As the season advances the
-demand is for heavier birds. During the fall of 1916 New York wholesale
-quotations for dressed guineas were as follows:
-
-  Sept. 1, guineas, spring, 2 pounds to pair,
-  per pair                                                  $1.00
-  Sept. 1, guineas, spring, 2¹⁄₂ to 3 pounds to pair,
-  per pair                                         $1.25 to  1.37¹⁄₂
-  Oct. 1, guineas, spring, 2 pounds to pair,
-  per pair                                                   1.00
-  Oct. 1, guineas, spring, 3 to 4 pounds to pair,
-  per pair                                          1.25 to  1.50
-  Nov. 1, guineas, spring, 2 pounds to pair,
-  per pair                                           .75 to  1.00
-  Nov. 1, guineas, spring, 3 to 4 pounds to pair,
-  per pair                                          1.50 to  1.75
-
-The usual practice in marketing game birds is to place them on the
-market unplucked, and in most markets guineas are sold in this way (see
-fig. 5). They look more attractive with the feathers on and sell more
-readily. When dressed the small size and dark color of the guinea are
-likely to prejudice the prospective customer, who may be unfamiliar with
-the bird’s excellent eating qualities. For hotel and restaurant trade,
-however, guineas should be dressed in the same way as common fowl.
-Before shipping any birds to a market, it is advisable to inquire of the
-dealer to whom they are to be shipped whether the feathers should be
-removed.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 5.--Guinea fowl usually are marketed unplucked,
-except for hotel and restaurant trade, for which they are dressed like
-ordinary fowl.]
-
-If the guineas are to be marketed with the feathers on, all that should
-be done is to bleed them by severing the vein in the roof of the mouth,
-allowing them to hang head downward until bleeding is complete. If the
-feathers are to be removed, this should be done by dry picking. The vein
-in the roof of the mouth is severed first to insure thorough bleeding,
-and the knife then thrust through the groove in the roof of the mouth
-into the brain. When the brain is pierced the feathers are loosened by a
-convulsive movement of the muscles and can be removed easily.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 257. SOUVENIR POST CARDS
-
-
-A Spokane man, whose total capital was $75, perfected a plan for making
-money out of post cards, and realized a profit of about 90 per cent.
-
-He bought 9,000 post cards of different designs, including embossed
-floral, birthday greetings, best wishes, air-brush embossed fruit and
-flowers, live series, embossed and family mottoes, cards for all the
-holidays and seasons, etc. These he bought at $4.00 per 1,000 for $36.
-To send out these cards in registered packages of 100 each, cost $14.50,
-a total of $50.50.
-
-The next he secured the names of several hundred general store keepers
-in towns of 700 or under, and selecting 90 of these at one time, he sent
-each of them 100 of the assorted cards, offering to accept $1.00 for the
-lot if paid inside of ten days, or $1.25 for the 100 cards if kept more
-than 10 days before remitting. He added that if they did not want to
-keep the cards, he should be notified at once, and he would send postage
-for their return. He also enclosed a price list of other cards, and
-asked the merchants to compare the quality and prices of his cards with
-other cards, and note the saving made by patronizing him.
-
-In practically all cases the $1 was remitted inside the ten days named,
-and his gross receipts from the cards that cost him $50.50 was $90, or a
-net profit of $39.50. This afforded him a comfortable income by the
-year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 258. NOVEL CANVASSING METHOD
-
-
-An enterprising agent who had secured several formulas, had them printed
-separately on good paper, with the selling price marked at 50 cents
-each.
-
-He made up a small quantity of each article mentioned, for demonstration
-purposes, and bought a gross of cheap silverene sugar spoons at a cost
-of less than 5 cents each, to be used as premiums, and started out on a
-house-to-house canvassing expedition.
-
-He would call at a house and ask the lady if she had any clothing that
-was soiled with grease or paint or a soiled glove that she would allow
-him to clean without charge. Almost every housewife had exactly what he
-mentioned, and quickly brought it out, as it would cost her nothing to
-have it cleaned. Having thoroughly cleaned the clothing or gloves he
-would then rub a little of the furniture polish on a chair, and clean a
-silver spoon or the nickel on the stove with his metal polish, and by
-this time he would have her deeply interested. Then he took from his
-grip one of the silverene spoons, with the remark that he was not
-selling the cleaners or polishers but simply the formulas for making
-them from ingredients procurable at any drug store, and that she could
-have any two of the 50-cent formulas for 50 cents and he would throw in
-the sugar spoon as a premium. Usually he got the half dollar without
-further argument, but if the lady hesitated he would add another formula
-or two more if necessary, as they cost him nothing but the printing, and
-the spoon cost but 5 cents, so he would have been away ahead if he had
-given her one each of all the formulas and the sugar spoon besides.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 259. A CIRCULATING LIBRARY IN SMALL TOWN
-
-
-There are several ways of establishing circulating libraries, but
-probably the best plan yet devised is one worked out by a young man
-living in a middle-western city.
-
-Going into a town of not less than 800 or 1,000 people, he first
-arranges with some trustworthy merchant, usually the local druggist, to
-handle the books and make his place the library headquarters. The
-druggist is glad to do this without charge, as it will bring many people
-to his store who have not been coming there before, and probably mean a
-number of new customers.
-
-He then canvasses the town for members, on a basis as follows: The
-membership fee to be $1.75, and for two years will entitle the members
-or their families to the use of any of the books in the circulating
-library, one book to be placed therein for each member secured, but at
-least fifty members must be secured, thus giving each one the chance to
-read the fifty books in the two years for $1.75. Of course, more than
-fifty members are secured, if possible, and the membership fee is to be
-paid to the druggist or merchant handling the same, upon the arrival of
-the books.
-
-When all the members possible have been secured, the originator of this
-plan orders the books forwarded to the resident manager, who is the
-druggist or merchant already mentioned, and the membership fee is
-collected and sent to the home address of the man who established the
-library, while he goes on to the next town to start another library. It
-does not require more than a week in each town, and as the books are
-bought in quantities at a very low figure, he makes a good living each
-year from this plan.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 260. A NEW WAY TO SELL MEMORIALS
-
-
-A young man living in a southern city originated a plan by which he was
-able to sell thousands of memorials all over the country, while not
-appearing to be selling anything.
-
-Supplying himself with an impressive looking blank book, in which long
-lists of names could be written, he called at every house in the
-territory he was canvassing, and informed the lady at each place that he
-was compiling a list of the deaths in the county for statistical
-purposes. In those cases where deaths had occurred in the family he
-would ask for the names, dates of births and death, and having secured
-these, he would say, as he was leaving:
-
-“These records are going to be very beautiful, and the lady next door
-has asked me to show her what they will be like. If you wish, I can
-bring yours at the same time, so that you may see if I have all the
-facts correctly stated.”
-
-Having bought several hundred memorials at a low figure, those with
-angels on them predominating, and selecting from books of poetry stanzas
-appropriate to each of the memorials, he had these, together with the
-names and dates, printed in gold letters, pasting the printed slips on
-the memorials, near the bottom, thus making them very attractive.
-
-Returning to the route he had formerly canvassed he would call at each
-house where he had procured names and dates and say to the lady that, in
-compliance with her request, he had come to show her the record. It was
-so beautifully done that in practically every case the lady would ask if
-it were for sale. He would sell the record for $1.60 or $2.00, and as at
-least half of this was clear profit, and he sold many thousands of
-memorials in this way, some idea of his earnings may be gained.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 261. GROWING AND SELLING POTTED PLANTS
-
-
-An Illinois woman, wishing to earn a little money for herself, obtained
-catalogs from various seed firms, and sent 50 cents to one of them for
-geranium seeds.
-
-She planted them in shallow boxes, and got more than 200 plants from
-them. She shifted these plants from the boxes to small tin cans, and
-sold them to her neighbors for 10 cents each, thus receiving $20 for her
-50-cent investment.
-
-Succeeding so well in her first venture, she sent for more seeds, some
-plants and thumb pots, and bought collections of small plants, from
-which she took cuttings when they had grown larger.
-
-She soon had more orders for plants than she could fill, so she built a
-low shed on the south side of her house, with old window frames and
-glass for a roof, and produced on a larger scale. She found that
-geraniums, begonias and ferns were most in demand, and she specialized
-in these. In a year or two she had a business of her own that was not
-only pleasant and fascinating but profitable enough to give her an
-independent income.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 262. MONEY FROM GEESE
-
-
-Very few people seem to know that although geese pay greater profits
-than any other domestic bird, they cost much less to raise than other
-species of fowl. But a farmer’s wife in Kansas knew this, and she
-utilized her knowledge in a very profitable way.
-
-She realized that the market for live goose feathers never could become
-glutted, and that dressed geese for Thanksgiving and Christmas time
-brought enormous prices.
-
-She began early in the summer as she knew they were expensive to keep
-over winter. She bought one pair and a setting of eggs and from these
-she raised fifteen fine young geese within the first three months.
-Another setting brought out twelve more, and by fall she had a nice
-flock of thrifty young ones. By late November they were almost full
-grown, raised entirely on green stuff, so that just before Thanksgiving
-she plucked them all, including the old ones, and had a fine lot of
-fresh, clean feathers which later sold for very high prices. Then, after
-plucking the birds, she killed them all, dressed them, and sold every
-one of them before Thanksgiving. She could have sold many more for they
-were choice, fat birds, and all young except the two she started with.
-
-When she counted up her total receipts from the sale of the feathers and
-the dressed geese, she was surprised, and the next year she went into
-the business on a much larger scale, with correspondingly increased
-profits, which were sufficient to make her livelihood.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 263. STARTED WITH THE LIBRARY COLUMN IN NEWSPAPER
-
-
-A literary woman in a small city, realizing the inability of many people
-to make proper selections of books from the public library, in
-conjunction with the librarian, induced the editor of the local daily
-paper to let her establish a “library column” in the Saturday issue, in
-which she sought to instruct the public regarding the choice of books,
-the use of the card catalog, the consultation of shop lists, the
-periodical index, and various reference works. She was to be paid $5.00
-a week, if she “made good,” which she did.
-
-Then she inaugurated a “club column” in the same issue of the paper, and
-gave interesting news of club meetings, with comments upon the work
-done, etc., and for this she received another $5.00.
-
-Later the editor urged her to add a “home department” to her work, at
-still another $5.00 a week, and on this modest salary she managed to
-live comfortably. In two years, however, she was offered the control of
-the home department of the Sunday edition of a large city daily at more
-than twice her $15 a week in the small town, and she promptly accepted
-it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 264. CANNING FOR CITY PEOPLE
-
-
-A farmer’s wife, who had plenty of fruits, small fruits, berries,
-vegetables, etc., but had very few jars in which to put them up,
-arranged with a number of families in the city to have them furnish the
-jars, while she would furnish the fruits and the sugar, and do the
-canning, for 20 cents per jar. As the fruit thus put up was worth at
-least 50 cents per quart jar, the city people obtained it cheaply
-enough, while the farmer’s wife made $80 by putting up 400 jars during
-the season. This made it profitable all around, and saved a lot of farm
-products that would otherwise have gone to waste. This plan can be
-worked on a larger scale to afford any one a good living each year.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 265. He Loves the Out-of-door Life]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 265. “LANDSCAPING” CITY LOTS
-
-
-Two landscape gardeners, who lived in a residence part of the city where
-scant attention was paid by the owners to the appearance of their lawns
-and parking strips, undertook to change the looks of the neighborhood,
-and create a good business for themselves.
-
-Selecting ten blocks on a graded street, along which were good houses
-and many trees, most of them sadly neglected, they proposed to the
-owners of the various houses on both sides of the street to give it the
-careful and skillful attention the places needed, at so much a month.
-
-Most of the owners signed contracts for this work, and at the end of the
-season each property so cared for by these men had improved better than
-100 per cent in appearance. The result was that several owners were
-offered higher prices for their property than they had ever thought it
-worth, and the next year those who had at first refused to employ the
-landscape gardeners were the first to sign up for the season just
-starting.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 266. BOSSING OTHER PEOPLE’S GARDENS, OR GARDEN MANAGEMENT
-
-
-A suburban resident who knew all about gardens and gardening, yet
-realized the utter ignorance of the average suburbanite regarding the
-planting and care of gardens, the prevention and extermination of insect
-pests, and a lot of other things necessary to know, decided one spring
-that he would not raise a garden that year, but would make a good living
-by taking care of other people’s gardens, not doing the work himself,
-but taking general supervision of it and telling the owners just how it
-should be done, if they wished to make a success of gardening.
-
-Most of the people in that suburb wanted to raise gardens, but didn’t
-know how to do it themselves, so they were glad enough to secure the
-services of this expert at so much for the season, and do as he told
-them.
-
-He made a careful survey of every garden under contract, noting the
-soil, slope and general characteristics of the location, named the kind
-and quantity of seeds or plants, to be given a certain amount of space,
-the kind of fertilizer, if any, that must be used, the time of planting,
-the method of cultivation, the symptoms of insect pests, and the kind of
-spray to be used in their destruction, and every other item of knowledge
-needed by those who didn’t know but were willing to learn.
-
-The outcome of it all was that that particular suburb was frequently
-mentioned in the city papers as the one possessing the prize gardens for
-many miles around, and the owners found them the source of profit
-instead of loss, besides having the satisfaction of knowing how to do it
-next year.
-
-And the expert was equally pleased for he had made $2,000 that season by
-simply telling other people what to do.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 267. REPAIRING LAWN MOWERS
-
-
-One would scarcely think there could be much of a living in simply
-traveling around and repairing lawn mowers, but a man in a western city,
-who is “handy with tools,” and has a taste for machinery, makes a good
-living for himself and a large family.
-
-The mechanism of a lawn mower is easily learned by carefully studying
-its construction, finding out what each particular piece is for, how it
-gets out of order, how to repair it, in short, to become a master of the
-machine.
-
-He not only covers a large territory in his home city, where all work in
-that line is reserved for him, by those for whom he has already done
-repairing, but he occasionally finds time to take in one or two outside
-towns where, in a few days, he takes all the lawn mowers that need
-repair and puts them in first class working condition.
-
-His charges are 50 to 75 cents an hour. He makes a living, and has
-bought and paid for a nice home.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 268. MONEY FROM SMALL LUNCHES
-
-
-That “many a mickle makes a muckle,” is pretty well exemplified in the
-case of a young man living in Buffalo, who has built up a very good
-business of his own through supplying soda water counters, small lunch
-rooms, tourists, school houses, factories, etc., with what he calls “nut
-sandwiches.” These he makes from shredded wheat “triscuits” by cutting
-them in two and spreading peanut butter between the two sides. He puts
-these up in wax paper and retails them at a low price, yet one that
-enables him to make a discount when selling them in quantities.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 269. A NOVEL LUNCH PLAN
-
-
-There is a concern in a southern city that puts up and delivers lunches
-in any part of town, to those who cannot go home to their mid-day meal.
-A lunch they sell and deliver for a comparatively small sum, which
-includes two ham sandwiches, one cheese sandwich, a piece of pie and a
-piece of cake, packed in a paper box, with paper napkin, toothpicks,
-etc. Less elaborate lunches are sold for 10 cents, and more complete
-ones for a higher price, and deliveries are made by boys on bicycles,
-who are hired for two hours each day.
-
-As the expense has been reduced to a minimum, the young fellows at the
-head of the concern are able to send out a better lunch than can be
-bought at the restaurants, for the same price and yet make a good profit
-out of the business for themselves.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 270. OLD STREET-CAR BECOMES DINING ROOM
-
-
-A lady in southern California motored to a little tourist town up the
-mountain side to look at some property she thought of buying. Noticing
-an abandoned street car in the rear of a gift shop, she leased it from
-the owner and converted it into a “dining car.” Taking out the seats,
-she put in adjustable tables and chairs, electric lights and pretty
-cretonne hangings. The tables she painted buff, with black enamel tops;
-the dishes were in conventional designs of the same coloring, while
-quaint birds and flowers were the shapes given the salt and pepper
-shakers. Table runners and napkins she made of soft Indian-head,
-hand-hemmed.
-
-A kitchen was built at one end of the car and reached by a protected
-platform, so no kitchen odors reached the car.
-
-The menu was of the “homey” variety, and light lunches were served all
-day, with a 6-o’clock dinner.
-
-The patronage of hungry motorists from cities on the coast, as well as
-the people of the little mountain town, makes it lively at all times,
-and a very profitable as well as pleasant business.
-
-Other disused cars all over the country could be put to the same
-practical and profitable use, if people only thought of it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 271. FRUIT PRESERVED AND MARKETED BY A WOMAN
-
-
-To help her husband rise from a $10-a-week clerkship to a factory of his
-own, where he is making more money in a day than he formerly made in a
-month as a “hired man,” is what a New York woman accomplished by a
-little idea that came to her one day.
-
-Having made a practice of visiting the large markets late in the
-evening, and buying over-ripe fruit for a small price, as much of it
-would not keep over night, she suggested to her husband that, as he quit
-his work at 5 o’clock every day and had a half-holiday on Saturdays, he
-should visit these markets as late as possible on Mondays, Wednesdays,
-and Saturdays, buy fruit at low prices, bring it home and let her can or
-preserve it. Then on Tuesday, Thursday and Friday evenings, he could
-carry samples of the canned or preserved fruits on his bicycle to clubs,
-hotels and the best residences, let the chefs and cooks sample them, and
-take orders.
-
-Her husband thought the suggestion a good one, so he bought the fruits,
-berries, etc., as cheaply as possible, near closing time of the markets,
-and she canned or preserved them in the best way.
-
-The fruit sold readily; he found many orders waiting for him when making
-his second calls, and the first week their profits were $30, or three
-times the amount of the husband’s salary. Of course, he resigned at
-once, and they enlarged the scope of their operations to such an extent
-that in a year or two they had removed to a suburb, rented a piece of
-ground, where they raised cucumbers for pickles, which she pickled
-according to a recipe that created a tremendous demand for them, and
-later they established a factory for putting up fruit which has made
-them good profits every year since it started.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 272. “Not What I Have, but What I Do is My
-Kingdom”]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 272. A WOMAN LANDSCAPE ARTIST ASSISTED AN ARCHITECT
-
-
-An architect living in a western city has a wife who possesses excellent
-taste and marked talent in the matter of planning surroundings for
-homes, and her own little cottage is an example of what a woman with
-excellent taste can do.
-
-Her husband had designed many houses in a good residence district, but
-as the owners lacked the taste necessary to add attractive surroundings,
-they did not present a pleasing appearance.
-
-In order to assist her husband she volunteered to furnish plans for
-laying out and decorating the grounds free of charge, and in every case
-made a great improvement in the appearance of the place. So favorable
-was the impression created by her work that she was paid for her plans
-and her services which greatly assisted her husband’s business.
-
-A couple of years later her husband was given a contract for designing
-all the houses to be built by a land company on a large tract, and she
-was given a contract for all the landscape gardening.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 273. A WOMAN MADE HUCKLEBERRY PIE
-
-
-Just because she knew that almost every man on earth likes huckleberry
-pie, a woman started out on a capital of one dollar to help her husband
-to rise from a job in a cotton mill to a business of his own.
-
-The husband went for a two-weeks, much needed, vacation and rest in the
-mountains, and on that very morning a colored boy came to the door with
-two pails, one filled with huckleberries, the other with blackberries,
-both of which he offered to sell for 25 cents.
-
-She wanted the berries, but she couldn’t break that dollar, the last bit
-of money she had on earth, and the boy turned tearfully away. Just as he
-reached the gate, an idea struck her, and she called him back, paid him
-the quarter and took the berries. It was then ten minutes to 8 A. M.
-
-At 11.30 she had sixteen delicious huckleberry and blackberry pies out
-of the oven and in a basket. Then she hurried over to the factory where
-her husband worked, and asked and received permission to stand at the
-exit of the cotton mill and offer her pies to the workmen as they came
-out at 12.
-
-When they came out and saw those pies, and were told they could buy them
-at a low price, inside of ten minutes every pie was gone, and she went
-home with a good profit as the result of her first day’s pie-making. The
-next day she had pies for all the workmen, and her business grew so fast
-that at the end of the fourth day she wired her husband to come home and
-help her.
-
-Today they own a big pie house that is making several thousand dollars a
-year, and it all came from the start the wife made on one dollar.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 274. LITTLE GIRLS’ COOKING SCHOOL
-
-
-Establish a school in which, for a small weekly sum, you can teach
-little girls the art of cooking. Vacation is the best time to start
-this, when teachers and pupils are both at leisure. A large class should
-be easily formed for this purpose.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 275. GIRLS’ SEWING SCHOOL
-
-
-Those who cannot combine the teaching of cooking and sewing in the same
-school, will find a separate school a profitable occupation, or both
-together could be turned into a domestic housework school.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 276. A HOME STORE
-
-
-Anyone who has a house with a window fronting on the street, or near it,
-can start a little store in which most of the goods are home-made, and
-so show a large profit and make a good deal of money. It all depends on
-the enterprise of the storekeeper.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 277. COLLECTING AND SELLING NAMES
-
-
-For one who lives in the country there is a profitable business in
-collecting names and addresses of residents in each rural community and
-selling them to the publishers of farm journals. They will pay well for
-these names. In the city it is an easy matter to find a market for the
-names.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 278. A MAILING BUREAU
-
-
-Operating a folding, addressing and mailing bureau is a pleasant and
-profitable home business that will grow and make money for the person
-who owns it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 279. CARDBOARD KITCHEN LIST
-
-
-Print on a good, strong piece of cardboard a list of articles needed in
-the home from day to day, with the heading, “Lest We Forget,”--the
-housewife is to stick a pin in each article wanted on the list, which
-begins with apples and ends with yeastcake.
-
-All around the sides of this list have spaces for ads. which the
-merchants will gladly pay for, as the list is consulted several times
-every day, and the names of advertisers become familiar to the entire
-household.
-
-Distribute free of charge the cards to the housewives. Such a medium is
-valuable to the advertiser and will yield a good advertising solicitor a
-good living.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 280. THE CITY HOME GARDEN
-
-
-  For this following plan we are indebted to the United States
-  Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
-
-Fresh vegetables for an average family may be grown upon a large back
-yard or city lot.
-
-The use of fresh vegetables conserves meats, grains, and other foods
-produced on farms.
-
-The production of vegetables at home relieves transportation
-difficulties and solves the marketing problem.
-
-The city home garden utilizes idle land and spare time for food
-production.
-
-Thousands of acres of idle land that may be used for gardens are still
-available within the boundaries of our large cities.
-
-Some of the problems that confront the city gardener are more difficult
-than those connected with the farm garden, and it is the object of this
-article to discuss these problems from a practical standpoint.
-
-[Illustration: City Farming.]
-
-The problems that confront the city gardener are vastly greater than
-those of the farmer, who is free to select the choicest plat of ground
-upon the farm for his vegetable garden. The city-lot or back-yard garden
-as a rule offers little choice of soil or location. The available land
-is often shaded a part of the day, and the soil frequently consists of
-hard clay or is covered to a depth of several inches with cinders,
-broken stone, or other materials unfit for growing plants. The city
-gardener is usually handicapped by lack of practical experience and for
-want of suitable tools with which to do the work. Hand methods must be
-employed for the most part, and numerous local difficulties must be
-overcome. It is possible, however, to grow certain kinds of vegetables
-under very adverse conditions, and the results obtained by many city
-gardeners are truly remarkable.
-
-The many thousands of city gardens have played an important part in
-providing a substantial increase in the food supply of the country. It
-is essential that the work so well started should continue and that the
-many thousands of acres of unoccupied land in and around our cities be
-utilized for food production. The experimental stage of city gardening
-has been passed, and, in the language of one of the State workers, “the
-city garden movement will not have achieved its full purpose until all
-suitable lands are utilized and every family table is fully supplied.”
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 1.--Small back-yard gardens in a residence section
-of Washington, D. C.]
-
-The city back-yard or vacant-lot garden provides a supply of vegetables
-at home without transportation or handling costs. Vegetables from the
-home garden are fresher and more palatable than those brought from a
-distance. Many persons who work in offices, stores, and factories have
-time mornings and evenings that may well be devoted to the cultivation
-of a garden, thus utilizing spare time and idle land for food
-production. The home vegetable garden should be a family interest and
-all members of the family who are able to do so should take part in its
-cultivation. There is no better form of outdoor exercise than moderate
-working in the home garden, and few lines of recreational work will give
-greater returns for the time employed. (Fig. 1.)
-
-
-TYPE AND LOCATION OF THE CITY GARDEN
-
-There are three general types of city vegetable gardens: Back-yard
-gardens, vacant-lot gardens, and community gardens. In locating the home
-garden the back yard or the ground surrounding the dwelling should be
-given first consideration, because of the convenience both in working
-the garden and in gathering the products as wanted for use. If the
-grounds around the dwelling are too small or too densely shaded or if
-the soil is of such a character that vegetables can not be grown
-successfully upon it, the use of a vacant lot in the neighborhood is
-recommended. (Fig. 2.) Community gardens located in the outskirts of the
-city, where a tract of land can be secured, are adapted for the use of
-families living in apartment houses; also for shopworkers and those
-employed by large manufacturing concerns. There is a distinct advantage
-in having the garden located near the home, as much of the work of
-tending it may be done during spare moments, and the garden can be
-protected from theft or from injury by stray animals.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 2.--A vacant-lot garden on one of the principal
-residence streets of Washington, D. C.]
-
-Do not locate the garden on land upon which the sun does not shine for
-at least five hours each bright day. Do not locate the garden on soil
-where the rock is but a few inches below the surface and where there is
-insufficient moisture. Do not attempt to grow a garden where a fill has
-been made with cinders, broken bricks, or rock, or where the original
-soil has been buried with materials upon which weeds will not grow. If
-weeds grow rank and vigorous it is a sure sign that the soil is good. Do
-not plant a garden under or near large trees that will steal all the
-moisture and plant food from the crops. The maples and the oaks are the
-kinds of trees that are most injurious to crops planted near them. Do
-not plant a garden on low land where the crops are reasonably sure to be
-lost from overflow. Failure to observe one or more of the above
-precautions has resulted in disappointment on the part of many
-gardeners.
-
-Where there is any choice in the selection of a garden location the
-following points should be considered. The land should be level or
-gently sloping toward the south or southeast. The drainage should be
-good, but the land should not be so steep as to wash during rains. The
-location should be higher than adjoining land, in order to safeguard
-against frost, as frost does most damage on the lower levels. The ideal
-soil is a dark sandy loam with a rather retentive subsoil. The soil
-should be deep and break up loose and mellow when plowed or spaded.
-Plenty of organic matter or rotted manure should be present in the soil,
-in order to give it the power to retain large quantities of moisture and
-to carry the crops through periods of drought.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 3.--Long straight rows of vegetables which add
-attractiveness to a garden and lessen the labor of cultivation. Note how
-this garden has produced these results.]
-
-The ideal garden spot is seldom found, but it is often possible to
-choose a location that embodies a number of the more important
-conditions and then supply others. The difficulties of the first season
-are greater than those of subsequent years, and a garden plat if
-properly handled will improve with each season’s cultivation.
-
-On account of the wide variety of local conditions that must be met, no
-definite plan can be given for a garden. A plan should be drawn on paper
-and the location of each crop decided upon. As a general rule, the rows
-should run north and south, but it is more important to have the rows
-run the long way of the garden for convenience in cultivating. Figure 3
-shows a well-planned garden.
-
-It is essential that the garden be so arranged that the tall-growing
-crops will not shade the smaller ones.
-
-
-PREPARATION OF THE SOIL
-
-With the location of the garden settled, the first step is the
-preparation of the soil. First, remove anything that would interfere
-with the plowing or spading of the soil. If the location is the home
-back yard it is assumed that the ground is free from débris and ready to
-be broken up. If the garden is to be located on a vacant lot it is
-probable that there will be stones, broken bricks, tin cans, and other
-trash to be gotten rid of. If the quantity of trash is not too great it
-should be hauled to some dump, but if there is so much of it as to make
-its removal expensive it may be piled on one side or one end of the lot.
-In some cases stone fences have been built along the outside of lots
-from the stones that were scattered over the ground. This cleaning-up
-process requires considerable work and should be done whenever the
-weather will permit prior to preparation for planting.
-
-The next step in the garden-making process will be to plow or spade the
-ground. If the land is in sod it should be turned in the fall so that
-the sods will rot. Heavy clay soils should be turned up loosely and
-allowed to lie exposed to the freezing and thawing of the winter months.
-In all cases manure should be turned under if it can be secured. If the
-surface soil is so hard that it can not be spaded or plowed to advantage
-a pick or mattock should be used and the ground broken to a depth of 8
-or 10 inches. Plenty of manure is about the only thing that will bring a
-soil of this character into condition. The supply of manure in cities is
-now quite limited, and the city gardener should make arrangements early
-in the season to get what he needs. It is assumed that the average
-back-yard garden is about 30 by 60 feet in size. About 1 ton or one
-2-horse load of stable manure can be spaded into the soil of a plat of
-this size each year. On soil which has not been worked before and which
-is especially heavy and wanting in organic matter a larger quantity of
-manure can be used. Street sweepings are not desirable, as they
-frequently contain considerable oil. Sawdust and planing-mill shavings
-should not be used on garden land. Leaves may be mixed with heavy soils,
-but it is best to have them fairly well rotted before they are applied
-to the land. Early breaking and exposure to frost is the best method of
-getting land that has not been under cultivation for a number of years
-in shape for planting. Sandy soils do not benefit by freezing and
-thawing as do the heavy clay soils, and in all cases precautions must be
-taken so that the soil will not wash away during heavy rains. It is a
-very good plan to plow or spade the land in the autumn, sow rye upon it,
-and then turn the rye under early in the spring.
-
-In regions where the soil is very sandy it is often necessary to keep
-the surface covered with coarse manure or with some material to prevent
-it from blowing away. If this precaution is not taken the entire surface
-soil will be blown off to the depth of the plowing. In the spring the
-coarser part of the covering should be raked off or turned under before
-pulverizing and fitting the surface for planting.
-
-Nothing is gained by working the land before it is sufficiently dry in
-the spring. In sections where the ground freezes hard during winter no
-harm will be done by plowing it in the fall or during the early winter
-when quite wet, as the freezing will correct any injury, but land that
-is worked when too wet in the spring will be injured for the entire
-season. The usual test is to press a small quantity of the soil in the
-palm of the hand. If it is too wet for working it will adhere in a
-solid mass and retain the imprint of the hand, but if dry enough to work
-it will crumble apart of itself.
-
-When the test shows its fitness for working, land which was plowed or
-spaded in the fall should be thoroughly harrowed, raked, hoed, or forked
-over to a depth of 4 or 5 inches, in order to fit it for planting. The
-more carefully this part of the work is done the easier it will be to
-care for the crops during the growing season. Land which was not worked
-in the fall should be plowed or spaded as soon as it dries out
-sufficiently in the spring, and the top should be thoroughly fitted, as
-suggested above.
-
-
-_Use of Ashes on Garden Soils_
-
-Gardeners frequently ask whether it is advisable to use coal and wood
-ashes on garden soils. The use of coal ashes on heavy clay soils will
-tend to lighten them, but the ashes should be screened before they are
-applied, in order to remove any clinkers or cinders. They should then be
-spread evenly upon the land and thoroughly mixed with it. Coal ashes
-have little value as a fertilizer, their use being mainly to loosen the
-soil and make it more workable.
-
-Wood ashes that are produced by the burning of hard woods, such as oak
-and hickory, frequently contain as much as 7 per cent of potash and also
-a little lime and for this reason are a valuable fertilizer. Wood ashes
-produced by the burning of pine and other soft woods and hardwood ashes
-that have been exposed to the weather and have had their potash leached
-from them have comparatively little value as a fertilizer. Not more than
-50 pounds of reasonably dry unleached hardwood ashes should be applied
-to a plat of ground 30 by 60 feet in size, and these should be well
-mixed with the soil.
-
-
-_Liming Garden Soils_
-
-An application of about 12 pecks of hydrated or air-slaked lime to a
-plat of land 30 by 60 feet in size is advisable in most cases, but there
-are certain soils that do not need lime. Lime has the effect of
-loosening and pulverizing heavy clay soils. It also has the effect of
-sweetening poorly drained soils and those that have a tendency to be
-sour. It is poor policy, however, to endeavor to remedy conditions
-resulting from lack of drainage by the application of lime without first
-providing suitable drainage and removing the cause of the sourness of
-the soil. Lime should always be applied to the surface soil and not
-turned under. It should not be applied to land that is to be planted to
-Irish potatoes, on account of the tendency of the tubers to become
-infested with scab where lime is present. Perhaps the best method of
-applying lime to the remainder of the garden is to scatter it over the
-surface after plowing and before the land is harrowed and fitted for
-cultivation in the spring. (Fig. 4.) One application each year is
-sufficient, and much larger quantities may be applied on heavy clay
-soils than on light or sandy soils. Lime should never under any
-circumstances be mixed with commercial fertilizer or with manure, as it
-liberates the nitrogen contained in them.
-
-
-_Use of Manure on Garden Land_
-
-The use of barnyard manure on garden land has already been mentioned,
-but too much stress can not be placed upon this important point. The
-most successful commercial gardeners not only follow the practice of
-plowing or spading under large quantities of manure, but they stack up
-manure to rot and apply the rotted manure as a top-dressing when fitting
-the land for planting. Beans, tomatoes, and Irish potatoes may be
-injured by the use of too much manure, but it is practically impossible
-to have the land too rich for most garden crops.
-
-Poultry and pigeon manures are excellent fertilizers for the garden but
-must be used sparingly, as they are very strong and are liable to burn
-the crops. These manures should be kept under shelter until used and
-then should be well mixed with the soil, care being taken that no lumps
-of the manure come in direct contact with the seeds. Not more than 200
-pounds of poultry or pigeon manure should be applied to a garden plat 30
-by 60 feet in size.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 4.--Applying lime to a garden after plowing and
-before harrowing.]
-
-Sheep manure is sold by florists and seedsmen and is an excellent
-fertilizer for garden crops. Like poultry manure, it is very strong and
-should be used sparingly. A little pulverized sheep manure sprinkled
-along the rows and worked into the soil will give the plants a vigorous
-growth.
-
-
-_Commercial Fertilizers_
-
-The use of commercial fertilizers is advisable, especially where plenty
-of stable or barnyard manure can not be procured. As a rule, fertilizers
-should be sown broadcast and thoroughly harrowed or raked into the upper
-3 inches of soil. Where applied underneath the rows the fertilizer
-should be well mixed with the soil before the seeds are planted. Great
-care must be taken in the use of commercial fertilizers in a small
-garden, as there is always a tendency to use too much and do more injury
-than good. From 40 to 60 pounds of a standard fertilizer, such as is
-used by truck gardeners, may be applied to a plot of ground 30 by 60
-feet in size.
-
-Commercial fertilizers may be used in very moderate quantities as a side
-dressing for most growing crops. Nitrate of soda is frequently used in
-this manner, especially with crops that are grown for their leaf and
-stem development rather than for fruit. Where used as a side dressing
-it is best to apply the fertilizer a short distance from the plants but
-where the small feeder roots will reach it. The fertilizer should be
-worked into the soil immediately.
-
-It should be remembered that the best results are obtained by the use of
-commercial fertilizers where there is plenty of manure or organic matter
-in the soil. All sods and weeds and the remains of garden plants that
-are not infected with disease should be turned under or composted in one
-corner of the garden, in order to form material with which to enrich the
-soil.
-
-
-TOOLS
-
-Elaborate or expensive tools are not necessary for the cultivation of a
-small garden; in fact, a spade or spading fork, a hoe, a steel rake, and
-a line with two stakes to fasten it to are all that are required. A
-garden trowel and a watering can may be added to advantage but are not
-absolutely necessary. A wheelbarrow, wheel cultivator, and seed drill
-are desirable for the larger gardens and might be procured and used
-jointly by several gardeners in a neighborhood. After the soil is broken
-and in shape for planting, the hoe and the steel rake are the important
-tools for a small garden.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 5.--Window box for starting early plants in the
-house.]
-
-
-SEEDS
-
-A comparatively small quantity of seeds is required for planting the
-average city garden, but these should be procured in ample time and
-should be of the highest quality obtainable. The best are the cheapest
-in the long run. Garden seeds should not be wasted; only enough should
-be planted to insure a perfect stand. Any seeds that are left over
-should be stored in a ventilated tin or glass container, to protect them
-from mice until needed for later planting. The particular variety of any
-crop to plant will depend upon local conditions. There are usually
-experienced persons in each community who can be relied upon for advice
-as to the best varieties to plant in that section. A number of the seed
-houses are now offering special garden-seed collections adapted to
-various conditions and sizes of gardens.
-
-
-STARTING EARLY PLANTS
-
-Half the pleasure and profit of a garden is derived from having
-something to use just as early in the spring as possible. In many cities
-and towns last year the local greenhouse men grew thousands of plants
-which were sold to home gardeners at very reasonable prices. It often
-happens, however, that home gardeners do not have the opportunity to
-purchase well-grown plants, so they must start their own supply of early
-plants in the house or in a hotbed if they desire to have their crops
-mature early. Among the garden crops that may be started to advantage in
-this manner are tomatoes, early cabbage, peppers, eggplant, and lettuce.
-Even cucumbers, melons, beets, snap beans, Lima beans, and sweet corn
-may be started indoors by using flowerpots, paper bands, or berry boxes
-to hold the soil.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 6.--Starting early plants; preparing the seed box.]
-
-Where just a few tomato and cabbage plants are desired, the seeds may be
-sown in a cigar box or in a shallow tin pan with a few holes punched in
-the bottom for drainage. A very good plan is to secure a soap box and
-saw off about 3 inches of the bottom portion to form a tray. If the top
-has been saved, it can be nailed on and the box again sawed, forming a
-second tray. This will leave about 3 inches of the middle of the box
-upon which a piece of wire netting may be tacked to form a sieve for
-screening the soil used in the trays. Any shallow box (fig. 5) that may
-be fitted into the window of a living room where there is a reasonable
-amount of sunlight will answer for starting early plants.
-
-After filling the trays with sifted soil, smooth off even with the top
-and slightly firm down the soil in the trays by means of a small piece
-of board. Use the edge of a ruler or strip of thin board (fig. 6) to
-form little grooves or furrows in the soil in which to plant the seeds.
-These little rows should be about 2 inches apart and one-fourth inch
-deep. Scatter the seeds of tomatoes, early cabbage, peppers, and
-eggplant, as shown in figure 7, very thinly in the rows and cover them
-by sifting a small quantity of soil over the entire surface. Smooth the
-top of the soil gently and water very lightly.
-
-The box should then be placed where the temperature will remain at about
-70° F. If conditions are kept right, the seedlings will appear in five
-to eight days after the seed is planted. From this time on the plants
-will need constant care, especially as regards watering. Owing to the
-fact that the light from a window comes from one side only, the
-seedlings will draw toward the glass, and the box should be turned each
-day, so as to keep the plants from growing crooked. Just as soon as the
-little plants are large enough to handle they should be transplanted to
-other boxes and given 2 or 3 inches of space in each direction.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 7.--Starting early plants; sowing seed in the window
-box.]
-
-Where the required number of plants is too great for growing in window
-boxes, a hotbed or cold frame may be provided. The usual method of
-constructing a hotbed is to first dig a shallow pit 8 to 18 inches deep,
-according to locality, and pack it full of fermenting stable manure. The
-manure before being placed in the pit should be turned over once or
-twice in a pile, in order to insure even heating. It may then be packed
-into the hotbed pit and tramped uniformly. Standard hotbed sash are 3
-feet in width and 6 feet in length, and the size of the bed should be
-made to suit the number of sash employed. A framework of boards 18 to 24
-inches high at the back and about 12 inches high in front is placed over
-the manure-filled pit to support the sash. (Fig. 8.)
-
-About 3 or 4 inches of fine garden loam is spread evenly over the manure
-and the bed allowed to stand four or five days to warm up before any
-seed is sown. At first the temperature of the bed will run rather high,
-and it is best to delay planting the seeds in it until it begins to
-decline. This can best be determined by placing a cheap thermometer,
-with the bulb about 3 inches below the surface of the soil, and watching
-it until the temperature falls below 85° F. before planting the seeds.
-
-If glazed sash are not available for covering the hotbed, heavy muslin
-may be used instead; the glass, however, makes the most desirable form
-of covering. Care must be taken to give the bed sufficient ventilation
-to prevent overheating; as it is liable to heat up rapidly when the sun
-shines full upon the glass. Watering should be done during the early
-part of the day and the bed given enough air so that the plants will dry
-off before night. The bed should be closed before evening, in order to
-conserve enough heat to carry it through the night in good condition. If
-the weather should turn severely cold, a covering of straw, blankets, or
-canvas may be thrown over the bed to protect it.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 8.--Preparation of a sash-covered frame for starting
-early plants.]
-
-A cold frame is constructed in exactly the same manner as a hotbed, with
-the exception that no manure is placed beneath it to supply heat.
-
-Before the plants are set in the garden, either from the hotbed or the
-cold-frame they should be gradually hardened to outside conditions by
-giving them more ventilation each day. Finally, remove the sash entirely
-on bright days and replace them for the night. The aim should be to
-produce strong, healthy plants that will make a quick start when placed
-in the garden.
-
-
-PLANTING ZONES
-
-The accompanying planting tables, together with the frost-zone maps
-(figs. 9 and 10), are based upon records of the United States Weather
-Bureau covering a period of 20 years and are intended to serve as a
-guide for determining the earliest dates that the various garden crops
-may be planted in the spring; also the latest dates that it will be safe
-to plant certain crops and have them mature before the first killing
-frost in the autumn. It should be borne in mind that there is a
-difference of several days in the frost occurrence within each zone;
-this is due to differences in altitude and latitude, and also to the
-proximity of bodies of water and large tracts of timber.
-
-
-EARLIEST PLANTING DATES
-
-_Earliest safe dates for planting vegetables in the open in the zones
-shown in figure 9_
-
-  =============+=================+==================+=================+
-      Crop     |     Zone A      |      Zone B      |      Zone C     |
-  -------------+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+
-  Bean{Lima    |Mar. 1 to 15     |Mar. 15 to Apr. 1 |Apr. 1 to 15     |
-      {Snap    |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1|Mar. 1 to 15      |Mar. 15 to 30    |
-  Beet         |Feb. 1 to 15     |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1 |Mar. 1 to 15     |
-  Brussels     |                 |                  |                 |
-  sprouts      |       do.       |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Cabbage      |Jan. 1 to Feb. 1 |Jan. 15 to Feb. 15|Feb. 15 to Mar. 1|
-  Carrot       |Feb. 1 to 15     |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1 |Mar. 1 to 15     |
-  Cauliflower  |       do.       |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Celery       |       do.       |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Chard        |       do.       |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Collard      |Jan. 1 to Feb. 1 |Feb. 1 to 15      |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1|
-  Corn, sweet  |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1|Mar. 1 to 15.     |Mar. 15 to Apr. 1|
-  Cucumber     |Mar. 1 to 15     |Mar. 15 to Apr. 1 |Apr. 1 to 15     |
-  Eggplant     |       do.       |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Kale         |Jan. 1 to Feb. 1 |Feb. 1 to 15      |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1|
-  Kohl-rabi    |Feb. 1 to 15     |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1 |Mar. 1 to 15     |
-  Lettuce{Head |       do.       |       do.        |       do.       |
-         {Leaf |Jan. 1 to Feb. 1 |Feb. 1 to 15      |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1|
-  Melons       |Mar. 1 to 15     |Mar. 15 to Apr. 1 |Apr. 1 to 15     |
-  Okra, or     |                 |                  |                 |
-  gumbo        |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1|Mar. 1 to Mar. 15 |Mar. 15 to 30    |
-  Onion sets   |Jan. 1 to Feb. 1 |Feb. 1 to 15      |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1|
-  Parsley      |Feb. 1 to 15     |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1 |Mar. 1 to 15     |
-  Parsnip      |       do.       |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Peas{Smooth  |Jan. 1 to Feb. 1 |Feb. 1 to 15      |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1|
-      {Wrinkled|Feb. 1 to 15     |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1 |Mar. 1 to 15     |
-  Peppers      |Mar. 1 to 15     |Mar. 15 to Apr. 1 |Apr. 1 to 15     |
-  Pota-{Irish  |Jan. 1 to Feb. 1 |Feb. 1 to 15      |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1|
-  toes {Sweet  |Mar. 1 to 15.    |Mar. 15 to Apr. 1 |Apr. 1 to 15.    |
-  Pumpkin      |       do.       |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Radish       |Jan. 1 to Feb. 1 |Feb. 1 to 15      |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1|
-  Salsify      |Feb. 1 to 15     |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1 |Mar. 1 to 15.    |
-  Spinach      |       do.       |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Squash       |Mar. 1 to 15     |Mar. 15 to Apr. 1 |Apr. 1 to 15     |
-  Tomato       |       do.       |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Turnip       |Jan. 1 to Feb. 1 |Feb. 1 to 15      |Feb. 15 to Mar. 1|
-  -------------+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+
-
-  =============+==================+==================+=================+
-      Crop     |      Zone D      |       Zone E     |     Zone F      |
-  -------------+------------------+------------------+-----------------+
-  Bean{Lima    |May 1 to 15       |May 15 to June 1  |May 15 to June 15|
-      {Snap    |Apr. 1 to May 1   |May 1 to 15       |May 15 to June 1 |
-  Beet         |Mar. 15 to Apr. 15|Apr. 15 to May 1  |May 1 to 15      |
-  Brussels     |                  |                  |                 |
-  sprouts      |       do.        |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Cabbage      |Mar. 1 to 15      |Mar. 15 to Apr. 15|Apr. 15 to May 1 |
-  Carrot       |Mar. 15 to Apr. 15|Apr. 15 to May 1  |May 1 to 15      |
-  Cauliflower  |       do.        |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Celery       |       do.        |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Chard        |       do.        |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Collard      |Mar. 1 to 15      |Mar. 15 to Apr. 15|       ...       |
-  Corn, sweet  |Apr. 1 to May 1   |Apr. 15 to May 15 |May 1 to June 1  |
-  Cucumber     |Apr. 15 to May 1  |May 1 to June 1   |May 15 to June 15|
-  Eggplant     |       do.        |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Kale         |Mar. 1 to 15      |Mar. 15 to Apr. 15|Apr. 15 to May 1 |
-  Kohl-rabi    |Mar. 15 to Apr. 1 |Apr. 1 to May 1   |May 1 to 15      |
-  Lettuce{Head |Mar. 15 to Apr. 15|       do.        |       do.       |
-         {Leaf |Mar. 1 to 15      |Mar. 15 to Apr. 15|Apr. 15 to May 1 |
-  Melons       |Apr. 15 to May 1  |May 1 to June 1   |June 1 to 15     |
-  Okra, or     |                  |                  |                 |
-  gumbo        |       do.        |May 1 to 15       |May 15 to June 1 |
-  Onion sets   |Mar. 1 to 15      |Mar. 15 to Apr. 15|Apr. 1 to May 1  |
-  Parsley      |Mar. 15 to Apr. 1 |Apr. 1 to May 1   |May 1 to 15      |
-  Parsnip      |       do.        |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Peas{Smooth  |Mar. 1 to 15      |Mar. 15 to Apr. 15|Apr. 15 to May 1 |
-      {Wrinkled|Mar. 15 to Apr. 1 |Apr. 1 to May 1   |May 1 to 15      |
-  Peppers      |Apr. 15 to May 1  |May 1 to June 1   |June 1 to 15     |
-  Pota-{Irish  |Mar. 1 to 15      |Mar. 15 to Apr. 15|Apr. 15 to May 1 |
-  toes {Sweet  |Apr. 15 to May 1  |May 1 to June 1   |June 1 to 15     |
-  Pumpkin      |       do.        |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Radish       |Mar. 1 to 15      |Mar. 15 to Apr. 15|Apr. 15 to May 1 |
-  Salsify      |Mar. 15 to Apr. 15|Apr. 15 to May 1  |May 1 to 15      |
-  Spinach      |       do.        |       do.        |       do.       |
-  Squash       |Apr. 15 to May 1  |May 1 to June 1   |June 1 to 15     |
-  Tomato       |       do.        |       do.        |May 15 to June 15|
-  Turnip       |Mar. 1 to 15      |Mar. 15 to Apr. 15|Apr. 15 to May 1 |
-  -------------+------------------+------------------+-----------------+
-
-  ==============+==================
-       Crop     |      Zone G
-  --------------+------------------
-  Bean {Lima    |      ...
-       {Snap    |May 15 to June 15.
-  Beet          |May 15 to June 1.
-  Brussels      |
-  sprouts       |      do.
-  Cabbage       |May 1 to May 15.
-  Carrot        |May 1 to June 1.
-  Cauliflower   |      do.
-  Celery        |      do.
-  Chard         |      do.
-  Collard       |      ...
-  Corn, sweet   |May 15 to June 15.
-  Cucumber      |June 1 to 15.
-  Eggplant      |      ...
-  Kale          |May 1 to 15.
-  Kohl-rabi     |May 15 to June 1.
-  Lettuce {Head |      do.
-          {Leaf |May 1 to May 15.
-  Melons        |      ...
-  Okra, or gumbo|      ...
-  Onion sets    |May 1 to 15.
-  Parsley       |May 15 to June 1.
-  Parsnip       |      do.
-  Peas {Smooth  |May 1 to June 1.
-       {Wrinkled|May 15 to June 1.
-  Peppers       |      ...
-  Potatoes{Irish|May 1 to June 1.
-          {Sweet|      ...
-  Pumpkin       |      ...
-  Radish        |May 1 to 15.
-  Salsify       |May 15 to June 1.
-  Spinach       |      do.
-  Squash        |      ...
-  Tomato        |June 1 to 15.
-  Turnip        |May 1 to 15.
-  --------------+------------------
-
-Owing to the varied character of the Rocky Mountain and Pacific coast
-regions, it is not practicable to present the planting information in
-zone form, as there may be a very great difference in the dates of
-killing frosts in the same general locality on account of elevation.
-Gardeners on the Pacific coast should be guided by the experience of
-competent persons in their own neighborhood. The coast region of Oregon
-and Washington is so influenced by ocean currents that a separate map
-would have to be designed to meet its requirements. Sufficient data upon
-which to base a map for this region are not at hand.
-
-In zones A, B, C, and parts of zone D of the eastern United States,
-cabbage, turnips, spinach, kale, collards, and certain varieties of
-onions may be grown in the open ground throughout the winter. In certain
-parts of zone E spinach and kale may be grown all winter. In zone F such
-crops as sweet potatoes, melons, eggplants, and peppers should be
-planted only under the most favorable conditions, as the season is
-sometimes too short for their full development under adverse conditions.
-
-Garden plants are divided into about four more or less distinct groups.
-
-Early cabbage plants, kale, onion sets, smooth peas, Irish potatoes, and
-radishes may be planted two weeks before the average date of the last
-killing frost.
-
-Beets, Swiss chard, carrots, lettuce, wrinkled peas, cauliflower,
-spinach, and sweet corn may be planted about the date of the last
-killing frost.
-
-
-LATEST PLANTING DATES
-
-_Latest safe dates for planting vegetables for the fall garden in the
-zones[9] shown in figure 9_
-
-  ============+========+=======+========+========+=======
-      Crop    | Zone C | Zone D| Zone E | Zone F |Zone G
-  ------------+--------+-------+--------+--------+-------
-  Bean:       |        |       |        |        |
-    Pole Lima |Sept. 15|Aug. 1 |July 15 |July 1  |  ...
-    Snap      |  do.   |Sept. 1|Aug. 15 |Aug. 1  |July 15
-  Beet        |  do.   |  do.  |  do.   |  do.   |  do.
-  Cabbage     |Sept. 1 |Aug. 15|July 15 |July 1  |June 15
-  Carrot      |  do.   |  do.  |  do.   |  do.   |  do.
-  Cauliflower |  do.   |  do.  |  do.   |  do.   |  do.
-  Celery      |Oct. 1  |Sept. 1|Aug. 1  |  do.   |May 15
-  Chard, Swiss|Sept. 15| do.   |Aug. 15 |Aug. 1  |July 15
-  Corn, sweet |Aug. 15 |Aug. 1 |July 15 |July 1  |June 15
-  Cucumber    |  do.   |  do.  |  do.   |  do.   |  ...
-  Eggplant    |July 15 |July 1 |June 15 |June 1  |  ...
-  Kale        |Nov. 1  |Oct. 1 |Sept. 15|Sept. 1 |Aug. 15
-  Lettuce     |   do.  |Oct. 15|Oct. 1  |Sept. 15|Sept. 1
-  Melons:     |        |       |        |        |
-    Muskmelon |June 15 |June 1 |May 15  |May 1   |  ...
-    Watermelon|July 1  |July 1 |June 15 |  ...   |  ...
-  Okra        |July 15 |  do.  |  do.   |June 1  |  ...
-  Onion sets  |  do.   |  do.  |  do.   |  do.   |May 15
-  Parsley     |Nov. 1  |Oct. 1 |Sept. 1 |Aug. 1  |July 1
-  Parsnip     |  ...   |  ...  |May 15  |May 1   |Apr. 15
-  Pea         |Nov. 1  |Oct. 1 |Sept. 1 |Aug. 1  |July 15
-  Peppers     |July 15 |July 1 |June 15 |June 1  |  ...
-  Potatoes:   |        |       |        |        |
-    Irish     |Aug. 15 |Aug. 1 |July 15 |July 1  |June 15
-    Sweet     |  do.   |July 15|June 15 |May 1   |  ...
-  Radish      |Oct. 15 |Oct. 1 |Sept. 15|Sept. 1 |Aug. 15
-  Salsify     |June 15 |June 1 |May 15  |May 1   |Apr. 15
-  Spinach     |Oct. 5  |Oct. 1 |Sept. 1 |Aug. 15 |Aug. 1
-  Squash:     |        |       |        |        |
-    Bush      |Aug. 15 |Aug.1  |July 15 |July 1  |June 15
-    Vine      |July 15 |July 1 |June 15 |June 1  |  ...
-  Tomato      |Aug. 15 |July 15|July 1  |June 15 |  ...
-  Turnip      |Oct. 15 |Oct. 1 |Sept. 1 |Aug. 1  |July 15
-  ------------+--------+-------+--------+--------+-------
-
-  [9] Zones A and B are sections in which many vegetables are planted
-  late in the fall to form the winter garden or early spring garden.
-
-Beans, parsnips, salsify, melons, cucumbers, tomato, and sweet-potato
-plants may be planted after the last killing frost.
-
-The heat-loving plants, such as peppers, eggplants, Lima beans, and the
-squashes, should not be planted in the open until the ground has
-thoroughly warmed, which will be about four weeks after the last killing
-frost.
-
-There are a number of crops, such as snap beans, lettuce, radishes, and
-beets, that should be planted at intervals in order to insure a
-continuous supply throughout the season. In the case of snap beans as
-many as five different plantings may be had in some sections. In the
-southern part of the United States special attention should be given to
-the planting of the semihardy crops, such as spinach, kale, and cabbage,
-during the autumn, in order to have a supply throughout the winter.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 9.--Outline map of the United States, showing zones
-based on the average date of the last killing frost in spring. The time
-of planting for the various vegetables is determined for every section
-by the dates given on this map.]
-
-By following the table showing the latest safe dates for planting (see
-also fig. 10), the various crops will mature during average years;
-however, there may be seasons when the first killing frost in the autumn
-occurs earlier than usual and some of the later plantings will be lost.
-The late planting of vegetables prolongs the season of usefulness and is
-worth a chance.
-
-
-GENERAL CARE OF THE GARDEN
-
-A garden bears close acquaintance, and the successful gardener is the
-one who keeps in close contact with his crops throughout the entire
-growing season. A visit to the garden during the early morning while the
-dew hangs heavily upon every plant will reveal the happenings of the
-night. Perhaps some insect attack has started or some injury has
-occurred which requires immediate attention. A garden requires a little
-attention almost every day and responds in direct proportion to the care
-bestowed upon it. The size of the garden should be such that its care
-will not prove a burden. A small garden intensively cultivated is much
-better than a larger one which is allowed to grow to weeds.
-
-
-_Holding Moisture_
-
-The frequent stirring of the surface soil with a steel rake, especially
-during dry weather, will stimulate the growth of the crops and control
-weeds. The surface should also be stirred after a rain just as soon as
-the ground is dry enough to work. Most people have an idea that the
-stirring of the soil is primarily in order to kill weeds, but there is
-equal need of it where no weeds are present. The roots of plants require
-air as well as moisture, and frequent stirring of the surface soil
-admits the air and at the same time conserves moisture. Shallow
-cultivation during dry weather forms what is known as a soil mulch,
-preventing the escape of moisture. Very often shallow cultivation during
-dry weather is more effective than irrigation.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 10.--Outline map of the United States, showing zones
-based on the average date of the first killing frost in autumn. The
-latest safe dates for planting vegetables in the autumn are determined
-by the dates given on this map.]
-
-
-_Watering_
-
-Artificial watering, if properly applied, will prove a decided advantage
-during dry periods, but may prove an injury if not properly handled.
-Frequent light sprinkling of the garden is injurious. The proper method
-is to soak the soil thoroughly about once each week, preferably during
-the evening, and then loosen the surface by cultivation the following
-morning or as soon as the soil is dry enough to work. No more water
-should be applied until absolutely necessary; then another soaking
-should be given. On a small scale the water may be applied by means of a
-sprinkling can. Where available, a garden hose is effective, and
-overhead sprinkler systems are frequently employed to advantage. Perhaps
-the best method for applying the water is to open slight furrows
-alongside the rows of plants and allow the water to flow gently along
-these furrows.
-
-After the water has all soaked into the soil the wet earth in the
-furrows should be covered with dry soil, to prevent baking. Where seeds
-are to be sown during a period of drought a slight furrow may be opened
-and filled with water; then, after the water has soaked into the soil,
-the seeds may be sown and covered with dry earth. This method will
-insure a good stand of plants, as the moisture feeds upward in the soil,
-like the oil in a lamp wick.
-
-
-_Diseases and Insects_
-
-Garden crops are subject to attack by a number of insects and diseases.
-Preventive measures are best, but if an attack occurs and the city
-gardener is not familiar with the insect or disease and the proper
-treatment to protect his crops he is advised to consult the local garden
-leader or write immediately to the Extension Division of the State
-College of Agriculture. The United States Department of Agriculture has
-a bulletin (Farmers’ Bulletin 856) which gives the necessary information
-on garden insects and diseases and can be procured free upon request.
-
-In a number of cities the garden committees have arranged for sprayers
-and spray materials, and these are furnished to gardeners at actual
-cost. In a few instances power sprayers have been used, the work being
-done by city-park employees, the outfit being driven through the
-alleyways and the gardens reached by means of long leads of hose. In
-many cases the city-garden committees have provided a number of small
-compressed-air sprayers that can be carried by means of a strap over the
-shoulder of the operator. These are lent to the gardeners, who are also
-supplied with the necessary spray materials at cost and given full
-instructions regarding their application.
-
-Poisons may be applied in a powdered form to a number of the garden
-crops, including Irish potatoes, by means of a small burlap or
-cheesecloth bag, the poison being dusted upon the plants when they have
-dew upon them. This can be done in the morning before the plants have
-dried or late in the evening after the dew has begun to form.
-
-
-CROPS FOR THE CITY HOME GARDEN
-
-As a rule not more than 10 or 12 different kinds of vegetables should be
-grown in the city home garden. These should be chosen from the
-standpoint of securing the greatest food value from a limited area.
-Certain of the very important food crops, such as Irish potatoes, peas,
-and sweet corn, require too much space for the small city garden, but
-should be included wherever the available space will permit.
-
-Owing to the extreme variation of local conditions, no definite plan can
-be given for the city home garden, and each gardener will have to select
-the crops to be grown according to his soil, space, and the requirements
-of his family. By careful planning and by keeping every foot of garden
-space fully occupied a great quantity of produce can be secured from a
-comparatively small plat of ground. A succession of plantings of certain
-vegetables will produce a continuous supply while others may be grown
-between the main crops, thus making the land do double duty. There is a
-tendency on the part of many persons to plant too heavily to lettuce and
-radishes. As a matter of fact a supply of these vegetables can be grown
-in the rows between the plants or hills of other crops. Most beginners
-attempt too many varieties and kinds of vegetables. They would do better
-to confine themselves to a few standard sorts, leaving the novelties to
-those who have plenty of land and time at their disposal.
-
-It is assumed that the average space available for the city vegetable
-garden will not exceed 80 by 60 feet. Many gardens in back yards are
-smaller, while others located on vacant lots may include one-fourth acre
-or more. The size of the garden will determine largely the crops to be
-grown. The following cultural directions are based on average conditions
-and are subject to some modification to suit the locality.
-
-
-_Beans_
-
-The bean crop stands at the head of the list in importance for the city
-garden, especially from the standpoint of producing a large quantity of
-food quickly on a limited space. The food value of the bean, in all
-forms, is also very high, and it may be grown under a wide range of
-conditions.
-
-String beans, or snap beans in bush form, are the most popular for
-planting in the small garden. The seed should not be planted until the
-ground is fairly warm and the danger of frost safely passed. Stringless
-Green-Pod, Currie’s Rustproof Wax, and Refugee Wax are the leading early
-varieties of bush beans. Where space is limited the bush varieties can
-be planted in rows 24 inches apart, with the individual plants 3 or 4
-inches apart in the row, or in hills 12 inches apart with four plants in
-a hill. Three, or even four, plantings at intervals of three or four
-weeks should be made, in order to insure a continuous supply. In
-sections of the country where the first autumn frost does not occur
-until about the first of October a late or fall crop of snap beans can
-be grown to advantage, the seed being planted about the first week in
-August.
-
-A half pint of seed of snap beans will plant about 100 feet of row with
-five seeds to a hill and the hills 12 inches apart. A hundred feet of
-row will be sufficient for one planting to supply the average family. If
-four plantings are made 1 quart of seed will be required.
-
-Pole or climbing beans should be planted in every garden where space
-will permit. The variety known as Kentucky Wonder produces a plentiful
-supply that can be eaten pod and all while they are tender, as shelled
-beans when more mature, and as dry beans after they ripen. Pole or
-climbing Lima beans are adapted to a wide range of territory and can
-often be grown on a division fence, on a trellis covering the kitchen
-porch, or on an outbuilding. Figure 11 shows a street fence which is
-being made to support a splendid crop of Lima beans. Bush Lima beans are
-more limited in their soil and climatic requirements, but are considered
-by many persons to be of finer quality than the pole varieties.
-
-Lima beans require a richer soil than string or snap beans, and the seed
-should not be planted until the ground is quite warm, fully a week later
-than snap beans. All beans should be planted comparatively shallow,
-especially on clay or heavy soils. On light or sandy soils beans may be
-covered from 1¹⁄₄ to 2 inches. Beans will not start well if planted in
-wet soil or if covered too deeply.
-
-In case the soil should become packed by heavy rains before the plants
-appear it is a good plan to break the crust over the row by means of a
-steel rake, great care being taken that the rake teeth do not go deep
-enough to injure the sprouting beans. Beans should be cultivated and
-hoed at least once a week, but they should not be worked when their
-leaves are wet with dew or rain, as this has a tendency to cause them to
-rust. In case more beans are grown than are required for summer use, the
-young tender pods may be canned for winter. Any beans that become too
-old for immediate use should be allowed to ripen and be saved for
-planting the next season or for cooking as dry beans. Colored dry beans
-are as good as white, both in flavor and nutritive value, in spite of a
-rather general popular belief to the contrary, and none of them should
-be wasted.
-
-
-_Root Crops_
-
-The root crops, including beets, carrots, parsnips, salsify, turnips,
-and radishes, form a group of very important food crops for the small
-garden. The soil requirements and general culture are very much the same
-for all the root crops, and for that reason they are considered
-collectively. The soil for root crops should be quite rich, and it
-should also be spaded or plowed deep and made fine and mellow the full
-depth that is broken. These root crops will all withstand slight frosts
-and may be planted very early in the spring. Root crops are especially
-desirable for the small garden on account of the fact that the rows may
-be as close together as 12 or 14 inches and the plants 3 or 4 inches
-apart in the row, making it possible to grow a large quantity of food on
-a small tract.
-
-
-_Beets_
-
-An ounce of beet seed will be sufficient for the ordinary city garden.
-Beets may be planted almost as soon as the ground can be worked in the
-spring. Make the soil fine and mellow; then lay off the row about 1 inch
-deep, using the hoe handle to make the little furrow. What are commonly
-called beet seeds are really seed balls, each containing two or three
-seeds, and for that reason too many should not be put in. Eight or ten
-to the foot of row are sufficient. Cover the seeds about 1 inch and rake
-the surface smooth over the row. If the seeds are good and the weather
-favorable the plants should appear in about 10 days after planting. They
-should be thinned to about 3 inches in the row, but if not too thick to
-start with they may be allowed to reach a height of about 3 or 4 inches
-before thinning, and the thinnings may be used for beet greens. Any
-skips or spaces can be filled in by transplanting plants that are
-removed from other parts of the row. A row 50 feet long will furnish
-enough early beets to supply the ordinary family. A second planting may
-be made about four week after the first. A late planting should be made
-about six or eight weeks before the first autumn frosts. Any beets that
-are left in the garden at the end of the season should be stored for
-winter use.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 11.--Lima beans growing on the outside of a garden
-fence.]
-
-Crosby’s Egyptian and Blood Turnip are considered among the best
-varieties for the home garden.
-
-
-_Carrots_
-
-One-fourth ounce of carrot seed will be more than enough to plant 50
-feet of row early in the spring and to make another similar planting
-later for fall use and storage. Plant the seeds rather thickly, 20 or 30
-to the foot, and cover them with about half an inch of light soil, but
-not more than one-fourth of an inch in heavy soil. Thin to 2 or 2¹⁄₂
-inches in the row as soon as they are large enough to handle. If
-desired, the plants may be left a little closer, then thinned a second
-time when the first of the young carrots are about half an inch in
-diameter. The young carrots that are thinned out may be used on the
-table as creamed baby carrots and are very fine. Late-planted carrots
-may remain in the ground until after the first frosts of autumn and then
-dug, topped, and stored for winter use.
-
-Oxheart and Danvers Half-Long are leading varieties.
-
-
-_Parsnips_
-
-A 10-cent packet, or about one-eighth of an ounce, of parsnip seed will
-be sufficient to plant for the ordinary family. Be sure that the seed is
-fresh, as it loses its vitality if kept over until the second year.
-Plant the same as carrots, and thin to 3 or 4 inches in the row.
-Parsnips require a deeply prepared and a very rich soil for their best
-development.
-
-Parsnips may remain in the ground where grown during the winter or until
-wanted. It may be best, however, to dig part of the roots late in the
-fall before the ground freezes and store them for winter use.
-
-In the North parsnips are planted quite early and given the entire
-season to develop and are used mainly during the winter and spring. In
-the South they may be planted quite early and used as a spring
-vegetable; then another planting is made for a fall crop. The later
-planting is usually made in August or September, when the late summer
-rains occur.
-
-Hollow Crown and Guernsey are among the best varieties.
-
-
-_Salsify, or Vegetable Oyster_
-
-Salsify requires practically the same cultural treatment as parsnips. It
-is not grown extensively in the home gardens of the Southern States, but
-is primarily a northern crop. Salsify may remain in the ground during
-the winter, or a part may be dug late in the fall and stored in a bed or
-box of moist sand for winter use.
-
-The Sandwich Island is the leading variety.
-
-
-_Turnips_
-
-Throughout the Northern States turnips are planted as a late-season
-crop, the seed being sown from July 10 to 25 and the crop harvested
-after the first heavy frosts. In the Southern States turnips are planted
-in the spring, just as soon as the ground can be worked, and the crop is
-used before the hot weather of summer comes on. A late crop is
-frequently planted in September, the roots being cooked in the usual
-manner, while the young tender tops are boiled as greens.
-
-For the small garden, turnips had best be planted in drills, with the
-rows about 12 inches apart, and the plants should be thinned to 2 or
-2¹⁄₂ inches in the row. The seed should be scattered very thinly in the
-drill and covered very lightly. The plants removed in thinning may be
-used as greens. Turnips will withstand some frost, but their keeping
-qualities are injured if allowed to freeze before pulling. If they
-become frozen in the storage pit they should not be disturbed until the
-weather warms and the frost gradually draws out of them. For best
-results turnips should not actually freeze at any time.
-
-The Purple-Top Strap-Leaved is a leading variety.
-
-
-_Radishes_
-
-Radishes are mentioned last in the list of root crops because they have
-the least real food value of any. Everybody wants a few early radishes
-in the garden, because they come to maturity quickly and furnish
-something green and succulent for the table. From 10 to 20 feet of row
-will produce all the radishes required by a family. The seeds should be
-sown in a little furrow or drill, about 12 or 15 seeds to the foot, and
-covered 1 inch. Radishes may also be sown thinly in the drill with
-beets, carrots, or parsnips, as they come quickly and break the surface
-for the other seedlings. The radishes should be pulled before they are
-large enough to injure the regular crop.
-
-The Scarlet Globe White-Tipped, French Breakfast, Icicle, Philadelphia
-White Box, and Early Yellow Turnip are among the leading varieties.
-
-Where it is desirable to have radishes for a considerable period of
-time, two, or even three, plantings at intervals of two weeks should be
-made, or the same result may be obtained by the proper selection of
-varieties. There are also two or three varieties of winter radishes that
-may be grown for winter use.
-
-
-_Tomatoes_
-
-Tomatoes are among the most universally used products of our home
-gardens, and there should be a few plants, no matter how small the
-garden. In order to have tomatoes early, the seed must be sown in the
-house or hotbed or the plants purchased from some plant grower who has
-the facilities for starting them early. Bonnie Best, Early Jewel, Acme,
-Globe, and Detroit are among the leading early sorts, while Improved
-Stone and Trophy are standard late varieties. Two small packets of
-seeds, one of an early and one of a late variety, will produce enough
-plants for several family gardens, and it may be possible for one person
-to start the plants for an entire neighborhood. If a window box is used
-for starting early plants of various kinds, a portion of the space in
-this box should be used for the tomato plants. Where a window box is not
-in use a cigar box filled with loose soil will serve as a seed bed, but
-the plants will have to be transplanted and given about 3 inches of
-space both ways as soon as they form one or two true leaves in addition
-to their two small seed leaves. Tomato seed comes up in about five or
-six days, and the seedlings will ordinarily be ready for transplanting
-in two weeks after the seed is sown. About six weeks will be required
-for growing the plants from the time of sowing the seed until they are
-ready for setting in the garden.
-
-A tray of fine, rich soil about 8 inches deep placed in a south window
-of a living room makes a good transplanting bed. The plants can be grown
-in quart berry boxes, in 3-inch flowerpots, in tin cans with a few holes
-punched in their bottoms, or in paper bands. The essentials are to keep
-the plants growing rapidly from the start and to retain all the dirt
-attached to their roots when setting them in the garden.
-
-The best method of growing tomatoes in the city home garden is by
-pruning the plants to a single stem, or at most to two stems, and tying
-them to stakes or a trellis, as shown in figure 12. By this method the
-plants can be set as close as 2 feet apart in each direction. When tied
-to stakes the plants are easy to cultivate. The fruit is clean because
-it is kept off the ground, and the tomatoes ripen earlier than when the
-plants are not pruned or tied to stakes. Any stakes that are about 1¹⁄₂
-inches in diameter and 4 to 5 feet long will answer. Frequently the
-plants are trained to horizontal wires stretched on small posts or to a
-trellis made of laths.
-
-The tomato plants are pruned by pinching out the side shoots (fig. 12)
-as they appear in the axis of the leaf, that is, where it joins the main
-stem. The fruit clusters appear on the opposite side of the stem where
-there is no leaf. The plants are tied to the stakes or other support by
-means of soft twine or with small strips of old cotton goods. (Fig. 13.)
-Seedsmen have on sale a jute string which is especially made for tying
-tomatoes. Loop the string around the stake so that it will not slip
-downward on the stake and then tie loosely below a leaf node in such a
-manner that the stem will be supported without the string binding it and
-injuring its growth. Four to seven fruit clusters will be formed on each
-plant, and if the plants are well cultivated and cared for they will
-continue to bear fruit throughout the season in the northern parts of
-the country. In the South, where the heat of midsummer kills tomato
-plants, a late crop may be planted for fall use.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 12.--Training tomatoes to stakes: A, Cutting out the
-side shoots or branches; B, tying the main stem to the supporting
-stake.]
-
-
-_Sweet Peppers_
-
-Sweet or Mango peppers are increasing in favor with home gardeners
-everywhere. Six or eight good plants will supply enough for an ordinary
-family. In the North, where the growing season is short, the plants must
-be started indoors and should be transplanted twice, so as to be quite
-large by the time the weather is warm enough to set them in the garden.
-Pepper plants will not withstand any frost, and they should not be set
-out until all danger is past. In the South the seed should be sown in
-the house or in a hotbed and may be transplanted directly from the seed
-bed to the garden, although better plants will be obtained if they are
-transplanted first from the seed bed to other boxes or to the hotbed and
-later to the garden. The plants should be handled in the same manner as
-tomatoes, but pepper plants are even more delicate.
-
-The Ruby King and Chinese Giant are standard varieties of the large
-sweet peppers. Pimento peppers are becoming very popular throughout the
-Southern States; however, they will not mature where the frost-free
-growing season is less than 4¹⁄₂ months and are not profitable unless
-they have at least 5 months of warm weather for their development. The
-pimento is adapted to the South, where the summers are long, with plenty
-of hot weather. The green pimento peppers have a thick flesh and a
-pleasant flavor and may be used like any sweet pepper. When red ripe the
-pimentos are canned for winter salads and for mixing with cheese to make
-pimento cheese.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 13.--Tomatoes trained to stakes in a back-yard
-garden.]
-
-
-_Eggplant_
-
-The seeds of eggplant should be sown indoors at the same time that early
-tomatoes and peppers are planted. The small plants should be
-transplanted to pots or paper bands and kept in the house until the
-weather is quite warm. The plants require a rich, deep soil, with plenty
-of fertilizer. They should be set about 2¹⁄₂ feet apart each way. Six to
-ten plants will be sufficient to supply the average family.
-
-
-_Okra, or Gumbo_
-
-Okra is sown in the open after danger of frost is over and the soil
-becomes quite warm, but in the North a few plants for the home garden
-may be started indoors. like tomatoes or peppers. Sow the seed a few
-inches apart in the row and thin the plants to 18 inches to 2 feet
-apart. Okra is very prolific, and 8 or 10 feet of row will supply the
-needs of an average family. Give frequent shallow cultivation until the
-plants are nearly grown.
-
-The pods are the part of the plant used for food and should be gathered
-while still crisp and tender. If the pods are removed so as to allow
-none to ripen, the plants will continue to bear until killed by frost.
-
-The White Velvet, Dwarf Green Prolific, Perkins Mammoth, Long-Podded,
-and Lady Finger varieties are recommended.
-
-
-_Onions_
-
-The usual method of growing onions in the home garden is to plant a
-quart or two of sets just as early in the spring as the ground can be
-worked. Throughout the South the sets may be planted in the autumn and
-the surface of the ground mulched with fine straw or light manure over
-the winter. Onions may also be grown from seed, sown in the early autumn
-in the South and early spring in the North, but as a rule it is more
-satisfactory to secure a few sets for planting.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 14.--Planting onion sets; every bulb is placed with
-the root end downward at a uniform depth and in straight rows.]
-
-Onions require a light, mellow, rich soil. If planted in rows the sets
-(fig. 14) should be placed by hand, root end downward, about 4 inches
-apart in the row and covered to a depth of 1 inch. If planted in a bed
-they should be spaced 4 to 6 inches apart in each direction. As a rule,
-onion sets are not sold under variety names, but are classed as white,
-brown, or red.
-
-The Yellow Globe, Yellow Danvers, Red Wethersfield, and Silverskin are
-among the leading varieties that are planted from seed. The Crystal Wax
-and Red Bermuda varieties of the Bermuda type are often grown in the
-Southern States.
-
-Where wanted for green onions, the sets may be planted as a filler in
-the rows with early tomatoes, but where mature onions are desired it is
-best to plant them alone. Fully grown onions should not be pulled until
-the tops have broken over and partially ripened. The bulbs should then
-be pulled and spread in a cool, dry place (fig. 15) where they will get
-plenty of air. The mature onions should be kept where it is quite cool
-and dry. Slight freezing will not hurt the stored onions if they are not
-disturbed while frozen.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 15.--Onions spread out to dry in the shade of a
-tree.]
-
-
-_Cabbage Group_
-
-The cabbage group of garden plants includes both the early and the late
-types of cabbage, cauliflower, kale, collards, and Brussels sprouts. The
-general cultivation of each member of this group is practically the
-same. They are natives of low-lying seacoast regions and require deep,
-moist, and rather rich soil for their best development. The various
-members of the cabbage group, however, may be grown in almost any
-locality; in fact, cabbage is one of the most universally grown of our
-garden crops. The important consideration is to have plenty of plant
-food in the soil so that they will make a quick, tender growth.
-
-
-_Early Cabbage_
-
-Only a few heads of early cabbage should be grown in a small city
-garden. The plants should be started indoors, but may be set in the
-garden quite early if hardened off a little before setting them. In
-certain sections of the South, especially near the seacoast, the early
-varieties of cabbage may be started in October, planted out in November,
-and matured in April or May of the following spring. The Jersey
-Wakefield and Charleston Wakefield are the leading early varieties. They
-may be set in rows 24 to 30 inches apart and 15 inches apart in the
-row.
-
-
-_Late Cabbage_
-
-Late cabbage can be planted between the rows of early potatoes or after
-snap beans, so that double service may be obtained from the soil. Late
-cabbage may be planted July 1 in some sections of the North and will
-form solid heads before the weather becomes cold enough to injure the
-crop. The Late Flat Dutch, Danish Baldhead, and Copenhagen are among the
-best late varieties. They should be planted in rows 36 inches apart and
-18 inches apart in the row. Cabbage may be stored in a cool, dry,
-well-ventilated cellar or buried in an outdoor pit in the garden.
-
-
-_Cauliflower_
-
-Cauliflower is much more difficult to grow than cabbage and is only
-adapted to certain soil and climatic conditions which are to be found
-near the seacoast and limited inland areas. The important consideration
-in growing a spring crop of cauliflower is to have it so early that the
-heads will be formed before the extremely hot weather begins. The
-methods of starting the plants and general culture are the same as for
-early cabbage. When the heads begin to form, the leaves should be
-brought together above the heads and fastened by means of a string, so
-as to shut out the sunlight and retain the snowy whiteness of the heads.
-A fall crop of cauliflower can be grown in the same manner as late
-cabbage. Cauliflower can not be stored to advantage, but must be used
-within a few days after it is gathered.
-
-
-_Kale_
-
-Kale can be grown either as a spring or fall crop, and in sections where
-the temperature does not go below zero during the winter it can be
-planted in the fall and will be ready for use during March and April.
-The market gardeners around Norfolk, Va., grow great fields of winter
-kale, planting the seed in September and cutting the crop at any time
-during the winter when the ground is free from snow and ice. About 50 or
-60 feet of row in the home garden may be planted during the late summer
-for fall and early winter use. Kale is not stored, but is left growing
-until wanted for use.
-
-
-_Collards_
-
-No southern garden would be quite complete without a small plat of
-collards for late fall and early winter use. Collards are a hardy form
-of cabbage which forms a loose head or cluster of very tender leaves
-that are used in much the same manner as cabbage. Throughout the South
-collards are planted during the latter part of the summer and the plants
-are left standing where grown, like late cabbage, and are quite hardy;
-in fact, it is claimed that the flavor is greatly improved by a slight
-freezing of the heads. Collards are not recommended for planting in the
-Northern States. A small packet of seed is all that is necessary to
-start the plants required in a family garden.
-
-
-_Brussels Sprouts_
-
-Brussels sprouts are a kind of cabbage that forms a large number of
-buttons or small heads along its stem where the leaves are attached. The
-culture of Brussels sprouts is the same as that of cabbage except that
-the leaves are removed from the lower part of the stem to give the
-buttons more room to develop.
-
-
-_Kohl-Rabi_
-
-Kohl-rabi is a near relative of cabbage. It forms an enlargement of the
-stem just above the surface of the ground. This portion is used in the
-same way as turnips.
-
-
-_Salad Plants_
-
-As a general rule, the American people do not eat enough green
-vegetables, commonly referred to as salads. Crops of this class are
-especially adapted to the small garden, as they occupy very little space
-and will withstand more or less shading. The salad plants require a
-deep, rich soil with plenty of moisture. They also thrive under
-comparatively cool conditions.
-
-
-_Swiss Chard_
-
-Swiss chard resembles the common garden beet in appearance, but it does
-not form an edible root, like the beet, and is grown for its large leaf
-stems, which are boiled for greens. Americans do not as a rule eat
-enough greens, and there is need to encourage the planting in the home
-garden of Swiss chard and other crops that may be used for this purpose.
-Beet tops while young and tender make good greens, but the leaf stems of
-Swiss chard have a very excellent flavor and remain tender a long time.
-As the outer leaf stems are removed the plants keep on forming new
-leaves in the center, so that a continuous supply is provided.
-
-Swiss chard is planted and cultivated the same as garden beets. One-half
-ounce of seed will be sufficient for the ordinary family of five
-persons. The variety known as Lucullus is considered best. Plant in the
-early spring the same as beets, and thin the plants to about 6 inches in
-the row.
-
-
-_Spinach_
-
-Spinach is another crop that is highly desirable for use as greens.
-Spinach thrives in cool weather and should be grown both as a spring and
-as a fall crop. In the extreme northern part of the country only one
-crop may be grown. In sections where the winters are mild the seed can
-be planted in the fall and the plants can remain in the ground all
-winter. For a spring crop, plant in the open ground as soon as the soil
-can be worked. The rows may be as close as 7 inches, and 12 to 15 seeds
-should be sown to a foot of row, the plants being thinned so that they
-will have 1¹⁄₂ to 2 inches of space for their development.
-
-Spinach requires a very rich soil in order to make it grow quickly. A
-bed 5 feet wide and 30 feet in length and having about eight rows
-running the length of the bed will furnish enough spinach for the
-ordinary family. The entire spinach plant is removed by cutting just
-above the surface of the ground. From 2 to 3 ounces of seed will be
-sufficient for a bed 5 by 30 feet in size. Spinach contains large
-quantities of iron and is especially desirable as a part of the diet in
-the early spring.
-
-
-_Celery_
-
-There is nothing particularly difficult about growing celery after the
-plants are started. The celery seed bed requires very careful watering
-until the plants are up and large enough to transplant. As a rule, it
-will be best for city gardeners to purchase plants that are ready for
-setting in the garden. Celery requires a rich soil and plenty of
-moisture.
-
-Anyone desiring to grow it should write to the United States Department
-of Agriculture for a copy of the Farmers’ Bulletin on celery (No. 282),
-which gives full directions for growing the crop.
-
-The White Plume, Golden Self-Blanching, and Boston Market are among the
-best varieties for the home garden.
-
-
-_Lettuce_
-
-No early garden would be complete without at least a bed of lettuce;
-however, only a small space is necessary to grow plenty for the average
-family. In the old-fashioned garden a small bed was spaded in one corner
-and the seed sown broadcast and raked into the soil just as soon as the
-ground was dry enough to work in the spring. As the plants grew and
-began to crowd each other, they were thinned and those that were pulled
-out were used on the table. Later, when the plants became larger, they
-were cut off just above the ground.
-
-Lettuce requires very rich soil and plenty of moisture, and will not
-withstand continued hot weather. It can be grown in partial shade and is
-one of the few crops that can be planted in back-yard gardens that are
-shaded a portion of the time. A 5-cent packet of seed will produce all
-the plants required for the small garden. A good method is to sow the
-seed in a box in the house and transplant the small plants to a bed or
-to rows in the garden. Lettuce is not injured by a light frost,
-especially if the plants have been grown in the open. The seed or plants
-may be planted between other crops that require a longer period for
-their development than the lettuce. Two plantings should be made in the
-spring and one in the late summer, in order to have a supply for a
-considerable period.
-
-Grand Rapids is the leading variety of loose-leaf lettuce, while the Big
-Boston, Iceberg, and California Cream Butter are good heading sorts.
-
-
-_Vegetables That Require Considerable Space in the Garden_
-
-There are a number of garden vegetables that require too much space for
-growing in the small home garden. Wherever plenty of land is available
-these vegetables should be grown. Among those included in this group are
-Irish potatoes, sweet potatoes, peas, sweet corn, squashes, cantaloupes,
-and watermelons.
-
-
-_Irish Potatoes_
-
-Irish potatoes are among the first crops that can be planted in a home
-garden. They have no place in a small garden, but where a space as great
-as 30 by 60 feet is available they should be included. A peck of seed
-potatoes, properly cut, will plant 300 feet of row and should yield 4 to
-5 bushels. The usual method is to cut the seed, two eyes to each piece,
-dividing the fleshy part of the potato as equally as possible. The seed
-should not be cut until the ground is all ready to receive it. Great
-care should be taken to get seed that is free from scab or other
-diseases.
-
-Irish potatoes can be planted in the North just as soon as the frost is
-all out of the ground and the soil dry enough to work. In the South the
-planting date will be governed by the season and the time that the young
-plants will be safe from spring freezes. It generally takes three to
-five weeks after planting in the Southern States for the potatoes to
-come up. In the North they will appear in a shorter period if weather
-conditions are favorable.
-
-
-_Peas_
-
-Peas, often called English peas, require considerable space and should
-not be planted in a small garden. In order to be of real value at least
-15 feet of row should be planted for each person in the family. Peas are
-the first crop that can be planted in the spring. In the North, this
-planting can be made just as soon as the ground can be worked, and two,
-or even three, plantings should be made in order to have a continuous
-supply. In the South, peas are planted about the same time as early
-Irish potatoes or a little earlier.
-
-Peas require a rather rich soil with a little fertilizer added, as they
-make a quick growth. One pint of seed will plant 75 to 85 feet of row,
-and this should yield plenty of peas for five persons at each of four or
-five pickings. First, spade and rake the ground until it is fine and
-mellow; then open a furrow 3 to 4 inches deep with the corner of a hoe.
-Scatter the seeds broadcast in the bottom of the furrow or space them at
-the rate of 12 to 15 peas to a foot and cover them 3 to 4 inches deep.
-In heavy soils the seeds should not be covered so deeply as in light or
-sandy soils. If the ground is cold the seeds may be 10 days or two weeks
-in coming up, and if there should be a heavy rain meantime the crust
-forming on the surface of the soil should be carefully broken over the
-rows with a steel rake.
-
-Extra Early Alaska, Gradus, and Thomas Laxton are among the leading
-early sorts. The Champion of England and Telephone are considered good
-medium and late varieties.
-
-The extra-early sorts may be planted with the rows as close as 24 inches
-apart where hand cultivation is practiced. The later and larger growing
-varieties require a space of about 3 feet between the rows. There should
-not be more than 10 days or two weeks’ difference between the planting
-dates of early and of late varieties of peas, as the late ones mature
-more slowly than the early sorts.
-
-Several of the early varieties of peas can be grown without supports,
-but they do better if given something to climb on. The late varieties
-for the most part make a strong growth and require supports. Brush,
-where it may be had, woven-wire netting, a wire fence, or strings on
-stakes make satisfactory supports for peas. (Fig. 16.) The supports
-should be in place when the peas come up, in order that the plants may
-climb them from the first. Early spring peas occupy the land a
-comparatively short time and may be followed by late cabbage, beets,
-turnips, kale, spinach, or some other crop. A planting of peas made late
-in the summer will often give a fine fall crop that is ready for use
-just before frost in the autumn.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 16.--Tall-growing peas of the Telephone type,
-supported on brush.]
-
-
-_Sweet Corn_
-
-Sweet corn requires plenty of space in order to produce enough ears to
-supply an average family and for that reason finds its proper place in
-large city and suburban gardens. The rows should be spaced at least 3
-feet apart, and the individual plants should stand 15 to 18 inches apart
-in the rows. If the corn is planted in hills containing three stalks
-each of the hills must be at least 2¹⁄₂ feet apart in the row for the
-early dwarf-growing varieties and 3 feet apart for the later or larger
-growing sorts. Corn requires a rich soil and should not be planted until
-the ground has warmed considerably. A pint of seed will plant 400 to
-500 feet of row in either drills or in hills. Cover the seed 1¹⁄₂ to 2
-inches deep and thin to three stalks in a hill or to single stalks 15 or
-18 inches apart in drills. If a large number of offshoots or suckers
-appear at the base of the plants at the ground, these should be removed,
-as they draw the strength of the plant. None but those shoots that
-appear very near the ground should be removed, as some of the varieties
-have their ears quite low on the stalks and the young ear looks very
-much like a sucker until the silk appears.
-
-The Golden Bantam is the leading early variety. The Country Gentleman,
-Stowell’s Evergreen, Mammoth Evergreen, and Ohio Sugar are among the
-leading medium and late varieties. For a continuous supply, plant Golden
-Bantam as early as possible, then follow in a few days with a planting
-of Country Gentleman. Two weeks later plant Stowell’s Evergreen, and
-follow with additional plantings of some good late variety every three
-weeks until midsummer.
-
-
-_Sweet Potatoes_
-
-For an early crop, sweet-potato plants are started in a hotbed or
-greenhouse, and they must not be set in the open until all danger of
-frost is past and the ground is well warmed up. They usually thrive best
-when planted on wide ridges some 4 to 4¹⁄₂ feet apart and 12 to 15
-inches apart in the row. Any good garden fertilizer will answer for this
-crop, and it is best applied either in small trenches or to the surface
-of the ground before the ridges are thrown up. Frequent shallow
-cultivation should be given until the vines begin to run. The Porto
-Rico, Nancy Hall, and Southern Queen varieties are recommended, and the
-Big-Stem Jersey where a dry-fleshed potato is desired.
-
-
-_Vine Group_
-
-The vine group includes cucumbers, summer and winter squashes,
-cantaloupes, and watermelons. Owing to the space required by these crops
-they are not adapted to planting in a small garden. For the convenience
-of those who desire to grow them, brief cultural directions are given.
-
-Practically all of the vine crops can be trained to a wire fence or
-trellis or on wire netting. By this method they can be planted along a
-fence or beside a building where there is good sunlight and the vines
-can be trained up out of the way of other crops. In case cantaloupes or
-squashes are grown on a trellis, it will be necessary to support the
-fruits by means of bagging or cloth slings.
-
-All of the vine crops require plenty of fertility in the soil. In
-addition to a shovelful of manure and a handful of fertilizer in each
-hill, a small quantity of commercial fertilizer may be worked into the
-soil around each hill after the vines begin to spread over the ground.
-The fertilizer should not be placed closer than a foot from the base of
-the plants and should be scattered over a considerable area. The results
-to be obtained in a small garden from growing any of the vine crops
-except summer squashes and cucumbers are extremely doubtful, and
-beginners are advised to devote the space to crops producing more food
-on a small area.
-
-
-_Cucumbers_
-
-One or two hills will produce enough cucumbers for the average family.
-Each hill should be given about 50 square feet of space, or 7 feet in
-each direction. The hills should be made several days before planting,
-with a shovelful of manure mixed thoroughly with the soil of each hill.
-About a dozen seeds should be scattered in each hill and covered to a
-depth of about an inch. Later, the plants should be thinned to three to
-five in a hill.
-
-Cucumbers are very tender and should not be planted until all danger of
-frost is past. The plants may be started indoors by planting the seeds
-in pots, paper bands, or quart berry boxes filled with soil; then set in
-the garden when the weather is warm. The young cucumber plants are
-frequently destroyed by a small beetle. The easiest way to protect the
-plants is by covering each hill with a small wooden box the bottom of
-which has been removed and a piece of fine mosquito or fly netting
-tacked on. After the plants become toughened, the beetles are not likely
-to trouble them.
-
-White Spine is the most common variety.
-
-
-_Cantaloupes_
-
-Cantaloupes, sometimes referred to as muskmelons, are grown exactly the
-same way as cucumbers.
-
-The Rocky Ford, Tiptop, Hoodoo, and Ohio Sugar are among the leading
-varieties.
-
-
-_Watermelons_
-
-Watermelons require too much space for planting in a small garden. The
-cultivation of watermelons is practically the same as that of squashes.
-
-The Kleckley Sweets and Florida Favorite are among the best small
-watermelons for home growing. The variety known as Tom Watson is the one
-most frequently sold on our markets.
-
-
-_Squashes_
-
-Two varieties of summer squashes are suited for growing in city gardens.
-These are the Summer Crookneck and Pattypan. The summer squashes are of
-bush habit of growth and do not require much space. Three to five hills
-of either of the kinds mentioned will supply the ordinary family. The
-hills should be 4 to 5 feet apart. Plant 8 or 10 seeds to a hill,
-covering them to a depth of an inch, and when the plants are well
-established thin them to three in a hill.
-
-The Hubbard Squash and Boston Marrow form true vines and require more
-space than the summer bush varieties. The fruits of the summer varieties
-are used while they are young and tender, but those of the fall and
-winter varieties are allowed to get fully ripe before being gathered and
-stored. Four or five hills will be sufficient, and a space of 10 or 12
-feet should be allowed between the hills.
-
-The vine or running squash may be grown in a corner of the garden or on
-a trellis. In one instance an old peach tree formed a support for a
-large squash vine and the fruits were held up by slings consisting of
-strips of bagging.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 281. MAKING CLOTHING FIREPROOF
-
-
-To make clothing fireproof, and thus save hundreds of precious lives,
-dissolve one pound of ammonium phosphate in one gallon of cold water,
-and in this soak for five minutes the fabric to be fireproofed. Then
-dry, and it will not burn. It does not harm the material. It sells for
-about 25 cents a pound in the drug stores. Make it up and sell it at $1
-per gallon. But when the cloth is washed it is no longer fireproof,
-until treated with this solution again.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 282. MAKING PULLETS PAY
-
-
-Buy pullets in the fall, give them good feed and care, and they will lay
-eggs all winter, making you a profit of several dollars per pullet. Sell
-them as hens the next spring and they will bring good prices for setting
-purposes, or as a table bird.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 283. PUMPKINS IN POWDER FORM
-
-
-Don’t can pumpkins. Slice thin, dry in the sun, then in an oven, and
-grind up in powder form. Put in cartons for sale. It makes more pies per
-pound than canned pumpkin.
-
-Have a good recipe tried out with your powdered pumpkin. Put the
-directions for use on your carton. Retail one-half pound cartons for 10
-cents, or more, and it will make twice the number of pies that a 10-cent
-can of pumpkin will. Get local customers first, and later deal with a
-jobber or wholesaler.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 284. MONEY IN HORSE-RADISH
-
-
-Horse radish has made money for live men. Simply grate the horse radish
-and sell it when nice and fresh to the grocer, hotelkeeper, or to
-individual users. Horse radish is perennial and needs little or no care.
-A half-acre will produce a great amount of horse radish. To start it
-take whole ones, cut them in small pieces, and plant like potatoes.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 285. PROFITABLE PLAIN SEWING
-
-
-Women who used to spend hours and days in doing fancy but useless
-needle-work, now believe in doing the plain kind of sewing and getting
-paid for it. Making aprons, handkerchiefs, underskirts, and many similar
-articles, is a much more valuable use of spare time, which most women
-have. Lace-trimmed or monogramed handkerchiefs bring good prices.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 286. PICKLING DANDELIONS
-
-
-Gather dandelions by the ton, put them down in brine just as you would
-cucumber pickles. Retail them in the winter by the quart. This will make
-you extra money.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 287. PLANTING ENDIVE FOR PICKLING
-
-
-Plant endive on a city lot. This article can be treated in brine and
-cannot be told from fresh dandelion greens. Get regular customers for
-the entire winter. Supply stores, restaurants, etc.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 288. EARLY CUCUMBERS
-
-
-Very early cucumbers bring $1.00 per dozen. Start your cucumber plants
-early in strawberry boxes in the house. When they have four leaves on
-them, transplant, early in April, and you will have your cucumbers in
-the market before your neighbors have planted theirs. You could sell
-cucumber plants to your neighbors and to the stores also.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 289. RAISING SWEET PEAS
-
-
-Raise sweet peas. One ounce of seed will produce 10,000 blossoms, and
-florists pay around $3.00 per 1,000 for them. On an acre thirty ounces
-could be planted, or even on a city lot three ounces of seed can be
-raised and make you money.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 290. A NOTION STORE AT HOME
-
-
-A poor woman living in a Chicago suburb made a good living by laying in
-a small but well selected stock of notions at her home, which was a long
-distance from a store of any kind. She got these at wholesale prices,
-and sold them at regular retail rates, so she made sufficient profit to
-support herself in comfort, as the ladies in the neighborhood bought
-practically all their little notions from her.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 291. MAKING COTTAGE CHEESE
-
-
-Few foods are more palatable, more healthful or more economical than
-cottage cheese, when properly made.
-
-A California farmer’s wife makes hers from milk that is not too old, and
-often sours sweet milk by adding a little buttermilk to it. She cooks it
-in 5-gallon “shotgun” cans. As soon as the milk sets into a firm clabber
-she puts the cans into a 30-gallon tank of boiling water, connected with
-the kitchen stove by pipes and the usual waterback in the firebox,
-stirring the milk a little, and cutting the curd with a long-bladed
-knife. When the curd readily separates from the whey, lift the can out
-and let it stand from ten to twenty minutes. The contents of the can are
-then poured into a large bag made of cheese-cloth, which is hung up to
-drain. The whey is fed to the pigs as it contains milk-sugar which is a
-fattening ration. In a few hours the cheese will be drained enough. It
-is then thoroughly mashed and mixed in a proper vessel, salted, and it
-is ready for the trip to town. It should be sold at once as it does not
-keep long.
-
-If cream is plentiful and cheap, a little mixed with the cheese places
-it at the top notch of quality. One can decide for himself whether he
-can afford to sell cream in this way, by the price he obtains for the
-cheese.
-
-Cottage cheese is now sold at retail to the consumer for 10 to 15 cents
-a pound. This means nearly 30 cents a quart, a pint weighing slightly
-over a pound. It ought to bring at least 10 cents a pound to the maker,
-which is no mean profit for skim-milk usually fed to hogs and calves.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 292. DEVELOPING AND PRINTING PHOTOGRAPHS
-
-
-A city woman, fond of photography, made her spare time profitable by
-developing and printing photographs for others, and by taking orders for
-that class of work, and having it done by a local dealer, paying him 20
-per cent of her earnings. As she purchased all her material from this
-dealer, it helped increase his sales also.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 293. “CITRONETTE” CUCUMBERS
-
-
-Raise cucumbers, and when ripe place on the market “citronette.” This is
-better than “sugared citron” and much cheaper.
-
-Recipe: Pick cucumbers when ripe; split in half; scrape out pulp. Put in
-salt brine for one or two days, then draw off brine and add one pound of
-sugar to each pound of cucumber rind; let stand over night for juice to
-draw, then place on back of stove and allow to simmer until translucent
-and most of the water has evaporated. Turn occasionally to keep from
-burning. When the water has evaporated, and it looks dry, allow it to
-cool. You then have “citronette.”
-
-This project has been tried and it made $6.00 a day for a year, using
-only one-half acre of ground.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 294. CANNING VEGETABLES, ETC.
-
-
-Can vegetables, peas, beans, sweet corn, also fruit, and pickles. From a
-good farm paper select an advertiser offering “home-canning outfits,”
-and get his circulars. Buy an outfit. Get customers by placing a
-tempting ad. in your local paper, and by getting out attractive placards
-to be used by grocers who handle your goods. You can raise your own
-vegetables and fruit, or buy them from a farmer wholesale very
-reasonably.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 295. SMALL-TOWN CATERING
-
-
-A young lady who lives in a small city where there are many social
-functions, has found catering on these occasions quite profitable, and
-she thus relates her plan of operations:
-
-“I have furnished refreshments and acted as hostess for a social club of
-young men--usually thirty plates at fifty cents each. I serve fruit
-punch during the card game, and either a fruit salad or a meat salad,
-with crackers, ice cream or sherbet, cake and nuts, or mints. My profit
-is between five and six dollars. I also cater for the Masons’ ladies’
-nights on the same terms, and in this small country town there is no
-other business of that sort.
-
-“The Masons have about one hundred plates. I introduce the ladies and
-group them congenially; and the young daughters are only too glad to
-wait on the tables in pretty aprons, so that I employ only one maid. I
-arrange the tables for progressive Five Hundred. The girls who do not
-play are glad to serve and punch the score cards. The men can play pool,
-and there is a table for cinch and dominoes.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 296. PERFUME FOR A SICK ROOM
-
-
-The following makes a very pleasant antiseptic perfume for a sick-room,
-imparting the odor of the pine woods, and is very grateful and
-refreshing to an invalid:
-
-Oil of bergamot, 6 drams; oil of orange, 1 dram; oil of rosemary, 1
-dram; eucalyptol, 2 drams; bornyl acetate, ¹⁄₂ dram; tincture benzoin, 4
-drams; water, 2¹⁄₂ parts; alcohol to make one gallon.
-
-Mix and spray about the room whenever the air begins to indicate the
-necessity for freshening it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 297. RAISING CAPONS
-
-
-One poultry man in a Kansas town got so much more for his young roosters
-than was paid to any other person in the same place for apparently
-similar stock, that several of them came to him to find out why this was
-the case.
-
-He replied that there was no secret about it, that he simply caponized
-the male birds at about four months of age; that this process not only
-made them grow much faster and larger, but gave their flesh a flavor no
-other bird possessed, and that when people had once tasted a young
-caponized cock they would buy no other, if they could possibly get
-these.
-
-The process is very simple, and is performed with a set of tools that
-can be bought for $2, so that the extra profit on a few birds soon pays
-for this expense and the time and trouble required.
-
-The other poultry growers in the community at once adopted the same
-plan, and the increased demand for their product in the market showed
-them where and why they had been losing money before, instead of making
-it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 298. A LOSING GROCERY BUSINESS MADE A SUCCESS
-
-
-Near a good-sized Texas town a man and his wife were trying to farm a
-piece of sun-baked land, and were making a failure of it, when the wife
-proposed that they start a small grocery. They had a few hundred
-dollars, and borrowed a little more, and with this they bought a small
-stock of groceries, but the growth of the business was so slow as to be
-disheartening.
-
-On her way down to their store one afternoon the woman noticed that
-trade was brisk in those places that presented a cleanly appearance, and
-then she got busy. Together they scrubbed the floors, applied paint
-where it was needed, and began a general clean-up campaign that soon
-transformed the dingy little place into a most attractive store room.
-Pyramids of canned goods were erected in the show window, and everything
-tastefully arranged on counters and shelves to present the best possible
-appearance.
-
-She had a number of jars of preserves, pickled fruits and vegetables
-they had put up while on the farm, and these she brought to the store,
-where they were quickly sold. She then put up more at their home, all of
-which were sold at a big profit. Then she baked cakes and brought them
-to the store, where they found a steady sale, which encouraged her to
-bake many more.
-
-As a means of advertising their “clean grocery,” they labeled the collar
-of their dog and the net mesh that covered their delivery horse with
-catchy phrases, and soon had their place widely talked about.
-
-Their business grew until they were obliged to move to a larger
-building, where they have the best trade in the town.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 299. BRINGING WOMEN TO A STORE
-
-
-It was a woman’s idea that brought scores of women to a store, where her
-husband was a clerk, who had never been in the place before, and coming
-in once, usually became regular customers. Her idea was very simple, but
-it worked splendidly. It was merely to have the management of the store
-put up a free bulletin board in a prominent place just inside the
-entrance, upon which women in need of maids, domestics, or help of any
-kind, could pin up a short notice of the place offered, the wages paid,
-special privileges and requirements. At the same time, women and girls
-in search of employment could also use the bulletin board to help them
-in securing the places they wanted, and it was not long until the store
-was visited with women anxious to consult the bulletin board, which well
-served its purpose as a free employment agency.
-
-Very soon the store became talked about all over town, as the place to
-look for help or positions, and of the hundreds of women who visited the
-place for that purpose, many of them stayed to look over the stock, and
-buy.
-
-The business was so greatly increased that the management of the store,
-impressed with the value of the idea, gave the husband of its originator
-a considerable increase in salary.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 300. A TRAVELING GROCERY
-
-
-A southern woman’s husband was 30 years old, and a grocery clerk at $50
-a month. Both were hoping for something better, when a good idea came to
-the wife. It was to start something new--a grocery on wheels!
-
-She had saved a few hundred dollars before her marriage, but had never
-told her husband, as she intended to surprise him with it when the
-proper time came--and that time had arrived.
-
-With this money to start with, she drew a plan for a wagon arranged with
-shelves and compartments for holding canned goods, preserves, breakfast
-foods, coffee, cheese, fresh-baked bread, cakes, pies, fresh fruits and
-vegetables--everything to be found in a well-ordered grocery. Sealed
-packages were a specialty, for sanitary reasons.
-
-They had rented a neat little store in a suburb and put in a fine stock
-of groceries, which the wife took care of while the husband made the
-rounds of the entire neighborhood with his wheeled grocery. The women
-were more than pleased to come out to the wagon every morning and make
-their purchases for the day, without having to go to a market for what
-they wanted, so that his wagon was in constant demand in every part of
-the suburb. Later a motor truck took the place of the horse.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 301. SALES MANAGER BECOMES REALTY OWNER
-
-
-The sales manager for a large Chicago concern was married, had three
-children, and was getting further and further behind every year, with
-debts that constantly increased. Then the wife thought out a plan that
-she hoped would bring a betterment in conditions, and decided to make it
-win.
-
-She began by selling their grand piano for $800 and buying a second-hand
-up-right for $185. Then she sold her buffet, china closet, two extra
-bedroom suites, four good rugs, several sets of silverware, some china,
-cut-glass, pictures, etc., at private sale, and from these she received
-$720 more.
-
-Out of her total receipts, she paid the family debts and had $640 left.
-She paid $300 for a lot in the outskirts of the city; $54 for enough
-second-hand lumber to build a shack 20x40 in size, she and her husband
-putting up the building and putting in a cement floor, and lining the
-building with tar paper. They divided the shack into four rooms with
-straw matting for partitions, bought second-hand windows at $1 each, and
-made their own doors. Then they placed rugs on all the floors except the
-kitchen and moved in, thus saving $40 a month in rent.
-
-They still had $200 in the bank, and out of this she paid $40 for
-putting down a well, then she gave piano lessons to country children, at
-50 cents an hour, and earned $20 a month that way. She set up her
-grandmother’s old loom and wove rag rugs until she had earned $700 that
-way, and at the end of three years they had $3,000 in the bank, had
-raised the house, put in a foundation, dug a cellar and built two
-porches.
-
-In two years more they were another $2,000 ahead, so her husband
-resigned his position and they began buying vacant lots at $250 to $400
-each, bought old houses “for a song,” tore them down, and with the
-material built several tiny new bungalows. The husband did the carpenter
-work, she did the interior decorating work and the children helped a
-good deal. When a bungalow was finished, they readily sold it for from
-$1,700 to $2,200 and made a nice profit on each.
-
-To-day they are living in a modern 9-room bungalow, and own twenty-seven
-vacant lots besides, all paid for, and have an income of $4,000 a year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 302. HOT SOUPS FOR BUSINESS GIRLS
-
-
-A practical and profitable idea came to a woman in an eastern city when
-she thought of the large number of business girls and girls in
-government employ who so earnestly long for the taste of home-cooked
-foods, which they never get.
-
-Instantly she had formed her plan to put up ready-to-serve, homemade
-soups, potpies, beans, clam and fish chowders, and other things, to be
-delivered in glass jars, just at dinner time, to those girls who would
-love to have a hot meal at home, if they had anyone to cook it for them,
-or had time to cook it themselves.
-
-Making sure that nothing left her kitchen until its taste and
-attractiveness were tested and proven when it reached those tired women
-and girls, it was a veritable blessing in glass jars.
-
-She baked beans without pork, but with an onion in the center instead,
-and covered with salad oil. She made Dutch potpie cooked like a stew,
-made fish and clam chowders and prepared them all in the most appetizing
-way, so that anyone would relish them.
-
-Later she set up a table and an electric stove in the corner of a hall
-in a large office building occupied mostly by men, where she served
-lunches taken from her fireless cooker, and these the men took to their
-offices on trays provided by themselves. On these she realized a profit
-of 40 per cent, besides having enough food left to supply her own
-family.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 303. BREAD AND CAKE BAKING SOLD TO WOMAN EXCHANGE
-
-
-A married woman in New York, who had formerly been a stenographer but
-could not return to that work on account of her household duties, which
-included the care of two children, yet who was anxious to help in
-enlarging the family income, decided to bake cakes and sell them through
-various woman’s exchanges.
-
-Her sales were very good, but often there would be cakes left over, and,
-to avoid this, she changed her selling method so as to supply a certain
-number of families with bread and cakes. Her entire capital was but $5,
-and she started with seven customers, having discontinued her deliveries
-to the exchanges.
-
-She wrote to a number of people who were able to pay her prices, and
-soon secured a good list of regular patrons. In six months she had
-forty-five steady customers, was baking all kinds of cakes besides
-raisin, whole wheat and brown breads, and rapidly increasing the number
-of her patrons, so that in six months more she had a total of
-seventy-eight. Some of these, when starting on their summer vacations,
-arranged to have her supply them regularly by parcel post while away,
-and when they returned in the fall they continued to buy her baked
-products.
-
-She employed a boy at $2 a week to make deliveries two afternoons each
-week and all day Saturdays, and before very long her net profits had
-reached $150 a month.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 304. MAKING USE OF SURPLUS APPLES
-
-
-In some sections of the country thousands of bushels of fine apples are
-allowed to go to waste every year, simply because there is no one to
-gather them and make practical use of them.
-
-A man in eastern Ohio, where the supply of apples is largely in excess
-of the demand, made profitable use of this apple surplus by a new method
-of concentrating cider, through freezing and centrifugal motion. This
-method consists of first freezing the raw cider until it is solid, by
-placing it in shallow trays and exposing it to a freezing outdoor
-temperature. Then it is crushed up fine and put into a receptacle like a
-barrel churn, and whirled very rapidly. This throws off the juice in the
-form of a syrup and leaves the water in the machine as ice.
-
-One gallon of this concentrated cider, or syrup, is as strong as five
-gallons of ordinary apple cider, and when put in a cool place will keep
-from six months to a year without fermenting. It also reduces the bulk
-about four-fifths, so that it can be shipped at a low transportation
-cost, thus increasing the profits by a large percentage.
-
-This man gathered up several hundred bushels of the apples that were
-going to waste, rented a cider press, and turned out the cider in
-immense quantities, late in the fall when the weather was freezing cold.
-The concentrated product he shipped to the city and sold it at big
-profit, the first netting him nearly $1,000.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 305. SELLING EGGS AT A HIGH PRICE
-
-
-Even in those times when eggs were selling to the middle man for 20
-cents per dozen, a man who lived in the suburbs of an eastern city, and
-kept hens that laid large, rich-looking, golden brown eggs, worth twice
-as much as the tiny white ones in the dealers’ stalls, always sold every
-egg he could produce for 60 cents per dozen, or a nickel each.
-
-The way he did it was to advertise in the city papers that he would send
-eggs by parcel post the very day they were laid, and guaranteed them to
-be strictly fresh and safe for sick people as well as robust persons.
-
-That brought in the orders, and the way he kept them coming from the
-same people, year after year, was by making good--by actually shipping
-the eggs the day they were laid--and strictly fulfilling every promise
-he made. These facts, once duly impressed upon the minds of his city
-customers, made the eggs he sent them worth three times the price of
-ordinary market eggs of small size and uncertain age. Anyone, situated
-as he was, can do the same thing and make money out of it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 306. FREE RECIPE BOOKS TO FARMERS
-
-
-In order to interest city merchants in the possibilities open to them
-for country trade through the parcel post, and to interest the farmers
-in the goods carried by the city merchants, an advertising man in a
-western city thought out a plan that would do both.
-
-First, he secured the name of every farmer within fifty miles of the
-city in which he lived. Then he got up a little 16-inch page booklet,
-with an attractive cover, and filled one-half of every page with
-interesting and useful information for farmers, such as recipes, methods
-of gardening farm, garden and orchard products, etc.
-
-He then went to merchants in various lines, showed them the plan of the
-booklet, exhibited his list of farmers’ names, assured them that he
-would send a copy of the booklet free to every farmer on that list, and
-got them to fill the other half of each page with an advertisement of
-those goods especially for farmers’ use. The front of the cover he used
-as a title page, while the three other cover pages he sold for
-advertising purposes at good rates.
-
-That little booklet netted him over $250, after he had submitted
-affidavits to the advertisers that copies of it had been sent out free
-to all the farmers, as he had agreed. He prepared another booklet, using
-the same matter, except the ads., and these he obtained from another set
-of advertisers. The matter already set up for the first booklet saved a
-great deal on the cost of composition, and at the end of the year his
-profits amounted to more than $2,000.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 307. TRUST PLAN WORKED LOCALLY
-
-
-A mail-order man back east decided to work trust plan by which he could
-keep in close touch with those selling the goods, and have settlements
-where necessary.
-
-From a catalog issued by a reliable house carrying a line of novelties
-adapted to the trust plan, he selected a few attractive ones which any
-child could sell at 10 cents each, and which cost him about $1.50 per
-gross, and these he advertised in the local papers, offering a premium
-to anyone selling a certain number of them.
-
-He was thus enabled to place a large quantity of these novelties in the
-hands of children and others, who sold them and promptly remitted or
-called personally to make settlements and receive their premiums.
-
-This system reduced his losses to a minimum and greatly increased his
-profits, so that he sent no more goods on the trust plan to outside
-towns, but confined his operations to his home city.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 308. ICE WOOL SHAWLS BY PARCEL POST
-
-
-Another good parcel-post idea was worked out with success by a
-mail-order man, as follows:
-
-He bought a quantity of ice wool shawls from a Chicago supply house, at
-a price which allowed him to retail them at 98 cents each, and still
-make a good profit. He secured the names of all the farmers’ wives
-within 150 miles, wrote a neat circular describing the beauty and
-stylishness of ice-wool shawls, and, wrapping one of these around each
-shawl, he sent them by parcel post, stating that if they wanted it for
-98 cents, to remit him that amount, if not, to notify him on a postal
-card enclosed for that purpose.
-
-But a very few of the shawls came back. Hundreds of money orders for 98
-cents each did come, and he sold thousands of them in that way,
-realizing a good profit on each sale.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 309. CIGARS FOR FARMERS
-
-
-A cigar man in Denver made up a special brand of cigars, placed two of
-them in a neat little case, and sent them by parcel post to several
-hundred farmers, with a note saying they were presented with the cigar
-maker’s compliments. He also enclosed a coupon, good for a certain
-premium with each box of cigars ordered. The cigars were good, and many
-of the samples sent out brought orders for a full box, at the regular
-price.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 310. A NEW TRUST PLAN
-
-
-Instead of that disagreeable method of selling goods--house to house
-canvassing--an agent in an Illinois city made use of the parcel post,
-with good results.
-
-Selecting the article he wished to sell, he prepared a strong circular
-fully describing it, and wrapped the article in this circular, ready to
-send out by parcel post.
-
-From the city directory he obtained a list of householders in various
-parts of the city, and mailed the article to them, with the statement
-that it was sent for inspection, and that his agent would call in a few
-days and give a full explanation.
-
-He sometimes mailed out as many as 1,000 a day of these articles, and
-later sent out agents to close the sales, on a commission basis; and, as
-the sales were much more numerous under this plan than by canvassing
-from house to house, the increased profits fully justified him in
-assuming the extra expense the new plan involved.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 311. A GOOD COUPON IDEA
-
-
-A Chicago man who knew the truth of the saying, “a woman loves a
-bargain,” made a practical application of that principle to his own
-profit.
-
-From the catalog of a supply house he selected an article that could be
-bought for a few cents, in considerable quantities, and yet would be a
-good value when retailed at, say, 26 cents. In a local paper he placed
-an ad. descriptive of the article, with a coupon at the bottom, saying:
-“We have only a few of these on hand. If you wish one, send this coupon
-and 26 cents, and we will send it by parcel post.” He sold large
-quantities of goods by this method.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 312. SELL GOODS ON INSTALLMENTS BY PARCEL POST
-
-
-A Seattle man originated the plan of selling goods on the installment
-plan by parcel post, and made it succeed.
-
-Running an ad. in the local papers, describing the article for sale, he
-attached a coupon upon receipt of which the goods would be sent by
-parcel post for inspection. If approved and desired, the first
-installment was to be remitted at once, the others at stated intervals,
-but in all cases the names of two references were required.
-
-He sold quantities of goods, sustained no losses, and made a good profit
-each year through this plan.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 313. MEDICAL VEGETABLE GARDEN
-
-
-A San Francisco man, who knew something of the medical and other
-properties of _Cannabis Americana_, commonly known as hemp, experimented
-with it and found that it would grow in this country as well as in
-India, and decided it was a good thing.
-
-He procured enough seed to sow one acre of land, sewing it broadcast the
-same as oats or buckwheat. He kept the weeds down until it had obtained
-a good start, and, as it then grew fast as the weeds, it needed no
-further attention. In the fall he cut it, cured it like hay, and sent it
-to the market, where it brought 45 cents a pound. There were two tons of
-it, and that 4,000 pounds sold for $1,800, all from one acre.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 314. IMPROVING A MARKET
-
-
-A market-man’s wife, who wished to make her husband’s place of business
-the most popular in that part of the city, did so by planning the meals
-for about forty of their regular customers. She charged nothing for her
-services, kept well within the weekly limit of each family, and relieved
-the housewives of all anxiety in the matter of deciding what the menu
-for each day should consist of. It not only made them permanent
-customers, but enabled the storeman to order only what he knew would be
-sold on any one day, so that his stock of meats and vegetables was
-always fresh, his prices no higher than those who gave less attention to
-their patrons’ needs, and his place was soon what the wife set out to
-make it--the most popular and profitable market.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 315. BOOSTED HUBBY’S BAKERY
-
-
-A woman in California, who was impressed with the waste of gas and other
-fuels by women who devoted long hours to cooking “little dabs”, of
-oatmeal and other foods for their children, concluded to make that an
-unpopular and unprofitable pastime for these women, by having such
-things all cooked in her husband’s bakery, where there would be no
-waste, while it saved hundreds of mothers many anxious hours and tedious
-toil that were wholly unnecessary.
-
-Her husband agreed with her that it would be a good thing all round to
-cook all these things in the bakery and place them on sale at prices
-that would mean a great saving of material as well as fuel, and
-guarantee their quality at the same time.
-
-They began by cooking oatmeal guaranteed to have been steamed four
-hours, and baked small individual rice puddings in attractive little
-brown pottery molds, all of which sold so well that they added mutton
-broth with rice, plain beef broth, chicken broth with barley, and bean,
-pea purees for the children.
-
-Desiring to expand their field of activities, they induced well located
-bakeries, delicatessen and other stores to handle their products on a
-commission basis, and, while their profits were not large, the business
-finally became so extensive that it paid exceedingly well.
-
-Finally they gave up all this, and established a small model factory for
-children’s foods, and now have two motor wagons distributing these
-foods, which bring them a profit of several hundred dollars a month.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 316. MAKING STOCKING PATTERNS
-
-
-A lady in Reno, Nevada, who had long deplored the woeful waste involved
-in the throwing away of women’s stockings as soon as a small hole
-appears in the foot, hit upon an excellent plan for effecting a great
-saving in this regard, and one that at the same time brought her a good
-income.
-
-Her plan was to make patterns for stocking feet, as the material in one
-pair of women’s hose will re-foot three or four pairs, and thus save the
-cost of a new pair when all that needs replacing is the small foot part
-of the stocking.
-
-Ripping up a stocking of a good make, she succeeded in cutting out a
-perfect-fitting pattern from this, the only change necessary in using it
-being to adapt it to various sizes, and then she advertised to save the
-women of the country thousands of dollars in hosiery expense, if each of
-them would send her 10 cents for a pattern that would enable her to
-replace the feet of stockings whenever a small hole appeared in the heel
-or toe. No matter what the material, whether it was wool, silk, lisle or
-a coarse cotton, women realized that it would pay to re-foot them
-instead of buying new ones, and thousands of them sent for the pattern.
-
-Many of the women who bought the patterns admitted that they did so for
-the purpose of making a business of re-footing stockings for women who
-could not do it for themselves.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 317. A RHUBARB BED THAT PAID
-
-
-A grocer’s wife, with only a few square feet in the back yard of a city
-lot, cultivated a rhubarb bed that paid for itself hundreds of times
-over, and required but little care from the time it was started.
-
-She obtained several pieces of old root stock from a variety she knew to
-be of the very best, and in the spring had the ground spaded up and
-pulverized until it was almost like powder, then she added some good
-fertilizer, and set out the roots in hills four feet apart each way,
-leaving the top or eye an inch or so below the level of the ground.
-These began to grow at once, and during the dry season were kept well
-watered, being frequently hoed to kill all the weeds.
-
-A considerable number of edible stalks were pulled the first season,
-great care being taken to let none of them go to seed, by snapping off
-the seed stems as fast as they appeared.
-
-The second season the growth began early and was remarkably rapid so
-that before any one else had rhubarb, she had a good display of it in
-her husband’s store where it sold readily at a very high price.
-
-Ever since then this small rhubarb bed has kept her in pin money, and
-all the care it has required was to keep it free from weeds and to water
-it occasionally.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 318. PUREBRED POULTRY
-
-
-An Eastern Washington farmer, who had raised scrub poultry for years,
-without ever being able to decide whether or not they were really worth
-their keep, finally decided to raise pure-breds, and now feels justified
-in making the change, as the returns from his high-grade fowls have been
-large.
-
-He simply selected the breed he liked best, and gave them the care to
-which birds of high degree are entitled, and they have repaid him many
-times over for his efforts.
-
-He now finds he can get more for a single pure-bred fowl than twenty of
-the common or barn-yard variety would bring, while their cost to raise
-is considerably less--bird for bird. Another thing: A single setting of
-eggs from a pedigreed hen brings him more than he could ever hope to
-receive for all the eggs an ordinary hen would lay in an entire season,
-and he is not only much better off financially, but feels that the
-satisfaction of having a breed that everybody else wants is worth a good
-deal to him.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 319. SORTING AND SELLING
-
-
-A preacher’s wife, living in Michigan, has had to support the family for
-the last fifteen years, and this she has accomplished by cultivating a
-truck farm a few miles from the city in that state.
-
-From this she derives an income adequate for all immediate needs. Her
-good judgment and experience in the selection, sorting and selling of
-farm and garden products have made her an expert. Her services command a
-high figure and she earns a good living each year through this skill.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 320. ARCHITECT--SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 321. DUSTLESS DUSTERS AND OIL MOPS
-
-A woman in a New Mexico city, where dust is one of the most plentiful of
-products, earned a good living by making and selling dustless dusters
-and oil mops to the people of her town.
-
-To make a dustless duster, mix--out of doors, of course--1 quart of
-gasoline, ¹⁄₂ pint of turpentine, ¹⁄₂ pound of whiting and ¹⁄₂ ounce
-oxalic acid. Mix in a 2-quart fruit jar. Shake the cloths well, then dip
-into the mixture, and hang out on the line to dry. The above amount is
-enough for making several dustless dust cloths. She sells them at 25
-cents each.
-
-To make an oil mop, she gets 20 cents worth of paraffin oil, warms it up
-by setting it in a pan of hot water, and dips the cloth in this and
-squeezes it quite dry, then hangs it up to dry thoroughly. In this
-mixture she also dips broom bags made of the legs of stockings sewed
-together. She puts the oil in a bottle to use again.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 322. WHAT A BUSY COUNTRY GIRL DID
-
-
-A little farmer girl, who is not a bit afraid of work, earns enough to
-clothe her nicely every year, and here are some of the ways she does it:
-
-Picks strawberries in June, at 2 cents a box; earns five dollars.
-
-Picks huckleberries and blackberries in July and August; makes from
-eighteen to twenty dollars.
-
-Gathers wild grapes in September, and sells them at $1 per bushel or 50
-cents for a peach basket full.
-
-Gathers hickory nuts in October, and sells them from Thanksgiving to
-Christmas at $2.25 to $2.50 a bushel. Also gathers chestnuts; sells them
-for 15 cents a quart.
-
-Plants 5 cents worth of popcorn seed in the spring; gets five bushels;
-sells it at Christmas time for $2.50 a bushel; or $12.50.
-
-In summer she gathers wild balsam blossoms and fresh pine needles; makes
-them into small head pillows; sells these in drug and dry goods stores
-at 25 cents each, net.
-
-Gathers bayberries in August, and combines their natural wax with
-paraffin, melting them into pretty, green-tinted candles. Ties these in
-bunches of three with baby ribbon, and sells two bunches for 25 cents.
-
-Planted sage bushes in a corner of the garden. Gets $1 to $5 from these
-every summer.
-
-She is now going to raise medical herbs, such as boneset, catnip,
-wormwood, mullen, etc., and will sell these to a wholesale druggist at
-big prices.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 323. A WIFE WHO BOUGHT A STORE
-
-
-A street-car conductor on a Massachusetts street-car line, some twenty
-years, would probably be a conductor still if it hadn’t been for his
-wife, who took the initiative in launching an enterprise that finally
-robbed him of his $16-a-week job and gave him one as joint owner, with
-his better-half, of six prosperous stores, any one of which would make a
-good living for an ordinary family, besides a fine home in the country.
-The long hours and close attention of his position as conductor was
-wearing on him, and the wife decided to take a hand in managing affairs.
-
-A small creamery near their home was for sale for $800. The wife had
-$500 she had saved, and she borrowed $300 more on her furniture and the
-store fixtures. She at once changed the name of the creamery to that of
-“Clover Farm Dairy Products,” cleaned the place all up, had the landlord
-paint it white, put in new linoleums, and had the doors and windows
-washed, so that everything about the place was “spick and span.”
-
-She had previously arranged with the dairy above named to handle their
-products, which were popular, and opened up for business. The first week
-her profits were only $10, but in seven months the mortgage was paid
-off, and the place was clear. She then put a counter in the storeroom,
-and served sandwiches and light lunches all of which paid well. At the
-end of the first year she had $2,500 laid away as profits.
-
-By that time she proposed to buy another store, and each of them own
-one, as her husband was ready to resign his position, and this venture
-proved as profitable as the first one, they kept on until they now own
-six stores and a nice farm.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 324. CLEANED AND REPAIRED CISTERNS
-
-
-A man who made his living by doing odd jobs found the cleaning and
-repairing of cisterns about the most profitable work he could find to
-do.
-
-Using a hand-pump to remove the water, he would go down into the cistern
-and scrub the walls clean with a broom, then dip up and remove the dirty
-water and debris from the bottom. Then he would throw in several buckets
-of clean water to wash down any particles of dirt remaining, dip this
-all out, and the cistern was clean.
-
-But repairing was necessary in most cases, and if there was a leak, he
-would enlarge the hole with a hammer, force in some beef suet and then
-fill the hole with a mortar made of cement and water. For cracks in the
-wall, he gave it a coat of cement and water, throwing dust-dry cement
-over it until the cement set hard enough to hold. If the leak was so
-great that the above method would not stop it, he cut a hole in the
-bottom, set in a pail that could be emptied when full, and treated the
-leak as above, afterwards filling the hole in the bottom with stiff
-clay, cementing it with the mortar.
-
-These jobs paid him well, and his time was fully occupied.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 325. GREASE-ERADICATING TABLETS
-
-
-A very convenient grease-spot remover, made in tablet or stick form, was
-put up and sold in large quantities by a traveling man, who realized how
-easy it would be to use it while on the road. This is the formula he
-used:
-
-Soft soap, 2 pounds; powdered Fullers earth, 2 pounds; turpentine, 6
-fluid ounces. Mix the soap with the earth, gradually working in the
-turpentine, and give a dash of cheap scent, such as nitro benzol or even
-lemon oil. Then fashion into sticks or cakes. The spot or stain is first
-moistened with hot water, is rubbed with the cake and allowed to soak
-for a few minutes, or to get nearly dry, then it is well rubbed with a
-little warm water and a brush, or a piece of clean woolen, and
-afterwards rinsed in clean water and finally rubbed dry and smoothed off
-with a dry cloth or a brush.
-
-Introducing this among other traveling men, merchants and others, he
-soon found such a demand for it that he gave up his position on the
-road, began making it on a large scale.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 326. A SOCIAL REGISTER
-
-
-The society reporter of a leading daily newspaper in a middle western
-city, who enjoyed an extensive acquaintance among the prominent people
-of the place, devoted her vacation to accumulating the material for a
-“social register” in addition to the knowledge she already possessed
-regarding the foremost families of the city.
-
-She was on intimate terms with most of the society leaders, and
-therefore had but little difficulty in inducing them to pay her $2 each
-for including the family name in the register, which was open only to
-those who were representatives of good citizenship, and properly
-entitled to such prominence.
-
-The $2 paid by the head of each family covered the entire charge for
-having the names of all members of the family in the book, and included
-the family name, given names, address, telephone number, “at-home” days,
-names of daughters having made their debut, as well as those “coming
-out” the present season, the names of social societies or clubs to which
-any members of the family belong, with official position, if any held
-therein, the families, summer address, etc. In a word, it was a complete
-record of the city’s best people.
-
-She appointed one or two solicitors capable of approaching exclusive
-people, for the purpose of enrolling them, and solicited only enough
-advertisements of the highest class to fill six or seven pages, charging
-very high rates for the same; and, although no capital was required to
-start the enterprise, by the time the solicitors and the printers were
-paid, she found she had cleared nearly $600 from the publication of the
-book. Every two years thereafter she published a new edition.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 327. CHARACTER READING FROM PHOTOGRAPHS
-
-
-There are comparatively few persons who are really qualified to make a
-success of this work, but once in a while some person is found who can
-give a very close analysis of the individual character.
-
-A young lady in Indianapolis, who possessed this gift, made a great
-success of this work, and not only gave satisfaction to those who sent
-photos for her reading, but derived a good living from it.
-
-She advertised in the “personal” columns of several widely circulated
-newspapers that she would describe the character of any one whose
-photograph was sent to her, detailing the habits, vices, virtues and
-other characteristics and traits of the individual, the strong and weak
-points in his or her make-up, whom the person should marry, the line of
-business to which he or she was best adapted--in short a clear and
-complete delineation of that person’s character, yet not through
-fortune-telling or anything of that kind.
-
-She announced that, while the regular charge for such a reading was $1,
-she would make the price 50 cents for a limited time, and guarantee
-satisfaction.
-
-Hundreds of photos, with the requested enclosures, were received as a
-result of her first ad. and she was soon in receipt of a steady income
-of $150 to $200 a month. The secret of it was that she could do just
-what she said she could, and by honestly performing what she promised,
-she gained the confidence and the patronage of those who answered her
-ads.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 328. SELLING ICE CREAM, BANANAS, ETC., IN THE COUNTRY
-
-
-A city man, who had formerly lived in the country realized how welcome
-would be the sight of a covered express wagon, containing a sign, “Ice
-Cream, Pop Corn and Bananas,” coming up the road toward a farm house on
-a long lonesome Sunday afternoon. Why, everybody would be customers, and
-that gave him an idea.
-
-He owned just the kind of rig that would serve this purpose, and all he
-needed was a neatly printed canvas sign tacked on each side of the frame
-that supported the cover. A sign painter soon turned these out at a
-small cost, and he next visited the headquarters of a large dairy
-company noted for the excellence of its products. Here he made
-arrangements to be supplied with from ten to twenty gallons of their
-best ice cream, of different flavors, each Sunday, at wholesale rates.
-
-A corn-popper, operated by a kerosene lamp that kept the pop-corn warm
-as well as fresh, was his next purchase, then a few bushels of popcorn,
-while a wholesale fruit house was glad to supply several hundred nice
-ripe bananas at the regular prices to dealers.
-
-The next Sunday was a beautiful day--just warm enough to make one wish
-for ice cream--and he started out in his rig for a long drive into the
-country. His coming created a sensation and the further he drove the
-more he sold of his goods, until, just before sundown, the very last of
-the ice cream, popcorn and bananas were sold. That night after supper he
-figured up the results, and found his net profits amounted to just
-$18.75 for that one day’s work. But that was only the beginning of a
-profitable business.
-
-
-
-
-HOME-MADE CANDY MAKING THAT PAID
-
-
-A man in Seattle, who had never made an ounce of candy in his life,
-bought a book on candy making at a stationer’s, then worked in a candy
-factory for almost nothing for two months, and came out a skilled
-confectioner. The following are some of the candies that proved to be
-the best sellers and biggest money-makers, and he gives the formulas
-below, with the statement that the making of any one of them will
-provide a good living for any person who will work and stick to it. Each
-is therefore submitted as a separate plan for making a living.
-
-
-PLAN No. 329. MOLASSES CANDY
-
-White sugar, 2 pounds; sugarhouse syrup, 1 pint; best molasses, 1 pint.
-Boil until a little of it hardens when dropped into cold water, then
-work in the usual manner.
-
-This enjoyed a tremendous popularity, and yielded an immense profit.
-
-
-PLAN No. 330. PEPPERMINT CREAMS
-
-White sugar, 1 pound; essence of peppermint, 1 teaspoonful; add
-sufficient water to work into a stiff paste, roll into thick sheets, and
-cut out with a round stamp of the required size.
-
-Profit enough in this to support an entire family.
-
-
-PLAN No. 331. CHOCOLATE CARAMELS
-
-Boil a quart of best molasses until it darkens, then put in water.
-Before removing from the fire, add 4 ounces of fine chocolate. Pour a
-thin layer into tin trays slightly greased, and when it hardens a little
-cut into small squares.
-
-His customers never seemed to get enough of these.
-
-
-PLAN No. 332. A FINE NUT CANDY
-
-Nut candies are always in demand, and those he made as follows were
-particularly delicious:
-
-Put the meats of walnuts, hickory nuts, peanuts, or any other kind
-desired, to the depth of half an inch, on the bottom of tins previously
-greased. Boil together 2 pounds of brown sugar, 1 pint of water, and 1
-gill of molasses, until a portion of it hardens when cool. Pour the hot
-syrup on the meats, and allow it to remain until hard, then break it
-into small chunks.
-
-This was one of his biggest money-makers.
-
-
-PLAN No. 333. FIG PASTE
-
-Chop a pound of figs fine, and boil in a pint of water until reduced to
-a soft pulp. Strain through a fine sieve, add 8 pounds of sugar, and
-evaporate over boiling water until the paste becomes quite stiff. Form
-the paste into thick sheets, and divide into small pieces with a
-thin-bladed knife. Roll the pieces in powdered sugar, and pack in wooden
-boxes.
-
-A delicious and healthful confection that proved its popularity all the
-year round.
-
-
-PLAN No. 334. SUPERB CHEWING GUM
-
-No matter how great the supply of chewing gum becomes, the demand for it
-always exceeds the supply. There is none better than the following,
-which was one of his biggest sellers:
-
-Chicle, 7 pounds; paraffin wax, 2 pounds, Tolu balsam, 4 ounces; Peru
-balsam, 2 ounces. Dissolve the gum in as much water as it will take up,
-melt the paraffine and mix all together. Now take finely granulated
-sugar, 20 pounds; glucose, 8 pounds; water 6 pints. Put the sugar and
-glucose into the water, dissolve and boil them to a “crack” degree
-(confectioners’ term), pour the syrup over an oiled slab and turn into
-it sufficient of the gum mixture to make it tough and plastic, adding
-any of the following flavors, if desired: Cinnamon, chocolate,
-sandalwood, wintergreen, myrrh, galangal, ginger and cardamon. When
-completely mixed, remove to a cold slab previously dusted with powdered
-sugar, roll out into sheets and cut into sticks.
-
-
-PLAN No. 335. SPRUCE CHEWING GUM
-
-Spruce gum, 20 parts; chicle, 20 parts; powdered sugar, 20 parts. Melt
-the gum separately, mix while hot, and immediately add the sugar, a
-small portion at a time, kneading it thoroughly on a hot slab. When
-thoroughly mixed, roll and cut into sticks.
-
-One of the most popular and profitable chewing gums made.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 336. CLERKS FOR U. S. GOVERNMENT. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 337. DISTRIBUTING CIRCULARS
-
-
-Even in a large city, where bill-board and distributing agencies are
-already operating, there is still room for an energetic man to make a
-good living by working independently.
-
-A man in a western city did this:
-
-By giving honest service at reasonable prices, he worked up a nice,
-paying business, all his own, inside of a year’s time.
-
-He not only obtained work by personal solicitation among the home
-merchants, but mailed neat circular letters to large advertisers in
-other towns, and advertised occasionally in the local papers,
-guaranteeing the prompt delivery of printed matter anywhere at any time;
-and, as those who employed him once found the service satisfactory, he
-was able to enroll many of the large advertisers among his regular
-customers.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 338. GENERAL HOUSE-REPAIRING
-
-
-When an Omaha man had lost all his property, and began to think he was
-“down and out,” he suddenly remembered that he was a regular “jack of
-all trades”; that he could do almost anything around a house, and that
-there was a good living for him in making use of his talents.
-
-With a few dollars he had left after the collapse of his business, he
-rented a small shop in a central location, and had some circulars
-printed stating that he would do all sorts of repair work needed around
-residences, such as fall to the lot of a bell-hanger, locksmith,
-carpenter, plumber, gas-fitter, painter, paper-hanger, glazier, carpet
-cleaner and layer, etc., on short notice and at reasonable rates.
-
-He received many calls to do work in these various lines, and did it so
-skillfully, quickly and reasonably that many housewives engaged him
-permanently, at a stated sum per month, to look after such repairs as
-became necessary to make around their homes.
-
-His earnings the first year were nearly $1,500 and his income
-increased.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 339. BUYING OLD BARRELS
-
-
-An old man in a western city makes a profit of $25 or more a week by
-buying used barrels from grocers and others and selling them to
-manufacturers for about twice what he pays for them.
-
-There are several firms in his city that buy all the barrels they can
-get, and those that have been used answer the purpose just as well as
-new ones. He first makes contracts with these firms to deliver so many
-barrels per week at a certain price. Then he drives around in a little
-wagon to all the groceries and other places where there are empty
-barrels, and buys them cheaply, as most people are glad to get them out
-of the way. With these he fills his contracts and makes a good living
-from it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 340. SELLING POPPED WILD RICE
-
-
-Selling popped corn is an old story, but selling popped wild rice is
-decidedly new. A man in San Francisco has done this for some time, and
-made good money out of it. Wild rice is a complete food in itself, is
-used largely by Northwestern Indians, and costs about 20 cents a pound,
-in 100-pound lots, while it retails readily at 60 to 75 cents a pound,
-as it is put in smaller packages than popcorn. When popped, it swells
-and breaks open, and is very brittle and delicious. He also sells the
-whole rice at a very good profit.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 341. RENEWING TYPEWRITER RIBBONS
-
-
-A Chicago man paid $6.50 for a machine for making, renewing and
-re-inking typewriter ribbons, and built up a good, paying business in a
-very few months. With this machine new ribbons can be made for about
-one-fourth the present prices, and it renews worn ones at a cost of one
-cent each. It is very simple and easily operated.
-
-He had 1,000 cards printed, saying: “Don’t throw away your worn
-typewriter ribbons. I will pay you 2 cents each for them.” These cards
-he distributed in business offices, and soon had so many calls that he
-was obliged to hire a man to collect the old ribbons for him.
-
-Most of the ribbons were as good as new, needing only to be re-inked,
-and when he had done this he sold them at 25 cents each, as the demand
-exceeded the supply.
-
-He also advertised to re-ink ribbons for 25 cents each, and got enough
-of these to keep him busy his extra time. He soon discovered that he had
-a business of his own that paid him better than any salaried position he
-could hope to obtain.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 342. RAN A PADDLE-WHEEL
-
-
-Two boys at a popular eastern resort made a living by operating a
-paddle-wheel--one of the simplest yet most profitable enterprises one
-could find.
-
-The wheel was a small wooden affair, something like the wheel of an
-old-style baby carriage, and in the front side of the rim were driven
-twelve wire nails, an equal distance apart, which stuck out about an
-inch and a half, and the spaces between the nails were numbered from one
-to twelve, with about 1-inch figures (clipped from a calendar, pasted on
-cardboard and tacked on the wheel). The hub of the wheel was set on a
-round peg fastened in a wooden pole about two inches thick and about
-seven feet high; the bottom of the pole being propped in a foot-stand
-like those that are used to hold up Christmas trees, and the rim of the
-wheel was brought up to within about two inches of the top of the pole.
-To the top of the pole was fastened an extension finger that came out
-about two inches beyond the front of the wheel, and to this finger was
-fastened a strip of thick leather about three and a half inches long.
-This strip of leather was set so as to drop into the space between two
-of the nails, so that when the wheel was spun around the leather was
-struck by each nail every time the wheel went round.
-
-Twelve paddles were used in connection with the wheel. These paddles
-were merely flat pieces of wood in the shape of a broom with a small
-handle, or, to be more exact, shaped like the back of a hair brush and
-of about the same size. The paddles were numbered from one to twelve, to
-correspond with the numbers on the wheel.
-
-Chewing gum was sold at 5 cents a package, and a half pound of
-chocolates was given away each time the wheel was twirled, each
-purchaser of the gum being given a paddle to hold, with a number, and
-when twelve sales were made, the wheel was spun around. Whoever held the
-paddle with the number corresponding to that of the space between the
-nails designated by the leather finger, when the wheel stopped, got the
-chocolates.
-
-Sales were many and the profits large--the cost of the gum and candy
-being 27 cents, while the receipts from every turn of the wheel were 60
-cents, a profit of 33 cents. And that wheel turned several hundred times
-a day.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 343. MONEY IN POTATO CHIPS
-
-
-An Illinois woman who wanted to help out in meeting the insurance
-premium on her husband’s life policy, realized a good profit from making
-and selling potato chips, which in nine weeks netted her $80, besides
-selling $100 worth of home-baked doughnuts at a good profit.
-
-Make the chips slice very thin, with a slicer. Have ready a pot or two
-of real boiling hot grease. After the slices have soaked about two hours
-in real cold water, fill a wire basket full of sliced potato and let
-drain a short time and put them into the hot grease. You can purchase a
-wire basket for this purpose for a very small sum.
-
-One peck of potatoes with sufficient grease usually makes about six
-gallons of chips. She sells a measure, one-half gallon scant, for 25
-cents. This was easily handled in her home and it was possible to make a
-good living and not neglect the family.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 344. BLIND MAN MAKES MONEY
-
-
-A blind soldier, at a soldiers’ home in Illinois, earns money by making
-fancy articles and ornaments of different colored beads. The number of
-notches on each box designated the color of the beads therein, and he
-very seldom makes a mistake. These ornaments are very pretty, and
-visitors, as well as people in the town, buy many of them at good
-prices. That poor old blind soldier is not complaining of hard times, no
-matter how many younger people with good eyesight complain.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 345. ASSAYER-ASSISTANT. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 346. SUPPLYING HOUSE NUMBERS
-
-
-Making and placing house numbers is the kind of work a Washington man
-follows with profit.
-
-His method is to first determine on the height of the figure--3 inches
-high being about right. Then cut a set of plain block figure stencils,
-from 0 to 9, and mark the outline of the figure on a plate of zinc of
-suitable size. Then trace the figure with white enamel and, when dry,
-scrape off any enamel that overlaps the outline of the figures. The
-background is then painted with bicycle enamel. When dry, punch a small
-hole in each of the four corners and put up with round-headed nails.
-
-The prices charged for the numbers put up, is usually 25 cents for a
-3-figure number, 20 cents for a 2-figure number and 15 cents for a
-1-figure number.
-
-The making of the stencils is about the only difficulty connected with
-the work, for after they are made the printing of the figures is purely
-mechanical.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 347. POST CARD SERIES
-
-
-A New York lady who had accompanied her husband on his vacation in the
-mountains became, by accident, the originator of a pleasing and
-profitable idea. She had promised several friends to write them often
-concerning the many experiences of the trip, but found her time so taken
-up that all she could find time to write was a few post cards. Even
-then, she was interrupted while writing the first one by her husband
-calling her to hurry up, as they were to go to a certain lake at a
-certain hour, so she added to what she had already written the words,
-“To be continued,” and mailed the card. The next day she wrote another,
-with the same ending, and before long had made of them a regular series,
-which delighted her friends, while they anxiously waited for the next
-installment.
-
-When she returned and they showed her the cards, all fastened together
-in book form, making a complete story of the series, she decided upon a
-plan:
-
-Selecting a good, short love story from a popular magazine, she first
-obtained the consent of the publishers to use it as she wished; then she
-divided it into ten chapters, and had each chapter illustrated with an
-appropriate cut, printed on a post card, and fastening them all
-together, took them to the stores making a specialty of post cards, and
-offered them for sale. She received many orders for the series, and they
-sold well, so that she made an excellent profit on them, while engaging
-in a delightfully agreeable work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 348. GETTING MAGAZINE SUBSCRIPTIONS BY MAIL
-
-
-An eastern lady of considerable literary talent and business ability,
-who could not canvass figured out the following plan:
-
-Securing the agency for several of the most popular magazines, she made
-a list of her friends, and at odd hours she wrote them, mentioning the
-fact that she was agent for certain magazines, and calling particular
-attention to some special feature in which she knew each lady to be
-interested. She concluded by assuring them that she should regard it as
-a personal favor if they would subscribe; and, to make sure of a reply,
-she enclosed a stamped, self-addressed envelope in each letter. The
-number of those who sent their subscriptions in answer to these personal
-letters was surprisingly large, and in acknowledging the receipt of
-remittances she would ask if they would not favor her with the names of
-some of their friends. This they did in most cases, and by writing these
-friends’ friends, and referring to the former, by permission, as having
-already subscribed, she built up a list of regular patrons that paid her
-very well.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 349. MAKING RUBBER STAMPS
-
-
-That there is good money in the making of rubber stamps, is proven by
-the experience of a 20-year-old youngster who started in business for
-himself in a western town of 8,000 inhabitants.
-
-He bought a complete outfit, consisting of a vulcanizer, screw-press,
-assorted type, etc., for $25, and as he had learned to set type in the
-office of the local weekly paper, the business was easily learned. Here
-is the way he started:
-
-Set up the desired name and address in common type, oil the type and
-place a paper guard about half an inch high around the form; now mix
-plaster of paris to the proper consistency, pour on the type and allow
-it to set. Have your vulcanized rubber all ready prepared in long strips
-the proper width, and about ¹⁄₈ of an inch thick, and cut off the size
-of the intended stamp. Remove the plaster cast from the type, and place
-both the cast and the rubber in a screw-press; apply sufficient heat to
-thoroughly soften the rubber, then turn down the screw hard and let it
-remain until the rubber receives the exact impression of the cast and
-becomes cold, when it is removed, neatly trimmed with a sharp knife, and
-cemented to the handle ready for use.
-
-The inks to be used with rubber stamps, he made as follows:
-
-Aniline blue, water sol., 1 B. 3 parts; distilled water, 10 parts;
-pyroligneous acid, 10 parts; alcohol, 10 parts; glycerine, 70 parts. The
-blue should be well rubbed with the water, and the glycerine gradually
-added; when the blue is dissolved, the other ingredients are added. This
-makes a fine blue ink. Other colors may be produced by substituting for
-the blue any one of the following: Methyl violet, 3 B. 3 parts. Nigrosin
-W (for blue black), 4 parts. Vesuvius B (for brown), 5 parts. To make a
-superior red ink, dissolve ¹⁄₄ oz. of carmine in 2 ozs. of strong water
-of ammonia, and add 1 dram of glycerine and ³⁄₄ oz. of dextrin.
-
-He not only supplied rubber stamps to his home town but a little ad. in
-the local paper brought orders from other towns, and he soon had all the
-business he could handle.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 350. PICTURE FRAMING
-
-
-In a small Illinois town, where there was no competition from the big
-city concerns that claim to do this work for practically nothing, an
-elderly gentleman who had formerly been employed by a big
-picture-framing house in Chicago built up a nice little business by
-framing pictures and doing his work reasonably.
-
-He rented space in the rear of a news depot, and bought a well selected
-assortment of mouldings from his old firm at wholesale prices. He
-purchased a mitre box, saw, hammer, glue-pot and some small brads, in
-the use of which he was very skillful, and arranged with a dealer to
-have glass cut any desired size at a reasonable rate.
-
-Having done a little quiet soliciting among the people of the town and
-surrounding country, aided by a modest but tasty display of mouldings
-and finished frames in the show window of the place, he secured a large
-number of orders. His work was skillfully done and his charges were
-reasonable, which brought him a steady business.
-
-It made him an excellent living, and he had no fears of losing his
-position, a fate which often falls to a man as soon as his hair begins
-to turn grey. He had a business of his own.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 351. SELLING POPCORN
-
-
-While some people, who do not know any better, may smile at the man
-engaged in so small a business as selling popcorn and peanuts, the
-persons who do the selling know there is money in it if properly
-conducted.
-
-A man in an eastern city spent his last few dollars in buying a
-two-wheeled cart, fitted with a glass case on top, bought a gasoline
-lamp, a popper and a few pounds of popcorn and started out to make a
-living.
-
-His profits the first day were $2.25, but that was the smallest day’s
-business he ever did, for his sales increased rapidly and in two years
-he was the owner of a large bakery, running several delivery wagons to
-supply his trade.
-
-His success was partly due to his methods of preparing his popcorn for
-sale which was as follows:
-
-Popcorn Balls. To 4 quarts of the popcorn, take ¹⁄₂ cup of molasses and
-¹⁄₄ cup of sugar. Do not add water. Boil the syrup until it will harden
-in water (not brittle); then add ¹⁄₄ teaspoon of soda to improve the
-color. Pour over the corn, mix well, and make into balls. Wet your hands
-in cold water when molding the balls, so the corn will not stick to
-them. To make the popcorn bricks, use the same process, but have molds
-made the size required, but without a bottom. Set the molds on a smooth
-surface and fill with the prepared corn; then have a block the size of
-the inside of the mold, and about 1 inch thick; place on top of the corn
-in mold and hammer down until the top surface of the block is level with
-the edge of the mold, then lift up the mold, leaving the corn and block
-on the table. Remove the block from the corn, and your popcorn brick is
-ready to wrap in wax paper.
-
-Sugared Corn in Bulk. Take 1 cup of best white sugar, three
-tablespoonfuls of water, and one teaspoonful of butter. Pour all into an
-iron kettle, and boil until ready to candy; then throw into the mass 3
-quarts of freshly popped corn. Stir continually until the sugar is
-evenly distributed over the corn; then remove from the fire, and stir
-until it cools a little. You then have each kernel separate, and all
-nicely coated with sugar. It should be watched closely while on the fire
-to prevent scorching.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 352. DRESSING FOR CARRIAGE OR AUTOMOBILE TOPS
-
-
-An automobile salesman in an eastern city experimented with various
-kinds of dressings for leather tops on carriages or automobiles, until
-he finally struck the right combination, and found such a demand for it
-that he resigned his position in order to manufacture it. Here are the
-ingredients used and their various proportions:
-
-Orange shellac, 30 ounces; Venice turpentine, 1 ounce; castor oil, 1
-ounce; gum sandrac, 1 ounce; nigrosin, 1 ounce; wood alcohol, 9 pints
-and 6 ounces. Mix all together and shake until dissolved. Directions for
-use: Carefully remove all dirt and dust from the leather with a damp
-cloth, after which apply the dressing with a soft camel hair brush. This
-preserves the leather, renders it waterproof, prevents all cracking, and
-imparts a beautiful glossy finish, making old, faded leather look like
-new.
-
-He put this up in pint tin cans with screw tops, and retailed it at
-$1.00 per can.
-
-He also took orders for dressing carriages and automobiles, one can
-being enough to use on the top, side curtains and rain apron. This could
-all be done in half an hour, and he charged $2 to $3 for each job.
-Livery stables and auto garages bought a dozen or more cans at a time,
-as it is the best dressing on the market. It can also be used for rubber
-and cloth tops, and will last for years. Water and mud do not affect its
-luster.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 353. OPENED A NEWS DEPOT
-
-
-On a capital of $25, a 19-year-old boy in a western town of 1,000 people
-opened a news depot in a small way, yet made it pay him a profit of $900
-the first year, and it now pays several times that amount. An eastern
-news bureau supplies him, through its agency in the nearest city, with
-all the paper-bound books, magazines, weekly and monthly periodicals for
-which there is a demand, and takes back the copies unsold. He also added
-a small line of cigars and tobacco, secured the agency for a steam
-laundry in the city and has built up a very thriving little business of
-his own.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 354. ATTORNEY FOR INTERSTATE COMMERCE. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 355. HE SOLD BUTTERMILK
-
-
-A young farmer lad who wanted to live in the city, found a way in which
-that could be done, without any danger of his going hungry, or of being
-obliged to look for a job.
-
-Knowing the value of buttermilk as a food and a drink, he decided to go
-into the business of selling it. There was a large creamery near the
-city in which he had chosen to cast his fortune and he visited the
-manager to learn the lowest price at which he could be supplied with
-fresh buttermilk every day in quantities of not less than 100 gallons,
-and was surprised at the low price quoted. He then visited a large
-number of restaurants, hotels, saloons, etc., and offered to deliver to
-them the quantity required by each every day, for 12 cents per gallon,
-which was three times what it cost him.
-
-Having a few hundred dollars, he purchased a rig especially adapted to
-this purpose, and began his deliveries at once. He had attractive
-showcards printed, “Fresh Buttermilk Sold Here,” and put up one of these
-in a conspicuous place wherever he was making deliveries. He also had
-the hotel keepers mention buttermilk on their menus, which they were
-glad to do, as it cost only about half the price of sweet milk.
-
-He had a publicity man prepare for him a number of articles dealing with
-the healthfulness of buttermilk, and thus created an increased demand
-for it by publishing one of these in the city papers once a week.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 356. NEWSPAPER OBTAINED BUSINESS BY LONG DISTANCE PHONE
-
-
-The owner of one of the leading papers in Cheyenne, Wyoming, during the
-oil boom found that the Denver papers were obtaining all the advertising
-while his paper, which was in the oil district, was not receiving any
-business.
-
-He knew it would be difficult, if not impossible, to send a salesman to
-Denver and obtain this business. The matter was discussed pro and con in
-his office as to how this business could be obtained. He told his
-advertising man about a plan of getting business by day-letter--upon
-which this man proposed they secure this business by long distance
-telephone. This the owner thought impossible but decided to try it. All
-Denver papers running ads. were gone over carefully and his $35-a-week
-advertising man began work. The business of that paper increased $4,500
-a month for over three months and the $35-a-week man became worth $150 a
-week. The plan provided a new and very direct method of reaching the man
-who had the giving of the business. The salesman in this way had the
-right of way. He got a quick decision. In talking to the prospective
-advertiser he stated his name and the newspaper he was representing,
-then complimented the advertiser on the excellent copy he was running in
-the Denver paper and suggested that this ad. should be run in the
-Cheyenne paper, stating his reason why it would be an advantage. He was
-tenacious and intelligent and got the business before he hung up the
-phone receiver. This plan brought more than $10,000 worth of business to
-the paper in four months. Many claim that it is impossible, but it has
-been successfully handled. It cost something like $300 a month for phone
-charge, but that expense was made up by adding to the cost of the
-advertising space. He did not lose 5 per cent in his collections.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 357. CLUB PLAN FOR HOUSEHOLD GOODS
-
-
-A man who had been in several suit clubs, where each member pays in $1 a
-week for a certain number of weeks, and a suit is drawn every week, thus
-getting it for whatever he had paid in, be it $1, $10, or $40, wondered
-why the same plan wouldn’t work just as well with sewing machines,
-stoves, ranges, carpets, rugs, etc., as with suits. After thinking it
-over he concluded it would. Then he started to work out a plan.
-
-Having about $500 of his own, he rented a small store on a side street,
-fitted it up with a desk, and a few chairs, and then going to a
-wholesale furnishing house, he bought one of each of the articles above
-mentioned, the retail price of which was $50. He paid $100 down, and the
-balance he agreed to pay in installments of $50 per month. His discount
-on the articles was 25%. These he had taken to his store room and
-displayed to the best possible advantage.
-
-Then he proceeded to secure 100 members of the club, each to pay $1 per
-week for 52 weeks, one member to drop out each week. These payments met
-the installments on the goods as they became due, and left a comfortable
-balance besides, which was duly deposited in a bank. Each month one
-member was awarded his or her choice of the articles bought, and another
-was bought to replace it on the floor of the club room.
-
-Many states now have statutes against drawing of any kind so the
-statutes of your state should be first considered.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 358. STREET CAR TIME CARD ON CLOCK
-
-
-A wide-awake advertising man in the Middle West worked out a plan that
-was good, inasmuch as it gave accurate information every hour of the day
-or night as to the exact leaving time of all the street cars. He
-obtained a dozen good sized clocks, set up in different parts of the
-city, and the Clock Co. kept them in perfect time for 50 cents per week
-each.
-
-A large board, neatly painted, and lettered, was made the background of
-the clock, and on this was shown the exact time at which all street cars
-left that corner, while generous spaces were left on the board for
-advertising purposes. As everybody looked at that clock several times
-per day, it was regarded as good advertising and the merchants in each
-locality purchased the available space.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 359. MAKING HAIR CHAINS
-
-
-A lady in Illinois, has for years earned considerable money by making
-chains from human hair, and selling them to both men and women. Chains
-for men are from 9 to 10 inches long, and sell for $1 to $5 each. Those
-for women are about 22 inches in length and the charge for making these
-ranges from $3 to $10 each.
-
-She has been at this work so long that she has developed great speed in
-making the chains, and she has no difficulty in finding a market for her
-products. She has a comfortable and steady income from her work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 360. NEWSPAPER MAN OBTAINED BUSINESS WHEN SICK
-
-
-He was the owner of a daily paper in a town, which had secured a stock
-convention. This convention was to take place in a week and here he was
-sick in bed and unable to secure business from his advertisers.
-
-Thinking the situation over one day the idea came to him, why not
-prepare their advertisements from the copy they had previously used and
-then send a day letter and make a bid for their business.
-
-This idea he acted on at once. He fortunately found a copy of a paper
-carrying advertisements for the desired companies--where the convention
-met the year before.
-
-His day letter ran something like this: “Stock convention to open here
-on ---- (date). A large attendance certain. Your copy amounting to ¹⁄₂
-page run in ------------ paper is before me and suggest this be run in
-my Sunday, Monday and Tuesday editions of ----. Cost for 3 times ¹⁄₂
-page $------. Wire answer at my expense.”
-
-Out of 15 day letters sent he received answers from 12 to run ads. as
-suggested.
-
-He immediately put out the day letters to the remaining prospective
-advertisers with the result he obtained better than $1,200 worth of
-business. Some did not answer so he forwarded another wire for immediate
-reply at his expense.
-
-This is an illustration that a proper plan is effective under adverse
-conditions.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 361. EYE SPECIALIST
-
-
-Perhaps one of the neatest and best conducted businesses I ever visited
-was run by an eye specialist in a city of the Northwest. I have known
-personally many specialists but few could compare with this man. No
-matter how full the office was one received prompt attention when he
-entered.
-
-As soon as I entered his office I was met by a good, wholesome looking
-girl, card in hand, asking my name, address, phone and business; stated
-the doctor was very busy but that she would make a preliminary inquiry,
-on which I said my eye was affected and gave her a brief statement as to
-what I thought was the cause of it and a few of its symptoms. She asked
-me to be seated, saying she would prepare me for the doctor’s
-examination which I had called to get, and that it would take about an
-hour and thirty minutes for the atropin to take effect, at which time
-the doctor would promptly make the examination, and thereupon she put
-the atropin in my eye. This girl was a real saleswoman--no one escaped
-her.
-
-After I was located the doctor appeared in person with the card, shook
-my hand and made me welcome, and showed real sympathy for my condition.
-After my hour and a half had passed I was ushered into a neat little
-dark-room, and finally taken to a third room where the doctor made a
-very careful examination. He told me briefly the trouble, asked me a few
-questions and listened attentively to my statement and later informed me
-what my trouble was. He accompanied me to the desk, handed the card with
-my name on it to the girl, again showing real concern for my unfortunate
-condition, dictated to the girl a good statement of my trouble and had
-her make a record of it, not omitting to give her all the medical
-phraseology. He requested the name of my doctor and dictated a letter to
-him.
-
-When I left that doctor’s office I was impressed with the thoroughness
-of his service, and the prompt and business-like method in which he
-carried it out gave me confidence in him.
-
-If other specialists would handle their business on as efficient and
-business-like a basis as he did they would have very few bills that
-would be lost.
-
-The above plan, I can safely say, would double the business of the
-average eye specialist; no one who entered the office would leave it
-without receiving service and would be satisfied with it. Through the
-card plan the doctor knows who you are, the business in which you are
-engaged, and your general trouble, before meeting you.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 362. OUTSIDE HOUSE-CLEANING
-
-
-Everybody, of course, is more or less familiar with the ordinary kind of
-house-cleaning, but it remained for an enterprising young fellow in
-Nevada, to introduce an entirely new style of the industry. His work was
-the cleaning, not of the inside but of the outside of houses. There is
-plenty of it left for other men to do, in thousands of towns in this
-country.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 362. Diligence is the Mother of Good Luck]
-
-In his town many of the houses are frame, and he had noticed many of the
-more pretentious ones showed coatings of soot and dirt that marred their
-beauty. Arming himself with a bucket of hot soapy water containing some
-laundry soap and washing powder, a ladder, a soft scrubbing brush and a
-sponge, he went to one of the houses, owned by a man he knew, and asked
-permission to try an experiment on a small section of the siding at the
-rear of the house. It was granted and he proceeded to scrub it well with
-the soapy solution, until the dirt was well removed and then he washed
-it with a sponge dipped in clear, cold water.
-
-Calling the owner of the house, that gentleman was so amazed at the
-improved appearance of the cleaned spot that he asked our friend if he
-hadn’t given it a new coat of paint. Being answered in the negative, the
-house owner asked what he would charge to go over the entire exterior
-and treat it in the same manner. He named a sum that would amount to
-about $10 a day and was at once engaged to perform the work. The result
-was so surprising that a dozen other property owners in the same
-neighborhood gave him orders. His earnings from this method of house
-cleaning averaged $50 a week. If the paint is in good condition, washing
-is as good as re-painting, and much cheaper.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 363. ADVERTISING ON FLY PAPER
-
-
-Most advertising men think they have brought out all possible forms of
-publicity, but one of them in San Francisco thought of an entirely new
-idea, and worked it to perfection. His plan was to make and distribute
-fly paper free, containing advertisements which were also printed upon
-it free of charge. You can’t see how he could make anything out of that?
-Well, he saw a way.
-
-He cut thin manilla paper into sheets 10x16 inches, upon which he had
-printed six ads., each 4x4 inches, and covered these over with a sticky
-preparation made by melting two pounds of white rosin in a pot and
-stirring in a gallon of boiled linseed oil until it is of the proper
-sticky consistency. This he applied with a wide, stiff brush, leaving a
-margin of one inch all around the edge for handling. The ads. showed
-plainly through this.
-
-In order to secure the necessary ads. he agreed to print them on 100,000
-sheets of the fly paper free, and to distribute the fly paper to all the
-residences in the city, also free, but to charge each advertiser the
-regular price of distributing circulars, $3 per 1,000, so that for each
-1,000 sheets distributed, the six advertisers paid him $18, and for
-every 100,000 sheets he collected $1,800 for distribution. The printing
-was but a small item, and the cost of hiring boys to do the distributing
-was not very heavy, so he received over $1,400 net profit for a few
-weeks’ work. He presented an affidavit that the sheets had all been
-distributed before presenting his bill to the advertisers, so he had no
-difficulty in collecting the money due under the contracts.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 364. THE APPLES AND THE PARCEL POST
-
-
-A woman who lived in a section where there were but few good orchards,
-one of which was on the farm she and her husband owned, several miles
-from a city, made money from carefully selected apples, three dozen in a
-box, which she sent to the city by parcel post, and sold for 50 cents a
-box.
-
-The apples, of a choice variety, were so plentiful in this particular
-orchard, that many of them would have gone to waste but for her
-foresight in advertising them to be delivered at that rate by parcel
-post, and orders came so fast it kept her busy filling them. The apples
-were good, and reached her city patrons in such excellent condition that
-repeat orders were a common occurrence and during the late summer and
-fall she realized a profit of several hundred dollars through utilizing
-a product that in many cases would have been just so much waste. Her
-motto was: “Give a good article, and get a good price for it.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 365. FROM CHINA PAINTING TO SAUSAGE MAKING
-
-
-Making sausage--even the very best of sausage--may not seem quite so
-romantic and “genteel” as china painting, but a very sensible and
-talented woman, who had tried both, concluded to stick to the sausage
-making, mainly for the greater revenues it produced.
-
-To begin with, she had always been noted for the extra fine quality of
-her home-made sausage, so she was not obliged to learn the business. She
-informed her friends and neighbors that she was prepared to fill all
-orders, and the orders came quickly and permanently. Then she placed a
-small ad. in the local paper, which brought still more orders, and in a
-short time she had all she could possibly do to fill them. The children
-helped her in grinding and in delivering the sausage to her customers,
-and as she used only the best meats, and utilized every particle of the
-material, there was no waste, but a large and ever-increasing profit.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 366. WHAT A TEACHER DID “ON THE SIDE”
-
-
-A teacher in Iowa improved her vacation by stenciling various designs,
-such as coats of arms, family crests, etc., on sofa pillows and various
-other articles of household and personal adornment. This occupation,
-while very fascinating, was so novel as to attract wide attention and
-create an unusual demand for that class of work, and the teacher who
-introduced it into society circles in her home town was soon in receipt
-of many orders. She later gave up her school work, to take up
-stenciling, as it paid her much better than teaching.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 367. MADE MONEY IN SALTED PEANUTS
-
-
-Preparing salted peanuts is an art, yet one that is easily learned, and
-yields large profits. A young man in a western city of 12,000 to 15,000
-inhabitants learned how to do it, and made it a profitable business on a
-small capital.
-
-The new method he employed was as follows:
-
-Take a suitable amount of the shelled peanuts and boil in oil until well
-done, after which remove them from the oil and spread thinly over a
-tin-covered table; then sprinkle the desired quantity of fine salt over
-them immediately. Let them dry and put up in neat packages.
-
-Peanut oil, beef suet, or unsalted butter may be used. A substance known
-as “Konut,” which may be had of the leading grocers, is in many respects
-more satisfactory than any of the oils mentioned.
-
-Use an iron kettle, and place the nuts in a basket made of iron wire
-netting, so they may be easily lifted from the oil when cooked. Never,
-under any circumstances, use brass, copper, or zinc for either the
-kettle or the basket. The nuts should be stirred frequently, while
-cooking, with a wooden paddle.
-
-The best shelled peanuts cost 4 to 5 cents a pound in small quantities,
-and this process of salting costs about one cent a pound, so that 5 or 6
-cents a pound is the total cost. They easily bring 10 to 12 cents a
-pound or more so that the young man made at least 100 per cent profit.
-As peanut money is “turned over” very quickly, and doubled each time, he
-soon realized he had a very profitable undertaking--a good money-maker.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 368. SELLING POWDER WITH A PREMIUM
-
-
-To offer a premium as a means of inducing people to buy even an inferior
-article sometimes succeeds, but here is the case of a Denver man who not
-only offered an article of superior merit, but also gave a useful
-premium with each sale, and it won him a patronage that was permanent
-and profitable.
-
-The article he had for sale was a lustre powder for cleaning any kind of
-metal, paint or woodwork, and, although it consisted only of pure common
-whiting, with a little oil of lavender to perfume it, it produced
-excellent results as a cleaner, when used with a piece of clean flannel
-dipped in warm water, squeezed nearly dry, and then dipped into the
-powder, and briskly rubbed.
-
-To induce sales, he put on a card three enameled knobs of various sizes,
-for coffee pots, teapots, teakettles, pot covers, stewpans, drawer or
-door pulls, which he bought for 60 cents per gross, and offered the
-three for a premium with each 10-cent package of the powder sold.
-
-The sales under this system were excellent, and when he figured that the
-powder, printing, boxes, knobs, and all complete, cost him less than
-2¹⁄₂ cents, and he sold them for 10 cents thus getting back $4 for $1,
-he was well satisfied, as he knew it would not only produce him a
-livelihood but a saving as well.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 369. LAWYER WHO ATTENDS TO BUSINESS
-
-
-The average lawyer admittedly is a poor business man, because of his
-neglect to study the ordinary methods of business.
-
-When he takes your case he often proceeds to handle many details you
-know nothing about which takes up his time and often much skill on his
-part. All these steps, as a matter of fact, should be known to you so
-that you may give him credit for his time and energy he has put in on
-your behalf. His failure to call such matter to your attention means if
-he charges you for the time he actually spent you think you have been
-overcharged and he loses you as a client. For example, after the lawyer
-appears for you a motion is made by the lawyer on the other side; this
-means he must appear at least once before the court and argue the matter
-which might take one-half to a whole day. Then a demurrer is filed which
-will take as much more time, and finally the case is set down for trial.
-As a rule you will see him only a few times before the trial and
-naturally think that he has put in but little work.
-
-The lawyer I have in mind handled his work on a business basis. As soon
-as a case was placed in his hands he would immediately inform his client
-of every step, and the nature of it, taken in the case. If a motion was
-filed, he immediately on receipt of it dictated a letter to his client
-telling him of the motion and the nature of it. When he attended court
-to have the motion set down he informed his client of it. When the court
-heard the motion he wrote his client when it would come up and that it
-was not necessary for him to be present. If he was successful he
-immediately informed his client of that. In this way he kept his clients
-constantly informed of every detail. His stenographer was busy and he
-could charge a much larger fee for his service and his client felt
-everything possible had been done for his case. In the event that it was
-necessary to show the court the amount of service rendered by him, he
-could produce the correspondence which showed the amount of work and the
-time expended by him.
-
-Ninety per cent of the lawyers could double their incomes by giving
-attention to the details of their business as herein suggested.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 370. WASHINGTON MAN GOES THROUGH EASTERN UNIVERSITY
-
-
-He knew he must have the same opportunity to make good as other men and
-he also knew if he was to be a lawyer he must study law. He worked for
-one year but did not obtain one cent for his labor and during the summer
-of that year he decided to enter an eastern university. He felt somehow
-that he must go, and he decided that, money or no money, he would. For
-$15 he had a tailor friend of his fix up two old suits and a light
-top-coat of his brother’s, and with these clothes which would last him
-for a year he felt that he had accomplished something. A friend of his
-who was going to enter the university at that time wanted him to go also
-and offered to lend him $100. He had $70 saved, so he accepted his
-friend’s offer and made the attempt.
-
-After arriving at the university, with entrance fee and books paid for,
-he had very little money but by doing some extra work he managed to get
-through the first year.
-
-But how about the second year--what could he do now? Another friend
-pointed out how the summer before he had sold a book and had cleared
-about $300 in this way. There was hope, for if his friend could do it,
-why couldn’t he? His friend borrowed $25 and divided with him, and down
-into the country, armed with a prospectus they started in. That summer
-he cleared more than $400. He went to the World’s Fair, and found
-himself back in his class at college financed for another year. After
-that he had no worry about defraying expenses at the University. If he
-was short about Christmas vacation time he went out and made a vigorous
-sales campaign and came back with the money.
-
-This man was nothing out of the ordinary; as a matter of fact he was
-only a medium salesman, but he must have his education and he did not
-hesitate to sacrifice a little of his energy.
-
-Any man who thinks he can and will back up this desire by real work can
-do as well, if not better.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 371. THE WAY A BOY FROM INDIANA WENT THROUGH THE UNIVERSITY OF
-MICHIGAN
-
-
-He was full of energy and not afraid to use it. He had no money, but he
-felt it was necessary for him to take an engineering course. How could
-this be done without money?
-
-He was half convinced that there was a way, and one day there were two
-men from the University of Michigan selling books in his home town. He
-became acquainted with them and found that they had no money and were
-spending their vacation in his town raising money to complete their
-courses. It was too late for him to go to work with them that season, so
-he asked their advice. He was told there was no record of a young man
-starving to death at Ann Arbor while working his way through but that
-there were many thousands from all parts of the United States who had
-worked their way through. They told him to go up to Ann Arbor about two
-weeks before the college opened and get a job waiting on table. This
-would take care of his board, and it was not considered a disgrace to
-wait on table at the university. At the same time they advised him to
-call at some houses and get a room where he could arrange to do odd jobs
-for the landlady in payment. This advice he followed, obtained the
-jobs, entered the Engineering Department, and got into the band, as he
-played a horn, which gave him admittance to all games and affairs of the
-university. He finished his first year O. K., and the next summer he
-sold books and saved more than $300 for his next year’s schooling. Each
-summer he sold--sold--sold, and put out other agents, who sold for him
-until he had completed his college course with credit to himself and no
-debts and a cash reserve.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 371. A Word to the Wise is Sufficient]
-
-Any young man can to-day do as well as he did a few years ago. Don’t let
-anyone tell you the high cost of living makes it impossible.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 372. A STUDENT’S WAY THROUGH COLLEGE
-
-
-He was a quiet going young fellow and always had a smile but had very
-little to say--as a matter of fact he had no gift as a talker. I
-remember he had a very pretty girl at school and she had one wish and
-that was, for Charlie to talk more. But when it came to class work,
-Charlie always hit the “bull’s eye.” He knew bluff and enthusiasm did
-not count there but the right answer went a long way.
-
-Charlie was without funds and could not sell, so his case seemed
-hopeless, but he found work which just suited him and there were few who
-could do it so well as he.
-
-Professors at college and universities are always writing books, so
-Charlie, who could brief cases and write on law subjects almost as well
-as the professors, worked for a couple of these professors and made his
-home with them. His board was unsurpassed at the college and his home
-accommodations far excelled those of the best student’s, and he had
-their intimate companionship, which meant a great deal to him at college
-as well as to his subsequent career.
-
-Students with qualifications such as his will find their college
-expenses an easy matter.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 373. HE WENT THROUGH THE LAW COLLEGE AT WASHINGTON, D. C.
-
-
-His father was always active in politics and raised his son on the plan
-to depend on himself. When his son finished high school, the question
-was, how to finance his college course. He wanted to be a lawyer and he
-desired as broad a training as possible. His father’s answer to his
-inquiry about the college expense was, “I know my son has ability
-sufficient to finance himself through college.”
-
-The father was right but, nevertheless, he helped the boy to an
-appointment in one of the departments at Washington, D. C., where he
-served during his entire course.
-
-The young man had plenty of funds during his entire course and had a
-wonderful opportunity to study our national government and its workings
-at first hand, which opportunity comes to but few men in a life time.
-
-There are many postmasters or men in our government service who would be
-pleased to help you get a position in some government department at
-Washington when they know that by such assistance they are helping a
-young man to realize a high ambition.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 374. FARMER IN A MINING DISTRICT
-
-
-He was a good natured bachelor of good habits who felt he might as well
-live in the country with plenty as to work hard to live in the city and
-submit to the inconvenience of having ordinary food and poor neighbors.
-
-So in 1907 he went to Grand Forks, B. C., and there took up a homestead
-on the Washington side, which cost but a few dollars.
-
-This was a simple thing to do, as many men do the same in the northwest,
-but he immediately cultivated thirty-two acres, built a log house and
-out buildings. Then he made an investment of $675 in fourteen cows, one
-bull, twenty calves, twelve heifers and eight steers.
-
-He had plenty of spare time so he worked in the mines near his homestead
-and in this way earned more than $1,800 a year.
-
-Here is what he accomplished in four years--1907 to 1911:
-
-The sale of his stock amounted to more than $5,000. He earned in the
-mines more than $1,800 a year. His farm sold for $3,000, which did not
-cost him over $200. He raised enough to feed himself, which means the
-money he earned was clear profit.
-
-Figure out for yourself what he made, and anyway you figure it he made a
-big success.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 375. AN INK THAT STANDS ALL TESTS
-
-
-An eastern state recently adopted the following formula for its official
-black ink, after learning through the severest tests that it stands
-exposure to the sun for three months; exposure to all sorts of out door
-weather for six months; exposure to water, and soaking in water and
-alcohol.
-
-A man who knew what the formula was, desiring to make a business of
-selling an ink so reliable, made it up in large quantities, and found it
-to be just as good as claimed.
-
-This is the formula:
-
-Tannic acid, ¹⁄₂ ounce; crystal gallic acid, 77 grains; sulphate of
-iron, 5 drams; gum arabic, 100 grains; dilute muriatic acid, ¹⁄₂ ounce;
-carbolic acid, 10 grains; clear rain water enough to make 1¹⁄₄ pints.
-Mix the muriatic acid and water, and dissolve all the other ingredients
-in the mixture.
-
-He sold large quantities of this ink to professional and business men,
-city, county and state officials, etc., and inside of a year was in
-receipt of a steady income.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 376. BAKER--INDIAN SERVICE U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 377. A CEMENT STICK THAT STICKS
-
-
-A Virginia man found that by investing 85 cents in the materials
-required for making cement sticks he could get back $25, when sold at
-retail. This is the way he makes it.
-
-Common glue, and from ¹⁄₄ to ¹⁄₂ as much cheap sugar; melt them together
-in a glue pot, then pour in pans ¹⁄₄ an inch deep. As it cools cut in
-strips 1 inch wide and 4 inches long, pointing one end in the shape of a
-chisel. Have a label printed to cover about one-half the stick, giving
-the name and uses of the stick, with directions as follows: “To use as a
-mucilage, wet slightly and apply. To use as cement, dip in boiling
-water, coat the parts heavily and press firmly together.”
-
-Making up a good supply of these sticks, he placed them on sale with
-dealers, delivering as sales were made. He then employed agents to
-canvass from house to house, and sold a great many in that way. Later he
-made it a mail-order proposition, and through a series of ads. in local
-papers published within a radius of 500 miles, he built up a good sale.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 378. ICELESS REFRIGERATOR
-
-
-Especially during the hot summer months does the refrigerator become an
-imperative necessity, yet there are thousands of homes to which the
-prices of the ordinary kinds are beyond their means, and thousands more,
-especially in the country, where ice is unobtainable.
-
-A man living in a western city, who had learned the secret as well as
-the value of the water bag, while traveling across the desert, applied
-his knowledge of evaporation to the construction of an iceless
-refrigerator in his own home, with such good results that he began
-manufacturing them and found a ready sale for all he could make. And the
-making was a very simple and inexpensive matter.
-
-Procuring some mill ends, or short pieces of boards, 1 inch thick and 3
-inches wide, he made a frame 3 feet high, 18 inches deep and 15 inches
-wide, letting the long, upright pieces extend about 3 inches below the
-lower part, to form legs for it to stand upon.
-
-Next he covered the frame with a strip of wire screen, and upon the wire
-he placed a piece of outing flannel to fit well over it, tacking it at
-the corners to hold it in place, but letting the cloth extend several
-inches above the top of the frame, and cutting it at the upper corners
-so that it would fold over on the top and lie in a pan or jar which was
-to be placed there and kept constantly supplied with water.
-
-Inside the frame he nailed cleats to hold shelves made of strips or
-lath, strong enough to bear the weight of milk bottles, butter dishes,
-meats, etc. The door he made of a frame covered with the wire screen,
-using light hinges and a catch to hold it in place, and letting part of
-the outing flannel form the covering for the door.
-
-The refrigerator was then complete, except the placing of a large pan or
-jar on top of it filled with water. The top parts of the outing-flannel
-cover which had been laid in the pan, quickly absorbed the water which
-was carried down all sides, and it was the evaporation which then took
-place that kept the contents of the refrigerator as cool and fresh as
-though they were in one of the high-priced ice refrigerators.
-
-The entire cost of the material for making one of these refrigerators at
-the beginning did not exceed 75 cents, but later, when he bought in
-regular quantities, the cost was very materially lessened, and they sold
-as fast as he could make them for $3 each. He could easily make seven or
-eight a day, and at a profit of $2.25 each he did very well.
-
-A few ads. in the papers circulating through the country, as well as the
-smaller towns, were all he needed to create a demand, for when farmers
-found they could buy a refrigerator at that price, which would do the
-work without a pound of ice, they sent in their orders by the scores.
-Besides, hundreds of city people bought them as well, because they saved
-ice bills, and kept foods in good condition.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 379. RAISING BELGIAN HARES
-
-
-Few people realize the profits to be derived from raising Belgian hares,
-when the small amount of capital and labor involved is considered.
-
-But a 16 year-old boy in the northwestern part of the state of
-Washington had a very good idea as to what could be made in this small
-industry, and he went to work in a systematic way that his seniors might
-well imitate.
-
-Starting with one male and three does, he was surprised to learn that
-under ordinary circumstances a doe will produce six litters in a year,
-with an average of six young in each litter, and that usually one-half
-of them are does, or eighteen does a year from one animal. It was still
-more surprising when he found that the three does of the first litter
-had three litters the first year, while two litters may be expected from
-the second litter. At this rate, there were sixty-three does at the end
-of the first year, as well as sixty-three bucks all from one hare; and
-multiplying this by the three does he started with, it gave him a total
-of 878 hares from the four he began with.
-
-His 189 bucks averaged eight pounds of meat each, or 1,512 pounds, which
-he sold at 10 cents per pound, or $151.20, and he still had the 189
-young does, the three old ones and the original buck.
-
-He had selected the Golden Bay strain in purchasing his original stock,
-as that is generally recognized as the best of all strains, and his
-judgment proved correct, for, no matter how many of these hares he
-raised, he had calls for more than he could supply.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 380. LIQUID GLASS--THREE IN ONE
-
-
-Of course you’ve heard of liquid glass as an egg preservative; but did
-you ever know it has no equal as a paste for making labels stick to tin
-cans, or that it is the principal ingredient in the best glue on the
-market for mending china, crockery, glassware, etc.?
-
-A bright young fellow, who had a small drug store in a western town,
-knew all these things, and also knew where liquid glass could be bought,
-in quantities, as low as 20 cents per gallon. He bought five barrels of
-it, just as a starter, for he had large plans.
-
-The liquid glass solution for preserving eggs is made by mixing one
-gallon of it with nine gallons of cold water, placing the eggs in a
-barrel, bucket or stone jar, and completely covering them with the
-solution. Place a cover over the receptacle containing the eggs, and set
-it in a cool place. At the end of six months or a year the eggs are as
-fresh as when newly-laid, and at the rate of $1 a gallon for the liquid
-glass the cost is about one-half cent per dozen eggs.
-
-As eggs were plentiful in that locality, the young druggist bought 1,000
-dozens, strictly fresh, direct from the neighboring ranchers, at 15
-cents a dozen, and put them away in the liquid glass solution, so as to
-be able to supply the demand during the winter months, when they would
-go up to 60 cents a dozen. These he packed in barrels and set them in
-the basement of his store. Then in December he advertised in the city
-papers offering strictly fresh eggs, prepaid by parcel post, at the
-price named.
-
-He received so many orders that he was obliged to employ a reliable boy
-to pack and ship the eggs to his city customers. Then he figured up the
-results. The 1,000 dozen eggs cost him $150; the liquid glass for
-preserving them cost him $1 for the five gallons; the wages of the boy
-who did the packing were $25; the parcel post charges were $10, a total
-of $186. He received $600 for the eggs, making his profits $414. That
-was a good start, and the next year he did four or five times that
-amount of business, increasing his profits proportionately. But by this
-time the farmers and poultry raisers of the community had learned of his
-success and began preserving large quantities of eggs themselves. In
-order to preserve them, however, they had to have liquid glass and
-gladly paid him a $1 a gallon for that which cost him but 20 cents a
-gallon.
-
-There were several canneries in the city, to which the druggist shipped
-his eggs, and all of them were experiencing great difficulty in getting
-their labels to stick to the tin cans. The druggist promptly came to the
-rescue by offering them a paste fully guaranteed to stick, and readily
-sold considerable quantities of the liquid glass to them for $3 a
-gallon, being careful not to tell them what it was.
-
-A little later he procured 2,000 2-ounce bottles, adorned with fancy
-labels proclaiming the merits of a superior glue, guaranteed to mend
-broken articles, and this he sold at 25 cents a bottle, or several
-thousand per cent profit on this remarkable three-in-one commodity.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 381. SHARPENING RAZOR BLADES
-
-
-It isn’t every machine made for sharpening safety razor blades, or every
-person operating even a good machine, that can do this work as it should
-be done. In fact, most of the blade sharpening now being done is very
-poor, and only a few really know how to do it.
-
-A Seattle woman, who had merely a little room between two buildings on a
-prominent street, not only knew exactly how to perform this delicate
-task, but also had procured one of the very best makes of machines for
-that purpose.
-
-The regular charge for sharpening single-edge blades is usually 25
-cents, and 35 cents for those with double edges, but she made
-arrangements with a number of cigar stores in different parts of the
-city to keep one of her showcards in the window, and take orders as they
-came in, on a commission of 7 cents per dozen on all blades so received.
-Through small ads. in the classified columns of the daily papers, asking
-people to mail their blades to her, she found, inside of three months,
-that she must remove to larger quarters and employ an assistant, in
-addition to the boy who made daily collections of dull blades, and
-deliveries of sharpened ones, at the various cigar stores.
-
-This business, small as it may seem, brought in a net profit of $50 to
-$60 a week. It is often the case that the good profit is in the small
-articles.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 382. FUMIGATING HEN-HOUSE STRIPS
-
-
-A chicken fancier in a small western town, who had used fumigating nest
-eggs to good purpose, was aware that the roost was fully as favorable to
-the propagation of chicken-lice as is the nest, and concluded that a
-fumigating strip along the top of each roost would destroy or rout the
-vermin from there also.
-
-The composition of which these fumigating strips are made is much more
-lasting and effective than either liquid or powder preparations, and
-therefore less expensive. The formula is as follows:
-
-Naphthalin or tar camphor, 1 pound; standard oil of tar, ¹⁄₂ pint; fine
-pine sawdust, 3 pounds; plaster of paris, 14 pounds. Mix the first three
-well together, then put in the plaster. Take about 2 pounds of the
-mixture at a time, add enough water to make it a stiff paste, and,
-working rapidly before it sets, roll or mold it into egg-size balls or
-pour into a mold several feet long to make the strips. Drive nails into
-the bottom of the mold about one foot apart, so as to leave nail holes
-in the strip and prevent it from breaking when nailed on. When well
-hardened nail the strips to the tops of the roosts and they can also be
-used in lining the nest boxes, the sides of the chicken house, etc.
-
-Through a little advertising in country weeklies and farm and poultry
-journals he received many orders for both fumigating eggs and strips,
-the eggs selling for 10 cents each singly, or $1 per dozen, and the
-strips at 10 cents per foot, or ten feet for 80 cents. They did the work
-of ridding the hen-houses of vermin. He found it paid him to make it a
-regular business during the spring months, for it was nearly all profit,
-and he averaged $100 a month net from this very simple but very
-effective plan.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 383. SELLING LIMES BY MAIL
-
-
-Fully as delicious and healthful as lemons, if not more so, limes are
-not nearly so well known or in such general use as they should be.
-Dispensers of fancy drinks, however, know their value, and will pay good
-prices for them.
-
-A Seattle man who knew considerably about the prices charged by
-wholesale and commission houses for limes, and the dilatory manner in
-which they filled small orders, wrote to a New York importer of limes
-asking their lowest quotation on limes in barrel lots, and was surprised
-to learn that they could be bought for 80 cents per hundred, prepaid,
-whereas the wholesale houses charged $1.25 per 100, and the buyer paid
-transportation charges.
-
-He bought fifteen barrels of the limes at that price, and then wrote to
-several soft-drink dispensers whose names he had obtained, offering them
-fresh limes at $1.25 per hundred, prepaid, and agreed to fill the order
-the day it was received. A large number of orders came as a result of
-this letter, as the saving of transportation costs was quite an item,
-and he filled the orders so promptly and satisfactorily that he soon had
-200 regular customers. His net profits amounted to 25 cents per hundred,
-after buying his limes, packing, and prepaying parcel-post charges to
-his patrons.
-
-Although he still retains his position with a railroad company, and
-draws a good salary, this little side plan of selling limes by parcel
-post is netting him a good weekly income.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 384. TRAINING SCHOOL FOR OFFICE BOYS
-
-
-Not that office boys are scarce, by any means. It is only the good ones
-who are scarce, and it was for the purpose of making all office boys
-good ones, that a former professor in a prominent Chicago business
-college took up the idea of an office boys’ training school.
-
-A year or two ago he interviewed a number of leading business men in
-Chicago on the subject, and found them enthusiastic in their support of
-the plan, as they had suffered many inconveniences through the tendency
-of office boys in general to quit just about the time they were broken
-in to their special duties. The Y. M. C. A. also appreciated the
-seriousness of the situation, and hailed the proposition as the only
-remedy.
-
-He asked the business men to outline the requirements of the position,
-the special qualifications necessary, the routine of their work, and the
-means through which the interest of the boy could best be obtained.
-
-Through newspaper advertising, the distribution of circulars and the
-employment of canvassers to call upon and interest the parents of the
-boys, he soon had a sufficient number of enrollments to open the school,
-where each was trained in the special line of work to which he was best
-adapted. Boys were selected for real estate offices, law offices,
-brokers’ offices, and all other lines where their services were
-required, and shorthand, typewriting and book-keeping courses were given
-to those who desired them in order to win promotion to better positions.
-
-The average tuition required in each case was from $10 to $25, with more
-for special cases, and this was paid partly by the boys themselves and
-partly by the business men who were either sending their own office boys
-to the school, or making selections from the graduates.
-
-Where a boy was already employed in an office, his employer would allow
-him to spend two or three hours each day in taking the training given at
-the school, and the progress most of the boys made under this course
-more than made up in efficiency for the loss of time and whatever
-expense it involved.
-
-While one man looked after the classes, another was busy on the outside,
-interesting both business men and boys in the enterprise, and
-approximately 500 boys were thus taken care of by the school each month.
-
-The school netted a good profit, besides giving a great number of boys a
-good start on the road to success.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 385. GAVE TALKING MACHINES AWAY
-
-
-It isn’t every one who believes he could make a very large sum on an
-investment of $100, but here is the story of a man in Los Angeles who
-thought he knew of a way in which it could be done.
-
-From a New York firm, he purchased twenty small but good
-talking-machines, including disc records, for $2.50 each. He prepared a
-very fine silver polish, put up in one-ounce envelopes, to be sold at 10
-cents each. He next had printed a number of attractive showcards for
-windows, and several thousand merchandise coupons, good for 5 cents each
-in trade. He was then ready for business.
-
-He called upon one of the most enterprising merchants in each school
-district in the city, and made the following offer:
-
-To place one of the talking-machines in his window, with a showcard
-beside it announcing that the machine would be given free to the boy or
-girl selling the largest number of packages of the silver polish, 500 of
-the 10-cent packages to be left with the merchant for that purpose,
-together with 25 cents’ worth of the coupons, and the contest to close
-when the last of the 500 packages were sold. To every boy or girl
-selling two of the packages, one of the 5-cent coupons would be given,
-and the merchant agreed to redeem these by taking them in trade at their
-face value.
-
-The merchant was to collect the $50 from the boys and girls who sold the
-500 packages of polish, award the talking-machine to the one selling the
-highest number, pay the promoter of the plan $25, and keep the balance
-which would be $17.50 net, after redeeming the 250 coupons, $7.50, upon
-which he also realized a profit equal to the difference between the
-wholesale cost and the retail price, and had received the benefit of a
-lot of free advertising, which brought him many new customers as a
-result.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 386. CIRCULATING MUSIC LIBRARY
-
-
-We will call him John Smith--partly because that was not his name, but
-mainly because it is short and easy to remember. John’s father had been
-a piano tuner, and also sold phonographs, records and small musical
-accessories, but he didn’t advertise, and his business fell off so that
-at his death there was nothing left except his little music store and
-the humble home--both of which, however, were paid for.
-
-The son tried to revive the business through the mail-order route, but
-failed, and was trying to sell out, when an idea came to him through the
-remark of a casual acquaintance. The idea was: A circulating music
-library!
-
-As practically every family in his town and the surrounding country
-owned a phonograph, and most of them were growing tired of the records
-they had used so long, they were all anxious to get hold of new ones,
-but most of them felt they could not stand the extra expense.
-
-To these people John’s plan to organize a circulating music library,
-with a membership fee of $1 a month, and supply the members with new
-records for their phonographs, as well as new sheet music for those who
-had pianos, came as an agreeable surprise, and it was almost no time
-until 500 members were secured. The twelve records or six music rolls,
-which each member received every month, aroused a new interest in that
-music-loving community, and John was entrusted with many extra
-commissions, which added considerably to his income. He paid the postage
-when sending out the new records or rolls, while the members prepaid the
-return charges, and as most of the members had old records of which they
-were tired, he took these in and sent them to other members to whom they
-were new, thus keeping them in constant use.
-
-The monthly receipts from 500 members were $500. The expenses, including
-the purchase of new records and rolls, were usually about $250, so that
-his net profits from the plan were $250 a month.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 387. “KNOCK-DOWN” PICTURE FRAMES
-
-
-In every home in the land are many valuable pictures that are lying
-around loose, with excellent prospects of being soiled, torn or lost,
-simply because the owners of them to do not feel able to pay the high
-prices asked for frames already made, or made to order.
-
-A Kansas City man, who thoroughly understood this condition, decided
-upon a plan by which thousands of these pictures could be enclosed in
-handsome and appropriate frames at comparatively little cost.
-
-Being handy with tools, and having but little available capital, he
-bought a modest stock of picture-frame mouldings of various styles,
-sizes and grades, a mitre-box, a saw, a small mortiser, some tacks,
-etc. He also provided himself with stationery and an illustrated
-circular concerning picture frames, showing the difference in prices
-between frames already made and those ready to put together, besides
-cuts showing the different styles and prices of “knock-down” frames, and
-the manner of putting them together, particularly emphasizing the saving
-in cost by using those he advertised.
-
-Through a local agency he placed ads. in a large number of newspapers
-circulating mainly in the country, and from these he received several
-hundred inquiries. In answer to these he sent his illustrated
-circular--which must have been a good one for it brought orders by the
-score--and these he filled with such satisfaction that he was soon busy
-enough to hire a boy to make the frames, while he put up the orders. The
-complete outfit, packed neatly in a box, contained the four sides of the
-frame, the corners grooved so as to be put together with glue, four
-small tacks for the corners, two screw eyelets and three or four feet of
-picture wire; in fact, everything except the glass, which could be
-obtained at any crossroads store.
-
-And the business grew until its profits were several thousand dollars a
-year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 388. SANITARY HANDKERCHIEFS
-
-
-An observing young woman who had noticed how often many people find
-themselves without a clean, dry handkerchief, under certain critical
-conditions, and how greatly they would appreciate an opportunity to
-secure one, evolved a plan by which they could be conveniently and
-economically supplied. This is how she did it!
-
-Visiting a wholesale house, she learned that she could purchase a soft
-laundered handkerchief of fairly good quality, in lots of 1,000 or more,
-for 3 cents each. She also arranged for several thousand sanitary,
-transparent envelopes, at 20 cents per hundred, to be taken in lots of
-1,000, as needed, and got 200 showcards on which was printed, “Sanitary
-Handkerchiefs, 10 cents.”
-
-Placing one of the handkerchiefs in each envelope, she left them on sale
-at drug stores, cigar stores, newsdealers, restaurants, department
-stores, and elsewhere, to be sold on a commission of 2 cents each, and
-kept a list of the places where they had been placed on sale.
-
-All that remained for her to do was to visit the various places where
-she had left the handkerchiefs, make collections on sales, and replenish
-depleted stocks.
-
-She derived a net profit of a little over 4 cents on each handkerchief
-sold, and as the sales averaged considerably over 200 a day, they
-brought her a good income the year round.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 389. A PARCEL-POST EXCHANGE
-
-
-A young farmer in Illinois, who knew only too well that the city dealer
-always sets the price upon the farmers’ products, as well as upon his
-own goods, thought he saw an opportunity to help the producer get more
-for what he had to sell, pay less for what he had to buy, and make some
-money for himself besides.
-
-He had about $1,000 in cash, and, removing to the city, he rented a
-small store and got in touch with a large mail-order house that agreed
-to sell him certain articles, especially for the use of farmers, at
-considerably less than catalog rates, provided he ordered a certain
-quantity.
-
-He then prepared a circular letter, requesting those farmers who wanted
-higher prices for their butter, eggs, chickens, fruit and vegetables, to
-send them to him in exchange, by parcel post, for any of the articles on
-the list he enclosed therewith, assuring them of from 10 to 20 per cent
-higher prices than they could obtain from the regular commission
-houses, while the prices he quoted on the merchandise he would exchange
-for these were considerably lower than those of the mail-order houses
-from which he bought them, and yet left him a fair margin of profit. At
-the same time he addressed a circular letter to one thousand or more
-families in the city, offering to supply them with strictly fresh farm
-produce for much less than they had been paying in the city markets for
-articles of uncertain age and quality.
-
-The farmers and the city people were only too glad of such an
-opportunity to save money on their purchases, and the young farmer with
-an idea soon had established a business that yielded a good living every
-year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 390. GROUP-CIRCULARIZING
-
-
-A wide-awake advertising man in a western city employed a plan for
-sending out circulars that not only reached every farmer in his county,
-and brought a large volume of trade to certain merchants in his own city
-and surrounding towns, but netted him a regular income of over $2,000 a
-year. And it cost him less than $250 to get the business started.
-
-He traveled by automobile to each township in the county, and calling
-upon the various township clerks he secured the name of every farmer,
-with his correct post office address, paying the clerk a small amount
-for his assistance in preparing the list.
-
-With these lists all properly prepared, he called upon several
-enterprising merchants in his home city, showed them what he had, and
-offered to mail out their circulars for just half of what it would cost
-them for postage alone, even if they had the names, and thus save them
-the time and trouble of mailing the circulars themselves. To mail out
-500 circulars would cost each merchant $5, besides the envelopes, 75
-cents, and to have them mailed to a reliable list for $2.50 was a “snap”
-but few would turn down, and it was no trouble at all to find ten
-merchants who were only too glad to supply him with the circulars,
-already printed and ready for mailing.
-
-Placing these ten circulars in one envelope, he sent them to 500 farmers
-on his list, at a cost of one cent for the ten envelopes, and received
-$25 for doing so. This cost him $5, and he was $20 ahead on each batch
-sent out, so that the merchants were pleased and he was profited. As he
-managed to send out an average of two sets a week, he made $40 a week
-clear, and saved his patrons considerable in postage.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 391. MADE COMMON PICTURES LOOK LIKE OIL PAINTINGS
-
-
-Here is the way a man, who knew very little about drawing or painting,
-made any ordinary picture look like an expensive oil painting, and made
-a living by doing this work. He did it according to the following
-instructions:
-
-“Take common window-glass the size of your picture and clean it well;
-take 6 ounces balsam of fir and 3 ounces turpentine; put them in a
-bottle and shake well together until thoroughly mixed. Now give one side
-of the glass a heavy coat of the mixture, then place the picture on with
-face side down; press the picture firmly and evenly on the glass, then
-give the back of the picture a heavy coat of the balsam mixture and rub
-with the fingers until it adheres firmly to the glass and the face of
-the picture is free from spots. After you have done this, put the
-picture where it will be free from dust until it dries; it is then ready
-for the paint.
-
-“Brushes for painting the pictures should be artists’ round sable
-brushes with long handles, Nos. 1 and 7. Paint the dark part of the
-eyes first, dark or blue, as you may fancy; then color the cheeks and
-lips; after the dark part of the eyes is dry, paint the white part.
-Color the dress to suit your taste, but whatever part of the dress you
-want to be white you must paint first. Paint gold ornaments with yellow
-paint. Give the picture three coats of every color you use, letting each
-coat dry separately, leaving the flesh color until the last, letting the
-rest of the picture dry well before applying it, then give it three
-separate coats.
-
-“For making lighter shade or color, add the light paint to the color
-drop by drop until you have the color you want. Paint on the back of the
-pictures. Use small pictures to practice on until you get the knack of
-it.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 392. SOLD ANOTHER MAN’S SOAP
-
-
-An agent who had been very successful as a house-to-house canvasser, but
-was temporarily without a line of goods to handle, decided to try a new
-plan with soap, and found it so profitable that he adopted it
-permanently.
-
-Visiting a large factory in his city, where special brands of soap were
-made to order, he arranged to have made for him a first-class toilet
-soap of the usual size, each cake to be neatly wrapped in a fancy
-printed wrapper bearing the name of the soap and a company name he had
-adopted for his own use. Three of these cakes he had packed in a neat
-pasteboard box, upon which his own label also appeared.
-
-The price to him of this soap, thus wrapped and packed, was $7.20 per
-gross, or 5 cents per cake, and this price also included one gross of
-“sample” cakes of one ounce each, but unwrapped, for free distribution.
-
-Placing the 144 sample cakes in a handbag, with circulars detailing the
-merits of the soap, he started to canvass the residence districts. At
-each house he left a sample cake of the soap and one of the circulars,
-with a request for the housekeeper to use it, and he would call the next
-day with a supply of the full-sized cakes in boxes. When he called the
-next day and showed the lady the beautifully wrapped cakes, which he
-assured her sold regularly for 15 cents each, but upon which he had
-placed an introductory price of 25 cents for a box containing three
-cakes, he made a sale at almost every house he visited. He usually sold
-seventy-two boxes in a day’s canvass, and his profit of 10 cents a box
-netted him $7.20 for one day’s work. He often did better than this, so
-that his first year’s business showed a clear profit of $3,500, as he
-also sold through agents and to dealers.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 393. MAKING RAISED-LETTER SIGNS
-
-
-A young man in Detroit, with an invalid mother and two small sisters to
-support, found it difficult to earn sufficient to meet necessary
-expenses, until a friend of the family told him of the opportunity
-afforded for good returns through the making of raised-letter signs by
-means of an air-pencil outfit. He even loaned the young man $2.50 with
-which to purchase one of the outfits, and assured him he needed no
-experience, as a little practice would enable him to become proficient
-in the work.
-
-These raised letter signs are easy to make, can be produced in any
-color, in gold, silver, bronze and metallics, are more attractive than
-embossed work, and can be made and sold at a profit for considerably
-less than painted signs, as they cost only 1 to 3 cents and sell readily
-at 10 to 25 cents each, made on cardboard of any color. With a little
-practice anyone can easily make 50 to 200 of these signs in a day.
-
-The young man took the advice of his friend, bought an air-pencil
-outfit, and practiced until he had acquired considerable skill in the
-making of signs. Then he went among the merchants of the city and soon
-had orders for all the work he could do, at prices that brought him a
-good income. He closely followed these instructions which come with the
-outfit:
-
-Mix in a cup or saucer the dry powder and liquid medium which comes with
-each outfit, to the consistency of thick paste. Use a knife or flat tool
-in mixing, to crush any lumps that may be in the powder. Unscrew the
-tube from the bulb--holding the bulb in a vertical position--placing
-over the opening the funnel, compress the bulb, and while compressed
-fill the funnel to any desired extent with the paste, then allow the
-bulb gradually to expand to its natural shape until the paste is drawn
-in. Remove the funnel and replace the tube and the air-pencil is ready
-for use. To insure good work, the pencil should not be allowed to touch
-the article to be decorated.
-
-After using the instrument the tube should be unscrewed and thoroughly
-cleaned. The bulb should be cleaned by placing it in a basin of water
-and allowing it to soak until the compound is dissolved. The tube can be
-cleaned with a small wire.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 394. MONEY IN CEREAL COFFEE
-
-
-Through making a cereal coffee from pure ingredients, which proved an
-excellent substitute for ordinary coffee, and was free from the
-injurious alkaloid of the coffee of commerce, a young married woman in
-St. Louis built up a modest yet ample business for herself, and earned
-the praise of thousands of customers besides. The cereal coffee she made
-was prepared as follows:
-
-Rye, 12 pounds; horse beans, 1 pound. Roast in a big oven pan over a
-quick fire, greasing the pan with a little butter. When roasted as you
-would ordinary coffee, grind in a coffee mill together with ¹⁄₄ pound
-cassia buds. Mix 1 pound ground chicory with the ground cereals, and it
-is ready for use in the same manner as ordinary coffee.
-
-She introduced this at first by asking her friends and acquaintances to
-try it, and they were so well pleased with both its taste and its
-effects that they recommended it to others, so that orders began to come
-in rapidly. Many dealers began to receive inquiries for it, and to
-supply these she went among the retail stores of the city and took
-orders for it in large quantities. The product soon had a large sale and
-she established a small factory where she could turn it out as rapidly
-as occasion required.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 395. GIRL EARNED A COLLEGE EDUCATION
-
-
-How a young lady entered Oberlin College with $60, and came out at the
-end of three years with a good education and $50 besides.
-
-She earned her board, tuition and incidental expenses by canvassing,
-working in a dining-room, clerking in a store, assisting at class
-receptions, doing housework, tutoring, and working in the college
-library.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 396. WOMAN OBTAINS MUSICAL EDUCATION ON $45
-
-
-A young lady who wished to become a music teacher went through College
-nicely on $45 cash--and a lot of hard work to make up the deficit.
-
-Registering at a well known conservatory of music in an eastern city,
-she secured work in the dining hall connected with the home department.
-This paid for her room and board, piano rent, medical attention and $15
-tuition in any study she might select. She added to this by accompanying
-voice pupils while practicing, and by playing accompaniments at
-receptions, assisted in physical culture exercises in the gymnasium,
-also gave lessons to boys and girls. Then she addressed envelopes, sewed
-bindings on skirts, shampooed hair, wrote college letters to newspapers,
-played light classics at a mountain resort, won a scholarship by taking
-subscriptions for a woman’s publication. Through the above services
-rendered by her she defrayed all college expenses.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 396. Her First Music Lesson]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 397. A WOMAN GETS AN EDUCATION AND $500
-
-
-Very few girls can expect to go to a university with $50 in their
-pockets and come out not only with the education they were seeking and
-$500 in cash besides. But there was one girl who did this.
-
-Being a good stenographer and typist, she soon had plenty of work. She
-took up mimeographing, which paid well, and later was engaged to help
-one of the professors prepare the matter for a book he was writing. This
-gave her a desk of her own in the economics department, where she helped
-to complete the book, read the proofs, and kept well up with her studies
-at the same time.
-
-When she graduated, all her expenses were paid and she had an even $500
-left over.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 398. RAISING GOLD FISH
-
-
-Two women, living together, built in their yard a shallow pond of rocks,
-cemented together so as to hold water, surrounding this with a second
-row of rocks, not cemented, and filled the space between with earth, in
-which were set mosses and delicate plants, thus giving the pond a broad
-rim of dainty growing things.
-
-Then they bought six goldfish--the pretty, dumpy sort, with long flowing
-tails--and placed them in the pond which was about two feet deep in the
-center. This was in the spring, and in the following August they noticed
-dozens of tiny young fish in the water. The next spring they sold one
-hundred of these for 25 cents each, keeping the rest for breeding
-purposes.
-
-In the five years since starting the fishpond they have realized a neat
-sum from their aquarium. The fish require almost no care whatever, as
-the little fellows live on insects in the water, while the larger ones
-are given regular fish food, which can be bought cheaply at any bird or
-drug store.
-
-At spawning time, anywhere from May to August, the water in the pond is
-not changed for fear of losing the young fish, but is replenished and
-aerated by spraying the surface frequently with the hose until the pond
-is full. Growing plants or a few tree branches placed in the pond afford
-a place upon which the fish may deposit their spawn, and the water
-should be kept as near the same level as possible, so the eggs will not
-be exposed and dry out, thus preventing them from hatching.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 399. WOMAN GRADUATED WITH $400 DEBTS PAID
-
-
-A girl who entered an eastern university on $400, borrowed money, made
-$120 the first year as an accompanist in an orchestra; $160 by giving
-piano lessons; $45 by reading aloud in French to two old ladies; $400 by
-tutoring; earning $735 in all during her sophomore year. She easily paid
-back the $400 she had borrowed, paid all her expenses, including
-tuition, and was just even with the world when she graduated at the end
-of the third year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 400. TAUGHT DANCING IN SPARE TIME
-
-
-A young man in a New York town, who had become an expert dancer, while
-attending college was asked to take the place of the local dancing
-master in his town during a temporary illness.
-
-Not feeling quite equal to the task, he went to the city, attended a
-first-class dancing school, learned all the intricate details, the
-system, etc., and came back to his home town ready to accept the
-position tendered.
-
-When he showed his pupils the superiority of his methods over those of
-the local teacher, they organized a large class and placed themselves
-under his charge. The pupils made remarkable progress, and the hall he
-had rented for the purpose was occupied by classes nearly every evening
-during the week, while he gave a number of private lessons at 75 cents
-each. His earnings from the few spare hours he was able to give to
-dancing lessons netted him about $20 a week, in addition to a good
-salary he was earning during business hours.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 401. MONEY IN TOY BALLOONS
-
-
-A man who had for years been a clown in a circus, but desired to change
-to something more dignified and more profitable, chose toy balloons as
-his source of revenue, and the results proved he had made a wise
-choice.
-
-Being fully aware of the passion children have for toy balloons, he
-decided to follow along with the same old circus, for a while, and laid
-in a stock of non-inflated toy balloons, which cost him $20 per
-thousand, or 2 cents apiece. With the air out of them, they took up but
-little room, and when he arrived at a place where the circus was to stop
-for a day, it required only half an hour to inflate a few hundred,
-enough for one day’s business.
-
-Starting out early in the morning, before the parade, he traversed the
-streets that were already beginning to be lined on each side with people
-waiting for the great event, and made scores of sales in that way. After
-the parade was over, he made still more, and at the conclusion of the
-afternoon and evening performances he reaped a harvest of dimes from
-those coming out to see the show.
-
-Later he attached himself to a carnival company, that stayed two or
-three days, or a week, in one town, and literally filled the places with
-his toy balloons, clearing 8 cents on every one sold. A sale of 800
-balloons meant a net profit of $24 a day, which was almost as much as he
-had formerly earned in a week while acting as a clown.
-
-In the fall of the year he visited county fairs all over the country,
-and cleared up enough money to keep him in comfort all winter.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 402. MOTION PICTURES IN SMALL TOWN CHURCHES
-
-
-A former motion-picture operator, who had moved to a small Iowa town for
-the benefit of his wife’s health, believed the churches of the place
-would be glad to have films of religious subjects shown in their church
-buildings on weekday evenings and, having secured the consent of the
-trustees of one of the leading denominations, he put up his outfit,
-which he had brought with him, and gave movie shows three evenings a
-week, paying a small sum for the use of the church on these occasions.
-The other churches, seeing the crowds that attended these
-entertainments, also asked that the films be shown in their buildings,
-and in a short time there was to be found a motion-picture show in one
-or the other of those churches every evening of the week except Sundays.
-
-Scenes in Palestine, the Passion Play, and similar subjects, were the
-main part of the entertainment, and the movie man made a nice living
-from the business, while providing amusement and instruction for the
-people of the town, who were not often able to attend the movies in the
-city.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 403. A CHAFING DISH ANNEX
-
-
-A young lady who had graduated from college was compelled to find a way
-to support herself and sister. She was a good cook, and finally decided
-to open up a chafing-dish annex in her own home.
-
-In her front room she displayed angel food, raisin tarts, fudge, cake,
-warm sugared crullers, and puddings. She put out posters informing the
-public that warm biscuits, muffins, roast chicken, meat loaf and salads
-would be prepared to order.
-
-She was successful in establishing a first-class, paying bakeshop around
-the original idea of a chafing dish.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 404. CRYSTALLIZED FRUITS AND NUTS
-
-
-Nothing is more delicious or more profitable to put up for sale than
-crystallized fruits and nuts, and a young woman in California, who went
-into the business on an extensive scale, had that discovery fully
-confirmed. Her recipe for the crystallization of dainties was as
-follows:
-
-Put in an iron kettle 1 teacupful of granulated sugar, 1 tablespoonful
-or less of butter, 3 tablespoonfuls of water. Boil until it syrups and
-becomes brittle.
-
-The fruits and nuts treated with this were put into the shells of the
-same, or into boxes containing the name of the delicacy and her own name
-as originator. Making up a quantity she placed them on sale at the
-woman’s exchange where they sold rapidly at a good profit. She also had
-many calls for them to be used on special occasions, such as St.
-Valentine’s Day, Easter, Thanksgiving, Christmas, birthdays, weddings,
-etc., and for these purposes she charged very high prices, for she knew
-they were well worth all she asked for them, and were all the more
-appreciated.
-
-In a short time she received many orders and found it was necessary to
-employ a number of young ladies as skilful assistants. Her profits the
-first year were sufficient to pay for a neat little bungalow she had
-always admired, and which is now her home.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 405. SHELLING AND SELLING NUTS
-
-
-A Texas man makes an excellent living by gathering pecans and nuts of
-all kinds that grow in immense quantities in his neighborhood, and
-shelling them with a machine invented for that purpose. A bushel of the
-nuts, when shelled, make fourteen or fifteen pounds of the meats or
-kernels, and he sells them to people in the city at prices that net him
-between $5 and $6 per bushel. And considering that he handles several
-hundred bushels of the nuts in a single season, one may judge as to the
-amount of his net profits.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 406. SPIT-FIRE BOTTLE
-
-
-A young man who thought he could afford amusement for many people at a
-good profit to himself, went to a wholesale drug store and bought a
-pound of metallic sodium. This he removed from the can and soaked it in
-lamp oil until soft, then dried it on a glass surface, and with a piece
-of lead pipe rolled it out into sheets about ¹⁄₈ of an inch thick. These
-he cut into sticks 3 inches long, and 3¹⁄₂ inches wide, and put two
-sticks into a dram glass vial, labeled “Spit-Fire.” Moistening causes it
-to burn.
-
-Taking one of these vials into a barber shop, a hotel lobby, a cigar
-stand or a crowd of people at a park, or a picnic, he would take a small
-piece of it and lay it on top of a pipeful of tobacco, then spit on it
-and the tobacco would light. A small particle of it dropped into a glass
-of water or into acid will burn. He offered this at 15 cents per bottle
-and sold them by hundreds to people who liked novel means of amusement.
-He also mounted the vials on cards containing a dozen each, and sold
-them to dealers for 75 cents per card.
-
-One pound of metallic sodium is enough for 1,000 bottles, and the cost
-for vials, labels and corks is about $3.75, while the metallic sodium is
-not expensive. For 1,000 bottles, at 15 cents each, he received $150, so
-you can see the amount of profit in this plan.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 407. HOME SCENES FOR CALENDARS
-
-
-A Spokane young man, who owned a good 5x7 camera, and knew how to use
-it, got the lowest quotations from publishing houses, on medium-size
-calendars of artistic designs, and from the samples sent him selected a
-line well adapted to the purpose for which he intended to use them.
-
-Next, he took pictures of all the prominent business houses in the city,
-showing the names of the merchants occupying the ground floors, as well
-as the signs on some of the upper windows, with names and business of
-the occupants. Then pasting one of these photos on one of the calendars,
-he called upon the merchant, as well as all the other tenants of the
-building, and took orders for any number they required. These made an
-excellent advertising medium, and he received orders for many thousands
-of the calendars.
-
-Later he went into the best residence districts and took pictures of all
-the homes, and, pasting a picture of each house on a calendar he called
-at the various places and sold them by the hundreds. Often he was called
-upon to take special pictures showing home scenes, such as children at
-play, on the lawns, family groups on the front veranda, interiors of
-homes, etc., and within a very few months his net income was over $50 a
-week.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 408. BRICKMAKER FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 409. A MEDICAL GARDEN
-
-
-Garden vegetable products having medical properties made a large income
-for a widow with several small children, and though it required
-considerable care, the returns were more than satisfactory, for the
-druggists bought all she could raise, at high prices.
-
-Larkspur, for instance, the seed of which brings $1.50 to $2 per pound,
-was one of her successes. This she planted in rows about 18 inches
-apart, and, when 4 to 5 inches high, she thinned it to 5 inches apart in
-the rows, and harvested it like buckwheat.
-
-She also grew parsley, as the seeds and roots find a good market as
-drugs, and the roots bring 90 cents per pound. An oil is obtained from
-the seed.
-
-Ginsing is another profitable product of a medical garden, and brings
-approximately $5.40 per pound.
-
-She obtained reliable information regarding these plants, without cost,
-by writing to the bureau of plant industry, at Washington, D. C.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 410. AUTO-BUILDER FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 411. SILVER FOX SKINS
-
-
-When it is known that a silver fox skin is worth $2,500 in London, it
-will be seen that some capital is required to begin the raising of the
-animals.
-
-A western man, who knew something of the business, organized a small
-company with which to purchase two or three female foxes and one male.
-The bureau of animal industry, at Washington, D. C., sent full
-information, free, on request, concerning this particular industry, and
-following the instructions received from that source the company made a
-remarkable success. One mother silver fox frequently rears eighteen
-young animals in three years, so the profit can be figured from this. Of
-course, the first cost was considerable, but this was amply justified by
-the returns.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 412. PERCENTAGE COLLECTIONS
-
-
-A couple of young fellows in Salt Lake City started a collection agency
-by first opening a small office and calling upon all the merchants for
-their old, outlawed or hopeless accounts, on a commission basis ranging
-from 25 to 50 per cent of the amounts collected. By arranging with a
-good local reporting company, so as to learn the standing and financial
-condition of debtors, and associating an active attorney with them, they
-were able to write a form of letter that brought good returns. The
-reporting company saved them much time. These old accounts brought them
-in touch with good claims from time to time until in a few months the
-business was of sufficient size to give them a good living.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 413. COLLECTING ON A SALARY
-
-
-A young man in Ogden, Utah, who had a particularly winning way in
-approaching people, employed this talent to excellent advantage by doing
-the collecting for a number of firms at so much per month from each. His
-tact and agreeable manner won in countless cases where bluffing or
-threats would have been unavailing. He had made the discovery that
-“politeness pays” to the extent of $200 a month, or more.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 414. RAISING PANSIES FOR THE MARKET
-
-
-That pansies can be raised with profit, and made a regular business
-during a certain part of the year, was proven by a young woman in a
-middle-west city, who possessed a great love for flowers, and had more
-time than money.
-
-She started her seed bed in the latter part of July, and in September
-she set the plants in rows five inches apart. These plants she protected
-with coarse straw until almost the first of April, when she uncovered
-the bed. Then she replanted in 2-quart wooden baskets, eight to each
-basket. The retail price of these baskets was 15 cents each, or $1.25
-per dozen baskets wholesale. She sold to both wholesale and retail
-dealers in plants and flowers, and realized a neat sum from their sale.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 415. MEMBERSHIP COLLECTION AGENCY
-
-
-A number of merchants in a western city were induced by a young man of
-that city to organize themselves into a mercantile collection agency,
-the membership fee to be $30 a year and to entitle them to have all
-their accounts collected free, even though litigation should become
-necessary to enforce the collections.
-
-When collections were made for those not members, the charges were 20
-per cent on all amounts under $40; 15 per cent on all accounts from $40
-to $100; and 10 per cent on accounts over $100.
-
-The young man engaged a live-wire attorney to look after the legal end
-of the business, and drew a good salary as manager of the agency,
-besides sharing in the profits of the business after all expenses were
-paid.
-
-It proved a good thing for the merchants as well as the originator of
-the plan, and made collections much easier than under the ordinary
-methods, besides being more economical for the members.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 416. RAISED RHUBARB IN HER CELLAR
-
-
-A Chicago woman raised rhubarb in boxes of rich dirt in her cellar
-during the winter months. It required but little attention, aside from
-irrigating it frequently with luke-warm water. In January, when
-everybody was longing for fresh green garden sauce, she sold it for 25
-cents per pound, and made many dollars in that way. And rhubarb, besides
-being exceedingly healthful, is practically all profit.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 417. CABBAGE AND TOMATO PLANTS
-
-
-Raising cabbage and tomato plants in boxes indoors during the late
-winter and very early spring, and later transplanting to beds out of
-doors, covering them from frost, and using good, rich soil, enabled a
-Kansas City woman to sell thousands of these plants for 10 cents per
-dozen, at a time when others were just beginning to sow the seed. Her
-receipts from this source alone amounted to $150 or $200 every spring.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 418. SWEET POTATO PLANTS
-
-
-The raising and selling of sweet potato plants alone, in boxes of highly
-fertilized dirt, enabled an Ohio woman to send her daughter to business
-college from the proceeds, even though she received but 25 cents per
-hundred. But the thousands of plants she raised brought a very handsome
-sum in the aggregate.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 419. MADE APPLE BUTTER
-
-
-A Missouri woman, in whose orchard hundreds of bushels of fine apples
-were going to waste, made several hundred dollars each fall by
-converting them into apple butter, of which the storekeepers never could
-get enough to supply the demand, for she had apple butter reduced to the
-finest kind of a domestic science, and her product brought the highest
-prices. This is how she made it: Cider, 30 gallons; apples, 10
-bucketfuls; sugar, 20 pounds; ground cinnamon, 10 cents’ worth. Add
-sugar about an hour before taking off the stove.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 420. ATTORNEY TOOK EQUITIES FOR $400 FEE AND MADE $7,875
-
-
-A young lawyer in a northwestern city had a client who owed him a fee of
-$400 for legal services. The client had no cash, but held equities in
-certain properties which he turned over as full payment for the fee.
-These included a 5-room house with a $600 encumbrance; an 8-room house,
-with $2,250 encumbrance; a clear lot in British Columbia and three clear
-lots in a small Montana town, which he was glad to throw in for good
-measure, as the equities in the other properties were of no value to
-him, since he could not pay off the indebtedness.
-
-With all this property on his hands, the lawyer got busy. Over the
-long-distance phone he called up a bank in the British Columbian town
-where the clear lot was located, offered it at $250, and the offer was
-at once accepted. That left the two city houses and the three Montana
-lots out of which to realize the remaining $150 of his fee.
-
-The 5-room house was in fairly good condition, so he moved into it with
-his family, and improved its general appearance by making a few needed
-repairs himself, and adopting the theory that a man’s property is
-dignified by his occupancy, and its selling possibilities increased. He
-then looked for a buyer or a trade.
-
-A southern family, living across the street, greatly admired the little
-cottage, and offered in exchange for it a 160-acre farm, not far from
-the city, valued at $3,000, but encumbered for $330, provided he would
-pay cash $300 in addition. The lawyer made the trade on this basis,
-though in making this deal, as in all others, he adhered to his
-established rule never to assume an encumbrance upon a piece of
-property, but to take it subject to the mortgage, the purpose being not
-to be made personally responsible for the mortgage obligations.
-
-Immediately upon securing title to the farm, he obtained a loan of
-$1,250, out of which he paid off the encumbrance of $630, and still had
-$620 in cash from the proceeds of the loan. Therefore, as a result of
-this deal, he had paid out $680, and had $620 in cash, and an equity in
-the farm which he sold for $2,700.
-
-Then he moved into the 8-room house, which was in need of cleaning and
-painting, and at a total expense of $100 he made it look like a new
-house. And it was close to the business section besides.
-
-Not long after moving into this place, he was offered another farm of 80
-acres, valued at $6,000, which was later sold for $5,000, but encumbered
-for $1,500, for the 8-room residence, and he accepted that offer also,
-taking the farm subject to the $1,500 mortgage.
-
-The paying off of the mortgage on this house, added to the $100 spent
-for painting, etc., required an outlay of $575, and by giving a mortgage
-for $2,000 on the farm, he cleared off the first mortgage, and had $500
-in cash left to pay the $575.
-
-When he figured up the totals he found that for a $400 attorney’s fee he
-received more than $3,500 inside of eight months.
-
-This attorney adopted the plan of accepting equities considered of no
-value in other people’s hands, in lieu of small cash fees and found a
-use for the property which enabled him to deal.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 421. ADS. IN COUNTRY WEEKLIES
-
-
-An advertising man in a western city made $1,000 within a few months by
-purchasing a certain amount of space in the “patent insides” of a number
-of weekly papers supplied by a newspaper union, at 3 cents per inch, and
-selling it to city merchants and other advertisers at 5 cents per line.
-By signing up contracts for three or six months or a year, and filling
-the space with the ads. so contracted for, he derived a regular income
-from this source that enabled him to live well. This plan required sales
-ability plus hard work to make it a success.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 422. SPECIAL DIRECTORIES IN “PATENT INSIDES”
-
-
-A Middle-Western man, with some newspaper experience, arranged with a
-newspaper union supplying “patent insides” to handle a certain amount of
-space in a stated number of weekly papers using their ready-print
-sheets, at a rate of 3 cents per inch.
-
-Then he had illustrated two-column heads made for several lines of
-business, such as: “Where to Eat When in Town,” followed by a list of
-restaurants, cafes, etc., each occupying two inches of space; “Where to
-Stop When in Town,” for hotels, rooming-houses, etc.; “Where to Buy When
-in Town,” for merchants in all lines.
-
-He had but little trouble in filling these spaces with ads. that paid
-good prices, and made a handsome profit on the plan.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 423. BOOSTING HOME INDUSTRIES
-
-
-A special writer in a northwestern daily introduced a novel feature for
-the paper, upon which he was working on a commission basis, by
-conducting a manufacturers’ page, to appear on a certain day each week.
-
-He had a zinc etching made, showing a large manufacturing plant, with
-heavy, black smoke pouring from several tall chimneys, and with every
-indication of great activity about the place. Under this cut, in heavy,
-black type, were the words: “Buy Home Manufactured Goods.” Below this
-appeared write-ups and small display ads. of the various manufacturing
-enterprises in the city, and in the center a strong argument favoring
-the patronizing of home industries, in order to encourage the growth of
-those already established, induce others to come, and thus keep the
-money of the home people at home, where everyone would have a chance to
-get some of it back through the increased prosperity that would ensue as
-a result of this commendable course.
-
-Each manufacturer was asked, and generally consented, to run a certain
-number of lines or inches of space in this department, and it was not
-long before the manufacturers’ page was one of the most prominent
-features of the paper. Not only that, but the commissions of the young
-man who started and conducted this department amounted to more than the
-salary of the highest-paid man on the paper.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 424. COPYING ADDRESSES
-
-
-In the offices of the leading public stenographers in almost every city
-are thousands of names and addresses to be copied for the use of
-advertisers or other patrons and a Seattle young lady who was an expert
-typist, besides owning a first-class typewriter, secured all the work in
-this line she could do, by keeping in close touch with the public
-stenographers, directory publishers, and others.
-
-This work paid her well, and there was always plenty of it for her to
-do.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 425. ADS. ON BARBERS’ MIRRORS
-
-
-A regular patron of a barber shop, while having his hair cut one day,
-conceived an idea. He proposed to the boss barber to install a row of
-mirrors, 2¹⁄₂ feet wide, along the wall of the shop, about four feet
-above the floor. These mirrors he would put in free, with the
-understanding that he was to reserve the lower left-hand corner of each
-for advertising purposes.
-
-As the mirrors then in the shop were rather dingy and old-fashioned, the
-barber was glad to make this arrangement, and the new mirrors were duly
-installed. Then the man who had thought of the idea went out and got
-enough advertising in one day to fill the reserved spaces, at prices
-that seemed extravagant, yet they were well worth the money. Ads. that
-were of special interest to men who frequent barber shops were taken for
-the most part, and these advertisers must have been pleased with the
-results, because they renewed their contracts each year. The first
-month’s receipts more than paid the cost of the mirrors, and after that
-it was most all clear profit.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 426. MADE STOVE POLISH
-
-
-Making a self-shining stove polish of finely powdered graphite, at a
-cost of 2 cents for a 2-ounce box, and selling it for 5 cents a box, was
-the way a hustling youngster at Bellingham, Washington, “got his start.”
-
-This polish he called “Lusterine,” and put on each box a label saying it
-was “Best and cheapest. No mussy mixing. Makes old stoves look like new
-in two minutes. Produces an instantaneous polish that will not burn off.
-Apply with a damp woolen rag, then go over the stove with a dry cloth.”
-
-He sold immense quantities of this polish to the hardware stores all
-along the coast, at 8¹⁄₂ cents per box, thus clearing 1¹⁄₂ cents on
-each, and also sold a great deal of it himself for 5 cents per box, or a
-profit of 3 cents. It gave him a good living.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 427. PEANUT VENDING MACHINE
-
-
-A Baker City, Oregon, young man made a nice living and a surplus by
-buying several peanut-vending machines and placing them on prominent
-corners of his town, as near the moving-picture shows as possible. The
-machines were of the penny-in-the-slot order, and yielded a small
-handful of peanuts when a cent was inserted and a button pressed.
-
-Of course, others in his town also sold peanuts, but he had a novel way
-of treating his, and soon secured the peanut trade. He bought his
-peanuts in considerable quantities from wholesale grocers in a large
-city, and prepared them by placing a small amount of butter in a large
-dish, then put the peanuts in. The butter would boil up and cover the
-peanuts, and roast them to perfection. This butter could be used
-repeatedly. Then he would stir a teaspoonful of glucose in a bushel of
-peanuts, and throw on the necessary amount of salt, the glucose causing
-the salt to stick.
-
-A neat card calling attention to the superiority of his special brand of
-peanuts did the business, and he was kept busy roasting the peanuts and
-filling the vending machines.
-
-These machines paid him a net profit from $35 to $50 a week.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 428. MAKING HOLIDAY AND BIRTHDAY PRESENTS
-
-
-An old lady in an Illinois town, who had always been very skilful in the
-use of the needle, was able to earn a very comfortable living by making
-sofa pillows, pin cushions, jewel trays, lamp shades, book-marks, waste
-and work baskets, catch-bags, etc., and selling them to people who
-wanted to make Christmas or birthday presents of them, yet could not do
-the work.
-
-After the holiday season was over, she would insert a small ad. in the
-local paper, saying she was prepared to make appropriate presents for
-birthdays and other occasions, and her excellent work soon became so
-well known that she had all she could do. Her prices were rather high,
-but were justified by the character of the work she did, and people
-cheerfully paid them, as they realized the worth of her work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 429. KEEPING A FLOWER BED
-
-
-For several months in the year, an energetic woman in a northern city
-paid the family grocery bills from the proceeds of a small flower bed in
-the back yard of her home.
-
-She took especial care of this flower bed, as she realized that most of
-her neighbors were negligent in such matters, and would be glad of an
-opportunity to buy flowers from her later in the season. And she guessed
-right, for they were soon coming from all directions to buy her flowers.
-She had all varieties, which showed the effects of careful culture, and
-she charged good prices for them. For weddings, funerals, etc., she made
-up special designs, and sold them for several dollars each.
-
-Among the rare flowers she raised were orchids, which brought very high
-prices in the winter, and she felt well paid for the labor and care she
-had bestowed upon her small flower bed.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 430. REPRESENTING COUNTRY WEEKLIES
-
-
-An advertising man in the Pacific Northwest recently called upon the
-publishers of forty weekly newspapers, within a radius of 200 miles of
-the city in which he lived, and entered into contracts with each of them
-whereby he was to solicit advertising for them in the city and
-elsewhere, on a basis of 25 per cent, after receiving $100 worth of
-advertising space in each paper as a bonus. This $4,000 worth of space
-he sold at regular advertising rates, and in addition was paid 25 per
-cent on the business he secured and forwarded to the papers.
-
-In this way the local weeklies furnished him the capital to make his
-start and they gave him a good profit on future business.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 431. BAND LEADER M. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 432. GATHERING OLD MAGAZINES FOR SALE
-
-
-Living in a city where a great many magazines were taken, an old
-gentleman, who had no regular means of making a living, made a business
-of his own by gathering up old magazines from a large number of homes,
-and selling them at good prices to dealers. By calling regularly at the
-homes, he was given many of these magazines, mostly in good condition,
-and carried them to his home in a little cart. When he had accumulated
-enough for a good load, he got a friend of his with an express wagon to
-haul them to the dealers for a small charge, and received enough income
-in this way to supply him a living.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 433. A HOT-BED FOR PLANTS
-
-
-A country woman who had constructed a hot-bed out of some second-hand
-material she had gathered from time to time, made quite a neat profit by
-raising plants and selling them to her neighbors, as well as sending
-them to a market in the city, when it was too early in the season to
-obtain these in the regular way.
-
-Tomato, pepper, cauliflower, cabbage, egg plant, celery, and all sorts
-of flowers, were given a good start in the hot-bed, and brought good
-prices for all she could raise.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 434. MARKETING EGGS, BUTTER AND MILK
-
-
-Of all the numerous opportunities afforded the country woman for making
-money, none present so many possibilities as do the supplying of many
-real luxuries to people who need and want fresh eggs, butter and milk.
-
-A farmer’s wife, who lived near a large city in Illinois, saw in these
-unsatisfied wants her opportunity for mutual benefits, and having a
-large number of chickens and milk cows on the farm, she set about
-utilizing these products in a way that meant a great deal for scores of
-city people, and for herself as well.
-
-Through the insertion of just a little ad. in the classified columns of
-a city paper, she received replies from over one hundred city people who
-were interested in the prospect of buying these products, and she
-thereupon hired a good woman to help with her housework and marketing.
-Through the parcel post, she sent to the city every day the freshest of
-eggs, butter, milk and cream, and was soon in receipt of an income that
-paid all her own personal expenses, the wages of her assistant and the
-tuition for one year of her daughter who wanted to enter college.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 435. A FARMER’S WIFE AND HER CHICKENS
-
-
-The wife of a Nebraska farmer, who knew how to raise chickens with
-profit, made this industry pay by adhering to a few simple rules.
-
-First, she weeded out all the “scrub” poultry on the place, and kept
-only the best specimens of the best breeds, as they eat no more than
-common stock, and bring much better returns.
-
-Then she insisted on keeping her poultry yard absolutely clean, free
-from vermin and rats, and giving the fowls proper food in sufficient
-quantity to keep them in good condition.
-
-She raised chickens, ducks, geese and turkeys, and, owing to her
-excellent methods of caring for them, had very little bad luck with
-them.
-
-She made one or two trips to the city, secured enough permanent patrons
-to take all her surplus products off her hands the year round, at prices
-considerably in advance of regular market quotations, and sent her eggs,
-butter, young chickens and other fowls by parcel post, and cleared over
-$200 every season, with but little extra labor or expense. And $200 is
-quite a sum to a country woman, especially if she earns it herself and
-saves it all.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 436. JAMS AND JELLIES
-
-
-A farmer’s wife, who lived more than ten miles from the city, and
-realizing that it was not possible for her to market her strawberries,
-and other garden products by driving that distance, only to find the
-market over supplied for that day, resolved upon another plan for
-handling these berries profitably. She knew that by putting them up in
-the form of delicious jellies and jams, home-made she could get good
-prices for them long after the fresh berry season was over, so she
-obtained a large number of jars, glasses, etc., and made vast quantities
-of all kinds of jams and jellies.
-
-Her judgment was confirmed the following winter, for when the city
-people learned of these home-made delicacies, through a little want ad.
-in the city papers, she sold the entire lot in less than two days, at
-prices she considered very high. The next year she doubled the quantity
-of jams and jellies put up, which doubled her profits as well.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 437. BEE HANDLER--U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 438. KEEPING PIANO KEYS WHITE
-
-
-This is a woman’s discovery, and a valuable one, too, for it not only
-kept the keys of the piano white, but made her a good profit. She
-introduced it by asking her friends to try it on their piano. She made
-it of the following ingredients, the proportions given being enough to
-make 96 4-ounce bottles of the preparation, and as a cleaner and
-whitener of piano keys it has no equal. The entire cost of making it,
-bottle, label and all, is only about 5 cents per bottle, and it sells
-rapidly at 50 cents for a 4-ounce bottle. This is the formula:
-
-Grain alcohol, 1 gallon; water, 2 gallons. Mix. She learned by
-experience that this preparation prevents discoloration of ivory piano
-keys, and restores faded, yellow keys to their natural whiteness and
-gloss. With each bottle, properly labeled, she gave the following
-directions: Dampen a piece of chamois with the preparation, apply to the
-keys, and after fifteen minutes rub over with a dry piece of chamois.
-Repeat the treatment weekly, always using the same pieces of chamois,
-and you will always have white, glossy, beautiful piano keys.
-
-She first sold this through agents, then to music houses, and later made
-it a mail-order proposition by advertising, and sold so much of it that
-she finally devoted her entire time to making and selling it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 439. MENDING BROKEN CHINA
-
-
-A young lady in a western town of 25,000 people, where there were
-several studios for decorating china, was surprised to learn of the
-large number of beautiful and expensive pieces that were broken, through
-carelessness or accident, and decided to try her hand as a mender of
-this broken ware. Having the formula for making a mending glue to be
-found in this book, she called at one of the studios and asked for
-permission to take one or two of the cheaper broken pieces home with
-her, to see what she could do with them.
-
-She at once prepared the glue very carefully and, with infinite patience
-and skill, devoted one hour to the permanent putting together of a
-broken vase she had brought with her from the studio. When it was
-completed, she was greatly surprised to find that only by the closest
-scrutiny could she herself detect where the break had been, and letting
-it dry until the next day, she took it back to the studio.
-
-The proprietor was amazed to see how perfectly the broken parts had been
-put together, and at once gave her a number of the more expensive vases,
-pitchers, etc., to mend, naming a price for the work that surprised her.
-She mended these with the same skill and success that attended her first
-efforts, and now she is making a living doing this work for studios, as
-well as for many wealthy families in the town.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 440. BIOCHEMICAL--U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 441. PURE COUNTRY TOMATO SAUCE
-
-
-To make a small quantity of real country tomato sauce, to be used as a
-sample, a farmer’s wife in a section of country noted for its highly
-flavored fruits and vegetables, used the following ingredients:
-
-Four pounds of ripe tomatoes; 2 pounds of peeled onions; 5 ounces light
-brown sugar; 4 ounces of salt; 2¹⁄₂ pints cider vinegar; 1 teaspoonful
-black ground pepper; and 3 teaspoonfuls red pepper.
-
-She ground the tomatoes through a grinder, and then added the onions by
-running them through the grinder also. She then added the other
-articles, and boiled in a porcelain kettle for about two hours, stirring
-it quite often to prevent it from sticking to the bottom. She then put
-it up in 6-ounce bottles, that would sell for 20 cents each, and
-submitted samples of her product to a wholesale grocery house. The
-president of the company was so impressed with its excellence that he
-offered to incorporate a company and erect a manufactory for the purpose
-of producing the sauce in quantities, under the direct personal
-supervision of this woman. She accepted the offer, was elected treasurer
-of the company, and is to-day drawing a salary of $4,000 a year, besides
-receiving dividends that amount to as much more.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 442. BIOLOGIST--U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 443. BLACKSMITH FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 444. BOILERMAKER FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 445. BOOKBINDER FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 446. BOOKKEEPER FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 447. A SIMPLE DANDELION DESTROYER
-
-
-Having discovered a simple yet effective method of destroying dandelions
-without digging up the roots, injuring the grass or otherwise
-disfiguring the lawns, a middle-aged landscape gardener in an eastern
-city made a great deal of money by taking contracts to destroy these
-perennial pests in hundreds of lawns, being frequently offered $100 by
-a wealthy householder if he would successfully eradicate them from the
-premises.
-
-All he used for this purpose was sulphate of copper, which he bought by
-the barrel at less than 5 cents per pound, but which he sold at 25 cents
-per pound to those who wished to apply it themselves, though in most
-cases property owners preferred to have him do the work himself, and
-while there was no great labor involved, it usually paid him at the rate
-of $2.50 an hour, the material used costing about 20 cents, as one pound
-of the sulphate will make about four gallons of the solution, which is
-applied with a sprayer, sprinkling the tops of the plants liberally.
-This effectually destroys the dandelion, while the blue grass or clover
-of the lawn is not injured in the slightest degree by its application.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 448. MADE FEATHER COMFORTERS
-
-
-The wife of a Norwegian farmer, living in northern Minnesota, where the
-winters are very cold, had brought with her from the old country many
-excellent ideas of real comfort, and among these was the idea of feather
-comforters.
-
-They had a large flock of geese and ducks, and thus the raw material for
-making these wonderfully comfortable comforters was easily available and
-plentiful. But she did not make them bunchy and unwieldy, but light in
-weight, neat, pretty--and extremely comfortable. The following is her
-method of making them:
-
-The feathers are held in small sacks, made like long, narrow
-pillowslips, of cheese cloth or regular ticking. For each sack a strip
-of ticking about 20 inches wide and as long as the desired width of the
-comforter is used. This strip is stitched together up the side and
-across the end just as a pillowslip is made; then turned and filled with
-feathers and the opening is hand sewed. The thickness of the comforter
-will, of course, depend upon the amount of feathers put into each sack.
-An exactly equal weight must be used in each to insure a uniform
-thickness of the comforter. About twelve of these sacks, each measuring
-about eight inches across when filled, will be required for a comforter
-of ordinary length.
-
-The covering for the comforter may be of calico, sateen, flannel, or
-even of silk. The top and bottom covers are held together by basting,
-then lines of stitching are run across the width far enough apart to
-admit of the long feather sacks being drawn through from side to side
-like tape through a hem; then the edges of the comforter are bound and
-the comforter is complete. It is warm and elastic, there is no bunching
-up of the feathers, and the whole is easily cleaned by opening the two
-sides of the covers and pulling out the sacks of feathers to be
-dry-cleaned or hung on the line to sun and air while the covers are
-being washed or new ones provided.
-
-When these feather comforters were made in the manner above described,
-they sold readily for $20 to $30 each, and, inasmuch as she made as high
-as twenty to twenty-five of them in a single season, her income from
-goose and duck feathers may easily be estimated. A comforter made from
-the breast feathers of ducks alone often brought $40.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 449. BOTANIST FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 450. MAKING GAS MANTLES PAY
-
-
-In an eastern town, where gas is still used for lighting stores, a
-little lame old man is said to make from $60 to $75 a week by taking
-contracts to keep gaslights in stores and offices supplied with mantles,
-which he makes himself, and by cleaning and polishing the fixtures. His
-charge is 50 cents a month per light, and he has many hundreds of these
-to look after, sometimes having as high as forty or fifty in a single
-store.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 451. BUSINESS MGR. FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 452. ONE GOOD SELLING PLAN
-
-
-Mail-order people have many different selling plans, most of which bring
-good returns, but an agent in Ohio made quite a success of the plan
-briefly outlined as follows:
-
-Selecting from the articles offered by a mail-order supply house one
-that usually retailed at 15 cents, but which cost him 8 cents, including
-postage, etc., he had a neat circular letter printed describing the
-article in detail, its uses and advantages, and offering it at 9 cents,
-if ordered within a certain time. These letters he sent to all those
-names he had secured in former mail-order transactions, explaining that
-every once in a while he offered special bargains in some article or
-other, and that this was one of those occasions. As most people already
-knew it was really a 15 cent article, he received a large number of
-orders, and when sending the article he enclosed another circular
-letter, quoting the prices on the other lines of articles, on most of
-which there was a fair but not extravagant profit. These also brought
-many orders from new customers, and by continually enlarging his list,
-and quoting his articles as close to cost as possible, he gradually
-built up a permanent and profitable business.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 453. EARNED HIS WAY THROUGH COLLEGE
-
-
-Two young men in a northwestern city wanted to be lawyers, and both
-wanted to go to Ann Arbor, Michigan. One had some money, the other had
-not. The one with money loaned his friend $100 and with $50 saved he had
-a total capital of $150.
-
-By the time Ann Arbor was reached and the preliminary expenses defrayed,
-there was just $15 left of the $150, and the young man who had it
-realized the importance of adding to that as speedily as possible.
-Therefore, during his vacation, he devoted his time to selling books.
-
-Arriving in a city in central Illinois with a bicycle, a prospectus, and
-just enough money to stay over night at a cheap hotel, he struck out
-into the country the next morning, pushing his bicycle through the
-black, heavy and sticky mud of that rich agricultural section, until he
-came to a farmhouse. Calling there, he showed the prospectus of the
-book, explained its merits in a carefully prepared talk, and when the
-farmer’s wife wavered between yes and no, he clinched a sale by offering
-to deduct 25 cents from the price if they would let him take dinner.
-They did, and he sold.
-
-That afternoon he sold another book by offering 50 cents off the price
-for supper, bed and breakfast, and from that time on he needed no
-expense money, because he paid for his meals and lodgings by selling
-books to farmers and deducting the charges for them from the price of
-the book. And that made many a sale which he would not otherwise have
-made. At the end of ten weeks’ work he had made $350 as net commissions
-on his sales.
-
-The next summer he took the agency for another book, which he sold in
-the towns and cities, thereby avoiding the strenuous work of wading
-through mud, and that season he earned $400 net in commissions on his
-sales, so that he had repaid the $100 loan, paid all his tuition and
-other expenses in college and had some money left.
-
-The third summer, still sticking to the book business, he employed
-agents and assistants to make sales under his supervision, and made $500
-through this work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 454. A COMMERCIAL ART BUREAU
-
-
-A young artist and a salesman joined forces and established an art
-bureau, along commercial lines, and made it a success.
-
-The artist could not have secured business by personal solicitation had
-his life depended upon it, but he could draw--anything--anywhere. The
-hustler made no pretensions of being an artist, but he could get
-business whenever there was any, and very often where there wasn’t any,
-to a casual observer. Therefore, they made a strong team.
-
-Their first specialty was the drawing of designs for doctors, lawyers
-and other professional men, the drawing containing the name of the
-person, some special emblem or symbol of his calling, or any other
-distinguishing feature he might select. From these drawings he could
-have an engraving made and as many copies printed as he required for
-bookmarks or other purposes. For these designs they charged from $10 up
-and did a good business.
-
-Then they began a systematic course of commercial art work, embracing
-illustrations for advertisements, thus adding greatly to the
-attractiveness of advertisements. This feature they extended to all
-lines of business, and before long the advertising columns of the local
-newspapers looked very much like a picture gallery, while the ads. were
-eagerly looked for and carefully studied. They also made illustrations
-for the works of young authors.
-
-Within a year or two they had all the work they could do.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 455. A GOOD COLLECTION SYSTEM
-
-
-There have been many forms of collection agencies designed, some being
-good, some bad and some indifferent, but the system planned and worked
-by a man in a northwestern city is certainly novel in its every detail.
-It “gets the money,” and nets its promoter from $12,000 to $15,000 a
-year. So the idea must be good.
-
-This agency, incorporated, has the creditors sign a contract assigning
-to it all the accounts, judgments and notes listed underneath, in
-consideration of the services to be performed by the agency, and
-authorizes the agency to use its discretion in settlements, to collect,
-receive, adjust and discharge the same.
-
-The names, last-known addresses and occupations of the debtors are
-given, with the date of the last item, the amount due, name of employer,
-etc., and on all of these accounts collected the agency is to receive a
-commission of 50 per cent for the first $100, and 15 per cent on all
-amounts in excess of that sum, except on notes, judgments and accounts
-over three years old, all of which shall pay a 50-per-cent commission,
-the commission to be due and payable to the agency whether the debtor
-makes payment to it or to the creditor. On any account withdrawn from
-the agency by the creditor, the commission to be considered as earned in
-full, and be due and payable to the agency at once. The creditor is to
-report promptly to the agency any payments made on the accounts after
-being listed, and the refusal of the creditor to report shall be held as
-a payment, the other accounts listed being considered as security for
-the payment of commissions on claims withdrawn or paid, or refusal to
-report. The contract to be enforced for six months, except as to
-judgments, notes or accounts upon which payments have been made, suit
-commenced in process of settlement, or secured in any manner. Creditor
-not required to pay any advanced fees or retainer, except 10 cents on
-each claim for address verification. In case the services of an attorney
-are advisable, creditor agrees to employment of one and to pay 50 per
-cent commission on amounts collected, where agency assumes
-responsibility for costs and attorney’s fees.
-
-The creditor signs his name, with his business, the date and his
-address, and lists below the names, etc., of those debtors he desires to
-turn over to the agency, and for each name or account so listed he pays
-10 cents to the solicitor who retains the entire amount as part of his
-commission.
-
-The solicitor then forwards or brings to the office of the agency the
-lists thus secured, and the agency thereupon pays him 20 cents more for
-each account so listed, making 80 cents in all. Therefore, a solicitor
-securing 100 accounts in a day makes $30 a day.
-
-This seems like pretty good pay for the man who solicits the accounts,
-and it is, but when it is considered that the head of the agency, who
-perfected this plan, collects practically 95 per cent of these accounts,
-and retains one-half of most of these collected, it will be very
-apparent that he can well afford to be liberal with the man or woman who
-goes out and picks up this business for him.
-
-As an indication of the magnitude of the business, he performs services
-for 4,000 to 6,000 clients in a year, employs five girls as
-stenographers and multigraph operators, and sends out thousands of
-letters every month, most of which, bring tangible results.
-
-It’s a big business, and there is a big field in which to work it.
-
-The success of his plan lies in the rapidity with which he handles a
-voluminous correspondence, and in this he is materially assisted by the
-use of an electrically-propelled multigraph, rubber stamps, etc. His
-business is conducted almost entirely through letter-writing and he has
-hundreds of forms of original letters and follow-ups suited to all
-classes of debtors, enabling him to make attacks from every angle.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 456. MADE AND SOLD SHOES
-
-
-A Boston young man, some years ago, was traveling salesman for his
-father, a wholesale dealer in shoes. His experience on the road proved
-how hard it was to get dealers to push the sales of shoes of any make,
-and he decided to go into the business of making shoes on an extensive
-scale and selling them in his own stores. At that time he had no stores,
-and all the large manufacturers ridiculed his idea, but he went ahead,
-just the same, secured models of the most expensive shoes made, opened a
-little store in Boston, began making shoes of excellent value, yet which
-he could sell in his own store for $3 a pair--that was before the war,
-of course.
-
-He advertised these $3 shoes, first locally then nationally, and the
-ads. brought a steady demand for the shoes, to which he had given a
-dignified yet easily-remembered name, and it was not long until he had
-more shoe stores, and still more. Now he has nearly 400 of them,
-scattered over most of the civilized world.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 457. SELLING HAIR TONIC
-
-
-Never mind what kind of hair tonic it was. There are many ways of making
-various kinds, and those who wish to go into the business of selling
-hair tonic can select the one that suits him best. But it’s the selling
-idea you are after, and here is how one young man did it:
-
-To avoid the necessity of sending a 12-ounce bottle by express, at a
-cost to the buyer of 40 to 50 cents, he got a hair specialist to
-condense it into one ounce, so he could send it in a common mailing case
-for less than 5 cents postage, and pay that himself. All the buyer had
-to do was to add enough water to the condensed preparation to make 12
-ounces of good hair tonic, and to a list of names of people who had sent
-letters to other hair-tonic advertisers he mailed a neat little booklet
-telling all about his condensed hair tonic, and offering to send a
-1-ounce bottle for 50 cents, also enclosing a fancy label for a 12-ounce
-bottle.
-
-Out of 4,000 such names, he sold 900 of the 50-cent bottles; then he
-advertised and got more names, sent more booklets and got more orders.
-
-However, in order to encourage sales of two bottles at a time, he
-offered a neat, small purse, that cost him 10 cents in gross lots, and
-offered this as a premium with each sale of two bottles for $1, and, as
-most of those who wrote him were women, the purse brought the orders.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 458. BOUGHT HIS BRIDE A BUNGALOW
-
-
-An Indiana man and his bride were returning in their automobile from a
-trip to the country, and passed a beautiful rural bungalow on a small
-farm, which the bride greatly admired. She told her husband she would
-like to own that place.
-
-Arriving in the city, he left his wife at her mother’s and drove to his
-office. Hastily glancing over the letters on his desk, he turned to the
-want ads. of the daily paper, and scanned them carefully until he found
-one which announced that a man about to establish a dairy wanted to buy
-any number of milch cows, up to fifty.
-
-Suddenly he remembered that in a country paper, a few days before, he
-had read an ad. of an auction sale of milch cows, to be sold at a place
-about thirty miles from the city. He found the paper in his auto-coat
-pocket and saw that the auction sale was to take place the next day, so
-in the morning he kissed his bride good by, told her he would be back
-that evening, jumped into his machine and drove away.
-
-Arriving at the place where the cows were, he looked them over
-carefully, saw they were of a good grade, looked at the sale
-announcement again, and noticed it stated that any purchaser of one cow
-could take the lot at the same price per head. Then he waited until a
-poor, scrawny heifer was put up for sale, bid her in for $35, and
-announced that he would take them all at that price. The owner and
-several bidders objected, but the auctioneer pointed to the terms of the
-sale, and, having the cash with him, our friend paid for the herd, hired
-two men to drive them to the address of the man who wanted cows, sold
-them at a profit of $1,000, and drove home that evening with the deed
-made out to his bride for the bungalow and little ranch she wanted. This
-is illustrative of the opportunity that appears when one knows both the
-sellers’ and buyers’ wants.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 459. SELLING WATCHES ON INSTALLMENTS
-
-
-An experienced salesman in an eastern city, having an idea that if other
-kinds of goods could be sold on the installment plan watches could also
-be sold that way, decided to try it out and see.
-
-Beginning with a capital of less than $100, he first arranged with a
-watch factory that turns out a fairly good timekeeper at a low price, to
-supply him with a certain number of watches at from $3 to $12 each, to
-be delivered to him in small lots at first, as he could pay for them;
-and having expended the greater part of his $100 for these, he worked
-it at first simply as a local proposition, doing the canvassing himself.
-As the watches all contained an American movement, the cheapest of them
-having a five-year guaranteed case, they gave good satisfaction, and the
-monthly payments were promptly made, almost without exception.
-
-It was not long until the business was paying him from $250 to $300 a
-month, and at that time he began to make it a mail-order business,
-advertising in a list of papers recommended by a reliable agency.
-
-He aimed to sell every watch for at least three times what it cost him,
-and as he required from 25 to 33 per cent as a cash payment, this
-usually paid the wholesale cost of the watch, while subsequent payments
-were practically clear profit.
-
-To those replying to his ads. he sent a neat circular, with
-illustrations of the various watches he had for sale, with prices,
-terms, etc., and these brought a very large percentage of sales. He is
-now averaging $500 a month net profit.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 460. DID DISTRIBUTING
-
-
-An Illinois man, living in a city of 25,000 people, had noticed that
-much of the distributing done in his town was very poorly executed. He
-had seen boys entrusted with expensive and valuable literature, chuck
-great masses of it under culverts, into sewers and other out-of-the-way
-places, and then collect as though having done honest work.
-
-He knew of several druggists, and retailers in various lines, who let
-tons of advertising matter, sent them by manufacturers and wholesalers
-for distribution, lie in the stores and go to waste because the
-retailers were too busy or too negligent to have it properly distributed
-where it would do the most good.
-
-He therefore called upon these people and offered to do their
-distributing in an honest and capable manner, at a very reasonable
-price, assuring them that it was to their own interest to have this
-advertising matter get before the public as early and as thoroughly as
-possible.
-
-Most of the firms, knowing him to be reliable, gave him their work, and
-almost immediately noticed a marked increase in the calls for the
-particular goods mentioned in the literature. Improvement came from
-proper distribution, and they were glad to contract with him by the year
-to do all that class of work for them, at a stipulated price per month.
-Altogether, these contracts netted him nearly $100 a month, and left him
-spare time for other kinds of work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 461. A SUCCESSFUL SELLING PLAN
-
-
-Many of the readers of this book will select one or more of the plans
-herein set forth, and no doubt some of them will require local
-canvassing to make a success. But a great many people, after having an
-article ready for sale, will not know just how to start selling. In
-order to aid these people in disposing of what they have for sale, we
-give herewith the selling plan employed by a very successful salesman in
-Buffalo:
-
-He was selling a fine massage cream, nicely put up in a dainty jar, and
-bearing a very fancy label. The jars held one ounce, and sold for 50
-cents each. Instead of rushing up to a house and asking the lady who
-answered the bell if she wanted to buy some good massage cream, he
-provided himself with a nice premium, such as an ornamental clock, a set
-of knives and forks, a silver spoon or bon-bon dish--something really
-valuable, yet which at wholesale cost him only 60 or 75 cents, but would
-retail at $1.50 to $2. He also carried a number of self-addressed
-postal cards, with room on the back for ten names and addresses, under a
-request from ten ladies to call upon each with a jar of the cream. He
-also had several jars of the cream along with him.
-
-When a lady came to the door, he would show her the premium first, and
-inform her that he was giving it away. This, of course, interested her.
-Then he would show her the jar of massage cream, give her one of the
-postal cards, and tell her that if she would buy one of the jars of
-cream, and have ten of her lady friends write their names and addresses
-on the self-addressed postal, and mail it to him, he would give her the
-premium. This caught nearly all of them, for the lady got the 50-cent
-jar of cream and a $1.50 to $2 premium for 50 cents, and for getting ten
-other ladies to sign an order for one jar each. Then when the ten orders
-came in on the card, he called with the premium and another card for
-each and made it a sort of endless chain. This isn’t canvassing, it’s
-planning.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 462. COLLECTION AGENCY SOLICITING
-
-
-Elsewhere in this book is an account of a party in a northwestern city
-who made from $12,000 to $15,000 a year through establishing a
-successful plan of collecting old accounts, mainly by means of letters.
-
-Practically every merchant doing business anywhere has a large number of
-accounts which he has been unable to collect, and it is from these
-accounts that the solicitor can earn a good living.
-
-Calling upon the merchants of his home-city first, he asked to be
-allowed to take over these accounts, the merchant to pay him 10 cents
-for each account so assigned, and, as he frequently listed as high as
-200 accounts in a day, he derived $20 from this source alone as he was
-allowed to retain the entire amount. Then, on receipt of the accounts at
-the agency, he would be paid 20 cents more for each account, thus making
-his income $60 for one day’s work. This was unusual, however, but any
-good hustler can make a good living from this work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 463. OPENED A “SURPLUS” MARKET
-
-
-A man and his wife, who lived in a city surrounded by a good fruit and
-agricultural country, and whose only possession was a horse and light
-wagon, and less than $100 in cash, concluded to open what they called a
-“surplus” market, where they disposed of a great deal of farm and
-orchard products that would otherwise have gone to waste. They rented a
-small stall in one of the city markets, and the wife took charge of
-that, while the husband drove several miles into the country each day
-looking for surplus products that could be had for little or nothing,
-simply to get them out of the way. He was thus able to pick up in a day
-a wagon-load of good, sound apples, peaches, pears, vegetables, berries,
-small fruits, etc., at a total cost of $1 or even less--often for
-nothing--and these he brought to the market stall and offered for sale
-at just about one-half the prices asked by other dealers. To be sure,
-the fruits were not wrapped and labeled, or the berries placed in boxes,
-but their quality was fully equal to those that were.
-
-Small as was this beginning, it gradually led to something larger and
-better, and they now own one of the most profitable little fruit stores
-in their city.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 464. BOOSTED HIS HOME TOWN BY BOOKLET
-
-
-A northwestern young man, who believed that more factories and other
-valuable enterprises could be brought to his home city through stronger
-literature than was being sent out by the local chamber of commerce,
-prepared a brief summary of resources, supplies of raw materials of all
-kinds, marketing conditions, power costs, and everything that could
-possibly interest a manufacturer looking for a new location.
-
-This matter was contained in an attractive booklet, concise and forcible
-in style, and dealt only with established facts and figures, with data
-that could not be questioned.
-
-Then he advertised throughout the eastern cities and stated that he
-would send this reliable publication on receipt of 50 cents per copy,
-and received many answers containing enclosures.
-
-Later he prepared another booklet of special interest to farmers and as
-the matter it contained was so different from the ordinary literature so
-widely scattered over the country by various corporations, it met with
-great success, and brought a great many farmers to the surrounding
-country.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 465. A HOME-INDUSTRY PAGE
-
-
-When a new daily paper was established in a northwestern city a few
-years ago, a young man who was an untiring hustler for business, and who
-had had a great deal of experience in soliciting ads., proposed to the
-publisher to conduct a page devoted to home manufactures, and make it an
-important feature of the paper, on a commission basis of 40 per cent.
-The publisher agreed to this, as he was confronted with very strong
-competition, and every new feature he could add to his paper was just
-that much more in his favor.
-
-The young man therefore had a 3-column cut made, showing a large factory
-in full operation and below was a prominent display line, “Patronize
-Home Industries and Buy Goods Made in ------,” the name of his town.
-
-Following this were the names of all products made in the home city,
-alphabetically arranged, the name of the article coming first, with the
-name of its manufacturer immediately following, so that anyone wishing
-to buy a certain article had only to turn to this alphabetical list to
-find the name of the article wanted, the firm or concern that made it,
-and either phone for it or call in person to obtain it.
-
-The page became so popular that the name of every manufacturer in the
-city, with the name of his product, was listed in it, and exactly $5,000
-was the revenue derived from it the first year. The manufacturers were
-greatly benefited by it, the paper got $3,000, and the young man who
-originated the plan drew $2,000 as his commission.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 466. REFRESHMENTS FOR SHOPPERS
-
-
-A woman in Denver, who had often felt the need of some refreshments
-while out for an afternoon’s shopping, and yet did not care to pay the
-fancy prices asked at most of the swell cafés where it was “all style
-and nothing to eat,” evolved a plan that she believed would be gladly
-welcomed by the women, and at the same time yield her a good income.
-
-Not having sufficient means to rent a choice store on the leading
-street, or convenient to the shopping district, she went to the
-proprietor of one of the leading department stores and made arrangements
-to establish a little refreshment counter in his store, where she could
-serve hot coffee, sandwiches, etc., to women during the day. The
-merchant was glad to add this feature to his establishment, as it would
-be a benefit to him in attracting trade, and to the women shoppers as
-well as to the clerks in the store who would appreciate refreshments of
-this kind, at a very moderate cost.
-
-She made her own coffee, prepared her own sandwiches and the few
-delicacies she served, and they were exceptionally good. She made a
-reasonable charge for what she served, and, although the profit was not
-large on any one article, it was a steady income and paid her well each
-year, for her refreshment counter became a permanent and popular feature
-of the store, drawing a large volume of trade, and no charge was made
-for the space she occupied. In fact, the merchant would have been glad
-to pay her to stay, if he could not have induced her to remain
-otherwise.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 467. LAW AND FARMING IN THE NORTHWEST
-
-
-A young law graduate was without funds so decided to go back to his
-early work, teaching school. His work was not very profitable and,
-besides, he wanted to marry, so he borrowed $150 to wed the girl he
-loved and took her to Northwestern Canada. There he went into the real
-estate business and formed a partnership with a man who thought playing
-pool was his business. In February he decided to go by himself. In
-Canada a book is issued giving the legal description of land for sale,
-price asked and the commission to the agent. The only asset he had was
-this book and a knowledge of the farm country. All through the cold
-month of February his office paid him but 50 cents, but March was better
-and in April he did a good business. That year his commissions alone
-netted him more than $8,000. He could not practice law in Canada but he
-could make out deeds and give advice which netted him a sufficient
-income to save the $8,000. He purchased at a low price 1,000 acres of
-wheat land. At the end of three years this poor lawyer-school-teacher
-had 500 acres in good wheat, his land almost paid for, with his third
-year paying him more than $10,000 in commissions.
-
-When I knew him at college he was a fine fellow, but felt somehow that
-the other fellows had a corner on success. Of recent years he has
-changed--his dress, manner and his enthusiasm impress you at once on
-meeting him. What he has done many will again do in the coming years
-with as great results.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 468. COLLECTING BRASS TEAKETTLES
-
-
-A woman made a comfortable living by collecting old brass teakettles and
-old furniture from the homes of well-to-do people, second-hand dealers,
-etc., and advertising them as antique wares. One room in her home was
-used for displaying these articles, and many persons called to see them,
-with the result that they were rapidly disposed of at a good profit.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 469. TAKING ORDERS FOR WALL PAPER
-
-
-One woman, who has good taste in the matter of decorations, derives a
-good income from taking orders for wall paper from the home-owners of
-her community. She visits a home, notes the furniture, finishings, etc.,
-and shows samples harmonizing with the same.
-
-The effect is usually so pleasing that she is generally given an order
-for wall paper or wall stains, of which she also carries samples
-supplied by a reliable company, and every order means a handsome profit
-to her. She often visits neighboring towns and takes many orders, as her
-good taste is recognized and her samples are greatly admired.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 470. CABINET MAKER FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 471. TINSELLING POST CARDS
-
-
-It was a mere boy who worked out this little plan of making money during
-his spare time, and found it paid exceptionally well for the small
-amount of time, labor and capital involved.
-
-Possessing some artistic talent, he sent for a tinselling outfit, that
-was advertised, and inserted a few small ads. in the local papers, to
-the effect that he would tinsel post cards for 3 cents each, or ten for
-25 cents, and do better work than could be obtained in the stores
-selling the cards.
-
-Many orders were received, and the work he did was so satisfactory that
-orders were repeated in most cases, and it was not long until he had
-cleared $87 on the work that required but a few hours of his spare time.
-
-He has now decided to give his entire time to this line of work, as he
-can easily make from $100 to $125 a month, which was good for a boy.
-
-The best tinselling outfits can be purchased for about $1.50 each, and
-very quickly pay for themselves, after which the returns are practically
-all profit, although he tinsels up to five words on each card, all for 3
-cents per card, while the stores charge 5 cents each, and then only put
-on the name of the town desired.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 472. GETTING A START WITH INK POWDERS
-
-
-A young man whose ambition was to build up a permanent business from a
-small beginning, as he was practically without capital, concluded to
-start on one item at first, and gradually add others as he could afford
-it, so he chose inks--not one, but several kinds of inks. These inks he
-purposed to put up in the form of powders, leaving only the hot water to
-be added by the customer. But the different formulas were all so good
-that from anyone of them an enterprising man could work into a
-good-paying business, and they are therefore submitted herewith as
-separate plans.
-
-Here is the formula he used for producing a powder for a writing fluid
-that is equal to the best inks on the market and better than most of
-them. And the beauty of it was that he could sell enough of the powder
-for 10 cents to make a full pint of the very best ink, and realize a
-very good profit on it over that price:
-
-Nigrosin, 1 ounce; soluble blue or water blue anilin, 2 ounces;
-salicylic acid, 15 grains; dextrin, 1¹⁄₂ ounces.
-
-This will make from one to two gallons of ink, when dissolved in hot
-water, according to the shade desired--the more powder the darker the
-ink. Fine for either ordinary or fountain pen, and sold well.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 473. BLUE INK POWDER
-
-
-Many people prefer blue ink, and for them he made powders of an
-excellent quality as follows:
-
-Water-blue anilin, 1 dram; dextrin, 5 drams; or according to the
-following formula:
-
-Soluble Prussian blue, 1 dram; dextrin, 2 drams. Dissolve the powder in
-hot water, varying the intensity of the blue shade as desired, by using
-more or less powder.
-
-This was a popular and profitable seller.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 474. GREEN INK POWDER
-
-
-Green ink is a novelty, and for that reason many people like to use it.
-He made the powders for green ink as follows:
-
-Green anilin, 1 dram; dextrin, 4 drams. To use, dissolve in hot water,
-using more or less of the powder as darker or lighter shades of the
-green are desired.
-
-Very easy and cheap to make; very easy and profitable to sell.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 475. RED INK POWDER
-
-
-Red ink is always in demand, but many of the red inks on sale at
-stationery and other stores are of a very inferior quality. Red ink made
-from the following formula, as this man made it, gives universal
-satisfaction in all cases where red ink is required:
-
-Red anilin, 1 dram; dextrin, 1 dram. To use, dissolve the powder in hot
-water.
-
-These various ink powders are usually put up in packages of a sufficient
-quantity to make a pint of ink, and this requires from a teaspoonful to
-a tablespoonful of the powder.
-
-Having no capital, the young man began with the direct selling plan,
-canvassing from house to house and from store to store, and selling to
-his acquaintances whenever possible. From the profits these sales
-brought him, he was soon able to take up the trust scheme, sending
-twenty-four packages of the powder, put up in small envelopes, to boys
-and girls whose names he obtained in various ways, offering them a
-premium of a watch, a camera, roller skates, silver spoons, or other
-articles he could buy cheap in quantities, when each one had sold and
-remitted for the twenty-four packages.
-
-Later he inserted 25-word ads. in various papers, and made a large
-number of sales direct by mail from that source. Today he owns the
-largest and best patronized stationery store in his town.
-
-
-
-
-HOW SEVEN BOYS EARNED MONEY
-
-
-Seven boys, from 12 to 15 years of age, all pupils at the same city
-school, and all close chums, adopted seven different ways of earning a
-little money during vacation, and it is pleasing to know that all seven
-succeeded. Here are the plans they followed, one boy to each plan:
-
-
-PLAN No. 476. CANCELED POSTAGE STAMPS
-
-One boy went to the large business houses and collected all the canceled
-stamps he could find on envelopes received through the mails. Many of
-these were from foreign countries and brought good prices when offered
-to dealers or boys making stamp collections, while the domestic stamps
-he sold for 25 cents per thousand. During the vacation period that year
-he made over $50.
-
-
-PLAN No. 477. BOUGHT A PRINTING PRESS
-
-Another boy induced his father to help him buy a small printing press,
-and cards of various sizes. He then took orders for the printing of
-these cards for other boys and for men needing the cheaper grade,
-charging 75 cents per hundred and cleared up nearly $40 above expenses,
-besides paying for his printing press.
-
-
-PLAN No. 478. PARLOR MAGIC
-
-The next boy with a taste for entertaining, and being clever at
-sleight-of-hand tricks, bought a book on parlor magic, and gave
-entertainments at his own home and the homes of other boys, charging 10
-cents admission. He performed these tricks so well that everyone felt
-that he or she had received full value for the dime paid at the door,
-and the youthful entertainer realized a net profit of almost $60 during
-the three months of his summer vacation.
-
-
-PLAN No. 479. DID SCROLL-SAW WORK
-
-The fourth boy, being of a mechanical turn of mind, bought a scroll-saw,
-with which he made a great variety of very pretty things, and for these
-the neighbors were glad to pay good prices, especially where he made any
-special design to order. He was very skilful in his work, and was kept
-busy most of the time, so that his net earnings during vacation were
-$37.
-
-
-PLAN No. 480. A LEMONADE STAND
-
-The fifth boy had a taste for merchandising, and set up a lemonade stand
-in the front yard of his home, where many people passed every day. He
-had various-sized glasses in which he put his lemonade, properly made
-and tastefully displayed, and sold his product at 1 to 5 cents a glass,
-according to size. He also had some very good ice cream which he sold in
-small dishes at 2 to 5 cents a dish. Children were his principal
-customers, but even at these low prices, he made a good profit on his
-sales, and the business netted him a little more than $30 altogether.
-
-
-PLAN No. 481. DOING ODD JOBS
-
-The sixth boy did odd jobs wherever he could find them, such as carrying
-satchels or parcels from stores, or to and from trains, pushing baby
-carriages in the parks, running errands for neighbors, and anything else
-that came handy. He was always on the lookout for work and was very
-seldom idle. His earnings were $23.75, and he was very well satisfied
-with that.
-
-
-PLAN No. 482. COLLECTING OLD MAGAZINES FOR SALE
-
-The seventh boy went from house to house, collecting all the old
-magazines that people were willing to give away, and sold these to
-dealers at a good price per pound, as anything made of paper was in good
-demand. This boy was more successful and his earnings were $70 during
-that three months of vacation.
-
-
-
-
-SUGGESTIONS FOR THE FOLLOWING PLANS
-
-
-A few of the following plans, are mere outlines containing suggestions
-which may be worked out in more detail by those who wish to make use of
-them. New features may be added as they suggest themselves to each
-person adopting one or more of the plans as a means of making a living.
-In giving so many under one heading, space will not permit a separate
-method for handling each plan.
-
-In order to determine the best selling plan, or the best method of
-profitably handling any of the ways outlined, it would be well for a
-person to read as many of the plans set forth as possible, and become
-familiar with the various means employed by others to obtain the best
-possible results.
-
-Selling plans for produce named in this book are of various kinds, and
-include personal solicitation by a house-to-house canvass, the
-employment of agents to sell on a commission basis, placing the article
-on sale with druggists and dealers, mail order, advertising in suitable
-mediums, giving away of coupons to dealers, who in turn give them to
-their customers; the trust plan, or sending a certain number of articles
-or packages to children, to be sold by them at a certain low price, and
-paying a premium either in merchandise or cash; filling orders by parcel
-post; placing of general advertising through a reputable advertising
-agency, that will not only help to prepare the proper kind of
-advertising, but also be able to select the best mediums for that
-particular product; selling of certain items of information direct to
-the customer, telling him how to make practical use of certain ideas of
-which he had no previous knowledge.
-
-All the above selling plans are set forth in various parts of this book,
-in connection with the statement of how certain plans were successfully
-worked by individuals who adopted them as a livelihood, and the
-testimony of these persons should prove a valuable guide to others
-seeking similar results.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 483. CADET OFFICER FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 484. LITTLE “TINKERING” JOBS
-
-
-Replenishing and replacing batteries for doorbells, mending
-kitchen-ware, and replacing various articles about the house will often
-give a very good income in a small place where experts from large
-establishments are not within reach. Many an elderly man, who could not
-do anything else, has made a comfortable living by doing these little
-“odd jobs.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 485. CARPENTER FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 486. DESIGNER-LANDSCAPE. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 487. THE “HOKEY-POKEY” SUMMER SELLER
-
-
-One of the most delicious confections, and one that scores the largest
-number of sales during the summer season, is made as follows:
-
-One can condensed milk; 2 tablespoonfuls cornstarch; a little cold milk.
-Put the remainder of the milk in a double boiler, and when hot add the
-cornstarch. Cook five minutes, then add the condensed milk, and set
-aside to cool; then add the vanilla, and freeze. Cut into squares or
-sticks and pack closely in a wooden pail, and it will sell readily for 5
-or 10 cents a stick.
-
-A splendid seller at fairs, picnics, parties, etc., and a popular
-delicacy in the city at soft-drink stands and confectionery stores.
-Yields an unusually large profit.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 488. A SHOE POLISH IN POWDER FORM
-
-
-Shoe polishes always sell, and it is only a question as to which is the
-best one. The following is not excelled:
-
-Take powdered gum arabic, 5 pounds; sugar, 1¹⁄₄ pounds; analine black, 3
-ounces. Powder these and mix well. Then divide into ten packets, each of
-which will produce a pint of polish, or into twenty packets that will
-make a half-pint each, though more may be made from, a packet, as it is
-rather thick, especially for kid or glaze leathers. It can be used with
-either water or vinegar, or these combined, in which to dissolve the
-powder. Apply with a brush, and continue the friction until the
-superfluous fluid dries and the polish appears.
-
-To make this a tan polish, use 1 ounce of chrysodine, instead of the
-analine black.
-
-A fine polish and a good profit in this preparation.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 489. LETTER CARRIERS FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 490. METAL POLISHING BLOCKS
-
-
-These are made of precipitated chalk, 2 pounds; powdered tripoli, ¹⁄₂
-pound; jewelers’ rouge, 1 ounce. Mix into a stiff paste, with 1 ounce of
-glycerine and a pint of water, previously mixed, and pour on just enough
-of the liquid to work the powders to the consistency of fresh dough.
-Then place in little wooden butter molds to shape them and set aside to
-dry, then force out and fill again. The blocks are used with a soft
-cloth and a few drops of water, which will give metal articles a fine
-polish. You can sell all you can make of these, and realize a profit on
-them that will surprise you.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 491. CEMENT WORKER FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 492. CERAMICS FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 493. SOAP LEAVES FOR TRAVELERS’ USE
-
-
-These are made by passing sheets of paper over rollers and through a hot
-solution of liquid soap, then passing it over drying cylinders, and
-cutting it into sheets of the desired size.
-
-They are so convenient and cheap that travelers will buy them and there
-is a good profit in making and selling them.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 494. HAVING THE BUTTER YELLOW IN WINTER
-
-
-Just a little secret, but it is worth a good deal to buttermakers and
-housewives who pride themselves upon the color of their butter, and will
-pay something to know just how to obtain it:
-
-Just before you finish churning, put the yolk of one or more eggs into
-the churn, and you’ll have just the color you desire--a rich yellow.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 495. REMOVING FOUL AIR FROM WELLS
-
-
-To determine whether or not the air at the bottom of the well is foul,
-place a lighted torch or lamp in a bucket and lower it into the well. If
-it continues to burn when the bucket rests on the water, it is safe to
-descend. If it is extinguished, the air is foul. To remove this, lower a
-pail filled with burning straw, or by dropping two or three quarts of
-freshly slaked lime down the well. But test with the light again before
-descending.
-
-Plenty of people who have wells would gladly pay a small sum to have
-this information mailed to them.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 496. A QUICK FATTENING FOR FOWLS
-
-
-Fowls will quickly fatten if given a mixture of ground rice, well
-scalded with milk, to which some coarse sugar has been added, making it
-rather thick. Feed several times a day, but not too much at a time.
-
-An ad. in poultry journals, offering to tell how this is done, for 25
-cents, should bring excellent results.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 497. ARM AND BUST DEVELOPER
-
-
-Regarding it as every woman’s duty to look her best at all times, a
-young lady in Denver prepared a most effective arm and bust developer
-from the following formula:
-
-Lanolin, 2 ounces; cocoa butter, 2 ounces; olive oil, 2 ounces. These
-she melted in a double boiler, and heat until cold, when it was ready to
-put up in 2-ounce jars that sold for 40 cents each, and proved so
-satisfactory that she received hundreds of orders each month, through a
-few ads. judiciously placed, besides having a good sale through drug
-stores.
-
-The directions she gave were to first bathe the parts with hot water, to
-open the pores, and then rub in the cream very thoroughly at bedtime for
-a number of nights.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 498. REMEDY FOR BRITTLE NAILS
-
-
-Women who are annoyed by having brittle nails are always glad to learn
-of some effective way to make and keep them soft. This prompted a young
-lady in St. Paul to utilize the following formula:
-
-White petroleum, 1 ounce; powdered castile soap, 1 dram; oil of
-bergamot, a few drops. This softens the nails, cures hang-nails and
-renders the cuticle around the nails soft and pliable, so that it can be
-easily removed with a towel or orange stick.
-
-One small ad. in a leading magazine brought a great many orders, and by
-repeating the ad. in other periodicals, the young lady earned $1,500
-clear profit the first year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 499. BATH POWDER
-
-
-The delights of the bath are greatly multiplied by adding a well
-prepared bath powder, and one of the very best of these was put up by
-this lady, as follows:
-
-Borax, 10 ounces; tartaric acid, 10 ounces; starch, 5 ounces. Mix the
-ingredients together, and perfume with lavender water. Two teaspoonfuls
-of the powder to a tub of water will soften and perfume the same making
-it at the same time more cleansing and delightful.
-
-She put this powder up in 8-ounce paper boxes, and sold it for 25 cents
-a box. It proved a good seller all the year round and the profits were
-exceptionally large. The drug stores carried it in stock, as it assisted
-greatly in making other sales, owing to the demand for it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 500. SACHET POWDER
-
-
-There are many kinds of sachet powder, but none are superior to the
-following, which this lady prepared and sold in immense quantities:
-
-Orris root, 10 pounds; lavender water, 16 ounces. Spread out the orris
-root in thin portions on a table, and sprinkle the lavender water over
-it. When dry, after the two have been well mixed, it is ready for
-packing.
-
-She put it up in envelopes containing one ounce each, and these she sold
-in large quantities for 10 cents each.
-
-Occasionally she would offer a package of the sachet powder as a premium
-with other preparations that were not selling as rapidly as they should,
-and thereby greatly increased her sales of other articles in this way.
-Besides, one package of the sachet powder usually brought repeat orders.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 501. SIMPLE METHOD OF SILVER PLATING
-
-
-A Dallas, Texas, man made a very good living by coating small metal
-articles with silver, without the use of a battery, as follows:
-
-First, he dipped the article to be silver-plated in a solution of common
-salt, then rubbed it with a mixture composed of one part of precipitated
-chloride of silver, two parts potassa alum, eight parts common salt, and
-eight parts cream of tartar. The article was then washed and dried with
-a soft rag, when it had all the appearance of silver.
-
-By calling at houses and explaining what this would do, as well as by a
-few ads. in the local newspapers, he was soon getting all the work he
-could do, and as people were willing to pay good prices for having their
-ordinary ware look like silver, he made good wages at this business.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 502. STOVE POLISH THAT ENAMELS
-
-
-To make an excellent stove polish that was really an enamel, a Colorado
-man prepared the following:
-
-Mix two parts of black lead, 4 parts of copperas, and 2 parts of
-bone-black with water sufficient to form a creamy paste. The copperas
-produces a jet-black enamel, causing the black lead to adhere to the
-iron.
-
-The cost of making this was very slight, and when people saw what a fine
-polish it made it was easily sold.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 503. BANISHING FLIES BY FUMIGATION
-
-
-A western man who was interested in the swatting-the-flies idea, yet
-wished to do so without using the messy, sticky stuff you put on fly
-papers generally, or running the risk of poisons, invented a fumigating
-flypaper that is easy and clean to use, and gets rid of the flies in a
-hurry. He makes it as follows:
-
-Powdered quassia, 4-ounces; powdered chlorate of potash, 1¹⁄₂ ounces;
-French oil of pennyroyal, ³⁄₄ ounce. Mix these well, then add ³⁄₄ pint
-of clear water and mix all together thoroughly. Soak sheets of blotting
-paper about 4x9 inches in size in this solution, stirring it up
-frequently. Dry the sheets in the sun or by gentle heat. A sheet thus
-prepared, if burned in a room, will clear it of flies.
-
-The man put these up in packages of ten sheets each, and retailed it at
-10 cents per package. The druggists and grocery stores bought large
-quantities, and when he advertised it in a list of good papers, he
-received a great many orders.
-
-His first year’s operations netted him a very good livelihood.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 504. CEREAL DISEASE--U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 505. SALE PLAN FOR ALMOND CREAM
-
-
-Few of the accessories of women’s toilets are more highly esteemed than
-is a preparation known as almond cream, and a lady who was especially
-partial to this, put it up in the following manner:
-
-Distilled water, 90 fluid ounces; quince mucilage, 5 ounces; solution of
-soda, 1¹⁄₂ ounces; boric acid, 1 ounce; cold cream, ¹⁄₂ ounce; sweet
-almond oil, ¹⁄₂ ounce; glycerine, ¹⁄₂ ounce. Stir cold cream, almond oil
-and solution of soda together until a uniform soapy cream is obtained.
-Dissolve the boric acid in 60 ounces of water, warmed, and to this add
-the glycerine and quince mucilage, then add this composition slowly and
-with regular stirring to the former. Add sufficient perfume and the rest
-of the water, stirring until uniform.
-
-The drug stores sold a large quantity, and she added to her receipts by
-making it a mail order proposition.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 506. SOLD PREPARATION TO ERADICATE PERSPIRATION ODOR
-
-
-A physician in New York, who had made a specialty of preparing various
-toilet accessories for women, gave one of his patients the following
-formula for destroying the odor of perspiration, and she was so well
-pleased with its effects that she put it up for sale. She made a success
-of it, first through agents, then through the drug stores, and later
-through advertising it in a number of ladies’ magazines. To-day it is
-one of the standard preparations for women’s use, and is enjoying a
-large sale. It does the work, and the following are the ingredients:
-
-Borax, 10 grams; starch, 10 grams; salicylic acid, 3 grams; powdered
-alum, 5 grams; talcum powder, 50 grams; napthol, 5 grams.
-
-However, if the odor is not excessive, ordinary cooking soda, applied
-under the arms with a powder puff, is often efficacious.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 507. SOLD PREPARATION TO PREVENT OR REMOVE SUNBURN
-
-
-An eastern woman, who was particularly susceptible to sunburn, prepared
-the following, which proved both a preventive and a cure:
-
-Orange flower water, 2 ounces; rosewater, 2 ounces; tincture of benzoin,
-¹⁄₂ ounce; borax, 1¹⁄₄ drams.
-
-By applying this before going out, it prevented the skin from becoming
-sunburned, while in those cases where the mischief had already been
-done, she bathed her face with it several times a day, until the sunburn
-was removed.
-
-This was so easy and inexpensive to make, and met with such a ready
-sale, that she found it extremely profitable to put it up in large
-quantities. Every lady who tried it gladly recommended it to her
-friends, and soon the drug stores were calling for all she could put up.
-A little advertising greatly increased the sales, and she is today
-enjoying a good income from it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 508. CHAUFFEUR--P. O.--U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 509. CHAUFFEUR--MECHANIC--U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 510. CHEESEMAKER FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 511. CHEMIST FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 512. CLERK FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 513. “TELLING THEM HOW”
-
-
-A middle-aged man who had made a practice for many years of accumulating
-trade secrets, valuable formulas and various plans for making money out
-of little specialties not known to the public in general, was impressed
-with the belief that out of the itemized knowledge thus secured, he
-could render assistance to many people who were looking for something to
-do, and at the same time profit by largely himself.
-
-He therefore had 1,000 copies of each of these money-making ideas
-printed in separate form, and advertised that for 10 cents he would send
-any one of them that might be selected from his list or any fifteen of
-them for $1.00. His expenses were confined to the cost of advertising,
-printing and mailing, and his receipts ran into hundreds of dollars the
-first year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 514. ASSAYER FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 515. COLLECTOR FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 516. ROASTING EARS IN WINTER
-
-Green corn in the form of roasting ears is considered a delicacy even in
-its season, but to have the same thing in the winter time seems almost
-too good to be true. Yet a young farmer in Illinois did it, this way:
-
-He gathered his sweet corn with the husks on, and putting a layer of
-salt in the bottom of a clean barrel that would not leak, he proceeded
-to fill the barrel, first with a layer of salt, then a layer of the
-corn, and so on until the barrel was completely filled. Then he put on
-top a large stone for pressure, and added a little pickle of salt and
-water. He set the barrel in the cellar, where it would be cool and yet
-not freeze, and found that it would keep perfectly for a year or more,
-if allowed to stay there.
-
-That gave him an idea, and the next fall he put up nearly forty barrels
-of those pickled roasting ears, safely put away in his cellar, to be
-sold at high prices when the snow was flying.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 517. A QUICK FIRE KINDLER
-
-
-A householder who had had much experience in building fires in the
-morning, and realized the difficulties and discomforts so often
-encountered in that necessary duty, experimented until he had perfected
-a kindling compound that could be relied upon.
-
-He melted one quart of tar and three pounds of rosin together, brought
-it to a cooling temperature, and mixed it with as much coarse sawdust as
-could be worked in, with a little charcoal added. This he spread upon a
-board, and when cold he broke it up into lumps about the size of
-walnuts. These ignited easily and burned with a strong blaze long enough
-to light any fire.
-
-Being anxious to confer this advantage upon other households, he made up
-a large quantity and sold it to the fuel dealers in his city, at such a
-rapid rate and such a big profit that he commenced to make it on an
-extensive scale, and thereafter he looked upon the winter as his harvest
-time.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 518. COMMUNITY ORGANIZER FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 519. COPYING PATTERNS ON CLOTH
-
-
-An invalid woman, who liked working pretty designs on cloth goods, yet
-found difficulty in obtaining patterns to her liking, discovered a way
-of copying her own drawings on cloth, so that they could be worked as
-though they were stamped.
-
-She mixed a quantity of finely powdered sealing wax with alcohol, until
-it was thoroughly dissolved. Then she dipped a clean pen in this liquid,
-and traced the desired pattern on tracing paper, and let it dry. She put
-this paper, marked side down, on the cloth on which she wished to copy
-the pattern, and pressed with a hot iron. The scaling wax in the liquid
-melted from the heat and stuck to the cloth, and formed a duplicate of
-the design she had drawn.
-
-She was so well pleased with the results of the experience that she
-decided to make a profit out of the information, so she advertised in
-the classified columns of the daily papers that on receipt of 25 cents
-she would instruct anyone how to do this work. Remittances came in, and
-the printed instructions were duly mailed, to the satisfaction of
-hundreds of women who sent for them.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 520. MAKING FURNITURE POLISH
-
-
-If you knew that furniture polish was largely all profit, the selling of
-it would look like a good business to engage in. A young Tacoma man
-thought so well of the plan that he adopted it, and made a good income
-from it. He compounded it from the following ingredients, and it did the
-work:
-
-He mixed equal parts of linseed oil, turpentine, vinegar and spirits of
-wine, shook them well, and applied to the furniture with a piece of
-linen cloth, afterwards polishing with a dry flannel cloth. It made old,
-dingy, scratched furniture look like new, and he sold large quantities
-of it, not only to families, but to furniture stores, second-hand
-dealers, and others.
-
-Then he employed boys to go from house to house, leaving a small sample,
-with directions for use, with each housewife, asking her to give it a
-trial. A circular was also left with each sample, stating that in a
-short time an agent would call and sell the recipe for making it for 25
-cents, and that enough of the ingredients to make a gallon of it could
-be purchased at any drug store for less than 50 cents.
-
-As this looked so much more economical than to buy furniture polish at
-25 to 40 cents for a small bottle, the originator of the plan found
-that, after paying the agent a commission of 40 per cent, he was still
-deriving a net income from it that averaged close to $10 a day.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 521. FROM SHIPPING CLERK TO EMPLOYER
-
-
-A Texas woman tells how she helped her husband rise from a poorly-paid
-shipping clerk to a business of his own where he became an employer
-instead of an employe.
-
-Discouraged with the small salary he received, and noticing that the
-agents of the same company from outside towns appeared well dressed and
-prosperous, she induced her husband to ask the manager to allow him a
-commission on such sales as he might be able to bring in. The company
-agreed to give him 5 per cent commission on all orders he might secure,
-and the wife began writing letters to those she judged, from reading the
-papers, were prospective customers.
-
-Receiving no answers to these letters she looked for the names of
-contractors and architects, and was soon in communication with a
-construction company that was erecting a large building. She interested
-the manager in brick, which the company employing her husband was
-making. Her husband informed his company of this prospect, and saw the
-construction company personally. The manager secured a large order as a
-result of this visit, and sent a check for $226 to the shipping clerk
-and his wife as commission.
-
-The wife bought a typewriter and some letter heads, and carried on a
-correspondence with other contractors with the result that many more
-sales were made through her efforts, many more commissions were paid
-them, and shortly afterwards the husband resigned his position and gave
-all his time to the sales end of the business.
-
-To-day they own a good office where others are employed to help them,
-live in their own home, and are surrounded by many comforts they never
-dreamed of before.
-
-Just because the wife had the wisdom to see ahead, and the courage and
-ability to carry out her plans to a successful conclusion.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 522. COMPUTER FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 523. REFINISHING METHOD FOR FURNITURE REPAIRERS
-
-
-A furniture repair man in Seattle discovered the following method of
-refinishing American or printed oak, a clever imitation of genuine
-quartered oak:
-
-Clean up the piece, whatever it may be; if it needs washing, give it a
-good scrubbing, and then an equally good opportunity to dry. If you want
-to replace the figure, and it is not generally worn off, mix some dry
-Van Dyke brown with stale beer or cider, and pencil in the flakes. This
-can be done with a long camel hair “striper,” or even with an artist’s
-brush about one-eighth inch in diameter. With a little practice, the
-grain of the wood can be followed so that each piece can have its
-general design carried out. When this graining process has dried, coat
-with shellac, then varnish.
-
-The effect produced by this method was so artistic that he was offered a
-good salary to take charge of all such work in a large furniture store
-in the city, but there are hundreds of other places in this country
-where the same method can be employed with equally good results.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 524. HE JUST TRIMMED TREES
-
-
-There was one man in Portland, Oregon, who was a competent and skilled
-tree trimmer. He knew all about shade trees, fruit trees, grape vines,
-shrubs, plants--everything that is worth saving and caring for in that
-line. He knew how and when they should be trimmed, and he obtained so
-much work that he was obliged to hire men to help him. But they had to
-be men who knew what they were about, or were willing to learn from him
-what they didn’t know, so that he soon had them trained to do the work
-as it should be done.
-
-There are plenty of openings everywhere for real tree-trimmers.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 525. GEESE ON THE FARM
-
-
-If farmers more generally realized the profits to be derived from the
-raising of geese, there would be many more in the country, and thousands
-of dollars more in the farmers’ pockets.
-
-The wife of an Illinois farmer, who did realize how easy and economical
-it is to raise geese, and the profits they pay, in both flesh and
-feathers, made a specialty of them, and as a result of her foresight and
-enterprise always had money, while the other farmers’ wives were
-continually complaining of the lack of pin-money. At last a number of
-them followed her example, and raised geese in great numbers. The care
-and cost of geese are small, compared with the expense of raising other
-fowls. They rustle their own living off of land that is good for nothing
-else, though in the breeding and laying season this lady gave them
-shorts and Indian meal twice a day.
-
-From 100 geese, this woman generally realized from $250 to $300 a year,
-which was nearly all profit. She made the profits increase her flocks,
-until she had several hundred, which brought her an excellent income
-every year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 526. CONDUCTOR--ELEVATOR FOR U. S. PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 527. CASH REBATE CARDS
-
-
-A young man in Oakland, California, who was a good salesman worked out a
-little plan that brought him a good income.
-
-He secured a first-class printer to make him up 1,000 very rich looking
-cards in colors. Then he called upon five prominent merchants, in
-different lines, showing them the cards, stated he was about to place
-these in the hands of the ladies at the heads of families in the city;
-that these cards entitled the holders to trade at any one of the five
-different stores named, and receive a discount of 10 per cent in cash at
-the time of the purchase; that he would call at these stores every month
-and collect a commission on all business each merchant had received
-through the cards, and that the use of these cards would greatly
-increase the merchant’s trade. Most of those approached agreed to the
-plan.
-
-Having secured the five merchants, our young man called at the
-residences, presented the card to the lady of the house, and assured her
-she incurred no expense or obligation in accepting it. In this way he
-distributed 200 of the cards.
-
-Now, as it turned out that each holder of these cards spent at least $10
-a week with each of these five merchants, his commission on the sales
-thus made amounted to $200 a month.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 528. CONSTRUCTION SUPT. FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 529. LOOKING UP OLD JUDGMENTS
-
-
-Here is a plan that was very successfully operated by a young lawyer in
-a western city, and can be worked out just as well in every county-seat
-town in the United States:
-
-He employed a young lady to go carefully over the dockets of both the
-superior and justice courts, and make a complete list of all unsatisfied
-judgments rendered during the six years preceding, so that they were not
-barred by the statute of limitations.
-
-She made a careful note on a blank prepared for that purpose, of the
-number of the book in which the judgment was recorded; the case number;
-the name of the court; names of plaintiff and attorney; of defendant and
-attorney; of garnishee defendant, if any; amount of judgment; amount of
-costs; amount of attorney’s fees, if stated; time judgment was taken,
-etc.
-
-When she brought these reports to the lawyer’s office he would consult a
-city directory or state gazeteer, to learn the present address of both
-plaintiff and defendant, then obtain from a reporting company the
-financial standing of the defendant.
-
-He would then write the plaintiff, asking him to call in reference to
-the judgment, but not stating his knowledge as to the defendant’s
-condition. When the plaintiff came in he would state he had a report on
-the defendant, which he could have upon the payment of $2, the cost of
-obtaining this data, but if the defendant was in such shape that the
-judgment could be collected, he would offer to collect it for 50 per
-cent, and have it assigned to him for that purpose. Then he would see
-the judgment debtor, and in many cases he was able to secure the entire
-amount. He would then enter satisfaction of the judgment on the court
-records, remit one-half to the plaintiff, and the balance was his. This
-plan made him $5,000 the first year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 530. A CATCH PHRASE CONTEST
-
-
-A well known firm manufacturing bookcases in an eastern city wanted a
-new catch-phrase for their advertisements, and offered a cash prize of
-$50 for the best one submitted.
-
-A man submitted a phrase and won the $50. The firm, in sending him a
-check for the amount, announced that they would pay him a cash
-commission on all sales of their bookcases he might secure for them in
-his community, and being in that line himself, he was able to come in
-contact with many persons who wanted bookcases. As the merits of this
-particular one had been brought favorably to their attention through the
-effective advertising the firm was doing, sales were not difficult to
-make. The catch-phrase contest put them in contact with many hundreds of
-prospective purchasers for bookcases which were later turned into
-business.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 531. CANVASSING PLAN
-
-
-To the canvasser or agent who has spent his life selling little 10 and
-25-cent articles, shunning the homes of the wealthy through fear of
-being refused admittance, and wishes for something better, the following
-plan should appeal:
-
-A New York man got in close touch with several of the large importing
-and jobbing houses in eastern cities, and had become familiar with the
-better grades of imported laces, sold only by the best stores. He had
-acquired an intimate technical knowledge of these expensive goods, and
-was equipped with a complete outfit of samples mounted on cards that
-folded in four sections, covered with bookbinders’ cloth and mercerized
-silk. He also had very rich business cards, containing his name as the
-representative of a big importing house.
-
-Stopping in a town of considerable size, he would go to the best hotel,
-and soon would be in possession of the names of many society leaders.
-These he would call upon, send up his card, and, when admitted, state
-that he recognized the difficulty ladies have in obtaining fine laces
-outside the large cities, and that his house had therefore adopted the
-plan of offering its line of high-grade laces direct to the purchaser.
-In a most skillful manner he would lead the lady to the point of stating
-when he might present his samples for her inspection and practically
-every such inspection meant a large order, amounting to hundreds or even
-thousands of dollars. He would then ask the lady for an introduction to
-her friends upon one of her own cards, and this meant more sales--big
-sales--without number, for he used the card plan for introductions until
-he had supplied all the women in that town financially able to buy
-large amounts of fine lace. This required high-grade salesmanship, and
-his profits ran into many thousands each year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 532. FURNITURE UPHOLSTERING AND REPAIRING
-
-
-An Indianapolis man made a profitable and permanent business of
-repairing and upholstering furniture, and by doing first-class work, at
-prices considerably below those charged by furniture houses, he secured
-the regular work of a large number of householders and some of the
-stores in that city. The various materials used, and the voluminous
-instructions given for performing the work in all its details, are
-entirely too long to be given in this book, but any one with a taste for
-this work will have no difficulty in familiarizing himself with the most
-approved methods, and can rest assured he can make a good living at it
-by diligent application.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 533. COOK FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-HOW SIX HIGH SCHOOL GIRLS MADE MONEY
-
-
-Six high-school girl-graduates, who had just finished a course in
-domestic science, and were wondering what they could do to make a little
-money, were told by their instructress that she would give each of them
-a valuable household formula to work with, and that she would give a
-cash prize of $25 to the girl who made the most profit out of her
-formula in six months. The girls promptly accepted the offer, and went
-diligently to work with the following results:
-
-
-PLAN No. 534. GOOD WHITE POLISHING POMADE
-
-Girl No. 1 selected the following as the basis of her activity:
-
-Tripoli powder, 1 pound; whiting, 1 pound; pumice flour, ¹⁄₂ pound;
-crude oleic acid, ¹⁄₄ pound; kerosene, 3 fluid ounces. Mix together with
-sufficient petroleum jelly to form a paste, and add perfume, such as oil
-of lemon, cassia, or nitrobenzol (mirbane) which gives the usual almond
-odor.
-
-Making up a considerable quantity, in the above proportions, she
-canvassed a large part of the residence district in the city and took
-trips to outside towns, demonstrating and selling it, and received
-valuable aid from one of the drug companies when she put it on sale.
-
-Her profits for the six months were $248.
-
-
-PLAN No. 535. A FIRST-CLASS FOOT POWDER
-
-The third girl chose a foot powder to work upon, the formula being as
-follows:
-
-Finely powdered talc, 60 ounces; boric acid, 30 ounces; salicylic acid,
-1 ounce; powdered alum, 1 ounce. Mix well, and scent as desired. The
-drug stores of the city told her they would take all of this she could
-make, as it was better and cheaper than powder widely advertised, and in
-the following six months her profits amounted to $287.
-
-
-PLAN No. 536. A GOOD AND CHEAP HAIR DYE
-
-Girl No. 4 thought she saw in a formula for a hair dye the foundation of
-at least a small income, so she chose that:
-
-She gave samples to several elderly ladies of her acquaintance, and they
-were delighted with it. From these samples, indirectly, she sold several
-hundred bottles, and then a young lady friend of hers, a very successful
-canvasser, offered to sell all she could make of it, on a commission of
-40 per cent. She accepted the offer and, began making it in large
-quantities, while the other girl sold it, and at the end of six months
-found that her profits were $397.
-
-
-PLAN No. 537. INSECT POWDER
-
-Girl No. 5 was rooming at a house where cockroaches were driving the
-landlady almost frantic, and gladly chose the following formula as her
-field of operations: Persian insect powder, 4 ounces; borax 30 ounces;
-starch, 4 ounces; sugar, 3 ounces; cocoa, 4 ounces; tartar emetic, 4
-ounces. Reduce all to a fine powder and mix thoroughly.
-
-The landlady was her first customer, and soon dispelled the roaches.
-Then the girl visited all the rooming houses, hotels, bakeries, cafes,
-etc., in the city, and made good sales. The drug stores sold
-considerable of it also, while women canvassers sold some, and the
-profits of her plan in the six months were $275.
-
-
-PLAN No. 538. STARCH ENAMEL
-
-There was but one of the formulas left, and the sixth girl took that
-one, determined to make it a success. The formula was as follows:
-
-Stearine, one powder; paraffin, 4 ounces; powdered ultramarine blue, ¹⁄₂
-dram.
-
-Fortunately, this girl’s uncle was the owner of a large laundry in the
-city, and he offered to make a thorough test of her product in his own
-establishment. The result of that test was that he offered to furnish
-the money for making this starch enamel on a very extensive scale, and
-the sales were so large that by the end of the six months her share of
-the profits were over $700, and she not only took the prize offered by
-her domestic science teacher, but found herself a half-owner of a
-business that later made large profits each year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 539. A DIABETIC GARDEN
-
-
-A man who owned a small tract of fine garden and fruitland adjoining a
-western city, had suffered for years from diabetes, and all the ordinary
-forms of treatment had failed to improve his condition.
-
-At last he purchased a book written by a celebrated eastern physician
-who had long been a professor of medicine in a leading university, as
-well as being associated with hospitals in large cities, and was an
-authority on diabetes. This book outlined a course of treatment which
-this man followed.
-
-The source from which he received the most benefit and to which he
-mainly attributed his successful treatment, was that portion of the book
-relating to the proper vegetable diet for diabetic patients, advising
-the use of those containing the least amount of sugar and starch, and he
-raised most of these vegetables himself.
-
-Acting upon the experience thus gained, he decided to extend this
-valuable aid and information to the thousands of other diabetics to be
-found in every community, and he thereupon inserted an ad. in a large
-number of newspapers, asking those so afflicted to write to him if they
-wished a certain and inexpensive treatment. To the hundreds who answered
-this ad. he wrote that he would supply the vegetables especially
-required for the diabetics, at very reasonable prices, either summer or
-winter, as he had them canned for that purpose. Or, if preferred, he
-would mail the names of all the vegetables necessary, with complete
-instructions for their culture and use, for a certain amount.
-
-These ads. and letters brought him a good revenue.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 540. A NOVEL COLLECTION IDEA
-
-
-An eastern man, who had made a special study of human nature and of
-business morals, evolved a novel plan which enabled him to establish a
-small collection agency, and expand the business so rapidly by means of
-his idea that in the course of six years he was the head of four large
-collection agencies in as many prominent cities, and was deriving a
-large income from it. His letter heads and stationery all bore his name
-as “attorney and counsellor at law.”
-
-His plan, though effective, was very simple: Securing accounts for
-collection, he would send to a bank in the debtor’s city a sight draft
-on the man owing the account, with instructions to the bank to return it
-to him promptly if not paid when due. He also had printed on the margin
-of the draft a detachable slip, saying: “No protest. Take this off
-before presenting.”
-
-He knew that every man wants to stand well in the estimation of his
-banker, as the man who keeps his credit good can obtain bank
-accommodations which would otherwise be denied him, and he knew that if
-the account was correct, the debtor would pay it to the bank sooner than
-to anyone else. Therefore he was very successful in making prompt
-collections. In the few cases where his method failed to bring the money
-he was not out anything as he charged the creditor 10 cents for every
-draft so sent out.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 541. COMPILED INDEX OF LEGAL FORMS
-
-
-A young lawyer in a western city added considerably to his professional
-fees, and at the same time aided many other lawyers to install method
-and system in their offices by originating an alphabetical index of
-court papers and other legal forms, having the name of each paper duly
-set out opposite a certain number following, and keeping the forms in
-files for that purpose, each bearing a corresponding number.
-
-By this means it was but the work of a moment to find in the index the
-name and number of the paper desired, and then turn to the file
-containing the number. It saved a great deal of time and space.
-
-So convenient and time-saving did this method prove to be, that he
-secured a copyright on it, and had a large number of the indexes
-printed, which he sold readily to other lawyers in his own and adjoining
-states for $15.00 a set.
-
-This was a great help to a young lawyer just beginning practice. His
-service was nearly all profit, and he was able to give time to the
-lawyer to pay, but he usually obtained all the payment on delivery. This
-will afford more than a living to any salesman.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 542. WROTE A BOOK ON SHOWCARD MAKING
-
-
-A successful writer of showcards, employed by a large eastern retail
-house, felt that in helping others to become as proficient in that line
-as he was himself, he could make money thereby, and he decided to write
-a book explaining every detail of the work in so thorough a manner that
-even those of only medium ability could understand and apply the
-principles as taught by himself.
-
-He therefore prepared a book of seventeen chapters, treating
-exhaustively of every phase of showcard writing, including free-hand
-work, equipment, practice and principles, strokes, geometry of letters,
-round-writing pen practice, forms of lettering, outline, single-stroke
-letters, layout and spacing, ink and paints, primary and secondary
-colors, bronze, flitter, etc., catch-phrases, hints to card-writers, and
-much other valuable information.
-
-He placed the price of his book at $1 per copy, and by advertising in
-trade papers all over the country he sold several thousand of them the
-first year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 543. LAWYER TRADES FOR 80-ACRE FARM
-
-
-A young lawyer, just out of college, located in a northwestern city of
-about 75,000 people, and, though his practice was not large during the
-first few years, he made a fair living.
-
-An old, dilapidated frame house, within a mile and a half of the
-business center, was offered at a low price, there being a mortgage on
-the place for $1,800. The owner being anxious to get rid of the
-mortgage, offered to sell his equity for $50, and the lawyer bought it.
-Then he mastered his pride, went to work and cleaned up the premises
-thoroughly, and spent $150 for painting and other improvements, and
-moved into it with his family. It then looked like a new place, and a
-number of trees with a good lawn gave it a very attractive and home-like
-appearance.
-
-After he had lived in the house a few months, the owner of a farm within
-a few miles of the city, who wanted a home in town, and greatly admired
-this particular place, offered to trade the farm for the lawyer’s equity
-in the city residence. The farm was worth $5,000, but had a $1,500
-mortgage on it, and the lawyer made the trade, taking the farm, subject
-to the mortgage. The city house had cost him $200, while his equity in
-the farm was $3,500 or $3,300 ahead of his cash outlay.
-
-Forty acres of the farm thus acquired were covered with a good growth of
-timber, which not only provided the new owner with all the fuel he would
-need during the rest of his life, but also enabled him to pay the
-interest on the mortgage every year through the sale of extra wood from
-fallen trees, etc.
-
-There was an excellent 5-room house on the farm, surrounded by about six
-acres of orchard and garden, all in exceptionally good soil. He spent
-about $100 in fixing up the house and grounds and used the place as a
-summer home, going to and from his office in the city each week in his
-automobile.
-
-He hired a young fellow in the country to plow, plant and cultivate the
-orchard and garden, and to sow the thirty-two acres in wheat, which
-brought him about $1,000, while the cost of having all this work done
-did not exceed $250. Part of the garden he planted in sugar beets and
-potatoes, and having bought a small grinder and cider press, he
-proceeded to make his own sugar, vinegar, cider, etc., while with the
-grinder he ground up sufficient of his own wheat to supply his family
-with the highest quality of whole-wheat bread, breakfast food, etc. As
-for his meats, he raised a few dozen chickens during the summer season,
-and had spring frys in abundance, besides plenty of eggs. He also bought
-a couple of shoats at a low price, which cost nothing to raise, but
-which produced enough hams, bacon, pork and lard, when killed in the
-fall, to supply himself and family for almost a year. His milk, butter,
-tea, coffee, and other groceries did not cost over $100 a year, so that
-on his wheat crop alone he realized a net profit of $650, in addition to
-something like $200 worth of canned fruits and vegetables. Besides, the
-health of the family was greatly improved through a residence of a few
-months in the country.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 544. COTTON SERVICE--U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 545. KEEPING EGGS FRESH FOR A YEAR
-
-
-Methods which are claimed to be infallible for keeping eggs fresh
-indefinitely are almost as numerous as the eggs themselves, yet many of
-these methods, while more or less expensive are far from reliable.
-However, a Denver poultry man, who had tried all the various ways of
-preserving eggs, finally adopted a method of his own, which has proved
-very successful.
-
-Placing a dozen or more strictly fresh eggs in a wire basket, he dipped
-them in boiling water, deep enough to cover every egg, and held them
-there while he counted six. He then let them dry and cool, and packed
-them in oats, in a keg or barrel with oats on the bottom and between the
-eggs. Then he added a layer of oats and a layer of eggs, alternately,
-placing the small end of the eggs down, until the barrel was full, then
-shaking it slightly so that the oats would settle all about the eggs.
-Some of these eggs were not used until a year afterwards, when they were
-found to be as fresh as the day they were packed.
-
-Having proved his method a success, he at once advertised to sell the
-method for 50 cents, and derived an income of $1,200 a year, in direct
-returns, while the profits on his own supply of eggs, thus treated, were
-increased almost 40 per cent, as he could keep them until prices were
-high.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 546. CROP WORK FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 547. INCREASING THE SIZE OF FRUITS AND VEGETABLES
-
-
-If orchardists and gardeners were assured that they could almost double
-the size and greatly improve the flavor of fruits and vegetables, by a
-very simple and inexpensive plan, they would willingly pay almost any
-price for the information.
-
-A fruit grower in California discovered this method, used it with good
-results in promoting the growth of his own products, and made a large
-amount of money by selling the secret to thousands of others engaged in
-the same line.
-
-His method was to water his fruit trees and vegetables with a solution
-of sulphate of iron, and the effect was amazing. The size and flavor of
-those thus treated were vastly increased and yielded almost twice the
-revenue formerly derived from the same products. He also treated flowers
-in the same way, and was surprised to learn that it gave them a peculiar
-brilliancy of coloring, as well as an exceptionally healthy aspect.
-
-Having fully demonstrated the efficacy of this method, he advertised in
-a number of agricultural and horticultural journals, announcing his
-discovery, and offering to send the method to any one for 50 cents. The
-returns were surprising, and his receipts from this source amounted to
-more than $2,000 during the first twelve months.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 548. MAKING A SUBSTITUTE FOR EGGS
-
-
-When eggs are selling at 50 to 60 cents a dozen most people are glad to
-use a substitute, especially when the substitute, for many purposes, is
-superior to real eggs.
-
-A gardener in Los Angeles, who had experimented in many ways with
-vegetables of all kinds, discovered that carrots can be made a very
-satisfactory substitute for eggs. He boils, mashes and presses them
-through a coarse cloth or hair strainer, and uses them in making a
-pudding by introducing the pulp among the other ingredients of the
-pudding, using no eggs whatever. A pudding thus made is not only much
-lighter, but much more palatable than one in which eggs are used.
-
-The results were so satisfactory, when used in his own home, that he at
-once wrote out full instructions for preparing the carrots, had 1,000
-copies printed, and advertised to mail the information for 50 cents. He
-received so many remittances that his 1,000 copies were soon all used
-up, and several thousand more were printed. To-day he is in receipt of
-an income that makes him a good living, simply through letting other
-people know about his discovery, and having them pay for it. But it is
-well worth the price.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 549. FATTENING HOGS ON HAY
-
-
-How many farmers know that hogs can be fattened on hay? One farmer in
-eastern Washington knew it, and made profitable use of his knowledge,
-not only in fattening his own porkers at a small expense, but in
-supplying the information to other farmers. This is the secret of it:
-
-Providing himself with a cutting-box, he cut very green hay short, mixed
-it with bran, shorts or middlings, and fed it the same as other feed.
-Hogs soon become fond of this, especially when soaked in swill or other
-slops. In the winter he fed his hogs the same kind of hay that he fed
-his horses, and they fattened on that as rapidly as on anything that
-could be given them, even corn or shorts.
-
-Convinced that he had made an important discovery, he advertised in a
-number of farm and stock journals that for 50 cents he would send full
-information regarding the fattening of hogs by a new method, and
-received hundreds of replies containing enclosures. So many of these
-came in that they afforded him a steady and comfortable income, besides
-the greatly increased profits derived from fattening his hogs at a
-comparatively trifling cost.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 550. MADE MONEY WITH VACUUM CLEANER
-
-
-While everyone recognizes the value of a vacuum cleaner in the removal
-of dust and dirt from house furnishings, comparatively few people own
-them, as it requires considerable of an outlay to buy one, and more or
-less exertion to operate it.
-
-A young woman in a western city, who was in the habit of thinking
-matters over for herself, thought she saw an opportunity in this fact to
-make a little money for herself by relieving people of these
-expenditures, and she therefore bought one of the best makes of vacuum
-cleaners, on the installment plan, and started out to build up a little
-business of her own.
-
-Calling at a number of homes where she had reason to believe there was
-not one of these conveniences, she secured several contracts, on her
-first day’s canvass, to come once a week and give the house a thorough
-going over with her machine, at a stipulated price per hour. Figuring
-that she could perform this service satisfactorily in two average homes
-each day, she continued soliciting until she had twelve permanent
-patrons, and then began her work.
-
-From the very beginning, her receipts averaged $5 a day. She has not
-only paid all the installments on her vacuum cleaner, but has made a
-good-sized payment on a little bungalow, which is now her home.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 551. MADE AD. SOLICITING PAY
-
-
-A young man from Chicago, who had been connected for several years with
-the advertising department of one of the city’s big dailies, was obliged
-to go west on account of failing health, and decided to locate in a
-northwestern city of about 100,000 population.
-
-Here he found a number of weekly publications, all more or less lacking
-in advertising patronage, and, being an expert in that line, he saw an
-opportunity to build up a good business for himself, while adding
-greatly to the revenues of those struggling periodicals.
-
-He therefore interviewed the publishers, and made them the following
-proposition: That he would secure advertisements for them, up to a
-certain amount, at the regular rate of commission, and all in excess of
-that amount of advertising should belong to him.
-
-The publishers were glad to make this arrangement, as it meant at least
-twice as much business as they ever had before, so he went to work and
-soon had doubled the advertising in each of the papers. It was then an
-easy matter to obtain still more, for his own exclusive benefit, and his
-net earnings the first year were over $5,000.
-
-He also secured ads. for special publications, with the understanding
-that after enough had been obtained to pay the cost of the ads. the
-balance should all be his.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 552. TEACHING SCENARIO WRITING
-
-
-A New York man, who had written many scenarios for motion picture
-companies, finally concluded to start a paper devoted to that industry,
-and adopted a novel means of securing subscriptions for it.
-
-He advertised in a number of magazines that for 25 cents he would send
-his paper for an entire year, and at the same time would mail each
-subscriber a sample scenario, showing how to construct the plot,
-together with a list of film manufacturers in the market for
-motion-picture plays, etc.
-
-By this means he not only obtained several thousand subscribers, but
-enabled many aspiring scenario writers to construct plays that found a
-ready demand when submitted to the various companies making use of them.
-To be sure, he sent the same sample scenario to all his subscribers, and
-the cost of it was only the expense of having it printed in large lots.
-But this plan built up a good subscription list, which made his
-advertising space very valuable and brought excellent returns.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 553. CHILDREN’S PHOTOGRAPH SPECIALIST
-
-
-A young photographer in a northwestern city, who was very fond of
-children, and was unusually successful in making good photographs of the
-little ones, opened a studio in an exclusive residence section of the
-city, and fitted up the lawn in front as an attractive playground. There
-were many trees all around the place, and these greatly heightened the
-park-like effect he wished to produce. Rustic seats, swings, etc., were
-arranged among the trees in front of the house, and the children of the
-city were invited to make it their common playground, under certain
-restrictions, of course, requiring them to be quiet and orderly.
-
-Then he began the work of making photographs of children exclusively,
-arranging them singly or in groups and in various posings, on the lawn
-when the weather was good, or in the artistically-arranged studio at
-times unfavorable for outdoor work.
-
-These pictures soon created so great a demand that mothers brought
-their children from all over the city, as well as from outside points,
-to have them photographed. Within a year from the time he established
-his studio for children’s photographs, he was enjoying an income that
-averaged $500 a month.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 554. CONDENSING GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS
-
-
-A former newspaper man who was incapacitated for active service on the
-city dailies, concluded that he could still make a comfortable living by
-turning his talents toward condensing the numerous publications issued
-by the department of agriculture, compiling their salient features into
-one volume, and selling the work to farmers, stock-raisers, gardeners
-and others who had either neglected to send for the government
-pamphlets, or did not know they could be secured free, or did not read
-them.
-
-He therefore wrote to Washington, D. C., secured copies of all the
-various publications obtainable, and made a brief, concise synopsis of
-their contents, in attractive form.
-
-He bound them in one book with paper covers, and advertised in farm and
-other papers at 50 cents a volume.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 555. BUSINESS ADVISER
-
-
-A New York lawyer who had had a large experience in business matters,
-decided to remove to San Francisco, mainly for climatic reasons, and
-concluded to enlarge upon the scope of his former activities in the
-eastern metropolis.
-
-He therefore opened an office and announced that he would act as
-business adviser to all, and would superintend the organization of large
-corporations, keeping them advised as to all business as well as legal
-aspects of their undertakings, look after the intricate affairs of
-established concerns that desired to improve their business methods, and
-give advice in all matters requiring careful supervision or
-reconstruction.
-
-Being a man of unusual ability, he charged reasonable fees for his
-services, and in the course of a few years was held in such esteem that
-his advice was much in demand. This work put him in touch with
-propositions in which he was able to make big profits.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 556. MEN’S APPAREL ADVISER
-
-
-If we are to consult a doctor when we are sick, a dentist when we have a
-toothache, a carpenter when we want a house built, then why not consult
-a specialist in apparel when we want to be properly clothed? That’s what
-a Denver dealer in men’s clothing and furnishings asked himself, and
-forthwith proceeded to find the answer.
-
-Carrying an exceptionally fine and very complete line of the “best in
-men’s wear,” and possessing a taste in matters of dress that won the
-confidence of his patrons and the envy of his competitors, he decided
-upon a novel mode of procedure, and carried it out with success.
-
-With tact that conveyed a compliment rather than a criticism, and gave
-pleasure instead of offense, he skilfully and diplomatically suggested
-to each of one hundred of his closely intimate male friends that he
-would appreciate the favor of engaging as their adviser for a year in
-all matters of dress; in the selection of suits, overcoats, hats, shoes,
-gloves, and furnishings complete--not so much for the small profit there
-would be in it, but in order that each man so appareled could be pointed
-out as a model of perfect taste in dress, when fitted out from the
-dealer’s stock of men’s accessories, and in accordance with his
-well-known judgment in matters of that sort. He suggested that his
-patrons need not spend over $200 to $250 to be well dressed for that
-entire period.
-
-To every one of these the dealer gave his careful personal attention,
-devoting hours, if necessary, to the smallest detail of his patrons’
-needs, and every man was a living advertisement of this clothing man’s
-good taste in dress.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 557. ONE-MAN SALES COMPANY
-
-
-A Seattle man who had had considerable experience in selling goods of
-various kinds, and had formerly been head buyer for a large department
-store, which gave him special knowledge of all classes of merchandise,
-as well as the retail prices of goods, decided to make use of his
-knowledge, so went into business for himself.
-
-He had a full line of good stationery printed, calling himself the
-“Blank Sales Company,” and used this in writing to manufacturers all
-over the country, asking to be quoted the very lowest prices on their
-products.
-
-At the same time he advertised that he would supply any article of
-merchandise, at prices below those asked by local retail dealers, and,
-in answer to inquiries for certain articles, quoted figures that were
-low, but the patron was in all cases required to pay the freight on the
-articles purchased.
-
-Shipments were made direct from the manufacturer to the customer, he was
-not required to handle the goods, but collect and remit the net every
-thirty days, which left him a good margin of profit. His earnings the
-first year were very large. This business has no limitations.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 558. CANNING THE SURPLUS
-
-
-A widow and her daughter, who lived in a rickety old house on a run-down
-farm in the Middle West, were greatly distressed by the lack of funds
-with which to improve the appearance and comfort of the old dwelling,
-but had never been able to accumulate the necessary funds to have it
-done.
-
-The farm was every year yielding a greater quantity of fruit, berries,
-and vegetables than they could possibly use, and this surplus was all
-going to waste for the want of care. Finally the widow said to her
-daughter: “Let’s can this surplus, and we will get good prices for it
-later in the season.” So they began.
-
-They had a few fruit jars and jelly glasses, all of which they filled
-with good grades of fruit, vegetables and berries, and then bought as
-many more as they could afford, besides what sugar they needed for
-canning. A few cans of their fruits, as well as some of their jellies
-and preserves, they sold to well-to-do neighbors and city people, at
-good prices, and so well pleased were the purchasers of their products
-that they never found it necessary to advertise or peddle their goods,
-for people came for them and bought until the supply was exhausted. And
-the buyers were always willing to return their jars and glasses, when
-empty, so their outlay thereafter was small.
-
-They cleared nearly $100 that first season, $220 the second year, and at
-the end of the third year they had enough money to fix up the old house
-and make it an attractive, homelike, country residence. But they still
-can and preserve the surplus from their orchard and garden, and are
-making a good living from it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 559. SPECIALIZED IN FITTING CHILDREN’S SHOES
-
-
-A young shoe clerk in Chicago developed so great a “knack” for correctly
-fitting children’s shoes, with special study of the habits as well as
-the feet of the children, that scores of mothers who brought their
-little ones into the store would allow no one else to wait upon them.
-No matter how busy he was--they would patiently wait their turn until he
-could attend to the delicate matter of fitting each child, regardless of
-its age or disposition. This is his method:
-
-For the active, outdoor boy he selects a heavier, more substantial shoe
-than for the studious, indoor child. He takes off the old shoe, notes
-its size and shape, measures the foot, feels of the arch, to see whether
-high or low, and chooses for the new shoe one that is one and one-half
-sizes larger than the actual measurement, to allow room for spreading.
-If the child is very heavy, he allows two sizes larger. He runs his
-fingers along the three small toes of the foot, when the shoe is on; if
-the toes are curled up, the shoe is too narrow. Then he notes the
-position of the big-toe joint, to be sure the shoe is the proper length.
-For the child with weak ankles, or just learning to walk, he supplies
-shoes with whalebone supports in the back, and for the child with normal
-feet he advises the soft leather shoe with flexible soles. He disagrees
-with doctors who urge arch supports, as he says the shoe that keeps the
-foot in the best position is the proper one.
-
-The reputation of his skill for fitting children’s shoes spread
-throughout the entire shoe trade of Chicago, and one day the head of a
-large retail shoe house in that city came in and offered him a
-one-fourth interest in his business if he would take charge of the
-children’s shoe department, and teach his art to the other clerks. It
-makes little difference what calling one is in if he likes his work and
-puts himself into it his opportunity is sure to come.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 560. KNEW THE SECRET OF HOME CANNING
-
-
-Most of the housewives in America believe that home-canned vegetables
-nearly always spoil. That is because they do not understand the
-important part played by bacteria in the canning process. Vegetables
-contain a large amount of proteid, the favorite food of bacteria, and
-unless these bacteria are destroyed, vegetables canned in summer are
-almost certain to spoil.
-
-On the other hand, fruits--and these include tomatoes--contain but
-little proteid, but a great amount of acid, (which bacteria especially
-dislike) and are therefore much easier to can, as well as to keep.
-
-A young farmer’s wife in Illinois, who had made a close study of
-bacteria, knew exactly what to do in the matter of canning vegetables.
-She knew that bacteria, in order to protect themselves even against the
-heat of boiling water, form thick-walled bodies or spores, and that the
-first boiling simply causes the spores to grow, while a second or a
-third boiling effectually destroys them. She has tried this method often
-enough to be sure of it.
-
-She therefore wrote a little booklet on “How to Can Summer Vegetables,”
-placed the price at 50 cents per copy, and advertised it in a number of
-women’s magazines and other periodicals. Many answers came in, enclosing
-50 cents, and she sent out thousands of copies during the first three
-months. Often people make special study on certain subjects and have
-special experience along that line which if put in pamphlet form would
-be valuable to other people who would be willing to pay 25 to 50 cents
-for it.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 561. RAISING HOMING PIGEONS
-
-
-Both patriotism and profit are what prompted an Ohio man to raise homing
-pigeons for war purposes, and the business has proven a great success,
-from every point of view.
-
-From early boyhood pigeons have interested him more than anything else
-in the world, and he understood these remarkable birds very well.
-
-These pigeons are not the soft, cooing dove of fiction, but are
-beautiful in color and line, alert, strong, tight-feathered, athletic,
-gamebirds with bright, farseeing eyes and marvelous courage. They are
-used in war for carrying messages from the front trenches to the bases
-back of the lines, and 97 per cent of these messages, upon which either
-victory or defeat may hang, reach their destination.
-
-A section of this man’s pigeon loft shows separate apartments for each
-pair of birds, painted alternately black and white.
-
-The birds manifest the most intense loyalty to their mates, and he has
-raised thousands of them for the cause of the Government, and, as they
-can be utilized with equal advantage in peaceful pursuits, a certain
-means of revenue is thus opened to thousands of other breeders of these
-wonderful birds.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 562. RAISING SQUABS FOR PROFIT
-
-
-A young married couple, who lived near a car line in the suburb of a
-western city, decided to engage in the raising of squabs, as the hotels
-and restaurants of the city afforded a permanent and profitable market
-for them.
-
-Having secured a few birds, together with a book giving complete
-instructions as to their care, feeding, marketing, etc., they
-constructed suitable quarters for them, and determined that, above all
-things, they would keep their nests and grounds absolutely clean; which
-is a very important part of successful squab raising. They had ample
-space for their birds, gave them the best of care, and constantly
-watched every phase of their growth and breeding, so that, from less
-than a dozen birds, with which they started in the spring, they had more
-than 150 by fall, all strong, vigorous, healthy specimens.
-
-They felt that they could spare a certain number for the market during
-the early winter, and these they prepared with the greatest care and
-cleanliness, so that they brought top prices, and resulted in a standing
-order from several of the leading hotels and cafes for all the squabs
-they could supply.
-
-While their receipts from this source were only a little over $100 the
-first year, the second year brought them $350, the third year $600, and
-after that they could count on at least $1,000 a year net profit from
-their squabs, while the husband was earning a good salary as a salesman
-in the city.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 563. REVISING MANUSCRIPTS
-
-
-A former newspaper man and publicity writer in a western city, who had
-written and revised many books, pamphlets, prospectuses, etc., became
-impressed with the fact that many persons who wished to become authors
-of short stories, serials, poetry and miscellaneous articles, were sadly
-lacking in the knowledge of how to prepare their manuscripts in such a
-way as to make them acceptable to publishers. He also realized that,
-even if they knew how to properly arrange their manuscripts, few, if any
-of them, knew the names, addresses and needs of the various magazines
-and other publications that accept certain classes of stories or
-articles.
-
-Having a complete list of such periodicals and possessing both the
-ability and experience which qualify him to render valuable and timely
-aid to aspiring authors, he advertised, asking authors to send him their
-manuscripts for review, adding that he might assist them in finding a
-market for their productions.
-
-Many answers were received, to the writers of which he sent a
-well-written letter, showing the necessity for competent assistance in
-such matters, and quoting a reasonable graduated scale of charges for
-the work of revision, according to the number of words in a manuscript.
-In a short time he developed a good paying business.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 563. The Eye of the Master will do More Work
-than Both his Hands]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 564. PUBLIC SCHOOL DIRECTORY
-
-
-An experienced ad. solicitor in a California city, who wished to go into
-business for himself, conceived the idea of publishing a complete school
-directory, which would be without cost to the school board, and would
-net him a good profit.
-
-He therefore interviewed the members of the board, and said to them: “If
-you will furnish me with the school calendar for the coming year, the
-names and addresses, with telephone numbers, of the board of directors,
-the standing committees of the same, dates of regular meetings,
-personnel and location of the superintendent’s office, supervisors,
-attendance officer, health supervision, superintendent of buildings and
-journals, manual training department, department of household arts, high
-schools, evening schools, and graded schools, with names, addresses and
-telephone numbers of principals, assistants and teachers, and an
-alphabetical list of all the latter, I will print it in the best
-directory form, absolutely at my own expense, provided I shall receive
-all the proceeds of whatever advertising of an approved nature I can
-secure for the same.”
-
-The board accepted the offer, placed all the required data at his
-disposal, and he then began to secure ads. for the directory.
-Advertisers were so favorably impressed with the value of his directory
-as a medium of publicity, that he contracted for enough to bring him in
-over $1,800. The directory, when printed, cost him less than $400.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 565. AN ADVERTISING SCHOOL
-
-
-An advertisement writer in a western city, who had made a good success
-in that work, having enrolled practically all the leading merchants of
-his city in his list of patrons, decided to establish an advertising
-school, in order to teach others the art or profession in which he had
-become so proficient.
-
-He therefore advertised in the papers of his own and surrounding cities,
-offering a thorough course of instruction in the designing and writing
-of advertisements, which instructions would be sent by mail upon receipt
-of $10, and many replies were received.
-
-He accordingly prepared and had printed in attractive and comprehensive
-form a series of five brief lectures, as follows:
-
-“General Instructions”; “The Study of Type”; “Measurements and Lay-Out”;
-“Building the Ad”; “Proof-Reading”; with instructions and examples
-relating to each, which made it easy to understand and apply, and proved
-a great aid to those who wished to make ad. writing a life business.
-
-He received many letters expressing deep gratitude for the assistance
-thus afforded aspiring publicity specialists. This work yielded him a
-revenue of over $2,000 a year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 566. AN ALUMNI DIRECTORY
-
-
-The former president of the alumni association of a high school in a
-prominent western city figured out a plan which brought a great deal of
-pleasure to all its members, and incidentally netted him a profit of
-$2,000 for about two months’ work.
-
-He accomplished this by interviewing the principal of the high school,
-who was able to supply him with the names and addresses of nearly 80 per
-cent of the alumni members, and the balance he secured by calling upon
-those in close touch with such as had located elsewhere.
-
-When his list was completed, he secured advertisements sufficient to
-fill several pages, charged a good price for his space, and had the
-entire collection printed in attractive directory form.
-
-Then he sent letters to all the members whose names were to appear in
-the book, announced the publication thereof, and placed the price at $1
-per copy. The dollars came in until he had received over five hundred of
-them, and, having collected for the advertising and paid for the
-printing, he found he had $2,000 left. Then he went to other cities and
-did the same thing.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 567. BIRD-BATHS FOR ORCHARDISTS
-
-
-A successful orchardist and gardener of Spokane, Washington, attributes
-a part of the profits he has derived from his fruit and vegetable
-culture to the encouragement he has given birds to come to his place.
-
-Knowing a great deal about the habits and the needs of birds, he
-realized that ample bathing facilities for them are greatly appreciated
-and he at once proceeded to supply them with this luxury, for if there
-is anything a bird likes it is his daily bath.
-
-To encourage them to make his place their permanent home, he built a
-wooden frame, about 12x20 inches in size and 6 inches deep, and into
-this frame he poured concrete, which he mixed, leaving a shallow
-depression in the center, which would hold about a quart of water.
-These concrete baths he placed on top of an upright piece of 4x4
-scantling sunk into the ground. He put the bath on this post and filled
-the bath with water, and awaited results. Inside of ten minutes a dozen
-birds had gathered at the outdoor bathing place thus provided and were
-enjoying their bath as though it were the greatest luxury of their
-lives. He then put up eight or ten more throughout the orchard, garden,
-and yard, and in a short time the place was literally alive with birds.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 567. The Bird Bath]
-
-Before long insects of all kinds had been reduced and his fruits and
-vegetables gave him better yields. He thereupon began to manufacture the
-bird-baths by the hundreds, at a cost of about 5 cents each, and through
-a little advertising was enabled to sell them for $1 apiece.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 568. BECAME A NURSE FOR DIABETICS
-
-
-A New York young woman wanted to become a nurse, so she consulted a
-physician who was a specialist and recognized authority on diabetes, and
-asked him what he would advise as a distinctive specialty for her to
-follow. His answer was: “Become a nurse for diabetics. They are clean
-and easy cases to handle, involving no disagreeable duties, and as most
-of them are able to attend to their regular business every day, the
-nurse has an abundance of time for her own improvement. But she must
-know her business thoroughly, be an expert in every detail, and possess
-a personality that instantly wins confidence. If you have that
-personality and are well informed as to the nature and treatment of
-diabetes, you will succeed.”
-
-She was so greatly impressed with the soundness of this advice that she
-at once began to perfect herself in her chosen calling, and in order to
-do this effectually, she arranged to take care of several diabetic
-patients under treatment by this physician. This gave her a practical
-insight into the malady itself and the treatment it required, and after
-a course of study and experience with this specialist she made this work
-her specialty.
-
-The first one came in the person of a wealthy business man who was just
-beginning to take treatment from the diabetes specialist, and had
-progressed so rapidly that he was in proper shape to be sent to his
-home, but was told that he would require the constant attendance of a
-thoroughly competent nurse for several months; that she must remain at
-his home during all that time, and that he must regulate his diet,
-activities and conduct strictly according to her instructions, to all of
-which he readily agreed, as he did not want to go to a hospital for so
-long a time.
-
-The nurse had thoroughly familiarized herself with all the books and
-treatises relating to diabetes, especially the works of the specialist
-from whom she had received such valuable training. She therefore had a
-complete understanding of what was required of herself and her patient,
-both while taking the treatment and afterwards. She was bright,
-companionable, a good reader, and frequently entertained him by reading
-aloud. She prescribed every article in his diet, explaining to him the
-virtues and harmfulness of various articles of food, the values of
-carbohydrates, proteins, and fats and the care with which sugar and
-starches must be used, if permitted at all. She made daily tests of his
-urine, voided at 7 o’clock every morning, after which she weighed him
-carefully and recorded the gain or loss from day to day.
-
-She instructed her patient that it was better for him to eat too little
-than too much, and thus avoid the danger of becoming upset. She planned
-the daily diet in advance, so that he should receive the proper amount
-of each necessary element, and cautioned the patient to eat slowly. She
-recorded the character and quantity of food taken daily by the patient.
-She saw to it that all vegetables were properly cleaned and prepared
-before cooking, and served the given portions raw. For breakfast she
-gave him coffee, cream, bacon and one egg; for luncheon, clear soup,
-meat or fish, and vegetables; for dinner, tea, or cracked cocoa, and a
-small portion of a cooked vegetable, salad, meat or fish.
-
-She insisted that his bowels move freely, but gave no cathartic for that
-purpose, as she knew of much better ways to produce this result. She saw
-that he took moderate exercise, played games and indulged in other forms
-of entertainment, but all reference to his disease was positively
-forbidden, so that his mind did not dwell upon his condition, while his
-surroundings were made as cheerful as possible.
-
-When giving an occasional massage, she used cocoa butter or other
-preparation containing fat, but no alcohol, owing to its drying effect,
-and was instructed to report promptly to the doctor any symptoms
-signifying coma, but fortunately nothing of this kind occurred.
-
-She remained a member of the patient’s household for six months, during
-the latter part of which he was able to go to his office and attend to
-business, but she limited his working hours to four each day, with
-positive instructions to come home at once upon the least signs of
-fatigue.
-
-From that time on, she was never without a patient, and though her work
-was not hard, it required all her resources, so that she was warranted
-in charging well for her services.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 569. MOTION-PICTURE ADVERTISING
-
-
-An advertising man in a western city successfully carried out a plan of
-advertising in the motion picture theaters of his own and thirty of the
-surrounding towns, and found it a profitable business.
-
-He arranged with the managers of all these houses for a certain amount
-of advertising matter to be thrown upon their screens once each week for
-a year, at a figure which was very low. They were also to show motion
-pictures of the various departments of the manufacturers who were his
-regular advertisers, with attractive mottoes designed to encourage the
-patronizing of home industries. These were highly educational to each
-community.
-
-He then made advertising contracts with a large number of merchants,
-manufacturers and others in the various towns for space on the screens,
-at rates that netted him a profit of 300 or 400 per cent, and in
-addition agreed to supply his advertisers free, with all items of a
-local character which might aid them in securing more business. He
-subscribed for one paper published in each of these towns, and his free
-information bureau he conducted with the aid of a girl to cut out and
-mail these items to such advertisers as might be interested in or
-benefited by them.
-
-His business proved profitable for all concerned. The theatre managers
-received good prices for the use of their screens, the advertisers
-obtained good results and the manager of the business made a profit of
-better than $4,500 a year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 570. RAISING BLOODED DOGS
-
-
-A man who was employed in a large stationery house in a northwestern
-city made extra money during his spare time by raising blooded dogs and
-selling them at good prices.
-
-No matter for what purpose a dog was desired, whether for a child’s
-companion, a watch dog or hunting dog, he knew exactly the sort of dog
-to supply, and had the very finest specimens of all breeds constantly on
-hand to meet the demand.
-
-His prices ranged from $5 and $10 for a young puppy to $25, and even
-$50, for one grown and well trained. He had read everything published
-relating to dogs, had the pedigrees of all the best ones, and bred only
-the best grade of animals. In the five years he was engaged in this as a
-side line, he cleared several thousand dollars.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 571. A “TRADE-TIP” BUREAU
-
-
-A Minneapolis man made money by organizing what he called a “trade-tip
-bureau,” which consisted entirely of himself.
-
-He contracted with 100 manufacturers, merchants and others to keep them
-fully informed with reference to all matters arising within a radius of
-200 miles of his home city, and information which might prove beneficial
-to them, at so much from each firm per year.
-
-He then subscribed for all the newspapers in the territory named, and
-read them carefully. Whenever he found an item that would be of interest
-to any of his clients, he would promptly inform that particular person
-of the fact, and in most cases the information thus supplied led to an
-opportunity for making a good profit. He usually sent a little note with
-each bunch of information, commenting on its possible use in their
-business. When a threshing machine was destroyed, he informed the
-manufacturer of threshing machines. If a firm in an outside town failed,
-he reported it to the local firm that bought bankrupt stocks. If a
-mining operator visited the city, he tipped off the hardware dealer who
-had powder to sell.
-
-These are examples of the various services he rendered his patrons, and
-they were so highly pleased with the results that they continued to
-renew their contracts with him from year to year. His present income is
-more than $4,000 per annum.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 572. BOOKLET ON MAIL-ORDER BUYING
-
-
-A Chicago man who had been engaged in the mail-order business for many
-years, and had become familiar with this work in all its phases,
-published a booklet of eighty pages, containing valuable information and
-suggestions to other mail-order agents in regard to buying goods to be
-used for that purpose.
-
-Following a brief introductory, relating the changes that have taken
-place in the mail-order business of late years, owing to the changing
-methods of both factories and stores, the work touched upon securing
-introductions to the trade; contracts; letters vs. trips; points to be
-considered before deciding; will cheap goods stay low? buying staple
-lines; factory trips; depending upon salesmen; trade tips; when to load
-up; cash and trade discounts; new contracts; the purchasing of
-novelties; market tours; keen observation; test sales; large profits for
-all concerned; danger signals; purchasing agency goods; thorough tests;
-giving out duplicate orders; keeping costs down; your own trade-mark;
-watch territorial requirements; saving in packaging, etc.
-
-It was just such a booklet as the thousands of mail-order agents in this
-country will buy and read with profit, and he sold thousands of them for
-50 cents a copy.
-
-Any other good mail order agents might record their experience in a
-similar manner with equally satisfactory results.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 573. MEMORY CULTIVATION
-
-
-The following is the method employed with profit by a well known eastern
-man who teaches the cultivation and improvement of the memory. He
-inserts ads. in all the papers as follows:
-
-“Stop forgetting. It may cost you money. Memory can be perfected by my
-simple Home Method. Education not necessary. Easy to master. Sent
-prepaid for 50 cents. SEND NOW TO ------------”
-
-“_A good memory worth gold._ Helps you succeed--is better than
-education. MY HOME METHOD easily and quickly applied; easy as reading a
-book. Send 50 cents for it, prepaid, NOW. Address --------------”
-
-“_How is your memory?_ If it is bad, better it; if it is good, perfect
-it. MY HOME METHOD gets results. Easiest thing in the world. Send 50
-cents NOW; get it prepaid. Address --------------”
-
-The copy for the course, or folder, is substantially as follows:
-
-
-HOW TO CULTIVATE YOUR MEMORY
-
-_Forgetfulness is not a disease_--_it is a habit_--and a bad and costly
-habit.
-
-Perfect memory is necessary in all kinds of business. Why have to make
-notes of everything you wish to recall? Why “have a name or fact on the
-tip of your tongue,” unless you can speak it?
-
-Your mind is just like your muscles, so far as training goes. If you
-wanted to become physically strong, you would not overdo your exercise
-the first day. You would start with simple things, and then do the more
-difficult feats. It is the same way with your mind, follow these
-directions carefully.
-
-
-_How to Concentrate Your Mind_
-
-Memory depends entirely upon concentration. If you have _riveted your
-mind_ on what you hear or see or read, the _impression is deep_. It is
-like talking into a phonograph. If you whisper, the record on the wax is
-shallow, and difficult to reproduce. If you speak in a clear voice, then
-the record of what you say is cut _deep_, and can always be reproduced
-clearly.
-
-To learn how to _concentrate_, you must start with simple things. But
-the first lessons must be _useful_.
-
-The best way to concentrate is to begin with things that _denote
-action_.
-
-For example, go into a room _once a day_, with nobody around to disturb
-you. Take a sheet of plain paper, and with a heavy, black pencil write
-something on it like this:
-
-“_I can make my mind travel into any fact or study._”
-
-Place this before you on the table, and have nothing else on the table
-that will interfere. Set this paper on the edge, so that it is plainly
-visible when you sit in a chair about two feet away from the table.
-
-Now, first of all, _relax_. Get your muscles _eased_. Sit back in the
-chair, breathe slowly, take a few long breaths, and close your eyes.
-
-Sit in a comfortable position. Avoid all muscular strain.
-
-Then _open your eyes and look at that paper_.
-
-Look at it and ask yourself what it means. What is your mind supposed to
-do if it travels into any subject?
-
-If you are going to run a race, you wear as little as possible. You must
-_feel like racing_. And so, your mind must not be weighed down with
-other thoughts.
-
-Close your eyes and _think_ about your mind’s ability to _travel back
-into the past_.
-
-What did you do a year ago today? What did you do a year ago yesterday?
-What did you do five years ago?
-
-_Keep the idea before you of making your mind travel back into anything
-you wish to remember._
-
-
-_Keep the Mind in a Definite Thought Channel._
-
-Now, after a few minutes of this practice, take another sheet of paper
-and write on it:
-
-“_I can dig up any fact in my mind._”
-
-Again relax and close your eyes, and then study these words. If your
-mind is going to dig facts out of your memory, it must not have other
-things to do at the same time.
-
-Try to _dig up_ the name of somebody you have forgotten, or something
-you have read.
-
-Now, as you proceed from day to day, get relaxed and take some book or
-paper and read _some useful thing_. Try to _shut out_ every other
-thought, so that your mind can _wade into the facts_.
-
-Then sit back in your chair, with your eyes closed, and _analyze_ what
-you have read. Ask yourself questions about it. The more interesting the
-subject, the more readily you will go into it.
-
-After a few weeks you will begin to _look into things more carefully_,
-and make your _mind impressions deep_.
-
-_Get into the habit of concentrating on what people tell you_, on what
-you _read_, or _see_, or _hear_.
-
-Then you will soon learn how to _shut out everything that does not
-pertain to the subject_, and you will make your impressions stronger.
-Also, _you will begin to bring out truths that you have almost
-forgotten_.
-
-Remember that the _subjective part of your mind never forgets_.
-
-The more you get into the _habit_ of permitting your mind to _flit_, the
-less you will be able to remember. The best students are those who make
-their studies _interesting_. The best business men are the persons who
-take _interest_ in their business.
-
-_Tie yourself down to everything you do._
-
-And then, every once in a while, hold a _mind review_.
-
-Think of the different places you have lived, what you did, the people
-you knew, what became of them.
-
-_Exercise your memory regularly._
-
-Unless it is exercised, it falls into disuse--like an unused muscle--and
-becomes weaker.
-
-Within a few weeks, you will be able to concentrate your mind on
-anything you do or read or say. That is _practice_ of the _right_ kind.
-It is scientific practice that considers your _memory_ as a _necessary
-part of your entire being_.
-
-And remember, that you should so _concentrate_ on these lessons that you
-can _repeat the thought_, the _ideas_ contained in them.
-
-With this kind of practice, memory will become a strong _asset_ with
-you--and it is a valuable asset, too.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 574. CUSTODIAN FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 575. PICTORIAL BUSINESS MAGAZINE
-
-
-A western advertising man induced a talented local cartoonist to join
-him in the publication of a pictorial magazine of purely local events of
-interest, and together they soon made it the most talked-of publication
-in the city which had a population of about 100,000.
-
-The magazine was well printed, on good paper, and contained items of
-interest to and concerning prominent people in all lines of
-business--merchants, lawyers, doctors, dentists, judges, politicians,
-and other well known people.
-
-The artist was quite gifted in reproducing the features of people, and
-the faces thus drawn were often attached to bodies of supposedly the
-same people in more or less grotesque positions there being an element
-of humor in most of the drawings. The humor, however, was of the clean,
-inoffensive kind, and was greatly enjoyed by the victim as well as by
-his acquaintances.
-
-In a short time they had over 2,000 regular subscribers to the magazine,
-which was published weekly, and with the growth of the circulation the
-advertising space became more and more valuable, so that inside of three
-years their annual income was considerably in excess of $4,000.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 576. GEORGE MADE SOME TENTS
-
-
-A young man and his girl were strolling on the beach, when a violent
-storm arose. He opened his umbrella, and spread his raincoat over it.
-Then he fastened a 5-foot stick into the umbrella frame, inserted the
-other end into the ground, and the raincoat provided the walls of a
-hastily-constructed tent which kept them dry as they sat on a log while
-the storm raged.
-
-This evidently gave the young man an idea, for he had a tentmaker
-construct 200 little tents for use on the beach, which he sold the
-people at the resort for $5 each.
-
-The tents were made of light duck, fifteen yards in each, with fourteen
-strong sticks made to fit into each other at the ends. Eight of them,
-fitted together, made an 8-foot pole to hold up the tent, while the
-other six, three on each side, held up the sides, and made a rain- and
-sun-proof tent six feet square, which served not only as a protection
-from the sun and storm, but made an excellent place in which to put on a
-bathing suit, as well.
-
-This plan gave the inventor an income of more than $1,000 a year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 577. BATHHOUSE CURTAINS FOR AUTOS
-
-
-A lawyer living in a northern city, near which were a number of lakes,
-health resorts and bathing beaches, frequently took his family in an
-automobile to some of these places, and together they spent the day in
-bathing, playing golf, etc.
-
-As the charges for the use of the bathhouses were rather exorbitant, and
-the bathhouses inconvenient, the attorney rigged up a set of water-proof
-curtains, enclosing the back portion of the machine, and attached to the
-frame above by means of hooks, thus giving all the privacy and
-protection of a regular bathhouse, which all the members of the family
-could use in turn, at no expense whatever.
-
-Many other persons at the various bathing places noted the utility of
-the plan and asked the lawyer to make sets for their machines. So
-numerous were these requests that he at last decided to make the
-curtains in large quantities, and sell them at a profit of $2.50 per
-set.
-
-He sold 200 sets that season, and 500 the following season. This was
-done with no advertising at all.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 578. PHOTOGRAPHED MINES
-
-
-This photographer made himself familiar with photographing mines. For
-those who were operating mines and desired to sell stock and wanted
-pictures of the mines to interest investors, he had made a study of what
-kind of pictures would most interest prospective investors, and to those
-compiling prospectuses he made many valuable suggestions. He would make
-a fixed charge for the trip to the mine, and would spend several days at
-the property and do his work right or would not go at all.
-
-After he finished his work the pictures were a real asset to the mine
-owners.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 579. DENTIST--INDIAN SERVICE--U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 580. THE FARMER WHO USED THE PARCEL POST
-
-
-In many portions of the country not one farmer in a thousand realizes
-the importance of the parcel post in the marketing of his products at a
-profit, but allows untold quantities of the very choicest grades to go
-to waste. Some of these farmers don’t know, while thousands of others
-don’t care.
-
-There was one Wisconsin farmer, however, who did know and did care, and
-he made himself wealthy by utilizing the products that others wasted,
-and for which city people gladly paid good prices.
-
-He began by making a sausage that was so good and clean and of such fine
-flavor that people all over the United States began to ask for it. He
-used the parcel post in delivering this to his customers.
-
-He put up smoked meats that were really smoked, with scented woods that
-imparted the most delicious flavor. He put up preserves, pickles, canned
-goods in glass jars, apple and peach butter, dried fruits and many other
-things, all of which he sent to the city by parcel post, where they
-commanded prices from 25 to 40 per cent higher than the products of
-canneries, packing houses, etc. Really fresh eggs, and pure, sweet
-farm-made butter, also formed a large item in his parcel post sales,
-while his fruits, all of the better grades, were always in demand.
-Everything he sold was recognized as honest goods, and these the public
-will always be glad to pay well for.
-
-And just one little classified ad. in the Sunday edition of the city
-paper started the demand for his products, but it was an ad. that bore
-the imprint of honesty and real value, and by more than fulfilling his
-promises to supply the very choicest of nature’s products for what they
-were worth.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 581. PURE FRUIT PRESERVES AND JELLIES
-
-
-The following ad. inserted just once in a Sunday paper published in a
-Michigan city, brought a near-by farmer’s wife so many orders that she
-was kept busy for months in filling them by parcel post, and brought her
-a profit of nearly $1,000.
-
-Encouraged by her success, she enlarged her scope of operations the next
-season, and every season since then, until she is now in good
-circumstances. Here are the ads. which brought the business:
-
-“_Pure_ Fruit Preserves--
-
-“Guaranteed made from fresh picked fruit ripened on the branch and pure
-cane sugar in clean utensils made by clean people, in a clean kitchen,
-and free from adulterations and preservatives of any kind.
-
-“All the delicious flavor of fresh fruit preserved by home recipes.”
-
-“_Pure_ Fruit Jellies--
-
-“Put up on the farm, by a farmer’s wife, from the best old-fashioned
-recipes, from fresh picked fruit and pure cane sugar, and free of all
-adulterations, artificial coloring matter or artificial preservatives.
-Absolutely delicious and wholesome jellies cheaper than you can buy them
-in town and better than you can put them up yourself because you can’t
-get fresh fruit in town like I can just off the branch. Made in clean
-utensils, in a clean kitchen, by clean, healthy people. Don’t poison
-yourself with factory-made jellies, compounded of chemicals and dyes and
-sold as fruit jellies. My jellies taste of the fresh fruit, because they
-are made of fresh, ripe and wholesome fruit. Write to me for my special
-offer and try these delicious jellies for yourself. Sent in small and
-large quantities to suit you.”
-
-While most of her neighbors were allowing their fruit to rot on the
-ground, because they couldn’t find a market for them, this woman always
-had a good market for her products.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 582. HOW TO OBTAIN FULL INFORMATION OF PROPERTY FROM ADDRESS
-
-
-The following plan netted better than $1,500 in 2¹⁄₂ hours. This would
-seem to be impossible but, like anything else when explained, is simple.
-
-This man had moved from the country to live in the city, and having a
-large family it was important for him to obtain a house. He tried to
-find a place to rent but found that property was being purchased
-rapidly. Somewhat discouraged, he called upon his brother. One house in
-the most exclusive end of the city, appealed to him but this house the
-real estate man would not lease for less than $30 a month for a period
-of twelve months. The address of the property was 820, 25th st. They
-called the city engineer’s office by phone and requested the lot number,
-block and addition of the property. In possession of the legal
-description, they called the county assessor’s office where the
-following information was obtained:
-
-                        Assessed   Real Value
-  Value of lot            $ 250      $ 500
-  Value of improvement     1400       2800
-                          -----      -----
-                          $1650      $3300
-
-House built in 1909. To build the house now would cost $3300. House
-consisted of 5 rooms 1st floor, 3 rooms 2nd floor. Fir finish. Plumbing.
-Stone foundation. ¹⁄₃ basement. Furnace. Brick fireplace. Oak floor, 5
-rooms.
-
-They next called on the county treasurer, who from the legal description
-gave the following information:
-
-  Taxes, 1917      $ 70.34
-  Taxes, 1918        77.55
-                   -------
-                   $147.89
-
-Address given in 1916 of owner of property, Mary Jones, 2728, 16th Ave.,
-San Francisco, Cal.
-
-Next they called the abstract office and found the incumbrances against
-the property outside of the taxes and the following information was
-given:
-
-  Owner--Mary Jones; husband, John Jones.
-
-         No judgments against owner.
-
-         One first mortgage of $1,000 against property.
-
-         Second mortgage paid in 1918.
-
-         First mortgage made Jan. 1915, runs for 3 years to 1918, bears
-         int. at 8%, payable semi-annually and held by N. W. H. Bank.
-
-         Property purchased by Mr. Smith, 1917, on contract.
-
-The next step taken was to call up the N. W. H. Bank and here the most
-recent address of the owner was given as “Jones Apt., San Francisco,
-Cal. Interest on money paid. Company stated that even though principal
-is due, company is willing to continue the loan.” The company also
-stated that Mr. Smith, holder of the contract, had given up his contract
-which had been paid down to $2,900.
-
-Now we have the following situation: Two years taxes back; house empty
-and run down; mortgage due but can be extended if property is taken care
-of, and owner living in San Francisco, California, and a party ready to
-move in.
-
-The next step to be taken was to talk with the owner by long-distance
-phone at San Francisco, California. All the preceding information was
-obtained in thirty minutes. In less than two hours a messenger had
-brought the owner and purchaser together. The purchaser was willing to
-continue the contract of $2,900 and pay 1917 taxes of $70.34. and pay
-$30 per month, 7 per cent interest on deferred payments, and must act at
-once. Owner told purchaser to move in at once, that contract would be
-signed immediately and forwarded for purchaser’s signature.
-
-All this was done in two and one-half hours. The purchaser was able to
-buy a house on a rent basis and made on the transaction more than
-$1,500, as the place, with an expenditure of $150 in paint and repair
-work, will easily bring $5,000.
-
-Few people realize what information is open to them.
-
-If you are in possession of the legal description of city property or
-farm land anywhere in the United States all you have to do is to call or
-write the county assessor’s office and they will gladly tell you all
-about it, thus saving you many dollars. The city engineer’s office can
-usually give you from a given address the legal description of the
-property.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 583. Think of Saving as well as of Getting]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 583. CITY GARDENS
-
-
-Very few people realize what can be done with their back yards. Many
-people who live in the city could solve the much-vexed question of the
-high cost of living if they would put their own lot of land to work.
-
-A high school teacher living in Spokane used the vacant lot next to him
-and put it in potatoes. The soil was gravel formation. Most people in
-Spokane believed it necessary to water their potatoes daily, but he put
-some nitrogen in the soil and kept the potatoes carefully cultivated and
-irrigated them two or three times during the season. He obtained an
-excellent yield.
-
-The back lot of his house was 30x30, and that was where he put in most
-of his time.
-
-The space used for his tomatoes was 12x12. He made the soil in this
-place a sandy loam and mixed in ground limestone and some stable manure.
-He used a seed from Damascus, Syria, and treated the soil with nitrogen.
-He kept careful account of what he raised and it ran over fifty tons of
-tomatoes to the acre.
-
-He built a grape arbor 8 feet high, 6x6 which took up but little room in
-his back yard. He used the Worden grape as it is a little earlier than
-the Concord. This furnished all the grapes that his family of four
-could consume, and gave him sufficient grape juice for the balance of
-the year. He had a good cider press with which he used to produce grape
-juice.
-
-In his side yard he had eight or ten fruit trees. These produced all the
-pears and crab apples he could use the year round. When the apple crop
-came on he took his automobile and bought many boxes for 75 cents per
-box, and in this way he had all the apples and cider he wished for the
-year. He also made a drier, which is but an hour’s work, and dried
-considerable fruit for winter use.
-
-He raised in a space 10x12 a “Progress” everbearing strawberry which
-gave his family all they could use from June to November and all they
-wanted to can for winter.
-
-He was especially proud of his bean patch, 10x15--variety used was the
-Kentucky Wonder.
-
-  Beet patch, 2x8, variety planted--Egyptian.
-  Onions, 4x8, variety planted--Yellow Globe.
-  Carrots, 2x8,    „      „   --Chantenary.
-  Lettuce, 2x8.
-
-Radishes, he covered with a muslin cloth to keep them free from
-maggots--caused by the fly laying its eggs about the radish.
-
-There were many berry bushes which formed a pretty fence for his back
-yard which produced all the berries the family could use. In addition to
-the above he had one hill of rhubarb, two hills of melons (cantaloupe)
-and two hills of cucumbers, which furnished all they could use.
-
-In addition to the above space he made at the back end of the house a
-hotbed 5x10 which produced vegetables for him until winter and early in
-the spring. He made the soil in this as follows: Sod for the bottom,
-which is rich in nitrogen and on top of this put in about six inches of
-sand and leaf mould. This made a most excellent soil.
-
-The above plan carried out by a man who is far more busy than the
-average during his spare time, not only made a living for one year for
-his family but increased his knowledge of out-door life and enjoyed the
-best of healthful exercise.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 584. LECTURES PREPARED AND SOLD EARNED WAY THROUGH COLLEGE
-
-
-He was an excellent stenographer and owned a mimeograph outfit. He heard
-all the lectures in his course, and all other lectures he fancied in the
-college, and had many copies of these made up and sold to the students
-at a very low price.
-
-You will find many students in departments who are interested in
-lectures that take place in other departments, and when unable to attend
-such lectures, are very glad to buy them from one who has attended.
-
-This student also prepared questions that had been asked for a number of
-years in examinations, so that the students could get an idea of the
-kind of questions they would be asked to answer. He also took any kind
-of special work submitted to him and was able each year to easily defray
-all the expenses of his college course. A large school offers the best
-field for this class of work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 585. RUNS BOARDING HOUSE--PAYS WAY THROUGH COLLEGE
-
-
-Many young men who have had some experience in running a boarding house,
-put themselves through college, and often have a saving above their
-expenses at the end of their work.
-
-I remember particularly two young men who did this. One ran his house on
-a cheap plan. He furnished board at a very low price, with no style,
-while the other gave more service, a little more dessert and charged a
-higher price.
-
-These men employed students only who wished to earn their board in
-exchange for their services.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 586. SHAVED HIS WAY THROUGH COLLEGE
-
-
-There is no reason why a man who understands the barber trade should not
-have a university training. There is always a great demand for his
-services at the university. Six hours out of the twenty-four will enable
-him to pay his expenses.
-
-If he cannot get employment in a shop, he can run a student-shop of his
-own and employ only student barbers--each putting in a certain amount of
-time in the shop each day. The student body will patronize him in
-preference to anyone else.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 587. OREGON MAN EARNS WAY THROUGH COLLEGE
-
-
-He was known by all as “Bill” and he was from the West. Bill, from the
-very first was a politician and would not take a back seat. He was an
-excellent talker and possessed lots of courage and self confidence. He
-had a few dollars to run on the first year, but after that it was up to
-him. He made himself well known to all in the university. Anything that
-required talk or scheming--he was there.
-
-There was a big fair going on at St. Louis and Bill arranged to show the
-Oregon exhibit. He obtained this through letter-writing and friends.
-When Bill planned on going home he made arrangements with the railroad
-company to represent them and sell tickets to the other students. He
-showed them how cheap it was to see the West, and made it so attractive
-he was able to sell a large number of tickets in that way. Each year
-Bill was the popular man and got the orders for railroad tickets from
-the students.
-
-If there was any place where his state should be represented in the East
-Bill was the one who obtained the appointment. He was wide awake at all
-times and never missed a chance to make money. In this way he more than
-paid all his university expenses.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 588. ASSISTANT TO TEACHER OF ELOCUTION
-
-
-This young man was particularly interested in becoming a political
-speaker, so the first year of his university work he applied himself to
-the elocution course. He was studying law and saw its importance to the
-practicing lawyer. His interest was so marked that the professor became
-interested in him. The young man’s means were limited, so the professor
-made him a member of his own household, which settled the board and room
-question. He secured a small salary for his services, and soon the
-classes in elocution became more popular and he was made an assistant
-and a good salary was advanced by the university. In this way he not
-only earned his way through the university but won an excellent
-reputation in elocution, and the fact that he was one of the faculty in
-a large university meant much to him in later years.
-
-One must bear in mind that a young man in this way wins the respect of
-the faculty, and their friendship means a great deal when he starts out
-for himself. A letter or good word from one of the faculty of a large
-university will establish anywhere the ability of a man.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 589. STUDIOUS MAN’S WAY OF EARNING HIS WAY THROUGH COLLEGE
-
-
-He was a young man of few words, but always hit the mark when called
-upon in class. His strength lay in his scholarship. He was not a success
-as a salesman and had no ability as a speaker. So the ordinary methods
-for earning his way through college were closed.
-
-However, he followed his natural bent as a student, securing work as a
-briefer for one of the college professors who was working on a book on
-corporations. His first year’s work was so satisfactory that his whole
-college course was spent on briefing for this professor. This gave him
-the best kind of board and room, besides giving him a wonderful
-knowledge of corporation law. He received also sufficient cash to defray
-all his college expenses and had his summer vacations to himself.
-
-Many young men enjoy a wonderful companionship with the college
-professors in this manner, as well as earn their way through college. In
-a large college or university there is opportunity for young men to
-apply almost any talent they may possess and thereby pay for their
-living and education.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 590. HOW A WESTERN MAN EARNED HIS WAY THROUGH A UNIVERSITY
-
-
-I well remember a young man from Salt Lake City, Utah, who arrived at
-the university filled with high hope for the future, but who possessed
-little money to accomplish it with. He was able by waiting on table to
-get through the first year, but was without money at the beginning of
-the first summer. He had a taste of one year’s life at the university
-and nothing could prevent his return the next year. He had never sold
-anything but he had precedent before him of what other men had done the
-year before, and found that hundreds of these men made enough to put
-them through their year’s course from one summer’s work. Possessing a
-somewhat philosophical vein he selected a Topical Bible to sell. I met
-him many times that summer. His troubles were many--trudging through the
-dust and mud of Illinois--but at the end of the summer he was back in
-his old place at class with a net profit of $250 saved as the result of
-his summer’s work.
-
-The second year he did not wait on table, but with a friend of his
-opened up a little office; sold stationery and did some typewriting work
-and turned many dollars of profit to himself and friend. His stationery
-store provided a very good income and he continued the business to the
-end of his course. What he did, you can do.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 591. PAINTED AUTOMOBILES IN WINTER
-
-
-He was a good painter, but during the winter he had very little work;
-yet by the following plan it became the most profitable and busy season
-of the year.
-
-During the early fall he saw some of the auto owners and made an
-arrangement to re-paint their cars during the winter. He made a study of
-auto painting and was able to furnish as high class a job as the auto
-owner desired. If the upholstering of the car was worn or of poor taste
-he made suggestions for adding greatly to the beauty of the car. His
-wife did the upholstering and acquired great skill in that work and the
-profit from it went to her.
-
-Cars painted and upholstered by him soon brought to him an excellent
-reputation which brought him a very profitable business from year to
-year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 592. SUIT ORDERS PUT MAN THROUGH UNIVERSITY
-
-
-He was one of the best dressed men in the university and knew what kind
-of clothes a man could wear. There is no time in a man’s life when he
-more desires to be well dressed than when he is in college.
-
-This young man was popular in the school, and a very good mixer. He took
-measurements for suits, and let every one know it. He not only put a
-good suit on one but gave good style. If the hat, shirt and shoes did
-not go with the suit, he did everything he could in a tactful way to
-show what should be worn.
-
-He worked for the business and secured it. His friends were very loyal
-to him as through his advice their appearance was improved greatly.
-
-Many young men represent laundries from near-by cities and earn their
-way in that manner. Others make it a side line.
-
-A good side line which will net many dollars during the school year is
-making up posters or post cards.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 593. Y. M. C. A.--Y. W. C. A. PUT THEM THROUGH UNIVERSITY
-
-
-I knew a young fellow who worked at the Y. M. C. A. at the university.
-He was taking law. For his work in the association he was furnished with
-a good room and board and his work there did not conflict with his
-classes. He was an able assistant to the secretary and proved a very
-valuable man.
-
-This work qualified him to become a first-class secretary, after he
-completed his course, which work enabled him to make a saving before
-going into the practice and also made a host of friends, which is
-essential to any man who would achieve success in the practice of the
-law.
-
-The Y. W. C. A. is represented in every large university, and there is
-work for a few women who may in exchange for their services receive room
-and board.
-
-The above plans are a great advantage, as they not only qualify one to
-earn an education but also prepare for a profession after their college
-course is finished.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 594. WENT THROUGH UNIVERSITY BY APPOINTING AGENTS
-
-
-Before his arrival John had married and was the head of a nice family of
-three. He possessed a bright mind but had his own way to earn as well as
-that of his family. This to most people is a barrier, but to John it was
-not, and here is the way he did it:
-
-Previous to entering the university he had sold books for a Chicago book
-company. He requested the company to finance him for one year by
-advancing $100 a month, for which he would secure and train agents
-during this period. The offer was accepted and John went to work.
-
-He soon developed into one of the most active men there. He was the
-political head of the law department and had a voice in all of the
-student activities. If anyone wanted anything he always saw John. In the
-debating society he was also active.
-
-The lively interest he took in important matters enabled him to secure
-the services of many agents for summer work. He put out something like
-100 men selling books during the summer. They all made sales, but fifty
-of the number came back successful. John watched them all summer--was
-out in the field with the men--encouraging them. When he found a man
-failing he changed his territory and put him on his feet. He rendered a
-great service to those fifty by enabling them to go through the
-university as well as rolling up a nice profit for himself and the
-company.
-
-This man to-day is the head of that Chicago book company and has won for
-himself a good success.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 595. WESTERN MAN’S WAY OF GOING THROUGH UNIVERSITY
-
-
-This man was about thirty-two before any opportunity presented itself
-for him to have a university education. He had finished high school, and
-from that time became a worker. His hobby was speaking and writing, and
-he had soon become the spokesman for the men he worked with. He was
-sincere and earnest and won a good reputation among his fellow-workmen.
-Several occasions presented themselves for him to champion their cause.
-The members of his association, knowing his desire to go through the law
-school, managed to finance him and he repaid them by assisting them in
-whatever way he could. He finished his law course and began practice
-with a large number of clients which guaranteed his future.
-
-Many young men, while I was at the university, made it a point during
-the summer to give addresses on temperance or some political subject, or
-by public speaking assisted men who were either preparing or running for
-public office.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 596. BIBLES PUT HIM THROUGH UNIVERSITY
-
-
-He was a man past middle age, had never had any special advantages, but
-had a remarkable will and was open and above board in his religious
-faith. He believed the Bible was one of the best books ever printed and
-he had a good understanding of it. So he met all students who were
-inclined toward religion and obtained as many agents as possible to go
-out with him to sell Topical Bibles. He put out a considerable number of
-agents, worked with them, and encouraged them, and at the end of each
-summer he put away $400 or $500 net.
-
-As a salesman he was not above the ordinary, but believed in his book
-and worked with it from summer to summer. The Topical Bible, he claimed,
-not only put him through the university but in placing it among the
-people he felt that he was doing a work worth while.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 597. INSURANCE PUTS MAN THROUGH UNIVERSITY
-
-The second year of my course at the university I almost decided to sell
-insurance. Several of the boys, the summer before, had piled up profits
-as high as $800 net in that work.
-
-Some of my friends went out and received training for two months before
-the summer vacation. They sold insurance in communities where they were
-well known. One of the boys, for his summer’s work, netted more than
-$500. He sold exclusively to the farmers of Illinois.
-
-A man who goes out during the summer from the university and makes a
-good record, brings himself to the attention of the insurance company
-and oftentimes secures some excellent opportunities after his college
-course is finished.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 598. SANG THEIR WAY THROUGH UNIVERSITY
-
-
-Four young men made their way through the university in about as
-pleasant a way as possible--by singing their way through. This quartet
-was excellent. On Sundays they sang for the church, and at any college
-meeting they were always called upon. They put on several concerts
-during the year and on several occasions they organized entertainments
-in the near-by towns and were well rewarded by the receipts.
-
-During their third year they organized a number of singers and arranged
-for a trip to occupy several weeks and to cover many large cities. This
-effort was very successful, and not only profitable to them but a very
-good advertisement for the university.
-
-These four singers not only defrayed all university expenses, but
-secured an excellent opportunity to see different parts of the country
-and had a saving to start with when their course was completed.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 599. ENTERTAINER PAYS WAY THROUGH UNIVERSITY
-
-
-He could do sleight-of-hand tricks and was able to do some good hypnotic
-work. He understood how to arrange for and advertise his plays.
-
-He made it a point to give several entertainments each year in the
-near-by cities. During Christmas time, spring vacation and summer he was
-busy. The entertainments given at the university and the Saturday-night
-performances in some of the adjacent towns were sufficient to defray all
-his expenses.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 600. SOLD ALUMINUM WARE SUMMERS AND PAID UNIVERSITY EXPENSES
-
-
-A tall, slender chap, whom I at first thought to be a rich man’s son,
-told me that he had that summer made $550. On inquiring I found he sold
-aluminum ware during the summer in Illinois. He not only worked in the
-cities but in the country as well. He would find some housewife in the
-city who would permit him to give a demonstration of his aluminum ware
-cooking utensils. He would then get this lady to invite in a number of
-her friends to see the demonstration. For this he would make a gift of
-some one of his wares to the one who had favored him. He was enabled to
-show the value of his wares and made many sales. A series of such
-demonstrations in the various homes soon established the reputation of
-his goods and created a good demand for them.
-
-Through this plan he paid all college expenses, and had a small sum to
-start in business with at the close of his college course.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 601. CHAMPIONING RELIGIOUS DOCTRINE PUT HIM THROUGH THE
-UNIVERSITY
-
-
-There are a great many different religious sects in our country, and
-from our colleges and universities these sects obtain material that will
-assist their causes.
-
-Two of my friends at the university took a law and literary course
-covering a period of six years. They were good speakers and had very
-strong leaning toward certain religious beliefs. They made a very close
-study of same until they became very valuable exponents for their
-denominations. They were sent out on special lecturing trips and all the
-time they could spare was put in at active work along that line. The
-compensation they received from this work more than financed their
-university course.
-
-They obtained unusual experience in public speaking, which was later to
-prove a great asset to them in legal work.
-
-A man who is an able speaker on matters concerning the law, and who is
-a champion of certain religious ideals can go into any community and in
-a few weeks will be better known and more highly regarded than men who
-have passed a life time there.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 602. COLLEGE ON STEREOSCOPIC VIEWS
-
-
-Stereoscopic views are simple, but very important when one considers
-that by their aid a student may defray the expenses to his coveted goal
-the completing of his college course.
-
-Jim was a big raw-boned fellow from Indiana. He was a man of wonderful
-energy and enthusiasm. Life was new to him every minute. It seemed his
-difficulty was lack of new opportunities for him to show what he could
-do.
-
-He had no money after paying for his books, but by waiting on table and
-making himself generally useful he managed the first four or five
-months, and then he became associated with a fellow-student who sold
-views and thus made his way. Jim liked pictures of travel and felt that
-he could easily sell such views, so he immediately obtained an outfit
-and started after orders--and he got them. If anyone was a friend of his
-they would soon hear about the views.
-
-The following summer he went out into the farm country in Indiana. Lots
-of views had been sold years before in that country but that was no
-obstacle to him; people, he thought, must have more. His views were lit
-up with his own imagination. He showed the religious people views of the
-holy lands. Anyone who had any religion at all would yield him an order.
-He came back that year having cleared more than $600.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 603. SMALL TOWN WEEKLY AND REAL ESTATE
-
-
-He left his home in Iowa and dropped into a little western town of some
-1,800 inhabitants. He had about $500 but that would not go very far. He
-liked newspaper work as a profession, so he started a weekly publication
-at which he worked hard and soon made it pay enough to provide himself
-and family with a living. But that did not give him a future, so he
-decided he would specialize in farm sales. He knew what a good farm was
-for he had made a study of farming. He obtained everything the
-government had to give on this subject, and advertised in his own paper.
-In that way he soon became very well known by all the farmers in his
-district and also had good connections with the farm banks.
-
-He finally found a farm at a very low figure on which he obtained an
-option for two years to purchase, and then decided what kind of a crop
-should be put in. He did not have the capital himself so he went to some
-people with money and explained to them the deal he had and how he was
-to work it and told them that he needed capital and was willing to give
-one-half the profits for the cash advanced on the crops, or, in case of
-sale, one-half the amount made on the deal. His proposition was so good
-he had no trouble getting the cash and said he never had any trouble in
-financing his farm deals in that way. After obtaining the money, he
-boosted the farm in his paper.
-
-He claims he makes his sale when he buys the farm. If he is to sell the
-farm on commission, he refuses to sell unless he is paid 5 per cent, and
-the land must be priced right or he will not try to sell it. But he
-claims the money is made when he buys. After the farm is bought he hires
-all the work done and pays liberal wages and expects results. He secures
-men who are trustworthy. The farm is cleaned up and put in order before
-it is offered for sale.
-
-Last year, for example, land that was being summer-fallowed he put in
-peas which brought 60 cents a pound and produced 15 pounds per acre
-which was a low yield yet it paid the following amount per acre:
-
-  $ .50 to drill
-   3.00 seed
-    .50 cut peas   $9.00
-    .05 thrash     $4.05
-   ----            -----
-  $4.05            $4.95 net profit per acre.
-
-He has two salesmen who average the year round nearly $400 a month, and
-they find it easy to sell where they are the owners and operating their
-own farms. This year they have three farms totaling 700 acres which will
-net them more than $20,000.
-
-Here is a man who started out with $500 in cash and now has an income of
-not less than $15,000 a year. He says if he was without money to-morrow
-he would work the local weekly and real estate business together.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 604. THIS LAWYER MADE MONEY BY KEEPING A DAILY RECORD
-
-
-It is safe to say that nine-tenths of the members of the bar do not keep
-daily records. This often determines whether or not the lawyer is a
-success or failure.
-
-When an estate is put into an attorney’s hands he should in these
-matters have a daily record, and his charge should be based on this
-record. But most attorneys go before the court, state generally how much
-time has been consumed, and ask for say, $500; but instead of such an
-allowance they usually get $100. The attorney might be entitled to the
-$500 but he has nothing definite to show. In all probability the heir
-and executor of the estate consumed much of his time, and had an account
-of his time been kept and even a plumber scale of wages applied, he
-might be entitled to $1,000.
-
-The following is the kind of record one attorney used with profit to
-himself. He had a loose leaf 8¹⁄₂x11, punched for filing away.
-
-  ATTORNEY
-
-  _Daily Record_
-
-  Month..............    Year, 191..     Posted............
-
-  Hours     Name of person or     Subject matter     Who charge
-                work done
-
-  8.30 A.M.
-      to
-  6.00 P.M.
-  Memorandum.
-
-If attorneys would keep records of this kind it would do away with
-loafers, etc. in his office. At the end of each month do as the doctor
-does--render a bill for services. In no event should a charge be made
-for less than $5.00
-
-If the bar of your community has no minimum fee get busy and have one
-established and after this understanding is reached tell your clients
-what the bar association requires and see that the newspapers give
-proper publicity to your minimum fees. This kind of work will bring
-about a better and more intelligent bar in your community as it makes
-their work more profitable and they would put more time on reading law
-and less on thinking about where the next dollar is coming from.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 605. She is Busy Every Moment]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 605. LAWYER’S PLAN TO SAVE ON TYPEWRITING
-
-
-A lawyer must have an office and a stenographer. Usually he can afford
-his office, and as far as books are concerned he can obtain them on
-time. But his stenographic help is always a problem as most of the time
-he cannot afford to have a stenographer.
-
-He may find that a large part of the time his stenographer is more of a
-nuisance than a help. He is compelled to pay her $80 a month when over
-half of the time she is without work.
-
-This attorney obtained a dictaphone and experimented with it for about a
-month. He accustomed himself to the use of it. When he kept the receiver
-of the dictaphone against his upper lip his voice took very clearly, but
-the stenographer who did his writing was not very familiar with the
-dictaphone, so he found the names of offices that had dictaphones, which
-information the companies selling dictaphones were glad to furnish. He
-then got in touch with their stenographers to ascertain if they had time
-to do extra work and found several willing to work for him. In this way
-he was able to get a price of 12 cents per roll--which contains 800 to
-900 words. The stenographer figured she could do about four rolls an
-hour, which would give her about $4 a day.
-
-The attorney dictated his work in his spare time. She called for the
-records, did the work and returned the rolls, shaven and ready for new
-dictation. It was a great advantage to the lawyer as he was only
-charged for the time she was actually writing his work. As a matter of
-fact, in using her extra time he could do twice as much as any other
-lawyer and stenographer could do under the ordinary method of dictation
-at one-third the cost. In that way all his work was done, when he had
-business to pay for, and there was no overhead expense when he did not
-have the business. This easily saved him $60 a month.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 606. LAWYER SELLS LAW BOOKS
-
-
-This lawyer found that while our country was at war with Germany his
-practice dwindled down to almost nothing. He loved his profession and he
-had a professional pride that riveted him to his chair in the office. He
-loved his wife and family too, and when they had to do without any of
-the necessaries he felt it was up to him to move and move fast. He shook
-himself until he had a real circulation and determined he would take a
-trip into the northwest “for his health”--the real purpose being to sell
-law books.
-
-He started the first of the year and by May 1st had sold over $50,000
-worth of law books. He was a man not afraid of a jury, and he was one
-lawyer who knew business. Of the $50,000 worth of books he sold at least
-$10,000 was his--all made within four months.
-
-This young lawyer was allowed a trading privilege of $30, in the event
-that it was necessary to make a sale. The point was that, so far as the
-old books were concerned, it made little difference, but in this manner
-he was sure to make a sale.
-
-This plan was good and it took. There are many lawyers to-day out of
-business and do not know it. A little adventure into the selling game
-outside of their community would not only prove very profitable but
-would act as a tonic and would enable them to find their real selves,
-and they could come back to their practice with renewed energy and
-perhaps a new viewpoint which would put them where they belong.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 607. SHEEP ON SUMMER FALLOW
-
-
-Here is what one farmer accomplished:
-
-“On September 1, 1913, I owned 123 head of sheep worth approximately
-$613. During the following year I fed them $50 worth of feed and
-pastured them on summer fallow. I figure they saved me $150 worth of
-labor in eating off the weeds. During the year I sold $375 worth of
-sheep and $125.80 worth of wool, and at the end of the year I still had
-135 head worth $675. I therefore figure my net profit, exclusive of
-labor, $660.80. I cannot understand why more farmers do not run sheep on
-their summer fallow.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 608. LIKES HOGS AND SHEEP
-
-
-He made a living from stock, and here is his statement of what he did:
-
-“Recognizing the necessity for more modern methods in farming, I started
-in four years ago by fencing my 500-acre ranch with hog-tight woven-wire
-fence. I also purchased a bunch of hogs and went in debt for both the
-hogs and the fence. The first year I sold $1,400 worth of hogs and have
-averaged $2,000 per year since. I also purchased some sheep and found
-that by running them between harvest and summer fallow I was able to
-keep down the mustard and weeds. In this way I made a profit on my sheep
-from both wool and mutton. I am now out of debt and am satisfied that
-stock farming pays. I believe that if diversified farming methods are
-followed, sixty to eighty acres is enough for one family.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 609. GOOD MONEY IN COWS
-
-
-Here is what a farmer did with a few head of stock in Western Wisconsin,
-and he gives an account of his work as follows:
-
-“On October 1st, 1913, I owned eighteen cows, eight heifers, four calves
-and one bull. The following year I fed $312 worth of pasture and $415
-worth of feed, all of which, with the exception of $160 worth, was
-produced on my farm. During the year my sales of cattle and dairy
-products amounted to $1,200. At the end of the year I had remaining
-twenty-two cows, eight heifers, three calves, one steer and one bull,
-worth $2,040. I figured that I cleared $753, exclusive of labor.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 610. HOGS ARE MONEY MAKERS
-
-
-You will note that the following profit was made before we were thinking
-of war. Hogs are always profitable. Here is Mr. Farmer’s statement of
-what he did with a few hogs in Washington state.
-
-“On September 30th, 1913, I owned twenty cows, thirty barrows and gilts,
-and one boar, worth approximately $610. During the following year I fed
-$704 worth of pasture and grain, all of which were produced on my farm.
-On September 30th, 1914, I owned twenty cows, eighty gilts and barrows,
-two boars and 120 pigs, which I figure worth $2,090, making a net profit
-of $750, exclusive of labor.”
-
-Why will people insist on living in the heart of the city, with poor
-living conditions for their families, and work like slaves without a ray
-of hope for their future, when the country is only a few miles outside
-with good schools, plenty of fresh air, sunshine, hills, pastures, woods
-and streams and always a good environment for the family, and the best
-kind of a living and an easy possibility of plenty? Answer the question
-if you can.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 611. INTERESTING POULTRY FIGURES
-
-
-To show what a hen paid before the war, here are a few figures which
-show the possibilities of the hen in the city.
-
-“According to your request, you will find below data on my poultry
-business: From Nov. 1, 1912 to Nov. 1, 1913:
-
-  Cost of eggs per dozen                                 16c
-  Cost of feed per head for the year                  $1.49
-  Net earnings per hen for the year                    1.49
-  Number of eggs laid per hen for the year              111
-  Average price                                          37c
-
-From Nov. 1, 1913 to Nov. 1, 1914:
-
-  Cost of eggs per dozen (includes interest on coops)    12c
-  Cost of feed per head for the year                     70c
-  Net earnings per hen for the year                   $2.50
-  Number of eggs laid per hen for the year              107
-  Average price                                          37c
-
-“One-half the hens for 1914 were the pullets of 1913 and were supposed
-to fall off in production 20 per cent. The balance were pullets.”
-
-The Department of Agriculture is back of you in any endeavor you may
-wish to make in farming. If you want information on any problem, write
-to the department and they will forward you an up-to-date book on the
-subject. They have pamphlets prepared treating of the way to handle
-chickens in the city, raising of fancy birds, and many other subjects
-relative to the chicken.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 612. BELIEVES IN SHEEP
-
-
-Many town people have an idea that before the war farming was not a very
-profitable business, but that is not the case. Here is what one farmer
-has to say:
-
-“In 1913 I purchased 1,188 sheep, mostly lambs. In 1914 I clipped about
-one dollar’s worth of wool per head and then sold 300 head at $4.75 to
-$5.25 per hundred pounds. They were out nearly all winter at strawstacks
-and grazing, my only expense being thirty-five tons of alfalfa at $10
-per ton. You can easily see that I have made a very nice profit. I
-believe that nearly all farmers should keep a flock of sheep.”
-
-It is easy to understand why our great men and women of high talent in
-all walks of life come from the farm. The business of farming enables
-them to make the best kind of a living with much less wear and tear than
-attends work in the city. He has time to think; nature is about him; he
-is not worrying about his grocery bill and how he will get enough to eat
-next week. His living is assured for a year. The sun, rain and land look
-out for that. His wife is not worrying him about the latest style of
-clothes for herself and children.
-
-Try it out for yourself--get a few sheep and be independent.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 613. REMARKABLE YIELD FROM TWENTY-THREE ACRES
-
-
-The following figures taken from a 23-acre tract, near North Yakima,
-Washington, illustrates what can be accomplished in the irrigated
-valleys of the Inland Empire, when intensified farming methods are
-followed:
-
-Six thousand boxes of apples, 10 tons of cherries, 400 boxes of peaches,
-700 boxes of pears, 100 crates of small fruit, 1,800 boxes tomatoes, 40
-tons of wheat and alfalfa hay, 15 tons carrots and mangel-wurzels, 2
-tons grain and vegetables, 50 bushels corn, 400 pounds butter, 14 pure
-bred Duroc hogs, 220 dozen eggs, one Holstein heifer and one colt.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 614. FOURTEEN HENS MAKE $3.33 EACH
-
-
-Here is what a city man did, given in his own language:
-
-“January 1, 1914, I had on hand fourteen pullets, worth $8.40. During
-nine months I sold 12¹⁄₂ dozens of eggs at 35c per dozen, a total of
-$49.87. I also sold $26.15 worth of chickens, and at the end of 9 months
-I had remaining a flock of 48 pullets, 6 cockerels and 8 hens--62 in
-all--worth 60 cents each or a total of $37.20.
-
-During the nine months I spent $7.50 for eggs for hatching and also
-$89.80 for feed. This makes me a profit of $57.50 from the original 14
-fowls, or $3.33 each.
-
-It should be stated that, in addition to the feed paid for, the stock
-was supplied with table scraps, which cost nothing under the
-circumstances and would have added largely to the feed bill had its
-equal in feed value been paid for at market prices. However, I feel that
-my experience illustrates a great saving in poultry feeding if table
-scraps are utilized.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 615. SHEEP MAKE MONEY FOR THIS MAN
-
-
-Here is what this farmer has to say:
-
-“In January, 1913, I owned a flock of ninety sheep worth approximately
-$900. During the following year I purchased a buck for $32 and fed $50
-worth of pasture and $80 worth of salable feed. I sold $225 worth of
-sheep and $210 worth of wool and on October 1, 1914, I had 125 head of
-sheep remaining, worth $1,250. I therefore figure my net profit,
-exclusive of labor, $623. However, the sheep made me more money than
-this, as I let them run on summer fallow and they saved me the expense
-of cutting the weeds. It seems to me every wheat farmer should have some
-sheep.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 616. LIKES DAIRYING
-
-
-This farmer makes the following statement:
-
-“January, 1913, I owned 12 cows, 1 heifer, 2 calves and 1 bull, worth
-approximately $916. During the following year I fed $135 worth of
-pasture and $365 worth of feed, all of which, with the exception of $120
-worth, was produced on my farm. During the year I sold $1,100 worth of
-cattle and dairy products and on January 1, 1914, I had remaining 9 head
-of cows, 3 heifers, 5 calves and 1 bull, worth $870. My profits
-therefore, were $554, exclusive of labor, manure, etc. I have conducted
-my dairy business as a side issue to my general farming and feel very
-well repaid for the attention I have given to it.”
-
-In many articles of this book I have given illustrations of profit in
-farming before the war to show that regardless of the times there is
-always money in farming.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 617. BEEF CATTLE IN FERRY COUNTY, WASHINGTON
-
-
-This farmer gives his experience as follows:
-
-“According to my experience here in Ferry County, a herd of cattle
-doubles in three years, aside from keeping themselves. There is always a
-cash market at your door for anything you have to sell. I have 1,100
-acres of land and keep about 100 head of stock through the winter; raise
-considerable small grain and feed up all my straw as well as what hay is
-necessary. I now have a nice start in pure bred Short Horn Durhams of
-milk strain, which gives me good milkers as well as big steers.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 618. GOOD YIELDS OF WHEAT AND OATS
-
-
-He made money before the war; what do you think he made during the war?
-He tells what his farm did in the following account:
-
-“I harvested 135 acres of wheat this year which furnished thirty-two
-bushels per acre, a total of 4,320 bushels. It cost me $459 to grow it,
-$200 for cutting and shocking, $345 for threshing. The interest on my
-investment in land at $80 per acre, and on horses and machinery for two
-years is $1,536. This leaves a net profit of $829 at 80c per bushel. My
-oats made a yield of 50 bushels per acre.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 619. $1,000 A YEAR FROM POULTRY
-
-
-Here is what a small farmer accomplished in Washington state with
-poultry in 1910, 1911 and 1912, when prices were much lower than now. He
-gives his experience as follows:
-
-“I will be glad to tell you the result from my poultry business. I began
-January 1, 1910, with 250 hens, 19 roosters, 12 ducks and 20 bantams,
-which I invoiced at $340. During the year 1910 I sold as follows: Market
-eggs, $542.50; hatching eggs, $437.15; market poultry, $210.30; breeding
-stock, $350.75; or a total of $1,541. The cost of maintenance during
-this time, which includes feed, stock purchased, etc., was $840.50,
-leaving a profit of $700.50.
-
-“During 1911 my sales of market eggs were $631.65; hatching eggs,
-$627.40; day-old chicks, $85; market poultry, $253.35; breeding stock,
-$403.90; total, $2,001.30. Maintenance during the same time was $910.70,
-leaving a profit of $1,090.60.
-
-“Up to November 20, 1912, my sales for that year were: Market eggs,
-$705.20; hatching eggs, $422.50; day-old chicks, $154.60; market
-poultry, $235.80; breeding stock, $392.40; total, $1,910.50. My
-maintenance was $895.75, leaving a profit of $1014.75. On November 20, I
-sold my entire stock, which brought me $695.00, or a gain from my
-original investment of $355.
-
-“My total profit for the three years was $2,805.85, which, added to the
-gain on investment of $355, makes a grand total profit of $3,160.85 or
-better than $1,000 a year. I might also add that, aside from caring for
-the poultry, I cultivated 11 acres of ground. The income from this and
-from two Jersey cows was $500 a year.”
-
-When a man takes a real interest in his work it is remarkable what he
-can accomplish.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 620. BIG PROFITS IN TRUCK GARDENING
-
-
-This man operates a truck garden with the following success. The figures
-given are before the war prices. The soil resembles gravel and is
-watered by pumps. Here is his account:
-
-“I have been truck gardening in the vicinity of Spokane for twenty-six
-years, and now have a small tract in the Spokane Valley and inside the
-city limits. Here I find I can produce all of the crops that will grow
-in this climate, but at present I am making a specialty of celery,
-cauliflower and asparagus.
-
-“Celery gives me a gross return of $600 to $1,200 per acre, and it costs
-me from $300 to $500 to grow and market it.
-
-“Cauliflower gives returns of $400 to $800 per acre, and it costs me
-from $100 to $300 to grow and market.
-
-“Asparagus yields 3,000 to 3,500 pounds per acre on an 8-year-old bed
-which I sell at 9 cents per pound. It costs about 1¹⁄₂ cents per pound
-to grow, cut and market, so that my profits vary from $225 to $265 per
-acre. I figure the land on which I grow these crops worth $1,000 per
-acre, making an investment charge of $60 per acre. I believe there will
-always be a good market in the Inland Empire for garden products.”
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 620. The Early Tomato]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 621. PROFIT ON 130 ACRES OF WHEAT
-
-
-This man was farming in the Palouse country, south of Spokane,
-Washington. You can see what he was doing before the war, and you can
-figure out for yourself what he made after the war began. Here are his
-figures:
-
-“I raised 4,030 bushels of wheat this year from 130 acres, an average of
-thirty-one bushels per acre. It cost me $331.50 to raise the crop; $334
-to harvest it, and $332.64 to thresh it. Sacks cost me an additional
-$175.
-
-I figure the interest on my investment in horses, machinery, and land at
-$80 per acre would be $1,404 for two years. I have not sold my crop
-yet, but at 80 cents a bushel it would net me $647. I expect to get $1
-per bushel and this would make a profit of $1,453.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 622. THREE CROPS IN ONE SEASON
-
-
-He made a living on a small piece of land in the following manner:
-
-“I have six acres of ground on which I am making a specialty of growing
-cauliflower, celery and cabbage. I figure that I have cleared over
-$1,500 this year, above all expenses. From one little plot, about 14x20
-feet, I have sold a crop of radishes, spinach and endive, bringing me a
-gross return of over $35.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 623. BEEF CATTLE MONEY VELVET
-
-
-The following is a little side money for the farmer. His statement is as
-follows:
-
-“On January 1, 1912, I owned ten head of beef cattle worth $500. During
-the year I fed $60 worth of pasture and $150 worth of feed, all of which
-was produced on my farm. During the year I sold $120 worth of cream and
-traded $90 worth of cattle for hogs. On December 31, 1912, I had
-nineteen head remaining worth $860. My profit for the year, exclusive of
-labor, was $360. While this is not a very large amount, yet at the same
-time I consider it velvet, and I gave but very little attention and time
-to that part of my farming.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 624. PASTURES ALFALFA
-
-
-This farmer makes a good living on his small farm. Profit based on
-prices before the war.
-
-“I have thirty-five acres of alfalfa from one to five years old. I cut
-two crops of hay each year, yielding from 2¹⁄₂ to 3 tons per acre, and
-in addition pasture the third crop. I can sell all the hay I can raise
-at from $9 to $10 a ton unbaled. At this rate it is bringing big returns
-on $75 to $100 per acre land.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 625. ALFALFA BRINGS GOOD RETURNS
-
-
-This farmer does well with twenty-five acres based on prices before the
-war.
-
-“I have twenty-five acres of 4-year-old alfalfa on sub-irrigated land. I
-cut two crops a year, averaging three tons per acre, and use the third
-crop for pasture. I can sell my hay for from $10 to $14 per ton unbaled.
-While there is not a great deal of alfalfa raised here I am sure that it
-will do well and bring very good returns on the investment.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 626. ALFALFA BETTER THAN WHEAT
-
-
-Farmers in the Northwest country usually summer fallow, and many put in
-alfalfa, which is a good crop for summer fallow and is profitable. Here
-is what one man’s experience was whose profit is based on 1914 prices
-for alfalfa:
-
-“In 1913 I sowed sixty acres of non-irrigated land to alfalfa. I cut off
-of it the first year 1¹⁄₄ tons per acre which I sold at $10 per ton,
-making $900 gross returns. Besides my hay crop I sowed a field for
-pasture during the fall, but cannot tell just what it was worth.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 627. FARMS TOO LARGE
-
-
-Here is what a woman did in the State of Washington, and the following
-statement is in her own language. She must have made money on $2 wheat.
-
-“Twelve years ago I started in owing $2,500 on 320 acres. Since then I
-have purchased two more sections in Lincoln county, Washington, and two
-sections in Canada and have never had a mortgage on my home place. The
-money has all come from the ranch in Lincoln County.
-
-“This year I had 85 acres of barley, which yielded 50 bushels per acre,
-and 640 acres of wheat, which yielded 29 bushels per acre. I sold my
-barley at $1.20 per hundred and my wheat at $1 per bushel. My 1913 crop
-was still better, as part of my wheat made 52 bushels.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 628. LIKES THE WEST
-
-
-Here is what he did with $3,000:
-
-“I came to the State of Washington twelve years ago from Central
-Illinois with about $4,500. I purchased 160 acres at $50 per acre,
-paying $3,000 down. I bought fourteen head of cows at a cost of $700,
-sowed most of my land to grass, alfalfa, timothy and clover.
-
-“The first five years I practiced dairying and mixed farming, selling
-the whole milk, hay, small grain and potatoes. I also have a one-acre
-orchard, which has produced an average of 200 boxes of apples per year,
-besides what we used. Four years ago I bought 120 acres more, paying
-$100 an acre. I now have a farm that is worth $30,000 and feel that I
-have done very well, but no better than any one else can do who will
-follow mixed farming and give it careful attention. I believe mixed
-farming will pay anywhere.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 629. FINDS HOGS PROFITABLE
-
-
-He handled hogs as a side line, and his results run as follows:
-
-“On October 1, 1913, I owned 11 sows, 90 gilts and barrows, 2 boars and
-60 pigs, worth approximately $1,270. During the year following I
-purchased $60 worth of hogs and fed $1,310.21 of feed, all of which,
-with the exception of $310.90 was produced on my farm. During the same
-year my sale of hogs amounted to $2,316.33, and on October 1, 1914, I
-had 8 sows, 100 gilts and barrows, 2 boars and 8 pigs remaining, worth
-$856. I figure my net profit, exclusive of labor $532.33--not very bad
-for a side line.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 630. BEEF CATTLE PAY WELL
-
-
-Here is a man that made money during the war. This is what he says:
-
-“In October, 1912, I owned three head of beef cows, worth $225. During
-the next two years I purchased $721 worth of cattle. I do not have a
-record of my feeding costs, but it would not be very much, as I pastured
-them on cheap pasture most of the year and fed only a small amount of
-hay for three months in the winter. During the same two years I sold
-$827 worth of butter and cattle, and on October 1, 1914, I had sixteen
-head remaining, worth $1,360. I figure my net profit, exclusive of labor
-and feed, $1,241. I am now satisfied that I can make the beef cattle
-business pay me a nice profit, and will go into it on a larger scale.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 631. HE WANTED TO BE SECRETARY TO THE MAYOR
-
-
-Every mayor’s office needs a secretary to look after the office and make
-his dates and appointments for him, as this saves a great deal of time.
-This kind of work calls for a man who has a neat appearance and is
-genteel and makes a good impression; a man who understands all methods
-of putting off callers whom the mayor does not care to see; who knows
-how to find out whether the people calling on the mayor have come to
-raise money, etc., ascertain the full nature of their business and make
-proper arrangements for the mayor’s time. Such a person is a valuable
-asset to the mayor and can save him a great deal of time.
-
-This young man knew that there would be few men who were capable of
-holding this position. He was a college graduate and stood well
-socially, had a great deal of natural ability, and supported the mayor
-in his election. He felt that if he was appointed secretary he could not
-only help the mayor, but would give him a distinct political advantage.
-He finally received the appointment and made good.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 632. BECAME COUNTY COMMISSIONER
-
-
-I knew two men, one a secretary to the County Commissioner, and the
-other in the auditor’s office. They each desired some day to be
-commissioners for their county. They served in their respective
-capacities for five to six years. This gave them a good income, a chance
-to establish their homes, properly educate their family, and finally
-they came to the conclusion that they were sufficiently well acquainted,
-and capable of handling the office of county commissioner, and
-proceeded to announce themselves as candidates for this office. They
-worked jointly, each supporting the other, and in this way they had all
-their friends in their joint support. They were not good speakers, but
-they were well liked in the community and the years that they had served
-the people, had proven of great value to them. Everybody knew them as
-deserving. They had served the county for years, and why could they not
-serve as commissioners in as good a manner as they had served in their
-other positions? The men who were contestants for the office had had no
-prior experience, and they used to good advantage the argument that
-being trained in the line of work which they had done, that they were
-better qualified than the other parties to serve the country’s needs,
-and they succeeded on that program.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 633. A LAWYER BECOMES A JUDGE
-
-
-To build up a political success one is invariably dependent upon his
-friends, and an aspirant for office will be very much surprised when he
-enters the race and finds how very few working friends he actually
-possesses. He may be well known in the community, and have a good
-reputation, but when he makes an attempt for public office, he will be
-fortunate if he finds ten men of the thousands of his friends who will
-come out and work conscientiously for him. This is especially true of
-the man who lives in a large city.
-
-This young lawyer was fortunate in respect that he had a father who had
-won an enviable reputation before him, and with five or six friends who
-would put their entire time at his disposal, concluded to make the race
-for the judgeship. He put out the regular cards and allowed his friends
-to deliver them, and put out the necessary literature. He then obtained
-all the newspaper comments he could get, and he was fortunate in having
-one friend who was a reporter, who assisted him.
-
-He was not regarded as a public speaker, but his friends came to his
-rescue on this point, and did everything they could to make up this
-deficiency. Two of his friends knew politics; knew who controlled votes
-and who did not. These two men worked unceasingly for his interests.
-
-What I have stated is the general procedure of the man who intended to
-make a political career a success, but his main dependence rested upon
-his following the advice of his friends, who said: “Now judge make good
-on the bench.”
-
-He started in with a very ordinary experience, but he was courteous to
-all. He made it a special point not to make a statement from the bench
-that would be injurious to the attorney or would prejudice him with his
-clients. He realized that when two attorneys stood before him arguing
-for their respective sides, that one was sure to be mistaken. But, too,
-he further realized that both sides of the question were serving to
-bring about a right and proper decision in the matter, which was to
-assist him in giving a right judgment.
-
-No matter how tired he might be, or how put out with the arguing of
-cases, he made it a point to be patient. Especially was this true of
-young men who appeared before him, and in this manner he won high
-appreciation of all members of the bar. Any time he was criticised, he
-had hundreds of supporters of the bar to defend him.
-
-Each time he comes up for election his success is assured. They know him
-to be patient and courteous and a gentleman on the bench and thoughtful
-of other people’s rights and interests, and also they know of his
-sincere desire to bring about justice between the litigants.
-
-There is no doubt about the integrity of the court, but often times a
-word from the bench may be said in anger or impatience, which will
-greatly prejudice the attorney who stands before him with his client.
-And many times it is the cause of a loss of hundreds of dollars worth of
-business to the attorney.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 634. AN ATTORNEY BECAME MAYOR OF A CITY
-
-
-When he first started to practice it was very discouraging, as he was
-limited in funds and had a family, and for that reason he took up work
-in the city clerk’s office. In that capacity he could serve, and soon he
-became the adviser of the city council. He was familiar with all of the
-details of the clerk’s office and the doings of the council, and could
-also advise them as well as the city attorney’s office. Often his
-suggestions to the corporation council’s office, were gratefully
-received. For seven or eight years, he met the public daily.
-
-He determined to make the race for the office of commissioner, which
-paid $5,000 a year. His friends were loyal to him. He was familiar with
-politics from start to finish, and knew that he had thousands of votes;
-he also knew that he had the kind of friends who would support him.
-Assured of his friends’ support, he went about the city himself, making
-a direct canvass for votes. He realized that every effort meant that
-much more in his favor, even though he was quite sure of a certain
-percentage. He felt that if he was once elected he could make a showing
-that would keep him in office from year to year. He knew that he was far
-more familiar with the work than any other candidate.
-
-Most of the candidates were business men, who had had no prior
-experience with the city government, and he argued that if he had served
-the city well for ten years, that he would be better qualified to serve
-the city than those who had had no prior experience.
-
-To the surprise of a great many he was elected, and after receiving his
-office, he was given one of the most difficult tasks, which he handled
-with credit to himself.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 635. A LIVING OUT OF POLITICS
-
-
-A great number of men and women in your community and state are making
-their living entirely on politics.
-
-If you are to choose this work for a living, it is necessary to bear in
-mind that you must be an adherent of some particular party and you must
-be enthusiastic for it from beginning to end, as leaving this party will
-be considered a breach of good faith on your part, and you will lose
-much of your friendship, which is essential to keep you in your
-position. Also bear in mind, you who hold positions in political work,
-that your previous work has a great deal to do with it. That is, you
-must serve as an assistant, say, in the clerk’s office, the treasurer’s
-office, the assessor’s office, and in this way you will acquire
-thousands of friends. And then, the newspaper must not be lost sight of,
-as a person may have thousands of friends in his community, and if for
-some reason or other he has awakened the antagonism of the newspaper
-men, he will find that it is one of his greatest difficulties, and may
-even lose to him victory which should be rightfully his. Another factor
-one must consider; he must have friends of the right sort. You may think
-you have hundreds of friends who will get out and put in much time in
-your behalf, but when once you depend upon them you will be surprised
-how few there are. If you are fortunate enough to have ten men who will
-get out and put in their time and really give you their support, you are
-very fortunate indeed.
-
-Then there is the following to be considered; you must take yourself
-seriously--believe that you can be of real benefit to the community by
-serving in that capacity. You must not leave your friends to do it all;
-you must do everything you can to assist your friends. Get a car and
-drive out into the country and get acquainted with the farmers.
-
-If you have it in mind to win success you must not figure in days, but
-you must figure in years, and build up slowly for the future.
-
-Also have clear in mind that, once you are elected, the kind of service
-you desire to give. You will find if you are fortunate enough to be
-nominated and elected that the opportunities for real service in your
-city, county or state, are very great. You will find that the usual
-method followed by politicians is to work for the future, letting the
-mistakes of the past take care of themselves.
-
-You will find in public service that there is great opportunity to build
-a reputation for doing things, and if you are in continual fear of
-injuring somebody’s feelings while rendering a real public service, you
-will not make a success.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 636. AN ATTORNEY BECOMES SPECIAL COUNSEL FOR THE CITY
-
-
-He had no political standing but he knew the employes of the different
-departments of the city, and thus he became aware of what could
-be done for the city in the way of collecting back assessments,
-supposedly-outlawed claims etc.
-
-He made a memorandum of these as best he could from a superficial
-examination, and took the matter up with the councilmen of the city. He
-had the support of the councilman of his district who furnished him a
-great deal of information. He then set about to become acquainted with
-the councilmen of other districts, and was successful in winning some of
-them to his support.
-
-No sooner had he stirred up interest in this subject and got the matter
-squarely before the council, than he was advised that there were other
-attorneys who were seeking this appointment for the work to which he had
-called the council’s attention, and was advised not only to submit a
-commission proposition to the city council, but a salary proposition as
-well. Finally, through the activity of his friends in the council, he
-was named as special counsel for the city for a period of six months. It
-was up to the attorney to make good.
-
-He made his own investigations, obtained his own material, and brought
-actions. He immediately got into contact with some of the newspaper
-reporters, and showed them the work he was accomplishing, and had proper
-attention directed to it.
-
-At the end of six months he was able to make an excellent record, which
-continued his work another six months, and in that way he continued
-without any political standing, until he was appointed a regular
-assistant in corporation counsel’s office at a salary of $200 a month.
-This employment continued until new political lines were drawn and a new
-corporation counsel put into office, after which he was continued as
-special counsel. Each six months he made a showing, with the result that
-he stayed in the office for two years, based entirely upon the showing
-he was able to make at the end of each six-months’ period.
-
-From this work he derived $175 to $200 a month, and won a good
-acquaintanceship in his work and an invaluable experience. He not only
-handled cases which brought him in contact with thousands of people in
-the community, but he also received experience in the police court, and
-in that way obtained an experience similar to that of an assistant in a
-prosecuting attorney’s office. This plan could be followed in many of
-the cities in our country, as there is always an opportunity to find
-something wrong in the average city government, in remedying which an
-attorney can render a good service. As a matter of fact, you can always
-depend upon it that the mistakes of former administrations are left
-alone, and to attempt to stir them up politicians of the city believe
-will make unnecessary enemies, besides the reformatory work can be done
-by a special counsel without injuring the future of the parties in
-office.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 637. AN ATTORNEY BECOMES CHIEF JUSTICE IN THE PHILIPPINE
-ISLANDS
-
-
-To win this position in twelve years would seem impossible but if you
-knew the man and the plan he pursued it would appear to you quite
-possible.
-
-In the university he developed himself in public speaking. He became a
-good speaker, and before his term had expired had won a reputation as an
-excellent debater. He was not of the argumentative type, but more of the
-persuasive turn of mind. He endeavored to win people to his convictions
-rather than to compel them to follow his ideas. He took an extra year at
-the university and obtained a special degree. Before his school was over
-he concluded that the Philippine Islands offered the best opportunity
-for a young man in the law work, so he secured, through his connection
-at the university, a position to instruct in a law school in the
-islands, as the American law was to be followed there. From instructor
-he was soon advanced to the head of one of the law schools, and within
-twelve years after leaving the university he was appointed to the
-position of associate justice of the supreme court in the Philippine
-Islands. Being an American and familiar with the American laws, and
-having specially qualified himself while at the university for this
-work, he won, with little difficulty, the position which he now
-occupies.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 638. A PHYSICIAN BECOMES CORONER
-
-
-While at the university this young doctor learned something about
-politics. As soon as he got settled in the community he made
-investigations of the coroner’s office. When politics opened up he
-became a candidate and made an original campaign for the office. He
-could speak and tell stories far better than the average man, and he
-made a good impression in his addresses. The political party arranged
-dates for speakers, and being one of the best speakers he was called
-upon in a great many cases. He made a clean campaign, not calling
-attention to any weaknesses in the former holder of office and won the
-support of his fellow doctors. He had an automobile and made it a point
-to reach many of the farmers in his county. His campaign was successful.
-In this way he won a good acquaintanceship in the country and obtained
-an excellent experience. Usually the county records show that either the
-Republican or Democratic parties, for years, have dominated the
-situation, and it is a matter of getting the nomination on one of these
-tickets. Nomination in these cases means, virtually, an election.
-
-When he first came to the town he made it known he could speak and would
-be an aggressive man in any campaign, and showed his strength by
-addressing the various meetings that he attended, and in this way, got
-recognition from the organization and everything was done to give him an
-opportunity to have the nomination with as little competition as
-possible.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 639. A DEACON MAKES MONEY ON TAX DEEDS
-
-
-I met this gentleman in connection with some old back taxes which the
-city claimed were against certain properties. He showed willingness to
-pay the back taxes at once without any argument, and after making his
-payment entered into a conversation with me relating how he had acquired
-this property and how much he had made. One rainy day, he said, he
-attended a sale at the courthouse, and there being no bidders present,
-for the property there offered for sale, except himself, that he
-acquired this piece of land for a $150, and two years later sold the
-same piece of land for $3,000. He said that for the last six years he
-had made his living by punctually attending these tax sales and, from
-time to time, making good purchases. He took a great deal of the
-property that, at the time of the purchase, he did not know what to do
-with, but later used it for trading purposes and profited on it very
-handsomely. He made more than $3,000 a year in that work alone. He
-found, in attending tax sales, that about the same crowd were always
-present, and soon he made arrangements with them for the purchases of
-different properties that each wanted to secure. In other words, he
-would not bid when another party wanted a piece of property, and the
-other party would not bid when he wanted a piece of property, and in
-this way, they obtained their property at a low price.
-
-There is a Chicago corporation that follows this business entirely,
-however in the connection with it, they purchase tax certificates. They
-say that about 25 per cent of the property on which they purchase tax
-certificates, come to them, and out of this they make very good money.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 640. THE DOCTOR MADE MONEY
-
-
-When I was a boy about ten years of age, I well remember the new doctor
-coming to the city. He received his furniture and appliances for office
-use, and showed them to us with great pride. He started in and worked
-very hard. His office was in a very unpretentious building in a small
-Iowa town, and, naturally, the first year his practice was limited, but
-everything he did he kept strict account, made his charges, and rendered
-his bills. He was not very insistent on pay at once, but he was anxious
-to render anyone service. No matter how far out in the country the
-patient lived, he would make every effort to reach them. As a matter of
-fact everybody knew that when they called him, he was always available
-and would be there at the earliest moment possible. He followed this
-practice for years, and saw to it that none of his bills outlawed, and
-while he had to wait for his money, he made a charge sufficiently large
-so that he could very well wait until they were able to pay him.
-
-Five years passed and he had the reputation of being one of the busiest
-doctors in the community. At a certain time each year he made it known
-he was going away to take further instructions in medical work, and
-gradually he became quite proficient in operating and started a small
-hospital of his own where he could give the rural people the proper
-treatment.
-
-The farms in that vicinity began to increase in value. The people whom
-he served a few years before, whom most doctors thought would be unable
-to pay, became prosperous, and most all of the bills that this man had
-rendered became an asset.
-
-He not only obtained the experience and pleasure of rendering his
-patients assistance, but he believed in the country as well, and to-day
-he is one of the wealthiest men in that part of the country. He put his
-fees into farm land which has increased in value from fifty dollars per
-acre to three hundred dollars per acre. Any doctor can succeed in
-following this plan in the community where he may be practicing.
-
-
-
-
-PLANS No. 641 to 649 SEE GOVERNMENT SERVICE--PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 650. HOW A DRUGLESS DOCTOR BUILT UP A PRACTICE
-
-
-He and I were working together on a city newspaper as advertising
-solicitors when one day he told me that he was studying nights to become
-a chiropractic doctor. He said very little about it, because his wife
-did not favor it. However, he had put his time to this study. He
-continued his studies for six or seven months until he felt that he was
-able to launch out for himself. The question then was, where should he
-start. He had only a little cash and to stay in the city where he was
-once an advertising solicitor, he felt it would be difficult for him to
-build up a reputation as a drugless doctor. Of course, he resigned his
-position as advertising solicitor and opened an office in conjunction
-with a dentist in his own city. He secured his equipment and started
-after the business. He made it a point first to see all of his friends
-and let them know that he was in the drugless practice. He kept at this
-work and got in touch with hundreds of people. He worked diligently with
-his patients, and they told others, and after six months of hard work
-holding the creditors back his business began to pay. Before the year
-was over he had a practice that was paying from $500 to $800 a month.
-After a couple of years of practice, he let it be known he was going
-east to take advance work as a chiropractic doctor. He wrote letters to
-all the people he had treated on his return.
-
-He was always enthusiastic about his work and made a very careful study
-on the subject of anatomy, and could talk creditably with any doctor. He
-was very active in the welfare of the drugless doctor and did any and
-everything he could to assist their mutual cause. He started without any
-capital, the money for furniture was borrowed. He made up a card, giving
-a certain number of treatments for a certain amount of money, sold these
-to all of his patients, which gave him ready money. This was all done
-without a line of newspaper advertising and with the opposition of the
-medical fraternity.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 651. A LAWYER SPECIALIZES ON INSURANCE LAW
-
-
-As soon as he had graduated he went into one of the leading law offices
-of an insurance company and there made a two years’ study of insurance
-law from the insurance company’s standpoint. He was given little
-opportunity to progress in the business, and found himself at the end of
-three years without any business of his own to depend on, so to get
-recognition from the company seemed hopeless.
-
-He did know “insurance law,” so he opened his law office. He saw the
-other attorneys and made it known that insurance law was his specialty,
-and that he would not infringe on any of their business, if they would
-give him an opportunity to work with them on that law. Of course, it is
-very difficult to get a lawyer to agree on any matter concerning
-business that may interfere with his own, but they soon realized when
-they received a case involving insurance they needed his services.
-
-In a very short time the insurance companies became aware of this young
-man’s ability and finally, one by one, he obtained their business. As a
-matter of fact, you will find but a few lawyers who know anything about
-insurance law. They cannot know much about it unless they make several
-years’ study of the subject. However, when you once secure this business
-it is permanent and will guarantee you a very good income, and it is
-well worth a lawyer’s time and attention put to it to make himself
-competent in this work. It will pay any lawyer to look around him and
-see if there are any others in his community who are making a specialty
-of this law; and if they are not, prepare for this work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 652. HE BECAME A “TRIAL LAWYER”
-
-
-No sooner had he graduated from law school, than he determined to become
-a “trial lawyer.”
-
-He studied law for two years with one of the leading Law firms in the
-city. His income was small, but he was patient. He realized that he must
-know a great deal about briefing, and this was a good way to obtain the
-knowledge. After this he went into business for himself.
-
-He had been in the practice only six months when an opportunity came to
-him to become an assistant to the corporation counsel. This he promptly
-availed himself of, and in a short time he was in receipt of an income
-of $150 a month, with his office paid for and a chance to do work on the
-side.
-
-He retained this position for a year, and became acquainted with
-hundreds of people of the right sort. He practiced in the police court,
-and handled many matters before the council which required, on his part,
-good ability as a speaker. He was from the South and loved anything that
-had talk to it. After his experience with the city he went in for
-himself and worked patiently for a year with little results. A case came
-to him from the Italian section and he obtained such a favorable
-decision that this case brought him much business, and soon he was in
-receipt of a net income of $400 to $500 a month.
-
-He made a specialty of evidence and mastered it so well that it required
-little thought on his part to conform with the ordinary rules. He
-understood cross-questioning, of which he made a very careful study. He
-worked for years with his speech until he was able to present a matter
-before the jury in a clear, concise and convincing manner.
-
-This young man to-day, with the experience of twelve years, has made an
-unusual success as a “trial lawyer,” and is getting his share of the
-important cases.
-
-Coupled with this ability he understands well the value of his services
-and renders his charges on the amount of time devoted to his clients. He
-keeps strict account in much the same manner as is set forth in another
-article in this book, and he sees to it that for all services he renders
-his clients are duly notified so they feel all along that their
-interests are properly taken care of. And when the client knows the
-amount of time the attorney has devoted to their interests they are
-willing to pay a reasonable charge.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 653. AN ATTORNEY BECOMES A COURT CLERK
-
-
-This attorney thought it was important to first serve as clerk for the
-court, so he worked in this capacity for a year. In that manner he
-became familiar with all the abilities of the men at the bar in that
-community. He watched and observed how they conducted cases, and
-discerned what abilities each possessed. He also became familiar with
-their standing before the judges of the court, as well as their standing
-before the bar. In other words, he learned many tricks of the trade, and
-also became familiar with all the records of the court house, which in
-after years was to be of advantage to him. He also enjoyed the
-association of a judge who afterwards turned out to be a real leader in
-national affairs.
-
-With this training he went in business for himself. He possessed high
-qualities as a business man, as well as those of a good lawyer. He was
-not anxious for the trial work, and settled his cases as best he could
-out of court if possible. He realized that being in court continually
-would net but little money for him and his client. He was not a trial
-lawyer, and did not care to make a reputation in that direction, but he
-was well liked by all of his friends and close acquaintances: in fact,
-they would do almost anything for him. He was a member of a church of
-his neighborhood, and when it was necessary to have a certain man from
-their district, he was selected by his friends to run for the office of
-state representative and won by a large majority, and each time the
-election came along he was re-elected representative, and finally state
-senator.
-
-He has built up a good, substantial law practice, and he has succeeded
-financially in a way that is a surprise to all, however his fees were
-not invested until after he had made a careful study of the business
-into which he launched. Many lawyers believe that when they are in the
-practice that it is not credible to them to know about the rules of
-business, but this is a serious mistake. They should study those as well
-as the law and know what their business opportunities are. If a man is
-good enough to reach a right course in a lawsuit, there is no reason why
-that man should not be as successful in reaching out and securing for
-himself the right course in business.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 654. HE BECAME A LAWYER’S LAWYER
-
-
-For years he had been a very successful trial lawyer, and because of
-that success he had been approached by many lawyers to take up their
-cases and put it through to a final success. He finally put his entire
-time at the disposal of the lawyers of his city. He found in the city in
-which he was practicing, had a population of about 400,000, that young
-lawyers who have been in the practice for years have but little
-experience in the trial court, and often have had but few cases and for
-that reason make many mistakes. He was loyal to the attorney who
-employed him and saw to it that they were not placed in an embarrassing
-position. This brought him large and lucrative business.
-
-I well remember his advice when in the university, how to prepare a
-statement of facts. He first had the client make his statement, and
-after it was made would ask the client to go home and prepare it in his
-own hand-writing and submit it to him. He would have this typewritten
-and later examine and question the client concerning it, and then he
-would have him wait a few days and re-state the entire case again to
-him. After this he would go over and make a statement of facts of the
-case himself, and would repeat this from three to four times and have it
-typewritten until he had an accurate statement of the facts, upon which
-he built his theory of the law. He felt that no attorney had done his
-duty until he had gone over the statement of facts in this manner.
-
-From this plan alone, he realized more than $500,000.
-
-There is an opportunity in many communities for attorneys of good
-standing to render this kind of service to his fellow attorneys, and
-there are always young men in the community who will avail themselves of
-such services if you render this to them in a way that will not
-discredit them before the bar and the court.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 655. A DOCTOR IN A SMALL TOWN MAKES A SPECIALTY OF SURGERY
-
-
-Soon after his college course was completed he settled in a little town
-of about 2,500 population in the state of Iowa, in the midst of a great
-farming district. He liked the practice of medicine. At first he took up
-general practice in the town and made it a point to respond to all calls
-given him. He was business-like and gave people to understand that he
-was to receive pay for his calls and rendered bills accordingly. His
-genial manner won people’s confidence in his sincerity. Each year he
-devoted about two months to preparing himself for surgery work, which he
-intended later to make his specialty. Securing a dwelling house in a
-town he started a small hospital. This gave him an opportunity to render
-the proper service to the people of that community. Soon people found
-that, instead of going to the large city, they could get as good if not
-better service in their own home town from the local surgeon.
-
-Throughout that part of the country he won a very high reputation, with
-the result that he had more work than he could perform in his small
-hospital, and later he bought an old business-college site and converted
-it into an up-to-date hospital. After the establishment of this hospital
-it occupied all of his time.
-
-This was not done in a day, but by slow and careful building he attained
-enviable success in his practice. His brother, who settled in the same
-community, possessed greater ability as a surgeon, but because of his
-lack of knowledge of business methods and the following out of a good
-plan was not able to acquire the same degree of success.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 656. HE BECOMES AN ATTORNEY IN A SMALL TOWN
-
-
-He came from the West to the university and as soon as his course there
-was completed he at once returned, to one of the small towns, having a
-population not exceeding 1,000. In this town there was one attorney, and
-for that reason many men would not consider the place sufficiently large
-for two lawyers. However, he made up his mind that this was his
-opportunity. The town had a farming community around it which later
-proved to be good.
-
-The people of that community were very glad to have another attorney and
-gave him a chance. The first year he netted more than $2,500; the second
-year $3,500, and in the third year he sold out his business and went to
-the county seat.
-
-He favored prohibition, and went into the campaign as a prohibition
-candidate for the office of prosecuting attorney, and won. That office
-he held for two years, and enjoyed a good private practice at the same
-time. Later he devoted his entire time to private practice, at which
-time I visited with him. He averaged then $6,000 a year.
-
-The opportunities to the lawyer are far greater in the small town than
-in the larger cities. Out of my class of about 500 students, all of the
-men who went into the small towns in the Northwest met with success.
-Usually their incomes ran from $2,500 to $3,000 the first year.
-
-The young attorney who bought my friend’s law business saw a possibility
-of organizing a little trust company and formed a corporation,
-interested parties in the town in the project and some outside capital.
-After three or four years he is rated as worth not less than $75,000. He
-was not only a good lawyer, but a good business man as well. These facts
-are not exaggerated, but are plain truths, and there are many
-opportunities for men to make the same success in many small communities
-throughout the country.
-
-A lawyer who has back of him a farmer’s bank or trust company is very
-fortunate, as this is a leader to a large business.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 657. THIS LAWYER MADE MUNICIPAL LAW A SPECIALTY
-
-
-He had been in the private practice of law for about five years and was
-not doing well. He concluded to get into the corporation counsel’s
-office and make municipal law his specialty. He was fortunate to get an
-appointment and soon developed into a first class lawyer for the city,
-and won a good reputation from his work done. The community in which he
-resided had a population of 350,000 to 400,000, and after about two
-years’ work for the city he went in practice for himself. He made a
-specialty of the municipal law. Any matter that was to come before the
-council, or any service that he might render people with reference to
-city affairs, was the kind of business he was after. He used none but
-creditable methods and he left no stone unturned which would bring him
-in touch with business of the best character.
-
-There are many ways an attorney, who understands municipal law, can
-render service to the people in large cities. After five or six years of
-private practice all the attorneys in his community would not take a
-case involving city affairs unless they had his advice or he was put in
-on the case. In return he sent cases to his fellow attorneys and did not
-engage in any but municipal law practice.
-
-Municipal law practice is very profitable, as the clients are invariably
-able to pay for the service rendered.
-
-The medical men have their specialties, other kinds of work has its
-specialties and the lawyer is behind the times who does not consider
-this when he enters the practice of law.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 658. A LAWYER MAKES A SUCCESS IN A LARGE CITY
-
-
-This young attorney located in a small town in Oregon and there, with
-the co-operation of one of the leading politicians of the state, was
-able to build up a good practice.
-
-His acquaintanceship and connection established him in the community of
-15,000, in which he made his initial step, and soon he had a small, but
-substantial practice. His plan was eventually to go into the city of
-Portland. He possessed one excellent ability, and that was to make
-friends. He was quiet in manner, a fair speaker and a good student. His
-friends were people of the best class and meant much to his ultimate
-success. In business he had good judgment.
-
-After three years’ practice in the little town he went to the large city
-and made his beginning. He was able to keep some of his clients from the
-small town. He met people in the large city with whom his political
-friends were on very good terms, and was able to get into connection
-with a good law firm. He was not admitted in the partnership, but was
-allowed an office in the same suite, and used their library and had the
-privilege of their stenographer’s services. This association meant much
-to him. After twelve years of building, he now enjoys a big practice and
-is permanently established in the community, and counts many of the best
-people of the city as his friends.
-
-No, he did not take up politics and has taken no part in it. He has
-aspirations in that direction, but he feels it is essential first to
-have a strong financial standing before he enters into any political
-campaign. “The average young lawyer does not realize how important it
-is,” he says, “to establish, cultivate and make the best kind of people
-their friends. They not only shape and mould the lawyer’s own life, but
-are, by reason of their standing, able to determine what his success
-shall be.” He believes that people are known by the friends. He says
-this is particularly true in a large city. Fifty friends of the right
-kind are worth a thousand that are not.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 659. THIS LAWYER WRITES FOR NEWSPAPERS
-
-
-This lawyer says that one of the best ways of developing your abilities
-is to write, and he found time in the establishment of his early
-practice to write for the newspapers of his community. He lived in a
-large city, and certain columns of the newspapers were usually open for
-the discussion of public questions, and he took that opportunity to get
-acquainted with the community. However, he was very careful to see to it
-that he wrote only his own true convictions, and, when matters were
-thrown open for public discussion he endeavored to suggest through the
-columns some topic of general interest. He did not hesitate to write on
-this subject, and made it a point to put forth an article of sufficient
-strength and value which he could later support if it were attacked, and
-in this way he engaged in many controversies in the community which
-brought to him an increase of business. He also made arrangements with a
-farm paper to answer legal questions in its columns, such as queries on
-line fences, and the like, and made a nominal charge for the answers. He
-answered a column to a column and a half of questions each month, and
-made a certain charge for his opinion on other subjects which he could
-not answer in the paper. This was all done under the auspices of the
-farm paper. They were very glad to give him a certain amount per month
-for this service. This brought him during the year considerable
-business. He states that the income he can directly trace to this kind
-of writing, netted him not less than $1,500 to $1,800 per annum. Also
-from time to time, on certain matters of general interest, he would put
-out a little pamphlet under his own signature and sell for a small
-figure--10 or 15 cents. From this source he derived several hundred
-dollars a year, as well as bringing his name before the community in a
-novel and interesting manner.
-
-During the first four or five years’ practice of any attorney, he can
-very well afford to do this kind of work and it will help establish him
-in his community. It will not only make him acquainted, but will at the
-same time develop his ability as a writer and a thinker.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 660. HIS INTEREST IN POLITICS MADE HIM MONEY
-
-
-He was a young fellow full of ambition and energy and was interested in
-all subjects which came up for political discussion. He was especially
-interested in matters in which the temperance issue was involved. He was
-a “Progressive” and did not hesitate to tell people of his political
-convictions. He was a good speaker and had trained himself in this work.
-He could talk before any meeting or gathering and make a creditable
-impression.
-
-When I first saw him he was introduced as the “Boy Speaker” of that
-community, and the speech he delivered was very good. He could excel
-most of his seniors. Soon his services became much sought after by all
-aspirants for office in his political party, and this won for him
-recognition.
-
-Coupled with this ability he worked hard for his friends. If a man has
-friends, and they believe and have confidence in him, they will let
-everybody know it, and they let everybody know that this man was the
-right kind of fellow for public office. The result was that when his
-friends were successful he had a selection of some of the employment
-they had to offer, and as a result got an appointment as clerk to one of
-the courts which gave him an opportunity to study first hand--the law.
-
-He now enjoys an income of $100 a month, as well as the privilege of
-studying and observing the way lawyers conduct their cases. He is
-planning to later take up the law. He is associated with the various
-judges of the superior court, and his friends are among the best people
-of the city.
-
-What he has done, many young men can do if they only have the initiative
-to follow out the general plan which he has adopted.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 661. REPORTER LIVES FOUR YEARS IN WASHINGTON
-
-
-This is undoubtedly a wonderful experience for any man. He was a
-reporter on one of the daily papers, and was acknowledged as one of the
-very best men in his profession. His income was small, but he counted
-among his friends many of the best men in the community. Some of these,
-of course, had ambition for public office. One in particular engaged his
-services, and to give him as much favorable publicity as he possibly
-could during his campaign for United States Congress.
-
-This is an opportunity that is presented to many men who are on the
-staff of large daily newspapers. He proceeded at once to do everything
-he could. He advised the man running for office what things would make
-good news matter and what steps he should take to enable him to get the
-proper publicity in the paper. His advice was very good, as he was
-experienced in newspaper work. This service had much to do with the
-final success of the man winning the race for United States Congress.
-With his success the reporter was appointed secretary to the congressman
-and went to Washington and lived there for four years.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 662. CHEMIST FOR U. S. GOV. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 663. THROUGH COLLEGE ON CLASS HISTORY
-
-
-It is often supposed that a man who is not a good speaker and does not
-show much enthusiasm will find it almost impossible to earn his way
-through college but such is not the case.
-
-This man was a good writer and a clear thinker. For each class that was
-about to graduate he prepared a class history. This volume became more
-valuable as the years went by, and he had no difficulty in placing it
-with each member at a reasonable profit. There are many classes
-graduating at a university and he derived sufficient income in this
-manner to pay all university expenses.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 664. BOOSTER FOR BOARDING HOUSE PAID BOARD
-
-
-He always managed to have fifteen or twenty boys who wanted to eat where
-he ate. With this following alone any boarding-house was glad to give
-him his board free. His board was two-thirds of his college expense, so
-he arranged with a boarding-house each year to bring at least twenty
-boarders to the house and keep up that average. This was a valuable help
-to the man running the boarding-house. Every business must have its
-booster or business-getter, so why not a college boarding-house?
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 665. ATHLETIC ASSISTANT PAID UNIVERSITY EXPENSES
-
-
-A man who takes an active interest in athletics can become a great help
-by assisting the coach or manager. Two men defrayed all their expenses
-at the university by acting as assistants in athletics. They enjoyed the
-opportunity of many side-trips, and after their course was completed
-received good offers through the coach and general manager.
-
-Often this field of service is overlooked by those who must earn their
-way through college. The opportunities for a good man to assist the
-coach are numerous in baseball, on the track and in football, and there
-is an opportunity to assist in the gymnasium.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 666. HE RAN A SALES COMPANY
-
-
-About ten years ago I met a young man who was possessed of exceptional
-energy and push. With him something must be done and the time to do it
-was to-day. He ran a little collection company, and if he couldn’t get
-prompt results he lost no time in bringing suit. The profits of the
-business did not develop fast enough for him, so one day he quit this
-work.
-
-He felt that selling was his life-work. He had experience as an
-auctioneer, but now he determined to become a real business doctor and
-give people such treatment that they would know of his company
-throughout the state. He made good, and last fall when I met him he was
-making $8,000 a year, owned a house in the most exclusive part of the
-city, had a fine car, and this is how he accomplished it:
-
-He opened a cheap office, then had printed a post card with the picture
-of an old doctor on a hurry call, printed in red, with wording as
-follows “Let us head Old Doctor... your way. He is the original business
-Doctor... Sales Company, Phone and address.” He obtained from Dun &
-Company the names of the merchants in his city. With this card he got in
-touch with the business.
-
-Most merchants know little about advertising, and know little about
-putting on a sale. Many merchants want to operate with less stock,
-others wish to sell but can not.
-
-The young man makes a contract with the merchant for twenty days if
-possible. He receives 10 per cent of the gross sales. All advertising is
-to be arranged and paid for by the merchant, and the agent’s entire
-sales force is placed at his disposal.
-
-A large sheet--24x36--is prepared and circulated by the local merchant.
-He prints about twenty-five of these circulars on muslin cloth so that
-the advertisement will remain in place on telephone poles, fences, etc.,
-and the surrounding territory is circularized in this manner.
-
-A page is bought in the local newspaper, and large cuts and vigorous
-copy is put in the ads.
-
-It is essential that a large crowd be present the first four or five
-days, and here are a few of the many plans that bring them:
-
-A prize of $10 to be given away, and those present Monday morning at 9
-to 9:15 will receive tickets for the prize. Then he delivers the
-tickets. The free ticket requires holder, who has signed it, to return
-to the store at 2 o’clock Monday afternoon, when three judges, selected
-from the people, are to conduct the drawing and award the prize. The
-ticket holder must be there in person or the prize goes to someone else.
-
-Just before the prize is awarded the agent makes the announcement that
-the person who makes the closest guess on his weight will receive $10 in
-gold. The people must call at the store and put their estimates in at 9
-o’clock the next morning. At 2 o’clock the same day they must be present
-if they wish to win the prize.
-
-Before this second prize is awarded, he announces that $10 will be given
-to the person who would make the best guess on the number of grains of
-wheat a rooster will eat in three minutes. Next morning at 9 o’clock the
-amount must be given at the store, and at 2 the prize is given out. This
-insures a large crowd at the store for three days.
-
-If it is near Christmas he lets everyone know there will be a turkey
-chase in front of the store at ----. Six turkeys are placed on top of
-the store and he is perched up on a box in front. He announces that the
-first turkey that falls among them is anyone’s turkey that gets it. The
-second is for boys up to 18 and the third is for women, the fourth for
-the men, fifth for the girls, and the last for the old maids; he then
-changes it to everybody. But before the sixth is dropped down he makes
-the announcement that in on the cashier’s desk is a jar of beans and the
-one who makes the best guess on the correct number of beans will get a
-first-class rocking chair. This is important as it brings them into the
-store after the turkeys are all gone.
-
-He was not a card-writer but soon developed some skill which was of
-great assistance in his work. He always arranges the stock so that it
-shows to the best advantage. This work is very important and usually
-takes three or four days. For this service he is paid 10 per cent of the
-gross receipts and this amount is paid at the end of each day. His busy
-season is from September to April 1.
-
-In many cases after five days have passed, and he has made $500, the
-owner of the store makes him a proposition to allow him to finish the
-sale for the remaining fifteen days, which he usually settles for $300.
-
-He not only handles merchandise, as above related, but auctions stock
-for farmers at 3 per cent commission. He makes a specialty of
-auctioneering hardware stores, and his success is extraordinary. He will
-take up a knife, make a sale at a certain figure, and at once, and at
-the same price, offers for sale all knives of the same kind. He sells a
-tub at a certain figure and the balance go at the same price.
-
-He is now going into the business of auctioneering real estate. He has
-sold large tracts of land. He has on his staff six high-class salesmen
-and he devotes his entire time to directing the sales work. He is doing
-all in his power to educate those who think “sale” to connect that
-thought with the name of his company.
-
-Three of his seven years were hard, but the last four he has been able
-to develop a net income of $8,000 per annum.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 667. The Widow’s Idea]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 667. ENTERTAINS CHILDREN.
-
-
-A mother with a little 8-year-old girl was compelled to earn her own
-way. She had one asset--a home in a good neighborhood close to a school.
-She was a good entertainer and the idea came to her: “Why not give
-children’s parties four afternoons of the week?” She acted upon this
-idea and gave parties for children from 1 to 5 o’clock Tuesday,
-Wednesday, Thursday and Friday, when school was closed, and when school
-was in session she arranged for parties on Saturdays from 1 to 5 P. M.
-
-She would entertain fifteen to twenty youngsters and give them a real
-wholesome time. She charged 50 cents for each child. This gave the
-mothers their Saturdays, and the way this lady conducted her parties was
-instructive to the children. She taught them how to play games and
-specialized in teaching good manners.
-
-The mothers were very glad to take advantage of her parties. She
-arranged to have a different lot of children each day.
-
-While school was in progress and a mother found it necessary to be gone
-all the afternoon, she arranged with her to have the child call at her
-house after school and she would look after it until the mother called.
-For this service she charged 25 cents. When the mother was to be gone
-all day she would tell the child to call at the hostess’ home at noon
-and eat her lunch, which her mother had prepared for her, and to stay
-there after school until the mother called for her. For this service our
-hostess charged 50 cents.
-
-During the summer months her parties made her $30 a week, and while
-school was in progress she made about $20 a week.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 668. RAISED CHICKENS
-
-
-He resolved that chickens could be raised on a large scale.
-
-He devoted 80 acres to them in the following manner. He planted wheat,
-and immediately after doing so he put hundreds of young chickens on the
-eighty acres to make their own way. He arranged for water and made a
-large number of little houses on wheels wherein the chickens could roost
-and lay. Each day he collected his eggs. When it was necessary, he would
-move the houses about their length.
-
-When fall came he sold all chickens that were over two years old and
-saved this money to buy pullets with the following spring. The chickens
-obtained plenty of food and the results were very profitable.
-
-When winter came he had accommodations for their keep similar to that of
-other chicken raisers.
-
-The eggs he gathered he put in storage until the prices raised, at which
-time he sold.
-
-During the winter months he did not make any special effort to have the
-hens lay.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 669. ADVERTISING PLAN TO GET ACQUAINTED
-
-
-I met a young man in the Middle west who made a specialty of introducing
-the men at the heads of business concerns to their customers. One at
-first thought, believes that the heads of a great store, lumber company
-or other business is known to all, but he is not known outside of fifty
-or sixty families.
-
-This young man has a contract with all the local weeklies in a district
-that supplied purchases to the city he was working in.
-
-He showed to merchants that he represented thirty or forty papers in the
-territory that he sold to, which papers had a combined circulation of
-30,000 homes, and that but few persons in these 30,000 homes knew what
-he looked like or what his signature was like. So he suggested to Mr.
-Merchant that he run a picture of himself with an invitation to the
-people when they were in the city, to call at his store.
-
-This plan netted our advertising salesman more than $150 a week. It not
-only embraced the merchants, but included the professional class as
-well.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 670. INFORMATION BUREAU
-
-
-This man realized that the average merchant spends money in advertising
-to get customers, so he organized an information bureau to do all in his
-power to find customers for various merchants.
-
-He employed girls to read several hundred newspapers, as the daily and
-weekly papers contain much information which leads directly to business
-advantages. He obtained from the county auditors a list of farmers in
-each county, their names and addresses, the kind of farming they were
-engaged in. In fact, anything from any source that could be put to the
-advertisers’ use was obtained. In two years this service paid him more
-than $500 a month.
-
-A service of this character, intelligently used, is valuable, and almost
-any city is a great field for it. Along with it one should run some kind
-of a weekly publication in which he could carry advertisements and give
-his information free to his advertisers, and in this way would realize a
-higher rate for his information.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 671. ATTORNEYS BUILD LAW PRACTICE ON COLLECTION
-
-
-These two attorneys realized that in starting in the law practice in a
-city of 100,000 was a very difficult matter, and this is the way they
-did it: They opened offices and started in the collection business. They
-did not make it on a commission basis, but on a certain amount per week,
-which would enable them to know just what their income would be.
-
-They went among the cheaper stores of the community and secured their
-collections at very low rates. One took one side of the city in the
-morning and in the afternoon, the second took the other side of the
-city, thereby leaving one man in the office all the time. Their law
-office was a desk in a real estate man’s office. In this manner they
-finally built up a large collection business from which came a good many
-cases. In about a year they were able to have an office of their own.
-With reference to the other expenses, they were both single men, and so
-built a house outside of the city, somewhat removed from the business
-section. They lived over a year and a half in this manner; did their own
-cooking and so their living expenses were reduced to a minimum. They
-took more collections, and continued to work. A few cases began to come
-in; and they finally built a very good law practice. This took two or
-three years, but when once acquired the business was permanent.
-
-During the war, when business was slack, they resorted to the same
-method of getting in touch with the public, and keeping a permanent
-income flowing into the firm. While this plan is not strewn with roses,
-yet if pursued with the same determination it will result in
-establishing a practice in the large city.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 672. WOMAN BECOMES ISOLATION HOSPITAL NURSE
-
-
-This woman was thrown on her own resources and had to devise ways and
-means of making a living. The only field open to her at the time was to
-take care of “Flu” patients. She was not a trained nurse, but found that
-she could do this work very well. She worked hard for a few months, and
-word was brought to the health officer of the city concerning her work.
-They finally called upon her, and offered her a position in the
-Isolation Hospital, to take care of smallpox patients. She went into
-this work, not caring whether she got the small pox or not, and
-fortunately, even though she had never been vaccinated, she seemed to be
-immune, and for almost a year took care of the worst cases, and never
-contracted the disease.
-
-For these services she received $75.00 a month, including room and
-board, and had a day off each week for herself. There was no night work
-in her service, because the people who came to the hospital did not pay
-any fee. Her salary was paid by the city.
-
-In this hospital six or seven nurses are employed, so there is quite a
-field available for women in this work. Grateful patients gave her tips
-which ran as high as $25.00 to $30.00 a month.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 673. AN ATTORNEY REPRESENTS AN EXTREME POLITICAL PARTY
-
-
-This man naturally was not content to follow the ordinary conservative
-lines of winning success. He thought it was for him to represent the
-extremest in politics, so immediately after graduation he associated
-with people of that kind. He was always present at their meetings and
-gave addresses. He championed their cause; and finally, when trouble
-arose, he was named as their attorney. He entered heart and soul into
-the fight, and made a reputation in this work.
-
-His ambition was to make his office the headquarters of all labor
-organizations. In several of his actions he was very successful. He was
-especially good at gathering evidence, and was a good fighter when it
-came to court.
-
-In a period of five to six years, he won a national reputation, where
-attorneys in the class he graduated were scarcely known outside of their
-own community. He was a man who could not sit still in his office--he
-had to have something doing all the time, and in his line of work he
-found opportunity for the true expression of his nature. As a matter of
-fact, the extreme element found it very hard to obtain the services of
-an attorney, and especially one who had his views.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 674. ATTORNEY RUNS FARM
-
-
-This attorney was practicing in a city, but felt that, in order to be
-assured of a permanent success in that community, it was best for him to
-have a farm close to the city. He secured a farm and made it his home.
-It was on an electric line, and this made it easy for him to go to and
-from the city, to attend to his business. His farm guaranteed him a
-living each year, and during the time when wheat was up, he made big
-profits from the sale of it. His living expenses were defrayed by the
-farm, and, besides he was enabled to save some money each year, and
-everything that he made from the practice of law was clear profit. This
-enabled him to champion various causes that otherwise he could not have
-afforded to do. It placed him in the position of an attorney with a
-fixed income, and enlarged his field of activities, so that he could
-build for years along certain lines, which is essential to any
-professional man’s success. He did not have much capital in the
-beginning, but he secured the farm on easy terms and was able to pay for
-it in about five years, and had the farm clear of all debt. He
-understood well the science of farming, took all the government reports
-on farming and made himself proficient in that line. He secured many
-clients in the community where he was farming. This gave him a great
-advantage over his fellow-members at the bar.
-
-The great trouble with the average lawyer is inactivity, and if he is
-not active, he is like any other dead man--nobody knows of his
-whereabouts and cares less, but if he is engaged in doing some
-collection work, coming in contact some way or other with the public
-generally, he will have business and it will continue to grow from year
-to year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 675. MANUFACTURING, ADVERTISING PLAN
-
-
-In a city of about 125,000 inhabitants, a complete list of the names of
-the manufacturers, their addresses and the names of business managers
-and the telephone numbers was made, each on a card. These cards were
-arranged alphabetically and a man was put on the ’phone for about ten
-days inquiring of each firm what articles they manufactured, the trade
-name of the article being put on the back of the card. The result was
-that over 1,200 different kinds of articles were made by some 300
-manufacturers. Then a dummy, made up, giving a page to the matter, the
-size of a newspaper, and in the center was placed a cartoon favorable to
-the manufacturer. This was to be sent to the people in the surrounding
-towns. Each article made, was listed alphabetically with the name of the
-article appearing first and after this the name of the company. These
-1,500 articles made about two pages of matter. After 2,000 of these were
-prepared by the printers the salesmen started calling on all
-manufacturers in the community, at the rate of eight to twelve a day,
-and presented his proposition to them, which was as follows:
-
-To run in forty papers surrounding the town in which they were located,
-going to something like 45,000 homes of farmers and people living in
-small towns. For this they were to pay $10.00 a thousand. Most of the
-manufacturers, rather than run a line or two, desired to run display,
-putting in the picture of the article they made and a little statement
-concerning its virtue of same and giving their addresses.
-
-Five weeks of this kind of soliciting resulted in more than $1,000 worth
-of contracts being signed up, and many thousands of dollars worth of
-business prospects for in the future. The salesmen were taken off and
-the general salesmen of the company followed up the prospects, with the
-result that over six thousand dollars was made from the plan. This meant
-a net saving on the part of the company of $3,500 to $4,000.
-
-This is a good plan and a fair way to cover the people in the farm
-community for the manufacturer. He then covered other classes of
-advertising in the same way.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 676. HIGH-SCHOOL BOY EARNS WAY
-
-
-He was a hard working young fellow, and he called upon the neighborhoods
-in different parts of the city after his high school was out, and sold
-brushes of different kinds to be used in the homes. He had a fair
-introduction, and showed up the advantages of his brushes in a fair way.
-
-Night after night, week after week, he continued this work. Saturday was
-his best day, as he usually made three or four dollars on that day
-alone. He netted from this work something like $10 to $12 a week. It was
-hard work carrying a suitcase filled with brushes, from which he showed
-his wares, but it paid his expenses through his high school and enabled
-him to get his education. He stuck to his work and won out.
-
-This is a plan that any young man of energy and push can follow at odd
-intervals to make his way through high school.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 677. LAWYER GETS ON SCHOOL BOARD
-
-
-After getting out of the law school he did not have sufficient funds to
-open an office, so he became a teacher in one of the high schools in the
-city in which he desired to make his home. After teaching for about two
-years, he determined that he would go into practice for himself. This he
-did. He felt that it would be an advantage to him to hold some kind of
-public office, and so he ran for and secured a membership on the school
-board. This position he was well qualified to fill, having taught for
-several years preceding his study of the law. After that he joined an
-athletic association and ran for office in the association and was made
-one of its directors. In these two positions he enjoyed a good
-opportunity for coming in contact with the best people of the city, and
-when politics was alive, he was one of the main members of the political
-organization, and had much to say about who should be elected to office.
-
-He served as assistant prosecuting attorney for some time, got the
-experience that he desired, and then continued with his practice. From
-these offices, which have been a great advantage to him, he has won an
-excellent reputation in the community.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 678. HE WANTED TO BE A LAWYER
-
-
-He went into a railway office as stenographer and studied law as he
-worked. He was a man of excellent appearance and untiring energy, and he
-worked until he had passed the bar examination for his state. He
-prepared to make himself a specialist on railway law, and continued
-study for three or four years. During that time he acted as assistant to
-the railway attorney, but instead of staying with the railway company
-for years, as most attorneys do, he identified himself with one of the
-best trial lawyers in his part of the state, who made a specialty of
-damage suits. He was a valuable adjunct to this firm as he was familiar
-with railway law.
-
-By reason of the fact that he had a knowledge of railway law, from the
-railway standpoint, he was very successful in his work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 679. LAWYER BECOMES RAILWAY COUNSEL
-
-
-After finishing at a law school, he obtained an appointment as assistant
-to the counsel for a railway. He studied for two or three years, in this
-capacity, and worked with the counsel of the railway until finally he
-won recognition for his services from the company. The railway counsel
-was changed, or left the service, and he became counsel for the railway
-at that point.
-
-This kind of work pays well, and he has an assistant or two under him,
-and enjoys a good reputation in his community.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 680. NEWSPAPER MAN MAKES EXTRA MONEY
-
-
-Reporters on newspapers make extra money by following the career of men
-who are public spirited. They become familiar with their aspirations and
-try to help them make good, by giving them all the newspaper support
-they possibly can. Of course, this cannot be done without compensation,
-and the reporter is paid extra for this work. It is valuable aid, for
-the man who desires to attain political prominence. The reporter, as a
-rule, is under-paid, and this enables him to increase his income
-considerably.
-
-The reporter’s advice alone is worth a great deal, as the average
-aspirant for office does not understand what is, and what is not, a
-good news article. The reporter can be absolutely fair with the paper
-and render this service.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 681. HE BECOMES CHAMBER OF COMMERCE SECRETARY
-
-
-There is a large field for any man who has ambition for public work, in
-the chambers of commerce of the various cities of our country. He can
-identify himself as an assistant, or in some other capacity and win a
-good reputation as a man of value in this work.
-
-From time to time there are inquiries from this source for the right
-kind of men for the work. The salaries are good, ranging from $5,000 to
-$10,000 a year, and the work, itself, is extremely interesting.
-
-This really is a first-class advertising man’s job. If a man understands
-advertising, and understands the advertising of communities, there is no
-reason why he should not be a capable man for this position, and such a
-man usually knows what is good news value, and what articles can be put
-in the paper, and what effect these various articles will have for the
-benefit of his community. It is usually a business proposition and
-supported by business men, exclusively; professional men and politicians
-having little to do with this work and the young man who can make good
-will soon find a position awaiting him.
-
-I know a few men who have made excellent records in this direction and
-are now the recipients of $8,000 to $10,000 a year. It took them at
-least five to six years before they were qualified to hold a large
-position. One started in as a newspaper reporter, and the other started
-in as an editor of a paper, and finally developed into an advertising
-man.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 682. LAWYER BECAME STATE REPRESENTATIVE
-
-
-He was always the champion of the issues that arose in his particular
-neighborhood club, and he finally decided that if he were a state
-representative, it would be a beneficial experience for him, as well as
-an avenue through which to become known in the state generally. So he
-went about increasing his friendship, becoming acquainted with everybody
-in his district, and finally announced himself as candidate for the
-state legislature, and he was very much surprised at the ease with which
-he won the election.
-
-He was repeatedly returned to the legislature and has almost become a
-permanent fixture in this capacity. He has always seen to it that the
-newspapers give him proper mention, on any matter in which he is
-engaged. He makes it a point to call the attention of the reporters to
-it if it has any news value at all. By this studied effort and work on
-his part he has made himself good timber for the United States Congress.
-Not only that, but he has won a large friendship among the people of the
-various states, which has brought him a good deal of valuable practice,
-and has given him business opportunities.
-
-A young lawyer makes a very serious mistake when he does not pay
-attention to his opportunities in this direction.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 683. HE BECAME POLICE JUDGE
-
-
-After winning an election as justice of the peace, it is always the
-ambition of the justice to become police judge of the city. To win this
-position does not only mean the increase of one hundred or more dollars
-a month in salary, but also gives a good opportunity for a lawyer to
-build up a reputation, which may lead to a judgeship in the superior
-court. Of course, the mayor and city council of a city determine which
-justice will be the police court judge, and a friendly standing with
-them will aid in determining whether or not a candidate will be police
-judge.
-
-Most of the people of a city and the county know more about the police
-judge than they do about the superior court judge. As a matter of fact,
-the newspapers of the community give far more publicity to the doings of
-the police court than do those of the superior court. Every little
-matter that comes up before the police court, serious or otherwise, is
-printed in the local daily, and all questions of any consequence that
-are to come up will first take place before the police court. So a
-lawyer, who occupies this position, and has good judgment, and takes his
-cases seriously, has an opportunity to make a good record for himself,
-and if he handles his opportunities in this position properly, he can
-become judge of the superior court.
-
-This work brings him in touch with all the police branches and their
-work, and the county prosecutor’s office as well. As a matter of fact,
-many persons in the profession believe that it is best for a man who
-desires to become a superior court judge, to first become justice of
-peace.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 684. ILLUSTRATOR FOR U. S. GOV. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 685. HE WANTED TO BECOME CITY COMMISSIONER
-
-
-There were at least thirty persons aspiring for the $5,000-a-year job
-and he was but little known. Although he felt that he was strong enough
-to get the nomination, yet most of his friends advised him that they did
-not think that he could succeed, but they would do their best for him.
-He went in for all there was in it; he worked both night and day; he
-obtained the support of many young men in the city. He had stalwart
-friends in the police department and with their support and the support
-of their friends he gained the nomination.
-
-With the nomination secured, he felt sure of election. However, he did
-not give up his personal efforts but worked both night and day until the
-night of the election, and then he did not give up until all of the
-votes were cast. The way he had worked for himself was an inspiration to
-his friends. However, it might be said that he had three or four friends
-who were especially valuable to him, and knew the political situation
-far better than he, and they did not hesitate to support him to the
-limit, as they believed in him and felt sure that if once elected he
-would make a good record. When the votes were counted, he had won by a
-large majority.
-
-Many men believe that it is unbecoming for them to work for themselves,
-but this man did not think so. He felt that the enthusiasm of his
-friends would lag if the man who was running for the office did not
-believe enough in himself to work with them.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 686. HE RAN FOR JUSTICE OF THE PEACE
-
-
-When he came into the community he was little known; in fact, up to the
-time he ran for the nomination on the Republican ticket, he was scarcely
-heard of, but prior to his nomination he billed the entire town. He had
-small boards placed at the various bridges and public places in the
-community with a large picture of himself, naming the office he desired
-to secure. He also had the telegraph poles tacked with large posters,
-bearing the same announcement. This publicity was so striking that it
-caused a great deal of comment all over the city, and when the
-nomination came up he secured it easily, and nomination in that county
-meant--the election!
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 687. HE FIRST BECAME COUNTY ASSESSOR
-
-
-This attorney, from a financial standpoint, was not prepared to go into
-the practice of law, so he became an aspirant for the office of county
-assessor. He was not a good speaker, but he made up his mind to work
-strenuously for this office, and so he obtained the support of ten or
-twelve of his friends who worked for him, and, finally, he secured the
-office.
-
-Many of his friends could not understand why he wanted such an office,
-but when once nominated and elected he had many people to appoint who
-make the assessment of the property in the county. These men were
-naturally people who supported him, and this enabled him to build up
-very strong political support throughout the county with this support as
-a nucleus which re-elected him many times.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 688. A MIDDLE-AGED LADY’S WAY OF MAKING A LIVING
-
-
-The following is a plan that represents lots of hard work.
-
-This woman believed she could sell goods direct and obtain higher-class
-and better-grade goods by directly representing the factory. She made
-arrangements with a certain factory, and started in to sell. She made a
-specialty of women’s and children’s underwear, stockings, etc., and sold
-large quantities.
-
-In this house-to-house selling of these goods, she netted more than
-$70.00 a month. In her travels she also found opportunity to sell other
-products, such as honey and other household articles which she carried
-as side lines. If there was a demand by her customers for goods she did
-not carry she made it a point to get the desired articles for them.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 689. A LAUNDRY PLAN THAT PAID
-
-
-This man ran a laundry in a city of upwards of 150,000 inhabitants, and
-the population was increasing daily. He figured that if he could see the
-newcomers before the other laundries did that they would just as soon
-patronize him as the others, and yet he would like to know something
-about their reputations as to payment before obtaining their business.
-
-Therefore he got in touch with a first-class information bureau in his
-city and secured all the names of people who came from the smaller towns
-into the city, and as soon as he got their names and the town they left
-he directed a letter to the editor of the paper in the town from which
-they had come inquiring as to their present address and their reputation
-for paying. After securing their address and statement as to their
-reputation for payment of their bills, and if he ascertained that they
-were good, he immediately called upon them at their new address in the
-city, and obtained their business. He had no competition in his work and
-this plan alone made his laundry a prosperous business.
-
-It might be stated that if there is no information or clipping bureau in
-your community, it would be well for you to take all of the newspapers
-of the surrounding towns, which could be secured by direct subscription
-or by going to the local newspaper where, undoubtedly, all of these
-papers are sent in as exchanges, and by an arrangement with your local
-newspaper, they would be glad to allow you to read and go over these
-papers. The items in these papers will show the names of people who are
-leaving the small towns and the communities to which they go; then find
-out through the transfer men and companies where they are.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 690. HOW HE BECAME A BANKER
-
-
-When I knew him at college he was a man of wonderful and unusual
-strength and good nature. He was as democratic as a person could be, and
-was liked by all who knew him.
-
-If you were to pick out a banker in the crowd at school, he would be the
-last man, perhaps, that you would think would follow the banking
-business. After his college course he went into the stock business. He
-was well liked by all of the stockmen in the district in which he lived,
-and he had an acquaintance extending through the entire Northwest. But
-the stock business did not particularly appeal to him. He then entered
-into other lines of work and finally became closely associated with a
-man engaged in the banking business. This man had taken over a bank in
-one of the farming communities and asked this party whether he would
-like to spend a part of his time in this little bank and see what he
-could do in the way of assisting it. This work interested him from the
-beginning. He immediately took possession of the bank as though it were
-his own and began to build it up. In a short time he had doubled its
-deposits. His record was so unusual that the head of the bank in the
-city became interested, and as his showing continued the president of
-the bank became convinced that he should be in the city bank, so he made
-arrangements for him to come. He went at things with the same untiring
-energy in the city bank, as he had in the country bank, with the results
-that the deposits were greatly increased.
-
-I remember one day going into this large bank and I was somewhat
-surprised at seeing him as one of the managing officers of the bank. I
-asked him how it came that he was there, and he told me that he had been
-associated in the banking business for a number of years. The position
-which he had obtained did not in the least effect his pride and he
-possessed the same spirit, which manifested itself so agreeably in his
-school days. He said he had been helped, and that it was his desire to
-help others as he had been helped--that was his attitude in the banking
-business. Instead of possessing the ordinary cold and distant attitude
-of the average banker, he was the opposite. In his former work among the
-stockmen of the Northwest he acquired a large acquaintance, and they all
-thought a great deal of him, and had confidence in the institution with
-which he was connected. They rather preferred to deal with a bank with
-which he was connected.
-
-Your friends often determine whether you are to be a success or a
-failure.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 691. WONDER COVERS
-
-
-“Wonder covers” for rolling-pin and bread-board are the invention of a
-Maine woman, but anybody can make them. For the rolling-pin, the cover
-is of stockinette or any elastic knitted textile fabric, made to pull
-over the pin in a stretched-tight way, like a jersey sleeve, and tied at
-the open end. The other part of the equipment is a mere square of canvas
-(sailcloth), to lay upon the bread-board.
-
-Provided with these covers the housewife can manipulate the softest
-dough without any danger of its sticking to pin or board. But before
-using nearly a quart of flour must be rubbed into the pin-cover the
-first time it is slipped over the rolling-pin, and a little flour must
-be rubbed into it the same way each time it is used. With careful use
-the covers will stay clean a long time. When necessary to wash them, it
-should be done with cool water and a small scrubbing brush. Then they
-may be ironed. But the flour should be thoroughly washed out of them
-before they are ironed.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 692. CHICKEN CANNED
-
-
-Down in Alabama a woman makes a living by taking orders for canned
-chicken and chicken by-products.
-
-She puts one pound of meat in a number 2 can, and the gravy adds from 4
-to 8 ounces, and she receives 80 cents a can for it. She claims that at
-this price she makes good money and she does so by using the best of
-soup meat in soups and gumbo. One rooster by this method brought her
-$3.50.
-
-The above price might be increased, and a little advertising and
-personal sales work would develop a good business in any town.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 693. A GOOD FARMER USES OTHER PEOPLE’S FARMS
-
-
-A young farmer was limited in capital and could not buy a good farm, so
-he purchased a few acres in a good district and went to work.
-
-He soon found that the farmers in his neighborhood did not understand
-their business.
-
-He took over a large neglected orchard for a crop arrangement and in a
-short time had contracted for land for two to three years that the
-farmers were neglecting, which gave him a large farm.
-
-He went to work and in several years not only made a good saving but was
-able to finance himself for a farm of his own.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 694. STARTED A CLOTHING STORE
-
-
-This young fellow was, from a business standpoint, about helpless. He
-was born and raised in the Old Country. When he made application to
-relatives who ran a department store for employment, he did not possess
-any qualities that they could use. They gave him work for two weeks,
-during which time he must find a position elsewhere. At the end of two
-weeks he managed to stay another four weeks. He realized he must do
-something. He had no capital, but he decided to rent a store building in
-the poor end of town. After hours he went about getting all the old
-clothes he could collect from door to door.
-
-He cleaned the old suits as best he could and offered them for sale at a
-low price. He worked night and day, taking but little time for sleep,
-and he soon began to make sales from his stock of old suits.
-
-He obtained the assistance of another poor fellow who wanted to help
-him. In a few months he was able to pay his help a regular salary.
-Twelve months from the time started in business he had a fine stock of
-clothing on hand and was employing four salesmen and making a good
-profit.
-
-Thrift coupled, with a good plan, will make a success every time. The
-young man I have mentioned above had a very poor appearance, was not
-educated, and had much to overcome, but his willingness to sacrifice
-clothes, amusements and even food and sleep for a good plan brought him
-permanent business in a remarkably short time.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 695. CLOTHES CLINIC
-
-
-She had a family of six and she was the sole support of the home. All
-six children were too young to work. The mother was ambitious for their
-education and determined to do all that was possible to give them all
-the educational advantages of other children.
-
-To begin with, she had some old clothes on hand, and she soon became
-very skilful in making them over into handsome suits for the boy and
-pretty dresses for the girls. In fact, her children were the best
-dressed of any in their school. Their clothes all had the appearance of
-being made by a tailor. She dyed their shoes and made hats, coats,
-dresses, underwear, neckwear and stockings. She became familiar with
-dying and learned to remove stains from clothing.
-
-People soon learned of her skill in this work. She arranged to teach
-other mothers her art and received a good income every year from this
-source. She would also, for a certain sum, take an old suit or dress and
-help the mothers plan and cut out the kind of dress or suit it could be
-made into.
-
-During the war-time her work became very popular, as lots of good
-material was found in old garments. Her specialty enabled her to assist
-others to make a great saving in the home every year.
-
-The government offered good assistance in this work during the war. The
-Board of Vocational Education, Washington, D. C., puts out a pamphlet on
-“Clothes for the Family” that would be an asset in any home. During the
-war, in different parts of the country, there have been fashion shows of
-clothes which were made from old garments. In one instance a pretty
-little dress was made from a pink woolen nightgown.
-
-This should be an excellent specialty for any ambitious woman. Clothes
-should not be wasted when there is so much poverty.
-
-A man and wife could base substantial and profitable business on the
-above lines. Among the well-to-do, old clothing consisting of excellent
-cloth can be purchased for a song. These garments can be made into
-first-class outfits, by proper cleaning and tailoring, and sold at a
-good profit.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 696. PROFIT FROM ONE PIG, $587
-
-
-A Tennessee boy in May, 1918, invested $50 in a pure-bred gilt, and now
-figures his profits at $587.35. She farrowed seven pigs, part of which
-the boy sold for $133. With this money he purchased a boar of excellent
-breeding, which he exhibited at the East Tennessee Division Fair,
-winning the grand championship of the breed over all exhibits. He won
-$87 in prizes, $45 of it in competition with experienced farmers. His
-animals are now valued at $525. This, with the money from sales and
-prizes-winnings, amounts to $745, from which he deducts $157.65 for feed
-and care, leaving a profit of $587.35.
-
-This plan would certainly pay a boy’s way through high school, besides
-giving him a knowledge of stock raising that would be invaluable.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 697. GIRL MAKES 3,000 GALLONS OF SYRUP
-
-
-A home demonstrator, who a few years ago was a member of one of the
-canning clubs under the direction of the United States Department of
-Agriculture, in connection with the state college, now owns and operates
-an evaporator for the benefit of the farmers of New Kent County, Va. In
-the past season 3,000 gallons of canned syrup or sorghum have gone from
-her little plant. She says the turning out of thirty to forty gallons a
-day has been easy and pleasant work.
-
-Why not start this business in your community?
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 698. THE BEST BEDBUG PREPARATION
-
-
-The effectiveness of various exterminators of bedbugs is described in
-Bulletin 707, issued by the United States Department of Agriculture,
-Washington, D. C., embodying the results of experiments by the Bureau of
-Entomology. Hydrocarbon oil sprays (kerosene, gasoline, etc.) were
-found to be effective against bedbugs, killing, in most cases, 100 per
-cent within forty-eight hours; coal-tar creosote emulsions were
-effective, when used undiluted, but their effectiveness fell very
-rapidly when they were diluted; mercuric chlorid, as a dust and a
-6-per-cent-water solution, was found to kill 100 per cent; pyrethrum was
-found to be very effective, while pyrethrum stems were of little or no
-practical value; tobacco powders were to be found of little or no value,
-and hellebore to be absolutely ineffective.
-
-Why not put this up and give it a name and create a demand for it?
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 699. BUILT HER HOME ON $40 SALARY
-
-
-“How I paid for my home: As a girl, seven years ago, I built a
-seven-room modern house costing $3,500. My income at that time was $40 a
-month, as I worked as a maid in one of the best families. I built the
-house as a home for myself. When I started to build I had the lot paid
-for and $700 cash as first payment. The rest of the debt was paid at $35
-or more per month. It never involved any hardships, and I was quite
-often praised for owning such a fine house.
-
-“When the house was finished I rented it for $36 a month, so as to make
-better payments, and it did not take long before the house was paid for
-and was mine.
-
-“The foundation is 36x44 feet; there are seven large rooms on the first
-floor, four closets, a linen closet, bath, large front and back porches,
-a half basement with hot-air furnace, laundry with stationary tubs,
-storeroom, coal bin with air-tight chute. The attic is finished and the
-walls of the house are built strong enough to add another story if
-desired.
-
-“Owning a home not only proved a good investment but gave me real
-satisfaction. I was highly respected and well esteemed by my neighbors
-and people in general.
-
-“My experience may show that any man or woman can own a home, even with
-a small income, with a little saving and a plan.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 700. RECEIVED $100 PER MONTH FOR 40 YEARS
-
-
-An income of $100 a month is not out of the ordinary, but when that
-income has been steady and all saved for forty years, it means a great
-deal.
-
-He was a farmer, and never had the opportunity of a high school or
-college, but in spite of this handicap he made a success.
-
-He stayed with his father until he was 23, at which time he decided to
-go in for himself. So he took up a homestead in Minnesota. The first
-year he put up his shack, 12x16 feet, and broke forty acres of land. His
-brother took up an adjoining farm.
-
-It was discouraging in those days, he said. It was a long way from the
-railroad and people. One ox, an old cow and a plow were all they had to
-work with, all other farm implements they made themselves. Wheat and
-oats were the crops, and 25 bushels per acre was the first yield, and 70
-cents was the price they received. The first year they saved about $300.
-The second year they broke and planted forty more acres and saved $800.
-
-In ten years’ time the railroad was built, the farm was all under
-cultivation and a saving of $6,000 was made. Then along came a man with
-$12,000 and paid this amount for the farm. With the $6,000 he had saved,
-he now was worth $18,000.
-
-This man has always followed the plan of pioneering. Not only has he and
-his brother done so but his son also, and he is now up in the Alberta
-country farming a large piece of land.
-
-A plan like the above, coupled with thrift, will never fail. He stated
-to me that he has lost but little during the forty years, and has saved
-more than $100 a month during his forty years of farming.
-
-If you want to homestead go to the United States land office and they
-will tell you how much land is subject to be homesteaded.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 701. DO YOU WANT TO BECOME A PLUMBER
-
-
-My conception of a plumber has always been a husky, dirty-faced fellow
-who is full of independence and presenting an exorbitant bill for his
-services. But my impressions were changed when I met Bert.
-
-Before going into the plumbing and heating business he sold pumps and
-windmills. He came to the city, and this is the way he became a
-first-class plumber in one year without previous experience:
-
-He started a repair shop of his own, went out with a soldering iron and
-got the business. When he took a repair job he took his time and
-carefully figured out how the plumber put his work together, and after a
-year of careful study and some experiments of his own he took contracts
-for plumbing. He made a special effort to do the work right so there
-could be no complaint about it afterward. He spared no pains and never
-allowed himself to hurry or slight his work. If he used more time than
-the job justified, he made an allowance for that. When he heard of a
-person “knocking” his work, he called on him at once and tried to
-satisfy him and make him a booster instead. He also put in heating
-plants which work was very profitable.
-
-His profits were $10 a day the year round, and he plans to make it run
-$20 a day the coming year. His business is only an ordinary and modest
-little plumbing and heating concern in the outskirts of a city of
-100,000. There is nothing impossible in his plan. He works regularly
-eight hours every day and likes his work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 702. REPRESENT LOCAL WEEKLIES
-
-
-He represented a list of local weeklies, running from forty to sixty in
-number. Through the Type Foundry Association this space can be secured
-very cheap, something like 3 cents an inch per paper, costing to our man
-to run and advertisement in forty papers the sum of $1.20.
-
-He went over all the newspapers and publications that covered his
-immediate territory and clipped from them all the classified
-advertisements or display ads. that looked to have a prospect for
-business. This clipping was pasted to a form letter, which he had
-prepared, calling attention to the advantages of these forty papers to
-his proposition. His price to them was $7.00 for the entire list, one
-time. An order of one inch meant a profit to him of $5.80.
-
-His net profits for orders--and this is always cash business--nets him
-more than $100 a month. There is room for this business in every city of
-over 50,000 population in the United States. The letter-writing does not
-take over one hour a day, and he mails about eight letters per day.
-
-This is a good business for a woman at home or a man could use it to
-great advantage during his spare time.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 702. He Washes so Others May See]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 702B. WINDOW-WASHING AND HOUSE-CLEANING
-
-
-When he came to city he “was down and out.” He was a capable fellow, but
-owing to domestic trouble he worried and drank a good deal. He was in
-this shape when I first met him. He got a job washing windows and kept
-at it. His employer knew nothing about window-washing or
-house-cleaning--he was a business-getter instead--and finally as he was
-unable to pay this man for his labor, he turned the business over to him
-in payment for his services.
-
-He quit drinking when the state went dry. He then saw great
-possibilities in the window-washing and house-cleaning business. He
-could do the work himself, and if those he hired did not do their work
-properly he was quick to see it and let them go.
-
-He would contract for the year to wash windows for an entire building at
-something like 15 to 20 cents a window. He would go over all the windows
-once every month. His arrangement was cheaper than having the janitor do
-it. He also contracted to wash the halls and elevator shaft. He got
-business where others could not. He and the men he hired knew how to
-work.
-
-When he had an unusually dirty job he used the following combinations
-with great success: Citrus powder, three-fourths part; Wyandott powder,
-one-fourth part; softsoap about the size of a hen’s egg in a bucket of
-water. This solution was allowed to stand over night. When a place was
-real dirty he went over it at least three times, washing with the grain
-of the wood. He was especially careful to see that no streaky work was
-done in the washing of walls, etc. He washed a square place at a time
-and was particular to see that the sides and corners were as clean as
-the center, then when the next square was done there was no overlapping
-of several inches. He was also careful to see that the base-boards of
-the room were clean, especially the corners and bottom, which if
-neglected always remain unclean in appearance.
-
-It is true that his work is not regarded as a high calling, but he
-believed that if his work did not reflect credit on him, he would
-reflect credit on it by performing his services well. He also cleaned
-houses, using a vacuum cleaner.
-
-His business is very profitable and produces for him a very good living.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 703. WHAT ONE GARDEN PAID
-
-
-Records of the boys’ and girls’ club work of the United States
-Department of Agriculture are full of instances of boys and girls who
-grew more than enough vegetables for their home tables and who either
-canned the surplus or sold the remainder at a profit not to be sneezed
-at.
-
-For instance, Thomas Bresnan, of Springfield, Illinois, a lad of 15,
-made a net profit of $283 on a garden that was 310x410 feet.
-
-Thomas had a hard time with worms, but he learned how to fight them. His
-garden was so far away that when he needed lime he carried a heavy sack
-of it three and one-half miles from Springfield. Some of the lime
-spilled out and got into his eyes, and Thomas got mad and quit, but only
-until he talked with his club leader, then he went in again and won, as
-above mentioned.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 704. FATHER LEARNS A NEW TRICK
-
-
-Early frosts are the bane of the tomato grower. When a severe one seemed
-due one February night in Florida, both a little girl, who had one-tenth
-of an acre planted, and her father, who had three, got busy covering up
-their plants. “Father” put tomato baskets over the plants to protect
-them, and so did Anna, but she did not stop at that; she placed a
-handful of soil on top of each of her baskets. It required some time,
-but it was time well spent, for when the baskets were removed Anna’s
-plants were just as fresh as before the freeze, while “Father’s” had
-suffered considerably. When the first picking was made in the latter
-part of March, her father gathered thirteen crates from his three acres,
-while the girl gathered eleven from one-tenth acre, from which a net
-profit of $175 was made.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 705. GROWS THIRTY-ONE VEGETABLES IN HIS HOME GARDEN
-
-
-Among the striking examples of individual achievement in home gardening
-that have been reported to the United State Department of Agriculture,
-is that of George A. Williams, an employe of the Government Pension
-Office in Washington.
-
-Despite the handicap caused by the loss of an arm, Mr. Williams last
-season grew thirty-one varieties of vegetables in his home garden of
-slightly less than one-fifth of an acre. He sold in his neighborhood
-vegetables worth $326, in addition to those used by his family of four
-persons.
-
-Despite the success in this instance, the Department of Agriculture does
-not advise home-gardeners to strive for a great variety of crops, but to
-concentrate their efforts on a few.
-
-Did you find it hard to get ahead last year? If so, perhaps your back
-yard will put your effort on the profit side.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 706. WHAT A GIRL NEARLY BLIND DID
-
-
-Of all the stories of girls’ efforts that have come to the United States
-Department of Agriculture, none tells of more devoted work than that of
-a Berkshire County, Massachusetts, girl, who is blind in one eye and
-losing the sight of the other.
-
-She raised a pig when the government called for more meat, and when the
-army called for fruit pits to make gas-masks, the number of stones she
-gathered was the second largest individual number in the country. And
-she cultivated a garden successfully when the government told the
-necessity for more food production.
-
-“I was very much interested in club work this year, and I was very happy
-while working in my garden,” wrote this girl in her story. “I knew that
-all the time I was working in my garden I was helping Uncle Sam.”
-
-Except a few furrows turned by her father, where the land was
-particularly rough, all the work in her garden was done by the girl, and
-in addition she helped her father in his food plot. Between the lines in
-her report may be read some of her difficulties.
-
-“The greatest delight my pig had,” she wrote, “was jumping the fence and
-rooting in my garden.”
-
-But nothing daunted her, and the surplus products of her work, stored
-for the family’s winter use, made a fine showing.
-
-When the father is having a hard time to make both ends meet the
-children can do a great deal to put the home on a successful basis and
-receive an education while doing so.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 707. SAVING EGGS IS PUBLIC SERVICE
-
-
-The storing of eggs during the season of greatest production, when they
-are the cheapest in price, becomes a public service by making them
-available during the season of scarcity of fresh eggs. There are two
-approved processes for storage; the first is the water-glass method, and
-the second is the lime-water method.
-
-Water-glass Method: For 30 dozen eggs, use two 5-gallon crocks
-(capacity, 15 dozen eggs each.) Take 18 quarts of water that has been
-boiled and cooled. Mix it with 2 quarts of sodium silicate. Place eggs
-as collected, fresh and clean, in crocks, keeping covered to a depth of
-at least 2 inches with water glass solution. Keep in a cool, dry place.
-Eggs preserved in this way remain perfectly wholesome, maintain full
-food value and are perfectly edible for from six to nine months.
-
-Lime-water Method: Place 3 pounds of unslacked lime in 5 gallons of
-water and let it stand until the lime settles and the liquid is clear.
-Use same as water-glass. This method is recommended when water-glass
-cannot be obtained; it is good, though not quite as reliable as the
-other.
-
-The above was published in the Extension News Service by State College
-of Washington.
-
-Every egg raiser should know when is the time eggs will bring the best
-price and save them until that time.
-
-Following the above simple suggestion alone would make the egg a
-profit-maker.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 708. MONEY IN POULTRY
-
-
-It is strange that the people generally do not avail themselves of the
-great opportunity the United States Government gives them in poultry.
-Write the Department of Agriculture at Washington, D. C., and tell them
-you want a catalog of all publications they have which will help you to
-raise chickens in town, city or country and you will be surprised at the
-great amount of information at once available to you. This information
-will save you several years’ unsuccessful experimenting and bring you to
-your goal--a successful chicken-raiser--at a much earlier date. The
-following are samples of what can be done by those who make poultry
-raising a study.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 709. WHAT ONE WOMAN DOES
-
-
-To prove that there is profit in poultry raising, let me cite the case
-of Mrs. George L. Russell, of Missouri, whose husband had maintained all
-along that her hens were an expense instead of a profit. He was giving
-all his attention to some brood-mares in which he had invested $2,000.
-
-In defense of her hens Mrs. Russell kept a set of books for a year and
-proved by the actual figures that the money she had invested in poultry
-was paying a better dividend than the money her husband had invested in
-brood mares.
-
-Last year she had a flock of 365 Brown Leghorn hens and cleared
-$1,782.91, besides adding $200 worth of extra stock to her flock. Her
-husband isn’t complaining anymore.
-
-To his wife Mr. Russell gives all credit for the success of their
-poultry business. “It has been a life-saver for me,” he said.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 710. ANOTHER CHICKEN RAISER
-
-
-Mrs. H. A. Hume, of Tecumseh, Kansas, turned $150 worth of feed into
-$427.16 worth of chickens, at market prices, this year, besides the eggs
-she produced from 140 hens. She has demonstrated what can be done on a
-general farm with poultry as a side line. She breeds a good laying
-strain of White Leghorns.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 711. MAKES GOOD PROFIT
-
-
-A California woman states in a letter the following: “Last month I
-turned $275 worth of feed into $667 worth of eggs.”
-
-If it is possible for these people to do this, it is possible for you,
-or any other poultryman, to make good money out of your poultry if they
-are properly handled.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 712. ARTICLES YOU CAN MAKE AND SELL
-
-
-The following articles could be made by you and sold. They are necessary
-to the household and will appeal to the housewife.
-
-Each article is easily made up. Give a name to your article so that you
-may have the advantage of repeat orders. To commence with you will have
-to solicit your work. You will find that a neat pamphlet telling of the
-value of your article distributed two or three days before you call will
-be a great assistance to you.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 713. SHOWER BATH
-
-
-A very simple, convenient and cheap arrangement for a home-made shower
-bath has been built by a woman. Take a 2-gallon tin bucket, punch a hole
-in the bottom of it, and solder in the opening a piece of metal piping 2
-inches long. Attach to the pipe a 4-foot length of rubber tube, with a
-sprayer from a garden watering-pot on the end. Tie to the handle of the
-bucket a piece of rope and run the latter through a staple driven into
-a wall at a suitable height, thus making a pulley by which the bucket
-can be raised or lowered to meet the convenience of the person using the
-shower. Drive a hook below the staple so that the rope can be fastened
-to it to hold the bucket in place. A good-size wash tub placed beneath
-the bucket will serve for the person to stand in. To cut off the water a
-clothespin pinched on to the rubber tube will do. The cost of the shower
-bath will be as follows:
-
-  2-gallon tin bucket             .50
-  12 feet of rope                 .07
-  Rubber tube and connections    1.50
-  Piping                          .10
-  Stock                           .10
-  Staple                          .10
-                                 ----
-                                 1.87
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 714. DUSTLESS MOP
-
-
-Another of the conveniences showing a woman’s ingenuity is a dustless
-mop for painted or polished floors. The mop is made from old stocking
-legs cut into 12-inch lengths and slashed into strips an inch wide up to
-within 4 inches of the tops. For a handle cut the straw from a worn out
-broom. Take a large wooden button and cover it with several thicknesses
-of stocking, then fold the tops of the stockings so that they radiate
-from a common center and screw them to the end of the broom handle
-through the button. Tie twine several times around it just below the
-button. The mop is then dipped into a solution of one-half cup of
-paraffin and one cup of coal oil (kerosene) and allowed to dry. Keep
-moist by rolling tightly and pressing into a paper bag.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 715. SCRUBBING CHARIOT
-
-
-Another woman’s invention is the scrubbing chariot, and it is one of the
-cleverest of labor-savers. This consists of a comfortable, padded frame
-on rollers, which enables the housewife, in wiping floors, to roll
-herself about and do her scrubbing with ease and comfort and save a
-great many steps. An ordinary soap box can be used for this by cutting
-down the sides to about five inches high and knocking out one side.
-Padding made of burlap will make it comfortable when kneeling, and the
-whole thing is placed on four rollers and stands just the height of the
-rollers off the floor. On one side of it should be screwed a dish for
-soap and on the other a rack for the scrubbing brush.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 716. ICELESS REFRIGERATOR
-
-
-This iceless refrigerator was made by a woman, and its cost was
-practically nothing. It stands in a tub of water and on the top shelf is
-a pan of water. A canton flannel covering should be made and hung smooth
-side outward, tied closely at the bottom, buttoned securely down one
-side, and the top laid in the pan of water with a weight to hold it. Of
-course, with this arrangement the cloth keeps itself continually wet
-with water supplied from the pan on top and from the tub in which it
-stands.
-
-The central post should be substantial, with a large heavy base so that
-it will not tip. Two shelves 12 inches apart will hold the milk, butter,
-etc., and a third shelf at the top is necessary to hold the can of
-water. Keep the refrigerator in a shady place where air will circulate
-around it freely. On dry, hot days a temperature of 50 degrees can be
-obtained in this refrigerator if plenty of water is kept in the pan and
-in the tub.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 717. FOLDING IRONING-BOARD
-
-
-This ironing-board is a step-saver. Being hinged to the wall, it is
-always ready and in place. It may be hooked up against the wall when not
-in use. The leg (braced) is hinged to the board and falls flat when the
-board is lifted. With it down and in use the leg is not in the way and
-skirts may be ironed without lifting or changing. The directions for
-making are as follows: The ironing-board is 57 inches long and rounded
-at the free end and should be made of thoroughly seasoned wood, 1¹⁄₂
-inches in thickness.
-
-Its width at its attached end is 15 inches, at the free end 10¹⁄₂
-inches. The leg (brace) is 56¹⁄₂ inches if the board is attached to the
-wall at 33 inches from the floor. If the board is higher the leg is
-longer. Attach the leg to the board 11 inches from its free end, by
-hinges.
-
-The board should be padded with any heavy material such as cotton
-flannel or a blanket, and brought to the under side of the board and
-tacked smoothly in place. The ironing-sheet should be 4 inches wider
-than the board with tapes on opposite sides about 10 inches apart to tie
-it in place.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 718. SOLDERING KIT
-
-
-An outfit for repair work by women in their homes is useful and will
-save considerable time and expense. The equipment includes a soldering
-iron, a small brush, a file, sandpaper or a brick to rub the iron clean
-and to clean the surfaces to be repaired, a porcelain or stoneware cup,
-and from the hardware store get 10 cents worth of muriatic acid, some
-zinc points, such as glaziers use, and some solder. Soldering flux is a
-solution of zinc in crude muriatic acid. To make it put half a
-teaspoonful of muriatic acid in the cup and add one zinc point. Be sure
-not to spill any on your clothes. It is used to tin the soldering iron
-and also for brushing the tin and soldering surfaces so that the solder
-will adhere to the tin.
-
-While iron is heating, thoroughly clean the vessel to be mended, by
-scraping down to the bare metal, then brush over it with the flux. When
-your iron is heated, clean it free from soot or dirt with sandpaper or
-other means, then dip it into the flux in the cup and at the same time
-hold the solder to it, and the end of the iron will become covered with
-the solder, which is called “tinning” it. For small holes this is all
-the solder needed. Just touch the tinned iron to the hole and it is
-filled. For larger holes more solder is needed. For a still larger hole
-a zinc point can be laid on the hole and fluxed, then solder applied. A
-hot iron and clean surface will insure good work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 719. WOMEN MAKE GOOD COW-TESTERS
-
-
-The twenty-seven women now employed as cow-testers by some of the 353
-cow-testing associations in this country have not only done satisfactory
-work, but have achieved results above the average, according to dairy
-specialists of the United States Department of Agriculture.
-
-The main reason why women have begun to do this work is the scarcity of
-cow-testers. Most of the testers at work when the war began were young
-men, and many of them are now in military service. Because of the
-shortage of workers the past year has seen the number of cow-testing
-associations (organizations of farmers who want to keep records of their
-herds) decrease for 472 to 353, although there has been an increased
-demand for such associations, and it is believed the number could easily
-be doubled if enough testers were available. The work does not require
-great physical strength. It does demand some training, but this is
-easily acquired by women.
-
-The first woman cow-tester in the United States, Miss Bessie Lipsitz,
-began work less than three years ago, with a cow-testing association in
-Grant County, Wisconsin. Wisconsin now has eighteen women cow-testers,
-Iowa six and three other states have one each.
-
-Considering that the testers get free board and lodging, the pay is
-thought to be satisfactory. The women cow-testers are paid the same as
-men and receive from $50 to $75 a month, besides board and lodging.
-Conveyance to the next farm is furnished in some associations, while in
-others the tester provides her own conveyance and the farmers furnish
-free stable room and feed for her horse.
-
-The employment of women as cow-testers came as a war measure. To keep
-the work on a satisfactory basis, women must continue to receive the
-same pay as the men for the same work. Occasionally there may be an
-association in which it would not be advisable for a woman to work, but
-if such is the case, the fault is with the association and not with the
-woman cow-tester.
-
-How to obtain more testers is a serious problem. Partially disabled
-soldiers, in some cases, may be induced to take the necessary training
-and enlist for the work. In some sections young men below the draft age
-have been employed, and the results have been satisfactory. The most
-radical step, however, and the one that promises the most far-reaching
-and immediate results, is the employment of women as cow-testers.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 720. SUPPORTS FAMILY BY HOME CANNING
-
-
-The sale of her canned fruits and vegetables has enabled a woman in
-Albemarle County, Virginia, to feed and clothe her eight children the
-last two years. When war was declared her eldest son enlisted in the
-navy. In a few months the second son went into the army, and the mother
-was left to wrestle with the problem of providing three meals a day for
-the eight younger brothers and sisters. About this time the
-home-demonstration agent of the United States Agricultural College was
-teaching the women in that locality how to can. With a garden that could
-raise plenty of fruit and vegetables, and with wild fruit to be had for
-the picking, the mother of ten decided that therein lay the solution of
-her problem. Results have proved that her judgment was right. Thousands
-of cans of fruit and vegetables have been put up and sold from this
-country home. One lot, which the home demonstration agent helped her
-sell, brought $125. This plan made a living for a mother and eight
-children.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 721. GIRL MAKES $98 FROM NINE HATCHES
-
-
-Little girls who have to help themselves to go through high school can
-often accomplish it by raising chickens.
-
-A little girl in Orange County, Virginia, borrowed money to buy nine
-settings of eggs. On this venture her first year’s work netted a profit
-of $98, and she has three roosters left.
-
-There is no reason why your little girl should not have a few chickens
-and help swell the family income.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 722. MOUNTAINEER WOMAN CANS TO KEEP TEN CHILDREN IN SCHOOL
-
-
-Knowledge of how to can products that will command a ready sale is
-enabling a mother in the hills of Virginia, to keep her ten children in
-school. Schoolbooks and clothes cost money, but this ambitious mother
-was determined that her children were to have schooling if it were
-possible.
-
-Late in the fall, with a 2-horse wagon loaded with her canned fruit and
-vegetables, this woman of the hills drove 20 miles to the
-home-demonstration agent’s headquarters. She brought 30 gallons of apple
-butter, 376 quarts canned tomatoes, 8 quarts ripe tomato catsup, 8
-quarts green tomato catsup, 12 quarts succotash, 36 quarts soup mixture,
-12 quarts okra, 12 quarts fox grape preserves, 48 No. 2 cans string
-beans, 36 cans (No. 2) corn, 48 quarts peaches, 48 quarts blackberries,
-12 quarts butterbeans, 12 quarts squash, 2 quarts damson preserves, and
-8 quarts green tomato and mince meat to be sold.
-
-Through the co-operation of the home-demonstration agent, the wagon was
-emptied in a short time in the university town, and the little boys and
-girls up in the hills will have shoes and schoolbooks this winter as a
-result.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 723. SUCCESS IN POULTRY WORK
-
-
-All poultry raisers, especially girls should receive encouragement and
-inspiration from the record made by this girl. Her experience
-demonstrates the wide possibilities for poultry paying a girl’s way
-through school, making worth-while trips, purchasing their clothes, and
-having spending money for other purposes. With an original investment of
-$17.50 for a pen of Barred Plymouth Rocks, this girl in one season--her
-first year in poultry work--made a net profit of $370.50.
-
-According to her own story, she bought her original stock just a few
-days before Christmas, in 1917, giving the local bank a note for $17.50.
-Her birds began to lay a month later. From January 25 to October 17 the
-original pen of pullets laid 650 eggs.
-
-The first nine eggs she received from the flock were used as a setting,
-from which were hatched and raised seven chicks. From these she selected
-her chickens, which later took prizes at the tri-state and county fairs.
-From her first 100 eggs set she hatched 92 chickens. From the next 125
-eggs set, 110 chickens were hatched. During the season she raised 170
-chickens.
-
-According to her account these results were not obtained without work
-and some hard luck. For example, a mink visited the flock on the night
-of the 4th of July and killed twelve of the biggest chickens. Hawks in
-the neighborhood seemed to have a fondness for her chicks, and carried
-off their share.
-
-Last September she sent two pens of her chickens to the tri-state fair,
-where they won first and second prizes. The following month she
-exhibited them at the county fair, and won first prize, which was $20.
-She now has a flock of fifty selected pullets and eight cockerels, in
-addition to her original pen.
-
-In spite of the losses from the mink and all charges, she made a good
-profit. All the grain fed came from her father’s farm, but was charged
-at market prices, the total cost of feed amounting to $40. The cost of
-the original chickens, interest and express, brought the expenses of the
-season to $59.50. From the sale of settings of eggs, chickens sold,
-prizes, and value of stock on hand, a total of $430 is credited to her
-work. When expenses are deducted, there is a total net profit for one
-year of $370.50.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 724. BUSY BEES WITH BUSY BOYS OR GIRLS MEAN MUCH HONEY
-
-
-Bee raising by boys or girls received special encouragement during the
-past year from the Department of Agriculture and the state agricultural
-colleges because the honey produced aided materially in relieving the
-sugar shortage. Plenty of cane sugar is now in sight, but the young
-people seem to have no intention of ceasing in their efforts to produce
-honey. They and their families have acquired a taste for the delicacy,
-and hot biscuits minus honey don’t taste the same any more. Then, too,
-there is a ready sale at a good price for all the surplus honey one can
-produce.
-
-The parents co-operated with the young people in the study of modern
-methods and plans for bee raising. Comb-honey only had been produced
-heretofore, as little had been known of extracted honey or how to manage
-colonies producing it. The parents were willing to secure modern
-equipment for the children, and to move the bees from old crooked combs
-in poor boxes and hives to modern 10-frame hives. When the colonies
-began to produce well, the children united in the purchase of a complete
-extracting outfit.
-
-With honey selling 20 to 30 cents a pound in some markets, keeping bees
-is a business by which boys or girls can make fair incomes without the
-expenditure of much work or time.
-
-Two of the largest producers in Lyon County were boys of 17. One boy
-with seven colonies produced over 500 pounds in the 1918 season. The
-other, with fifteen colonies, took from his hives 858 pounds. With an
-initial investment of $15, one of the smallest boys in the club, working
-in the country at extracting time, found 100 pounds in his contest hive
-and sixty pounds in the other. A third member cleared $40 from the
-season’s work, besides supplying the family table.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 725. LOST--A COMMON FACTORY-HAND; FOUND--A GOOD FOOD PRODUCER
-
-
-Four years ago a boy in Massachusetts faced what would have seemed even
-to an adult a hard problem. Born in Italy, but thoroughly inoculated
-with American ideas of the necessity of education, James was told by his
-father while in the 8th grade that he could no longer be kept in school.
-His future path was to lie toward the near-by factory.
-
-Believing, because of his garden-club experience under the auspices of
-the local leader of the United States Department of Agriculture, that he
-could earn as much by potato raising outside of school hours as he could
-in a factory by devoting his whole time, he finally obtained permission
-from his father to try it. So successful was he that summer that his
-father was willing that he should enter the 9th grade in the fall.
-
-The next spring the superintendent let him have land to use for a large
-garden. To ten boys he had selected from the upper grammar grades he
-made the proposition to pay so much an hour and to give each a garden
-plot. The following excellent advice he offered to them in addition: “If
-you are going to quit, quit now while it is cool and not when it is hot
-next August.”
-
-By fall he had decided that enough could be earned in the summer to
-enable him to attend high school and the agricultural college later. Now
-a junior in high school, he has a good-size hot-house under lease, where
-he raises cabbages, cauliflower, and tomato plants; he owns an auto
-truck to handle his produce, and he has a bank account and pays his
-bills by check.
-
-With all the school and business cares, he still has time to look after
-the school welfare of his younger brothers and sisters, visiting their
-teachers and watching their progress.
-
-A factory hand, probably only a mediocre one, has been lost, but a good
-food producer has been gained through the vision given James by his
-experience in raising a garden. If you are in a factory this example
-will give you hope.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 726. A BOY’S BIG PROFIT ON ONE PIG
-
-
-From Blackwell, Texas, comes the report of the worth-while achievement
-of a 15-year-old boy, Kenneth Campbell. This little live-wire pig-raiser
-sent his pig to the Fort Worth Fat Stock Show. It turned out to be the
-grand champion barrow of the whole exhibit. It won $105 in prizes and
-sold for $115. The initial cost of this prize-winner was $5 and $34.60
-was spent for feed; leaving a net profit of $180.40.
-
-It is a fine thing to teach your boy to-day, while you are with him, how
-to support himself in an independent way. Would your boy know how to do
-something himself, if you were gone? A knowledge of how to make his way
-is worth more to him than your money when you are gone.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 727. WHAT A UTAH GIRL DID
-
-
-“I am going to take the first prize in gardening away from the boys at
-the Utah State Fair in 1919,” is the challenge of a 15-year-old girl
-member of a boys’ and girls’ club in Salt Lake County, Utah, conducted
-under the direction of the United States Department of Agriculture and
-the state agricultural college. It looks as if her prediction may come
-true, for already this industrious girl has made a rather remarkable
-record. She began at the age of 11, and in the first year her exhibits
-took first prize at the grade school, first prize at the high school,
-and second prize at the state fair. When she finishes her course at the
-high school she is going to enter the Utah agricultural college.
-
-In addition to plowing, harrowing, and leveling sixty acres of land and
-helping her father with other farm operations--doing for him all that a
-boy of her age could do and much more than many boys would be willing to
-do--this young food producer this year raised and sold an abundance of
-garden produce; put up 600 quarts of fruit and vegetables, besides
-drying a quantity of them; raised 100 chickens, knitted socks for
-soldier relatives overseas, and bought Liberty Bonds to back them up.
-But let her tell her own story:
-
-
-HELPED PLANT 1,500 FRUIT TREES
-
-“I was born and raised in Salt Lake City. When I was eight years old my
-father moved to his farm in Pleasant Green near Utah Copper Mills and
-Garfield Smelter, Salt Lake County, Utah. It was covered with sage brush
-and rock, which had to me removed.
-
-“The following spring we cleared a part of the land and planted 1,500
-fruit trees. We also engaged in truck farming that season. I, the oldest
-girl of a very large family, assisted my father in every way I could. He
-always enjoyed instructing me, and he explained every little question I
-asked him. He taught me how to plant small seeds by mixing them with
-sand, scattering it along the trench and covering with a hoe. Also he
-taught me how to plant vegetables and how to cultivate. We raised an
-abundance of tomatoes, cabbages, cauliflower, peppers, egg plant, and
-also 1,600 bushels of carrots and 200 bushels of potatoes.
-
-“The next year I assisted again, and the following year--I was then
-eleven years old--he gave me a small space of my own, which he plowed
-for me. He made me plant everything myself, also do the weeding and
-hoeing. I raised an amount of garden truck and took it to town and sold
-it. The next year--at the age of twelve--I was attending school in
-Hunter when they started a boys’ and girls’ club. When I joined, my
-father said I would have to learn to plow, so he bought me an 8-inch
-plow. I plowed about half an acre; then he allowed me to drive three
-horses with a sulky plow. I plowed twenty acres for him that year and
-mowed thirty-three acres of alfalfa hay. My sister raked it, and we all
-bunched it and I helped stack it. I raised nine different kinds of
-tomatoes, six different kinds of peppers, cauliflower, cabbages, and
-peanuts, and seventy-two different kinds of flowers. I took first prize
-at the grade school and first prize at the high school and second prize
-at the state fair.”
-
-
-PLOWED SIXTY ACRES HERSELF
-
-“Last year I plowed, leveled and harrowed thirty acres and cut all
-father’s hay, put up 300 quarts of fruit and vegetables and had a war
-garden. This year I plowed sixty acres all myself, harrowed and leveled
-it--wheat, alfalfa and beets--and helped father plant and cut and
-irrigate. I have put up fruit and vegetables--600 quarts--besides drying
-fruit and vegetables, and have baked the bread, and on Saturday and
-after school I have to plow until the ground freezes up, and finish in
-the spring, 1919. I am going to take the first prize away from the boys
-in gardening, in the Utah state fair.
-
-“I attend the Cypress High School. When I finish there I am going to go
-to the Utah Agricultural College.”
-
-
-RAISED ONE HUNDRED CHICKENS
-
-“I also raised 100 chickens this year. I joined the Soldiers of the
-Soil, and with $15 I borrowed in June I bought 105 baby chickens and
-raised 100 of them. In June, 1919, I will pay off my note. I am going to
-market all my roosters and keep the pullets. I could pay the note now,
-but I am going to lend it to Uncle Sam on the Fourth Liberty Bond for
-our boys over there. I have found time to knit socks for some of my
-cousins over on the firing line.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 728. 33 ACRES, 23 PIGS, GIVE BOYS $2,255.64
-
-
-Twenty-three boys under 16 years of age, in a Haywood County, Tennessee,
-pig club, each bought a pig. The average weight of the pigs was 78
-pounds. Most of them were registered. In 180 days they attained a weight
-of 266 pounds each, at a cost for feed of 10¹⁄₂ cents a pound. These
-pigs at the time of the local pig club show were worth 15 cents a pound,
-at market prices, making a profit of 4¹⁄₂ cents a pound, averaging a net
-return to each boy of $11.97 over cost of all feed--a total gain for the
-club of $275.31.
-
-Now see what the corn club in the same community has done: Thirty-three
-boys, 16 and under, each cultivated one acre in corn, according to
-instructions furnished by the county agent, produced an average of 53.1
-bushels to the acre at $1.40 a bushel selling price--$74.48--making a
-total production for all of $2,457. Cost of raising the corn was 27¹⁄₂
-cents a bushel, or a total cost of $477.51, leaving a clear profit of
-$1,980.33
-
-Now add to this the pig club profits of $275.31 and you have a grand
-profit for the boys of $2,255.64 from thirty-three acres of land and
-twenty-three small pigs.
-
-If boys can do this well what can a man thoroughly trained in farming
-do? The government will supply you with unlimited literature on farming
-if you write to them, and will give you much other assistance if you
-call on them.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 729. TEXAS BOYS MAKE MONEY FROM CALVES
-
-
-“I have bought a $50 Liberty Bond and intend to use the balance to help
-in paying my expenses at the A. and M. College the coming term,” was the
-answer of a boy in Nolan County, Texas, when asked what he would do with
-the profit from the sale of his two prize-winning calves.
-
-This boy, a member of an agriculture club conducted by the United States
-Department of Agriculture and the Texas A. and M. College, exhibited two
-calves at the Fort Worth Fat Stock Show. His steer calf, a little over a
-year old, and weighing 950 pounds, brought $149.62, besides winning $25
-in prizes. The cost of feed and other expenses was $85 for each calf,
-leaving a profit of $103.14 on the two, besides the $50 in prize money.
-
-Another entry at the Fort Worth show was that of a 15-year-old club
-member from Sweetwater, whose calf, fourteen months old and weighing,
-after shrinkage, 1,060 pounds, sold for $169, after winning $20 in
-prizes. This young exhibitor believes in good stock, and has bought a
-registered Hereford calf with the proceeds.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 730. COW PROVIDES MUSIC LESSONS
-
-
-In Pottawatomie County, Oklahoma, lives a little girl who won in 1916
-many prizes for farm club-work; enough in fact, to buy a calf. She sold
-the calf, which had grown into a cow, for $80. She plans to use the
-money for music lessons this winter while she is attending high school.
-She is proud that she is able to pay for the lessons by her own work.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 730. The Country Girl’s Friend]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 731. REAL ESTATE MAN BUYS SNAP
-
-
-This man was engaged in real estate for years and stated that his best
-profit was made from special propositions that he discovered during the
-year.
-
-Probably during the year he would find five or six different places that
-were exceptional purchases. He put but very little money in these
-investments as a rule, and would prepare them for early sale. He would
-paint the dwellings, arrange the yards, and put in trees, if needed, and
-if it was a farm he would wholly renovate the farm from one end to the
-other, painting the buildings and re-arranging the entire place. Some
-times it would take a year to get the farm into shape. He states that by
-this method, he earned as high as $2,000 to $3,000 a year.
-
-His wife has been a very valuable assistant to him in this work, as she
-arranges the shrubbery and the general decoration of the house and yard
-for him.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 732. HE BOUGHT AND SOLD MERCHANDISE STORES IN THE COUNTRY TOWNS
-
-
-When this man was in the university he took a literary course, but after
-finishing his college work, he took to business and enjoyed it
-thoroughly. He found quite an opportunity in the small country towns
-surrounding a northwestern city. He said the electric railway and
-railroads and automobile highways were becoming such a factor within a
-hundred miles of this city, and the advertising in the daily paper was
-practically putting out of existence the small town merchants. He said
-this was so manifest that many merchants were compelled to go out of
-business. Where he made his profits, was to buy the merchandise of these
-local merchants. He knew the value of their stock without making an
-inventory of the goods. He told them he would buy on his own judgment.
-Oftentimes on the purchase of the stock itself he would make more than
-$2,000. He would then start in, fixing up the store, rearranging
-everything about the place, putting in more new stock, and, as a result
-he made a few sales. He conducts the business for about a year and
-having obtained all the advantages and profits that a new store would
-enjoy, he gradually sells out and closes up the business.
-
-Often while holding these stores he is enabled to make an exchange and
-thereby realize a nice profit. He has secured three or four stores, far
-removed from the paved road, railroads and electric lines, and these pay
-well. One plan he has adopted is when he goes into a new community to
-start a weekly newspaper. Through this he carries all of his advertising
-and the news of the community.
-
-I saw him about six months ago, and he has made in six years more than
-$30,000 in this work. His farm lands and four stores insure him a good
-income. This is a good business in the surroundings of any large city.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 733. GIRL FROM SMALL COUNTRY TOWN EARNS HER WAY THROUGH HIGH
-SCHOOL
-
-
-She earned her way through high school by placing an ad. in the Sunday
-Newspaper, stating that she would be glad to exchange, for her work,
-room and board, as she desired to attend school and wanted to be with a
-respectable family. This method is followed by hundreds of girls from
-the country and when the summer vacation comes, she does certain farm
-work, whereby she is enabled to make some extra money, and in this way,
-makes enough money to pay her expenses while she is at high school.
-
-Families that have a couple of small children are glad to avail
-themselves of such an opportunity, and often a girl finds a good home.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 734. GRAIN SUPERVISOR. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 735. ATTORNEY USES INFORMATION BUREAU IN HIS CITY
-
-
-This attorney made up his mind when entering practice that he would use
-as much care as possible in bringing his suits, so when a case was
-brought to him, he always had a complete report concerning the party
-against whom the suit was brought. He made it a point to know the
-party’s standing in the community, whether he was good or poor pay, what
-property he had, if he had property, what incumbrances were against
-it,--in fact, he knew everything about his man before he started his
-suit and knew very well what per cent of the judgment he would receive
-if he obtained same. This was business-like and it made him much money
-and saved him a great deal of time in useless litigation.
-
-At the court house usually there is an information bureau, conducted by
-some member of the reporting company of the city which can give him a
-complete statement of the people’s credit. A Clipping Bureau in the city
-can also give additional information. The information bureau of the
-abstract office can tell all about the property that the party concerned
-owns, the obligations against it and so forth. The assessor’s office,
-county treasurer’s office and the clerk’s office are all able to give
-information. He claimed that these various avenues of information which
-he uses, have made him more than $1,000 to $1,200 a year.
-
-He also runs in a few lawyer’s-directory services, holding himself ready
-to give reports concerning people who live in the community. For these
-reports he charges $2.00 or more and if the report is very long, he
-makes a charge of $5.00. These reports, he says, run into a considerable
-sum each week, which, alone, would defray all of his office expenses.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 736. DIVORCED WOMAN FARMS
-
-
-This woman was left alone by the desertion of her husband and had two
-small children to take care of. She endeavored to secure a position in
-the city, but was unsuccessful, so she made arrangements to rent a farm
-two or three miles from the city, and near the electric line. It was an
-irrigated tract, and she went on the farm in the early spring and
-remained there until late in the fall.
-
-She had had very little farming experience prior to this time, but found
-that she could not only make a living, but put up many preserves
-besides, and soon she had four or five hundred dollars to carry her
-through the winter.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 737. YOUNG LADY ON THE FARM BECAME AMBITIOUS
-
-
-She became convinced that by making good cottage cheese there would be a
-ready sale for it, so she prepared to learn all that she could about
-cottage cheese making. She asked questions of all of those who made it,
-and she attended every meeting where she could make inquiries about
-making the cheese. She wrote to the Department of Agriculture for a
-bulletin of how to make cottage cheese on the farm. From these sources
-she gained much information and started making the cheese. She put it up
-in very pretty packages and labeled them, “Cottage Cheese from the Farm
-Direct to You.”
-
-Those who ate her cottage cheese wanted more. She made a price high
-enough to net her a very good profit. She placed an ad. in one of the
-daily papers of the city and secured a good deal of business through it.
-She delivered her sales by parcel post.
-
-In the beginning prior to advertising, she solicited among her friends
-by telephone, selecting in this manner people with whom she could get in
-direct touch from the farm. She secured regular customers through her
-friends who lived in the city in this manner, and in five or six months
-she had a steady demand for all the cottage cheese she could
-manufacture. She claims to make seven or eight hundred dollars a year in
-this way.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 738. BLUE PRINTS OF FURNITURE BECAME VERY POPULAR
-
-
-This man made a specialty of making blue prints of different kinds of
-furniture that could be made at home. He exploited the fact that the
-ordinary farm conveniences could be made by the man on the farm and much
-money saved.
-
-If it was a kitchen cabinet, he drew the plan and made a blue print of
-it, which showed how to put it together. He also wrote a letter of
-instructions on “What to Do and How to Do It,” and approximately the
-cost of making the article. He had these blue prints and letters
-prepared and when inquiry was made for these plans, for which he charged
-$1.00 each, he forwarded them at once.
-
-There was scarcely an article of utility in the house that he did not
-have a blue print of, and instructions for making it, and the exact cost
-of materials and tools necessary to do the work. These grew very
-popular, and in a year’s time, by running an ad. in several of the
-local, country, weekly and farm papers, he was enabled to make a net
-profit of approximately $2,000. In the beginning he did this work on the
-side, but later it took up his entire time.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 739. RETIRED MAN GOES INTO POLITICS
-
-
-This man had sold his farm and had been residing in the city for about
-two years without anything special to do. He became possessed of the
-idea that he could serve his country, city or state in some manner, so
-he saw one of the leading politicians of the town who gave him the
-following advice:
-
-That he go to one of the local attorneys and pay him a fee of, say,
-$25.00 and get a complete list of all of the various offices that were
-open to people in that county seat, giving the names of the township
-offices that he might be able to fill, the requirements of each office
-and the salary to be derived therefrom, and the time that these offices
-would come up for appointment or election, also the same information
-relative to the county, the city, and the other towns in the county;
-also what offices were open in the state, with their respective salaries
-and the requirements of each, and a further statement from the attorney
-as to what appointments were open, or were available from the various
-congressmen and other governmental agencies. This report was submitted
-to him and he went over the entire field and ascertained which one
-aroused his interest. After making his selection, he went to the office
-of the county auditor and obtained leave to look over the votes that had
-been cast for the last few years and found that the Republicans had
-dominated the county for years back; so from this he determined that it
-was a question of getting the nomination on the Republican ticket, and
-this he set about to do.
-
-First, he became familiar with the strong men of his party and also
-found out in what way he could be of real service to the party. In this
-way he ascertained what offices were short and what kind of competition
-he could expect. While he did not get the office that he thought he was
-best qualified to fill, yet there was another in which he did not
-encounter any competition and was nominated and elected.
-
-The $25.00 he paid the attorney for this outline was money well
-invested, and he made the suggestion that any young man who desires to
-follow public work for a livelihood would do well to follow the advice
-which was so profitable to him.
-
-Politics is like any business--one must build slowly and carefully.
-After he has rendered his party service for a period of years, and even
-though unsuccessful at the polls, there are always opportunities for him
-to secure appointments on certain commissions or obtain good positions
-through the influence of friends in the party. And receiving the above
-report, which has been given as a suggestion, you will be very much
-surprised to know how many political offices there are in your city,
-county, state, and nation.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 740. DOUGHNUTS EARN HER A HOME
-
-
-She lived in a city of about 50,000 population and was absolutely
-dependent upon her own efforts. She chose, rather than go out to work,
-to earn her money from her own kitchen, if possible. She had always been
-complimented on the kind of doughnuts she made, and she thought that if
-people were as appreciative as those who had eaten her doughnuts, she
-would be able to make a very good income from making them. So she
-started making “Home-made Doughnuts;” real home-made doughnuts--no
-make-believe about them. She labeled them, “Mrs. Blanche’s Doughnuts.”
-Soon she established a reputation for them, as people began to talk
-about the quality of her doughnuts. They called for them at the store,
-and the store people wanted to buy from her, so they could fill her
-orders. The result was that in a few years she had bought and paid for a
-home in one of the best districts of the city, as well as making a good
-living besides.
-
-To a woman who has a home and children, one wonders why she should
-prefer to go out to work when there are so many plans that she can
-execute in her own kitchen, and be with her family and be her own boss.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 741. HIDDEN COIN IN WINDOW
-
-
-This is an old plan, but to those who have never seen it worked it might
-be suggestive of some idea.
-
-The merchant increased the value of his store windows by means of
-concealing a coin or some other object and awarding the person who finds
-the article, a certain prize. You would be surprised at the amount of
-interest this attracts to a display window, and it often brings many
-sales. At least, it has the effect of making the windows far better
-advertising mediums.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 742. HE DREW PICTURES
-
-
-If you wanted to illustrate certain subject matter in your book, this
-man would with his camera take an exact picture, so as to give you an
-idea of what his art work would be like. After taking these pictures, he
-would send them to a Chicago company which would put them through a
-process of enlarging to the desired size, leaving only the dim lines on
-the print, so from these he could make his drawing. This man understood
-art work and could lay in the lines with pen and ink in an excellent
-manner and was sure to meet with the satisfaction of the man with whom
-he was dealing. From this plan alone he was able to make a living.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 743. THE WAY A YOUNG BOY PAID HIS EXPENSES WHILE GOING THROUGH
-THE GRADE AND HIGH SCHOOL
-
-
-This young man lived in the Northwest country about twenty miles from a
-large city. At a very early age his mother died, leaving his father with
-seven or eight children. His father was very cruel, and he can remember
-how each child, when they became old enough to think for themselves, ran
-away. He had three sisters, and because of the cruel treatment they had
-to leave. His father refused to use any farm implements other than was
-made by his own hands. When it came to putting the wood up in the
-winter, he would make all of the children go out and work with large
-saws until they almost dropped from exhaustion. He made a wagon to which
-he hitched these children and compelled them to draw the wood to the
-house. This kind of work continued until he was unable to stand it any
-longer, and he left for the city, not knowing where he was going to make
-his home.
-
-He got a job working in a home, doing odd chores. He had a desire to go
-to school, and this privilege was allowed him, and for his keep he
-rendered service to the family. He was an exceptionally good boy and did
-his best to please the people for whom he was working, with the result
-that this was spoken of to others in the neighborhood. Finally a
-doctor’s wife became interested in him and made it possible for him to
-continue and devote his spare time to his school work. He realized this
-advantage and worked hard and made a good showing in his grade school
-work.
-
-When it came to the high school, he was doubtful as to whether or not he
-could continue, but the good woman encouraged him further, and believing
-in his fidelity to his work and the great interest he manifested in his
-education, she decided to assist him through a high school course, in
-which he won an enviable reputation. He was made the president of his
-class and won unusual honors through his ability as a debater.
-
-This is a good illustration of what a boy, alone in the world, can do
-for himself. This young man made it a point to please the persons for
-whom he was working, and always had in mind the giving of more service
-than was asked of him, and in this way he won their appreciation and
-their good will, and naturally made them ambitious for his future
-welfare.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 744. ELEVATOR BOY BECOMES ENGINEER
-
-
-When I was in high school I knew a boy there who was engaged in the
-elevator work. His dress was very ordinary; he had no parents and had to
-look out for himself.
-
-One day he had a conversation with one boy in the class who was planning
-on becoming an engineer. This boy made it clear to him how important it
-was to know all about algebra, geometry, etc., and do his daily work in
-the best possible manner. He was much impressed with this conversation
-and made up his mind that he would become an engineer. He continued his
-work at the elevator, and in this way defrayed his entire high school
-expenses. He was allowed the privilege of sleeping in one of the rooms
-in the large building, which was his only home, and his elevator work
-paid for his board and gave him a little extra money.
-
-High school was not enough. He must go to college, and he felt that he
-must go to one of the best engineering schools, which he did. He found
-employment during the summer, worked in the various mines, where he
-followed the mining engineer’s work and in this way not only made a good
-salary but gained beneficial experience as well.
-
-Not many years ago I met him and learned he was engaged in railroad work
-in Alaska, held a very responsible position.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 745. HE DEVELOPED AN AMUSEMENT PLACE AT THE LAKE
-
-
-This lake lay about seventeen miles outside of a city of some 125,000
-population. About three years prior to the time to which I refer, a real
-estate campaign was put on and a car line was built to this place, and
-advertisements were displayed showing the advantage of this lake as a
-future summer resort. After the real estate boom subsided the place did
-not materialize as a summer resort.
-
-One day a young fellow from an eastern city came to this place and
-noticed the great opportunity for an amusement resort during the summer
-months. He made a lease for a number of years and began to build up a
-summer resort. He took the old restaurant building and turned it into an
-up-to-date place. All people who took lunches at this restaurant, paid a
-good price, but those who brought their lunches and desired to use the
-hall, paid 25 cents for the privilege. He opened bathing houses and made
-the usual charges, and pointed out to the people of the city the great
-opportunity of visiting this lake Friday afternoon or Saturday night and
-remaining until Monday. He made arrangements to supply them with tents.
-He arranged with large stores to have picnics at this lake, and he
-offered special inducements to the people to visit his resort. He was
-very successful, and after a couple of years of this kind of work he had
-made this one of the most popular places of amusement.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 746. RIDING TO COLLEGE ON BROOMS--HOME WORKERS IN SOUTH DOING
-IT
-
-
-Broom-making in some of the southern states is being encouraged by home
-demonstration agents of the United States Department of Agriculture and
-the state colleges. The home clubs in Alabama rank first in this work,
-and the past year some especially good records have been made in the
-state. The crowd which attends one of these broom-making demonstrations
-is such as to make the passer-by think an auction is being held.
-
-Tuscaloosa County, Alabama, grows broomcorn, and brush and broom-making
-has become so popular in that section that all the members of clubs who
-didn’t grow a patch last year are planning to do so the coming season. A
-broom-making machine has been bought by one community in the county, and
-other localities have ordered machines for use next summer. With a
-machine, twenty-five brooms can be made in one day. Each member makes
-her own brooms and gives one-fourth of her output for use of the
-machine.
-
-The cost of making a broom in that part of the state is estimated to be
-20 cents, with the wire, thread, tacks, and handle costing about 12¹⁄₂
-cents. Good hickory handles cost 8 cents apiece, while those of other
-woods cost 6 cents. Tuscaloosa County plans soon to manufacture the
-broom handles instead of buying them.
-
-The community that possesses a broom-making machine has a source of
-steady income. While the broom work is planned primarily for the young
-people, the older members of the family, on cold rainy days and in
-winter, find making these necessary household articles an easy way to
-add to the family income. At the present price of brooms, fair wages can
-be made.
-
-When a pupil learns to make perfect brooms, if she wishes to put them on
-the market, she is permitted to label them as “Tuscaloosa Grown” and
-“Home-Demonstration-Club Brooms.” Some of the girls in the clubs are
-planning to earn money for normal school and college by broom work. Will
-they be termed witches if they ride to school on a broom?
-
-The boys as well as the girls in the broom-corn sections are interested
-in the industry. One boy in Cherokee County, Alabama, has been enabled
-to enter high school by the money he earned in making brooms. He has
-sold sixty at $1 each and has 200 more to make.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 747. GIRLS RAISING MORE CHICKENS THAN BOYS IN FLORIDA CLUBS
-
-
-Thousands of chickens were added to Florida’s supply of fowls last year
-by the efforts of the boys and girls under the supervision of the
-home-demonstration agents of the United States Department of Agriculture
-and the state colleges. The bronze medal for the best individual record
-made by a girl went to one in St. Johns County. She set 179 eggs and
-raised 152 chickens, valued at $264.24. The expenses for raising the
-flock were $56.95, leaving a net profit of $207.29. A boy in Baker
-County, won the state bronze medal given for the boy who made the best
-individual report in the state. He raised eighty-three chickens, valued
-at $116.15, at a cost of $47.64. His net profit was $68.51. The girls in
-Florida apparently are outstripping the boys in the poultry-club work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 748. POULTRY YIELDS $1.14 AN HOUR
-
-
-A side line for the farmer’s wife which yields $1.14 for every hour she
-puts into it is worth the consideration of every farm woman. A Wabash
-County, Indiana, woman has demonstrated that this amount can be made by
-keeping chickens. Last year the local county agent interested this woman
-in keeping a farm poultry flock, and as a result she produced a net
-profit of $172.24. She kept an accurate account of her work and found at
-the end of the season that she had received $1.14 an hour for the time
-she actually devoted to caring for her flock.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 749. GIRLS HERD THEIR OWN SHEEP
-
-
-“After paying all expenses, I cleared $1,240 from my sheep last year,”
-reports a girl member of a sheep club organized in Fremont County,
-Wyoming. Several years ago she bought the first of a flock and she has
-handled her sheep so successfully that they number 108 ewes. In 1918 her
-flock produced seventy-nine lambs, seventy-six of which she raised.
-These, with seven orphan lambs abandoned by sheep herders, constituted
-the year’s increase. All the care the sheep require is given them by
-their girl owner. She next plans with part of her profits to buy
-twenty-five pure-bred Cotswold ewes in Nebraska and to use them to start
-a pure-bred flock.
-
-A girl in Sheridan County, Wyoming, in 1918 cleared $928 with a flock of
-forty-eight ewes. During the coming season these two girls plan to throw
-their sheep together and to herd them themselves over the Big Horn
-Mountains. Orphan lambs discarded by other camps are also to be
-collected and cared for by the youthful herders. Members of the boys’
-and girls’ sheep clubs in some of the western states find the salvaging
-of “bum” or stray lambs an economical way of obtaining a start in the
-sheep-club work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 750. CHAMPION DRAWS 80 CENTS AN HOUR FOR GARDEN WORK
-
-
-Eighty cents an hour for working in his garden is what a man of Fillmore
-County, Minnesota, earned in his one-tenth-acre plot. He was awarded the
-state championship in garden work in Minnesota last year, and in his
-report to the state club leader of the boys’ and girls’ club work, he
-says:
-
-“For several seasons I had grown a garden with some success, and in 1919
-I determined to secure even better results. I started my garden on three
-plots (all together comprising one-tenth-acre) differing widely in soil,
-slope and surroundings. Two had been, until the year before, waste land,
-and sprouted a healthy crop of bones and rusty cans in the wake of the
-plow. I made my plans according to conditions and adhered to them
-throughout the season to save time and confusion when there was real
-work to do. Desk-farming is one of the most interesting features of the
-work.
-
-“Tomatoes, cabbages, eggplant, and everything that needed an early start
-were planted about the first of April in four hotbeds of ordinary size.
-All surplus plants were easily sold.
-
-“In May, twelve dozen tomato plants were transplanted, and were coming
-along splendidly until one day I found a thrifty plant nearly cut off.
-This rather pleased me, as I had never seen a cutworm outside of a
-picture, and I was glad to make his acquaintance. When the seedlings
-fell, one by one, however, I decided I had seen enough of the pest.
-Happily, their depredations were stopped in time and there were plenty
-of plants to fill in.
-
-“I raised about two-dozen kinds of vegetables to provide a variety for
-the table, and for marketing, large crops of tomatoes, peas, cucumbers
-and celery were planted.
-
-“Canning was a big factor in making the garden a success. What we
-couldn’t eat I sold, what I couldn’t sell we canned; and what we
-couldn’t can, I fed to the chickens, so none were wasted. Our summer
-kitchen was our cannery and the wash boiler our canner. For nearly
-everything we used the one-period, cold-pack method and followed the
-directions sent out by the government, with excellent results. We put up
-221 quarts of tomatoes, beans, peas, carrots, beets, chard, sweet
-pickles, kohlrabi, tomato jelly and sauce, carrot conserve, dill
-pickles, limes, cabbages, tomato jam, mincemeat, eggplant, celery and
-others. Since we desired a pleasing variety we canned thirty-seven kinds
-from our garden and purchased some others.
-
-“In all my work with the plants I kept this in mind--that the earliness,
-quality and quantity of the product is dependent on the seed,
-environment (including weather, fertility, and shade) and the care given
-them. So I purchased the best seed obtainable, planted it when natural
-conditions were best, and cared for each kind as its peculiarity
-required. Where there is a deficiency in any of these requirements, it
-can in part be made up in the others.
-
-“The total receipts from the one-tenth acre were $150.48; subtracting
-$35.42 for expenses, a profit of $115.06 was left, or the equivalent of
-80 cents per hour net for every hour spent working in the garden.
-Home-gardeners will not have to strike for higher wages for some time
-yet. In addition, I had the good fortune to win a $45 prize for an
-exhibit of canned goods at the state fair. So I feel well repaid
-financially for my efforts.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 751. BOY BELIEVES IT’S WISE TO LEARN BY EXPERIENCE
-
-
-Experience pays--that’s the belief of a boy of Montgomery County,
-Indiana, state champion in the sow-and-litter project in 1918. And
-because he wished to learn by doing from the start, this club member
-himself selected and bought the sow he entered in the contest.
-
-The hog was an immune, registered, big-type Poland China gilt, and at
-the time of purchase, in January, she weighed 279 pounds. In April, nine
-pigs were farrowed, all of which lived. The litter averaged forty-four
-pounds apiece at nine weeks, when the leader in the boys’ and girls’
-club work weighed them. Four were sold in the fall for $50 apiece, one
-was fattened, killed and sold for $34, and four sow pigs which are being
-kept are worth at least $200.
-
-All the care of the pigs has been taken by their boy-owner. His father,
-in the meantime, has become interested and from now on father and son
-plan to make the raising of the big type Poland China pigs a main line
-in their farming.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 752. SUCCESS INSPIRES
-
-
-Here are the achievements of a Tennessee boy: Fifteen months ago he
-purchased a Duroc Jersey gilt, giving his note for twelve months to the
-local bank. This pig has farrowed twenty-seven pigs and has raised
-twenty-one of them. The boy sold three of the first litter at $25 each.
-Four of them now weigh 420 pounds and are worth $320. The seven pigs of
-the second litter are worth $175, and the seven of the third are worth
-$105, while the mother--the pig purchased when the boy entered the
-club--is valued at $75. This means a profit of $750 in fifteen months.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 753. GIRL WINS POULTRY RECORD
-
-
-The poultry record for the past year for West Virginia was made by a
-girl of the Harrison County Poultry Club. Her record for the year shows
-a profit of $111. She now has thirty-three year-old hens and
-twenty-seven pullets in her flock, and has been getting a dozen eggs a
-day, for which she has received 60 cents and more.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 754. CLUB STARTS BOY ON ROAD TO SUCCESS AS POULTRYMAN
-
-
-That organized agricultural club-work among boys and girls is something
-more than a contest which ends with the season, but a continuous,
-constructive piece of work that eventually leads the club members into
-the business of farming and home making is illustrated by the
-accomplishments of a poultry club member in Vermont.
-
-In 1912 a boy joined the Vermont Poultry Club, in spite of the
-opposition of the members of his own family, and, in a number of
-instances, discouraging words from friends and neighbors who did not
-understand what club-work meant to the American boy. He started with
-only a few settings of eggs, but two years later he was well on the road
-to success, for he had become the champion in his county in poultry
-club-work, having produced the best grade of birds and the most profit
-from his investment. In 1914 he exhibited some of his birds at the
-county fair, the poultry show, and the state fair, and succeeded in
-winning a number of ribbons and first prizes. The following year he
-became the champion poultry-club member of his state and was sent to New
-York City to the National Education Association to tell how he did his
-work and what he thought of it. The following year he again won the
-state championship.
-
-By that time his reputation in the poultry industry had spread to other
-states and he was selling settings of eggs throughout New England direct
-to consumers, and had built up a trade in the sale of birds for breeding
-purposes.
-
-One year later, in 1917, he started out with a business of his own,
-using his own business cards, his own business stationery, and expanding
-his poultry plant two-fold. He became manager not only of his own
-poultry plant, which he developed rapidly, but found time to take a
-position as superintendent of the poultry farm at one of the State
-institutions.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 755. CLUB CALF BRINGS $1 A POUND AT MINNESOTA BABY BEEF SHOW
-
-
-Sixteen counties in Minnesota were entitled to send forty-eight boy and
-girl club members, with their calves which had won prizes in their
-county, to the first baby-beef show held in that state. Owing to the
-influenza epidemic only twenty-nine were able to go to St. Paul in
-December and exhibit the baby beeves they had raised; but the crowd made
-up in enthusiasm what it lacked in numbers. The calves were sold at
-auction and brought an average of 20 cents a pound.
-
-The champion, owned by Irwin McKay, was sold for 35 cents a pound, and
-with the prizes won, netted his young owner $447. Later the calf was
-resold for $930, or for a little more than $1 a pound. A boy on the farm
-can easily pay for his education by raising stock as did the boys above.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 756. ONE EWE GIVES BOY PROFIT OF ALMOST FIFTY DOLLARS
-
-
-Late in the fall of 1917, a boy of Henry County, Indiana, and nine other
-boys in his neighborhood, organized a sheep club. A few interested
-stockmen and the local bank made it possible for each club boy to secure
-one breed ewe. Each boy gave his note to the bank for the purchase price
-of his sheep.
-
-In the summer of 1918, a boy presented the following statement of his
-work and investments:
-
-  _Disbursements_
-
-  Cost of one ewe     $18.00
-  Feed                  6.25
-  Interest on note       .72
-                      ------
-  Total cost          $24.97
-
-  _Receipts_
-
-  1 ewe (inventory)   $18.00
-  1 lamb (sold)        25.00
-  1 lamb (sold)        22.50
-  Wool (sold)           6.50
-                      ------
-  Total receipts      $72.00
-  Total cost          $24.97
-                      ------
-  Profit              $49.03
-
-Investments paying 200 per cent were worth looking into, the farmers who
-lived in the locality of this club thought and interest in sheep raising
-increased.
-
-Another boy in the Henry County club has developed a flock of thirty
-ewes, and plans to have more. His father has become so interested in his
-work that, although the boy is rather young, he is allowed to go to
-sales and do his own bidding on prospects for his flock. Practically all
-the boys engaged in the sheep-club work are keeping their foundation
-animals and at the same time are adding to their stock.
-
-Previous to 1918, there were but few boys and girls organized into sheep
-clubs under the supervision of the Department of Agriculture and the
-state agricultural colleges. With the high price of wool and mutton, the
-sheep project, however, has become increasingly popular. Last year 257
-such clubs were organized, with an enrollment of 3,613 members. During
-the year 8,005 lambs were raised by these young people, and 2,006 pounds
-of wool were marketed. The total value of the flocks at the end of the
-year was $131,173.40; the initial cost of the sheep, together with the
-expense of feeding them, was $37,082.82; the total profit made by the
-boys and girls who were members of the sheep clubs, and who continued
-the work throughout the year, was $94,090.58. The results the boys have
-been getting have opened the eyes of their fathers. The boys and girls
-in the sheep clubs are demonstrating in every state that sheep are
-profitable if well handled.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 757. BOYS’ YOUNG SOW MAKES NET PROFIT OF $385 IN LESS THAN 12
-MONTHS
-
-
-Three hundred and eighty-five dollars in less than a year--that’s the
-clear profit a young sow gave two boys who live in Harris County, Texas.
-Theorists in farm management and the like might figure up a pretty big
-bill of costs against the sow, to be deducted from the profit she has
-made, but the boys know that such figures would not tell the truth,
-because they’ve got the money in their pockets--or they did have it.
-
-The sow and her progeny did eat sixteen bushels of corn, worth $24, and
-they did range over five acres of pasture, considered worth $25. These
-two items--a total of $49--have already been charged to the sow, and
-deducted from her gross revenue of $434. The remaining $385 is clear
-profit, because the rest of the feed consisted of slop and surplus milk
-that would have been thrown away had there been no pigs, and peanuts and
-sweet potatoes gleaned by rooting the patches after the crops had been
-harvested as carefully as possible. She farrowed her first litter of
-pigs April 4, 1918. One died and two were given in payment for the sow.
-The other four were grown, fattened, and killed to furnish the family
-supply of lard and pork. Another litter of six pigs came later in the
-year and are now on the farm--good-sized shotes in first-class
-condition. The sow will farrow a third litter of pigs before long. The
-account now stands this way:
-
-The original sow, $60; six shotes, $60; 800 pounds of pork, $224; twenty
-five gallons of lard, $90. These four items make a total of $434 from
-which a deduction of $49 is to be made for corn and pasture. Those
-figures prove that hog raising on the farms of Harris County, Texas, is
-profitable. But the caution to be written at the bottom of this story
-is: do not carry figures too far. Making figures in arithmetic fashion,
-you would have this: If one sow makes a profit of $385, 100 sows would
-make a profit of $38,500. That is perfectly good arithmetic but it is
-not good farming.
-
-The big profit in hog raising on southern farms, the specialists of the
-United States Department of Agriculture point out, is made where the
-farm family keeps enough hogs to consume all the waste products, to
-convert into money the things that would otherwise be lost, and that can
-be kept on a minimum of bought or stored feed. Every dollar got out of
-that number of hogs is practically clear profit. Beyond that point the
-profit dwindles.
-
-The number of hogs that can be profitably kept is, of course, a matter
-that each farm family must determine for itself. In some cases it may be
-one sow. In others it may be six or a dozen or any number of sows. On
-every farm there is some waste that pigs could convert into money. On
-most farms it probably amounts to at least as much as on one farm,
-where, in one year, a boy made one sow produce enough revenue to buy a
-whole set of new furniture for mother or to keep sister in college for a
-year.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 758. MONEY MADE IN PRESERVING EGGS
-
-
-Two methods of preserving eggs are recommended by specialists of the
-United States Department of Agriculture, they follow:
-
-Water-Glass Method:--Use 1 quart of sodium silicate to 9 quarts of water
-that has been boiled and cooled. Place the mixture in a 5-gallon crock
-or jar. This will be sufficient to preserve 15 dozen eggs; and the
-quantity needed to preserve a larger number of eggs will be in
-proportion.
-
-First, select a 5-gallon crock or jar, and clean it thoroughly, after
-which it should be scalded and allowed to dry.
-
-Second, heat a quantity of water to the boiling point and allow it to
-cool.
-
-Third, when cool, measure out 9 quarts of water, place it in the crock,
-and add 1 quart of sodium silicate, stirring the mixture thoroughly.
-
-Fourth, place the eggs in the solution. Be very careful to allow at
-least two inches of the solution to cover the eggs.
-
-Fifth, place the crock containing the preserved eggs in a cool, dry
-place, well covered to prevent evaporation. Waxed paper covered over and
-tied around the top of the crock will answer this purpose.
-
-Lime method:--When water glass cannot be obtained the following method
-may be used in its stead. Many consider this method entirely
-satisfactory, though instances are known in which eggs so preserved have
-tasted slightly of lime.
-
-Dissolve 2 or 3 pounds of unslaked lime in 5 gallons of water, that has
-previously been boiled and allowed to cool, and allow the mixture to
-stand until the lime settles and the liquid is clear. Place clean, fresh
-eggs in a clean earthenware jug or keg and pour the clear limewater into
-the vessel until the eggs are covered. At least 2 inches of the solution
-should cover the top layer of eggs.
-
-Sometimes a pound of salt is used with the lime, but experience has
-shown that in general the lime without the salt is more satisfactory.
-
-Hold your eggs when the price is low by the above methods and sell when
-the price is good.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 759. PROTECTION AGAINST FRAUDULENT COURT ACTIONS
-
-
-How often it happens after one has applied years of honest endeavor that
-worthless persons will compel him to go to court to defend his character
-and property against a charge of fraud. After the case has gone to the
-jury he still believes that it is impossible for such efforts against
-you to succeed--that the charges and statements cannot be believed. The
-jury goes to its room and decides the case. The members are tired and
-want to get home, so they compromise, which means that the defendant
-loses perhaps $5,000. He thought it impossible to be robbed in daylight
-before a court and jury, by perjuries, but this is what has happened.
-The lying combination has been successful. The court is not to blame
-and sometimes the jury is not at fault. Doubtless the next few years
-actions of this kind will be very numerous, as the people who traded
-property during the war will hatch up all kinds of schemes to regain it.
-
-I have listened for days at a time to men in fraud actions lie before
-court and jury, and they knew they were perjurying themselves and knew
-its penalty, but that did not deter them. They were wolves in sheeps
-clothing, and possibility of money meant more to them, than honesty.
-
-The most effective protection against men of this character is as
-follows: When one has business transactions he should be sure to obtain
-a signed letter similar to the following. If the parties to the
-transaction are honest, they will not take exception to it. If it is a
-trade give them the same kind of a letter:
-
-  ............... 19....
-
-  To........................
-  Name
-
-  ........................
-  Address
-
-  Dear Sir:--
-
-  I have directed this letter to you for the purpose of stating our
-  transaction of ................ 19.... with reference to
-  .................. which is as follows:
-
-  (Here give legal description of property and a short and condensed
-  statement of transaction.)
-
-  I wish you to understand that I have in no way depended or relied on
-  any statement made by you or your agent in above referred to
-  transaction but have made careful investigation for myself upon which
-  I have relied.
-
-  I have had this letter prepared for the purpose of assuring you on
-  behalf of myself and representatives that I am forever barred from
-  complaining in any manner about the above deal.
-
-  I remain,
-
-  Very truly,
-
-  ............................
-  Name
-
-Especially is such letter of value to a lawyer, as without it he may
-some day be confronted with a former client who is willing to lie about
-some transactions they have had.
-
-This plan alone may save one his all some day, if he will follow it. As
-a matter of fact, an attorney should insist on such a letter to protect
-his client. If a person refuses to sign a letter similar to above it is
-better to lose a deal, as such refusal warrants suspicions.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 760. IMPROVED MILKING STOOL
-
-
-It does not seem that a milking stool could need any improvements.
-Nevertheless, a party recently designed and made a very handy one for
-the farmer.
-
-The stool is strapped to the body of the milker, and when he rises from
-the task of milking one cow to go to the next, the stool, of course,
-goes with him, leaving his hands free. When the weight of the person is
-placed on the seat, the spring in the rod supporting the seat is
-compressed, and the rising of the occupant releases the weight, which
-assists in lifting the stool from the ground.
-
-When many cows have to be milked the work of carrying the stool becomes
-labor which adds to the worker’s fatigue.
-
-You can manufacture these yourself and market them.
-
-The farmer owning stock can obtain a list of large and small stock
-farmers from clipping bureaus in any large city. When advertising, begin
-with a well-written classified ad. in a reputable farm paper.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 761. TRY TO FEED ALL THEY GROW
-
-
-A farmer who lives in northern Idaho, says:
-
-“I came here five years ago from Montana, buying an 80-acre stump farm,
-with a small house and barn on it, and with a few acres of it cleaned up
-along Sand Creek. I paid $2,600 for this place, and it took all the
-money I had, except a little to buy a couple of cows and a team of
-horses. For the last five years my wife and I have made a living on this
-ranch, supporting five children, and have cleaned up the land, so that
-to-day we have thirty-five acres under cultivation. We made it a point
-to try to feed everything we grow on the place and selling it as a
-manufactured product.
-
-“Last year we produced seventy-five tons of choice clover and timothy
-hay. The surplus timothy we sold at our barn door at about $16.00 per
-ton. We raised some 150 sacks of potatoes on an acre of newly cleared
-land and we have sold them at an average of about $1.50 per 100. We have
-raised about one ton of carrots, three tons of rutabagas, and about one
-ton of mangels, and red garden beets. The root crops we find very
-profitable here, and they give us a fairly well balanced ration for our
-milk cows, with clover hay. Our books show that our cows have averaged,
-summer and winter, about $18 per month each. We have milked six cows the
-past year. During that time we raised seventeen hogs, marketed them at a
-fair price, and have fed our one team of horses.
-
-“We have a nice trout stream running through our yard, as well as a
-railway station a quarter of a mile away. We have refused an offer of
-$8,000 for our place, stock and improvements, so that we feel justified
-in feeling that we have done fairly well in the five years that we have
-lived on the stump ranch.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 762. FARMER IN THE WEST
-
-
-This farmer tells of his success and satisfaction in Idaho, as follows:
-
-“I got very tired of the long severe winters of North Dakota and
-Minnesota, so I sold my stock and started west hunting for a better
-climate. My wife liked it in northern Idaho, and her health was a great
-deal better. So we purchased 160 acres of land. This land had been
-cut-over about fifteen years ago and the stock from the adjoining town
-had grazed over it and scattered clover and timothy seed so that the
-stumps were almost covered up with hay.
-
-“I made my first payment about the 10th of July, and in the next thirty
-days I got in and with scythes and hand rakes put up some twenty-five
-tons of fine clover and timothy hay. I bought five Holstein cows that
-the Commercial Club had shipped in, paying $470 for the five cows. I
-bought a cream separator and began work within thirty days after making
-my initial payment. I found that 160 acres of stump land was too much
-for one man to undertake with my limited capital, so I had a chance of
-selling off ninety acres of it at an advance of $10.00 over the purchase
-price, so that I sold that much and have about sixty acres left. We had
-a lot of snow here the past winter, but the cold was not severe, there
-only being six nights of zero weather during the entire winter.
-
-“I now have a good barn, a small house, seventeen head of cattle, three
-good horses, and have cleaned up fifteen acres of land. I expect to cut
-fifty tons of good hay this coming season, and I do all the work myself,
-with the exception of one boy. Our five cows have averaged us about $10
-per month in cream checks.”
-
-If a man wants to make a success of his life and has the will to do it
-nothing can stop him.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 763. A GOOD COUNTRY TO LIVE IN
-
-
-This man came to northern Idaho, from Minnesota, regarding which he
-says: “Because we decided this was a good country to live in, I bought
-120 acres of land from one of the lumber companies, cut-over land, and
-began preparations in October, 1914. By hard work I was able to get in a
-few acres for the crop the first spring, which cut me enough clover and
-wheat, hay and grain to feed a team of horses, two cows, some pigs and
-chickens. I have contracted clearing here at about $15 per acre. Off of
-the three and a half acres of clover that I sowed down the first October
-and November that I was here, I cut ten tons last season. This spring I
-have sown down one-half acre of alfalfa, three acres of wheat,
-twenty-five acres of extra fine clover, one acre in my garden and
-orchard, and about five acres of new clover. I have twenty-one hogs that
-I have raised on the clover stubble, two cows and two horses. Clover
-makes a wonderful crop here, producing from two to three tons in two
-cuttings every year. My wife and children are very much pleased and we
-expect to pass our remaining days in this valley.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 764. IRRIGATED FRUIT LAND NEAR SPOKANE, WASHINGTON
-
-
-He bought his land at Opportunity nine years ago at a cost of $350 an
-acre. He now has five and a half acres in bearing orchard, with 450
-trees eight and nine years old. In 1913 they yielded an average of four
-packed boxes of apples to the tree, for which he received an average
-price of $1.31 a box, or a total return of $2,856.
-
-The story of the production of these trees from the beginning is
-interesting. The first year they yielded nothing; the second year, one
-box; the third year, 125 boxes; the fourth year, 500 boxes; the fifth
-year, 1,200 boxes; the sixth year, 1,800 boxes; the seventh year, 2,300
-boxes and the eighth year, 2,300 boxes that he sold at $1.20 per box.
-The lowest price that he received during this time has approximately
-been $1 per box and he says that the farmer can make money marketing
-fancy apples at 75 cents a box.
-
-But more can be done on a 10-acre tract than grow apples. For the first
-five or six years most of the land can be utilized by planting tomatoes,
-cucumbers, cantaloupes, potatoes, squash, pumpkins and all sorts of
-garden truck between the rows of trees. Most of the tracts are farmed
-this way, in addition to setting aside a part of the land to be
-permanently used for these crops, berry patches, etc. This
-inter-planting makes the land pay operating expenses and a profit while
-the trees are coming into bearing. After the trees attain size, the only
-other crop that can be raised is clover or some legume that will put
-nitrogen into the soil.
-
-
-$300 AN ACRE FROM DEWBERRIES
-
-The following figures are quoted from this Opportunity farmer and is
-from his own experience with these crops: “Tomatoes will yield from ten
-to twenty-five tons to the acre. Grapes do well and sold for the table
-market. Have paid at the rate of $700 to the acre. Green corn for the
-market pays well.” He has taken from $150 to $200 worth of hubbard
-squashes off an acre. One acre of dewberries after the third year
-brought in an average of $300 a year. He has realized about the same
-from strawberries.
-
-The first year he was on the land he took $525 worth of tomatoes off an
-acre; $235 worth of cantaloupes off two-thirds of an acre; $175 worth
-of watermelons from an acre. He has half an acre of cherry trees that
-are paying him well.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 764. When the Well is Dry They Know the Worth of
-Water]
-
-In his poultry yard he raises Rhode Island Reds, because he says they do
-best in the winter when he has more time to give them and the price of
-eggs is higher. During December, January and February, his 175 hens laid
-enough eggs to bring in an average of $56 a month at a total expense for
-feed, etc., of about $10.00 a month.
-
-Discussing the cost of living and maintenance he says:
-
-“It cost me $24 a year for domestic water and electric lights--a cheaper
-rate than almost any city. The water for irrigation is $7 a year per
-acre. My net income from my land last year averaged over $300 per acre.
-My land nine years ago cost me $350 an acre; it is now worth $1,500 an
-acre.”
-
-The above is a remarkable record. Facts are more wonderful than
-exaggerated statements. The above district is perhaps one of the most
-beautiful home districts in the world.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 765. WEALTH PROM A GARDEN PATCH
-
-
-Strawberries, raspberries, cabbage, cucumbers, currants, rhubarb, beans,
-cantaloupes, gooseberries, grapes, hubbard squash, summer squash, corn,
-green peppers, hot peppers, ground-cherries, watermelons, citron, egg
-plant, tomatoes, are some of the things grown on the irrigated farm of
-this man living near Spokane, Washington.
-
-And these are the side lines: The entire place of twenty-five acres is
-planted to fruit trees--apples and pears--now five and six years old.
-Their 1915 gross returns were above $5,500, practically all from garden
-produce. In 1914 their sales were $5,400.
-
-This farm is an inspiration and an education. Every available square
-foot seems to be growing something. Grapes are growing along the low
-stone wall that separates him from his neighbor. Between trees are long
-rows of vegetables and in the tree rows themselves are cucumbers, squash
-and similar products.
-
-One of the 1915 yields was $1,600 from three acres of strawberries. Six
-rows of raspberries 160 feet long brought a return of $75. Five acres of
-cantaloupes sold at an average price of $1.25 a crate and brought a
-gross return that averaged $250 per acre. Sales of green corn ran $60 an
-acre, and some of the corn and all of the fodder was left. An acre of
-peppers brought in about $400. Currants proved very profitable, yielding
-40 to 50 cents a bush, with about 1,000 bushes to the acre. Eggplant has
-been made to pay over $300 per acre. From about an acre of tomatoes he
-sold 1,200 crates at an average price of 35 cents a crate.
-
-This produce was not peddled or even hauled to Spokane for sale among
-the grocers. It was sold at wholesale and loaded on the cars at the
-nearby stations. Much of it went to Spokane, but the greater part went
-to outside markets.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 766. PROFIT FROM IRRIGATED LANDS
-
-
-It is just a little difficult to tell the story of irrigated lands and
-not seem to be painting the picture too bright. The enormous crops that
-can be produced by intelligent use of the water are so large that it is
-hard to believe that so much value can be taken off an acre of ground.
-Alfalfa is perhaps the lowest in value per acre per year, and yet this
-same hay fed to cows and pigs and marketed as milk and hogs can be made
-to pay an annual return of from $125 to $250.
-
-The well-conducted apple orchards produce from 250 to 500 boxes of
-apples per acre per year. The average of the good orchards is somewhere
-in between. These will run from 60 to 80 or 85 per cent fancy and extra
-fancy and that means a sale price at the orchard around $1 a box.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 767. WHAT TEN ACRES DID
-
-
-This farmer and his wife, living near Spokane, Washington, tell of the
-comfort and profit they get from their ten acres as follows:
-
-“From November 1, 1914, to November 1, 1915, we sold $300.00 worth of
-eggs and $60 worth of old hens, besides raising 350 chickens. We think
-that what we eat of eggs and chickens pays for their keep. From January
-1 to September 1, 1915, I sold $90 worth of butter and sold a calf for
-$15, besides what butter, cream and milk we used. We raised a
-thoroughbred Jersey cow that began giving milk September 1, 1915, and
-she made forty pounds of butter before she was two years old. We raised
-two hogs and sold them for $32.50 and raised one for our own use. We
-raised beans, sweet corn, carrots, and vegetables between our young
-apple trees, and sold from our ten acres $600 worth of produce, besides
-the eggs, poultry, butter and pork.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 768. BEEF CATTLE PROFITABLE
-
-
-A farmer of Davenport, Washington, says:
-
-“I am satisfied that I can make the beef cattle business pay me a nice
-profit. Starting with three head of beef cows worth $225 and buying $721
-worth of cattle in two years, which I kept on cheap pasture most of the
-year and fed only a small amount of hay for three months in the winter,
-I sold $827 worth of butter and cattle in the two years and had stock
-remaining worth $1,360. My net profit in the two years, exclusive of
-labor and feed, was $1,241.”
-
-In the West everything is being done to encourage diversified farming.
-Many farmers buy their own butter, etc., which to Eastern farmers seems
-strange, but wheat has been so profitable in the West that these farmers
-were content.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 769. HOGS AS SIDE LINE
-
-
-This farmer living near Ritzville, Washington, says:
-
-“My net profit, exclusive of labor, for handling hogs as a side line one
-year was $532.33.”
-
-This is a good illustration of what opportunities the average farmer has
-of developing more profit on his farm. It would take a pretty good
-business in the city to handle side lines that would produce such a
-profit on the first trial.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 770. NORTHWEST FARMER BELIEVES IN DIVERSIFIED FARMING
-
-
-In the Northwest much of the land is summer-fallowed every other year,
-and when the land can be put to profitable use those years it means much
-to the profit end of farming. Here is what a man did near Colfax,
-Washington. His statement is as follows:
-
-“Four years ago I fenced my ranch with hog-tight woven wire fence and
-purchased a bunch of hogs. The first year I sold $1,400 worth of hogs
-and have averaged $2,000 per year ever since. I also purchased some
-sheep and found that by running them between harvest and summer-fallow I
-was able to keep down the weeds. I made a profit on my sheep in both
-wool and mutton. I believe that if diversified farming is followed,
-sixty to eighty acres is enough for one family in this locality.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 771. WHAT A FARMER DID FOR HIS LAND
-
-
-Here is his statement:
-
-“It is my intention to abandon the practice of summer-fallow altogether
-here by growing peas and other crops that can be grown to advantage on
-the land. To-day, May 23rd, we are cultivating our peas, and after one
-more cultivation they will be ready to lay by until harvesting. A piece
-of wheat planted on ground cultivated to peas and hogged-off last fall,
-stands four inches higher than any other wheat on the place. I believe
-in alfalfa, clover and peas and the stock to consume them, in order to
-return the manure to the soil.”
-
-Thousands of acres of land in the past few years have been put to peas
-and a good profit has been obtained.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 772. WESTERN FARMER’S EXPERIENCE
-
-
-He lives in the Palouse farming district in the State of Washington and
-makes the following statement:
-
-“In 1915, fifty acres of wheat planted on corn land gave me $1,000 after
-all expenses were paid. This was more than double the returns from fifty
-acres of land that had grown wheat continuously or been summer-fallowed.
-The same year fifty acres of corn brought me $600; that is, from corn,
-potatoes, beans, etc. I sold seed corn to neighbors, to poultry raisers
-and sold corn-fat hogs, and had left all my feed for two cows and five
-horses for a year. My fifty acres of wheat on stalk land, the neighbors
-will tell you, is the finest field to be found in this section of the
-country.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 773. COWS RETURN $200 A YEAR
-
-
-One of the best examples of what can be done with dairy cows in the
-Palouse country, State of Washington, is this farmer who started with
-$300:
-
-He built up a herd of Jerseys and mixed Holsteins and Jerseys, after
-paying for his land, a few years ago. After three years, an inventory of
-the stock, equipment and improvements showed a total gain of $13,425,
-which has accrued to him over and above his living expenses. One year’s
-crops from 140 acres of Palouse land were 200 tons of hay, 550 sacks of
-oats and barley, 100 tons of ensilage, 400 sacks of potatoes, and about
-$250 worth of fruit. Most of the crops were turned into milk, of which
-44,700 gallons were shipped, and brought back a return of $8,940, an
-average of over $200 for each cow milked.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 774. COWS HELPED HIM
-
-
-This farmer left North Dakota and located in the State of Washington. He
-states:
-
-“I bought sixty acres of white pine and cedar stump land adjoining the
-station of Matchwood, about six miles from Sandpoint, on a 10-year
-payment plan, and in February, 1915, we moved up and began work on our
-place. We bought two Jersey cows. The first year, with a few days work
-on the outside, we were able to make a living from our two cows and
-about 35 laying hens. We were able to put up about twelve tons of good
-clover and timothy hay that we got with a hand scythe around the old
-logging roads, where it was growing wild.
-
-“The year 1916 will be my first year with any crop to amount to
-anything. I have cleaned up in the past year about twenty acres, have
-thirteen acres sown in grain and clover, about seven acres to grain and
-root crops, and have thirty acres seeded among the waste timber and
-stumps for pasturage. My place is fenced and cross fenced, and I have
-running water on the place. In the past year we have sold over 500
-pounds of butter, at an average of 30 cents per pound.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 775. WOOL CLIP $1.00 PER HEAD
-
-
-This man, living at Odessa, Washington, kept 1,200 sheep out nearly all
-winter at strawstacks and grazing, the only expense for feeding being
-thirty-five tons of alfalfa at $10.00 per ton. He clipped about a
-dollar’s worth of wool per head and sold 300 head at $4.75 to $5.25 per
-hundred weight. He says:
-
-“I made a very nice profit and believe that nearly all farmers should
-keep a band of sheep.”
-
-The dry atmosphere, combined with the absence of heavy dews, and the
-generally favorable climate, make the Big Bend a natural poultry
-country. Disease is kept down to a minimum and the fowls themselves
-thrive. The high price for eggs in this market makes the returns
-unusually attractive. Turkeys, always difficult of successful raising,
-seem to be in their natural climate in the Big Bend, and those who are
-now in the business claim that the country will become famous for its
-annual shipments of the great American bird.
-
-Figure out the amount for yourself, and, if you live in the city, figure
-what net profits your business paid last year, then deduct from that the
-cost of food and clothes, rents, pleasure trips, amusements, etc., and
-you will be surprised at what you have left. But remember Mr. Farmer’s
-net profit is above his living, which is the very best.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 776. FARMER LIVES NEAR COLLEGE
-
-
-Many farmers in the West will not trouble themselves with stock, but
-this man shows how expensive an idea this is.
-
-This farmer living near Pullman, Washington, has demonstrated that
-dairying pays in the Palouse country. He owns 240 acres of land two and
-one half miles from town that he values, with improvements, at $100 an
-acre. Because of the size of his farm he raises quantities of wheat and
-other products for the market, but his main income is from butter. He
-makes this on the farm and sells it to the consumers at an average price
-the year around between 35 and 40 cents a pound.
-
-“Much of my land is in grass and alfalfa,” he says. “We market two nice
-bunches of hogs each year, raised on the skimmed milk from the dairy.
-Half as many heifers as we have cows are matured every year and added to
-the herd to take the place of the cows sold. Veal and poultry and eggs
-all bring in money. I raise thirty acres of corn a year for the silos.
-This land is then sown to fall wheat. Rearing the family, near the
-splendid schools of Pullman, and with the state college in sight, has a
-lot to do with the satisfaction we get out of life.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 777. CUT-OVER LAND FARMER
-
-
-This farmer purchased a farm ten years ago near Newport, the county seat
-of Pend Oreille County, Washington. He bought 268 acres at $23 an acre.
-
-The farm is on the bench land where the soil is a sandy loam,
-particularly suited for growing vegetables and grass crops.
-
-Here is what he says:
-
-“After the cordwood has been removed, the slashing and burning of the
-rubbish and brush, leaving the ground free of everything except standing
-stumps, should not cost over $10.00 an acre. It is my own experience
-that it has not cost that much. Most of it I contracted at $7.50 an acre
-and on two different tracts the contractor made over $3 a day. The
-slashing should be burned in the fall whenever possible and a mixed
-pasture grass sown in the ashes before the heavy fall rains. No
-cultivation is necessary, as the light ashes make an ideal seed-bed and
-a heavy, rich pasture is assured the following season.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 778. TAUGHT HIS WAY THROUGH COLLEGE
-
-
-This young man was a school teacher, but became convinced that he would
-study law and wished to make it his profession. He had no money, was an
-excellent speaker, and enrolled in the university for one year to
-complete this course. At the end of the year his money was gone, and the
-next year he taught, and he continued in this way until he finished his
-university course.
-
-While this is a hard method, every other year leaving the college and
-spending it teaching, yet he made his goal, and many a teacher can do
-the same.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 779. SOLD LAW BOOKS AND THUS PAID HIS UNIVERSITY EXPENSES
-
-
-In every large university there is a good opportunity of purchasing
-books at a small price from the out-going classes, or the class at the
-end of each semester, and selling the books again to new students
-entering for the following semester.
-
-This young man started to make his expenses in that manner. He bought
-books at a very small price and sold them at a very large price, and
-thus was able to build up a large book business at the university. He
-now has several rooms filled with books for incoming classes, and is in
-a position to give good advice as to the class of questions that may be
-asked from the various examinations in the different departments, as he
-keeps a carefully collected list of questions when the term starts. He
-has some of these typewritten and made into pamphlet form for sale. He
-also has a stenographer, who takes the lectures in the different classes
-so has them for sale to the students who are unable to take them down
-during their class work, or for those who have been inattentive.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 780. THE WAY HE MADE GOOD IN THE ASSESSOR’S OFFICE
-
-
-It is generally conceded that one of the hardest offices to fill, is the
-office of county assessor.
-
-No matter how hard you may try to please the public generally, on
-assessment of their property, you will find delegation after delegation
-appealing to you to make change in their assessment, and you will find
-many of your dear friends who really insist on being treated in a
-special manner and different than the rest of the other people, they
-want you to discriminate as to them.
-
-This young man had trained himself for the law and had practiced a few
-years. He decided before going into politics to try-out serving in this
-office for a time. After rendering his service for a number of years he
-was announced by his friends for this office and won. He made up his
-mind that when elected he would handle this office in a way that it
-would reflect credit in after years. He had noticed many people, when
-directing these offices, had failed, largely on account of their lack of
-will power to stand by what they absolutely knew was right. If an
-assessment was made on property and a delegation appeared before him, he
-would take all the blame, if there was any, and would go into the matter
-and have it settled once-for-all. After a short time people began to
-find out that the assessor had a mind of his own; that he knew what was
-right, and when any matter was taken before him they understood clearly
-if their contention was right he would do all he could to assist them.
-
-He followed this policy throughout his term of office. Another thing he
-did after election was to call together all his assistants and made it
-clear to them that they were to serve the public in the best possible
-manner, and to be courteous at all times; and that the public was a
-final judge as to their ability to serve them and that he was only an
-instrument through which the public could give its approval or
-disapproval.
-
-After a service along the lines which has just been suggested, he was
-re-elected to several other offices in the county, which is a remarkable
-record.
-
-As to building up any political machine, he did not do this, but of
-course his friends and those who supported him were given preference in
-his appointments, and they were loyal to him.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 781. THIS MAN BECAME COUNTY CLERK
-
-
-He was a very likable man and had served in public office for a number
-of years at the court house, and he in this way became generally
-acquainted throughout the county. He decided to run for the office of
-county clerk, and was successful.
-
-As soon as he was elected he called together his assistants and made it
-clear to them that in this office application was one of the important
-parts of the service; that he wanted them to serve full time; that they
-were serving the public, and that nobody should be impertinent or short
-in their answers and should be most courteous in every way. In fact, he
-made it clear to them that if they were unable to render service in this
-way that they had better leave and, that they would be removed at any
-time when the time came they could not treat the public right, because,
-he stated, the public was their final judge.
-
-The clerk himself was not a man given to very much talk, but he made it
-a point, when the attorneys called to speak to them kindly and give the
-greatest consideration regarding any matter they desired information.
-This was granted to all attorneys, irrespective of age or
-qualifications. The attorney handling the smallest business would
-receive the same consideration that the most wealthy among them--they
-were all equal in his office.
-
-He also knew that if he was to be re-elected, or desired to win further
-political preference, that he must start his campaign when he first
-opened up the office, and this was his campaign: rendering the best kind
-of service that lay within his power.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 782. ATTORNEY VISITS BROTHER-ATTORNEYS
-
-
-After graduating from his college he called on attorneys, in the town
-where he was reared, and obtained the best possible advice from them. He
-inquired as far as he dared into what they did to make their practice a
-success. Oftentimes attorneys do not know the plan they have followed,
-but upon visiting with them you will soon discover that they have
-followed some general plan of action. If the plan is productive of good
-profits put it down as a lesson for yourself.
-
-This attorney continued this practice for years. He always made it a
-point to know all of his fellow attorneys and keep in touch with their
-advancement from time to time. At least once a year he would lay aside a
-certain amount of time to call on all the attorneys, and especially find
-out, if possible, what kind of business they were doing and what new
-ideas they had in that particular community for the advancement of their
-profession. He states that each year he obtained points which meant a
-great deal to his practice, as well as winning the friendship and good
-will of his fellow attorneys. He states that there was hardly a year
-that he did not receive something which meant five or six hundred
-dollars to his practice. Some suggestions as to keeping up the business
-that came into his office, or that his charges were not sufficient, or
-he failed to use business methods in this or that.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 783. GIRL MAKES LIVING BY MAKING TABLE FAVORS AND DECORATIONS
-OF PAPER
-
-
-She purchased several rolls of crêpe paper of different colors at 15 or
-20 cents per roll, and this she experimented with until she became very
-proficient in the making of various table favors. And, as a matter of
-fact, she became expert in making all kinds of decorations for tables.
-The next thing for her to do was to get the business which would enable
-her to make profits and keep her busy week in and week out. She watched
-the papers very carefully, noting all of those who were giving parties
-at their homes; she made a catalog of all the socially-inclined people,
-and then made it a point to call upon them personally and arrange to
-make them decorations for their next party.
-
-She also called upon the restaurants and stood ready to make any special
-design they desired on certain occasions. She solicited this work a
-month ahead so that it would not all come at one time and make it
-impossible for her to give them what they desired. For example,
-Halloween, Saint Valentine’s Day and other days when the restaurants
-desired many of such decorations, she took these orders in advance and
-was prepared to deliver them when the occasion came.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 783. She is Content Because Her Work is Well
-Done]
-
-From this work she averaged more than $25 a week. This is a good
-business for any girl in any city of 50,000 and over, and much money can
-be made in this work in towns of smaller size.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 784. ARE YOU COMPETENT TO BE A PATENT ENGINEER, DRAFTSMAN, ETC?
-
-
-At the present time, in the city in which I reside, there is a great
-opportunity for men skilled in this profession of patent engineering and
-drafting. They obtain all the way from $.75 to $1.00 an hour for their
-services. Men capable in this work should get in touch with patent
-attorneys.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 785. A GOOD WAY TO START THE PRACTICE OF LAW
-
-
-This attorney was educated in an eastern university, and after
-completing his course decided to start in a small town in the State of
-Vermont. This town was a county seat and had some 2,500 inhabitants. The
-first year he netted more than $2,000. He started in with a partner, and
-during his twenty-five years of practice always had a partner. He
-believes this is the best way, as a great deal of law is learned by such
-association. He says an attorney can obtain a start in a small town much
-earlier than in a large city. He has an opportunity from the very
-beginning to show his ability. It is up to the attorney who goes to a
-small town to make sure that he knows as much about the law as possible,
-and should devote himself to careful study. His efforts will be noted by
-the Court and if the Court and the Bar generally of a small community,
-see that he is in earnest and has the material in him, he will find that
-he will get good support from all, especially by the judges in his
-community, as they like to help the young lawyer make a success.
-
-In the large city, he says it is different. If he cannot stand he must
-fall; nobody takes any particular interest in him. He has no opportunity
-of displaying the qualifications he possesses. He may live and die in a
-large city and be a Daniel Webster and nobody know it. He found after
-this association with the court of this county seat and the supreme
-court of the state that he obtained a class of business that was the
-very best, and he found that he knew the law better than his brothers in
-the city as every lawyer realizes that all the law is not in books, and
-the association with lawyers of high ability is the best instruction a
-lawyer can have.
-
-In this little town, all of his cases were in the superior court and he
-had many cases that were heard in the federal court, and from this
-practice he derived a good income. He found in the city that most of his
-fellow attorneys of the same age never had the opportunity of going to
-the federal court. Most of their practice was in the justice court or
-police court.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 786. WHY NOT BECOME A PATENT ATTORNEY
-
-
-I have known this attorney for years, and my acquaintance and
-conversation with him has enabled me to learn much from the experience
-that he enjoyed as a patent attorney. It is a profitable field as well
-as an extremely interesting one.
-
-People generally realize that it is very difficult to get a patent
-through in the Department of Patents, but usually the examiner has many
-departments under him, and the various departmental heads go into all
-kinds of matters which would seem to the average person as unnecessary,
-and, in some cases, that is really the case. It is here that the patent
-attorney comes in.
-
-There are people who are patent assistants, which is different from
-patent attorneys. They advertise and obtain much business. They are not
-lawyers, are not educated as lawyers and have clerks who work under them
-who are less qualified than they, but the attorney has a great advantage
-over these people, for he himself has been trained as an attorney and is
-familiar with the rulings of the court and has many advantages when it
-comes to drawing up the petition for the person desiring the patent.
-
-Oftentimes before patent papers reach the examiner the owner becomes
-discouraged and withdraws, and the examiner is not troubled further.
-
-Another thing is the drawing-up of the petition, which contains a
-drawing and specifications, claim, etc. The drawing of a patent claim is
-a science, and is entirely governed by court rules. It is probably the
-most difficult legal paper to draw that is known.
-
-A great deal is required of a patent attorney. He should know something
-about mechanics and chemistry and even electricity. A very important
-thing to a person desiring a patent is, that the inventor must by all
-means understand the device upon which he is trying to obtain a patent.
-His information must be sufficient to assist the attorney. The attorney
-who desires to be a patent attorney realizes that the universities and
-colleges of our country do not give much which would be of assistance
-to one in that field, so the attorney mentioned in the foregoing account
-found that there were certain correspondence schools’ lectures put out
-which went into detail and were effective. These lectures will cost in
-the neighborhood of $30.00, and are entitled Correspondence Schools for
-Patent Law and Practice, put out by a Company at Washington, D. C.
-
-Every examiner, you will find, has on his desk a book which contains 507
-mechanic movements. The knowledge of this go to test whether or not your
-patent will be accepted. It will be further necessary for you to have a
-Correspondent at Washington, D. C., and this you can secure by writing.
-This man will make a search for you and obtain the classification number
-of the patent and will forward you a half-dozen or more printed copies
-along the same line as your patent covers, and this will be an index to
-you as how to proceed in your own particular case, and will serve a
-great opportunity for you to give real assistance to your client by
-showing him how far other men have progressed in the same field as his
-invention and often he will be able to see the various mistakes they
-made and where he has improved it. He sometimes may also obtain a new
-idea which will determine the success of his own proposition.
-
-Now to get the business it is not understood as very good practice to
-advertise for this work. However, if you give that work your earnest
-attention in a city you will find your fellow-lawyers will send business
-to you, and soon, with the service you are able to render, you will
-develop a business.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 787. REAL ESTATE PUT THEM THROUGH COLLEGE
-
-
-The university was close to a large city and these boys determined to
-get a legal education, so they went into the real estate business and
-developed a small business which would pay their expenses. One was in
-the office, while the other did the outside work. They finally made
-arrangements for a stenographer. Their business continued to grow until
-in a short time they both enrolled in the university and took up the
-study of law. They did not miss a class, and maintained a high standing
-throughout their college course. During their university course, their
-real estate business grew to great proportions, and before they had
-graduated they were very well to do.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 788. FARMER WINS SUCCESS
-
-
-This farmer, who lives in eastern Washington, tells an interesting story
-of making a profitable place of his twenty acres of logged-off land:
-
-“When I bought my land six years ago, I only had $15 to pay down, no
-team or anything to commence with, but I had faith in the land and I
-commenced to work.
-
-“The first year I did not do anything on the land except to build a
-house, and I had to work out to support my family. The next winter I
-slashed and cleared some land in addition to cutting wood for a
-neighbor. The next year I broke up 8 acres with one horse and set out
-375 apple and other trees, raised potatoes and other garden truck and
-bought a cow. The next year I raised garden truck and my wife and I ran
-a restaurant in the Y. M. C. A. in Spokane. The next year I broke up
-three acres more and planted this with the other land to potatoes,
-turnips, grain etc., working out as much as possible. Last year I sold
-$100 worth of crops from my eleven to twelve acres, raised grain enough
-for my two horses and two cows, and vegetables enough for my family;
-sold butter amounting to $100, and broke three acres more and sowed it
-to winter wheat.
-
-“I have my land about paid for and have a good frame house of four
-rooms, a shed, barn, plenty of farm machinery, and about fourteen acres
-under cultivation. The stumps are not all out yet, but I hope to burn
-them this year, and get a few more acres cleared up sufficiently to
-break. I find, after burning the brush, that timothy and clover will do
-well by sowing in the fall in the ashes in time for them to get a start,
-and the following year the same grows sufficiently for good pasture. In
-a year or two the stumps are rotted, so that the cost of clearing is
-very much reduced and at the same time the pasture is making good food
-for my cows; and if a small patch is cleared to furnish feed for the
-winter months, two or more cows will help very much in solving the
-problem. Of course, chickens have helped us, my wife doing the work with
-the chickens and milking the cows when I was away earning money. With
-the large amount of work to be obtained in this country, a man need not
-be idle any part of the year.”
-
-This is a good illustration of what a man with practically no money can
-accomplish.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 789. CURING A FARM OF THE CRAMPS
-
-
-It seems a hopeless piece of work to try to bring back a farm when from
-over use its ability to produce is gone. The party in this article lived
-for years in the city and knew but little concerning soil until a real
-estate man sold him a farm of 42 acres.
-
-After his house was up and about one-half of his farm implements
-purchased he found that his land would not produce very much. His 20
-acres of corn made about 8 bushel to the acre. His peas did fairly well.
-He had just enough to winter his stock.
-
-However he made up his mind to stick.
-
-Government bulletins were secured, farmers institutes were attended, he
-asked the neighbors questions. He made his land his special study.
-
-That year his wife taught school and he put in the winter hauling. After
-the cowpeas he put in wheat which 10 acres produced 100 bushels for
-which he received $100.
-
-He started in to enrich his land. Catch crops were raised and turned
-under to put humus into the soil and fertilizer was freely used. He had
-sandy loam which he claimed needed a great deal of petting. For six
-years he sowed rye and crimson clover in every acre of corn planted and
-plows this under in the spring for late potatoes, and follows that with
-wheat. After the wheat was harvested he sowed cowpeas or soy beans and
-plowed them under in early winter.
-
-He uses some of his wheat straw for bedding which he mixes with manure
-and later is used as fertilizer. The balance of the straw is scattered
-in the wheat field during the winter.
-
-Here is what the over used soil now produces:
-
-  50 to 60 bushels of corn to the acre.
-
-  20 to 25 bushels of wheat to the acre.
-
-  150 to 200 bushels of potatoes to the acre.
-
-This farmer now owns 100 acres and rents another 100 on which he has an
-option to purchase.
-
-He summarizes his success as follows:
-
-  Hard study
-
-  Some hard work
-
-  Vegetable matter put in soil
-
-  Potato crop
-
-  Other products made to pay farm expenses.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 790. BACK LOT MONEY
-
-
-Millions of dollars are lost by people in cities not using their back
-yards for poultry. There are thousands of acres of idle land that could
-be made to return a dividend. The thrifty Japs make every foot of soil
-produce. They farm mountains and hills that Americans would not touch.
-The Americans are wasteful, but since food has become so high they see
-that the land is the source of the bread of life, and we find many using
-their back yards for gardens or poultry.
-
-Many raise a garden, and when fall comes buy pullets and keep them for
-winter eggs, selling the pullets in the spring, thus raising two crops
-off the same ground. By right methods, poultry and eggs are easily
-produced in back yards at a good profit. The day is coming when not only
-vacant town lots, but all back yards will be producing something of
-value. In some cities many have a few chickens on the roof.
-
-
-CANDY AND CHICKENS
-
-A man who conducts a candy kitchen in a large city has 400 hens in a
-building back of his store. These hens are kept in this building on both
-the first and second floors. He devotes two hours daily to this flock
-and they bring him in an income of $1,000 a year. The egg yield is due
-to comfortable quarters and a special system of feeding. He gets much
-feed at a low cost in this large city. He buys stale bread and skim-milk
-from creameries at reduced prices. He buys lawn clippings from the town
-boys at 5 cents per bushel. When the days are short he turns the
-electric lights on. He says the hens have to have a long day in which to
-work to turn out a good egg yield. He gets his highest prices for eggs
-during the winter, and it is at this time that he makes the most money
-from his hens. He has the White Leghorns. No roosters are kept among the
-flock to annoy the people by their early crowing.
-
-Opportunity knocked at this man’s door and he heard. Opportunity is
-where you find it. Axiom has it that once, at least, opportunity knocks
-at every door, but for every time it knocks to make itself known, a
-hundred times it lies unobserved, while you pass unknowing. I wonder if
-any of you have heard Russel Conwell’s great lecture, “Acres of
-Diamonds.” If you have, you will always be the better for it, for
-therein he shows how we overlook our present opportunities for the
-things just a little farther off.
-
-
-GET A HOBBY
-
-We need to open our ears for the jingle of coin which is in our back
-yards. Every man and every woman should have a hobby as a kind of
-recreation, occupation, something to enthuse over. Anyone with time
-hanging heavy on his hands is a misery to himself and a nuisance to
-other folks, and the best medicine for the disorder is a hobby. A hobby
-lends itself to the means of all, for just a few dollars invested by the
-humble amateur or as many hundreds by the wealthy man. You may not have
-an “acre of diamonds” as per Russel Conwell, but you have a small gold
-mine which you may work, right in your own back yards, if you want to.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 791. BECOME WIREMAN FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 792. BECOME VETERINARIAN FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 793. BECOME WEIGHT AND MEASURE ASS’T. FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No.
-217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 794. ONE DOLLAR A DAY
-
-
-During a recent vacation I saw a little girl seven years old sitting on
-a bench at the farthermost end of a golf course. By her side was a pail
-of water and a basket of red-cheeked apples. As the men playing golf
-passed this child, nearly all of them took an apple and a drink of water
-and placed upon the bench a nickel or sometimes a dime. I was told that
-the child often takes in a dollar a day for this service. How many
-families there are situated like this little girl who have not thought
-of making money through their proximity to a golf course or some other
-park or playground. How would a basket of ripe peaches, grapes,
-apricots, pears or plums be to a thirsty or hungry person, with even a
-few cookies tucked into a corner of the basket? These purchasers would
-not be likely to haggle about the prices they paid. If there are no
-particular gatherings of people near your farm, as was the case of the
-golf club, you have overlooked the opportunity of putting up a placard
-or sign near your house, stating that you have ripe peaches, apples,
-pears, plums, fresh eggs, or other farm products for sale in small or
-large amounts, and letting one of the children take charge of this
-place.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 795. HOW TO GET CUSTOMERS
-
-
-This is a question that is most important to the farmer. All his profits
-depend on his ability to secure customers. The following experience will
-save much time as well as money to the farmer. Here is a successful
-method which has been followed by a group of farmers who joined forces
-to market their crops. The same plan can be used by the individual
-farmer as well.
-
-This group of farmers named one of their members to act as the Secretary
-Treasurer. This man attended to all soliciting by mail and distributed
-the first orders and all following orders were filled by the member who
-shipped the first order.
-
-The first question was how to get the names of prospective customers. A
-rate and telephone book were secured. The classes they thought would be
-most easily interested were written to. Their reason for using the phone
-book was that a person should be so connected in a business and social
-way with the city as to have a phone before they be given consideration.
-This list others trusted and such people they too could afford to trust.
-With this list there was practically no loss.
-
-To such, a general letter was sent outlining their service--what they
-had to sell and what they would have for future delivery each month in
-the year. These letters in about 10 days were followed up with other
-letters giving a special group of products.
-
-The different seasons of the year are considered. It may be canning time
-or near Thanksgiving or Xmas. If it is near Thanksgiving, then a list of
-dressed turkey, an assortment of fancy vegetables, hams, honey, nuts and
-pecans. And the prices are such as to interest the consumer. The farmer
-has not the overhead expense of the middle man--hence they can give a
-much better price.
-
-A card file was kept which gave complete information as well as
-prospects and customers. Card gave names, address, business connection,
-salary and rating of each person. When a customer is made out of the
-prospect a red slip is attached to the top of the card, and a number is
-given, it corresponding to a page in order book where shipment record is
-kept.
-
-This office is conducted by the Secretary Treasurer.
-
-When orders come in for which they cannot themselves fill, they hustle
-out to other farmers and purchase the product and thus fill their
-customers orders. In connection with this article read over the parcel
-post service and apply same to your shipments.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 796. SHEEP PROFITABLE
-
-
-A Kansas farmer made money in 1917 when the corn crop was unprofitable
-and here is how he succeeded.
-
-Four years before he visited a fair where there were sheep and these
-were the first sheep he had ever seen so he bought three. A few days
-later he traded one shote for another sheep and in a few more days he
-gave up his Jersey cow for seven five-year old ewes and eight lambs.
-Soon he had gathered a flock of 59 sheep, including ewes and lambs of
-all ages, sizes and shapes. His interest grew until he had collected
-about 1000 head of sheep which averaged 30 lbs. to the head.
-
-He allowed them to graze in a pasture of alfalfa and when this was gone
-he fed them at the rate of 2 lbs. of feed per head. In 100 days he
-nearly doubled his money. He took out the scrub ewes and wether lambs
-and fed them 55 days. Those he fed on corn weighed 72 lbs. per head and
-brought seven cents per lb.
-
-The spring of 1917 he purchased 500 head. When the grass became too
-short he turned them into the corn to take care of themselves until
-November.
-
-His investment of $8,000 through these sheep grew to $17,600. He has
-about 1,000 sheep and when the ewes have a good milk flow and do well he
-does not feed, otherwise he gives them oats. He says:
-
-“I believe it is best to use self-feeders, feeding alfalfa-meal, corn
-chop, corn and kafir, or corn and barley mixed. I tried such a mixture
-with 100 head and for two days fed alfalfa-meal and corn mixture in the
-proportion of 2 lbs. of alfalfa for one pound of mixture. The next three
-or four days I fed half and half. The fifth day there was less meal, and
-on the sixth day I was feeding two-thirds corn chops and one-third
-alfalfa-meal. It took fifty-five days to feed them out. I did not keep
-track of the gains they made, but they did exceedingly well.”
-
-This Kansas man is of the opinion that 1,000 head is all one man should
-handle since the lambing season takes all his time.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 797. BECOME WEIGHT CLERK FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 798. WAREHOUSE INVESTIGATORS FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 799. BECOME WATCHMAN FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 800. WHAT SHE DID WITH CHICKENS
-
-
-This lady in Spokane, Washington, kept an accurate account of the cost
-of her poultry and reports the following average results per year:
-
-  Number of eggs per hen                                            105
-  Price received for eggs                                         $0.37
-  Cost of feed per hen                                            $1.74
-  Profit per hen from eggs                                        $1.60
-  Total profit per hen, including eggs, fries and poultry sold    $2.13
-
-This is what you can do if out of employment or want to make your back
-yard and shed produce profit. The above figures are reliable. The
-example of what other people have done is the best argument in the world
-that you can do as well. These people do not bear charmed lives, but
-they are people who do not take a little discouragement as a barrier.
-The government stands ready to help you with excellent literature on
-this subject. Write to the Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 801. Profitable Birds]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 801. SQUABS
-
-
-Do you wish to raise squabs for a living? If so the first thing to do
-before you waste a cent is to gather all the information possible about
-this. Drop a letter to the United States Government and they will give
-all the information they possess about squabs. Read all you can find on
-this subject; also visit someone already in the business.
-
-When you begin it is best to start small, say 5, 10, or 20 pair which
-you should purchase from a reliable brooder who will guarantee that the
-pigeons are perfectly mated, and that he will take them back in 3 months
-if not satisfactory. The age of your pigeons should be 2 to 3 years old.
-
-If you have 10 pair of brooding pigeons you should give them a rat-proof
-room, 6 to 7 ft. by 5 ft. and about 6 ft. high. If larger it would be
-better. Breeding quarters should have access to a wired flying cage the
-same width and 16 ft. long by 8 ft. high. Cover cage with one inch mesh
-galvanized wire netting so that the sparrows will not give trouble.
-
-The breeding quarters should have at least 20 nesting boxes for 10 pair
-of pigeons. Store boxes will do--not less than 10 to 12 inches square,
-with a 4 to 6 inch strip fastened on front to keep the little ones from
-falling out also to give privacy during incubation. Or if you wish,
-earthenware or wood fiber nest-bowls may be used, with partitions one
-ft. square.
-
-The outside cage or flight should have a shelf running the length of the
-cage where the birds may exercise and parade. Put in bottom of flight
-about 2 inches of ashes or gravel so it will be dry.
-
-Feed the birds in the breeding place and keep the grain dry. Also
-provide water in the breeding house so that birds will not soil the
-water. Bath pans must be outside in the flight.
-
-Have pigeon loft face south, with plenty of light and air but free from
-drafts. Windows should all be on the south side. Pigeon house should be
-one ft. to 18 inches above ground to avoid trouble from rats.
-
-To protect against cold in the winter have floor made double, bottom of
-rough board and top of matched flooring. This is much warmer than
-concrete.
-
-Ten pair of pigeons in 6 months will produce about 30 to 40 squabs. If
-you wish squabs for breeders remove them from parents when 6 weeks old.
-Put in pen 1¹⁄₂ ft. square and twice as much space outside.
-
-It will cost about $2.25 to feed a pair of pigeons and 6 pair of squabs
-until they are 4 weeks old--which is the age to market them. If the sale
-price of the 6 pair is $3.00 you would realize a profit of 75 cents per
-breeding pair.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 802. 52-ACRE MICHIGAN ORCHARD
-
-
-Fourteen years ago the first of March, I purchased twenty-five acres
-one-half mile south of Bangor, Michigan, and two weeks later moved onto
-it from Illinois.
-
-Two years after moving onto this farm I set out an orchard of 500 trees,
-planting them twenty feet each way. This orchard was set to Duchess,
-Yellow Transparent, Wealthy, Grimes Golden, Snow and Jonathan. This
-orchard was cultivated each year until the first of August, then a cover
-crop was planted and turned under the following spring, until it was six
-years old. Then it was left to go into a natural seed, which is blue
-grass and red top.
-
-These trees had made such a wonderful growth that they were large enough
-to bear a good crop at six years old. This orchard has been mowed each
-year since going into sod, and at harvesting time when the trees were
-six years old we took $340 worth of apples from the orchard, or $68 per
-acre. From that time on this orchard has been doing better each year,
-and when nine years old we made $90 per acre from it; at ten years $100
-per acre, and the past season, at eleven years old, we sold $1,200 worth
-of apples, a return of $240 per acre.
-
-This orchard is protected by timber on the west and north sides. It is
-sandy loam soil. The first trimming these trees received was when they
-were six years old, and from that time on they got an annual moderate
-trimming and received thorough spraying. Our spray has been lime sulphur
-and arsenate of lead. We found that we could not grow wood and fruit
-spurs at the same time, hence no trimming was done until the trees were
-large enough to bear.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 803. BECOME WAREHOUSEMAN FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 804. BECOME TRANSPORTATION ASSISTANT FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No.
-217
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 805. Climbing with the Goats]
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 805. CLIMBING WITH THE GOATS
-
-
-Two men, both traders of rare ability, one had land located in the Ozark
-Mountains, Douglas County, Missouri, and the other owned level but dry
-land in the West. Each thought his land so poor that he could not lose
-in the trade.
-
-The party whom we are most interested in took the Missouri land.
-
-When his taxes were due he visited his land and found he had received in
-this trade some very beautiful scenery. In places it was so rough that
-he had to hold on to the trees to keep on his land.
-
-The party showing him the land told him that this was good land for goat
-raising. This gave him an idea--goats would clean the land, build the
-soil and they required but little attention. And the goats would thrive
-in such a country. One advantage the land possessed was a good supply of
-water.
-
-Thirty days after receiving this idea he put over fifty goats on the
-land and fenced his several hundred acres.
-
-In five years his herd of fifty goats had grown to four hundred, he now
-owns 1300 acres. The goats cleaned all under brush and kept all sprouts
-down and deadened the timber. The goats had prepared this land so that
-orchard grass, native blue grass and clover was planted and grew in such
-abundance that the owner was able to take care of 100 head of cattle in
-addition to the goats.
-
-The owner went into partnership with a party who receives one-half of
-the increase of the goats and cattle.
-
-He states that no man will find land that flows with milk and honey now,
-but that cheap land with a good supply of water offers a great
-opportunity to a young man with a herd of goats and a little money to
-run him for a couple of years. In his 1300 acres he had some good land
-in the valleys where he raises alfalfa and clover.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 806. NEGLECTED ORCHARD PAYS PROFIT
-
-
-C. F. Mason, of Hickman Mills, Missouri, has made a fortune from a forty
-acre apple orchard that the neighbors swore could not be made to pay. Up
-until the time Mr. Mason took hold of its management, this forty acres
-had never been known to pay more than $200 per year. His profits the
-first season totaled $2,000; the next year, $2,500; the third season,
-$8,100, and in the eight seasons he has rented this tract he has banked
-more than $40,000, in spite of the fact that he had gone up against two
-pretty disappointing seasons.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 806. Plow Deep While Sluggards Sleep]
-
-It was 1910 that Mr. Mason quit the trail of the grip to rent this
-forty-acre orchard. When he went to the owner and asked if he could rent
-it, they were delighted, for they thought they had discovered a new
-brand of fool who was willing to part with his time and money. Mr. Mason
-made his own terms the first year; since then he has made so much profit
-with the orchard that the owners have been very fair in their terms,
-since he had converted a millstone into a bank.
-
-The second day after the contract was signed the renter with a force of
-men went into the orchard, consisting of fifteen-year-old trees, and
-the battle for a crop started. The trees were then in bloom and the work
-had to be done in quick order. It was. The first year the profit of
-$2,000 permitted the back-to-the-lander to purchase equipment needed to
-handle the orchard along practical lines.
-
-The topnotch production was reached in 1912, when more than 15,000
-bushels were harvested, selling for $8,100. More apples were sold from
-the orchard in 1918. In 1914, due to drought, the crop was reduced to
-about 9,500 bushels, which sold for $6,000.
-
-
-RECORD OF SPRAYS
-
-Mr. Mason says that 10 per cent of the orchards in Missouri and Kansas
-produce 90 per cent of the apples of a marketable type. His aim from the
-start was to have as near a 100 per cent producing orchard as possible.
-“I sprayed first in the spring at cluster bud time,” he says, “when the
-first leaves were about the size of a mouse’s ear. That was primarily
-for scab. I used one-gallon of lime-sulphur solution to twenty-five
-gallons of water.
-
-“I sprayed the second time just as the blossoms were dropping. That was
-for the codling moth. I used one gallon of lime-sulphur to forty gallons
-of water, with two pounds of paste arsenate of lead, or one pound of dry
-arsenate. The third spraying was the same as the second, and was applied
-two weeks later to control the curculio. The fourth spraying was done
-about the first week of July, using the same formula as in the second
-and third applications, to control the second brood of codling moths and
-side worms. If cankerworms are prevalent I use three pounds of paste
-arsenate of lead, or half in dry form, to fifty gallons of water.
-
-“That is the spring spraying. If the San José scale is present, the
-trees must be treated in winter, after the leaves drop and before they
-make their appearance in the spring, spraying once with a strong
-solution of lime-sulphur in proportion of one part of lime to ten parts
-water. This application is very good.”
-
-
-CULTIVATION AND PRUNING
-
-Mr. Mason believes in cultivation for apple profits, since he has
-demonstrated that his section of the country demands this treatment.
-“Cultivation of an orchard is just as necessary as cultivating corn and
-other crops,” he says. “Moisture must be present in the ground and the
-weeds must be kept down to prevent drinking up the moisture and
-fertility the trees need. The surface must be thoroughly tilled, too, to
-permit the moisture to enter the ground. Fall plowing of orchards has
-many great advantages.
-
-“Another very important thing is the pruning. Remove the surplus wood
-and clear the tree out so that the sunlight and air strike it. Never cut
-out so much the sun will strike the big limbs. Don’t do all the pruning
-at once. Pruning should extend over a period of years. All cross limbs
-and limbs that are in the tree’s way should be removed, not all that are
-in your way.
-
-“Pruning is an art. I advise all orchardists who want to engage in the
-business, as a business, to take a course in horticulture, either in
-some recognized agricultural school, or take a broad course at home.
-Watch the trees and their needs--study them closely. Each tree might
-require different treatment. In one tree we pruned properly in our
-orchard, the size of the apples was doubled over former years. The value
-of the apples was increased, as was the color and flavor.”
-
-Mr. Mason starts spraying young orchards early, especially the first
-year. He says to do so prevents fungus from getting a start. He sprays
-the young trees in the winter also. “It is not advisable to set young
-trees out in an old orchard,” continued Mr. Mason. “We tried it and
-failed. The trees either died or just simply refused to live. I put new
-trees on fresh soil that has been rotated in various crops for at least
-five years.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 807. BECOME TESTING ENGINEER FOR U. S. SEE PLAN No. 217
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 808. A SYSTEM OF FARM RENTAL
-
-
-Many farms are ruined because their owners have not understood the
-drawing up of a proper agreement and thereby including proper
-safeguards.
-
-Many retired farm owners are located in the various small towns and
-cities with nothing to do who have rented their farms for cash and they
-have nothing to do but worry about the way the farm is going back. Many
-tenants follow a soil mining plan--get out of the farm all that is
-possible today and let tomorrow take care of itself as tomorrow the
-owner will have it back.
-
-The following kind of a rental system has been followed with good
-results: This owner rented his 400 acre dairy and stock farm and it paid
-him in 1917--7.89% on a $25,000 investment, after all expenses had been
-deducted. At the same time his land has improved in production and
-value. Under this plan the tenant’s share amounted to $2,838.60 while
-the net earnings of the owner was $1,974.12 which was exclusive of his
-personal, managerial labor.
-
-The lease contained the following conditions as to owner:
-
-  Active management of farm rests with the owner.
-
-  Financial and business operations are handled by owner.
-
-  Owner furnishes all seed and one-half of fertilizer.
-
-  All horse power, machinery and equipment.
-
-  All feed except one-half ensilage which tenant furnishes.
-
-  Twenty-five to thirty dairy cows and one registered bull.
-
-  Tenant receives one-third of gross income and owner two-thirds of
-  gross income.
-
-  Which includes one-third share in all young stock.
-
-
-TENANT
-
-  Provides all labor which consists of own service and two hired men by
-  the year and labor necessary for harvesting and housing crop.
-
-  Bears one-third of stock loss.
-
-  Pays 6% interest on one-third of value of cows.
-
-  Keeps machinery and equipment in good condition and pays for necessary
-  repairs.
-
-  All buildings to be kept in good repair.
-
-  Holds in check all weeds and filth along fence rows and in field.
-
-  Pays one-third of cost of delivery of milk to city distributers.
-
-  Furnishes one-third of fertilizer.
-
-  Furnishes one-third of thrashing and silo filling bills.
-
-
-LEASE COVERS
-
-  Apportionment of undivided property or improvement if at any time
-  contract should be terminated.
-
-  Runs for 10 years but may be terminated at the end of the year.
-
-  If tenant does not live up to agreement, farm automatically returns to
-  owners complete control.
-
-Owner can then hire such labor as is necessary to carry on business to
-end of year at which time lease will expire and tenant’s heirs or
-assignees would be paid their net share of the income due after expenses
-are paid.
-
-The renter likes the plan for the following reasons:
-
-  It gives tenant residence for 10 years. No expense for frequent moves.
-
-  Live stock as dairy cows gives tenant income each month.
-
-  Tenant capitalizes his labor.
-
-  Tenant on farm long enough to gain the advantage of added benefits
-  from live stock farming and the application of stable manure to
-  fields.
-
-The owner likes it for the following reasons:
-
-  The land is improved constantly.
-
-  Allows him to engage in other business and follow farming evenings and
-  Saturdays.
-
-  Plan urges tenant to do his best to make grain and milk crops as large
-  as possible.
-
-  Plan assures the owner that the live stock and farm equipment is well
-  cared for.
-
-The best tenant is a young married man experienced, competent and who
-likes the farm and wants to own a farm himself some day.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 810. BUILD AND SELL FARM HOME CONVENIENCES
-
-
-The Agricultural Department of the United States put out a booklet in
-which are given the following ways of making Farm Home Conveniences. The
-farmer can by building these home articles save much money, but city
-people can also profit by doing the same.
-
-There is no reason why men who are handy at making such articles cannot
-follow these plans set forth and manufacture one or several of same and
-thereby derive a comfortable living by selling them. Large fortunes have
-been made from most of the articles herein set forth by individuals or
-companies in the country. Along with each article a form letter should
-be prepared concerning the article made.
-
-
-PLAN No. 811. THE KITCHEN CABINET
-
-  For plans 811 to 828 inclusive we are indebted to the U. S. Dept. of
-  Agriculture
-
-  Contribution from the States Relations Service
-
-  A. C. TRUE, Director
-
-A carpenter without his bench loses much time in getting the right tools
-and in putting them away. A chemist cannot do systematic laboratory work
-without a well-arranged desk. A kitchen cabinet is just as important to
-the housekeeper as the bench to the workman or the laboratory desk to
-the chemist. With it the housekeeper can sit comfortably down with her
-whole kitchen workshop within easy reach. It saves walking to and fro to
-gather up this thing and that, to prepare the food. Every kitchen should
-have a stool of the right height to enable the worker to sit at her work
-at the cabinet. The cabinet must be made of good wood, well seasoned.
-This is the most important consideration. Poorly seasoned wood warps and
-swells and is a constant annoyance in opening and closing drawers and
-doors.
-
-A convenient sized cabinet is 6 feet 3 inches high to the top of the
-closet, 31 inches high to the top of the table. It is 21 inches deep and
-48 inches wide. The part of the cabinet below the table should contain
-flour bin, large drawer, rack, and dough or pastry board. The bin is
-fastened to the frame with loose-pin hinges. By removing the pins the
-entire bin can be removed, cleaned, and replaced. The bin can be lined
-with tin to make it moist, insect, and mouse proof. The dough board
-should be made of wood that is tasteless and odorless and should be
-fitted well in the opening just below the table. A batten is tongued and
-grooved on each side of the board to prevent it from warping. The roomy
-board can be used for small utensils. The open space below the drawer
-can be occupied by the kitchen stool or the home-made fireless cooker
-when they are not in use.
-
-[Illustration: A time and labor saver.]
-
-Pie pans, lids, and covers have a most convenient place in the rack
-below the drawer. A drop table 21 inches wide and 19 inches long
-increases the table surface. This table is supported by inexpensive
-folding brackets.
-
-The upper part of the cabinet consists of a closed compartment, three
-drawers, three open shelves, knife rack, and a row of screw hooks for
-hanging utensils. The closed compartment is for package goods and large
-utensils. The drawers are for kitchen linen and other things needed in
-daily use. The lower shelf is 5 inches in depth, while the upper shelves
-are 7¹⁄₂ inches. On these shelves are kept coffee, tea, sugar, and
-spice jars. Three inches below the lower shelf there is a strip 1¹⁄₂
-inches wide which holds the screw hooks. The knife rack is made by
-sawing slashes 1 inch deep in a piece of material 2 inches wide.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 1.--Kitchen cabinet.]
-
-
-PLAN No. 812. THE FIRELESS COOKER
-
-Fireless cookers are now being made and used in hundreds of country
-homes. What is more pleasing to the farm woman than to put her dinner in
-the fireless cooker before she drives to town to market her products,
-and upon returning find it ready for serving?
-
-The fireless cooker offers several advantages. The first economy of
-time, as the housekeeper may leave the food cooking without worrying
-about the results while she is engaged in other household duties or
-visiting her friends.
-
-Some foods are improved by long cooking at relatively low temperature.
-The texture and flavor of tougher cuts of meat, old, tough fowl, and ham
-are improved by slow cooking. Cereals, dried legumes, and dried fruits
-are more palatable and wholesome when cooked for a long time. Soups and
-stews are delicious when cooked in the cooker. Baking, however, can not
-be done very conveniently nor satisfactorily in the ordinary homemade
-fireless cooker.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 2.--Materials assembled for making a fireless
-cooker.]
-
-In some sections of the country economy of fuel must be an important
-consideration. The food for the cooker may be started on the wood or
-coal range when the morning meal is being prepared. In warm weather the
-use of the fireless cooker and a kerosene stove means not only economy
-of fuel, but also comfort.
-
-The food to be cooked is first heated to boiling point on the stove in
-the cooking vessel and then this vessel, covered with a tight lid, is
-quickly placed in the cooker, where the cooking continues. The cooker is
-so constructed that the heat does not escape. For long cooking it is
-necessary to place in the cooker under the vessel a hot radiator. A
-soapstone is the best radiator and can be purchased at most hardware
-stores for 50 cents. A stove lid, a brick or disc made of concrete,
-heated and placed in the cooker, may serve as the radiator.
-
-Directions: A tightly built box, an old trunk, a galvanized-iron ash
-can, a candy bucket, a tin lard can, and a butter firkin are among the
-containers that have been successfully used in the construction of
-fireless cookers.
-
-The inside container or nest which holds the vessel of hot food may be a
-bucket of agate, galvanized iron, or tin. This nest must be deep enough
-to hold the radiator and the vessel of food but not large enough to
-leave much space, as the air space will cool the food. The inside
-container must have a tight-fitting cover, and straight sides are
-desirable.
-
-The packing or insulation must be of some material which is a poor
-conductor of heat. The following materials may be used and they should
-be dry: Lint cotton, cotton-seed hulls, wool, shredded newspaper,
-Spanish moss, ground cork, hay, straw and excelsior.
-
-Sheet asbestos ¹⁄₈ inch thick and heavy cardboard have proved to be the
-best lining for the outer container and the wrapping for the nest. Heavy
-wrapping paper or several sheets of newspaper may be used for the lining
-of the outer container, but the nest should be wrapped with asbestos or
-heavy cardboard to prevent the hot stone from scorching or burning the
-packing.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 3.--The completed fireless cooker.]
-
-1. It is well to have the outside container large enough to permit four
-inches of packing below and around the sides of the nest. If a cooker is
-being made with two nests, six inches of packing should be allowed
-between the nests. Pack into the bottom of the lined outer container
-four inches of the packing. Place the nest or inside container wrapped
-with asbestos or heavy cardboard and hold steady while the packing is
-put around tightly and firmly until it reaches the top of the nest.
-
-2. Make a collar, as shown in the illustration, of cardboard, sheet
-asbestos, or wood to cover the exposed surface of the insulating
-material. This collar should fit tightly.
-
-3. Make a cushion which when filled with packing will be at least four
-inches thick and will completely fill the space between the top of the
-nest and the lid of the outside container. It should fit against the top
-tightly enough to cause pressure when the lid is closed.
-
-4. The outside of the fireless cooker can be made more attractive by
-staining or painting it. The lid may be held in place by screen-door
-hooks and eyes. The cooker may be placed on castors so that it can be
-easily moved.
-
-Selected recipes for preparing food to be cooked in the fireless cooker
-may be found in Farmer’s Bulletin 771, Homemade Fireless Cookers and
-Their Use. Write the Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
-
-
-PLAN No. 813. SPONGE BOX OR BREAD RAISER
-
-In making bread the housekeeper often finds it difficult to hold her
-sponge or dough at the right temperature so that it will rise in a
-shorter period of time. She will find a sponge box or bread raiser a
-great help in keeping the right temperature. Such a box can be made from
-an ordinary dry-goods packing box.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 4.--Sponge box.]
-
-A box 20x20 inches is a convenient size. About ten inches from the
-bottom of the box a shelf made of slats or strips of wood rests on
-cleats fastened to the sides of the box. A second shelf is placed four
-inches above the lower one. The shelves can be removed when cleaning the
-box. Below the lower shelf a sheet of galvanized iron slightly wider
-than the shelf is inserted. It is curved in order to make it slip in and
-stay in place securely. This prevents scorching the lower shelf when a
-lamp is placed below and also helps to distribute the heat more evenly.
-The door is hinged and fastened with a thumb-latch or hook and staple.
-
-Several small holes are bored in the lower and upper parts of the sides
-and in the top of the box to promote circulation of air. A cork which
-has been bored through the center to admit a straight thermometer is
-inserted in one of the holes in the top of the box. A Fahrenheit
-chemical thermometer that registers as high as 100 degrees can be used.
-Such a thermometer may be ordered through a hardware dealer or directly
-from an instrument dealer.
-
-To avoid all danger of fire, the box should be lined with asbestos or
-tin when a kerosene lamp is used for heating the box. If an electric
-light is used, the lining is not needed. A 16-candlepower light will
-heat the box nicely. A small and inexpensive night lamp is placed in the
-bottom of the box and a shallow pan of water is placed on the lower
-shelf so that the air in the box will be kept moist.
-
-The bowl of sponge or pans of dough are placed on the upper shelf. The
-temperature of the box should be kept as near 86° F. as possible (80° to
-88° F.) when bread is being made in the quick way. If a sponge is set
-overnight 65° to 70° F. is the better temperature until the dough is
-made in the morning, after which the temperature may be increased to 86°
-F. The temperature in the box may be varied by raising or lowering the
-flame of the lamp or by using warm or cold water in the shallow pan.
-
-
-PLAN No. 814. DISH DRAINER
-
-Perhaps no time spent in housework is more begrudged by the housekeeper
-than that spent in washing and wiping dishes. A dish drainer not only
-saves time and labor but it does away with the too often insanitary dish
-towel.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 5.--Dish drainer.]
-
-A most satisfactory dish drainer can be made by using an ordinary bread
-or biscuit pan and racks made of soft No. 12 or 14 wire. By using a pair
-of pliers the wire can be bent into the proper shape for forming the
-racks. The racks fit into the pan and hold the dishes out of the water.
-The compartment for silver is made of poultry netting. This compartment
-could be made of screen wire or a tin can with holes in the bottom might
-be used.
-
-After the dishes are washed they are stacked in the racks and scalded
-with hot rinsing water. The pan catches the drip, and the dishes upon
-standing dry clean and lintless. If the drainer be used on the drain
-board of a sink a small hole can be made in the pan and the drip drained
-immediately into the sink. The wire racks can easily be removed so that
-the pan can be used for other purposes.
-
-
-PLAN No. 815. HEIGHTS OF WORKING SURFACES
-
-Kitchen tables and the bottom of sinks are usually too low for working
-surfaces when the housekeeper is standing. Low working surfaces are
-often responsible for tired backs and rounded shoulders because of the
-undue stooping and the strain on the arms and shoulders. The following
-figures show the proper level of working surfaces for the height of the
-housekeeper:
-
-                       Proper height
-  Height of woman.      of working
-                         surface.
-                         Inches.
-  4 feet 10 inches         27
-  5 feet                   28
-  5 feet 2 inches          29
-  5 feet 4 inches          30
-  5 feet 6 inches          31
-
-The kitchen table should be raised to the proper height by the use of
-blocks of wood. Different types of blocks for raising the height of
-tables can easily be made by you and sold:
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 6.--Blocks for raising tables.]
-
-(a) A block of wood with a socket in which the table fits securely.
-
-(b) A block of wood with metal strips and screws or nails for fastening
-the table legs, or the cabinet table.
-
-
-PLAN No. 816. SERVING TRAY
-
-The serving tray is a strength and time saver. The tray saves many trips
-between the dining room and kitchen, both in serving and clearing away
-meals, especially in a large household where many dishes must be
-handled. The top and shelf spaces are sufficient to remove all dishes to
-or from the table in one trip. It saves steps in serving refreshments at
-social occasions. It is invaluable to use as a bedside tray in the sick
-room. The tray when well made is attractive as well as useful and may
-serve as a reading table or flower stand.
-
-The upper part of the serving tray is box shaped, 16 inches wide and 26
-inches long. This is supported by four legs 1⁵⁄₈ by 1⁵⁄₈ inches which
-measure 31 inches from the floor to the top of the tray. The top of the
-tray or the lid of the china compartment is edged by a 1¹⁄₄ inch
-molding. The china compartment is 4¹⁄₂ inches deep and is painted white
-within. On the sides of this compartment are little screw hooks on which
-cups may be hung. There is a space in the compartment for serving dishes
-for six.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 7.--Serving tray, opened.]
-
-Below this serving compartment is a drawer 2 inches deep, which is
-divided in two parts. One side is used for linen and one side for
-silver. The side used for silver is lined with dark-colored felt or
-outing flannel.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 8.--Serving tray, closed.]
-
-In the space below the drawer a large undershelf is placed. The serving
-tray is put on noiseless swivel castors, thus allowing the table to turn
-completely around, which is a great convenience. Instead of castors,
-small swivel wheels or the small wheels of a baby carriage or toy wagon
-may be used. A tray made by the dimensions given above is a convenient
-size and one that will go through doorways without danger of bumping.
-
-
-PLAN No. 817. FOLDING IRONING BOARD
-
-The ironing board can be fastened up against the wall and be put out of
-the way when not in use. It should be made of well-seasoned 1 or 1¹⁄₄
-inch material. A board of convenient size can be made by the following
-dimensions: 4 feet 8 inches long, 15 inches wide at the attached end,
-and 8 inches at the free end. About two inches from the attached end the
-board begins to taper gradually. The free end is rounded.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 9.--Folding ironing board.]
-
-A strip 1¹⁄₄ by 4 inches by 15 inches is securely fastened by screws to
-the wall at a convenient height. The height at which the board is placed
-varies with the height of the user. For a woman of average height it
-should be about 31 or 32 inches. The board is hinged to the wall strip
-with two No. 2 butt hinges.
-
-The leg or brace, made of material 1 inch thick and 4 inches wide, is
-fastened with a No. 3 butt hinge to a strip of board 1 by 4 by 8 inches.
-The board strip is screwed to the underside of the board eleven inches
-from the free end. The length of the brace depends upon the height of
-the board, and when the board is in position the brace rests against
-the baseboard of the wall. Skirts may be easily ironed without changing
-the position of the brace. A piece of galvanized iron may be tacked to
-the board, on which the hot iron may rest when not being used. The board
-is folded up against the wall and may be held in place by using the
-upper part of the rack for holding the portable ironing board.
-
-
-PLAN No. 818. RACK FOR THE PORTABLE IRONING BOARD
-
-The ironing-board rack or holder may be attached to the wall or to the
-inside of a closet door to hold a portable ironing board when not in
-use. The upper part of the holder is made of 2¹⁄₂ inch material and is 5
-inches in depth. It is 12 inches across the top and is shaped to fit the
-contour of the smaller end of the ironing board. In the center is a
-button which holds the top of the board in place. The button is made of
-metal and so shaped as to give it a spring and to provide a finger hold
-for easy movement. The upper part of the rack or holder is screwed to
-the wall or door.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 10.--Rack for holding ironing board.]
-
-The bottom or lower part of the rack is 5 inches wide and 3 inches in
-depth, and is made of 2¹⁄₂-inch material. It is rabbeted on the side
-next to the wall. An inch rabbet is cut into for a rest for the ironing
-board. This part of the rack is fastened with two screws to the wall or
-door.
-
-
-PLAN No. 819. ICELESS REFRIGERATOR
-
-A very useful convenience for the farmhouse, where ice is not
-obtainable, is the iceless refrigerator. It will keep meats, fruits, and
-vegetables cool, and will extend the period for keeping milk and butter.
-It can also serve as a cooler for drinking water. In homes where large
-quantities of milk and butter are to be kept, it would be well to have
-one refrigerator for milk and butter and another for other foods, as
-milk and butter readily absorb odors from other foods. It costs very
-little to build the refrigerator and nothing to operate it.
-
-Construction: A wooden frame is made with dimensions 42 by 14 inches and
-covered with screen wire, preferably the rustless kind, which costs
-little more than the ordinary kind. The door is made to fit closely and
-is mounted on brass hinges, and can be fastened with a wooden latch. The
-bottom is fitted solid, but the top should be covered with screen wire.
-Adjustable shelves can be made of solid wood or strips, or sheets of
-galvanized metal. Shelves made of poultry netting on light wooden
-frames, are probably the most desirable. These shelves rest on side
-braces placed at desired intervals. A bread baking pan, 14 by 16 inches,
-is placed on the top and the frame rests in a 17 by 18 inch pan.
-
-All the woodwork, the shelves, and the pans should receive two coats of
-white paint and two coats of white enamel. This makes a very attractive
-surface and one that can be easily kept clean. The screen wire may also
-receive the coats of enamel, which will prevent it from rusting.
-
-A cover of canton flannel, burlap, or duck is made to fit the frame. Put
-the smooth side out if canton flannel is used. It will require about
-three yards of the material. This material is buttoned around the top of
-the frame and down the side on which the door is not hinged, using buggy
-hooks and eyes or large-headed tacks and eyelets worked in the material.
-On the front side arrange the hooks on the top of the door instead of on
-the frame and also fasten the cover down the latch side of the door,
-allowing a wide hem of the material to overlap the place where the door
-closes. The door can then be opened without unbuttoning the cover. The
-bottom of the cover should extend down into the lower pan. Four double
-strips, which taper to 8 or 10 inches in width, are sewed to the upper
-part of the cover. These strips form wicks that dip over into the upper
-pan.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 11.--Framework of the iceless refrigerator.]
-
-The dimensions given make a refrigerator of very convenient size for
-household use and one with sufficient evaporating surface, but it is not
-necessary to follow strictly these dimensions. If a larger capacity is
-desired, the height of the refrigerator can be increased.
-
-Operation: The lowering of the temperature of the inside of the
-refrigerator depends upon the evaporation of water. To change water from
-liquid to a vapor, or to bring about evaporation, requires heat. As
-evaporation takes place heat is taken from the inside of the
-refrigerator, thereby lowering the temperature of the inside and the
-contents.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 12.--The completed iceless refrigerator.]
-
-Keep the upper pan filled with water. The water is drawn by the
-capillary attraction through the wicks and saturates the cover.
-Capillary action starts more readily if the cover is first dampened by
-dipping it into water or throwing water upon it with the hand. The
-greater the rate of evaporation the lower the temperature which can be
-secured; therefore the refrigerator works better when rapid evaporation
-takes place. When the refrigerator is placed in a shady place in a
-strong breeze and the air is warm and dry, evaporation takes place
-continuously and rapidly and the temperature has been known to be
-reduced to 50° F. When it is damp, and the air is full of moisture, the
-refrigerator will not work as well, since there is not enough
-evaporation. More water will find its way to the lower pan, but it will
-be drawn up into the covering by capillary attraction when the air again
-becomes drier.
-
-Care of Refrigerator: The refrigerator should be regularly cleaned and
-sunned. If the framework, shelves, and pans are white enameled they can
-more easily be kept in a sanitary condition. It is well to have two
-covers, so that a fresh one can be used each week and the soiled one
-washed and sunned.
-
-
-PLAN No. 820. THE COLD BOX
-
-For keeping food during cool weather, a cold box will be found very
-satisfactory. An ordinary light box can be used or one can be easily and
-cheaply made for this purpose. The box is fitted to the outside of the
-kitchen or pantry window. The north exposure is the coolest location.
-Raising the window gives access to the cold box. By this arrangement the
-light from the upper half of the window is still available.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 13.--Cold box.]
-
-The window sill is extended by a shelf which is supported by wooden
-brackets. The cold box rests on the window sill and the extended shelf,
-and is fastened to the window casing by screws or nails near the top and
-bottom of each end of the box. During warm weather, when the box is not
-in use, it may be removed if desired. The box should have a sloping roof
-to shed the rain. Holes for ventilation are made in the ends of the box
-and screened. Shelves in the box may be made of heavy screening or
-poultry netting or of wood. They rest on cleats fastened to the sides of
-the box.
-
-Food placed in this box should be covered so as to protect it from dust.
-
-
-PLAN No. 821. EQUIPMENT FOR HOME BUTTER-MAKING
-
-There is no secret in making good butter. With proper care and attention
-to details good butter can be made in any farm home. The quality of the
-butter is dependent upon the intelligent use of equipment rather than
-the kind, although suitable equipment is time-saving and labor-saving
-and can be purchased and made at a nominal cost.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 14.--Equipment for home butter making.]
-
-Milk vessels should be of high-grade tin with all joints and seams
-smoothly soldered so that there will be no crevices in which dirt may
-accumulate. A convenient milking can to use is the three-gallon shotgun
-can. It should have a smooth, heavily tinned interior, to prevent
-rusting and difficulty in cleaning. All butter-making equipment should
-be thoroughly scrubbed with a brush in hot water containing sal-soda or
-washing powder. Never use a dish cloth or soap. Inexpensive stiff fiber
-scrub brushes or vegetable brushes can be purchased at any grocery or
-hardware store. After equipment is washed it should be scalded or
-steamed. A home made sterilizer will be found most convenient and
-helpful. (Write for Farmer’s Bulletin No. 748, Department of
-Agriculture, Washington, D. C.)
-
-A medium sized dipper strainer with a fine-meshed gauze has been found
-to be very satisfactory. It should be smooth and free from seams. Butter
-should not be touched or handled with the bare hands. It injures the
-quality of the butter and is very insanitary. Wooden ladles can be
-easily whittled from maple, ash, or poplar or bought at a small cost. A
-thermometer is absolutely essential to successful butter-making.
-Controlling temperatures is second only to keeping equipment clean. A
-floating dairy thermometer can be ordered from any dairy supply company.
-
-In making butter the salt should be uniformly distributed and the
-granules pressed together into a close-grained mass and the surplus
-water worked out. This can most easily be accomplished by use of a
-V-shaped lever butter worker made of one-inch material. This worker is
-made of maple, ash or poplar, the material of which all wooden butter
-equipment is made. Any woods from which odors or flavors might be
-absorbed by the butter should not be used.
-
-For the amount of butter made in most farm homes a butter worker 18
-inches long, 16 inches at the wide end and 2¹⁄₂ inches at the narrow end
-is a convenient size. The sides are 3 inches wide and are screwed to the
-bottom. The corrugated roller having six or eight sides is 24 inches
-long. One end of the roller is shaped to fit a small hole made in the
-pieces across the narrow end of the worker. This end piece is of a width
-that leaves a slot just above the bottom of the worker which allows the
-water to drain off into a pan as the roller is pressed firmly backward
-and forward over the butter. The worker rests on three knobs or
-supports. The two knobs at the wider end are 3¹⁄₂ inches high, while the
-knob at the narrow end is 2¹⁄₂ inches.
-
-The most popular, convenient, and attractive butter mold is the
-brick-shaped or square-cornered shape. This mold can be made of ⁵⁄₈-inch
-material. The mold most commonly used is 4⁵⁄₈ by 2¹⁄₂ by 2³⁄₈ inches. An
-inch hole is bored through the center of the top and through the center
-of a plunger which fits closely into the mold. Through the hole in the
-top of the mold is inserted the round handle which screws into the hole
-in the plunger. Most satisfactory molds of this type can be found on the
-market.
-
-When butter is to be sold, parchment papers 8 by 11 inches should be
-used to wrap the pound print. Also neat and attractive paper butter
-cartons should be used when butter is put on the market. It will bring a
-better price if packed well.
-
-To make the butter-making equipment complete, a barrel churn should be
-added. The barrel churn is generally recognized as the most convenient
-and efficient kind of churn in use. When an extra large quantity of milk
-is handled it pays to use a cream separator. A separator insures more
-and better butter.
-
-
-PLAN No. 822. CHEESE-MAKING EQUIPMENT
-
-Cottage, Neufchatel, plain cream, and pimento cream cheese can be made
-in the farm home where a surplus supply of milk is available. Cheese is
-not only a very valuable food but if a first-class product is produced a
-good market can easily be found for it. The equipment for making cheese
-is very simple and most of it could be made at home.
-
-The rack for draining the cheese is 16 inches deep, 12 inches wide, and
-24 inches long, and is made of pine. The bottom slats which hold the pan
-under the draining cloth fit into notches made in the lower side strips
-and can easily be removed when the rack is washed. The corner posts
-extend ³⁄₄ inch above the strips at the top and the corner loops of
-muslin or cheesecloth drain cloth are looped over the posts. A similar
-rack, as described, could be made out of an orange or vegetable crate.
-
-The press is made of two poplar or maple boards 1¹⁄₄ inches thick and
-14¹⁄₂ inches square. Strips of wood 1³⁄₄ inches wide are nailed or
-screwed on the back of each board to prevent them from warping. The
-boards are planed and sandpapered until perfectly smooth. The lower
-board has a circular groove which has an outlet through which the whey
-drains as it is pressed out of the curd.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 15.--Cheese-making equipment.]
-
-A wooden paddle, a dairy thermometer, and a food chopper or sausage
-grinder with molding tube complete the necessary equipment. The molding
-tube or cylinder could be made by a tinsmith or can be ordered through a
-hardware dealer. The paddle can easily be made. The molding tube or
-stuffing attachment which is attached to the food chopper molds the
-Neufchatel and cream cheese into attractive and convenient molds for the
-market. The cheese can also be packed into small glass jars by placing
-the opening of the jar over the end of the tube through which the cheese
-is forced. The pimento cream cheese is always put on the market in small
-glass jars.
-
-
-PLAN No. 823. THE SHOWER BATH
-
-Better bathing facilities are often needed in homes where bathrooms are
-not found. A cheap and convenient shower bath can be easily made and
-used in the kitchen or on the back porch. The shower bath is especially
-useful in homes where there are children.
-
-A hole is cut in the bottom of a four gallon bucket and a piece of pipe
-2 inches long soldered in the opening. Rubber tubing 4 to 6 feet long is
-attached to the pipe and a nozzle is fitted on the end of the rubber
-tubing. A sprinkler from a water can may be used instead of the nozzle.
-The bucket can be raised or lowered to suit the convenience of the
-person taking the bath by a rope fastened to the handle of the bucket
-and run through a pulley which is fastened with a staple to a joist in
-the ceiling. The end of the rope is looped over a hook, which is driven
-securely into the window or door facing, or into the studding in the
-wall.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 16.--The shower bath.]
-
-A clothespin closed over the rubber tubing serves as a stopcock to cut
-off the water if desired. The shower can be better regulated by using a
-device such as is shown in the illustration. The end of a piece of No.
-12 or 14 wire is fastened to a disk of leather or tin, or a cap of a tin
-can, by making a hole in the material used, running the wire through and
-looping the end. This disk is placed over the hole in the bottom of the
-bucket and the attached wire extends through the rubber tubing and the
-nozzle. The shower can be regulated by the disk being raised and lowered
-by means of the wire. The weight of the water in the bucket on the disk
-will form a sufficient seal when no flow is desired.
-
-A large tub is placed under the shower, in which the bather stands. The
-tub and bucket are more attractive when given two coats of white paint
-and one coat of white enamel.
-
-
-PLAN No. 824. WELL PROTECTION AND INEXPENSIVE WATERWORKS FOR A FARM
-KITCHEN
-
-The three important principles to consider in the subject of water
-supply for the farm home are: (1) It is necessary to have clean water,
-(2) there should be convenient and serviceable equipment to furnish
-running water in the house, and (3) this convenient supply of safe water
-should be secured with economy.
-
-The first and most important consideration is to get a supply of clean
-water. By clean water is meant water which is both clear and pure. Good
-farm water supplies are usually obtained from wells, springs and
-cisterns. Water from wells on farms is frequently contaminated and
-contains the source of disease. Contaminated water may be the cause of
-outbreaks of typhoid fever, dysentery, and other intestinal disorders
-among the members of the family.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 17.--Dug well, concrete or cemented-brick lining.]
-
-Both shallow-dug wells and deep-bored wells may be polluted by the
-entrance of filth, vermin, unclean water at the top and also by seepage
-of contaminated soil water. These are the results of poor location of
-wells, generally unclean surroundings, open or loose well curbs, the
-absence of a well lining, or the presence of a poor well lining. The
-first step in securing a clean water supply is to remove all sources
-of possible contamination. Among the worst of these is the open privy
-vault, the leaching cesspool, and barnyard filth. A well in ordinary
-pervious soil, located lower than and within 100 feet of any of these,
-is almost certain to be contaminated. The well itself should be located
-as high as possible with regard to buildings, stock pens, and chicken
-yards, and as far away from all sources of contamination as convenience
-and local surroundings will permit. The final safeguards to a well-water
-supply are to provide an impervious lining of concrete, cemented bricks,
-cemented tile, or iron casing, and to provide a water-tight curb, not
-only to keep out surface wash, animals, and vermin, but to prevent the
-pump drip and dirt from shoes and bucket from entering the well.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 18.--Dug well, vitrified tile lining.]
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 19.--Bored well.]
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 20.--Driven well.]
-
-The same precaution with reference to the entrance of filth and polluted
-water from the surface apply to underground cisterns.
-
-Springs are subject to contamination by surface wash and because animals
-have access to them. They can be protected by fencing in from animals,
-walling in the spring to form a covered and water-tight reservoir, and
-by keeping the surroundings clean. Spring water should be kept under
-close observation for any signs of surface pollution, especially those
-springs occurring in limestone regions.
-
-Having secured a clean water supply, the next step is to provide
-equipment to furnish running water in the kitchen at the turning of a
-faucet or by merely pumping.
-
-If the well or cistern is located close to the house, one of the
-simplest and cheapest methods of obtaining running water for the kitchen
-in the warmer climates is to place a covered barrel or other supply tank
-on a shelf outside the kitchen wall in such a position that it can be
-filled from the pump through a hose, as desired. A pipe attached to the
-bottom of the barrel or tank and passing through the wall has attached
-to it a faucet over a sink in the kitchen. The hose is detachable and
-can be removed from the pump when not in use.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 21.--Simple water-supply system for farm kitchen.]
-
-The sink is connected by lead pipe through a trap to a drain, which
-should consist of cast iron soil pipe when it is used anywhere in the
-immediate neighborhood of the well or cistern. Do not under any
-consideration use cemented tile for the purpose within 30 feet of any
-source of water supply. When far enough away from the house or well this
-drain can empty into an open jointed drain tile which may be placed in
-the garden soil or any other pervious soil, thus disposing of the waste
-water by absorption. The disposal tile should have a fall not to exceed
-1 inch in 50 feet, else the water will rush to the lower end and
-water-log the soil. In very porous or sand soils 1 foot of 3 or 4 inch
-tile per gallon of discharge per day is sufficient. In heavier loam or
-clay soils 2 feet of tile are necessary and sometimes more for every
-gallon. Aeration of heavy soil can be brought about by the use of coarse
-cinders or gravel laid in the bottom of the tile ditch.
-
-Where there is danger of freezing or where the well is very close to the
-house, about the simplest and cheapest method is to place a pitcher pump
-or force pump over a sink in the kitchen. The suction pipe of the pump
-may be attached to the well or cistern and water obtained when desired
-merely by pumping. This is provided the vertical distance from the pump
-to the water in the well does not exceed 20 feet, as under ordinary
-circumstances a pump will lift water satisfactorily by suction only to
-about that height. The allowable distance from the well to the pump for
-this arrangement will vary with local conditions, cases having been
-noted where the distance was as far as 200 feet. As water meets with
-resistance in pipes, due to friction, elbows, and bends, it is well to
-take off about 2 feet from the allowable vertical pumping lift for every
-100 feet the water is drawn horizontally.
-
-From the standpoint of economy, which is the third consideration, all
-local conditions which would have a bearing on obtaining clean water and
-putting it into the house with convenient and serviceable equipment
-should be determined. No matter how cheap this system, if the water is
-not clean or the equipment is not serviceable or convenient, the
-investment is a poor one. Plan first of all to do the necessary work to
-give absolutely clean surroundings; next secure the proper material to
-protect the well. By inquiry as to local prices of material and labor
-the cash outlay needed can be easily determined. In the majority of
-cases it will be found that the well or spring can be protected by the
-use of the material available on the farm, such as old bricks, stones,
-etc., with a cash outlay for little except cement, or in case of a bored
-well, iron casing. The same principle should be applied in planning the
-water equipment. All material available on the farm or in the locality
-should first be used and only such cash expenditure should be made as is
-necessary to make the system complete, serviceable, and convenient. It
-will be found on a great many farms that the two systems briefly
-outlined can be obtained for a moderate outlay of cash for the pump,
-sink, pipe, and fittings. In many cases the pump is already installed.
-Thus by the proper utilization of material and labor available on the
-farm and by a small cash outlay, cleanliness, convenience, comfort, and
-economy in the water supply can be obtained, the value of which can not
-be estimated.
-
-
-PLAN No. 825. FLY TRAP
-
-Fly control should begin at the breeding places. All refuse and other
-substances in which flies may breed should be disposed of immediately.
-Fly traps should be placed around the house and stable and in places
-frequented by flies, so as to catch them whenever they appear. It is
-necessary to use bait to attract the flies. After they are caught they
-may be destroyed by pouring hot water over the trap and then burning the
-flies.
-
-Any woman, without hammer or saw, can easily make a fly trap. The
-dimensions will depend upon the size of trap desired. Non-rustable
-screen wire should be used. A straight rectangular piece of screen wire
-is used for the cylinder of body of the trap. This blanket is stitched
-with heavy thread to prevent the wire from raveling. The cone is made of
-a circular piece of screen wire from which a sector or V-shaped piece
-has been cut, and a small hole is cut at the center which permits the
-entrance of the flies. A binding of heavy muslin or denim is sewed
-around the edge of the cone. The cone is slipped up into the cylinder.
-It must be large enough to fit tightly. It is made secure by the bound
-edge being sewed to the cylinder. The top of the trap is made of a
-circular piece of wire which exactly fits the top of the cylinder. On
-the edge of this piece is sewed a piece of binding. On this edge is
-sewed a piece of wire 2 inches wide which forms the rim of the top of
-the trap. This top fits on the cylinder snugly and is held in place by
-pieces of tape. The legs of the trap are made of bent wire.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 22.--Fly trap.]
-
-The trap should be thoroughly scalded every few days. The following may
-be used for baits--sour or skim milk to which a little sugar has been
-added; meat or fish scraps; bread and milk to which sugar has been
-added; and sugar, vinegar, and water.
-
-
-PLAN No. 826. WINDOW SCREENS
-
-All outside doors and windows should be screened. It will be an economy
-to buy the screen doors. For both doors and windows use non-rustable
-screen wire.
-
-A very cheap, convenient and easily made window screen is shown in Fig.
-23. Any woman can make this screen fit any window. Often in old houses
-window frames have warped and it is hard to make screen frames fit the
-windows.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 23.--Window screen.]
-
-Heavy denim or jeans or any other heavy material, of dark color, is cut
-into strips 4 inches wide. This is sewed around the edge of the screen,
-leaving about 2 inches of the doubled material as strips for eyelets.
-Eyelets are worked across the top and down the side strips. Small tacks
-are driven in the lower casing of the top window and down the sides of
-the window frames. The eyelets in the window screen are fastened over
-the heads of the tacks and thus the screen is held in place. This screen
-can only be used when the upper window cannot be lowered and it can be
-removed easily when not needed.
-
-
-PLAN No. 827. COOKSTOVE DRIER OR EVAPORATOR
-
-Vegetables and fruits can be dried in an oven, in trays or racks over
-the kitchen stove, or in a specially constructed drier. There are small
-driers on the market which give satisfactory results. The small
-cookstove driers or evaporators are small oven-like structures, usually
-made of galvanized sheet iron, or of wood and galvanized iron. They are
-of such a size that they can be placed on the top of an ordinary wood
-or coal range, or a kerosene stove. These driers hold a series of small
-trays on which fruit or vegetables are placed after being prepared for
-drying. Portable outdoor evaporators are especially convenient when it
-is desirable to dry as much as ten bushels of fruit or vegetables a day.
-They are usually constructed of wood except the parts in direct contact
-with the heater. The homemade dry kiln used in some sections of the
-country can be cheaply and easily made of brick and stone.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 24.--Cookstove drier or evaporator.]
-
-A drier that can be used on a wood or coal range or a kerosene stove can
-be easily and cheaply made. Dimensions: Base, 24 by 16 inches; height,
-36 inches (including the height of the base). The drier can be made
-smaller if desired. A base six inches high is made of galvanized sheet
-iron. This base flares slightly toward the bottom and has two small
-openings for ventilation in each of the four sides. On the base rests a
-box-like frame made of 1 or 1¹⁄₂ inch strips of wood. The two sides are
-braced with 1¹⁄₄-inch strips which serve as cleats on which the trays in
-the drier rest. These are placed at intervals of 3 inches. The frame is
-covered with tin or galvanized sheet iron, which is tacked to the wooden
-strips of the frame. Thin strips of wood may be used instead of tin or
-sheet iron. The door is fitted on small hinges and fastened with a thumb
-latch. It opens wide so that the trays can be easily removed. The bottom
-in the drier is made of a piece of perforated galvanized sheet iron. Two
-inches above the bottom is placed a solid sheet of galvanized iron,
-three inches less in length and width than the bottom. This sheet rests
-on two wires fastened to the sides of the drier. This prevents the
-direct heat from coming in contact with the product and serves as a
-radiator to spread the heat more evenly.
-
-The first tray is placed three inches above the radiator. The trays rest
-on cleats three inches apart. A drier of the given dimensions will hold
-eight trays. The frame of the tray is made of 1-inch strips on which is
-tacked galvanized screen wire, which forms the bottom of the tray. The
-tray is 21 by 15 inches, making it three inches less in depth than the
-drier. The lowest tray when placed in the drier is pushed to the back,
-leaving the 3-inch space in front. The next tray is placed even with the
-front, leaving a 3-inch space in the back. The other trays alternate in
-the same way. A ventilator opening is left in the top of the drier
-through which the moist air may pass away.
-
-The principle of construction is that currents of heated air pass over
-the product as well as up through it, gathering the moisture and passing
-away. The current of air produces a more rapid and uniform drying. The
-upper trays can be shifted to the lower part of the drier and the lower
-trays to the upper part as the drying proceeds, so as to dry products
-uniformly throughout.
-
-
-PLAN No. 828. THE CLEANING CLOSET
-
-Entrance of dust and dirt into a house is unavoidable, and the
-housekeeper is compelled to spend some of her time and energy in the
-daily cleaning. Through the use of better equipment and more systematic
-planning she is able to do the cleaning more easily and quickly. It is
-well to have a special place where cleaning utensils may be kept in the
-best condition and ready for instant use. Much time and energy is spent
-in collecting the utensils needed for cleaning.
-
-A closet, cupboard, or wardrobe, in the kitchen is the best place for
-keeping the cleaning utensils. A back-stair closet is also a good place.
-One end of a back porch may be inclosed and used for such a purpose. The
-closet should have plenty of hooks and racks for utensils and a shelf
-for cleaning materials.
-
-The housekeeper should choose utensils according to her own needs and
-according to the requirements of her house. Those suggested below are
-inexpensive and will help to lighten the work of cleaning:
-
-Bucket with wringer for mopping.
-
-A piece of inch board 15 inches square with rollers makes a convenient
-platform on which to set the mop bucket, and permits it to be moved
-easily without lifting.
-
-Wall mop made by tying a bag made of wool or cotton cloth over an
-ordinary broom.
-
-A broom, with a hook screw in the end of the handle by which it can be
-hung up.
-
-A long-handled dustpan.
-
-Several brushes for cleaning purposes.
-
-Cheesecloth, worn silk, and flannelette for dusters.
-
-Dusters may be made by dipping pieces of cheesecloth in two quarts of
-warm water to which one-half cup of kerosene has been added. These
-cloths should be kept away from the stove and lighted lamps, as they are
-inflammable.
-
-A blackboard eraser covered with flannelette for stove polishing.
-
-An oiled floor mop to use on oiled or polished floors. Several makes can
-be found on the market, or one may be made of old stockings or any
-discarded woolen of flannelette material. The material is cut into
-one-inch strips and sewed across the middle to a foundation of heavy
-cloth. This is fastened to an old broom handle or used in a clamp mop
-handle. The mop is dipped into a solution made of one-half cup of melted
-paraffin and one cup kerosene and allowed to dry. To keep it moist, it
-is rolled tight and kept in a paper bag, away from stove or lamp.
-
-A carpet sweeper or a vacuum cleaner should be used in the daily
-cleaning of carpets and rugs. A vacuum cleaner operated by hand or
-electric power removes practically all the dust and dirt from carpets
-and rugs in a dustless manner.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 829. BASKET BOARDERS
-
-
-During the war people have been thrown upon their own resources and many
-methods of making a living have been attempted. Many suggestions have
-been given by the United States Department of Agriculture as to plans
-which would be feasible for making a living.
-
-One suggestion is a plan followed by a New York woman. She had a small
-income but it was not sufficient to care for herself and small child.
-She arranged to board and room 15 girls and boys from the farm. And this
-board and room was paid with baskets of provisions from the farm from
-each of the children’s parents.
-
-She conducted her home on a dormitory plan of a college. Each of the
-students took care of their own rooms and spent their week ends with
-their parents at which time their washing was taken along or sent to the
-city laundry at the expense of the student.
-
-This idea has wonderful possibilities. There are thousands of boys and
-girls from the farms that cannot go to High School because of the lack
-of ready cash. But if a woman who can furnish the best of references
-will charge them $10 a month and a weekly basket of provisions from
-their farms it would be possible for them to have a High School or
-College education. With fifteen children this would mean an income of
-$150 a month and the lady could figure out what kind of provisions from
-week to week she needed and have the boys and girls regulate their
-baskets accordingly. If it was not practical for the boys and girls to
-return to the farms to bring baskets in person the baskets could easily
-be sent in by parcel post.
-
-Any woman who has a family and is unable to go out to work can make a
-good income in this way as well as do a great favor to the boy and girl
-on the farm.
-
-This is a good way for thousands of town and city families to escape the
-high cost of living and take from the farmer what he has to pay with--i.
-e., food for the education of his children.
-
-
-
-
-OPPORTUNITIES IN PUBLIC OFFICE
-
-
-There are many opportunities in public office in every city, and county
-in the United States.
-
-Many a man with a dark outlook, if familiar with the many opportunities
-in public service, might find awaiting him just the kind of work he
-likes best.
-
-In this field there is work from the most ordinary labor to the
-professions. Activities of the city, county, state and national
-government each year create opportunities which should not be overlooked
-by those who desire employment or who already have employment and desire
-work more in accord with their tastes. There is, perhaps, no more ideal
-work one can be engaged in. In public service you work under the best
-conditions and the workers do not sacrifice their liberties, and the
-hours and pay are good. Civil Service is now used by many city
-governments, which insures permanency. The Government every year offers
-great opportunities to workers through Civil Service which is set forth
-in Plan No. 217.
-
-As space in this book will not permit me to enumerate the many
-opportunities given by governments in all cities, counties and states, I
-have taken the City of Spokane, County of Spokane, State of Washington,
-as an illustration and from this it will be easy for you to check up
-the opportunities in your own locality.
-
-This brief of public affairs will be suggestive to those people who
-desire to enter public service as a career, as from this they can
-determine what work best suits their abilities.
-
-The City of Spokane has been for a number of years under the commission
-form of government. The people elect five men at $3,500 each to run the
-affairs of the city. These men direct the affairs of the city much like
-the manager of a business. The salaries encourages good business ability
-to contest for these offices. Each commissioner is given a department
-and each department has a certain number of divisions, which are as
-follows: Those with a star before the name are either named by the
-commissioner at the head of the department or by the five commissioners
-together. Those names before which no star appears are covered by the
-Civil Service Board. If the office is appointive the thing for you to do
-is to get in touch with the party who gives appointments. Each division
-in the city departments offer opportunity for various kinds of service,
-the nature of which is shown. Your city offers like opportunities.
-
-
-DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC AFFAIRS
-
-
-PLAN No. 830. HEALTH DIVISIONS
-
-  * Health Officer, named by Health Board     $300.00 per month.
-  * Assistant Health Officer                   210.00  „    „
-  Clerk                                        120.00  „    „
-  Associated Clerk                             100.00  „    „
-  Office Attendant                              70.00  „    „
-  Public Health Nurse                           90.00  „    „
-
-  SANITARY INSPECTION
-
-  Sanitary Inspector (collects milk samples)  $100.00 per month.
-  Sanitary Inspector                           100.00  „    „
-  Intelligence Officer                         100.00  „    „
-  Emergency Inspectors, as needed                4.00  „ day.
-
-  QUARANTINE
-
-  Quarantine Officer                          $120.00 per month.
-
-  FOOD REGULATION
-
-  Milk Inspector                              $132.50 per month.
-  Bacteriologist                               150.00  „    „
-  Food Inspector (meat)                        115.00  „    „
-  Restaurant and Bakery Inspector              105.00  „    „
-  Food Inspector                               115.00  „    „
-
-  ISOLATION HOSPITAL--RIVERCREST
-
-  Superintendent                              $ 90.00 per month.
-  G. U. Nurse                                   70.00  „    „
-  Nurses, as needed                             65.00  „    „
-
-  Utility Man                                 $ 80.00 per month.
-  Housekeeper                                   70.00  „    „
-  Assistant Housekeeper                         50.00  „    „
-  [10]Steward and Assistant                    135.00  „    „
-  Extra labor as needed                          4.00  „ day.
-
-  EMERGENCY HOSPITAL
-
-  Chief Steward                               $125.00 per month.
-  First Assistant Steward                      115.00  „    „
-  Second Assistant Steward                     105.00  „    „
-
-  [10] It is provided that the Health Officer may, in his discretion,
-  apportion this monthly salary between the steward and assistant,
-  provided the aggregate salaries of both shall not exceed $135 per
-  month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 831. CITY HALL DIVISION
-
-  Elevator Operators                          $ 85.00 per month.
-  Utility Man, additional                       25.00  „    „
-  Janitors                                      90.00  „    „
-  Telephone Operators                           95.00  „    „
-  Substitutes at above rates.
-
-
-PLAN No. 832. WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DIVISION
-
-  * Inspector                                 $132.50 per month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 833. LABOR AGENT’S DIVISION
-
-  * Labor Agent                               $165.00 per month.
-  Assistant, male                              115.00  „    „
-  Assistant, female                             85.00  „    „
-
-  PUBLIC MARKET
-
-  Market Master as needed                     $ 85.00 per month.
-
-  DENTAL CLINIC
-
-  School Dentist, nine and one-half months    $ 85.00 per month.
-
-  MUNICIPAL FISH MARKET
-
-  Salesman                                    $100.00 per month.
-  Salesman                                      90.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 834. CREMATORY DIVISION
-
-  * Superintendent                            $200.00 per month.
-  Assistant Superintendent                     120.00  „    „
-  Night Foreman                                110.00  „    „
-  Bookkeeper                                   110.00  „    „
-  Collector                                     95.00  „    „
-
-  HOUSEHOLD AND TRADE REFUSE COLLECTION
-
-  Barnman                                     $100.00 per month.
-  Blacksmith                                   115.00  „    „
-  Utility Man                                  115.00  „    „
-  Night Laborers                                 5.00  „  day.
-  Day Laborers                                   5.00  „   „
-
-  REFUSE DISPOSAL
-
-  Engineer                                    $105.00 per month.
-  Fireman                                      100.00  „    „
-  Mechanics, as needed                        Going wage.
-
-
-DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY
-
-
-PLAN No. 835. COMMISSIONER’S DIVISION
-
-  * Secretary                                 $140.00 per month.
-  Stenographer-Permit Clerk                    120.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 836. FIRE DIVISION
-
-  * Chief                                     $225.00 per month.
-  Assistant Chiefs                             175.00  „    „
-  Electrician                                  175.00  „    „
-  Secretary                                    140.00  „    „
-  Master Mechanic                              160.00  „    „
-  Linemen                                      125.00  „    „
-  Telephone Operators                           85.00  „    „
-  Captains                                     135.00  „    „
-  Lieutenants                                  125.00  „    „
-  Engineers                                    130.00  „    „
-  Truckmen, Drivers and Pipemen:
-      First year service                      $100.00  „    „
-      Second year service                      110.00  „    „
-      Third year service                       120.00  „    „
-  Firemen assigned to shop work, additional      5.00 per month.
-  Officers as fire inspectors downtown,
-  additional                                     5.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 837. POLICE DIVISION
-
-  * Chief                                     $225.00 per month.
-  Secretary                                    140.00  „    „
-  Clerk                                        110.00  „    „
-  Stenographer                                 100.00  „    „
-  Captain of Detectives                        160.00  „    „
-  Captains of Police                           150.00  „    „
-  Sergeants                                    130.00  „    „
-  Plain Clothes Men                            130.00  „    „
-  Bailiff                                      120.00  „    „
-  Bertillon Officer                            140.00  „    „
-  License Officer (Inspector)                  120.00  „    „
-  Patrol Chauffeurs                            120.00  „    „
-  Emergency Chauffeurs                         110.00  „    „
-  Alarm Operators                               85.00  „    „
-  Police Woman                                  50.00  „    „
-  Patrolmen:
-      First year service                       100.00  „    „
-      Second year service                      110.00  „    „
-      Third year service                       120.00  „    „
-  Special Police, as needed                      4.00  „  day.
-  Jailers                                      120.00 per month.
-  Matrons                                       95.00  „    „
-
-  BUILDING INSPECTION
-
-  * Building Inspector                        $175.00 per month.
-
-  ELECTRICAL INSPECTION
-
-  * Electrical Inspector                      $160.00 per month.
-  * Assistant Electrical Inspector             140.00   „   „
-
-  PLUMBING INSPECTION
-
-  * Plumbing Inspector                        $160.00 per month.
-
-  BOILER AND ELEVATOR INSPECTION
-
-  * Boiler and Elevator Inspector             $160.00 per month.
-
-
-DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC UTILITIES
-
-
-PLAN No. 838. COMMISSIONER’S DIVISION.
-
-  * Superintendent and Assistant to the
-  Commissioner                                $200.00 per month.
-
-  CITY LABORATORY
-
-  City Chemist                                $160.00 per month.
-  Assistant Chemist                            125.00 „ „
-
-  WATER DIVISION
-
-  * Superintendent                            $300.00 per month.
-  Chief Accountant                             135.00  „    „
-  Bookkeeper (Class A)                         135.00  „    „
-  Clerk to Superintendent                      120.00  „    „
-  Bookkeeper (Class B)                         120.00  „    „
-  Storekeeper                                  120.00  „    „
-  Civil Engineer                               140.00  „    „
-  Draftsman and Estimator                      130.00  „    „
-  Chief Rate Clerk                             140.00  „    „
-  Assistant Cashier                            130.00  „    „
-  Bookkeeper, consumers accounts               135.00  „    „
-  Ledger Clerks                                120.00  „    „
-  Permit Clerk                                 120.00  „    „
-  Counter Clerk                                110.00  „    „
-  Bill Clerk                                    90.00  „    „
-  Addressograph Clerk                           80.00  „    „
-  Stenographer                                  80.00  „    „
-  Chief of Meter Bureau                        150.00  „    „
-  Meter Bureau Clerk                           100.00  „    „
-  Meter Shop Foreman                           120.00  „    „
-  Meter Inspectors                             110.00  „    „
-  Meter Readers                                100.00  „    „
-  Meter Repair Men                             100.00  „    „
-  Chief Inspector                              135.00  „    „
-  Assistant inspector                          120.00  „    „
-  Inspectors                                   105.00  „    „
-  Repair and Yard Foreman                      130.00  „    „
-  Tapping Foreman                              125.00  „    „
-  Clerk at Meter Building                      105.00  „    „
-  Chief Engineer                               150.00  „    „
-  Assistant Engineers                          130.00  „    „
-  Chief Electrical Engineer                    150.00  „    „
-  Assistant Electrical Engineers               130.00  „    „
-  Engineer, Lincoln Heights Station            115.00  „    „
-  Pump Tenders                                 110.00  „    „
-
-The Superintendent of Water Division may employ the following when
-needed:
-
-  Foreman                                       $6.00 per day.
-  Assistant Foreman                              5.50  „   „
-  Caulkers and Tappers                           4.60  „   „
-  Powdermen                                      4.60  „   „
-  Blacksmith Helpers                             4.50  „   „
-  Truck Drivers                                  4.50  „   „
-  Inspectors                                     4.25  „   „
-  Laborers                                       4.00  „   „
-  Mechanics                                     Going wage.
-
-
-DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
-
-
-PLAN No. 839. COMMISSIONER’S DIVISION
-
-  * Superintendent                            $170.00 per month.
-  Improvement Clerk-Stenographer               132.50  „    „
-  Bookkeeper                                   137.50  „    „
-  Cost and Distribution Clerk                  132.50  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 840. ENGINEERING DIVISION
-
-  * City Engineer                             $300.00 per month.
-  Chief Field Engineer                         167.50  „    „
-  Chief Office Engineer                        167.50  „    „
-  Sewer Engineer                               140.00  „    „
-  Instrument Man                               127.50  „    „
-  Draftsman                                    137.50  „    „
-  Chief Clerk                                  140.00  „    „
-  Counter Clerk                                120.00  „    „
-  Abstract Clerk                               120.00  „    „
-  Chainmen, as needed                          100.00  „    „
-  Improvement Inspectors, as needed              4.50  „  day.
-  Bridge Foreman, as needed                      6.00  „   „
-  Bridgemen, as needed                       Going Wage.
-
-
-PLAN No. 841. SEWER DIVISION
-
-  Superintendent                              $132.50 per month.
-  Inspector                                    110.00  „    „
-  Sewer Men, as needed                           4.25  „  day.
-
-  ASPHALT PLANT
-
-  * Superintendent                            $175.00 per month.
-  Plant Foreman, as needed                       5.50  „  day.
-  Plant Engineer, as needed                   Going wage.
-  Blacksmiths, as needed                         5.00 per day.
-  Watchmen, as needed                            4.00  „   „
-  Roller Engineer, as needed                  Going wage.
-  Surface Heater Engineer, as needed            „     „
-  Rakers, as needed                              5.00 per day.
-  Tampers, as needed                             4.50  „   „
-  Smoothers, as needed                           4.50  „   „
-  Utility Man, as needed                         4.50  „   „
-  Teamsters, as needed                           7.00  „   „
-  Laborers, as needed                            4.00  „   „
-  Auto Truck Drivers, as needed                  4.50  „   „
-  Mechanics, as needed                        Going wage.
-
-
-PLAN No. 842. GARAGE DIVISION
-
-  Foreman                                     $150.00 per month.
-  Mechanics, as needed                        Going wage.
-  Apprentices, as needed                        „     „
-  Blacksmith, as needed                          5.00 per day.
-
-
-PLAN No. 843. STREET DIVISION
-
-  * Superintendent                            $160.00 per month.
-  Street Foreman                               115.00  „    „
-  Utility Men, as needed                         4.00  „  day.
-  Tractor Drivers, as needed                     5.50  „   „
-  Roller Engineer, as needed                  Going wage.
-  Auto Truck Drivers, as needed                  4.50 per day.
-  Teamsters, as needed                           7.00  „   „
-  Team Drivers, as needed                        4.00  „   „
-  Laborers, as needed                            4.00  „   „
-  Mechanics, as needed                        Going wages.
-
-
-DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE
-
-
-PLAN No. 844. CITY TREASURER’S DIVISION
-
-  * City Treasurer                            $220.00 per month.
-  Cashier                                      165.00  „    „
-  Tax Clerk (Class A)                          130.00  „    „
-  Tax Clerks (Class B)                         120.00  „    „
-  Assistant Bookkeeper                         125.00  „    „
-  Bond and Warrant Clerk                       125.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 845. CITY AUDITOR’S DIVISION
-
-
-  * City Auditor                              $220.00 per month.
-  Deputy City Auditor                          155.00  „    „
-  Deputy and Counter Clerk                     132.50  „    „
-  Local Improvement Deputy                     120.00  „    „
-  Assistant Bookkeeper                         135.00  „    „
-  General Checker                              165.00  „    „
-  Local Improvement Checker                    135.00  „    „
-  Cage Checker                                 120.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 846. PURCHASING AGENT’S DIVISION
-
-  * Purchasing Agent                          $220.00 per month.
-  Stenographer-Clerk                           100.00 „ „
-  Storekeeper                                  120.00 „ „
-
-
-DEPARTMENTS NOT UNDER INDIVIDUAL COMMISSIONER
-
-
-PLAN No. 847. LEGAL DIVISION
-
-  * Corporation Counsel                     $5,000.00 per annum.
-  * First Assistant                            250.00  „  month.
-  * Second Assistant                           175.00  „    „
-  Clerk                                        120.00  „    „
-  * Claim Agent                                130.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 848. CITY CLERK’S DIVISION
-
-  * City Clerk                                $220.00 per month.
-  Deputy                                       130.00  „    „
-  Deputy                                       120.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 849. CIVIL SERVICE DIVISION
-
-  * Secretary                                 $130.00 per month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 850. JUDICIARY DIVISION--UNDER THE MAYOR
-
-  * Police Judge                              $125.00 per month.
-  Police Court Clerk                            90.00  „    „
-  Probation Officer                             75.00  „    „
-
-
-COUNTY GOVERNMENT
-
-In the County, Civil Service does not apply, but your selection is
-largely dependent upon your political standing. Become an active man in
-your party and if you are fortunate in supporting a winner you will have
-employment. The county officers run as follows:
-
-
-PLAN No. 851. COUNTY COMMISSIONERS--ELECTIVE
-
-(Three in number at $3,000 per year.)
-
-
-PLAN No. 852. JUDGES OF SUPERIOR COURT
-
-(Five in number at $4,000 per year.)
-
-
-PLAN No. 853. JUSTICES OF THE PEACE
-
-(Three in number at $1,800 each, per year, one of which is to be police
-judge, named by city and receives additional salary from city. Each
-justice names his own clerk.)
-
-
-PLAN No. 854. CONSTABLES--ELECTIVE
-
-(Three in number at $960 each per year.)
-
-
-PLAN No. 855. COUNTY AGRICULTURIST
-
-(Named by County Commissioner.)
-
-  Part Pay by Government                      $125.00 per month.
-  Part Pay by County                           125.00  „    „
-  Counter                                       60.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 856
-
-  Purchasing Agent (named by Commissioners)   $160.00 per month.
-  Assistant Purchasing Agent                   110.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 857. HEATING AND LIGHTING
-
-  Custodian of Court House (Named by
-  Commissioners)                              $110.00 per month
-  Three Engineers (work eight hours)           110.00  „    „
-  Four Janitors                                 95.00  „    „
-  One Watchman                                  90.00  „    „
-  Telephone Operator                            85.00  „    „
-  Relief Operator                               20.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 858
-
-  Steward--Jail (named by County
-  Commissioners) and board                    $110.00 per month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 859. TUBERCULAR HOSPITAL
-
-  Edgecliff Lady Head Nurse                   $115.00 per month.
-  Bookkeeper                                    60.00  „    „
-  X-Ray (doctor)                                75.00  „    „
-  Twelve Nurses                                 60.00  „    „
-  Four Cooks                                    40.00  „    „
-  Head Cook                                     85.00  „    „
-  Two Waitresses                                45.00  „    „
-  Dishwasher                                    35.00  „    „
-  Waitress and Pantry Girl                      16.00  „    „
-  Three Ward Maids                              35.00  „    „
-  Three Hairdressers                            35.00  „    „
-  Two Engineers                                135.00  „    „
-  One Gardener                                  40.00  „    „
-  Two Janitors                                  40.00  „    „
-  Two Orderlies                                 40.00  „    „
-  County Carpenter                             150.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 860
-
-  County Auditor                            $3,000.00 per year.
-  Twenty Employees                             125.00  „  month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 861
-
-  County Treasurer                          $3,000.00 per year.
-  Twenty Employees                             125.00  „  month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 862
-
-  County Assessor                           $3,000.00 per year.
-  Twenty Employees                             125.00  „  month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 863
-
-  County Clerk                              $3,000.00 per year.
-  Fifteen Employees                            125.00  „  month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 864
-
-  County Sheriff                            $3,000.00 per year.
-  Fifteen Employees                            125.00  „  month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 865
-
-  County Prosecuting Attorney               $3,000.00 per year.
-  Eight Employees                              150.00  „  month.
-  County Prosecuting Attorney’s Stenographer    75.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 866
-
-  County Superintendent of Schools            $166.65 per month.
-  Two Employees                                115.00  „    „
-  Department Superintendent                    150.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 867
-
-  Juvenile Court (named by Presiding Judge)
-  Eight Employees                             $100.00 per month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 868
-
-  Chief Probation Officer                     $150.00 per month.
-  Chief Probation Officer Assistant            125.00  „    „
-  Stenographer                                 100.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 869
-
-  County Commissioner                         $166.65 per month.
-  Clerk                                        150.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 870. SPOKANE COUNTY INFIRMARY EMPLOYEES OR POOR FARM
-
-(Named by County Commissioners)
-
-  Superintendent                              $160.00 per month.
-  Physician                                    100.00  „    „
-  Steward                                       90.00  „    „
-  Nurse                                         50.00  „    „
-  Cook                                         100.00  „    „
-  Engineer                                      90.00  „    „
-  Assistant Engineer and Laundry                60.00  „    „
-  Farmer                                        75.00  „    „
-  Milker                                        60.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 871
-
-  County Coroner                              $100.00 per month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 872
-
-  County Engineer                             $200.00 per month.
-  Fifteen Employees
-  Engineers                                   $150.00 per month.
-  Draftsmen                                    140.00  „    „
-  Roadman                                      140.00  „    „
-
-Each of the five Superior Court judges elected names his clerk, bailiff
-and court stenographers.
-
-
-STATE GOVERNMENT
-
-People generally are not aware of the great number of men and women
-employed by the State Government. The State of Washington is
-comparatively a young state and yet it employs at least two thousand
-people in its different departments. Abilities of every description are
-required.
-
-The Governor has great power, as most of the different department heads
-are appointed by him. In some cases the state law limits him as to a
-certain number of appointments, but as a rule, the Governor is allowed
-to make all appointments.
-
-If you desire to learn the nature of work you can apply to the secretary
-of the various departments.
-
-The following offices not marked elective are filled by appointment.
-
-
-PLAN No. 873. CONGRESSIONAL OFFICE (ELECTIVE)
-
-  U. S. Senators (2)                        $8,000.00 per year.
-  U. S. Representatives (5)                  7,500.00  „    „
-
-
-PLAN No. 874
-
-  Governor (elective)                       $6,000.00 per year.
-  Secretary to the Governor
-
-
-PLAN No. 875
-
-  Lieutenant Governor (elective)            $1,200.00 per year.
-
-
-PLAN No. 876
-
-  Secretary of State (elective)             $3,000.00 per year.
-  Assistant Secretary of State
-
-
-PLAN No. 877
-
-  Auditor (elective)                        $3,000.00 per year.
-  Assistant State Auditor
-  Deputy State Auditor
-
-
-PLAN No. 878
-
-  Treasurer (elective)                      $3,000.00 per year.
-  Deputy State Treasurer
-
-
-PLAN No. 879
-
-  Attorney General (elective)               $3,000.00 per year.
-  Assistant Attorney General
-  Assistant Attorney General
-  Assistant Attorney General
-  Assistant Attorney General
-  Assistant Attorney General
-
-
-PLAN No. 880
-
-  Commissioner of Public Lands (elective)   $3,000.00 per year.
-
-
-PLAN No. 881
-
-  Insurance Commissioner (elective)         $3,000.00 per year.
-  Deputy Insurance Commissioner
-  Actuary Insurance Department
-
-
-PLAN No. 882
-
-  Superintendent Public Instruction
-  (elective)                                $3,000.00 per year.
-  Assistant Superintendent Public Instruction
-  Deputy Superintendent Public Instruction.
-
-
-PLAN No. 883
-
-  Adjutant General                          $3,000.00 per year.
-  Assistant Adjutant General
-
-
-PLAN No. 884. GOVERNOR’S APPOINTMENTS
-
-The following offices are filled by the Governor and the boards and
-commissions are partly, if not all, determined by him.
-
-These different department Boards and Commissions employ many people in
-the state. There is hardly a type of work that is not to be found from
-the most ordinary labor to the professions. The number of people
-employed are more than 2,000.
-
-STATE BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS
-
-  Agricultural Commissioner
-  Secretary Agricultural Dept
-  Assistant Commissioner Division of Dairy and Live Stock
-  Assistant Commissioner Division of Foods, Feeds, Fertilizers, Drugs
-  and Oils (including inspection of bakeries)
-  Chief Deputy Oil Inspector
-  Assistant Commissioner of Horticulture
-  State Fair Secretary
-  Director of Farm Markets
-  State Labor Commissioner
-  State Librarian
-  Assistant State Librarian
-  Superintendent Traveling Library
-  State Fish Commissioner and Chief State Game Warden
-  Deputy State Game Warden
-  Coal Mine Inspector
-  Public Printer
-  Bank Examiner
-  Deputy Examiners
-  Hotel Inspectors
-  Fire Warden
-  Highway Commissioner
-  Assistant Highway Commissioner
-  State Geologist
-  State Chemists
-  State Commissioner of Health
-  State Fiscal Agency
-  State Superintendent of Weights and Measures
-  Deputy Superintendent of Weights and Measures
-  Inspector of Weights and Measures
-  Commissioner of Statistics
-  Deputy Commissioner of Statistics
-  Clerk of Supreme Court
-  Superintendent of Election Division
-  State Printing Expert
-  Hydraulic Engineer
-  Assistant Hydraulic Engineer
-  Agricultural Advisory Board
-  Board of Accountancy
-    Secretary
-  Board of Barber Examiners
-    Secretary
-  Board of Control
-    Secretary
-  Board of Dental Examiners
-    Secretary
-  Board of Education
-    Secretary
-  Board of Embalmers
-    Ex-officio Secretary
-  Board of Medical Examiners
-    Secretary
-  Board of Health and Vital Statistics
-    Secretary
-  Board of Optometry
-    Secretary
-  Board of Pharmacy
-    Secretary
-  Board of Chiropody
-  Bureau of Inspection and Supervision of Public Affairs
-    Secretary
-  State Labor Commissioner
-  Assistant State Labor Commissioner
-    Secretary
-  Forest Commission
-    Secretary
-  Industrial Insurance Commission
-    Secretary
-  Library Advisory Board
-  State Medical Aid Board
-  State Nautical Board
-  Nurses’ Examining Board
-  State Board of Park Commissioners
-  State Capitol Commission
-  Bar Examiners
-  Public Service Commission
-  Chief Grain Inspector
-  Industrial Welfare Commission
-  Tax Commissioner
-  Assistant Tax Commissioner
-  Uniform Legislation Commission
-  Veterinary Examining Board
-  State Humane Bureau
-  Board of Regents University of Washington
-  Board of Regents State College of Washington
-  Trustees State Normal School, Cheney
-  Trustees State Normal Schools, Bellingham
-  Trustees State Normal School, Ellensburg
-  State School for Deaf
-  State School for Blind
-  State Training School
-  State School for Girls
-  State Soldiers’ Home
-  Washington’s Veteran’s Home
-  Western Hospital for Insane
-  Eastern Hospital for Insane
-  Northern Hospital for Insane
-  State Penitentiary
-  State Institution for Feeble Minded
-  State Reformatory
-    Superintendent
-
-
-U. S. GOVERNMENT
-
-If you are out of employment it is well for you to examine carefully the
-activities of the Government in your city or county, or any place in the
-state where it may have general offices.
-
-Any man who is out of work cannot say he has done his best to obtain
-employment when he has neglected looking up Government work.
-
-Because the Civil Service applies to certain positions, do not let this
-stand in the way. Go to the head of the department in whatever locality
-it is and ascertain whether there are any possibilities of taking a
-Civil Service examination in the different departments; or find out
-whether there is not a temporary position that you can fill. This
-condition often exists and many times employment is obtained in this way
-and Civil Service Examination is given later.
-
-READ OUR PLAN NO. 217 IN CONNECTION WITH THE FOLLOWING PLANS
-
-In Spokane, Spokane County, State of Washington, a town of about 125,000
-population, the Government employs more than 600 men. I will take up the
-various departments of the Government in Spokane County and give you a
-statement concerning these different departments, which might assist you
-if you are desirous of obtaining employment which are also represented
-in your State.
-
-
-PLAN No. 885. POSTAL DEPARTMENT
-
-This department is headed by the postmaster, who receives a salary of
-$6,000 per year, and an assistant postmaster who receives $3,150. About
-two hundred employees work in this department. The rural route employs
-about ten men. The mail men in the city receive from $1,350 to $1,668
-per annum. The Civil Service governs this department. The rural mail
-carriers receive from $1,100 to $1,600 per annum. They are also under
-Civil Service.
-
-
-PLAN No. 886. SECRET SERVICE DEPARTMENT
-
-There are two employed in this department. Their salaries range from
-$1,500 to $2,200 per year. These employees are appointed by the chief of
-the Secret Service, Washington, D. C., and confirmed by the Secretary of
-the Treasury. The title of this department is self-explanatory.
-
-
-PLAN No. 887. U. S. MARSHAL IS APPOINTED BY THE PRESIDENT AND CONFIRMED
-BY THE SENATE
-
-This officer has four deputies. U. S. Marshal receives a salary of
-$4,000 per annum, while the deputies receive from $120 to $170 per
-month. This department names bailiffs for the Federal Judge.
-
-
-PLAN No. 888. FEDERAL ATTORNEY’S OFFICE
-
-The attorney in charge is appointed by the President and confirmed by
-the senate and holds office for four years. He receives $4,500 per
-annum. He has one assistant, appointed by the Attorney General under
-advice of the District Court, who receives $1,800 per year.
-
-
-PLAN No. 889. CUSTOM HOUSE INSPECTOR
-
-There are two employed in this department--the man in charge and his
-assistant. The appointment is made by the Secretary of the Treasury at
-Washington, D. C. The salary received is $800.00 per annum. The office
-is subject to the Civil Service.
-
-
-PLAN No. 890. IMMIGRATION OFFICER
-
-This department is subject to the Civil Service, the salary received
-being $1,380. The man in charge attends to all immigration matters and
-also co-operates at different times with the Secret Service office.
-
-
-PLAN No. 891. INTERNAL REVENUE AGENT
-
-This department has four in its employ, who receive about $1,800 to
-$3,600 per year, and are called inspectors.
-
-The business of this department is to investigate all income tax return.
-Civil Service applies.
-
-
-PLAN No. 892. INTERNAL REVENUE COLLECTOR
-
-There are four employed in this office. The Civil Service does not
-apply. The duties of the employees of this office are to collect about
-six-sevenths of all government tax in a certain territory. A pamphlet
-put out by this department deals with the law governing collection by
-the government. Salaries, $1,200 to $3,000.
-
-
-PLAN No. 893. THE WEATHER BUREAU
-
-This department is under Civil Service, there being three employed.
-People who know of the activities of this office and the information it
-furnishes concerning weather conditions realize its value to the
-farmers.
-
-
-PLAN No. 894. CUSTODIAN OF THE FEDERAL BUILDING
-
-This department is under Civil Service. The number of employees engaged
-is fifteen. Their duty is to look after the Federal Building in the
-city. There are six laborers who receive a salary of $800 or $840 per
-year. Charwomen, who work five hours a day, are paid at the same rate
-as the laborers. There are two watchmen at $840 per annum; one elevator
-conductor, salary approximately $840; one engineer at $1,320, and one
-assistant at $1,320.
-
-
-PLAN No. 895. INSPECTOR OF LOCOMOTIVES
-
-There are two inspectors in this department of the same rank; they
-receive $3,000 per year each. The appointment is made by the Interstate
-Commerce Commission at Washington, D. C. They employ together one office
-woman, who does all the clerical work, and their duties call them out of
-the office a great deal of the time. Their purpose is to see that all of
-the rules of the Interstate Commerce Commission are lived up to. A
-pamphlet or booklet is put out by this department giving all of the
-rules and regulations of the Interstate Commerce Commission as to
-locomotives. These inspectors investigate all accidents and keep in
-close touch with all of the locomotives, safety appliances, etc., and in
-case of defects in locomotives, the matter is taken up at once with this
-department.
-
-
-PLAN No. 896. BUREAU OF ANIMAL INDUSTRY
-
-This is governed by the Civil Service Department. The salaries in this
-department run from $100 to $125 per month. There is one veterinary in
-charge, and three who act as inspectors. There are also five lay
-inspectors, grade number two, and four lay inspectors, grade number one.
-
-It is the business of this department to examine all stock and meat.
-They make certain examinations prior to the death of the animal and post
-mortem subsequent to the death. The five lay inspectors, grade number
-two, look after and inspect the curing and shipping of all meats. The
-four lay inspectors, grade number one, assist veterinaries. One clerk is
-employed.
-
-
-PLAN No. 897. BUREAU OF CROP ESTIMATES
-
-There are two persons employed in this department under the Civil
-Service, one being the field agent and the other the stenographer and
-clerk. All information concerning crops in a certain territory is
-gathered together by the field agent and stenographer and forwarded to
-the Government to supply information for the Crop Reporter, which is
-sent out from Washington, D. C. The salaries in this department range
-from $100 to $125 per month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 898. BUREAU OF MARKETS
-
-This is a very interesting department. It has in its employ two
-telegraphers, receiving $1,400 per annum; three stencil cutters and
-persons who can run the mimeograph, who receive about $1,200 per year
-each. The person in charge must be able to decipher codes. One
-stenographer, one office boy and two general office workers are also
-employed. The General Chief Clerk, and his immediate subordinate receive
-$2,200 and $1,800 per annum respectively. There is also a special man
-sent out from Washington, D. C., who is on the road most of the time.
-This department issues a market report giving the price for farm produce
-at certain points where the farmer sells. It also gives the cost of
-handling the produce at other points and the price retailers ask. This
-shows the farmer the difference between his selling price and that of
-the retailer. A pamphlet called the Confidential Apple is also
-published and sent to all apple growers twice a week. This shows the
-price that apples are being sold for; also what the various farmers
-receive for the apples they dispose of. Since the Confidential Apple has
-been established, there has been only a few cents difference in the sale
-price of apples. Prior to that time there was frequently a difference as
-high as 50 or 60 cents which shows the great advantage of this service
-to the farmer.
-
-This department also sends out a Post Card Reporting Service for
-Washington, Oregon and Montana. All carload shipments are recorded,
-showing the point from which cars are shipped. If a carload of apples
-was shipped last week from a certain town, it is indicated by a certain
-red pin on a map, and one can from this pin, find the entire history
-concerning that shipment of apples. Or if it is potatoes that have been
-shipped from a certain district, the clerk has that information at hand.
-All of this information is furnished to the farmer by the department and
-is of great assistance to him. It is also helpful to those buyers to
-whom it is important to know just where the crops are produced.
-
-The man in charge of this department must make inspections when any
-question occurs as to the produce received by the wholesale houses or
-other persons who purchase from the farmer. This service is of great
-value to the farmer, because if he has sent in a load of good potatoes
-and the market has changed in the meantime, the inspector has to examine
-the potatoes, and if they are as good as represented by the farmer when
-they arrive, he will recover for any loss. Or, if a bad quantity of
-apples or other farm produce is shipped to the wholesale houses, they
-can call upon the government inspector and show what was forwarded to
-them, and this inspector’s opinion is a basis for settlement.
-
-
-PLAN No. 899. HAY AND GRAIN INSPECTORS
-
-There are two employees in this department--one clerk and one manager,
-both being subject to the Civil Service and receiving from $100 to $150
-per month. A letter, called a Market Letter, is issued. The inspectors
-see to it that the rules governing hay and grain are lived up to by the
-farmer.
-
-
-PLAN No. 900. SEED INSPECTOR
-
-There are two employees in this department--the man in charge and the
-clerk or stenographer. A letter is also issued by this department, which
-will also furnish all desired information as to seeds and their value.
-
-
-PLAN No. 901. CLERK OF DISTRICT COURT
-
-This appointment is made by the Federal Judge. Four officials are also
-employed besides the clerk, serving out of the city. Salaries run from
-$2,500 to $5,000 per annum fixed by the United States Attorney General.
-
-
-PLAN No. 902. FEDERAL EMPLOYMENT OFFICE
-
-This department employs one person. It has not existed long enough to
-come under the Civil Service, so work in the office may be obtained by
-appointment from Federal Director and confirmed by the Department of
-Labor. In 1918 this office filled more than 197,000 positions in the
-State of Washington. The salary is $130 per month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 903. FEDERAL LAND OFFICE
-
-There are four employees in this office: one registrar and one receiver,
-who receive their appointment by the President and are confirmed by the
-senate. Each has an appointment of one clerk. The department is
-established on the fee basis, the registrar and the receiver getting not
-more than $3,000 in fees per annum and not less than $500.
-
-This department issues a circular relative to the law covering
-government lands. It will furnish you information about the area of the
-government land in various counties of the United States and will give
-you such information as the department has on file. To this department
-come matters relative to homesteads, minerals, desert claims, timber
-claims and oil matters. Final proof to the land you locate is made in
-this office. Salaries received by the clerks range from $125 to $135 per
-month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 904. CLERKS OF THE RAILWAY MAIL SERVICE
-
-This department is under the Civil Service. Seven persons are employed
-in the city and more than 170 men report to the office in the city of
-Spokane, Washington.
-
-
-CIVIL SERVICE
-
-It often happens that a man who has occupied a position for years finds
-the work in which he is engaged is injuring his health, for example, the
-labor he is performing has an effect on his lungs, like marble working,
-or some similar trade, and he desires a change. Or perhaps he is in some
-service that is not suitable to him and he is unable to progress. For
-such a man it is well to run over the preceding list very carefully and
-ascertain what field of work appeals to him. He should also read
-carefully plan No. 217.
-
-I have in mind at the present time a man of good legal ability, but who
-did not possess business-getting qualities. He was somewhat discouraged,
-being unable to make his profession yield him a proper income. He was
-urged by one of his friends to take a Civil Service Examination in one
-of the departments. He took the examination and after a few months, his
-position was available, and he has occupied it for a number of years.
-
-Work with the Government is always pleasant and the income steady and
-permanent.
-
-
-PLAN No. 905. FEDERAL JUDGE
-
-A Federal Judge of the United States District Court is appointed by the
-President and confirmed by the Senate, his salary is $7,500 per annum.
-He has one clerk, one assistant and one stenographer. The stenographer
-is appointed by himself. Then there are the various departments such as
-the United States Marines Recruiting Office, which employs three men;
-the United States Navy Recruiting Office, which employs three men; the
-United States Army Recruiting Office, which employs three men, and is
-under the Civil Service. These departments employ many emergency men at
-times.
-
-
-PLAN No. 906. BUREAU OF FARM MANAGEMENT
-
-This department is governed by the Civil Service and employs three
-persons, the salary being----.
-
-
-PLAN No. 907. HOME DEMONSTRATION AGENT
-
-The Government and Agricultural School usually name a woman for this
-position. She must be trained in her work and have an Agricultural
-College course to her credit. Here is a field where women can do as good
-work as men, and it offers an excellent opportunity for them.
-
-
-PLAN No. 907B. FORESTRY DEPARTMENT
-
-Six persons are employed. At the present time the headquarters of this
-office is at Missoula, Mont. It is under the Civil Service, but from
-time to time emergency men are employed.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 908. HE NETTED BETTER THAN $5,000 A YEAR TAKING PICTURES
-
-
-This man, for years, was unable to make much of a saving in his
-photographic work. His wife and he possessed ability in preparing
-photographs. He finally hit upon the following plan:
-
-He hired two men called spotters, who took the pictures and went into
-different communities picturing men in the offices and at work at their
-desks. These two spotters were able to take at least fifty pictures a
-day each, making better than one hundred pictures per day. These men he
-paid $25.00 to $30.00 per week and traveling expenses. He saw to it that
-they had their supplies and everything ready when they arrived in town
-for work. Immediately following these men were salesmen who, after the
-pictures were printed, called and gave the price per dozen, which was
-$4.50 mounted size 9x7. Unmounted his charge was three pictures for a
-dollar. The salesmen were able to make the number of pictures actually
-taken average about $0.80 per picture.
-
-The two salesmen were then followed by two delivery women. The
-photographer and his wife did all of the developing and finishing. A
-city of 125,000 would take about six weeks.
-
-Great care must be taken by the man who is directing this work to see
-that his men are all kept busy and working. This man succeeded in
-keeping the spotters going fast enough, and everything was worked out in
-a systematic manner. He also gave the workers an opportunity of
-receiving a commission in addition to their salary.
-
-I remember clearly the way the spotter approached me. “I would like to
-take a picture of yourself and office,” he said, but I protested that I
-did not care to have the picture. “That is all right, I would like to
-have the negative and I am paid just the same and it is no obligation to
-you.” He then took the picture relying entirely upon selling me the
-picture when I saw the finished product. In this he took very little
-chance, as he well knew that 80 per cent of the people who saw a picture
-of their office and themselves at work would be glad to pay the price
-for it.
-
-There is a great field in this work and there is no reason why there
-should not be work in many different parts of the United States
-affording a good livelihood and a big saving for many photographers who
-are not now making a good living.
-
-
-IMPORTANT NOTICE!
-
-The following plans were compiled by the Federal Board for Vocational
-Education, U. S. A.
-
-We gratefully acknowledge with thanks the Board’s permission to publish
-them.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 909. JOURNALISM AS A VOCATION
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-For the material of this monograph the Federal Board for Vocational
-Education is indebted to the J. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia, Pa.,
-through its publication, “Training for the Newspaper Trade,” and the
-Collins Publicity Service, Philadelphia, Pa., through its publication,
-“Journalism,” School Edition, Teachers’ Auxiliary, of which this article
-is largely an abstract. This article was prepared by Dr. H. L. Smith
-under the direction of Charles H. Winslow, Chief of the Research
-Division of the Federal Board for Vocational Education. Acknowledgment
-is due to Dr. John Cummings, of the Research Division for Editorial
-assistance.
-
-It is very important that the right decision be made, for one’s future
-success and happiness is largely dependent upon this choice. No two
-individuals have the same desires or the same ability or experience.
-Some like and are by nature and experience fitted to prepare for one
-line of work and unfitted for another, even for one in some instances
-which close acquaintances may urge them to take up. It is one’s duty
-therefore, to consider carefully the line of work one wishes to train
-for. Some may choose wisely to enter the field of journalism. It is
-hoped that this pamphlet may assist such to make the proper choice and
-may prevent those who are unfitted for this profession from undertaking
-it.
-
-
-WHAT IS THE NATURE OF THE WORK IN JOURNALISM?
-
-The main purpose of a newspaper is to give the day’s news. Another
-purpose is that of making the meaning of this news clear to the readers.
-Moreover, newspapers often furnish their readers with advice and with
-useful information as well as with entertaining reading. There was a
-time when the purpose of a paper was thought to be that of simply
-stating conditions as they are. At the present there is a rapidly
-growing tendency to use the newspaper to state conditions as they should
-be. A newspaper that tells what to do to make things better plays a
-great part in making democracy safe.
-
-In any large newspaper plant there are three main divisions--the
-business office, whose duty it is to make the paper pay; the plant that
-must see to the actual printing of the paper; and the editorial
-department, which prepares all of the reading matter except the
-advertisements. It is with the editorial department that the term
-“journalism” is connected, and it is with the work of that department
-that this pamphlet deals.
-
-There are two classes of reading matter in a newspaper, the news and the
-editorial comment, each class of material being prepared by a different
-force of writers. The editor in chief is at the head of the editorial
-staff, and since editorials consist of opinions rather than of bare
-statements of new facts, he holds the most important position on the
-paper. He is helped by men who are very well informed about all matters
-that are of interest to the public. The number of these helpers is from
-one to a dozen, according to the size of the city paper.
-
-The managing editor looks after gathering and reporting news. His
-department is made up of several parts, each one in charge of an editor.
-The news editor looks after all out-of-town news, that is, all news from
-other countries or from this country outside of a distance 75 miles from
-the city of the newspaper. The telegraph editor looks over “copy” sent
-in by outside reporters and decides what is good and what is poor. The
-Sunday editor gets up the pictures and other “features” and special
-articles outside of strictly news articles. The art editor decides upon
-the pictures to be used and the method of making those pictures. The
-cable editor prepares the foreign news by filling in cable messages and
-making long articles out of them. The city editor hires and directs
-reporters on city work and on work outside the city but within a
-distance of seventy-five miles, having sometimes as many as seventy-five
-helpers within the city, and as many as that outside called local
-correspondents. The sporting editor looks after news of sports and has
-an assistant for each kind of sport. The night city editor covers late
-news, being in charge after 6 p. m. to receive copy brought in by
-reporters previously assigned to their duty by the city editor. The
-night editor is in charge of the “make up” of the paper and the getting
-of the paper to press. Most newspapers also have other editors called
-department editors for such departments as music, drama, society,
-finance, literary criticism, railroads, real estate, and stock markets.
-The department editors gather as much of their news as possible by
-themselves. Their work differs from that of other editors in that their
-copy goes directly to the printer and is not first looked over and
-corrected by the city editor.
-
-The life of a newspaper man is not an easy life. A study[11] of
-newspaper work in Boston sums up the hardships and difficulties in the
-life of a reporter in the following way:
-
-  [11] Vocational Studies, Journalism, P. 11. School Ed., Teachers’
-  Auxiliary, No. 16, Collins Publicity Service, Philadelphia, Pa.
-
-“The hours are long and irregular. On a morning paper they run from 1 in
-the afternoon until midnight, usually with an occasional evening off.
-But the free evenings can never be counted on in advance; they come only
-when the news happens to be slack. On the afternoon papers the hours are
-almost as bad, for, while they are only supposed to be from half-past 8
-or 9 to 5, an assignment will very often come in at the last minute that
-will keep the reporter out until midnight. This means little or no
-freedom.
-
-“The irregular hours also affect the meals. An assignment often takes
-the reporter out into the suburbs for hours at a stretch, where there
-are no restaurants, and where one can only work as fast as possible in
-order to get back to town. It means all kinds of weather, too, for
-suicides and elopements will occur, be it fair day or foul, in houses
-several miles from the nearest car track, and they have to be looked up
-at once. A long, hard trip, like this, is not only an every day matter,
-but it means no extra pay.”
-
-The desk man or editor, while freed from the hardships of travel, has
-other difficulties to overcome. These difficulties are set forth in the
-following further quotation from the same report:
-
-“As the time for going to press approaches, the copy pours in faster and
-faster, the composing room signals that the paper is already overset and
-yet perhaps, now, at the last minute, an item of first importance in the
-whole day’s events comes in, and room must be made for it. In the midst
-of all this clamor the desk man must keep his head, racing through the
-piles of copy, weighing its merits discriminately and giving as cool and
-careful decision as though he had all the leisure and quiet in the
-world.”
-
-
-WHAT PHYSICAL AND PERSONAL CHARACTERISTICS ARE NECESSARY FOR SUCCESS IN
-JOURNALISM?
-
-One must have good health to stand the hardships of long and irregular
-hours of work, under bad conditions, often long distances from the
-office and in all kinds of weather. There are also certain personal
-qualifications that one must have to succeed in the field of journalism.
-Chief among these personal qualifications is the ability to adapt one’s
-self to many different subjects and feel at home in each.
-
-Unlike writers in other fields, the reporter is a writer of matter which
-lives today and is dead tomorrow. He is not so much in need, therefore,
-of the artistic quality in his writings as he is in need of the ability
-to pass quickly from subject to subject writing briefly but to the point
-on each.
-
-Another thing one must have for success in journalism is what may be
-termed “the news instinct”; this is the ability to recognize news in any
-form, even in the most commonplace events, and to write these
-commonplace things up in such a way as to interest the reader. This
-ability is not found in the person who does not observe carefully.
-
-A clear, easy style full of dash is necessary for the reporter. This
-style can usually be gained with a little practice by the man or woman
-with a sense for news. The reporter’s main aim is to catch the public
-eye, after that he needs most to produce copy at great speed,
-remembering all the while that his work is not likely to be read more
-than once.
-
-Other qualifications a reporter should have are intelligence, and an
-understanding of people. He must have tact, and be a “good mixer,”
-capable of easily gaining the confidence of people in order to draw them
-out in his search for news.
-
-
-WHAT TRAINING IS NECESSARY FOR SUCCESS IN JOURNALISM?
-
-A college education is a help, of course, but it is not absolutely
-necessary in the journalistic profession. One who wishes to become a
-journalist may enter the newspaper field as a reporter at almost any
-time after he has had enough experience and general knowledge to make
-him well acquainted with a number of subjects and when, in addition to
-this, he has learned to write his thoughts in clear, forceful language.
-Certainly a grade education is necessary and some high school education
-is advisable for the beginner. More and more as the field of newspaper
-work enlarges and broadens a full four-year high school course is
-becoming essential. The best opportunities will more and more open up
-only to those of wide experience and knowledge. Toward this experience
-and knowledge a college education adds very much, particularly if the
-college education deals with the theory and methods of newspaper
-organization, as well as with practical training in reporting and in
-editing work. Whether the foundation education is gotten in the grade
-school, in the high school, or in college, one must have acquired
-somewhere along the line the ability to write correctly and briefly in
-language that can not be misunderstood. Much of the ability to do this
-comes from the practical school of experience. Much of it, however, can
-be given in schools. More and more the emphasis is being placed upon
-thorough preparation before entering the profession of journalism.
-
-Once the college man in a newspaper office was thought of as a joke by
-others in the office. They sneered at his style. Two things have
-happened to change that feeling. In the first place college men are now
-trained in a simpler style of writing than they once were. In addition
-to that they now get more practical training than they once did. Besides
-this, so many college trained men have done well in journalism that
-newspaper men are beginning to see that their success is due largely to
-the college training. On many papers today one will find the staff made
-up very largely of college men. On many papers now when they are looking
-for a new man for the writing force they often look for a man with a
-college degree.
-
-The first school of journalism in the world was started by Joseph
-Pulitzer in 1904 at Columbia University. In the words of its founder the
-purpose of this school was to raise the standard of newspaper work
-through better education of those who enter the profession. “I am deeply
-interested in the progress and elevation of journalism,” he wrote,
-“having spent my life in that profession, regarding it as a noble
-profession and one of unequaled importance for its influence upon the
-minds and morals of people * * *. It will be the object of the college
-to make better journalists, who will make better newspapers, which will
-better serve the public. It will impart knowledge, not for its own sake,
-but to be used for the public service. It will try to develop character,
-but even that will be only a means to the one supreme end--the public
-good.”[12]
-
-  [12] Vocational Studies, School Ed., Teachers’ Auxiliary, No. 16,
-  Collins Publicity Service, Philadelphia, Pa.
-
-Since the beginning of the Pulitzer School of Journalism at Columbia
-University, about 20 colleges and universities have put in courses in
-journalism. One of the requirements for entering these courses is the
-full four years of high school work. The course, itself, ranges from
-courses of lectures by newspaper men to a complete course, four years in
-length, which usually leads to a bachelor of arts degree, or its
-equivalent. Instruction in journalism includes a study of the English
-language, literature, and composition, the work of the reporter and
-editorial writer, the methods of gathering news, the technique of
-newspaper making, the general management of papers, the history of
-journalism, together with general history, economics, sociology,
-psychology. Typewriting and often stenography are also required for
-graduation. The college work in journalism is accompanied by actual
-experience on papers, either college publications or papers published in
-the city or town in which the college is located. Students trained in
-such courses know how to write a story, how to get up a headline, and
-how to write editorials, and because of this fact men so trained get
-promotions in shorter periods of time than others.
-
-For the benefit of those journalists who have not the chance to take the
-full college course, several phases of journalism are given in the
-summer schools of many colleges, and special courses in newspaper and
-magazine writing are given in evening schools. Such courses can be taken
-at the same time that one is employed on a newspaper.
-
-It is clear, therefore, from the above, that more and more journalism
-calls for education and training before one begins actual work as a
-regular reporter on a paper.
-
-
-HOW MUCH INCOME MAY ONE REASONABLY LOOK FORWARD TO, IF SUCCESSFUL IN THE
-FIELD OF JOURNALISM?
-
-In few vocations is there greater difference in salaries than in the
-field of journalism. So far there does not seem to be any general
-standard that all the papers of the country attempt to live up to. The
-managers of certain newspapers follow the practice of employing only
-experienced men, taking them wherever they can be found from the staffs
-of other newspapers. Such papers, of course, pay good salaries. Other
-publications are willing to take on a few, or even a large number of
-beginners. Such papers naturally pay smaller salaries. Seldom, however,
-is the beginner in journalism paid less than $12 or $15 per week on the
-daily papers, though some receive as low as $10 a week. Often a paper
-works, not only on a basis of straight pay, but on the basis of the
-space the articles contributed occupy.
-
-“Space rates” range from $2 to $10 per column, the amount varying with
-the standing of the newspaper, and with the character of the news
-itself. Promotions are very rapid and anyone with promise can hope to
-get a raise in salary from time to time until it reaches from $19 to $25
-a week, which is the salary of regular reporters. Reporters who do
-special work are generally paid more. Their salaries range from $25 to
-$35 per week. On the very best papers there are very few reporters who
-draw salaries ranging from $35 to $50 per week. Such men are as well
-paid as men in the editorial department. The chiefs of the different
-editorial departments draw from $30 to $50 a week. Managing editors and
-editors-in-chief get salaries ranging all the way from $2,500 to $10,000
-per year.
-
-From the mere money point of view there are other lines of work far
-easier to master, and more certain to bring large money rewards than
-journalism. The tendency now, however, is to pay bigger salaries to
-newspaper men. As it is, the income is greater than that of the minister
-and equal to that of a lawyer.
-
-
-WHAT ARE THE OTHER REWARDS TO A JOURNALIST, ASIDE FROM THE FINANCIAL
-REWARDS?
-
-With many men in journalistic work, however, ideals mean more than
-money. The public good with such men means more than private gain.
-Another reward to the young man in this profession is that he comes in
-contact with mature people. He learns to know even personally many of
-the great men in business, in politics, in law. The newspaper is one of
-the very greatest educational agencies. What it does for the adult in an
-educational way is like what the public schools do for children in an
-educational way. Among the mature there are masses of ignorant people,
-ignorant in letters and ignorant in citizenship. The journalist, through
-the newspaper, has all the people as his audience. Through his
-opportunity for instruction the journalist may exercise great influence
-in politics in connection with work for municipal reform, clean streets,
-better schools, etc., and against machine control in politics, with its
-bribery and election frauds. Some people have objected to newspaper work
-because they thought such work corrupted beginners. The truth is that
-journalism is to each man in it what he makes it. There is more freedom
-of action in journalism than in the ministry or even than in law or
-medicine, but a code of ethics is rapidly being developed in the
-newspaper world that compels each one to do more nearly the right thing.
-Certainly the reporter does not know the full significance of his
-stories, headlines, and editorials until he realizes the probable effect
-of his writings on the ideas and ideals of his readers. Especially is
-the opportunity for such influence by the journalist good in America,
-where there are twice as many papers published as in any other country,
-and far more than twice as many copies issued. It is estimated that more
-than 5,000,000,000 copies of newspapers of all kinds are printed in the
-United States yearly.
-
-
-HOW MANY YEARS WILL IT TAKE TO ESTABLISH MYSELF IN JOURNALISTIC WORK?
-
-The newspaper reporter does not have the experience of a young lawyer or
-doctor, who must pick up business slowly and wait sometimes for years
-before he is satisfactorily established. The reporter succeeds or fails
-from the outset. In fact reporting is the work of comparatively young
-men, and is especially liked by those of from 20 to 30 years of age.
-Those who have been successful in this period of life are generally
-picked for promotions, and less uncertain assignments in the later
-periods of life.
-
-Very often men who have been successful in early life as newspaper
-reporters take up magazine writing later. It is often stated that
-magazine writing is post-graduate newspaper work. The monthly magazine
-has become an important influence in the modern world, many of the more
-popular magazines having a larger circulation than any newspaper. On the
-staff of each periodical there are usually several special editors in
-charge of separate departments. These editors are often assisted by a
-regular staff of writers. Frequently, however, those who write for
-magazines are not connected with the regular staff, but are “free
-lances” contributing articles from time to time on subjects which they
-are especially fitted to write about.
-
-The question often arises, Where shall the start be made? Is it best to
-begin in the country or in the city? The editor of one of the New York
-dailies says that there are many changes in the staff on a city paper,
-so a man who is capable has a chance to get a pretty good position, in
-fact a very good newspaper position, within a half dozen years’ time.
-This editor also says that it takes about as long to get a good position
-on a country paper, and after that if one goes to the city he must begin
-at the bottom and work up, so that much time is wasted. The advantage in
-beginning on a paper in a small city rather than a large one is that one
-is more likely there to gain an all around knowledge of everything that
-must be done in a newspaper office.
-
-
-HOW GREAT IS THE DEMAND FOR MEN IN THE JOURNALISTIC FIELD?
-
-There are in the United States and Canada at the present time
-approximately 25,000 newspapers and periodicals being published. Nearly
-40 per cent of all such publications in the world are published in the
-United States and its outlying territories. In 1915 these publications
-in the United States gave employment to over 100,000 people,
-approximately 35,000 of whom were editors and reporters. The total
-circulation at that time aggregated 164,468,040. Moreover, newspapers
-are being circulated in larger numbers every day and are being read by
-an increasing number of people every day. The whole field of journalism
-is constantly enlarging and the claim is made by those who are expert in
-the field that the profession is not overcrowded with good workers.
-
-
-HOW MUCH WILL IT COST TO PREPARE FOR NEWSPAPER WORK?
-
-If you are a soldier or a sailor discharged from the service since
-October 6, 1917, with a disability for which the Bureau of War Risk
-Insurance will grant you compensation, your education will be furnished
-free by the Government. The Bureau of War-Risk Insurance, through its
-compensation, will meet a part of the expenses and the Federal Board for
-Vocational Education will supplement that amount to a minimum of $65 a
-month with the purpose of meeting all of your expenses for living,
-clothing, transportation, tuition, and incidentals.
-
-
-
-
-THE LUMBER INDUSTRY
-
-
-Lumbering is the felling and conversion of trees into lumber. The
-extraction of the timber from the forest is known as logging, and the
-manufacture of the logs into lumber is known as sawmilling.
-
-
-PLAN No. 910. LOGGING
-
-
-REGIONS
-
-The chief centers of the logging industry are in New England, the Lake
-States, the Southern Appalachians, the Southern pine region, the cypress
-swamps of the Atlantic and Gulf coasts, the Inland Empire (Montana,
-Idaho, and Eastern Washington and Oregon), and the Pacific coast.
-
-
-METHODS AND LABOR CONDITIONS
-
-The methods of logging and the opportunity for employment in this work
-present many different aspects in these regions. Animal logging prevails
-in the Northeast, the Lake States, and the Inland Empire, and power
-logging in the other sections, although no one method is universally
-used in any of these regions.
-
-The demand for labor, both skilled and unskilled, in every section is
-now greater than the supply, and competent men can readily find some
-form of employment to which they are adapted.
-
-Conditions surrounding work in the forest vary greatly in the different
-regions, and one who is not familiar with local conditions should weigh
-carefully his own ability and the opportunities which each section may
-offer to him.
-
-
-WHO SHOULD UNDERTAKE THE WORK?
-
-Logging work will appeal most strongly to one who has been accustomed
-since his early years to an outdoor life, and who is familiar in a
-general way either with outdoor manual labor or with some mechanical
-trade.
-
-The best opportunities for men who wish to make lumbering a life work
-are with the larger companies, since they have organizations in which
-employment is more continuous, and in which there is the greatest
-possibility of advancement. Small lumbering concerns offer but little
-inducement, unless a way is open to secure an interest in the business.
-
-Advancement to the beginner in the lumber industry is not rapid and,
-therefore, it holds more promise to the young, single man who can afford
-to serve an apprenticeship, than to the older man who has a family to
-support and whose financial requirements are greater at the beginning.
-
-Felling timber is hard work, but appeals to strong, robust men, because
-the wages paid for it are among the highest paid in a logging camp. The
-work is too heavy for one past the prime of life, or for a young man who
-may be physically incapacitated.
-
-Where logging is done by animals, the position of teamster may be filled
-by older men as well as that of swamper, grab setter, tong hooker,
-scaler, and like positions which do not call for heavy manual labor.
-
-Power logging, which is common in the South and in the far West, affords
-an excellent opportunity for active young men with mechanical ability,
-since skilled operators are required to run the skidding machinery and
-to keep it in repair.
-
-A northern logger should not consider employment in the cypress swamp
-forests, because it is work which appeals chiefly to those who have
-grown up in the cypress “brake” region.
-
-
-PLAN No. 911. RAILROAD CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION
-
-Men who have had experience with railroad construction or operation will
-find a promising field in the lumber industry, since on most large
-operations the logs are hauled from the forest to the mill over logging
-railroads. Locomotive engineers and firemen are in demand and command a
-fairly high wage. The hours are long because it is necessary to deliver
-a certain quantity of logs to the mill daily, and in case of delays in
-schedule, the crews must work until the necessary quantity of logs has
-been delivered.
-
-On large operations new railroad lines are continually under
-construction, and opportunity is afforded for employment to those who
-are familiar with railroad construction.
-
-
-LOG DRIVING
-
-Where logs are transported down streams to the mill, log drivers are
-required during the spring and summer months. On “rough water” this work
-requires experience and skill, and is hard work which must be done often
-in inclement weather. It is not a class of work to which an
-inexperienced man would be adapted.
-
-
-SOCIAL CONDITIONS
-
-Social conditions in the different regions have played a prominent part
-in the distribution of labor in the lumber industry. The trend of labor
-migration has been from the East to the West, and not from the North to
-the South, because woods workers from the North and East have found both
-climatic and social conditions more to their liking in the West than in
-the South. Northern and eastern loggers have gone South in small numbers
-to fill positions of responsibility, but in general, the unskilled
-laborer has not found living and working conditions to his liking in the
-lowlands and southern pineries.
-
-An important factor to be considered in this connection is the color
-line, which is more or less sharply drawn in the South. In some sections
-both whites and negroes work together on the same operations. The
-standard of work and the social conditions which prevail in southern
-logging camps, however, do not appeal to the northern man, and but few
-are content to remain for any length of time.
-
-In the West the northern logger meets with conditions similar to those
-existing at home and, therefore, he is satisfied to become a permanent
-resident in the region.
-
-Logging work in most sections is more or less removed from settlements
-and, in general, it is not possible for the logger to enjoy family life.
-The exception to this case is the logging camp of the southern pineries,
-which is a community comprising the loggers and their families. The
-buildings are small, portable houses, two or more constituting the home
-of a single family. Medical facilities are provided by the company,
-along with a school and a church and each community comprises a
-settlement in itself. Although both white and colored laborers may live
-in the same camp, the quarters are separated and the two races do not
-intermingle. The social advantages for an ambitious man with a family
-are not great and many northern and eastern men would not find
-conditions to their liking. Only men familiar with local conditions
-should seek employment in southern logging camps.
-
-The mountain region of the Southern Appalachians appeals to many
-northern loggers, because the conditions in this region are not
-dissimilar to those with which they are familiar.
-
-It is not practicable to point out any particular branch of logging work
-which might appeal to individuals. Each man after choosing the region in
-which he desires to work should try out the various classes of
-employment to which he may find himself adapted, expecting ultimately to
-find that class of work for which he is best fitted.
-
-In general, one who desires to enter the field of logging should be
-young, have a robust constitution, possess a liking for outdoor work,
-and should seek employment in some region with which he is familiar, or
-in some section which is similar in climatic and social conditions to
-his home region.
-
-
-PLAN No. 912. SAWMILLING
-
-The sawmill industry is scattered over a wide area in this country, but
-the chief centers of lumber manufacture are in or adjacent to the great
-forest areas of the country, in the southern pine region, which produces
-nearly one-third of all of our lumber cut, and in the Pacific
-Northwest, which produces about one-eighth of our total cut. The sawmill
-business includes plants ranging from the small mill, cutting a few
-thousand feet daily, up to the plant which turns out nearly one million
-feet of lumber in twenty hours.
-
-
-LUMBER SETTLEMENTS
-
-Lumber manufacture is centered in permanent settlements, a new plant
-usually having a normal life of at least 20 years. Some of these
-communities comprise only the lumber companies’ employees (a “one-man
-town”) while others are located at or near cities or towns. Merits are
-claimed for both systems, but it is true that some of the cleanest and
-most enlightened communities are those in which the control of affairs
-rests largely in the hands of the lumber company. In this way
-undesirables may be kept away from the settlement, better schools are
-usually maintained, and the entire tone of the community placed on a
-higher standard than exists in the “open” towns.
-
-
-CHARACTER OF WORK
-
-The work at a sawmill plant is extremely varied in character, and ranges
-from that requiring high technical and mechanical ability down through
-every degree of skill to work which can be performed by a low grade of
-common labor. The wage scale likewise shows a wide range. The highest
-technical positions, such as saw filer in a large mill, may command $12
-per day and up, while the lowest wage is the minimum for common labor in
-the region. Sawmilling proceeds in all kinds of weather, except during
-the winter season in the northern regions. At all plants, however, some
-forms of work, such as lumber piling, trucking dry lumber to the planing
-mill, and loading cars, may be discontinued during short spells of
-inclement weather. The actual sawing of lumber, in most regions, seldom
-ceases except when the entire plant closes down, since this work is
-largely done under cover and the men therefore are sheltered.
-
-Sawmill work should appeal to one who is interested in factory work; who
-desires employment which keeps him more or less in the open; and who
-prefers to live in a settled community. It offers a clean, healthful
-occupation for all degrees of skill, hence it affords opportunity for
-every industrious man.
-
-
-WAGES
-
-The wages paid in the lumber industry vary with the region in which the
-work is performed and local wage scales, but the compensation is as
-great as in other industries requiring an equal amount of skill.
-
-
-PLAN No. 913. CLASSIFICATION OF LABOR IN THE LUMBER INDUSTRY
-
-
-225 JOBS LISTED
-
-Logging work as a rule requires a man of robust constitution who can
-stand up under hard physical labor performed in the open in all kinds of
-weather. Loggers must as a rule be skilled in the use of ax, crosscut
-saw, and like tools, or to be competent teamsters, although considerable
-unskilled labor is employed in each camp.
-
-Sawmill employees should in most instances be robust. They are not as a
-rule exposed to inclement weather to the same degree as loggers. A high
-degree of mechanical skill is required of saw filers, sawyers,
-mechanics, and persons filling like places, but the greater part of the
-sawmill work does not demand mechanical skill of even average degree and
-consequently the work can be satisfactorily performed by labor which
-has had but little previous experience. In most positions a man who is
-of average intelligence and has the ability to quickly adapt himself to
-new lines of work will prove successful.
-
-Woods work as a rule does not appeal to the city born and bred man,
-because it takes him from settled communities. On the other hand, both
-logging and sawmill work often appeal to the country-reared man because
-it keeps him out in the open.
-
-The scarcity of labor during the last year has necessitated the
-employment of many laborers who would not have been acceptable in former
-times. Women are now filling many places in the industry to which they
-were not formerly considered eligible. They are now driving teams on
-logging jobs, felling timber, laying railroad steel, surfacing railroad
-track, and doing other work in the woods, as well as filling very
-satisfactorily a large number of places in sawmills, box factories, and
-other woodworking establishments which were formerly filled exclusively
-by men.
-
-There is promise of a readjustment of labor conditions in the industry,
-and it is certain that the discovery of the worth of female labor in the
-industry will have a marked effect on labor conditions. The entrance of
-female workers will mean that many forms of the lighter labor formerly
-performed by physically deficient males will be given over to women, and
-it is possible that this may have a marked bearing on the possibility of
-employing wounded soldiers for this purpose. Few soldiers will be
-advised to enter the lumber industry unless they were formerly engaged
-in a similar line of work.
-
-The following tabulation shows in a very general way the minimum range
-of the technical and mechanical qualifications required for certain
-lines of logging and sawmill work. Experienced men with greater
-disabilities than those mentioned may prove efficient, but it is not
-believed that inexperienced men who can not meet the requirements would
-prove satisfactory in the industry.
-
-  _Better Than 225 Jobs_
-
-  Labor Classification--Lumber Industry
-
-  _Physical and Technical Qualifications_
-
-  =========================+=====================================+
-                           |       Physical requirements.        |
-                           +---------+-----+-----+------+--------+
-                           |         |     |     |      |        |
-                           |         |     |     |      |        |
-                           |         |     |     |      |        |
-                           |         |     |     | Eye- |        |
-                           |Physique.|Arms.|Legs.|sight.|Hearing.|
-                           +---------+-----+-----+------+--------+
-  A. Logging engineering:  |         |     |     |      |        |
-    (1) Land surveys--     |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Instrument man. |Robust.  |  2  |[13]2|Good. |Fair.   |
-      _b._ Rodman.         |  do.    |  2  |[13]2|Fair. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Chainman.       |  do.    |  2  |[13]2|  do. |  do.   |
-      _d._ Axeman.         |  do.    |  2  |[13]2|  do. |  do.   |
-    (2) Timber cruising--  |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Cruiser.        |  do.    |  1  |[13]2|Good. |  do.   |
-      _b._ Compassman.     |  do.    |  2  |[13]2|Fair. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Cook.           |  do.    |  2  |[13]2|1 eye,|  do.   |
-                           |         |           |fair. |        |
-    (3) Topographic        |  do.    |  2  |[13]2|Good. |  do.   |
-    mapping and map        |         |     |     |      |        |
-    making.                |         |     |     |      |        |
-    (4) Railroad location--|         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Instrument man. |  do.    |  2  |[13]2|  do. |  do.   |
-      _b._ Rodman.         |  do.    |  2  |[13]2|Fair. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Chainman.       |  do.    |  2  |[13]2|  do. |  do.   |
-      _d._ Axeman.         |  do.    |  2  |[13]2|  do. |  do.   |
-    (5) Planning logging   |         |     |     |      |        |
-    operations--           |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Forester or     |  do.    |  2  |[13]2|  do. |  do.   |
-      logging engineer.    |         |     |     |      |        |
-  B. Logging:              |         |     |     |      |        |
-    (1) Felling and bucking|         |     |     |      |        |
-    (including saw         |         |     |     |      |        |
-    fitting)--             |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Head faller.    |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |Fair. |Fair.   |
-      _b._ Second faller.  |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Saw filer.      |Fairly   |  2  |  1  |Good. |Fair to |
-                           |robust.  |     |     |      |poor.   |
-      _d._ Saw boss.       |  do.    |  1  |  2  |1 eye,|Fair.   |
-                           |         |     |     |fair. |        |
-    (2) Skidding and       |         |     |     |      |        |
-    yarding (animal)--     |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Teamster.       |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |Fair. |  do.   |
-      _b._ Swamper.        |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |        |
-      _c._ Grab setter.    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |1 eye.|  do.   |
-      _d._ Tong hooker.    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _e._ Tong unhooker.  |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _f._ Cant hookman.   |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _g._ Skidway man.    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-    (Power--Pacific coast):|         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Hook tender.    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _b._ Rigging shingle.|  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Choker man.     |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |Good.   |
-      _d._ Sniper.         |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |Fair to |
-                           |         |     |     |      |poor.   |
-      _e._ Signalman.      |Average. |  1  |  2  |1 eye,|Good.   |
-                           |         |     |     |fair. |        |
-      _f._ Yarding and road|  do.    |  2  |  2  |Good. |  do.   |
-      engineer.            |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _g._ Yarding and     |  do.    |  2  |  2  |Fair. |Fair.   |
-      road-engine fireman. |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _h._ Wood buck.      |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |Fair to |
-                           |         |     |     |      |poor.   |
-      _i._ Head loader.    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |Fair.   |
-      _j._ Second loader.  |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _k._ Loading engine  |Average. |  2  |  2  |  do. |Good.   |
-      engineer.            |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _l._ Loading engine  |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      fireman.             |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _m._ Pump man.       |  do.    |  2  |  1  |  do. |Fair.   |
-      _o._ Master mechanic.|  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _n._ Blacksmith.     |Robust.  |  2  |  1  |Good. |  do.   |
-      _p._ Carpenter.      |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _q._ Car repairer.   |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _r._ Pole road       |  do.    |  2  |  2  |Fair. |  do.   |
-      construction         |         |     |     |      |        |
-     (foreman).            |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _s._ Pole road       |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      construction         |         |     |     |      |        |
-      (laborers).          |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _t._ Landing         |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      construction         |         |     |     |      |        |
-      (foreman).           |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _u._ Landing         |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      construction (men).  |         |     |     |      |        |
-    (3) Transportation--   |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Locomotive      |  do.    |  2  |  2  |Good. |Good.   |
-      engineer.            |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _b._ Locomotive      |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      fireman.             |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _c._ Conductor, log  |Average. |  1  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      train.               |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _d._ Brakeman, log   |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      train.               |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _e._ Section foreman.|Average. |  1  |  2  |  do. |Fair.   |
-      _f._ Section man.    |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |Fair. |Fair to |
-                           |         |     |     |      |poor.   |
-      _g._ Railroad        |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |Fair.   |
-      construction         |         |     |     |      |        |
-      (foreman).           |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _h._ Railroad        |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |Fair to |
-      construction (men).  |         |     |     |      |poor.   |
-      _i._ Rafting or boom |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |Fair.   |
-      foreman.             |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _j._ Rafting or boom |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      men.                 |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _k._ Driver foreman. |  do.    |  2  |  2  |Good. |  do.   |
-      _l._ River driver    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |Fair. |  do.   |
-    (4) Timber             |         |     |     |      |        |
-    measurement--          |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Scaler.         |Average. |1 or |  2  |Good. |  do.   |
-                           |         |  2  |     |      |        |
-      _b._ Scaler’s helper.|  do.    |  2  |  2  |Fair. |Fair to |
-                           |         |     |     |      |poor.   |
-    (5) General camp crew--|         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _b._ Barn man.       |Average. |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Cook.           |Robust.  |  2  |  1  |   1  |  do.   |
-      _d._ Flunkey.        |Average. |  2  |  1  |1 eye,|  do.   |
-                           |         |     |     |fair. |        |
-      _e._ Chore boy.      |  do.    |  2  |  1  |Fair. |  do.   |
-      _f._ Camp clerk.     |  do.    |  1  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-    Lumber manufacture:    |         |     |     |      |        |
-  C. (1) Log storage--     |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Log car         |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |Fair.   |
-      unloaders.           |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _b._ Pond foreman.   |Average. |  2  |  2  |1 eye,|  do.   |
-                           |         |     |     |fair. |        |
-      _c._ Sinker raiser.  |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _d._ Boom men and    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      jacker feeder.       |         |     |     |      |        |
-    (2) Sawmill proper--   |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Dock man and    |Average. |  2  |  2  |Good. |Fair.   |
-      scaler.              |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _b._ Sawyer.         |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Setter.         |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _d._ Carriage rider. |  do.    |  2  |  2  |Fair. |  do.   |
-      _e._ Swamper or off- |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      bearer.              |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _f._ Tripper.        |Average. |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _g._ Edgerman.       |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |Good. |  do.   |
-      _h._ Tail edger.     |  do.    |  2  |  2  |Fair. |  do.   |
-      _i._ Slasherman.     |Average. |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _j._ Gang sawyer.    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |Good. |  do.   |
-      _k._ Gang feeder.    |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |Fair. |  do.   |
-      _l._ Gang tailer.    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _m._ Trimmer loader. |  do.    |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _n._ Trimmer         |Average. |  2  |  1  |Good. |  do.   |
-      leverman.            |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _o._ Clean-up man.   |  do.    |  2  |  1  |Fair. |  do.   |
-      _p._ Oiler.          |  do.    |  2  |  2  |Good. |  do.   |
-      _q._ Foreman.        |  do.    |  1  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _r._ Saw filer.      |  do.    |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _s._ Saw filer       |  do.    |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      helper.              |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _t._ Jump saw        |  do.    |  2  |  1  |Fair. |  do.   |
-      operator.            |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _u._ Millwright.     |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |Good. |  do.   |
-      _v._ Watchman.       |Average. |  1  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-    (3) Sorting and        |         |     |     |      |        |
-    grading--              |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Inspector,      |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      lumber.              |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _b._ Graders.        |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Sorting table   |  do.    |  2  |[14]1|Fair. |  do.   |
-      man.                 |         |     |     |      |        |
-    (4) Yard and kiln      |         |     |     |      |        |
-    work--                 |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |Average. |  1  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _b._ Teamsters.      |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Stackers.       |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _d._ Send-in men.    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-    (5) Planing mill--     |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |Average. |  1  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _b._ Machinist.      |  do.    |  2  |  2  |Good. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Shipping clerk. |  do.    |  1  |  1  |Fair. |  do.   |
-      _d._ Machine feeders.|Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _e._ Grades behind   |Average. |  2  |  2  |Good. |  do.   |
-      Machines.            |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _f._ Machine tailers.|  do.    |  2  |  2  |Fair. |  do.   |
-      _g._ Tyers.          |  do.    |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-    (6) Loading and        |         |     |     |      |        |
-    shipping--             |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Truckers.       |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _b._ Car loaders.    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Checkers.       |Average. |  2  |  2  |Good. |  do.   |
-    (7) Office and Sales-- |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Clerk.          |  do.    |  2  |  1  |Fair. |  do.   |
-      _b._ Salesman.       |  do.    |  1  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-    (8) Commissary         |  do.    |  2  |  1  |1 eye,|  do.   |
-    employees.             |         |     |     |fair. |        |
-    (9) Power house--      |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Engineer.       |  do.    |  2  |  2  |Fair. |  do.   |
-      _b._ Fireman.        |  do.    |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Common labor.   |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-    (10) Machine shop--    |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _b._ Blacksmith.     |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |Good. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Machinist.      |  do.    |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _d._ Boiler maker.   |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _e._ Pattern maker.  |  do.    |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _f._ Welders.        |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _g._ Electrician.    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _h._ Helpers.        |  do.    |  2  |  2  |Fair. |  do.   |
-      _i._ Common labor.   |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-    (11) Miscellaneous--   |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Timekeeper.     |Average. |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _b._ Common labor.   |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-  D. Lath Manufacture:     |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |Average. |  2  |  1  |Fair. |Fair.   |
-      _b._ Slab picker.    |Robust.  |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Machine feeders.|  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _d._ Machine tailers.|  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _e._ Lath bundlers   |Average. |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      and Graders.         |         |     |     |      |        |
-  E. Shingle manufacture:  |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |  do.    |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _b._ Bolter.         |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Shingle sawyer. |  do.    |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _d._ Knob sawyer.    |  do.    |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _e._ Grader and      |Average. |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      bundler.             |         |     |     |      |        |
-  F. Paper industry:       |         |     |     |      |        |
-    (1) Millwork--         |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Head piler      |  do.    |  1  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      (wood).              |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _b._ Wood handlers.  |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Conveyor man.   |  do.    |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _d._ River man.      |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _e._ Head wood       |Average. |  1  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      handler.             |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _f._ Slip man.       |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _g._ Head preparer.  |Average. |  1  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _h._ Swing sawyer.   |Robust.  |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _i._ Barker.         |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _j._ Splitter.       |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _k._ Waste handler.  |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _l._ Chipper.        |Average. |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _m._ Head grinder    |  do.    |  1  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      man.                 |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _n._ Stone           |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      sharpener.           |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _o._ Grinder man.    | do.     |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _p._ Block handler.  | do.     |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _q._ Screenman.      |Average. |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _r._ Sliver man.     |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _s._ Head pressman.  |  do.    |  1  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _t._ Pressman.       |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _u._ Decker man.     |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _v._ Sulphur burner. |Average. |  1  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _w._ Acid maker.     |  do.    |  1  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _x._ Lime slacker.   |  do.    |  1  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _y._ Lime handler.   |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _z._ Towerman.       |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _aa._ Cook           |  do.    |  1  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      (digesters).         |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _bb._ Cook, first    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      helper.              |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _cc._ Cook, second   |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      helper.              |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _dd._ Blow pitman.   |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _ee._ Screenman.     |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _ff._ Waste handler. |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _gg._ Head pressman. |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _hh._ Pressman.      |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _ii._ Head beater    |Average. |  1  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      man.                 |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _jj._ Beater man.    |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _kk._ Clay and size  |Average. |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      man.                 |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _ll._ Machine tender.|Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _mm._ Machine man    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      (others).            |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _nn._ Head finisher. |Average. |  1  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _oo._ Cutter man.    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _pp._ Rewinder.      |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _qq._ Weigher.       |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _rr._ Marker.        |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _ss._ Balers.        |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _tt._ Oilers.        |Average. |  2  |  2  |Good. |  do.   |
-      _uu._ Cleaner.       |  do.    |  2  |  2  |Fair. |  do.   |
-      _vv._ Filter man.    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _ww._ First core     |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      cleaner.             |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _xx._ Core cleaner.  |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _yy._ Stock saver.   |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _zz._ Engineer.      |  do.    |  2  | 1 or|  do. |Good.   |
-                           |         |     |  2  |      |        |
-      _aaa._ Fireman.      |  do.    |  2  |  1  |  do. |Fair.   |
-      _bbb._ Dynamo man.   |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _ccc._ Coal and wood |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      handlers.            |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _ddd._ Boiler        |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      cleaner.             |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _eee._ Head repair   |Average. |  1  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      man.                 |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _fff._ Repair man.   |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |Fair. |  do.   |
-      _ggg._ Repair man    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      helpers.             |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _hhh._ Core maker.   |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-  G. Cooperage industry:   |         |     |     |      |        |
-    (1) Woods work (same   |         |     |     |      |        |
-    qualifications as for  |Average. |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-    regular logging).      |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-    (2) Manufacture--      |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _a._ Drag saw        |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      operator.            |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _b._ Bolter.         |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _c._ Peeler.         |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _d._ Sawyer.         |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _e._ Knife grinder   |Average. |  2  |  1  |Good. |Fair.   |
-      and filer.           |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _f._ Jointers.       |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |Fair. |  do.   |
-      _g._ Matchers.       |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _h._ Turners.        |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _i._ Packers.        |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _j._ Truckers.       |Average. |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _k._ Clean-up men.   |  do.    |     |     |      |        |
-  H. Veneer mill:          |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |  do.    |  1  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _b._ Drag saw man.   |Robust.  |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Hot box man.    |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _d._ Deck labor.     |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _e._ Machine         |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      operator.            |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _f._ Sawyer.         |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _g._ Grader.         |Average. |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _h._ Stock handler.  |Robust.  |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _i._ Trucker.        |  do.    |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _j._ Kiln operator.  |Average. |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _k._ Packer and      |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      loader.              |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _l._ Engineer.       |Average. |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _m._ Fireman.        |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _n._ Common labor.   |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-  I. Wood preservation:    |         |     |     |      |        |
-      _a._ Superintendent. |Average. |  1  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _b._ Foreman.        |  do.    |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _c._ Common labor.   |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _d._ Engineer.       |Average. |  2  |  1  |  do. |  do.   |
-      _e._ Fireman.        |Robust.  |  2  |  2  |  do. |  do.   |
-  -------------------------+---------+-----+-----+------+--------+
-
-  =========================+===========================================+
-                           |          Training and experience.         |
-                           +--------------------------+----------------+
-                           |        Technical         |   Mechanical   |
-                           |        knowledge.        |     skill.     |
-                           +----+---------+-----------+----+-----+-----+
-                           |    |         |           |    |Aver-|     |
-                           |Low.|Average. |   High.   |Low.| age.|High.|
-                           +----+---------+-----------+----+-----+-----+
-  A. Logging engineering:  |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    (1) Land surveys--     |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Instrument man. |    |         |Yes; mathe-|    |     |     |
-                           |    |         |matical.   |    |     |     |
-      _b._ Rodman.         |    |Yes;     |           |    |     |     |
-                           |    |general  |           |    |     |     |
-                           |    |knowledge|           |    |     |     |
-                           |    |of sur-  |           |    |     |     |
-                           |    |veying.  |           |    |     |     |
-      _c._ Chainman.       |    |   do.   |           |    |     |     |
-      _d._ Axeman.         |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-    (2) Timber cruising--  |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Cruiser.        |    |         |Yes; timber|    |     |     |
-                           |    |         |estimating.|    |     |     |
-      _b._ Compassman.     |    |         |Compass    |    |     |     |
-                           |    |         |work.      |    |     |     |
-      _c._ Cook.           |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    (3) Topographic        |    |         |Compass    |    |     |     |
-    mapping and map        |    |         |work.      |    |     |     |
-    making.                |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    (4) Railroad location--|    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Instrument man. |    |         |Yes; Mathe-|    |     |     |
-                           |    |         |matical.   |    |     |     |
-      _b._ Rodman.         |    |Yes;     |           |    |     |     |
-                           |    |general  |           |    |     |     |
-                           |    |knowledge|           |    |     |     |
-                           |    |of sur-  |           |    |     |     |
-                           |    |veying.  |           |    |     |     |
-      _c._ Chainman.       |    |   do.   |           |    |     |     |
-      _d._ Axeman.         |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-    (5) Planning logging   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    operations--           |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Forester or     |    |         |Knowledge  |    |     |     |
-      logging engineer.    |    |         |of logging |    |     |     |
-                           |    |         |methods.   |    |     |     |
-  B. Logging:              |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    (1) Felling and bucking|    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    (including saw         |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    fitting)--             |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Head faller.    |    |         |Yes.       |    |     |     |
-      _b._ Second faller.  |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _c._ Saw filer.      |    |         |Knowledge  |    |     |     |
-                           |    |         |of saw     |    |     |     |
-                           |    |         |fitting.   |    |     |     |
-      _d._ Saw boss.       |    |         |    do.    |    |     |     |
-    (2) Skidding and       |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    yarding (animal)--     |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Teamster.       |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _b._ Swamper.        |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _c._ Grab setter.    |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _d._ Tong hooker.    |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _e._ Tong unhooker.  |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _f._ Cant hookman.   |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _g._ Skidway man.    |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-    (Power--Pacific coast):|    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Hook tender.    |    |         |    Yes.   |    |     |Yes. |
-      _b._ Rigging shingle.|    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _c._ Choker man.     |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _d._ Sniper.         |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _e._ Signalman.      |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _f._ Yarding and road|    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      engineer.            |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _g._ Yarding and     |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      road-engine fireman. |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _h._ Wood buck.      |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _i._ Head loader.    |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _j._ Second loader.  |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _k._ Loading engine  |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      engineer.            |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _l._ Loading engine  |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      fireman.             |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _m._ Pump man.       |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _o._ Master mechanic.|    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _n._ Blacksmith.     |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _p._ Carpenter.      |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _q._ Car repairer.   |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _r._ Pole road       |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      construction         |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-     (foreman).            |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _s._ Pole road       |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      construction         |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      (laborers).          |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _t._ Landing         |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      construction         |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      (foreman).           |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _u._ Landing         |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      construction (men).  |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    (3) Transportation--   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Locomotive      |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      engineer.            |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _b._ Locomotive      |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      fireman.             |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _c._ Conductor, log  |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      train.               |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _d._ Brakeman, log   |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      train.               |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _e._ Section foreman.|    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _f._ Section man.    |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _g._ Railroad        |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      construction         |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      (foreman).           |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _h._ Railroad        |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      construction (men).  |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _i._ Rafting or boom |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      foreman.             |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _j._ Rafting or boom |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      men.                 |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _k._ Driver foreman. |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _l._ River driver    |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-    (4) Timber             |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    measurement--          |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Scaler.         |    |         |Yes.       |    |     |     |
-      _b._ Scaler’s helper.|    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-    (5) General camp crew--|    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _b._ Barn man.       |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _c._ Cook.           |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _d._ Flunkey.        |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _e._ Chore boy.      |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _f._ Camp clerk.     |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    Lumber manufacture:    |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-  C. (1) Log storage--     |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Log car         |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      unloaders.           |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _b._ Pond foreman.   |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _c._ Sinker raiser.  |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _d._ Boom men and    |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      jacker feeder.       |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    (2) Sawmill proper--   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Dock man and    |    |Yes.     |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      scaler.              |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _b._ Sawyer.         |    |         |Yes.       |    |     |Yes. |
-      _c._ Setter.         |    | Yes.    |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _d._ Carriage rider. |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _e._ Swamper or off- |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      bearer.              |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _f._ Tripper.        |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _g._ Edgerman.       |    |         |Yes.       |    |     |     |
-      _h._ Tail edger.     |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _i._ Slasherman.     |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _j._ Gang sawyer.    |    |Yes.     |           |    |     |     |
-      _k._ Gang feeder.    |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _l._ Gang tailer.    |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _m._ Trimmer loader. |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _n._ Trimmer         |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      leverman.            |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _o._ Clean-up man.   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _p._ Oiler.          |Yes.|         |           |    |     |     |
-      _q._ Foreman.        |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _r._ Saw filer.      |    |         |Yes.       |Yes.|     |     |
-      _s._ Saw filer       |    |Yes.     |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      helper.              |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _t._ Jump saw        |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      operator.            |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _u._ Millwright.     |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _v._ Watchman.       |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    (3) Sorting and        |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    grading--              |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Inspector,      |    |         |Yes.       |    |     |     |
-      lumber.              |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _b._ Graders.        |    |Yes.     |           |    |     |     |
-      _c._ Sorting table   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      man.                 |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    (4) Yard and kiln      |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    work--                 |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |    |Yes.     |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _b._ Teamsters.      |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _c._ Stackers.       |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _d._ Send-in men.    |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-    (5) Planing mill--     |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _b._ Machinist.      |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _c._ Shipping clerk. |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _d._ Machine feeders.|    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _e._ Grades behind   |    |Yes.     |           |    |     |     |
-      Machines.            |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _f._ Machine tailers.|    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _g._ Tyers.          |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    (6) Loading and        |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    shipping--             |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Truckers.       |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _b._ Car loaders.    |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _c._ Checkers.       |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-    (7) Office and Sales-- |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Clerk.          |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _b._ Salesman.       |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    (8) Commissary         |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    employees.             |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    (9) Power house--      |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Engineer.       |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _b._ Fireman.        |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _c._ Common labor.   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    (10) Machine shop--    |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _b._ Blacksmith.     |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _c._ Machinist.      |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _d._ Boiler maker.   |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _e._ Pattern maker.  |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _f._ Welders.        |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _g._ Electrician.    |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _h._ Helpers.        |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _i._ Common labor.   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    (11) Miscellaneous--   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Timekeeper.     |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _b._ Common labor.   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-  D. Lath Manufacture:     |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _b._ Slab picker.    |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _c._ Machine feeders.|    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _d._ Machine tailers.|    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _e._ Lath bundlers   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      and Graders.         |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-  E. Shingle manufacture:  |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _b._ Bolter.         |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _c._ Shingle sawyer. |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _d._ Knob sawyer.    |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _e._ Grader and      |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      bundler.             |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-  F. Paper industry:       |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    (1) Millwork--         |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Head piler      |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      (wood).              |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _b._ Wood handlers.  |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _c._ Conveyor man.   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _d._ River man.      |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _e._ Head wood       |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      handler.             |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _f._ Slip man.       |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _g._ Head preparer.  |    |Yes.     |           |    |     |     |
-      _h._ Swing sawyer.   |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _i._ Barker.         |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _j._ Splitter.       |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _k._ Waste handler.  |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _l._ Chipper.        |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _m._ Head grinder    |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      man.                 |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _n._ Stone           |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      sharpener.           |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _o._ Grinder man.    |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _p._ Block handler.  |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _q._ Screenman.      |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _r._ Sliver man.     |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _s._ Head pressman.  |    |         |Yes.       |    |Yes. |     |
-      _t._ Pressman.       |    |Yes.     |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _u._ Decker man.     |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _v._ Sulphur burner. |    |Yes.     |           |    |     |     |
-      _w._ Acid maker.     |    |Yes.     |           |    |     |     |
-      _x._ Lime slacker.   |    |Yes.     |           |    |     |     |
-      _y._ Lime handler.   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _z._ Towerman.       |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _aa._ Cook           |    |Yes.     |           |    |     |     |
-      (digesters).         |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _bb._ Cook, first    |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      helper.              |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _cc._ Cook, second   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      helper.              |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _dd._ Blow pitman.   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _ee._ Screenman.     |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _ff._ Waste handler. |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _gg._ Head pressman. |    |         |Yes.       |    |Yes. |     |
-      _hh._ Pressman.      |    |Yes.     |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _ii._ Head beater    |    |Yes.     |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      man.                 |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _jj._ Beater man.    |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _kk._ Clay and size  |    |Yes.     |           |    |     |     |
-      man.                 |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _ll._ Machine tender.|    |Yes.     |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _mm._ Machine man    |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      (others).            |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _nn._ Head finisher. |    |         |Yes.       |    |     |     |
-      _oo._ Cutter man.    |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _pp._ Rewinder.      |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _qq._ Weigher.       |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _rr._ Marker.        |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _ss._ Balers.        |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _tt._ Oilers.        |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _uu._ Cleaner.       |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _vv._ Filter man.    |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _ww._ First core     |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      cleaner.             |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _xx._ Core cleaner.  |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _yy._ Stock saver.   |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _zz._ Engineer.      |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _aaa._ Fireman.      |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _bbb._ Dynamo man.   |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      _ccc._ Coal and wood |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      handlers.            |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _ddd._ Boiler        |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      cleaner.             |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _eee._ Head repair   |    |         |           |    |     |Yes. |
-      man.                 |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _fff._ Repair man.   |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _ggg._ Repair man    |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      helpers.             |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _hhh._ Core maker.   |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-  G. Cooperage industry:   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    (1) Woods work (same   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-    qualifications as for  |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-    regular logging).      |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-    (2) Manufacture--      |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _a._ Drag saw        |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      operator.            |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _b._ Bolter.         |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _c._ Peeler.         |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _d._ Sawyer.         |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _e._ Knife grinder   |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      and filer.           |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _f._ Jointers.       |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _g._ Matchers.       |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _h._ Turners.        |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _i._ Packers.        |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _j._ Truckers.       |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _k._ Clean-up men.   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-  H. Veneer mill:          |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _b._ Drag saw man.   |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _c._ Hot box man.    |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _d._ Deck labor.     |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _e._ Machine         |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      operator.            |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _f._ Sawyer.         |    |Yes.     |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _g._ Grader.         |    |Yes.     |           |    |     |     |
-      _h._ Stock handler.  |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _i._ Trucker.        |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _j._ Kiln operator.  |    |Yes.     |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _k._ Packer and      |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      loader.              |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _l._ Engineer.       |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _m._ Fireman.        |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-      _n._ Common labor.   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-  I. Wood preservation:    |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _a._ Superintendent. |    |         |Yes.       |    |Yes. |     |
-      _b._ Foreman.        |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _c._ Common labor.   |    |         |           |    |     |     |
-      _d._ Engineer.       |    |         |           |    |Yes. |     |
-      _e._ Fireman.        |    |         |           |Yes.|     |     |
-  -------------------------+----+---------+-----------+----+-----+-----+
-
-  =========================+============================================
-                           |
-                           |
-                           |
-                           |                    Remarks.
-                           |
-                           |
-                           |
-                           +--------------------------------------------
-  A. Logging engineering:  |
-    (1) Land surveys--     |
-      _a._ Instrument man. |Must be able to travel on foot for long
-                           |distances.
-      _b._ Rodman.         |Do.
-      _c._ Chainman.       |Do.
-      _d._ Axeman.         |Do.
-    (2) Timber cruising--  |
-      _a._ Cruiser.        |Do.
-      _b._ Compassman.     |Do.
-      _c._ Cook.           |General qualification for cook.
-    (3) Topographic        |Must be able to travel on foot for long
-    mapping and map        |distances.
-    making.                |
-    (4) Railroad location--|
-      _a._ Instrument man. |Do.
-      _b._ Rodman.         |Do.
-      _c._ Chainman.       |Do.
-      _d._ Axeman.         |Do.
-    (5) Planning logging   |
-    operations--           |
-      _a._ Forester or     |Do.
-      logging engineer.    |
-  B. Logging:              |
-    (1) Felling and bucking|
-    (including saw         |
-    fitting)--             |
-      _a._ Head faller.    |
-      _b._ Second faller.  |
-      _c._ Saw filer.      |
-      _d._ Saw boss.       |
-    (2) Skidding and       |
-    yarding (animal)--     |
-      _a._ Teamster.       |Must be a skilled teamster.
-      _b._ Swamper.        |Must be able to handle an ax.
-      _c._ Grab setter.    |
-      _d._ Tong hooker.    |
-      _e._ Tong unhooker.  |
-      _f._ Cant hookman.   |
-      _g._ Skidway man.    |
-    (Power--Pacific coast):|
-      _a._ Hook tender.    |
-      _b._ Rigging shingle.|
-      _c._ Choker man.     |
-      _d._ Sniper.         |
-      _e._ Signalman.      |
-      _f._ Yarding and road|
-      engineer.            |
-      _g._ Yarding and     |
-      road-engine fireman. |
-      _h._ Wood buck.      |
-      _i._ Head loader.    |
-      _j._ Second loader.  |
-      _k._ Loading engine  |
-      engineer.            |
-      _l._ Loading engine  |
-      fireman.             |
-      _m._ Pump man.       |
-      _o._ Master mechanic.|
-      _n._ Blacksmith.     |
-      _p._ Carpenter.      |
-      _q._ Car repairer.   |
-      _r._ Pole road       |
-      construction         |
-     (foreman).            |
-      _s._ Pole road       |
-      construction         |
-      (laborers).          |
-      _t._ Landing         |
-      construction         |
-      (foreman).           |
-      _u._ Landing         |
-      construction (men).  |
-    (3) Transportation--   |
-      _a._ Locomotive      |
-      engineer.            |
-      _b._ Locomotive      |
-      fireman.             |
-      _c._ Conductor, log  |
-      train.               |
-      _d._ Brakeman, log   |
-      train.               |
-      _e._ Section foreman.|
-      _f._ Section man.    |
-      _g._ Railroad        |
-      construction         |
-      (foreman).           |
-      _h._ Railroad        |
-      construction (men).  |
-      _i._ Rafting or boom |
-      foreman.             |
-      _j._ Rafting or boom |
-      men.                 |
-      _k._ Driver foreman. |
-      _l._ River driver    |
-    (4) Timber             |
-    measurement--          |
-      _a._ Scaler.         |
-      _b._ Scaler’s helper.|
-    (5) General camp crew--|
-      _a._ Foreman.        |Wide experience.
-      _b._ Barn man.       |
-      _c._ Cook.           |General qualifications for industrial camp
-                           |cook.
-      _d._ Flunkey.        |
-      _e._ Chore boy.      |
-      _f._ Camp clerk.     |Ordinary clerical ability.
-    Lumber manufacture:    |
-  C. (1) Log storage--     |
-      _a._ Log car         |Loss of 1 or 2 fingers no detriment.
-      unloaders.           |
-      _b._ Pond foreman.   |Do.
-      _c._ Sinker raiser.  |Do.
-      _d._ Boom men and    |
-      jacker feeder.       |
-    (2) Sawmill proper--   |
-      _a._ Dock man and    |Loss of 1 or 2 fingers no detriment.
-      scaler.              |
-      _b._ Sawyer.         |
-      _c._ Setter.         |Loss of 1 finger no detriment.
-      _d._ Carriage rider. |Loss of 1 or 2 fingers no detriment.
-      _e._ Swamper or off- |Do.
-      bearer.              |
-      _f._ Tripper.        |Do.
-      _g._ Edgerman.       |
-      _h._ Tail edger.     |Loss of 1 finger no detriment.
-      _i._ Slasherman.     |Loss of 1 or 2 fingers no detriment.
-      _j._ Gang sawyer.    |Loss of 1 finger no detriment.
-      _k._ Gang feeder.    |Do.
-      _l._ Gang tailer.    |Do.
-      _m._ Trimmer loader. |
-      _n._ Trimmer         |
-      leverman.            |
-      _o._ Clean-up man.   |Loss of 1 finger no detriment.
-      _p._ Oiler.          |Do.
-      _q._ Foreman.        |
-      _r._ Saw filer.      |
-      _s._ Saw filer       |
-      helper.              |
-      _t._ Jump saw        |Loss of 1 or 2 fingers no detriment.
-      operator.            |
-      _u._ Millwright.     |
-      _v._ Watchman.       |Loss of 1 finger no detriment.
-    (3) Sorting and        |
-    grading--              |
-      _a._ Inspector,      |Do.
-      lumber.              |
-      _b._ Graders.        |
-      _c._ Sorting table   |
-      man.                 |
-    (4) Yard and kiln      |
-    work--                 |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |
-      _b._ Teamsters.      |
-      _c._ Stackers.       |
-      _d._ Send-in men.    |
-    (5) Planing mill--     |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |
-      _b._ Machinist.      |
-      _c._ Shipping clerk. |Ability to handle men and handle office
-                           |work.
-      _d._ Machine feeders.|
-      _e._ Grades behind   |
-      Machines.            |
-      _f._ Machine tailers.|
-      _g._ Tyers.          |
-    (6) Loading and        |
-    shipping--             |
-      _a._ Truckers.       |Loss of 1 or 2 fingers no detriment.
-      _b._ Car loaders.    |
-      _c._ Checkers.       |
-    (7) Office and Sales-- |
-      _a._ Clerk.          |General clerical ability.
-      _b._ Salesman.       |Sales ability.
-    (8) Commissary         |General store clerk ability.
-    employees.             |
-    (9) Power house--      |
-      _a._ Engineer.       |
-      _b._ Fireman.        |
-      _c._ Common labor.   |
-    (10) Machine shop--    |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |
-      _b._ Blacksmith.     |
-      _c._ Machinist.      |
-      _d._ Boiler maker.   |
-      _e._ Pattern maker.  |
-      _f._ Welders.        |
-      _g._ Electrician.    |
-      _h._ Helpers.        |
-      _i._ Common labor.   |
-    (11) Miscellaneous--   |
-      _a._ Timekeeper.     |Average clerical ability.
-      _b._ Common labor.   |
-  D. Lath Manufacture:     |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |
-      _b._ Slab picker.    |
-      _c._ Machine feeders.|
-      _d._ Machine tailers.|
-      _e._ Lath bundlers   |
-      and Graders.         |
-  E. Shingle manufacture:  |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |
-      _b._ Bolter.         |
-      _c._ Shingle sawyer. |
-      _d._ Knob sawyer.    |
-      _e._ Grader and      |
-      bundler.             |
-  F. Paper industry:       |
-    (1) Millwork--         |
-      _a._ Head piler      |
-      (wood).              |
-      _b._ Wood handlers.  |
-      _c._ Conveyor man.   |
-      _d._ River man.      |
-      _e._ Head wood       |
-      handler.             |
-      _f._ Slip man.       |
-      _g._ Head preparer.  |
-      _h._ Swing sawyer.   |
-      _i._ Barker.         |
-      _j._ Splitter.       |
-      _k._ Waste handler.  |
-      _l._ Chipper.        |
-      _m._ Head grinder    |
-      man.                 |
-      _n._ Stone           |
-      sharpener.           |
-      _o._ Grinder man.    |
-      _p._ Block handler.  |
-      _q._ Screenman.      |
-      _r._ Sliver man.     |
-      _s._ Head pressman.  |
-      _t._ Pressman.       |
-      _u._ Decker man.     |
-      _v._ Sulphur burner. |
-      _w._ Acid maker.     |
-      _x._ Lime slacker.   |
-      _y._ Lime handler.   |
-      _z._ Towerman.       |
-      _aa._ Cook           |
-      (digesters).         |
-      _bb._ Cook, first    |
-      helper.              |
-      _cc._ Cook, second   |
-      helper.              |
-      _dd._ Blow pitman.   |
-      _ee._ Screenman.     |
-      _ff._ Waste handler. |
-      _gg._ Head pressman. |
-      _hh._ Pressman.      |
-      _ii._ Head beater    |
-      man.                 |
-      _jj._ Beater man.    |
-      _kk._ Clay and size  |
-      man.                 |
-      _ll._ Machine tender.|
-      _mm._ Machine man    |
-      (others).            |
-      _nn._ Head finisher. |
-      _oo._ Cutter man.    |
-      _pp._ Rewinder.      |
-      _qq._ Weigher.       |
-      _rr._ Marker.        |
-      _ss._ Balers.        |
-      _tt._ Oilers.        |
-      _uu._ Cleaner.       |
-      _vv._ Filter man.    |
-      _ww._ First core     |
-      cleaner.             |
-      _xx._ Core cleaner.  |
-      _yy._ Stock saver.   |
-      _zz._ Engineer.      |
-      _aaa._ Fireman.      |
-      _bbb._ Dynamo man.   |
-      _ccc._ Coal and wood |
-      handlers.            |
-      _ddd._ Boiler        |
-      cleaner.             |
-      _eee._ Head repair   |
-      man.                 |
-      _fff._ Repair man.   |
-      _ggg._ Repair man    |
-      helpers.             |
-      _hhh._ Core maker.   |
-  G. Cooperage industry:   |
-    (1) Woods work (same   |
-    qualifications as for  |
-    regular logging).      |
-    (2) Manufacture--      |
-      _a._ Drag saw        |
-      operator.            |
-      _b._ Bolter.         |
-      _c._ Peeler.         |
-      _d._ Sawyer.         |
-      _e._ Knife grinder   |
-      and filer.           |
-      _f._ Jointers.       |
-      _g._ Matchers.       |
-      _h._ Turners.        |
-      _i._ Packers.        |
-      _j._ Truckers.       |
-      _k._ Clean-up men.   |
-  H. Veneer mill:          |
-      _a._ Foreman.        |
-      _b._ Drag saw man.   |
-      _c._ Hot box man.    |
-      _d._ Deck labor.     |
-      _e._ Machine         |
-      operator.            |
-      _f._ Sawyer.         |
-      _g._ Grader.         |
-      _h._ Stock handler.  |
-      _i._ Trucker.        |
-      _j._ Kiln operator.  |
-      _k._ Packer and      |
-      loader.              |
-      _l._ Engineer.       |
-      _m._ Fireman.        |
-      _n._ Common labor.   |
-  I. Wood preservation:    |
-      _a._ Superintendent. |
-      _b._ Foreman.        |
-      _c._ Common labor.   |
-      _d._ Engineer.       |
-      _e._ Fireman.        |
-  -------------------------+--------------------------------------------
-
-  [13] Ability to travel on foot.
-
-  [14] Preferably 2.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 914. EMPLOYMENT MANAGEMENT
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This article was prepared by Edward D. Jones, Director of Course
-Materials, Employment Management Section of the War Industries Board,
-under direction of Charles H. Winslow, Chief of the Research Division of
-the Federal Board for Vocational Education. Acknowledgment is due to Dr.
-John Cummings of the Research Division for editorial assistance.
-
-
-THE NEW LABOR PROBLEM
-
-A great deal of thought is now being given, by American business men, to
-the subject of employment management. At one time the labor problem
-seemed to be solely a matter of the policies of organized labor and the
-methods of industrial warfare. It now shows itself to be chiefly a
-question of the intelligent handling of the human relations which result
-from the normal course of business, day by day. It has to do with a
-study of the requirements of each occupation, the careful selection of
-men for their work, their adequate training, the fixing of just wages,
-the maintenance of proper working conditions, and the protection of man
-against undue fatigue, accidents, disease, and the demoralizing
-influences of a narrow and inadequate life, and the opening of a channel
-through which employees may reach the ear of the management for the
-expression of any dissatisfaction with its labor policies.
-
-
-A DEPARTURE IN BUSINESS PRACTICE
-
-Hitherto, executive control in business has been exercised through three
-main divisions of administration:
-
-  (1) Finance--in charge of a treasurer or president.
-
-  (2) Manufacturing--in charge of a general manager or general
-  superintendent.
-
-  (3) Sales--in charge of a sales manager.
-
-To these general divisions industrial enterprise is now adding a fourth,
-i. e., employment management or, as it is sometimes called, supervision
-of personnel. In the employment department of a business are gathered
-all those activities which have to do with the human relations--hiring,
-education, promotion, discipline, discharge, wage setting, pensions,
-sick benefits, housing, etc. To bring all these matters together under
-one head, and provide each subsection with specialists, is a great step
-toward scientific industrialism.
-
-Industrial experience has proved the advantage of a separate department
-equipped to deal with questions of personnel by themselves. The prompt
-discovery and analysis of unfavorable working conditions can be made
-only by a central bureau. Most of the approved methods of dealing
-equitably with the working force have been devised or brought to notice
-by the new type of industrial specialist.
-
-Where employment departments have been established under competent
-executives, the waste of turnover has been uniformly reduced, and
-employees have been rendered more efficient through proper selection,
-assignment, training, and supervision. In no case of which there is
-record has an establishment which once tested the benefits of employment
-work of this character ever returned to the old methods of permitting
-employment functions to be handled by a variety of minor executives.
-
-
-FUNCTIONS OF THE EMPLOYMENT MANAGER
-
-The primary functions of an employment manager are to hire shop
-employees (and often office employees also), to superintend transfers
-and discharges, to assist in determining rates of pay, to study the
-causes of labor turnover and absenteeism and strive to reduce them, to
-adjust grievances, and to recommend changes in working conditions which
-will eliminate fatigue and accidents, or will improve the health and
-spirit of the force.
-
-In performing these functions the employment manager will need to
-organize a staff and provide himself with proper office aids. He will
-require a set of labor records, which will reveal for each department of
-the business the degree of efficiency being attained in the utilization
-of labor. He will analyze the sources of labor supply and make studies
-upon which job specifications, which set forth the qualifications
-required for each task, can be based. He will install such methods of
-physical and mental examination as will safeguard the force against the
-hazards of the occupation and the hazard of co-employment with men
-unfitted for their work.
-
-To the employment manager often falls the function of supervising the
-training of employees by apprenticeship, in vestibule or shop schools,
-or by Americanization programs.
-
-The employment manager should be the chief agency of his corporation in
-forming and executing the policies which may be adopted for keeping the
-worker up to the standard. These efforts may take any one of a variety
-of forms. In one case a restaurant may be opened; in another housing may
-be provided. In one plant a mutual benefit organization may be a
-success; elsewhere local transportation may be a serious problem, or a
-recreational or thrift campaign may occupy the most attention. Each
-industrial situation requires particular study. The prescription of
-economic and social remedies should rest as strictly upon diagnosis as
-does prescription in medical practice. This means that the employment
-manager should know how to make industrial and labor surveys.
-
-Finally, in connection with the government of the shop, the employment
-manager will have a hand in drawing up shop rules, and will, by means of
-suggestion systems and control sheets, deduce the significance of
-complaints and the causes of discharge. He will be in contact with shop
-committees, should such be formed. And he will be a harmonizer and
-mutual interpreter in all collective bargaining negotiations with
-organizations of employees, striving ever sincerely to reach a fair and
-permanent basis for loyal co-operation.
-
-It will be observed that most of these functions are not new in
-industry. They are now being gathered together under one authority so
-that they may be handled in a more expert manner, that they may be
-harmonized into a consistent policy, and that they may be made the
-definite responsibility of competent officers.
-
-In such a summary of possible activities as the foregoing, the range of
-duties indicated is wider than would be actually undertaken in most
-individual cases. Nevertheless, the employment manager has need of a
-firm grasp on the technique of his art, and an acquaintance with the
-successful policies of other employers.
-
-He is called upon to practice human engineering, and he has a leading
-part in transforming the relation of employer and employee from a mere
-“cash nexus” into a satisfying human relationship. Before the employment
-manager there opens one of the finest opportunities American business
-life has to offer. In proper ratio to these opportunities should be the
-dominating purpose and the training of the candidate.
-
-
-THE EMPLOYMENT MANAGER AND THE GENERAL OFFICERS
-
-The employment officer comes into a business organization as a staff
-man, to relieve the general executives. The general executive is a
-correlator. He is a balancer of claim against claim. His business is to
-define the general aims and to harmonize all lesser activities with
-them. To do this work well, he must be supplemented by specialists who
-do not have a wide range of functions, and so can concentrate upon some
-special phase and, upon demand, can furnish him with detailed knowledge
-and standardized special agencies.
-
-The line executive in war determines where a battery shall go and what
-it shall do, but he depends upon staff men to breed a reliable artillery
-horse, to design convenient gun carriages, and to prepare service tables
-for sighting guns. In industry, the function of staff departments is
-already understood with reference to mechanical equipments. The general
-executive decides to construct a factory or a warehouse; but he depends
-upon an architect to design a building which will resist the probable
-stresses. He desires a product; but he organizes a designing department
-and an inspection department to control the dimensions of parts. He
-would not pretend to a mastery of all the sciences involved. The analogy
-between the function of the purchasing agent in a modern organization
-and that of the employment manager is close. Formerly, factory foremen
-thought they knew best how to purchase raw materials. The development of
-the purchasing agent proved the fallacy of this, since his testing
-laboratory and specialized knowledge made the results far superior to
-those obtained by the individual foremen. This principle of staff
-service is now being carried over into the field of human
-administration. General executives demand well-chosen men, men who are
-physically examined and pronounced safe for the work they are to do, men
-who are properly paid, and men who are so handled that they become
-permanent, contented, and loyal co-operators in the general plans of the
-enterprise. Of all the standardized agencies which a service department
-can put at the disposal of a general executive, the supreme one is a
-first-class man.
-
-When it is recalled that the general superintendent of a modern factory
-is responsible for general supervision of the purchase, repair, and use
-of equipment; for the purchase, testing, storage, and accounting of
-materials; for shop schedules, promises of delivery, and measurement of
-output; for cost estimates, inspection of product, tool accounting, and
-all production orders, it can readily be seen that he has little time or
-energy to consider the interests of the workers in other than a very
-general way. There is some excuse for his looking upon men as merely the
-tools of production. With such an administrative blockade already
-existing, even in small businesses, there has intervened in recent
-decades the enormous growth of American corporations. This growth has so
-overwhelmed executives with functions, and so regimented each class in
-industry by itself, that officers and wage earners have been swept
-apart, and the friendly elbow-touch of the earlier day of small shops
-entirely destroyed. The effort is now being made to build a bridge
-between employer and employed--the chief span in this bridge is the
-employment department.
-
-
-THE EMPLOYMENT MANAGER AND THE FOREMAN
-
-From the shoulders of the overloaded superintendent there have slipped
-down upon the foreman of the shops a mass of heterogenous functions. In
-establishments where the modern plan of functionalizing the foreman is
-unknown, each foreman is for his own shop a Jack-of-all-trades,
-endeavoring to deal directly with the details of a great variety of
-duties. The inefficiency of such methods has been amply revealed by the
-analyses of the exponents of scientific management.
-
-The remedy is specialization. This means that groups of related duties
-are put in the charge of special foremen or service departments, such as
-the stock clerk, the engineer in charge of repairs, the planning room,
-and the tool room. From the foreman’s point of view the employment
-manager is such another functionalized foreman.
-
-In this way the general shop foreman is relieved of hiring friends of
-employees in his own department who importune him for selected jobs
-merely on the basis of friendship and not fitness. He is no longer a
-“bouncer.” He no longer can sell jobs, or hold his pets in soft
-assignments. He has not the easy device of covering his own incompetence
-by firing a man. He can ask for the transfer of unsatisfactory
-employees, but if enough of these transfers show that discarded persons
-are able to make good in another shop where the foremanizing is
-different, he prepares a prima facie case against himself. The foreman
-gets a more even and dependable run of workmen from the employment
-department than he can provide for himself. And he is freed from many
-distractions to become an expert in shop manufacturing processes. The
-employment manager must find a way to secure the enthusiastic
-co-operation of the foremen with whom he works, and to enlist their
-sympathy with the policies of the management, and of his own department,
-as if those policies were their own.
-
-
-WILL EMPLOYMENT MANAGERS BE NEEDED AFTER THE WAR?
-
-The movement which is developing human engineering is not a temporary
-nor sporadic demand, but is in response to an underlying trend of our
-economic life. It has not been dominantly, nor even largely, a product
-of war conditions, except as the war has made men everywhere appreciate
-more keenly the social virtues, and has made them long more earnestly
-for a new justice and comradeship. After the war, the underlying
-economic forces, which are all based upon the urgency of human wants,
-will steadily drive forward those economic reforms for which human
-knowledge has prepared the way.
-
-The distinction between the economics of the war period and of the
-post-war period lies in this: during the war the competitive struggle
-was chiefly to save time, after the war it will be to reduce costs.
-During the war speed outweighed economy. The employment manager was
-demanded because time was lost by absenteeism and turnover and the
-training of new men. Time was lost when workers were put at jobs for
-which they were unfitted; and time was lost by sickness, accidents, and
-strikes. After the war efficiency will appear to be more a matter of
-cost. If the losses of this war are not recouped by the efficiency of
-superior organization, and the only means of making them good is a
-curtailment of consumption, we may look for the struggle to lessen costs
-and lower prices to be more intense than has ever been known in modern
-times. In such an event the employment manager will be demanded by
-intelligent employers, because sickness and voluntary absenteeism mean
-idle equipment; because labor turnover means the cost of breaking in new
-workers; because an antagonistic attitude means waste of materials and
-tools, spoiled work and soldiering; while strikes mean the entire loss
-of overhead charges.
-
-
-RELATIONS TO THE UNITED STATES EMPLOYMENT SERVICE
-
-The United States Employment Service is a national system of recruiting
-bureaus operated by the Department of Labor of the United States
-Government, for the purpose of organizing the general relations of
-supply and demand on the labor market, and of distributing the available
-supply of wage earners as efficiently as possible to those localities
-and to those employers where they are in greatest demand.
-
-The employment manager is the representative of private business, which
-has the task of selecting such labor as it needs and of utilizing it to
-the best possible advantage in the actual work of production. If,
-therefore, the Government assists in finding men for industry, it is the
-function of the employment manager to use those men with intelligence,
-to take such steps as are appropriate for private industry to maintain
-their productive efficiency unimpaired, and to see that no condition
-which can be remedied throws them upon the labor market to be placed
-again.
-
-By the new system the employer is brought into contact with public
-officers, who seek a justification of his demands. It is necessary for
-employers to state accurately what types of skill they require--a thing
-which requires job analysis. It is necessary to give advance notice of
-wants; for this a labor schedule is needed. It is certainly no
-recommendation for an employer, in the eyes of his community labor
-board, if he must admit that he still continues the antiquated
-hiring-and-firing process, or that he has a high labor turnover, or that
-he has no department charged with responsibility for maintaining proper
-working conditions.
-
-
-A PERMANENT DEMAND
-
-We have spoken of the underlying forces which are creating a demand for
-specialists to deal with the human factor in industry. It would be
-difficult to point to an industrial reform which is more clearly the
-converging point of a number of progressive movements. Employment
-management is a result of the evolution of cost accounting, of the idea
-of supplementing line executives by competent staff departments, and of
-the movement to specialize the work of foremen. It is an opportunity to
-apply vocational guidance and industrial training. It provides the
-expert required for setting wages by investigation rather than by
-dispute. It gives the needed supervisory agency for safety first,
-industrial hygiene, and medical aid. And it provides an officer able to
-deal intelligently with shop committees and collective bargaining.
-
-The personnel officer, as an accountant, applies the methods of cost
-analysis to the factors which influence labor efficiency. As a hiring
-officer he has an opportunity to make vocational guidance more definite
-than it has yet been, because he can supplement the analysis of the
-individual with a parallel analysis of jobs. He has a powerful motive
-for competence in industrial training work, for he graduates his pupils
-in rather than out. His students benefit from the psychology of doing
-real work for pay in a real shop.
-
-The employment manager is related to recent movements in psychology. He
-has an opportunity to apply appropriate performance tests and general
-intelligence tests, for the purpose of sorting out those persons who,
-although adult in physical development, have still the minds of
-children. These classes he identifies, not to reject from employment but
-to place at appropriate work; not to browbeat and terrorize, but to
-protect and guide by patient and educative foremanizing to insure their
-becoming happy and permanent members of the productive community.
-
-The evolution of wage systems demands a specialist. The ideal form of
-reward is that of the man who is in business for himself, whose
-remuneration rises or falls according to his talent and effort. In the
-complexity of the modern corporation it is difficult to devise such a
-wage. In general, it may be said that to take a step toward greater
-fairness in wage setting, it is necessary to achieve greatness in
-measuring the basic factors involved in wages. Such are the worker’s
-talent, the nature of the task, the character of the working conditions;
-the chances of permanency and promotion, and the local cost of living.
-There is need of some agency to supervise the prolonged process by which
-each craft or skill in an establishment is placed at its proper point in
-the wage scale, with reference to the others.
-
-“Safety first” has exerted a great influence toward personal
-supervision. Workmen’s compensation laws have enforced responsibility
-upon employers. Students of accidents maintain that a greater number of
-disabilities result from the carelessness or ignorance of the working
-force than from faults of equipment and processes. This puts the matter
-as much in the domain of the personnel officer as of the engineer.
-
-A great advance has been made in medical science in recent decades. This
-advance has laid bare the intimate relation between good water,
-ventilation, digestible food, a reasonable work schedule, and home
-conditions, on the one side, and accident rates, fatigue, absenteeism,
-antagonism of mind, and strikes, on the other. The interlacing of these
-factors accounts for the profitableness of the health work which has
-been undertaken by progressive employers.
-
-Employment supervision represents a movement in the direction of the
-democratic shop, in which a voice is given to labor in determining
-working conditions. It may be said to be a method of applying to the
-relations of employer and employed those conceptions of “Truth” and
-“Service” which have revolutionized salesmanship and advertising. As the
-customer is “sold” a finished product--that is to say, is convinced and
-satisfied by square and generous dealing--so the workman is to be “sold”
-his job. The latter must be satisfied as to the task, the working
-conditions, the wages, the foremanizing, and the general policies,
-before he becomes a genuine employee.
-
-All of these movements, which have so rapidly shaped the new art of
-employment management, are functions of a rising level of intelligence,
-of an increasing power to produce wealth, and of growing interest in
-ideals of social welfare, as contrasted with ideals of personal luxury
-or arbitrary power. We may look upon them, therefore, as enduring forces
-and destined to work a progressive change in business management. Upon
-them the future of employment management rests. That future is secure.
-
-
-NECESSARY QUALIFICATIONS
-
-The employment manager, who measures up to the new standards now being
-set, is a first-class executive, standing on a parity with the sales
-manager or the production engineer. He has the more need of talent
-because of the newness of his position; a circumference which emphasizes
-flexibility of ideas, the ability to conduct investigations, the courage
-to be a pioneer, and the power of commanding the confidence of others in
-his pioneering. Again, his position is difficult, because he stands
-between parties which have been traditionally opposed to each other,
-namely, capital and management on the one side, and labor and
-craftsmanship on the other. He must always perform the functions of a
-mutual interpreter and often those of a peacemaker.
-
-In considering a proposed occupation it is wise to present a sober view
-of its conditions, so that persons who lack a sufficient persistency and
-depth of conviction for success may be early dissuaded. Wherever there
-is authority there is responsibility; wherever there is reward there is
-struggle. If the general significance of employment management lies in
-its accord with the progressive tendencies of the age, the greater part
-of the energies of the individual employment manager is absorbed by the
-practical problems of finding enough workmen, of supervising records,
-and of hearing and adjusting complaints. It may be the lot of an
-employment officer to deal with a hard-headed proprietor, who is
-habituated to take the defensive against new plans. He may encounter the
-open or concealed opposition of foremen who, for the sake of prestige,
-cling to functions they can not properly perform. He may find organized
-labor cold to benefits which the unions have not won, and which look
-toward the substitution of a vertical bond, uniting employer and
-employed, for the horizontal union of employees of different
-establishments.
-
-All of this means that the successful employment manager must be a
-person exceptionally fitted for leadership. He needs good native
-ability, made serviceable by adequate general and special training. He
-should possess a well-balanced and absolutely impartial judgment. It is
-a powerful aid if he possess humanitarian instincts and a sympathetic
-disposition. These must, however, be real attributes, and not a mere
-pose or policy, for no deception will long blind those with whom he is
-associated.
-
-The person who measures himself for this profession should be able to
-find indubitable testimony as to the strength of his own character, in
-the quality and amount of his achievements, and in the regard he has
-been able to earn from responsible persons with whom he has been
-associated. He should find in himself, also, the ability to understand
-human nature, not through the absurd practice of some quackery of
-phrenology and physiognomy, but by having analyzed his own nature, and
-having found therein the instincts and emotions which illuminate for him
-the motives and passion of others.
-
-With these endowments the employment manager should couple sufficient
-education to avoid embarrassment in the oral or written use of his
-mother tongue. His education should enable him to understand the use of
-general principles, avoiding the pitfalls into which the so-called
-“practical” man has usually fallen when he complains of “theories.” And
-this education should have had a wide enough scope to enable him to meet
-the minds of others, and cement friendships, in a world of ideas larger
-than the details of his work.
-
-Finally, the employment manager is perfected for the practice of his art
-by general industrial experience and (if the position in view be in a
-manufacturing establishment) by actual contact with shop problems. This
-shop experience is useful to make the candidate familiar with factory
-tools, machinery, equipment, materials, and processes. It will instruct
-him, as no form of systematic training can do, in the meaning of factory
-life, the significance of its discipline, the meaning of its schedule of
-hours in terms of fatigue, and in the attitude of the worker to his job,
-his boss, his fellow worker, and to life in general. Any general social
-experience which the candidate may have had, which has taught him how to
-deal with people, not as individuals only but in the various forms of
-voluntary organization, will have value.
-
-It is not to be expected that every candidate will be ideal in all
-particulars. Special merits may offset deficiencies, within reasonable
-limits, bearing in mind always that defects of native endowment are less
-remediable than those of education and experience. If the employment
-clerk and the labor scout of the past are to give way and personnel
-relations in industry be placed upon a new footing by an executive
-officer who is able to formulate adequate policies and bear large
-responsibilities a high standard of ability must be maintained for the
-new profession.
-
-To summarize the matter of qualifications we give the relative weights
-which a number of successful employment managers have agreed upon for
-five principal factors:
-
-                                                              Per
-                                                             cent.
-  Personality                                                 35
-  General industrial experience                               25
-  Executive experience                                        20
-  Shop experience (for employment managers in manufacturing
-  establishments)                                             15
-  Experience with organized social movements                   5
-                                                             ---
-  Total                                                      100
-
-
-WHAT A MAIMED MAN CAN DO
-
-Employment management is a thinking job--a matter of judgment, and
-organizing ability, and tact, and personality. If a man has lost an arm
-or leg, but still has a good head and a noble heart, he may become a
-success in this field. Without a leg, or even both legs, a man may still
-get about enough within a plant to keep in touch with his shops, and be
-known by the rank and file as something more than an armchair officer.
-If he has lost an arm, or even both arms, he may be able to work out,
-with his stenographers and secretarial aids, such a detailed and
-searching division of labor between hand and brain as to make a success.
-Robustness and dependable health may play the same role in this work as
-in other administrative positions. Nervous poise and stability of
-temperament are highly essential.
-
-
-REMUNERATION
-
-The employment manager’s remuneration is salary and not wages. This
-signifies that its amount is fixed rather by an estimate of the standard
-of living of the class of persons with whom the employment manager
-should associate on terms of equality in the business world than by an
-effort to measure his exact contribution to the income of the company.
-At present the salaries of employment managers--the great majority of
-which probably fall between $2,000 and $5,000--are not equal to those
-commanded by sales managers and production engineers of equal ability.
-This discrepancy is due partly to the recentness of the function and to
-its more subtle and indirect relations to the profit-making process. It
-is due further to the fact that the work of the employment manager is a
-form of social service which is deeply satisfying to many natures, and
-which in itself provides a reward able to compensate for some inadequacy
-of salary.
-
-
-EDUCATIONAL AGENCIES, LITERATURE, ETC.
-
-It may be remarked concerning untrained candidates for an important
-position that those who are best qualified by nature and general
-education will usually possess a certain insight which gives them
-warning of future difficulties, and makes them willing to take
-preliminary training, and to work at first in subordinate positions.
-Those without this insight are likely to argue that training is
-unnecessary and that they are qualified to take at once responsible
-posts. Thus the line is illustrated, “Fools rush in where angels fear to
-tread.”
-
-To indicate the scope of any vocational course of training dealing with
-the art of employment management a brief analysis of the subject into
-its major and minor component parts is given herewith.
-
-Organization and equipment of an employment department:
-
-  Causes which have produced the need of employment management.
-
-  Functions of employment departments.
-
-  The administrative organization of a department.
-
-  Relations to other departments of a business.
-
-  Types of records and reports used in labor accounting--Forms--Office
-  management.
-
-  Layout of an employment department.
-
-The employing of the worker:
-
-  Job specification.
-
-  Analysis of the labor market and its sources of supply.
-
-  Problems of dilution.
-
-  The selection of employees--Physical examinations--Mental tests.
-
-  Discharging, paying off, and the collection of control statistics.
-
-  Definition of labor turnover and its calculation.
-
-  The law of the labor contract.
-
-The training of the worker:
-
-  Apprenticeship indentures and schools--Vestibule
-  schools--Americanization.
-
-  The psychology of the presentation of the task to the worker.
-
-The payment of the worker:
-
-  Wage setting--Minimum wages and the cost of living--Wage scale
-  formation--Technique of wage paying.
-
-  Promotions and deferred benefits.
-
-The control of working conditions:
-
-  Health, hygiene, sanitation, medical aid, fatigue, mental strain,
-  motion study.
-
-  Working hours and rest periods.
-
-  Problems connected with the introduction of women into industry.
-
-Efforts to keep the worker up to standard:
-
-  Accidents, accident prevention, insurance, and workmen’s compensation.
-
-  Canteen economics.
-
-  Local transportation--Home conditions.
-
-  Housing--Community efficiency.
-
-  Recreation and its effect upon productive energy.
-
-  Thrift, loans, relief and legal aid.
-
-  Pensions and the problem of the aged worker.
-
-  The relation of the employment manager to local and State agencies.
-
-The government of the shop:
-
-  Shop rules, rule books, foremanizing, absenteeism.
-
-  Suggestion systems and the treatment of complaints.
-
-  The organization of shop committees and their functions.
-
-  Collective bargaining contracts and procedure.
-
-  Associations of employees.
-
-  The ultimate bases of discipline and loyalty.
-
-Fortunately, there is now a considerable body of literature available to
-the person who would inform himself. It should be remembered, however,
-that mere reading is not study; and that even earnest study only yields
-correct conceptions. It is experience alone which teaches us the
-uncommunicable art of applying the powers of our personality in the
-pursuit of a course of conduct which receives its guidance from our
-conceptions. There is a great difference between being informed on a
-group of subjects and being expert in the practice of a profession. If
-you feel qualified to undertake this training talk it over with the
-Vocational Advisor of the Federal Board for Vocational Education.
-
-Following is a brief list of references which may be called the
-employment manager’s 3-foot bookshelf. They indicate the broad range of
-his interests and activities, and with these any course of training for
-this new trade or profession must deal adequately.
-
-  1. Annals of American Academy of Political and Social Science,
-  Philadelphia.
-
-  May, 1916.
-
-  May, 1917.
-
-  2. Bureau of Labor Statistics, Washington, D. C.
-
-  Bulletins as follows:
-
-  No. 144. Industrial Court of the Cloak Industry, 1914.
-
-  No. 196. Proceedings of Employment Managers Conference, Minneapolis,
-  1916.
-
-  No. 198. Collective Agreements in the Men’s Clothing Industry, 1916.
-
-  No. 202. Proceedings of Employment Managers Conference, Boston, 1916.
-
-  No. 208. Profit Sharing in the United States, 1916. 20 cents.
-
-  No. 222. Welfare Work in British Munition Factories, 1917. 10 cents.
-
-  No. 221. Hours, Fatigue, and Health in British Munition Factories,
-  1917. 15 cents.
-
-  No. 227. Proceedings of Employment Managers Conference, Philadelphia,
-  1917.
-
-  No. 229. Wage Payment Legislation in the United States, 1917.
-
-  No. 230. Industrial Efficiency and Fatigue in British Munitions
-  Factories, 1917. 20 cents.
-
-  3. Emerson, Harrington. The Twelve Principles of Efficiency. New York,
-  1917.
-
-  4. Handling Men. Chicago, 1917.
-
-  5. Hoxie, R. F. Scientific Management and Labor. New York, 1915.
-
-  6. Industrial Management (monthly). New York.
-
-  7. Jones, Edward D. The Administration of Industrial Enterprises, New
-  York, 1916.
-
-  8. Kelly, Roy W. Hiring the Worker. New York, 1918.
-
-  9. Metcalf, H. C. Report of Committee on Vocational Guidance. New
-  York, 1916, National Association of Corporation Schools.
-
-  10. Monthly Labor Review, Bureau of Labor Statistics, Washington, D.
-  C. Gratis.
-
-  11. Price, Geo. M. The Modern Factory, Safety, Sanitation, and
-  Welfare. New York, 1914.
-
-  12. Stimpson, W. C. Prevention of Disease and Care of the Sick.
-  Washington, 1917, United States Public Health Service. 50 cents.
-
-  13. Tarbell, Ida M. New Ideals in Business. New York, 1917.
-
-  14. Tolman, William H. Social Engineering. New York, 1909.
-
-  15. Trade Specifications and Occupational Index of Professions and
-  Trades in the Army. Washington, 1918. War Department Document 774.
-  Office of The Adjutant General. Gratis.
-
-  16. Webb, S. B. Problems of Modern Industry (an English book). New
-  York, 1913.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 915. THE PRACTICE OF MEDICINE AS A VOCATION
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-For the material of this monograph the Federal Board for Vocational
-Education is indebted to the J. Lippincott Company, Philadelphia, Pa.,
-through its publication “Training and Rewards of the Physician,” and the
-Collins Publicity Service, Philadelphia, Pa., through its publication
-“Medicine,” School Edition, Teachers’ Auxiliary, Number One, of which
-this pamphlet is largely an abstract. The monograph was prepared by Dr.
-H. L. Smith under the direction of Charles H. Winslow, Chief of the
-Research Division of the Federal Board. Acknowledgment is due to Dr.
-John Cummings, of the Research Division, for editorial assistance.
-
-
-NATURE OF THE PHYSICIAN’S WORK
-
-The work of the physician is twofold. It is his duty to cure those who
-are sick and to keep the well from becoming sick. Usually he is not
-called upon until there is illness, so that the bulk of his work is with
-the sick. There are two general fields of activity for a physician, that
-of the general practitioner, and that of the specialist. Physicians in
-rural communities and small towns and cities must be prepared to deal
-with any type of accident or disease. In cities the tendency is to
-specialize on some particular disease or on disturbances connected with
-some particular part of the body. Some specialists in large cities are
-able to confine their activities to office work altogether.
-
-The work of the physician is difficult. There is a great mental strain
-connected with his work, for often even the life of the patient is at
-stake. With the general practitioner there is a great physical strain
-due to irregular meals and sleep, and trips in all kinds of weather.
-Particularly is this true of the practice of medicine for its curative
-effects. More and more thought in medical science is being directed in
-modern times to preventive medicine, that is, to ways and means of
-keeping well rather than of getting well. The preventive work can be
-done under conditions more nearly those that the physician himself
-chooses rather than under conditions forced upon him as is usual in the
-case of curative work.
-
-
-PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS ESSENTIAL TO SUCCESS
-
-Of all the professions the practice of medicine makes the greatest
-demands along the line of a good sound body. In some professions a man
-with even severe physical defects can, through careful living, be
-successful. Good health, however, is essential to the physician in order
-that he may successfully withstand the long periods of strain, the
-irregular hours for meals and sleep, the bad weather he is often forced
-to go out in, and the dangers of infection.
-
-
-PERSONAL CHARACTERISTICS ESSENTIAL TO SUCCESS
-
-Not only must the physician be practically fit, he must have a natural
-aptitude and love for his profession. He should care more for medicine
-than for any other calling in life. By natural aptitude for medicine is
-meant certain foundation qualities which are essential.
-
-It goes without saying that the physician, because of his close
-relationship with his patients, must be of the highest moral character
-in order to gain and retain the confidence of his patients. A kindly and
-tactful manner are essential also in gaining this confidence. One must
-be alert, too, particularly at the present time when rapid advances are
-being made in medicine--more rapid than in many other professions.
-Self-reliance is essential in medicine because unexpected situations are
-constantly arising, and emergencies, too, in which the help of other
-physicians can not readily be gained. To practice medicine successfully
-one must be constantly learning. Because of the rapid changes in medical
-science one’s apprenticeship is never completed. Each day some new
-method or means of treatment must be mastered. Moreover, one’s work is
-never ended. One great element of success is faithfulness to the
-patients one already has. This means love for the work and enthusiasm
-over the idea of service to mankind.
-
-Among the characteristics that lead to failure in the practice of
-medicine are dislike of the work, inability to decide quickly and
-definitely, and lack of ability to get along well with other
-practitioners and with patients.
-
-
-GENERAL EDUCATION NECESSARY AS A BASIS FOR A COURSE IN MEDICINE
-
-As a basis for a course in medicine one must have completed not only the
-eight grades of common-school work, but the four years of high school.
-Twenty-eight medical schools require two years of college work for
-entrance, and there is some tendency to require even four years of
-college work. This tendency, however, will probably not grow very fast.
-Certainly if the requirement is made it can not be a hard and fast rule,
-for the simple reason that it would raise the age of graduation from the
-medical school to a point higher than the age at which it is wise for
-one to begin practice.
-
-The question of what subjects should be taken in premedical work is very
-important also. Not long ago some 300 graduates of the Harvard Medical
-School were asked to fill out answers to questions, giving their
-opinions in regard to the value of their premedical education. They were
-asked to state whether they thought it best in this premedical work to
-have a large amount of general culture--such as history, philosophy,
-economics, literature, and art--or a large amount of natural
-science--such as physics, chemistry and biology. Of the 300 reporting,
-120 favored a large amount of science, while 110 favored a large amount
-of general culture. Seventy favored an equal amount of general science
-and culture. It would seem, therefore, that according to the present
-opinion there should be an equal amount of general culture and science
-in one’s college education previous to taking up the special training in
-medicine.
-
-Available records show that in 1904 there were only 20 States that had
-made any legal provision for preliminary education to go before the
-definite education in medicine. Now 26 States have such a provision. At
-that time only 10 States required four years of high school as a minimum
-amount of preliminary premedical education and none required college
-work. Now 30 States require the four years, or an equivalent, and 8 of
-these 30 require either one or two years of college work in addition. At
-that time 36 States required that all candidates for license be
-graduates of legally chartered medical schools. Now 44 States make this
-requirement by law. At the present time 48 States require an examination
-to be taken by all those who are seeking license to practice medicine,
-unless they hold a license granted by some other State.
-
-It is necessary, therefore, that the course of instruction taken in
-medicine shall include courses that will qualify the graduate to meet
-the requirements of the examination for license to practice in the State
-in which he wishes to locate. There is a tendency at present for the
-examination to consist not only of questions and answers, but of some
-practical test of one’s ability to practice medicine successfully.
-
-
-THE LENGTH OF THE MEDICAL COURSE ITSELF
-
-At the present time one can not hope to get a satisfactory medical
-education without taking a full four-year course in the medical school.
-The course of study in American schools of medicine at present is
-definitely laid out, and one can know beforehand just what subjects will
-have to be taken. Even at the end of the four-year course in medicine it
-is not advisable to begin the practice of medicine immediately. Those
-who are looking for good positions in the profession should add to the
-theory gained in college some actual practice. The best way to get this
-practical work is to serve as an interne in a hospital. Appointments to
-such positions are often made on the basis of an examination. Such
-positions last sometimes for one year and sometimes for two years.
-During the first period of his work in the hospital an interne is
-directed to some extent by other physicians, but largely by his senior
-internes. During the last six months of his experience as an interne,
-however, when he is usually acting as the house doctor or surgeon, he is
-shown especial attention by physicians and surgeons who have patients in
-the hospital. There is generally no pay given the interne aside from
-board and lodging. The period in which one acts as an interne is
-considered as a further educational period. It has been said that the
-experience gained during the two years’ interneship in New York City’s
-largest hospital is considered equal to that acquired in 10 years of
-ordinary undirected practice.
-
-But even after one actually begins the practice of medicine his
-education is not complete. In order to keep up with the times he must do
-a great deal of reading. He must attend district medical meetings, and
-also State and national meetings. Moreover, he should visit other cities
-and thus come in contact with the ideas of other practitioners in other
-communities.
-
-An ideal standard of medical education is outlined in the following
-quotation:
-
-“The American Medical Association’s ideal standard of medical education
-as set forth by the Council on Medical Education, after years of
-extensive study, research, and investigation, is given herewith:
-
-“(a) Preliminary education sufficient to enable the candidate to enter
-our recognized universities, such qualifications to be passed upon by
-the State authorities.
-
-“(b) A course of at least one year to be devoted to physics, chemistry,
-and biology, such arrangements to be made that this year could be taken
-either in a college of liberal arts or in the medical school.
-
-“(c) Four years in pure medical work, the first two of which should be
-largely spent in laboratories of anatomy, physiology, pathology,
-pharmacology, etc., and the last two years in close contact with
-patients in dispensaries and hospitals in the study of medicine, surgery
-in its various branches, and the specialties.
-
-“(d) A sixth year as an interne in a hospital or dispensary should then
-complete the medical course. Under such procedure the majority of
-students would begin the study of medicine at about 18 years and
-graduate from the hospital interneship at about 25.”[15]
-
-  [15] Vocational Studies: School Edition, Teachers’ Aux. No. 1, p. 4,
-  Collins Publicity Service, Philadelphia, Pa.
-
-
-THE INCOME THAT CAN REASONABLY BE EXPECTED IN THE PRACTICE OF MEDICINE
-
-The practice of medicine does not hold out the hope of any great
-financial reward. There are some medical practitioners who have made
-small fortunes in their practice, but such cases are few. The ordinary
-practitioner can not count on much more than a comfortable living, in
-accordance with the living standards in the community in which he lives.
-Not only is the physician’s salary generally small, but it is uncertain
-as well.
-
-The following table gives the incomes of Harvard medical graduates, by
-classes and by years of experience, according to a study recently made:
-
-_Average Earnings of Harvard medical graduates, by classes and by years
-of experience._[16]
-
-  =========+============================================================
-  Years in |                          Classes
-  practice +-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+------
-           | 1901| 1902| 1903| 1904| 1905| 1906| 1907| 1908| 1909| 1910
-  ---------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+------
-  First    | $866| $787| $541| $362| $625| $502| $350| $533| $425|$1,237
-  Second   |  827|1,089|  790|  995|  773|  826|  588|1,250|  874| 1,083
-  Third    |1,181|1,539|1,412|1,295|  995|1,262|1,353|1,025|1,370| 1,578
-  Fourth   |1,505|1,694|1,720|1,566|1,559|1,765|1,963|1,575|1,632| 1,835
-  Fifth    |2,027|1,556|1,966|1,981|1,818|2,359|2,347|1,847|2,150|
-  Sixth    |2,341|1,837|2,333|2,277|2,347|2,997|3,202|2,360|     |
-  Seventh  |2,527|2,161|2,654|2,967|3,043|3,650|3,545|     |     |
-  Eighth   |3,003|2,491|3,155|3,043|3,337|4,332|     |     |     |
-  Ninth    |3,560|2,900|3,616|3,604|4,500|     |     |     |     |
-  Tenth    |3,524|2,963|4,135|4,535|     |     |     |     |     |
-  Eleventh |3,885|3,691|4,604|     |     |     |     |     |     |
-  Twelfth  |4,422|4,130|     |     |     |     |     |     |     |
-  Thir-    |4,680|     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |
-  teenth   |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |
-  Maximum  |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |
-  number of|     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |
-  men      |   38|   39|   29|   39|   33|   26|   29|   29|   25|    26
-  ---------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+------
-
-  [16] Training Rewards of the Physician (Cabot), J. Lippincott Co.,
-  Philadelphia, Pa., v. 136.
-
-
-OTHER REWARDS CONNECTED WITH THE PRACTICE OF MEDICINE
-
-The fact that the physician’s work has a great effect upon the length of
-life of the patient is in itself a great reward. During the past three
-centuries medical science has made so great an advance that the average
-working life of the English-speaking people has been almost doubled. The
-things that have added to this increased length of life are physical
-comfort, medicine, hygiene, and surgery. Aside from the satisfaction of
-seeing length of life increased, the worthy physician enjoys the
-satisfaction of holding a position of trust and leadership in his
-community. As a result of this, he is in a position to teach others what
-they should know. Through his work also a physician has a chance to
-come in contact with all classes of people.
-
-
-THE LENGTH OF TIME IT WILL TAKE TO ESTABLISH ONE’S SELF IN THE PRACTICE
-OF MEDICINE
-
-If one decides to establish one’s self as a general practitioner he must
-count upon at least a year of patience and hard work with little income.
-At the end of the year, however, if he has been fortunate in the choice
-of location, and if he has a good personality, he can reasonably hope
-soon to inspire confidence and come into public recognition. Often he
-can hasten this public recognition by giving his services, free of
-charge, to those whom he knows to be worthy of such assistance and
-consideration. If it is necessary for the graduate from the medical
-school to become an actual earner immediately, he will probably apply
-for an official position in some public institution, such as health
-officer, teacher, medical missionary, or research worker.
-
-
-THE EXTENT OF THE NEED FOR PHYSICIANS
-
-It has been said that in America the number of doctors, in proportion to
-the number of people, is greater than in any other country. A recent
-study shows that there were in the United States 151,132 practicing
-physicians and surgeons, 16,920 students in medical schools, and 6,955
-instructors in medical schools. Before the European war the supply of
-physicians in the United States was large--so large, in fact, that the
-income of physicians was being materially affected thereby. As a result
-of the war, however, new fields of practice will be opening up for
-American physicians in other countries, because of the fact that many
-physicians in those countries were either killed or disabled, and also
-because students have not been graduating from the medical schools in
-those countries during the past few years. It is said that it will take
-five or six years to develop or to train a new group of physicians in
-England, France, and in other warring nations.
-
-
-HOW MUCH IT WILL COST TO PREPARE FOR PRACTICE OF MEDICINE
-
-If you are a soldier or a sailor discharged from the service since
-October 6, 1917, with a disability for which the Bureau of War-Risk
-Insurance will grant you compensation, and if a course in medicine is
-approved for you by the Federal Board, your education will be furnished
-free by the Government. The Bureau of War-Risk Insurance, through its
-compensation, will meet a part of the expense, and the Federal Board for
-Vocational Education will add to that amount to a minimum of $65 a month
-with the purpose of meeting all of your expenses for living, clothing,
-transportation, tuition, and incidentals.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 916. SAFETY AND FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by J. Albert Robinson, Special Agent for
-Safety and Hygiene. Acknowledgment is due Mr. Jos. B. Finnegan,
-Professor of Fire Protection Engineering, Armour Institute of
-Technology; to Mr. R. M. Little, Director of the American Museum of
-Safety; and to Mr. F. M. Griswold for excerpts from his address entitled
-“The Inspector and the Insured.” For editorial assistance acknowledgment
-is due to Dr. John Cummings, of the Research Division of the Federal
-Board.
-
-You who have been under fire at the front and have come back disabled
-have had an insight into life that of necessity affects your outlook on
-the future. Things which once assumed importance in your mind have lost
-their appeal. Positions which you held before going over may now seem
-ineffectual after the vision of war which you have beheld. In the months
-of facing death and later of adjustment to a new condition, your outlook
-has broadened beyond a mere material view. You have been in the fight
-for world peace and safety, and the impetus gained in helping the other
-fellow still carries you on. This feeling is not a weak sentiment, but
-an appreciation of the fact that life has more windows than the one
-which looks out on material welfare.
-
-Perhaps no form of work offers more opportunity for a combination of
-success in material and altruistic lines than safety and fire protection
-engineering. Especially in safety engineering, a man himself disabled
-carries to everyone with whom he comes in contact a warning and an
-encouragement. There is nothing more inspirational than a man who has
-ignored or made use of his handicap in his own forging ahead.
-Handicapped himself, he may prevent others becoming so. The safety
-engineer is a guardian of the people’s happiness and future. The work
-offers to those who have the insight an opportunity to join in the
-general drive for world safety from an industrial point of view and for
-conserving human power.
-
-This same inner purpose holds also in the case of the fire protection
-engineer. To him falls in large part the work of saving the created and
-natural resources of the nation. While it is true that men disabled by
-amputation can not so easily take up this profession as that of safety
-engineering, the war’s statistics show a larger percentage of the
-returned men to be disabled by disease and internal wounds which have
-undermined their strength than by dismemberments. For these men, the
-vocation of fire protection engineer is particularly suitable.
-
-No work which is done for the material gain alone can satisfy a man’s
-ambition, and these two important professions are doors which open to
-service as well as to material welfare.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 917. SAFETY ENGINEERING
-
-Safety engineering in a broad sense of the term is a new profession in
-industry which offers good opportunities for well-qualified men. It
-undoubtedly offers a broader field than fire protection engineering, yet
-in many ways these two professions are analogous and they are frequently
-combined. A soldier or sailor disabled in service who wishes to be
-trained for this vocation may be given the opportunity. In order to
-benefit by the training and be assured of a good position in an
-industrial plant, certain qualifications are necessary.
-
-
-EDUCATION
-
-A high-school education or its equivalent is practically essential, and
-if this education has been secured in a technical high school it will
-have especial value. Men who have had more advanced training in
-technical schools, colleges, or universities stands a better chance than
-others of becoming leaders in the profession. A knowledge of the
-fundamentals of any of the other leading engineering professions is
-helpful in safety engineering as in fire protection engineering.
-
-
-PERSONAL QUALIFICATIONS
-
-To become a good safety engineer one needs to have a clear mind, capable
-of analysis and of constructive thinking; a pleasing personality, and
-the qualities of leadership. Safety engineering has quite as much to do
-with the human element as it has with mechanics. In general, it is
-divided into two parts; Structural engineering and engineering revision;
-and mechanical safeguarding, coupled with safety organization in
-industrial plants and educational methods aiming to reach managers,
-superintendents, foremen, and workmen. It is apparent, therefore, that
-mechanical and engineering technique, coupled with educational ability
-and leadership, are necessary qualifications in safety engineers. As he
-must respond to humanitarian as well as to business interests, the
-safety engineer must be a man of sterling character, or moral
-enthusiasm, and of broad human sympathies.
-
-
-NATURE OF WORK
-
-Safety work proper is divided into two essential branches--safeguarding
-and education, both conducted under a well-planned scheme of
-organization.
-
-In the company and rating organization field the safety engineer will
-make careful inspections, reporting upon many details from which the
-risk is determined and the rate made.
-
-A careful study of working conditions, a painstaking analysis of
-accidents occurring under them, a searching inquiry into potential
-causes of accidents that may not have occurred is made to determine
-truly the hazards to which workmen are exposed. The correct means of
-overcoming them are determined upon and put into effect. In order to
-overcome the unfortunate lack of safety precautions when machines are
-built or plants designed, it is an essential duty of the safety engineer
-to check plans and specifications for new machinery, new equipment, new
-construction, and for alterations, repairs and rearrangements, in order
-to see that every safety requirement is covered so far as is possible.
-Safety engineers must have the personality to get the sympathetic
-interest and co-operation of men and bosses, and to get them interested
-in his safety propaganda; to organize committees and campaigns; to make
-men get the safety habit and think safety unconsciously. Safety
-engineering is related to problems of industrial management, employment
-and labor turnover. It has to do with welfare work, first aid treatment,
-hospital service, etc. It is really human engineering, embracing all the
-broad features that are implied thereby.
-
-
-OPPORTUNITIES
-
-The opportunities for well qualified men are many and constantly
-increasing. There is undoubtedly a future in safety engineering for
-those who are well trained for the work.
-
-The nature of the casualty insurance business is such that men with the
-technical training and skill of safety engineers are in more demand, in
-the actual details of the business, than perhaps are the fire insurance
-inspectors in the fire insurance field.
-
-There is a close connection between workmen’s compensation insurance and
-safety engineering due primarily to the fact that the insurance rate is
-made to depend on safety conditions. This necessitates the employment of
-a large number of inspectors and safety engineers. Up to the present
-time there has been a demand for safety engineers and competent
-inspectors far exceeding the supply, and it is believed that these
-conditions will continue to exist, as industrial plants are now
-absorbing a large number of these men.
-
-The State compensation laws are awakening all of our industries to the
-necessity of prevention of accidents to wage-earners. Large industrial
-corporations have safety departments, with a chief safety engineer and
-many assistants.
-
-Capable safety engineers receive good salaries, and those especially
-well qualified and experienced are often advanced to executive positions
-in the larger industries.
-
-State factory inspectors and casualty insurance inspectors receive from
-$1,200 to $2,000 per year. Capable safety engineers in industry receive
-from $1,500 to $5,000 per year.
-
-The following excerpts from letters received from prominent men in the
-casualty insurance and engineering field show the opportunities in this
-profession:
-
-“In the field of safety engineering there is an exceptionally good
-opportunity for men who are adapted to this work. Even in normal times
-employers in this field of endeavor have found difficulty in securing
-men with proper educational foundations and ability. There is always a
-demand for men in this field and the opportunities for advancement are
-exceptionally good.”
-
-“The field of safety engineering is a rapidly extending one. As the
-people awake to the tremendous economic drain of the waste of life
-through accidents, more and more attention will be given to these
-matters, and the demand for men who understand them will strengthen.”
-
-“The opportunities for safety engineering are as large, or larger than
-the opportunities presented in other branches of engineering work. The
-field has hardly been scratched on the surface.”
-
-“There is without question an unusual opportunity for trained men in the
-field of safety engineering. The rapid spread of the safety idea, and
-the recognition of the importance of human relations in general, are
-leading many manufacturing organizations to install safety departments,
-and properly qualified men are not available for these positions.”
-
-“Up to the present time there has been a great demand for safety
-engineers and competent inspectors that was far beyond the supply, and
-these conditions will continue to exist, as industrial plants are now
-absorbing a large number of these men.”
-
-
-PHYSICAL QUALIFICATIONS
-
-A man with one eye, one arm, or one leg can be a good safety engineer.
-Likewise, a man with a weak heart or lungs may be a good safety
-engineer. Disabilities which disqualify men for many industrial pursuits
-do not disqualify but may partially qualify them for safety engineers.
-In other words, one does not need to be 100 per cent physically fit. In
-fact, men who have suffered the loss of members may precisely, on that
-account be more effective in teaching the principles, habits, and
-practices of safety to men in our industries.
-
-It will be noted that the physical requirements for a safety engineer
-have not been made as rigid as those for a fire protection engineer.
-This is because the great field of activity for a safety engineer is
-employment at a manufacturing plant and the work can become more one of
-the head and less one of physical perfection.
-
-
-TRAINING
-
-Men who have been disabled in the military or naval service of the
-Government and wish to be trained for safety engineers will be trained
-by the Federal Board for Vocational Education. The Board will make
-arrangements with the safety organizations of the country to give
-special courses for them. The teachers will be experienced safety
-engineers. Part of the work will be classroom lectures and assigned
-readings. The study of mechanical safeguards and hazards will be given
-in a well-equipped institution, with visits to industries for personal
-instruction in the methods of active operations. When the course in the
-institution is completed, the men will be placed in the industries
-themselves, under the direction of the head safety engineer, there to be
-given the benefits of a further practical instruction, in order that
-when the course has been completed the students may all be assured of
-positions.
-
-The National Safety Council, through its local councils, is establishing
-courses in safety engineering in various centers as fast as a suitable
-demand warrants, and classes are already under way in St. Louis,
-Pittsburgh, and Rochester, N. Y.
-
-The American Museum of Safety in New York City has a similar class under
-consideration.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 918. FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING
-
-
-Fire protection engineering, or fire insurance engineering, is a
-well-established line of effort which has been raised to the dignity of
-a profession during the past 20 years of its development. The fire
-insurance inspector belongs to this profession, as do inspectors in
-municipal fire prevention bureaus such as the large cities are
-organizing as an auxiliary to their fire departments. There are certain
-institutions in which instruction is given, and ways whereby a disabled
-man discharged from the military and naval forces of the United States
-may be trained for this vocation. In order to benefit by the training
-and be assured of good opportunities, certain facts should be
-considered.
-
-
-EDUCATION
-
-Primarily it may be conceded that the man who has had a technical
-education can generally get on in the profession more rapidly than one
-who has not. When technical knowledge and scientific attainments are
-secured in the hard school of experience the graduate has paid dearly
-for his lack of earlier training.
-
-A distinction may be made between the requirements for fire protection
-engineering proper and those for routine inspection work.
-
-A well-equipped fire protection engineer should have the equivalent of a
-sound engineering course, with a knowledge of the fundamentals or basic
-principles involved in civil, architectural, mechanical, hydraulic,
-electrical, and chemical engineering. These principles can be utilized
-in the problems of plan drafting, proper building construction,
-occupancy equipment, public and private fire protection, and common and
-manufacturing hazards. Experience has demonstrated, however, that such
-foundation is not absolutely essential, and that many possessing the
-requisite personal qualifications have succeeded without it. For
-instance, many industrial occupations provide valuable experience as a
-foundation for development of the necessary technical ability. Men who
-have had experience as building inspectors, construction or factory
-engineers, piping foremen, estimators for automatic sprinkler concerns,
-and men who have been employed in municipal fire departments or in
-fire-alarm and signal work have been successful in routine inspection
-work and have risen to places of eminence in the world of fire
-protection engineering.
-
-Graduates of engineering departments other than fire protection
-engineering have repeatedly shown themselves to be readily adaptable to
-work in this field, after a period of readjustment to enable them to
-acquire the point of view necessary to a man to whom the causes and
-prevention of fire, rather than other phases of engineering problems are
-significant.
-
-PERSONAL QUALIFICATIONS
-
-Whether technical qualifications be founded on training in a technical
-school or be the result of later effort the aspirant for success as an
-insurance inspector should be familiar with insurance practice, and
-should be endowed with a broad complement of common sense. He should
-have an inquisitive and observant mind, coupled with a desire to
-investigate the “why and how” of every problem, a constantly receptive
-brain, a retentive memory, and should be competent as a teacher of those
-less thoughtful or less well informed than he.
-
-Above all a successful fire protection engineer must not minimize the
-importance of accurate observation and faithful reporting of small
-details which may have most vital import in determining the conditions
-of a plant.
-
-Finally he should be resourceful and capable in planning and carrying
-out to a successful issue the details of technical propositions.
-
-Tact and judgment must be exercised when dealing with men who may not
-always appreciate the viewpoint of the inspector, and courtesy is always
-a prime essential.
-
-
-NATURE OF WORK
-
-It is the work of the inspector to scrutinize closely all conditions and
-materials which may in any manner create or increase the fire hazard,
-including the character and nature of raw stock or material used, all
-the processes of manipulation, from its reception at the plant, its
-handling and storage, to the completion of the operations necessary to
-produce the finished goods or article. The inspector must carefully note
-and define the hazards incident to each state of progress where physical
-or other changes affecting the conditions may take place. In addition to
-these purely technical investigations and conclusions, he should closely
-observe and study “shop practice” or management, including supervision
-and discipline of employees, as related to the cleanliness and care of
-hazards, which form the basis of “good housekeeping” and are important
-essentials in securing safety from fire in all classes of property.
-
-The apparatus and appliances for fire protection or fire defense need to
-be very critically examined and described. This often necessitates going
-into dark basements or low pits to locate automatic sprinkler valves,
-etc. Water-supply tanks for automatic sprinkler systems have to be
-climbed to examine their condition and to ascertain water levels, and
-when the assent and co-operation of the insured can be secured, tests
-for efficiency of such devices as fire pumps should be undertaken. The
-nature and condition of the structure forming the plant or risk require
-careful consideration and full description, and finally, the information
-gained is generally embodied in a written report of such lucidity as to
-convey a mental photograph of the hazards and conditions to the minds of
-those who have to decide upon the acceptability of the risk from an
-underwriting viewpoint.
-
-
-OPPORTUNITIES
-
-Fire protection engineers are employed at the present time largely by
-insurance companies, either individually as company field engineers or
-collectively in the inspection and rating organizations. Every important
-geographical section in the country has somewhere within it an insurance
-organization consisting either of an insurance exchange or rating board
-for making insurance rates and specifying requirements for improvements,
-and an engineering or inspection bureau for making surveys, inspections,
-and reports to its members. Large municipalities are cared for by local
-rating boards. Many large corporations are employing engineers, often
-with the title of “Fire marshal,” and others combine their fire
-insurance affairs, both business and engineering, in the office of a
-“Superintendent of insurance.”
-
-Insurance engineers are frequently called to a company home office,
-after having had a good field experience, to take charge of the
-underwriting or passing upon the business offered in special
-departments, for the business requiring a technical or engineering
-knowledge. These are variously known as “Improved risk departments,”
-“Sprinklered risk departments,” etc., because the use of automatic
-sprinklers is fundamental in fire protection and required in risks
-accepted by such departments. One of the best avenues of approach to
-good home office positions is through the field experience of a fire
-protection engineer, employed by an inspection bureau or by an
-individual company.
-
-There is a marked tendency among the larger insurance agencies and
-brokerage offices, in striving to render service to their customers, to
-employ fire protection engineers as a means of obtaining and holding
-business by reason of their superior technical knowledge.
-
-Training obtained as an insurance or fire protection engineer is one of
-the best means of acquiring the technical knowledge requisite for
-success as a broker, by one who would become an expert buyer of
-insurance, able to study the needs of his clients, advise with regard to
-the kind of insurance to purchase, work out satisfactory contracts, and
-negotiate with the rating authorities to secure the lowest cost.
-
-The agency end of the business offers the greatest financial
-inducements, since one may develop a clientele of his own, receiving
-commission on the amount of business he can bring into the office, and
-may perhaps become a partner in the business.
-
-Trained inspectors are rarely employed for less than $1,200, and
-salaries run up to $2,400 for field men. Chief engineers of
-organizations, engineers in agencies, and company executives obtain much
-more.
-
-The following excerpts from letters received from prominent men in the
-fire insurance and engineering field show the opportunities in this
-profession:
-
-“The opportunities in the field of fire protection engineering were
-never greater that at the present time, as the public now seems to be in
-a receptive mood as regards conservation of all resources.”
-
-“There is a constant demand among fire insurance companies for practical
-fire protection engineers. The number employed by any one company is not
-great but the number is growing now that insurance companies as a whole
-are getting to appreciate the constant dangers of conflagration areas,
-poor water supply, poor fire equipment, and other kindred effects.”
-
-“There is a splendid opportunity in what is called the inspection or
-rating bureau service, as even prior to our country entering the war
-there was always a shortage of competent help.”
-
-“In the inspection and engineering branch of fire insurance a wide field
-can be readily opened to disabled soldiers and sailors as well as to
-other discharged service men.”
-
-“Several months ago one inspection bureau formulated tentatively its own
-employment plan, which in brief was, ‘first, to re-employ its former men
-now with the colors, and to thereafter give preference to disabled
-soldiers and sailors.’”
-
-“In the field of fire protection there are comparatively so few trained
-men in this vocation to-day that the opportunity is unlimited. Where
-yesterday the idea was the protection of property by fire departments,
-water supply, etc., to-day it is one of fire prevention, i. e., checking
-the cause of fire before it may have an opportunity to do any damage.
-Fire prevention to-day is confined mainly to organizations covering wide
-fields. There is no question but what in the future each industrial
-plant of any size will have their own fire protection or fire prevention
-engineer, and probably the same will be extended to each city of any
-considerable size.”
-
-“Graduates of the Armour Institute of Technology and former students who
-have not graduated have been in demand. In most cases the employment
-entered into immediately after graduation has been moderately
-remunerative, but advancement has been much more rapid than in the case
-of untrained men. A few graduates have been employed by companies
-manufacturing and installing automatic sprinkler equipments. The typical
-case is that of a man who enters an inspection bureau, and after three
-or four years assumes work of responsibility with a fire insurance
-company. Recently several companies have shown a tendency to depart from
-the traditional plan of looking to the bureaus as training schools, and
-have engaged men with the Institute’s degree, but without field
-experience. A large proportion of the classes of 1917 and 1918, who
-entered military or naval service upon leaving school, will probably be
-employed by insurance companies immediately after discharge from the
-service. There are now, as at all times, in the history of the
-department, applications for more graduates than are available.”
-
-
-PHYSICAL QUALIFICATIONS
-
-Disfigurements or physical incapacities which are not too serious need
-not be a handicap for pursuing the profession of fire protection
-engineering. These can be more than offset by good education, technical
-training, a pleasing personality, and enthusiasm for the work.
-
-It must be remembered, however, that this work involves a great deal of
-traveling, either about the country or locally in large centers,
-carrying usually two grips. While making an inspection, an engineer is
-constantly called upon to climb around in unfinished buildings, and
-through manholes to roofs, which ordinarily requires the use of both
-hands and legs. Measurements are made, notes taken, plans drawn, and
-reports written up.
-
-Minor handicaps, such as loss of an eye, pieces of bone removed, claw
-hand, stiff knee joint, or slight limp, etc., need not debar men from
-the profession. Those having tubercular tendencies to a degree
-necessitating an active outdoor life, should be materially benefited,
-and should recover both health and strength by this line of activity.
-This would apply to other cases where fresh air and activity are
-desirable but it must also be borne in mind that a certain amount of
-physical stamina is necessary, and that exposure to weather, walking and
-climbing about for many hours at a stretch, might affect some forms of
-disability adversely.
-
-It is obvious that loss of a leg or an arm, except in unusual cases,
-would be a serious handicap. Field experience is important as a means of
-training for inside consulting, or executive work in this profession.
-However, men who have become used to artificial limbs can best judge if
-they are qualified to undertake these activities.
-
-
-TRAINING
-
-The Federal Board for Vocational Education will make arrangements with
-certain institutions and insurance organizations of the country to give
-special courses for men who have been disabled in the military or naval
-service of the Government who wish to be trained as fire protection
-engineers.
-
-We believe that at present the only regular four-year college course in
-fire protection engineering is that offered by Armour Institute of
-Technology. Special courses and facilities for amplification are offered
-by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Worcester Polytechnical
-Institute, Columbia University, Cornell University, Stevens Institute,
-Washington University, and perhaps by other institutions.
-
-Experienced engineers believe that men who have started college courses,
-especially in engineering branches, should continue them, keeping in
-mind the line of work they contemplate pursuing, and should then
-supplement their college work by entering the employ of an inspection
-bureau.
-
-A course of fire protection engineering is offered by the American
-School of Correspondence. The Insurance Institute of America, through
-its several branches in local insurance or insurance library
-associations throughout the country, has offered night school lecture
-courses. Plans are being considered, if there is a warrantable demand in
-any given locality, to offer a more intensive bureau. In some cases
-these inspection bureaus may cooperate to the extent of giving a
-well-rounded training to a man who has had sufficient general technical
-education or experience to justify such action.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 919. THE METAL TRADES
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT.
-
-This monograph was prepared by Eugene C. Graham, Special Agent for the
-Federal Board, under direction of Charles H. Winslow, Chief of the
-Research Division. Acknowledgment is due to Dr. John Cummings of the
-Research Division for editorial assistance.
-
-
-A METAL-WORKING AGE.
-
-Nearly every industry depends to some extent, and most industries depend
-to a very great extent, upon metal working, either by employing metal
-workers directly in some processes, or by using metal products as raw
-materials in the manufacture of other products, or at least by using
-tools, implements, machines, and engines, which are products of
-metal-working trades and industries. And, in addition, these trades and
-industries produce a great variety of finished utensils and furniture
-ready for consumption in households. More than any other ours is a
-metal-working age.
-
-
-MACHINE WORK AND HANDWORK.
-
-Metals must be worked largely by machine processes, but they must be
-worked also in many instances by hand processes. All-round machinists
-and other metal workers must know how to operate machines, but they must
-also be skilled artisans capable of using a variety of hand tools. Bench
-hands, assemblers, and specialists in many lines are hand workers and
-only incidentally if at all machine operators.
-
-If you like machinery and tools, and working with durable
-materials--working with steel and other less difficult metals as the
-carpenter works with wood, you can almost certainly find some line of
-metal working in which you can succeed, whatever your disability.
-
-In the metal-working trades there is every variety of handwork and
-footwork and headwork to be done, light work and heavy work, work in
-shop or factory and work in the open, bench work and machine work,
-highly skilled as well as simple routine work.
-
-
-TRADE TRAINING FOR PROMOTION.
-
-Promotion comes to trained men who acquire dexterity in handling tools,
-in operating machines, in manipulating various metals. It comes easily
-to men trained broadly, who are able to deal intelligently with any
-problems that may arise in their line of work.
-
-If you decide to enter one of the metal-working trades, you should take
-training for the trade, rather than for some job in the trade. Learn the
-trade rather than simply how to operate some one machine, or how to do
-one simple task, and you can then accept promotion in the trade, and
-make good at any job in it.
-
-
-WHAT METAL WORKERS PRODUCE.
-
-Everything in metal from a minute screw to a locomotive engine--from a
-tin can to a great gun casting. They produce machines to produce
-machines, and with tools and machines which they themselves produce,
-they produce every sort of metal product or metal part of a product,
-including machinery and equipment for the farm, the factory, and the
-home.
-
-Nearly every article of common use, whether made of metal or of other
-material, is more or less a machine product, and practically the whole
-machinery for producing nonmetal as well as metal products is originally
-the product of the metal trades.
-
-Specifically the product of a machine shop may be a complete machine, a
-rebuilt or repaired machine or machine part sold to other firms. For
-such a product raw material of cast iron, sheet iron, steel of varying
-degrees of hardness, wrought iron, brass, or bronze, comes from the
-foundry or from a stock department in which are kept sheets, steel bars,
-castings and forgings. Much of the labor in some shops must be employed
-in producing shop equipment, including formed cutters, reamers, drills,
-and various metal working tools made in the shop.
-
-
-PROCESSES.
-
-Molding, which is a basic operation in the metal industries, is a
-comparatively simple process especially when standardized parts are
-being cast, and it is not necessarily heavy work since castings in
-various metals, may be of any size and weight. Molten metal, pure or
-alloyed, is poured into a mold formed by a pattern in sand or loam. In
-many instances castings must be finished by machinery.
-
-When a part is to be subjected to hard usage or to severe strains and
-stresses, forging or hammering rather than casting may be the process
-employed in shaping it. Drop forgings are made by means of automatic
-power hammers and dies. With few exceptions forgings, also, must be
-finished by machining.
-
-Sheet-metal workers lay out work on sheet metal, cut it, shape or bend
-it, and solder, rivet or weld it into various forms, such as are
-required in building up ornamental cornices for buildings, or in
-constructing hot-air heating apparatus, or in manufacturing filing
-cases, various sorts of containers, and many other articles. Some of the
-work is outside work, but an increasing number of processes are being
-performed in the shop with the use of machinery. Metal stamping and
-electric welding machines are used to form and weld together parts of,
-for example, automobile bodies, doors, and fenders.
-
-Of all the metal-working trades, that of the machinist is the most
-varied in its hand and machinery processes, although many workmen never
-learn more in the trade than how to operate some one automatic machine,
-or how to do some one simple task. In general the machinist should know
-how to operate all of the machinery of his trade, and in addition he
-must acquire skill of hand in metal working, and especially in the
-processes of building, repairing, assembling, and erecting every sort of
-engine and machine.
-
-
-PLAN No. 920. MOLDERS
-
-
-VARIETY OF EMPLOYMENTS.
-
-Foundry employments generally will not be found to be suitable for men
-who have suffered serious physical injuries, or for men whose physical
-strength has been seriously impaired by exposure or illness, and they
-are not generally employments for which any extended course of training
-is required. These employments are, however, more varied in character
-than they are commonly supposed to be, and some lines of molding and
-casting may very well be undertaken by men who have been disabled,
-especially in cases where previous experience and training in foundry
-work will prove helpful.
-
-Practically all floor molding is heavy work. Shovels and various hand
-tools are used in building molds around patterns or templates which
-determine shape and size of castings. Bench molding and machine molding,
-on the other hand, may involve no considerable physical strains, and
-many operations in machine molding can be done with one hand. Some lines
-of bench molding may be done sitting at the bench and do not require the
-molder to move about in the foundry.
-
-
-PROMOTION.
-
-In welding as in other trades, advancement comes to specialists, and to
-those who acquire such technical knowledge as is practically useful in
-the various lines. Some training in metallurgy, for example, will have
-value where alloys of vanadium, chromium, tungsten, nickel, and
-manganese are used, and the expert molder who can calculate quickly and
-accurately, and can handle men may expect promotion to foremanship.
-
-
-HOURS AND WAGES.
-
-Working hours in foundries vary from 8 to 9 a day, and wages of molders
-in private concerns range from 50 to 75 cents an hour, the Government
-rate in railroad shops being 88 cents. Pieceworkers in stove foundries
-and in other shops where machines are used earn highest wages.
-
-
-CORE MAKING.
-
-Core making is lighter work than molding, since cores are generally
-smaller and lighter than molds or castings. The core maker often works
-at a bench, with a mixture of core sand and binder, which he rams
-tightly into molds. Comparatively little training is required and such
-disabilities as partial loss of sight or hearing, loss of fingers or
-thumbs, stiffness of knee, ankle or hip joint, and weakness of heart or
-lungs, need not be serious handicaps.
-
-
-MACHINE MOLDING.
-
-In well equipped plants machines do most of the ramming, turn over the
-mold, draw the pattern, and do away with much heavy lifting. Machine
-molders usually work by the piece, and must be active and quick to earn
-good wages.
-
-
-TRAINING.
-
-Foundry work is taught in many schools, but only a few schools have been
-able to keep up with the industry in providing machinery.
-
-
-PLAN No. 921. SHEET-METAL WORKERS
-
-
-DEMAND FOR WORKERS.
-
-The sheet-metal worker is the survival in modern industry of the village
-tinner or tinsmith, and the demand for these workers is large and
-increasing.
-
-In the building trades, in ship building, in automobile and airplane
-construction, and in the manufacture of furniture, kitchen ware, heating
-and ventilating apparatus men of skill and experience in sheet-metal
-working are required.
-
-
-WHAT THE WORKER DOES.
-
-Workmen at the trade are mainly occupied in cutting out shapes or
-patterns, bending and forming these shapes on machines or with hand
-tools, and assembling the parts by hand. Edges are fastened together by
-riveting, soldering, or by lock seams. For example, a shaving-exhaust
-system consists of suction pipes, an exhaust fan, and a large pipe
-leading to the outlet, at which point is a dust separator called a
-cyclone. Practically all of the system is built of galvanized iron in
-sections, which are first constructed in the shop, then erected and
-supported in place in the factory where it is to be used. All of this
-work, including the erecting, is done by sheet-metal workers.
-
-It is the work of the journeyman in a job shop to use the common
-machines for cutting and forming the sheets of metal, to rivet or solder
-the parts together, and to fasten them in place on buildings or in any
-location where the product is used.
-
-This job-shop worker is, therefore, commonly both an outside and an
-inside worker. He must know how to place on buildings all the roofing,
-skylights, gutters, down spouts, cornices, metal ceilings, etc., needed
-in the construction. He installs air ducts for hot-air furnaces and for
-ventilating systems. He may be called on for a variety of repairs on
-sheet metal--to line tanks with lead, copper, or zinc, and to make and
-attach guards for machinery. The material for this work is bought in the
-form of sheets of various sizes, and the workman spends a large part of
-his time in the shop cutting up his material and working it into the
-required form.
-
-Extreme accuracy of measurement is seldom necessary, and not much
-attention is paid to finish since much of the work is immediately
-painted.
-
-In the building of ships there is a great variety of sheet-metal work
-done. Heavier gauge metal is used than on most architectural work and
-the joints are more often required to be oil and water tight.
-
-In the automobile and motor truck industry many men are employed in the
-making and assembling of bodies, fenders, tanks, and radiators. Much of
-the formed work is drawn to shape in large presses, the finished shapes
-being assembled by hand.
-
-Large factories now produce most of the kitchen utensils and stamped
-sheet-metal ware. This ware is coated with enamel or japan, or plated
-with nickel. Tin plate is still used, but sheet aluminum and enameled
-steel ware are fast taking its place. The manufacture of metal
-containers for canned fruits, meats and fish, oils, and sirups is an
-important industry. Very few machines for any purpose could dispense
-with sheet-metal parts without increasing the weight or the cost. In
-building construction the use of sheet metal is increasing, and when
-properly protected with paint it is both durable and inexpensive. Sheet
-metal is taking the place of wood for lath, sash, and trim for fireproof
-construction in large office buildings. It is used, also, in the
-manufacture of metal furniture for schools and offices.
-
-
-TOOLS AND MACHINES.
-
-Tools and machines used by sheet metal workers include the following:
-
-Hand tools.--Hammers, punches, chisels, hand snips or shears, rivet
-sets, rule, soldering outfit, and a variety of stakes of different
-shapes and sizes.
-
-Hand and power machines.--Turning, burring, forming, setting, grooving,
-double seaming, beading, wiring, and folding machines, circular, rotary
-and squaring shears, cornice brake, and presses for drawing hollow ware.
-
-
-REQUIREMENTS.
-
-Shopwork in sheet metal does not require men of great strength or
-quickness of movement. The machines are operated with the right hand and
-the stock supported with the left. To be of value to the shop a man
-should know something about pattern drafting, but many workmen are
-unable to lay out new work, and must work from old patterns or depend on
-the foreman for help. A sheet-metal worker needs fairly good eyesight,
-two hands with strong fingers, and on construction work a clear head and
-good use of his limbs. Requirements for outside work are quite different
-from those for inside work in the shop.
-
-
-HOURS AND WAGES.
-
-Hours of labor average about nine a day, but in Government work the
-standard is eight hours.
-
-Wages range from 45 to 85 cents per hour, but will average about 65
-cents, with 68 cents as the union scale on Government work.
-
-
-FUTURE OF THE EMPLOYMENT.
-
-There seems to be no reason for doubting that this occupation will
-remain a very stable one. After the war it may be difficult to absorb
-into industry all the men who have been trained as sheet-metal workers
-for shipbuilding, but it is certain that the normal requirements of the
-building trades, the automobile industry, and airplane construction will
-take many men.
-
-
-REEDUCATION.
-
-No single course of instruction will fit all cases. If a man can shift
-from general outside and inside work to inside work exclusively, it will
-be possible for him to learn the drafting of patterns to great advantage
-to himself and to the shop. Skill in soldering may also be acquired by
-practice and will increase the man’s earning capacity. Competent foremen
-are very much in demand, and they should be trained in drafting and in
-estimating the cost of construction.
-
-This ability to estimate costs on job work can be attained by special
-training and would make a disabled man more independent of his handicap.
-
-For the disabled man any course which provides only the theory will fail
-absolutely in making a man useful to the average employer. It will be
-necessary to locate the man in a selected situation where his handicap
-will count for the least and then train him to overcome entirely the
-handicap. If the school can help with this training the man should go to
-school, but in a majority of cases it will be necessary for the shop to
-provide the training, supplemented by evening courses or
-correspondence-school work. The latter would be quite satisfactory in
-pattern-drafting and cost-estimating courses.
-
-
-PLAN No. 922. FACTORY WORKERS
-
-Factory production of articles made of sheetmetal implies that machines
-will be used where possible. Parts will be stamped out with dies and
-hollow ware drawn to shape in large presses. The hand operations, as a
-rule, will be confined to riveting, soldering, and assembling parts.
-
-Where disabled men can qualify it will not be difficult to place them on
-machines or at hand operations. While the pay will be lower than in the
-outdoor branch of the trade, work will be steadier and less dependent on
-weather conditions. Men with a variety of disabilities can find places.
-Training will be given on the job by foremen. Previous experience in any
-branch of sheet-metal work will be of value, and since the machines are
-largely automatic, only a short period of training will be required.
-
-The position of foreman of a department is worth striving for, and the
-qualities which will help a man to overcome handicaps will also help him
-to get a foreman’s position, in which he will be largely independent of
-physical disabilities.
-
-
-PLAN No. 923. MACHINISTS AND MACHINE OPERATORS
-
-Previous training and experience in some of these metal-working
-employments will greatly help you if you elect to take up some related
-line of work. With a little training to overcome your handicap, you may
-be able to resume your old employment or one in which your previous
-training and experience will count.
-
-
-MACHINES OPERATED
-
-Machinists work with the following machines:
-
-Metal turning.--Speed lathes; screw-cutting lathes; engine lathes;
-turret lathes; shaft and wheel lathes; automatic lathes.
-
-Planing.--Planers; slotters; shapers; gear planers.
-
-Milling.--Hand-feed millers; plain and universal milling machines;
-planer type millers; special milling and hobbing machines.
-
-Drilling and boring.--Sensitive drills; vertical drilling machines;
-radial drills; multiple drills; horizontal and vertical boring machines,
-and boring mills.
-
-Grinding.--Rough, wet, and dry grinders; tool grinders; cylindrical and
-special shaping grinders; planer type grinders; disk grinders.
-
-Machines for special operations.--Bolt and nut machines; automatic screw
-machines; broaching machines; cutting-off saws; profiling machines;
-chasing and engraving machines; rifling machines.
-
-
-SHOP CONDITIONS
-
-The machinist and machine operator work sometimes in a room crowded with
-machines, and frequently under artificial light, but usually in a room
-with plenty of air properly heated. Most of the machines are
-safeguarded, but there is always danger of accident from moving trucks,
-flying particles of metal, and sometimes from unprotected belts, gears,
-and shafting. State laws and inspection may be counted on to reduce this
-danger materially. Most well-organized shops have announced safety rules
-to promote the health of the men and to reduce the number of accidents.
-
-Hours of labor average from eight to nine a day. There is a tendency
-toward a standard eight-hour day, which is already established in
-Government work. There is usually an increase in the hourly rate for
-overtime work. Many shops pay according to a piecework rate or premium
-plan. The trade is fairly well organized, especially in job and railroad
-shops.
-
-
-EQUIPMENT OF THE WORKER
-
-It is common practice for a machinist to provide himself with a kit of
-tools useful in his work. This outfit usually includes steel scales,
-inside and outside calipers, hammer, surface gauge, punches, and an
-indefinite collection of other tools of less importance. All classes of
-workmen, in fact, depend more or less on the shop tool room, and men
-beginning their employment often have nothing but a steel scale.
-
-
-OPPORTUNITY FOR PROMOTION
-
-A highly skilled general machinist who can handle men has an excellent
-opportunity to become a foreman, and workers who understand the
-technique of their trade may fairly expect to advance rapidly in wages
-and position. Men who can figure costs and devise economies in
-production especially are in demand.
-
-
-FUTURE OF THE TRADE
-
-The war has very greatly increased production in machine shops. The
-manufacture of guns and munitions and the demands of the shipbuilding
-industry for tools and machinery for ships have multiplied the demand
-for men many times. While there must be a readjustment after the war, it
-is certain that the manufacture of standard products will be very
-greatly in arrears, and since all industry, including agriculture,
-transportation, and the arts, depend on the machine shops for their
-product, there will be a continued demand for trained men.
-
-Wages
-
-Where machinists or machine operators receive wages at an hourly rate
-this rate approximates the Government scale in railroad shops, which is
-68 cents an hour. In shops where the piecework or premium plan prevails,
-the amount earned by employees varies. It is safe to say that most men
-employed at any branch of the trade get more than $4 a day in wages.
-
-MUSCULAR STRAIN
-
-A machinist is commonly expected to do some lifting, varying from very
-light weights to more than 100 pounds. Operators of large machines doing
-heavy work are often provided with air hoists or jib cranes or with
-chain hoists to help serve their machines. Probably the operator of a
-machine working on medium weight parts on lathes or grinding machines
-may have the maximum of physical strain, due to the quality production
-expected of him.
-
-YOUR DISABILITY
-
-It would be foolish to make many general statements as to the effect of
-the loss of various members on the future of a man who desires to be a
-machinist or a machine operator. So much depends on the will power of
-the man and on the exercise of wisdom and foresight in selecting a line
-of work. Talk it over with the placement officer.
-
-A study of the rehabilitation in industry of those injured in industrial
-accidents shows that most men have been taken back to work after such
-injuries as the loss of fingers, thumbs, one eye, or similar accidents.
-Others with more serious injuries have often been taken on again and
-provided with jobs, perhaps as watchmen or gate tenders, without any
-reeducation. They accepted their job, lived up their industrial
-insurance, and were down and out industrially. This should not happen to
-the man injured in industry, and must not happen to you, because there
-is a better way which will keep you in a good wage-earning occupation
-and make you independent.
-
-It will be necessary, of course, for you to take account, not only of
-your physical condition and of the requirements of the trade, but also
-of your previous experience, your resources, and your aptitudes.
-
-
-PLAN No. 924. BENCH HANDS
-
-
-KIND OF WORK DONE
-
-In the construction of machinery, including the repair of worn and
-broken parts, there are many operations which can not conveniently be
-done on machines. This work is done by hand at a bench, fitted with a
-vise for holding the work. The work done consists of chipping and
-filling to remove metal, the laying out of centers, circular arcs, lines
-and limits for the operator, and a variety of operations which require
-the use of hand tools.
-
-Examples of this work are:
-
-Fitting piston rings to grooves and to standard test gauges.
-
-Filing machined parts to provide smooth surfaces, and to remove burrs.
-
-Laying out and marking parts for drilling and other operations. Much of
-this work is necessary in making special jigs and fixtures to increase
-quantity production.
-
-
-TOOLS
-
-The bench hand uses a variety of files, marking punches, light and heavy
-hammers, cold chisels, measuring tools and gauges, and often uses hand
-or power machines, such as bench drills, hand taps and dies.
-
-
-HOURS, WAGES, AND CONDITIONS OF WORK
-
-The hours of labor are as a minimum forty-eight a week, and will average
-between fifty-one and fifty-four. Wages are generally according to the
-scale paid to machinists and are subject to overtime, piecework, and
-premium rate changes. For instance, the wage scale in railroad shops is
-now 68 cents per hour and in shipyards 72 cents. Other shops seldom pay
-as much, but the union scale is from 50 cents to 75 cents an hour in
-sections where large shops predominate.
-
-The health of the worker is not apt to be impaired by his work, as the
-muscular strain is not severe, and the sanitary conditions of shops are
-not generally unfavorable.
-
-The importance of the bench worker in the metal-working industry is
-decreasing with the increased use of automatic machines, jigs, and
-fixtures which do away with laying out, and with improvements in molding
-and casting. All repair work in railroad, automobile, and other shops,
-however, require much handwork at the bench.
-
-
-HANDICAPS
-
-Filing, chipping, hammering, etc., may be done by men provided with an
-artificial hand or arm. The training required before a man can become
-accustomed to this substitute will take some time, since the bench
-worker is required to use a variety of tools, and the output of work
-will depend on the skill of the worker in handling these tools.
-
-Previous experience in the employment will go a long way toward starting
-a man in the trade again. The use of hand tools is relatively less
-complicated than that of machine tools, and previous experience should
-provide the man with the essential knowledge of processes.
-
-Reeducation for any line of bench work should take all possible
-advantage of previous experience. Many of the things done by the bench
-hand can be taught in a school in short courses, but experience at the
-bench on productive work may be obtained at the same time. If the school
-is provided with satisfactory benches of the proper height and with
-standard vises, the course may require no longer than from three to six
-months, allowing for instruction in the reading of blue prints, the use
-of tools, and for getting accustomed to the work again.
-
-
-PLAN No. 925. ASSEMBLERS AND ERECTORS
-
-The parts which go to make up the finished machines come from the shop
-and after inspection are ready to be put together. Men who work at a
-bench in the assembling room or on the erecting floor fasten these parts
-together.
-
-
-ASSEMBLING WORK
-
-Examples of heavy work are found in the assembling of locomotives,
-stationary and marine engines, mining and pumping machinery, printing
-presses, rolling mills, and sugar machinery; of medium work in the
-assembling of gas and gasoline engines, farm machinery, automobiles, and
-trucks; of light work in the assembling of sewing machines, shoe
-machinery, cream separators, and typewriters.
-
-Machinists who assemble medium and light machinery receive the parts
-from the stock room after they have been inspected for accuracy and
-finish, and bolt them together. Frequently mechanical means are used to
-carry the parts to the assembler, who bolts them in place on the frame
-of the machine. This is common in automobile factories.
-
-From the assembling room the machines go to be tested or to be painted
-and prepared for shipment.
-
-In contract work in job shops the routine described is not usually
-followed, and the work is performed by all-around men who take the place
-of the assemblers.
-
-
-ERECTING WORK
-
-Machinists who work as erectors usually fit the parts together, bolt
-them solidly, then test the machine for alignment. Shafting is fitted to
-bearings and sliding surfaces brought into contact by scraping with
-steel scrapers. Oil grooves are cut in bearing surfaces and all
-accessory parts fitted. Then in most cases the machine is taken down for
-shipment, and after reaching its destination is erected again on
-permanent foundations. Traveling machinists are frequently sent out from
-the shop to do this work in the field.
-
-
-TOOLS
-
-Assemblers and erectors use a variety of wrenches, hammers, and other
-tools. They are often provided with cranes and hoists for all heavy
-lifting. In the field they may have to devise special means of moving
-heavy machinery.
-
-
-HOURS, WAGES, AND CONDITIONS OF WORK
-
-The hours and wages of labor are the same as for the machine operators
-and bench men, the hours ranging from forty-eight to fifty-four a week.
-
-The position of the assembler or erector is very important. There is no
-possibility of his being displaced by the introduction of machinery. The
-increase of production will demand more men, but it is fair to say that
-there are very many men who are qualified to fill the lower grades of
-work in this occupation. Only through experience and training on the job
-can men learn to be competent machinist erectors. These men hold
-responsible positions in industry and there is a constant demand for
-competent men.
-
-
-HANDICAPS
-
-The workman in this branch of the trade must be active and have physical
-strength, good eyesight, and considerable skill in the use of hand
-tools. He should know something about machine-tool processes, and may
-find it necessary to operate machines on occasion. Any handicap must be
-considered from the point of view of the man and the job he expects to
-take. If the man has had experience in the given line of work and wants
-to reenter it, he will be a very good judge of his own ability.
-
-Nearly every disabled man who has previous experience in a machine shop
-will find it possible to use this experience to advantage.
-
-Handicapped men who are preparing to enter this occupation may be
-trained in special classes in the factory where the work is done. A
-group of ten or twelve such men may be taken to a large factory and
-trained for special jobs under the instruction of a practical teacher.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 926. THE PRACTICE OF OPTOMETRY AND THE TRAINING IT REQUIRES
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-The material of this monograph was compiled by S. Reid Warren, editor of
-The Keystone Magazine of Optometry, assisted by several successful
-practicing optometrists, to whom acknowledgment is gratefully accorded.
-The monograph has been prepared under the direction of Charles H.
-Winslow, Chief of the Research Division of the Federal Board for
-Vocational Education. Acknowledgment is due Dr. John Cummings, of the
-Research Division, for editorial assistance.
-
-It is an indisputable fact that the efficiency of the American troops
-during the late war was greater than that of any other army. One factor
-which contributed largely to their success is apt to be overlooked by
-the casual observer, but excited comment wherever our troops were
-thickest in the fray: _Our men were properly glassed_.
-
-You, for whom this monograph is written, well know how thoroughly and
-systematically your eyes were examined. Perhaps you do not know that the
-actual testing of your eyes and the adoption of proper glasses whenever
-necessary to bring vision up to normal was done in a number of camps by
-optometrists.
-
-What an important part glasses played in the success of our Army and
-Navy is a chapter yet to be written.
-
-Now that the conflict is over it is fitting to call attention to the
-opportunity of entering a profession which has contributed so much to
-the winning of the war. And as optometry is a comparatively strange word
-to those not personally concerned with the profession, an explanation of
-its meaning had best preface this monograph.
-
-
-WHAT IS AN OPTOMETRIST?
-
-An optometrist examines eyes for the detection and correction of
-_visual_ or _muscular_ defects not requiring medical attention. He uses
-no drugs; he does not treat _diseases_ of the eye, nor does he practice
-surgery. To one not familiar with optical sciences it may be difficult
-to comprehend, then, what the work of the optometrist includes.
-Comparison of his work with two better known and somewhat related
-vocations--that of the oculist and that of the optician--will perhaps be
-the quickest method of explaining the practice of optometry.
-
-First, let it be understood that the human eye may be considered as a
-refracting and focusing mechanism, similar to a camera, as well as an
-organ subject to diseases like any other part of our body.
-
-An _oculist_ (a physician who specializes on the eye) deals both with
-refraction and muscular deficiencies, and with pathological or diseased
-conditions.
-
-An _optometrist_, on the other hand, specializes on the functions of the
-eye as a refracting and focusing apparatus.
-
-An _optician_ grinds the lenses and puts together the necessary fittings
-to form the eyeglasses prescribed by the oculist or the optometrist.
-
-
-TYPE OF MAN REQUIRED
-
-The serious nature of the optometrist’s work--the care of human
-vision--makes it imperative that only men of good moral character and
-high ideals be admitted to the practice of optometry. An optometrist
-should be more interested in helping his patient than in making money;
-he should be tactful, and not only professionally competent, but of the
-type of personality that inspires confidence. He should realize that the
-completion of his course of technical instruction and the receipt of a
-license to practice merely mark matriculation in a postgraduate course
-stretching out to the end of his days of practice. He should not enter
-the profession of optometry unless willing to continue the study of
-never-ending developments in this science and practice.
-
-
-LENGTH OF PREPARATORY TRAINING
-
-As the optometrist takes up little in medical studies, his technical
-training requires a briefer time than that of the physician or oculist.
-The optometrist, of course, must be able to recognize the symptoms of
-eye diseases, but does not attempt to remedy them; he refers such cases
-to a physician.
-
-In view of the lesser scope of the work of the optometrist his course of
-technical training covers only two to four years, as against four to
-seven years for medical education.
-
-The practice of optometry is regulated by law in 41 States, and in
-Hawaii, Philippine Islands, Porto Rico, and Alaska. These laws usually
-require a general education equivalent to two years of high school
-instruction and (before admission to examination for a license)
-completion of a course in a school of optometry having an approved
-two-year course, in addition to one year of practical service in an
-optometrist’s office.
-
-The laws of the different States vary considerably as to these
-requirements, and the prospective optometrist should inform himself as
-to the provisions of the law in the State in which he expects to
-practice. A few optometry laws have reciprocity clauses, making it
-permissible for licensees of one State to practice in another.
-
-Most of the schools have two-year courses--some longer. One of the
-universities--Ohio State--has an optometry course laid out over a period
-of four years. The course at Columbia University is planned to cover two
-years. In a number of instances it has been covered in one year by
-students who were exceptionally well prepared. The studies in optical
-subjects can be counted toward a B. S. degree, for which four years are
-required, as is usual. Besides these universities, a number of schools
-of optometry in various parts of the country have two to three year
-courses. A list of such schools and their addresses may be obtained from
-the Federal Board for Vocational Education.
-
-
-THE OPTOMETRIST’S WORK
-
-The word “optometry” is made up of two Greek words: optos, visible and
-metron, a measure, meaning the measurement of the visual powers.
-Examination for detection of visual deficiencies includes tests by the
-use of charts and of certain precise measuring instruments. For example:
-One instrument permits inspection of the interior of the eye; another,
-measurement of the curvature of the cornea; still another, the field of
-vision. With the data obtained by the intelligent use of all these
-instruments the optometrist can determine the nature of the lenses
-required to correct any refractive errors found.
-
-Formerly glasses were given merely as an aid to vision, now they are
-prescribed for the relief of strain and its resultant symptoms, such as
-headache, etc. They are also supplied for efficiency and protection
-purposes to factory employees, for some workmen without glasses will
-exhibit as much eye fatigue in 5 hours as others will in 10; and
-employers are now recognizing this to their own advantage.
-
-Thus the field of usefulness and profit for optometrists is ever
-enlarging.
-
-
-INDOOR WORK--PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS
-
-An optometrist confines his practice to office work, there being no
-traveling or outdoor activity. If desired, his office may be established
-in his own home. As the work is all indoors, there is no great physical
-strain. While sound health and normal strength are always desirable,
-robustness is not a first requirement of this vocation; nor is
-possession of all the members essential. A man who has lost a hand, an
-arm, a leg, or even both legs could successfully practice the profession
-of optometry, if properly fitted with artificial equipment. It is also
-quite possible for a man with one eye to practice optometry. To a
-determined man this would not prove an insurmountable obstacle, though
-he might be at a disadvantage because some patients might think he could
-not do his work as well. This is, of course, unreasonable, but should be
-considered. Several instances are known to the writer of successful
-optometrists who have lost the sight of one eye through cataract or
-other cause.
-
-A Colorado woman who has been practicing optometry for a number of years
-sums up some of the advantages of this profession in the following
-words:
-
-“There are fewer objectionable features, and more to commend the
-practice of optometry than in any other profession or semiprofession. No
-midnight calls, as in the case of the physician, no direct contact, as
-in osteopathy, or chiropractic; no proximity to offensive breath, as in
-dentistry. Variety and fascination attach to the work, besides the joy
-that comes with doing something that relieves suffering and is
-beneficial to humanity. The time required for preparation and getting
-established is somewhat less than for other professions; the expense
-incurred more moderate.”
-
-
-THE DEMAND FOR OPTOMETRISTS
-
-No man taking up the study of optometry need fear a lack of opportunity
-when his course is completed. There is a scarcity of optometrists all
-over this broad land, and in thousands of optometrists’ offices to-day
-opportunities are open for assistants. As such, an optometrist can
-develop a following, and eventually start for himself. Moreover, the
-call of young men to the defence of their country cut down the number of
-students in this, as in all other vocations; hence the number of
-graduates from the optometric schools and colleges is insufficient to
-meet the demand.
-
-Another advantage in following this vocation is the fact that the
-profession is still in the formative stage. For this reason there are
-unusual opportunities for progressive, studious, conscientious men of
-the professional type.
-
-The hours of work, which are regular, are of course determined by the
-individual practitioner; the man who has established his own office can
-make his hours to suit his own convenience. If he is employed by another
-optometrist, he will find the hours are not as long as in many other
-callings.
-
-
-SCOPE OF A COURSE IN OPTOMETRY
-
-The curriculum of the course in applied optics in one of our leading
-universities will give a comprehensive survey of the branches of
-scientific knowledge forming the science of optometry. The following
-subjects are included in this course: Chemistry, anatomy, physics,
-physiology, algebra, geometry, trigonometry, bacteriology, optics,
-psychology, drawing, pathology, and English composition. Under
-theoretical and applied optics are of course grouped the chief subjects
-bearing upon the science and practice of optometry. The mathematical
-studies are necessary as a foundation for an understanding of the
-optical science.
-
-While the university course, in its cultural as well as technical
-development, is desirable, still, as in other professions and callings,
-success and service are not dependent upon the completion of such a
-course. But general education, culture and personality developed
-therefrom are all potent factors in success in any profession, and
-should be acquired from one source or another before or during technical
-training.
-
-
-POSSIBLE INCOME
-
-As in other professions, it usually requires a few years to build up a
-practice, but few men who have started under proper conditions and with
-fair qualifications have failed to achieve success. An income of $1,500
-or $2,000 yearly is common, and many optometrists earn incomes of from
-$5,000 to $10,000. As an employee of another optometrist, a practitioner
-can earn from $30 to $50 a week, and even more.
-
-Optometry is not a means of earning a living with ease nor a haven for
-the indolent, but it does offer a reasonable competency without unusual
-sacrifice or hardship.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 927. THE FACTORY WOODWORKING TRADES
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by Eugene C. Graham, special agent for the
-Federal Board for Vocational Education, under the direction of Charles
-H. Winslow, Chief of the Division of Research. Acknowledgment is due to
-Dr. John Cummings, of the Research Division, for editorial assistance.
-
-The trades of the planing-mill operator, of the cabinetmaker, and the
-finisher are the outgrowth of the trades of the village carpenter and
-painter.
-
-Woodworking factory products are innumerable, and a choice of occupation
-can be made so that you will find the work interesting, if you have any
-liking for the trades at all.
-
-In these trades the worker leads an active life and he is not generally
-exposed to severe weather conditions. The work is not usually heavy, and
-practically all of the men employed work indoors.
-
-The industries are bound together by the use of common materials and
-machines and related operations, while their products, as noted below,
-cover a wide range; many of the operations are similar, whether the
-product is furniture, interior finish, boxes and crates, truck bodies,
-or musical instruments.
-
-
-PLAN No. 928. CLASSES OF WORKERS AND WHAT THEY DO
-
-Workers in these trades may be grouped as in the following tabulation:
-
-  ==============================+=======================================
-  Classes of workers.           |            What the men do.
-  ------------------------------+---------------------------------------
-  Yardmen                       }
-  Dry kiln men                  }
-  Lumber inspectors             }Prepare raw material and keep machines
-  Swing-saw men                 }and tools in order.
-  Planer and resaw men          }
-  Filers                        }
-  Millwrights                   }
-  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-  Machine operators             }
-  Off-bearers                   }Operate machines and prepare stock for
-  Gluers                        }assembling.
-  Carvers                       }
-  Turners                       }
-  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-  Cabinetmakers                 }
-  Chair makers                  }
-  Frame, sash, and door makers  }Assemble prepared pieces of stock into
-  Interior wood finishers       }built-up products.
-  Assemblers                    }
-  Box, crate, and basket makers }
-  Toy makers                    }
-  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-  Men who apply stain and filler}
-  Rubbers                       }
-  Varnishers                    }Apply finishing materials and prepare
-  French polishers              }the product for sale.
-  Upholsterers                  }
-  Packing-room employees        }
-  ------------------------------+---------------------------------------
-  Foremen                       |Direct labor.
-  ------------------------------+---------------------------------------
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 928. Industry Makes All Things Easy]
-
-Many employees in woodworking establishments are common laborers, some
-of whom have learned to do the simpler operations by watching other men
-at work. They may finally learn to run machines. Boys who are taken on
-as off-bearers get into positions as machine operators in this way.
-
-Other men of a somewhat higher grade, operate machines, work at the
-bench assembling parts, and in the finishing room apply the finishing
-materials.
-
-There are certain special occupations which require more skill, such as
-hand and machine carving, wood turning, and saw filing, for which men
-must be trained through a kind of apprenticeship, which may take several
-months or years.
-
-In these occupations workmen move about easily from one factory to
-another, or shift from one machine to another. Many men move about
-constantly, and seem to have little difficulty in fitting in wherever
-they go.
-
-The operator of woodworking machines is commonly required to look after
-the oiling of his machine, to change knives, saws, and cutter heads when
-they become dull or when the work requires it, and to adjust the machine
-properly so that it will do good work at a fast rate.
-
-
-SOME PRODUCTS OF THESE TRADES
-
-Factory woodworkers are employed in many industries in which the men
-carry on one or more of the lines of work specified above. Of these
-industries the principal products are the following:
-
-
-_Products of Woodworking Industries_
-
-  ========================+=============================================
-  In planing mills.       |Stair material; sash; doors; blinds, interior
-                          |finish for homes, stores, and offices;
-                          |built-in furniture parts; cabinets; cases;
-                          |mantels; bar, store, and hotel fixtures.
-  ------------------------+---------------------------------------------
-  In vehicle, truck, and  |Wagons; buggies; auto bodies; truck bodies;
-  body factories.         |poles and shafts; baby carriages.
-  ------------------------+---------------------------------------------
-  In furniture factories. |Tables; chairs; bedroom, office, and library
-                          |furniture; kitchen cabinets; case goods;
-                          |specialty furniture; school furniture;
-                          |billiard and pool tables.
-  ------------------------+---------------------------------------------
-  In box, crate, and      |Boxes; crates; splint baskets; patent
-  basket factories.       |carriers; fruit and berry boxes.
-  ------------------------+---------------------------------------------
-  Special products.       |Airplane parts; agricultural implements;
-                          |cane, reed, and fiber goods; trunks; wooden
-                          |canoes and boats; coffins; musical
-                          |instruments; toys; games, etc.
-  ------------------------+---------------------------------------------
-
-
-PLAN No. 929. THE PLANING MILL INDUSTRY
-
-Much of the work formerly done by carpenters in the shop is now done to
-order in planing mills. This branch of the woodworking industry supplies
-lumber and building material at retail, and builds store and office
-fixtures, interior woodwork for dwelling houses, and a variety of
-special work which requires the use of machinery.
-
-Planing mill employees usually are able to do a variety of hand and
-machine work and usually receive therefrom somewhat higher wages than do
-factory workers. They rank with outside carpenters as mechanics, and the
-trade is organized as a branch of the carpenters and joiners national
-organization. Opportunities for advancement in this industry are greater
-than in other related woodworking occupations, but there is some
-irregularity in employment, since the prosperity of the trade depends on
-local building operations.
-
-
-PLAN No. 930. VEHICLE MANUFACTURING
-
-Buggies, wagons, and auto and truck bodies are built in special shops.
-These have separate departments for wheel making, body making, and other
-processes, and often buy their stock partly finished.
-
-
-PLAN No. 931. OTHER MANUFACTURING
-
-Musical instruments, such as pianos, organs, phonographs, and violins,
-are built in special factories, but the same processes are used here
-that are employed in the other woodworking occupations.
-
-Toys, games, gymnasium equipment, special wood products are made to a
-large extent by machine operations. The men employed are mostly machine
-hands, and women and boys do much of the assembling and finishing.
-
-Box, crate, barrel, and basket making are low-grade woodworking
-occupations. Much of the work done is rough and unfinished, and is
-turned out in large quantities. Women and boys are employed and machines
-are used as much as possible.
-
-
-DEMAND FOR LABOR INCREASING AND STEADY
-
-The field of the factory woodworker is growing. Much of the woodwork
-formerly performed on the job is now done in whole or in part in the
-factory. Growth of population and higher standards of living have
-increased the demands made upon woodworking factories for all sorts of
-furniture and equipment. The greater cost of metal furniture limits its
-use somewhat. Woodworking is less seasonal than many other lines of
-employment, and a disabled man may choose one of the woodworking trades
-in the assurance that he will be permanently employed at all seasons of
-the year.
-
-
-SAFETY AND HYGIENE
-
-Safety devices have reduced greatly the accident risk. Except for dust
-and fumes, now largely eliminated by means of exhaust fans, the working
-conditions are good. Fumes of paints, varnishes, and of their solvents
-are of course detrimental to health, if no precautions are taken to
-remove the fumes or to provide for adequate ventilation, and even under
-favorable conditions, it is only fair to say that a person who is
-inclined to tuberculosis should avoid the finishing trade.
-
-
-CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT
-
-Hours will average 54 a week. Wages have increased about 10 per cent in
-the past two years, and there has been some tendency to shorten hours.
-
-The wages received by box makers vary from 15 cents to a maximum of 40
-cents an hour. Crate and basket makers, many of whom are women and boys,
-receive less. Cabinetmakers get from 20 cents to 75 cents an hour,
-according to the skill required. As a rule in the planing mills, where
-the men are organized, wages are higher, but these are offset by the
-fact that the planing-mill operators do not have as steady employment.
-
-Men in this occupation are employed quite regularly and do not move
-about much. In planing mills and to some extent in other factories, men
-remain year after year at the same bench, and there are many old men who
-have worked at the trade for 50 years. They are quite certain of steady
-employment at a living wage. But there is not much opportunity for
-advancement and independence unless the workman can become an owner of
-stock in the factory.
-
-
-PLAN No. 932. SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FOR DISABLED MEN
-
-In this field there are positions which will appeal to men with certain
-sorts of disabilities. Some of these occupations require a knowledge of
-materials and processes and the ability to direct men, but demand little
-in the way of mechanical training. Among these may be mentioned the
-following:
-
-Foreman of cabinetmakers and assemblers.
-
-Foreman of shipping room.
-
-Yard foreman, in charge of dry kiln and yard.
-
-Cost estimator for planing-mill.
-
-Salesman for factory-made products.
-
-Furniture designer and detailer.
-
-Other occupations which require more mechanical ability and which pay
-better wages than straight factory work may be mentioned also. These
-include:
-
-Foreman of the filing room (saw filing, knife and cutter grinding,
-etc.).
-
-Factory millwright.
-
-Foreman of the mill room or machine room.
-
-Operator of Linderman machine or of automatic turning machines.
-
-Practically all of the above special positions may be obtained only by
-men who have had previous training and experience before becoming
-disabled. These positions will be attractive to such men because they
-offer better wages and do not require so much manual labor.
-
-
-PLAN No. 933. QUALIFYING AS A TEACHER
-
-There is a demand for teachers of woodwork and drawing in the schools.
-If a disabled man with previous experience in the trade has had a
-high-school education and wants to become an instructor he may find it
-more profitable to do so than to go back into the trade. His injuries
-may not prevent the simple movements necessary in demonstrating to a boy
-or to another man the principles involved in the use of the tools.
-
-But it must be understood that both teaching ability and a knowledge of
-the trade are necessary for success. A man who already possesses one or
-the other will be far on his way, the school undertaking to provide for
-his deficiencies in one or the other line. But rarely can the school, in
-the limited period at its disposal, undertake both to develop teaching
-ability and to give a practical knowledge of the trade.
-
-
-WHAT OTHER DISABLED MEN HAVE DONE BY TRAINING
-
-Many examples might be cited of disabled men who have retrained for some
-line of woodworking. For example, a common laborer who became afflicted
-with chronic bronchitis and emphysema, took a three months’ course in
-cabinetmaking and now has a good position as a cabinetmaker. A farmer,
-who had suffered partial loss of function of his left hand through a
-gunshot wound, studied cabinetmaking and is now employed in this work by
-a motor company. A commercial traveler, whose right leg was rendered
-lame by a shrapnel wound, became a teacher of manual training at a good
-salary, by taking a teacher’s course.
-
-Other disabled soldiers who had a knowledge of some woodworking trade
-secured promotion through special courses. Their wounds brought them an
-opportunity of which they took advantage. A wood machinist, for example,
-whose hearing was seriously impaired in the service, took a course in
-lumber estimating and specification work in lumber yards, and now has a
-position in that field. A cabinetmaker, who suffered deformity of his
-left forearm, studied drafting and building construction, and secured a
-position, where his training counts, with a large sash and door company.
-A cabinetmaker, whose left leg was greatly weakened by a gunshot wound,
-obtained a position as instructor in manual training by taking a
-teacher’s course in this subject.
-
-
-PLAN No. 934. MACHINE OPERATING
-
-
-TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
-
-The machine operator needs no personal equipment of tools, and most
-workmen carry only a folding pocket rule and a pencil. He operates a
-variety of machines, of which the principal ones are listed below:
-
-  ======================+===============================================
-  Saws.                 |Swing saws; single and double cut-off saws;
-                        |hand and power feed ripsaws; variety of
-                        |universal saws; band scroll saws; horizontal
-                        |and vertical band resaws; grooving saws; jig
-                        |saws.
-  ----------------------+-----------------------------------------------
-  Planers.              |Single and double surfacers; hand and power
-                        |feed jointers; continuous power feed jointers;
-                        |Linder machines; stockers, or two and four side
-                        |molders.
-  ----------------------+-----------------------------------------------
-  Sanders.              |Belt sanders; drum sanders; disk sanders; edge
-                        |sanders; spindle sanders.
-  ----------------------+-----------------------------------------------
-  Lathes.               |Spindle lathes; Blanchard lathes; special
-                        |automatic forming lathes.
-  ----------------------+-----------------------------------------------
-  Boring and mortising  |Single and multiple spindle boring machines;
-  machines.             |foot lever mortisers; hollow chisel mortisers;
-                        |chain mortisers.
-  ----------------------+-----------------------------------------------
-  Shapers and profilers.|Single and double spindle shapers; routing and
-                        |profiling machines; spindle carvers.
-  ----------------------+-----------------------------------------------
-  Special machines.     |Embossing machines; bending machines; dowel
-                        |machines; dovetailing machines.
-  ----------------------+-----------------------------------------------
-
-
-PLAN No. 935. DISABILITIES FOR MACHINE OPERATING
-
-Such disabilities as slight deafness, blindness in one eye, hernia, or
-minor troubles of the heart, liver, kidneys, or digestion will not bar a
-man who can turn out fair work. Injuries to the fingers, hands, and arms
-have always been common in the woodworking industry and many of the best
-men have been disabled more than once. Some men have to change machines
-on account of injuries but not many lose out entirely.
-
-The loss of an arm or a leg would require intelligent placement on a
-particular machine. Some machines, including spindle carvers and some
-types of belt sanders, may be operated by men while sitting down. A
-great many machines require but little movement from a standing
-position, and could be operated by a man with one injured limb after
-some training.
-
-There is usually considerable dust in the air of a machine room, and
-this dust may be injurious to men with tuberculosis. Furthermore, men
-who are quite deaf or whose sight is not good, and who are certain to
-find it hard to handle material quite rapidly with safety to themselves
-and others, should avoid the machine room.
-
-
-OVERCOMING HANDICAPS
-
-In order to become accustomed to disabilities men will be trained in
-schools or shops to use injured members and thus to overcome the natural
-disinclination to use such members freely. Each man in training will
-change from one machine to another until he finds his place. Special
-training on machines will be offered in schools where, under a practical
-instructor, a man may try himself out.
-
-The operator will be taught in school to take care of his machine and
-remove dull cutters, knives, and saws. If he can be trained to set the
-knives and cutters in an automatic machine his future employment at good
-wages is assured. There is at present a strong demand for men who can
-operate automatic machines and set them up for a variety of work.
-
-Employers may be willing to substitute automatic or power feed machines
-for other types, at least where this may be done to the great advantage
-of the employer himself, as in the case of wood turning. A disabled man
-operating a modern automatic lathe can turn out a quantity of perfect
-work quite as easily as any other workman.
-
-Unlike the machinist the machine woodworker does not often work from
-blue prints. He needs only to learn to understand a stock bill stating
-the dimensions of the finished parts in plain figures, and is not
-concerned about the destination of these parts. All routing from machine
-to machine is looked after by the foreman.
-
-
-PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE AN ASSET
-
-Previous experience and training will often provide the man who is
-trying to come back with certain useful information about machine
-processes, adjustments, and lubrication. For instance, a carpenter who
-is incapacitated for climbing or for outside work, or a sawmill hand who
-requires indoor employment because of his injury may easily fit in as a
-machine operator.
-
-
-CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT
-
-Machine operators work about nine hours a day. They receive in wages
-from 25 cents to 50 cents an hour. The man who cuts up good lumber with
-a swing saw may receive more than the average because he must know how
-to avoid wasting expensive material. His good judgment is his capital.
-
-The machine woodworker often moves from one factory to another, but he
-is usually in demand and may count on steady employment without much
-regard to the season.
-
-
-RE-EDUCATION FOR MACHINE OPERATING
-
-No apprenticeship is usually considered necessary for machine operators.
-A try-out period of a few weeks will decide whether a man is likely to
-make good or not. A short period of training in a school where a variety
-of different machines is provided will help a man to get a real insight
-into his prospective occupation.
-
-The training required is usually obtained in the factory, but disabled
-men can shorten the period of training necessary in their case
-considerably by taking a short course in a well-equipped school under an
-instructor who is a practical woodworker. The course taken will be
-planned to prepare the pupil for a definite occupation. An agreement may
-be made with a prospective employer before the course is undertaken, so
-as to provide opportunity for overcoming any handicap in a definite way.
-
-The same results may be secured by short tryout courses in the factory
-itself and in most cases this will appeal both to the man himself and to
-the employer. But in order to guarantee an adequate course of training
-the factory must be required to make definite preparations to train
-disabled men under an agreement as to the instructor, the length of the
-course, and the subject matter of the instruction.
-
-
-PLAN No. 936. CABINETMAKERS
-
-
-THE OCCUPATION
-
-The work of the cabinetmaker, and of such other allied occupations as
-chair makers, assemblers, and box makers, is to use hand tools, and
-sometimes certain machines, in putting together furniture, interior
-woodwork, or manufactured articles of wood. In some factories he
-actually builds furniture or a completed product. In others he performs
-a few operations and passes the work on.
-
-Men who assemble furniture must apply glue to the joints, nail and screw
-parts together where necessary, and see that the finished product is
-clean, square, and solidly built. They use a variety of hand tools and
-sometimes take material to machines for certain operations. They are
-expected to leave surfaces well scraped and sanded. In all high class
-work they must show considerable skill in construction and knowledge of
-design. What tools are used will depend on the line of work. They are
-usually the property of the workman and are kept in order by him. They
-include the usual outfit of hammers, squares, saws, rules, shaves,
-chisels, bits, levels, planes, rasps, etc.
-
-The trade of the cabinetmaker may not appeal to more than a few disabled
-men from each community. Men who have worked at the trade and who
-already know something about it will naturally wish to stay in it if
-they can.
-
-Cabinetmakers are found in nearly every town or city. Planing mills and
-box factories are very common. Furniture factories are scattered
-throughout Wisconsin, Michigan, Illinois, Indiana, New York, and North
-Carolina more generally than in other States.
-
-
-HANDICAPS
-
-Since the cabinetmaker must be a skillful user of hand tools, any injury
-which prevents him from using his hands and arms easily will interfere
-with his success, but, as he does not need to move about much in the
-factory, foot and leg injuries need not constitute serious handicaps. He
-may have some lifting to do, and must be active in order to turn out a
-sufficient quantity of work.
-
-Partial deafness, blindness in one eye, or minor diseases of the heart,
-lungs, kidneys, or digestive organs need not disqualify a man if he can
-handle tools and work without undue fatigue.
-
-Loss of an entire arm, or severe injuries to both hands, or blindness,
-or diseases which cause considerable bodily weakness would generally
-constitute serious handicaps.
-
-
-SCHOOL AND SHOP TRAINING
-
-Cabinetmaking is the kind of training which most manual-training schools
-are best equipped. Successful schools are not hard to find, and men who
-are trying to overcome handicaps may find it easy to get a start through
-this school training. The cabinetmaker should learn:
-
-(a) How to use hand tools.
-
-(b) How to operate a few machines.
-
-(c) How to read a stock bill and to work to dimensions.
-
-(d) About glue, grain of wood, cabinet hardware, finishing material,
-etc.
-
-(e) How to make and read a simple drawing.
-
-Many good schools will provide the equipment and give instruction in the
-subjects mentioned.
-
-If the disabled man arranges for a combination of shop and school
-training in which he will have the benefit of practical instruction for
-half of each day, and will spend the remainder of the day in some
-factory, he will, after perhaps six months’ schooling and training, be
-able to maintain himself at the trade.
-
-Any other division of time as seems wise may be made. For instance, the
-first three months of training may be full-time work in the school and
-the next three months half-time in the shop and factory.
-
-
-PLAN No. 937. FINISHING
-
-The men who apply stain, filler, varnish, and other finishes properly
-belong in a class by themselves in the woodworking trades. Many of these
-men can do all of the operations necessary in finishing a piece of
-woodwork. The same ability and skill is possessed by men in the
-painters’ trade, but some of the processes are different, and the
-occupation may be considered separately.
-
-The finisher of wood products may use any of the following materials;
-Oil stains, acid stains, water stains, liquid and paste fillers, putty,
-linseed oil, shellac and shellac, substitutes, varnish, paint, enamel,
-lacquer, wax, and prepared polish.
-
-These materials are applied by dipping, brushing on with a brush or
-cloth or spraying on with an air brush or spraying machine. Excess
-material is removed by wiping with cloths, cotton waste, or vegetable
-fiber. Varnish is rubbed down to an even surface with pumice stone and
-water, or with sandpaper and steel wool. Drying ovens or hot rooms are
-often used to hasten the processes.
-
-The air brush is a spraying machine which atomizes the liquid finish and
-spreads it on a surface quickly and evenly. The machine consists of a
-tank, an air hose, and nozzles which spray the material in a fine mist.
-Various materials, such as varnish, shellac, and stain, may be applied
-with this machine.
-
-Men who apply filler, stain, and putty need very little training. Their
-skill consists in doing the work rapidly without waste of material. The
-same may be said of men who use rubbing machines or hand blocks in
-rubbing down varnish.
-
-A somewhat higher degree of skill must be possessed by the varnisher,
-whether he works with a common brush or an air brush. The brush hand
-must have considerable experience and know how to avoid brush marks,
-bubbles, and other evidences of poor work. The operator of the air brush
-acquires his skill by practice; experience with the common varnish brush
-is valuable but not altogether necessary. The same processes are used in
-finishing metal surfaces, and there is a demand for men in the
-automobile factories for experienced finishers.
-
-A disabled man might find an opportunity here if he could do about the
-same kinds of work as the common laborer. If his previous training and
-experience had given him a knowledge of the use of different finishes,
-he could adapt himself to the use of the air brush quite easily even if
-he had only one working arm and hand. A good eye to judge the condition
-of surfaces is essential.
-
-While training in a school is possible it is less necessary than in some
-skilled occupations where more tools are used and where a greater
-knowledge of processes is required. The handicaps which would interfere
-with success would be poor eyesight and the loss of both hands or arms.
-Experience in the employment itself would provide the best sort of
-training for a man who wants to re-enter the trade. A painter who is
-disqualified for outdoor work and for climbing could qualify for this
-work.
-
-Men who have had one arm fitted with a working hook could handle
-furniture in the process of dipping, and could apply and remove the
-excess of stain and filler. With factory training they could advance to
-brush hands and varnishers without great difficulty, if the opportunity
-offered.
-
-To handle a common brush or an air brush and to operate a rubbing
-machine requires one good hand, but disabilities of the feet and lower
-limbs can be overcome.
-
-Men receive from 25 cents to 60 cents or more an hour, according to the
-work done and the skill required. The hours are usually the 54 hours a
-week of most factory trades.
-
-There is some danger to health in handling wood alcohol, turpentine, or
-lead paints, but the use of any one of these materials is not constant
-enough to make the whole occupation dangerous. Those suffering from
-chest complaints should, however, avoid this trade.
-
-The trade is quite stable and the demand for men fairly constant.
-Employment in this trade is fairly certain and apparently will continue
-to be so in the future. The demand for experienced men for air brush
-work will increase with the more general utilization of machines, which
-is almost inevitable. The use of the air brush and the drying room or
-kiln has greatly increased the output of the finishing room per man
-employed, but increase in the quantity of the articles finished has
-offset this increased efficiency so that unemployment has not resulted.
-Hand varnishing, however, will continue to be done and skill in this
-work will be a valuable asset to the workman, whether he uses a hand
-brush or a machine.
-
-A short apprenticeship or try-out period in the factory will start many
-disabled men in this trade, but no school training is required.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 938. TECHNICAL AGRICULTURE AS A VOCATION
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-
-This monograph was prepared by Dr. Walter J. Quick, Special Agent for
-the Federal Board for Vocational Education, under the direction of
-Charles H. Winslow, Chief of the Division of Research. Acknowledgment is
-due A. C. True, Director, States Relation Service; E. W. Allen, Chief,
-Office of Experiment Stations; W. H. Beal, Chief, Editorial Division,
-and Edwy B. Reid, Chief, Division of Publications of the United States
-Department of Agriculture, for suggestions and data; to the Curtis
-Publishing Co., for use of illustrations; also, to Dr. John Cummings, of
-the Research Division, for editorial assistance.
-
-
-POSITIONS IN AGRICULTURAL COLLEGES, AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATIONS,
-AND IN AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION SERVICE
-
-Many responded to the call to arms from the student bodies and the
-faculties and staffs of the State agricultural colleges, experiment
-stations, and extension service. These institutions have lost also to
-war service, at least temporarily, numerous scientific associates,
-lecturers, and teachers, research experts and assistants, extension
-workers, county agents, and others in co-operative agriculture. During
-the war the withdrawals from all departments and lines of work were of
-necessity replaced by insufficiently prepared men who in turn, now that
-the war emergency is passed, will be replaced by trained, efficient men
-as such become procurable.
-
-It is to be noted further that agriculture in city high schools and
-other public-school grades is at the present time being taught largely
-by regular teachers not specially trained in the subject, the number
-teaching and demonstrating in the agricultural high schools of the
-country being about 2,500.
-
-Under the Smith-Hughes Act providing for introduction into public
-schools of agricultural studies and projects, the demand for
-agricultural teachers, directors, and organizers has greatly increased,
-and will continue to increase in the future. In the establishment
-throughout the States of vocational courses, under this vocational
-education act, great difficulty has been experienced during the war in
-securing a sufficient number of men qualified to teach agriculture. From
-year to year, as more Federal and State funds become available, the
-vocational schools will broaden the scope of their work and more
-instructors and trained scientific men will be required.
-
-In the higher institutions and services--the agricultural colleges,
-agricultural experiment stations, and agricultural extension service
-staffs--new appointments are constantly being made because of
-promotions, creation of new positions, changes for various reasons,
-resignations, and deaths. The agricultural colleges and experiment
-stations employ approximately 3,500 on their faculties and staffs,
-including associates, assistants, instructors, and helpers. The
-extension service workers number approximately 6,500, and the number
-would be greatly increased were trained men and funds available.
-Hundreds of counties have no agricultural agents. Compensation in these
-various lines is liberal and proportioned to service rendered,
-increasing with promotion from lower to higher positions.
-
-Under these conditions numerous teaching positions are now open to men
-qualified to fill such positions in our agricultural colleges, in our
-vocational schools, and in our agricultural high schools located in
-every section of the country. Each year, also, even under normal
-conditions, as has been noted, many appointments of research experts and
-assistants are made to the staffs of our agricultural experiment
-stations, as well as of demonstrators and lecturers in extension work,
-and of county agricultural agents.
-
-Those returning from overseas in fit condition will, in most cases,
-wisely resume their abandoned studies or scientific employment. Those
-disabled should, even during the period of their convalescence, begin to
-prepare themselves to resume former positions or others more desirable
-and in line of promotion. Some position is certainly awaiting you if you
-will but “run the course,” take the training, and prepare for it.
-
-These positions present exceptional opportunities in every State for
-disabled men who can qualify for them. They cover every phase of
-agriculture, and will appeal to men of practical experience in farming
-whose disability may make it inadvisable for them to undertake hard
-manual labor on the farm, and to men of scientific or technical training
-that especially fits them for teaching, lecturing, demonstrating, or
-conducting scientific research.
-
-In general, the positions most suitable for men who have been disabled,
-where such men have had practical agricultural experience and some
-agricultural education, and where they are disposed to take the
-necessary vocational training, will be positions as county agricultural
-agents, or as demonstrators in the co-operative extension service, or as
-organizers and directors of the club work in animal husbandry and
-cropping. These positions may serve most admirably to give training for
-promotion to some more specific line of work.
-
-
-AGRICULTURAL SPECIALISTS
-
-While the agricultural specialist has usually a thorough knowledge of
-some particular line of work, and is exceptionally efficient in that
-line, he does in many instances specialize in several different lines.
-For example, many have specialized successfully in “poultry, fruit, and
-bees,” and a specialist may easily be well informed in all three of
-these lines. Nearly all farmers devote themselves to some specialty in
-which naturally their sons also become efficient. By vocational training
-such young men who have been disabled in the war, especially those who
-have had in addition to their practical farm rearing some systematic
-school training in an agricultural course, may have their development
-rounded out until they become capable, practical specialists. Their
-efforts may be expected to be attended by that success which always
-accompanies the combination of practice and theory. A special vocational
-training will be necessary to fit such men for positions in agricultural
-colleges, experiment stations, or extension service.
-
-
-PROMOTION OPPORTUNITIES AHEAD
-
-Much of the specialist’s work can be undertaken by men with serious
-physical disabilities, and the opportunities for promotion along lines
-of expert and special service are excellent.
-
-The following lists of positions in schools, colleges, and experiment
-stations, as teachers, lecturers, demonstrators, and research men,
-indicate the wide range of opportunity open to men of varied training,
-experience, and capacity. The lists have been made up from official
-publications showing the positions in agricultural institutions, and an
-attempt has been made to indicate the number and character of
-appointments usually made to the staffs of such institutions.
-
-For example, the department of animal husbandry in an established
-agricultural college located in a State in which grain production and
-live-stock industries are prominent will frequently include, in addition
-to the head of the department of animal husbandry, four or five and
-sometimes as many as eight or ten associate heads of subdivisions, each
-subdivision employing instructors and assistants, together with a number
-of herdsmen and helpers for practical work.
-
-The number of departments and subdivisions and the number employed in
-each department, of course, varies from institution to institution. In
-the following lists, when the singular form is used, as for example
-“associate,” it indicates that commonly one associate is employed in the
-subject indicated in an institution covering the subject adequately.
-Where the plural form is used it indicates two associates as the usual
-number employed, and where the name of the position is followed by a
-numeral or numerals, as “associate (2 to 5),” it indicates that more
-than two will usually be found on the staff.
-
-
-PLAN No. 939. AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE POSITIONS
-
-The Federal Board for Vocational Education has completed arrangements
-with the State Agricultural Colleges for special technical and for
-regular courses, giving such training for the positions indicated below
-as seems most suitable, taking account of age and experience in each
-case. You should consult the nearest vocational officer, remembering
-that Uncle Sam is ready to train you free in a technical course and pay
-you while you are taking it, also to help you secure a permanent
-position after your training is completed.
-
-If you were pursuing a course in one of the State Agricultural Colleges
-or in an agricultural high school when called to arms, resumption and
-completion of that course is generally to be recommended. You can not as
-a general rule afford to abandon a course once begun in which you have
-made any considerable progress.
-
-Many minor positions are available to ambitious students requiring
-financial assistance promptly after or even during preparation. Many of
-the less important college positions immediately available for men who
-have taken training provide opportunities for further study and training
-leading to higher positions in the agricultural colleges, as indicated
-in the positions here listed. The same is true of positions listed
-herein under Experiment Stations and Extension Service.
-
-
-PLAN No. 940. LIST OF POSITIONS IN AGRICULTURAL COLLEGES
-
-  _Faculty:_
-    Dean.
-    Assistant to dean.
-    Office employees.
-    Heads of departments.
-    Associates.
-    Instructors.
-    Assistants.
-
-  _Agriculture_, head of department.
-    Rural schools, supervisor.
-    Junior school, superintendent.
-    High schools, agricultural, supervisor.
-    College:
-      Librarian.
-      Assistant librarian.
-      Curator.
-      Assistant curator.
-      Photographer.
-      Assistant.
-    Farm management:
-      Associate.
-      Instructors.
-      Assistants (2 to 4).
-      Farm manager.
-      Farm foremen.
-      Farm laborers (3 to 15).
-    Journalism:
-      Editor.
-      Assistant editor.
-      Assistants.
-    Education, scientific:
-      Associates.
-      Assistant.
-    Economics:
-      Associate.
-      Instructor.
-      Assistant.
-    Pedagogy:
-      Associates.
-      Instructors.
-      Assistants (2 to 5).
-
-  _Agricultural engineering_, head of dept.
-    Rural engineering:
-      Associates (2 to 4).
-        Instructors (2 to 6).
-        Assistants (2 to 4).
-    Highway engineering, associate.
-    Irrigation engineering:
-    Associate.
-    Assistants.
-    Drainage engineering:
-    Associate.
-    Assistants.
-
-  _Agronomy:_
-    Head of department.
-    Associates (2 to 5).
-    Instructors (2 to 4).
-    Assistants (2 to 4).
-    Seed, analysts.
-    Farm crops--
-      Products--
-        Associate.
-        Instructors.
-      Plant breeding--
-        Associates.
-        Instructors.
-        Assistants.
-    Soil investigations--
-      Biology--
-        Associates.
-        Assistants.
-      Physics--
-        Associate.
-        Instructors.
-        Assistants.
-      Soil, analyst.
-      Bacteriology, associate.
-      Fertilizers--
-        Instructor.
-        Assistant.
-
-  _Animal husbandry:_
-    Head of department.
-    Associates (2 to 5).
-    Instructors (2 to 4).
-    Assistants (2 to 4).
-    Cattle--
-      Associates (4 to 10).
-      Instructors (4 to 6).
-      Assistants (2 to 4).
-    Horse--
-      Associates (4 to 10).
-      Instructors (4 to 6).
-      Assistants (2 to 4).
-    Swine--
-      Associates (4 to 10).
-      Instructors (4 to 6).
-      Assistants (2 to 4).
-    Sheep--
-      Associates (4 to 10).
-      Instructors (4 to 6).
-      Assistants (2 to 4).
-    Pathology--
-      Associate.
-      Assistant.
-    Nutrition--
-      Associate.
-      Instructor.
-      Assistant.
-    Meats, assistant.
-    Genetics--
-      Associate.
-      Instructor.
-      Assistant.
-
-  _Bacteriology:_
-    Head of department.
-    Instructors (1 to 4),
-    Hygiene, associate.
-
-  _Beekeeping:_
-    Associate.
-    Apiarist.
-    Instructor.
-
-  _Botany:_
-    Head of department.
-    Associates.
-    Instructors (1 to 3).
-    Assistants.
-    Plant pathology--
-      Associate.
-      Instructors (2 to 4).
-
-  _Canning:_
-    Associate.
-    Instructors.
-    Assistants.
-    Helpers.
-
-  _Chemistry, agricultural_, head of dept.
-    Soil, crops:
-      Associates (2 to 5).
-      Instructors (2 to 5).
-      Assistants (2 to 8).
-    Soil physics:
-      Associates.
-      Assistants.
-    Fertilizer control:
-      Manager.
-      Analysts (2 to 10).
-      Recorders (2 to 4).
-      Markers (2 to 5).
-
-  _Chemistry, general_, head of dept.
-    Inorganic:
-      Associates.
-      Instructors (2 to 4).
-      Assistants.
-    Organic:
-      Associates.
-      Instructors (2 to 4).
-      Assistants (2 to 4).
-    Physiology:
-      Associate.
-      Assistant.
-
-  _Daily husbandry:_
-    Head of department.
-    Associate.
-    Instructor.
-    Assistants.
-
-  _Dairy industry:_
-    Associate.
-    Instructors (1 to 3).
-    Assistant.
-
-  _Dairy bacteriology_, associate.
-
-  _Entomology:_
-    Head of department.
-    Associates.
-    Instructors (2 to 4).
-    Agriculture, instructor.
-    Insecticides--
-      Instructor.
-      Assistant.
-    Limonology--
-      Associate.
-      Instructor.
-      Assistant.
-
-  _Floriculture:_
-    Head of department.
-    Associate.
-    Instructor.
-    Assistant.
-
-  _Forestry:_
-    Head of department.
-    Instructor.
-    Management--
-      Foresters.
-      Rangers.
-      Guards.
-    Pursuits--
-      Associates.
-      Assistants.
-    Silviculture, associate.
-    Arboriculture--
-      Associates.
-      Assistants.
-
-  _Gardening, market:_
-    Head of department.
-    Assistant.
-    Vegetable, associate.
-    Small fruits, associate.
-    Truck--
-      Associate.
-      Instructor.
-
-  _Geology:_
-    Associate.
-    Assistant.
-    Meteorology, associate.
-
-  _Horticulture:_
-    Head of department.
-    Associates (2 to 4).
-    Instructors.
-    Assistant.
-    Pomology--
-      Associate.
-      Instructor.
-      Assistant.
-    Citriculture--
-      Associate.
-      Instructor.
-      Assistant.
-    Zymology--
-      Associate.
-      Assistant.
-
-  _Landscape architecture:_
-    Head of department.
-    Associates.
-    Assistants.
-
-  _Microbiology:_
-    Head of department.
-    Instructor.
-    Assistant.
-
-  _Parasitology:_
-    Associate.
-    Assistant.
-
-  _Poultry husbandry:_
-    Head of department.
-    Associate.
-    Instructors.
-    Assistant.
-
-  _Rural sociology:_
-    Head of department.
-    Assistant.
-    Instructor.
-
-  _Veterinary:_
-    Head of department.
-    Associate.
-    Assistants.
-    Diagnosis, associate.
-    Medicine--
-      Instructor.
-      Assistants.
-    Histology, instructor.
-    Laboratory--
-      Supervisor.
-      Assistant.
-    Physical therapeutics, instructor.
-    Anatomy--
-      Associate.
-      Instructor.
-    Pathology, associate.
-    Surgery, associate.
-    Bacteriology, associate.
-
-  _Viticulture:_
-    Head of department.
-    Instructor.
-    Assistant.
-
-  _Zoology:_
-    Associate.
-    Instructors (1 to 3).
-    Assistants.
-    Limonology--
-      Associate.
-      Instructors.
-    Ornithology--
-      Associate.
-      Instructor.
-      Assistant.
-      Morphology, associate.
-
-
-PLAN No. 941. AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION POSITIONS
-
-Technical books have been in such exceptional demand by the wounded in
-the hospitals that the American Library Association could hardly fill
-the orders, it is noted, and that vocational education has received a
-big stimulus from the soldiers having acquired the vocational study idea
-which argues well for efficiency in their future undertakings. It is
-difficult to adequately comprehend the value of the soldier’s experience
-educationally. He has learned discipline and devotion to a cause and
-that simple reading is not study. Study has been required and he knows
-how, with concentration of his supple mind, to acquire definite
-knowledge and employ it.
-
-It should be emphasized that eligibility for positions in experiment
-stations, except as assistants and helpers, presupposes definite college
-preparation. The college course pursued should include training in
-experiment work in some technical line in agricultural experimentation
-or demonstration as a vocation. Experiment station work differs
-radically from educational work in agricultural colleges and high
-schools, and it may be well suited to those properly qualified for it
-who are disinclined to undertake teaching.
-
-Experiment work is exceedingly interesting and preparation for it can to
-greater advantage be undertaken by those who have had some agricultural
-college training, or even agricultural high school training, combined
-with practical experience in agriculture. Half the battle is won when
-one has determined to achieve efficiency in some line of work, and to
-take such training as is required to prepare one to enter into
-agricultural service as an expert.
-
-
-PLAN No. 942. LIST OF POSITIONS IN AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATIONS
-
-  _Station Staff:_
-    Director.
-    Vice director.
-    Assistant to director.
-    Editor.
-    Photographer.
-    Chiefs of divisions.
-    Associates.
-    Assistants.
-
-  _Agricultural engineering_, chief:
-    Irrigation--
-      Associate chief.
-      Assistants (2 to 7).
-    Mechanical--
-      Associate chief.
-      Assistants (2 to 5).
-    Electrical--
-      Associate chief.
-      Assistants (2 to 4).
-    Landscape--
-      Associate chief.
-      Assistant.
-
-  _Agricultural extension_, chief:
-    Co-operation, assistant chief.
-    Farm projects--
-      Associate chief.
-      Assistant.
-
-  _Agronomy:_
-    Chief of division.
-    Assistants.
-    Soil physics--
-      Associate chief.
-      Assistant chief.
-      Associates (2 to 3).
-      First assistants (2 to 6).
-      Assistant.
-    Plant breeding--
-      Associate chief.
-      First assistant.
-    Soil fertility--
-      Associate chief.
-      Associates (2 to 4).
-      First assistants (2 to 3).
-      Assistants (2 to 3).
-    Crop specialties--
-      Associate chief.
-      Assistants.
-    Crop production--
-      Associate chief.
-      First assistant.
-      Assistants (2 to 3).
-      Co-operative experiments, superintendent.
-      Soils laboratory, assistant chief.
-    Soil biology--
-      Assistant chief.
-      First assistants.
-    Soil analysis--
-      Associates.
-      First assistants.
-      Assistants.
-      Rust work, assistant.
-      Dry farming, assistant.
-      Seeds control, associate.
-      Laboratory, analyst.
-      Testing, assistants.
-
-  _Animal husbandry:_
-    Chief.
-    Associates (2 to 3).
-    First assistants (2 to 3).
-    Assistants (2 to 3).
-    Animal nutrition--
-      Associate chief.
-      Associates.
-      Assistants (2 to 3).
-    Swine husbandry--
-      Assistant chief.
-      Assistants.
-    Sheep husbandry--
-      Assistant chief.
-      Assistants.
-    Horse husbandry--
-      Assistant chief.
-      Assistants.
-    Cattle husbandry--
-      Assistant chief.
-      Assistants.
-    Genetics--
-      Assistant chief.
-      First assistant.
-    Animal pathology--
-      Chief.
-      Assistants.
-
-  _Botany:_
-    Chief of division.
-    Assistant chief.
-    Associates.
-    Assistants (2 to 3).
-    Plant pathology--
-      Associate chief.
-      Assistant.
-
-  _Chemistry:_
-    Chief of division.
-    Assistant chief.
-    Assistants (2 to 3).
-    Dairy chemistry--
-      Associate.
-      Assistant.
-    Floricultural chemistry--
-      Associate.
-      Assistant.
-    Horticultural chemistry--
-      Associate.
-      Assistant.
-    Soils chemistry--
-      Associate chief.
-      Associates.
-      Assistants (2 to 4).
-    Crops chemistry--
-      Associate.
-      First assistant.
-      Assistants.
-
-  _Dairy husbandry:_
-    Chief.
-    Associate chief.
-    Assistants (2 to 3).
-    Bacteriology--
-      Associate chief.
-      Associates.
-      Assistants.
-    Breeds, experimental--
-      Associate chief.
-      Assistants.
-    Manufactures--
-      Associate.
-      First assistant.
-      Assistants.
-    Milk production--
-      Associate.
-      Assistants.
-    Dairy production, first assistant.
-    Economics, assistant.
-
-  _Entomology:_
-    Chief of division.
-    Associate chief.
-    Assistants (2 to 4).
-    Beekeeping--
-      Apiarist.
-      Assistant.
-
-  _Farm organization_, chief of division:
-    Farm surveys--
-      Assistant chief.
-      First assistant.
-    Management--
-      Associate chief.
-      First assistant.
-      Assistants (2 to 7).
-
-  _Forestry_, chief of division:
-    Surveys--
-      Associates.
-      Assistants.
-
-  _Horticulture:_
-    Chief of division.
-    Assistant chief.
-    Olericulture--
-      Chief.
-      Assistant chief.
-      First assistant.
-      Assistant.
-    Truck crops--
-      Associate.
-      Assistant.
-    Plant breeding--
-      Associate chief.
-      Assistant.
-    Fruit breeding--
-      Assistant chief.
-      First assistant.
-      Assistants.
-    Floriculture--
-      Assistant chief.
-      Assistants (2 to 3).
-    Pomology--
-      Assistant chief.
-      Associates (2 to 3).
-      First assistant.
-      Assistant.
-    Plant physiology, associate.
-
-
-PLAN No. 943. AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION SERVICE POSITIONS
-
-The recent war necessity for organization of agricultural forces
-exhibited the co-operative extension system through county agents, farm
-bureaus, and local organizations, as a very effective means of greatly
-increasing agricultural production.
-
-To the Agricultural Extension Service established by our Government in
-connection with the Department of Agriculture and the State agricultural
-colleges was due this agricultural co-operation enabling the American
-farmer in a great emergency to meet practically every demand for
-production promptly and effectively.
-
-Much remains to be done to perfect co-operation of organizations in
-developing county communities, but a broad foundation has been laid for
-the service and well-trained, practical men are employed to carry the
-results of scientific research, demonstration work, and practical
-experience to the farmer.
-
-
-COUNTY AGRICULTURAL AGENTS
-
-The men holding these positions are known as county agents who direct
-and demonstrate farm problems, club leaders who direct extension work
-with young people, and specialists in different lines of agriculture.
-
-There are 2,936 counties in the United States, of which 2,300 have
-county agricultural agents. The duties developing upon the county agent
-are numerous. In brief to introduce to the farmers in a practical manner
-the scientific investigations and the experience of successful farmers.
-Also to demonstrate so well their practicability that farmers may be
-induced to adopt them.
-
-If practical and reliable, the county agent is able to reorganize and
-direct the agriculture of the community and be a force socially and
-economically in improving country life. In short, he should be able to
-instruct in all subjects having to do with improved agricultural
-practice, and from a business standpoint with buying and selling and
-general farm management. Many of these projects are brought home to the
-farmer, and he is influenced in their adoption by actual demonstrations
-which he is induced to undertake, with his own labor and at his own
-expense. These projects are conducted under supervision, and may have to
-do with crops, live stock, drainage, or any phase of farm work.
-
-
-COUNTY AGENT IN TOUCH WITH FARMERS
-
-The position of county agent affords an exceptional opportunity as a
-step to further advancement. The county agent is an organizer of farm
-bureaus, farm clubs, and stands back of all in demonstration work. He is
-practically the farmer’s business adviser as well as his educator, and
-need for his services is found in directing farm activities as well as
-in demonstrations. As has been well said: “The purpose of the agent is
-not to make farmers’ bulletins, but to interpret them; not to take
-theory to the farmer, but practice to the puzzled tillers of the soil.”
-In no other line of research work are young men of agricultural rearing
-and experience and with scientific training more successful or
-acceptable than in directing the farmer, though he may be old in
-experience, in the many up-to-date measures productive of success and
-profit on his farm.
-
-Last year 500,000 farmers conducted demonstrations of various kinds in
-co-operation with county agents which covered an aggregate of 1,000,000
-acres. County agents held 135,000 meetings attended by 7,000,000
-farmers, made 1,200,000 visits to farmers, and received 1,250,000 office
-calls from farmers for advice.
-
-The county agent works with all county societies, such as granges,
-farmers’ unions, alliances, farmers’ institutes, community clubs, and
-such boy and girl clubs as he may organize to support his work.
-
-
-CLUB LEADERS
-
-This club work is supervised by State and county leaders. Over 2,000,000
-boys and girls were enrolled as club members the past year. For example,
-the members enter into competition in corn growing, for prizes on a
-basis of largest production at lowest cost, best collection of 10 ears,
-and best story of the year’s work. They receive from the extension
-instructors definite information regarding soil, planting, and
-cultivation, and are taught valuable lessons in handling soil, picking
-seed, improving varieties, use of fertilizers, cost accounting, etc.
-Similar clubs for like purposes grow home gardens, potatoes, cotton,
-grain, and fruits and much enthusiasm has been manifest in clubs for the
-raising of pigs, sheep, calves, and poultry. These clubs are all
-elementary to the more important work directed by the extension workers
-in general farm lines, farm gardening in particular, and profitable farm
-poultry raising.
-
-
-EXTENSION SERVICE
-
-The extension service workers have the support of many local
-organizations in addition to those assisting the county agents, such as
-local boards of agriculture, county councils, farm bureaus, clubs, and
-agricultural committees. There are over 1,000,000 farmers members of
-such organizations assisting county agents and extension workers. The
-agricultural projects contemplated under the vocational education act
-are lending great assistance to extension-service workers through
-co-operation by encouragement to the country boys undertaking the
-projects along with their club competitions.
-
-You may well ask if there is any field of employment open to you which
-promises greater satisfaction in health, happiness, and service than is
-found in agricultural extension work. The scientific undertakings are
-attractive, the positions numerous, paying good salaries, and, if one
-desires, they can be sought where one’s life may be largely in the
-outdoors. It is in fact difficult to conceive of a more attractive
-vocation for which to select education and training. The curriculum of
-some agricultural colleges will give you complete preparation and will
-assure you success in some specific line of technical agriculture.
-
-Positions available in extension service are shown in the following
-list:
-
-
-PLAN No. 944. LIST OF POSITIONS IN AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION SERVICE
-
-  _Extension staff:_
-    Director.
-    Vice director.
-    State leader.
-    State leader, junior, extension.
-    Assistant State leaders.
-
-  _Agricultural extension:_
-    Leaders.
-    Assistants.
-    Agronomy, specialist.
-    Farm crops:
-      Associates.
-      Assistants (3 to 8).
-    Soils:
-      Associates.
-      Assistants (3 to 6).
-
-  _Animal husbandry:_
-    Specialist.
-    Associates (2 to 5).
-    Assistants (3 to 7).
-
-  _Botany, agricultural:_
-    Associate.
-    Assistants.
-
-  _Club work_, assistants (2 to 4):
-    Boys’ and girls’ clubs--
-      Leader.
-      Assistants.
-    Canning clubs--
-      Leader.
-      Assistants.
-    Pig clubs--
-      Leader.
-      Assistants.
-    Calf clubs--
-      Leader.
-      Assistants.
-    Garden clubs--
-      Leader.
-      Assistants.
-
-  _Crop pests:_
-    Specialist.
-    Associate.
-    Assistants.
-
-  _Dairy husbandry:_
-    Specialist.
-    Associates (3 to 10).
-    Assistants (2 to 7).
-
-  _Farm demonstration work_, State leader:
-    Divisional, each branch--
-      Specialists (5 to 12).
-      Assistants (5 to 10).
-    Farm, advisory--
-      County agents (1 each county).
-      Assistants.
-    Junior extension--
-      State leader.
-      Assistants.
-
-  _Farmers’ institutes_, specialist.
-
-  _Farm management:_
-    Demonstrator.
-    Assistants (several).
-
-  _Farm organization:_
-    Specialist.
-    Associates (2 to 7).
-    Assistants (2 to 8).
-
-  _Hog production_, assistant.
-
-  _Horticulture_, specialist:
-    Demonstration--
-      Assistants (3 to 8).
-    Spraying--
-      Specialist.
-      Assistants.
-
-  _Market surveys:_
-    Associate.
-    Assistant.
-
-  _Poultry husbandry:_
-    Specialist.
-    Associates.
-    Assistants.
-    Management, associate.
-    Farm poultry, associate.
-
-  _Publications:_
-    Editor.
-    Assistants.
-
-  _Rural engineering_, assistant.
-
-  _Short courses and exhibits:_
-    Superintendent.
-    Associates.
-    Assistants.
-
-  _Veterinary extension:_
-    State veterinarian.
-    Associate.
-    Assistants.
-
-
-
-
-PHOTOGRAPHY, PHOTO-ENGRAVING, AND THREE-COLOR WORK
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by Prof. David J. Cook, Demonstrator and
-Instructor, in the Bissell Colleges, at Effingham, Ill., under direction
-of Charles H. Winslow, Chief of the Research Division of the Federal
-Board for Vocational Education. Acknowledgment is due to Dr. John
-Cummings, of the Research Division, for editorial assistance.
-
-In the field of photography, photo-engraving, and three-color work you
-can succeed and re-establish yourself in civil life as an independent
-worker, in spite of your handicap, provided you have natural aptitude
-for the work. You can do this even if you have lost your hearing, or
-lost a hand, an arm, a foot, or a leg, or both legs, or an arm and a
-leg.
-
-In the best studies and shops of the country, from $25 to $75 a week may
-be made by competent men; or one may establish himself in business with
-pleasant surroundings and ideal working conditions. The photographer and
-photo-engraver meet people at their best, and the taking of a picture,
-or the making of an engraving becomes merely an incident in a pleasant
-business transaction. Much of the work may be done while seated, and the
-work as a whole requires but little strength.
-
-Photography, photo-engraving, or three-color work may be practiced as an
-art, as a business, as a profession, or as a science, and one has a wide
-range of choice in electing just the kind of work suitable to one’s
-condition, preferences, and past experience.
-
-
-PLAN No. 945. AIR BRUSH WORK
-
-Air brush work pertains to the working-up of enlargements and contact
-prints in black and white, sepia, or color. Expert operation of the air
-brush is little less than magical in its delicate shading and color
-effects. Operators of the air brush command high salaries and are in
-great demand.
-
-
-PLAN No. 946. BROMIDE PRINTING
-
-This is a trade in itself, and numerous houses make a specialty of
-bromide enlargements for the trade.
-
-
-PLAN No. 947. COMMERCIAL PHOTOGRAPHY
-
-Photographing machinery, furniture, fixtures, fabrics, glassware, and
-manufactured products is a distinct branch of trade, and the commercial
-photographer often builds up an enviable business, conducted with but
-little overhead expense. He is moreover, much in the open, and he can
-choose practically his own time to do his work. Some commercial
-photography is commonly done also by the regular portrait photographer,
-and much of this work can be done in the studio under cover. But little
-equipment is required, and the compensation is fair.
-
-
-PLAN No. 948. COPYING, COLORING PHOTOGRAPHS AND LANTERN SLIDES, SLIDE
-MAKING, WORKING IN BACKGROUNDS, MOUNTING, SPOTTING AND FINISHING,
-RETOUCHING AND ETCHING
-
-All of these special services are embraced in regular studio practice.
-Good workmen in any one of the lines indicated command good pay and
-steady employment. The demand for experts generally exceeds the supply,
-especially for retouchers and etchers, who can improve negatives
-artistically, and correct the seeming exaggerations of the camera. Good
-retouchers may establish retouch studios in the larger cities and secure
-work from local photographers at from 30 cents to $1 per negative,
-depending upon the amount of work required per negative. A good
-retoucher can do up to 20 negatives a day, piece-work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 949. LANDSCAPE AND ARCHITECTURAL PHOTOGRAPHY
-
-This work takes one out into the open; is very healthful; and quite a
-body builder. One with a knowledge or liking for building and
-construction work may fairly expect to succeed well. Practically all
-railroads employ view photographers, and their work is exceedingly
-interesting on account of the travel from place to place.
-
-
-PLAN No. 950. PRESS PHOTOGRAPHY
-
-The press photographer leads an exciting life and the man with a “nose”
-for news items finds himself ideally located at a good salary. Many of
-the best men recently engaged in war photography were formerly press
-photographers.
-
-
-PLAN No. 951. AMATEUR FINISHING
-
-Amateur finishing offers a good field for profit, and many
-establishments in large cities, and even in smaller communities, provide
-amateur finishing in sufficient amount to keep a photographer busy long
-into the night in the busy season. The busy season may, in fact, be
-practically all the year around, as almost everyone now has a hand
-camera or kodak, and depends nearly altogether on the amateur finisher
-to develop and print films.
-
-
-PLAN No. 952. MAKING HOME PORTRAITS
-
-The home portrait worker photographs his patrons in their own home
-surroundings. He need have no studio. Hence his expenses are light and
-his profits relatively large. Home portraiture is one of the most
-delightful branches of photography, and the highest prices are obtained
-for work in this line. Equipment will cost about $200; there is no
-overhead; and the worker may work either during the day, or at night by
-the aid of artificial lighting installations, such as flashlight or
-electric light.
-
-
-PLAN No. 953. MOTION PICTURE PHOTOGRAPHY
-
-Motion picture photography is becoming more and more popular, and
-appeals strongly to the man who has a liking for the stage and for
-things emotional. Good operators make perhaps the highest salaries paid
-photographers. Here again one can specialize as a camera man, a
-laboratory man, or a printer. The laboratory work is chiefly that of
-developing the negative and positive films.
-
-
-PLAN No. 954. PORTRAIT PHOTOGRAPHY
-
-The portrait photographer must maintain more of an establishment than is
-required for some other lines of work, and may perhaps have to invest
-more money, since his place of business should be in some degree an art
-gallery. His is a busy and interesting life, and the maker of
-portraiture by photography should be a real artist, comparable with the
-artist who works with brushes and pigments. The artist-photographer’s
-work is just enough varied, in artistic lighting of the subject,
-development of the negative, retouching, mounting and finishing of the
-photograph, to stimulate interest. Every portrait is just a little bit
-different, and presents new problems for the photographer. Many studios
-employ 5 to 50 workers, and the incomes of some of our best studio
-owners amount up into five figures. Some workers specialize in portrait
-operating, printing and finishing, and developing and laboratory
-work--all highly paid branches.
-
-
-PLAN No. 955. PHOTO ENGRAVING AND THREE-COLOR WORK
-
-Photo-engraving in halftone, line, and three-color work seems bound to
-take its place along with its great ally, the art of printing. All sorts
-of texts are being more profusely illustrated, and the demand for good
-photo-engravers keeps pace with the demand for good printers. The
-following subjects may be listed as indicating specialty branches in
-this field, each of which provides subject matter for a systematic
-course of training.
-
-
-SUBJECTS TAUGHT
-
-_Line operating._--Making the negative without the use of the screen for
-a literally exact reproduction of pen and ink work, etc.
-
-_Line printing._--Printing the line negative onto the coated metal.
-
-_Line etching._--Corroding the metal with etching solutions after it has
-been printed upon, thereby producing a printing surface.
-
-_Halftone operating._--The process of making screen negatives ready in
-every respect for the printer.
-
-_Halftone printing._--Printing of the stipple negative on the coated
-zinc or copper plate.
-
-_Halftone etching._--Etching the metal plate with the different
-solutions to produce a relief printing surface that will take the ink in
-the proper relations.
-
-_Finishing._--Working with tools upon the etched metal plates to improve
-them in various ways, remove defects, etc.
-
-_Routing._--Removing with the routing machines undesirable surface from
-the etched metal plates.
-
-_Blocking._--Mounting the metal and making it ready for the hands of the
-printer.
-
-_Proofing._--Inking the finished cut and printing on paper duly
-prepared.
-
-_Three-color work._--Making of color separation negatives color plates,
-selection of inks, order of printing, etc.
-
-In photo-engraving, and three-color work, one may be an all around
-workman or a specialist. In shop practice one is usually employed at a
-single operation, and being highly skilled in that, one obtains
-correspondingly high remuneration.
-
-Employment in these several occupations may be had in commercial
-workshops, studios, engraving plants, newspaper plants, printing
-establishments, manufacturing establishments, homes, colleges, or in the
-open, and employment is not restricted to any one locality, but may be
-secured in the small town as well as in the great city. The practice of
-these arts is in fact very widespread. All tools are provided by the
-employer, and but little capital is needed to become established in a
-paying profession. A camera and lens and a halftone screen are the
-principal essentials.
-
-
-WHY TRAINING IS NECESSARY
-
-The photographer or photo-engraver who has “picked up” his profession in
-the ordinary manner will generally do his work but indifferently, and in
-consequence his success also will be only indifferent. He may have
-learned to do things simply by rule of thumb. To become an expert
-workman he must study and practice under competent instructors, and must
-follow some systematic course of training under such instruction. In a
-short time he may expect to become fitted to enter into his life work
-100 per cent proficient, and he may expect to secure a good position
-immediately upon completion of his course. One can hardly expect to
-receive explicit and accurate instruction while working as an apprentice
-in busy shop or studio, and moreover, one rarely finds a worker that can
-even, if he has leisure, impart his knowledge to others as effectively
-as can the professional teacher. The practice in large institutions and
-organizations generally now is to require some systematic training as a
-qualification for employment.
-
-After training one is enabled to take a paying position or to enter into
-business for oneself. The opportunities are good and the field is large
-for really good workmen. The hours are not long, and the work is not
-confining. The pay is better than in many other trades or professions
-and employment is fairly constant, as there is really no well-defined
-slack period.
-
-
-PLAN No. 956. GENERAL INFORMATION--QUESTIONS ANSWERED
-
-Q. What education is required to learn photography, photo-engraving, or
-three-color work?--A. Anyone with natural aptitude for the work who will
-make an earnest effort can succeed, whatever his previous education may
-have been.
-
-Q. At what age is it best to learn photography or photo-engraving?--A.
-Any age over 18. It is never to late to learn.
-
-Q. Can one learn to be a first-class up-to-date photographer by working
-in an ordinary studio?--A. Generally a student will learn more rapidly
-and acquire greater proficiency by taking a systematic course of
-training in some school of photography--even a short course.
-
-Q. Is retouching a strain on the eyes?--A. Not if it is properly taught.
-
-Q. Is a previous knowledge of photography necessary for those who would
-learn photo-engraving?--A. Not at all. All the photographic knowledge
-pertaining to the work is taught in the regular engraving courses.
-
-Q. Is photo-engraving unhealthful?--A. Not in the least.
-
-Q. Can one by taking employment in an ordinary plant acquire facility in
-all the up-to-date processes of photo-engraving?--A. A student will
-learn more in a shorter time by taking a systematic course in the
-subject.
-
-Q. Do students generally take training in all three of the branches
-which have been described?--A. Very seldom; usually enrollments are for
-one of the three--i. e., either photography, photo-engraving, or
-three-color work.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 957. OPPORTUNITIES FOR EMPLOYMENT IN THE JEWELRY TRADE
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.
-
-This monograph was prepared by Miss Eleanor Adler, under direction of
-Charles H. Winslow, Chief of the Research Division of the Federal Board
-for Vocational Education. Acknowledgment is due to Dr. John Cummings, of
-the Research Division, for editorial assistance.
-
-The disabled soldier, sailor, or marine during the days of waiting in
-the hospital will naturally ask himself, “What is the best way for me to
-earn a living with my handicap?”
-
-He may find one of the many answers to that question in some of the
-opportunities of the jewelry trade. If he has two good hands and good
-eyesight, and if he has any mechanical bent, he may become in this trade
-the equal of any worker in it. One artificial leg or even two
-constitutes no serious handicap in this line of work. If, in addition to
-mechanical aptitude, he has any artistic creative capacity, he can
-become very expert and earn an assured income permanently.
-
-Jewelry making is an old trade with a pedigree reaching back into
-medieval and ancient times. In those days it was more an art than an
-industry. Its master craftsmen were known by name and were famous for
-their particular skills. In recent times the installation of machinery
-has made it possible to produce some standardized articles by the gross
-instead of by the piece, thus greatly cheapening output. Fine-grade
-factories working chiefly in platinum still use hand processes and make
-their necklaces, brooches, and other pieces from individual designs and
-patterns. Cheaper-grade factories work more in gold and make many of
-their articles, such as cuff links, bracelets, and rings, of a standard
-pattern, which is stamped out by machines, the articles being turned out
-by the gross or dozen.
-
-
-PLAN No. 958. WORKING IN PLATINUM
-
-Processes in the platinum jewelry trade--the hammering, drawing, and
-soldering of the precious metal--require skilled craftsmanship.
-
-The designer first makes the original picture or pattern of the brooch,
-necklace, or other piece, and if the details of the design and general
-character are approved he then makes an accurate pen-and-ink line
-drawing. He is paid from $35 to $75, possibly $100 a week.
-
-The modeler makes a model in wax in the same way that the designer makes
-the picture. His wages are the same as the designer’s. Designers who are
-also modelers are much in demand.
-
-The sketch or wax model then goes to the engraver, who transfers the
-design from the picture or wax to a flat piece of metal, engraving it
-lightly, in order to make a permanent record of the design. Engravers
-have to be very skilled and are paid from $40 to $60 per week.
-
-The metal next goes to the jeweler, who “makes the piece”--that is,
-takes the flat piece of metal and hammers and models it--“using a soft
-lead block, upon which he rests his platinum plate, face downward, and
-modeling from the reverse side with various-sized blunt-nosed punches
-and a mallet whose head is made of rawhide.”[17] He then cuts out the
-design by following the engraved outline with a saw about the thickness
-of a coarse thread. All the leaf and so-called demelle decoration and
-other piercings are made in this way. The work is skilled and requires a
-steady hand and long practice, but can be developed from any good
-mechanic. It is paid by the hour, 75 cents to $1.25.[18]
-
-  [17] “Jewelry,” by De Witt A. Davidson, in “An Exhibition of American
-  Industrial Art.”
-
-  [18] Unions claim that the wage ranges from 85 cents to $2.50 per
-  hour.
-
-Next the piece goes to the polisher, who polishes the back and attaches
-it to a frame or catch. Polishers in platinum factories are usually
-girls and are paid from $20 to $25 per week.
-
-The stone setter then puts the piece into a bed of shellac to hold it
-firmly and mounts the diamonds, working up platinum beads out of the
-flat metal to hold the stones in place. Setting a row of diamonds so
-that they seem an uninterrupted line of brilliancy is called “pave work”
-and requires great skill. Stone setters are paid by the piece and make
-$40 to $125 per week.[19]
-
-  [19] Unions claim that the wage for this work ranges from $60 to $125
-  per week.
-
-The metal is then taken off the shellac, goes once more to the polisher,
-and then to the finisher, who is merely a jeweler doing the particularly
-skilled work of final inspection and adjustment.
-
-The number of processes in a platinum factory varies. In some cases they
-are so combined that one man performs several different processes. One
-expert may even make a whole piece from beginning to end. The tendency
-in this line is in fact back to the old Guild conditions at a time when
-the value of a jewel setting lay in its uniqueness. Very beautiful work
-is sometimes done in the homes of workmen. The material is called for,
-and the article is designed, wrought, and returned completely finished.
-
-In cheaper-grade factories, on the other hand, processes are more
-subdivided, machine work being substituted for handwork. For instance,
-the engraver may be eliminated by stamping work out by dies instead of
-engraving it by hand. In this way platinum jewelry can be turned out
-faster, and in larger quantities than when engraved in single pieces,
-and of course the same skill is not required. The average wage is $25
-per week. Cheaper grade factories all subdivide their processes more in
-this way, use more machines, and turn out work by the dozen in platinum
-and by the gross in gold, instead of by the piece.
-
-
-PLAN No. 959. WORKING IN GOLD
-
-A factory that works with gold employs designers in the same way as does
-the platinum factory.
-
-The metal itself first goes to a melter and roller, who puts it into
-crucibles, then into the furnace, and then rolls it into ingots. The
-work is heavy, and necessitates standing and the use of both arms and
-feet. Wages are $25 per week.
-
-In the cheaper-grade factories the gold, instead of going to the
-engraver for piecework, goes directly to the press and stamping room,
-where it is pierced by machines, stamped and pressed into patterns by
-the gross. Conditions of work are the same as in the first department,
-except the presswork, which is fairly light, but necessitates the use of
-one leg. Wages range from $18 to $25 per week.
-
-The article then goes to the jeweler, who assembles the parts, solders
-them in the center, and shapes them by the aid of small machines and
-blowpipes, according to samples shown him. Wages are from $18 to $40 per
-week.
-
-The work next goes to the polisher, either a man or a girl, who does the
-polishing seated at a buffing wheel. The polisher earns from $18 to $35
-per week.
-
-If the article is to be dipped in a solution to change its color, it
-then goes to the colorer, who is often also a polisher, and earns the
-same wages.
-
-When fine work is done by an engraver, his work is much the same as in a
-platinum factory. Very expert work is paid from $40 to $60 per week. The
-same statement applies to the stone setter, who is paid by the piece,
-and often makes from $70 to $100 per week.
-
-The article lastly goes to the finisher, who is here again merely an
-ordinary jeweler who inspects the completed work.
-
-The toolmaker has charge of making the stamping dies, at 75 cents an
-hour.
-
-
-ADVANTAGES OF THE JEWELRY TRADE
-
-The advantages of the jewelry trade for men with disabled legs are many.
-First of all the work is seated and requires little physical strength.
-Most of the processes are carried on at long tables near windows, with
-articles laid on a sort of easel in front of the men and manipulated
-with small instruments. The trade itself is such as to insure good
-working conditions--good light, sanitary workrooms, fair precautions
-against fire (the sprinkler system is in many factories) and space
-sufficient to avoid overcrowding. There are no unpleasant odors or
-unsanitary by-products such as are found in many industries, and there
-is little noise. Hours have been shortened in the past 10 years from 55
-to 44 per week in New York City and Newark and to 48 throughout the rest
-of the country. Employment is stable, and the fairly skilled mechanic
-finds work all the year round. The busy season is in summer and fall;
-but the spring, which is light, is utilized for developing new ideas for
-quality production later and stock taking for the holiday season.
-
-As an old stone setter put it, “Training in jewelry work is a good
-investment, and never leaves a man with a trade on his hands and no
-value in the market for it.”
-
-Another important advantage of the jewelry trade is its demand for man
-labor. The industry is a steady, probably a developing one, with
-possibilities of extended export trade. It can probably absorb a large
-number of men. Jewelers find it hard to get apprentice boys, chiefly
-because the apprenticeship is long and poorly paid, but that difficulty
-is done away with for soldiers, who are paid by the Government while in
-training. Platinum factories employ on an average 70 to 80 men, gold
-factories from 400 to 500. There are nearly 150 factories in Newark and
-about 300 in New York, who assert that they need labor and will pay good
-prices to get it. Employees start at some such process as soldering, at
-$10 to $15 per week, and can work up to $20 to $30, and in the better
-class work later to $60 and $75, or even $125.
-
-
-PLAN No. 960. AREA OF EMPLOYMENT
-
-The area of employment in the trade is largely in the East, about 75 per
-cent in New York, Newark, and the cheaper-grade factories in New
-England. There are some jewelry factories in Chicago and other large
-cities in the West.
-
-
-TOOLS AND MACHINES USED
-
-The tools and machines used in the trade are chiefly the following:
-
-  Drop hammer up to 200 pounds to a large degree power lifted.
-
-  Punch and cutter presses.
-
-  Lathes, machine and speed.
-
-  Power, plate, and wire rolls.
-
-  Power drawbenches.
-
-  Welding and soldering outfits.
-
-  Polishing lathes, lapping lathes (to polish metal.)
-
-  Blowers (to supply air in connection with soldering.)
-
-  Melting furnaces of various sizes.
-
-  Annealing furnaces.
-
-  Hand tools, such as workbenches, files, saws, hammers, drills,
-  alcohol, ammonia, emery paper, various shellacs and acids.
-
-
-UNIONS
-
-Local unions are fairly strong in New York City, but are not officially
-recognized by manufacturers. They have, however, enforced competitive
-bidding, which has driven prices up very high, and has made conditions
-practically those of the closed shop. They claim a membership in New
-York City of 3,500. In Newark they are not so strongly organized.
-
-
-BONUSES
-
-There is no recognized system of benefit funds. A few factories have
-individual associations for sick benefits, which are rather discouraged
-by the unions. Some distribute bonuses on the 1st of January.
-
-
-TRAINING
-
-There are at present no adequate courses of training for the jewelry
-trade. A jeweler is put at the bench and starts in with the simpler
-processes. He is usually broken in at so-called jewelry work, chiefly at
-soldering processes. If he is quick, he can be promoted in time to the
-more expert departments. There is a fixed system of apprenticeship in
-each factory, covering one, two, or even three years, with a bonus at
-the end of the period, and limiting the number of apprentices allowed by
-the unions to 1 apprentice to every 10 employees. The jewelers have for
-some time been considering starting training classes in New York or
-Newark, similar to a small professional class recently successfully
-started by a manufacturing jeweler in Chicago. They are also taking up
-the question of training classes in their own factories. According to
-their suggestion, courses ought to last anywhere from six months to two
-or three years, according to the ability of the worker “to catch on.”
-
-
-EDUCATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
-
-There are no essential educational requirements, though a good school
-education helps and a knowledge of mechanical drawing is “a leg up,” and
-puts a worker immediately at the more expert and highly paid processes.
-Any man who has had experience at delicate work of any kind, who has
-perhaps liked the finer handwork in occupational therapy at the
-hospitals, who has two good hands and good eyesight, and is not too
-disabled to reach the shop, will find no handicap in this trade. If he
-has a mechanical bent and flexible fingers he can become an efficient
-jeweler. If, in addition, he has any artistic, creative capacity, he can
-develop into a stone setter, engraver, or designer. His work then
-becomes of a personal nature, commands a comfortable salary, and can
-bring him, despite disablement, to the top in the industry.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 961. TRANSPORTATION--INTRODUCTORY
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by Clarence E. Bonnett, under the direction
-of Charles H. Winslow, Chief of the Research Division of the Federal
-Board for Vocational Education. Acknowledgment is due to Percy R. Todd,
-General Manager, Bangor & Aroostook Railroad, Bangor, Me., and to Dr.
-John Cummings of the Research Division for editorial assistance.
-
-
-WHAT TRANSPORTATION INVOLVES
-
-In transportation men are concerned with the moving of persons and goods
-from one place to another. Transportation requires, however, many other
-operations than simply loading, hauling, and unloading passengers and
-freight. Charges must be determined and collected, records must be kept,
-movements of trains, cars, boats, and other vehicles must be directed,
-repairs to equipment must be made, and numerous other matters must be
-handled. These numerous operations call for hundreds of thousands of
-employees in many different trades and occupations.
-
-
-OCCUPATIONS VARIED BUT OF GREAT RESPONSIBILITY
-
-Thus in transportation there are so many different sorts of occupations
-that nearly any individual who likes responsibility can become
-interested in some part of the great field. There are occupations in
-which responsibility rests upon the employee for insuring the safety of
-property, and this responsibility is not by any means inconsiderable. In
-other occupations employees are responsible for lives as well as
-property, and risk their own lives in the service. There is office work
-for those who like it and plenty of traveling for those who enjoy that.
-If a life out of doors appeals to you, transportation can give you a job
-of that sort. In short, if you have a liking for responsibility you can
-find a job in transportation service that will suit you.
-
-
-DISABILITIES AND RETRAINING
-
-If you were engaged in transportation before you were disabled, you are
-probably still interested in this work, and would return to it if you
-did not feel that your disabilities unfitted you for your old job. If
-you wish to go back into transportation and can not take up your old job
-or a new one in that field without retraining, you want to know how to
-get retraining and how retraining will help you. Retraining and devices
-may help you to get your old job again. Retraining ought to do more than
-simply this. It ought to get you a better job than you had before. It is
-to help you to analyze and see your own possibilities as they are
-related to the various transportation occupations that this booklet is
-written.
-
-
-DIVISIONS OF TRANSPORTATION
-
-In general, transportation is performed by steam railroads, by street
-railways, by wagons and automobiles, and by boats. Of these agencies,
-steam railroads employ the largest number of men in so far as regular
-occupations are concerned. We shall, therefore, consider first the
-occupations and trades connected with the operation of steam railroads.
-
-
-PLAN No. 962. PART I. STEAM RAILROADS
-
-Railroading in the United States is a gigantic enterprise. In 1916, a
-prewar year, our railroads possessed about 65,000 locomotives, 2,342,000
-freight cars, 55,000 passenger cars, and 98,000 company service cars.
-There were 259,000 miles of single track and enough of double track to
-raise this figure to 293,000 miles of main track. In addition there were
-102,000 miles of sidings. Employees of railroads numbered 1,654,000 and
-were paid $1,403,968,000 as their compensation for the year 1916.
-Obviously, among so large a number of employees operating so varied an
-equipment are found many different trades and occupations.
-
-
-SAFETY ON RAILROADS
-
-Railroading is attended with personal risk for many of the employees,
-but only in a small number of cases is a man who is disabled in the
-service of a railroad rendered unfit for further service. Many of the
-older railroad men have suffered injuries of some sort, since the use of
-safety devices is relatively recent. Quite a number of injured men have
-in the past been given office, clerical, or watchmen’s work, since there
-is a vast amount of such work to be done, and it involves comparatively
-little personal risk.
-
-
-FACTORS CONTROLLING PROMOTION
-
-For the man who lacks a technical or college education there is almost a
-dead line to promotion into the higher offices. For instance, the
-wide-awake section hand can become a section foreman, then a
-construction gang foreman, a supervisor, and perhaps a roadmaster. But
-he can hardly ever hope to become an engineer of maintenance of way
-unless he acquires in the meanwhile an extended knowledge of civil
-engineering especially as applied to railroading. The disabled soldier
-or sailor, if unfitted to pursue his old occupation, can secure this
-very desirable training through the Federal Board for Vocational
-Education. He can thus secure an advancement that he might not otherwise
-have obtained.
-
-There have been three conflicting forces governing promotions in
-railroading--favoritism, seniority, and efficiency. At one time
-favoritism was so strong that graft and toadyism gave inexperienced men
-promotion over men with long experience. The seniority rule was
-introduced by the labor organizations to offset the old evil, and for
-two men of equal intelligence and native ability selection by seniority
-is a fair method of giving promotion. In such a case seniority coincides
-with efficiency. But seniority of itself does not necessarily in all
-cases give the higher position to the man best fitted for it, since long
-years in the service will not train the thoughtless, careless man as
-well as a few years will the alert man. Railroad employees in all
-branches of the service strongly contend as a group for their seniority
-rights. This means that an outsider usually has a long waiting period
-for advancement into the best positions. Efficiency is becoming more the
-rule, but the old influences still prevail in some departments, partly
-because standards of efficiency are rather indeterminate, largely
-because changes in a widespread system can not be wrought in a day. If
-favoritism could be abolished employees would not insist so strenuously
-upon their seniority rights.
-
-Since the railroads have been subjected to public regulation they have
-appreciated the value of courteous treatment of the public. Accordingly
-they reward the courteous employees by promotion, and no longer tolerate
-a grossly uncivil one as they did in the early days.
-
-Loyalty to the railroad organization is regarded to-day by railroad
-officials as the foremost requisite for those wishing promotion--a
-loyalty that places the railroad organization first, whether it be a
-question of public regulation or of labor unionization. Fairfax
-Harrison, president of the Southern Railway Co., has thus stated the
-case:
-
-“There are three requisites for advancement in railroad
-service--loyalty, efficiency in your present job, and preparedness for
-larger responsibilities. Efficiency and preparedness for higher place go
-together, for that man will be most efficient in his present job who is
-not content with mere mechanical performance of his duties, but who has
-an intelligent understanding of them in their relation to the service as
-a whole and who has qualified to take over the duties and
-responsibilities of his immediate superior on a moment’s notice.”
-
-
-WHY TAKE THE TRAINING?
-
-It is however, a generally known fact among railroaders that few men in
-the lower positions have the chance to learn efficiently all the duties
-required of them in the next higher position. For example, a track
-workman rarely has the opportunity to make out reports and payrolls, or
-even to do alignment sighting, unless he is favored by his foreman. By
-taking the training provided by the Federal Board he can learn to do
-this and other highly skilled work, and thus have an unusual opportunity
-for advancement. He could study civil engineering and become an
-engineer-maintenance-of-way.
-
-
-CLASSES OF RAILROAD OCCUPATIONS
-
-There are various ways of classifying railroad employees, but we shall
-use here a grouping suited to our purposes, based largely on physical
-and mental requirements and the training involved. We are not so much
-concerned with the several administrative departments--accounting,
-operating, traffic, etc.--as with the work done in different
-occupations. There is obviously a marked difference between the physical
-requirements for an office position and those for a position as railroad
-brakeman. On a basis of the requirements made upon the employee,
-railroad occupations may be grouped as follows:
-
-1. Office or clerical work.
-
-2. Shop work--repairing equipment.
-
-3. Track work--repairing track and structures.
-
-4. Train work--operating the trains.
-
-5. Work conducing directly to train operation.
-
-
-PLAN No. 963. OFFICE AND CLERICAL WORK
-
-In railroad office and clerical work the requirements upon the
-employee are mainly mental. In this group we find the general and
-divisional officers--financial, legal, surgical, engineering,
-managing--telegraphers, train dispatchers and train directors, telephone
-operators, station agents, passengers and freight agents, station
-masters, and all sorts of clerks--accountants, rate clerks, traffic
-clerks, etc. For these positions a man may qualify although he may have
-suffered from considerable physical disabilities, providing he is
-mentally alert and has some knowledge of railroading. The knowledge that
-a man should acquire or the training that he should take will, of
-course, depend upon the particular position he wishes to fill.
-
-Let us consider some of the principal office and clerical occupations,
-so that you may be able to select the one that appeals to you. We may
-well begin with the telegraph operator.
-
-
-PLAN No. 964. TELEGRAPHY AS AN OCCUPATION FOR THE DISABLED
-
-Few physical disabilities will debar an intelligent man from becoming a
-telegraph operator. Poor hearing, the loss of both arms or of both eyes
-are handicaps that can not be overcome, but nearly any other disability
-can be overcome. The occupation rarely subjects a man to exposure to bad
-weather. Telegrapher’s cramp and electric shocks are the chief
-occupational hazards to be guarded against.
-
-The position of the operator is stimulating, even at a small station on
-a through line, since much of the important news of the day goes over
-the wires. Of course, he is bound to keep secret all such news, and
-there are through wires on which he can not listen in.
-
-
-TELEGRAPHIC APPARATUS
-
-The instruments used consist of a key for sending messages and a relay
-or sounder for receiving messages. To install an outfit is a simple
-matter for anyone who is at all familiar with the action of an electric
-current, for the principle of operation is merely that of breaking up
-the flow of current into dots and dashes in various combinations.
-
-
-TRAINING FOR TELEGRAPHY
-
-However, facility in transferring letters into dots and dashes and
-translating dots and dashes into letters is not so easily acquired. Only
-after much practice does the beginner form the habit of doing this
-readily. He must of course memorize the Morse alphabet, but, further
-than that, he must become so familiar with the dots and dashes that when
-he hears them in combination he thinks that he is actually hearing a
-word, not a certain number of dots and dashes. He must form the habit of
-thinking words in dots and dashes without thinking of the clicks, just
-as one reads a page without thinking of the separate printed letters
-that go to make up the words.
-
-The operator needs further to acquire a rapid legible handwriting, so
-that he can write down rapidly the message as he receives it and never
-get very far behind the sender. Since, however, it is difficult for one
-to write as fast as an experienced sender can send, the operator must
-learn to retain in mind a number of words and phrases, so that when he
-is receiving messages sent rapidly he can copy behind the sender and
-catch up at breaks for new sentences and paragraphs, or at the end. Some
-operators have learned to receive messages, writing them out on the
-typewriter as they come over the wire. This is an accomplishment worth
-striving to attain, especially if one can not write legibly and at the
-same time rapidly.
-
-
-THE TELEGRAPHER MUST LEARN MORE THAN MERE TELEGRAPHY
-
-There are a number of other things that the telegraph operator needs to
-learn, especially if he holds a position at a small station. He must
-learn a large number of abbreviations, so that he knows immediately what
-they mean. Some of these abbreviations are made up of the main
-consonants in the word, while others are simply arbitrary numbers.
-Sometimes these numbers refer to a printed form which he must use
-repeatedly. A knowledge of switchboards and cut-outs, of installation
-and renewal of batteries, and of care and adjustment of instruments is
-highly desirable and usually necessary. All operators must know the
-rules and regulations of the company and govern themselves accordingly,
-and they must be fully acquainted with signaling systems and appliances.
-
-If the operator is located at a small station, he probably has part or
-all the work of the station agent to perform at some time. If he is
-located at a large station, there are emergencies when he may be called
-upon to do such work, so that he should become familiar with the work of
-the station agent. This, of course, means that he must become familiar
-with rates, both freight and passenger, must sell tickets, make out
-freight bills, and do railroad bookkeeping. The complaint most
-frequently made against schools teaching telegraphy is that the student
-is taught telegraphy and nothing else, so that when he takes employment
-he has to learn at once nearly everything connected with station work.
-
-
-HOURS AND WAGES OF TELEGRAPHERS
-
-Hours are generally eight per day, and wages are good, averaging around
-$1,100 or $1,200 per year for all operators, which means that the
-efficient employee who works regularly gets much more than $1,200.
-Employment is regular throughout the year. Rarely does an operator send
-or receive for a long period of time without a break to rest. Most
-messages are ten-word ones, which means the transmission of probably not
-over twenty words, including names, addresses, and office data.
-
-
-WILL TELEGRAPHERS BE NEEDED?
-
-As to the permanency of the occupation, there is only the telephone that
-in any way threatens to make the telegrapher unnecessary. The
-limitations of the telephone are such, however, as to make that
-instrument supplemental to the telegraph. The telephone is, for example,
-more liable to get out of order, because the apparatus is more
-complicated, and when out of order it can not easily be put in
-commission again by the average operator. The telegraph lends itself
-readily to codes and a written record is usually made of messages sent
-by telegraph, while the telephone lends itself readily to conversation.
-Thus each has its own proper uses. The wireless seems to be better
-adapted to telegraph instruments than to the telephone, especially for
-long distances. There has been no practical device invented for relaying
-messages mechanically with the telephone, as can be done with the
-telegraph. Although the telephone has proved to be satisfactory in the
-direction of trains, and is being installed on the railroads rather
-generally, it is hardly probable that it will entirely displace the
-telegraph. However, it is to be noted that there is some possibility
-that the service may be flooded with telegraphers only partially
-qualified to do their work. Radio operators trained in the war can
-readily become telegraph operators and during the war many women have
-learned telegraphy. A disabled soldier or sailor entering this
-occupation should take supplementary training for the position of
-station agent, so that he may in some measure avoid the competition of
-radio and women operators.
-
-
-DISABLED SOLDIERS WHO HAVE LEARNED TELEGRAPHY
-
-By way of illustration a few cases may be cited of disabled Canadian
-soldiers who have taken training as telegraphers and entered
-successfully into this work. Returned soldiers whose former occupations
-had been that of farmer or farm hand have taken the training courses
-offered them by their Government, and have thus fitted themselves for
-this, to them, entirely new line of work. One farm hand, for example,
-disabled by stiffness of the left elbow, studied telegraphy and secured
-a position as assistant agent on the Grand Trunk Railway. Another
-disabled soldier, a former farmer, suffering from leg trouble, studied
-telegraphy and now holds a position as a railroad telegrapher at a
-salary of $95 per month. (Salaries paid telegraphers in the United
-States are considerably higher than in Canada.) Another farmer so
-disabled in the army that he had but little use of his left leg took a
-course in telegraphy and now holds a position as an operator paying
-$82.50 per month, with house, light, and heat free. Still another
-farmer, who lost his left arm in the army, after studying telegraphy
-secured a position as a wireless operator at $85 per month and board. If
-you have not lost your mental equipment and ambition, you can do as well
-as or better than these disabled Canadians have done.
-
-Other disabled soldiers have taken training for telegraphy to enable
-them to get into an employment paying more than their former occupation
-and giving more regular employment. A waiter afflicted with heart
-trouble, for example, a bricklayer who lost three fingers on his left
-hand and had wrist injured, a rubber-shoe maker afflicted with stiffness
-of the left elbow joint, each studied telegraphy, and each has secured a
-position on Canadian railways.
-
-Old railroad men whose disabilities prevented them from returning to
-their former occupations have taken training for telegraphy, in which
-branch of railroading working conditions were better than in their old
-jobs. A locomotive fireman who had sustained a gunshot wound and lost
-the vision of his right eye and a finger from his left hand studied
-telegraphy and secured a position as a station agent. A lineman whose
-legs were too weak for his old position took both the commercial and
-telegraphy courses and now has a position as an operator at $88 per
-month. If you have had practical experience as a railroad man, the
-courses offered you by your Government will give you the training
-necessary to enable you to secure that higher position which you have
-often hoped you could get. Why do you not make your disability your
-opportunity for advancement? Now is the time to take the training and
-secure that promotion.
-
-
-LINE OF PROMOTION FOR TELEGRAPHERS
-
-An operator may be promoted to a position as train dispatcher, or as
-station agent, depending upon his interest and abilities and upon the
-available opportunities. Opportunities to become station agents are more
-frequent, because the number of station agents employed is much larger,
-and promotion in this line may be continued by transfer from a small to
-a larger station. Before passing to a consideration of the occupation of
-the station agent, we shall note briefly the position of the train
-dispatcher.
-
-
-PLAN No. 965. THE TRAIN DISPATCHER
-
-The train dispatcher must be an expert operator and must have other
-qualifications which he may have acquired while working as an operator.
-He must understand the workings of the operating department; he must
-know the location of sidings and telegraph offices, the distances,
-grades, and track conditions between sidings and offices, and something
-of engineers, engines, and train loads. He must have a clear head and
-must not get confused nor trust to memory or guess as to location of
-trains. He must keep a record of the progress of all trains and refer to
-it constantly. He must have the ability to direct men in person or at a
-distance, since the operators are subject to his orders. It is
-absolutely necessary that he know thoroughly all the operating rules and
-regulations of the road. The position is one of great responsibility,
-especially on roads with heavy traffic on a single-track system. Since
-he must direct all trains on his division, the mental strain at times is
-considerable. But the hours are usually short, and the wages paid are
-high--the annual average being nearly twice that for operators.
-
-The train dispatcher may advance to the position of chief dispatcher,
-whose duties include supervision of train dispatchers, and general
-operation of all trains. In emergencies his duties and responsibilities
-are especially exacting.
-
-
-PLAN No. 966. THE STATION AGENT
-
-In no one other position probably are working conditions so varied as in
-that of the station agent. He may be located at a small village on a
-branch line where he meets perhaps two trains a day and performs all the
-work around the office from telegraphing to caring for the United States
-mail. Or he may be located in a large city, where his work is that of
-supervising a small army of employees. But whether he is in the smallest
-position or in the largest, he must understand the railroad’s business
-as it relates to his work. He must understand rates, both passenger and
-freight; must know how to keep records and accounts correctly; how to
-make out freight bills and coupon tickets, even although he himself may
-not have to do this work; and he must know how to handle men. It is
-through him that the public comes most closely in contact with the
-railroad, and he can make or lose traffic for the railroad by the manner
-in which he meets customers or would-be customers. Courtesy in station
-agents is being prized more and more by railroad administrators. A
-popular agent is an asset, an uncivil one, a liability. The agent at a
-small station can obtain much business for the company through a
-knowledge of through rates and routes, although he must allow the
-shipper to choose the route. All station agents must be experienced
-operators on lines where the telephone is not used. They must be
-thoroughly familiar with railroad signals and with traffic rules and
-regulations. Even in a small place, the agent comes more in contact with
-the outside world than most of the other inhabitants of the village. His
-position is one of financial responsibility, since he handles large sums
-of money. Upon him devolves largely responsibility also for the safety
-of travelers and freight, since he plays a part in the directing of
-trains. He can save the railroad from losses in claims for lost and
-damaged goods, by seeing that names and addresses are marked clearly on
-packages, that goods are packed properly for shipment, and that packages
-are handled carefully.
-
-
-PLAN No. 967. STATION CLERKS, BAGGAGEMEN, AND OTHER WORKERS
-
-At the larger stations, the work of the station agent is that of
-supervising a large number of clerks, baggagemen, and other workers.
-
-Among these clerks are ticket sellers whose duties are to calculate
-rates and fill out coupon tickets with correct routings, and to sell
-local and excursion tickets. They must be very careful to make correct
-charge for the tickets sold. They make out detailed reports of the
-tickets sold and money received.
-
-The head baggageman and his assistants receive and forward all baggage
-left with them, determine if there is any excess and collect the charges
-for excess. They issue duplicate checks for baggage left with them when
-the passenger presents his ticket and asks for the checks. They also
-give out baggage arriving at the station on presentation of the
-duplicate check issued at another office. The head baggageman must be
-able to handle men and direct them so as to avoid making mistakes, but
-he must usually be physically able himself to handle baggage.
-
-In the freight department are rate clerks, who give information as to
-rates and classifications; billing clerks, who bill freight, enter
-weights, etc.; and other clerks, who attend to accounts, records,
-correspondence, and claims.
-
-Disabled soldiers or sailors with good common-school education could,
-after short periods of training, fill any of these positions. Salaries
-average slightly less than $1,000 per year. For ticket sellers
-comparatively few disabilities are serious handicaps, except such as may
-be repellant to the traveling public, which does not usually like to be
-reminded of accidents. Freight clerks have not even this condition to
-meet, and if they are not called upon to handle freight they will not be
-seriously handicapped by physical disabilities which would bar them from
-many occupations.
-
-At important freight centers a considerable number of employees are
-directly engaged in handling freight, under the supervision of a
-freight-house foreman. This foreman has charge of the freight house,
-directs the placing of cars at the warehouse and the loading and
-unloading of freight, and is responsible for keeping records so that
-freight may be readily found. He must be able to handle men, and must
-know how freight should be packed and stored, both in the freight house
-and in the cars. He must be able to classify freight and to file
-properly all records relating to freight. He has usually been promoted
-from a position as checker, warehouseman, or trucker. Any disabled man
-who has held such jobs, if he is intelligent and can handle men, could
-with some training become a freight-house foreman. Poor sight or hearing
-would, however, usually be serious handicaps.
-
-The freight checker has a position that pays better than that of the
-trucker--who is rated as an unskilled laborer. The freight checker
-checks the freight into and out of the freight house, warehouse, or car.
-He must be able to check consignments accurately, and should know the
-classes of freight.
-
-At transfer points, a transfer agent performs duties similar to those
-performed in the positions just considered. He sees that shipments are
-properly transferred. He makes the necessary notations on waybills, and
-keeps a complete record of the transfer and of the cost incurred. He
-must understand loading and unloading freight and must be able to handle
-laborers. Not infrequently he has been promoted from a position as agent
-at a small station. A disabled man with good sight and hearing, who can
-write, might be trained for this position.
-
-
-PLAN No. 968. DIVISION SUPERVISORS
-
-At division points on the railroads, there are a number of station and
-yard employees whose duties are supervisory. Among these employees are
-the station master with his assistant, the supervising agent, the
-yardmaster, with his assistant, and the train director.
-
-
-PLAN No. 969. THE STATION MASTER AND HIS ASSISTANT
-
-The station master directs the making up and dispatching of local
-passenger trains, receives and dispatches through passenger trains, and
-looks after the necessary shifting of cars in such trains. He sees that
-all these trains are provided with crews ready to take prompt charge of
-the train. He has general supervision over all employees about the
-station, and reports on neglect of duty by any of these.
-
-The assistant station master has the same general duties as the station
-master and must have the same qualifications. The assistant works when
-the station master is off duty, or in the larger stations relieves the
-station master of part of his work.
-
-These men must be courteous to the traveling public, and must have had
-experience in the operation of trains in the yards, so as to be able to
-direct train movements efficiently. They must have the ability to handle
-men and to make sound decisions quickly. The physical requirements are
-good health, sight, and hearing. Disabilities which would not prevent
-quick movement from place to place would not be serious handicaps to
-well qualified men.
-
-
-PLAN No. 970. THE SUPERVISING AGENT
-
-The supervising agent has general charge of passenger, baggage, freight,
-and scale agents. He employs and supervises the employees who take care
-of the station grounds and buildings. He must possess executive ability,
-and must have had experience in the positions he supervises, to enable
-him to select properly qualified men, and to direct their work
-intelligently.
-
-
-PLAN No. 971. THE YARDMASTER AND HIS ASSISTANT
-
-The yardmaster has immediate supervision over yard employees and yard
-operation. On some railroads he has also supervision over the calling of
-train crews and the train seniority list. He is aided in his work by
-assistant yardmasters and by yard clerks. The assistant yardmasters’
-duties and qualifications are of the same general character as those of
-the yardmaster.
-
-These men must see that cars are not unnecessarily delayed in passing
-through their yard. They must receive the waybills for cars arriving,
-and deliver these to the conductors taking charge of the cars when they
-depart. They must make records of all the transactions and fill out
-reports. They must be thoroughly familiar with the rules governing train
-operation and defining the duties of employees connected with train
-service. The yardmaster must see that all orders are properly given and
-executed. He must have good color eyesight and hearing, and be able to
-stand exposure to weather. He would not be seriously handicapped by the
-loss of limbs, provided he could write out reports and make records and
-move quickly from place to place. A disabled trainman could take
-training for the position of assistant yardmaster and thus be in line
-for promotion to the position of yardmaster, although the seniority rule
-might prevent him from getting this promotion quickly.
-
-
-PLAN No. 972. THE TRAIN DIRECTOR
-
-The duties of the train director are to receive and transmit train
-orders for the movement of trains, from the train dispatcher to the
-train crews. Accordingly he must be an expert telegrapher or telephoner,
-have good color eyesight and good hearing, and be thoroughly familiar
-with the rules and regulations relating to the movement and signaling of
-trains.
-
-
-PLAN No. 973. OTHER STATION AND YARD WORKERS
-
-Under the station masters, yardmasters, and supervisors are a number of
-minor clerks, attendants, and laborers. But little skill is required of
-the laborers, whose work is largely physical and the wages paid them are
-the usual wages for unskilled labor. The duties of minor clerks vary so
-from station to station and so overlap that any detailed account of
-their services would be confusing. Some of these clerical positions
-might be suitable for some disabled men, and the training necessary is
-usually short. It must in fact generally be taken in the position itself
-for the special duties assigned in the given case.
-
-
-PLAN No. 974. TRAIN CALLERS AND TICKET EXAMINERS
-
-A disabled man with a good voice and memory might become a train caller
-at a large station. A disabled passenger conductor might become a ticket
-examiner, since his knowledge of tickets and of the various stations
-would be the sort of information required for this position; but the pay
-would probably be lower than that of conductors.
-
-
-PLAN No. 975. OFFICE WORK
-
-In the divisional or general offices the reports, accounts, and similar
-matters that come in from station agents are handled. There is the
-accounting division concerned with receipts and expenditures, most of
-which are for small amounts, and all of which must be totaled in various
-ways--a considerable task of itself. Expenditures must frequently be
-analyzed according to different regulations, and reports must be
-compiled for State and Federal commissions. Because of these
-requirements the railroad accountant must learn many things about
-railroad systems and the public regulation of railroads that another
-accountant does not need to know.
-
-In the divisional and general offices a great deal of statistical work
-must be done. A number of clerks are employed in preparing exhibits for
-the rate or wage hearings, of which there are usually one or more in
-progress in some part of the country. Much of this statistical work is
-done in the traffic department.
-
-
-PLAN No. 976. THE TRAFFIC DEPARTMENT
-
-The traffic department is the rate-making and traffic-getting department
-of the railroad. In this department much correspondence is carried on;
-many letters are received, answered, and filed, especially in obtaining
-traffic. The answering of inquiries of all sorts is in itself a big
-task. The traffic department considers the revision of old rates and
-classifications and the issue of new rates or special rates. Here is
-where individual rates, rate structures, and classifications are first
-formulated. The change of a rate structure is usually made only after an
-extended study of traffic conditions and of the probable effect of the
-proposed rate structure. The traffic department presents such matters to
-the various classification committees for action, and jointly with the
-traffic departments of other railroads in the territory covered it forms
-the traffic association and classification committees. It thus operates
-to affect rates on other railroads and it presents new rates and
-classifications to the Interstate Commerce Commission or to State
-commissions for approval. It must frequently prepare for hearings upon
-changes in rates and classifications. It draws upon the auditing and
-operating departments for much of the information upon which new rates
-are formulated.
-
-There are two divisions to the traffic department, namely, the freight
-and the passenger divisions. The freight division makes studies of the
-commodities to be moved, of the competition the railroad has to meet,
-and of the charges that the traffic will bear without being diverted to
-other lines or routes. It adjusts claims for lost or damaged freight. It
-solicits business by keeping in touch with the shipping interests along
-its line or those who could be induced to use its line in connection
-with another road. For this purpose traveling freight agents are
-employed. These men must know rates, routes, commodities, and men. Their
-employment depends upon their knowledge of their business and their
-ability to meet and convince, for instance, the manufacturer that he
-should ship over their line. In other words, they are salesmen of
-railroad service.
-
-
-WHO ARE ELIGIBLE FOR TRAFFIC DEPARTMENT SERVICE
-
-Former railroad conductors or brakemen of a high degree of intelligence,
-who have been disabled in the war, may in some cases wisely elect to
-take training for service in the traffic department. Much of the
-information that a conductor or brakeman has learned in his old position
-will be of value to him. In the traffic department both officers and
-clerks must know how properly to bill freight, how to calculate both
-local and through freight rates, and how to route through freight over
-connecting lines. They must know the junctions where cars can be
-transferred and where they can not, and where less-than-car load
-shipments can be transferred without drayage. They must be familiar with
-the seasonal movement of freight and must know what commodities come
-from certain districts and with what regularity, in order to anticipate
-heavy freight movements, and have cars at points where they are most
-needed. The intelligent conductor or brakeman has already acquired much
-of this information. Freight conductors are well qualified for training
-as traffic men, traveling freight agents, terminal traffic men,
-assistant traffic managers, or even traffic managers. Former clerks in
-the traffic department also could take training and qualify for better
-positions.
-
-The passenger division of the traffic department attempts to obtain
-extensive travel over its lines. Conventions, circuses, and all such
-attractions for crowds are noted and excursions provided whenever they
-seem to promise to be profitable. Such excursions must be advertised,
-and this demands an advertising man in the department.
-
-In large cities where many competing railroads center, city ticket
-offices are maintained from which solicitors are sent out to induce
-persons known to be planning a trip to travel on their respective lines.
-A disabled passenger conductor might qualify by training for a position
-in this division, and find that his past experience would be very
-helpful in the new position.
-
-Those formerly in purely clerical positions, who have been disabled, may
-advantageously take courses in rates and rate making, and thus qualify
-for higher positions.
-
-
-PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE OF VALUE FOR OTHER OFFICE AND CLERICAL WORK
-
-In other departments of railroad service, there are a large number of
-positions that former train, station, or track men who have been
-disabled could advantageously fill, utilizing their railroading
-experience, and taking training for the new positions. These disabled
-men would have to be men of intelligence and not too old to take up a
-somewhat different line of work.
-
-Such men could, for example, learn accounting and would find their
-knowledge of train matters, track affairs, and station duties of value
-in helping them to understanding certain accounts. Auditors could do
-their work more efficiently if they understood more of the work in the
-various branches of railroad service.
-
-Again, top-heavy engines would not be placed on tracks made up largely
-of curves, in the hope that the high drivers would give greater speed
-than could be developed from lower-wheeled engines, had the responsible
-officials or their advisers understood more of track maintenance,
-especially in cuts in rainy weather. In one instance when high-wheeled
-engines were placed in service on a road the track men complained
-immediately, but it took a series of wrecks on curves to induce a change
-to safer engines.
-
-The claim department could utilize men who have been “out on the road.”
-Actual railroad experience would be of value to a young man about to
-enter the legal department of a railroad. A young railroad man inclined
-to legal affairs could take the training provided by the Federal Board,
-and thus make his disability a means of advancement to one of the
-highest paid positions on railroads.
-
-The purchasing agent and his assistants could undoubtedly gain in
-efficiency by having in their offices men who have had actual experience
-in handling the materials that these agents must purchase. When to
-insist upon strict compliance with all specifications, and when in the
-case of certain specifications to make concessions, are matters that may
-involve large sums of money and in such matters the advice of men with
-actual experience in using the materials would be very helpful.
-
-
-PLAN No. 977. AN ESTIMATE OF A RAILROAD GENERAL MANAGER
-
-Percy R. Todd, Assistant to District Director and General Manager,
-Bangor & Aroostook Railroad, Bangor, Me., says:
-
-“There always has been, and, in my judgment, always will be a demand in
-excess of the supply for the following classes of employees,
-particularly relating to office work, viz.:
-
-“Stenographers.
-
-“Tariff clerks (trained in the framing and publication of freight and
-passenger tariffs in accordance with Interstate Commerce Commission
-rules).
-
-“Freight claim clerks (trained in the handling of both overcharge and
-loss and damage freight claims).
-
-“Waybill clerks (there has always been great difficulty in obtaining
-trained men to make waybills at stations).
-
-“Telegraph operators.
-
-“Expert railroad accountants.
-
-“Clerks trained in valuation of railroads.
-
-“In all of the above-mentioned lines, so far as my personal experience
-goes, there has always been a shortage and probably always will be.
-
-“As to stenography, I consider it the very best medium through which any
-young man can make progress on a railroad, as it lifts him at once above
-the mass of clerks and gives him an individuality and a touch with
-executive officers which almost invariably leads to his promotion.
-
-“In this connection I might add that the traffic manager of the New York
-Central Railroad, * * *, was at one time my stenographer when I was
-connected with the New York Central System, and rose from that position
-to be traffic manager of all their lines; the president of the Chicago,
-Burlington & Quincy Railroad, who died three or four years ago, started
-as a stenographer with the Michigan Central Railroad at Chicago.
-
-“The general manager to-day of one of the New England railroads started
-as a stenographer with the same company, and I could give a great many
-more instances of what stenography has done for men who had the brains
-to back it up.”
-
-
-PLAN No. 978. SHOPWORK
-
-For the second group of employments designated, shopwork, the physical
-requirements are higher than for office and clerical work, since
-shopwork generally calls for at least ordinary strength and eyesight.
-Shopworkers include general foremen, gang and other foremen, machinists,
-boiler makers, blacksmiths, carpenters, painters, upholsterers,
-electricians, air brake men, car inspectors, car repairmen, mechanics
-helpers, and apprentices. A number of men now employed in these
-occupations have suffered injuries to hands or feet, or have defective
-hearing. Foremen can perform their duties under disabilities that would
-be serious handicaps for workmen, but a foreman needs good eyesight.
-
-
-SKILL REQUIRED FOR SHOPWORK
-
-Practically all of these occupations require considerable skill and
-general knowledge of railroad equipment. While the workmen have machines
-with which to perform many operations in the shop, still much handwork
-must be done. This is the case because repair work is varied, and the
-work must usually be done partly on the car or engine, sometimes out on
-the road. The machinist’s work is generally heavy and greasy. Some of
-the carpentering and paint work is rough, as is that on box cars, while
-some, such as the cabinet making and varnishing of passenger coaches, is
-highly skilled.
-
-
-TRAINING
-
-A skilled machinist or mechanic can learn to do railroad work very
-quickly after he gets on the job. Others must spend a period of
-apprenticeship to learn the trade. Quite a number of railroads have
-regular apprenticeship courses. Wood-working and metal-trade schools
-also give much of the training required for railroad shop work. We give
-below a description of the occupations to suggest to the disabled
-soldier the training he will probably need, and to enable him to decide
-whether the occupations are suited to his disabilities.
-
-
-GREAT DEMAND FOR SHOPWORKERS
-
-For the disabled soldier or sailor who is mechanically inclined, the
-railroad shop offers an opportunity for good wages and advancement. The
-depreciation of the great amount of mechanical equipment of a modern
-railroad is very large and railroads have not had in the shops for a
-number of years sufficient men to keep the rolling stock in good
-condition. The number of bad-order cars and locomotives has been large,
-and they have not moved out of the shops as rapidly as they should. The
-automobile industry has undoubtedly been a strong competitor for the
-mechanics who otherwise might have gone into railroad shops. Some
-railroads have attempted to provide themselves with sufficient
-machinists by training apprentices in considerable numbers.
-
-
-PLAN No. 979. THE HEADS OF THE TWO DEPARTMENTS
-
-The master mechanic has charge of the machine shop and the employees
-therein. Under him, are usually, shop foremen, roundhouse foremen, road
-foremen, and sometimes other supervisors. He may himself be under a
-superintendent of motive power, or directly under the division
-superintendent.
-
-Usually on a par with the master mechanic is the superintendent of the
-car department, sometimes called a master carpenter, who has charge of
-car builders and painters, repairmen and inspectors, cleaners and
-oilers.
-
-The work of the two departments is not clearly differentiated to-day,
-since the introduction of the steel car has required mechanics for its
-upkeep rather than carpenters. Previously, the line was drawn at the
-wood and metal parts. The two departments attempt to keep the railroad
-equipment in running order.
-
-
-PLAN No. 980. CLERICAL POSITIONS
-
-In these departments are found also clerks who keep records and help in
-making reports and in correspondence. The storekeeper and his assistants
-are usually under the supervision of the master mechanic. Since none of
-the positions are essentially manual ones, they could be filled by
-disabled men having the necessary ability, training and experience.
-Experience in the lower positions is required to fit for any of the
-higher ones. For executive positions ability to handle men as well as
-the other qualifications are essential. For clerical positions the
-qualifications are chiefly educational.
-
-In the railroad shops we find generally the following skilled workmen:
-Machinists, blacksmiths, boilermakers, sheet metal mechanics, pipe
-fitters, electricians, molders, and inspectors.
-
-
-PLAN No. 981. MACHINISTS
-
-Railroad machinists in small shops do all sorts of repair work, but in
-large shops they are frequently assigned to special work. A machinist
-may, for instance, work only at a large lathe truing up “flat” wheels or
-journals. Since power cranes are now used to set the work in place in
-the lathe, no heavy lifting is required. A disabled man can do the work
-if he knows how to adjust the lathe so that the wheels or journals are
-machined properly. If he has good eyesight in one eye, one good hand,
-and can stand at the machine during working hours, his disabilities will
-not seriously handicap him. Another machinist may work on engine
-parts--for example, on cylinders, pistons, or cut-off valves. Use of
-power cranes for placing most of this work has reduced greatly the need
-for great physical strength on the part of the railroad machinist.
-However, those who are sent out on the road to help clear up wrecks must
-occasionally do heavy lifting.
-
-
-PLAN No. 982. AIR-BRAKE MECHANICS
-
-The air-brake man is a mechanic who installs and repairs the air-brake
-equipment of locomotives and cars. Much of his work consists in removing
-defective parts and replacing them with new properly fitted parts. As he
-must frequently work under cars and do a certain amount of rather heavy
-lifting, he needs both arms, good eyesight, and good hearing. He must
-also have good health. The loss of a leg would be a considerable
-handicap for installation work. A disabled air-brake man could easily
-train himself to become an air-brake test-room inspector. In such a
-position his knowledge and skill would count more than his physical
-condition. For this position he must be thoroughly familiar with all the
-parts and functions of the air brake; and be able to adjust valves and
-other parts quickly.
-
-
-PLAN No. 983. THE BLACKSMITH
-
-The railroad blacksmith must forge or weld light and heavy pieces for
-all sorts of railroad equipment. He may forge a steeple bolt for a hand
-car, cut and fit the parts for a crossing frog, set the steel tires on
-the drive wheels of a locomotive, or straighten a bent driving rod. He
-must be able to read blue prints, and to take old, worn, and broken
-pieces as a guide to construct a new piece. He must be able also to do
-all sorts of welding and to heat large pieces properly. He must
-understand how to temper steel for the use to which it is to be put. His
-work thus requires technical knowledge and manipulative skill. But since
-power hammers and cranes are used on heavy pieces his work is not so
-heavy as formerly. The loss of one or two fingers, or of a leg, or of
-the sight of one eye, would not handicap a well-trained man. Poor
-hearing would not ordinarily be a serious handicap.
-
-
-PLAN No. 984. THE BOILERMAKER
-
-The boilermaker keeps in repair the locomotive and stationary boilers of
-the railroad. He must be able to retube, patch, overhaul, and construct
-boilers. Ordinarily his heaviest duties are to remove old leaky tubes
-from boilers and place in new ones, and to patch up or even renew the
-fireboxes. However, wrecks frequently cause him to take boilers apart
-and put in new pieces, so that he almost reconstructs the boiler. He
-must be able to read blue prints and use templates in laying off plates
-and angles. He must know how to punch, shear, and rivet the parts, and
-calk the boilers, and how to weld or cut pieces with an oxy-acetylene
-torch. The work is heavy and dirty, but good hearing is not essential
-and the loss of an eye is not a serious handicap. The boilermaker must,
-however, have strength and the use of both hands, although he may have
-lost a finger or two from either hand.
-
-The work and qualifications of the steel-car repairer are not radically
-different from those of the boiler maker. The metal-car repair man also
-must be able to drill or punch holes, to cut out broken parts of metal,
-replace them with new ones, and rivet them in, but his work is not so
-technical as that of the boiler-maker.
-
-
-PLAN No. 985. THE ELECTRICIAN
-
-With the installation of electric headlights and electrically lighted
-passenger cars the electrician’s duties in repair shops have increased
-greatly in recent years. He must keep in repair the dynamos on
-locomotives and the dynamos and storage batteries on passenger cars. The
-growing use of the electric locomotive means that the demand for railway
-electricians is sure to increase. Repair of motors for these as well as
-for electric cranes used in a number of shops calls for armature winders
-in increasing numbers. Both technical knowledge and manipulative skill
-are required, but ordinarily the work is not heavy. Disabled men with
-good eyesight in one eye, with two arms and one good hand, who are able
-to move about easily, could do the work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 986. INSPECTORS
-
-Inspectors of boilers and of other parts of locomotives, and of the
-metal parts of cars, must know thoroughly the parts to be inspected.
-Usually they have had considerable experience in the repair of these
-parts. Frequently they must help to make the repair or must supervise
-the work when they find a minor defect in railway equipment at a
-location not convenient to the shop.
-
-
-PLAN No. 987. CAR REPAIRMEN
-
-Repairing or rebuilding of wooden cars is done by car builders or
-repairmen and painters. It is largely carpenter work. These men must be
-able to remove any broken or damaged piece of a car, replace it with a
-new piece, and paint or varnish it. The builders or repairmen must be
-thoroughly skilled in the use of all hand carpentry tools and be able to
-use readily any of the woodworking machinery necessary to produce car
-parts. On passenger-car work, the repaired part must be finished nicely,
-and the whole painted or varnished so that the repair is not obvious. No
-such care is required for work on freight cars.
-
-In addition to the men who work regularly in the shop, there are a
-number of men who must travel over the road and keep mechanical or
-electrical equipment in working order. These men must all have
-mechanical ability. Ordinarily, they must be physically sound, since
-they are exposed to weather and to danger from trains. Among these men
-are signal and interlocking maintainers, and signal inspectors. They
-must have both mechanical and electrical knowledge.
-
-
-PLAN No. 988. TRACK WORK
-
-In the third group of employments, included under the heading track
-work, a man needs physical strength and agility, good health, good
-eyesight, and good hearing. Without these, he is constantly in danger
-himself and may endanger the lives of others. Only the foremen may have
-physical disabilities, such as the loss of a hand or arm. All must have
-good health, since they are exposed regularly to all sorts of weather.
-All must have good eyesight, in order that they may do their work
-properly and avoid danger. Poor hearing would continually subject the
-man to danger from passing trains, from falling objects, or other
-sources of danger, since one who has poor hearing would not generally
-hear or would misunderstand warnings of danger. A man on the track must
-be agile in order to avoid danger.
-
-
-WORK REQUIRES SKILL
-
-Men in this group are frequently classed as unskilled, largely because
-railroads have employed for the work unskilled foreign laborers, but to
-do the work properly considerable skill is nevertheless required. Poorly
-tamped ties, “goosenecks,” maul dents on the rails, and similar defects
-are evidences that may be found on many roads of unskilled work. Ability
-to drive a spike properly, so that the rail is held securely to the
-ties, is not quickly acquired.
-
-Fence work, bridge work, cement work, and similar work, often performed
-by special gangs, require skill to be done rapidly and well.
-
-
-OCCUPATIONS
-
-The main occupations in this group are track laborers, foremen and
-supervisors, bridge carpenters and foremen, fence-gang men and foremen,
-and other extra gang men and foremen, linemen and repairers, painters of
-sign posts and structures, structural iron workers and foremen, and
-concrete workers and foremen.
-
-
-CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT UNSUITED TO DISABLED MEN
-
-In track work, only the positions of foremen or supervisors pay good
-wages, and only these could be suitably undertaken by disabled men.
-
-The track laborer in the eastern and northern section of the country has
-to compete with the immigrant from Europe, in the South with the Negro,
-in the West with the Mexican, and in the far West with the Oriental.
-Only a few workers on construction gangs do not have to meet this
-competition directly, because their work requires a skill that the
-foreigner does not acquire easily. But such work is very seasonal, being
-done for the most part during the summer and early fall. Wages are not
-high and working conditions usually are poor if not bad. Extra gang
-work, in this respect, is very little different. Section work, while
-allowing the men to have home life and thus have better living
-conditions, usually is seasonal and pays lower wages than is paid to
-other gangs upon track construction work. Bridge construction or repair
-work requires some skill and the wages are good, but the danger is
-considerable for even a physically strong and sound man. The painters of
-structures receive good wages, but their work requires climbing into
-dangerous positions. The lineman must frequently do climbing to repair
-wires, or to cut away limbs of trees thrown upon the wires by storms.
-Evidently, these positions are not suitable for the disabled soldier
-from three standpoints, namely, the seasonal character of the work, the
-danger to which it subjects him, and the relatively low wages paid on
-the average for the year. The position of timekeeper for large extra
-gangs is, of course, mainly clerical, but is undesirable since it is
-very seasonal. All track occupations are hazardous and accidents are
-frequent.
-
-
-PLAN No. 989. THE TRACK FOREMAN
-
-The duties of the track foreman are to supervise workmen, to teach green
-hands how to do the various sorts of work, and to make out reports on
-various matters ranging from the pay roll to a report of live stock
-killed by a train. He must be familiar with the time of all trains at
-various points on his section, with the signals, with the degree of
-curves and the needed elevation, and with the use of the various
-appliances and tools used on a modern railroad. The section gang uses a
-large number of tools, and these must be kept in proper condition.
-Railway appliances are numerous, and the section foreman has supervision
-over these. Introduction of the motor car to take the place of the old
-hand car, has called for more mechanical skill on the part of the
-foreman. A disabled man could perform the usual duties of a foreman, if
-his disabilities did not affect his eyesight, hearing or health, but
-loss of an arm or a leg might increase the accident hazard, as, for
-example, in case an extra train caught the gang in a cut or out on a
-high dump with the hand or motor car.
-
-
-PLAN No. 990. THE TRACK SUPERVISOR
-
-The track supervisor usually supervises a number of section foremen. He
-must be an able trackman, so that he can recognize immediately the
-nature of a defect in the track as he rides over it on a train. He
-issues orders to track foremen for changes in location or character of
-work, handles reports from foremen on certain subjects, and himself
-makes out various reports. He portions out supplies and materials for
-the track under his supervision, and is held responsible for the
-condition of this track by the engineer of the maintenance of way. A
-disabled section foreman could with training qualify himself for a
-position as supervisor, but the vacancies in this position are not
-numerous, and railroads usually give preference to the physically sound
-men.
-
-
-PLAN No. 991. TRAIN WORK
-
-The occupations in group four--train work--are engineers, firemen,
-baggagemen, porters, brakemen, conductors, hostlers, switchmen, and
-motormen. For this fourth group there are many limitations upon
-disabilities which a man may have suffered and undertake work without
-endangering himself and others. In none of these jobs can a man’s
-hearing or eyesight, or nerves, or heart be defective, and no one who is
-color blind can hold any of them. The loss of an arm would usually debar
-a man--even passenger conductors who have lost an arm are now
-infrequent. There are a few firemen and engineers successfully holding
-their jobs who have lost a leg, but a freight brakeman could hardly do
-his work if he were thus disabled. The loss of a hand generally unfits a
-man to be brakeman, fireman, or engineer.
-
-
-THE OCCUPATIONS
-
-There are three classes of engineers, firemen, brakemen, and conductors
-namely, those working in the yards, those on freight trains, and those
-on passenger trains. A yard engineer, fireman, or conductor may have
-suffered disabilities that the men in the freight and passenger service
-can not have without being handicapped in competition with normal men.
-In none of the positions do the duties permit of a large number of
-disabilities, or of very serious ones. All must pass rigid physical
-examinations--eyes are tested for color blindness as well as for other
-defects, and hearing must be excellent. All must pass a rigid
-examination in the rules and regulations, signals, schedules, and the
-road conditions.
-
-
-PLAN No. 992. THE ENGINEER
-
-The duties of an engineer are exacting. He drives his engine over the
-track where there are curves, crossings, switches, and signals that he
-must constantly watch. He must recognize instantly the color of the
-numerous signals displayed at various points along the line. He must
-sound the whistle as he approaches crossings and other points. He must
-also note the running condition of his engine--for instance, whether the
-bearings are becoming too hot. When the engine stops for water he
-usually oils certain bearings. He must learn to apply the steam and
-adjust the reverse lever so as to give the maximum pulling power to the
-engine at one time, and to attain considerable speed at another time, in
-either case with due regard to the load he is pulling and the track he
-is running upon. He must, accordingly, learn where the track is good and
-he can make speed and where it is bad, so that he must slow down. In
-emergencies he must be able to close the throttle and apply the air
-almost instantly, or to reverse the engine. For this he needs both
-hands. His eyesight must be excellent and his arms, heart, and nerves
-good. Wages paid to engineers are high, averaging $2,000 a year, but the
-position is one of great responsibility, and it is one that few disabled
-men would be allowed to undertake.
-
-
-PLAN No. 993. THE FIREMAN
-
-The fireman must be physically strong. He must shovel coal into the
-firebox so that the steam pressure will be sufficient at all times for
-the pulling power of the engine, and yet not be “blowing off”
-frequently. He must watch the water level in the boiler and see that it
-does not get low. He must climb back over the tender when the engine
-takes water. He takes on coal at the coal chutes. On occasions he has to
-go forward to flag to protect the train from in front. Where automatic
-bell ringers are not installed he usually keeps the bell ringing when
-the engine is doing work in yards near a crossing or where other men may
-be endangered by the engine. When the engine is running and he is not
-busy shoveling coal he is watching the track along with the engineer,
-but on the other side of the cab. He must especially watch when his side
-of the cab is on the inside of a curve. Since the fireman may in an
-emergency be called upon to perform the duties of an engineer, he is
-under the same limitations as regards disabilities as the engineer. The
-accident rate among firemen is high.
-
-
-PLAN No. 994. THE BRAKEMAN ON PASSENGER TRAINS
-
-The brakeman has various duties, somewhat depending upon the sort of a
-train on which he works. On a passenger train he calls stations, helps
-passengers on and off the trains, regulates the heating and lighting of
-cars, and sets switches. Sometimes this work is done by a porter. As a
-crippled brakeman would tend to give timid passengers a concrete example
-of what might result from a wreck or an accident upon the road,
-railroads have not wished to have disabled men fill this position. How
-they might deal with the disabled soldier is uncertain.
-
-
-PLAN No. 995. THE THROUGH-FREIGHT BRAKEMAN
-
-The through-freight brakeman sets switches when his train goes on a
-siding for another train, or his train picks up a car at a junction
-point, or sets out one. In such a case, he uncouples the train, air
-brakes, etc., throws the switches, and after the car has been picked up
-or set out, couples up the train, makes the air brake connections, and
-tests them. He watches the train for hot boxes, and transmits signals
-from the conductor to the engineer. He must climb on and over freight
-cars, cross bridges, tracks, and switches. He needs to be sound
-physically.
-
-
-PLAN No. 996. THE BRAKEMAN ON LOCAL-FREIGHT TRAINS
-
-The brakeman on a local-freight train has no end of switching to do, or
-loading and unloading less-than-carload freight at small stations along
-the entire run. The physical demands made upon him are even greater than
-those made upon a through-freight brakeman. Disabled men should not
-undertake this job.
-
-
-PLAN No. 997. THE CONDUCTOR ON FREIGHT TRAINS
-
-The duties of the freight conductor, while lighter from the physical
-standpoint than those of the freight brakemen, are nevertheless so heavy
-that a disabled man is not usually wanted by railroads. At certain times
-he must do the same work as the brakeman does. He must walk over trains
-or tracks to get orders, or confer with the engineer. He must direct the
-picking up and the setting out of cars. He must keep a record of the
-cars in his train, of the ones set out, and of those picked up. He
-carries the way bills for the freight in his train. He must read and
-sign for all orders received for his train. His duties, while requiring
-more mental work than those of the brakeman, are still so heavy and
-dangerous that any physical disability would be a handicap to him.
-
-
-PLAN No. 998. THE PASSENGER CONDUCTOR
-
-The passenger conductor collects fares and supervises the passengers and
-train. He is responsible for the train orders as is the freight
-conductor. The physical requirements made upon him are normally light,
-but in emergencies, he needs to be physically sound. Formerly, passenger
-conductors who had lost fingers or even an arm or leg were frequent, but
-in recent years railroads have not wanted disabled men for this service,
-since they remind passengers of accidents. The passenger conductor needs
-to have a knowledge of trains and their time at meeting or crossing
-points, of the various sorts of tickets and script. He must make out
-various reports. If the railroads would place disabled men in this
-position, providing they were old railroad men who had been wounded in
-the war, this would be the best of all the positions in train work for
-an intelligent disabled soldier.
-
-
-PLAN No. 999. YARD OCCUPATIONS
-
-The train work in the yards consists of switching. The work of the yard
-fireman or engineer is perhaps somewhat less exacting than that of a
-fireman or engineer out on the line, but for the brakeman it is more
-exacting. The hostler is usually what might well be called an apprentice
-fireman, and so he must be as physically sound as the fireman or
-engineer. Yard conditions are so dangerous that disabled men would
-usually find their disabilities a handicap.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1000. THE BAGGAGEMAN
-
-The baggageman on trains needs to be physically strong, since he has to
-handle heavy trunks. He could sustain the loss of a leg or have too poor
-eyesight or hearing to qualify for other train work, if in emergencies
-he were not called upon to do the other train work. Since he is so
-called upon he must be physically as sound as a brakeman. He has some
-clerical work to do. Sometimes he is a mail clerk, express messenger,
-and extra brakeman. Little knowledge or training is required to fill
-this position--a strong man of ordinary intelligence could learn to fill
-the position in a few days. He must know the stations and transfer
-points. Wages are about the same as for brakeman.
-
-
-WORK CONDUCING TO TRAIN OPERATION
-
-In the fifth group of employments, including those conducing directly to
-train operation, are found the pumpman, the men on the coal chutes, the
-freight handlers, the crossing guardmen, and similar workmen. In this
-group, the requirements are good health, a fair degree of strength, and
-knowledge of the occupation.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1001. THE PUMPMAN
-
-The pumpman may have defective hearing, but must then have excellent
-eyesight, since he should notice engine trouble quickly if he can not
-hear it well. If his eyesight is poor, he should have good hearing. The
-pumpman needs to have some knowledge of boilers and steam pumps, but
-ordinarily his work is not heavy, even when he has to shovel all the
-coal for the boiler.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1002. OTHER OCCUPATIONS
-
-For men on the coal chutes, either poor eyesight or poor hearing, one or
-the other singly, is not a serious handicap, but good health is
-necessary as well as ability to climb over the sides of cars. The
-freight handlers need strong backs and good eyesight to read names of
-boxes, etc. When motor trucks are used, the truckman ought to have some
-mechanical ability. The crossing guardman needs both good eyesight and
-hearing, but may have suffered the loss of an arm or a leg, even of both
-an arm and a leg. On the whole, the range of permissible disabilities
-for men in this group is greater than for those in groups three and
-four.
-
-
-TRAINING REQUIRED
-
-Of all the jobs in this field practically the only one requiring any
-considerable knowledge or skill is that of the pumpman, and even for
-this position an ordinary man can learn all that he usually needs to
-know in a month on the job.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1003. JOBS FREQUENTLY FILLED BY DISABLED MEN
-
-With exception of freight handling, work in these employments has been
-given largely to men disabled in railroad service. For instance, a
-disabled brakeman is offered the job of switchman or crossing watchman;
-a fireman, that of stationary fireman, or engine watchman; conductors,
-that of flagman; and so on. Crew callers and lamp-room attendants are
-frequently disabled men. So generally has this policy been followed that
-the crossing watchmen, flagmen, and engine watchmen are commonly men who
-have been disabled. The positions are, however, not such as will appeal
-to the intelligent ambitious disabled soldier or sailor.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1004. PART II. URBAN TRANSPORTATION--ELECTRIC RAILWAYS
-
-Street railway operation furnishes rather regular employment to men on
-the regular force. From this standpoint it is desirable for the disabled
-soldier or sailor. It is not seasonal to any marked degree, nor is it
-greatly affected by industrial depressions; and bad weather only
-increases the need for employees instead of lessening it as in many
-out-of-doors occupations. Few of the street railway employees are
-exposed to bad weather conditions, although the work is not so protected
-as in an indoor occupation. They are, however, exposed to dust from the
-streets and contagious diseases. All of the positions on street railways
-carry with them a high degree of responsibility, but the position of
-motorman is probably the one of greatest responsibility.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1005. THE MOTORMAN
-
-The occupation of the street car motorman is one that can be taken up by
-disabled soldiers and sailors. Those who have suffered merely the loss
-of part of the fingers on one or both hands, or of a leg, can operate a
-street car. A car can be operated by those who are physically unfit for
-heavy work, especially if the car is equipped with air brakes and the
-working hours are not too long. But those who have defective eyesight,
-poor hearing, or are subject to nervous trouble should not undertake
-this work. Those who have suffered from shell shock should not attempt
-to operate a car until they have fully recovered.
-
-The work is light, but requires constant attention, especially under
-conditions of heavy traffic. The motorman must constantly watch the
-track to prevent collisions with automobiles or other vehicles whose
-drivers take hazardous chances in crossing the track. Men, women and
-children must likewise be watched and warned. The motorman must acquire
-skill in operating the controller so that he can start the car off
-rapidly without causing the circuit breaker to break the current. He
-must learn to apply the air gradually so the car will not stop with a
-jerk or the wheels slide on the track. He must learn to estimate
-distances so that he can stop his car at the proper point. He must form
-the habit of never starting without a signal from the conductor.
-
-The working conditions are suitable for disabled men. Stools are usually
-provided for the motorman, which he can use outside the congested
-district. Most of the cars have closed vestibules for bad weather. The
-working hours are irregular, but usually not over 10 in 24. Usually
-there are two work periods in a day, with a rest period of two or three
-hours between--the work periods come with the morning and evening rush
-of people to and from their work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1006. THE CONDUCTOR
-
-The conductor’s position makes fewer physical requirements upon him than
-that of the motorman. His position is, however, one of responsibility,
-and honesty is a prime essential. His duty is to collect fares, give
-proper change to passengers, and issue transfers. All his receipts must
-be turned over to the company. He must see that passengers are not
-endangered in any way, especially by the car starting too soon or the
-passenger attempting to alight before the car has stopped. Accordingly
-the conductor must have good eyesight and hearing. He may, however, have
-suffered some dismemberments, and he need not be physically strong.
-Courteous conductors are much in demand by street railways.
-
-
-TRAINING
-
-The training for the position either of motorman or conductor is
-generally conducted on the job. New men are placed on a car with an
-experienced motorman and operate the car under his direction until they
-are able to operate a car independently. The period of training is
-usually short--a week to two weeks. Men so learning rarely receive pay.
-A number of companies make charges for the training, but refund amounts
-paid if the employee remains with the company a certain length of time.
-
-
-WAGES
-
-Wages for motormen and conductors are approximately the same, and in
-1917 ranged from 15 to 45 cents per hour, with average between 25 and 30
-cents for the entire country.[20] Advances in the past year have
-probably raised this average to 30 cents or above.
-
-  [20] Bulletin of the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics No. 204.
-
-
-PROMOTION
-
-Men are usually promoted from the ranks of motormen and conductors to be
-inspectors or supervisors. They must have a thorough knowledge of
-operating conditions in the city, a knowledge that can be acquired only
-by considerable experience on the job as motorman or conductor making
-all routes in the city.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1007. OTHER OCCUPATIONS
-
-In electric street-railway operation, there are various other
-occupations, some of which require skilled workmen. The skilled workers
-include machinists, electrical workers, armature winders, carpenters,
-car repairers, linemen, track foremen, and inspectors. Since the other
-occupations are filled with men who are unskilled, or who are taught on
-the job, we are not concerned with them, as the training is not such as
-the Federal Board could easily give. With exception of inspectors, the
-work of these men does not differ materially from that of the shop men
-and track men on steam railroads. These have already been described
-above. In the shop work there is opportunity for the disabled soldier or
-sailor who has defective hearing, as well as for those who have lost a
-hand or leg. The work is usually lighter than on steam railroads, but
-wages are generally somewhat lower; the greater number of employees
-receive from 24 to 29 cents an hour.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1008. PART III. ROAD AND STREET TRANSPORTATION
-
-In road and street transportation the main occupations are those of
-chauffeurs; proprietors and managers of taxicab concerns, livery
-stables, and transfer companies; foremen of livery and transfer
-companies; draymen; teamsters and expressmen; carriage and hack drivers;
-hostlers; and stable hands. The automobile is rapidly supplanting the
-horse and to such a degree as to affect the demand for labor in these
-several occupations, the demand declining in those dealing with the
-horse and increasing in those concerned with the automobile. Work in
-these occupations is not markedly seasonal, but is affected adversely by
-industrial depressions.
-
-
-EQUIPMENT
-
-If a person is in business for himself, his outlay for equipment ranges
-from $500 upward, but if he is an employee the equipment is furnished by
-the employer.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1009. CHAUFFEURS
-
-A chauffeur may drive a taxicab, a truck, or a car for a private family.
-He needs good eyesight and hearing, and must not have nervous troubles.
-Loss of fingers or of a foot might not handicap a man for this work. It
-does not usually require much physical strength. Men who have suffered
-from chest trouble are frequently auto drivers in the Rocky Mountain
-States. This occupation gives them out-of-doors work that is light, and
-in a good climate in fair weather is highly beneficial and desirable for
-such persons.
-
-
-TRAINING
-
-Auto drivers should have some mechanical training and aptitude so that
-they may be able to make adjustments and repair minor defects in their
-machines. They should learn the roads and routes in their territory and
-allow a good margin of safety either in loads or speed. No great amount
-of training is required, and the work is largely manipulative. There are
-a number of schools in which this occupation is taught. Hours, wages,
-and working conditions are far from being standardized the country over.
-If you are interested in this work, you should find out what conditions
-prevail in the locality in which you wish to work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1010. MANAGERS AND PROPRIETORS
-
-Managers of taxicab companies must know the automobile thoroughly as
-well as the neighborhood from which they draw their trade. Only in a
-small concern does the keeper or manager need to be able to drive a car.
-It will, however, be advantageous at times if he can drive or repair a
-car. The greatest qualifications for success in this undertaking are
-ability and skill in handling men and money. Although the rate of profit
-is usually large in the business, there are many “leaks” to guard
-against. The manager must know how to keep accounts accurately, or at
-least understand them and be able to see that they are properly kept.
-The work requires business ability rather than physical activity, and so
-can be done by disabled soldiers or sailors who have this ability.
-Courtesy is a valuable asset, since the manager must come in contact
-with the public. It is this contact that makes deafness a handicap,
-particularly where much business is done over the telephone.
-
-Practically the same thing may be said of proprietors and managers of
-livery and transfer companies. The proprietors and managers must have
-business ability and know how to manage men. Disabled men with these
-qualifications can undertake this business if none of their disabilities
-will interfere with business dealings. The field for auto delivery is
-developing rapidly, and will give a permanent occupation to the man who
-has the necessary qualifications for success.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1011. FOREMAN
-
-Foremen of livery and transfer companies must have ability to handle men
-under conditions where immediate supervision is possible only a small
-part of the time. Accordingly, they must be able to judge what
-allowances should be made for loads, roads, horses, and equipment, or
-automobile in supervising drivers. Since the foremen must occasionally
-do the work of drivers, they must usually not be seriously disabled by
-loss of limbs, and since they must sometimes do the work of the manager
-they must not suffer from deafness.
-
-Wages and hours are good on the average, but vary greatly in the
-different localities.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1012. DRAYMEN
-
-Draymen or expressmen may be either teamsters or auto drivers. In either
-case, ordinarily they have a considerable amount of heavy lifting to do.
-The loss of an eye, or of fingers, or of a foot need not prevent anyone
-from doing this work if he is otherwise physically strong. Very little
-training is required for the teamster. He must learn the streets and
-business houses, and how to manage horses that are usually well broken.
-All of this is best learned on the job. Wages are a little above those
-of unskilled labor. For the auto driver training may be acquired largely
-in a school. Wages are higher than those paid to teamsters.
-
-Carriage and hack drivers must have good eyesight and hearing. The work
-is rather unskilled, although the handling of spirited horses does
-require some special skill. Courtesy is a distinct asset. It should be
-noted that the demand for carriage and hack drivers is declining
-rapidly, and accordingly the disabled soldier should not elect this
-occupation unless he has the assurance of permanent employment from some
-responsible employer.
-
-Hostlers and stable hands are usually classed and paid as unskilled
-laborers, and for most disabled men the work is unsuitable. A disabled
-man should not work around vicious horses, and in large stables there
-are always some vicious horses.
-
-
-PART IV. WATER TRANSPORTATION[21]
-
-  [21] In the preparation of this part the following publications have
-  been utilized extensively: “United States Department of Labor
-  Description of Occupations--Water Transportation,” Reisenberg’s “The
-  Men on Deck,” and “United Spates Shipping Board Emergency Fleet
-  Corporation Hearings before the Committee on Commerce, United States
-  Senate, 1918.”
-
-Water transportation may be considered from two standpoints, terminal
-and interterminal. Terminal transportation does not differ materially
-from transportation upon the rivers and canals. Interterminal
-transportation, whether on the Great Lakes or on the sea, is
-practically the same. In this place we shall, accordingly, deal with
-only terminal and ocean transportation.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1013. TERMINAL TRANSPORTATION
-
-Terminal transportation has to do with the loading and unloading of
-cargoes, and is usually heavy work that requires men with strong backs
-and little training. The men who supervise the laborers on the boats
-must have executive ability and a knowledge of boats, equipment, and
-harbors. The chief qualification of a captain of a barge, a scow, a
-lighter, or a covered barge, is ability to direct other men at the work
-of loading and unloading the vessel, of handling lines, and of shifting
-the boat, and ability to make minor repairs. On lighters and covered
-barges the captain tallies and signs up for the cargo received. The
-master steers the boat, gives orders to the crew, and signals the
-engineer for movement of the boat. He is responsible for the safety of
-the passengers and the crew. He must have keen eyesight and the ability
-to act quickly and efficiently in an emergency. He must be thoroughly
-familiar with the harbor and with harbor conditions. He supervises the
-pilot, if one is carried on the boat. On smaller boats, the pilot acts
-as master, and then his duties are the same as the master’s. The
-wheelsman is an assistant to the master, and performs part of the
-latter’s duties. Deckhands sometimes act as wheelsmen, and may advance
-to that position, or higher--to pilot, captain, or master. The engineer
-is usually a man of considerable skill and experience and possesses a
-thorough knowledge of the machinery of the boat. He sees that the engine
-is properly cared for, oiled and kept in good working condition. He
-directs the work of his assistant, of the oiler who oils the machinery,
-and of the firemen. He receives his orders for the movement of the boat
-from the master.
-
-
-DISABILITIES
-
-Of these men, only those who supervise other men could have sustained
-serious injuries. None of them may have either defective eyesight or
-hearing. The loss of an arm would usually be a serious handicap, and
-also the loss of a leg would be such an inconvenience for most men in
-climbing on and about the boat as to be a serious handicap. In these
-occupations good opportunities for men seriously disabled are
-comparatively few.
-
-
-OCEAN TRANSPORTATION
-
-On board a large ocean liner is to be found a complete organization of
-officers, supervisors, clerks, and skilled and unskilled laborers. As a
-general rule, all of these men must be physically sound, and about the
-only disabilities allowable are the loss of fingers, of a foot, and
-perhaps of one eye if the remaining eye is very good. For men so
-disabled there is some slight opportunity for advancement. Only the
-clerical positions such as the purser, assistant purser, or freight
-clerk, can be filled by men who have lost a hand or leg, or who are
-otherwise physically unfit for climbing about on slippery decks in a
-rolling sea. Wages paid during the war have been abnormally high.
-
-
-OCEAN VESSELS VARY GREATLY
-
-There are two general classes of ocean vessels--sail and steam, steam
-vessels being in many instances equipped for sailing. In these two
-general classes there are, however, all sorts and types of boats and
-ships.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1014. CREW AND DUTIES LIKEWISE VARY
-
-The crew of a steam vessel has three departments--deck, engineer’s, and
-steward’s.[22]
-
-  [22] The United States Shipping Board has made the following
-  announcement of free training for deck officers and engineers: “The
-  United States Shipping Board is creating a new national fleet of
-  merchantmen, controlled by the United States Government. The Shipping
-  Board needs for these ships 4,000 new watch officers and 4,000 new
-  engineers. Men of proper experience will be trained free of charge to
-  take examinations for licenses in either branch of the service to fill
-  these positions.” The experience required ranges from two to three
-  years at certain maritime occupations. You can learn more about this
-  opportunity to get training by conferring with representatives of the
-  Federal Board for Vocational Education.
-
-The deck crew of a steamer depends upon the size and type of the vessel,
-and ranges from as low as nine on a small steamer to 972 on the
-_Olympic_, officers included. The average number of able seamen is about
-seven for ocean-carrying vessels. The others are officers, ordinary
-seamen, deck boys, etc. It has been charged that boats frequently ship
-without any able seamen, and depend upon ordinary seamen and deck boys
-in emergencies.
-
-Deck duty is varied and crowded with emergencies. “The sailor’s daily
-work in all kinds of vessels and weather, at the wheel, on the lookout,
-and on deck, teaches him to know the sea and how to work with it. His
-work with tackles, lines, and cables, in hoisting and lowering, trains
-his judgment of strains and distances.”[23] “The amount of gear and
-equipment used in the deck department on different classes of steamships
-varies greatly, but the difference is one of degree rather than of the
-kind.”[24]
-
-  [23] International Conference on Safety at Sea, p. 119.
-
-  [24] International Conference on Safety at Sea, p. 121.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1015. NAVAL VERSUS MERCHANT MARINE CREWS
-
-The crew and the work done on a merchant vessel are so different from
-those on a naval vessel that the disabled sailor would have much to
-learn in going from a naval vessel to a merchant vessel. One fundamental
-difference is this: The merchant vessel carries generally only about
-one-third the crew--ton for ton--that the naval vessel does. On a naval
-vessel the men work in groups; on a merchant vessel the man works as an
-individual and not in a group.
-
-The crew of a large merchant vessel consists more or less of the
-following officers, seamen, and attendants: Master, chief mate, second
-mate, third officer, fourth officer, senior quartermaster,
-quartermaster, master-at-arms, chief steward, chief second-class
-steward, chief third-class steward, chief engineer, first assistant
-engineer, second assistant engineer, third assistant engineer, junior
-engineer, deck engineer, leading fireman, oiler, electrician, carpenter,
-boatswain, able seamen, ordinary seamen, deck boy, water tender,
-lookout, purser, assistant purser, freight clerk, and bakers, chefs,
-cooks, buglers, butchers, cadets, storekeeper, and watchman.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1016. THE MASTER OR CAPTAIN
-
-The master has general supervision over the vessel, crew, and
-passengers. He has complete charge of the vessel at all times, but
-during a severe storm or other emergency he stands on the watch
-continuously day and night and issues the necessary orders. He is
-responsible for the safe navigation of his vessel. His responsibility
-extends to the management of the various departments as well as to the
-vessel and its care as a whole--for the safety of the lives of
-passengers and crew, and for the safe storage, carriage, and unloading
-of cargo. He must have a thorough knowledge of navigation, which subject
-he must have studied thoroughly, and in which he must have passed a
-rigid examination before he received his license as a master. He must
-likewise possess a legal knowledge of the laws governing right upon the
-sea and determining his duties as regards the ship and its passengers,
-crew, and cargo. Among his other duties are to keep the log properly and
-to inspect the ship regularly as to ventilation, warmth, and
-cleanliness. He must be the last man to leave the ship in case of
-disaster, and must do everything within his power for the safety of the
-passengers and crew. He must have received much of his training in lower
-positions upon the sea, but he must also have studied navigation in some
-school or under some able master. He must have executive ability of a
-high order and be able to act efficiently in an emergency.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1017. THE CHIEF MATE
-
-Next to the master in authority and responsibility comes the chief mate.
-He shares with the master responsibility for safe and proper navigation
-of the ship. He is the chief executive officer and must organize and
-supervise the routine work of keeping order throughout the ship. He is
-held responsible for discipline. Under him is the master-at-arms, the
-ship’s policeman, who keeps order among the crew and steerage
-passengers. His knowledge of the vessel, its equipment, stores, and
-complement of men must be thorough. He supervises the preparation and
-care of the holds, and the loading, stowing, and unloading of cargo.
-This is done under his personal direction or under another officer to
-whom he has delegated the duty. He sees that the cargo-handling gear is
-kept in proper working condition. It is his duty to inspect the
-lifeboats and have them kept properly equipped and in working order, and
-to hold regular lifeboat drills. The firefighting equipment is likewise
-in his care, and he must also hold fire drills regularly. His training
-and knowledge is very similar to that required of the master. Ordinarily
-he takes his turn with the third and fourth officers at a watch on the
-bridge.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1018. THE SECOND MATE
-
-The second mate stands his watch on the bridge, takes various
-observations, and gives orders to the quartermasters. On large liners he
-has complete charge of the navigating equipment, and is known as the
-navigating officer. When the vessel docks he supervises matters at the
-after end of the boat. In general, he has charge of the after holds, the
-after cargo, and the after gears. Only in experience and degree of
-training do his qualifications differ from those of the chief mate.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1019. WATCH OFFICERS
-
-The third and fourth officers are watch officers. The fourth officer is
-frequently left in charge of the bridge in fair weather and under good
-conditions, and like the third officer takes observations, and gives
-orders to the quartermaster. The third officer has general charge of the
-forward holds, under the supervision of the chief mate. On some vessels,
-he is the signal officer and has charge of the care and use of the
-signal flag and other signaling equipment. Frequently he supervises the
-placing of the gangway and the embarkation of the passengers when the
-vessel docks. Both of these officers must have had instruction in
-navigation, and must be alert and attentive to duty.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1020. THE CHIEF ENGINEER AND HIS ASSISTANTS
-
-The chief engineer, the assistant engineers, the junior engineers, the
-deck engineers, the firemen, oilers, and electricians care for all
-machinery of the ship. The chief engineer stands no watch, but the
-assistant engineers do, and are responsible for all that takes place in
-the engine room and fireroom during their watch at sea. Under these
-assistant engineers are the junior engineers, one of whom is in direct
-charge during each watch of each of the firerooms, the engine room, and
-the auxiliaries. In port the junior engineers help the other engineers,
-the firemen, and the oilers in the repair, packing and overhauling of
-the machinery. The chief engineer is held responsible for the proper
-functioning of the engines and boilers, the deck machinery, the
-electrical, refrigerating and sanitary equipment, and for all steam
-connections on the ship. He must see that the regulations of his
-department are carried out, that the engine and fireroom crews are
-qualified and conduct themselves with sobriety. At the end of each
-voyage he reports on these matters, and on the working of the
-machinery--its breakdowns and repairs, especially any exceptional one
-made away from port--the miles traveled, temperatures, and consumption
-of fuel. It is his duty to have the steamer properly coaled, both as to
-quality and quantity of coal. He must possess executive ability, and
-must have studied engineering in a nautical school or under a competent
-engineer for a period of years. The first assistant engineer has as his
-special duty the general charge of all boilers and machinery in the
-engine department. The second assistant engineer usually employs the
-fireroom crew and reports to the chief engineer on their qualifications
-and conduct. He has charge of the repairs and overhauling of the main
-engines and auxiliaries on the starboard side. The deck engineer
-supervises and keeps in repair the deck machinery, the steering gear,
-windlass engine, capstans, and the sanitary systems. The leading fireman
-has supervision over the firing of the boilers, the keeping of water in
-the boilers, and over the firemen, coal passers and water tenders. He
-personally tends a set of fires. On some boats he acts as interpreter of
-the orders of superior officers to the firemen who are foreigners and
-can not understand the orders in English. The oiler must keep all the
-engines clean and well oiled, and see that they are running smoothly and
-without undue heat. The electrician supervises and keeps in repair the
-dynamo engines, the electric motors, and other electrical apparatus on
-the ship. The work of keeping the ship in working condition is usually
-done by the engineering department. There is, however, some work of
-repairing that is done by the carpenter, whose duties depend greatly
-upon the character of the ship. He is generally charged with the upkeep
-of masts and booms, the repair of wooden decks, and the opening and
-covering of the hatches.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1021. THE BOATSWAIN
-
-The boatswain, under the supervision of the chief mate, has active
-charge of the deck crew, and works the seamen at washing, repairing, and
-painting decks.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1022. ABLE SEAMEN
-
-Since all officers must have served as able seamen, the required duties
-of the able seamen are worth noting in detail. “While on board ship in
-port, the able seaman is occupied with cleaning, painting, repairing,
-and overhauling. When the vessel is at sea, the able seaman washes decks
-and the outside of deckhouses, slacks off exposed gear when shrinking
-too tight in damp weather, and tightens it again when it becomes too
-lose in dry weather. When a storm comes on the able seaman closes all
-open hatches, ports, etc., and lashes down all movables on deck or stows
-them away.” The ordinary seaman does the same work as the able seaman,
-so far as his training and ability will permit. The deck boy is simply
-an apprentice seaman.
-
-“The man who expects to be known as an able seaman on a steamship must
-know the use of rigging screws, fids, marlinspikes, serving mallets, the
-palm and needle, calking tools, and most of the carpenter tools; the
-mixing of paints and colors; how to obtain strong leverages with bars,
-ropes, tackles; how to brace with wedges and shores; besides knowing the
-various knots and splices; and to worm, parcel, serve, and seize, with
-rope and wire; and must be able to hold up his end of a job when it
-comes to climbing and working in places where both armhold and foothold
-is difficult. He must know the lead line, not only its marks but how to
-use it to get correct sounding when the ship is in close quarters, the
-night dark, and the sea heavy, whether he stands in a smother of sea on
-a low freighter or far up the side of an immense liner. The compass, of
-course, is a familiar object to him, but he must know how to use it, how
-to steer the ship under all conditions, what to expect and how to meet
-it when he is steering across a current as well as with it or against
-it, through the swift rush of a narrows, passing at close quarters in
-and out of the suction of another heavy ship under speed, with the wind
-light or strong from any direction, heading into a heavy sea, taking it
-on either bow or quarter or abeam, under check or full speed, rolling
-and pitching heavily, or running before it, when a blunder may mean
-total loss of ship with lives and cargo. The man at the wheel must know
-his work, what to expect and how to meet it instantly, in calm or storm,
-daylight or dark, in clear weather or in fog. The man who learns to be a
-reasonably good helmsman in even three years is an exception, because,
-regardless of the aptitude of the individual, the personal knowledge of
-varying conditions, different ships and how they act under differing
-circumstances, familiarity with the various steering gears, can only be
-gained through experience necessarily covering a good deal of time. The
-steam steering gear, rendering less physical strength necessary and
-making possible the handling of larger ships, requires greater skill
-than the old hand method, which permitted the man at the wheel to feel
-the increasing or decreasing rudder pressure and thus warned him of just
-how the ship was acting.
-
-“Prepared paint is seldom brought on board ship. The raw material is put
-on board and is mixed according to needs by the able seaman. Graining,
-filling, varnishing, and lettering is done as well as ordinary flat
-painting. Sailors become sufficiently skilled at this work to qualify as
-journeymen painters on shore. The deck crew cleans all outside parts of
-the ship, except the funnel, from the masts and booms to the deck
-houses, decks, and sides of the ship.”[25]
-
-  [25] International Conference on Safety of Life at Sea, pp. 124-125.
-
-
-HOURS OF LABOR
-
-The hours of labor for workmen are: On deck, two shifts (watch and
-watch) 12 hours each; in the engine room three shifts of 8 hours each.
-In emergencies the hours are greatly lengthened.
-
-
-WAGES
-
-Following is the wage scale which has been established during the war.
-In 1915 wages were about half the amounts here given:
-
-Sailors and firemen, $60 per month; coal passers, $50 per month; oilers
-and water tenders, $65 per month; boatswain, $70 per month; carpenters,
-$75 per month; overtime pay for cargo work 50 cents per hour, and for
-ship work 40 cents per hour. The bonus for going into the war zone was
-50 per cent of the wages, the wages and bonus to continue until crew
-arrive back in the United States; $100 compensation was paid for loss
-of effects caused by war conditions. Board and quarters are of course
-provided in addition to the wages.[26]
-
-  [26] United States Emergency Fleet Corporation Hearing before the
-  Committee on Commerce, United States Senate, pp. 854-857.
-
-
-TRAINING
-
-Seamen are required to have three years’ experience at sea to receive
-able seamen’s certificates. Vessels differ greatly to-day and conditions
-and duties abroad are so radically different, while the voyages to
-various parts of the globe subject seamen to so many varied emergencies,
-that a long training at sea is necessary to make an able seamen. It is
-the rule for seaman to change from ship to ship.
-
-There are training schools for seamen. During the war the school at
-Boston gave intensified training for six to eight weeks, then placed the
-learner on a boat at sea, and after about six weeks he qualified as an
-ordinary seaman. For a man to get his “sea legs” requires this long a
-period. “It takes some time for a man to get himself so accustomed to
-the sea he can walk along the deck without holding himself fast to
-something when the vessel is rolling and pitching.”
-
-
-SAFETY
-
-The seaman is exposed to bad weather conditions, accidents, and disease.
-The mortality rate among seamen is very high--much higher than among
-some occupations commonly thought to be extra hazardous to life and
-health. English mortality statistics show that the death rate among
-seamen is far greater than among miners and railroad trainmen. Since it
-is a dangerous calling for men sound in limb and body, it is,
-accordingly, very undesirable in general for disabled men.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1023. THE LOOKOUT
-
-The lookout has a position of responsibility. Stationed in the crow’s
-nest or on the forecastle, he watches for everything that comes in
-sight, and especially for things that might damage the ship, such as
-derelicts, icebergs, submarines, and on-coming steamships. When he
-sights anything, he reports it immediately to the bridge, either by
-shouting, speaking tube, telephone, or telegraph. He must have keen
-eyesight and attend strictly to duty. A disabled soldier or sailor with
-these qualifications, and whose disabilities do not prevent his climbing
-readily, or holding himself in position in stormy weather might qualify
-for this position.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1024. THE PURSER--A POSITION FOR DISABLED SOLDIERS
-
-A far better position for the disabled man is that of the purser, or
-assistant purser. The purser is a treasurer, accountant, and chief clerk
-on the ship. Money and valuables may be deposited with him by the
-passengers for safety. He acts as a sort of cashier for the passengers
-and crew in changing money and cashing traveler’s checks, etc. He keeps
-the wages account of the crew, and is present when the crew is paid off.
-He collects or supervises the collection of all tickets, and checks
-these against the passenger list as soon as practicable after the vessel
-has sailed. He is responsible for the manifests, bills of health,
-clearance papers, and cargo. He should know everything about the
-passengers and cargo. Although the master must record in his log any
-death aboard, the purser must get the details for his own report and for
-the master’s log. He supplies information and encourages entertainments
-among the passengers. He should be able to speak the languages of the
-countries at which his ship comes to port. He should possess tact and be
-courteous to the passengers.
-
-The freight clerk has a position, that for the freight is somewhat
-similar to that of the assistant purser for the passengers.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1025. CHIEF STEWARDS
-
-Chief stewards have positions corresponding closely to those of a large
-hotel, sanitarium or similar institution. They must have business and
-executive ability, and are held responsible for the comfort and service
-of passengers in matters of sleeping quarters, food, heat, and
-ventilation. Under them are the chef, cooks, and numerous other
-attendants. Each of these occupations has the characteristics of the
-same occupation as followed on the land. Upon chief stewards devolves
-the further duty of purchasing in advance of a voyage in proper
-quantities the supplies needed.
-
-It should be added that if a disabled soldier or sailor is qualified for
-any of these positions, he will generally find work on land preferable
-to work on board a ship.
-
-
-OTHER POSITIONS IN WATER TRANSPORTATION
-
-A large number of office positions corresponding to those in railway
-service exist at the leading ports. Disabled sailors could qualify for
-these and find their former experience of value.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1026. OCCUPATIONS IN NAVY YARDS
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by Charles R. Allen, special agent of the
-Federal Board for Vocational Education. Acknowledgment is due to Dr.
-John Cummings, of the Research Division, for editorial assistance.
-
-Perhaps you have been on a ship when she was in the yard. In that case
-you have some notion of the various jobs that are carried on. Perhaps
-you have seen in one part of the yard a ship under construction on the
-ways, and have seen and heard the riveters, bolters up, chippers, and
-calkers at work. Perhaps you have been in the shops and have seen the
-boiler makers, the sheet-metal men, the machinists, the jointers at
-work. In short, perhaps you already have a pretty good idea of the
-different kinds of work that are carried on in a navy yard, but would
-like to know more about it.
-
-Perhaps you never were in a navy yard, or if you were, you were too busy
-to notice what went on. In that case you may be still interested in
-knowing how many different trades are carried on in a navy yard, and how
-they are carried on. In either case if you followed a trade before you
-entered the service, if you learned a trade while you were in the
-service, or if you intend to take advantage of the opportunity offered
-to you by the Federal Board for Vocational Education to take further
-training in your trade or to take training for some new trade after your
-discharge, you may be interested in finding out what a navy yard is,
-what trades are carried on, how they are carried on, what their
-requirements are, what a man must do to qualify for a navy-yard job,
-what sort of working conditions he would work under, what the chances of
-promotion would be, how much pay he could get, and, in general, whether
-there is anything in navy-yard employment that appeals to you and that
-you would want to try to get into.
-
-This pamphlet gives you some general information about navy-yard
-employments, and tells you how you can get more detailed information if
-you are interested in finding out more about opportunities for navy-yard
-employment.
-
-
-GENERAL WORKING CONDITIONS
-
-If you go to work in a navy-yard you get an eight-hour day, with
-Saturday half holidays from June 15 to September 15. You can be granted
-30 working days leave of absence each year without loss of pay during
-such leave, but it would be lawful to allow you pro rata leave only
-after you have served 12 months or more. During the second year of
-service you could be allowed 60 days leave with pay, 30 days at any time
-during the year and 30 days at the rate of 2¹⁄₂ days a month as earned
-from the beginning of the service year. After two years of service you
-could get 30 days’ leave per year, at the rate of 2¹⁄₂ days per month.
-Should you be injured in the usual course of employment you would be
-entitled to receive compensation under certain conditions.
-
-
-STABILITY OF EMPLOYMENT
-
-Of course, during the war navy-yard work has been rushed and a large
-number of extra men have been taken on, but under ordinary conditions,
-such as existed before the war and will exist after the war, navy-yard
-work is pretty steady, and if you are a good man when you are once
-employed you are likely to hold a steady job. Should you be laid off on
-account of lack of work, you can get your name on a furlough list for
-reinstatement.
-
-As a civil-service employee, you can not be discharged at the whim of
-your superior, but only for cause.
-
-Rates of pay will average well with those paid for similar work in
-private concerns, and there is little danger of loss of employment
-through the concern going out of business.
-
-All of these conditions make employment in navy yards desirable from the
-standpoint of holding a steady job when you are once employed.
-
-
-WHAT ARE THE HEALTH CONDITIONS IN NAVY-YARD EMPLOYMENT?
-
-The list of navy yard trades and occupations show you that the general
-health conditions in the different shop trades are about the same as in
-the same trades anywhere. Since most navy yards have been established
-for a good many years many of the shop buildings are not up to
-modern-shop standards, especially as regards lighting, but new buildings
-are constantly being erected that are much better than the old ones. The
-yard trades are mostly carried on in the open air, which might be a very
-desirable thing if you need outside work for your health, and could
-stand the heat in summer and the cold in winter.
-
-As a general rule few if any of the navy yard trades and occupations
-would be rated as extra dangerous to health on account of dust,
-dangerous gases, etc.
-
-
-CHANCES FOR PROMOTION
-
-If you are employed as a laborer or at work that requires no mechanical
-skill or trade knowledge you can not be promoted, but you can, as can
-any one else enter open competitive examination for higher positions.
-With the trade and technical knowledge that you now have, or that you
-can secure through training with the help of the Federal Board for
-Vocational Education you will not have to take jobs of that kind.
-Without such knowledge and training, however, these are the only sort of
-jobs that you could get.
-
-If you start in a position that requires some mechanical skill or trade
-knowledge, such as an apprentice or helper, you can secure promotion in
-several ways. If you have rendered six months’ satisfactory service you
-may, if the head of your department requests it and the commanding
-officer approves, be promoted to a position in the artisan group, upon
-passing the tests of fitness required by the Civil Service Commission.
-
-If you are employed as an artisan promotion to such positions as
-foreman, leading man, quarterman, etc., is open to you if you possess
-the necessary qualifications.
-
-
-HOW TO APPLY FOR WORK IN A NAVY YARD
-
-In applying for a job in a navy yard you do not “go to the gate” or to a
-superintendent or a boss, as you would if applying for work in a private
-concern. All employees in navy yards are employed under the civil
-service rules. Under these rules when there is a vacancy it is filled by
-offering the job to the individual whose name stands highest on what is
-called the eligible list. The way to get in line for a navy yard job is,
-therefore, to get on the eligible list with as high a rating as
-possible. As a disabled sailor or marine you have a special advantage
-here as is explained later.
-
-
-GETTING ON THE ELIGIBLE LIST
-
-For detailed official information as to just what your qualifications
-must be and just how you must proceed to secure a place on the eligible
-list for employment in navy yards you should secure a copy of
-Instructions to Applicants for Employment at Navy Yards and Naval
-Stations. Probably you can get a copy from your vocational adviser, or
-you can write to the United States Civil Service Commission, Washington,
-D. C. Probably you will want to get some explanations from your
-vocational adviser and you should take the matter up with him.
-
-The following will give you a general idea of how individuals for navy
-yard appointments may proceed to get their names on the eligible list
-for their trade or occupation. Your first step is to apply for
-examination for a civil-service rating. At nearly all yards and naval
-stations there are labor boards that receive applications for employment
-in the yards to which they are attached. (The “instructions” already
-referred to will give you exact information on this point.) If men are
-needed or are likely to be needed, arrangements will be made to
-determine your qualifications and rate you. In general, if you are
-applying for examination and rating as an artisan (as you probably would
-be), you would be rated on your experience, your training, and your
-physical ability. If your physical ability is affected by your services
-in the Navy or the Marine Corps, it is the understanding of the office
-of the Federal Board for Vocational Education that wherever a soldier,
-sailor, or marine has been disabled in the war and desires employment in
-any occupation in a navy yard or shipyard under the jurisdiction of the
-United States Government, the question of his physical ability to
-discharge the duties of the position properly will be passed upon
-individually for each case. Should the Civil Service Commission
-determine that, notwithstanding his handicap, he is able to do the work
-of the position in a satisfactory way, any general rule or regulation
-regarding disability now in operation under the rules of the commission
-will not apply.
-
-Therefore, if you are a disabled soldier, sailor, or marine interested
-in navy yard occupations, you should first communicate with
-representatives of the Federal Board for Vocational Education regarding
-your case. These representatives are to be found at the central office
-at Washington, D. C., or in one of the district offices given at the
-back of this pamphlet. You do not have to pass written examinations, but
-your rating is determined by the values given to your training, physical
-ability, and experience as stated by you under oath and verified by the
-examining board.
-
-If your rating is over a certain number your name is placed on the
-eligible list. The higher your rating the nearer your name to the top of
-the list. When vacancies occur appointments are made from the top of the
-list down, and appointees are notified when and where to report for
-work.
-
-
-HOW PREVIOUS TRAINING, EXPERIENCE, AND EDUCATION HELP
-
-If you have already had some experience in a navy yard occupation that
-you wish to follow you are at a great advantage. For example, if you
-worked in a machine shop or in an office before you entered the service,
-the time that you would need for training for similar work in a navy
-yard would be greatly reduced--the more you know the more time you can
-save. If you learned something about the job during your service, this
-experience, also, will enable you to shorten your training.
-
-The more education you have the better off you are--in the first place a
-man with a good education stands a better chance for promotion, and the
-better his education the better man he is on his job. A high-school
-education, for example, would help you very much in office work and in
-the shop trades. If you can read drawings and blue prints, you can
-easily learn to read the special sort of blue prints that are used in
-navy yard work, and this will enable you to shorten your training
-period. A knowledge of geometry will help you very much in a number of
-shop trades, such as sheet-metal work and mold-loft work. If you know
-how to make mechanical drawings you can greatly shorten your training
-time for work in the drafting rooms. The more mathematics and drawing
-you know the better your chance of securing promotion to some form of
-supervisory work.
-
-If you have followed an occupation that is somewhat like one of those
-carried on in navy yards you have a great advantage. Suppose, for
-example, you were a structural-steel man, or an electrician, or a house
-plumber, or house carpenter, or stenographer, you already know a great
-deal about these occupations, and you have only to learn what you do not
-know about these jobs as they are carried on in navy yards. In order to
-do this you will not need to take as much time for training as you would
-if you were entirely green.
-
-In all these ways and in many others any education, training, or
-experience you may have had in trades or occupations will help you very
-much, either in shortening the time that you would have to take for a
-training, or in enabling you to train yourself for a higher grade of
-work.
-
-
-EDUCATIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR NAVY YARD TRADES
-
-You have some education and you will naturally be interested in knowing
-how much general education a good man must have in the different navy
-yard trades and occupations. Through your vocational adviser you can get
-a copy of Aids to Employment Managers and Interviewers on Shipyard
-Occupations with Descriptions of Such Occupations issued by the United
-States Shipping Board, Emergency Fleet Corporation, which will give you
-considerable information along this line. The following may give you
-some general ideas of the amount of education that a man would need in
-the different sorts of trades and occupations.
-
-In general you can not have too much education for any navy yard jobs.
-The more education you have the better workman you will be, the better
-your chances for promotion and, in general, the greater your
-opportunities. So do not be afraid of knowing too much. On the other
-hand, if you have had only a common-school education, or even less than
-that, you need not feel discouraged, not only because many of the men
-now making good on their jobs have had only a limited school training,
-but because, with the approval of the Federal Board for Vocational
-Education, you can secure such additional general education as you may
-need to equip you for the work that you wish to do.
-
-Most navy yard occupations require only a common-school education. That
-is, if you can read, write, and speak English, and can do ordinary work
-in arithmetic, you probably have as much general education as most men
-in these occupations were able to secure before they went to work. Such
-occupations as draftsman, tracer, electrician, patternmaker, and a few
-others, especially office work, call for some high-school education.
-
-In addition to the general educational requirements the different trades
-vary in the amount of technical training required. In many trades, such
-as, for example, that of the machinist, patternmaker, coppersmith,
-boilermaker, or plumber, a man must be able to read drawings and blue
-prints, and to follow specifications. This is true of many of the shop
-trades. In many of these trades a man must be able to make necessary
-calculations in connection with his work. In some cases a man must have
-special knowledge about the particular kinds of material that he works
-on, such as brass, steel, copper, and so on.
-
-You should consider carefully what technical training you require for
-the sort of work you intend to follow, remembering that the opportunity
-to secure this technical training is a part of the offer for training
-made to you by the Federal Board for Vocational Education.
-
-
-HOW MAY TRAINING FOR NAVY YARD OCCUPATIONS BE SECURED?
-
-Suppose that you have decided that navy yard work looks good to you and
-you intend to take training for some sort of navy yard work. You have
-consulted with your vocational adviser, have “taken stock” of yourself,
-and have selected the particular sort of work that you would like and
-think you can do best; and have your application approved. How can you
-secure the training that you need? There are several ways:
-
-1. The Federal Board for Vocational Education can arrange for you to
-take your training in a navy yard or in a shop, under the instructions
-of a competent employee who knows that occupation. This man will train
-you on the job.
-
-2. If you want training in such work as drawing or mathematics, you can
-be placed in a school where these subjects are taught as they apply to
-the work for which you are taking training.
-
-3. It may be possible for you to put part of your time into shop
-training and part into school training.
-
-4. If you need more general education, the Federal Board for Vocational
-Education will arrange for you to get it, either in day or evening
-schools, or will even provide a special instructor to teach you.
-
-No matter what your handicap or disability may be or what training you
-lack for the navy-yard occupation that you wish to follow, the Federal
-Board for Vocational Education will stand behind you and do all that it
-can to help you to make good. Other men in your situation have made
-good. You can. Let the Federal Board for Vocational Education help you
-to be a better man on the job than you were before, or a good man on a
-better job than you had before.
-
-
-WHAT TRAINING CAN DO FOR YOU IN NAVY-YARD OCCUPATIONS
-
-If you wish to take up any navy-yard occupation you can, by taking
-advantage of the opportunities for taking training that are offered by
-the Federal Board for Vocational Education, decidedly better your
-chances of getting a job and of getting a better job.
-
-In the first place, if you are handicapped, you can, by taking special
-training, equip yourself so that you can hold down a great many
-navy-yard jobs that, without training you could not do at all. A great
-many jobs like those carried on in the shops and offices of navy yards
-have been successfully held down by men who had lost a hand, an arm, or
-a leg, and who had taken special training so that they could overcome
-their handicap.
-
-Aside from this special training, if you are interested in navy-yard
-employment, the training that you can secure will enable you to get a
-better job than you otherwise could. For example, perhaps you followed
-some trade similar to some navy-yard trade before you entered the
-service. You did not know all about that trade--there are always some
-things that a fellow does not know about his trade. For example, you
-might have worked in a shop where the foreman could read the blue prints
-and you could not; you can take training in blue-print reading. Perhaps
-you could not lay off work; you can learn to do it. Perhaps there were
-some machines that you did not know how to run, or certain jobs that you
-did not know how to do; you can take training on these machines and on
-those special jobs. Perhaps you are well up in your trade, and would
-like to become a quarterman or leading man but need to know certain
-things about the job; you can take training for that, so that you can
-get yourself in line for promotion.
-
-If you did not know anything about a trade before you entered the
-service, but learned something about some trade or occupation while in
-the service, you can complete your trade training. For example, suppose
-that you learned something about pipe fitting, or electrical work, or
-machine-shop work, or sail making, or yeoman’s work while you were in
-the service; you can complete your training so that you will have the
-entire trade at your command; and you can not only get the shop
-training, but you can also get whatever drawing or other technical
-training a first-class man in that trade needs to know.
-
-If you never had any trade or think that some navy-yard trade would suit
-you better than the one you followed before you entered the service, you
-can take training for that new trade.
-
-In any case, if, in order to take the training that you desire, you need
-to take some general school training, such as arithmetic or English, you
-can take that training in addition to the training for the work itself.
-
-These are only a few examples of the possibilities for training for
-navy-yard jobs that are open to you through the Federal Board for
-Vocational Education.
-
-_If you are interested you should, of course, take your plans up with
-your vocational adviser and secure the necessary approval._
-
-In any case carefully consider if, through training, you can not either
-hold down a job that you could not hold down now, or fit yourself for a
-better job than you could hold down with your present knowledge and
-skill; that is, see if you do not think that out of all the different
-kinds of training open to you, there is some training that will help you
-to secure or hold down a better job in a navy yard than you could
-without the training.
-
-If you can secure the approval of the Federal Board for Vocational
-Education for the particular sort of training that you desire, almost
-any sort of training is open to you.
-
-
-HANDICAPS AND HOW TO OVERCOME THEM
-
-If you have a certain kind of disability, what is your chance in
-navy-yard occupations? Perhaps you have lost a leg or an arm or an eye;
-does this cut you out of any chance to work in a navy yard? It certainly
-does not. For example: if you have lost an arm, the number of jobs that
-you can do with one arm and an artificial arm are surprising; you can
-take training so that you can do almost any sort of clerical work or
-work in the drafting room. You can operate almost all machine tools in
-the machine shop. You can do shorthand or typewriting work.
-
-_If you have lost a leg_ you can learn to fill almost any position in a
-navy yard that does not require climbing or too much standing and
-walking. You can do almost any sort of clerical work as well as anybody
-else; you can operate almost all sorts of machine tools; you can do all
-sorts of assembling work, pattern making, and work in the drafting room.
-
-_If you have lost both legs_, with artificial legs you can learn to fill
-almost any position where you can sit at your work. You can do this in
-the drafting room; in nearly all clerical positions; in many inspection
-jobs. There are many other jobs, such as work in the sail and rigging
-loft, in the tailor shop, and in the machine shop, where you can sit at
-the work.
-
-_If you have lost one leg and one arm_ you can still fill a number of
-positions; with an artificial arm and leg you can take training so that
-you can do about as well as a man with both legs and one arm. If you
-were right-handed and lost your right arm, you can be trained to use
-your left arm just as well. Even with one arm and both legs gone you can
-learn to fill almost all clerical positions, many jobs in the machine
-shop, many inspection jobs, and work in the drafting room.
-
-The loss of an eye will not bother you at all; and if your hearing is
-partially or wholly destroyed, you can still learn to fill many
-positions in the shops where instructions come to you in the form of
-drawings.
-
-Of course, the particular positions that you can fill depend on just the
-sort of an injury that you have sustained, and you should consult your
-vocational adviser about your own particular case; but if you are
-interested in navy-yard employment, you are not necessarily out of it on
-account of such injuries as are mentioned above.
-
-
-WHAT SORT OF WORK IS DONE IN NAVY YARDS?
-
-As a part of the work of the Navy, ships must be refitted, repaired, and
-overhauled, new ships must be built, and all sorts of material,
-equipment, and supplies must be manufactured and kept ready for use.
-
-To provide for this work Congress has established navy yards and naval
-stations at various points on the coast which are a part of the Navy and
-are operated under its control.
-
-These navy yards do a great many different sorts of work. Ships are sent
-to them for overhauling, alterations, and repairs. They serve as supply
-depots for all sorts of equipment, much of which is often made in the
-yard shops. In a number of the larger yards various sorts of naval
-vessels are built.
-
-A navy yard carries on so many different kinds of work that it offers
-opportunities for employment in a great many trades and occupations.
-Some of these occupations are carried on in the open air. Some call for
-the operation of various machines turning out a standard product, while
-others deal with alteration or repair jobs. In some lines of work a man
-can sit or stand at this job, while in others he is continually moving
-about.
-
-Besides the trades themselves a navy yard carries on a certain amount of
-office work, offering opportunities for employment in such work as
-stenography, typewriting, various kinds of clerical work, storekeeping,
-and mechanical, ordnance, and structural drafting.
-
-
-OCCUPATIONS IN NAVY YARDS
-
-If you are interested in looking into opportunities for employment in
-navy yards, you naturally want to know about the different occupations
-and something about the conditions under which they are carried on. The
-following descriptions of the more important kinds of work will give
-you a general idea of the different jobs and if you wish to secure
-further details about any particular line of work you can get them
-through your vocational adviser.
-
-A navy yard operates a number of shops in which different trades are
-carried on. These “shop” trades are carried on in the same general way
-as in the same sort of shops anywhere. The same processes, tools, and
-machines are used.
-
-In addition to the “shop” trades there are a number of occupations that
-are carried on outside of the shops and are shipbuilding trades, engaged
-in building ships and repairing them.
-
-There are, speaking in a rough way, “shop” trades and “yard” trades.
-There are also, of course, certain office occupations as in any
-business, and a number of special occupations such as those of
-timekeepers, truck drivers, and tool-room keepers.
-
-In addition to the trades and occupations mentioned above, navy yards
-employ a number of men in general maintenance and construction work, and
-in keeping up the plant and equipment, such as tracklayers, pile
-drivers, masons, and bricklayers.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1028. SHOP TRADES
-
-
-THE DRAFTING ROOM
-
-Drawings and blue prints are prepared here. Drafting rooms are usually
-well lighted and heated. The work is carried on at drawing tables and
-men can either sit or stand. As a rule work in the drafting room does
-not require a great deal of walking or standing at the work. The force
-usually consists of draftsmen of various grades, tracers, detail
-draftsmen. A blue-print room is usually connected with the drafting room
-where attendants on the blue-printing machine are employed. A few
-stenographers and clerks may be employed in connection with the work of
-this department.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1029. POWER PLANT
-
-Here steam and electrical power are developed for the general use of the
-yard. Work in a navy-yard power plant is no different from work in any
-power plant. Among the men employed are engineers of different grades,
-switchboard attendants, dynamo tenders, firemen, and water tenders.
-Engine and dynamo rooms are usually well lighted and heated and give
-comfortable working conditions. The fireroom is usually very hot, and
-the work is more or less hard and uncomfortable. Steam engineers are
-highly trained men and usually have to hold a license. They usually have
-served an apprenticeship in the fireroom.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1030. MACHINE SHOP
-
-Here all sorts of metals are worked, largely with machine tools. Machine
-shops are generally closed in so that the workmen are protected from the
-weather and are usually more or less heated. Much of the work requires
-standing, though workmen can often sit down at intervals while watching
-a piece of work on the machine. Since most of the work is done on
-power-driven machines and shops are usually provided with lifting and
-handling devices for heavy parts, work in the machine shop requires
-skill and intelligence but does not, as a rule, require heavy physical
-exercise.
-
-Men employed include bench hands, machine hands, men who are familiar
-with the operation of one or more machine tools, machinist helpers and
-machine fitters (the latter put together machine parts and are able to
-fit, scrape, and ream, where necessary to secure tight, loose, and
-running fits), and all-around machinists or men who can operate all
-kinds of machine tools, fit parts on the bench, and erect or assemble
-all parts on the floor. A good machinist must be able to read all sorts
-of blue prints and drawings and must be able to make the necessary
-calculations for the various jobs.
-
-Among the chief machine tools used are planers, boring mills, shapers,
-lathes, millers, drill presses, so-called “automatic machines” of
-various kinds, wet and dry grinders, and radial drills. These machines
-are of different sizes, according to the work to be done on them. In
-navy-yard machine shops some of the work is very heavy and the machines
-are very large.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1031. BOILER SHOP
-
-Here such fittings as boilers, condensers, smokestacks, and feed,
-filter, and fresh-water tanks are constructed from plates of sheet steel
-riveted together. These plates are got out from patterns or templates.
-
-A boiler shop is usually closed in from the weather.
-
-Among the men employed are blacksmiths, acetylene and oxy-hydrogen
-operators, layout men, men to operate various special machines for
-bending and flanging the plates, machinists, riveters, shippers, and
-calkers, drillers and reamers.
-
-A good boiler maker must be able to read blue prints and lay out his
-work either on paper or metal.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1032. BLACKSMITH SHOP
-
-Here all sorts of blacksmith work is carried on. The shop is usually
-inclosed, but owing to smoke from the forges is generally kept more or
-less open, so that it is not usually warmer than the weather outside.
-
-Among the tools used are steam or compressed air hammers, oil furnaces,
-large coal furnaces, forges (coal or gas), cranes for handling heavy
-work, dies, sledges, and hammers.
-
-Much of the work is generally carried on by angle smiths who work angle
-iron, usually from wooden patterns called templates, and blacksmiths who
-work on all sorts of light machine and hand forgings. Smiths are aided
-by helpers. Much of the work is heavy and calls for considerable
-physical exertion and requires practically continuous standing. Some of
-the lighter work in a blacksmith shop is of a higher grade and calls for
-wide experience, good judgment, and close observation. Such work is that
-of the tool dressers, the spring makers, and the die hardeners or
-temperers.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1033. PATTERN SHOP
-
-Here are constructed wooden patterns from which castings are to be made.
-Pattern shops are usually well protected from the weather and afford
-comfortable working conditions. The men employed are pattern makers and
-pattern makers’ helpers.
-
-As a rule, each pattern is completely made by one pattern maker. Much of
-the work is done with hand tools and often requires very fine and
-accurate work. A pattern maker must not only be able to do good work at
-the bench, but must be able to read blue prints and make his own
-“layout.”
-
-Among the machines commonly found in a pattern shop are wood-turning
-lathes, band saws, circular saws, jig saws, planers, sanders, and
-drills.
-
-Work in the pattern shop requires considerable walking and standing. It
-is generally light, since only infrequently is it necessary to handle
-heavy pieces.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1034. JOINER SHOP
-
-In the joiner shop are constructed all sorts of high-grade wood fittings
-such as desks, instrument cases, and companion ladders. The work does
-not differ from that in any joiner shop.
-
-Employees include joiners and helpers. A good joiner must be able to
-read drawings and blue prints and when necessary he must be able to lay
-out his work on paper.
-
-Among the common machines used are planers, handsaws, circular saws,
-mortisers, and tenoners.
-
-As a rule the joiner shop is protected from the weather and the work is
-not heavy. The work often requires considerable standing and walking.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1035. PIPE SHOP
-
-Here all plumbing and pipe-fitting work is done. The shop is usually
-inclosed and protected from the weather. The work requires considerable
-walking and standing, much bending, reaching, and stooping. In repair
-and construction work a great deal of work has to be done on the ship in
-all sorts of places and often under very difficult working conditions.
-
-Plumbers, pipe fitters, and helpers are employed. A good pipe fitter
-must be able to read blue prints and drawings and must know how to make
-various calculations such as figuring out lengths of pipe on various
-jobs.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1036. FOUNDRY
-
-All castings are made in the foundry. The shop is usually more or less
-open to the weather, and the work requires a good deal of walking and
-standing.
-
-Among the men employed are molders, who place the patterns in the sand,
-and make the sand molds into which the melted metal is poured; cupola
-furnace tenders, who operate the furnace in which the iron is melted;
-and foundry shippers, who clean up castings. In addition, helpers and
-laborers are employed.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1037. COPPER SHOP
-
-All sorts of fittings made of sheet copper, as well as a great variety
-of copper pipes and connections are constructed in the copper shop. In
-much of the work the copper has to be shaped by hammering. There is also
-much work in the bending of copper pipes of all sizes. The shop is
-usually protected from the weather. In many cases men who work in this
-shop also install the fittings in the ship. Coppersmiths and helpers are
-employed. In some shops most of the work is done by hand and in others a
-number of machines are used. A good coppersmith must be able to read
-blue prints.
-
-The work requires considerable walking about and much of it is hard, as
-it requires the use of heavy hammers.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1038. SHEET-METAL SHOP
-
-Products of the sheet-metal shop include such articles made from
-sheet-iron as tanks, lockers, ventilating cowls, and wire work. The shop
-is usually well protected from the weather. The work requires
-considerable standing and walking. A number of machines are usually
-included in the equipment. Sheet-metal workers of different grades are
-employed and also helpers. A good sheet-metal man must be able to read
-blue prints and must be able to lay out all sorts of work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1039. GALVANIZING SHOP
-
-Metal fittings are covered with zinc to prevent rusting. As a rule but
-few skilled men are employed for this work which is done mostly by
-laborers. Work is practically carried on out of doors on account of
-fumes due to the acid used. It requires walking and standing.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1040. ELECTRICAL DEPARTMENT
-
-This department installs and repairs all electrically operated
-equipment, including light and power lines. It also installs and repairs
-the electrical equipment on the ships that are built or are under
-repair. The work must be done all over the yard and everywhere on the
-ship. It requires much walking and climbing, much of it exposed to
-weather conditions. Very few machines are used, practically all the work
-being done with hand tools. A good electrician must be able to read all
-sorts of drawings and wiring diagrams.
-
-Different grades of electricians, such as armature winders,
-storage-battery electricians, and men who make a specialty as, for
-example, of some special part of the work on telephones, are employed
-with helpers.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1041. RIGGING LOFT
-
-Here work on steel and manila rope and cables is carried on. Cables are
-spliced and all sorts of servings and fancy rope work are got out, such
-as man ropes, tiller ropes, and hammock clews. The rigging loft is
-usually protected from the weather. Much of the work, such as knotting
-and splicing, can be done sitting down. Practically all the work is done
-with hand tools.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1042. MOLD LOFT
-
-Here the plans of a ship under construction are laid out from the blue
-prints and patterns and wooden patterns, or “templates” for bending,
-cutting, and punching the steel parts of the ship are prepared. It
-usually is an inclosed building with a special floor large enough to lay
-out any part of a ship full size. The work in the mold loft requires
-almost constant standing, and kneeling or sitting on the floor. Loftsmen
-of different grades are employed. Loftsmen must be able to read all
-sorts of drawings and blue prints as they come from the drafting room
-and lay out the different parts on the mold-loft floor with great
-accuracy.
-
-
-OUTSIDE TRADES, OFFICE WORK, AND MISCELLANEOUS OCCUPATIONS
-
-In addition to the regular shop trades there are a number of trades
-carried on in the yards and on ships in the open air and other
-employments in navy yard supply departments and offices. These
-employments have to do mainly with the construction of ships, repair
-work on hulls, maintenance of the plant, distribution of supplies, and
-other miscellaneous services.
-
-Following is a brief description of the more important of these
-occupations.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1043. SHAPING, BENDING, AND CUTTING STEEL FRAMES AND PLATES
-
-This includes the work of shaping and bending steel beams (frames),
-cutting plates to proper sizes, bending them, and punching them for the
-rivet holes. The work is generally carried on in shops that are roofed
-over, but sometimes open on all sides. It is hard and requires standing
-practically all the time. Heavy machines, furnaces, and hammers are
-used. Among the men employed are angle-smiths, furnace men, frame
-benders, punchers, shearers, drillers, countersinkers, and sometimes
-acetylene operators.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1044. RIVETING, CHIPPING AND CALKING, DRILLING, AND REAMING
-
-On construction and repair work these occupations are all carried on in
-the open air. Riveting is usually carried on by gangs, consisting of a
-riveter, a holder-on, a heater, and sometimes a fourth man called a
-passer. The steel plates of a ship overlap and are held together by
-rivets which are passed through holes in both plates and headed up while
-hot. Riveting is usually done with pneumatic riveters or “guns” operated
-by compressed air. The riveter operates the gun on one side while the
-rivet is held in the hole by the holder-on, who has various tools that
-he uses for this purpose. The heater tends a small portable furnace in
-which the rivets are heated, picks them out as needed and sticks them in
-the holes or gives them to the passer. Sometimes he tosses the hot rivet
-directly to the holder-on. This work must be carried on out of doors in
-all weathers. The work of the riveter is hard, as he must handle the gun
-with from 100 to 150 pounds of air pressure in it and must work in all
-sorts of positions. The holder-on works under about the same conditions.
-Both jobs require men of strong physique. The heater has a somewhat
-easier job and boys are often employed for this work. Before the plates
-and other parts can be riveted or drilled and reamed they must be held
-fast in place. This is done by the use of bolts and nuts set up hard
-with a wrench. This work is also hard, and the working conditions are
-the same as in riveting and drilling and reaming.
-
-Sometimes holes have not been punched where they are required, and they
-must be drilled. Holes as punched are often not exactly in line and must
-be reamed out before the rivets can be driven. This work is commonly
-done with machines driven by compressed air or electricity, handled by
-one man and a helper. It takes considerable strength to control the
-machine, and the general working conditions are about the same as in
-riveting.
-
-There are many parts of a ship where joints must be made tight--that is,
-they must be calked. It is also often necessary to cut plates and other
-steel parts. This work is done with an air machine very similar to the
-air gun used by the riveter and is known as chipping and calking.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1045. SHIP FITTING
-
-The ship fitter gets out all sorts of wooden patterns (templates) for
-steel plates and other parts. Sometimes he makes his pattern directly
-from measurements taken on the ship, especially in repair work. A fitter
-may lay out the work directly from the drawing (blue print). The work is
-carried on mainly out of doors, calls for much walking and climbing,
-especially in repair work on ships. Ship fitters of different ratings
-and helpers are employed.
-
-Among other navy-yard occupations are those of outside machinists, who
-install and adjust machinery on the ships; painters, who paint the
-woodwork and the steel; ship carpenters, who do all the work around the
-ways on which ships are built and launched; crane operators, who handle
-the steel and carry it from place to place; and locomotive firemen and
-engineers, who operate the small locomotives used for hauling material
-inside of the yard.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1046. SUPPLY DEPARTMENT SERVICE
-
-In order that ships and shops may be supplied, a navy yard operates what
-amounts to a huge department store--the supply department. Every
-conceivable article that goes to the general equipment of a ship, from
-drinking glasses to launch engines, is kept in stock and given out on
-order. For the shops great quantities of all sorts of stock, pipe,
-fittings, copper, lead, bronze, steel and so on, are carried, ready for
-distribution. In one yard alone the stock is valued at $50,000,000.
-
-Since the supply department buys, fills orders, and delivers, it offers
-opportunity for employment in practically the same occupations as any
-large department store.
-
-For each class of stock storekeepers are employed. A storekeeper must
-know every article by sight, stock marks, and the location of the bin or
-shelf where it is stored. He must keep track of the stock on hand and
-see that it is kept up. A storekeeper may be promoted to assistant
-manager and possibly to manager of a division.
-
-The supply department offers employment also in such clerical
-occupations as checking, billing, and accounting, and, as in any large
-department store, truck drivers, packers, box makers, and other workers
-are employed in the delivery department.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1047. OFFICE WORK
-
-In addition to the trades and occupations carried on in the
-construction, repair, and maintenance work of the navy yard, there are a
-number of office and clerical occupations. In general, these occupations
-are carried on in the same manner as in the office of any business
-concern. The special forms and methods of doing the office work that are
-followed in the navy yard must, of course, be learned. These occupations
-include stenography, typewriting, filing, bookkeeping, cataloguing,
-general clerical work, library work, messenger work, telegraph and
-telephone operating, and various lines of special work.
-
-
-MISCELLANEOUS OCCUPATIONS
-
-The navy-yard list of occupations includes, also, a considerable number
-of miscellaneous occupations not mentioned among the regular mechanical
-“shop” and “yard” trades. Among these are glassworkers, glass molders,
-lens grinders, and instrument makers. In connection with work in the
-yard and on the buildings, a certain number of brick and stonemasons,
-pavers, house carpenters, dock builders, cranemen, house plumbers,
-stonecutters, and gardeners are employed.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1048. CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT IN NAVY YARDS
-
-If you are interested in the possibility of working in a navy yard you
-will want to know something about the demand for men in each line of
-work done in the different yards, the wages paid to each class of
-workers, and other conditions of employment.
-
-
-DEMAND FOR LABOR
-
-Navy yards and naval stations vary greatly in the amount and kind of
-work done and so vary in the number of men employed and in the different
-occupations carried on. The yards at Boston (Charleston), Mass.;
-Brooklyn, N. Y.; Norfolk, Va.; League Island, Philadelphia; Bremerton,
-Wash.; and Mare Island, Cal.; do all sorts of construction and repair
-work, and employ the largest working force in the greatest variety of
-occupations. The Washington Navy Yard, or Naval Gun Factory, does no
-shipbuilding and not much repair work. Its equipment and labor are
-practically entirely employed in making naval guns and all sorts of
-ordnance supplies so that it employs no men in shipbuilding and but few
-on repair occupations. The naval torpedo station at Newport, R. I., is
-almost wholly confined to the manufacture and assembly of torpedoes and
-torpedo appliances. Most of the other yards generally carry on only
-repair work and refitting, and employ men in most of the ordinary trades
-and occupations. At present there is little or no demand for regular
-navy-yard occupations at Pensacola, Fla. Of course, in all yards the
-working force is increased or decreased according to the amount of work
-that is going on in the yard. Naval stations employ fewer men and offer
-chances in fewer trades than do the navy yards proper.
-
-In general, navy yards employ in the shops more men in the metal trades
-than in the woodworking trades. In the shops more machinists are likely
-to be employed than any other class of workers. Relatively few persons
-are employed in the offices in clerical work. The Norfolk, Boston, and
-Philadelphia Navy Yards offer more opportunity in these lines than any
-of the other yards.
-
-In the yard trades the number of men employed depends largely on the
-amount of shipbuilding going on. Where shipbuilding is going on the
-greatest demand is for riveters, bolters up, chippers, and calkers, and
-drillers and reamers. Compared with the number of men employed in these
-trades relatively few men are employed in the mold loft, and in such
-occupations as crane operators, locomotive crane operators, firemen, and
-locomotive engineers.
-
-As already stated, in addition to men employed in the regular yard,
-shop, and office trades, navy yards employ men in a number of other
-trades, such as those of stone and brick masons, house plumbers, stone
-cutters, switchmen, pavers, and upholsterers. Under ordinary conditions
-the demand for men in such occupations is small. Glassworkers, lens
-grinders, instrument makers, and other special classes of workers would
-only be called for in a yard where instruments were made and repaired,
-such as the Washington Navy Yard or the naval torpedo station at
-Newport, R. I.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1049. INSIDE AND OUTSIDE WORK
-
-If you are interested in securing employment in a navy yard or in taking
-training for a navy-yard trade, you may want to consider the condition
-under which you would work. You may feel that you would wish to work
-entirely under cover, or you may prefer to work more or less in the open
-air. Different navy-yard occupations vary greatly as to whether they are
-carried on entirely in shops, partly in shops and partly in the open
-air, or entirely in the open air. In some trades and occupations a man’s
-work is located at one definite place, and in others it may be anywhere
-in the yard. The following statement will give you an idea as to
-ordinary working conditions in a number of the more important navy-yard
-trades:
-
-_Inside, under the best conditions._--Such occupations as all sorts of
-office work, stenography, typewriting, bookkeeping, clerical work, work
-in the drafting room.
-
-_Inside, under good conditions._--Such occupations as machine shop,
-pattern shop, jointer shop, rigging loft, mold loft, power plant work,
-and inside jointing and finishing.
-
-_Inside, under some protection._--Such occupations as blacksmith shop,
-foundry work, plate-shop work, galvanizing, and frame bending.
-
-_Occupations requiring both inside and outside work._--Such occupations
-as boiler shop, general outside painting, outside machinist, carpenter
-shop, electrical work, outside rigger, pipe shop, sheet-metal shop,
-copper shop, and ship fitting.
-
-_Occupations carried on entirely outside._--Such operations as reaming,
-riveting, bolting up, chipping, and calking, ship carpentry, stone
-masonry, and bricklaying.
-
-
-TOOLS AND MACHINES USED
-
-In the regular trades such as jointer work, sheet-metal work,
-coppersmithing, boiler making, pattern making, etc., the tools and
-machines used are practically the same as would be used in these trades
-anywhere. A man who had earned these trades in any good shop would have
-no particular trouble in working in a navy yard shop so far as tools and
-machines go.
-
-In the machine shop the tools and machines are about the same as in any
-large shop, but since a navy yard machine shop often has to handle large
-parts, there are usually a number of very heavy machines included in the
-equipment. Much of the work must be got out with great accuracy. In a
-general way it may be said that a navy yard machine shop does more work
-in brass, bronze, aluminum, etc., than is common in the ordinary run of
-machine shops.
-
-In the trades carried on outside the shop, especially those connected
-with hull construction and repair, a number of special tools are used.
-These tools are in general easily moved about. Many are operated by
-compressed air, but some of them are sometimes operated by electricity.
-For this purpose most yards have a compressed-air system through that
-part of the yard where work of this kind is carried on, so arranged that
-the different machines can be readily connected up by hose lines. A few
-examples of the sort of tools used in these trades may be given:
-
-Riveting gangs use compressed-air tools for heading up the rivet (air
-guns), and often for holding it while it is driven (air jambs).
-
-Reaming and drilling machines are usually operated by compressed air,
-chipping and calking tools work in the same way. In all these machines
-the operators hold the machine so as to guide the tool, but the
-compressed air furnishes the actual power.
-
-For such jobs as acetylene welding and cutting, a special outfit is
-required.
-
-In mold loft work and ship fitting, only the simplest woodworking tools
-are used, such as hammers, saws, prick punches, and light air or
-electrically driven drills.
-
-In punching, shearing, and bending plates, special heavy power-driven
-machines are used which the operators control.
-
-In office work the equipment does not vary from that of any office.
-According to the sort of work called for, there are typewriters, adding
-machines, filing cabinets, etc.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1050. CLASSES OF WORKERS EMPLOYED IN NAVY YARD
-
-The work of a navy yard is carried on by a civilian force under the
-general direction of naval officers. Excluding office and clerical
-occupations, this force is graded into the following classes: Foremen,
-quartermen, leading men, artisans of different grades, helpers,
-apprentices, laborers. A brief description of each of these classes
-follows:
-
-_Foreman._--A foreman is usually the head of a division or of a shop. He
-usually has under his jurisdiction groups of men generally working in
-different occupations.
-
-_Quarterman._--A quarterman usually has under his supervision more than
-one group in the same occupation. He is in line for promotion to
-foreman.
-
-_Leading man._--A leading man usually has under his supervision only a
-few men in the same occupation. He is in line for promotion to
-quarterman.
-
-_Artisans._--These are skilled workmen in the various trades. They are
-graded according to their knowledge and skill in several classes, such
-as first, second, and third class.
-
-_Helpers._--Men who work with artisans to assist them in their work are
-classed as helpers. Their work is such as may give some training in the
-trade with which they are associated.
-
-_Apprentices._--Young persons are employed as apprentices to learn
-trades. After sufficient training they may become artisans.
-
-Laborers.--This class of workers are not supposed to possess any special
-skill or trade knowledge, and except under certain special conditions
-they are not eligible for promotion.
-
-
-WAGES FOR DIFFERENT GRADES
-
-On the whole, higher wages are paid on the west coast than elsewhere.
-Foremen are paid according to the character and amount of work that they
-supervise. According to the present regulations a quarterman draws $2.88
-per day more than the maximum pay of his occupation or trade. A leading
-man draws $1.44 per day extra pay over the highest pay of his trade. The
-wages of a man in the artisan group will vary according to his class and
-his particular trade or occupation. One of the highest paid trades is
-heavy forging at $11.84 per day. One of the lowest paid trades is that
-of glass workers, who receive $3.04 per day. On an average, a
-first-class artisan’s pay will run from $5 to $7 per day.
-
-Helpers get from $4.32 to $5.12 per day. Apprentices in trade from $2.88
-to $4.32, according to their class. Mechanics detailed for certain
-special work, such as inspecting or planning, get certain additional
-allowances.
-
-In the unskilled occupations (laborers, stevedores, janitors, etc.),
-wages range from about $3 to $5.50 per day.
-
-
-PAY ON ENTRANCE AND AFTERWARDS
-
-When a man starts in the head of his department causes such tests to be
-made as he deems necessary to determine his status in his trade or
-occupation, and rates him provisionally as to pay. The final rating as
-to pay is made within two weeks from the date of appointment. All
-mechanics who are rated as first-class are carried at the maximum rate
-of pay.
-
-The following list gives the more important trades and occupations for
-which men are employed in navy yards (except office occupations), and
-also gives the maximum rates of pay according to the latest
-information:
-
-
-DAILY WAGE SCHEDULES
-
-_Schedules of daily wages for navy yards and naval stations effective
-first pay period practicable after receipt._
-
-  ==================================================
-                                     East     West
-                                     coast.   coast.
-
-             GROUP I.
-
-  Attendants, battery                $4.64     ...
-  Attendants, powder factory          5.36     ...
-  Hodcarriers                          ...    $4.40
-    North Atlantic and Great
-     Lakes                            3.92     ...
-    Charleston, Pensacola, Key
-     West and New Orleans             3.12     ...
-  Janitors                            ...      4.16
-    North Atlantic and Great
-     Lakes                            3.68     ...
-    Charleston, Pensacola, Key
-     West and New Orleans             2.88     ...
-  Laborers, common                    ...      4.16
-    North Atlantic and Great
-     Lakes                            3.68     ...
-    Charleston, Pensacola, Key
-     West and New Orleans             2.88     ...
-  Stable keepers                      ...      4.16
-    North Atlantic and Great
-     Lakes                            3.68     ...
-    Charleston, Pensacola, Key
-     West and New Orleans             2.88     ...
-  Stevedores                          4.32     4.64
-
-             GROUP II.
-
-  Apprentices:
-    First class                       4.32     4.32
-    Second class                      3.84     3.84
-    Third class                       3.36     3.36
-    Fourth class                      2.88     2.88
-    Sewers, first class               2.40     2.40
-    Sewers, second class              2.08     2.08
-    Sewers, third class               1.76     1.76
-    Sewers, fourth class              1.44     1.44
-  Boys or girls                       2.32     2.32
-  Hammer runners:
-    Heavy                             5.12     5.12
-    Others                            4.64     4.64
-  Helpers:
-    Blacksmiths’, heavy fires         5.12     5.12
-    Blacksmiths’, other fires         4.32     4.64
-    Boilermakers’                     4.32     4.64
-    Coppersmiths’                     4.32     4.64
-    Electricians’                     4.32     4.64
-    Flange turners’                   5.12     5.12
-    Forgers’, heavy                   5.12     5.12
-    General                           4.32     4.64
-    Laboratory                        4.32     4.64
-    Machinists’                       4.32     4.64
-    Molders’                          4.32     4.64
-    Ordnance                          4.32     4.64
-    Painters’                         4.32     4.64
-    Pipefitters’                      4.32     4.64
-    Riggers’                          4.32     4.64
-    Ropemakers’                       4.32     ...
-    Sheet-metal workers’              4.32     4.64
-    Shipfitters’                      4.32     4.64
-    Shipsmiths’, heavy fires          5.12     5.12
-    Shipsmiths’, other fires          4.32     4.64
-    Woodworkers’                      4.32     4.64
-  Holders on                          4.80     5.12
-  Oilers                              4.64     4.96
-  Primer workers                      3.68     ...
-  Rivet heaters                       4.00     4.48
-
-             GROUP III.
-
-  Angle smiths:
-    Heavy fires                       7.68     7.68
-    Other fires                       6.40     6.40
-  Armature winders                    6.40     6.40
-  Blacksmiths:
-    Heavy fires                       7.68     7.68
-    Other fires                       6.40     6.40
-  Boatbuilders                        6.40     6.88
-  Boilermakers                        6.40     6.40
-  Bolters                             4.64     4.64
-  Boxmakers                           4.80     4.80
-  Brakemen                            4.96     5.28
-  Butchers                            4.48     4.48
-  Cable splicers                      6.40     6.40
-  Calkers, wood                       6.40     7.52
-  Calkers and chippers, iron          6.40     6.40
-  Canvas workers                      6.08     6.08
-  Carpenters, house                   6.40     6.88
-  Casting cleaners                    4.64     4.64
-  Cementers                           4.80     4.80
-  Chainmakers                         7.04     ...
-  Chauffeurs                          4.40     4.40
-  Coopers                             5.60     5.60
-  Coppersmiths                        6.88     6.88
-  Cranemen, electric                  6.40     6.40
-  Cupola tenders                      6.40     6.40
-  Die sinkers                         7.04     7.04
-  Divers                             12.00    12.00
-  Drillers, pneumatic                 5.44     5.44
-  Drillers, Press                     5.12     5.12
-  Electricians                        6.40     6.40
-    Chronograph                       6.72     ...
-    Radio                             7.44     7.44
-    Storage battery                   6.88     6.88
-  Engineers                           6.40     6.40
-    Locomotive                        5.76     5.76
-    Nonhoisting donkeys and
-     winches                          5.60     5.60
-  Farriers                            5.44     5.44
-  Firemen                             4.64     4.64
-    Locomotives                       4.00     4.16
-  Flange turners                      6.88     6.88
-  Forgers:
-    Drop                              6.40     6.40
-    Heavy                            11.84    11.84
-  Foundry chippers                    4.64     4.64
-  Frame benders                       7.20     7.20
-  Furnacemen:
-    Angle work                        5.12     5.44
-    Foundry                           5.12     5.44
-    Heaters                           5.12     5.44
-    Heavy forge                       6.08     6.08
-    Other forge                       5.12     6.08
-    Open hearth                       5.12     5.44
-  Galvanizers                         5.04     5.04
-  Gardeners                           4.16     4.16
-  Glass molders, optical              4.80     ...
-  Glass workers, optical:
-    Fine                              4.32     ...
-    Rough                             3.04     ...
-  Handymen                            4.96     ...
-  Instrument makers                   6.88     6.88
-  Joiners                             6.40     6.88
-    Ship                              6.40     6.88
-  Ladlemen, foundry                   5.12     5.44
-  Leather workers                     5.52     5.52
-  Lens grinders, telescope            6.40     ...
-  Letterers and grainers              6.16     6.16
-  Levelers                            4.64     4.64
-  Loftsmen                            7.20     7.20
-  Machine operators                   4.96     4.96
-  Machinists                          6.40     6.40
-    All around                        6.40     6.40
-    Electrical                        6.40     6.40
-    Floor or vise hand                6.40     6.40
-  Masons:
-    Brick                             6.88     6.88
-    Stone                             6.88     6.88
-  Mattress makers                     4.88     4.88
-  Melters                             5.52     5.52
-    Electric                          8.56     8.56
-    Open hearth                       8.56     8.56
-
-  Metallic cartridge case makers      5.76     ...
-  Millmen                             6.40     6.88
-  Modelmakers, wood                   6.40     6.40
-  Model testers                       5.44     5.44
-  Molders                             6.40     6.40
-    Steel casting                     6.40     6.40
-  Oakum spinners                      3.76     3.76
-  Operators, gas torch                6.08     6.08
-  Ordnancemen                         5.60     5.60
-  Painters                            5.92     5.92
-    Applying bitumastic compositions  6.40     6.88
-  Patternmakers                       6.88     7.52
-  Pavers                              5.76     5.76
-  Pile drivers                        6.40     6.40
-  Pipe coverers                       6.40     6.40
-  Pipe fitters                        6.40     6.40
-  Plasterers                          6.88     6.88
-  Plumbers:
-    House                             6.40     6.40
-    Ship                              6.40     6.40
-  Polisher, buffers, and platers      6.40     6.40
-  Pressmen, armor plate               8.56     ...
-  Punchers and shearers               5.12     5.44
-  Railroad conductors                 5.12     5.44
-  Riggers                             5.92     5.92
-  Riveters                            6.40     6.40
-  Rodmen                              4.40     4.40
-  Ropemakers                          5.12     ...
-  Sailmakers                          6.08     6.08
-  Sandblasters                        4.96     4.96
-  Saw filers                          6.40     6.40
-  Sheet-metal workers                 6.40     6.88
-  Shipfitters                         6.40     6.40
-  Shipsmiths:
-    Heavy fires                       7.68     7.68
-    Other fires                       6.40     6.40
-  Shipwrights                         6.40     6.88
-  Steelworkers                        6.40     ...
-  Stonecutters                        5.76     5.76
-  Switchmen                           4.96     5.28
-  Tank testers                        6.88     6.88
-  Toolmakers                          6.88     6.88
-  Trackmen                            4.56     4.56
-  Upholsterers                        5.44     5.44
-  Water tenders                       4.64     4.96
-  Welders:
-    Electric                          6.56     6.56
-    Gas                               6.40     6.40
-  Wharf builders                      5.76     5.76
-  Wheelwrights                        5.28     5.28
-  Wire workers                        5.04     5.04
-  --------------------------------------------------
-
-
-WHERE NAVY YARDS AND NAVAL STATIONS ARE LOCATED
-
-Navy yards are located as follows: The Portsmouth Navy Yard, at
-Portsmouth, N. H.; the Brooklyn Navy Yard, at Brooklyn, N. Y.; the
-Boston Navy Yard, at Charlestown (a part of the city of Boston, Mass.);
-the League Island Navy Yard, at Philadelphia, Pa.; the Washington Navy
-Yard or Naval Gun Factory, at Washington, D. C.; the Portsmouth Navy
-Yard, at Portsmouth, Va. (close to Norfolk); the Mare Island Navy Yard,
-at Vallejo, Cal. (on San Francisco Bay); the Charleston Navy Yard, at
-Charleston, S. C.; the Bremerton Navy Yard, on Puget Sound, Wash. (near
-Seattle), and the Pensacola Navy Yard, Pensacola, Fla. (aeronautic
-station at present).
-
-Naval stations are located at Newport, R. I.; Key West, Fla.; and New
-Orleans, La.
-
-Other naval establishments are: Naval proving grounds, at Indian Head,
-Md.; naval training station, at North Chicago, Ill.; the Naval Academy,
-at Annapolis, Md.; the naval magazines at Iona Island, N. Y., and Lake
-Denmark, N. Y.; and the depot of supplies, United States Marine Corps,
-Philadelphia, Pa.
-
-Naval stations are also maintained at the Philippine Islands, Cuba,
-Guam, and Samoa, but no attempt has been made to give any information
-about them in this monograph.
-
-
-
-
-LEATHER WORKING TRADES
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by Clarence E. Bonnett, Special Agent of the
-Federal Board. Much of the material used herein was obtained from
-Bulletin No. 232 of the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics, “Wages
-and Hours of Labor in the Boot and Shoe Industry: 1907 to 1916.”
-Acknowledgment is due to Dr. John Cummings, of the Research Division,
-for editorial assistance.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1051. SHOEMAKING
-
-
-MODERN SHOEMAKING A MACHINE PROCESS
-
-Modern shoemaking is practically a machine process. There are machines
-for cutting the various parts of the shoe, for sewing together the upper
-and the lining, for lasting the upper, for channeling the insole and the
-outsole, for sewing together the insole upper and welt, and for sewing
-the outsole to the welt. There are also machines for leveling the sole,
-for placing a smooth edge on the sole and heel, and for burnishing the
-sole, its edges and the heel.
-
-Many of these machines are leased out to shoe manufacturers on a royalty
-basis. Patterns, lasts, and similar equipment may be made in the factory
-or purchased from factories that make a special business of producing
-these articles. A few hand tools are used in the factory, such as knives
-for cutting leather and threads, pinchers for pulling nails, and brushes
-for pasting certain parts. Ordinarily the workers who use these tools
-are not highly skilled, the only noted exception being that of the
-cutter who cuts by hand the vamps or other upper parts of the shoe.
-
-
-MACHINE SHOEMAKING HIGHLY SPECIALIZED
-
-In the shoemaking industry, there is great division of labor, and
-accordingly, the amount of skill or technical knowledge required of the
-workers in many of the shoemaking operations is so little that it may be
-acquired in a few days or weeks at the most.
-
-However, a few of the occupations require both manipulative skill and
-technical knowledge, and call for the quick exercise of sound judgment.
-These are the occupations that pay well. Training for them is necessary.
-The period of training, of course, depends in any case, partly upon the
-person taking it. But in general, there are two groups in which the
-skilled occupations fall, namely, those requiring less than a year’s
-training and experience to make a thoroughly competent operator, and
-those necessitating a year or over. Roughly, those who receive less than
-50 cents and more than 40 cents an hour fall in the first group, while
-those receiving 50 cents or more an hour come in the second group.
-
-
-WAGES, HOURS, AND WORKING CONDITIONS
-
-In 1918, according to unpublished figures of the Bureau of Labor
-Statistics, for the highly skilled operators the hourly wage ranged from
-43 to 62 cents. In this range, the following occupations were
-covered--Goodyear welters receiving the highest, channelers the lowest,
-and the others in a descending scale intermediate wages: Goodyear
-welters, rough rounders, edge trimmers, heel trimmers, Goodyear
-stitchers, edge setters, machine pullers-over, heelers, turn sewers,
-bed-machine operators, hand vamp cutters, hand-method-lasting-machine
-operators, hand pullers-over, machine side lasters, hand turn lasters,
-McKay sewers, machine vamp cutters, vampers, hand side lasters, heel
-scourers, channelers.
-
-The hours of labor are somewhat dependent upon the occupation, with the
-general average for the whole country about 55 hours per week, which
-usually means a 10-hour day with a Saturday half holiday. For some
-factories, hours in a few occupations are nine per day for six days in
-the week, which makes a 54-hour week.
-
-For the highly skilled operator, the shoe industry is a desirable
-occupation in peace times and will continue to be so in the future. With
-the growth of population and the higher standards of living comes an
-increased demand for shoes of the better sort, which means that greater
-skill must be employed in their production than in those of the coarser
-sort. While the work in the shoe factory is somewhat seasonal, the slack
-season comes in the summer time, when other occupations are open, and
-when the worker may frequently engage in gardening during the time he is
-not busy in the factory. The busy season comes in the fall and winter.
-The work is all performed indoors.
-
-
-DISABILITIES
-
-The shoe industry can not use all classes of disabled men, but those it
-can use, if well trained, will find in it a desirable occupation. In
-general the disabilities that will bar a man from engaging in this
-occupation are the loss of eyesight, the loss of both legs, or of both
-arms, nervous afflictions, and weaknesses that prevent a man from
-standing at his work or from doing it rapidly. For some of the work, the
-use of both hands is highly desirable, and the loss of certain fingers
-from a hand would tend to be a handicap. Good eyesight, steady nerves
-and dexterity of motion are essentials in shoe workers. Good hearing is
-not highly important to the well trained. For the man who has lost a
-hand, there are devices, such as certain forms of hooks that could be
-used, for instance, by the machine cutter to operate the arm to the
-machine. Pincer-like devices may be used for other work. An artificial
-leg of a certain type may be obtained for a man who has lost a leg, and
-this will enable him to stand without undue fatigue.
-
-
-PROMOTION
-
-There are two ways in which advancement in these occupations may be
-secured. A worker who learns rapidly may advance from a less skilled to
-a more highly skilled occupation. For instance, he may advance from a
-position as a turn sewer to one as a Goodyear welter, and thus receive
-approximately a 25 per cent advance in wages. Or a workman with the
-ability to direct others may become a foreman and thus obtain higher
-wages. With this ability and a general knowledge of the industry, or
-high skill at some of the occupations, he might become an instructor,
-or, with sufficient ability and education, he might go into the office.
-
-
-TRAINING FOR OFFICE POSITIONS
-
-A knowledge of the processes in the shoe factory is a highly desirable
-qualification for the office force, and even for the clerical force of a
-factory. In the offices are found about 15 to 20 per cent of all the
-employees of the entire factory. A disabled soldier or sailor who has
-previously worked in a shoe factory, could, by taking the training
-offered by the Federal Board, qualify for a position in the business
-offices. Or he could take a course in salesmanship, and go “out on the
-road” to sell the shoes. Thus he could turn his past experience in the
-former occupation to profit, and make of his disability the means of
-promotion instead of a handicap.
-
-
-PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE AND ADDITIONAL TRAINING
-
-If a disabled soldier has had some experience in the shoe factory, he
-will find this of value. He might, for example, take training to become
-a designer. The change in fashions in shoes necessitates new lasts and
-patterns, and every new style means work for the designer. The work
-requires training, but does not call for much physical exertion. To do
-this work, one must have some facility in mechanical drawing, and so
-must understand the principles of geometry. Such work is stimulating.
-Not all factories do their own designing and pattern making, but in such
-cases designs and patterns must be obtained from concerns that
-specialize in such work. This profession, however, can absorb only a
-limited number of additional men.
-
-
-SCHOOLS AND TRAINING
-
-There are now well-established schools for teaching the shoemaking
-operations. Until recently the schools were private, but there are now
-schools in Massachusetts maintained at the public expense. Some
-factories, especially the nonunion ones, train the workers in the
-factories at the work, or in factory schools. In some cases, the workers
-in a factory “pick up” the knowledge and training required for the
-better-paying positions. For such workers the unskilled occupations
-serve as an apprenticeship to the skilled ones. This method, however, is
-not the most desirable one, since it does not always present
-opportunities to get the best and quickest training.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1052. OCCUPATIONS THAT PAY WELL REQUIRE TRAINING
-
-There are two general classes of workers in shoe factories--one made up
-of machine workers, who must use judgment and skill in their work, and
-are therefore the better paid; and the other made up of machine tenders
-whose main requirement is speed in doing some routine task. Since we are
-concerned only with the occupations that require training and which pay
-more than the wages of unskilled workmen, we shall discuss only the
-skilled occupations. Workers in these occupations may be grouped into
-three general classes: First, those who sew together difficult parts of
-the shoe; second, those who cut the leather to form; and, third, those
-who last the shoe.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1053. OPERATORS WHO SEW TOGETHER DIFFICULT PARTS OF THE SHOES
-
-The Goodyear welter receives the shoe on the last; the upper has been
-tacked temporarily to the insole and trimmed smoothly, and the insole
-has been channeled or lipped for the stitches. He takes a long narrow
-strip of leather--the welt--and places the shoe in the welting machine
-so that the insole, upper, and welt are sewed through at one operation
-by means of a curved needle. The stitch is made almost horizontal to the
-bottom of the shoe, and the welt lies closely to the upper nearly all
-around the shoe in front of the heel seat. The welt is also somewhat
-irregular, but the welt beater straightens out the welt so that is
-stands out properly for the outsole.
-
-The work of the welter is not so simple as it may seem. He works with a
-very complicated machine, and he must be able to make readily all the
-necessary adjustments. He must know almost by intuition that the thread
-is working properly. He must be able to tell at a glance that the shoe
-has been lasted correctly. He must know at once whether the welt
-furnished is suitable for the type of shoe he is to place it on. He must
-guide the welt on accurately. If he does otherwise, not only is time
-lost, but a leather part or parts are ruined. He must be so skilled that
-he can place the welts on a pair of shoes at the rate of a pair a
-minute.[27]
-
-  [27] Rates of operation are calculated from the tables given on pp.
-  166-169 of Bulletin No. 232 of the U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
-
-The Goodyear stitcher receives the shoe with the outsole cemented on the
-shoe, the channel cut, and the lip of the channel turned back. He places
-the shoe to his machine so that the welt and outsole are sewed together
-all around the shoe in front of the heel. The seams are made in the
-channel of the outsole, so they may later be covered by the lip. The
-stitcher must be able to stitch about 37 pairs of shoes, on the average,
-per hour for the working day. At this speed, considerable skill is
-required to hold the shoe so that the curved parts are sewed around
-properly.[28]
-
-  [28] Rates of operation are calculated from the tables given on pp.
-  166-169 of Bulletin No. 232 of the U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
-
-The turn sewer performs a task somewhat similar to that of the Goodyear
-welter, but he does not attach a welt. He receives the shoe lasted,
-wrong side out. The outsole is, of course, now in the position of the
-insole on the Goodyear shoe. As in the Goodyear shoe, the channeling for
-the stitch is the same, but in addition, the outsole has been grooved,
-or a recess cut, so that a shoulder is formed around the outer edge of
-the sole in which the lower edge of the upper rests. The turn sewer sews
-through the lower edge of the upper and the shoulder on the outsole. The
-seam is buried in the inside channel. The process of sewing is performed
-on a machine that sews with a curved needle and nearly horizontal to the
-sole. Historically, the Goodyear welting process was a modification of
-the turn-shoe process of sewing the sole and upper together.
-
-The McKay sewer receives a McKay shoe with the sole cemented on and
-channeled and the last withdrawn from the shoe. He sews through the
-sole, the lower edge of the upper, and through the insole. The seams
-thus appear on the inside of the shoe. This is clearly a simpler
-operation than that of the Goodyear welter.
-
-The vamper sews the vamp to the quarters, or upper part of the upper.
-Since the vamp is curved and must be fitted to a rounding form, this
-operation is not so simple as flat sewing and so is paid for at a higher
-rate per piece.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1054. OPERATORS WHO SKILLFULLY CUT THE LEATHER TO FORM
-
-The rough rounder receives the shoe with the outsole cemented or tacked
-on to the upper part. He places the edge of the sole to the machine so
-that the edge of the outside and welt is cut to a uniform distance from
-the upper all round the outsole. In the same process his machine cuts an
-oblique channel in the outsole for the seam which is to bind the welt
-and outsole together. The work of the rough rounder requires strength
-and steady nerves, since he must hold the edge of the shoe against the
-cutting parts. He must know how to adjust his machine quickly for the
-various sorts of shoes, and must be able to place a uniform edge on over
-900 pairs of shoes in a ten hour day.
-
-The edge trimmer receives the shoe in the rough finished form. He holds
-the sole against a set of revolving cutters which trim the sole smoothly
-to the desired shape all around the sole. He must do this work carefully
-and not cut the upper or the stitches and at the rate of thirty-five
-pairs an hour.[29]
-
-  [29] Rates of operation are calculated from the tables given on pp.
-  166-169 of Bulletin No. 232 of the U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
-
-The heel trimmer receives the shoe with the heel nailed on firmly and
-the top lift in place. First, he holds the heel against a set of rapidly
-revolving cutters, which cut away the heel so that is has a smooth even
-contour from the sole to the top lift and all around the outside. Then
-he holds the sole part of the heel against another set of revolving
-cutters which trim the sole part off to conform in outline with the
-upper. He must exercise great care in this operation so as not to cut
-the upper. He must handle shoes at an average rate per minute of nearly
-three pairs, or 1,500 pairs or more in a nine hour day.
-
-The heel scourer receives the shoe after the heel has been trimmed to
-shape. He holds the heel against a rapidly revolving wheel covered with
-sandpaper. This process gives the heel a smooth finish. A heel scourer
-must be able to smooth the heels of nearly 1,500 pairs of shoes in a ten
-hour day.[30]
-
-  [30] Rates of operation are calculated from the tables given on pp.
-  166-169 of Bulletin No. 232 of the U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
-
-The channelers cut the channels in the outsoles of McKay and turn shoes
-and in the insoles of welt shoes, so that the seams may be buried in the
-leather. The channeler holds the shoe to the machine and guides the sole
-so that all but the heel is channeled.
-
-The vamp cutter cuts out the vamp--the lower and most important part of
-the upper. It must be cut out of the best leather and be free from
-defects or flaws. Accordingly, the cutter must lay the pattern or die on
-the side of leather so as to avoid any imperfections in the hide. If he
-is a hand cutter, he draws a keen-edged knife closely around the outer
-edge of the pattern and thus cuts out the vamp. If he is a machine
-cutter, he brings the arm of the cutting or dinking machine down on the
-die, which cuts out the vamp. The vamp cutter must judge quickly and
-accurately as to the quality of the leather and how to place the pattern
-or die, so as to obtain the greatest number of good parts from a side of
-leather.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1055. LASTING THE SHOE REQUIRES SKILL
-
-The machine puller-over receives the assembled upper part of the shoe on
-the last. The insole, counter, and toe box are in place, but the edges
-of the upper have not been drawn over the insole and fastened. This is
-the operation that he must perform. He must watch that the upper is
-properly centered on the last, and that the machine pincers pull the
-leather in evenly over the last, and if not even, he must make
-adjustments by means of levers until it is even. Then he presses a foot
-lever that causes the machine to tack the upper to the insole at various
-points.
-
-The bed-machine operator is also known as the toe and heel laster. He
-usually works on welt shoes. He lasts the upper in around the toe so
-that the leather is smooth on the outside. His machine draws a series of
-wipers or friction pullers over the edge of the upper until the toe
-conforms smoothly to the last. He then tacks and wires the edges at the
-toe so that they will be held temporarily until they can be sewed by the
-welter. He performs a similar process with the heel, but he tacks the
-edges of the upper to the heel permanently. Both the heel and toe are
-tacked down permanently in a McKay shoe. The bed-machine operator
-handles on the average nearly a shoe every minute during the day’s work.
-
-The hand-method lasting-machine operator usually works on a McKay-made
-shoe. The upper has already been tacked on the insole by the
-puller-over, but is now drawn around the last and insole, a part at a
-time, by means of pincers on the machine. As each part is drawn evenly
-and closely to the last and insole, a tack is driven into the insole and
-clinched by means of a metal plate on the bottom of the last. This
-process is carried on around the entire insole of the shoe. This work is
-similar to a combination of the processes performed by the side laster
-and bed-machine operator on welt shoes.
-
-The work of the hand puller-over is to put the counter and toe box in
-place and pull the lower edge of the upper over the last and insole so
-that the upper is in the proper position on the last. He does a
-combination of the work of the assembler for the pulling-over machine
-and of the machine puller-over.
-
-The turn laster lasts the turn shoe either by hand or machine, and in a
-manner similar to the methods by which a welt shoe is lasted, except
-that the parts are placed so that when the shoe is turned, they will be
-in their proper position. For instance, the counter is placed on the
-outside of the upper, but inside the lining. The lining at the heel is
-not lasted, but is cut off and turned back. The shoe is then sewed by
-the turn sewer. The turn laster now pulls the lasts and turns the shoe
-right side out. He fills the depressions in the central fore part of the
-shoe and the shank by inserting fillers coated on the under side with
-glue. He then returns the lasts to the shoes, reversing the right for
-the left--since the shoes have been turned--and pounds the shoe until it
-has the proper shape and is entirely smooth.
-
-The side laster, by means of hand pincers, draws the upper leather to
-the last at the outside and instep and over the insole, so that it is
-tight and no wrinkles are left. He then fastens the edge with tacks. He
-does this at the rate of about a pair of shoes to the minute.[31]
-
-  [31] Rates of operation are calculated from the tables given on pp.
-  166-169 of Bulletin No. 232 of the U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
-
-The heeler takes the shoe and a heel already built up but lacking the
-top lift, and places the shoes on a metal last or jack. He sets the heel
-in place and presses a foot lever that causes his machine to drive the
-nails into the heel and clinch them in the insole. The nails on the
-outside of the heel are left protruding to a height of about half the
-thickness of the top lift. On these nails, he sets the top lift, which
-has received a coating of cement, and the machine presses this down over
-the projecting nails. He must be skillful enough to perform this
-operation accurately at the rate of over 100 pairs of shoes per
-hour.[32]
-
-  [32] Rates of operation are calculated from the tables given on pp.
-  166-169 of Bulletin No. 232 of the U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
-
-The edge setter holds the sole to a machine which polishes the edge by
-means of a series of hot vibrating irons which fit the edge of the sole.
-He must handle shoes at the rate of about a pair every minute during the
-working day.[33]
-
-  [33] Rates of operation are calculated from the tables given on pp.
-  166-169 of Bulletin No. 232 of the U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1056. SHOE REPAIRING
-
-In shoe repairing to-day we find all stages of development, from the
-purely hand methods to the factory methods. The shops that use the old
-hand methods are usually small and the owner is generally the only
-worker, although a few shops have two or three workmen. The shops that
-use machinery extensively are larger and frequently employ a number of
-workmen. Between the two extremes are shops of varying equipment and
-size. This variation of conditions makes it possible for a disabled man
-to fit into this business by taking a training and choosing the machines
-and methods adapted to his disabilities. Some man in a shop that uses
-machines must have considerable mechanical ability. In the shop that
-utilizes hand methods, some one must know much of hand shoemaking--in
-fact, be able to perform all the processes. In either shop there is
-opportunity for profit for the man who can make, either by hand or
-machine or by the two methods combined, an entire shoe for those persons
-whose feet are deformed or crippled, so that they can not wear
-factory-made shoes.
-
-
-MACHINERY, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
-
-The outlay for a shop in any case is not large. The machines are leased
-as a rule. The number of tools needed for a workman in either the shop
-that uses hand methods or the shop that utilizes machinery is not large.
-The principal tools found in any type of shop are hammers, knives,
-chisels, lasts, pincers, awls, and needles. No great quantity of
-supplies need be kept on hand. Practically all shops have machines for
-sewing uppers. Many have the machinery for sewing on soles. These are
-probably the most frequently used machines. Practically all of the
-machine repairing is sewing rips and placing on new outsoles. Heels are
-largely rebuilt by hand, or replaced by new rubber heels put on by hand.
-
-
-REPAIRING SHOES A PAYING BUSINESS
-
-In shoe repairing, there are slack and busy seasons. Slack seasons come
-in fair weather and busy seasons in bad weather. If certain work can be
-allowed to accumulate in the busy seasons, the work may be distributed
-throughout the year, since there are rarely long intervals of unbroken
-fair weather. The busy shoe repairer has a remunerative business. If he
-is able to do a high class of work, he can charge accordingly, and can
-take other work as a sort of “filler” for slack times.
-
-
-A DESIRABLE OCCUPATION FOR A DISABLED MAN
-
-As a rule, the repair shop offers the disabled man better working
-conditions than the factory. There is not the monotony of the single
-process. He can adapt his speed of work better to his physical
-condition, one day with another, in the repair shop than in the factory
-where he must not delay or check the regular progress of the shoes
-through the different processes. The disabled man can usually work at
-several things in the repair shop. For instance, the one-armed man could
-nail on heels or soles by hand or sew rips in uppers. By means of
-certain appliances, the man who has lost a hand could do practically any
-process in the shop. The man who had lost both legs could work on hand
-work at a shoemaker’s bench. He could nail on rubber heels, or build up
-run-down heels, make hand patches, and do similar work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1057. OTHER LEATHER-WORKING TRADES
-
-Other articles than shoes are made of leather, but these are usually
-more simple than shoes, and require less skill in their making. Some of
-these articles are hand made, and others are machine made. A few of the
-processes necessitate both technical knowledge and skill, but the number
-of men employed in such occupations is comparatively small.
-
-In the making of leather itself, few if any of the occupations are
-suitable for a seriously disabled man, since work in the tannery is
-usually wet and heavy.
-
-In the leather industry there are, however, a few skilled occupations
-other than those discussed above. These include expert harness makers
-and saddlers, harness repairers, trunk and bag workers, and belt men.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1058. THE HARNESS MAKER AND SADDLER
-
-The harness maker and saddler must have a thorough knowledge of leathers
-and of their treatment. He must know how to lay out leather and cut it
-economically with due regard to the purpose for which it is to be used.
-For instance, where flexibility is more important than mere thickness or
-weight, he must select the proper piece. He must be able to adjust and
-repair the machinery with which he works. As a saddlemaker, he must be
-able to read blue prints or understand drawings or sketches, and to make
-patterns or cut the leather according to the specifications.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1059. THE HARNESS AND SADDLE REPAIRER
-
-The harness and saddle repairer must have a general knowledge of both
-harness and saddle making. He must be able to make the leather parts of
-the harness or saddle by hand, and be able to sew by hand as well as by
-machine. He must be able to take care of his machine and make all
-adjustments and minor repairs. He must understand the various sorts of
-leather, and how to cut leather economically. He must be skilled in the
-use of the tools of the trade.
-
-
-OTHER SKILLED OCCUPATIONS IN THE LEATHER INDUSTRY
-
-Of the other skilled workers, the belt man must know especially how to
-cement leather and how to treat it so that water or steam will not
-affect its use as belting. The trunk and bag workers must have the
-necessary knowledge of how to cut leather economically, its nature and
-uses according to grades, and how to sew and shape it for the various
-articles.
-
-
-DISABILITIES NOT A BAR TO SUCCESS TO THESE SOLDIERS
-
-A former porter, who suffered from varicose veins below both knees, and
-a bricklayer, troubled with rheumatism and lumbago, as the result of
-exposure, were trained in shoe repairing and are now successfully
-engaged in that work. A former farm hand, who was afflicted with
-epilepsy, took a course in shoe repairing and is now employed in a shop
-at higher wages than he formerly received as a farm hand. A teamster who
-sustained an injury to his spine, overcame that handicap through a
-course in shoe repairing, which enabled him to become a partner in a
-shoe-repairing business. A farm hand, who suffered from pleurisy and
-pneumonia, a farmer, who had his tonsils injured, and a carpenter, who
-received a shrapnel wound in the chest, were all enabled to go into
-business for themselves and make a financial success of it, through a
-retraining course in shoe repairing. A blacksmith, with diabetes
-mellitus, took a combined course in shoe and harness repairing and has
-now a successful business of his own. If you like to handle leather, you
-will like to make or repair shoes, to make or repair harness, or to make
-other leather goods. Surely some of these offer you an occupation where
-retraining will enable you to overcome your handicap, if not afford you
-advancement.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1060. GENERAL FARMING
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by Dr. Walter J. Quick, Special Agent of the
-Federal Board for Vocational Education, under direction of Charles H.
-Winslow, Chief of the Research Division of the Federal Board.
-Acknowledgment is due to E. H. Thomson, Acting Chief, and Dr. E. V.
-Wilcox, Agriculturist of the Office of Farm Management, United States
-Department of Agriculture, for suggestions and data, also to Dr. John
-Cummings, of the Research Division, for editorial assistance.
-
-General farming is not intensive, but is diversified farming. It is the
-production of crops of a relatively nonperishable nature which have a
-wide market, and of the production of live stock and live stock
-products, in addition, with considerable attention to the production on
-the farm of food and food supplies for the farm household.
-
-
-MORE FARMERS NEEDED
-
-Agriculture as developed in the United States gives employment directly
-to nearly 15,000,000 persons, who with their families more or less
-engaged in agricultural work make up a total agricultural population of
-from fifty to sixty million. But more farmers and better farming are
-urgently needed now.
-
-Even before the outbreak of the war agricultural production had not kept
-pace with the increase of our population, and immediately after war was
-declared men on American farms responded to the call for man power to
-operate mines, build ships, make ammunition, and carry on the many other
-urgent war industries. Then the dire need for farm labor manifested
-itself, and the demand for wheat, corn, meats, sugar, fruits, cotton,
-and numerous other agricultural products increased. This demand will not
-diminish, now that the war is over. On the contrary, the world is
-looking to the agricultural production of the United States to alleviate
-the suffering which exists in the devastated countries of Europe
-liberated from war without adequate means of immediately resuming
-agricultural operations.
-
-Our army of agriculturists must be recruited to its full strength, and
-your enlistment in this army will help to make possible operation of
-American farms to their full capacity.
-
-Recent statistics show a total of over 800,000,000 acres in farms, of
-which nearly half are classed as unimproved. A large area is prairie
-land already clear. But you would be especially interested in the
-improved farms, located, as many of them are, in the vicinity of your
-former home, where an interest would be felt in you and encouragement
-given you on every hand. A large proportion of our farm acreage is
-unimproved and is not employed even as pasture land. It is a deplorable
-fact that so many farms are idle or only running partly farmed. But that
-fact is _your_ opportunity. The Federal Board for Vocational Education
-will train you for any agricultural line of work you may elect, and
-farmers, in every State, handicapped by insufficient labor on account of
-the war, are anxious to render assistance in making you efficient. Your
-training course may be advantageously finished on the farm, or in the
-garden or orchard, and may be mutually advantageous to you and to the
-owner.
-
-There are three factors which should largely influence the choice of
-your vocational line of training--first, former employment and
-experience; second, your own desire; and third, the degree of your
-disability. If your former occupation was in any way connected with
-agriculture, and you desire to return to it, the third factor,
-disability, unless very serious, hardly needs consideration.
-
-Even if you were not engaged in agricultural pursuits before the war,
-you may well ask yourself if it is not wise now to take advantage of
-this opportunity to enter upon a healthful rural life? The labor is
-wholesome and will strengthen you physically, constantly decreasing your
-handicap.
-
-You may not have had the opportunity before, but it is now yours to
-realize the dream of a contented, independent life in God’s big
-out-of-doors.
-
-The farm offers many opportunities, so many, in fact, that you can not
-fail to find suitable employment. Remember that the world is clamoring
-for food and looking to us to supply the increased demand. You may be
-inclined at times to be discouraged on account of your disability, but a
-brave determination is half the battle toward success in any line of
-agricultural work.
-
-It is with a sincere desire to extend sympathetic helpfulness that you
-are advised to consider the adoption of some line of agriculture,
-general farming it may be, for your vocational training. Later you may
-find some specialty in agriculture which is to your liking and suited to
-your changed condition. You may be hesitating because of your
-disability. You _can_ “come back” and will, with a convincing pride that
-will be admired by your old friends and relatives. Come to the country
-and you will find your place.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1061. FARM OWNERSHIP POSSIBLE
-
-Federal loans are now available on long time, and since the
-establishment of Farm Loan Banks by the Government, agriculturists have
-borrowed for use in farming about $140,000,000 in 18 months. Government
-farm loans can be secured for improvements and equipment as well as for
-aiding in buying land.
-
-Much is being planned for your encouragement and to assist you in your
-determination to overcome your physical handicap on the land which you
-may aspire to own. Even before the war, with no idea of providing for
-returning soldiers, California had initiated a scheme for enabling men
-to acquire ownership of land and develop farms by establishing community
-settlements under State law and direction. In Virginia, notably, and in
-some other States, under State incorporation laws, community or group
-settlements in which the farm owners “carry on” co-operatively are
-proving attractive and successful. The day of small farms and orchards
-is at hand, and these mean better homes and living conditions, and an
-occupation in which the whole family may become interested as
-co-workers.
-
-In no other field of employment can you find such diversification and
-opportunity for developing side lines as in the broad field of
-agriculture. Many of these side lines are specialized branches of
-farming, such as orcharding, small fruit growing, gardening, beekeeping,
-and poultry raising. These specialties will be considered in separate
-monographs, but it may be noted that the general farmer may and usually
-does, engage more or less extensively in several specialties.
-
-
-WORK IS VARIED AND CHANGES WITH THE SEASONS
-
-The field of agriculture is large and covers many lines of activity. In
-the different branches wholly different kinds of work must be done, and
-the work changes from season to season. In general farming, for example,
-in the spring comes preparation of the land by clearing, plowing,
-harrowing, disking, rolling, and planting; through the summer, growing
-crops must be cultivated and given other attention; and in the late
-summer and fall comes harvesting, which is begun with the fall-planted
-winter crops by midsummer harvesting of the small grains and hay.
-
-
-LIVE STOCK
-
-Handling pure-bred stock requires a variety of interesting work. As
-profitable general farming nearly always includes live-stock production,
-more or less work is required in this branch. The horsepower of the
-place must have attention; barns must be kept in order, feed and fodder
-prepared and sometimes fed out to cattle and sheep in pasture and much
-care must be given to hogs if brood sows are kept. Other profitable side
-lines are followed on almost every farm and are frequently specialized,
-as with pure breeds of cattle, hogs, sheep, goats, rabbits, and hares.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1062. HORTICULTURE
-
-The farm orchard, though it may be for the use only of the owner and his
-tenants, must be properly handled, pruned, and sprayed. Garden truck,
-berries, and small fruits must have early and constant attention. In
-commercial orcharding trees of different varieties are now frequently
-interplanted, such as apple, peach, and apricot. In the different
-seasons the fruit grower is occupied with the various employments of
-pruning, cultivation, spraying, thinning, gathering, storing, and
-marketing. Summer, fall, and winter varieties may be grown, the latter
-to be sold as the big crop and stored by the buyer, or by the orchardist
-himself, to supply the markets through the winter and spring, or even
-until they compete with next year’s summer apples in the market. Various
-side lines of labor naturally accompany orcharding, such as growing
-small fruits and berries, and some farming, possibly trucking, between
-the rows in young orchards. Bees, poultry, and swine are not only
-profitable, but help in keeping the ground clear of insects, and in
-other ways.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1063. BEEKEEPING
-
-Bees not only produce honey, but render service in promoting crop
-farming through fertilization and by aiding in the control of parasites.
-Beekeeping is most interesting and exceedingly profitable, and while
-usually managed as a side line with orcharding, or some other branch of
-farming, it may be made so profitable and conducted on such a large
-scale as to be a business in itself. Many retired professional men
-devote themselves to it, as the work is light and is done only in
-spring, summer, and fall, when the weather is inviting for outdoor work.
-One Indiana man is reported as having a $20,000 honey crop this year.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1064. DAIRYING
-
-Possibly no occupation has more possible lines of interest and is more
-adapted to your condition than dairying. The handling, feeding, care,
-and management of the herd and calf nursery, and in cases of pure-bred
-herds, the study of pedigrees, blood lines, and breeding are all most
-interesting, as are also the scientific milking, handling of dairy
-products, and marketing. The dairy occupation of butter and cheese
-making, as well as the feeding of live stock for meat, and much other
-work continue through the entire year. The agriculturist, if a
-specialist, can conduct a small dairy and can co-ordinate, for example,
-butter making or other lines with his specialty, thus enabling him to
-run his “agricultural factory” the year around.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1065. OTHER FARM SPECIALTIES AND TRADES
-
-Other branches of farming require active all year employment, and,
-though too numerous to mention here, attention should be called to
-forestry, the nursery business, large poultry projects, the growing of
-rabbits, hares, birds, and pigeons on large scale, and the production of
-medicinal plants, now receiving so much attention because of the war’s
-interference with production abroad. All these occupations call for much
-labor of a frequently changing nature. They are interesting and provide
-opportunity for selection of employment suited to your disability.
-
-Hauling products to the station or, if near enough, to the market
-demanding a fresh supply of fruits and green vegetables is one line of
-work. The truck farmer operating large fields of potatoes, onions, and
-other crops not requiring placement daily on the market finds a great
-variety of work to be done and usually carries on one or more side
-lines. One of the most successful combinations of specialties includes
-raising poultry, growing small fruits, and keeping bees, but one making
-a specialty of any one of these branches would unquestionably develop
-profitable minor lines which would give employment when the main line
-did not supply it.
-
-Small trades or manufacturing may accompany your farm project, as you
-will find time for these in rainy weather and in winter. In many
-localities the broom corn, grown between the rows of early potatoes, or
-as a regular crop, may be made into brooms on the farm in the winter.
-Crates, boxes, and barrels for fruit and vegetables are to be made, and
-buildings, fencing, and gates demand attention. During much of the
-dormant season of the year, in many sections of the United States, land
-is most advantageously plowed, prepared, and planted to winter grain and
-other crops in some sections up until Christmas. Other land is simply
-broken (not harrowed), to be in readiness for early spring preparation,
-and in order that it may improve more rapidly under winter rain,
-sunshine, freezing, and thawing, natural processes which release plant
-food and kill insect life and fungus development.
-
-
-PRODUCTS
-
-To enumerate what workers in the numerous agricultural occupations
-produce in their varied general farming operations, with rotation of
-crops, varying in different sections, to enumerate the meat products
-derived from properly handled live stock, the minor crops of garden,
-orchard, truck, and berry patches, and the various specialties of
-horticulture, poultry, and bees, not to mention “specialty farming”
-products, would fill a book. In fact, the reports and statistical data
-on agricultural products and their importance to the sustenance and
-clothing of the population, as well as to industry, fill many books
-annually. To enumerate these products would be but to remind you of the
-foods on your tables, of every article of clothing which you wear, and
-of many raw materials of the world’s industries.
-
-
-WORK FOR ALL
-
-General farming provides work for those of all ages, from the youngest
-children with their “chores,” up through every member of the family to
-the farmer himself, who must be general manager for directing his own
-labor and that of all who are associated with him. There is work for the
-weak as well as the strong, for the disabled as well as for the fit.
-
-
-OUT OF DOORS
-
-The year around, considering all occupations in agriculture, probably 75
-to 90 per cent of the work even in winter is out-of-door work. Very
-little is done in shops or factories; more is done in dairy buildings
-and in cheese and butter making factories; there is some indoor work in
-animal feeding, minor manufacturing, blacksmithing, and making farm
-repairs, and probably more indoor work might advantageously be
-undertaken. More shop and repair work, such as is now taken to the town,
-might be done on the farm. But agricultural work is and must always be
-largely outdoor work, and it is on that account particularly healthful
-and enjoyable.
-
-
-NORTH AND SOUTH, EAST AND WEST
-
-Agriculture in some form is coextensive with the area of the United
-States. There are the crops suitable for and produced in the North and
-the South, the East and the West, varying according to the length and
-warmth of the seasons of growth, and as influenced by soil, climate,
-rainfall, and adaptability to different plants and operations.
-
-
-AGRICULTURE A MACHINE INDUSTRY
-
-Inventive genius has given us a tool, an implement, or a machine for
-every purpose in the new agriculture of to-day. America produced nearly
-35,000 farm tractors in 1916, 62,742, in 1917, and 58,543 in the first
-half of 1918, a total of 150,955 in 30 months, yet the demand for them
-is so great that the Department of Agriculture is seeking a plan for
-equitably distributing them throughout the States. Better and greater
-crops are produced by modern methods, and production per man has been
-greatly increased. This introduction of implements and machinery has
-made it possible for disabled men to take up many lines of farming with
-every prospect of success.
-
-
-PERMISSIBLE AND DISQUALIFYING DISABILITIES FOR AGRICULTURAL OCCUPATIONS
-
-If you determine that it shall be so, your disability, whatever it is,
-will become a serious handicap in farming, as well as in any other
-employment. But you do not need to make up your mind that way. If you
-determine that it shall not be a handicap, you can find employment in
-agriculture, in which you can become 100 per cent efficient.
-
-Your disability is only one condition, and it is probably not the most
-important condition to be taken into account in making up your mind what
-branch of farming you can best take up. But considering the disability
-alone, without taking account of other things, such as, for example,
-past experience in farming or in other work, certain agricultural
-employments may be designated as difficult for men with certain
-disabilities.
-
-Few, if any, disabilities are absolutely disqualifying for any given
-employment in all cases. Men with all sorts of disabilities have in fact
-undertaken successfully all sorts of work. It may nevertheless be
-helpful to designate for each of the principal agricultural employments
-those disabilities which seem generally to constitute serious handicaps.
-
-With exception of a few disabilities, such as total blindness, loss of
-both arms at the shoulder, and serious paralysis, it will be found that
-disabilities do not generally disqualify men for any considerable number
-of agricultural occupations, and that without exception even of these
-serious disabilities there is suitable employment in agriculture for
-every disabled man.
-
-To save space in making up the following table of disabilities, the
-so-called “disqualifying” rather than the “permissible” disabilities
-have been designated for each employment. It should be borne in mind
-that where one or two or a dozen disabilities are designated as
-“disqualifying” this designation by implication indicates all other
-disabilities as permissible, and that a list of permissible disabilities
-would in fact be interminable.
-
-For convenience in making up the table of disqualifying disabilities, a
-“Key to Disabilities” has been prepared, in which the principal typical
-disabilities are classified as injuries to the head, body, arms and
-hands, legs and feet, and miscellaneous disabilities. By reference to
-the Key each disability is identified by a letter and a number. “A”
-disabilities, for example, are injuries to the head, and “B”
-disabilities injuries to the body; “A1” is blindness in one eye, “A2”
-blindness in both eyes, “B1” abdominal wound, “C1” amputation of one or
-more fingers, and other symbols are to be interpreted accordingly.
-
-In the chart showing disqualifying disabilities agricultural employments
-in different branches of farming are listed, and for each employment
-certain disabilities are designated as disqualifying. In the case of the
-“general farmer,” for example, the disqualifying disabilities designated
-are “A2, 5, C9, D9, E12” which by reference to the Key are to be read
-“blindness in both eyes, deafness in both ears, amputation of both arms
-at shoulder, amputation of both legs at the hip, and serious paralysis.”
-As regards other occupations, a similar interpretation is to be given to
-the chart.
-
-Neither the list of disabilities in the Key nor the list of occupations
-in the chart is exhaustive, but the lists are perhaps sufficiently
-detailed to serve as a general guide for the disabled man in choosing
-one or another branch of farming as most suitable for him.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1066. KEY TO DISABILITIES
-
-A. _Head:_
-
-  1. Blindness, one eye.
-  2. Blindness, both eyes.
-  3. Bronchitis, asthma, hay fever.
-  4. Deafness, one ear.
-  5. Deafness, both ears.
-  6. Injury.
-
-B. _Body:_
-
-   1. Abdominal wound.
-   2. Gastritis.
-   3. Heart trouble.
-   4. Hernia.
-   5. Injury ribs, collar bone, etc.
-   6. Intestinal trouble.
-   7. Kidney trouble.
-   8. Lung trouble.
-   9. Spinal trouble.
-  10. Stomach trouble.
-
-C. _Arms and hands:_
-
-   1. Amputation, one or more fingers.
-   2. Amputation, one hand, either arm.
-   3. Amputation, both hands.
-   4. Amputation between wrist and elbow, either.
-   5. Amputation between wrist and elbow, both.
-   6. Amputation, elbow and shoulder, either.
-   7. Amputation, elbow and shoulder, both.
-   8. Amputation at shoulder, either arm.
-   9. Amputation at shoulder, both arms.
-  10. Ankylosis of fingers.
-  11. Ankylosis of wrist.
-  12. Ankylosis of elbow.
-  13. Ankylosis of shoulder.
-  14. Injury.
-
-D. _Legs and feet:_
-
-   1. Amputation, one or more toes.
-   2. Amputation, one foot, either leg.
-   3. Amputation, both feet.
-   4. Amputation, between ankle and knee, either leg.
-   5. Amputation, between ankle and knee, both legs.
-   6. Amputation, between knee and hip, either leg.
-   7. Amputation, between knee and hip, both legs.
-   8. Amputation at hip, either leg.
-   9. Amputation at hip, both legs.
-  10. Ankylosis of ankle.
-  11. Ankylosis of knee.
-  12. Ankylosis of hip.
-  13. Injury.
-
-E. _Miscellaneous:_
-
-   1. Cancer.
-   2. Chronic appendicitis.
-   3. Eczema.
-   4. Epilepsy.
-   5. Gas Poisoning.
-   6. Inflammation of veins.
-   7. Malaria.
-   8. Nerve wounds.
-   9. Neurasthenia.
-  10. Palsy.
-  11. Paralysis, partial.
-  12. Paralysis, serious.
-  13. Rheumatism.
-  14. Shell shock.
-  15. Tuberculosis.
-  10. Varicocele.
-
-
-WHY TAKE TRAINING?
-
-Because it is necessary. Even if you grow up on a farm, you can learn to
-farm better than your father and your grandfather farmed. Something new
-in farming is discovered every day--new methods of treating soils, new
-methods of growing old crops, and new crops that can be grown profitably
-on old farms, new methods of planting, cultivating, and harvesting, and
-a thousand other new things that save labor, time, and money, improve
-products, secure better markets, and generally make farming profitable.
-If you have lost a leg or an arm you will need special training to
-accustom you to work with artificial appliances, and you may find it
-advantageous, even if you grew up on a farm, to take up some new line
-with which you are not familiar, some line in which your handicap will
-not be a handicap. But, especially if you have been disabled and have
-never farmed before, you will need training to make you a successful
-farmer in spite of your handicap. The Government will provide just that
-sort of training you need, and will help you find out what that training
-should be.
-
-
-OVERCOMING YOUR DISABILITY
-
-You may be without practical farm experience. Never mind that. Go after
-it, and with vocational training you will get it.
-
-The most serious disablements, even the loss of two members, even
-blindness have not prevented efficient application to some of the many
-agricultural specialties. Some disabled farmers have deemed it unwise to
-undertake work in the field because of amputation of both legs, or even
-the loss of one, not realizing that a sabot which will prevent sinking
-in the ground may be adjusted to an artificial leg, making it possible
-to travel with comfort over plowed or soft soil. Besides, we now have
-the tractor, and implements with such light draft as to permit of riding
-even if using horsepower. You can “come back” at some sort of farm work
-as many other men have done.
-
-
-DEVICES TO BEAT THE HANDICAP
-
-Special tools and implements and certain appliances for the handling of
-agricultural machinery have been used by disabled men most successfully,
-and are being suggested by the inventive genius of the disabled
-themselves. You may benefit thereby in your effort to return to civil
-life as an efficient and self-supporting man.
-
-
-EDUCATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
-
-You who have grown up on a farm have acquired a practical education that
-is invaluable. Of course school training and even advanced courses are
-valuable and will greatly assist you, but it is our desire to impress
-you with the fact that you can succeed though your schooling has been
-meager.
-
-
-TECHNICAL TRAINING
-
-Either with or without agricultural experience you will find in the
-agricultural colleges and high schools opportunity for advanced study.
-The agricultural colleges report gratifying increase in the application
-of city-bred boys for courses. If you are a city boy you will have no
-handicap of undesirable or old-fashioned ways of farming to overcome,
-which are often difficult to eliminate. Books, specific knowledge, and
-scientific training rightly applied mean efficiency and success.
-
-
-METHOD OF TRAINING
-
-Methods of training will of necessity vary with the vocational course
-adopted. There will be training in various specialties, and opportunity
-for making yourself proficient in more than one line of work. Following
-your primary training you will be given opportunity to engage in
-practical work. After completing your course and returning home, you may
-continue your training in a local agricultural high school, or in
-special classes, such as are now being formed in numerous locations.
-Instructors can always be secured for special classes meeting in the
-evening or on two or three afternoons each week in the winter time when
-activities on the farm are at a minimum. These classes and the lectures
-secured now and then have been the inspiration to many to take regular
-agricultural courses in high schools or in State colleges, and you may
-thus arrange to take advanced technical training.
-
-
-WHAT YOU WILL LEARN IN TRAINING
-
-You will be given opportunity to learn the essential things in the line
-you have chosen, and taught ways and means of overcoming your handicap.
-The extent of the course as to training and also its duration will
-depend solely on your needs and desire. The more you undertake the more
-you will accomplish and the greater will be your efficiency and your
-ability to go “over the top” as an agriculturist, or as a specialist in
-some selected line.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1067. IS THERE A DEMAND FOR LABOR?
-
-The demand for efficient farm labor is second to no other labor
-requirement in the world, even in ordinary times. You may be assured
-that the opportunity for permanent employment is excellent. State
-agricultural colleges can not supply the demand for farm managers,
-herdsmen, dairymen, orchardmen, and men who have studied the production
-of small fruits and vegetables and have had practical experience in
-these lines. The agricultural colleges give special courses in forestry,
-floriculture, poultry raising, beekeeping, and other lines, and those
-who have taken even short winter courses easily find employment at
-advanced wages.
-
-
-OTHERS HAVE MADE GOOD
-
-Many disabled men are following agricultural pursuits. Before the war we
-had examples in hundreds of men with only one arm or one leg who were
-farming successfully, and reports from Italy, France, England, and
-Canada inform us that hundreds of disabled boys, retained and
-readjusted, are now successfully adapting themselves to agricultural
-work.
-
-Getting back home to work again should be, and doubtless is, your
-greatest ambition, hence the importance of reaching your decision at the
-earliest possible moment and applying for the training which will be
-provided for you.
-
-On arriving at your home you will find the attitude of your old friends,
-your own family, and your former employers all that you could possibly
-expect in their desire to assist you. The disposition of your fellow
-workmen will be to give you every encouragement and to lend a helping
-hand whenever and as long as you need it. They will take a justifiable
-pride in you and your determination to be a man among your former fellow
-men in civil life, and to help produce for the world the food which will
-prevent in some measure hunger and starvation in the war-afflicted
-countries, and will provide adequately for our own needs.
-
-
-OPPORTUNITY FOR ADVANCEMENT
-
-In agriculture you will win out in proportion as you develop efficiency.
-You will be your own master, and will achieve your own advancement. You
-may reasonably expect to acquire independence for yourself and for your
-family. The good farmer normally improves his condition from year to
-year. Only the poor farmer fails, and the way to avoid failure is to
-take the training that will make you a good farmer.
-
-
-MORE TRAINING IF YOU NEED IT
-
-If, perchance, you have taken insufficient training and desire more
-instruction after you first try out on the farm, you will be permitted
-to return for that. If you reach the conclusion that you desire training
-in another of the many agricultural branches, or in any other line, the
-Federal Board for Vocational Education has the courses in readiness and
-will gladly give you further opportunity of re-educating yourself.
-
-
-WHAT IF YOU DO NOT TAKE TRAINING?
-
-The matter of training is up to you, and so also will be your occupation
-and success in life. You may succeed without training, but you are more
-likely to do so if you have been retrained and readjusted to the new
-conditions which will confront you in earning a livelihood. You have
-been too much a man “over there,” too brave and too ambitious to do your
-part, to do otherwise now than exhibit by a manly endeavor your ability
-to come back to the noble position of an efficient, self-supporting, and
-respected citizen of the United States.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1068. WHAT THE FARMER SHOULD KNOW.--TOPICS OF VOCATIONAL
-INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING FOR DIFFERENT BRANCHES OF FARMING
-
-Farming is not a vocation. It is rather a thousand different vocations.
-No man can in the course of a lifetime engage in all of these different
-vocations, and no one farm is suitable for the development of every
-branch of farming.
-
-For the individual farmer operating a given farm the vocational problem
-is partly one of individual preference on the part of the farmer, but it
-is largely one of developing to the best advantage the natural and
-acquired resources of the farm itself, which may be large or small,
-especially suitable for growing field crops or garden crops, for stock
-raising or dairying, for orcharding or small-fruit growing, or for some
-combination of these branches. On some farms the farmer will most
-profitably become in a greater or less degree a specialist--a corn or
-cotton planter, a dairyman, a stock breeder, a fruit grower, or a truck
-gardener. But in other cases his farm may be suitable for general
-farming. It may embrace a garden, an orchard, pasture land, and
-cultivated land suitable for field crops. Even in such cases the general
-farmer will, however, probably select certain specialties among those
-for which his farm is well adapted. The specialty farmer, on the other
-hand, will probably develop side lines not necessarily associated with
-his specialty, producing at least his own vegetables, fruit, poultry,
-eggs, milk, and butter for home consumption.
-
-The general farmer must know how to care for his animals, how to prepare
-the soil for his crops, how to plant, cultivate, harvest, and rotate his
-crops. The specialty farmer must acquire a fund of technical knowledge
-pertaining to his specialty. For the fullest development of their farms,
-in accordance with their individual preferences, no two farmers perhaps
-will require precisely the same sort of training. There is a fund of
-information relating to breeds and types of animals, feeds, propagation,
-diseases, pedigrees, and other matters that is of special interest to
-the stock breeder and of comparatively little interest to the beekeeper.
-But nearly every farmer should know something of the care of animals,
-and many farmers who do not propose to become apiarists will wish to
-know enough of the care of bees to enable them to keep a few hives.
-
-In the following chart the topics of instruction and training of special
-value in the different branches of agriculture are indicated. In
-proportion as a farmer engages in one or more of these branches, the
-training which will be of value to him will be determined by the
-requirements of the several branches in which he engages. In determining
-upon a specific course of training in individual cases, past training
-and experience, personal preferences, capacities and disabilities, and
-future prospects as regards character and location of farm to be
-operated and other conditions of future employment will naturally be
-taken into account.
-
-CHART SHOWING SCOPE OF TRAINING FOR DIFFERENT BRANCHES OF AGRICULTURE
-
-_GENERAL FARMING_
-
-  Selection of feed crops and stocks.
-  Planning crop areas and rotations.
-  Maintenance of stock with minimum purchases.
-  Maintenance and improvement of soil fertility.
-  Farm management and accounting.
-  Production of supplies for family consumption:
-    Vegetables, fruits, berries, poultry.
-    Eggs, meat, milk, butter, cheese, honey, etc.
-  Stock feeding for market.
-  Sale of surplus products.
-
-_STOCK RAISING_
-
-  Breeds and types of animals.
-  Selection of stock.
-  Points in judging animal merits and defects.
-  Breeding principles.
-  Blood lines.
-  Prevention and control of diseases.
-  Feeding and watering:
-    Balanced rations.
-    Selection of feeds.
-    Determination of amounts to be fed.
-    Times and methods of feeding.
-    Water supply.
-  Pasturing.
-  Improvement of soil and pasture.
-  Buildings for shelter and housing:
-    Size, number, character, sanitation, and care of buildings.
-  Keeping records of mating, breeding, pedigrees, feeds, costs, incomes,
-  etc.
-  Improvement of herd or flocks.
-  Marketing.
-
-_DAIRYING_
-
-  Breeds of animals.
-  Sanitation of barns, sheds, cows, milk room, utensils, clothing, and
-  hands.
-  Cooling and handling of milk.
-  Bacteriology--souring milk, ripening cream.
-  Food value of milk products.
-  Testing.
-  Feeds.
-  Keeping records.
-  Maintenance of herd.
-  Marketing.
-
-_POULTRYING_
-
-  Broods and types of poultry.
-  Breeding principles.
-  Hatching problems:
-    Selection of eggs.
-    Use of incubators.
-    Care of chicks and brooders.
-    Construction and adaptation of houses, and pens.
-    Sanitation of houses, pens, and yards.
-    Pests and diseases.
-    Feeds.
-    Fattening and dressing poultry.
-  Marketing.
-
-_TRUCK GARDENING_
-
-  Kinds of gardens:
-    Kitchen.
-    Market.
-    Truck.
-  Varieties of vegetables and plants.
-  Breeding and propagation.
-  Garden planning with reference to topography, surface drainage, and
-  economy in cultivating and harvesting.
-  Soil treatment:
-    Adaptation.
-    Propagation.
-    Fertilization.
-    Preservation and improvement.
-    Cultivation.
-    Irrigation.
-  Pests, insect and fungus.
-  Spraying.
-  Buildings for team, implements, tools, crops, fresh vegetables,
-  surplus fertilizers, seed, and supplies.
-  Implements and tools.
-  Marketing, storage, and canning.
-
-_ORCHARDING_
-
-  Varieties of trees.
-  Propagation of soil.
-  Interplanting.
-  Root and branch pruning.
-  Culture.
-  Propagation of trees.
-  Spraying materials and apparatus.
-  Grafting and budding.
-  Transplanting.
-  Diseases and pests--prevention and control.
-  Side projects--berries, bees, poultry, and pigs (for economical use of
-  land, fertilization of flowers, control of pests, etc.).
-  Canning, packing, storage, and marketing.
-
-_SMALL FRUIT GROWING_
-
-  Selection of varieties.
-  Plant breeding and propagation.
-  Planting, replanting, and terracing.
-  Rotation.
-  Fertilization of soil.
-  Diseases and pests--prevention and control.
-  Spraying materials and apparatus.
-  Side projects--kitchen garden, poultry, bees, pigs.
-  Marketing, storage, canning.
-
-_BEEKEEPING_
-
-  Importance for cross fertilizing clover, fruit trees, berries, garden
-  plants, and many farm crops.
-  Hives.
-  Taking honey.
-  Care of bees:
-    Swarming.
-    Dividing colonies.
-    Wintering.
-    Prevention of diseases.
-
-_CROP FARMING--SPECIAL_
-
-  Selection of crop or crops, taking account of topography, climate,
-  soil, etc.
-  Selection of seed.
-  Equipment--use of tractors.
-  Planting, cultivating, and harvesting.
-  Providing labor for cropping and harvesting.
-  Character of buildings required.
-  Farm management and accounting.
-
-_LANDSCAPE GARDENING_
-
-  General layout of property.
-  Location of buildings.
-  Selection and inspection of shrubbery, trees, flowers, and vines.
-  Lawns--how made, kept, and improved.
-  Roads and walks.
-  Fencing and gates.
-  Parks and civic centers.
-
-_FARM MECHANICS_
-
-  Blacksmithing--maintenance and repair of tools, implements, and
-  machinery.
-  Carpentering--construction, maintenance, and repair of houses, barns,
-  sheds, pens, coops, silos, fences, and gates.
-  Cement work--construction, maintenance, and repair of foundations,
-  cellars, chimneys, walks, and posts.
-  Machine operating of farm tractors and other machinery.
-
-_SCIENTIFIC SPECIALTY WORK_
-
-  Chemistry--application in analysis of soils, feeds, fertilizers, and
-  products.
-  Botany--application in plant breeding, propagation, and culture.
-  Entomology--application in prevention and control of diseases and
-  pests.
-  Scientific specialty work in connection with farm drainage; hygiene;
-  building construction, lighting, heating, and ventilation; soil
-  maintenance and improvement; and farm accounting and management.
-
-
-CHART SHOWING DISQUALIFYING DISABILITIES FOR SPECIFIC AGRICULTURAL
-OCCUPATIONS
-
-  Farmer, owner, or tenant, inactive, none.
-  Farmer, general, A2, 5, C9, D9, E12.
-  Farmer, grain, A2, 5, C9, D9, E12.
-  Farmer, stock, A2, 5, C9, D9, E12.
-  Farmer, small, A2, 5, C9, D9, E12.
-  Farmer, truck, A2, 5, C9, D9, E12.
-  Farm manager, A2, 5, C9, D9, E12.
-  Farm superintendent, A2, 5, C9, D9, E12.
-  Farm foreman, A2, 5, C9, D9, E12.
-  Farm mechanic, A2, B9, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E12.
-  Farm seed specialist, A2, E12.
-  Farm hand (workers), A2, B9, C7, 9, D7, 9, E12.
-  Farm tractor operator, A2, B3, C3, 5, 7, 9, D7, 9, E4, 9, 10, 11, 12.
-  Farm truck driver, A2, 5, B3, 4, 9, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E4, 9,
-  10, 11, 12.
-  Farm blacksmith, A2, B3, 4, 9, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E4, 10, 11,
-  12.
-  Grape grower, owner, none.
-    Vineyardist, A2, C9, D9, E12.
-    Helpers, A2, C9, D9, E12.
-  Orchardist, owner, none.
-  Orchard superintendent, A2, C9, D9, E12.
-  Orchard sprayer, A2, C7, 9, D9, E12.
-  Orchard pruner, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E12.
-  Orchard planter, A2, B9, C3, 5, 7, 9, D9, E12.
-  Orchard thinners and pickers, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E10, 11,
-  12.
-  Orchard tractor operator, A2, B3, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E4, 10,
-  12.
-  Orchard truck driver, A2, 5, B3, 4, 9, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E4,
-  9, 10, 11, 12.
-  Small-fruit grower, none.
-    Superintendent, A2, 5, C9, D9, E12.
-    Cultivators, A2, C9, D9, E12.
-    Pickers, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, D9, E12.
-    Planter, A2, B9, C3, 5, 7, 9, D9, E12.
-    Sprayer, A2, C7, 9, D9, E12.
-    Tractor operator, A2, 5, B3, C3, 5, 7, 9, D7, 9, E4, 9, 10, 11, 12.
-    Truck driver, A2, B3, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E4, 9, 10, 11, 12.
-    Salesman, A2, 5, E12.
-  Animal husbandman, owner, none.
-    Manager, A2, C9, D9, E12.
-    Accountant, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, E12.
-    Correspondent, A2, C9, E12.
-    Stock inspector, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, D9, E12.
-    Stockman, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E12.
-    Sheep breeder, A2, C9, D9, E12.
-    Shepherd, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E12.
-    Flock master, A2, C9, D9, E12.
-    Swine breeder, A2, C9, D9, E12.
-    Swine herdsman, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E12.
-    Cattle herdsman, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E12.
-    Cattle breeder, A2, C9, D9, E12.
-    Horse breeder, A2, C9, D9, E12.
-    Horseman, A2, 5, B3, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E4, 12.
-    Barn man, A2, C9, D9, E12.
-    Trainer, A2, 5, B3, C3, 5, 7, 9, D9, E4, 9, 10, 11, 12.
-    Groom, A2, C9, D9, E12.
-    Veterinarian, A2, 5, C9, D9, E12.
-    Veterinarian assistant, A2, B3, 4, 9, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E12.
-  Dairyman, owner, none.
-    Dairy manager, A2, E12.
-    Herdsman, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E4, 12.
-    Milkman, A2, C9, D9, E1, 3, 4, 12, 15.
-    Milkers, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, D9, E1, 3, 4, 12, 15.
-    Tester, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, E1, 3, 10, 11, 12, 15.
-    Butter maker, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E1, 3, 4, 12.
-    Cheese maker A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E1, 3, 4, 12.
-    Deliverers, A2, B9, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E1, 3, 4, 9, 12, 15.
-    Machinist, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, E12.
-    Feeders, A2, C7, 9, E12.
-    Cleaners, A2, C7, 9, E12.
-    Laborers, A2, B9, C7, 9, D7, 9, E12.
-    Tractor operator, A2, B3, C3, 5, 7, 9, D7, 9, E4, 9, 10, 11, 12.
-    Truck driver, A2, 5, B3, 4, 9, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E4, 9, 10,
-    11, 12.
-  Nurseryman, owner, none.
-    Business manager, A2, 5.
-    Office help, A2, 5.
-    Cultivators, A2, C9, D9, E12.
-    Shipping clerk, A2, E12.
-    Nursery chief, A2, 5, E12.
-    Nursery foreman, A2, 5, E12.
-    Packers, A2, C7, 9, D7, 9, E12.
-    Workers, A2, B9, C7, 9, D7, 9, E12.
-    Tractor operator, A2, B3, C3, 5, 7, 9, D7, 9, E4, 9, 10, 11, 12.
-    Truck driver, A2, 5, B3, 4, 9, C3, 5, 7, 9, D3, 5, 7, 9, E4, 9, 10,
-    11, 12.
-  Gardener, market, owner, none.
-  Gardener, kitchen, A2, C9, E12.
-  Gardener, market, A2, C9, E12.
-  Gardener, landscape, A2, C9, E12.
-  Gardener, cultivators, A2, C9, E12.
-  Gardener, pickers, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, D9, E12.
-  Gardener, manager, A2, 5, C9, D9, E12.
-  Make-up market man, A2, 5, C3, 5, 7, 9, D9, E12.
-  City market man, A2, 5, E12.
-  Poultry keeper (specialties--squabs, ducks, geese, turkeys, game
-  birds, exhibition poultry):
-    Owner, none.
-    Poultry manager, A2.
-    Poultry feeder, none.
-    Poultry workers, A2.
-    Egg handler, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, E12.
-    Incubator specialist, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, E12.
-  Beekeeper, owner, none.
-    Apiarist, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, E4, 10, 11, 12.
-    Helpers, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, E4, 10, 11, 12.
-  Trucker (specialties--cabbage, head lettuce, onions, potatoes, seeds,
-  celery, etc.):
-    Owner, inactive, none.
-    Owner, active, A2, C9, D9, E12.
-    Truck manager, A2, 5.
-    Gardener, A2, C9, E12.
-    Cultivators, A2, C9, D9, E12.
-    Workers, A2, C9, D9, E12.
-    Make-up marketman, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, D9, E12.
-  Floriculture (specialties--roses, etc.):
-    Owner, none.
-    Cultivators, A2, C9.
-    Florist, A2.
-    Market clipper, A2, C3, 5, 7, 9, D9.
-    Salesmen, A2, 5.
-  Cannery:
-  Canner, owner, none.
-    Manager, A2, 5.
-    Accountant, A2.
-    Dealers, A2.
-    Packers, none.
-  Broom maker:
-    Manager, A2, 5.
-    Makers, none.
-    Packers, none.
-  Basket maker:
-    Manager, A2, 5.
-    Makers, none.
-    Packers, none.
-    Wicker cultivators, A2, C9, E12.
-    Wicker workers, none.
-  Meat curing, A2, 5, C3, 5, 7, 9.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1069. OCCUPATIONS IN THE ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by Terrell Croft. Acknowledgment is due to
-Dr. John Cummings of the Research Division for editorial assistance.
-
-Thousands of men are now employed in the electrical manufacturing
-industries--in the shops and factories where electrical machines,
-devices, and equipment are made. The number of workers so engaged must,
-it is believed, increase materially in the future because of constant
-expansion in the applications of electricity. For illustration, consider
-the extent to which electric welding, electric-motor drives, electric
-heating and electric lighting are now utilized as compared with the use
-which obtained 10 years ago. Or again, consider the devices using
-electricity in the household to-day--vacuum cleaners, motor-driven
-washing machines, electric stoves, sadirons, and many others--as
-compared with the number in use a few years ago. The demands of electric
-communication, also, require an army of workers for the manufacture of
-telephone apparatus alone.
-
-The ever-extending use of devices which utilize electrical energy means
-that there must be to supply them a corresponding enlargement in the
-manufacture of such electrical equipment as generators, switchboards,
-and transformers. Electrical manufacturing companies must, it would
-seem, expand rapidly, and for this reason the opportunities which they
-offer should afford excellent prospects for disabled soldiers who have
-had previous training in, or who have a liking for this field of
-endeavor.
-
-The purpose of this monograph is to indicate briefly the opportunities
-presented in those occupations which are peculiar to electrical
-manufacturing. Electrical machinery and device factories often embrace
-foundries, paint shops, pattern shops, blacksmith shops, tin and press
-shops, and other shops, in which are performed certain processes
-necessary for the production of the electrical product in which that
-concern specializes. But in so far as the vocations are concerned, the
-work of the men following the occupations of these shops is not
-materially different from that of mechanics following the same vocations
-in similar shops in other industries. The general requirements of a
-mechanic in a machine shop are about the same whether the machine shop
-is part of a harvester factory or of an electrical machinery factory.
-Hence in this monograph will be treated only those manufacturing
-vocations which are wholly electrical. For convenience they have been
-grouped into the following classifications:
-
-  Engineering and drafting.
-
-  Coil winding and taping.
-
-  Coil impregnating and painting.
-
-  Coil placing and connecting.
-
-  Assembling.
-
-  Inspection and repair.
-
-  Testing.
-
-By way of preface, it may be pointed out that there are certain general
-features of the situation which confront a disabled soldier, which
-should be examined carefully by him before he makes a break for a job.
-
-
-CONSIDER THE FUTURE AND PLAN ACCORDINGLY
-
-The tendency of the average man is to base his actions only on
-conditions which confront him now. He does not think about the
-conditions which he may have to face ten or fifteen or twenty years
-hence. Before you take a job think about how it is going to work out as
-you grow older. What will you be doing when you are 40 or 50 years of
-age? It is possible to make definite plans for the future and follow
-them consistently and the disabled soldier should weigh very
-thoughtfully the opportunity for schooling and training without cost
-which the United States Government through the Federal Board for
-Vocational Education is prepared now to offer him. Statistics show that
-on the average a man with some theoretical training has ultimately a
-greater earning capacity than another man of equal ability but without
-such training. Every disabled soldier who for any reason has not been
-able to become posted in the elements of the calling which he wishes to
-follow, should avail himself of the chance now presented to him to get
-such training as he needs.
-
-
-DISCUSS THE SITUATION WITH A FEDERAL BOARD ADVISER
-
-Just how and where training may be obtained without cost you may learn
-by talking with the vocational adviser of the Federal Board for
-Vocational Education. The adviser may, also, because of his experience
-in this special work, be able to assist you in selecting the calling for
-which you are best fitted, and at which you can most certainly succeed.
-The training need not necessarily be obtained at a technical school.
-
-
-ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURING COMPANIES MAINTAIN TRAINING COURSES
-
-Training courses are conducted by many companies for their employees,
-who are sometimes permitted to attend on the company’s time. Often the
-training given in these courses is of great value, enabling the student
-to increase materially his earning capacity. Some of these training
-courses have been in operation many years and are now highly developed,
-thoroughly organized, and very effective. In them both theoretical and
-practical instruction are given.
-
-
-EMPLOYMENT DEPARTMENTS
-
-A number of the electrical manufacturing companies operate employment
-departments, which render valuable service to prospective employees.
-Such departments study carefully each man’s qualifications and endeavor
-to place him in the job for which he is best suited. Obviously, it is to
-the interest of both the employer and of the employee that the employee
-shall follow a line of work for which he is best fitted.
-
-
-CONSTANCY OF EMPLOYMENT
-
-Under normal conditions the demand for electrical equipment of all sorts
-is very steady, and this tends to insure continuity of employment.
-Furthermore, practically all of the electrical workers in the electrical
-manufacturing industry require special training, and for this reason
-employing companies use every means to insure continuous employment for
-each worker so that their organization may not be broken up. Finally,
-the call for electrical equipment will probably be exceptionally heavy
-in the immediate future to provide for reconstruction needs. All of
-these features tend to insure stability of employment.
-
-
-MUTUAL BENEFIT FEATURES
-
-Many companies maintain associations, supported largely by the companies
-and partially by the employees themselves, whereby medical attendance
-and monetary benefits are afforded in time of sickness. Some of the
-concerns have building and loan associations through which employee
-members can borrow money at low rates of interest for the construction
-of homes.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1070. ENGINEERING AND DRAFTING
-
-Although the engineering department and the drafting department in an
-electrical manufacturing concern are usually distinct organizations,
-the drafting division commonly operates under the direction of the
-engineering department. In the engineering department are developed
-the designs and specifications for the electrical apparatus
-which the company produces. The engineers make the computations,
-prepare--ordinarily in the form of a sketch--the preliminary design for
-the device, and write out the specifications for its production. This
-information is submitted to the drafting department, which completes
-finished detailed drawings. Often a draftsman who matures a design or
-directs the work of a squad of junior draftsmen must be an engineer.
-Although a technical-school training and a number of years of experience
-are necessary for any man who is to assume responsibility for electrical
-design or drafting, there are frequently opportunities for those who
-have had comparatively little training to start in as assistants or
-helpers.
-
-
-HIGH-SCHOOL COURSE ESSENTIAL
-
-While it was formerly the practice of many concerns to accept in their
-engineering departments only college graduates, it has been found that
-many of the tasks do not require or justify this training. For
-reasonable progress in design engineering, the candidate should,
-however, have at least the equivalent of a high-school education. As
-noted above, some companies maintain training courses or schools, in
-which high-school trained apprentices are given, on the company’s time
-and without cost to them, courses covering the essentials of design
-engineering along special lines.
-
-
-FIRST DUTIES AND AFTER
-
-Under the direction of an experienced engineer the beginner will
-probably undertake first the making of computations for designs already
-under way or the checking or reckoning of data from curves of tests
-which have been made on apparatus which the concern has built. The
-beginner is often called upon also to plot graphs from values which are
-at hand or which he himself reckons. As the candidate develops
-efficiency, he may be expected to assume responsibility for the design
-of certain parts of machines or devices. Then, later, after a number of
-years of experience and study, he may become sufficiently conversant
-with the principles and processes involved to undertake the design of
-equipment on his own responsibility.
-
-Only a man who is of a studious temperament is fitted for a vocation of
-this character, because to be successful at it one must study both in
-and out of working hours. The worker must become familiar with the
-principles of electricity and magnetism, and be competent to make such
-calculations as are required to the end that available material shall be
-utilized in proper proportions to provide desired results and
-performance in the machine being designed. However, the essentials of
-this theoretical training can be obtained by any man who is competent to
-handle formulas, and who is willing to devote a reasonable amount of
-time to study. While mathematical processes are the tools of an
-electrical designer, a good mathematician is not necessarily a good
-designer. To be a good designer, the individual must have also a
-practical temperament and an eye for proportions. He must be able to
-design a device so that it will give maximum results at minimum cost and
-upkeep expense.
-
-
-DESIGN ENGINEERING IS ALMOST ALL DESK WORK
-
-Although the designer must sometimes work over a drafting board, or go
-to parts of the shop where machines are either in process of
-construction or under test, design engineering is largely desk work. Any
-man who can see, think, and write may, assuming that he has the
-requisite temperamental and educational qualifications, develop into a
-designer. Loss of hearing is not by any means an insurmountable
-handicap.
-
-
-SALARIES AND HOURS
-
-Engineering department employees practically always receive their
-compensation on a weekly or monthly salary basis. Beginners who have not
-had a college education may receive from $60 to $80 per month at the
-start. After some experience, which equips them for working without
-constant supervision, they can expect from $80 to $125 per month.
-Ultimately, salaries will be determined wholly by the capacity of the
-individual and may range from $2,000 on up indefinitely. Often designers
-conceive patentable ideas which, if practicable and adopted, may result
-in substantial salary increases for them. The usual day is eight hours,
-but in some shops the engineering department works only seven and
-one-half hours.
-
-
-IN THE DRAFTING DIVISIONS
-
-For drafting in the engineering department the qualifications are
-somewhat similar to those for design engineering. Draftsmen are,
-however, ordinarily not so well informed or so well paid as engineers
-and frequently an able man is promoted from drafting to engineering
-work. When a man starts at drafting, if he has had no experience, his
-first task is likely to be that of tracing--he copies, in ink, on a
-sheet of transparent tracing cloth, a drawing which was made in pencil
-on drawing paper by a draftsman. In thus tracing a design, he can become
-familiar with many of the mechanical principles of the devices, and
-also with the drafting-room and machine-shop practices of the concern
-which employs him. By observing and asking questions he can learn much.
-After he has become a proficient tracer, he may be required to “work up”
-dimension drawings from rough sketches, or to design minor details. Thus
-he can progress, step by step, until his accumulated experience enables
-him to perform the work of an experienced draftsman. A man who has had
-previous drafting experience may not have to start in at the bottom, but
-may begin with such work as he is qualified to undertake.
-
-To enable him to become a good draftsman, a man should be able to see
-well, and he should have the use of both hands. One hand or even both
-hands may, however, be artificial. Men who have had previous shop or
-electrical construction experience, but whose disabilities disqualify
-them for further rough work, may adopt the vocation of design draftsman
-with entire success.
-
-Many draftsmen with the equivalent of only a common-school education
-have been able by application and attention to business to advance
-themselves very satisfactorily. On the other hand, the equivalent of a
-high-school education with an elementary knowledge of algebra,
-trigonometry, mechanics, heat, and the other scientific subjects
-involved, is of very material benefit. If a man’s education is deficient
-he can often correct this by attending a night-school.
-
-Draftsmen ordinarily receive weekly salaries. A beginner in a drafting
-department with little or no previous experience may expect from $50 to
-$70 per month at the start. A competent design draftsman will receive
-probably from $100 to $200 monthly. Some receive considerably more. The
-work is wholly indoors and over a drafting board.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1071. COIL WINDING AND TAPING
-
-In many electrical devices, coils of insulated copper wire-magnet or
-armature windings of one sort or another are required. Consequently a
-large number of coil winders are employed in most electrical factories.
-Coils are usually wound on forms in accordance with specifications
-prepared in the engineering department. The “form,” upon which the coil
-is thus wound, is clamped on the head of a winding lathe operated by
-power. In this form is a groove, in which the convolutions of the
-winding are wound. The groove is of such size that it insures the
-correct number of turns in the coil so that the finished coil shall be
-of correct dimensions. When the attendant presses a treadle, power
-furnished by a belt causes the form to revolve, and insulated copper
-wire from a spool mounted on a rack is guided by the attendant and wound
-into its place in the groove. After the required number of turns, the
-form is removed, and the coil is taken from it by the attendant who then
-starts winding the next coil. Frequently it is necessary to produce a
-large number of identical coils. Where this condition obtains, automatic
-devices of one sort or another, to reduce manual effort and to render
-the processes automatic in so far as possible, may be employed.
-
-
-TYPES OF COILS
-
-Some of the different sorts of coils wound in the different factories
-are: Field coils, armature coils, transformer coils, and magnet coils.
-Coils of different types may range in size and weight from a few inches
-long and a few ounces in weight to a couple of feet and several hundred
-pounds.
-
-
-CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT FOR COIL WINDERS
-
-The work on some coils requires little physical effort and may be done
-by young women, but where the wire from which the coil is wound is of
-relatively large diameter or where the winding is intricate men are
-employed. Some lifting is necessary, and the use of both hands is
-essential. The loss of one eye, of a leg or foot, or of hearing is not a
-material detriment. The work is wholly indoors. Coil winding is often
-piecework, sometimes under a premium system and sometimes not. The trade
-is not generally unionized. The usual day is nine hours, although an
-eight-hour day prevails in some localities. A coil winder may expect to
-receive from $14 to $22 per week.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1072. COIL TAPING
-
-Wrapping a band or strip of cloth or tape around coils which have been
-wound as described above is known as “coil taping.” Where the coils are
-of small weight, little physical effort is involved, but where they are
-large and heavy it is necessary that they be lifted to a bench or vise,
-on which they are held while being taped. In some factories the lifting
-and placing of coils is done by laborers. Young women do most of the
-taping.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1073. EMPLOYMENT FOR THE BLIND
-
-Often hundreds of coils of identically the same size, shape, and
-construction are to be covered. Then the tapers become so adept that
-they can do the work without looking at it. For this reason taping
-affords an opportunity for men who have lost their sight. Experience has
-shown that where they are given the proper preliminary training the
-blind can compete on equal terms with others. Certain electrical
-concerns have given this fact careful consideration.
-
-
-WAGES AND HOURS FOR COIL TAPERS
-
-The coil taper may expect to earn from $12 to $20 a week. Often this is
-piecework and under a premium system. The work is wholly indoors. Some
-shops work eight hours, but a nine-hour day is the rule.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1074. COIL IMPREGNATING AND PAINTING
-
-After the coils have been wound, and before or after they have been
-taped, they must usually be impregnated or saturated with an insulating
-compound. The last process in finishing the coil ordinarily consists in
-painting it.
-
-In impregnating, the coils are placed in a large steel cylinder, which
-is then hermetically sealed by bolting its removable top fast to it.
-With a power pump the air is exhausted from this cylinder. The
-impregnating compound--a sort of waterproof paint or varnish--is then
-forced in and is caused to permeate every interstice of each coil. The
-compound is then pumped out of the cylinder, and the impregnated coils
-are removed. To render them waterproof, some coils are painted with a
-brush instead of being impregnated, but before painting they are heated
-in a drying oven, which drives out all moisture. Where the coils are
-light in weight, little physical effort is required, but where they are
-heavy considerable exertion may be necessary, although cranes and hoists
-are usually provided.
-
-
-SHOP TRAINING NECESSARY
-
-Proficiency in work of this character must be acquired in the shop. The
-beginner starts as a helper, and as he accumulates experience, he may be
-promoted to a squad boss. Ultimately, assuming that he has proper
-qualifications and experience, he may become a foreman.
-
-
-CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT
-
-The work is wholly indoors, under temperatures which, although not
-excessively high, may be somewhat above normal. The odor of the solvents
-and materials used in insulating and painting is offensive to some, but
-does not appear to affect others.
-
-
-QUALIFICATIONS
-
-This work can be handled by men having minor physical defects. The loss
-of one eye or one leg will not disqualify. The loss of an arm or hand
-would not be an insurmountable obstacle provided the member is replaced
-by an artificial one.
-
-
-WAGES AND HOURS
-
-Wages are often paid by the piece under a premium system. A helper may
-expect to receive from $12 to $17 a week, an experienced man from $16 to
-$24, and a foreman from $22 to $37. Usually the day is nine hours, but
-may be eight and a half. The work is wholly indoors. The trade is seldom
-unionized.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1075. COIL PLACING AND CONNECTING
-
-After the coils have been wound and impregnated or otherwise treated,
-they are arranged in place on the iron cores of the electrical machines
-under construction which have been designed to receive them. The placing
-of a magnet coil in an assembled device which requires but the one small
-coil involves but little skill and labor. But the arranging, placing,
-and connecting of the large number of armature coils which are necessary
-to complete an armature winding of a direct-current or alternating
-generator or motor requires considerable skill, experience, and
-ingenuity. The connections in such cases may be quite complicated.
-
-Connections between coils are effected by soldering together the ends of
-the copper conductors. However, the man who makes these connections need
-not be competent to plan for himself the scheme of connections, inasmuch
-as he is supplied with a diagrammatic blue print from the engineering
-department. This indicates how the coils should be connected. He must be
-competent to read and understand this print. On all but the simplest
-machines and devices the coil placing and connecting is done by men.
-
-In some shops coils are placed in the armatures by one group of men and
-are connected by another group who receive slightly higher pay.
-
-
-CONDITIONS, WAGES, AND HOURS
-
-Ordinarily physical ability involving the use of both hands is required.
-The loss of one eye, or of a leg or foot, or of hearing is not a
-material detriment. Usually the men work standing at benches. The work
-is all indoors. The day is usually nine but sometimes eight hours. A
-helper may expect to receive from $10 to $18 per week, a journeyman from
-$18 to $24, and a foreman from $25 to $40 per week. Some shops are
-unionized, but most of them are not. This is often piecework on the
-premium system.
-
-
-TRAINING
-
-The elements of these vocations are taught in some trade schools, but
-most of the individuals now following the work obtained their knowledge
-through actual experience in a factory. It requires several years of
-shop training to become thoroughly proficient. A man may start as a
-helper and gradually acquire the skill necessary to place himself in
-the journeyman class. He has always ahead of him the possibility of a
-foremanship.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1076. ASSEMBLING
-
-After all of the components of an electrical machine have been produced
-in the different departments of the factory, they are sent to an
-assembling department for arrangement into the finished product. The
-coils are usually in place in and connected on each separate component.
-But the different members must be bolted or otherwise fastened together
-as required. The rotating members--armatures or rotors--must be mounted
-in the bearings, and such electrical junctions made between them as may
-be necessary. Then the machine is made ready for operation and test.
-
-Where the device is small and simple the work of assembling is
-correspondingly uncomplicated. It then involves little physical effort
-and may be done by young women. But where motors or generators,
-transformers, or similar equipment of capacities of from 5 horsepower up
-are to be handled, men are required for the work. The assembling
-department affords a good starting place in the factory for a man who
-has had some electrical experience. While much of the work requires no
-theoretical training, a man who already has, or who acquires through
-study, a knowledge of the theoretical elements involved, will be able to
-progress accordingly.
-
-
-QUALIFICATIONS, TRAINING, AND EXPENSES
-
-Ordinary physical qualifications are necessary. Some lifting is
-required, although cranes are usually provided for handling heavy
-pieces. The work can be learned only in the shop, and often a man must
-have gained experience in the particular factory in which a certain
-device or line of devices is manufactured before he becomes proficient
-in their assembly. An individual without previous experience may start
-in as a helper. Later he may develop into a skilled assembler and may
-look forward to the position of foreman. In large factories there are
-many foremen in the assembling department. Each foreman has direction of
-the assembly of a certain type of apparatus.
-
-
-WAGES, HOURS, AND CONDITIONS
-
-A helper may expect to receive from $12 to $17 per week, a skilled
-assembler from $17 to $22, and a foreman from $25 to $35. Frequently
-this is piecework under a premium system. The work is usually nine but
-is in some shop eight hours. This vocation is not as a rule unionized.
-The work is indoors.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1077. INSPECTION AND REPAIR
-
-After electrical equipment has been assembled, it is inspected for
-defects before it is submitted to an electrical operation test such as
-is described below. Such inspection may comprise not only a checking of
-the dimensions and quality of the mechanical parts of the machine, but
-may also involve qualitative electrical tests. These are made to insure
-that there are no faults in the insulation, or misconnections in the
-windings. Frequently these inspection tests are applied before the
-component tested leaves the department in which it was made. Thus coils
-are tested to insure that they contain no short-circuits or crosses
-before they leave the winding department. Complete armatures are
-likewise subjected to an insulation test in the department where they
-are wound; a voltage considerably higher than that which will be imposed
-on the machine after it is in actual operation being connected to the
-armature temporarily by the tester. This high voltage is obtained from
-the secondary winding of a step-up transformer.
-
-The mechanical inspection is made with micrometers, scales, gauges, and
-calipers in the same way as is the inspection of any machine-shop
-product. Checks for the proper connection of the coils in a machine can
-be made by standardized methods.
-
-
-TRAINING
-
-Inspectors of special and complicated apparatus are usually men who have
-“worked up” and received all of their training in the shop, because this
-is the only way in which adequate training can be acquired. But for the
-routine inspection of small parts little if any special training is
-necessary. Theoretical training is not essential, but it is desirable. A
-man without previous mechanical or electrical experience is not
-ordinarily qualified to become other than a detail inspector. The best
-inspectors are usually selected by picking adept men from the working
-force of the factory.
-
-
-OPPORTUNITY FOR DISABLED MEN
-
-This vocation should afford possibilities for disabled soldiers who have
-had previous electrical or mechanical experience, or who have a liking
-for this work, but whose disablements unfit them for following their old
-occupations. Inspection requires little physical effort. Some lifting
-may be necessary to place the members to be tested and inspected in the
-proper positions on the bench or floor, but this is performed usually by
-laborers who have the assistance of cranes.
-
-
-WAGES, HOURS, AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT
-
-A man who has not had previous inspection experience may expect to earn
-from $16 to $20 per week; an experienced inspector from $20 to $27; and
-a foreman from $27 to $40. The work is all indoors. Sometimes it is
-piecework under a premium system. The trade is not unionized. The day is
-usually nine hours, but may be eight.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1078. TESTING
-
-Nearly all electrical equipment is tested before it leaves the factory.
-That is to say, it is subjected to electrical and mechanical conditions
-similar to those under which it must operate in practice, so that its
-performance under such conditions may be predetermined. This is
-necessary to insure that the product which leaves the factory will not
-develop faults after it is in service. Where machines or devices are of
-large capacity, each is tested individually. Where the output comprises
-a large number of small, identical machines, as for example, automobile
-starting motors, or circuit-breakers, only one or a few out of each
-order which passes through the shop are subjected to test.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1079. AS GENERAL APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING
-
-Electrical testing is interesting work and affords a splendid
-opportunity for a man to acquire experience which will be valuable to
-him in almost any line of electrical work which he may subsequently
-elect to follow. Formerly, the larger electrical manufacturing companies
-would accept only university graduates in their testing departments. The
-testing work was usually offered in the form of an apprenticeship
-course, and as a stepping-stone to other more responsible positions. But
-of recent years, some of the companies have accepted in their testing
-departments men with only a high-school training or its equivalent. It
-has been found that this plan is satisfactory, both from the standpoint
-of the company and of the men themselves.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1080. TESTING MOTORS
-
-In testing a motor the machine is loaded by making it drive, usually
-through a belt, an electric generator. The energy which this generator
-develops is forced into the same circuit as that from which the driving
-motor takes its power. Hence, the net energy required to conduct the
-test is greatly minimized, being in fact equivalent only to the losses
-of energy in the generator and motor during the test. By increasing the
-load on the generator the load on the motor is increased
-correspondingly, until it is carrying its full-load horsepower output.
-Meanwhile, from properly connected voltmeters and ammeters, readings of
-the voltage impressed on the motor, and the current taken by it at
-different loads are observed. Simultaneously the temperature of
-different parts of the motor are taken by means of thermometers, which
-are bound to the machine with tapes or held with gobs of putty. The
-speed of the machine at different loads is noted. From the readings thus
-taken, the efficiency of the motor at different loads may be computed
-and its other characteristics determined. If the efficiency and other
-performance characteristics of the machine meet the specification, and
-its temperature does not become greater than the limit specified by the
-engineering department, the machine is painted and either shipped to the
-customer or put into stock to await a sale. If it does not “come up” to
-its specifications, the difficulty must be corrected.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1081. TESTING GENERATORS AND OTHER DEVICES
-
-The methods used for testing generators are somewhat similar to those
-used for the motors. Other devices, such as transformers, potential
-regulators, circuit breakers, switches, controllers, and one thousand
-and one others, involve test methods of their own.
-
-In every test the object sought is the same, namely, to subject the
-device, before it leaves the shop, to practical working conditions. The
-testing department records readings from instruments during tests and
-“works these readings up” into the final test data. This working up
-involves considerable calculation. Hence, in all testing departments
-there are computers who spend practically all of their time figuring
-results. They use slide rules for many of the operations.
-
-
-SPECIAL TRAINING COURSES
-
-As is the case in some other lines of work, companies may maintain
-training courses in which test-department candidates are given
-instruction in the essentials of the work which they are to take up.
-Such courses afford a splendid opportunity for men who have had only a
-high-school training. They are for the most part operated on the
-company’s time, but they may be supplemented by night courses, to which
-the man must devote his own time several nights a week. Many of the most
-successful and best known electrical engineers and electrical factory
-men in the United States started their practical careers in the testing
-departments of electrical manufacturing companies. It appears to be a
-relatively easy matter for a man who has had a thorough test-course
-training to obtain a new position with advanced responsibilities and
-salary. The new work may be construction or erection with some
-organization other than the concern with which he obtained his testing
-experience. Usually the testing work is so arranged that each tester
-spends only a few months on each class of test, so that after completing
-the course he is reasonably familiar with many different kinds of
-equipment.
-
-
-QUALIFICATIONS
-
-In this work, although a man with little theoretical knowledge may be of
-value, no man can learn too much for his own advancement. Ability to
-study and read and thereby keep in touch with advances in the art is a
-material asset. The work is relatively light, but some lifting and
-pulling may be required. The loss of a leg or an arm or an eye is not
-necessarily a detriment. Good hearing is essential, because a man must
-often depend upon sound to ascertain whether or not the apparatus on
-test under his charge is operating properly. This branch affords
-splendid possibilities for high-school trained men to become conversant
-with electrical equipment.
-
-
-WAGES, HOURS, AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT
-
-If a man has had some previous electrical experience so much the better.
-The starting salary will probably be around $16 or $18 per week. A
-tester of some experience will probably receive from $20 to $27 per week
-and an experienced foreman from $35 to $47. The work is nearly always
-indoors, although some tests must be made outside. The trade is not
-generally unionized. The day is eight or nine hours.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1082. COMMERCIAL OCCUPATIONS
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by F. G. Nichols, Assistant Director for
-Commercial Education of the Federal Board for Vocational Education.
-Acknowledgment is made for material furnished by Mr. Wm. A. Barber, Mr.
-Albert G. Borden, Mr. L. B. Elliott, Mr. Leighton Forbes, Mr. J. E.
-Fuller, Mr. Frank L. Jones, Dr. Roy S. MacElwee, Special Agent of the
-Federal Board for Vocational Education, and Mr. Edward A. Woods.
-Acknowledgment is due to Dr. John Cummings, of the Research Division,
-for editorial assistance.
-
-
-INTRODUCTORY
-
-Commercial occupations include certain occupations which have to do with
-the administrative, executive, clerical, accounting, stenographic and
-selling side of business. Definite courses of training for these
-employments have been worked out and are being offered in many
-high-grade schools. It must not be assumed that by a commercial course
-is meant merely training for bookkeeping and shorthand work. On the
-contrary, the range of commercial occupations open to men is very broad,
-as is indicated by the following partial list of such occupations:
-
-
-I. Common commercial employments.
-
-  Bookkeeping.
-  General clerical work.
-  Stenography.
-  Retail selling.
-  Telegraphy and wireless operating.
-
-
-II. Professional commercial service.
-
-  Accounting.
-  Salesmanship.
-  Advertising.
-  Foreign trade service.
-  Secretarial work.
-  Life insurance salesmanship.
-  Office management.
-  Banking.
-  Commercial teaching.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 1082. Keep thy Shop and thy Shop will Keep thee]
-
-The occupations listed in group I will appeal to men who have had a fair
-general education and who are willing to devote a few months to
-intensive courses of training. Men who take such courses may enter upon
-employment at a reasonably early date after beginning their study, and
-may subsequently, if they desire to do so, take up evening school
-courses to prepare themselves for some one of the employments specified
-in group II. This second group of employments will appeal to men who
-have had a good general education, some special training, and possibly
-some business experience. For the average man a longer period of
-training will be required to fit for one of these commercial professions
-than will be required for group I employments. However, men who have had
-considerable business experience may find it possible to complete their
-training in a comparatively short period.
-
-Men who have had a good general education and who are willing to devote
-considerable time to preparation for a profession may well consider the
-possibilities of commercial teaching which has been included in group
-II. There are thousands of schools in the United States employing
-teachers of commercial subjects. Since such schools are in competition
-with business, as well as with each other, the demand for commercial
-teachers is more active than for almost any other class of teachers, and
-salaries are correspondingly higher for such teachers.
-
-Telegraphy and wireless work referred to in group I may appeal to some
-men who have had railroad experience and who are not physically able to
-undertake the kind of work they have been doing in the past.
-
-
-MODERN BUSINESS DEMANDS
-
-The modern development of business has created new demands for office
-help. It is not long since the greatest need of the average business
-office was for bookkeepers and stenographers. While such workers are
-still in great demand, the work of the office has been divided and
-subdivided to such an extent that new types of workers are required for
-many clerical positions.
-
-
-PROMOTION
-
-The up-to-date business man regards every office assistant as a possible
-future executive. In the employment of such help he is constantly on the
-alert to discover aptitude for executive work, so that he ultimately may
-have at hand promotion material from which to recruit for the high
-positions in his business. While it is still desirable to train men for
-definite tasks and to place them in office positions where their
-services are required, this is not the chief end of business education.
-Men will not only be fitted for immediate usefulness, but they will be
-prepared for rapid promotion to the higher places in business
-organization. In other words, business education has an immediate market
-value and gives to its possessor a chance to win his way to the more
-desirable positions at the top of the business ladder.
-
-
-BUSINESS AND VOCATIONAL READJUSTMENT
-
-Commercial enterprises, except those connected with the prosecution of
-the war, have been at a standstill for the past two years. Now that
-restrictions naturally resulting from the war and those that were
-imposed by law, have been removed, the period of readjustment will
-begin. Whatever may be the immediate situation as regards the supply of
-labor and the demand for it during this comparatively short readjustment
-period, it is certain that the demand for trained men will develop with
-the restoration of normal conditions. Men who are forward looking will
-realize that vocational training secured during this transition period
-will pay big dividends in later years, and will guarantee an economic
-status above that of the man who hurries back into the first opening he
-finds, and begins work regardless of his diminished competitive ability.
-This business readjustment period should be also the vocational
-readjustment period for all men who have suffered physical injuries in
-the service of their country.
-
-
-EDUCATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
-
-In considering what vocation to prepare for, men should keep in mind
-their future needs. They should not be content with a training that will
-merely fit them for permanent employment in the common office routine
-positions. On the contrary, they should aspire to a training that will
-enable them to grow into the higher executive positions in connection
-with large business or to launch out for themselves in a business
-enterprise.
-
-There has never been a time when education has counted for more than it
-does now. Therefore, educational qualifications and requirements should
-be seriously considered in connection with the selection of a vocation.
-This does not mean that only those who have had the advantages of high
-school or college training should be encouraged to prepare for business,
-but it does mean that those who lack this educational background should
-be willing to devote a longer time to training than may be required of
-those who have been more fortunate in the matter of educational
-advantages.
-
-
-PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE
-
-It is highly desirable that every man cash in on his previous experience
-as far as possible. For example, a man who has been identified with the
-telephone business and who, by reason of a disability caused by war
-service, finds it impossible to continue in his former occupation, may
-be trained for a different position in the telephone business where his
-disability will not be a handicap. The general knowledge of the
-business, gained through years of contact with it, will be helpful in
-his new work. Then, too, his old employer will be likely to find a place
-for him in his organization where he can render excellent service,
-though it be of a sort entirely different from that which he was
-rendering prior to the war.
-
-Business training prepares for positions in every kind of business
-organization. Whether the man’s previous experience was in the
-telephone, railroad, manufacturing, retail, wholesale, or mining
-business, it matters little, since training for an office position will
-open the way for him to gain a footing in any kind of business, and will
-put him in the way of promotion providing, of course, he shows that he
-is entitled to it.
-
-
-REALIZE YOUR AMBITION
-
-In the selection of a vocation a man’s personal preference is quite as
-important as his previous experience. Many men have found their work
-uncongenial and have desired to make a change, but the opportunity to do
-so never seemed to come their way. Such men may have hoped for training
-that would fit them for another type of work. This vocational education
-offer that is made by the Government may be just the chance for which
-they have been waiting. It is to help men plan wisely for the future
-that this monograph is written. All men may face the future with full
-confidence that the right kind of training will insure for them an
-economic status equal to or better than that from which they enlisted
-for their country’s service.
-
-
-EMPLOYMENT POSSIBILITIES
-
-Since business training fits for occupations common to all lines of
-business, it is not likely that there will ever be too many men
-available for high grade office positions. The danger is that men will
-be satisfied with inadequate preparation for growth beyond the routine
-or clerical types of positions, and will thus continue in competition
-with younger workers in this field. It is only by taking full and
-complete training not only for immediate employment but as well for
-future promotion, that men can hope to avoid this competition.
-
-
-PREFERENCE AS TO LOCALITY
-
-No locality is without need for men with business training, hence men so
-trained may hope to market their services wherever their preference may
-dictate. Certain types of commercial education have of course a better
-market value in one section of the country than in another, and men
-should have this in mind if they are willing to work only in some one
-particular section. In the main, however, business opportunity is
-universal.
-
-
-MEN AND WOMEN WHO HAVE MADE GOOD IN SPITE OF HANDICAPS
-
-At the end of this monograph is a tabulation showing the case histories
-of 133 handicapped, or rather disabled, men and women who have made good
-in business. These individuals were trained by the same schools that are
-being used by the Federal Board for Vocational Education in its
-commercial re-educational work for disabled soldiers and sailors, and
-they represent only a fraction of the hundreds of victims of industry
-who have been retrained for success in life, regardless of seemingly
-unsurmountable obstacles. All disabled men should study this tabulation
-carefully and emulate the plucky people whose cases are reported
-therein.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1083. PART 1.--COMMON COMMERCIAL EMPLOYMENTS--BOOKKEEPING
-
-Among the oldest and most universal of office positions is that of
-bookkeeper. For men who require work that does not call for physical
-activity this vocation offers excellent opportunities of earning
-immediate incomes while at the same time paving the way for advancement.
-
-
-REQUIREMENTS
-
-Men who elect this calling should be able to write a good business hand,
-be accurate and rapid in handling the usual arithmetical computations,
-be neat and painstaking in their work, understand the fundamental
-language of business, be familiar with the common business forms, and
-possess a thorough understanding of the universally employed
-double-entry system of bookkeeping.
-
-
-LENGTH OF COURSE
-
-The time required for completion of a course of study that will insure
-the possession of the above qualifications will depend upon the man’s
-previous education and experience, but should generally be kept within a
-period of six months. Many will make adequate preparation in much less
-time.
-
-
-WHERE TRAINING MAY BE GIVEN
-
-Excellent courses are to be had in a large number of approved private
-business schools, and men may be trained in their home environment or in
-large commercial centers where employment is to be sought, as they may
-elect.
-
-
-WHY TAKE TRAINING?
-
-While many so-called bookkeeping positions are open to men without
-training, it is highly desirable that a comprehensive knowledge of
-bookkeeping be secured, as it is only by this means that promotion can
-be expected. The posting clerk, or entry clerk, will always remain an
-unskilled laborer in competition with untrained boys and girls unless he
-is fortified by such a knowledge of the science of accounts as will
-enable him to become the head bookkeeper, the cost accountant, or the
-auditor. Such a man may, by additional training in evening school,
-qualify for the profession of accountancy and establish an independent
-business of his own.
-
-
-SALARY
-
-Men who know accounts and possess the other desirable business
-qualifications can be placed in positions with a salary range of from
-$10 to $30 a week.
-
-
-PERMANENCY OF EMPLOYMENT
-
-The all-round bookkeeper in any establishment is indispensable to the
-business, and is rarely released when business depression calls for
-retrenchment in the pay roll.
-
-
-DISABILITIES
-
-The possession of mental faculties and one hand, with fairly good
-general health are all that are absolutely essential to success in this
-occupation from the physical standpoint. Men with two artificial hands
-have succeeded in this work, but the absence of both hands is such a
-handicap that one so afflicted should rarely undertake work that
-requires so much writing. It should be emphasized, however, that no
-difficulty is experienced in learning to write well with the remaining
-hand, where one has been lost, regardless of previous habits in writing.
-
-A simple device for enabling a man to do with a stump what he would
-ordinarily do with his left hand is available to all who care to use it.
-It enables one to hold a ruler or blotter; to steady a book or sheet in
-place while writing is being done; and to perform all the usual
-functions of the left hand. When the right hand is gone the left is
-trained to do what the right has done before, and the right arm stump
-becomes the supporting or auxiliary arm.
-
-
-EVENING SCHOOL OR PART-TIME INSTRUCTION
-
-Those who must get to earning at the earliest possible moment may be
-placed at the completion of the fundamental part of the course,
-continuing their study in evening school or in other types of extension
-classes where such are available. Or it may be possible in some
-localities to secure for such men half-day employment which will leave
-half of the day free for school work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1084. GENERAL CLERICAL WORK
-
-Expert filing and indexing positions offer an opportunity for those
-whose handicap is of such a character that it is desirable for them to
-secure employment that will not require contact with the public.
-
-
-QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING
-
-The qualifications for this kind of work are accuracy, carefulness, and
-system in doing things. Training in the various indexing and filing
-systems in use is essential. Text material has been prepared by the
-manufacturers of filing cabinets, and courses of study, including
-practice, are offered by many schools in different parts of the country.
-
-
-PROMOTION
-
-Such positions rarely lead to promotion such as will appeal to the
-ambitious man whose handicap is of such a character as to warrant the
-selection of different and more promising occupation from the viewpoint
-of salary or independence.
-
-
-LENGTH OF COURSE
-
-Short intensive courses of from six to ten weeks will enable a man to
-qualify for this kind of office work.
-
-
-CALCULATING MACHINE OPERATING
-
-For a long time adding and listing machines have been in use in banks
-and large business offices. More recently calculating machines which are
-capable of performing mathematical work beyond the plain addition of the
-ordinary adding and listing type machine have been placed in business
-offices. The volume of figure work of this kind is particularly heavy in
-billing, cost, and pay roll departments in many lines of manufacture.
-Even small manufacturers regularly employ help for the figure work
-exclusively. Owing to the greater accuracy and speed made possible by
-the use of the calculating machine, such work is no longer handled by
-paper and pencil methods.
-
-
-OPPORTUNITIES AND SALARIES
-
-Opportunities for young men in this line of work exist in great number
-in all large cities, and there are many chances for positions of this
-kind even in the smaller manufacturing towns. The salaries for such
-positions range from $16 to $25 per week according to the degree of
-responsibility involved. There is an opportunity for advancement for
-young men of fair educational qualifications who possess a determination
-to learn the work which is just ahead and many young men aspire to
-positions as head of billing, pay roll, or cost departments, where the
-responsibility is considerable and the salary proportionate. Many such
-positions exist where a salary of $35 to $40 per week can be earned.
-Many large concerns have a practice of promoting men who show special
-aptitude for mathematical work in connection with the calculating
-machines to departments other than those mentioned.
-
-
-QUALIFICATIONS
-
-The necessary qualifications are simple for the clerk who is to handle
-figure work with a calculating machine. He should have a fair mental
-equipment with at least a common school education. A high school or
-business school course will be an advantage. He should also possess a
-natural liking for arithmetic. The full use of one hand, preferably the
-right, is essential to success in operating such a machine.
-
-
-TRAINING REQUIRED AND LENGTH OF COURSE
-
-To operate any key-driven type of machine speedily and accurately one
-must devote considerable time to intelligent practice. The process is
-not unlike that of learning to operate the typewriter. In the operation
-of this type of machine both hands will be required for the manipulation
-of the 81 keys. An intensive course of from 10 to 12 weeks is required
-to develop the necessary manual skill and master the special rules for
-performing the various mathematical calculations.
-
-On the crank-operated calculating machine, all work is direct, i. e.,
-all operations are handled exactly as they are handled with paper and
-pencil so far as rules are concerned. Anyone who can handle a pencil can
-readily operate this type of calculating machine. Speed and accuracy on
-this type of machine are largely independent of manual skill on the part
-of the operator. One who possesses a good common school education and
-some aptitude for arithmetic will need only two or three weeks of
-practice in order to handle successfully all figure work in the average
-office. Such machines have an unlimited range in practical work,
-handling such work as estimating, engineering problems, and statistics.
-
-
-OTHER OFFICE MACHINES
-
-Much important printing and duplicating are done on privately-owned
-machines, and skillful operators are always in demand for this work.
-Such an occupation may appeal to the man whose handicap makes him shrink
-from continual contact with the public, and who has his hands and fairly
-good general health.
-
-Salaries are not large, usually from $10 to $15 a week and there is no
-natural line of promotion leading to more responsible positions.
-However, skill in this work, combined with a little capital, may enable
-a man to establish an independent business of his own by purchasing the
-necessary machines and advertising to do work for the general public.
-
-Short unit courses of from 6 to 10 weeks will suffice to acquire the
-requisite manipulative skill for this work.
-
-Where there are no schools giving instruction for this occupation
-arrangements can be made for securing training as an apprentice in the
-factory of the manufacturers, or in the offices of firms equipped to do
-this work for themselves, the training being under the direction of the
-Federal Board for Vocational Education.
-
-Employment opportunities will be found only in the larger cities.
-However, an independent business may be established even in
-comparatively small towns.
-
-The above statements regarding duplicating machine work apply to the
-operation of the addressograph and similar office devices, such as the
-Hollerith machine card puncher, the photostat, and the tabulating
-machine.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1085. STENOGRAPHY
-
-No less important than bookkeeping is stenography with its exceptional
-record for serving as a medium through which men may advance to high
-grade executive positions. Stenographic work requires somewhat more
-physical activity than does bookkeeping, but a skillful male
-stenographer, though somewhat physically disabled may count on
-employment owing to a constant demand that has never been fully met. In
-no other occupation is one thrown into such constant and close contact
-with the business executive to whose advantage it is to promote an
-employee who has shown capacity for more important and profitable work.
-As a stepping stone to big things a stenographic position has no rival
-in the list of business occupations.
-
-Many prominent men might be named who owe their success to some extent
-to their ability to write shorthand. The list includes men high in
-official positions, and prominent railroad executives who have reached
-their high positions, through stenographic work. Their success gives
-conclusive evidence of the importance of this kind of training. In other
-lines, also as for example, in iron and steel, insurance, powder,
-electricity, and in fact right down the line of big business in America
-bright young men have, because they were shorthand writers, had the
-chance to go to school to the best teachers of the business in the
-world, i. e., the executive heads of their respective concerns. And
-instead of having to pay handsomely for their instruction, they received
-good salaries while they were learning and preparing to step up higher.
-
-
-QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIRED
-
-Taking character for granted, the necessary qualifications for
-amanuensis and secretarial work are:
-
-Good general health, eyesight, and hearing. Ambition, enthusiasm,
-self-reliance, and determination. A mind of at least average activity
-and alertness, improved by a thorough high school education or its
-equivalent.
-
-Training in English to the extent of becoming proficient in spelling and
-punctuation, and acquiring a good working vocabulary.
-
-Ability to speak and write with a fair degree of fluency.
-
-A knowledge of the more common business papers, forms, and customs.
-
-Accuracy and reasonable facility in the use of figures; familiarity with
-the simpler methods of bookkeeping; and ability to write a presentable
-hand.
-
-For the broader field of professional shorthand reporting, the
-requirements are more exacting.
-
-The time required to master shorthand for amanuensis or secretarial work
-is from seven to twelve months; for professional reporting, from one to
-two years, during a considerable part of which time the learner is
-usually able to earn a comfortable salary while pursuing his course in
-advance shorthand.
-
-
-WHERE TRAINING MAY BE SECURED
-
-A number of good private business schools, located so as to be
-convenient for those taking courses, are prepared to give any training
-required under arrangements made by the Federal Board for Vocational
-Education.
-
-
-SALARY POSSIBILITIES
-
-The salaries paid to amanuenses and private secretaries range from
-$1,200 to $5,000 a year. Shorthand reporters, in law courts and
-elsewhere, earn from $2,000 to $10,000 a year.
-
-
-HANDICAPS
-
-The possession of both hands is essential to success in this work.
-Artificial appliances can scarcely take the place of the fingers in such
-rapid writing with both pen and machine. Good eyesight and hearing also
-are absolutely essential to success in this calling.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1086. RETAIL SELLING
-
-Large department stores and the chain stores offer opportunities for
-profitable employment at better salaries than were commonly paid a few
-years ago in the retail trade, and training for real salesmanship in
-this field is now available.
-
-Men whose disabilities indicate as suitable for them physically more or
-less inactive types of employment, and who are not so injured as to make
-intimate contact with the public undesirable, may find in expert
-salesmanship opportunities worthy of their serious consideration.
-Positions as department heads or buyers are open to men who meet with
-conspicuous success as salesmen.
-
-
-WHY TRAINING IS NECESSARY
-
-The man behind the counter is no longer looked upon as clerk whose sole
-duty it is to hand out that which is asked for. He is classed as a
-salesman who has it within his power to build up the business of his
-department by winning and holding good customers. Knowledge of the
-well-defined principles of salesmanship and of his wares is quite as
-important to the “inside,” or store salesman, as it is to the man “on
-the road.” It is only by the right kind of training that such knowledge
-can be acquired. For the disabled soldier to learn “by experience” would
-require too much time.
-
-
-WHERE TRAINING CAN BE SECURED
-
-Training for this occupation can be obtained through part-time extension
-day or evening courses in many cities. Then, too, many large stores
-maintain educational departments where training on an apprenticeship
-basis can be arranged for by the Federal Board for Vocational Education.
-Men preparing for this work have the advantage of being able to earn
-wages while they are taking training.
-
-
-PROMOTION AND SALARIES
-
-Success in this vocation will surely mean promotion. The usual promotion
-stream for men who have received good training runs from stock keeper,
-through junior salesman, salesman, assistant buyer, to buyer. Salaries
-range from $12 a week for beginners up to several thousand a year for
-department heads. It is also possible for men who have the necessary
-capital to look forward to establishment of a retail business of their
-own, if they prefer to be independent of an employer. Training for
-success in developing a retail business should be even broader and more
-thorough than that required for salesmanship in a store operated by
-others.
-
-
-LENGTH OF COURSE
-
-A short intensive course of three or four months will serve to place a
-man on an earning basis in some good modern retail establishment, and a
-further period of six or eight months’ part-time extension study will be
-needed to place him on a sound footing as a salesman.
-
-
-HANDICAPS
-
-A salesman should not be so wounded as to be repugnant to sensitive
-customers. Any disfigurement which will attract the customer’s attention
-will increase the salesman’s difficulty in making a sale. The loss of a
-leg will not interfere with success in this work, nor will the loss of
-one hand if an artificial hand is used. Cheerfulness, courtesy,
-neatness, and tact are among the usual qualities that are required in
-any occupation which brings a man into close contact with the public.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1087. TELEGRAPHY AND WIRELESS OPERATING
-
-While it is true that railroads to some extent are telephoning their
-orders instead of telegraphing them, there is still a real demand for
-men who are not only trained in telegraphy, but who have some knowledge
-of railroad accounting and general railroad practice. Such men can hope
-to secure good paying positions in railroad office work. There is always
-a demand for telegraphers to fill commercial positions and it is quite
-likely that this field of work may grow in the future. It should be
-added also that the development of wireless service, and the enlargement
-of our merchant marine will open up a new field for men who are skilled
-wireless operators and whose knowledge of the practical art of sending
-and receiving messages is supplemented by a good understanding of the
-fundamental principles of electricity.
-
-
-TRAINING NECESSARY
-
-The necessary course of training for this vocation will include theory
-and practice in sending and receiving telegrams and wireless messages; a
-complete training in spelling and business English, business writing,
-and business arithmetic--unless it is apparent that the man needs no
-further training in these fundamentals; railroad freight office business
-practice, including a thorough study of bills of lading, freight
-classification, rating, etc.; instruction in railroad practice with
-reference to freight charges, storage, and demurrage, and rejected and
-unclaimed freight; fundamental bookkeeping, especially in connection
-with the keeping of cash records, and the handling of collections and
-remittances; and the making of monthly reports and balance sheets.
-Practical work will be provided at first in connection with the school
-course and later in offices on a part-time basis.
-
-
-LENGTH OF COURSE
-
-While much depends upon the individual, it is safe to assume that a
-period of from 9 to 12 months will be required to master telegraphy and
-the necessary business training that must accompany it to insure the
-highest degree of success. For wireless operators more advanced
-instruction in electricity will be required and a correspondingly longer
-time will be needed. Those who wish to do so may, however, complete the
-telegraphy portion of the course, accept a position, and continue their
-study of wireless in extension classes. Men who have had railroad
-experience, or some business training, or good courses in physics
-including electricity, will be able to shorten somewhat the time
-required for completion of the entire course.
-
-
-HANDICAPS
-
-No man should undertake to prepare for this vocation who has not the use
-of both hands, good hearing, and at least a fair degree of general good
-health. The other qualifications required are much the same as those
-required for any type of office work.
-
-
-PEN ART
-
-Men who have special aptitude for penmanship and lettering will find a
-wide field for the practice of this commercial art. Sign lettering,
-filling in insurance policies, diplomas, and other important documents,
-engrossing resolutions, teaching the subject, and supervising others in
-this department of business education are among some of the occupational
-opportunities open to men who excel in this line.
-
-Training can be obtained in special schools, and positions for those who
-are qualified will not be hard to find.
-
-
-PART II.--PROFESSIONAL COMMERCIAL SERVICE
-
-The occupations described in Part I are the more elementary commercial
-employments for which excellent training is provided by both public and
-private commercial schools. This training lays a foundation for the more
-advanced business education which will be discussed in Part II. It is
-hoped that men who possess the necessary general education and physical
-health, supplemented by elementary business education or business
-experience, will consider these more advanced courses as they lead on
-surely to successful business careers.
-
-Men who need the foundation courses should take them, and if necessary
-secure positions suited to their abilities at once. Such men should,
-however, immediately plan for an extensive course in one of the higher
-forms of commercial education. Promotion may result from successful
-office work without supplementary training, but it will surely follow
-the completion of such advanced business courses as are outlined herein.
-None should be satisfied until the last educational resource that will
-help in his progress upward is exhausted.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1088. ACCOUNTING
-
-Accountancy has been raised to a professional basis during the past few
-years. Business has grown to enormous proportions and expert accountants
-are required as heads of the bookkeeping departments of big business.
-Then, too, public accountants are necessary for the public audit work
-required by law, the periodical inspection of books by a disinterested
-expert, the organization and reorganization of inadequate bookkeeping
-systems, and the preparation of financial reports desired for special
-purposes.
-
-
-WHO SHOULD BE INTERESTED
-
-Men who have a good educational background, a sound knowledge of double
-entry bookkeeping, some aptitude for organization work, proven
-mathematical ability, and preferably some office or other business
-experience should have no difficulty in rising to a high place in the
-profession of accountancy, assuming of course the possession of other
-well-defined qualifications for success.
-
-
-PROMOTION AND OPPORTUNITY
-
-A man trained in accountancy will find many avenues of promotion open to
-him. He may become head accountant for a large concern; auditor for
-several branch organizations; or cost accountant in the production end
-of big business. He may establish a managerial connection with some
-large business organization, or become a consulting accountant with a
-business of his own. As a matter of fact, practically no executive
-position is beyond the reach of a trained accountant. Many such men
-develop into efficiency engineers, and devote their time to
-systematizing and reorganization work.
-
-
-SALARIES
-
-It is useless to state salary limits in terms of dollars and cents for
-such a profession as accountancy. The limits are wholly dependent on
-individual initiative and ability. The salary is commensurate with the
-importance of the work and no man can ask more.
-
-
-EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
-
-As yet there is no crowding in this profession, and men will find
-opportunities for establishing themselves in this field in any
-industrial community.
-
-
-NECESSARY TRAINING
-
-A thorough study of the fundamentals of bookkeeping and business
-practice must precede the study of accounting. Theory of accounting,
-accounting practice, auditing, accounting systems, cost accounting,
-practical economics, business law, corporation finance, business
-organization and management, all enter into the training required for
-proficiency in the accounting field.
-
-
-EXPERIENCE REQUIRED AND WHERE TO GET IT
-
-The training briefly outlined in the preceding paragraph must go hand in
-hand with experience in practical work. It is highly desirable that men
-who elect this course take it in one of the large industrial centers
-where part-time employment can be secured in a large business office at
-first and later with a firm of recognized practicing accountants. In
-many such centers courses are offered by the local colleges with this
-need definitely in mind. Classes usually meet between 5 and 10 p. m.
-daily, thus leaving the business day for practical work. Those who
-aspire to the certified public accountant degree given in most States,
-can thus gain the required experience while preparing in college for the
-stiff examinations set by the State examining board.
-
-
-LENGTH OF COURSE
-
-Two or three years must be devoted to study and practice before a man
-can lay any claim to recognition in this field, and the full four-year
-period is none too long for those who would achieve the highest places
-in this profession. It must be remembered, however, that during this
-entire time good incomes may be earned--often better than a man has been
-able to earn before in ordinary office work. Unit courses of varying
-lengths are also available to those who merely want special training for
-special work such as auditing, or cost accounting. The length of time
-for these courses will depend upon previous general education, special
-training, and experience, but should rarely require more than from eight
-to ten months.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1089. SALESMANSHIP
-
-With the inevitable expansion in business immediately following the
-close of the great war there will be an unusual demand for salesmen.
-Already requests are being received for salesmanship training in
-connection with the Federal Board for Vocational Education’s program of
-re-education for disabled soldiers. The trained salesman will find a
-ready market for his services.
-
-
-WHO SHOULD BE INTERESTED
-
-Men who have had a good general education, and who have a liking for the
-sales end of business should consider this calling seriously. Those who
-object to being away from home much of the time will not find
-salesmanship agreeable, as the great majority of selling positions
-require much traveling.
-
-
-TRAINING NECESSARY
-
-The successful salesman must be able to talk fluently and convincingly.
-He must possess a good knowledge of English and a good working
-vocabulary; an understanding of human nature; a thorough knowledge of
-his wares; a familiarity with business customs; and appreciation of the
-value of business ethics; a fund of information regarding general
-business conditions; and many other qualifications that, like those
-mentioned above, can be acquired through courses of training. A
-familiarity with the principles of accounting and other business
-subjects also will prove helpful to a man who wishes to make the best
-possible preparation for the business of selling goods.
-
-The formal instruction in salesmanship will not proceed very far before
-provision for contact with actual selling is made. Fundamentals can be
-covered in short intensive courses to be followed by more advance
-instruction on a part-time basis while the man is learning the practical
-side of his work in an actual sales department. When the foundations
-have been laid and the man has indicated the line of business he prefers
-to be associated with, the Federal Board for Vocational Education will
-through its placement department, secure for him a position where the
-practical side of the art of selling goods can be acquired.
-
-
-SALARIES
-
-The income possibilities of salesmanship are excellent, but incapable of
-definite statement, since so much depends on the salesman. In no other
-branch of business does a man have greater opportunity to demonstrate
-his worth. The salesman is the one employee who is quite sure to be paid
-all he can earn. His sales readily indicate his value to the firm.
-
-
-OPPORTUNITIES WIDELY SCATTERED
-
-In this profession men may choose their own location to a large extent.
-Salesmen are in demand throughout the whole country and men who have
-climatic preferences will be able to indulge them without jeopardizing
-their future.
-
-
-PROMOTION
-
-Promotion to sales manager is within the range of possibilities for live
-men who make a conspicuous success of their work. The man who is
-ambitious will have ample scope for growth in this field.
-
-
-HANDICAPS
-
-Men who take up this profession should possess good general health, the
-ability to get about with a fair degree of facility, good hearing, and
-unimpeded speech. Personality counts for much in salesmanship, and since
-personal appearance is one factor in personality it should be suggested
-that facial wounds, which are soon forgotten by friends, often distract
-attention on first acquaintance and put a man at a disadvantage before
-his customer. The loss of a leg or an arm will not prove a barrier to
-this occupation so long as a man’s general activity is not interfered
-with seriously.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1090. ADVERTISING
-
-The passing from war to peace conditions will increase the demand for
-all kinds of advertising. Business has largely marked time during the
-war because of lack of goods to sell and lack of men and facilities.
-
-Now, factories that have been on war work will have to keep their plants
-busy, win back trade lost through inability to supply old customers, and
-create new fields for their enlarged producing capacity. Retailers will
-have to keep pace with the new demands of readjusted commerce. All this
-means more advertising, and more men to plan and execute it.
-
-Advertising to-day is as much a part of every business as clerking,
-bookkeeping, or stenography, for no manufacturer or merchant can do
-business without some form or many forms of it.
-
-
-WHAT ADVERTISING IS
-
-Consider the sign over the door, the labels on packages, the leaflet,
-circular, or catalogue describing goods, directions for using, sign
-cards, window posters, mailing cards, and the like; then, the business
-letter answering inquiries, or soliciting orders, the follow-up system
-that turns the inquiry into an order, the trade-aid work of many kinds
-that helps the manufacturer make good distributors of his dealers-and
-you have a bird’s-eye view of some forms of advertising work that are
-almost universally used, yet scarcely thought of as “advertising.” Add
-to these the demand for sales-producing “copy” for newspaper, magazine,
-and trade-paper advertising; the planning and preparation of
-illustrations and typesetting necessary to put the advertising into
-effect; and the vast quantity of such “copy” that appears daily, weekly,
-and monthly in various advertising mediums--and it is at once apparent
-that an army of workers is needed to carry on this work.
-
-
-PERMANENCY OF EMPLOYMENT
-
-The permanence of such work is attested by the fact that there has been
-an increasing use of all forms of advertising, keeping steady pace with
-America’s business growth. Even without taking into consideration
-outdoor advertising--billboards, bulletins and painted signs, electrical
-advertising display, street-car advertising, propaganda campaigns, civic
-and organization advertising, each of which offers fields of great
-extent--the employment of trained advertising men is as yet only in its
-infancy.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1091. OPPORTUNITIES IN THIS PROFESSION
-
-The personnel of advertising staffs includes men officially designated
-as follows:
-
-_Advertising director:_ The man who plans and directs.
-
-_Space buyer:_ The man who knows advertising media and the value of
-space, and the one who places advertising contracts.
-
-_Copy writer:_ The man who produces copy for advertisements, catalogues,
-printed matter, letters, follow-up work, etc.
-
-_Layout man:_ The man who assists the copy writer by preparing
-typographical and art layouts.
-
-_Proofreader:_ The man who reads proof on advertisements and printed
-matter.
-
-_Copy helper:_ The man who has charge of engravings, drawings, and
-printed stock, and who supervises the making, shipping, return, and
-safe-keeping of the same.
-
-_Buyer of printing:_ The man who knows papers, printing processes, their
-relative values, and also their sources. He also places the printing
-orders.
-
-_Art work buyer:_ The one who knows advertising art work; where to get
-it and its value; and who also places orders for illustrations and
-engravings.
-
-_Commercial artist:_ The man who produces sketches and finished drawings
-in pen and brush work, in tone and color, and who retouches photographs.
-
-_Photographer:_ The man with special training in posing, lighting, and
-photographing industrial subjects to secure pictures illustrating
-features of the product, texture, and construction, who works often with
-living models.
-
-_Correspondent:_ The man who produces orders from inquiries received
-through advertising, or who solicits orders through the mails.
-
-_Advertising promoter:_ The man who sells the advertising done by a
-house to its distributors, and who teaches them how to take advantage of
-the demand created, and how to use the trade-aid matter furnished by the
-house to its dealers.
-
-_Advertising investigator:_ The man employed to discover the needs,
-buying habits, buying power, consumption of competing lines, price
-limits, etc., of groups of consumers, dealers, or jobbers by actual
-contact with the individual.
-
-_Advertising solicitors:_ Men employed by publishers to solicit
-advertising for their publications; by manufacturers of calendars,
-advertising novelties, etc., to sell their products; and by advertising
-agencies to sell their service to the advertiser. Every newspaper,
-magazine, and trade paper must have one or more, perhaps many,
-solicitors, as must also the advertising agency and the maker of
-advertising novelties, the bill poster, the bulletin painter, the
-car-sign proprietor.
-
-While this general list is in no way complete, it serves to show the
-vast field open to men in advertising and may serve as a guide in
-selecting the line of work to be undertaken.
-
-
-KIND OF MEN NEEDED AND QUALIFICATIONS REQUIRED
-
-Any wide-awake, intelligent, ambitious, optimistic man can become a
-useful advertising man in some one of its many branches. Physical
-disabilities will prove no handicap, providing general health has not
-been too seriously impaired. A knowledge of practical salesmanship
-helps, for all advertising is only a form of selling. Men of exceptional
-education and executive ability find a field as managers and production
-men. Good merchandise salesmen make good advertising solicitors.
-Commercial artists can be made into advertising artists. Commercial
-photographers and amateurs develop into photographers of advertising
-subjects. Most of the other positions can be filled without much
-previous training by men of ordinary general ability. The humblest
-advertising position can be made a stepping-stone to something higher.
-
-The kind of men that make good soldiers are needed in this
-profession--sturdy, honest, determined, versatile men of good common
-sense, adaptability, and capacity for work. Such men will soon acquire
-the knowledge of detail necessary for advertising work.
-
-
-FINANCIAL REWARDS
-
-No more inviting field of labor awaits the returned soldier than that of
-advertising, and there are few occupations in which the pecuniary
-rewards for high-grade service are more attractive. A man’s natural
-ability and training for this work are the only measure of his earning
-capacity.
-
-
-LENGTH OF COURSE
-
-Men who elect this vocation will be given a short intensive course of
-from four to six months in a day school, and will then be placed with a
-good advertising firm for practical experience. They will, at the same
-time, be enrolled in unit extension courses for further training on a
-part-time basis. The time required for this advanced part-time training
-will vary according to the ambition of the man himself, the higher he
-wishes to rise in the profession, the longer will be the period of
-training, but correspondingly higher will be the reward. Then, too, he
-will be earning as he learns, and qualifying for a promotion at the same
-time.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1092. FOREIGN TRADE
-
-For many years past there has been an active demand for men who would be
-willing to represent American business in the foreign field, and this
-demand has never been fully met. Just now at the close of the great war
-there will be an expansion in the foreign trade of the United States,
-and trained men for this field will be needed as never before. Men who
-have seen overseas duty may be interested in preparing for overseas
-commercial service. The living and working conditions are pleasant in
-almost every commercial center of the world. Of course, hardships are
-encountered in certain backward countries and in some tropical
-commercial centers, but in the main a position as representative of an
-American house in a foreign commercial center is an enviable one. In
-those foreign commercial centers which have come to be of importance,
-the American or European colony is a community in itself and frequently
-one whose social life is delightful. Social position and prestige are so
-important for commercial representatives in almost all foreign
-countries, that the term “Ambassador of commerce” has been applied to
-those who qualify and successfully represent American business houses in
-overseas commerce.
-
-The possession of a merchant marine adequate to the needs of the time
-will lend a great impetus to our business activities in foreign
-countries. More men will also be needed for the large number of tasks
-connected with the handling of our shipping. The head offices of the
-shipping lines are at home, and these offices have branches throughout
-the world. Many employees are needed for the various duties in these
-offices. Positions in the shore end of shipping include important
-document work, and other work of a more routine character; salesmen who
-can sell transportation to foreign trade concerns; ship brokers who
-devote their time to the chartering of ships; insurance brokers who
-handle the insurance end of foreign shipping; wharve superintendents and
-master stevedores; warehouse managers; traffic managers, and port and
-harbor experts.
-
-
-TRAINING REQUIRED
-
-Plans for giving training to men who desire positions in connection with
-the shore end of ocean transportation with foreign trade houses are well
-under way, and adequate vocational training of this type is now
-available for the first time in this country.
-
-No longer is it necessary for men interested in foreign-trade service to
-contemplate a four-year collegiate course of study before they can form
-connections with firms sending their wares to foreign markets. The
-Federal Board for Vocational Education in co-operation with the United
-States Shipping Board and in the United States Bureau of Foreign and
-Domestic Commerce is actively promoting throughout the United States
-courses in foreign trade and shipping. These courses are being offered
-in evening, part-time, full-time, university extension, and
-correspondence schools, and are open to graduate engineers, lawyers,
-graduates of collegiate commercial courses, men who have had general
-college training, men of technical or business training in any branch of
-commerce and industry, graduates of secondary schools and, in fact, to
-all intelligent men with a background of business experience combined
-with a serious interest in international commerce or shipping
-activities.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1093. EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES
-
-Recent conferences with the Export Managers’ Club show that all
-enterprising export managers are in need of trained men, or men capable
-of taking such training as will be necessary to the successful carrying
-of their important work.
-
-There are two general divisions in foreign trade occupations. The first
-includes active service in the foreign field, and the second service in
-the home country. In the foreign field clerks, assistants, salesmen, and
-managers are required. Some concerns send traveling salesmen into
-foreign countries to cover the field and report back to the home office,
-while others send men abroad with instructions to take up their
-residence there and establish an office for the permanent conduct of
-their employer’s business. The establishment of such branch offices
-calls for the employment of the usual types of office help. Banks and
-other financial agencies also are created in foreign countries for the
-benefit of American exporters and importers.
-
-
-WHO SHOULD BE INTERESTED
-
-Men of the American expeditionary forces who have seen something of the
-world, and who have gained an interest in and a taste for things outside
-of the United States, will find in foreign trade service great
-opportunities. This is particularly true of those who have learned a
-foreign language, and who are so situated with reference to family ties
-that they can easily take up an occupation in a foreign country.
-
-The list of positions that will be opened in this field is so extensive
-that a man may find in it an opportunity to elect just the kind of work
-he is best fitted to do.
-
-Men who prefer foreign trade service in home offices will find excellent
-opportunities as soon as they have completed the necessary preparation
-for such service. Well-defined, intensive co-operative courses of study
-have been worked out and are being offered in the large foreign trade
-centers for men who desire to enter this service. Home office positions
-include those requiring clerical work in connection with the preparation
-of commercial documents, positions that have to do with financial
-affairs and foreign exchange, adjustment work, foreign correspondence,
-foreign advertising, transportation, credits, and collections.
-Superintendents for packing and loading departments also are required.
-Men who have had experience in the Quartermaster’s Department of the
-Army during the war, and who have learned something about scientific
-handling of merchandise, will find in the foreign trade field
-opportunities to cash in on their special experiences.
-
-
-WHAT TRAINING IS NECESSARY
-
-A thorough study of the general technique of the home office in
-connection with foreign trade and shipping is considered a necessary
-foundation in any scheme of foreign trade education. A part-time plan,
-in accordance with which men may pursue their studies while securing
-practical experience with foreign trade houses has been worked out, and
-it is now possible for men to get training under a co-operative basis
-scheme of instruction and work. Courses offered will be given
-intensively for short periods and on a unit basis. They will vary in
-length from 15 to 30 weeks. The same provision is being made for the
-study of languages and the geography of various countries that are of
-interest in connection with foreign trade education. The United States
-Shipping Board is taking steps to establish permanent nautical training
-schools, as it is expected that more than 10,000 officers will be
-needed to man the United States merchant marine. This means that men who
-desire service in the actual transportation end of the business will
-find an opportunity to secure training and a very ready market for their
-service upon the completion of their courses.
-
-
-SALARIES
-
-Since special training is required for most of the positions referred to
-in this connection salaries are proportionately high. Clerks and other
-office men earn from $1,600 to $2,400 a year. Those who qualify as
-junior clerks and senior clerks may hope to rise to assistant managers
-of departments and general export managers. Advancement should be rapid
-in view of the present shortage of men and the expected expansion of
-business. In large export departments there are export managers who
-receive from $5,000 to $10,000 a year. Even the latter amount is by no
-means the limit for men of unusual executive ability.
-
-The positions referred to in connection with the actual operation of the
-merchant marine pay from $120 to $275 per month with subsistence. It is
-possible that these amounts may be somewhat reduced after the war demand
-for such service ceases, and yet it is certain that the financial
-returns for this kind of work will be above those for similar service on
-shore.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1094. SECRETARIAL WORK
-
-Executives in responsible positions are finding it necessary more and
-more to rely upon efficient secretarial help. Such an executive must
-generally have some assistant who is thoroughly familiar with every
-detail of his activities, and able to assume responsibility for
-innumerable details connected with the day’s work. The comparatively
-small number of available secretarial workers and the hazy conception
-that has heretofore existed regarding the real distinction between a
-stenographer and a secretary have forced many executives to be satisfied
-with stenographic help in the positions where secretarial help is
-essential. Just now much attention is being given to this vocation by
-colleges and schools, and there are many opportunities for securing the
-kind of training needed for secretarial service.
-
-
-NATURE OF THE WORK
-
-There is a wide gap between secretarial and stenographic duties. Skill
-in writing shorthand and in typewriting is now recognized as desirable
-for the secretary, but the possession of this skill does not insure
-secretarial efficiency. Since no training has been available for this
-vocation in the past secretarial workers have been recruited from the
-stenographic staff, and it is quite likely that a period of
-apprenticeship as a stenographer will continue to be a very desirable
-part of one’s training for the higher duties of a secretarial position.
-
-The trained secretary relieves the executive of all detail by keeping
-him informed as to important happenings in the business world that may
-be of particular interest; by making notes of appointments and calling
-attention to them at the proper time; by gathering data for the
-preparation of papers and speeches; by standing between him and the
-public, when the demands upon his time make it necessary to deny
-requests for interviews without in any way offending those who are
-refused; by attending conferences, and making notes on important points;
-by arranging for transportation and hotel accommodations in connection
-with traveling, and, in every way, by keeping the executive’s time free
-for the more important managerial responsibilities devolving upon him.
-
-
-QUALIFICATIONS REQUIRED
-
-Men who possess a good general education, sufficient maturity, tact,
-judgment, business sense, and knowledge of people may hope to succeed in
-this vocation providing they have the right kind of training and
-preliminary experience. Integrity, alertness, ambition to advance,
-initiative, courtesy, and loyalty are prime essential characteristics.
-Soldiers who have been attached to headquarters’ division in the
-capacity of aides and secretarial workers will find in this field
-opportunities to make their war experience count for the most.
-
-
-PROMOTION
-
-No occupation offers larger opportunity for advancement. A secretary is
-in the closest possible contact with the executive who is in a position
-to recognize ability by promotion and to whose advantage it is that such
-promotion shall be granted. The secretary has an exceptional opportunity
-to learn all the details of the managerial side of the business, and
-when executive positions become vacant his superior is quite likely to
-regard him favorably for advancement.
-
-
-TRAINING REQUIRED
-
-As a foundation for secretarial work, a man should possess a working
-knowledge of shorthand and typewriting, and if these subjects have not
-already been mastered, they will form the basic part of the secretarial
-course. In addition, instruction will be needed in business English and
-correspondence, fundamental principles of accounts and business
-practice, commercial law, business ethics, and secretarial technique.
-Many colleges are prepared to give instruction suited to the
-requirements of secretarial work.
-
-
-LENGTH OF COURSE
-
-For those who already have a knowledge of shorthand and typewriting, or
-who have had a course in bookkeeping and related subjects, or who have
-had valuable office experience, an intensive course of from 8 to 12
-months may be sufficient to complete a secretarial course. For those who
-must acquire this foundation work a longer period will be needed. It
-should be said, however, that those who know shorthand and typewriting
-or bookkeeping can usually begin to earn wages in an office position
-while continuing their study in part-time extension classes.
-
-
-SALARY POSSIBILITIES
-
-Secretarial workers may hope to earn salaries from $1,500 up. There is
-almost no limit except the man’s ability and ambition to rise.
-
-
-OPPORTUNITIES
-
-Opportunities in this field are found throughout the country. Men who
-are interested in social, philanthropical, religious, or political
-activities may find secretarial openings that will enable them to be
-intimately associated with the activity of their choice.
-
-
-HANDICAPS
-
-A secretarial worker should be able to get about with a fair degree of
-facility; he should have a personal appearance that is not repugnant to
-the public with which he is constantly in contact. He should possess
-physical endurance sufficient to enable him to meet the rather severe
-strain that secretarial work makes upon a man; and he should possess
-good hearing and eyesight. An artificial limb would not be a serious
-handicap providing it did not interfere with getting about too
-seriously. It is also quite likely that one hand would suffice for the
-accomplishment of the ordinary tasks of such a position. The main
-requirement is that a man shall be keen and alert, and that he shall be
-able to go about his work with vigor and cheerfulness.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1095. LIFE INSURANCE SALESMANSHIP
-
-There are more than 200 life insurance companies in the United States
-having their head offices scattered throughout the chief cities in
-different parts of the country, with branch offices in each of the
-larger cities in each State, and resident agents located in most towns
-of importance. In the smaller towns the life agency is often combined
-with the fire and accident insurance.
-
-Life companies are divided into the “Ordinary” and the “Industrial”
-companies, and, combined, employ about 125,000 field agents and about
-75,000 persons of other capacities such as clerical, accounting,
-building and general employees, exclusive of casual employees such as
-doctors, lawyers, etc.
-
-Life insurance has been made nearly mandatory by modern business
-practice. It has been popularized by adoption in the Army and Navy,
-as a scientific method of providing for personal dependents. It is
-in harmony with the trend of modern social, civic, industrial,
-and financial-betterment movements. It is progressive within
-itself--constantly devising new services to meet the requirements of
-the public and thus opening new avenues to its salesmen.
-
-Life insurance salesmanship requires at the outset but a minimum of
-training, equipment, and capital, and these are being supplied more and
-more commonly by sales organizations to their members who qualify for
-the profession.
-
-
-OPPORTUNITY FOR ADVANCEMENT
-
-The work affords opportunities for personal advancement by extension of
-acquaintance and by choice of associates and customers. It is consistent
-with the attainment of social, civic, and business prominence and
-financial independence.
-
-Opportunities for promotion to positions as agency managers,
-superintendents, and field supervisors are constantly presented to those
-whose ability and experience justify such advancement.
-
-
-WHOLE TIME NOT NECESSARY
-
-Age, experience, and growing clientele become assets of increasing
-value. There is no “dead line” and a permanent clientele of expanding
-value can be built up from year to year.
-
-While, of course, the agent physically able to devote full time to the
-work is likely to succeed best, it is nevertheless true that one
-physically handicapped may succeed measurably although able to work only
-part of time daily or weekly. Regular office hours and days are
-advisable but not necessary.
-
-
-EDUCATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
-
-Candidates should have at least a grammar school education, and more
-advanced professional or technical training will be a valuable asset
-although not essential for success.
-
-
-EXPERIENCE
-
-Previous experience in either life insurance or general salesmanship is
-not necessary, but will be of value, and those who have had to do with
-insurance work in the Army will find this experience helpful.
-
-
-HOW INSTRUCTION IS GIVEN
-
-Many organizations are equipped, and others will be, to conduct
-preliminary central office training courses for men intending to locate
-at distant points. A list will be furnished later of localities,
-companies, or agency organizations where definite courses of training
-are now being given.
-
-The novice will be given theoretical and practical instruction. Field
-experience will be given under the guidance of qualified field
-supervisors.
-
-
-HANDICAPS
-
-In the following classification certain types of diseases and injuries
-are grouped according as they are regarded as being wholly, partially,
-or not in any degree disqualifying for the profession of life insurance
-salesmanship.
-
-  1. _Prohibitive._--Disqualifying for successful field salesmanship.
-
-  (a) Diseases:
-
-  Advanced tuberculosis.
-
-  Loss of voice and similar bronchial affections.
-
-  Heart diseases not permitting ordinary activity.
-
-  Contagious or infectious diseases, chronic or acute.
-
-  Epilepsy.
-
-  Nervous affections preventing mental concentration or seriously
-  affecting locomotion or speech.
-
-  Nervous affections causing involuntary grotesque muscular movement of
-  face, hands or body.
-
-  Insanity.
-
-  Complete loss of sight or hearing.
-
-  (b) _Wounds:_
-
-  Unsightly and repelling facial or head wounds.
-
-  Loss of both arms.
-
-  Loss of both legs and one arm.
-
-  Preventing distinct or audible speech.
-
-  Any wound rendering soldier an object of extreme pity.
-
-  2. _Partially handicapping._--Each case requiring individual judgment;
-  many such men might be able to devote part time if not all to
-  salesmanship.
-
-  (a) Diseases:
-
-  Mild tuberculosis of the lungs or throat.
-
-  Recurrent rheumatism of severe type.
-
-  Heart diseases interfering with usual activity.
-
-  Nervous affections causing involuntary marked movements of the face.
-
-  Serious varicose veins forbidding reasonable activities.
-
-  Indistinct hearing or sight.
-
-  (b) Wounds:
-
-  Loss of both legs but not arms.
-
-  Injury to arms or limbs compelling extremely awkward attitudes to be
-  assumed.
-
-  Entire loss of one hand and noticeably unsightly dismemberment of the
-  other.
-
-  Unsightly face or head wounds that can not be covered by hair, beard,
-  or glasses.
-
-  3. _Not handicapping at all_--
-
-  (a) Diseases:
-
-  Chronic diseases not preventing ordinary activity and not easily
-  noticed by others. This includes chest and head diseases, rheumatism,
-  deafness in one ear, Bright’s disease, shell-shock, etc.
-
-  Temporary diseases from which recovery may be slow but certain.
-
-  (b) _Wounds:_
-
-  Loss of one leg if artificial limb can be worn.
-
-  Loss of one arm or hand with or without artificial arm.
-
-  Wounds to arms or legs not requiring amputation.
-
-  Moderate disfigurements that can be covered by hair, beard, garments,
-  or glasses of usual type.
-
-  Scars on face or hands that are not repellent.
-
-  Loss of teeth--if plate can be worn.
-
-  Hernia--if truss can be worn.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1096. NUMBER OF POSITIONS OPEN
-
-The companies selling ordinary life insurance can absorb rapidly 10,000
-candidates for sales positions, reasonably evenly distributed between
-the two classes of partly handicapped and not handicapped. If the latter
-class predominates, even a larger number could be used.
-
-These men can be assigned profitable and suitable new business locations
-either of their own or of the insurance companies’ selection, as they
-prefer, or they can be used at their former place of residence no matter
-in what sections of the country this may be.
-
-The industrial companies, about 25 in number, can absorb about 4,000
-candidates presenting disabilities of a nature that would not preclude
-the physical activity required, since the nature of the business demands
-that the routes assigned be fully covered each week.
-
-
-FINANCIAL RETURNS FOR LIFE INSURANCE SALESMAN
-
-The average earnings of all life insurance men, whether devoting all or
-but part of their time to it, and including the unsuccessful and the
-beginners but a few months in the production field, on the sales of 1917
-was $1,000 per capita. The average of those giving it their entire time
-is nearer $2,000 per agent. An additional yearly income for a number of
-years is paid on first-year sales through the annual renewal commissions
-on such business as renews, which in 1917 yielded an additional $1,000
-per agent. By reason of renewals accruing in future years, the annual
-income of a life insurance man maintaining a uniform production will
-increase steadily yearly.
-
-While the rate of compensation is based upon the commission plan under
-which the income closely follows actual earnings and is in ratio to the
-salesman’s efficiency and the intelligent effort he puts forth, the
-methods of compensation are varied according to individual preference.
-Such methods include straight commission, commission plus salary,
-straight salary, drawing accounts against contingent commissions and
-guarantees, and combinations of these methods as may be arranged.
-
-The items of interest are that incomes are without limit as to maximum
-and that earnings can begin even during the period of preparation and
-study. The commission plan is thus not a difficulty, since the candidate
-will be assisted by his Government allowance until he is prepared to
-undertake work under a compensation plan which guarantees pay exactly
-according to earnings.
-
-To those qualifying for executive positions correspondingly larger
-salaries and opportunities are open, and men having the capacity to
-direct the activities of others are in constant demand. For this work
-Army and Navy men, as a class, have had fundamental training.
-
-
-EARNINGS OP INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE MEN
-
-Salaries varying from $10 to $25 per week are paid to the field men of
-industrial insurance companies, depending upon the size of the district
-covered. Such agents are expected to make the weekly collections
-assigned to them and to maintain the volume and number of such
-collections.
-
-In addition to this salary, the right and opportunity is given to earn
-liberal commissions on new business secured, which in turn may operate
-to increase the compensation for collecting future premiums.
-
-Opportunities for promotions to positions as superintendents and
-district managers are frequent, and the tendency is toward the retention
-and development of efficient employees indefinitely.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1097. OFFICE MANAGEMENT
-
-This position is one that is usually filled by promotion and one to
-which any man who qualifies for business by taking a complete commercial
-training may reasonably aspire. Men who have executive ability;
-knowledge of men and ability to handle them; the ability to organize the
-work of an office on an efficiency basis; and a good general knowledge
-of business are needed for office managers.
-
-
-TRAINING
-
-Extension courses in preparation for advancement to this grade of
-commercial employment are available in many places. Those who already
-have the necessary training for office work will be helped by definite
-courses of instruction to prepare for this desirable line of promotion.
-Others who have had neither business training nor business experience
-may prepare for office work first in accordance with the plan suggested
-earlier in this monograph, and may later qualify for office management
-by extension courses under the direction of the Federal Board for
-Vocational Education.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1098. BANKING
-
-The banking business is one in which the higher positions are usually
-recruited from the lower. Many younger men are employed as messengers,
-clerks, runners, etc., and it is comparatively easy to find promotion
-material already in the organization. Since these lower positions pay
-very small salaries and make no appeal to men, it is not likely that
-large numbers of men will break into the banking business through
-rehabilitation channels. However there are many men in our Army who have
-had banking experience and desire to secure training for further
-promotion in this business. Then, too, some of the larger financial
-institutions in the big cities are in the habit of taking on men for a
-period of training with a view to service in their foreign branches.
-This practice will grow as our foreign trade expands. Men who have the
-necessary general education and special training, supplemented by
-overseas service, will find in this field an opportunity that will
-challenge their interest.
-
-
-TRAINING
-
-Foundation work in the general business subjects such as bookkeeping,
-business writing, business English, correspondence, business arithmetic,
-and commercial law will be followed by instruction in economics, money,
-banking, and finance. While there are comparatively few business
-schools equipped to give the more advanced technical instruction
-required, the Federal Board for Vocational Education will aid any man
-who is interested in this business, not only to secure adequate training
-for it, but also an opportunity to enter this field under the most
-favorable circumstances possible.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1099. COMMERCIAL TEACHING
-
-Male teachers are in great demand for all kinds of educational work, but
-in no department is the need for men greater than in that which has to
-do with the training of young people for business. The commercial
-teacher must associate himself with the industrial and business
-activities of his community; he must mingle with business men and keep
-in close touch with their business methods so far as they affect
-commercial training. In practically every city and town in the United
-States having a population of 5,000 or more commercial courses are being
-offered in the high school. There are over 1,000 private commercial
-schools giving intensive training for business positions. All these
-schools, both public and private are in very active competition with
-each other for the services of capable men teachers. Not only are these
-schools in competition with each other for the services of men who are
-qualified for this kind of work, but they are also in competition with
-business which is constantly recognizing that successful commercial
-teachers are usually well qualified for important business positions. To
-the men who are contemplating training for a future career this fact is
-of the utmost importance. The training that he takes for commercial
-teaching and the experience that he gains in such a position will not
-only lead to high-grade educational positions, but also to business
-openings of more than ordinary importance.
-
-
-TWO DEPARTMENTS REPRESENTED
-
-Commercial teachers are naturally divided into two groups, those who
-teach shorthand typewriting, and related secretarial subjects, and those
-who teach bookkeeping, business arithmetic, commercial law, economics,
-commercial geography, and other subjects known as the business group.
-While it is possible to make a preparation for either of these two
-departments of teaching, it is more desirable for a man to qualify in
-both departments in order that he may be qualified for a position as
-department head where the supervision of teachers in both lines of work
-will fall upon him.
-
-
-QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING NECESSARY
-
-A man who contemplates commercial teaching as a profession should
-possess the following qualifications: Good personal appearance, abundant
-energy, resourcefulness, cheerfulness, good general health, and the
-ability to move about easily. It is undesirable for anyone who is to be
-brought constantly in contact with the public to have physical
-disabilities that will be offensive or will seriously distract
-attention. In dealing with young people in educational work it is even
-more necessary that unsightly wounds shall not be conspicuously apparent
-in those with whom such young people come in contact in their work. This
-does not mean that one who has lost a leg or an arm should consider
-himself in this class. Among the best teachers that have ever presented
-commercial education to boys and girls are men who find it necessary to
-use a crutch or a cane.
-
-Commercial teachers should be thoroughly qualified to handle all of the
-commercial subjects named above. Their training should also include
-thorough courses in psychology, pedagogy, school management, and history
-of education. Such courses of training are provided in a few of the
-State normal schools, and in a number of the best universities. Men who
-contemplate this profession are urged to be satisfied with nothing less
-than the complete course of training in one of these institutions. This
-is of the utmost importance in view of the fact that for public school
-commercial teaching State licenses are required and the qualifications
-therefore, are such that graduation from an institution of high standing
-is the surest way to qualify for such a certificate. It should be said,
-however, that for private school commercial teaching there is no license
-requirement in most of the States. Men who have a good general education
-and are well qualified in the technical subjects named above, will have
-no difficulty in securing profitable employment in such schools.
-Training for such positions can be secured in much less time than is
-required for the full course referred to above.
-
-
-LENGTH OF COURSE
-
-An intensive course of one year, assuming a good foundation with which
-to begin, should prepare a man for a position as commercial teacher in a
-private business school. The same will suffice for training a man to
-accept a position as commercial teacher in a high school providing he
-has completed a normal school or college course. For those who have only
-a high-school education, two years in a State normal school, or from two
-to four years in the commercial department of a college, will be
-required to complete the full training for commercial teaching.
-
-
-SALARIES
-
-The salary range for men commercial teachers may be stated as from
-$1,200 to $8,000, depending upon experience, general and special
-education, and personal qualifications.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1100. PLANS AND SUCCESSES OF DISABLED MEN AND WOMEN
-
-_Chart summarizing data relating to 133 cases of disabled persons who
-have taken commercial courses--Tabulation of replies to questionnaires
-sent out to schools._[34]
-
-  [34] All salaries are on a pre-war basis.
-
-  ===============+=============+============+============+=============+
-   School, case  |   Cause of  |  Previous  |  Course    |   Special   |
-    number, and  | disability. | education. |  taken.    |arrangements.|
-    disability.  |             |            |            |             |
-  ---------------+-------------+------------+------------+-------------+
-      PIERCE     |             |            |            |             |
-     BUSINESS    |             |            |            |             |
-      SCHOOL,    |             |            |            |             |
-   PHILADELPHIA, |             |            |            |             |
-       PA.       |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-    1. Deaf and  |Natural.     |Mount Airy. |Business    |Individual   |
-       dumb.     |             |            |administra- |help, written|
-                 |             |            |tion.       |instructions.|
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-    2. Loss of   |Accident     |Eighth      |Specia. in  |Arrangement  |
-       left arm. |while        |grade.      |banking,    |for holding  |
-                 |employed.    |            |arithmetic, |papers, etc.,|
-                 |             |            |penmanship, |individual   |
-                 |             |            |English.    |help.        |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-    3. Infantile |Disease.     |Private     |Business    |Careful      |
-       paralysis.|             |tuition.    |administra- |seating;     |
-                 |             |            |tion.       |personal     |
-                 |             |            |            |interest, and|
-                 |             |            |            |help.        |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-    4. Paralysis.|Paralyzed.   |Common      |    do.     |Special      |
-                 |             |school.     |            |arrangement  |
-                 |             |            |            |for seating, |
-                 |             |            |            |individual   |
-                 |             |            |            |help.        |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-    5. War       |7 wounds, gas|Grammar     |    do.     |Correct      |
-       wounds.   |and shell    |school.     |            |seating;     |
-                 |shock.       |            |            |special and  |
-                 |             |            |            |individual   |
-                 |             |            |            |help.        |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  STONE BUSINESS |             |            |            |             |
-   COLLEGE, NEW  |             |            |            |             |
-   HAVEN, CONN.  |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-    6. Loss of   |Accident     |Grammar     |Banking and |None.        |
-       leg.      |(factory     |school.     |business.   |             |
-                 |worker).     |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-    7. Short leg.|No report.   |    do.     |Shorthand   |     do.     |
-                 |             |            |and         |             |
-                 |             |            |typewriting.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-    8. Paralysis.|Born with    |    do.     |Business and|     do.     |
-                 |disability   |            |stenography.|             |
-                 |(no          |            |            |             |
-                 |occupation). |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  BOWLING GREEN  |             |            |            |             |
-    BUSINESS     |             |            |            |             |
-   UNIVERSITY,   |             |            |            |             |
-  BOWLING GREEN, |             |            |            |             |
-       KY.       |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-    9. Paralysis |Illness in   |Grammar     |Telegraphy  |None.        |
-       of legs.  |infancy (no  |school.     |and railroad|             |
-                 |occupation). |            |accounting. |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   10. Paralysis |No report.   |    do.     |Shorthand   |     do.     |
-       of legs.  |             |            |and         |             |
-                 |             |            |typewriting.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   11. Loss of   |Accident     |Graded      |Banking,    |None.        |
-       leg.      |(student).   |school.     |typewriting,|             |
-                 |             |            |stenography,|             |
-                 |             |            |penmanship. |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   12. Deformed  |Deformed from|Eighth      |Banking,    |    do.      |
-       legs and  |birth.       |grade.      |stenography,|             |
-       feet.     |             |            |typewriting.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   13. Loss of   |Unknown      |High school.|Banking and |Metal ruler  |
-       arm.      |(farmer boy).|            |penmanship. |and paper    |
-                 |             |            |            |weight       |
-                 |             |            |            |combined.    |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   PIERCE SCHOOL,|             |            |            |             |
-   PHILADELPHIA, |             |            |            |             |
-       PA.       |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   14. Hand and  |Accident.    |Grammar     |Shorthand   |Special      |
-       arm       |             |school.     |and         |seating;     |
-       crippled. |             |            |typewriting.|extra        |
-                 |             |            |            |individual   |
-                 |             |            |            |attention and|
-                 |             |            |            |help.        |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   15. Loss of   |Railroad     |     do.    |Business    |Special      |
-       leg.      |accident.    |            |administra- |seating.     |
-                 |             |            |tion,       |             |
-                 |             |            |stenography,|             |
-                 |             |            |typewriting.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   16. Three     |Accident.    |     do.    |Business    |None.        |
-       fingers   |             |            |administra- |             |
-       right     |             |            |tion.       |             |
-       hand.     |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   17. Left side |From birth.  |Parochial   |    do.     |Special      |
-       paralysis.|             |school,     |            |seating;     |
-                 |             |about 8th   |            |individual   |
-                 |             |grade.      |            |instruction. |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   18. Dislocated|Accident.    |No report.  |    do.     |Special      |
-       hip.      |             |            |            |seating;     |
-                 |             |            |            |individual   |
-                 |             |            |            |attention.   |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   NORTHWESTERN  |             |            |            |             |
-     BUSINESS    |             |            |            |             |
-     COLLEGE,    |             |            |            |             |
-   CHICAGO, ILL. |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   19. Loss of   |Accident.    |Grammar     |Combined    |None.        |
-       both feet.|             |school.     |business and|             |
-                 |             |            |stenography.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   20. Amputation|     do.     |     do.    |Business    |     do.     |
-       of left   |             |            |course.     |             |
-       hand.     |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   21. Deaf.     |Illness.     |Eighth      |Typewriting.|    do.      |
-                 |             |grade.      |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   22. Partial   |Illness      |3 years high|Business.   |    do.      |
-       paralysis.|(farmer).    |school.     |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   23. Little use|Infantile    |Some high   |6 months    |    do.      |
-       of lower  |paralysis.   |school.     |business.   |             |
-       limbs.    |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-    RIDER-MOORE  |             |            |            |             |
-    AND STEWART  |             |            |            |             |
-      SCHOOL,    |             |            |            |             |
-   TRENTON, N. J.|             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   24. Hand      |While playing|Grammar     |Commercial. |None.        |
-       maimed.   |ball.        |school.     |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   25. Both legs |Unknown.     |    do.     |Shorthand.  |Arranged     |
-       maimed.   |             |            |            |classes so he|
-                 |             |            |            |would not    |
-                 |             |            |            |have to      |
-                 |             |            |            |change much. |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   26. Loss of   |     do.     |Partial high|Shorthand   |Reduced      |
-       leg.      |             |school.     |and         |climbing of  |
-                 |             |            |typewriting.|stairs.      |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   27. Loss of   |Thrashing    |Grammar     |Commercial. |None.        |
-       hand.     |machine.     |school.     |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   28. Loss of   |Unknown.     |     do.    |    do.     |     do.     |
-       hand and  |             |            |            |             |
-       part of   |             |            |            |             |
-       arm.      |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  DUFF’S COLLEGE,|             |            |            |             |
-  PITTSBURGH, PA.|             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   29. Right leg |Railroad     |Grammar     |Banking,    |Increased    |
-       off near  |accident     |school.     |stenography,|space at     |
-       hip.      |(clerk).     |            |and         |desks.       |
-                 |             |            |typewriting.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   30. Right arm |Accident,    |     do.    |Banking and |Heavy paper  |
-       off at    |millwork     |            |stenography.|weight and   |
-       shoulder. |(millworker).|            |            |heavy ruler. |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   31. Loss of   |Street-car   |Eighth      |Bookkeeping.|None.        |
-       left hand |accident     |grade.      |            |             |
-       at wrist. |(pupil).     |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   32. Right hand|Gunshot      |High school.|Bookkeeping.|     do.     |
-       stiff,    |wound.       |            |            |             |
-       fingers   |             |            |            |             |
-       straight. |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-     THE CEDAR   |             |            |            |             |
-  RAPIDS BUSINESS|             |            |            |             |
-   COLLEGE, CEDAR|             |            |            |             |
-    RAPIDS, IOWA.|             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   33. No use of |Unknown.     |Grammar     |Commercial  |None.        |
-       lower     |             |school.     |and         |             |
-       limbs.    |             |            |stenography.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   34. Both legs |Unknown      |No report.  |Unknown.    |     do.     |
-       off.      |(farmer).    |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   35. One leg   |Mowing       |Only fair.  |Banking and |     do.     |
-       off.      |machine      |            |stenography.|             |
-                 |(farmer).    |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   36. Both legs |No report.   |No report.  |Business and|     do.     |
-       off below |             |            |stenography.|             |
-       knees.    |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-     BURDETT     |             |            |            |             |
-     COLLEGE,    |             |            |            |             |
-   BOSTON, MASS. |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   37. Hip       |Childhood    |Average.    |Business and|     do.     |
-       trouble.  |disease.     |            |bookkeeping.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   38. Short     |Unknown.     |About 1 year|Banking,    |     do.     |
-       limb,     |             |in high     |stenography,|             |
-       paralyzed |             |school.     |and         |             |
-       hip.      |             |            |typewriting.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   39. One hand  |Unknown.     |Some high   |Business and|None.        |
-       off.      |             |school      |bookkeeping.|             |
-                 |             |training.   |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   40. Twisted   |Injured in   |High school |Secretarial.|     do.     |
-       neck.     |childhood.   |graduate.   |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   41. Loss of   |Mill         |Average.    |Business and|     do.     |
-       left arm. |machinery    |            |bookkeeping.|             |
-                 |accident.    |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   42. Two       |No report.   |No report.  |Shorthand.  |No report.   |
-       fingers   |             |            |            |             |
-       missing.  |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   43. Hand      |Accident.    |     do.    |Stenographer|     do.     |
-       burned.   |             |            |and         |             |
-                 |             |            |typewriting.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   44. Hip       |Childhood    |     do.    |Business    |None.        |
-       trouble.  |illness.     |            |course and  |             |
-                 |             |            |bookkeeping.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   45. Right arm |Machine      |     do.    |Business    |     do.     |
-       off.      |accident.    |            |course.     |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   46. Lame.     |No report.   |     do.    |No report.  |     do.     |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   47. Very lame.|     do.     |     do.    |     do.    |     do.     |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   48. Very deaf.|     do.     |     do.    |Business    |     do.     |
-                 |             |            |administra- |             |
-                 |             |            |tion.       |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   49. Short leg.|Unknown.     |     do.    |No report.  |     do.     |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   50. Lame.     |     do.     |     do.    |     do.    |     do.     |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  UTICA SCHOOL OF|             |            |            |             |
-    COMMERCE,    |             |            |            |             |
-   UTICA, N. Y.  |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   51. Loss of   |Accident (was|Eighth      |Bookkeeping.|     do.     |
-       left hand.|a mill hand  |grade.      |            |             |
-                 |in cotton    |            |            |             |
-                 |mill before  |            |            |             |
-                 |accident).   |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-    WATERBURY    |             |            |            |             |
-     BUSINESS    |             |            |            |             |
-     COLLEGE,    |             |            |            |             |
-    WATERBURY,   |             |            |            |             |
-      CONN.      |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   52. Loss of   |Railroad     |Grammar     |Banking and |     do.     |
-       right leg.|injury.      |school.     |steno-      |             |
-                 |             |            |graphic.    |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   53. Right arm |No report.   |2 years’    |Bookkeeping.|     do.     |
-       off       |             |high school.|            |             |
-       (student).|             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   54. Deaf and  |Unknown      |Equivalent  |     do.    |Special      |
-       dumb.     |(student).   |to grammar  |            |instruction. |
-                 |             |school.     |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-      FERRIS     |             |            |            |             |
-   INSTITUTE, BIG|             |            |            |             |
-    RAPIDS, MICH.|             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   55. Leg off.  |Accident (was|High school.|Banking.    |None.        |
-                 |a farmer     |            |            |             |
-                 |prior to     |            |            |             |
-                 |accident).   |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-     MEEKER’S    |             |            |            |             |
-     BUSINESS    |             |            |            |             |
-    INSTITUTE,   |             |            |            |             |
-   ELMIRA, N. Y. |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   56. Left arm  |Mine accident|Eighth      |Banking and |Individual   |
-       off.      |(was a mule  |grade.      |steno-      |instruction. |
-                 |driver in    |            |graphic.    |             |
-                 |coal mine).  |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   57. Hunchback.|Fall.        |High school.|Banking,    |An adjustable|
-                 |             |            |stenography |screw chair. |
-                 |             |            |and         |             |
-                 |             |            |typewriting.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   58. “Club     |From birth.  |High school |Shorthand   |None.        |
-       feet”.    |             |graduate.   |and         |             |
-                 |             |            |typewriting.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   59. Left arm  |From birth   |1 year high |Banking,    |Special      |
-       off; legs |and accident.|school.     |stenography |attachment on|
-       paralyzed.|             |            |and         |typewriter.  |
-                 |             |            |typewriting.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   60. Left hand |Unknown.     |High school.|Bookkeeping.|None.        |
-       off.      |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-     SPENCERIAN  |             |            |            |             |
-     COMMERCIAL  |             |            |            |             |
-      SCHOOL,    |             |            |            |             |
-  LOUISVILLE, KY.|             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   61. Leg off.  |Accident (was|Eighth      |Business and|     do.     |
-                 |newsboy).    |grade.      |shorthand.  |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   62. Right arm.|“Do not      |Country     |Bookkeeping.|Heavy paper  |
-                 |remember;”   |school.     |            |weight.      |
-                 |was a        |            |            |             |
-                 |railroad man.|            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   63. Right arm.|Machine      |Eighth      |Business and|Heavy paper  |
-                 |accident     |grade.      |shorthand.  |weight; shift|
-                 |(factory girl|            |            |for          |
-                 |prior to     |            |            |typewriter.  |
-                 |accident).   |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  MORSE BUSINESS |             |            |            |             |
-     COLLEGE,    |             |            |            |             |
-  HARTFORD, CONN.|             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   64. Leg off.  |Accident.    |Grammar     |Shorthand   |None.        |
-                 |             |school.     |and         |             |
-                 |             |            |typewriting.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   65. Left arm  |Accident (was|     do.    |Bookkeeping.|Weighted     |
-       off.      |a tool maker |            |            |ruler and    |
-                 |prior to     |            |            |paper        |
-                 |accident).   |            |            |weights.     |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   66. Deformed. |Accident.    |     do.    |Shorthand.  |No report.   |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   67. Deaf.     |Illness (was |     do.    |Bookkeeping.|     do.     |
-                 |engraver and |            |            |             |
-                 |newsdealer   |            |            |             |
-                 |prior to     |            |            |             |
-                 |illness).    |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   68. Helpless  |Illness (was |     do.    |Banking and |Revolving    |
-       from waist|farmer prior |            |typewriting.|desk for     |
-       down.     |to illness). |            |            |holding      |
-                 |             |            |            |books,       |
-                 |             |            |            |special      |
-                 |             |            |            |typewriting  |
-                 |             |            |            |table.       |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-    WORCESTER    |             |            |            |             |
-     BUSINESS    |             |            |            |             |
-    INSTITUTE,   |             |            |            |             |
-    WORCESTER,   |             |            |            |             |
-      MASS.      |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   69. Right arm |Caught in    |High school.|Shorthand   |None.        |
-       off.      |machine      |            |and         |             |
-                 |(student).   |            |bookkeeping.|             |
-   70. Loss of   |Accident     |Ninth grade.|Bookkeeping.|None.        |
-       one leg.  |(worker in a |            |            |             |
-                 |grocery      |            |            |             |
-                 |store).      |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  GOLDEY COLLEGE,|             |            |            |             |
-    WILMINGTON,  |             |            |            |             |
-       DEL.      |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   71. Right arm |Gunshot      |High school.|Shorthand   |A paper      |
-       amputated.|wound.       |            |and         |weight.      |
-                 |             |            |typewriting.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-    THE DRAUGHON |             |            |            |             |
-      BUSINESS   |             |            |            |             |
-      COLLEGE,   |             |            |            |             |
-     KNOXVILLE,  |             |            |            |             |
-       TENN.     |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   72. Index     |Accident     |College.    |Banking,    |None.        |
-       finger off|(worked in   |            |shorthand   |             |
-       left hand.|bottling     |            |and         |             |
-                 |works).      |            |typewriting.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   73. Right arm |Blood        |High school.|Banking and |     do.     |
-       off.      |poisoning    |            |stenography.|             |
-                 |(school boy).|            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   74. Left arm  |Accident     |Common      |Bookkeeping.|     do.     |
-       off.      |(farm hand). |school.     |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   75. Left arm  |Gun accident |     do.    |     do.    |     do.     |
-       off.      |(farm hand). |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   76. Middle    |Shotgun      |High school.|Banking,    |     do.     |
-       finger,   |accident     |2 years in  |shorthand   |             |
-       right hand|(farmhand).  |college.    |and         |             |
-       off.      |             |            |typewriting.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  BANK’S BUSINESS|             |            |            |             |
-     COLLEGE,    |             |            |            |             |
-   PHILADELPHIA, |             |            |            |             |
-        PA.      |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   77. Loss of   |Caught in    |Grammar     |Commercial. |None.        |
-       right     |circular saw |school.     |            |             |
-       hand.     |(mechanic).  |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   78. Loss of   |Born without |3 years high|Combined.   |None;        |
-       right arm |arm.         |school, 3   |            |teachers told|
-       below     |             |summers     |            |to be        |
-       elbow.    |             |normal      |            |attentive.   |
-                 |             |school.     |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   79. Loss of   |Caught in    |Grammar     |Commercial. |None.        |
-       left arm. |machinery    |school.     |            |             |
-                 |(mechanic).  |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   80. Withered  |Birth        |     do.    |     do.    |     do.     |
-       arm       |(student).   |            |            |             |
-       (left).   |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   81. Loss of   |Railroad     |     do.    |Shorthand,  |     do.     |
-       both legs.|accident     |            |typewriting,|             |
-                 |(railroader).|            |English and |             |
-                 |             |            |spelling.   |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   GREGG SCHOOL, |             |            |            |             |
-   CHICAGO, ILL. |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   82. Right hand|Accident     |High school.|Shorthand   |Rearranged   |
-       off.      |(student).   |            |and         |fingering on |
-                 |             |            |typewriting.|keyboard     |
-                 |             |            |            |chart.       |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   83. Sprained  |Fall on ice  |     do.    |   do.      |None.        |
-       wrist.    |(student).   |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-     GEM CITY    |             |            |            |             |
-     BUSINESS    |             |            |            |             |
-     COLLEGE,    |             |            |            |             |
-   QUINCY, ILL.  |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   84. Third and |Accident.    |High school.|Shorthand   |Readjustment |
-       fourth    |             |            |and         |of fingering |
-       fingers   |             |            |typewriting.|on typewriter|
-       off right |             |            |            |keyboard.    |
-       hand.     |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   85. Left arm  |Circular saw.|Common      |Business    |Heavy paper  |
-       off.      |             |school.     |course.     |weights.     |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   86. Left arm  |Unknown.     |High school |Business    |None.        |
-       off.      |             |graduate.   |and         |             |
-                 |             |            |penmanship. |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   87. Badly     |     do.     |Eighth      |Business.   |     do.     |
-       crippled  |             |grade.      |            |             |
-       in hips.  |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   88. Right arm |Thrashing    |Eighth      |Business    |Heavy paper  |
-       off.      |machine.     |grade,      |and         |weights.     |
-                 |             |country     |penmanship. |             |
-                 |             |school.     |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   89. Paralyzed |Unknown.     |Unknown.    |Business    |A chair a    |
-       from waist|             |            |and         |little higher|
-       down.     |             |            |shorthand.  |than used by |
-                 |             |            |            |other        |
-                 |             |            |            |students.    |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-     GRIFFIN’S   |             |            |            |             |
-    SPRINGFIELD  |             |            |            |             |
-     BUSINESS    |             |            |            |             |
-      SCHOOL,    |             |            |            |             |
-   SPRINGFIELD,  |             |            |            |             |
-      MASS.      |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   90. One-armed.|No report.   |High school.|Business.   |None.        |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   91. One-armed.|Probably in a|Grammar     |Banking and |      do.    |
-                 |mill.        |school(?).  |stenography.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   PALMER METHOD |             |            |            |             |
-     SCHOOL OF   |             |            |            |             |
-  PENMANSHIP, NEW|             |            |            |             |
-    YORK CITY.   |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   92. Crippled. |No report.   |No report.  |Banking and |No report.   |
-                 |             |            |stenography.|             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-      BRYANT &   |             |            |            |             |
-      STRATTON   |             |            |            |             |
-     COMMERCIAL  |             |            |            |             |
-      SCHOOL,    |             |            |            |             |
-    PROVIDENCE,  |             |            |            |             |
-       R. I.     |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   93. Loss of   |Accident in  |1 or 2 years|Business.   |None.        |
-       both legs.|childhood    |High school.|            |             |
-                 |(farmer).    |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   94. Blind.    |From birth.  |Graduate    |Typewriting |Individual   |
-                 |             |Perkins     |and         |instruction. |
-                 |             |Institute   |stenography.|             |
-                 |             |for Blind.  |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   95. Both legs |Unknown.     |High school.|Shorthand.  |None.        |
-       off.      |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   96. Withered  |From birth.  |2 years in  |Bookkeeping.|     do.     |
-       arm and   |             |convent.    |            |             |
-       hand.     |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   97. Deaf and  |Illness.     |Equivalent  |Bookkeeping.|None.        |
-       dumb.     |             |to High     |            |             |
-                 |             |school.     |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   98. Fingers   |Injury.      |Educated in |Commercial. |     do.     |
-       off on    |             |Ireland.    |            |             |
-       right     |             |            |            |             |
-       hand.     |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   99. St. Vitus |Nervous      |Graduate    |Shorthand.  |    do.      |
-       dance.    |trouble.     |Mount       |            |             |
-                 |             |Holyoke,    |            |             |
-                 |             |1906.       |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  100. Totally   |No report.   |Private     |Bookkeeping.|None except  |
-       deaf.     |             |tutor and   |            |that teachers|
-                 |             |school to   |            |enunciated   |
-                 |             |learn lip   |            |clearly.     |
-                 |             |reading.    |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  101. Artificial|No report.   |High school.|Commercial. |None.        |
-       leg.      |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  102. Withered  |     do.     |    do.     |Steno-      |     do.     |
-       arm.      |             |            |graphic.    |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  103. Hunchback.|     do.     |No report.  |Commercial. |No report.   |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  104. Stutters. |     do.     |    do.     |Secretarial.|     do.     |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  105. Spells of |     do.     |    do.     |Special.    |     do.     |
-       queerness.|             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  106. Legs      |Spinal       |    do.     |Teachers.   |     do.     |
-       affected. |meningitis.  |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  107. Weak      |No report.   |    do.     |Special.    |     do.     |
-       mentally, |             |            |            |             |
-       bad eyes. |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  108. Wrists    |Result of    |    do.     |Commercial. |     do.     |
-       badly     |vaccination. |            |            |             |
-       deformed. |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  109. Wooden    |No report.   |    do.     |Secretarial.|     do.     |
-       leg.      |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  110. Artificial|     do.     |    do.     |Commercial. |     do.     |
-       foot, very|             |            |            |             |
-       lame.     |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  111. One short |     do.     |    do.     |     do.    |     do.     |
-       leg.      |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  112. Badly     |     do.     |    do.     |Secretarial.|     do.     |
-       burned    |             |            |            |             |
-       face.     |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  113. Lame,     |     do.     |    do.     |     do.    |     do.     |
-       diseased  |             |            |            |             |
-       knee.     |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  114. Speech.   |     do.     |    do.     |Commercial. |     do.     |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  115. Paralysis.|Infantile    |    do.     |Teachers.   |     do.     |
-                 |paralysis.   |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  116. One short |No report.   |    do.     |Commercial. |     do.     |
-       leg.      |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  117. Short leg.|Hip disease. |    do.     |Secretarial.|     do.     |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  118. Hunchback.|No report.   |    do.     |Commercial. |     do.     |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  119. Short leg.|     do.     |    do.     |Bookkeeping.|     do.     |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  120. Left      |     do.     |    do.     |   do.      |     do.     |
-       handed.   |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  121. Bad hip,  |     do.     |    do.     |Commercial. |     do.     |
-       used      |             |            |            |             |
-       crutch.   |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  122. Spinal    |     do.     |    do.     |Bookkeeping.|     do.     |
-       trouble.  |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  123. Hunchback,|     do.     |    do.     |Commercial. |     do.     |
-       badly     |             |            |            |             |
-       deformed. |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  124. Paralysis.|Infantile    |    do.     |   do.      |     do.     |
-                 |paralysis.   |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  125. Paralysis.|     do.     |    do.     |   do.      |     do.     |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-   PIERCE SCHOOL,|             |            |            |             |
-   PHILADELPHIA, |             |            |            |             |
-        PA.      |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  126. Right hand|Circular     |Eighth      |Special     |Had an       |
-       off.      |cutter on    |grade.      |penmanship, |artificial   |
-                 |milling      |            |English, and|arm; special |
-                 |machine.     |            |arithmetic. |desk,        |
-                 |             |            |            |individual   |
-                 |             |            |            |attention.   |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-     ROCHESTER   |             |            |            |             |
-      BUSINESS   |             |            |            |             |
-     INSTITUTE,  |             |            |            |             |
-     ROCHESTER,  |             |            |            |             |
-       N. Y.     |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  127. Paralysis.|Spinal       |High school |Shorthand   |Individual   |
-                 |meningitis   |graduate.   |and         |attention.   |
-                 |and infantile|            |typewriting.|             |
-                 |paralysis.   |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  128. Paralysis |Injury in    |3¹⁄₂ years  |Regular     |None to speak|
-       of right  |football     |in Rochester|commercial. |of.          |
-       leg and   |game.        |School.     |            |             |
-       arm.      |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  129. Anchylosis|Rheumatism.  |High school |Commercial  |None.        |
-       of hip    |             |graduate.   |and steno-  |             |
-       joints.   |             |            |graphic.    |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  130. Paralysis,|Cerebral     |Was         |Commercial. |None, except |
-       withered  |spinal       |graduated   |            |individual   |
-       arm,      |meningitis.  |from Grammar|            |attention.   |
-       impeded   |             |school.     |            |             |
-       speech.   |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-     THE MARTIN  |             |            |            |             |
-     SHORTHAND   |             |            |            |             |
-      SCHOOL.    |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  131. Both hands|Was pushed   |Seventh     |Steno-      |An aluminum  |
-       amputated |into a       |grade.      |graphic.    |cup was      |
-       4 to 6    |bonfire when |            |            |fitted to the|
-       inches    |a child of 7 |            |            |stumps.      |
-       below     |years.       |            |            |             |
-       elbow.    |             |            |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  132. Both limbs|Run over by  |Eighth grade|    do.     |None.        |
-       amputated.|street car.  |and 2 years |            |             |
-                 |             |at East     |            |             |
-                 |             |Liberty     |            |             |
-                 |             |Academy.    |            |             |
-                 |             |            |            |             |
-  133. Right leg |Crushed by   |Eighth      |Bookkeeping,|     do.     |
-       amputated.|mine car     |grade.      |then steno- |             |
-                 |(helper in   |            |graphic.    |             |
-                 |coal mine).  |            |            |             |
-  ---------------+-------------+------------+------------+-------------+
-
-  ===============+=================+=================+==================
-   School, case  |      Time       |     Present     |     Remarks.
-    number, and  |    required.    |     status.     |
-    disability.  |                 |                 |
-  ---------------+-----------------+-----------------+------------------
-      PIERCE     |                 |                 |
-     BUSINESS    |                 |                 |
-      SCHOOL,    |                 |                 |
-   PHILADELPHIA, |                 |                 |
-       PA.       |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-    1. Deaf and  |Not longer than  |Shares equally in|Rendering
-       dumb.     |usually required.|profits of firm. |excellent service.
-                 |                 |                 |Results in the
-                 |                 |                 |case of this young
-                 |                 |                 |man were
-                 |                 |                 |satisfactory
-                 |                 |                 |beyond
-                 |                 |                 |expectation.
-                 |                 |                 |
-    2. Loss of   |Succeeded as well|$15 per week.    |Her progress met
-       left arm. |as students of   |                 |all expectations.
-                 |like ability.    |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-    3. Infantile |Doing as well as |Is still a       |This young man’s
-       paralysis.|others of similar|student at this  |affliction is such
-                 |education.       |school.          |that his parents
-                 |                 |                 |must bring him to
-                 |                 |                 |and take him from
-                 |                 |                 |school every day.
-                 |                 |                 |
-    4. Paralysis.|Somewhat longer  |Doing            |
-                 |than average.    |satisfactory     |
-                 |                 |work.            |
-                 |                 |                 |
-    5. War       |Did not finish,  |Is a minister    |Decided as his
-       wounds.   |but was making   |now; average     |physical condition
-                 |average progress.|minister’s       |improved to
-                 |                 |compensation.    |prepare for the
-                 |                 |                 |ministry.
-                 |                 |                 |
-  STONE BUSINESS |                 |                 |
-   COLLEGE, NEW  |                 |                 |
-   HAVEN, CONN.  |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-    6. Loss of   |No report.       |Salary $2,500 a  |
-       leg.      |                 |year, general    |
-                 |                 |manager New Haven|
-                 |                 |Bridge Crucible  |
-                 |                 |Steel Co.        |
-                 |                 |                 |
-    7. Short leg.|2 or 3 months    |Doing            |
-                 |longer than      |satisfactory     |
-                 |average.         |work; salary, $90|
-                 |                 |per month.       |
-                 |                 |                 |
-    8. Paralysis.|Not longer than  |Satisfactory     |
-                 |usually required.|progress; $2,500 |
-                 |                 |or $3,000 a year.|
-                 |                 |                 |
-  BOWLING GREEN  |                 |                 |
-    BUSINESS     |                 |                 |
-   UNIVERSITY,   |                 |                 |
-  BOWLING GREEN, |                 |                 |
-       KY.       |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-    9. Paralysis |Not longer than  |Employed Postal  |
-       of legs.  |usually required.|Telegraph Co.,   |
-                 |                 |$1,700 a year.   |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   10. Paralysis |      do.        |Making           |
-       of legs.  |                 |satisfactory     |
-                 |                 |progress; salary,|
-                 |                 |$1,500 a year.   |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   11. Loss of   |No longer than   |Salary, $1,800 a |
-       leg.      |usually required.|year.            |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   12. Deformed  |      do.        |Progress         |
-       legs and  |                 |satisfactory;    |
-       feet.     |                 |salary, $2,100 a |
-                 |                 |year.            |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   13. Loss of   |      do.        |Progress         |
-       arm.      |                 |satisfactory;    |
-                 |                 |salary, $1,080 a |
-                 |                 |year.            |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   PIERCE SCHOOL,|                 |                 |
-   PHILADELPHIA, |                 |                 |
-       PA.       |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   14. Hand and  |Longer than usual|Progress         |Is happy and
-       arm       |to change from   |satisfactory; $32|contented,
-       crippled. |right to left    |per week.        |according to his
-                 |hand.            |                 |own statement. The
-                 |                 |                 |course selected
-                 |                 |                 |has given him a
-                 |                 |                 |better opportunity
-                 |                 |                 |than any other
-                 |                 |                 |line he could have
-                 |                 |                 |followed.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   15. Loss of   |Average time.    |Progress         |The very marked
-       leg.      |                 |satisfactory.    |success of this
-                 |                 |                 |man is due to the
-                 |                 |                 |type of his
-                 |                 |                 |business training.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   16. Three     |       do.       |      do.        |He was right
-       fingers   |                 |                 |handed and by
-       right     |                 |                 |training in pen
-       hand.     |                 |                 |holding and in
-                 |                 |                 |penmanship it was
-                 |                 |                 |not necessary to
-                 |                 |                 |change to left
-                 |                 |                 |hand. Works for
-                 |                 |                 |father.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   17. Left side |Somewhat longer. |Progress         |Paralysis affected
-       paralysis.|                 |satisfactory;    |his right hand so
-                 |                 |present salary   |that it was
-                 |                 |$12 a week.      |necessary to
-                 |                 |                 |change to left
-                 |                 |                 |hand. Acquired
-                 |                 |                 |fair degree of
-                 |                 |                 |speed in writing.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   18. Dislocated|Less than        |Progress         |
-       hip.      |average.         |satisfactory.    |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   NORTHWESTERN  |                 |                 |
-     BUSINESS    |                 |                 |
-     COLLEGE,    |                 |                 |
-   CHICAGO, ILL. |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   19. Loss of   |Longer than      |Progress         |
-       both feet.|average.         |satisfactory;    |
-                 |                 |present salary   |
-                 |                 |$25 a week.      |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   20. Amputation|Shorter by 2     |Favorable        |“It is our opinion
-       of left   |months than      |reports.         |that the business
-       hand.     |average.         |                 |public will be
-                 |                 |                 |more considerate
-                 |                 |                 |of the application
-                 |                 |                 |of the crippled
-                 |                 |                 |soldier, and he
-                 |                 |                 |needs only a
-                 |                 |                 |chance to dispel
-                 |                 |                 |any doubt of his
-                 |                 |                 |ability to adapt
-                 |                 |                 |himself to
-                 |                 |                 |requirements.”
-                 |                 |                 |
-   21. Deaf.     |Longer by about 2|Satisfactory; $14|
-                 |months than      |per week.        |
-                 |usual.           |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   22. Partial   |Shorter by 1¹⁄₂  |Satisfactory; $15|
-       paralysis.|months than      |per week.        |
-                 |usual.           |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   23. Little use|Finished on time.|Most             |
-       of lower  |                 |satisfactory;    |
-       limbs.    |                 |cashier in bank. |
-                 |                 |                 |
-    RIDER-MOORE  |                 |                 |
-    AND STEWART  |                 |                 |
-      SCHOOL,    |                 |                 |
-   TRENTON, N. J.|                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   24. Hand      |Regular.         |No report.       |
-       maimed.   |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   25. Both legs |       do.       |Doing well.      |
-       maimed.   |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   26. Loss of   |       do.       |       do.       |
-       leg.      |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   27. Loss of   |       do.       |No report.       |
-       hand.     |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   28. Loss of   |       do.       |Satisfactory.    |
-       hand and  |                 |                 |
-       part of   |                 |                 |
-       arm.      |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  DUFF’S COLLEGE,|                 |                 |
-  PITTSBURGH, PA.|                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   29. Right leg |Average time.    |Satisfactory; $75|
-       off near  |                 |per month.       |
-       hip.      |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   30. Right arm |One-half longer  |Most             |
-       off at    |than usual.      |satisfactory;    |
-       shoulder. |                 |$100 a month.    |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   31. Loss of   |No longer than   |Satisfactory; $50|
-       left hand |usual.           |per month.       |
-       at wrist. |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   32. Right hand|Less than the    |Satisfactory,    |
-       stiff,    |average time.    |$100 a month.    |
-       fingers   |                 |                 |
-       straight. |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-     THE CEDAR   |                 |                 |
-  RAPIDS BUSINESS|                 |                 |
-   COLLEGE, CEDAR|                 |                 |
-    RAPIDS, IOWA.|                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   33. No use of |No longer than   |Satisfactory; $30|
-       lower     |others of same   |per week.        |
-       limbs.    |education.       |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   34. Both legs |Regular.         |Satisfactory; $21|
-       off.      |                 |per week.        |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   35. One leg   |        do.      |Satisfactory; $90|
-       off.      |                 |a month.         |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   36. Both legs |        do.      |Probably         |
-       off below |                 |satisfactory;    |
-       knees.    |                 |$1,200 per year. |
-                 |                 |                 |
-     BURDETT     |                 |                 |
-     COLLEGE,    |                 |                 |
-   BOSTON, MASS. |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   37. Hip       |        do.      |Probably         |This student was
-       trouble.  |                 |satisfactory; $10|lame to the extent
-                 |                 |per week at      |that he had to
-                 |                 |start.           |rely upon a cane,
-                 |                 |                 |yet this did not
-                 |                 |                 |interfere with his
-                 |                 |                 |progress in
-                 |                 |                 |business life.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   38. Short     |        do.      |Probably         |Case 38 found it
-       limb,     |                 |satisfactory;    |difficult to walk
-       paralyzed |                 |salary unknown.  |on account of
-       hip.      |                 |                 |short limb and
-                 |                 |                 |stiff hip, yet
-                 |                 |                 |ordinary
-                 |                 |                 |facilities were
-                 |                 |                 |adequate for his
-                 |                 |                 |comfort.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   39. One hand  |Regular.         |In business with |
-       off.      |                 |his father.      |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   40. Twisted   |Longer by about 2|Probably         |
-       neck.     |months than      |satisfactory;    |
-                 |usual.           |started in with  |
-                 |                 |$8 a week.       |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   41. Loss of   |Regular.         |Salary unknown.  |
-       left arm. |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   42. Two       |Progress a little|Probably         |
-       fingers   |slower than      |satisfactory;    |
-       missing.  |average.         |salary $12 per   |
-                 |                 |week.            |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   43. Hand      |Slightly longer. |Satisfactorily   |
-       burned.   |                 |employed; $15 per|
-                 |                 |week.            |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   44. Hip       |The same as other|Satisfactorily   |
-       trouble.  |students.        |employed; $8 a   |
-                 |                 |week to start.   |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   45. Right arm |Did not complete |No report.       |
-       off.      |course.          |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   46. Lame.     |Regular.         |Satisfactory; $25|Was very lame and
-                 |                 |per week.        |had to use cane
-                 |                 |                 |constantly.
-                 |                 |                 |Completed course.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   47. Very lame.|        do.      |No report.       |Uses crutch.
-                 |                 |                 |Handicap does not
-                 |                 |                 |interfere with his
-                 |                 |                 |progress.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   48. Very deaf.|Less than        |       do.       |Completed course
-                 |average.         |                 |but underwent an
-                 |                 |                 |operation and died
-                 |                 |                 |before taking
-                 |                 |                 |place.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   49. Short leg.|Regular.         |Doing excellent  |Walked with cane.
-                 |                 |work; $12 to     |
-                 |                 |start.           |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   50. Lame.     |Has not completed|No report.       |Excellent student
-                 |course.          |                 |and mentally
-                 |                 |                 |qualified to take
-                 |                 |                 |any business
-                 |                 |                 |course.
-                 |                 |                 |
-  UTICA SCHOOL OF|                 |                 |
-    COMMERCE,    |                 |                 |
-   UTICA, N. Y.  |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   51. Loss of   |“Not much        |Doing very well; |
-       left hand.|longer.”         |present salary   |
-                 |                 |$18 per week.    |
-                 |                 |                 |
-    WATERBURY    |                 |                 |
-     BUSINESS    |                 |                 |
-     COLLEGE,    |                 |                 |
-    WATERBURY,   |                 |                 |
-      CONN.      |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   52. Loss of   |Regular.         |Holds responsible|
-       right leg.|                 |position; $30 a  |
-                 |                 |week.            |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   53. Right arm |       do.       |Salary $40 a     |
-       off       |                 |week.            |
-       (student).|                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   54. Deaf and  |About 3 months   |No report.       |“I believe
-       dumb.     |longer than      |                 |typewriting would
-                 |average.         |                 |be better as they
-                 |                 |                 |could make fine
-                 |                 |                 |copyists; easier
-                 |                 |                 |to place.”
-                 |                 |                 |
-      FERRIS     |                 |                 |
-   INSTITUTE, BIG|                 |                 |
-    RAPIDS, MICH.|                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   55. Leg off.  |Regular.         |“Doing well,”    |
-                 |                 |$1,200 a year.   |
-                 |                 |                 |
-     MEEKER’S    |                 |                 |
-     BUSINESS    |                 |                 |
-    INSTITUTE,   |                 |                 |
-   ELMIRA, N. Y. |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   56. Left arm  |2 months longer. |Most successful. |This man is now a
-       off.      |                 |                 |millionaire.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   57. Hunchback.|Regular.         |Salary $100 a    |Now in Government
-                 |                 |month.           |in Washington;
-                 |                 |                 |doing excellent
-                 |                 |                 |work.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   58. “Club     |       do.       |Satisfactory;    |
-       feet”.    |                 |salary $150 a    |
-                 |                 |month.           |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   59. Left arm  |Regular.         |Most successful; |
-       off; legs |                 |salary $175 a    |
-       paralyzed.|                 |month.           |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   60. Left hand |2 months longer. |Not much of a    |Did not apply
-       off.      |                 |success; salary  |herself to her
-                 |                 |$60 a month.     |work while at
-                 |                 |                 |school.
-                 |                 |                 |
-     SPENCERIAN  |                 |                 |
-     COMMERCIAL  |                 |                 |
-      SCHOOL,    |                 |                 |
-  LOUISVILLE, KY.|                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   61. Leg off.  |Regular.         |In Government,   |
-                 |                 |Washington       |
-                 |                 |(present salary  |
-                 |                 |about $150 per   |
-                 |                 |month).          |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   62. Right arm.|        do.      |“Very successful”|
-                 |                 |salary $120 a    |
-                 |                 |month.           |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   63. Right arm.|        do.      |“Quite           |
-                 |                 |successful”      |
-                 |                 |salary $70 a     |
-                 |                 |month at time of |
-                 |                 |marriage.        |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  MORSE BUSINESS |                 |                 |
-     COLLEGE,    |                 |                 |
-  HARTFORD, CONN.|                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   64. Leg off.  |Regular.         |Satisfactory;    |
-                 |                 |salary about $75 |
-                 |                 |per month.       |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   65. Left arm  |        do.      |Satisfactory;    |The Morse College
-       off.      |                 |salary $30 a     |has educated a
-                 |                 |week.            |number of one-
-                 |                 |                 |armed people.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   66. Deformed. |        do.      |Satisfactory;    |
-                 |                 |salary $35 a     |
-                 |                 |week.            |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   67. Deaf.     |        do.      |Satisfactory;    |
-                 |                 |salary was $2,000|
-                 |                 |(now deceased).  |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   68. Helpless  |Completed work in|He was           |Since the
-       from waist|much less than   |exceptionally    |instruction in the
-       down.     |average time.    |successful;      |Morse Business
-                 |                 |salary $2,500 a  |College is so
-                 |                 |year; cashier in |largely
-                 |                 |country bank.    |individual,
-                 |                 |                 |special
-                 |                 |                 |arrangements for
-                 |                 |                 |these cases are
-                 |                 |                 |reduced to a
-                 |                 |                 |minimum.
-                 |                 |                 |
-     WORCESTER   |                 |                 |
-     BUSINESS    |                 |                 |
-    INSTITUTE,   |                 |                 |
-    WORCESTER,   |                 |                 |
-      MASS.      |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   69. Right arm |Average.         |Very             |“He was so
-       off.      |                 |satisfactory;    |enthusiastic he
-                 |                 |$1,200 to $1,500 |did better than
-                 |                 |per year.        |some students with
-                 |                 |                 |both hands.”
-                 |                 |                 |
-   70. Loss of   |Average.         |Salary $1,000 per|Had difficulty at
-       one leg.  |                 |year.            |first in placing
-                 |                 |                 |him, but after
-                 |                 |                 |securing
-                 |                 |                 |artificial limb it
-                 |                 |                 |was much easier.
-                 |                 |                 |
-  GOLDEY COLLEGE,|                 |                 |
-    WILMINGTON,  |                 |                 |
-       DEL.      |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   71. Right arm |Average.         |Unknown.         |His handicap
-       amputated.|                 |                 |seemed to spur him
-                 |                 |                 |on to unusual
-                 |                 |                 |efforts.
-                 |                 |                 |
-    THE DRAUGHON |                 |                 |
-      BUSINESS   |                 |                 |
-      COLLEGE,   |                 |                 |
-     KNOXVILLE,  |                 |                 |
-       TENN.     |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   72. Index     |Average.         |He is an         |
-       finger off|                 |excellent bank   |
-       left hand.|                 |man; $2,000 per  |
-                 |                 |year.            |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   73. Right arm |        do.      |Very             |Now in employ of
-       off.      |                 |satisfactory;    |the Quaker Oats
-                 |                 |$1,500 a year.   |Co.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   74. Left arm  |        do.      |$1,200 per year. |A man with left
-       off.      |                 |                 |arm off gets along
-                 |                 |                 |all right as
-                 |                 |                 |bookkeeper, etc.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   75. Left arm  |        do.      |        do.      |It is one of the
-       off.      |                 |                 |best lines for a
-                 |                 |                 |man who has lost
-                 |                 |                 |left arm to
-                 |                 |                 |follow.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   76. Middle    |Completed 4      |Has been very    |This man is a
-       finger,   |months ahead of  |successful; $960 |valuable asset to
-       right hand|schedule.        |per year.        |the bank where
-       off.      |                 |                 |employed, and has
-                 |                 |                 |certainly “made
-                 |                 |                 |good.”
-                 |                 |                 |
-  BANK’S BUSINESS|                 |                 |
-     COLLEGE,    |                 |                 |
-   PHILADELPHIA, |                 |                 |
-        PA.      |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   77. Loss of   |About a month    |Doing well, $80  |Case 77 is 18
-       right     |longer than      |per month.       |years of age, has
-       hand.     |average.         |                 |pleasing
-                 |                 |                 |personality and
-                 |                 |                 |good health; these
-                 |                 |                 |are very much in
-                 |                 |                 |his favor.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   78. Loss of   |About a month    |Is teaching      |Consider this case
-       right arm |or two longer    |commercial       |a most remarkable
-       below     |than average.    |subjects, $90    |one. She did
-       elbow.    |                 |per month.       |everything so
-                 |                 |                 |well. Teaching
-                 |                 |                 |high school, State
-                 |                 |                 |College,
-                 |                 |                 |Pennsylvania.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   79. Loss of   |        do.      |Now very         |Took much pains in
-       left arm. |                 |successful, $100 |writing, therefore
-                 |                 |per month.       |developed into a
-                 |                 |                 |very fine penman.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   80. Withered  |Several months   |Successful; $70  |
-       arm       |longer than      |per month.       |
-       (left).   |average.         |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   81. Loss of   |Average.         |Successful; $45  |This case has
-       both legs.|                 |to $50 per week. |artificial legs
-                 |                 |                 |and has very
-                 |                 |                 |little difficulty
-                 |                 |                 |in moving about.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   GREGG SCHOOL, |                 |                 |
-   CHICAGO, ILL. |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   82. Right hand|Longer than      |About $200 per   |Although colored,
-       off.      |average.         |month.           |this person had no
-                 |                 |                 |difficulty
-                 |                 |                 |securing position.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   83. Sprained  |No report.       |Reporting        |
-       wrist.    |                 |meetings of War  |
-                 |                 |Industries Board.|
-                 |                 |                 |
-     GEM CITY    |                 |                 |
-     BUSINESS    |                 |                 |
-     COLLEGE,    |                 |                 |
-   QUINCY, ILL.  |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   84. Third and |Longer by        |Unknown.         |
-       fourth    |possibly two     |                 |
-       fingers   |months than      |                 |
-       off right |average.         |                 |
-       hand.     |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   85. Left arm  |Twice as long as |Is employed.     |
-       off.      |average.         |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   86. Left arm  |Average.         |   do.           |
-       off.      |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   87. Badly     |About average    |Is employed in   |
-       crippled  |time.            |Rock Island      |
-       in hips.  |                 |Arsenal.         |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   88. Right arm |Not much longer  |Automobile       |
-       off.      |than average.    |salesman.        |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   89. Paralyzed |About a fourth   |He is assistant  |
-       from waist|longer, but his  |cashier of a     |
-       down.     |grades were      |bank.            |
-                 |above average.   |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-     GRIFFIN’S   |                 |                 |
-    SPRINGFIELD  |                 |                 |
-     BUSINESS    |                 |                 |
-      SCHOOL,    |                 |                 |
-   SPRINGFIELD,  |                 |                 |
-      MASS.      |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   90. One-armed.|Average.         |Is a lawyer.     |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   91. One-armed.|        do.      |Prosperous;      |Is now treasurer
-                 |                 |leading man in   |of the Chester
-                 |                 |his company.     |Granite Co.,
-                 |                 |                 |Chester, Mass.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   PALMER METHOD |                 |                 |
-     SCHOOL OF   |                 |                 |
-  PENMANSHIP, NEW|                 |                 |
-    YORK CITY.   |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   92. Crippled. |No report.       |Successful; $5   |
-                 |                 |per day.         |
-                 |                 |                 |
-      BRYANT &   |                 |                 |
-      STRATTON   |                 |                 |
-     COMMERCIAL  |                 |                 |
-      SCHOOL,    |                 |                 |
-    PROVIDENCE,  |                 |                 |
-       R. I.     |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   93. Loss of   |Average.         |$1,300 per year. |“He is active in
-       both legs.|                 |                 |business every day
-                 |                 |                 |and is still
-                 |                 |                 |employed by the
-                 |                 |                 |same firm. Has
-                 |                 |                 |entire confidence
-                 |                 |                 |of his employers
-                 |                 |                 |and now has charge
-                 |                 |                 |of the office.”
-                 |                 |                 |
-   94. Blind.    |Little more than |Satisfactory; $12|It seems to me
-                 |regular.         |per week.        |that typewriting
-                 |                 |                 |would be the only
-                 |                 |                 |course blind
-                 |                 |                 |persons could
-                 |                 |                 |undertake
-                 |                 |                 |satisfactorily.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   95. Both legs |Average.         |No report.       |Is working at
-       off.      |                 |                 |present and seems
-                 |                 |                 |to be improving
-                 |                 |                 |all the time.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   96. Withered  |Still studying.  |Still studying in|
-       arm and   |                 |school.          |
-       hand.     |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   97. Deaf and  |Average.         |“Doing           |Some difficulty in
-       dumb.     |                 | nicely.”        |placing him on
-                 |                 |                 |account of
-                 |                 |                 |inability to
-                 |                 |                 |answer phone.
-                 |                 |                 |
-   98. Fingers   |       do.       |“Doing nicely as |
-       off on    |                 |bookkeeper.”     |
-       right     |                 |                 |
-       hand.     |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   99. St. Vitus |Possibly 10 weeks|“Doing nicely.”  |
-       dance.    |longer than      |                 |
-                 |average.         |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  100. Totally   |Average.         |In the same      |“I think any man
-       deaf.     |                 |position he took |as mentally alert
-                 |                 |on leaving       |as this one would
-                 |                 |school.          |succeed. I would
-                 |                 |                 |not recommend such
-                 |                 |                 |a course for the
-                 |                 |                 |ordinary deaf
-                 |                 |                 |person.”
-                 |                 |                 |
-  101. Artificial|Average;         |Head bookkeeper, |
-       leg.      |he had an        |very successful. |
-                 |excellent record.|                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  102. Withered  |Average.         |“Is doing well as|
-       arm.      |                 |stenographer     |
-                 |                 |and bookkeeper.” |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  103. Hunchback.|No report.       |No report.       |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  104. Stutters. |       do.       |        do.      |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  105. Spells of |       do.       |Did not graduate.|
-       queerness.|                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  106. Legs      |       do.       |No report.       |
-       affected. |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  107. Weak      |       do.       |Did not graduate.|
-       mentally, |                 |                 |
-       bad eyes. |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  108. Wrists    |       do.       |No report.       |
-       badly     |                 |                 |
-       deformed. |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  109. Wooden    |       do.       |        do.      |
-       leg.      |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  110. Artificial|       do.       |Has not          |
-       foot, very|                 |graduated.       |
-       lame.     |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  111. One short |       do.       |        do.      |
-       leg.      |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  112. Badly     |       do.       |Did not graduate.|
-       burned    |                 |                 |
-       face.     |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  113. Lame,     |       do.       |        do.      |
-       diseased  |                 |                 |
-       knee.     |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  114. Speech.   |       do.       |No report.       |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  115. Paralysis.|       do.       |        do.      |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  116. One short |       do.       |        do.      |
-       leg.      |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  117. Short leg.|       do.       |Did not graduate.|
-                 |                 |                 |
-  118. Hunchback.|       do.       |No report.       |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  119. Short leg.|       do.       |        do.      |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  120. Left      |       do.       |Did not graduate.|
-       handed.   |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  121. Bad hip,  |       do.       |No report.       |
-       used      |                 |                 |
-       crutch.   |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  122. Spinal    |       do.       |Did not graduate.|
-       trouble.  |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  123. Hunchback,|       do.       |No report.       |
-       badly     |                 |                 |
-       deformed. |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  124. Paralysis.|       do.       |Did not graduate.|
-                 |                 |                 |
-  125. Paralysis.|       do.       |        do.      |
-                 |                 |                 |
-   PIERCE SCHOOL,|                 |                 |
-   PHILADELPHIA, |                 |                 |
-        PA.      |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  126. Right hand|A month or more  |Has succeeded    |“The good results
-       off.      |longer than      |very well in her |obtained by
-                 |average.         |position.        |training, and the
-                 |                 |                 |excellent
-                 |                 |                 |opportunity
-                 |                 |                 |afforded, would
-                 |                 |                 |assure us that
-                 |                 |                 |anyone of like
-                 |                 |                 |affliction could
-                 |                 |                 |be readily
-                 |                 |                 |trained.”
-                 |                 |                 |
-     ROCHESTER   |                 |                 |
-      BUSINESS   |                 |                 |
-     INSTITUTE,  |                 |                 |
-     ROCHESTER,  |                 |                 |
-       N. Y.     |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  127. Paralysis.|Can not be       |No report.       |
-                 |absolutely       |                 |
-                 |regular in       |                 |
-                 |attendance; he   |                 |
-                 |will require     |                 |
-                 |twice the regular|                 |
-                 |time.            |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  128. Paralysis |Average.         |Earning about $25|Is constantly
-       of right  |                 |per week.        |gaining in
-       leg and   |                 |                 |experience and
-       arm.      |                 |                 |acquaintance and
-                 |                 |                 |expects to better
-                 |                 |                 |himself. He is
-                 |                 |                 |full of courage
-                 |                 |                 |and hope for the
-                 |                 |                 |future.
-                 |                 |                 |
-  129. Anchylosis|       do.       |Earning $18 a    |
-       of hip    |                 |week; is worth   |
-       joints.   |                 |more.            |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  130. Paralysis,|About the average|With Western     |
-       withered  |time.            |Electric Co.,    |
-       arm,      |                 |Chicago;         |
-       impeded   |                 |most successful. |
-       speech.   |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-     THE MARTIN  |                 |                 |
-     SHORTHAND   |                 |                 |
-      SCHOOL.    |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  131. Both hands|About 6 months   |Her vocational   |Student’s home
-       amputated |longer than      |training a       |environment was so
-       4 to 6    |average, largely |complete success.|bad that it was
-       inches    |due to lack of   |                 |difficult to
-       below     |early schooling  |                 |counteract it. She
-       elbow.    |and health.      |                 |received a good
-                 |                 |                 |deal of newspaper
-                 |                 |                 |notoriety and it
-                 |                 |                 |went to her head.
-                 |                 |                 |Her family seemed
-                 |                 |                 |to try to exploit
-                 |                 |                 |her misfortune.
-                 |                 |                 |
-  132. Both limbs|Average.         |Very successful. |
-       amputated.|                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |
-  133. Right leg |A little longer  |“I expect him to |
-       amputated.|than average,    |be very          |
-                 |lacking general  |successful;      |
-                 |education.       |earning $100 per |
-                 |                 |month.”          |
-  ---------------+-----------------+-----------------+------------------
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1101. TEACHING AS A VOCATION
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-The Federal Board for Vocational Education is indebted to Teachers’
-College, Columbia University, for contributing material that served as a
-basis for this monograph, which has been prepared by Dr. H. L. Smith,
-Superintendent for Co-operation for the Federal Board, under direction
-of Charles H. Winslow, Chief of the Division of Research. Acknowledgment
-is due to Dr. John Cummings, of the Research Division, for editorial
-assistance.
-
-
-WHAT KINDS OF POSITIONS ARE OPEN TO MEN IN THE EDUCATIONAL FIELD?
-
-The following types of positions are open to men in education:
-
-  (1) Teaching positions.
-
-  (2) Supervisory and executive positions on the strictly educational
-  side.
-
-  (3) Executive positions on the strictly business side.
-
-  (4) Miscellaneous positions, such as those held by attendance and
-  probation officers.
-
-Teaching positions open to men may be classified as follows:
-
-1. Positions in the eight grammar school grades--
-
-  (_a_) As teachers of the regular grade subjects (elementary school
-  subjects) in rural schools.
-
-  (_b_) As teachers of the regular grade subjects (elementary school
-  subjects) in fifth, sixth, and especially seventh and eighth grades in
-  the city schools.
-
-  (_c_) As teachers of special subjects in the grades, such as music,
-  mechanical drawing, manual training, agriculture, commercial subjects,
-  physical training and playground work, including coaching in
-  athletics.
-
-2. Positions in high schools, as teachers of practically all high-school
-subjects, but especially in the sciences, such as geology, physics,
-zoology, botany, and chemistry; and in agriculture, commercial subjects,
-debating, history, mathematics, foreign languages, English, drafting,
-shop work of various kinds, and printing.
-
-3. Positions in all-day, part-time, or evening vocational schools as
-teachers of vocational subjects.
-
-4. Positions in normal schools, colleges, and universities.
-
-The greater part of the teaching in the elementary schools is in the
-hands of women, and much of it should continue in their hands since they
-are better suited than men to teach the lower grades. But children,
-especially in the upper grades, should come in contact not only with
-women, but with some men as well. More teaching in these grades,
-therefore, will doubtless in the future be put into the hands of men.
-
-In the rural schools, except where schools have been consolidated, a
-teacher usually teaches all subjects in all eight grades, or in a number
-of these grades. In city schools in the regular grade subjects, each
-teacher generally handles one group of children, all of whom are in the
-same grade. In the upper grades of the elementary schools in cities,
-particularly in grades 7 and 8, each teacher generally teaches one
-subject, and teaches that subject to different groups of children in
-different grades. Under these conditions the teacher has opportunity to
-specialize along the line of his choice. One may specialize in the
-regular old line school subjects, such as history, reading, arithmetic,
-writing, and geography, or in the newer subjects, such as music, art,
-and agriculture. Art teaching offers an attractive field. So do
-agriculture, woodwork, foundry, forging, sheet-metal work, concrete
-construction, simple electrical construction and wiring, printing, shoe
-repairing, and mechanical drawing. Except in the largest cities, the
-teachers of industrial art subjects are usually called upon to teach two
-or three such subjects. One’s preparation for the teaching of these
-industrial art subjects should include first, a knowledge of the shop
-side of these lines of work; second, some knowledge of the everyday
-problems of industrial production, distribution, and consumption; and
-third, some knowledge of the method of teaching.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1102. MEN TEACHERS NEEDED
-
-Men who have strong sympathies with children, who have seen life outside
-of their own town, State, or country, who, like our soldiers returning
-from the front, have faced death with as much bravery as they have faced
-life, such men know what it means to overcome difficulties, and the
-experience and ideals of such men are needed for the proper education of
-our youth. The influence of such characters should be felt before the
-close of the elementary school, which is the most important part of any
-educational system, the foundation on which higher education is based,
-and which, therefore, offers a field not unworthy the finest type of
-soldier.
-
-There is a growing demand for men teachers in the best high schools and
-normal schools, and this demand is likely to increase as the result of
-the war, which has shown more clearly the need of the influence of men
-in our secondary schools and which has drawn many women into industrial
-occupations that were formerly closed to them.
-
-This demand for men teachers is especially noticeable in the special
-subjects in high schools, and it is growing even in the regular
-subjects. Even in English, which has been taught pretty largely in the
-past by women, there is a growing feeling that more men should be
-employed. Heretofore, men fitted by nature and training for teaching
-English in the high schools have generally gone into journalism or
-magazine writing.
-
-In the teaching of mathematics in high schools, applications rather than
-pure theory are being more and more emphasized. Here men generally have
-a wider range of information and experience than women, so that the
-teaching of mathematics in high schools should offer increasing
-opportunities to returned service men.
-
-The method of teaching history, too, is gradually changing, so that it
-is more attractive to men than formerly. Particularly attractive should
-it be to returned soldiers and sailors, who have had such an important
-part in making history during recent months.
-
-The teaching of modern languages is tending to open up somewhat to men.
-There will be a growing demand for teachers of French and Spanish, and
-this demand can not readily be filled satisfactorily for some time to
-come. It should open up good opportunities, therefore, to returned
-soldiers and sailors. French has been neglected in American secondary
-schools, particularly in the central and far West. Spanish, until a very
-few years ago, was almost unknown in high-school courses. Recently it
-has been introduced rapidly. It is not certain, of course, yet that it
-will continue to develop under normal conditions, but it is certain that
-South American trade will grow faster after the war, and this fact
-should encourage the spread of the study of Spanish.
-
-In the past we have made the mistake of leaving the teaching of foreign
-languages too much to teachers native to the countries whose language
-they teach. In the future we shall be careful not to make the mistake
-that we made in the teaching of German. We shall put the teaching of
-foreign languages more largely into the hands of American-born teachers.
-We can scarcely do better than to intrust such work to the care of
-returned soldiers and sailors who equip themselves for this task.
-
-There has long been a great demand for well-prepared men teachers in
-sciences in the high schools. The chances for men in these subjects in
-the future are likely to be better than they have been in the past. Many
-men with scientific training will return from the war with disabilities
-unfitting them for their former occupation, and to such the field of
-science teaching may seem very promising. Opportunities will be
-especially good for men who have been trained in scientific or technical
-colleges, which include in their curricula the sciences usually taught
-in high schools.
-
-For more advanced high-school work in industrial arts in the large high
-schools, men are needed who can teach one of the branches of industry
-intensively, giving their whole time to such subjects as wood-working,
-metal working, printing, or mechanical drawing. A man who is a
-journeyman workman in any industry already has most of the training
-necessary for this line of teaching. Men teachers are needed also to
-teach some of the regular school subjects from the industrial point of
-view. For instance, there is occasionally need for men to teach shop
-mathematics or the sciences concerned in the industry, but they should
-be familiar with shop work and shop problems in order to make their work
-fit into the needs of the shop courses.
-
-There are opportunities also in the field of teaching vocations.
-Positions are rapidly opening up in public all-day, part-time, and
-evening vocational schools; also in apprentice schools conducted by
-business establishments.
-
-Opportunities for teaching positions in this work range from permanent
-employment on the staff of a school or college to temporary employment
-in conducting evening courses for a number of weeks. Many institutions
-of all grades conduct full-time day courses, and also conduct special,
-part-time or evening courses, at certain times in the year. Thus
-opportunities are open either for full-time or part-time employment. In
-industrial cities where evening industrial and commercial courses are
-conducted there is often an opportunity for a man to secure a position
-as instructor. He can do this instructing and retain his day employment.
-
-Usually there is more demand for agricultural training in the
-agricultural and thinly settled States, and for trade and industrial
-training in the cities of the industrial States, though both forms of
-training are carried on to some degree in practically all the States. In
-any part of the country a prospective trade instructor is more likely to
-find opportunity in the larger cities.
-
-
-PROMOTION
-
-Teaching positions in colleges and universities pay more money, of
-course, than those in high schools. It is equally true that instructors
-in high schools are paid more money than those in elementary schools.
-This difference in salary is largely because of the greater amount of
-training required for the better paying positions.
-
-In general, high-school teachers, for example, must have pursued an
-educational course at least four years in advance of the grade of the
-subject which they teach in the high school. This means graduation from
-a college, or what is commonly called the A. B. degree. The standards in
-most colleges have been raised so much the last few years that one must
-have at least two years of education in the college subject which he
-expects to teach, beyond the four years’ work of the college. This means
-at least the master’s degree and, in many institutions, the doctor’s
-degree.
-
-Any young man ambitious to become a college instructor should recognize
-that his chances of success in the work are very poor unless he is able
-in some way to secure the proper preparation. In many cases this is done
-by graduating from a normal school to teach in elementary schools.
-Later, by saving his money, the teacher is able to complete an A. B.
-degree, which makes him eligible for desirable teaching positions in
-high schools.
-
-A third step for the ambitious man is that the second return to a
-college or university for the purpose of securing specialized training
-which entitles him to the master’s or doctor’s degree. He is then
-eligible for desirable college and university positions.
-
-Any man interested in education as a profession should, therefore, take
-stock of his native ability, his interest in the profession, his present
-educational qualifications, the grade of position to which he aspires,
-and the amount of sacrifice he is willing to make to meet its
-requirements.
-
-After a few years’ experience in actual teaching one may qualify for a
-supervisory position or an administrative position. There are many
-positions of this character. There are positions as supervisor of art,
-music, drawing, physical training, manual training, agriculture, etc.,
-in the grades and in the high schools. There are supervisors also of
-certain grades, like supervisors in the primary grades, the intermediate
-grades and the upper grades. Men can very well do this supervisory work
-in the intermediate and especially in the upper grades. Sometimes one
-supervises the teaching of all subjects in a group of buildings. On the
-administrative side there are opportunities as principals of buildings.
-Sometimes the work of the principal is wholly that of administration.
-Sometimes it combines with the administrative work, the work of
-supervising actual teaching. From principalships and supervising
-positions one may pass on to the position of superintendent.
-
-A young man of ability and ambition with the proper training can
-reasonably hope to become principal of a large building, or
-superintendent of a fairly good sized school system, if he is willing to
-pay the price of hard work for 12 to 15 years.
-
-Administrative positions on the strictly business side of schools, such
-as superintendent of buildings, or of supplies, are open to men of
-course, who have not had teaching experience at all. Generally, however,
-these positions are filled by men who know something of the teaching
-problem itself. More and more there is a tendency to bring the business
-administration and education administration nearer together.
-
-In the future, therefore, promotions even in the business field of
-school work will doubtless take place more and more through the avenue
-of the educational field. In both of these fields, the business and the
-educational administration of school work, there is a distinct future
-for fine vigorous men, who have the power of arranging their thoughts
-and facts in an orderly way when they are taking up matters for
-discussion with their associates.
-
-The soldier who enters the field of education has a far wider horizon,
-and therefore a better opportunity for promotion, than one equally well
-equipped in other respects who has not borne arms.
-
-
-ESSENTIALS OF THE IDEAL TEACHER
-
-It is difficult to judge in advance one’s fitness for teaching. Probably
-the biggest single element determining success is love for children or
-for youth. If a man can play with them with pleasure, he has a pretty
-strong evidence of an understanding of child nature that will be helpful
-to him in teaching.
-
-Prof. George Herbert Palmer, in his monograph “The Ideal Teacher,” says
-that there are four essentials of the successful ideal teacher. These
-may be briefly indicated as follows:
-
-1. So long as a teacher is content to keep in his possession information
-or facts he is not a teacher at all. He must transfer these facts to
-minds of others in order to be a teacher. It goes without saying that
-the teacher must have knowledge, a wide range of information about
-various things, before this knowledge can be passed on to someone else.
-The teacher’s duty is that of taking a thought out of his own mind and
-putting that thought into the minds of others. It goes without saying,
-therefore, that he must have possession of the thought in the first
-place himself.
-
-2. The teacher must have a passion to lead others to learn. This
-eagerness must be accompanied by imagination which leads the teacher to
-put himself in the place of the pupil. This means that the teacher has
-to take facts and wrestle with them until they are lodged safely and
-permanently in the minds of the pupils. The teacher must see the things
-that confuse the pupils and after seeing these difficulties must clear
-them away. There is always the temptation for the teacher to blame
-failure on the dullness of pupils rather than to ask whether the
-teaching has been adjusted to the conditions of the pupil’s mind.
-
-3. In addition to the intellectual wealth and the sympathetic
-imagination above mentioned, the ideal teacher must make the pupils like
-to learn. Too often school work is offensive and results in arousing a
-rebellious spirit on the part of pupils.
-
-4. The ideal teacher must be willing to be forgotten--to have his kind
-acts overlooked--to be generous, even in the absence of praise. If
-praise and recognition are essential to him the prospective teacher may
-as well give up the profession.
-
-
-TEST QUESTIONS FOR SELF-EXAMINATION
-
-The discharged soldier can decide to some extent what his teaching
-chances are by asking himself questions like the following: Have I
-attended evening school or taken instruction work, or gone to lectures,
-or enrolled in correspondence schools, or done anything previous to
-entering the Army which would lead anyone to suppose that I was
-ambitious to advance in my vocation? When in the Army, did I obtain
-recognition for capacity for leadership and for teaching others?
-Have I in the past looked upon teaching as a desirable profession
-where one could render service at a fair compensation? Have I
-“Stick-to-it-iveness” to attend a teachers’ training school and adapt
-myself to classroom work with books, catalogues, reports, and lectures
-on the theory and practice of education?
-
-One looking forward to a position in vocational education should ask
-himself such questions as the following: Have I actual technical
-knowledge of some trade or am I only capable of practicing a few
-operations connected with the trade? Have I ever been interested in
-social and economic life that lies behind the vocational life? Did I
-ever join any organization connected with an occupation or pursuit which
-promotes the economic and educational welfare of its members?
-
-Each prospective teacher should ask, Have I a strong personality?
-Nothing awakens within a child sleeping moral qualities so well as
-contact with a strong attractive personality. The problem of the school
-is to find the teacher inspired with patriotism, filled with zeal, and
-favored with intellectual interests.
-
-
-TEACHING NOT EASY WORK
-
-The question of health, also, is an important one for the person who is
-looking forward to teaching. Many people feel that school hours are
-short, and that, therefore, a great amount of physical endurance is not
-needed in the work of teaching. Because of the particular strain of the
-teacher’s work it is a mistake to think of the workday at all in terms
-of hours. It has been said that one hour of teaching is equivalent as
-far as fatigue is concerned to two hours of ordinary study done in
-quiet without the necessity of speaking. The four or five hour teaching
-day, therefore, becomes the equivalent of an eight or ten hour day, and
-on top of that must be added two hours a day for correcting papers,
-preparing lesson plans, etc.
-
-It is said that teaching is hard on the eyes and the nerves and the
-lungs, so that people suffering seriously from either eye, nerve, or
-lung trouble should hesitate to go into teaching as a life work, unless
-there are prospects of early recovery. It is further stated that a
-higher percentage of deaths occurs from tuberculosis among teachers than
-among persons in other occupations, although the mortality from this
-disease is higher for female teachers than for male teachers. Teachers,
-especially beginning teachers, frequently suffer from nervous strain.
-Almost 50 per cent of the nervous cases are said to appear during the
-first 5 years of teaching, while during the first 15 years of teaching
-87 per cent of such cases occur. Nevertheless it is to be noted that
-insurance companies class teachers among their good risks.
-
-
-TRAINING REQUIRED
-
-Men who have gotten no farther than the eighth grade in their general
-education might be fitted to teach some vocational subjects. Teachers of
-elementary subjects, either in the ungraded rural schools or in the
-graded city schools, should have the equivalent of a high-school
-education, and teachers in high schools should have the equivalent of a
-college education with emphasis placed upon the subject taught. Teachers
-in normal schools should have a year or two of work beyond the college
-course, and teachers in colleges and universities are generally expected
-to have from one to four years of post-graduate work.
-
-In addition to this general training in subject matter one should have
-professional training dealing with the methods of teaching and
-supervising. The demand for men with this special training in the
-teaching profession is growing. The minimum general education required
-for a principalship of a school is graduation from a good high school.
-In addition to this there should be at least two years of study, which
-is largely professional, such as one would get in a normal school or in
-the department of education in a college or university. Even further
-study than that, of course, is desirable, and the best positions
-generally go to men who have spent several years in study beyond college
-graduation. Recent studies show that men who have received even a small
-amount of professional training advance more rapidly than those who have
-depended alone on their native ability and general education.
-
-For the positions that are largely administrative and supervisory men
-who have already had experience in the field of teaching may secure the
-necessary technical preparation by taking a year’s training in any of
-the numerous colleges of education or normal schools which prepare for
-these fields. Present-day courses in theory and practice, leading
-directly to positions named above, offer unexcelled professional
-training in these fields.
-
-Various States of the Union have different laws governing the
-certification of teachers. Some of the States require a definite amount
-of education of a general nature, plus education of a professional
-nature, plus an examination. Other States depend more upon the
-examination. The present tendency is to raise the requirement for a
-general education, to add to the requirement for a professional
-training, and to lay less stress upon the examination. Anyone who is
-thinking of entering the teaching profession, however, should before
-doing so look up very carefully the laws in force in the State in which
-he plans to teach.
-
-Applicants for teaching positions in educational institutions of any
-grade must generally show the authorities in control that they possess
-whatever qualifications may be considered necessary, including
-education, training, experience, and personality.
-
-In general, the higher the grade of the institution, the higher the
-requirements. Colleges, technical schools, and universities all
-practically require for the lowest teaching positions on their regular
-staff at least a degree equal to that granted by the institution.
-Schools of secondary grade do not, as a rule, set the standard as high,
-while schools of intermediate grade set up intermediate qualifications.
-
-The requirements for teachers in schools of secondary grade vary widely.
-If under private control, no definite statement can be made, since each
-school sets up its own standards. Good privately controlled schools,
-however, tend to set up about the same requirements as schools of
-corresponding type that are under public control.
-
-In the great majority of States teachers in schools under public control
-must be certified before they can be employed. This certificate is
-usually granted after some form of examination has been successfully
-passed and is commonly given by the State educational authorities.
-Usually certificates are granted only to persons having certain
-educational and other qualifications. The requirements, examinations,
-subjects, etc., are usually given in bulletins issued free by the
-departments of education of the different States. Some large cities have
-certifying systems of their own.
-
-In most States teachers of agriculture must be graduates of a four-year
-course in an agricultural college or institution of similar grade, and
-in addition, must have had a practical farming experience.
-
-In trade and commercial schools and departments the general tendency is
-to secure for practical or shop instructors men who actually know the
-occupations that they are to teach. In industrial day schools and in
-evening courses in these schools, there is generally required proof of a
-certain length of journeyman experience in the trade to be taught
-following an apprentice experience or its equivalent, and proof also of
-an elementary school education or its equivalent.
-
-Teachers of technical or related subjects (shop mechanics, drawing,
-etc.), are usually required to have had several years of technical
-training and to have had some contact with industry.
-
-
-SALARIES
-
-Financial returns from teaching are not large. But teaching usually pays
-at least a comfortable living from the very first. Many people enter the
-profession for this reason. It is said that the money returns from
-teaching are, on the average, less than in law, medicine, or business.
-Salaries of high-school teachers, however, are said to be on the average
-somewhat higher than those of ministers, doctors, and lawyers. In all
-lines of teaching the salary range is rather large. The number of years
-that it takes to reach the maximum salary varies greatly in the
-different States. In Indiana it is said that the maximum for men,
-excluding principals, is reached on the average in 6 years, whereas in
-Massachusetts the maximum salary for men, excluding principals, is not
-usually reached under 15 years. In Massachusetts the maximum salary
-received by teachers is about twice as great as the minimum salary.
-
-The beginning wage for men teachers in rural schools ranges from $60 to
-$90 per month. The beginning wage of men teachers in the graded schools
-in cities is considerably more. The minimum salaries of all teachers,
-men and women included, in 85 of the largest cities in the United
-States, ranges from $405 to $1,080, whereas the maximum for such
-teachers in the same cities ranges from $630 to $1,820.
-
-Teachers in industrial arts receive from $1,000 to $2,500 a year, while
-supervisors of such subjects receive from $1,600 to $3,000 a year.
-
-Salaries paid State and local directors for administering vocational
-instruction range from $2,500 to $5,000.
-
-Principals and superintendents of schools generally receive salaries
-ranging from $1,000 to $4,000, and in some of the larger cities salaries
-for superintendents have recently been materially increased. During the
-past three or four years some superintendents of our largest cities have
-been getting from $10,000 to $12,000.
-
-
-REWARDS OTHER THAN FINANCIAL
-
-While the salary for teaching is not as great as one would probably
-receive in commercial lines, nevertheless there are other rewards that
-tend to make teaching attractive. In the first place, there is apt to be
-more permanency in a teaching position than in a commercial position.
-Teachers are not easily dismissed without cause. Hours are shorter, thus
-giving regular opportunity for exercise in the open air. In most States
-neither dissatisfaction of pupil nor parents is cause for dismissal of
-the teachers. In many States, too, if the schools are ordered closed,
-the salaries of teachers must go on in full. The rather long vacations
-in teaching give opportunity for travel or study or work, as one may
-elect.
-
-Social insurance is rapidly being provided for teachers. Pension systems
-for city school teachers started in Chicago in 1893. At the present time
-there are 21 State pension systems, while 4 other States have laws
-permitting local organizations to set up pension plans. In addition to
-the State systems there are 64 city and county systems in operation.
-Some of these systems are not satisfactorily worked out, but within the
-last few years a great deal of careful study has been given to this
-work. The movement for social insurance is recent but wide-spread and
-still growing. A total of 34 States are at present represented in this
-movement in either State systems or local systems within the State.
-Retirement in these systems is most frequently on the basis of 30-year
-service. In about six-sevenths of the systems the teachers contribute to
-the funds, most frequently 1 to 2 per cent of their salaries.
-
-In schools reporting pension systems for teachers the average salary is
-$730 a year, while the average pension is $500 a year.
-
-Finally, teaching is its own reward. For the person who likes children,
-who appreciates the social advantages of the profession, who wishes to
-make his life count greatly in the lives of other people, and who has an
-ambition to do something for the national service in a vital way, the
-profession of teaching should be attractive.
-
-
-HOW MANY YEARS WILL IT TAKE TO ESTABLISH ONE’S SELF IN THE TEACHING
-PROFESSION?
-
-For men teachers the rate of advancement in salary varies greatly with
-different communities and with different personalities. The number of
-years of teaching necessary before the maximum salary is reached ranges
-from 6 to 15 years or more. Men continue to be advanced, however, by
-being promoted to principalships after their chances for further
-advancement as teachers are reduced to a minimum.
-
-
-HOW GREAT IS THE NEED FOR MEN TEACHERS?
-
-At one time education in the United States was largely in the hands of
-men. At the present time it is largely in the hands of women. A tendency
-is growing to bring more men into the teaching profession. The demand
-for teachers is generally and greatly increased of late. The growth of
-high schools during the past generation has been very rapid. Twenty
-years ago there were 200,000 pupils enrolled in 2,500 high schools of
-our country, thus representing one in every 210 of the population.
-To-day there are approximately a million and a half pupils in
-approximately 15,000 high schools, representing one in every 66 of the
-population. In some localities one person in every 25 is enrolled in a
-secondary school of some sort. This expansion of the secondary schools
-of the United States has not yet ceased. There has been marked increase
-also in attendance at normal schools and colleges, but this increase,
-while great, has not been as rapid as the increase in high-school
-attendance. The very recent development of vocational training is adding
-to the demand for men in the teaching profession. It would seem,
-therefore, that the teaching profession would offer an attractive field
-for many of our returning soldiers, sailors, and marines.
-
-Undoubtedly, the disabled soldier, sailor, or marine returning from this
-great war has a number of very great assets which he could market to
-advantage in educational work. Not the least among these is the
-advantage which he will enjoy over the civilian because of the natural
-admiration of young people for the soldier, sailor, or marine. With this
-as a start, other things being equal, his chances of success and of
-advancement as a teacher are very good.
-
-The attitude of the community toward him will be one of respect and
-admiration. From this he can reap rich rewards in influence and
-friendships.
-
-Every man who has gone to war must have thought more deeply than ever
-before about his country and its many problems. He comes home, perhaps,
-with many changed points of view. Naturally he desires to play a part in
-refashioning the spirit or the customs or practices, and even the
-institutions of this country. There is no more effective place in which
-to do this than in the schoolroom through the continuous everyday
-influence which the teacher brings to bear upon the lives of young
-people.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1103. FARM MANAGEMENT AS A VOCATION
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by Dr. Walter J. Quick, Special Agent for
-the Federal Board for Vocational Education, under the direction of
-Charles H. Winslow, Chief of the Division of Research. Acknowledgment is
-due E. H. Thomson, Acting Chief, and Dr. E. V. Wilcox, agriculturist of
-the Office of Farm Management, United States Department of Agriculture,
-for suggestions and data, also to Dr. John Cummings, of the Research
-Division, for editorial assistance.
-
-If you have been asking yourself the question, “Can I now with my
-disability undertake to manage a farm on business principles and expect
-to make a financial success of it?” you will be interested to learn that
-farm management is one of the most important training courses offered
-you by the Federal Board for Vocational Education.
-
-Upon good business management depends success in farming, that most
-important industry in the United States--the industry which many of you
-boys returning from the war will wish to enter, the one which needs you
-perhaps more than any other, and in which you may expect to earn ample
-rewards through scientific methods.
-
-Farm management has been defined as “the science of organization and
-management of farm enterprise for the purpose of securing the greatest
-continuous profit.” It is the business end of farming. It deals with
-farm organization, methods, accounts, and credits, and is, therefore, of
-interest to all classes of farmers, including owners, managers, and
-tenants.
-
-
-BUSINESS METHODS PAY
-
-In agricultural affairs as they have been carried on, the lack of
-business methods has been amazing. Absolute mismanagement has frequently
-been the principal cause of discouragement, failure, and abandonment of
-farms. This influence has prevented many from taking up farming, but one
-who has a genuine love for the farm and who has or can get some
-practical experience on the farm may take a course of intensive study in
-farming and farm management under the direction of the Federal Board for
-Vocational Education, and then develop into a successful farm manager.
-The candidate must not forget, however, that farm management is a
-profession, and that a person without experience should not expect to
-become a successful farm manager in a few weeks by taking a short course
-at some agricultural school. What is worth getting requires time and
-effort in this as well as in other things.
-
-Many who have felt full confidence in farming, and have invested their
-money in it and applied business principles to it, have proved that the
-same measure of success will attend farming under business management as
-attends other industries when properly managed. Tens of thousands of
-farmers in the United States have demonstrated this by earning
-substantial profits.
-
-
-DIVERSITY OF FARM BUSINESS
-
-Whatever has been true in the past, the manager of a farm to-day must be
-a business man capable of negotiating complicated transactions, buying
-and selling, and attending to the diverse details of organization and
-management.
-
-You should consider well your adaptability for the diversifications of
-general farm life; your inclination to acquire an intimate knowledge of
-the principal affairs and at least a comprehensive acquaintance with
-everything related to farming. As a manager you must keep accurate
-accounts; you must know live stock as well as crops; you must be a
-mechanic, and ready to lend a hand with your laborers if your condition
-permits; in a word, you must be broad minded and tactfully co-operate
-with your men. You must have a practical knowledge of crops, of their
-seeding and harvesting, of the principles of plant breeding,
-propagation, and adaptation to soils. You must understand animal
-husbandry, breeding, growing, and feeding the animals produced to a
-market finish or for milk production.
-
-
-DOVETAILING ACTIVITIES
-
-By careful study the many activities on the farm can be so dovetailed
-together as to produce a maximum of crops and live stock economically.
-Systematic organization must be extended to every department of the
-farm. Labor must be efficient and well employed; teams and machinery,
-sufficient and in good condition; and marketing timely, it being borne
-in mind that quality and condition are quite as important as is quantity
-of product.
-
-
-MISMANAGEMENT WORSE THAN BAD WEATHER
-
-Variations in profits from farms are more largely due to mismanagement
-than to unfavorable seasons or fluctuating prices. Farming has become
-decidedly a business proposition. The abnormal demand now being made
-upon the United States for food and other agricultural products to be
-consumed at home and in European countries makes the extensive
-application of scientific farming imperative.
-
-Many farms, unprofitable because of mismanagement, could by
-reorganization be systematized and developed into profitable, lucrative
-undertakings. Accompanying this reorganization, the application of
-business principles and practical management to scientific methods is of
-paramount importance.
-
-With this better farming there must be associated reliable accounting,
-demonstrating a business warranting banking credit. It is often claimed
-that farmers can not keep books, when as a matter of fact, while they do
-not do bookkeeping in the generally accepted term, nine out of ten, from
-notes jotted down, have as accurate knowledge of the financial side of
-their enterprise as the majority of business men. This has been
-repeatedly proven by the hundreds of farm surveys, representing many
-States, by the Office of Farm Management of the Department of
-Agriculture, through which it was found possible on almost every farm to
-obtain an accurate financial statement from the memoranda kept by the
-farm owners, their managers or tenants, and to ascertain the profits.
-
-Thorough organization with method and accounting simplifies management,
-curtails expenses, makes possible larger returns with less outlay, and
-establishes credit, which will not longer be denied the farmer when he
-adopts business methods and can show the bank his statement of annual
-business conditions.
-
-
-FUNDS FOR DEVELOPMENT AVAILABLE
-
-Farms have been likened to huge sponges from their ability to absorb
-money and labor, but the capable manager can make investment of money
-and labor in farming profitable. Uncle Sam, it may be noted, has
-arranged for the advance of money through the Federal Loan service, and
-local banks stand ready now as never before to accommodate the farmer
-temporarily with the necessary funds for development operations. Many
-farms, like some manufacturing plants, are being run to only half
-capacity or less by a “one-horse tenant,” caretaker, or discouraged
-farmer. They are awaiting men and money, ready to absorb both, and if
-they are reorganized and managed on a business basis they will become
-highly profitable.
-
-
-THE NEED FOR MANAGERS
-
-Only 60,000 farms out of 6,361,000 employed managers and superintendents
-according to the 1910 census. But it is practically certain that more
-than one farm in a hundred would have been operated by managers had
-there been a larger number of effectively trained men available to men
-owning, or in position to own, farms large enough to justify the
-employment of a manager. With the number of improved farms increased to
-probably 7,000,000 by this date, the demand is greater for this class of
-trained men. The department of Agriculture and the State agricultural
-colleges report inability to fill numerous calls for farm managers and
-superintendents, and the advertisements in the agricultural and
-live-stock papers for them indicate that the demand continues. The small
-percentage of profits from the inefficient management of idle and
-incompetent tenants makes tens of thousands of farm owners not living on
-their places very desirous of securing active farm managers, capable of
-introducing scientific methods.
-
-We believe, in fact, we know, that there are in the country numerous
-“old time” farm owners who are barely making a living, while their farms
-are constantly depreciating in value. Unquestionably such owners would
-receive better returns by employing farm managers. The combination of a
-number of farms with co-operative handling, under a competent farm
-manager, on the community principle, would reduce expenses for
-machinery, teams, and power, and make possible more economic employment
-of labor. The existence of such conditions offers an excellent field of
-activity to the man who is trained well enough to see and to use these
-opportunities. Knowing the possibilities such a man might be able to so
-thoroughly convince the owners of a number of inefficiently operated
-farms of the advantage of having them worked as a unit and thereby get
-them to adopt his plans. The country is full of landed estates of
-sufficient area to justify the owners in employing specially trained
-men. Syndicates and individuals have been for years buying groups of
-neglected farms and orchards in the southern States. These are almost
-invariably being handled by scientifically trained farm managers. The
-properties have improved under modern methods of culture and have in
-most cases shown profits within two or three years, notwithstanding the
-necessary outlay to bring the run-down property into productive
-condition. Similar conditions obtain in New York and other northern and
-western States.
-
-
-RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MANAGER
-
-Managers are responsible for success in farming. Upon their experience
-and ability depends the securing of the “greatest continuous profit,”
-and, in fact, the securing, in many cases, of any profit at all. They
-direct, plan, and systemize the regular farm duties.
-
-The manager must arrange an advantageous distribution of farm labor,
-keep in intimate touch with all the farm work, know how to do it and be
-able to judge when it is well done, know what reasonably to expect of
-his men, know how to direct labor so as to meet adequately each season’s
-demand and so as to provide employment at all times.
-
-The manager must study the efficiency of different classes of workers.
-Too often farm profits are thought to depend upon small wages rather
-than upon experience and ability. The good manager will not make this
-mistake. The old belief that anyone can farm has been abandoned. Almost
-anyone can learn to farm, but the losses by the inexperience of an
-apprentice must be carefully avoided. Many a prospect of a full crop of
-corn as evidenced by the regularity of “stand in the row” has been
-reduced to a three-fourths return by an inexperienced plowboy plowing
-the young plants out or leaving them covered. An experienced plowman
-with an improved cultivator would have made a profit possible where the
-inexperienced hand caused a loss. The better worker is worthy his hire
-and better wages. The demand is growing in farming as in other
-industries for trained workers. The yields that the farm manager is able
-to secure are dependent so largely on his knowledge of labor and ability
-to direct it, that particular study should be given the labor problem of
-the farm by anyone preparing to assume the responsibilities of farm
-management.
-
-Farm work is not accomplished by separate groups of workers so much as
-by the same group of workers being employed in the appropriate
-undertakings at different seasons, as the manager directs.
-
-The competition for satisfactory farm labor has become so keen that
-far-sighted managers pay special attention to the conditions under which
-their laborers, as well as their skilled hands, live. A little money
-judiciously expended in providing buildings that are livable and
-homelike, a little liberality in the matter of time, a chance to garden,
-to keep a cow or a few hens, or to do some of the many other things that
-serve to keep satisfactory labor, may return a profit far out of
-proportion to the expense represented. In other words, the farm manager
-must profit by the experience of the manufacturer and avoid excessive
-“labor turn over.”
-
-
-SMALL FARMING AS A PREPARATION FOR FARM MANAGEMENT
-
-Large farms and estates employ crews of men and utilize expensive
-equipment. They especially require the services of well-trained and
-reliable farm managers, capable of selecting practical foremen and
-laborers, and of keeping well in hand the details of all farm processes
-necessary to economical management. But good management is essential
-also on small farms, operated by owners or tenants, as well as on large
-estates. The owner, and generally the tenant as well, are their own
-managers, and managing a small farm well is one way of learning the
-profession of the farm manager. The small farmer as well as the large
-must consider well the location, climate, soil, lay of land, water
-supply, and other features of his farm, so as to determine the most
-suitable type of farming under existing conditions. He, as well as the
-large farmer, must keep accounts, organize the farming operations in
-proper sequence, determine upon cropping, direct the preparation of
-soil, fertilizing, seeding, cultivating, harvesting, and all the minor
-details of live stock, breeding, raising, and feeding, do the buying as
-well as the marketing of crops, live stock, and live-stock products.
-
-
-AREA OF EMPLOYMENT
-
-The geographical area of farm operations, and consequently of the demand
-for farm managers, is co-extensive with the United States.
-
-
-IMPLEMENTS AND MACHINERY
-
-The farm manager must have an intimate knowledge of tools and machinery
-and an inclination to employ only the best and most modern implements,
-even if special financing for a year or so must be undertaken in order
-to farm most profitably. Tractors, modern machinery, and labor-saving
-implements should be studied, wisely selected, and purchased, even if it
-is found necessary to buy on terms.
-
-
-WHY TAKE TRAINING
-
-You can hardly have had sufficient agricultural experience, if you have
-not had college or vocational training in some agricultural institution,
-to justify you in not taking advantage of the opportunity for a
-vocational course in farm management, if you look forward to a career in
-this profession.
-
-If you have had only limited practical experience you may become a farm
-foreman, in which as wide an experience is not required, thus securing
-for you an opportunity for development and promotion to the higher place
-of manager. The training that will develop a good farm manager is
-equally valuable for promotion to the position of county agricultural
-agent. This work is increasing, attractive, and remunerative. Men with
-sufficient training, experience, and ability to “mix” with the farmers
-can do a valuable work. All training and experience with money saved for
-an initial payment are stepping stones to farm ownership.
-Notwithstanding disabilities, which are seldom disqualifying and rarely
-prohibitive, you with farm experience occupy an ideal position for
-training in farm management and its accompanying opportunity for
-advancement.
-
-Opportunity for promotion is exceptional in farm management and will
-naturally be accorded you--in fact, you will be given preference--if
-your efficiency is evident. Men with ideas, who think and do things, are
-in demand on the farm. Having taken the vocational training in farm
-management, having skipped no links in the chain of development, and
-having acquired by reading and observation all the information
-pertaining to it, promotion will be but natural and rapid in the
-occupation which you have made a specialty, and upon which you have made
-yourself a reliable authority. Think it over seriously. Upon training
-depends your future, your occupation, and your success in life. You may
-succeed without training, but you are more likely to succeed if you have
-been retrained and readjusted to the new conditions which will confront
-you in earning a livelihood.
-
-After training you should not expect to begin at the top unless you have
-had practical experience and are in a position to become an owner or a
-tenant at once.
-
-
-SALARIES
-
-The positions of farm manager, superintendent, or foreman are considered
-from the salary rather than the wage standpoint and are usually of
-annual engagement for the calendar year, as practically all farm
-operations have ended with the close of the year, making it a most
-suitable time for the changing of men, if found advisable. The salary
-paid is proportionate to experience and efficiency and commensurate with
-that of other callings. As in other occupations, it may be small at the
-start, but will increase with efficiency. Commonly farm managers and
-superintendents are receiving annually from $1,000 to $3,000, and on
-large estates often $4,000 or $5,000, with many perquisites, such as
-dwelling, garden and truck land, fuel, and the privilege of keeping a
-cow, pigs, and poultry. Farm foremen are paid from $500 to $1,200 with
-perquisites. Sometimes the beginning salary is a little less than the
-minimum, but often carries a contingent bonus when the year ends with
-satisfactory results. The general level of pay is likely to advance
-under the unusual conditions which now obtain in agriculture.
-
-Your salary in the country may be less than in the city, but your living
-expenses are greatly decreased by the perquisites mentioned, and in not
-having presented to members of the family the temptations of the city to
-spend money unnecessarily. Then, too, the healthful conditions of the
-country prevent much sickness and consequent loss of time and there are
-therefore fewer doctor’s bills. Therefore the saving from the annual
-income as farm manager is equal to, and in a majority of cases, exceeds
-the returns from a city position, besides placing you in line for
-independent ownership.
-
-As in other positions, that of manager and the amount of salary
-commanded varies with the magnitude of the farm and the capacity of the
-manager to develop himself and the opportunities entrusted to him. A
-farm boy, after two years in an Agricultural College, took a foreman’s
-position starting at $600 a year and perquisites, the second year he
-received $900, then became manager at $1,800, and now receives $3,000.
-In five years he has quadrupled the income.
-
-
-OVERCOMING YOUR DISABILITY
-
-Your disability has an excellent opportunity of being overcome in
-farming. Handicaps that would interfere in other training courses are
-corrected in many of the farm processes by the therapeutic exercises so
-interesting and variable. The opportunities are so great that the
-handicapped may develop his own vocation on the farm. Devices to beat
-your handicap and make it possible for you to do the things you did not
-imagine you could perform have been invented and manufactured in almost
-every country for the benefit of the disabled in war, which Uncle Sam
-has now available for your use.
-
-When you are advised that your handicap permits you to return to the
-farm, the sooner the practice of your training is begun the greater will
-be the therapeutic value. This is your reconstruction, your individual
-man-struggle for restoration in correcting the disability which you
-acquired in the great world-struggle.
-
-As a farm manager, landowner, tenant, supervisor, superintendent, or
-foreman, the experienced man capable of using a trained brain in
-directing others can succeed in spite of almost any disability. If the
-occupation places you in position to devote your time principally to the
-management of your farm, or the one you have in charge, you can assign
-to others such work as you may be incapable of performing yourself.
-
-
-EDUCATION
-
-Your knowledge of the common school branches, especially English,
-mathematics, and current literature will greatly assist you in studying
-the elementary principles of chemistry; in comprehending the analyses of
-soil and water, the protein and carbohydrate contents of the feeds,
-milk, and plants, quite necessary in the selection of feeds for the
-proper balancing of rations; in the understanding of plant breeding,
-growth, and propagation; in studying entomology and obtaining a
-practical knowledge of insects, pests, diseases, and the bacteria of
-milk, water, etc., and in acquiring some knowledge of physics and its
-application to the soil, drainage, buildings, machinery, heating,
-lighting--all vastly important to the farm manager.
-
-Technical training is valuable in adapting many farm processes to
-increase the profit on certain crops and makes special projects worthy
-of careful consideration by the disabled, seeking side-line
-opportunities on the farm for alternating employment when regular
-operations can not be pursued.
-
-The knowledge to be gained in the vocational training course will depend
-upon your previous education, experience, and application. All the time
-necessary will be allotted to the course. It is, however, advisable not
-to overtax your strength, but acquire efficiency gradually. You will be
-advised by the training instructors as to your ability to undertake new
-features and widen the scope of instruction.
-
-Getting back home to work again should be, and doubtless is, your
-greatest ambition, hence the importance of reaching your decision at the
-earliest possible moment and applying for the training which Uncle Sam
-has in readiness for you. Seek an early opportunity for advisement while
-in the hospital. You will find the attitude of your old friends, your
-own family, and your former employers all that you could possibly
-expect, in their desire to assist you in getting “over the top” in
-agriculture. The disposition of your fellow workmen will be to give you
-every encouragement and to lend a helping hand whenever and as long as
-you need it. They will take a justifiable pride in you and your
-determination to be a man among your former fellowmen in civil life and
-to train for a self-supporting and honorable occupation--one that will
-enable you to remain true to agriculture and to your country in its
-efforts to produce for the world the food which is now so greatly in
-demand; to prevent hunger and starvation, and to quell food riots in the
-war-afflicted countries.
-
-The new year 1919 is upon us and spring is rapidly approaching,
-reminding us of farming activities and that activities in farming should
-have our prompt attention this year of all others, that starvation may
-cease with a bountiful harvest.
-
-To you is offered free this exceptional opportunity to readjust yourself
-back into civil life in American agriculture by selecting farm
-management as your vocational training course.
-
-It is all up to you.
-
-Give it consideration _now_.
-
-Agricultural literature is available in all libraries and consists of
-treatises and textbooks suitable for reading with the idea of the
-definite study for perfecting knowledge to be applied in pursuing any or
-many lines of agriculture. Many books have been written in the story
-plan and are most attractive and inspiring. Others are the best
-translations from other languages; even “Farm Management of the Romans”
-can now be secured in nearly all libraries of countries prominent in
-agriculture.
-
-Libraries now make it a point to keep the leading current agricultural
-periodicals on file for the reader.
-
-The Department of Agriculture bulletins, agricultural reports, farmers’
-bulletins, and special works on agriculture are always available to
-everyone desiring them; likewise similar literature issued by State
-agricultural colleges and experiment stations, applicable directly to
-local State conditions, are especially helpful and will be supplied
-regularly as printed, to all addresses supplied.
-
-We append a list of bulletins germane to the subject of this monograph
-and which will be found interesting and beneficial.
-
-
-AGRICULTURAL BULLETINS
-
-The Use of a Diary for Farm Accounts. Farmers’ Bulletin No. 782.
-
-Farm Practices that Increase Crop Yields in Kentucky and Tennessee.
-Farmers’ Bulletin No. 981.
-
-Farm Practices that Increase Crop Yields in the Gulf Coast Region.
-Farmers’ Bulletin No. 986.
-
-Labor Requirements of Dairy Farms as Influenced by Milking Machines.
-Department of Agriculture Bulletin No. 423.
-
-The Normal Day’s Work of Farm Implements, Workmen, and Crews. Department
-of Agriculture Bulletin No. 412.
-
-A System of Farm Cost Accounting. Farmers’ Bulletin No. 572.
-
-A Method of Analyzing the Farm Business. Farmers’ Bulletin No. 661.
-
-Systems of Farming in Central New Jersey. Farmers’ Bulletin No. 472.
-
-Farm Management Practice of Chester County, Pa. Department of
-Agriculture Bulletin No. 341.
-
-Seasonal Distribution of Farm Labor in Chester County, Pa. Department of
-Agriculture Bulletin No. 528.
-
-Labor Costs and Seasonal Distribution of Labor. Utah Agricultural
-College Experiment Bulletin No. 165.
-
-A Normal Day’s Work for Various Farm Operations. Farmers’ Bulletin No.
-3.
-
-An example of Successful Farm Management in Southern New York. Bulletin
-of the United States Department of Agriculture No. 32.
-
-Value to Farm Families of Food, Fuel, and Use of House. Farmers’
-Bulletin No. 410.
-
-Lease Contracts Used in Renting Farms on Shares. Bulletin of the
-Department of Agriculture No. 650.
-
-Replanning a Farm for Profit. Farmers’ Bulletin No. 370.
-
-Waste Land and Wasted Land on Farms. Farmers’ Bulletin No. 745.
-
-A Simple Way to Increase Crop Yields. Farmers’ Bulletin No. 924.
-
-Clearing Land. Farmers’ Bulletin No. 974.
-
-Better Use of Man Labor on the Farm. Farmers’ Bulletin No. 989.
-
-Saving Farm Labor by Harvesting Crops with Live Stock. Farmers’ Bulletin
-No. 1008.
-
-A System of Tenant Farming and Results. Farmers’ Bulletin No. 437.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1104. OCCUPATIONS IN THE AUTOMOBILE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by M. R. Bass, special agent of the Federal
-Board for Vocational education. Acknowledgment is due to Dr. John
-Cummings of the research division for editorial assistance.
-
-The purpose of this monograph is to give a brief description of some of
-the work done in the manufacture of automobiles. No attempt has been
-made, however, to go into the machine shop side of the industry, a
-field in which lie possibilities for placing thousands of reeducated men
-in good positions. The monograph is limited to automobile assembly work.
-
-Manufacturing automobiles and automobile accessories is one of the
-foremost industries of the United States. One manufacturer alone is
-known to have turned out more than 3,500 complete automobiles in one
-day, and to have turned out in one year some 350,000 cars. Many concerns
-produce from 50,000 to 125,000 cars annually. The 1914 census of the
-industry gives the value of the automobile products as $632,831,474, and
-wonderful changes in the last four years have greatly increased the
-value of the products of this industry, which was practically unknown 20
-years ago.
-
-A recent study developed the fact that there are some 85 occupations in
-the automobile manufacturing industry, which in its various branches
-offers excellent opportunities to mechanics, apprentices, and men who
-wish to take up a new trade. A man with even very limited qualifications
-can surely fit in somewhere.
-
-The industry is still growing rapidly and branching out into what may be
-called an automotive industry, embracing the manufacture of motor
-trucks, tractors, and airplanes, as well as of automobiles. A mechanic
-in one branch of the industry may shift easily to other branches.
-
-Certain factories have discontinued general manufacturing, and have
-specialized in the manufacture of automobile units or parts, such as
-engines, transmissions, frames, and axles, and the manufacturer who used
-to build practically all of his automobile has been persuaded to buy
-certain units from these specialty manufacturers. Small manufacturers
-have thus been enabled to build a part of a car and to buy the rest from
-unit manufacturers, and many small factories have been started in this
-way.
-
-Work in the various automobile factories varies from purely unskilled to
-highly skilled labor. The unskilled employments include those of machine
-operators, assemblers, subassemblers, tool room keepers, janitors,
-watchmen, and checkers, while the skilled employments include those of
-special machine men, tool makers, die sinkers, heat-treatment experts,
-dynamometer testers, ignition experts, inspectors and general mechanical
-experts.
-
-Good wages are paid, common laborers in some plants receiving from $3 to
-$5 per day. Well-trained, skilled mechanics, of course, earn much higher
-rates.
-
-Standardization of automobile parts is gradually bringing about
-standardization of the automobile as a whole, which greatly simplifies
-the work of the mechanic who builds and repairs automobiles.
-
-Trucks are being more extensively used by wholesale and retail
-merchants. Overland freight is being carried by truck trains, between
-small towns, and even long-distance hauling is meeting with success.
-This increased motor-truck service is increasing the demand for
-mechanics in the factories, and also for truck drivers.
-
-Automobile factories are usually located in large cities, where raw
-material and supplies are at hand. Shipping and labor conditions also
-are carefully considered. A very large percentage of the automobile
-output is manufactured in the States of Michigan, Ohio, New York, and
-Indiana. The State of Michigan alone produced 80 per cent or four-fifths
-of the pleasure vehicles manufactured in 1914.
-
-
-ORGANIZATION OF AN AUTOMOBILE PLANT
-
-Large plants are made up of a number of departments. The office is the
-chief executive department. Here the plant is checked up, all
-correspondence taken care of, and all financial, educational, and
-business matters attended to. Closely connected with the office usually
-are the drafting rooms, where new models, changes in models, and
-experimental changes are made, since all such changes are first made on
-drawings. The engineering and experimental departments may also be
-located in the office building. In the experimental department all
-changes are worked out, and research work is carried on. If such changes
-prove to be a betterment they are made on the blue prints, and are then
-made in the factory throughout. Since even a minor change may cost the
-factory thousands of dollars, all changes must be carefully considered.
-
-Other departments include those organized for engine, frame, axle, and
-chassis assembly, the paint department, and other departments according
-to size of factory and product manufactured, whether a complete
-automobile or an automobile unit.
-
-The staff of men who handle a department usually includes a general
-superintendent, assistant superintendent, department foreman, section
-foreman, timekeeper, inspectors, and checkers.
-
-The superintendent in many cases is a man who has come up through the
-ranks, and superintendents of this kind are usually the most efficient.
-Assistant superintendents, foremen, and others also are usually men
-picked from the ranks. Men with common-school educations are holding
-responsible positions in many factories and are drawing large salaries.
-
-In each factory will be found an efficiency man or production manager,
-whose duties are to put into operation new methods, machines, and
-devices to increase production.
-
-There will be found also an educational and welfare department in each
-factory, which looks after the welfare of workers, settles disputes
-between workmen and foremen, and in individual cases shifts workers from
-one shop operation to another. As a rule, the hospital or first-aid
-division is located in this department, which may undertake also the
-organization of training classes in such subjects as will increase
-efficiency, and may arrange for entertainments and the organization of
-clubs.
-
-
-PROGRESSIVE ASSEMBLY METHOD OF MANUFACTURING
-
-Progressive assembly means assembly of parts by stages, or step by step.
-In this work a man does one operation only, although he may be
-frequently changed from job to job, according to his ability as workman
-or mechanic.
-
-Special equipment is required for this method. The work starts with the
-frame as a skeleton, which is placed either on a conveyer, that is moved
-very slowly, or on a special framework equipped with casters that it may
-be moved freely from place to place.
-
-Where the conveyer is used, the conveyer is from 100 to 200 feet long,
-and moves at the rate of about two feet per minute, although the rate
-varies from factory to factory. By the time the frame or skeleton
-reaches the end of the conveyor the automobile is practically complete.
-The various units have been attached as the frame moves slowly down the
-floor. In some factories the automobile is so completely assembled that
-the engine is started and, after a short road test, the car is driven to
-the shipping platform. This means that in some factories an automobile
-is completely assembled in less than an hour. As the automobiles are
-placed close together on the conveyer a finished machine is turned out
-every minute or so.
-
-Let us now proceed through the progressive assembly by units.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1105. PLACING THE FRAME
-
-The frame with its necessary brackets and springs having been assembled
-in a subassembly department, is placed upon the conveyer. Where the
-frame is heavy, an air or hydraulic hoist is used. This operation is
-usually done by two men, who must be able to move about freely but are
-not compelled to climb or to move rapidly. A man capable of hooking a
-chain to the frame and who is able to move a short distance can easily
-qualify.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1106. FRONT AND REAR AXLES
-
-The frame having been placed upon the conveyer, the spring and front and
-rear axles are then attached. The rear axles are usually mounted by two
-men with the aid of a hoist. These axles like the frame have been
-assembled in a subassembly department of the factory.
-
-The men who attach the axles to the frames need not be expert mechanics
-but must know how to handle wrenches and hand tools. They must be able
-to move about freely and be able to start the nuts or bolts and tighten
-them. Special tools are used where possible to save time. Time is a big
-factor in this department. If the mechanic does not complete his
-operation in a given number of feet on the conveyer, he will interfere
-with the next operation. The conveyer is moving all the time and he must
-complete his operation within his allotted space.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1107. MOUNTING THE TRANSMISSION
-
-Following the assembly of the axles to the frame, the transmission gear
-set is mounted and bolted into place. In many cases the transmission is
-attached to the engine (unit power plant), in which case this operation
-is completed when the engine is put into place. The men doing this
-operation need not be skilled mechanics, but must be able to use hand
-tools and move about freely. A man with an artificial leg could do this
-work easily. Again a man with one good hand and part of other could do
-this work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1108. PLACING THE ENGINE
-
-The engine is the next unit attached to the frame. In placing the engine
-a hoist is used and no heavy lifting is required. The engine is lowered
-into place and securely bolted. The propeller shaft also is attached and
-necessary connections are made. Usually the engine has had the
-carburetor, ignition system, and starting and lighting equipment
-attached to it in the engine department. For this operation men do not
-need to be mechanics. A workman must be able to handle hand tools such
-as wrenches, screw drivers, and hammers, should have strength enough to
-help place the engine, and should be able to move about freely. This
-work is all done standing and moving about. All work of this nature is
-passed upon by an inspector.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1109. MOUNTING THE RADIATOR
-
-The next operation is mounting and bolting the radiator into place, and
-connecting the water hoses to the engine. This operation is one that
-requires sufficient strength to lift the radiator into place, and is
-usually taken care of by one man. He also must be able to handle hand
-tools.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1110. SECURING THE STEERING GEAR
-
-The steering gear is next secured to the frame, an operation which is
-usually taken care of by one man with possibly some little assistance by
-a helper. The operation requires a man who can lift the gear and put it
-into place. It is rather an awkward piece to handle and the employee
-should be physically able to handle it.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1111. WHEELS AND BEARINGS
-
-The next operation is mounting front wheels and bearings. This requires
-a little more skill and care than some of the other operations that have
-been mentioned. The mechanic must clean and lubricate the wheel bearings
-and mount and adjust the wheels, which must be neither too loose nor too
-tight. He must also secure his adjustment by means of the locking
-devices furnished. If he is a careless mechanic he may leave something
-undone, thereby endangering the lives of users of the car after it
-leaves the factory.
-
-The man who looks after this operation must be capable of lifting the
-wheels into place and adjusting them. The operation calls for a man with
-a normal body, although minor defects would not prevent him from doing
-the work efficiently.
-
-The rear wheels require practically the same attention that the front
-wheels do. However, this operation may vary with the particular type of
-rear-axle construction.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1112. DASH AND INSTRUMENT BOARD
-
-The next operation is lowering into place and securely bolting the dash
-and instrument board. This is commonly taken care of by two men, whose
-requirements are the same as for axle, transmission, and engine
-assembly. The operation is unnecessary where the dash is not a separate
-unit.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1113. STARTING THE ENGINE
-
-The dash on some cars has the fuel tank attached to it. In such cases
-the chassis is now practically completed. We will say it has now reached
-the end of the conveyer. Here gas and water are put in the containers
-and the engine is ready to start. This operation is sometimes
-accomplished by placing the rear wheels of the car between two revolving
-drums, which will cause the rear wheels to revolve.
-
-The gear-shift lever is placed in some selected gear position and the
-clutch engaged; this in turn revolves the engine, and if the ignition is
-switched on, the engine will start. This operation saves considerable
-energy in cranking, or saves the electric current in the starting
-battery. After the engine is started, the chassis may be driven away on
-its own power, an operation which requires a man who can efficiently
-handle an automobile.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1114. INSPECTION
-
-The chassis is now driven to the road-test department, where it is
-inspected for grease in the gear cases and such other inspections as may
-be necessary. Inspectors here need not be highly trained mechanics. Men
-with handicaps could take care of this work very nicely.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1115. ROAD TESTING
-
-Possibly a road-test body is next attached to the chassis. This body
-usually contains sufficient weight (rocks, iron, or sand) to make up the
-equivalent of the automobile body. The chassis is then given a run over
-the country roads. Here the trained mechanic is necessary, able to
-adjust the carburetor, ignition, starting and lighting equipment,
-brakes, rear axle gears, and clutch. In fact almost any part of the car
-may need adjustment. He must be able to locate trouble of all kinds. In
-many cases the chassis test is very limited and the tester makes out a
-report, the work indicated being done in a department by less skilled
-mechanics who have specialized in one job, such as, for example, brakes.
-Where this method is used, the tester must be sure of his report. A road
-tester need not have a perfect body, but he must have practical
-experience and be physically able to handle a car.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 1114. He that Hath a Trade Hath an Estate]
-
-There are many jobs in the testing department that a handicapped man can
-do, and the chances for advancement in this department are very good.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1116. DYNAMOMETER TEST
-
-After the chassis has passed the inspector of the road-test department
-it may be given a dynamometer test. This is accomplished by attaching an
-electric dynamometer to the rear wheels either by belts or chains. The
-engine is then operated at various speeds and the horsepower developed
-noted. If it is not up to the average, a close inspection is made to
-determine where power is lost, whether in the engine, transmission, or
-rear axle. The dynamometer tester must be a man who has been trained for
-this particular job. He must understand his machine and be able to use
-simple formulas. Slight physical disabilities would not interfere with
-his efficiency. This is a desirable occupation and usually leads to
-something better.
-
-After the final chassis test the chassis is thoroughly washed and new
-wheels mounted. This is a job similar to that spoken of under front and
-rear wheels. The chassis then goes to the paint shop for its final
-finish. Here the body and fenders are fitted.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1117. IN THE PAINTING DEPARTMENT
-
-There are many jobs in the painting department that are very well
-adapted to a handicapped man. He can become a rubber (one who rubs the
-surface of a body to make it smooth) if he has only one hand and one
-good leg. He can learn to paint, or he can learn to do upholstery work.
-This is one of the branches of the automobile industry in which the work
-is easy, and being inside work it should be a desirable occupation. The
-pay is good in any of these branches of the work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1118. COMPLETING THE CAB
-
-Following the body and fenders the top is put on, then the windshield
-and instruments.
-
-The tires and demountable rims are then mounted. (An old set of tires
-are used for road-test work.) This is another place where handicapped
-men may fit in, as certain handicaps would not interfere with the
-putting on of rims and tires.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1119. FINAL INSPECTING AND TESTING
-
-The car is now completed and is delivered to the final test department.
-Here we have inspectors, testers, and checkers. In this department the
-car is carefully inspected as to missing parts in final assembly,
-finish, tires, and general condition. An expert makes a final test of
-the car. He drives it a few miles and notes the general running of the
-car. He may make final adjustments on the carburetor, etc. If the car
-passes his inspection, it is carefully checked as to equipment and
-tagged. In this department the tools are put in and the car made ready
-for shipment or to be driven away.
-
-The men in this department must be men who have come up through the
-ranks, or men who are thoroughly familiar with the construction of the
-particular make of automobile. The inspector is usually a man who is
-able to fill out reports and keep his records. The checker does similar
-work, while the final tester must be a mechanic whose judgment of the
-mechanical condition of the car is not to be questioned. Handicapped
-mechanics could qualify for this position providing they were able to
-handle the car properly. One good hand and a part of the other and
-possibly one leg would allow a man to do this work. Wages are good and
-the position is a responsible one.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1120. PREPARATION FOR SHIPPING
-
-From the final test department, the car goes to the shipping department.
-There a crew of men load the cars and block them for shipping. The men
-employed here must have good strong bodies as they have to move the cars
-by hand and oftentimes considerable lifting is necessary. A handicapped
-man could hardly qualify in this work unless his injury had been very
-slight. Wages for this work are higher than those of common laborers and
-the work is steady.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1121. UNLOADING, STORING, AND DELIVERING CARS
-
-The car is now ready for shipment and is transported to the agent of the
-manufacturer. Here a small crew unloads the cars and takes them to the
-warehouse for storage.
-
-The men in this unloading crew are usually a little better grade of men
-than the loaders. Usually each one of these unloaders can drive or steer
-an automobile. The cars are sometimes driven away from the unloading
-platform under their own power, while in other cases they are towed at
-the end of a rope or cable. This branch of work is not very steady, and
-oftentimes the crews are made up of mechanics from the repair shop.
-
-After the car has been placed in the warehouse for storage some one must
-check it up. This is usually done by the record clerk. The agent now
-puts his salesman out to sell the car and after it has been sold it is
-necessary for some one to deliver it to the customer. The car is brought
-from the warehouse to the garage or service department where it is
-inspected. This inspection consists of filling the fuel tank, oil
-reservoir, radiator, and grease cups, inflating tires, and making a road
-test. After delivery the customer must be instructed as to the proper
-way to handle the car, and several men are employed for this service.
-
-
-AFTER HISTORY OF THE CAR
-
-The car is now in the hands of the customer, and after he has had some
-service out of it, it finally becomes necessary for him to have the car
-gone over and adjusted. He brings the car to the repair department for
-this work, which requires various specialists such as, for example,
-engine specialists, and specialists on ignition. In time the car is
-practically worn out or the owner wants a new one, and he therefore
-trades his old car on a new one or sells it outright.
-
-Possibly the used-car dealer gets hold of it for resale. If so, he
-cleans it up, adjusts it, and possibly has it painted. Here again the
-services of helpers, mechanics, and salesmen are required.
-
-Eventually the car finds its way to the junk dealer as no longer usable.
-This dealer tears the car to pieces and sells the brass, aluminum, iron,
-and steel taken from it. In many cases the car is an orphan--i. e., a
-car that is no longer manufactured--and the junk dealer saves such parts
-as may be sold to owners who have cars of the same make, but who are
-unable to purchase new parts. In this way many old cars are rebuilt and
-the life of the car extended several years. But in the end the car and
-its parts find their way to the scrap-iron dealer.
-
-The scrap-iron man carefully assorts the various metals. Frames and
-other parts are cut to pieces with oxy-acetylene cutting torches, and
-the pieces are eventually sold to manufacturers, automobile companies,
-and other buyers. Material used in a car 10 years ago may in some cases
-be remolded and used in a car of the same make. From the beginning of
-the first piece made to the return of the junked automobile, the
-services of many thousands of men, skilled and unskilled, are required
-at every stage in the manufacture, maintenance, and salvaging of cars.
-
-
-CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT
-
-Working conditions as found in various factories are very good. In most
-factories the employee receives a great deal of attention. Practically
-all of the large factories have built hospitals, private schools, lunch
-rooms, rest rooms, club rooms, and play grounds, and have established
-welfare departments. The factories have been carefully surveyed and the
-ventilation and sanitary conditions brought to the highest point of
-efficiency. The average day is nine hours. Some factories work 8 and a
-few work 10 hours per day.
-
-Living conditions are good in practically every locality where the
-automobile industry may be located. Street-car systems allow employees
-to live out in suburbs, where their rents are cheaper and where they may
-have small gardens.
-
-There are some occupations, as stated above, which are not the most
-desirable for a man who has the education and ability to learn
-something better, but many of these occupations pay good wages, the work
-is steady, and the man can always find employment in them. Very few of
-the factories shut down during normal years, which means that a man is
-practically insured of steady work.
-
-
-MOTOR TRUCK AND TRACTOR ASSEMBLY
-
-What has been said here concerning automobile assembly applies equally
-to motor truck and tractor assembly.
-
-
-MANUFACTURE OF AUTOMOBILE UNITS
-
-In the following paragraphs general statements will be made regarding
-the construction of each automobile unit, the nature of the work, the
-physical and mental qualifications of workers, and the desirability of
-the occupation involved. While the same class of work differs
-considerably from factory to factory, it is nevertheless true that
-up-to-date factories have much in common.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1122. FRAMES
-
-Automobile frames are made of pressed steel. Steel for the frame is run
-through a powerful press, which presses the side and cross members into
-proper shape. These presses are handled by men trained for this
-particular job. They must know when the work is right and how to adjust
-the machines. The dies which form the frames often break and require
-replacing and adjusting.
-
-After the frame parts have been pressed into shape and sheared to
-length, they are passed to the assembly department. Here large punch and
-drill presses are used to make holes for rivets and bolts. The holes are
-first marked from a template or are layed out by a layout man. A
-template is a jig or fixture that will allow all the holes to be marked
-uniformly so that parts will be interchangeable and uniform. This worker
-or layout man must be able to read blue prints. He must also be able to
-move about freely.
-
-After the frame members are marked they go to the press men where the
-holes are made. These men do not need to be expert mechanics. They are
-known as machine operators, and do nothing else but punch and drill
-holes in these pieces. A handicapped man could operate many of these
-machines.
-
-The parts are now passed to the assembly floor where the frame is to be
-assembled. Here we find men who assemble the parts from blue prints.
-Other men clamp or bolt the frame together. Oftentimes the frame is put
-in a jig to hold it until completed. Rivet men work on the frame next,
-or possibly the same men who assemble it will rivet it. Some frames are
-hot riveted while others are cold riveted. Where the frame is hot
-riveted, the rivets must be heated. The common practice is to heat the
-rivets in an oil or gas furnace. Rivets are passed to the riveter while
-red hot and he places them in the holes; he is usually the buck up man,
-i. e., the man who holds the rivet in place with a large bar while it is
-headed on the other side. Two men are required for riveting, which is
-done with an air hammer. Each rivet takes but a few seconds. In a few
-places riveting machines (squeezers) are used which save considerable
-time. The man who does this work must be able to move about freely, and
-should have two good hands in order to handle the tools and rivets.
-
-The frames may next pass to a department where other parts are attached,
-such as step-board hangers and spring hangers. It is now ready for
-shipment or for the paint department, as the case may be.
-
-The frame construction does not require a large number of expert
-mechanics. Oftentimes some of this work is paid for by the piece. All of
-the piecework is inspected; and if not up to standard, must be
-corrected.
-
-Framework is considered rough work and a man should be in good health to
-undertake it. General working conditions are good and work is steady.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1123. SPRINGS
-
-Automobile springs are manufactured from high-grade steel. The steel
-must be heat treated and tempered so as to withstand thousands of
-vibrations which may tend to crystalize the steel and cause it to break.
-If the spring is tempered too hard it will break, and if it is not hard
-enough it will sag. Heat treatment of spring steel is a science in
-itself.
-
-Red-hot steel is run through a mill which rolls it to the proper
-thickness and width. It is heat treated and forged to the proper shape
-and tempered in a bath, (oil-water, etc.), as may be best suited to that
-particular steel.
-
-The compounding of the steels used in making springs requires careful
-attention. Here experts who have made a study of steels and alloys are
-employed, and the men engaged in this work must generally have had
-college training.
-
-Rolling mills and forge machines are handled by men who have been
-trained to operate them. A handicapped man could handle some of the
-machines, some of which require two good hands while others require but
-one hand. Some can be operated by men with one leg.
-
-Springs are assembled after being matched and formed, and are then ready
-for shipment. In assembling springs they must be scaled and oiled. The
-oil is to prevent rust while the scaling is done to remove the
-shell-like crust that may form in tempering. The spring bolt bushings
-are also installed in this department. A man having one good leg and two
-hands could assemble springs. Spring work as a whole requires a great
-number of men, some of whom must be highly trained in their special
-work, while others need no special training. The work is inside, wages
-are good, and factories run practically the year round. Spring factories
-are usually located near large automobile centers. While some automobile
-manufacturers make their own springs, the majority purchase from spring
-factories.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1124. FRONT AXLES AND SPINDLES
-
-Front axles, unlike the frame, are forged instead of being pressed into
-shape. In the pressed steelwork the dies that shape the piece move
-slowly under great pressure. In the drop-forge work one die is
-stationary, and the other attached to a large weight operated by power
-is lifted several feet and released, striking the piece laid upon the
-stationary die a hard blow, and forging the metal into the shape. Before
-being placed in the drop forge machine the metal is heated in a blast
-furnace to the proper temperature.
-
-Front axles are drop-forged from a solid bar of steel. They are forged
-into an I-beam form which gives them great strength. The end of the axle
-is forged into the shape of a fork or yoke.
-
-This rough forge work is done by men who are capable of handling the
-weight of the axle and who can handle the machine. Care must be
-exercised or the dies will be ruined. Two to three men are usually
-necessary for each drop forge machine. They must bend the axle to proper
-shape while it is still hot. The axle is given a rough jig test before
-it goes to the heat-treatment department. After the axle is forged it
-goes to the heat-treatment department, where it is heated to take out
-any internal strain. In forging steel, the structure is disturbed and
-put under strain, and reheating of heat treatment relieves this strain,
-giving the steel greater strength.
-
-The men who run these heat-treatment furnaces have been trained for this
-particular work, and they must move about freely and be able to handle
-the axles.
-
-From the heat-treatment department the axle goes to the machine shop for
-the machine-work.
-
-In another section of the axle department steering spindles are
-drop-forged. These parts are much smaller and are made in many different
-shapes. In fact, very few automobiles of different makes use the same
-shaped steering spindles. As this work is lighter, a man with one good
-leg and one arm can do some of the operations. A forge or blacksmith
-shop is usually connected with the drop forge department. In the forge
-shop the steering spindle arms are bent to the proper angle so as to
-give perfect steering to the automobile. The men must be qualified to do
-simple forge and bending work, and handicapped men could fit in here
-very well.
-
-In the forge and spindle departments working conditions are not of the
-best, as there is noise, smoke, and the smell of hot steel. The light of
-the fires also is hard on the eyes. Pay is good, however, and the work
-is steady.
-
-Small parts of the front axle are made and furnished in the machine
-department. All parts are finally passed to the assembly department.
-
-In the assembly department the front axle and spindles are assembled
-ready for the automobile. Here we find stands for holding the axle
-forging, while the spindles are being attached. This operation requires
-men who can put together these parts. They must be able to handle tools
-and do the work in a thorough manner. Considerable judgment must be
-exercised. The bolts and parts must be lubricated before assembling, the
-proper adjustments made, and all nuts and bolts securely locked in
-place. The inspector passes upon all this work to see that it is
-properly done. A man must be able to use hand tools and move about, and
-should be able to use both hands freely.
-
-In another department hubs for wheels are made. Here are the powerful
-presses in which the hubs are pressed out, and the punch and drill
-presses for making holes. Operators of these machines have duties
-similar to those of men in the spindle department. Hubs require some
-machine-shop work, which is done in the machine shop. Either ball or
-roller bearings must be placed in the hubs to reduce the friction.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1125. BEARING MANUFACTURE
-
-Bearing manufacture is practically an industry in itself. In this plant
-or department, a force of real mechanics is employed, men who are
-authorities on steel and the heat treatment of steel. The wheel bearings
-of an automobile receive many severe shocks and strains, and a poor
-piece of steel or a poorly heat-treated piece of steel may do
-considerable damage to the car. Roller and ball bearings are used in
-several places in an automobile. They are used in the engine, magneto,
-generator clutch, transmission and rear axle. Wherever it is desirable
-to reduce friction to save power, an antifriction bearing is used.
-
-Research work as connected with bearing manufacture covers a large
-field. It includes not only work in the laboratory but as well work done
-in the field, wherever tractors are used. The engineers are always
-watching their product for any chance to improve it.
-
-In manufacturing bearings, whether ball or roller, a high-grade pure
-iron is selected. This raw material is put into furnaces and melted.
-Alloys are added in proper portions to make a tough, close-grained
-long-wearing steel, able to resist shocks. Samples of this steel are
-tested in the laboratory as to their hardness, grain, and tensile
-strength. This is work for a carefully trained metallurgist, who must
-have well-trained assistants. Handicapped men who are technically
-qualified can take up this branch of the industry.
-
-After the steel has been compounded it goes to the drop-forge
-department, where the balls or rollers are rough forged. The trip hammer
-in this department is controlled by one foot, and the steel must be
-turned over several times in passing through the various dies. The
-rough-forged balls or rollers are next taken to the machine shop or
-grinding department.
-
-In the various departments of the bearing manufacturing plants small
-electric cars are used to pull trailers loaded with parts to various
-points of the factory. The operator of these cars must be a man who has
-the free use of one foot for operating the brake, and he must have two
-hands to operate the control levers. This work is usually done standing
-on the truck. However, some of the operators are provided with seats.
-
-The balls and rollers are next machined and ground to size. They are
-then carefully assorted as to sizes and passed to the inspection
-department, where men sitting at benches carefully check and test each
-piece, using special testing devices and machines. This department could
-readily use a man with one leg, but he should have the free use of two
-hands. A loss of one or more fingers would not be a serious handicap. As
-this work is all inspection work, it is done sitting. The department is
-usually quiet, and the work is not hard. Conditions and pay are good.
-
-In another department the races (inside and outside) and the retainers
-are manufactured. The work is similar to that done in the ball or roller
-department, although the pieces are different. It includes forging,
-machining, grinding and inspecting.
-
-The bearing parts have been made and tested, the bearing is now ready
-for assembling. In the assembling department men sit at their work. A
-man with one leg, and possibly one who had lost both feet, might find
-employment. Some of the work is done by machinery, while some is
-handwork. The pieces are placed upon benches, and the bearing is then
-assembled and placed in a machine that clinches the cage or retainer so
-as to hold in the balls or rollers. The bearing is then ready for the
-inspector who determines whether or not it has been properly put
-together, and if the balls and rollers are free in the cages.
-
-The next step is to lubricate the bearings with an acid-proof grease to
-prevent rust. The bearing is then wrapped in oil paper and placed in a
-box ready for the storeroom or for shipment.
-
-There are several operations in this department where a handicapped man
-could secure employment. The work as a whole is not hard, conditions are
-excellent, and the wages are good. Some of the work is noisy and is not
-desirable for men with certain disabilities, but on the other hand there
-are places where men who have only one eye, arm, or leg could find
-employment on equal terms with other men.
-
-It should be noted that large bearing factories have many improved
-methods of manufacturing which vary considerably from that described
-above. Only a general statement has been attempted.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1126. REAR AXLES
-
-The building of rear axles is practically an industry in itself. There
-are several large companies who do nothing else but manufacture gears,
-and front and rear axles. In this branch of the industry we find all
-kinds of work going on, including forging, pressed-steel work,
-machining, heat treatment, and oxy-acetylene welding.
-
-The rear-axle housing may be a casting or it may be pressed steel, or a
-forging. Where castings are used we have foundry work employing molders,
-core men, flask men, and cupola men. Most of the jobs in the foundry
-require men of sturdy build and good physical condition. Some foundry
-work, however, such as inspection, core work, and testing small
-castings, can be done sitting. Again there are jobs, such as trimming,
-grinding, and filing, that can be done by a man with one arm or one leg.
-The average foundry man is well paid and works short hours, but the work
-is dirty and not generally well suited for handicapped men.
-
-The pressed-steel department of the rear-axle factory is equipped with
-special machines for pressing various parts into shape. Some of these
-machines could be operated by a man with one good leg or one leg and one
-arm.
-
-In another department of the axle factory, brake supports are assembled.
-Here men stand at benches, riveting and bolting to the axle, housing the
-various necessary braces, and other pieces. Some of this work is heavy
-and some very light.
-
-Gears for the rear axle, some eight in number, have been machined in the
-machine shop, heat-treated in the heat-treatment department, tested and
-inspected in the inspection department, and are now ready for the
-assembly of the differential.
-
-In the machine shop and inspection department much of the work could be
-done efficiently by handicapped men who have been trained for it. Some
-of this work requires technical skill, some a technical education, but
-some of it requires just plain everyday common sense.
-
-The differential housing (two halves) is usually a malleable casting. It
-is machined in the machine department and inspected in the inspection
-department.
-
-All of the necessary parts for assembling the differential are brought
-to the differential assembly department. Here men fit gears, rivet gears
-to cases, and assemble the differentials. In some places this work is
-done by the progressive method, one man putting on one piece and another
-man another piece, while in other places one man assembles the whole
-differential. In this department, a man with one leg and two good hands
-could very well do the work. He must be able to use hand tools, and must
-know how properly to adjust the gears in the case. The operation is
-quickly learned and does not require a highly trained man.
-
-After the differential is assembled, it passes to the inspector, and if
-it meets the necessary requirements, it is ready for the rear axle.
-
-The rear-axle housing having been equipped with brake supports, trues
-rod and brake levers, is ready for the brake bands and shoes. The brakes
-are lined with an oil and waterproof lining, which is riveted to the
-bands or shoes. This operation is done in a riveting machine, each rivet
-being countersunk and headed. Riveting is done by one man who does
-nothing else but rivet brake lining to the bands or shoes. A handicapped
-man might do this work.
-
-The lining having been riveted to the bands, they are now ready for
-assembling on the rear-axle housing. In some factories a whole axle is
-assembled by two men, while in others using the progressive method, it
-is assembled by a number of men, each man doing one specific operation.
-
-After the fittings have been applied to the axle housing, it is then
-ready for the differential assembly, which is the work of one or two
-men. They must know how to install the bearings properly on the
-differential and drive-pinion shaft, and must know how to adjust the
-gears. If the gears are not properly adjusted, they will be noisy and
-the wear upon them will be considerably increased. It takes practice to
-do this work efficiently. Men who assemble the rear axle and
-differential must be able to move about freely, and should have the free
-use of both hands.
-
-After the axle has been assembled, it is inspected and passed to the
-testing department. In the testing department, wheels are applied and
-the axle mounted on a stand for testing. The axle is driven by an
-electric motor, brakes being applied to provide the equivalent of a
-load. The tester then notes the noise of the axle, and the contact
-surfaces of the teeth, and if final adjustments are necessary they are
-made in this department. The men are rear-axle experts, and understand
-thoroughly all the adjustments of the rear axle. They must be able to
-handle the axles and lifting is often times necessary.
-
-The axle after being tested is numbered, tagged, and sent to the
-storeroom for shipment. In the rear-axle factory, there are many classes
-of workers which have not been mentioned. Some of these are draftsmen,
-tool-room helpers, storekeepers, clerks, checkers, timekeepers,
-janitors, gate keepers, machine hands, truckmen, and mechanics. Much of
-the work done by these men could be done by men handicapped by loss of
-hand, leg, eye, or hearing. All of the work pays a good living wage, and
-working conditions are good.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1127. UNIVERSAL JOINTS
-
-Unit manufacturing has been specialized to such an extent that there are
-now factories which manufacture nothing but universal joints. These are
-small but very important units. In the universal joint factories we find
-steel presses, drop-forge machines, machine-shop equipment, and assembly
-departments. The work as carried on in these plants has been fairly
-explained in other parts of this monograph.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1128. TRANSMISSIONS
-
-Transmissions are another unit of the automobile that are sometimes made
-in a specialized plant. There are several well-known transmission firms
-who make nothing else but transmissions and gears.
-
-The transmission case is usually made of aluminum and is cast into the
-proper shape. In the foundry are found the same classes of workers as in
-the axle factory, only the men are casting aluminum instead of steel.
-
-The case having been cast is dumped from the sand, cleaned, trimmed, and
-inspected. Any small holes are welded shut, and the case is then cleaned
-ready for the sand blast.
-
-In sand blasting a stream of air and sand is played against the part.
-The air is under high pressure and the sand fed in plays upon the
-aluminum at a high velocity, cleaning and smoothing it. Operators of the
-sand-blast machine wear masks and dust-proof suits and work in a special
-cabinet. It is impossible to work without this protection.
-
-After being inspected the transmission case is passed to the machine
-department, where it is machined to receive the bearings, covers, etc.
-
-Gears, shafts, and shifting forks used in the transmission are also made
-in the machine shop. The gears and shafts are next heat treated and
-tested. They are then ground to insure accuracy and are again tested for
-trueness. This testing operation is done by men who sit at benches. Part
-of this work is done sitting, and could be done by a man with one leg.
-Gears are tested as to hardness and for centers. Special equipment is
-used for these operations, and a man does not need experience other than
-that learned at the work in a short time.
-
-From the inspection department the transmission case, shafts, gears, and
-bearings (the bearing having been made in another department or
-purchased) are taken to the assembly department. Here we find men
-standing at benches putting together the various parts of the
-transmissions. Gears are riveted or keyed to shafts, bearings are fitted
-to cases, and shafts and parts put in the case. Shafts and bearing are
-then adjusted and the adjustments locked. The assembled transmission is
-now ready for the inspectors, who check the work. The work in the
-transmission assembly department is similar to that of the rear axle
-department. Some transmissions are heavy and some light. The employee in
-this department must be able to move about freely, and must be able to
-use such hand tools as wrenches, files, and hammers. He needs no special
-instruction.
-
-The transmission is now passed to the testing department where it is
-tested for noisy bearings and gears. If it passes this test, the covers
-are put on to keep out dirt. It is then numbered and sent to the stock
-department.
-
-In a transmission factory there are many occupations that could be
-filled by men with slight handicaps. Much of the work can be done by men
-who have lost fingers, one hand, a leg, or foot, and by men who are not
-physically strong. The factories pay good wages, hours are reasonable,
-and the work is steady. Much of the work is piece-work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1129. CLUTCH
-
-Practically all parts of the clutch are made in the machine shop. After
-the parts have been machined and inspected they are sent to the assembly
-department, where the work is similar to that described for other units.
-It requires a man who can use both hands and move about. Wages for this
-work are practically the same as are paid the assembler in the other
-unit factories--from 80 to 60 cents per hour--and general conditions are
-the same as in other factories.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1130. ENGINES
-
-There are a number of concerns which build only automobile engines, and
-the automobile engine factory is usually a large plant.
-
-Usually about three classes or grades of engines are built in a factory
-which makes a specialty of engines. The first class or grades of engines
-go into the higher-priced cars, the second grade into the second-class
-cars, and the third grade into the cheaper cars.
-
-The engine factory must have its foundry in which are employed such
-foundry experts and helpers as patternmakers, coremen, cupolamen,
-molders, and machine operators. Some engine parts are aluminum, some
-brass, some steel, and some cast iron. There is much work in the foundry
-that could easily be done by handicapped men--by men, for example, who
-have stiff joints and who are unable to move about freely, and men who
-have lost one arm, a hand, or a leg.
-
-The crank case of the engine is usually cast of aluminum. After this
-part has been cast it goes to a cleaning and inspecting department,
-where it is carefully inspected before any machine work is done upon it.
-After it passes inspection it is rough jigged and the machine work is
-started. After the milling, operations are done on the case--such as
-smoothing the sides, top, and bottom--and the case then goes to a layout
-department, where it is placed upon a large surface plate. Layout men,
-using surface gauges and such other tools, mark out the dimensions and
-spot holes for bolts, studs, etc. The crank case then goes back to the
-machine-shop department, where it is drilled, tapped, and machined. It
-is then inspected, after which the bearings are fitted. Some engines
-have the bearings babbitted into the case, while others have them
-detachable, the bearings being machined to fit the case.
-
-After the bearings have been fitted into the case they are reamed with
-a bearing reamer. The lower half of the crank case, which is usually
-the oiled reservoir covering the timing-gear case, and other crank-case
-parts are finished in their respective departments. The crank case,
-having gone through a number of small operations, is now ready for the
-assembly department. There are a number of places in the crank-case
-department where handicapped men could find employment. Some of the
-operations could well be done by men who have lost a hand, eye, or leg,
-or by men who have stiff joints. The work in this department is usually
-noisy, and possibly not well suited for men of a nervous temperament.
-
-The crank shaft of the automobile engine is usually drop-forged.
-However, a few shafts are made from a solid block of steel. When the
-shafts are drop-forged, a number of machine operators are employed. The
-men operating these forge machines need not be experts in that they are
-trained in the factory for this particular job. Some of these machines
-could very easily be operated by men with one arm, or with one leg and
-one arm. If the crank shaft had been drop-forged, it goes to the heat
-treatment department for heat treating. It is then sent to the machine
-shop where it is rough turned, and in a number of cases is then sent
-back to the heat-treatment department. The shaft is then machined, rough
-ground and finished ground to size. It is now passed to the inspection
-department where the journals are inspected as to size, length, and
-trueness. The shaft then goes to a balancing machine where it is given a
-running test and carefully balanced.
-
-The flywheel, having been machined in another department, is then fitted
-to the crank shaft and the shaft and flywheel are balanced together.
-This balancing of the shaft and flywheel has much to do with reducing
-the vibration of the engine when in use. After passing this test the
-shaft is ready to be fitted to the crank case. The fitting to the case
-is done by scraping--an operation which requires a man who has had
-previous training in this line of work to develop a very particular
-skill in it. A man must be very efficient to turn out the proper amount
-of work each day. The scraping operation does not, however, take much
-time with present-day equipment. After the bearing is scraped to fit the
-shaft, the bearings are shimmed and tightened to the proper tension, and
-the shaft and case is ready for a block test. It is important that these
-bearings be tightened to the proper tension, since if they are too tight
-the bearing may burn out from the increased friction, while if they are
-not tight enough the engine will soon develop a knock when it is put
-into service.
-
-The greater part of the work done on the crank shaft is done in the
-machine-shop department. Outside of this department, however, there are
-a number of jobs that could be done by handicapped men, among them being
-those of inspectors, balancing machine hand men, and bearing scrapers.
-Inspectors and balancers should have the free use of two hands. They are
-not required to move about rapidly, but should be able to move from one
-place to another. The bearing scrapers could be men who have lost part
-of one hand, one eye, or one leg. This work requires bending over so
-that a man who has had stomach wounds or injury to the back could not do
-it.
-
-The cam shaft for the engine is drop-forged and rough turned, the work
-being similar to that done in the other drop-forge departments. The
-shaft then goes to an electroplating department where it is copper
-plated. It is then sent back to the machine department where the cam
-faces and such other places that are to be hardened are ground to a
-slightly oversized measurement. The shaft is then sent to the
-heat-treatment department where it is hardened. The process of this
-hardening is to pack the shaft in a large metal box together with such
-hardening compound as has been selected by the factory. The box
-containing the shafts to be hardened is then put into a heat-treatment
-furnace where it is heated to a proper temperature and allowed to remain
-there for the proper length of time, after which the shafts are quenched
-in a bath to finish the heat-treating process.
-
-The copper plating, which has been put on the shaft in a previous
-operation, prevents the carbon from entering the shaft during the
-heat-treating process. The carbon enters the shaft only where the copper
-plating has been removed. After heat treatment the shaft is rough tested
-for trueness. It is then sent to the grinding department where it is
-ground to the final dimensions. The shaft then goes to the inspection
-department, where it is carefully inspected before being sent to the
-stock assembly division. Such other parts, as timing gears and shafts,
-are machined and inspected in other parts of the factory.
-
-The valve tappets of the average automobile engine are of the mushroom
-or button-head type. This type of tappet is either drop-forged or made
-of pressed steel. The work requires about the same class of workmen as
-have been mentioned in drop-forge and die work under frames and axles.
-After the tappets have been formed into shape they are then rough
-turned, after which they are heat treated, machined, and inspected. They
-are then assembled ready for the engine. The assembly and inspection
-departments are about the only places where handicapped men could be
-used to an advantage, with exception of the machine-shop work.
-
-The assembly and inspection work of the valve tappets can be done
-sitting down, and can be handled very well by men who have lost one or
-even both legs. They should, however, have the free use of one hand, and
-of at least part of the other, so as to enable them to use special
-testing tools and equipment.
-
-Connecting rods for engines are drop-forged and machined in their
-respective departments. They are then inspected before the bearings are
-fitted to them. This inspection work could be very well done by a man
-with two hands and one leg, or by a man who is capable of lifting light
-weights and who can move about with ease. The bearings of the average
-automobile engine are detachable, and are made in a special department
-and sent to the connecting-rod assembly department for installing in the
-connecting rod. Here the bearings are fitted to the connecting rod in
-both upper and lower halves, after which the bearing is reamed. The
-bearing is then scraped to a shaft until it has the proper bearing
-surface. The rod is then jigged in a fixture so that it will be in
-proper alignment when it is installed in the engine. The connecting rods
-are then carefully weighed so that all rods or pairs of rods are of
-equal weight. They are then tagged or marked and sent to the crank shaft
-department, where they are fitted to the crank shaft upon which they are
-to be used. The connecting rod department could furnish employment for a
-number of disabled men. Some of this work is done sitting down and some
-is done standing at a bench. The bearing work done on the connecting
-rods could be done by men who have one good leg and one good arm, and
-the free use of the stub of the other arm, or a device could be used to
-take the place of the other hand. No special educational requirements
-are indicated for this work and no special instructions are necessary.
-
-Cylinders for engines, having been cast in the foundry, are
-rough-tested, the core sand removed, and the cylinders scaled. Some of
-this work is done sitting down and could very well be done by men who
-have received injuries to their legs. However, they should have the free
-use of both hands. Cylinders, after being scaled and cleaned, are sent
-to the machine department where they are machined and ground. This work
-is all machine-shop work.
-
-After being ground, cylinders are inspected for trueness and general
-condition. The valves are then ground to the cylinders. This operation
-can be done by men who have the free use of one hand and of part of the
-other hand. Some of this work is done sitting down, so that a man need
-not have two good legs. Some of the valve grinding is often done in
-machines, in which case it is necessary that the operator watch a number
-of valves on the machine at one time. This operation would require a man
-who could move about freely in order to inspect the machine.
-
-Pistons for the engine, having been machined and ground, are inspected
-as to sizes, dimensions, etc. This operation could well be done by a man
-with two good hands, but he must be able to stand at a bench and move
-about freely. The pistons are then fitted to the cylinders so as to get
-a proper fit in each cylinder. They are also carefully balanced in pairs
-and equal weights are selected as nearly as possible. The fitting of
-pistons to cylinders and the balancing of them could well be done by
-handicapped men. The piston pins also are fitted to the piston and to
-the connecting rod. This work is done standing at benches, and could be
-done by men who have the free use of both hands.
-
-Piston rings which are made from castings in the machine shop, where
-they have been ground, are sent to the inspector who carefully inspects
-each ring. This work is light and is well suited to a man who could sit
-at a bench, but he must have the free use of both hands. Piston rings
-are fitted to cylinders and pistons in another department. This
-operation requires a little more skill than some of the others mentioned
-and a man must have some mechanical ability to learn to do the work
-efficiently. There are, however, many minor injuries which would not
-prevent a man from doing this work.
-
-The manifolds, both inlet and exhaust are cast in the foundry
-department. They are then machined, where necessary, after which they
-are inspected. This department could employ disabled men for inspection
-work.
-
-There are a number of bolts and screws and special fittings which must
-be carefully inspected before they can go to the assembly department.
-Every bolt must be looked over as to its general condition before it can
-be used. This work alone offers employment to a large number of men in
-every automobile engine factory. It is very light and a man in very
-delicate condition could efficiently perform a number of these
-operations. In a number of positions one hand is all that is necessary.
-Men could either sit or recline on the bench and do the work. In fact,
-men in bed even could come up to production in this particular kind of
-work.
-
-The oil pump for the engine, having been machined in the various
-departments is assembled by men who sit at benches. This work is very
-light work and can be handled to advantage by men with handicaps. They
-should, however, have the use of both hands.
-
-We have now mentioned the various units which go to make up an engine
-and have come to the point where it is necessary to assemble these
-various parts.
-
-In the up-to-date automobile factory, the engine assembly is done by the
-progressive system. The conveyor system which is used in engine assembly
-is similar to that used in the chassis assembly, described in another
-section of this bulletin. The crank case is usually mounted upon this
-conveyor or movable stand. The crank shaft, having been assembled to the
-case in another department, is now ready for the connecting rods, and
-the rods with the pistons are attached. The cam shaft, tappets, and
-tappet guides are then installed, and the cylinders are mounted. The
-engine moves on to another section where the manifolds are attached to
-the cylinders. It then passes to a section where the carburetor is
-mounted. Next the ignition system is attached, and the starting and
-lighting and such other units as this particular engine may require are
-installed. All these operations have taken place while the engine has
-been moving. Special tools are used during these operations, such as air
-wrenches, socket wrenches, and any tool that may save a few seconds
-time.
-
-The work that is done on this engine conveyor system is considered to be
-hard work in that each man must keep moving at top speed in order to
-turn out the required production in that department. The men are well
-paid and they must be qualified to take care of their particular section
-of this conveyor. There are a number of places, however, where
-handicapped men can be used in this work. Very few of these operations
-could be efficiently handled by a man who did not have the free use of
-both hands. He could, however, carry on some of this work, if he had
-received injuries to one of his legs. All of this work is inspected and
-a man is carefully checked as to the work he has done.
-
-After the engine has been inspected, it is ready for a block test. The
-conveyor carries the engine to this block-test department, where the
-engine is mounted on a special stand and is connected to an electric
-motor, which drives the engine at sufficient speed to lubricate it and
-to work in the moving parts. The block-test mechanics are men who can
-pick out noises and defects in the engine. They must watch the engine
-for hot bearings, loose bearings, and in fact this department is a sort
-of running-test inspection department. If the engine does not show any
-defects and meets normal requirements, it is given a running test under
-its own power. This test is oftentimes done on the same motor or
-electric set that it has been run in by, or in other words the electric
-motor becomes a generator. This test is known as the dynamometer test.
-
-The engine running under its own power is loaded down by the resistance
-of the electric generator and the horsepower noted. The carburetor and
-ignition is adjusted to bring the engine to the normal horsepower. If
-the engine fails to come up to normal horsepower, it is rejected and
-must go back for rebuilding. After it passes the horsepower test, the
-oil is removed and the engine is sent to the storeroom or chassis
-assembly department as the case may be.
-
-The inspection department of the engine assembly could employ a number
-of disabled men provided they were qualified by mechanical experience.
-The block test department could employ men with slight handicaps who
-have had previous experience in engine work. They should, however, be
-expert gas engine men. This is true also of men in the dynamometer-test
-department. In the engine-assembly department, however, some helpers and
-less skilled mechanics could very well find employment even though
-disabled.
-
-All work in engine factories can be termed desirable employment, since
-up-to-date factories are well equipped, and well heated, lighted, and
-ventilated. Pay is good and the factory usually runs the year around.
-Engine factories are usually located near large automobile centers, for
-the same reason that the automobile factories are located there, namely,
-railroad facilities, power facilities, and general living conditions.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1131. CARBURETORS
-
-Carburetors are usually made by a manufacturer who makes a specialty of
-making carburetors. Carburetion is one of the most interesting subjects
-in the automotive industry, and manufacturers in this line employ large
-staffs of experts and research men. They employ also engineers for the
-purpose of making tests of the various types of carburetors, and of the
-different classes of fuels.
-
-Some carburetor factories have their own foundries where they make their
-own castings, which are usually of aluminum or bronze. Some of the
-highest types of foundry men may be found in this department, as this
-particular branch of work must be of very high grade. Manufacturers take
-pride in the appearance of their castings. In a foundry of this type
-there are several occupations that disabled men could do, such as
-pattern work, core making, molding, and even flask work.
-
-After the castings have been poured they are ready for cleaning and
-scaling. Part of this work is done in the sand blast. The castings are
-then carefully inspected, after which they are ready for the
-machine-shop department. There are a number of machines used in
-carburetor work which do not really come under the head of machine-shop
-equipment, in that they are punch presses. These presses are used for
-punching the float parts for the carburetor and other similar pieces.
-The float is usually made up of two pieces, pressed from a flat piece of
-stock into a cup shape. These two halves are put together and soldered
-to make an air-tight chamber. This construction, of course, will vary
-with the different makes of carburetors. Where this work is done,
-disabled men could handle the pieces very nicely. They could also do
-such soldering as is done on floats.
-
-There are many small screws, nozzles, and similar parts made in the
-machine shop which require a large number of machine operators. The
-machines include among others automatic screw machines. After these
-parts have been machined, it is necessary that each part be carefully
-inspected before it goes to the assembly department, and this inspection
-work is very light work, well suited to disabled men who are unable to
-do heavy work. The use of one arm is about all that is necessary to
-perform one of these operations. There are also a number of testing
-operations in carburetor factories which could be handled to an
-advantage by handicapped men.
-
-After the carburetor parts have been machined the carburetor is ready
-for final assembly. This work is usually done by men sitting at benches,
-who assemble the various sizes of carburetors on the various benches.
-The work could be done by men who have lost the use of their feet or
-legs, as it does not require very much moving about. After the
-carburetor has been assembled, it is given a preliminary test on a rack
-to determine whether or not the float level is too high, and whether or
-not the joints of the carburetor lack fuel. After the carburetor passes
-this test it goes to a machine department, where it is tried out on an
-engine. The running test is the most skilled work done along this line,
-and requires men who understand the operation of gasoline engines and
-who are capable of attaching and detaching a carburetor quickly. It is
-not necessary in all cases that every carburetor be tested on an engine.
-Where this is not done the carburetors are inspected and passed on to
-the shipping department.
-
-On the whole, there are a number of desirable places in the carburetor
-department which are well suited for handicapped men. The working
-conditions in these factories are good and the wages paid are about the
-same as those paid by any general assembly or manufacturing plant.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1132. IGNITION
-
-A number of factories make a specialty of building ignition apparatus
-for automobiles. In them we find the usual organization found in other
-similar factories. Some of these factories build ignition systems on a
-large scale, in which case the organization is elaborate.
-
-One of the most important factors of the ignition system is the
-insulation. A compound has been discovered, known as “bakelite,” which
-has a very high resistance to electricity. This substance usually comes
-to the manufacturer in powdered form and the manufacturer puts it
-through his mixing process.
-
-The bakelite for parts to be made is carefully weighed for each piece.
-It is then placed in jigs which hold contacts, segments, etc. The jigs
-or molds are then placed in a molding machine to which is applied
-considerable pressure and heat. The heat causes the bakelite to run
-together, forming one solid piece of material when it is properly cured.
-After the standard heat has been applied to the bakelite for the proper
-length of time the mold is placed in another press and cold water is run
-around it to chill or set the bakelite. The molded part is then removed
-from the press and is ready for inspection.
-
-When the part comes from the mold it is very shiny and smooth in
-appearance. The inspection of this part is to determine whether or not
-the contacts have stayed in proper position and whether or not there are
-any flaws in the bakelite. Bakelite parts are used in many places in the
-ignition system. There are a number of places in the bakelite section of
-the ignition factory where disabled men might well find employment.
-
-Men with one leg could weigh out the bakelite, and a man with one leg
-and one arm could possibly run the presses around the bakelite for
-curing. This work is done in a dry department; the conditions are very
-good and the wages are reasonable.
-
-In the coil department of the ignition factories we find various types
-of work going on. Here are machines for winding the primary and
-secondary coils, testing machines, etc. The ignition coil is made up of
-an iron core, an insulator around the iron core, a primary winding, a
-secondary winding, and a condenser. Some coils have vibrators attached,
-in which case the vibrators are mounted on the outside of the coil
-windings.
-
-The core of the coil is made up of a bundle of soft iron wires. The
-fiber tube is commonly used as insulating material. This tube is filled
-with the soft iron wire. The primary winding, of which there are about
-two layers, is wound on the outside of the fiber tube. This operation
-takes but a few seconds, the tube being placed between a pair of centers
-on a small motor driven machine similar to a small lathe. The wire is
-guided on to this tube while it is revolving. This work is done sitting,
-and could very well be done by men who have received injuries to their
-legs, or by men who have received injuries to their spine. The main
-requirements are that the operator shall have the free use of both
-hands, and be able to see properly the work that is going on.
-
-The secondary or high-tension winding of the coil is similar to the
-low-tension winding. The high-tension winding, however, has many turns
-of very fine wire no larger than the ordinary thread used on sewing
-machines. This wire is insulated, and care must be exercised that the
-insulation is not broken. The secondary winding also is wound on a fiber
-tube on a machine similar to that on which the primary coil is wound.
-Between each layer of wire in these windings a small strip of insulation
-is placed. This, of course, is done at the end of each layer of wire. In
-carrying out this operation the operator must be very careful that the
-insulation is not broken; that the insulation is properly placed, and
-that the layers of wire are smooth and uniform.
-
-The condenser of the ignition coil is made of two layers of tin foil and
-several layers of insulation, such as paraffin paper. This operation
-requires a person who is very careful, since if this particular part is
-not carefully constructed it will not function properly. The condenser
-is also machine wound in a number of cases, and skill comes with
-practice in this work.
-
-Requirements for this job are about the same as found in the coil
-winding, viz., that the operator must have the free use of both hands,
-and be able to watch his work carefully.
-
-After these various parts have been made in their respective
-departments they are ready for the industrial tests. This is done with
-meters to determine the amount of resistance that each coil has. If the
-resistance is not the same as found in other coils, the insulation is
-broken or the coil is shorted, in which case the coil is rejected. The
-condenser test is somewhat different. Here we find that special meters
-are used for determining the capacity. These testing operations require
-a man who has been trained for this particular job. The work is usually
-done sitting down.
-
-After these various parts have passed inspection they are sent to the
-coil assembly, where they are put together in their proper relation.
-Where the coil is a box coil, the windings and condenser are placed in a
-box and hot paraffin or an insulating compound is poured into the box.
-After it has cooled all the ignition parts are held securely in place.
-The coil is then finished and is ready for the final test. This work is
-all light work, and there are a number of positions in which handicapped
-men could be employed.
-
-In another part of the ignition factory, we find the breaker mechanism
-and other ignition apparatus being manufactured. This mechanism requires
-considerable machine work, which is done on special machines in the
-machine-shop department. After these parts have been machined and
-inspected they come through the assembly department, where the ignition
-apparatus is assembled. Here we find the workers at benches assembling
-the very fine delicate parts of the apparatus. The small springs,
-platinum points, screws, etc., must be placed in their proper places and
-with proper tension. After the ignition apparatus has been properly
-assembled it is inspected, and then goes to the testing department,
-where apparatus is tested as to its efficiency, etc.
-
-In another department, wires are cut and made into proper lengths for
-certain ignition jobs. Here the terminals are soldered to the ends of
-the wires. Sometimes these operations are done on a conveyer system.
-This work is done sitting, and is well adapted to disabled men.
-
-In the ignition, assembly, inspection, and testing departments, there
-are a number of operations that could be done by men with one arm and no
-legs, one leg and two arms, one eye, one arm and one leg, by men who
-have lost their hearing, and even by men who have been blinded. The work
-as found in the ignition department is light, working conditions are
-good, and the pay is average.
-
-Where the ignition manufacturer manufactures magnetos, we find a little
-different class of work going on. Armatures are wound with primary and
-secondary windings, and this is done on a somewhat specialized machine.
-Insulation, also, is somewhat specialized, and assembly work differs
-somewhat from other assembly work. Magnetos must be made, charged, and
-tested. Condensers are of a special design. As a whole, however, the
-work in the magneto department requires about the same class of workmen
-as are found in the ignition department.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1133. STARTING AND LIGHTING EQUIPMENT
-
-The electrical equipment of the automobile has reached a point of
-development which has brought about a large demand for this particular
-kind of apparatus. A number of factories make a specialty of this kind
-of equipment.
-
-The starting and lighting equipment of the automobile, being made up of
-a number of pieces of material, requires considerable machine work,
-which will not be described here. The armature, which is made up of a
-shaft, laminated core, and a commutator, is all built in a sub-assembly
-department, after which the armature passes to the winding department,
-where special machines are operated. The operators of these machines do
-not need to be experts, but they do become very efficient at this kind
-of work after a short time. The wire is wound on the armature in the
-proper slots and the ends come out to the proper length. The sleeves are
-then put over the ends of the wires for insulation and the wires trimmed
-to exact length, after which the wire ends are soldered to the proper
-commutator bars.
-
-The generator also has field coils or windings. These windings are wound
-on jigs for this work and are later placed in the fieldpieces of the
-generator. Each coil is tested before it is assembled to the field, and
-each armature is tested before it is assembled. After the pieces have
-been made in the various departments the generator is sent to the
-assembly department. Here the assembler is furnished with the generator
-castings, coils, pole pieces, bearings, armature, plates, brushes, and
-such other fittings as may be necessary. He proceeds to assemble the
-complete generator, after which the generator passes to the inspection
-department where it is inspected and tested as to its output.
-
-The starting and lighting factory offers a number of splendid
-opportunities for the placement of disabled men. Handicapped men could
-very efficiently wind armatures. It has been said that a blind man could
-wind an armature after some practice. Men without legs could do the
-soldering of these armatures; men without legs could wind and test field
-windings and could assemble generators; men with one arm could test and
-wind field windings and do several other operations.
-
-The starter motor as used in the automobile is a piece of equipment
-similar to that of a generator, about the only difference being that the
-starter motor is a little heavier machine, and the armature is wound
-with heavier wire. It is made for the purpose of cranking the automobile
-engine, and must withstand considerable abuse. Disabled men could make
-the tests on generators and starter motors with very little difficulty.
-
-The output of a generator must be controlled to a limited degree. This
-is done by what is known as voltage regulation. There must be some kind
-of a relay to disconnect the storage battery and generator when the
-engine is not running. This is done by what is known as the circuit
-breaker. The voltage regulator and circuit breaker of the automobile
-starting and lighting system is made up of coils, springs, and breaker
-mechanism, depending upon the type of regulator and circuit breaker
-used. This work is all light work, usually handwork, and could be done
-by disabled men to a large extent. The assembling of this work requires
-the free use of both hands and a man must be able to see the work that
-is being done.
-
-As a whole, work in ignition, starting and lighting departments is very
-desirable work. The working conditions are considered very good, the
-hours reasonable, and the pay about the same as in other manufacturing
-concerns.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1134. RADIATORS
-
-The demand for efficient radiators for the up-to-date automobile has
-almost created a separate industry in itself. Cooling systems for
-automobile engines have developed to such a point that a large force of
-experts are employed in the work of improving such systems. There are a
-number of factories which employ hundreds of employees in the
-manufacture of radiators for the automotive industry. These factories
-use a large amount of steel, tin, copper, and brass. They have developed
-special machines for the purpose of making peculiarly shaped cores in an
-endeavor to increase the radiating surface without increasing the cost.
-Large punch machines are used in making these shapes, and these machines
-have been so perfected that practically all the operator has to do is to
-feed through the machine one continuous roll of metal and take away the
-shaped cores. The cores are sent to the assembly department where they
-are then placed in proper formation. They are then dipped in a molten
-bath of solder which closes the ends of the tubes or solders them
-together, and then go to the final assembly department where each core
-is incased in the proper shaped casing and the radiator pipe and hose
-connections are soldered on. The radiator is then ready for testing,
-which is done in a tank where compressed air is forced into the
-radiator. If there are any leaks, they will show by bubbles arising from
-them.
-
-The work as done in these factories requires some experts and some
-novices. Some of it can be done by men who have been handicapped, and
-there is considerable demand for men capable of handling this particular
-branch of the work. Working conditions as found in the radiator
-factories are good and hours are reasonable.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1135. STEERING GEARS
-
-The steering gear is one of the most important units of the automobile.
-A number of factories have been organized for the sole purpose of
-manufacturing a particular type of steering gear. In these factories we
-find ordinary drop-forging machines, machine-shop equipment,
-woodworking, and assembly work.
-
-This work requires men who are able to move about freely and who have
-the free use of both hands. Some of the work is piecework (at least in
-some factories), and men must be able to come up to at least a
-reasonable production in order to qualify. The conditions as found in
-other manufacturing plants are found also in the steering-gear
-factories.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1136. WHEELS
-
-In the wheel factories, we find a number of special machines such as
-spoke machines, felloes machines, and trimming machines. These are
-practically automatic, the material being fed through them and the
-finished product coming out. After the parts have been made in their
-respective departments, they are ready for assembly. This requires a
-certain amount of handwork. The wheels must be assembled so that they
-will not loosen when they have been put into use. After they have been
-assembled, it is often necessary that a band be mounted on them. After a
-wheel has been assembled, it is put into a machine which trues and trims
-it, and it is then ready for the automobile manufacturer.
-
-As the woodwork in the wheel factory is covered in the bulletin on
-woodworking, no further comments are made here.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1137. BODIES
-
-With the increased production of automobiles, large manufacturers have
-seen fit to purchase their bodies from body manufacturers. This has
-encouraged the body manufacturers to increase their production which has
-brought increased activities in this particular branch of the work.
-
-In the body factories are employed woodworkers, sheet-metal workers,
-sand blasters, painters, upholsterers, and top builders.
-
-In the woodworking department the work is similar to that of cabinet
-making, only the men are building skeleton instead of closed-type work.
-After the frame or skeleton of the body has been built, the metal or
-covering is fitted and secured to the framework. The body is then sent
-to be sand-blasted to make it smooth and also to assist in making the
-paint cling to a shiny surface. It then goes to the painting department
-where it is given a priming coat, several filler coats, color coat
-rubbing, varnishing, and a final finishing coat.
-
-The woodworking department requires men who are able to handle tools and
-who are able to move about freely. The sheet-metal department requires
-men who are capable of using screw drivers and who are able to drive
-nails. The sand-blast department requires men with a normal body who can
-wear a dustproof suit, and who can handle the sand-blast equipment. The
-paint department requires men who are capable of moving about freely and
-who have the free use of one hand.
-
-In the upholstering department are found machines for sewing, and racks
-upon which the upholstering is built before being put into the body. A
-number of these operations are done sitting, so that a man without legs
-could very efficiently do this work.
-
-The upholstering is first made upon racks or frames, and is then cut out
-and tacked to the body. In this way the work is much easier done than by
-building it upon the body itself. The machine operators should have the
-use of one foot. However, with special equipment, the loss of both legs
-could be overcome in some of the work. The work in the upholstery
-department is very desirable in that it is dry and quiet, and employment
-is steady. Pay is good, and hours are about the same as in any other
-factories.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1138. ACCESSORIES
-
-The word “accessories” means extras or special pieces of equipment which
-are applied to the automobile. Under this heading are included wind
-shields, speedometers, clocks, indicators, horns, mirrors, spark plugs,
-and various other pieces of equipment. As this work inquires a great
-variety of machines, such as punches and presses, and a varied
-machine-shop equipment, no attempt will be made here to go into details.
-What has been said in preceding sections has covered the work carried on
-in these factories. For example, the work done in speedometer factories
-is somewhat similar to the work done in starting and lighting factories;
-and the work done in horn factories is somewhat similar to that done in
-ignition factories. Suffice it to say, that there are hundreds of
-occupations in the accessory departments and factories alone which offer
-employment to men who have met with accidents which prevent them from
-having the free use of every member of the body. There are a number of
-occupations which lend themselves particularly to men who are not able
-to do heavy work, as for instance, in the assembly of speedometers,
-clocks, and horns.
-
-Conditions in these accessory factories are first class, wages are good,
-and hours are about the same as in the average manufacturing plant.
-
-
-CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPATIONS WITH REFERENCE TO DISABILITIES
-
-In passing through an up-to-date automobile factory, there are thousands
-of operations being carried out at one time. The foregoing account does
-not cover hundreds of minor operations, skilled and unskilled, which
-could be efficiently done by disabled men. Many of these operations are
-entirely suitable for individuals who have been slightly disabled.
-
-The following tabulation classifies the principal occupations which have
-been mentioned, with reference to certain type disabilities. It will be
-understood that neither the list of disabilities nor the several lists
-of occupations specified under these disabilities are complete.
-
-
-POSSIBLE OCCUPATIONS FOR MEN WITH CERTAIN DISABILITIES
-
-_Total blindness._ Folding cartons, counting parts, armature winding,
-bolts and nuts, inspector of packing of parts in cartons, inspecting and
-testing.
-
-_Loss of one eye._ Almost any occupation that the man is otherwise
-qualified to work at.
-
-_Deafness, total or partial._ Drafting clerk or checker, frame assembly,
-spring assembly, axle assembly, bearing assembly, transmission assembly,
-clutch assembly, engine assembly, bearing work, cam-shaft inspection,
-con-rod assembly, cylinder assembly, ring inspection, oil-pump assembly,
-carburetor assembly, coil winding, condenser assembly, coil assembly,
-coil testing, armature winding, generator assembly, magneto assembly,
-magneto test, general wiring, radiator assembly, wheel building, body
-building, upholstering, painting, many kinds of inspection work.
-
-_Stiff neck._ Punch press and machine work, and occupations listed under
-deafness.
-
-_Injured spine._ Drafting, inspection work, light assembly work,
-checking, timekeeping, messenger, gatekeeper, small electric machine
-operator, traveling-crane operator, heat treatment checker, employment
-department clerk.
-
-_Loss of one arm._ Drafting, inspection, checker, foreman, timekeeper,
-gatekeeper, messenger, electrical machine operator, traveling-crane
-operator, heat treatment checker, light assembly work, armature winding,
-electrical testing, drop forge operator, punch press operator, machine
-shop work, employment department clerk.
-
-_Loss of both arms._ Checking, gatekeeper, and other work in proportion
-as man becomes skillful in the manipulation of artificial appliances.
-
-_Loss of part of finger an one hand._ Practically any work for which man
-is otherwise qualified, providing he has learned to use remaining
-fingers.
-
-_Stiff arm or shoulder, or partial loss of use of arm._ Drafting,
-checking, inspecting, foreman, timekeeper, gatekeeper, information
-department, employment department, machine operator, lighter assembly
-work, magneto work, coil work, generator work, soldering, chipping and
-trimming, foundry (light work).
-
-_Loss of both legs._ Upholstering, drafting, checking, inspecting,
-gatekeeper, timekeeper, clerk, information, employment department,
-machine operator, small assembly work, testing of electrical equipment,
-soldering, pyrometer checker in heat treatment department.
-
-_Loss of one leg._ Drafting, checker, inspector, foreman, timekeeper,
-gatekeeper, employment department, practically any assembly work,
-painting, upholstering, salvage department, body work, soldering,
-foundry work, machine operator, tester, dynamometer tester. Loss of a
-leg should not be a serious handicap.
-
-_Shell shock and nervousness._ Drafting, checker, inspector, timekeeper,
-gatekeeper, lighter assembly work, painting, upholstering, body work,
-soldering, coil work, generator assembly, magneto assembly, cut-out
-assembly, electrical testing.
-
-_Heart trouble and epilepsy._ Drafting, checker, inspector, light
-assembly work, painting, upholstering, coil work, generator assembly,
-cut-out assembly, electrical testing.
-
-_Tuberculosis._ Loading crew checker (outside), inspector, car clerk,
-yard stock keeper, special salvage department as found in some factories
-especially set aside for tubercular people, outside trucking.
-
-_Rheumatism._ Drafting, checker, inspector, painting, upholstering, body
-mechanic, wheel assembly, general assembly work, salvage department,
-machine operator, ignition expert, soldering, coil work, magneto
-assembly, generator assembly, cut-out assembly, testing of electrical
-equipment, laboratory work.
-
-_Other disabilities, such as body wounds, etc., leaving patient in
-delicate condition._ Drafting, checker, inspector, foreman, clerk,
-employment department, information department, gatekeeper, electrical
-machine operator, light assembly work, machine operator, upholstery,
-soldering, light inspection work, magneto assembly, generator assembly,
-stationary motor assembly, Bakelite machine operator; many other
-operations which require very little strength and skill.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1139. OXY-ACETYLENE WELDING
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by Edward Matteossian, Special Agent for the
-Federal Board for Vocational Education, under the direction of Charles
-H. Winslow, Chief of the Division of Research. Acknowledgment is due to
-Dr. John Cummings of the Research Division for editorial assistance.
-
-
-WHAT THE WELDER DOES
-
-He handles a torch, or blowpipe, at the tip of which a flame is produced
-by the burning of a mixture of two gases--acetylene and oxygen. A high
-degree of heat is produced by this flame, which can be concentrated at
-any point by proper handling of the torch.
-
-The welder’s activities may be divided into two operations--welding and
-cutting.
-
-
-WELDING
-
-In welding, metals, like or unlike, are joined together by melting them
-until they fuse, “adding material” being used where it is required. The
-welder also builds up worn parts or adds metal where it is lacking.
-Common metals which can be treated by this process include the
-following: Cast iron, steel, malleable iron, aluminum, copper, brass,
-bronze, lead, and nickel. Precious metals also can be welded. Each metal
-has its peculiar characteristics and mode of treatment, and the welder
-who would turn out a good job must master the special technique for
-handling each metal.
-
-Welding forms the larger part of the welder’s activities. It is much
-more difficult than cutting, and also has a wider field of application.
-
-
-CUTTING
-
-Cutting can be learned in a few hours. It is restricted in its scope, as
-it can be used only on steel and wrought iron. The cutting torch is
-similar to the welding torch with the difference that it is equipped
-with a special outlet for oxygen under pressure. The operator turns on
-his usual welding flame until the object is heated to a cherry red, and
-then presses a device which turns on the oxygen, causing the metal to
-burn away rapidly. The torch is then advanced slowly along the line of
-the cut to be made. By practice comes the knack of steadiness and of
-moving the torch at just the right speed to cut clear through the
-metal--not too fast for complete penetration, nor too slow, causing loss
-of oxygen.
-
-
-WORK IN THE OPEN AND IN THE SHOP
-
-Where the job can not be brought into the shop, welding and cutting are
-done out of doors, and may be carried on under all conditions of
-weather. Very commonly the process is used in cutting scrap, wreckage,
-and piling, and in welding piping and mains.
-
-Inside work varies from shop to shop according as the shop is part of a
-manufacturing plant or of a foundry, or is purely a job welding shop.
-
-Some account of the common uses of the processes in different industries
-is given in the section below on “Industrial Applications.” In steam and
-electric railway shops and yards, in shipbuilding, in the manufacture
-and repair of automobiles, in installing pipes and mains, in sheet-metal
-and metal plate work, in the manufacture of furniture, containers and
-other metal products, and in foundry work, welding and cutting is being
-extensively used to-day, and each day the welder’s field of operations
-is still further extended.
-
-
-WHAT LOCALITIES NEED WELDERS?
-
-The answer is: All localities where industrial plants are located, or
-where street railways are operated, or where farm machinery and
-implements are made or repaired, or where automobiles are used or built.
-Such localities will probably include your own home town or some town
-not far away from home.
-
-
-THE WELDER’S TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
-
-The numerous makes of torches on the market are of two general
-types--the medium, or positive, pressure torch; and the low pressure, or
-injector torch. Practically all the oxygen used comes in compressed form
-in cylinders. Acetylene is more commonly generated on the premises,
-owing to the cheapness of this method. It is piped into the buildings
-and is always readily accessible. Generators, like torches, are of
-various makes, but they vary in type to correspond to the two kinds of
-torches, _i. e._, pressure generators, and low-pressure generators.
-Generators are automatic in their action, being controlled by the flow
-of gas. Where the gas is not generated in the establishment, and
-especially in outdoor work, dissolved acetylene is used. This comes in
-cylinders which are filled with porous material and contain acetone, a
-liquid, in which the gas is dissolved under pressure.
-
-Welding equipment varies according to circumstances. In general a
-welding unit includes welding and cutting torches; hose and connections;
-oxygen and acetylene regulators and gauges; a supply of various tips;
-filler rods; goggles; friction lighters; gloves; asbestos sheets;
-fluxes; hand tools, such as pliers, files, hammers and cold chisels;
-welding table; preheating arrangement; fire brick; carbon blocks; and
-V-blocks. It may include also, hand shear, anvil, hand forge, bench and
-pipe vises, emery grinders, drill press, hack saw, jigs, lathe, hoist,
-and work bench.
-
-Practically all of the necessary equipment is furnished to the welder,
-sometimes with exception of goggles, gloves, and overalls or leather
-apron, which the welder may have to obtain for himself.
-
-
-WHY TAKE TRAINING?
-
-The aim of re-education is to turn out a good welder who has not only
-the manipulative skill, but who in addition is well-grounded in the
-necessary theoretical knowledge. It can not be too strongly pointed out,
-in the view of the highly unsatisfactory method of turning out welders
-obtaining in the past, that the course can not be too thorough. The need
-is for good welders, not for half-trained men. Really good welders in
-this country are not many, and there is in this field a splendid
-opportunity for the well-equipped man, but for him only. An employer
-will always be looking for a better man if he has a half-trained man on
-the job.
-
-
-OVERCOMING YOUR DISABILITY
-
-The question is not primarily one of the handicap, but rather of the man
-behind the handicap. It is not the exception, but rather the rule, that
-a partially handicapped person, endowed with ingenuity will, even though
-at a disadvantage, beat the sound man who does not possess any
-ingenuity. This is borne out by numerous instances of foreign experience
-in re-education.
-
-This applies, of course, especially to the less serious disabilities and
-not at all to those which are manifestly debarring. In the case of a
-welder, the latter would include blindness or defective vision,
-paralysis, shell shock and nervous disorders, loss of both arms or
-hands, tuberculosis, ankylosis of the upper members, spinal trouble,
-stiff neck, and dizziness.
-
-Ankylosis of the knee or wrist might be overcome to some extent.
-Amputation of one leg will simply limit the field of activities. Where
-both legs are gone it would still be possible to enter some specialized
-field where work at the bench is all that is required. In such cases,
-however, it might be advisable to take up soldering or electric
-resistance welding. Loss of limbs would be an embarrassing handicap for
-most jobs, and prohibitive for outside work which necessitates climbing,
-crawling, stooping, or getting into abnormal positions. Men who have
-trouble in getting about should not enter this field. Only physically
-sound men should undertake work in confined spaces, in a boiler for
-example. One partially amputated arm would probably not be deterrent.
-Indoor work is manifestly unsuited to men with weak lungs, as the air in
-the shop is generally more or less heated and vitiated. Outdoor work
-might be pursued with benefit. Men with weak backs would generally be at
-a disadvantage. Kidney or intestinal trouble might or might not be
-deterrent, depending on the gravity of the trouble and the degree to
-which physical stamina and general health are affected. Rupture would
-not be a handicap except where heavy work is to be done, and in that
-class of work there is usually a helper around. Impairment of efficiency
-due to loss of one eye, which may make difficult the acquirement of
-precision in distancing the flame from the material to be welded, may
-nevertheless generally be overcome.
-
-The welder must have one good arm and hand with which to hold and
-manipulate the torch, and enough of a stump left in the other arm to be
-capable of using the filler rod and of puddling. Amputation, ankylosis,
-or paralysis of a finger or two are not prohibitive, so long as the
-proper grip and manipulation of the torch can be preserved.
-
-
-DEVICES FOR OVERCOMING HANDICAPS
-
-Special “automatic pincers” are being used by French autogenous welders,
-to take the place of a missing hand, for those who have lost only part
-of the forearm. Drawings of this appliance are here given. The upper
-drawing shows the opening of the pincers through extension of the
-forearm, and the lower two drawings represent modification of the upper
-pincers for the use of welders.
-
-Those who are incapable of using their hand through any cause are
-equipped with a special tool holder which is attached to the forearm.
-
-Where the handicap consists of the loss of an arm, cutting may be taken
-up to advantage. There is restricted field of employment for disabled
-men in the operation of automatic welding or cutting machines.
-
-
-SAFETY AND HYGIENE
-
-As in other occupations, there are in welding, certain safety measures
-to be taken to avoid accidents. These are clearly defined and are made
-an integral part of the welder’s training until observance becomes
-automatic.
-
-This applies, of course, to the man who is physically sound as well as
-to the disabled. In the case of the handicapped, the matter becomes one
-of ascertaining if the disability interferes with the carrying out of
-these safety measures; and if so, if the difficulty can be overcome. If
-not, some other occupation must be selected. In the welder’s case,
-however, these precautions are mostly “don’ts,” and do not present
-serious difficulties to be overcome.
-
-Acetylene is not poisonous and the impurities in the gas which are
-poisonous are not present in sufficient quantity in the American carbide
-to be dangerous. The characteristic odor of the gas is a protection
-against fire, explosion, and suffocation. One cubic foot thoroughly
-mixed with 10,000 cubic feet of air can be detected.
-
-
-HOW PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE HELPS
-
-In selecting any vocation, a man’s former occupation must be carefully
-taken into account, and particularly is this true in the case of
-welding. Previous experience, training, and education are such important
-factors in the student’s success or failure that particular attention
-should be paid to them. Experience as a blacksmith, machinist,
-boilermaker, patternmaker, sheet-metal worker, molder, electrician, and
-in kindred occupations will be in every case of great value.
-
-All experience in handling metals, as well as all mechanical experience
-is a valuable asset. For a man who has had such experience, it will be
-comparatively easy to become a good all-round welder. It goes without
-saying that no disabled man should take up the course unless he feels an
-interest in the work or in some special branch of it. It is this
-interest coupled with ingenuity which will make it possible for the
-welder to handle new problems successfully and to devise better and more
-efficient ways of doing things.
-
-In the case of a former welder who is capable of taking up his former
-vocation, a short course of training will suffice. A former welder whose
-handicap prevents him from taking up his old trade may, with the proper
-training and necessary qualifications, become an excellent teacher, a
-welding foreman, or a superintendent.
-
-
-ARE WELDERS GOING TO BE NEEDED?
-
-The process is of comparatively recent application, dating back to about
-the year 1904. Its growth has been extremely rapid, especially of later
-years, as regards development of technique, extension of its
-applications, and perfection of apparatus. Regardless of this progress,
-however, it is no exaggeration to state that the process is as yet in
-its initial stages, and that in the near future its field of utility
-will be greatly extended. As contrasted with the growth of oxy-acetylene
-welding, the supply of good welders has lagged far behind the demand.
-Unlike European countries, this country has only lately come to realize
-the importance of well-grounded, thorough, practical training for
-prospective welders. In view of these two factors--the remarkable
-expansion of the process and the shortage of welders--prospects look
-bright for the future.
-
-
-QUALIFYING AS A TEACHER OF THE WELDING PROCESS
-
-In any occupation where the demand for labor is increasing rapidly,
-there is bound to be a demand for men to teach the processes and
-practice of the occupation. If you master the trade you yourself may
-qualify as a teacher.
-
-
-GETTING TO WORK AFTER TRAINING
-
-In contemplating placement after training the following factors are to
-be taken into account:
-
-  Your choice of a field.
-
-  Your special fitness.
-
-  The industrial demand.
-
-It is the disabled man’s privilege to decide what he will specialize in
-and he will be allowed the freedom of choosing which branch of welding
-he will take up, such choice being of course subject to the guidance of
-the vocational adviser.
-
-Most welders will exhibit a tendency toward some special branch or type
-of welding, even while they are learning the art. The instructor will
-keep in constant touch with the pupil during the course to determine if
-there is such a trend in him, and if so to encourage it. Some take to
-one metal in preference to others; some to one operation in preference
-to others; some may give evidence of ability as all-round welders.
-
-The demand for welders is so varied that knowing the demands in general
-it will in most cases be possible to satisfy preferences and special
-aptitudes. This will be the aim always.
-
-If as a trained welder you desire to get started on your own hook,
-several questions will arise in your mind?
-
-  Where shall I be located?
-
-  What are the demands of the locality in which I shall live?
-
-  What is my fitness for the work?
-
-  How about the necessary equipment?
-
-The locality should be such as to give you ample opportunity to make
-good. It might be hard for you to go against much competition at the
-start. Likewise, to act as a pioneer of the industry in some locality
-which knows nothing about the work, might not be desirable.
-
-In placing retrained welders, local demands will be carefully considered
-to the end that no man shall be placed where he may have work coming in
-which he is not capable of handling efficiently.
-
-
-WHAT IF YOU DO NOT TAKE TRAINING?
-
-You will not be a real welder; probably you will not get a chance to try
-your hand at manipulating the torch at all. If you do get a chance you
-may get hurt or hurt others trying to weld without training for the
-trade. Train for it, and then go to it, and if you fail come back for
-more training or for training in some other trade.
-
-
-INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS
-
-Some idea of the wide range of application of the oxy-acetylene
-processes may be gained from a brief survey of their uses in several
-industrial fields.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1140. STEAM RAILWAYS
-
-Oxy-acetylene welding is used in the shops of practically every railroad
-in the country as a means of reducing cost of repair and of reclaiming
-worn parts. Each craft usually does the welding of metals that
-originates in its department: Blacksmiths handle wrought iron and steel;
-boilermakers, boiler plates and flues; machinists, cast iron;
-coppersmiths, brass pipe work.
-
-The process is generally used in the reclamation of broken engine
-frames, damaged cylinders, broken spokes in driver wheels, cracked valve
-chamber bushings, broken steam and exhaust pipes and air pump heads; in
-mending cracks, cutting out and welding patches on side sheets of fire
-boxes, flue sheets and door collars; in welding front end doors when
-damaged, engine truck frames and cradles, frame braces and brackets,
-tender bolsters, guides, and pedestals. The process is used to some
-extent also in building up worn diamond crossings and frogs. Both
-cutting and welding are used in the upkeep and repair of steel cars.
-
-At the scrap yard the welder cuts up old boilers and other scrap for
-salvaging.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1141. ELECTRIC RAILWAYS
-
-Applications of the process by electric railways are similar to those by
-steam railways. There are, however, more opportunities for doing welding
-at the table. Of such a nature are restoring of armature bearing
-housings and frame heads, worn axle seats for motors and axle caps,
-journal boxes, pinion seats and keyways, brush holders, trolley bases,
-and third-rail shoe castings. Heavy broken parts such as truck frames,
-drawheads, brake hangers and body bolsters are repaired. To some extent
-the process is used also in bonding rails and in welding steel trolleys.
-Most of the work is handled in the shop, where, however, electric
-welding is coming into more general use, owing to the availability and
-economy of electric power.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1142. SHIPBUILDING
-
-Extensive use is made of the process in cutting all kinds and shapes of
-steel plate. Hydrogen is very generally used, instead of acetylene, and
-welding machines have been introduced. Welding proper is more generally
-applied in reclamation work, damaged or broken parts of the ship and of
-its machinery and propellers being often welded by this process.
-
-Electric arc welding is fast coming to the front in this field, except
-for cutting where the gas process can not be replaced.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1143. AUTOMOBILE INDUSTRY
-
-Oxy-acetylene welding of automobile parts is not in general very
-difficult, but as in all other welding mastery of fundamentals is here
-also essential to success. The work is varied in character, including
-cast iron, aluminum, steel, and wrought iron welding.
-
-The process is extensively used in the repair of automobiles, and to a
-lesser degree in their manufacture. Both the industry itself and the
-repair work provide excellent fields for the prospective welder.
-
-Repair work is done generally in either a job welding shop, where a
-number of welders are employed and where all kinds of welding is carried
-on, or else in a garage or automobile repair shop where a welder is
-employed to do the necessary work. In small communities the welding shop
-is usually run by one man who owns it and who does all the welding. In
-the large welding shops acetylene is generated; in other cases dissolved
-acetylene is used. A welder who is expert in the welding of aluminum is
-particularly valuable in this work.
-
-In manufacture, the work is done in the shop. It is often simple and
-well suited to workers who must elect a sedentary employment. The
-process is broadening its scope in this field.
-
-Closely related to the automobile is the motorcycle. A number of its
-parts, such as handlebars, special jigs and muffler heads, are welded in
-manufacture. In repair work the scope is somewhat similar to that of
-automobile repairing.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1144. PIPE AND MAIN WORK
-
-In the welding of pipes and mains, the process is finding increased
-application and this field presents good prospects of expansion in the
-future. Extensive work in this country as well as in Europe, where it is
-more largely used, has demonstrated that welding is not only the most
-economical method but as well the most efficient in that leaky joints
-are eliminated. Welding does away with threaded joints, and thus makes
-possible the use of much lighter pipe, since there is no need for making
-allowance in thickness for threading. Moreover, joint couplings are
-dispensed with. The expense saved in maintenance alone is tremendous, as
-the joint is water-tight and there is therefore little likelihood of
-trouble arising from leaks. In making connections, Y’s, T’s, crosses and
-drips are made on the spot, being cut out of odd lengths of pipe and
-fitted together. This effects an economy in that these odd pieces are
-saved.
-
-The process has its greatest application in the welding of gas, steam,
-air, oil, water and ammonia pipes and mains, and the work is chiefly
-outside work, although it is used to some extent on interior pipe
-connections. Special fittings or connections may be welded in the shop.
-Outdoors welding is generally performed on sections of pipe while above
-the ground, the whole section being finally lowered into the ditch. The
-welding of these several sections to each other has to be done in the
-ditch or trench, a pit being generally dug in order to give the welder
-sufficient room for carrying on the work. Obviously this work requires
-suppleness in the worker.
-
-Where there is a large amount of welding, the apparatus most commonly
-used is a portable generator, with which is mounted a set of oxygen
-tanks. In other cases a small two-wheeled truck carrying one oxygen and
-one dissolved acetylene cylinder may suffice.
-
-In this kind of work, the welder is generally assisted by one or two
-helpers who do the heavy work, placing, holding, and turning the pipes
-while the welder keeps on welding. Some overhead welding is done which
-forces the welder to assume a strained position.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1145. SHEET METAL
-
-Welding sheet metal is an important application of the process, which is
-superseding to a large extent riveting and soldering. Very careful work
-may be required but in the main the work is not particularly difficult,
-and it can be easily mastered if the training given is thorough.
-Electric resistance welding, however, is superseding oxy-acetylene in
-many manufacturing operations.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1146. METALLIC FURNITURE
-
-Extensive use of oxy-acetylene welding is made in the manufacture of
-metallic furniture and in kindred trades. Welding is an efficient and
-economical way of joining various parts together, as well as of making
-the parts themselves. The work may be more or less routine and much of
-it is done at the bench. This is a comparatively easy type of welding,
-in which a man can become proficient in a short time. It would be
-eminently suited to the welder who has trouble in going about or who is
-easily fatigued, and who would be better off in some sedentary work. The
-process is largely used in the manufacture of steel desks, chairs,
-filing cabinets, office safes, stepladders, and surgical, hospital and
-dental furniture.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1147. CONTAINERS
-
-Welding is fast superseding old methods in the manufacture of containers
-of various kinds out of sheet metal. In this class is included the
-manufacture of steel barrels, range boilers, kitchen utensils, light air
-tanks, and storage tanks. This kind of work needs a well-trained man on
-the job. Except in the case of larger objects, the work can be done at
-the welding table, and it is not of a straining nature.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1148. METAL PLATE
-
-Metal plate welding is quite similar in its scope to sheet metal work.
-It is largely used in the manufacture of ammonia and air receivers,
-vacuum driers, steam driers, and vats. The process is not used in boiler
-work to any extent, as the consequences of a faulty weld might be
-extremely serious.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1149. FOUNDRIES
-
-In steel foundries the process is extensively used in cutting away
-risers, gates, and heads from castings. As compared with the old method
-of cutting with a saw, the gas process is much quicker and much more
-economical. This sort of cutting work is simple and does not require
-great dexterity. The welder should be capable of bending over or
-assuming more or less cramping positions, as he has to work on the
-castings in positions in which they have been left on the floor. Welding
-is almost universally used in the reclamation of defective castings, and
-by this process castings are saved which for some slight defect would
-have been consigned to the scrap heap. The process finds application
-also in the welding of blowholes, cold shuts, porous spots, and cracks.
-It is used to some extent in manufacture, two parts being cast
-separately and joined by welding.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1150. FORESTRY PURSUITS
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by Capt. S. T. Dana, in the Forestry Service
-of the Department of Agriculture, under the direction of Charles H.
-Winslow, Chief of the Research Division of the Federal Board for
-Vocational Education. Acknowledgment is due to Dr. John Cummings of the
-Research Division for editorial assistance.
-
-
-WHAT FORESTRY IS
-
-Forestry is the business, or the art, or the science, depending on the
-point of view from which you look at it, of handling forests for timber
-production or stream-flow protection. It does not, as is often
-mistakenly thought, have anything to do with fruit trees, or even with
-street and park trees. The care of these comes under horticulture and
-arboriculture. Forestry is distinct from either in that it has to do
-primarily with entire stands of trees, or forests, rather than with
-individuals. Forests are really nothing more nor less than tree
-societies, or communities, comparable in many ways with human
-communities, every member of which has an influence upon and in turn is
-influenced by its neighbors; and it is this fact that gives to forestry
-its distinctive character.
-
-Forestry should also not be confused with lumbering. Lumbering has to do
-merely with harvesting the trees on any given area, with cutting them,
-transporting them to the mill, and converting them into lumber or other
-products. While the chief task of the forester is to manage forest
-lands, he has to do with the production of trees as well as with their
-utilization. Forestry is concerned fully as much with the future as with
-the present. Like agriculture it looks forward to keeping the land
-continuously productive by the growth of successive crops. Only in the
-case of forestry the crops instead of being wheat, or rye, or corn, are
-trees, which in turn can be converted into fuel, fence posts, telephone
-poles, railroad ties, wood pulp, lumber, and a host of other wood
-products. How much the forests mean to the economic development of a
-community through the crops which they produce and the employment which
-they offer is evidenced only too plainly by the desolation which has
-followed destructive lumbering in many a once prosperous forest region.
-
-In addition to yielding crops which have a commercial value, forests in
-mountainous regions perform another important function which is none the
-less valuable because its benefits are difficult to measure in dollars
-and cents. By decreasing erosion and regulating stream-flow the mountain
-forests conserve water for domestic supplies, irrigation, power, and
-navigation, and at the same time help to lessen the damage caused by
-destructive floods. So far-reaching is this influence and so great is
-the population affected by it, that the treatment which such forests
-receive becomes a matter of vital interest to the general public. One of
-the primary concerns of forestry is to see that they are handled in such
-a way as to afford the maximum amount of protection, even if this
-involves, as it not infrequently does, the restriction or entire
-prevention of lumbering operations.
-
-
-WHAT FORESTERS DO
-
-In order to handle to the best advantage the area under his charge there
-is a wide range of work which a forester may be called upon to do. He
-must be able to identify different kinds of trees and must know the uses
-to which each can be put and the sites to which they are best adapted.
-He must be able to map the area and to determine the amount and value of
-the timber upon it. He must be able to draw up a complete plan for
-protecting the forest from fire and to carry out the details involved in
-its execution. He must know how to control the attacks of destructive
-insects and fungous diseases. He must be able to handle the many details
-connected with the collection of seed and the production of young trees
-in forest-tree nurseries. He must know where and how to plant these, or
-how to sow the seed on areas where this is preferable. He must know
-whether any given stand is too dense, and if so, what and how many trees
-should be taken out to stimulate the growth of those that are left. He
-must be able to determine the rate at which trees are growing and the
-age at which they should be cut and to make plans for harvesting them in
-such a way as to secure natural reproduction. And finally, he must be
-able to draw up a “working plan” providing in detail for the handling of
-the entire forest in such a way as to keep it continually productive.
-
-All of this obviously involves a good deal of office work in the
-formulation of plans, the maintenance of records, and the miscellaneous
-administrative work connected with any business enterprise. It also
-involves a good deal of practical out-of-door work. The average forester
-must take long walks and horseback rides. He must often camp out in a
-tent or with no shelter whatever. He must take his part in fighting
-forest fires, which means the liberal and energetic use of the axe, the
-mattock, and the shovel. He must run compass and transit lines, and make
-topographic maps. He must estimate the size and contents of standing
-trees by the use of calipers and height-measures, and must scale the
-fallen timber. He must mark, or blaze, the trees to be removed in
-lumbering and must see that the operations are carried out in accordance
-with the approved plans. He must collect tree cones, extract the seeds
-from these, sow them in the nursery, care for the young seedlings, and
-later set them out in the forest.
-
-He must also do a hundred and one other things which are not strictly
-forestry but which are so closely connected with it that they must be
-handled by the forester along with his other work. Grazing is a good
-example of this, since most of the forest regions in the United States
-produce forage as well as trees. In order to utilize this to best
-advantage the forester must know how many stock the range will support
-and how they should be handled. In regions where mineral deposits occur
-he must be familiar with the mining laws and must have at least enough
-knowledge regarding mining to enable him to deal intelligently with
-prospectors and others. Since most of the forests occur in undeveloped
-regions he must know how to open these up by building ranger and lookout
-stations and by constructing such other permanent improvements as roads,
-bridges, trails, and telephone lines. In short, the average forester,
-particularly in pioneer regions, must be a veritable jack-of-all-trades.
-
-
-WHERE FORESTERS WORK
-
-Forestry is primarily an out-of-door occupation. Some indoor work in the
-formulation of plans, writing of reports, handling of correspondence,
-and other office routine, is of course necessary, particularly in the
-case of those charged with the administration of large areas. But the
-average forester must spend the bulk of his time in the open, in the
-forests for which he is caring. Sometimes his headquarters may be in a
-small town or sometimes in a more or less isolated situation in the
-woods themselves. In either case his daily work will ordinarily take him
-into the open in sunshine and in rain. Occasionally he may be absent
-from home for several weeks at a time carrying his bed and provisions on
-his back, or, if he is fortunate, on a pack animal.
-
-So far as geographical location is concerned, opportunities for
-foresters have heretofore been mainly in the mountain regions of the
-West where the National Forests are located. As forestry comes to be
-practiced more and more on State Forests and on private lands, however,
-similar opportunities will develop in the East. There is no reason why
-large numbers of foresters should not eventually be employed wherever
-forests occur, and this means practically throughout the country except
-in the Great Plains and in the farming regions of the Central States and
-Middle West.
-
-
-WHAT HANDICAPS ARE SERIOUS
-
-Generally speaking, a forester must be able-bodied and in good physical
-health. He must have a strong heart, sound lungs, and a constitution
-able to stand exposure to all kinds of wind and weather. Heart disease,
-tuberculosis, and other serious organic troubles are handicaps that
-point to the choice of another occupation.
-
-On the other hand, there are certain disabilities, and particularly
-injuries of various sorts, that do not constitute any serious drawback.
-Injuries to the mouth, nose, ears, scalp, and other parts of the head,
-for example, do not disqualify unless they interfere to a dangerous
-extent with one’s eyesight or hearing. Some deafness is allowable
-provided it has not gone so far as to prevent communication or to
-endanger one from falling trees or other accidents. Even blindness in
-one eye is not a real handicap if the other eye is still sound. The loss
-of an arm or a leg incapacitates a man for the physical work required of
-most foresters, but minor injuries to these limbs, such as loss of a
-finger or a toe, do not disqualify one.
-
-For certain specialized duties one can have sustained even more serious
-injuries and still be able to give satisfactory service. One may be
-badly crippled and yet be successful in research work provided he is
-able to move about more or less freely, has some use of his arms, and
-can handle a microscope. Men at fire-lookout stations need little more
-than good eyes and sufficient hearing to use a telephone. On the other
-hand, one would hardly wish to take up fire-lookout work as a permanent
-occupation, and unless his condition can be improved sufficiently to
-enable him to resume active physical work his chances for advancement
-are poor. Special appliances for handling tools are not necessary, as is
-the case with many industrial workers. The average forester must be able
-to turn his hand to a wide variety of activities and to use such homely
-implements as the axe, the hammer, the shovel, and the mattock.
-
-The danger of further injury is no greater in forestry than in most
-other outdoor occupations. Accidents due to forest fires, bucking
-horses, falling trees, and rolling stones are always possible, but the
-proportion of those seriously injured in such ways as these is not
-large. Those employed by the National Government receive compensation in
-case of injury incurred in line of duty.
-
-
-WHAT TRAINING IS NECESSARY
-
-Forestry requires the services of three more or less distinct grades of
-workers--the professional forester, the forester ranger, and the forest
-guard. The professional forester handles the larger and more technical
-phases of forest management. He determines what the forest under his
-charge contains, how much it is worth, how fast it is growing, when and
-how it should be cut, what kinds of trees should be favored, and other
-questions of the same kind; and also exercises general supervision over
-the execution of whatever measures are decided upon. The forest ranger
-acts as a sort of semi-technical assistant to the professional forester.
-He does not need so thorough an education as the professional forester
-but must have sufficient technical knowledge to enable him to carry out
-intelligently the plans formulated by the latter. His work is to a large
-extent “practical” and involves the routine of fire protection and fire
-fighting, marking the trees to be removed in timber sales, scaling the
-felled logs, handling planting operations, surveying, building trails,
-running telephone lines, and doing other work connected with the
-administration of the forest. The forest guard is ordinarily a
-non-technical assistant who helps the forest ranger in those aspects of
-his work which require little or no knowledge of forestry. Forest guards
-are frequently appointed for short periods only to help the regular
-force during the busy season and particularly in the work of fire
-protection and fire fighting. Previous experience in the woods or in
-similar occupations such as lumbering and surveying constitutes a
-valuable, but not essential, preliminary training for foresters of all
-grades.
-
-Twenty-five years ago the professional forester was almost unknown in
-this country and there was not a single educational institution at which
-he could secure the necessary training. To-day the profession is well
-recognized and there are more than 20 schools offering instruction of a
-grade similar to that required of civil engineers, doctors, lawyers,
-ministers, and other professional men. As a basis for the more technical
-phases of his education the man who desires to become a professional
-forester must have had courses of collegiate grade in botany, geology,
-organic chemistry, mathematics through trigonometry, plane surveying,
-mechanical drawing, economics, and either French or German, or
-preferably both. With these as a foundation he is ready to go ahead with
-the technical subjects such as dendrology, silvics, silviculture, forest
-mensuration, forest valuation, forest management, and forest regulation.
-Obviously a comprehensive training of this sort can not be obtained with
-less than four years of collegiate work, at least two of which must be
-devoted almost entirely to professional forestry subjects. If a man has
-already had a college education, however, he can readily prepare himself
-for the profession by two years of post-graduate work. The degree of
-bachelor of science in forestry is usually given on the completion of a
-four-year professional course, and of master of science in forestry, or
-master of forestry, on the completion of a five-year professional course
-or of two years of postgraduate work following four years of regular
-college work.
-
-For the forest ranger no such intensive training is necessary. With a
-high school education as a background, one year of rather elementary
-training in such subjects as fire protection, surveying, timber
-estimating and scaling, nursery practice, methods of planting, range
-management, and report writing is sufficient to enable a man to qualify.
-In general, the course covers much the same ground as that taken by the
-professional forester, but in a much briefer and more elementary way.
-Those who have already had considerable practical experience along these
-lines can secure a sufficient foundation for their work in three or four
-months, although even for such men the longer course is preferable if
-time to take it can be found. Many of the forest schools of the country
-now offer courses of this sort and the opportunities for instruction are
-ample.
-
-Since forest guards are engaged almost wholly on nontechnical work no
-particular course of training is necessary. No one with any ambition,
-however, would wish to remain a forest guard indefinitely when other
-opportunities are open to him merely by taking a free course of
-instruction. If one wishes to take up forestry, therefore, and is not in
-a position to take the professional course, he should by all means
-attempt to qualify as a forest ranger. Should lack of other openings
-then make it necessary for him to serve as a forest guard for the time
-being, he would be in a position to take advantage of the first
-opportunity for advancement.
-
-
-WHAT OPPORTUNITIES ARE OFFERED
-
-Opportunities for employment for foresters may be classed as fairly
-good. The point has now been passed where the supply is totally
-inadequate to meet the demand, but at the same time the war has greatly
-depleted the ranks of foresters throughout the country, and there is no
-question that many new men will be needed during the process of
-reconstruction and afterwards. The National Forests already offer
-opportunities for the employment of many men and it can not be doubted
-that similar opportunities will soon be offered in State forests as well
-as in the case of forests still in the hands of private owners. With the
-steady decrease in the timber supply, the Nation will soon be face to
-face with the necessity of practicing forestry extensively as a national
-safeguard and unless private owners take upon themselves the task, there
-is little question but that the Federal and State Governments will take
-matters largely into their own hands.
-
-Altogether it is a safe prediction that any one who desires to engage in
-forestry and who qualifies himself for the work will be able to find
-employment. The entering salary for forest guards in the national
-service averages about $900 a year and for forest rangers about $1,100 a
-year. Technically trained foresters ordinarily enter at approximately
-the same salary as forest rangers, $1,100 or $1,200 a year, but with
-greater opportunities for advancement later. In State and private work
-approximately the same entering salaries may be expected although some
-private owners may be unwilling to pay quite so much to forest guards
-and forest rangers at the start.
-
-
-WHAT ARE THE CHANCES FOR PROMOTION?
-
-Chances for limited promotion are reasonably good. It should be
-recognized frankly, however, that one can not hope to get rich in the
-profession and that a comfortable living is all that can ordinarily be
-looked forward to. In exceptional cases unusually able and well
-qualified men will doubtless be able to draw salaries of $4,000 or
-$5,000 a year. The average professional forester, however, can hardly
-hope to advance much beyond $2,500 or $3,500 a year except by acquiring
-an interest in some lumber business or in the forest itself. For the
-forest ranger a salary of $1,500 or $1,600 may reasonably be looked
-forward to. Moreover, this salary often carries with it a ranger station
-which can be occupied as long as he stays in the service, and also an
-opportunity to produce some crops for his own use. Forest guards can
-hardly hope for more than $900 or $1,800 a year.
-
-In other words, in forestry, as in all other professions, the better
-educated you are the better are your chances for promotion. Even at
-best, however, the chances for large salaries are small and those who
-are bent on getting rich should look elsewhere for an opportunity to do
-so. On the other hand, one who is satisfied to make a comfortable
-living, to spend a large part of his life in the open, to occupy a
-responsible and respected place in his home community, and to enjoy the
-satisfaction which comes from having an important share in a work of
-great public service, can not look for a more congenial or attractive
-occupation than forestry.
-
-
-APPENDIX ON FORESTRY SCHOOLS AND COURSES
-
-These lists have been compiled by the Forest Service to aid in answering
-inquiries as to institutions at which instruction in forestry may be
-obtained. While every effort has been made to avoid errors, the Forest
-Service does not vouch for the completeness of the lists, their
-accuracy, or the relative merits of the courses offered. More detailed
-information regarding opportunities for disabled soldiers and sailors to
-take training courses in forestry may be obtained from representatives
-of the Federal Board for Vocational Education.
-
-
-SCHOOLS WITH COURSES LEADING TO A DEGREE IN FORESTRY
-
-_University of California, College of Agriculture, Division of Forestry,
-Berkeley, Cal._--Two four-year courses, one in forestry and one in
-forest engineering, both leading to the degree of bachelor of science.
-Nineteen weeks of each of these courses are spent in camp, most of the
-time on a national forest. A five-year course combining the work of both
-courses leads to the degree of master of science in forestry, which is
-also granted on the completion of one year of graduate work in
-connection with either course.
-
-_Colorado State Agricultural College, Fort Collins, Colo._--Four-year
-course in forestry leading to the degree of bachelor of science in
-forestry.
-
-_Colorado College, Colorado School of Forestry, Colorado Springs,
-Colo._--Two-year course leading to the degree of forest engineer, open
-only to applicants who have completed two years of college work or an
-equivalent course of study. The fall and spring terms are spent at
-Manitou Park, the property of the school, near Woodland Park, Colo. A
-two-year course for graduate students leads to the degree of master of
-forestry.
-
-_New York State College of Agriculture at Cornell University, Department
-of Forestry, Ithaca, N. Y._--Five-year course in professional forestry,
-leading after four years to the degree of bachelor of science and after
-one additional year to that of master of forestry. Field work includes
-five weeks in camp in the Adirondacks in the summer following sophomore
-year, 10 weeks each in the summers following junior and senior years,
-and three months of practical work in the forest in the fall term of
-senior year.
-
-_Georgia State College of Agriculture at University of Georgia, Georgia
-State Forest School, Athens, Ga._--Four-year professional course leading
-to the degree of bachelor of science in forestry. Considerable latitude
-for specialization is offered during junior and senior years. Eighteen
-weeks of the course are spent in field work in camp, and three months in
-practical work in specialization.
-
-_Georgia College of Forestry, Greensboro, Ga._--Three-year course of ten
-months a year leading to the degree of bachelor of science. Headquarters
-of the college are on a timber tract five miles from Greensboro. Trips
-are required to the hardwood region of northern Georgia and the
-long-leaf pine region of southern Georgia.
-
-_Harvard University, Department of Forestry, Bussey Institution, Jamaica
-Plain, Mass._--Graduate specialization and research leading to the
-degree of master in forestry. Special elective work is offered in
-dendrology, silviculture, forest management, wood technology, and (in
-cooperation with the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration)
-a two-year course in lumbering. The technical work is carried on at the
-Harvard Forest, the Arnold Arboretum, and the Bussey Institution.
-
-_University of Idaho, School of Forestry, Moscow, Idaho._--Two four-year
-collegiate courses, one in general forestry and one with special
-attention to lumbering, both leading to the degree of bachelor of
-science in forestry.
-
-_Iowa State College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, Department of
-Forestry, Ames, Iowa._--Four-year undergraduate course leading to the
-degree of bachelor of science in forestry; also a five-year course
-leading to the degree of master of science in forestry. Both courses
-include three months of work in summer camp, in addition to which all
-candidates for degrees must have at least three months of practical
-work. A five-year combined course in forestry and landscape gardening
-leads to the two degrees of bachelor of science in forestry and bachelor
-of science in horticulture.
-
-_University of Maine, Department of Forestry, Orono, Me._--Four-year
-undergraduate course in forestry leading to the degree of bachelor of
-science in forestry. Special attention is given to forest management and
-forest engineering applicable to the northeastern United States.
-
-_Michigan Agricultural College, Department of Forestry, East Lansing,
-Mich._--Four-year course in forestry leading to the degree of bachelor
-of science. Graduate courses leading to the degree of master of forestry
-are also offered. A summer term of seven weeks between the sophomore and
-junior years is held near Cadillac, Mich.
-
-_University of Michigan, Department of Forestry, Ann Arbor,
-Mich._--Four-year course leading to the degree of bachelor of science in
-forestry; also a five-year course leading to the degree of master of
-science in forestry. Graduates of other colleges of university rank
-require two years of graduate study.
-
-_University of Minnesota, Department of Agriculture, College of
-Forestry, University Farm, St. Paul, Minn._--Four-year course in
-forestry leading to the degree of bachelor of science and offering three
-lines of specialization: Technical forestry, lumbering, and wood
-chemistry. Two months of freshman year, from June 1 to August 1, and
-four months of junior year, from April 15 to August 15, are spent at
-Itasca State Park. One year of graduate work leads to the degree of
-master of science.
-
-_University of Missouri, College of Agriculture, Department of Forestry,
-Columbia, Mo._--Five-year course in forestry leading to the degree of
-master of forestry. The degree of bachelor of science in forestry is
-conferred upon the completion of four years’ work. Field work includes a
-summer course of 10 weeks on the university forest of 50,000 acres in
-the Ozark Uplands.
-
-_University of Montana, Forest School, Missoula, Mont._--Two four-year
-courses, one in forestry and one in forest engineering, leading
-respectively to the degrees of bachelor of science in forestry and
-bachelor of science in forest engineering. The course in forestry aims
-to prepare men for the work of forest rangers and forest supervisors,
-and for such work with lumber companies, timber-owning corporations, and
-the like, as involves the administration, protection, and utilization of
-forests; that in forest engineering for work as scalers, cruisers,
-lumbermen, logging engineers, and in general all engineering work in the
-forest. A graduate course in forest engineering leading to the degree of
-forest engineer will be offered later.
-
-_Ohio State University, Department of Forestry, Columbus,
-Ohio._--Four-year undergraduate course in forestry leading to the degree
-of bachelor of science in forestry. At least one summer of practical
-work in the woods is required before graduation. An optional fifth year
-is offered leading to the degree of master of science in forestry.
-
-_Oregon Agricultural College, School of Forestry, Corvallis, Oreg._--Two
-four-year courses, one in forestry and one in logging engineering,
-leading respectively to the degrees of bachelor of science in forestry
-and bachelor of science in logging engineering.
-
-_Pennsylvania State College, Department of Forestry, State College,
-Pa._--Four-year course in professional forestry leading to the degree of
-bachelor of science. Field work includes six weeks in camp at the end of
-freshman year, eight weeks at the end of sophomore year, and eight weeks
-during senior year. Opportunity is given for special study in lumbering.
-
-_Pennsylvania Department of Forestry, State Forest Academy, Mont Alto,
-Pa._--Three-year course in forestry of 48 weeks a year leading to the
-degree of bachelor of forestry. The course is maintained for the
-training of foresters for the State Forest Service. Appointments are
-made from a competitive examination open to residents of Pennsylvania
-between 19 and 25 years of age. The State supplies board, tuition, and
-quarters, and requires bond for the successful completion of the course
-and three years’ service on State forests.
-
-_New York State College of Forestry at Syracuse University, Syracuse, N.
-Y._--Four-year courses lending to the degree of bachelor of science.
-Five-year professional courses leading to the degrees of master of
-forestry and doctor of economics. Special opportunity is offered in
-lumbering, pulp and paper making, city forestry, forest entomology and
-botany, and forest pathology, and for research work at the State Forest
-Experiment Station.
-
-_State College of Washington, Department of Forestry, Pullman,
-Wash._--Four-year course leading to the degree of bachelor of science in
-forestry.
-
-_University of Washington, College of Forestry, Seattle, Wash._--Four
-and five year courses, arranged for specialization in general forestry,
-logging engineering, forest products, and the business of lumbering. At
-the end of the fourth year the student receives the degree of bachelor
-of science and at the end of the fifth year of master of science in
-forestry. Students who wish to specialize should take the five-year
-course.
-
-_Yale University, School of Forestry, New Haven, Conn._--Two-year
-graduate course leading to the degree of master of forestry. Field work
-includes 10 weeks at Milford, Pike County, Pa., in the summer term of
-junior year; three weeks at Union, Conn., and in the Adirondack
-Mountains in the spring term of junior year, and 12 weeks in the South
-in the spring term of senior year. Advanced work in dendrology,
-silviculture, forest management, forest products, and lumbering is open
-to those who have already had a general course in forestry. Special
-students are accepted in limited numbers provided their scholastic
-attainments are such that they can take the work to advantage.
-
-
-SCHOOLS WITH SHORT COURSES IN FORESTRY OTHER THAN RANGER COURSES
-
-_Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala._--An elementary course in
-forestry covering seven weeks is given to senior students in the
-agricultural course. The work comprises a study of forest conditions in
-Alabama, care of woodlands, uses of the different southern woods,
-methods of preservation, etc.
-
-_Berea College, Berea, Ky._--A short course in the fundamental
-principles of forestry is given as part of the course in agriculture.
-
-_University of California, Berkeley, Cal._--Nonprofessional instruction
-in general forestry is given throughout the regular college year by
-means of two courses open to any student in the university.
-
-_University of Chicago, Ill._--The department of botany offers a course
-in forest ecology, dealing mainly with the life, activities, and death
-of trees; the structure and rôle of their various organs; and their
-relation to climate, soil, and their organic environment. Forest
-succession and its causes and the great forest formations of the United
-States and Canada are also taken up.
-
-_Clemson Agricultural College, Clemson, S. C._--A course in general
-forestry is required of all students in the agricultural course during
-the latter part of junior year.
-
-_Connecticut Agricultural College, Storrs, Conn._--A course in wood lot
-forestry covering one semester is required of all students in the
-regular four-year courses. The course is designed to give the student a
-working knowledge of the best methods of handling the farm wood lot with
-special reference to Connecticut conditions. The field work covers the
-identification of the economic species, measurement of growth and yield,
-improvement cuttings, and reforestation. A similar but less
-comprehensive course covering one semester is required of all students
-in the two-year course in the School of Agriculture.
-
-_Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y._--Five elementary courses are offered
-for agricultural and other students in the university covering the farm
-wood lot, elements of forestry silviculture, mensuration, management,
-utilization, and conservation. Two other courses, the field of forestry
-and wood technology, are open to both general and professional students.
-General courses in forestry are also given in the summer school and in
-the short-term winter course.
-
-_Delaware College, Newark, Del._--An elementary course covering one
-semester is elective for juniors and seniors in agriculture. It deals
-with the elements of silvics, methods of silvicultural management,
-natural and artificial regeneration, forest protection, forest
-mensuration, wood utilization, lumbering, wood preservation, forest
-economics, forest finance, and a study of the characteristic lumber
-trees of the United States, their classification and identification.
-
-_University of Georgia, Athens, Ga._--A short course in farm forestry is
-required of seniors in agriculture, and an elementary course in wood lot
-forestry of one-year men in agriculture. A nature study during the
-summer, open to teachers, a vocational course in wood and its uses, and
-a correspondence course in farm forestry are also offered.
-
-_University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho._--A course in general forestry is
-offered for students in the various departments of the university, and a
-short course in farm forestry for students in the College of
-Agriculture.
-
-_Iowa State College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, Ames, Iowa._--A
-course in farm forestry designed to meet the needs of the Iowa farmer is
-required of practically all agricultural students during their first
-year. It includes a discussion of windbreaks, shelter belts, and wood
-lots with respect to their value on the farm, and also a little work on
-dendrology, forest planting, silviculture, preservative treatment of
-timbers, and the utilization of forest products.
-
-_Kansas State Agricultural College, Manhattan, Kans._--Courses in farm
-forestry, silviculture, and dendrology are elective for all students in
-agricultural and general science courses during the winter term of
-junior year. A course in forest nursery practice is elective for
-students in the School of Agriculture during the spring term of the
-third year, and also, without credit, for all students in college
-courses in agriculture and general science.
-
-_Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, La._--A year’s course in
-general forestry is required of juniors in the teachers’ course in
-agriculture, and additional courses of one year each in forestry and in
-the propagation and care of ornamental and shade trees are elective for
-seniors. Courses in forestry covering two years and a course in the
-propagation and care of ornamental and shade trees covering one year are
-elective for juniors and seniors in the College of Agriculture. The aim
-is not to turn out trained foresters, but to teach forestry in
-connection with the agricultural courses, with special reference to the
-management of farm wood lots.
-
-_University of Maine, Orono, Me._--A course in general forestry is open
-to all students, and is required of all students in the College of
-Agriculture.
-
-_Maryland Agricultural College, College Park, Md._--A course in farm
-forestry comprising 20 lectures and 60 hours of demonstration work is
-given to seniors in agriculture and horticulture, and to the second-year
-men of the two-year courses in agriculture and horticulture. The course
-includes wood lot management, nursery practice, planting, forest botany,
-and estimating timber crops.
-
-_Massachusetts Agricultural College, Amherst, Mass._--An elective major
-course is offered in the department of forestry during junior and senior
-years, which takes up such studies as dendrology, silviculture, forest
-mensuration, and allied subjects. During the winter several lectures are
-given by the State forester on “State Forest Policy.” The course is
-intended to give the students the same kind of education regarding true
-forest land that they receive concerning tillable land, and also to
-prepare students for the graduate schools of forestry. A lecture course
-dealing especially with wood lot management is offered to students of
-the short winter and summer schools.
-
-_University of Minnesota, Northwest School and Station, Crookston,
-Minn._--An elementary course in forestry is offered dealing with the
-planting of windbreaks and wood lots, the characteristics and
-adaptability of the more common trees, and the methods of propagation
-and conservation of planted and natural forests.
-
-_Mississippi Agricultural and Mechanical College, Agricultural College,
-Miss._--Courses in farm forestry and dendrology of one term each are
-offered for students in agriculture.
-
-_University of Missouri, Columbia, Mo._--A summer school of forestry for
-lumbermen, timberland owners, and rangers is given on the university
-forest of 50,000 acres in the Ozark Mountains, in connection with the
-summer course for regular forestry students.
-
-_University of Montana, Missoula, Mont._--Special courses in surveying,
-scaling and cruising, lumbering, forest appraisal, and logging
-engineering are offered in connection with the short course for rangers.
-
-_Mount Hermon School, Mount Hermon, Mass._--An elementary course in the
-care of lawns, shrubbery, and forests is given during one term.
-
-_University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebr._--A course in farm forestry
-covering one semester is elective for all students of the university and
-is designed primarily for agricultural students. It is an elementary
-course designed to familiarize students with the best trees that will
-grow in the State of Nebraska, as well as the methods of handling the
-farm wood lot.
-
-_New Hampshire College, Durham, N. H._--Courses in forestry are required
-of all four-year and two-year agricultural students, and are elective
-for all students of the college. Beginning with junior year, four-year
-students in agriculture may elect forestry as a principal subject and
-are then given advanced forestry work together with other agricultural
-and associated subjects. Every encouragement and assistance is given a
-student desiring to make forestry his profession, with the understanding
-that he will complete his training at some school offering a complete
-course in forestry.
-
-_North Carolina College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, West Raleigh,
-N. C._--A course in forestry is offered as one of the senior
-horticultural electives.
-
-_North Dakota Agricultural College, Agricultural College, N. Dak._--An
-elementary course in forestry covering six weeks is offered in the third
-term of junior year in the four-year agricultural course.
-
-_North Dakota State School of Forestry, Bottineau, N. Dak._--Instruction
-similar to that in the agricultural high schools is offered with special
-attention to horticulture and forestry. The forestry work consists of a
-study of the plains and prairie regions and has to do particularly with
-windbreaks, shelter belts, etc. A special three-year course is also
-offered for the preparation of landscape gardeners, landscape engineers,
-and city foresters.
-
-_Oklahoma Agricultural and Mechanical College, Stillwater, Okla._--A
-course in elementary forestry is required of all horticulture students
-during the first term of junior year.
-
-_Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind._--The work in forestry consists of a
-line of electives within the school of science. The subjects covered are
-forest botany and dendrology, elements of silviculture, forest
-mensuration, forest management, forest protection, forest utilization,
-forest pathology, and technical forestry. The latter includes a study of
-structural timbers with demonstrations in the testing laboratories and
-also work in surveying and making forest maps.
-
-_Rhode Island State College, Kingston, R. I._--A course in forestry
-dealing with the management of New England wood lots is required in the
-second term, junior year, in the agricultural course.
-
-_South Dakota State College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, Brookings,
-S. Dak._--A course in forestry is required in the second semester of the
-sophomore year in the horticultural group and in the third-year of the
-three-year school of agriculture. It is elective in the second semester,
-junior year, in the animal husbandry and dairy husbandry groups of the
-four-year collegiate agricultural course.
-
-_Leland Stanford Junior University, Stanford University, Cal._--Courses
-are offered in the study of trees, forest pathology, and other matters
-basal to the study of forestry.
-
-_Syracuse University, Syracuse, N. Y._--A field course in elementary
-forestry, forest ecology, and botany, soils, geology, and woodcraft,
-open to any man over 15, is given by the New York State College of
-Forestry during August at Cranberry Lake in the western Adirondacks.
-Courses in forestry are also given for students in the university
-outside of the College of Forestry, and especially for those desiring to
-teach.
-
-_University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn._--An elective course in
-forestry covering one term is offered in the senior year of the
-four-year agricultural course. The work deals chiefly with the
-management of farm wood lots and small holdings of hardwood timber.
-
-_Agricultural and Mechanical College of Texas, College Station,
-Tex._--Courses in the principles of forestry, dendrology, silviculture
-(with special reference to planting), and wood technology and
-utilization, each covering one semester and elective for juniors and
-seniors in agriculture and science, offered in the college year 1916-17.
-No attempt will be made to equip students for the profession of
-forestry. From time to time, however, additional courses will be offered
-to meet the needs of students along farm forestry, planting, timber
-preservation, and other lines.
-
-_University of Vermont, Burlington, Vt._--Students in agriculture are
-required to take one course in forestry during their sophomore year. The
-aim of this course is to give all agricultural students a working
-knowledge of forestry, which can be applied to their own farms or in the
-teaching of agriculture. The more advanced courses are open to those who
-wish to pursue the subject further.
-
-_State College of Washington, Pullman, Wash._--A one-year practical
-course is offered in the elementary science department, planned to equip
-young men to become logging engineers.
-
-_University of Washington, Seattle, Wash._--Two courses of 12 weeks each
-are offered--one in lumber and its uses for men engaged in offices at
-the mills, lumber salesmen, engineers, contractors, and builders; the
-other in logging for the training of logging foremen or others engaged
-in work at logging camps.
-
-_Winona College of Agriculture, Winona Lake, Ind._--A course of one-half
-semester in the principles of forestry is offered in the two-year
-agricultural course. The growing of trees for fences and the
-preservative treatment of fence posts are taken up in a practical way,
-and some work is also offered on lumber and its use on the farm.
-
-_University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis._--Nine elective courses, each
-running through one semester, as well as a number of special lectures in
-various departments of the university, are given by members of the
-Forest Products Laboratory of the United States Forest Service, where
-opportunity for research work is also offered. The object of the work,
-which is open to both undergraduates and graduates, is to enable men to
-acquire a thorough scientific and practical training in organic
-chemistry and wood technology and to apply this knowledge in scientific
-and commercial operations and investigations in the wood-using
-industries and in teaching.
-
-_Wyman’s School of Woods, Manising, Mich._--A 24-months’ course in
-forestry, logging, and woodcraft is offered, on the satisfactory
-completion of which students are granted a certificate of efficiency in
-logging and engineering. A 10-weeks’ out-of-door summer course is also
-offered to afford those students who are contemplating forestry as a
-profession an opportunity to become familiar with the character of the
-work.
-
-_Yale University, New Haven, Conn._--An elementary course of eight weeks
-is offered during the summer at Milford, Pike County, Pa., for those who
-desire a general knowledge of the subject.
-
-
-TREE SURGERY
-
-_Davey Institute of Tree Surgery, Kent, Ohio._--A 20-months’ course for
-the training of tree surgeons is offered, including instruction in
-botany, plant pathology, dendrology, entomology, fruit growing,
-spraying, and the theory and practice of tree surgery.
-
-
-SCHOOLS WITH RANGER COURSES IN FORESTRY
-
-_University of California, College of Agriculture, Division of Forestry,
-Berkeley, Cal._--Beginning in January, a 12 weeks’ course designed
-especially for rangers and loggers is offered.
-
-_Georgia State College of Agriculture at University of Georgia, Georgia
-State Forest School, Athens, Ga._--A ranger course of eight weeks, open
-to men in the Government service and to lumbermen, is offered during the
-summer.
-
-_University of Idaho, School of Forestry, Moscow, Idaho._--A three-year
-ranger course, extending from November 1 to April 1 of each school year,
-is offered. The course is so arranged that a single year’s work may also
-be taken.
-
-_University of Missouri, College of Agriculture, Department of Forestry,
-Columbia, Mo._--A course for lumbermen, timberland owners, and rangers
-is offered on the university forest of 50,000 acres in the Ozark
-Mountains, in connection with the summer course for regular forestry
-students.
-
-_University of Montana, Forest School, Missoula, Mont._--A three months’
-ranger course is offered during the winter, with opportunity for
-specialization and the election of advanced work. The course is
-designed primarily for men who have already had considerable experience
-in woods work.
-
-_New York State College of Forestry at Syracuse University, Syracuse,
-N.Y._--A one-year course of practical training is offered at the State
-Ranger School located on the college forest of 2,000 acres at Wanakena,
-in the western Adirondacks. The course is designed to fit men for such
-positions as guards, rangers, forest-estate managers, tree-planting
-experts, and nursery foremen.
-
-_Oregon Agricultural College, School of Forestry, Corvallis, Oreg._--A
-five months’ course is offered for those desiring to prepare for the
-position of ranger in the United States Forest Service or for work in
-the State protective associations.
-
-_State College of Washington, Department of Forestry, Pullman, Wash._--A
-six weeks’ course is offered in the Winter School for the preparation of
-forest rangers.
-
-_University of Washington, College of Forestry, Seattle, Wash._--Two
-courses of 12 weeks each are offered, one in forestry for the training
-of forest rangers, guards, or woodland owners; the other in logging for
-the training of logging foremen or others engaged in work at logging
-camps.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1151. AUTOMOBILE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by Charles W. Sylvester, under direction of
-Charles H. Winslow, Chief of the Research Division of the Federal Board
-for Vocational Education. Acknowledgment is due to Dr. John Cummings, of
-the Research Division, for editorial assistance.
-
-In no other industry, perhaps has progress been so rapid and marvelous
-as in the manufacture and maintenance of automobiles, which to-day
-employs hundreds of thousands of men and women in a great variety of
-occupations, and represents investment of many millions of dollars.
-
-Two great divisions of the industry may be made, one including the
-manufacturing plants which produce new cars, and the other, the
-maintenance and service shops and departments which operate and keep
-cars in repair and good running order. This monograph deals with
-occupations in “Automobile maintenance and service.”
-
-
-WHAT MEN DO IN THESE OCCUPATIONS
-
-In automobile maintenance and service, specialization is rapidly
-creating six principal groups of workers. It is true that in small
-garages one man may “tinker” with all parts of an automobile, but it is,
-in fact, just as essential to employ, for example, a battery specialist
-for a machine as it is to employ an eye specialist for a person.
-
-The six groups include: (1) Repair-shop men, who deal primarily with the
-mechanical treatment of the car when it has been disabled; (2) starting
-and lighting experts, who repair and adjust electrical equipment,
-including wiring, lights, motors, and generators; (3) ignition experts,
-who look after the testing, adjustment and maintenance of current
-supply, short circuits, contact breakers, vibrators, spark plugs, coils,
-condensers, connections, distributors, and magnetos; (4) storage-battery
-men in stations where batteries are charged, repaired, rebuilt, tested,
-and kept in good working condition; (5) tire-repair men, who take care
-of the splicing, patching, retreading, building up, inside repair, and
-vulcanizing of casings and tubes that have been disabled by punctures,
-blisters, blow-outs, rim cuts, and general wear; and (6) automobile and
-truck drivers, who are responsible for operation of cars on the road.
-The work of these groups embraces a greatly diversified field of
-employment and offers a wide range of occupational choice.
-
-[Illustration: Plan No. 1150. Auto Repair]
-
-
-WHERE MEN IN THESE OCCUPATIONS WORK
-
-Men are employed in the maintenance and service of automobiles and
-trucks in every community. In every village, town, and city shops and
-service stations are to be found.
-
-Private garages commonly have some equipment for making minor
-adjustments and small repairs, and chauffeurs are expected to keep their
-automobiles in good running order. Public garages, which in many cases
-are maintained in connection with automobile sales agencies, often
-employ several general repair men, and sometimes employ starting,
-lighting, and ignition specialists.
-
-The repair shops are established principally for the purpose of
-repairing and rebuilding all types of cars with their parts and
-accessories. They offer a large field of employment for repairmen and
-experts.
-
-Service stations, often referred to as oil and gasoline filling
-stations, include shops where special types of work are done. They may
-be classified as battery, speedometer, ignition, starting and lighting,
-and tire-service stations. Many men, if they have been trained, find
-employment in these places.
-
-Chauffeurs and truck drivers find employment in both private and public
-service--chauffeurs in driving taxicabs and private pleasure
-automobiles; and drivers in the operation of light and heavy delivery
-trucks for retail and wholesale houses, and also in hauling materials
-for road and building construction, farm produce, and manufactured
-products.
-
-Automobile plants and garages employ men as testers in the working out
-of new cars, and for the purpose of locating and determining trouble
-when a car is not working properly.
-
-Finally, men with a knowledge of automobiles, parts, accessories, and
-equipment can find employment as salesmen in garages, sales agencies,
-and retail and wholesale stores.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1152. AUTOMOBILE REPAIR-SHOP WORK
-
-
-THE OCCUPATION
-
-Repair-shop work consists in overhauling, adjusting, and repairing all
-types of motor cars and their parts. In the small garages where only a
-few men, often only one, are employed the mechanic must handle all kinds
-of work. Some large garages, as has been noted, employ specialists, and
-in many localities there are service and repair shops maintained
-especially for this work.
-
-Oxy-acetylene welding, a trade separate and apart from repair work,
-which is used to a very large extent in the repairing and building up of
-broken castings and forgings in automobile repair shops, is taken up in
-another monograph.
-
-In some shops there are enginemen, axlemen, transmission men, and other
-mechanical experts. All of these may be classified as mechanics. Other
-men found in repair shops are known as trouble-finders or inspectors,
-helpers, foremen, and carburetor specialists.
-
-The mechanic should be able to do skilled work on all mechanical parts
-of any car. His work consists in adjustment, care, overhauling, and
-repairing. Adjustment and care include valve, carburetor, clutch-spring,
-brake, and steering-mechanism adjustment, and cleaning and lubrication
-of parts. Much of this work can, however, be done by the automobile
-driver or helper in a garage. Overhauling includes repairing, but refers
-generally to the tearing down of the whole machine for cleaning,
-inspection, adjustment, and testing, together with replacement of worn
-and broken parts. Work on the engine requires in many cases its removal
-from the chassis, and disconnection of all attached parts. Some of the
-jobs to be done on automobile engines are removal of carbon from
-pistons, refitting of pistons, regrinding valves, replacing and scraping
-bearings, adjustment of fans and valve rods, setting timing gears,
-correcting the firing order of cylinders, repairing and replacing broken
-parts.
-
-The mechanic is required to remedy clutch troubles, by adjustment or
-replacing of worn leather on the cone. Transmission repairs include
-replacement of gears, fitting keys, taking up the wear in the main
-bearings, or complete replacement and repair of shifting-rod connections
-to overcome looseness. The universal joints in driving mechanisms often
-require disassembling and rebushing, while the mesh of the drive pinion
-and bevel gear of the differential will need adjusting. Work on the
-differential and rear axle may involve tearing down the rear
-construction. Such work requires skilled mechanics, especially to
-determine the trouble and make the proper reassembly. The play in wheels
-needs careful attention and exact adjustment, although it requires no
-particular skill or knowledge. Trouble found in the front wheels is
-ordinarily due to lack of alignment, and must be remedied to relieve not
-only a tremendous wear on tires but to prevent uncertain and difficult
-steering. A sagging in the frame, often caused by a fracture, can best
-be repaired by welding. Brakes require attention to eliminate noises
-and dragging, which causes a noticeable lack of power, and worn brake
-linings must be replaced.
-
-The cooling system, made up of pump, fan, radiator, and connections,
-will require adjustment and repair, including replacing the rubber hose,
-mending broken parts of the pump, putting on new fan belts, and
-soldering leaks in the radiator. Cleaning the radiator and taking
-cold-weather precautions against freezing also are necessary tasks.
-
-An inspector or trouble finder in a repair shop or garage service
-department is the foreman or mechanic, but in large shops men are
-employed solely for the purpose of diagnosing trouble. Such a man must
-be highly skilled. His work is to locate trouble and determine and
-report its nature and extent. Trouble is located by inspection and
-examination of the car standing still, by testing at the start and at
-various speeds, and by coasting. The trouble-finder expert makes a list
-of all worn and broken parts, indicates necessary repairs and
-adjustments, and then turns the job over to the men who are to do the
-work.
-
-Usually the foreman is in charge of all repair-shop work. He should be a
-man of clean personal habits, should have a thorough knowledge of
-automatic construction, and be able to direct work and handle men with
-courtesy and tact, to compute jobs, estimate cost of time and materials,
-keep time and stock records, and route work through on repair-order
-forms specifying work, parts, and costs for each job. A manager or
-superintendent often is in charge of the business end of the work, in
-which case the foreman gives his time to seeing that jobs are correctly
-done.
-
-Helpers are usually assigned to heavy lifting and pulling, to cleaning
-parts, and to general shop sweeping. They run errands, help pull down
-and assemble motors, transmissions, and rear axles, and do other work
-requiring little skill.
-
-
-TOOLS, MACHINES, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS USED
-
-A variety of hand tools are used in repair work, including adjustable
-and fixed jaw wrenches, hammers, snips, breast and hand drills, screw
-drivers, hack saws, center punches, cold and cape chisels, soldering
-coppers, pliers, files, brushes, blow torches, vises, and other small
-tools. The machine equipment includes lathes, drill presses, grinders,
-and forges equipped with motor power and having full sets of tools for
-use with each. The shop must be further provided with benches, chain
-hoists, motor and rear-axle stands, creepers, and special tools and
-devices for special work. An oxy-acetylene welding and cutting outfit of
-the portable type is one of the greatest conveniences in any repair
-shop.
-
-Most of the parts, supplies, and materials come to the shop prepared and
-ready for use. For some jobs, however, it may be convenient and more
-satisfactory to construct the necessary parts, such as shims, gaskets,
-and small metal pieces, from stock material. It is inadvisable, however,
-to make anything that can be secured already prepared.
-
-Automobile repair-shop work is varied and interesting. Jobs frequently
-change, with intervals of rest.
-
-
-DISABILITIES
-
-Hard and fast rules as to availability for this work of men with certain
-disabilities can not be laid down. With perseverance, skill, and
-inventiveness some men will succeed in lines of work which might seem
-entirely unsuited to their disability. For example, a man who has lost
-his right arm near the shoulder has been for 30 years doing successfully
-all of the repair work and making all of the adjustments necessary on a
-thrashing machine, a traction engine, 12 self-binding and 12 mowing
-machines on a farm in England. An all-round mechanic must usually be
-able to move about easily. He needs at least one good eye, and must be
-able to hear well for trouble testing. A man with abdominal, kidney, or
-alimentary canal trouble, which prohibits him from stooping, bending, or
-squatting, can not do the work. Gas vapors, fumes, and dust in a garage
-may affect men with lung diseases. It is very necessary for the worker
-to have reasonably good command of neck and head movements.
-
-
-APPLIANCES
-
-Many devices and prosthetic appliances are in use in all countries by
-men with arm amputations, and where previous experience, desire, and
-conditions place a man in a position requiring the use of an artificial
-appliance for gripping and holding tools one of strong and simple
-construction should be selected.
-
-
-PREVIOUS EDUCATION, TRAINING, AND EXPERIENCE
-
-While general education will help a man in shop repair work, as in
-anything else, it is more essential that he shall have had some
-technical training acquired either in a school or in a shop. Previous
-experience in automobile repair or construction work will, of course,
-give the best foundation for re-education. A man who has worked as a
-helper in a garage long enough to become familiar with automobile
-construction and operation may through a short course of instruction
-easily qualify as a mechanic. Experience in other mechanical work such
-as machine-shop work, blacksmithing, and boiler making will be also
-helpful. Business experience will be a valuable asset for a repair-shop
-foreman or manager.
-
-
-WHERE RE-EDUCATION WILL BE GIVEN
-
-Full-time classes may be given in the shop of a high school, vocational
-or trade school, college or university, where the equipment is
-sufficient to provide for real instruction of a practical nature.
-
-Re-education classes will be trained also in commercial garages under
-actual shop conditions. Part-time classes providing alternate weeks or
-months in the school and in the shop may be best in some cases, or the
-first or last part of the training period may be spent in the shop and
-the other part in school. For example, in an eight months’ course four
-months may be spent in a commercial repair shop and the remaining four
-months in a school shop.
-
-Evening classes offer a splendid opportunity for the workman who is
-employed during the day. These, of course, will be for those men only
-who are able to return without re-education or for men who have finished
-their re-education course and desire additional instruction.
-Correspondence courses may be used in some instances.
-
-
-WHAT CAN BE LEARNED AND IN WHAT TIME
-
-Although theory and demonstration work will accompany the shop practice,
-each man will be required to actually do the work. To say the least, the
-course of instruction will be such as will enable the disabled man to
-qualify on the job beside his able-bodied neighbor and to command the
-prevailing wage after completing his course. His work will include the
-overhauling, repairing, and adjusting of various makes and models of
-automobiles and parts.
-
-The time required to complete the course of instruction will depend to a
-certain extent on the man’s previous education, training, and
-experience, but may occupy from six to nine months. It will not be the
-policy of the Government to give just enough training to enable the man
-to secure a job under good but abnormal conditions or by sympathetic
-favor. Sufficient time will be given to prepare each man adequately for
-his work.
-
-
-AFTER TRAINING--WHAT?
-
-Skilled auto mechanics are in great demand, and since repair work is so
-diversified and widely distributed over the entire country, it is
-comparatively easy for a trained man to find permanent employment. Auto
-mechanics as a rule are poorly trained. The trade therefore presents
-excellent opportunities for the disabled man with expert training. The
-field is also wide open for capable foremen and inspectors in every
-community.
-
-Hours of employment for the mechanic depend largely upon location and
-amount of work to be done. Shops in large cities have an 8 to 10 hour
-day, the total number of hours per week being 45 to 60. In small towns
-and communities shops are irregular as to hours, mechanics being
-required often to work 9 to 12 hours per day.
-
-First-class mechanics in large shops are paid a prevailing wage of 60
-cents per hour. Small shops pay from 30 to 60 cents. A mechanic who owns
-his shop may earn more or less. Foremen employed by the hour usually
-receive a little more than the mechanic, while in a position as shop
-manager he may be paid $125 to $175 per month.
-
-Automobile repair shops doing general work are located in all parts of
-the country and usually in many different parts of a city. Work will
-therefore probably be available for the trained man near his home or at
-least in his home town.
-
-An automobile mechanic may expect to secure a position as foreman or
-inspector, which is often more suitable for a disabled man than that of
-mechanic. Or he may be able to open up a garage and repair shop for
-himself. Because of the increased use of automobiles and the lack of
-first-class trained mechanics future prospects in the service are good.
-
-
-QUALIFYING AS A TEACHER
-
-Teachers for automobile work are in great demand at the present time in
-both day and evening vocational schools. A man with a fair general
-education, considerable experience in the trade, and ability to impart
-knowledge to others, will have a good foundation for vocational
-teaching.
-
-
-ELECTRIC STARTING AND LIGHTING SERVICE
-
-
-THE OCCUPATION
-
-The principal parts of an electric starting and lighting system are the
-electric starting motor, the electric generator, and the storage
-battery. The work of the expert in this division consists of the repair,
-adjustment, care, operation, and installation of these systems and
-auxiliary parts, but usually not including the storage battery which
-requires the individual attention of another specialist.
-
-To keep the starting motor in good running condition the expert must be
-able to remedy grounds, short circuits, and commutator and brush
-troubles. The generator and all connecting parts must be kept clean in
-order to insure reliable action. There are many types and varying
-features in generators, motors, auxiliary devices, and wiring circuits,
-with which the mechanic must be familiar. Automobile manufacturers in
-altering the characteristics of their motors from year to year and
-manufacturers of electrical apparatus in introducing various
-improvements may entirely change their systems.
-
-In addition to being able to locate trouble by tracing and testing
-systems for grounds, shorts, and breaks in wiring, it is necessary for
-the mechanic to install systems including all the wiring. He must be
-able to repair and keep in shape electric horns and gear shifts which
-are closely related to the starting and lighting systems. The wiring for
-starting, generating, and lighting systems involves the installation of
-all necessary wires, many of which must be run in conduit. It also
-includes the use of proper sized wire and their connection to the
-lights, starter, horn, fuse boxes, switches, generator, and battery. The
-repair and adjustment of the lighting system require considerable expert
-attention, as does also equipment of cars with lamp reflectors,
-measuring instruments, and other devices.
-
-
-TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
-
-All tools used in the maintenance and service of automobile starting and
-lighting systems are small and light. They will include screw drivers,
-wrenches, hammers, files, pliers, and various drilling tools. Some
-machines may be required to make or fit metal parts, but as a rule they
-will be found in the repair shop.
-
-
-DISABILITIES
-
-The work in this occupation is highly skilled but light. In working
-around the car it is necessary to bend, stoop, reach, and climb, which
-might be detrimental to a man suffering from abdominal trouble. The work
-ordinarily requires two good hands, although a man with one hand with
-the proper training and experience would be able to make repairs and
-adjustments. Good eyesight is necessary in testing for trouble, but a
-slight deafness will not be a serious handicap for this work. A man with
-hernia or lung wounds and diseases would not necessarily be debarred
-from this occupation.
-
-
-PREVIOUS EDUCATION, TRAINING, AND EXPERIENCE
-
-Practical experience and a technical knowledge of electricity will be
-very helpful in electric starting and lighting work. Some of the best
-men in the field have had considerable electrical experience in some
-other field, many of them having been with telephone companies. A man
-who thoroughly understands electricity will soon adapt himself to this
-new field of work. A general education is always an aid, and
-particularly so here where it will be necessary to do considerable
-reading to keep pace with new improvements and developments in these
-appliances.
-
-
-WHERE AND WHAT EDUCATION WILL BE GIVEN
-
-The re-education classes for training starting and lighting specialists
-will be given in about the same type of schools as for repair-shop men.
-It may also be advisable to train men in service or manufacturing shops.
-
-The content of the course will cover the field of both theory and
-practice in studying and working on motors, generators, and lighting
-systems. That a man is fully qualified to go into a permanent position
-will necessarily be shown by his ability to do the work. The time
-required to finish the course will depend upon his previous experience
-and training, but it will probably be from four to six months.
-
-
-AFTER THE TRAINING--WHAT?
-
-The demand for skilled specialists is increasing in all parts of the
-country. This is true of any specialist in automobile maintenance and
-service. Permanent positions will be available in all large
-establishments and men employed in the smaller shops will be prepared to
-handle other automobile work. The hours of employment will vary from 9
-hours in large city shops to 10 or 12 hours in a shop owned by the
-mechanic. The prevailing wage for this work will be about 60 cents per
-hour.
-
-Employment will no doubt be very stable both for the present and the
-future. There is a lack of skilled specialists now, and with the
-increased use of trucks and automobiles the demand will grow. The work
-can be done in a good, light, dry shop, which will not be detrimental to
-health. Because of the character of the work safety appliances are not
-necessary, and danger from accidents of any kind is very small. The same
-opportunity is open to these men for advancement and success as to the
-repair-shop mechanic. They can become foremen, managers, or owners of
-service and maintenance shops.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1153. AUTOMOBILE IGNITION SERVICE
-
-
-OCCUPATION
-
-The ignition system is usually made up of certain electrical devices
-which probably give more trouble to the auto man and require more expert
-attention than all the other parts on the automobile. To be able to
-diagnose a case and submit a remedy for ignition troubles, it is
-necessary to be thoroughly familiar with the principles of ignition and
-to understand how these ignition systems are operated and maintained.
-Ignition primarily means igniting the gas in the cylinders of an engine
-by means of an electric spark as the gas mixture is compressed. An
-ignition expert should first of all have a practical knowledge of
-electricity, know the meaning of electrical terms and the method of
-generation and transmission of electric current. Of the two systems of
-ignition, high and low tension, the high-tension system is now in use in
-nearly all makes of motor cars. The low-tension system was formerly used
-to a great extent on boat engines, and is used now to some extent on
-stationary engines.
-
-The ignition mechanic deals with the testing, adjustment, and
-maintenance of current supply, vibrators, coils, commutators and timers,
-contact breakers, spark plugs, condensers, distributors, magnetos, and
-connectors. He must be thoroughly familiar with wiring systems and their
-connections. Spark plugs will have to be cleaned, adjusted and repaired,
-as will the vibrators when they are used. Ignition timing to insure
-ignition at the right time requires special attention. The care,
-installation, and maintenance of magnetos, which brings in the proper
-firing order of the engine, care of the distributor, and attention to
-connections, is one part of the ignition expert’s task. The field of
-ignition trouble may be covered under three heads: (1) Failure of
-current supply, (2) short circuits or grounds, (3) failure of ignition
-devices. To keep the ignition system in good working order it is
-necessary to locate trouble and make repairs as indicated.
-
-
-TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
-
-Because of the many small and complex parts ignition systems require
-delicate attention. This involves the use of small hand tools only, such
-as will be used by the electric starting and lighting experts. Although
-it will be necessary to make certain repairs to broken and worn parts,
-it is customary to replace with new parts.
-
-
-DISABILITIES
-
-The work of the ignition expert is very much like the work of the
-electric starting and lighting expert. Bench repairs to magnetos and
-other devices can be made by a man whose disability requires him to sit.
-The work is not strenuous and consequently could be done by men with
-lung disease, hernia, and abdominal troubles, except where it is
-necessary to stoop or bend over the job, as would be necessary in
-testing for trouble and making connections in the installed system.
-
-Because of the delicate work, a mechanic’s eyesight must be good, but
-poor hearing would not debar a man from this occupation. It is quite
-necessary for the workman to have good use of his hands and fingers.
-
-
-PREVIOUS TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE
-
-The same training and experience helpful to the electric starting and
-lighting expert would aid the man in training for ignition work. A man
-who has been employed previous to army service in any electric work,
-such as telephone and telegraph installation and maintenance, or the
-making of electric motors and devices, would have acquired electrical
-experience which would be of great help to him in this work.
-
-
-WHERE AND WHAT EDUCATION WILL BE GIVEN
-
-The classes for ignition mechanics will be carried on in both schools
-and shops. The time will probably be divided between theory and shop
-practice. The proper equipment and practical jobs will be available for
-teaching the man to do the work.
-
-The course will be from four to six months in length for about seven
-hours per day for five days in the week. Instruction will include all
-problems requiring attention of the commercial ignition shop.
-
-
-AFTER THE TRAINING--WHAT?
-
-The demand for the ignition expert is equally as great as for any other
-automobile specialist. His services are required in garages and service
-stations, as well as in assembly plants, and in the driving and
-operation of motor cars and trucks. The hours of employment are the same
-as in other auto repair shops, usually eight hours per day for union
-shops, and longer in small unorganized shops and where the mechanic owns
-his business.
-
-The prevailing wage is 60 cents per hour, although this may vary from 30
-cents to 75 cents per hour, depending upon labor conditions and methods
-of employment. It is probable that ignition experts will be employed
-only in the larger places, but it is necessary to have expert ignition
-service in any shop. This is in small shops usually taken care of by the
-repair-shop mechanic who has a general knowledge of the automobile
-maintenance and service. Employment for the trained man will be stable.
-Ordinarily only the better class of mechanics, those with special
-training are retained during the winter season, when the overhauling of
-cars is done. The rush season from spring to fall gives employment to a
-number of “roustabouts” or helpers, but these “floaters” require no
-special training.
-
-Promotion and success will depend largely upon the ability of the
-mechanic, but it is possible for him to advance to positions of
-responsibility, carrying increase of wages. The field is large and
-skilled mechanics are scarce, thus making it possible for the trained
-man to find suitable employment and to make changes for promotion.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1154. STORAGE BATTERY REPAIRMEN
-
-
-OCCUPATION
-
-The sources of electricity for ignition, starting, lighting, warmers,
-horn, shifting gears, and application of brakes in some instances are
-the generators and battery. They must furnish the power. The generator
-produces electricity only while the engine is running, and the demands
-on it are comparatively light and simple. The battery must furnish power
-to crank the engine, to light the car, operate the horn and other
-electrical devices when the generator is not in motion. It is without
-doubt one of the most essential and necessary parts of the automobile.
-To be a thorough master of battery problems a knowledge of both
-electricity and chemistry is necessary.
-
-A general knowledge of batteries includes the method of construction and
-the materials used in the manufacture of batteries. Chemistry deals with
-the actions producing electricity and aids in determining the reasons
-and remedy for trouble. The expert must know what happens in a battery
-standing idle, just what takes place in the charging and discharging,
-and what determines the capacity of batteries. A knowledge of battery
-diseases will help a man very materially in the proper diagnosis of
-battery trouble.
-
-The shop work of the battery man includes caring for, charging, lead
-burning, and rebuilding batteries. Caring for batteries includes keeping
-the plates covered with distilled water, brushing dirt and dust from the
-top, keeping cables and connections tight, cleaning battery terminals
-and connections and carefully inspecting and testing it frequently.
-Charging consists, figuratively, in feeding it electricity, which when
-digested gives it energy. It is necessary for the battery man to be
-thoroughly familiar with the charging apparatus and able to operate it
-successfully. Lead burning is a process of melting together the plates
-and straps or posts and top connectors and terminals with a special
-lead-burning outfit. In rebuilding a battery, it is first charged, then
-opened and torn down, after which the plates are repaired or replaced,
-assembled with the proper separators, replaced in the jars, and then
-carried through the charging process. The covers are next put on and
-sealed.
-
-
-TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
-
-The room for battery work should have a floor such as tile or brick, not
-easily affected by acid. The equipment ordinarily includes work benches,
-vises, a lead burning outfit, water supply, charging benches and
-equipment, shelves, and stoves. Proper tools, including brushes,
-scrapers, pliers, nippers, files, hydrometers, putty knife, wrenches,
-brace and bit, stock drills, center punches, hack saws, kettles, ladles,
-jars, screw drivers, materials and other hand tools are provided. The
-work is practically all hand work and consequently requires hand tools.
-
-
-DISABILITIES
-
-Battery work requires the use of two hands. The loss of three fingers
-from one hand would not seriously impair efficiency if some grip with
-the remaining finger and thumb is retained. In the use of pliers, screw
-drivers, brace and bits, and other tools it is necessary to hold them
-firmly. Hearing is not particularly essential, but good eyesight is
-necessary. Stooping, bending, and lifting the weight of a battery would
-not affect men with slight hernia and abdominal trouble. A man with
-artificial legs should be able to do the work if he can get around
-without great difficulty.
-
-Danger from lead poisoning and acid burns and fumes is prevalent in
-battery work, but occurs only through carelessness. A man with any skin
-or lung diseases or wounds probably should not undertake this work.
-Gloves are worn in handling lead, but they will not protect against skin
-wounds. The eyes may be injured by lead and acid, but by wearing goggles
-this can be avoided. A man with any open wounds should not enter battery
-service work.
-
-
-SPECIAL APPLIANCES
-
-No special appliances can be arranged satisfactorily to handle the tools
-and equipment, although stools can be provided for the man who is
-required to sit.
-
-
-PREVIOUS EDUCATION AND EXPERIENCE
-
-A knowledge of chemistry and work in a chemical laboratory will help a
-man to become a battery expert. Experience in battery construction and
-in the care of starting and lighting batteries will also be an excellent
-start, as would experience as a helper in a battery-service station.
-
-
-WHERE AND WHAT RE-EDUCATION WILL BE GIVEN
-
-To a large extent the instruction in battery work will be carried on in
-a service station where equipment is available. A school shop properly
-equipped will also be made use of.
-
-The course will contain the elements and fundamentals of battery
-maintenance and service. The length of the course will be from 4 to 6
-months.
-
-
-AFTER THE TRAINING--WHAT?
-
-Permanent positions as battery experts will be open in battery-service
-stations. The knowledge will also be necessary for the man who proposes
-to set up a shop of his own. It is a general condition that battery work
-be done in an independent and separate shop rather than in a general
-repair shop. The hours of employment will not vary from those already
-given for other types of maintenance and service work, and the wage will
-also be about the same.
-
-In cities and towns of 5,000 or over there will be found work enough for
-one or more battery stations employing two or more men. Employment will
-invariably be stable for the highly skilled battery expert. Opportunity
-for promotion and success will depend upon the man, but there is great
-demand for expert service, and there is a good field in many places for
-the establishment of service stations. Future prospects are exceedingly
-good due to the large increase in the use of storage batteries. It is
-also true that the average automobile driver and owner is waking up to
-the fact that the battery must have special care and repair to keep it
-in good working shape.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1155. TIRE REPAIRING
-
-
-THE OCCUPATION
-
-The repair of automobile tires, including casings and tubes, is almost
-invariably assigned to a specialist, although many of the minor repairs,
-such as patching tubes, are done by owners or amateur repairers. Tires
-are probably the most delicate and the most misunderstood part of the
-car, as well as being the part receiving the hardest use. To secure the
-greatest mileage and the least trouble from tires they must receive
-proper treatment and have the attention of a specialist when trouble
-develops.
-
-The tire repairman should have a knowledge of tire construction and be
-well versed in tire troubles and their causes in order to make proper
-diagnoses of the cases. This knowledge is necessary also in making
-adjustments on tire mileage, which is, in connection with the tire sales
-agency, a business very often established as an adjunct to the repair
-business.
-
-The shop work of the repair man deals with casing troubles from
-punctures, blow-outs, rim cuts, blisters, stone bruises, and with the
-preparation of the tire for repairing, relining, retreading, and
-vulcanizing. Tubes have to be patched, spliced, and vulcanized. Valves
-in the tube stem will often cause trouble by leaking, but can be
-remedied by replacing with new valves. Sand blisters can be cured by
-opening the blister with a sharp knife, cleaning out the dirt and
-filling the hole with a self-curing rubber filler. A blow-out caused by
-a weak place in the casing usually due to a sand blister or stone
-bruise can be remedied by the inside method or a combination inside and
-outside method. Both methods consist in removing layers of fabric and
-applying fabric patches. When the outside has been properly built up
-with fabric and the chafing strips applied the cushion gum unit can be
-applied and the whole casing then placed in a sectional mold, where heat
-applied to both the inside and out will cure the job. Rim cuts are
-repaired in a similar way. Retreading is done by first cleaning down to
-the carcase and applying coats of vulcanizing cement upon which the
-tread can be built up and vulcanized. Reliners are vulcanized to the
-inside of a casing to take care of inside fabric breaks.
-
-The work on the inner tube consists in patching to cover small holes,
-cuts, pinched tubes, and minor injuries.
-
-Vulcanizing, which should be done on large patches, is also the best
-remedy for any repair. It is done by first cleaning the hole, preparing
-the patch, and placing and vulcanizing. Inserting new sections or
-splicing tubes is done by removing the damaged section, inserting a new
-one, and vulcanizing, one splice being made at a time.
-
-
-TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
-
-The equipment of a tire repair shop contains vulcanizers of many sizes
-which apply the heat through the use of gasoline, steam, or electricity.
-Vulcanizing moulds which are made to fit the tire are necessary for
-applying casing patches. Vulcanizing kettles, sidewall and retreading
-vulcanizers, benches, vises and holding forms are also to be found. The
-small tools required include flat and concave rollers, awls, stickers,
-rubber knives, large shears, wire brushes, tread gauges, fabric knives,
-pliers, scrapers, tread chisels and cement brushes. Splicing mandrels,
-try squares, tweezers, rules, spreaders and other devices and tools may
-be found in the equipment.
-
-
-DISABILITIES
-
-The work in a repair shop is not very strenuous, although it requires
-careful attention and speed. It is necessary that the man have the use
-of both hands and be able to see his work clearly. Deafness will not
-interfere to any great extent with his success. Lifting, stooping, or
-bending, while necessary to a small degree, is not common. The weight of
-a tire is the heaviest weight to handle around the shop.
-
-There is little danger from poisoning or injury to skin, except as
-infection may be brought in with dirt on the tires. A man with leg
-disabilities will certainly not be debarred from this occupation if he
-can get around without great difficulty. It is possible to do some of
-the work while seated. A man having lost the use of certain neck
-movements would be able to handle tire repair work.
-
-
-PREVIOUS EDUCATION AND EXPERIENCE
-
-A general education will be of much help in handling the business end of
-the shop, while technical knowledge of automobile tires will be a good
-basis for repairing. Experience in a tire manufacturing plant or rubber
-industry, and in a repair shop as a helper will be very valuable to a
-man entering this field.
-
-
-WHERE AND WHAT RE-EDUCATION WILL BE GIVEN
-
-Classes for tire repairmen will be carried on in schools where equipment
-is available, but probably to a large extent in the commercial repair
-shop where actual working conditions exist. Both full-time and part-time
-schemes may be used.
-
-The course will include practical work on all kinds of repair jobs.
-Tires will be studied to help a man to determine the cause and remedy of
-tire trouble and to make adjustments. The time necessary to qualify as
-an expert tire repairman will be from 4 to 6 months.
-
-
-AFTER THE TRAINING--WHAT?
-
-Employment in tire repair shops for a skilled man will be easily found.
-The field is large and shops are required in nearly every village, town
-and city. With the increased use of cars the year round will come
-increased demand for tire repair service and hence year round employment
-for the tire specialist. The daily hours of work will be from 8 to 10
-depending upon local conditions.
-
-The wage of the skilled workman will be about 60 cents per hour, but a
-man owning his business can make it more profitable. Opportunity for
-promotion will come through increase of the man’s own business, or
-through advancement to the position of foreman or manager in a large
-shop.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1156. AUTOMOBILE AND TRUCK DRIVERS
-
-
-THE OCCUPATION
-
-Chauffeurs and motor-truck drivers are employed to drive cars and keep
-them in good running condition. It is very essential that anyone
-operating a car shall know its construction and the function that each
-part performs. He should know how to care for the machine and how to
-make minor adjustments. Lubrication of all parts properly at regular
-intervals is an important task of the driver. The location of trouble
-and the detection of its cause and remedy is even more important than
-driving upon the highway.
-
-The operation of the car includes starting and stopping the engine,
-starting and stopping the car, and driving. One of the first things to
-know is how to stop the car. The use of the emergency and service
-brakes, as well as braking with the engine, requires considerable skill
-and experience. Cranking and starting apparatus must be understood if it
-is to be used with ease and without injury. Skill in shifting gears and
-in controlling the car is attained by experience.
-
-A good driver must have a knowledge of road regulations and precautions,
-and must also be familiar with city ordinances in regard to the driving
-and parking of automobiles. He must be cautious, able to see danger, and
-to avoid it.
-
-
-TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
-
-An automobile should always be equipped with a complete set of tools for
-making repairs and adjustments. A tire repair outfit is a valuable
-addition to the driver’s equipment. The tools and equipment are of the
-portable type, easy to manipulate, and convenient to carry around.
-
-
-DISABILITIES
-
-A chauffeur or truck driver should have good eyesight and be able to
-hear distinctly. It is necessary to locate trouble and remedy it by
-seeing or hearing. Danger is averted by carefully watching the road and
-things likely to interfere with travel, and also by listening for
-approaching trains and cars.
-
-A man in this employment should have two hands, although he might have
-lost some of his fingers. It is also well for him to have the free use
-of his arms and legs. A man with leg amputation below the knee would be
-able to operate the brakes, clutch, and accelerator without difficulty.
-Lung diseases and wounds, hernia, and abdominal trouble would not debar
-a man from work of this kind. It is necessary that he be able to have
-the full use of his neck and head. A man suffering from shell shock, who
-is subject to nervousness, loss of memory, or inability to control his
-actions should not be employed as a chauffeur.
-
-
-APPLIANCES
-
-A man so disabled that he must have special devices or appliances to
-operate an automobile should not enter the occupation. Artificial legs
-which can be properly controlled would not, however, debar him.
-
-
-PREVIOUS TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE
-
-A man who has had experience in operating or repairing automobiles,
-motor boats, motorcycles, or gas engines will have some knowledge
-necessary for chauffeurs and motor-truck drivers. A man with ability
-along mechanical lines and training, also, enabling him to learn the
-principles of motor-car operation and care readily will have a good
-foundation for this occupation.
-
-
-WHERE AND WHAT RE-EDUCATION WILL BE GIVEN
-
-Classes for motor-car care and operation will be conducted very largely
-in schools having the necessary space and facilities for work.
-Instruction will include class-room instruction and study, shop-repair
-work, and driving. Operation instruction will be conducted on the road.
-
-The course will be arranged to prepare a man adequately for successful
-motor-car care and operation. He will have an opportunity to come in
-contact with all problems usually confronted by the automobile and truck
-driver. It will require from two to four months to complete the course,
-depending upon the man’s previous experience and ability.
-
-
-AFTER THE TRAINING--WHAT?
-
-Good automobile and truck drivers are in demand. It has been predicted
-that many of the truck drivers now in Government service will take
-positions of that type after the war. This condition would probably
-cause an excess of men for this work, and it is well to say that the men
-who have the best training and qualifications will ordinarily secure the
-positions.
-
-The hours of employment will depend upon the man’s position but usually
-the time is 8 to 12 hours per day. Drivers of pleasure cars are employed
-for a greater number of hours usually, but much of the time while on
-duty they are idle. Men in these jobs are paid at the rate of $10 to $35
-per week.
-
-Work as driver of light or heavy trucks and pleasure cars is available
-in nearly all towns and cities. Employment is stable, except for the
-fact that the cars may be out of use during the season of snow. The work
-is healthful, inasmuch as the men are out in the air most of the time.
-Severe weather may cause inconvenience and hardship to some people.
-There is very little opportunity for promotion, except that gained
-through changing jobs.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1157. CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION AND CEMENT MANUFACTURE
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by A. J. R. Curtis, of the Portland Cement
-Association, under direction of Charles H. Winslow, Chief of the
-Research Division of the Federal Board for Vocational Education.
-Acknowledgment is due to Dr. John Cummings, of the Research Division,
-for editorial assistance.
-
-Development in the field of concrete construction during the past two
-decades has been little short of marvelous. This increase may be
-accredited to the wide variety of uses to which concrete may be put and
-to the demand on the part of the American public for construction that
-is permanent, reasonable in cost, and fireproof. The concrete industry
-has brought in to the field of labor a new type of skilled workmen and
-its varied phases each call for men with distinct, definite training.
-Indications point to a greatly increased demand for men in this line of
-industrial activity. If the increase in the production of Portland
-cement during the last few years is reviewed one can easily see the
-constantly increasing importance with which concrete construction is
-being regarded. The shipments of cement leaped from 8,000,000 barrels in
-1900 to 92,000,000 in 1917. A vivid imagination will not be needed to
-picture a still greater and wider field for its use in the future.
-
-With the cessation of hostilities new construction work of many kinds is
-being planned in every section of the country. Millions of dollars will
-be spent for new buildings, highways, bridges, and various other types
-of public and private improvements. There will be a demand for trained
-workmen which will probably tax every effort to supply. A large
-percentage of the occupations in this line of work can be filled
-efficiently by men who have suffered some disability in the service of
-their country. The handicap in the loss of a leg or an arm on the
-battlefields of France can be overcome with the aid of a “Made in
-America” leg or arm, fitting the wearer to fill efficiently many
-occupations in the concrete industry.
-
-A careful study has been made of the limitations imposed by various
-injuries. There are many cases on record where injured men have overcome
-all handicaps and have made good in positions which from the survey of
-the re-educationist appeared quite impossible. Many instances have come
-to light which show that the statement, “A handicap is merely a state of
-mind,” holds true for a great variety of cases.
-
-The wage question is no doubt one of the first which arises in your
-mind. It is natural that one should ask, “What wages or salary does this
-job pay?” and, “What are the chances for advancement?” In a review of
-the wages of men engaged in concrete construction as compared with the
-men engaged in other lines of construction work this fact was noted,
-that although in 1913 the average wage for the concrete worker was
-somewhat lower, during the year 1916 wages for concrete workers advanced
-60 per cent while for workers in the other line the advance was only 20
-per cent. For the man with training in this work the salary will average
-near $150 per month. As regards opportunities for advancement, few other
-lines of activity seem to hold forth comparable opportunities, when it
-is considered that a large proportion of competent workers eventually
-become partners or managing owners in contracting concerns, while the
-demand for construction superintendents is usually greater than the
-supply.
-
-For convenience, concrete-work employments may be classified in three
-distinct groups, namely: (1) Structural group, including the building of
-reinforced concrete structures, ships, bridges, dams, retaining walls,
-and a multitude of small structures; (2) roads and highway group,
-including the construction of concrete roads and highways, pavements,
-and alleys; (3) products plant group, including the making of blocks,
-brick, tile, sewer and pressure pipe, and ornamental trim work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1158. STRUCTURAL GROUP
-
-
-ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT
-
-In large structural work the man in charge is usually a civil engineer
-or an architect, who has specialized during his course of training in
-structural or reinforced concrete engineering. He is the designer or the
-creator of the proposed structure. Before any work is done he must
-picture in his mind the finished product in every detail of its
-construction; he must be able to design and lay out the plans for the
-work in its entirety; he must be familiar with the cost of labor and
-materials, in order that he may know when the contractor is placing a
-fair price upon the construction. He must know the building laws and
-codes in any part of the country in which he may be working. He should
-have business training and experience, as practically all his
-associations will be with business men, and he must be able to talk
-intelligently and in business terms to them.
-
-A large percentage of his time will be spent in the office or designing
-room.
-
-His training is received in one of two ways, namely: By full-time course
-of training in the civil engineering department of a university or
-college, or by part-time study in a technical school. Many schools of
-this last-named type are now giving evening work, which enables young
-men to attain the degree of a civil engineer or architectural engineer
-while working. Thus, a man who is working during the day, may increase
-his efficiency and attain the same end as his brother, who has been more
-fortunate in that he has received a full four years’ training.
-
-To reach the position of engineer architect, the training described
-above is an absolute necessity. As a usual thing a civil engineer who
-has just completed his course starts work in the capacity of draftsman,
-foreman, inspector, or assistant superintendent, and as he gains in
-experience is given more responsible positions. His wages range from
-approximately $100 at the start to $400 or $500 per month as he gains in
-efficiency and experience.
-
-Often, after gaining experience an engineer will establish a clientage,
-and gradually work up a business of his own. This is a goal toward which
-to strive, as it means greater independence and a larger income. His
-services are in demand in every part of the country the year round.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1159. INSPECTOR
-
-After designing a structure the engineer lets the job of constructing to
-a contracting firm. He places as his representative on the job an
-inspector whose duty it is to see that the engineer’s plans and
-specifications are properly carried out. The duties of an inspector are
-not difficult, but it takes a man with diplomacy and consideration, yet
-one who is sufficiently firm to safeguard his employer’s interests and
-make sure that every part of the work is performed in a thoroughly
-acceptable manner. It goes without saying that he must be acquainted
-with every feature of the construction work as planned by the engineer.
-
-His training is practically the same as that of the engineer or
-architect. However, it is possible for a man who can not complete his
-entire training at one time to accept a position as inspector, and gain
-some very valuable experience in this way. There are also men who work
-up from the ranks to this position. The demand for his services is
-greatest in connection with large industrial and public projects and in
-the general construction work in cities. His wages range from $100 to
-$200 per month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1160. CONTRACTOR
-
-The contractor or firm of contractors are equipped to handle the
-construction work. At such a time as the engineer or architect has his
-plans completed he advertises among the contractors for bids on the
-construction according to his plans. As a rule the responsible firm
-making the lowest bid gets the job.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1161. SUPERINTENDENT
-
-The first thing the contractor does after accepting the job is to select
-a superintendent of construction. Superintendents are usually engineers
-who have grown up in the service of the firm. The successful
-superintendent must have resourcefulness, technical knowledge, tact,
-energy, honesty, and judgment. He must have a personality which drives
-to activity several hundred originally unorganized men who are without
-special interest in the company they work for or in the results
-accomplished, and with tact and judgment he must weld them into a
-unified working organization, cheerful and self-respecting, with a high
-morale and finally with enthusiasm for the work at hand. He must be able
-to build in full size, with permanent materials, a structure the design
-of which troubled the engineer or architect to show clearly on paper; he
-must be honest, since his company must leave their reputation in his
-hands and trust him with funds; he must, through attention and
-experience, be so trained that dangerous operations are carried on as a
-matter of routine without worry either to himself or his company; he
-must have ability to foresee and provide for the problems which are
-perhaps to come up months later; he should have his temper continually
-under control, even under the most provoking circumstances; he should
-have as much pride in the structure he is erecting as the engineer who
-designed it; he must be able to handle labor and cope with the various
-labor problems that may arise.
-
-His training is practically the same as that of the engineer or
-inspector, but he has been fitted by experience for the position of
-superintendent. He may have served in various capacities with the same
-contracting firm or with other firms. In some cases men with
-extraordinary ability have worked up from the ranks by hard work and
-home study or night-school training. The salary of the superintendent
-varies in different localities and upon different jobs. It usually
-ranges from $150 per month upward.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1162. ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT
-
-On the larger jobs the superintendent has an assistant. His duties are
-dependent largely upon the man under whose direction he may be working.
-From a study of the duties and qualifications of the superintendent an
-idea may be gained of the nature of the assistant’s work. The
-educational requirements are the same as those for the superintendent,
-but his responsibility is less and therefore as great and varied
-experience is not required. The opportunity for his services depends
-upon the number of large jobs under construction. His salary usually
-ranges from $100 to $200 per month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1163. TIMEKEEPER
-
-On all large jobs a timekeeper has a position of responsibility. His
-duties are clerical in nature; in fact he might be called the
-superintendent’s clerical assistant. As his name implies he is keeper of
-the time of the men, and each day checks up the men on the job in order
-that no mistakes may be made in figuring their time. He handles a large
-amount of clerical work in connection with the pay roll, and may also be
-called upon to do other work in connection with construction. He must be
-a man who is absolutely honest and trustworthy. He has a wonderful
-opportunity for observation and study of construction operations, and
-can by application and study advance to a position of greater
-responsibility and trust. His wage varies somewhat, and is dependent on
-the amount of responsibility placed upon him and of work required of
-him. Experience is of secondary importance.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1164. FOREMAN
-
-On a large job there will be several foremen, usually a general foreman,
-a concrete foreman, foreman of reinforcing placing, and a
-carpenter-foreman.
-
-First and most important a foreman must be able to _handle men_. His
-duties are more than just to hire and fire. He must be acquainted with
-the problems of his men and spend some time studying their viewpoint of
-all questions in which they may be interested. As he is ofttimes a man
-who has advanced from the ranks by hard work, study, and superior
-ability, he will be acquainted with the men’s side of the various labor
-questions. However, he must be fair minded and not see the viewpoint of
-the men alone, but must regard that also of his employer. He must be
-able to weigh carefully any situation, and to make a fair and just
-decision.
-
-He must be able to read designs and put them into operation. He may not
-be called upon to perform actual mechanical operations, but he must be
-able to tell and to show his men how the work is done. He is, in fact,
-the superintendent’s right-hand man on the particular portion of the
-work which has been assigned to him. All of his time will be spent out
-in the open upon the job. Wherever there are concreting operations in
-progress, there you will find him.
-
-The general foreman has active charge of all operations. The other
-foremen, as a rule, come directly under his jurisdiction.
-
-The concrete foreman has charge of all concreting operations; the
-reinforcing foreman has charge of the placing all reinforcing; and the
-carpenter foreman has charge of the building of the forms and erecting
-of all staging and hoist towers necessary for carrying on the concreting
-operations.
-
-Generally speaking, the foremen gain their training from experience and
-study; night schools have been started in some of the cities of the
-country, which are giving courses in concrete work, particularly for the
-man who is anxious to better his position.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1165. FINISHERS
-
-The repairing of imperfections in the concrete surfaces and the
-finishing or floating of flat surfaces requires the work of the
-finisher. He must possess manual dexterity so that he can handle a float
-skillfully and must know when a surface has been worked sufficiently.
-Skill is also required in pointing up or repairing imperfections in
-surface from which forms have been removed. His wages range from 50 to
-60 cents per hour. His training is received on the job.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1166. MIXER OPERATOR
-
-Several things are required of a mixer operator. First he must have some
-mechanical skill and be able to handle and to take care of a steam or
-gas engine or an electric motor. He should be able to repair the mixer
-in case of a breakdown. He must also know something of proportioning and
-of consistencies required for different mixtures and under different
-conditions. Wherever any considerable amount of concreting is done the
-services of a mixer operator are required. The wages are practically the
-same as for finishers. His training is gained through experience on the
-job.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1167. FORM BUILDERS
-
-Form builders are carpenters and must have the experience and training
-required in that trade.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1168. REINFORCING PLACERS
-
-Reinforcing placers are very often laborers under the direction of a
-skilled foreman. Their duties are to place the reinforcing steel
-according to the specifications prepared by the engineer. In some of the
-larger cities the Structural Steel Workers’ Union requires that all
-placing of reinforcing be done by men from their union. The wages vary
-according to locality. Very little training or experience is necessary.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1169. RURAL CONTRACTORS
-
-Rural contractors comprise a very numerous group, handling concrete jobs
-in the smaller cities and towns throughout the country. Endowed with an
-ordinary amount of business judgment, the rural contractor usually
-becomes a well-to-do business man. He usually acts as his own
-superintendent directing his jobs personally. The average rural
-contractor is independent and commands the respect of the business men
-of his community. His income is variable but always affords a good
-living if his business is well managed. His income is often comparable
-with that of the larger merchants in the community.
-
-
-ROAD AND HIGHWAY GROUP
-
-A large number of the occupations in this division are analogous to the
-positions in the structural division.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1170. ENGINEER
-
-On practically all public highways the outlining of the plans and
-specifications are left to the county or state highway engineer. His
-course of technical training should include specialized work in highway
-engineering. He must be thoroughly reliable and of unquestionable
-integrity, as his judgment in matters pertaining to the construction of
-highways and roads must be faultless.
-
-Only recently the states of Illinois and Pennsylvania voted enormous
-bond issues to be used in the construction of permanent hard-surfaced
-roads. Many other states are planning to appropriate huge sums for the
-same purpose. Never before has the opportunity for the highway engineer
-been so great. The training required and the salary paid are very
-similar to those of the structural engineer.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1171. INSPECTOR
-
-As in structural work the building of highways is usually let to a
-contractor and the engineer places an inspector as his representative on
-the job. The duties of the inspector are practically the same as upon
-structural work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1172. SUPERINTENDENT
-
-In a general way all that has been said regarding a superintendent of
-structural work applies to the superintendent of highway work. He should
-understand how the grading in preparation for the building of roads
-should be done and be able to carry on the construction of the road
-efficiently, with as little delay and as economically as possible.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1173. FOREMAN
-
-The foreman on road work has usually been trained in the school of
-experience and has learned the various requirements of good concrete
-road building. He has shown by hard work and superior ability that he is
-able to handle the position of foreman of the highway building gang. In
-a general way his requirements are the same as heretofore mentioned.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1174. MIXER OPERATOR, FINISHER, REINFORCING PLACER
-
-The requirements are the same as in structural work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1175. FORM SETTER
-
-Before it is possible to place any concrete it is necessary to build
-side rails to contain the concrete. This work is done by form setters.
-No special training is required.
-
-
-PRODUCTS GROUP
-
-The making of various concrete products is a field which is increasing
-in importance. The construction of block, brick, tile, sewer, and
-pressure pipe, silo staves, ornamental trim, structural units, lamp
-posts, fence posts, telephone and telegraph poles, burial vaults,
-kitchen sinks, bath and laundry tubs, garden furniture, roofing and
-floor tile, cribbing fences, columns and grindstones are included in
-this group. The concrete products industry is coming into a position of
-dignity and importance. The day of the incompetent man is passing, and
-his product--the pasty looking, porous cement block--is giving way to
-the real concrete unit, structurally sound and architecturally
-beautiful. The factory-made concrete block of quality has made its way
-against the prejudice created by inferior products and against a
-conservatism which requires a new material to prove beyond any
-possibility of doubt its superiority to materials with which builders
-are acquainted. Concrete units have suffered through the ignorance which
-has placed them upon the market as substitutes and imitations rather
-than as products of a material having its own distinctive qualities and
-characteristic charm.
-
-The development of concrete stone manufacture depends upon the
-possibility of the market, skillful workmanship, economical operation
-and competent management; upon the utilization of the best available
-materials and equipment in preference to makeshifts and clumsy manual
-labor. It depends on artistic perception, and also upon the appreciation
-of public demands.
-
-This line of work presents a wonderful opportunity for the man who
-desires to eventually go into business for himself. The amount of
-capital required for the start is comparatively small. However, before
-entering this line of business a very careful study should be made of
-the management, manufacture, and marketing of concrete products.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1176. MANAGER
-
-In large plants a manager is employed by the operating company, but in
-smaller plants the proprietor usually acts as manager. The man who
-undertakes the management of an enterprise of this kind should
-understand business principles and have training and experience in
-business life; he must be familiar with the requirements of the product
-which he is manufacturing; he should not attempt to manufacture too
-large a line of products, but should specialize according to the demands
-of the locality in which he is situated.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1177. FOREMAN
-
-The foreman is in active charge of the manufacturing of the products and
-has direct charge of the labor employed. The requirements for his
-position are the same as have already been mentioned for a foreman.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1178. MACHINE OPERATORS
-
-A large percentage of concrete products are manufactured in specially
-designed machines which require some skill in operating. The operator
-must know the machine thoroughly. His training is gained by experience.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1179. MODELER
-
-If ornamental work is undertaken the services of a modeler are
-absolutely necessary. To produce products artistic in design requires
-the services of a man trained in an art school. From a clay model, molds
-of plaster or glue are made in which the concrete is poured. Most of the
-modeler’s work is done indoors, usually in a well lighted studio. His
-salary is variable and dependent upon his ability. Demand for his
-services is not very general at the present, but the occupation holds
-many very promising allurements for the man who has ability.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1180. PATTERN MAKER
-
-In some cases it is necessary to make wooden forms for ornamental trim
-work. The making of these forms requires the services of a pattern
-maker. The requirements and qualifications for this position have been
-discussed in other monographs.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1181. PLASTER AND GLUE MOLD MAKER
-
-It is the work of a plaster and glue mold maker to take the model which
-has been designed and make a plaster or glue mold in which the concrete
-will be placed. His experience and training is gained by actual work
-with the material, either in the shop or in the school. This occupation
-requires considerable mechanical ability. In smaller plants the modeling
-and mold making are frequently done by one man.
-
-
-MISCELLANEOUS
-
-Each one of the various groups which have been mentioned requires an
-office force, and commonly in the case of the concrete products group
-salesmen are employed.
-
-
-RE-EDUCATION
-
-To the man who has been disabled, some place in the field of concrete
-construction activities may present a life work which has a future both
-big and bright. The work is vitally interesting and alive. If you have
-the determination and ability the way is clear to assume almost any of
-the responsible positions reviewed in this monograph. Do not expect to
-step from the hospital or from the vocational institution into the
-highest position; the minor jobs are stepping stones to the bigger ones.
-Make up your mind that you will attain the highest possible position in
-that phase of the construction industry in which you are engaged, and by
-diligent application you will ultimately reach this goal. The industry
-is large and there are opportunities for everyone to whom the doing of
-big things appeals. Talk with the re-educational expert with whom you
-should in any case get acquainted, and learn of schools near your home
-that are giving instruction in the various phases of concrete
-construction.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1182. CEMENT MANUFACTURE
-
-With the increase in construction activities the demand upon the
-manufacturers of Portland Cement becomes greater. However, the
-manufacture of this product does not present as large an opportunity to
-you as does the field of concrete construction. In the actual
-manufacture of this product there are few positions which make a direct
-appeal.
-
-However, in the laboratories, which are maintained by all manufacturing
-companies there is an opportunity for you if you are interested in
-chemistry or physics. Elaborate tests, both chemical and physical, are
-made of this product. If you have had training in chemical engineering,
-here is an opportunity for you to get into work which is interesting, of
-which the future is assured. If you have not had the training, the
-chemical engineering departments of our colleges present the opportunity
-for study and research work. If your mind is made up to enter the cement
-testing laboratory, specialize on this subject while taking your course
-of training.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1183. THE LAW AS A VOCATION
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-For the material of this monograph the Federal Board for Vocational
-Education is indebted to the Vocation Bureau, Boston, through its
-publication The Law as a Vocation, of which this pamphlet is largely an
-abstract. The monograph was prepared by Dr. H. L. Smith, under the
-direction of Charles H. Winslow, Chief of the Research Division of the
-Federal Board. Acknowledgment is due to Dr. John Cummings of the
-Research Division for editorial assistance.
-
-
-ARE YOU THINKING OF BECOMING A LAWYER?
-
-If you are and have not yet made up your mind, you will want to read
-this pamphlet, because it tells what the leading men in the profession
-of law say about law as a vocation. It tells you the answers that these
-men give to questions that are in your mind.
-
-If you are thinking of entering the profession of law, you want to know
-the answers to these questions:
-
-1. What kind of work should I have to do as a lawyer?
-
-2. What personal characteristics should I possess to be successful as a
-lawyer?
-
-3. How much general education ought I to have as a basis for a course in
-law?
-
-4. What specific training should I need if I decide to become a lawyer,
-and how long would it take?
-
-5. How should I be admitted to the bar?
-
-6. What income may I reasonably expect to earn if I am successful in
-practice?
-
-7. What are some other rewards to a lawyer in addition to the earnings
-from practice?
-
-8. How many years would it take me to establish myself in practice?
-
-9. How great a need is there for lawyers?
-
-10. How much will it cost me to get an education suitable for the
-practice of law?
-
-
-WHAT KIND OF WORK SHOULD I HAVE TO DO AS A LAWYER?
-
-“The work of the law is to establish rights, satisfy claims, protect the
-innocent against wrongdoers, secure convictions for the guilty, and to
-maintain a cause in the face of all forms of opposition and
-misrepresentation.”[35]
-
-  [35] The Law as a Vocation, p. 68, Vocation Bureau, Boston, Mass.
-
-The profession of law, therefore, is a profession of action rather than
-inaction, of fighting for a cause. In this fight the lawyer finds his
-work in two rather distinct fields, office practice and court practice.
-Office practice again subdivides itself into practice of a public nature
-and practice of a private nature. Office practice of a private nature
-consists very largely in the examination of titles to property, the
-drafting of legal papers, such as deeds and contracts, the acting as
-trustee or guardian, the collection of accounts, and the giving of
-general legal advice. In the office practice of a public nature, the
-lawyer acts as public administrator, referee in bankruptcy proceedings,
-auditor of public accounts, etc.
-
-In the field of court practice the lawyer deals with criminal cases,
-damage suits, etc. It is in this field that there is the greatest
-nervous strain, but at the same time the greatest opportunity for
-building up a wide reputation. In court practice an attorney conducting
-a case usually consults other lawyers and has their aid and counsel as
-associates in the case.
-
-Both in office and court practice lawyers usually become notaries or
-justices for the convenience of clients in the acknowledgment of deeds,
-the making of affidavits, etc. Classified on a still different basis the
-principal fields of practice in law are five in number. Any lawyer would
-usually have the bulk of his practice in one of these five fields,
-acting in one of the following capacities: General practitioner,
-criminal lawyer, tort lawyer, real estate lawyer, patent lawyer. All but
-the first of these represent specialized fields.
-
-The general practitioner performs various kinds of legal services, any
-kind in fact that may be called for in the community in which he lives.
-
-The criminal lawyer limits his practice chiefly to work in criminal
-courts and deals with offenses that have been committed against society.
-
-The tort lawyer deals with damage suits. The work of the tort lawyer is
-often divided into two fields, that of the plaintiff lawyer and that of
-the defendant lawyer. The plaintiff lawyer does work for those parties
-who are claiming damage. The defendant lawyer does work for those
-individuals or organizations that are sued for damage. Generally the
-defendant lawyer serves a liability or insurance company, corporation or
-other employer.
-
-The real-estate lawyer is engaged largely in examining titles, and in
-acting as trustee and thus holding funds for investment. His work
-naturally brings him in close touch with both the buying and the selling
-end of the real-estate business, so that he usually, himself, engages to
-some extent in that business.
-
-The patent lawyer assists in getting patents from the National
-Government, and in acting as an attorney in patent cases.
-
-The following quotation affords a description of the work of a lawyer
-from another point of view:
-
-“The lawyer spends a part of his time in studying law, reading statutes,
-decisions, reports, and treatises. The printed decisions in various
-States range from 1 to 18 or 20 volumes a year. With these and other
-legal material the lawyer is bound to have some acquaintance.
-Furthermore, the lawyer spends part of his time studying miscellaneous
-topics, which become the subject of litigation, such as street paving,
-the coal business, the chemistry of wall paper, and so on. Every science
-may have something to say to the lawyer. Part of his time is spent in
-consultation with his clients; first of all to ascertain the facts of
-their cases, and afterwards to explain to them their rights on the
-facts. He also spends time in writing letters and doing sundry business
-incidental to giving advice to his clients. This work for the client
-branches out into a search for missing witnesses, examination of records
-of deeds to discover the ownership of real estate, the perusal of the
-account books of a client to find out the balance of a claim or similar
-investigation. Furthermore, part of his time is spent in writing of
-pleadings and briefs; the pleadings are the statement of claim or
-defense made by him to the court; the briefs are his written arguments
-of law giving the legal reasons why the law favors his client’s case.
-Finally, he spends much of his time in arguments to the judge and jury,
-and in the examination of witnesses and other proceedings in court.
-Here, as in all occupations, nine-tenths of the work is what may be
-called routine work or even drudgery. This can not be escaped. The
-lawyer does not spend his time in preparing and delivering eloquent
-orations. As in other occupations, the really interesting work, full of
-perpetual zest, is usually a small part of the whole.”[36]
-
-  [36] The Law as a Vocation, pp. 24-25, Vocation Bureau, Boston, Mass.
-
-
-WHAT PERSONAL CHARACTERISTICS SHOULD I POSSESS TO BE SUCCESSFUL AS A
-LAWYER?
-
-The answer to the first part of this question is best given in the
-following quotation:
-
-Certain personal qualities are fundamental for a success in the law;
-others though of high value are secondary.
-
-The fundamental qualities are as follows:
-
-1. _Moral integrity_, worthy of the trust often involved in handling the
-property and other interests of clients, or able to withstand
-inducements to unprofessional conduct. This involves intellectual
-honesty.
-
-2. _Persistence_, to carry on to completion any piece of work
-undertaken. This means unlimited capacity for hard work.
-
-3. _Sound judgment_, to take a right and well-informed attitude in
-questions involving law and facts.
-
-4. _Self-confidence_, a belief in one’s ability successfully to handle a
-task when once entered into.
-
-5. _Concentration_, power to bring all one’s thought and activities to
-bear on a case in hand.
-
-These basal qualities, with adequate training in the profession are
-likely to bring at least a fair degree of success; the lack of any one
-of them is a serious handicap, and accounts for most failures.[37]
-
-  [37] Vocational Studies, U. S. Bureau of Education, pp. 6-7, Collins
-  Publ. Serv.
-
-The loss of an eye, a hand, an arm, a foot, or a leg would not seriously
-interfere with one’s success as a lawyer. Good health is highly
-desirable but physical strength is not an essential to the practitioner.
-
-
-HOW MUCH GENERAL EDUCATION OUGHT I TO HAVE AS A BASIS FOR A COURSE IN
-LAW?
-
-Some years ago even the best law schools did not require any definite
-amount of education for entrance into the school. In fact many
-individuals with only a common-school education read law in an office
-and took up the practice without any training in a law school. At the
-present, however, every person looking forward to the practice of law is
-urged to graduate from a law school. All reputable law schools now
-require at least a four-year high-school course for admission. Many of
-these law schools, especially those connected with the large
-universities, require in addition to the four-year high-school work one
-year, and in some cases two years, of college work as a preparation. Two
-law schools admit only students who have a college degree of A. B. or B.
-S.
-
-
-WHAT SPECIFIC TRAINING SHOULD I NEED, IF I DECIDE TO BECOME A LAWYER,
-AND HOW LONG WILL IT TAKE?
-
-There was a time when by reading law in an office one could get a fairly
-adequate training for the practice of law. Particularly was this true of
-preparation for practice in small towns. Even at the present time this
-method is followed to some extent in small towns that are long distances
-from law schools. The rapidly increasing complexity of the law,
-however, now practically necessitates at least a partial course in a law
-school and makes desirable a complete course. The late Chief Justice
-Waite said:
-
-“The time has gone by when an eminent lawyer, in full practice, can take
-a class of students into his office and become their teacher. Once that
-was practicable, but now it is not. The consequence is that law schools
-are now a necessity.”[38]
-
-  [38] The Law as a Vocation, p. 40, Vocation Bureau, Boston, Mass.
-
-The method of training for the law now recommended, therefore, is
-training in a law school rather than in a law office. The practical
-experience of the office has recently been supplied in the best law
-schools by the practice court, thus doing away with the former objection
-to the law school, namely, that it furnished to the student no
-experience in methods of handling and conducting cases. The practice
-court or moot court, as now introduced into the progressive law schools
-of the country, is described by one of our State universities as
-follows:
-
-“The work of the practice court is divided into three parts, that of the
-law term, that of the jury term, and that of the appellate jurisdiction.
-The court is provided with a full corps of officers, including the
-members of the faculty who may sit from time to time as a presiding
-judge, the full bench of judges sitting as a supreme court, a clerk, a
-sheriff, and the necessary deputies. Ample and commodious rooms have
-been provided for the use of the court, including a court room furnished
-with the fittings necessary for the trial of jury cases, and a clerk’s
-office. The latter is provided with the books and records used in actual
-practice. The purpose of the court is to afford to the student practical
-instruction in pleading and practice both at law and equity under the
-common-law system and the “Code” or “reformed” procedure, and actual
-experience in the commencement and trial of cases through all stages. In
-commencing the actions the students assigned to the cases are permitted
-to select the State in which the action is supposed to be brought, thus
-enabling the student to acquire the practice as prevailing in his own
-State. All questions of practice, pleading, and procedure are governed
-by the law of the State in which the action is so laid, but the
-questions of substantive law are determined according to the weight of
-authority.”[39]
-
-  [39] Vocational Studies, U. S. Bureau of Education, pp. 6-7, Collins
-  Publ. Service, Philadelphia, Pa.
-
-The degree LL. B., which is the principal degree given by the American
-law schools, was granted by 96 schools according to the report of the
-committee on legal education of the American Bar Association for 1906.
-Of these 96 schools, 48 required a three-years’ course of study beyond
-the full four years’ high-school course. Nineteen of these schools
-granted the master’s degree LL.M., after one year of postgraduate study.
-
-
-HOW SHOULD I BE ADMITTED TO THE BAR?
-
-Each State has its own bar or legal society and admission is granted to
-the applicant in accordance with the regulations in force in each State.
-Twenty-eight States have an examining board; 19 States require the
-approximate completion of a high-school course; 17 States prescribe no
-definite period of study; 1 State prescribes a period of 18 months; 12
-States prescribe a period of two years; 23 States prescribe a period of
-three years; and 10 States accept graduates of certain law schools
-without examination.
-
-The tendency at the present time is to continue the past practice of
-raising standards of admission. This tendency has been supported by the
-American Bar Association, and with its promise to continue interest in
-this matter it should not be long until there are evolved uniform
-requirements that will constitute a national standard on a high plane.
-
-
-WHAT INCOME MAY I REASONABLY EXPECT TO EARN IF I AM SUCCESSFUL IN
-PRACTICE?
-
-It is difficult to estimate, except very generally, what the average
-yearly earnings of a lawyer will be. It is difficult to do this, because
-the income will vary according to the locality and the character of the
-service in which one is engaged. Generally speaking, during the first
-year of his independent practice a lawyer’s earnings will seldom net him
-more than a few hundred dollars. With experience and acquaintance,
-however, his competence will increase. If a lawyer chooses to serve an
-apprenticeship as it were with another firm, he may reasonably expect
-from $3 to $10 a week at the beginning, with an increase after three or
-six months according to the amount of practice in the office in which he
-is engaged.
-
-The following quotations would tend to discourage one from entering upon
-the profession, unless he is by nature and training well prepared for
-the work:
-
-“Its (the profession of law) demands are so high and the conditions of
-genuine success so exacting, however, that it is inevitable that many of
-the ill-equipped and misguided beginners who flood the ranks of the
-legal profession should fail of success.”[40]
-
-  [40] The Law as a Vocation, p. 13, Vocation Bureau, Boston, Mass.
-
-“The field is greatly overcrowded and the average earnings very small.
-This is the great objection. Only the more able and fortunate in
-securing profitable legal practice can hope to win more than a bare
-competency. Young men may not only be indebted to their family and
-friends for a course of study covering three or four years in
-preparation, but after that for a period of 5, 10, or even 15 years
-consumed in acquiring a competent practice. Many never reach such a
-practice, and are obliged to turn to some other occupation for part or
-full income, or to come down to the end of life in straitened
-circumstances, unable to do for their families what was earlier done for
-them to place them in the profession.”[41]
-
-  [41] The Law as a Vocation, pp. 66-67, Vocation Bureau, Boston, Mass.
-
-“In 1912 the secretary of the Harvard Law School sent letters to all of
-the graduates of the school from 1902 to 1911, inclusive, asking for
-their net earnings each year since graduation. The reports returned are
-indicated in the following table, although it is to be remembered in
-this connection that less than half of those written responded and it
-can reasonably be assumed that these represent the more successful.”[42]
-
-  [42] Vocational Studies, pp. 15-16, U. S. Bureau of Education, Collins
-  Publicity Service, Philadelphia, Pa.
-
-  =======+==================+==================
-  Year.  |Number of replies.|Average earnings.
-  -------+------------------+-----------------
-  First  |       694        |      $664
-  Second |       609        |     1,110
-  Third  |       497        |     1,645
-  Fourth |       411        |     2,150
-  Fifth  |       317        |     2,668
-  Sixth  |       249        |     3,118
-  Seventh|       162        |     3,909
-  Eighth |       112        |     4,426
-  Ninth  |        62        |     5,321
-  Tenth  |        40        |     5,825
-  -------+------------------+------------------
-
-
-WHAT ARE SOME OTHER REWARDS TO A LAWYER IN ADDITION TO EARNINGS FROM
-PRACTICE?
-
-Legal training fits a man not only to practice law but to enter other
-fields of activity. The lawyer may enter into commercial affiliations
-and into political life through the judiciary, legislative, or executive
-branches of the Government. Men trained in the law may serve the public
-as attorneys for towns, cities, counties, districts, States, or the
-Nation. These positions in the State and Federal service are as follows:
-
-  (1) Town or city solicitor.
-
-  (2) County or district attorney.
-
-  (3) Attorney general for the State and his assistants.
-
-  (4) United States district attorney and his assistants.
-
-  (5) Attorney General of the United States and his regular and special
-  assistants.
-
-Many lawyers also are connected with various National Government
-bureaus, such as the Bureau of Insular Affairs, etc.
-
-Practicing lawyers are also often chosen as professors or lecturers in
-law schools and other schools, such as schools of commerce and finance,
-medical schools, colleges, and universities. For those lawyers who have
-a literary inclination there is opportunity for its exercise in writing
-for law journals, secular magazines, daily press, etc. A lawyer’s
-training naturally brings him before the people as a leader in movements
-for public good, if he is at all public spirited. Finally many lawyers
-have an opportunity for becoming counsellors for the people in general
-in the practice before legislative bodies considering public interests.
-Special economic and industrial problems demand for their best solution
-legal ability of the very highest order.
-
-
-HOW MANY YEARS WOULD IT TAKE ME TO ESTABLISH MYSELF IN PRACTICE?
-
-The young lawyer may get into practice in one of two ways: First, as an
-employee; second, as an independent practitioner. In the first case, he
-usually becomes an assistant in some law office, where he stays from one
-to five years, possibly permanently by becoming a member of the firm. In
-the second case, as an independent practitioner, he gets into the
-practice primarily through the business of his own personal friends,
-through the advertising that these friends give him to their friends,
-and finally through his own clients, one client leading to another. The
-lawyer’s advertising, therefore, is of an indirect nature. Every
-ambitious young lawyer looks forward to the time when he can get into
-the profession on his own account, and to this end he should strive at
-all times to build up a good reputation and to become generally known in
-his community. One must count on working faithfully for several years,
-particularly if he is an independent practitioner, before he can enjoy a
-comfortable income.
-
-
-HOW GREAT A NEED IS THERE FOR LAWYERS?
-
-The legal profession is rapidly becoming overcrowded. During the period
-from 1870 to 1900 the percentage of increase in the number engaged in
-the practice of law was 180.1 per cent. The following table sets forth
-the growth and percentage of increase in membership of the professions
-of medicine, theology, and law from 1870 to 1900:
-
-_Growth and per cent of increase in memberships of the professions of
-theology, medicine, and the law from 1870 to 1900. Statistics of
-Occupations, Twelfth Census of the United States._
-
-  ====================+=========+=========+=======
-          Year.       |Theology.|Medicine.|  Law.
-  --------------------+---------+---------+-------
-  1870                |  43,874 |  62,449 | 40,736
-  1880                |  64,698 |  85,671 | 64,137
-  1890                |  88,203 | 104,805 | 89,630
-  1900                | 111,638 | 132,002 |114,460
-  Per cent of increase|   154.4 |    11.5 |  180.1
-  --------------------+---------+---------+-------
-
-In the opinion of the leading members of the American bar to-day the
-practicing of law is a very poor vocation for the incompetent and poorly
-equipped.
-
-
-HOW MUCH WILL IT COST ME TO GET AN EDUCATION SUITABLE FOR THE PRACTICE
-OF LAW?
-
-If you are a soldier or a sailor discharged from the service since
-October 6, 1917, with a disability for which the War-Risk Insurance will
-grant you compensation, your education will be furnished free by the
-Government. The War-Risk Insurance Bureau, through its compensation,
-will meet a part of the expenses, and the Federal Board for Vocational
-Education will supplement that amount to a minimum of $65 a month, with
-the purpose of meeting all of your expenses for living, clothing,
-transportation, tuition, and incidentals.
-
-It is the hope that this pamphlet may serve the double purpose of
-discouraging the incompetent and poorly equipped from entering the
-profession of law, and of encouraging the competent and well equipped by
-strengthening the desires of such to enter the profession, and by
-holding out to such the promise of ultimate success in the profession.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1184. ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIR
-OCCUPATIONS
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by Terrell Croft and L. A. Emerson, under
-direction of Charles H. Winslow, Chief of the Research Division of the
-Federal Board for Vocational Education. Acknowledgment is due to Dr.
-John Cummings, of the Research Division, for editorial assistance.
-
-Demand for electrical men is increasing constantly, and a returned
-soldier, whatever his disabilities and whether or not he has had
-previous experience, will be able in nearly every case to find some
-electrical job which will be interesting to him and at which he can make
-good wages.
-
-To describe occupational possibilities in different lines of electrical
-work, the Federal Board has issued several monographs, of which this is
-one. If you desire to follow an electrical vocation, and do not find
-discussed in this monograph the specific occupation in which you are
-interested, obtain from a representative of the Federal Board one of the
-other publications dealing with electrical employments.
-
-Electrical construction, repair, and maintenance occupations discussed
-in this bulletin cover the following related activities:
-
-  Electrical contracting and repairing.
-
-  Plant and factory electrical maintenance.
-
-  Electrical inspection.
-
-  Work in storage battery service stations.
-
-  Electrical automobile work.
-
-Vocational opportunities in each of these fields are described in some
-detail on the following pages.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1185. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTING AND REPAIRING
-
-
-A man or a company engaged in electrical contracting and repairing
-installs wiring, generators, motors, and other electrical equipment in
-buildings. Some concerns install power plants complete. The organization
-may also include a repair shop wherein are rehabilitated motors,
-generators, and similar devices. Frequently, such companies have a
-retail store where energy-consuming devices, such as fan motors, sad
-irons, electric heaters, incandescent lamps, and other similar articles
-are retailed to the public. This merchandising feature is one of great
-importance because it affords a possibility of considerable additional
-income. The organization which formerly called itself the “National
-Electrical Contractors’ Association” has now adopted the name “National
-Association of Electrical Contractors and Dealers.” Some firms do
-electrical construction only, others electrical repairing only, and
-still others merchandising only. Or one may combine in its business any
-two or all three of these activities.
-
-Often a contracting concern is a large company which does business in
-several cities. Again, it may be a small corporation operating locally.
-Or it may be an individually owned business employing only a few men.
-
-The several vocational groups which may be distinguished in the
-contracting and repairing business include (_a_) owners, (_b_) inside
-wiremen, (_c_) estimators, (_d_) salesmen, (_e_) general repairmen, and
-(_f_) armature winders.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1186. OWNERS
-
-An owner of an electrical contracting business is usually a man who has
-worked himself up from a position as wireman or salesman. For success,
-however, it is not sufficient that the man be merely a good mechanic.
-Yearly, hundreds of men set up for themselves in the electrical
-contracting business and, while some succeed many fail, principally
-because they are not good business men. If a small contracting business
-is to prosper, the owner should have a good working knowledge not alone
-of electrical construction, but also of bookkeeping and selling. Pluck,
-industry, and honesty are prime essentials.
-
-Not all owners earn large incomes. Some, in fact, earn little if any
-more than a journeyman wireman, who works for wages of from $60 to $125
-per month. For a returned soldier who has had electrical-construction
-experience, and who possesses the requisite qualifications the field is
-promising. It requires some capital at the start, and the first years
-will practically always be lean ones. A man who is entering or who is
-serving in the electrical contracting field as a workman may look
-forward, if he has the proper capacity, to some day owning a business of
-his own. If he has this aspiration, he should become interested in
-bookkeeping, salesmanship, advertising, and in the technical aspects of
-the business, such as electrical machinery installation and wiring.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1187. DEMAND FOR INSTALLATION OF WIRING
-
-Wiring for electricity requires for its installation the services of
-many skilled men. In cities and towns where electric-company service is
-available, practically every house which is erected is wired. Out in the
-country, also, many farm buildings are now being wired. Furthermore,
-while it was common practice a few years ago to arrange for only one
-light or outlet in each room, the present tendency is to provide for
-several. All of this is creating a demand for more wire men.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1188. SIGNAL WIRING
-
-In wiring for electric doorbells, fire and burglar alarms, and other
-so-called signaling circuits dry cells are ordinarily used to provide
-the voltage. With this low pressure the fire risk is almost negligible.
-While the signal wiring in a large factory or institution may be
-complicated, in smaller buildings or residences it offers few difficult
-problems. To install signal wire economically and properly, however,
-requires some skill and experience.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1189. LIGHT AND POWER WIRING
-
-Installation of light and power wiring is more skilled work. On these
-circuits the electric pressure is always relatively high--110 volts or
-above--and there is the ever present danger to be guarded against of
-fire caused by short-circuiting. Not only may improperly installed
-wiring involve great fire hazard, but it may involve life hazard also.
-To minimize these dangers, codes of rules indicating the proper and safe
-methods of installing wiring and electrical equipment have been
-formulated. The National Board of Fire Underwriters has prepared and
-revises periodically such a compilation of rules, called the “National
-Electrical Code.” This, or some modification of it, is in force in
-practically all communities. These rules specify the conditions under
-which wiring of certain types may be used and indicate rigid
-requirements for the protection of circuits and the installation of
-electrical machinery.
-
-_Methods of wiring._--The several methods of wiring include the
-following: (_a_) open wiring; (_b_) knob and tube wiring; (_c_) rigid
-conduit wiring; (_d_) flexible conduit wiring; and (_e_) molding wiring.
-
-Open wiring was the earliest form. It is the lowest in first cost and
-is, if properly installed, safe. The insulated conductors are supported
-along the surfaces of the walls and ceilings on porcelain knobs or
-cleats. In many factory buildings, particularly in those of the wooden
-mill type construction, much open wiring is used. For this service it is
-economical and quite satisfactory.
-
-The knob and tube method provides a concealed installation, but is more
-expensive than the open type, and is applicable only in frame buildings.
-The wiring is placed while the structure is under construction. Where
-the conductors are carried along the sides of joists or other timbers,
-they are supported on porcelain knobs. Where they pass through studs or
-other wooden members the holes are bushed with porcelain tubes.
-
-The principal tools used in both knob and tube and in open wiring are
-the screw driver, brace and bit, knife, saw, soldering iron, and blow
-torch.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1190. MOLDING WIRING
-
-In molding wiring conductors are held in a flat wooden or metal molding
-screwed to the wall or ceiling surface. Wooden molding, however, is not
-now commonly used, and in many cities its use is prohibited. The metal
-molding which is superseding the older nonmetallic molding is small,
-unobtrusive, and readily installed. It is used principally for
-extensions to existing wiring installations. By its use the cutting of
-holes and channels in walls and ceilings, which is necessary for the
-installation of concealed wiring, is eliminated.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1191. STEEL CONDUIT WIRING
-
-This is the most expensive, but the safest and best method. In fireproof
-buildings it is used exclusively, and in some communities wiring of
-other types is prohibited. Many frame buildings are now being wired with
-metal conduit, either of the rigid or the flexible type. Rigid conduit
-is merely wrought iron or steel pipe of the usual trade dimensions,
-which has been specially treated to prevent its corrosion and to render
-its interior smooth. Flexible steel conduit resembles metal hose in
-construction. Metal conduit is installed while the building is under
-construction, and subsequently rubber-insulated conductors are pulled
-into it. Usually the conduit is concealed within floors and walls, but
-it may be supported on surfaces. In concrete construction buildings the
-conduit is embedded in the concrete, being placed in the forms before
-the concrete is poured. At outlets where the conductors must be carried
-from the conduit system to feed lights and switches, steel or cast-iron
-outlet boxes are connected to the tubes. Pipe tools, such as dies,
-reamers, hack saws, drills, and bending “hickeys” are used in working
-conduit.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1192. WIRING AS AN OCCUPATION
-
-Wiring work is interesting and diversified. Some wiremen in the cities
-specialize on one type of work. For example, certain journeymen may
-ordinarily do nothing but conduit work day in and day out, while others
-may do all sorts of installing. Some men specialize on power wiring for
-motors, generators, switchboards, and similar equipment.
-
-Usually a wireman must rely on his own experience and judgment for the
-detailed layout of the wiring installation. The architect’s plans
-generally indicate merely the locations for the different lights,
-switches, motors, and other devices. The wireman must then plan his
-circuits so that these devices may be served with the minimum
-expenditure of time and material.
-
-Wiring of finished buildings, that is to say of the structures which
-were not wired at the time they were built, is almost a specialty in
-itself. Much of this work is done, because the electric utility
-companies expend considerable effort in their endeavor to see to it that
-all buildings, old and new, are wired, so that they may become possible
-customers. In wiring finished buildings much ingenuity may be exercised
-by the wireman in routing of conductors through the structure so as to
-insure the least removal of flooring and cutting of walls.
-
-_Qualifications of wiremen._--Requirements for wiring are determined to
-a large extent by the special line or lines of the activity taken up.
-While some wiring work requires little physical exertion, often
-considerable lifting and pulling is necessary. The necessary boring,
-sawing, and bending all require strength and endurance. Also it may be
-necessary to climb from floor to floor of buildings under construction.
-Some of the jobs may be in heated inclosed buildings, but the bulk of it
-is in structures under construction which are open to the weather.
-
-As to technical qualifications, a good wireman should be able to read
-the architects’ blue prints, which specify the panel box and outlet
-locations, and he should be able to route his conductors properly. This
-requires that he have some general knowledge of electrical circuits, and
-be quite familiar with wiring methods and wiring code requirements.
-Often the wireman must order his own material for a job. Hence, he
-should be able to select and specify this intelligently. It follows that
-there is little opportunity in cities for a person who has had no
-previous experience or wiring training to immediately assume the duties
-of a journeyman wireman. But each wireman usually has working with him a
-helper. A helper can start with little or no previous experience, and
-work up. As in practically all other vocations, some theoretical and
-practical training will be of great value, and such training a
-prospective wireman can obtain at a trade school.
-
-_Wages of wiremen._--Compensation varies in different communities and
-with the skill of the workman. In practically all cities wiremen are
-unionized, but not usually in the smaller towns. An eight-hour day with
-time and a half for overtime prevails. In the cities the rate per day
-for a journeyman wireman will vary from $4.80 to $6.40, and in the
-smaller towns from $3.60 to $4.80. In cities a helper will receive from
-$2.80 to $4, and in the smaller towns from $2 to $4.40.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1193. ESTIMATORS
-
-Estimators in electrical contractors’ organizations compile estimates of
-the labor and material required and the cost thereof, for each job on
-which a bid is to be submitted by the contractor. On the basis of this
-cost of time and material the estimator determines the price which is
-quoted to the prospective purchaser. Most successful estimators are men
-who have worked at the wiring trade and thereby appreciate how much work
-can be accomplished under given conditions in a given time. Cost of
-material can readily be determined with accuracy, but to estimate
-closely the cost of labor--the time that will be consumed in putting in
-the job--requires experience and judgment. A returned soldier who has
-had previous electrical construction experience but whose physical
-qualifications are such that he can no longer do heavy work, should be
-able to qualify ultimately as an estimator. It may be that before he
-actually accepts such a position, he should have some supplementary
-theoretical training in a trade school in drawing, mathematics, and
-electrical theory. But after he has this training and some estimating
-practice he should, if his natural qualifications adapt him for the
-work, be able to do well at it. The work is mostly indoors, although the
-estimators sometimes visit sites of jobs under construction. The work is
-usually eight hours a day, and the salary may range from $100 to $250
-per month. A competent estimator may make a great deal of money for his
-concern and an incompetent one can lose much more.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1194. SALESMEN
-
-A salesman for an electrical contracting business may be either an
-inside man or an outside man, or combine inside and outside duties. An
-inside or store salesman will sell the various electrical appliances and
-devices which the contractor may stock. Such may include electric fans,
-electric-washing machines, small motors, irons, heaters, incandescent
-lamps, and similar devices and material. He should be well informed as
-to the uses and applications of this equipment, and he should also be
-competent to advise prospective customers about any wiring and the cost
-thereof, which may be required for the installation of the equipment.
-Outside salesmen are frequently assigned territories or districts which
-they are expected to cover and from which they obtain orders for about
-the same equipment and services as do the inside men. Their work is
-somewhat similar to that of an electric-company solicitor.
-
-This sales work offers attractive possibilities for returned soldiers
-who have had some previous electrical experience, and whose physical
-disabilities are such that they can no longer do heavy work. While
-technical knowledge is an extremely valuable asset to a salesman, the
-essential qualification of a man who is selling anything is that he have
-the “selling instinct.” He should like to meet people of all sorts, and
-feel at ease when talking to them. For a man who has the qualifications,
-the opportunities for him in sales work are probably better than those
-in any other line. If a man can get around and see and talk to people,
-hear what they have to say, and write, he should be able to qualify
-physically for this work. Many salesmen earn very moderate salaries, but
-others command very high ones. The compensation depends very largely on
-the man. Often it is on a salary and commission basis. In this selling
-work, a man may expect to earn from $70 to $150 per month, or even more,
-depending upon his abilities and application. Sometimes a man may
-combine the duties of salesman and estimator.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1195. GENERAL REPAIRMEN
-
-General repairmen of a contracting company must be versatile. They are
-the “trouble shooters” for the company, and may be called upon to locate
-trouble in, and to repair burned-out motors, worn or damaged
-controllers, and many different sorts in interior electrical
-installations. They should be able to judge whether a machine needs a
-new bearing, or rewinding, or what. Frequently the repairs must be made
-to the equipment in the building where it is installed, since it may not
-be practical to remove it to the shop. A repairman may also have
-advantageously some knowledge of armature winding, although his duties
-ordinarily are to handle only the troubles which can be corrected with
-the expenditure of comparatively little time. The repairman’s most
-necessary qualification is the ability to locate a trouble quickly, and
-either remedy it at once, or recommend authoritatively such action as is
-necessary for permanent repair. This requires resourcefulness and a good
-understanding of the operating characteristics of electrical machines
-and devices of all sorts. Jobs involving the rewinding of machine are
-generally sent to the shop and handled by an armature winder, as
-described in the following paragraph. A general repairman may expect
-compensation ranging from $80 to $125 per month. The day is usually
-eight hours. Some time is spent outside traveling from job to job, and
-the remainder inside.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1196. ARMATURE WINDERS
-
-Armature winders are now employed by many of the electrical contracting
-companies in their repair departments. Some concerns make a specialty of
-and do no other work except the winding and rewinding of electrical
-machines. To become a competent armature winder, a man must have a great
-deal of experience, which can be acquired only in the shop. However, a
-trade school course in this vocation will be of great assistance, and
-should increase materially the rate of a man’s advance and his ultimate
-earning capacity. It is impossible for one to do armature winding
-intelligently without some knowledge of electrical theory. Without it he
-may be able to work along like a machine, but unless he possesses some
-of this theoretical information he will not know why he is doing certain
-things certain ways and will never be competent to act independently.
-
-An individual can start as an armature winder’s helper at making and
-taping coils with little or no previous experience, and can from this
-position gradually acquire an extended working knowledge of armature
-winding.
-
-In an electrical repair shop, the armature winder must work on machines
-of many different types. It is often necessary for him to do lifting,
-and he must have full use of his fingers. He may be compelled to stand
-at his work for long periods. A lack of hearing is not a material
-detriment, and the blind have been taught to do this work successfully.
-Men with certain minor disablements can qualify for this service. The
-work is almost wholly indoors, although it may occasionally be necessary
-to work on a machine in a building which is under construction and open
-to the weather. An eight-hour day prevails. In cities the vocation is
-largely unionized. An armature winder helper or apprentice will receive
-from 20 to 40 cents per hour; a journeyman, from 60 to 75 cents per
-hour; and a superintendent, from $150 to $250 per month. Expert, rapid
-armature winders for coal, steel, and similar companies often receive as
-much as $200 a month. Time and a half is paid for overtime. Usually the
-jobs in these repair shops are steady, the men being retained in slack
-times at routine work of some sort or other. A competent electrical
-machine repair personnel is difficult to assemble, and when a repair
-shop has acquired one, it takes precautions to provide the men with
-steady work so that they will not leave.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1197. PLANT AND FACTORY ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE
-
-Nearly all factories of any consequence now employ electrical power
-distribution. Electrical energy is produced economically in a centrally
-located generating station and is distributed by the wiring throughout
-the plant wherever power is required. In the many plants in this country
-great numbers of electric motors drive the machines. Thousands of
-incandescent lamps are utilized for lighting. Also electrical energy may
-be used for electroplating, galvanizing, welding, heating, and other
-services. For the installation and upkeep of all this equipment,
-thousands of electrical maintenance men are required. The work of an
-electrician in a paper mill may, in detail, be quite different from that
-required of one in an office building or in a printing establishment.
-Yet each of these is an electrical maintenance man.
-
-_Duties of maintenance men._--These are extremely diversified. A good
-maintenance man must be a broad-gauge fellow having on tap a lot of
-electrical experience and information. The repair of minor electrical
-troubles or motors and other equipment are always under his charge. Much
-of the work consists of “trouble shooting,” that is of locating and
-correcting electrical difficulties of various sorts. Fuses blown due to
-sudden overload may have to be replaced. Loose connections may have to
-be tightened. Possibly a machine may for no apparent cause refuse to
-start. Then the electrician must at once locate the trouble and repair
-it, or arrange for the installation of a substitute machine while the
-faulty one is sent to the shop. Often also he may be called upon to
-install new wiring and equipment. In some plants the electrical
-maintenance department may also rewind armatures.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1198. QUALIFICATIONS OF PLANT AND MAINTENANCE ELECTRICIANS
-
-Maintenance work involves not alone a good understanding of electrical
-practice but also, for the first-class man, a knowledge of the industry
-and its manufacturing processes. The electrician should be sufficiently
-familiar with the machinery in the plant to determine quickly whether a
-trouble lies in the motor or in the driven machine. In many plants,
-where continuous process production prevails, those of the steel
-industry for example, time is an extremely important factor. The
-shut-down of one machine may render idle several hundred men and clog
-the operation of the entire factory. Efficiency naturally increases with
-experience in the given plant.
-
-An electrician who has the ability to replace in service, in minimum
-time, an inoperative machine should and does receive high compensation.
-A fair degree of physical ability is required for this work, because the
-electrician may in the course of his regular duties have to do many
-different kinds of jobs. Sometimes the removal of a motor requires
-lifting. The installation of heavy conductors requires pulling. On the
-other hand, much of the work, such as the replacing of fuses or the
-installation of electric light wiring, necessitates but little physical
-exertion.
-
-While many plant electricians have acquired all they know solely through
-experience, theoretical training will enable a man to progress quickly
-and to increase his earning capacity. The work is largely indoors,
-although some of it is outside in the plant yards and in open buildings.
-In many of the plants an eight-hour day prevails but there are still
-some where the men work 9 or 10 or even 12 hours on the night shift. The
-work is very steady. If the plant shuts down the electricians are
-ordinarily employed during the nonoperating period on such
-reconstruction and maintenance as can not be effected conveniently while
-the plant is running.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1199. PROMOTION
-
-In some of the large steel and other manufacturing plants, electricians
-who have risen to the position of chief electrician earn as much as $300
-or more monthly. Such a job involves ability to handle successfully many
-electricians, and to “keep the plant going” at minimum cost. Frequently
-men start in a plant as wireman’s helpers or as motor tenders, for which
-little knowledge or experience is necessary. As the beginner gradually
-becomes familiar with the equipment and the processes of the industry he
-may be advanced to more responsible and remunerative work. A man
-commencing factory electrical maintenance work as a motor tender or
-wireman’s helper may expect to earn from $50 to $80 per month. An
-experienced plant trouble man may command from $80 to $175 or more per
-month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1200. ELECTRICAL INSPECTION
-
-Nearly all electrical installations are now subject to inspection. Most
-fire-insurance policies provide that electrical work in the insured
-building must be installed in accordance with the National Electrical
-Code, and insurance may be refused on any building not wired in
-accordance with the code. Sometimes in the country districts,
-installations are not inspected, but in the cities and in most
-industrial plants periodical inspections are made. Many cities have
-wiring codes of their own, which are enforced by ordinance and which are
-based on and are in general similar to the National Electrical Code.
-
-To insure that the code rules are observed it is in most cities required
-that the wiring, fixtures, motors, and other electrical equipment be
-inspected by a municipal or an insurance inspector before electric
-service is given. Large industrial plants located outside the cities are
-examined by insurance inspectors.
-
-_Duties of inspectors._--The duties of the inspector are to scrutinize
-work in detail and, if it is properly installed, to approve it and
-recommend that a certificate of inspection therefor be issued. If it is
-not in accordance with the code, he suggests the necessary alterations.
-Upon the issuance of an inspection certificate, the local electric
-company is authorized to give service.
-
-To handle his duties effectively, an inspector should have an extensive
-knowledge of electrical construction. Furthermore, he must be familiar
-with the wiring rules specified by local ordinance or by the code. The
-rules relate to signal systems, lighting circuits, power wiring,
-installation of motors and generators, high-tension machinery,
-transformers, switchboards, substations, and the like. In every
-municipal underwriters’ inspection organization, it is often necessary
-to make rulings relating to features of electrical work which are
-encountered infrequently and which are, therefore, not covered in detail
-in the regular printed rules. The inspector must also be familiar with
-these. In other words, he must know after inspecting a job whether or
-not it has been installed in accordance with the “Code” under which he
-is working. Ordinarily this knowledge can be obtained satisfactorily
-only through extended experience in electrical construction.
-
-_Opportunities for disabled men._--Possibilities offered by electrical
-inspection for returned soldiers are very promising. The inspector
-spends probably half of his time out of doors and half indoors in
-finished buildings. In the larger cities, inspectors are usually
-provided with motor cars so that they can move quickly from job to job.
-Little physical exertion is required, and there is no lifting or
-pulling. But an inspector should be able to climb around buildings under
-construction, and into attics. Both hands are required for testing, but
-one arm may be artificial. A returned soldier who has had previous
-electrical-construction experience, but who because of some physical
-disability can not follow his old vocation, should find electrical
-inspection a means of earning a good livelihood at interesting work.
-
-The work is normally eight hours per day, with Saturday afternoons off
-but, since the men are usually paid monthly salaries, sometimes they
-will do little work on one day and have to spend overtime on the next.
-Theoretical training in a school which teaches electric wiring is very
-desirable for a man who has not made a study of the code requirements.
-The salary for an inspector will range from $100 to $175 per month. A
-chief inspector to whom several men report may receive from $150 to $250
-per month and possibly more. In some cities the wiring inspectors must
-be members of the wireman’s union and receive the prevailing rate of pay
-for wiremen.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1201. WORK IN STORAGE-BATTERY SERVICE STATIONS
-
-Thousands of automobile electric service stations are now in operation,
-while a few years ago there were none. This phenomenal development has
-been due to the increase in the use of automobiles and to the popularity
-of electric-starting systems. Many stations specialize on only one
-component of the starting equipment, as for example the storage battery.
-Storage-battery stations have become so necessary that almost every city
-has at least one station which handles exclusively storage batteries. It
-charges, repairs, or rebuilds the batteries as occasion demands. Since
-the service station is becoming an established and rapidly growing
-institution, it affords many promising openings.
-
-A storage-battery service station should be equipped for handling
-battery work of all kinds. Often because of a defective switch or some
-similar trouble a battery will run down. Then it is brought to the
-station to be recharged. In the station specially designed equipment is
-utilized so that a number of batteries can be charged simultaneously.
-The workman who directs the charging department arranges the battery on
-the bench and connects it into the circuit with others, all of which may
-be recharged simultaneously. As the batteries become charged, certain
-chemical actions occur. The density of the acid solution changes, and by
-observing with a hydrometer the specific gravity of the solution, the
-battery man knows when to disconnect the cells from the line.
-
-On the service floor where the cars are driven in for examination or
-adjustments are the inspectors who are familiar with the general
-performance of storage cells. Often an inspector must locate causes of a
-trouble which does not originate in the battery, but which is due to a
-defect in some other element of the system. He must be able to diagnose
-quickly the difficulty and its origin and to recommend the corrective
-action necessary. Work of this character demands men with battery and
-general automobile experience. They should be familiar with all of the
-motor car electrical equipment. A detailed account of service station
-work is given in the monograph on “Automobile maintenance and service.”
-
-In the repair shop worn batteries are rebuilt and damaged batteries are
-repaired. In the repairing process, often the only thing required is the
-replacement of the wooden separators which separate the lead plates of
-the cell. These separators rot quickly when a battery is mistreated, a
-short circuit results, and this, if not promptly remedied, will ruin the
-battery. Other trouble cases may be caused by the plates having become
-“worn,” either through a long period of normal service or because of
-abuse. A worn battery can by utilizing the old jars be rehabilitated by
-substituting new plates and separators for the old. When a question
-arises as to whether it will be best to repair a cell, or to replace the
-plates, or to substitute a new cell, the repair man should be able to
-judge accurately as to the most economical procedure. In repairing a
-cell the sealing compound is removed by heating, and the lead straps
-which effect the electrical connection between the various cells of the
-battery are drilled or cut off. The element, as the group of plates is
-called, is then taken out. If the plates are in poor condition they are
-thrown away, new ones are substituted, and new wood separators are
-inserted. The jar is washed, the plates and element replaced, and the
-covers sealed on the cells. Finally the connectors are burned securely
-to the posts.
-
-Lead burning by the hydrogen or acetylene torch is necessary in
-connecting cells. This requires great skill. A man must usually do
-battery work for a considerable period before he becomes a competent
-lead burner. After the battery is sealed, it is filled with a new
-sulphuric-acid solution and placed “on charge.” When readings of the
-hydrometer and voltmeter indicate that it is fully charged, it is
-delivered to its owner or is placed in stock.
-
-It appears that the demand for men in this vocation has never been
-satisfied. Some of the work requires physical exertion because the heavy
-batteries must be lifted on and off the charging bench. In the charging
-room the air may be permeated with sulphuric-acid fumes. These are
-irritating to the nostrils of some individuals but do not seem to affect
-others.
-
-The workman should be familiar with the action of batteries and with
-electrical circuits as well. He should be able to observe readings of
-meters, thermometers, and hygrometers. To become a skilled battery
-repairman, considerable practical experience on the job is necessary.
-However, a beginner with little experience can start in as a helper and
-gradually work up in the trade. Some theoretical training will be of
-great assistance. It can be obtained in the storage-battery departments
-of those schools which have automobile courses.
-
-The work as a rule is eight hours. The compensation of a beginner or
-helper will range from $60 to $80 per month; an all-around experienced
-battery man will receive from $80 to $125 per month, and a foreman in
-charge of a shop may receive from $100 to $200 per month. There is
-always the possibility that a man following this work can branch out
-into a service business for himself.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1202. ELECTRICAL AUTOMOBILE WORK
-
-The automobile repair men who are receiving highest wages to-day are
-those who are familiar with the electrical as well as the mechanical
-equipment. Electrical starting and lighting is now regarded as so
-essential and has been adopted so universally that a large number of men
-are employed exclusively in its maintenance. The demand appears greatly
-to exceed the supply. Many garages are seeking constantly thoroughly
-qualified automobile electricians. They are willing and expect to pay
-good wages to well-qualified men. Probably some of the best
-possibilities in the automobile field to-day are waiting for specialists
-in electrical starting and lighting equipment.
-
-Necessary qualifications for an automobile electrician are that he be
-thoroughly familiar with the electrical equipment, and also with the
-operation of the car as a whole. To diagnose a case of electrical
-trouble, it is usually necessary first to determine what effect it has
-on the general operation of the car. This requires a knowledge of the
-valves, timing, and many other elements. Obviously such a specialist
-should be able to disassemble the electrical equipment, and to effect
-such adjustments in it as may be required. Some acquaintance with
-electrical theory is of great assistance. An extended knowledge will
-prove a paying asset, because of the greater ultimate compensation which
-it will insure its owner. Much of this information can be acquired
-through practical experience in the shop, but a large part can be
-secured only through study at home or in a suitable school.
-
-Repair men should understand the principles of the magneto, induction
-coil, generator, regulator, starting motor, condenser, and the like.
-They should appreciate how these principles are utilized in the normal
-operation of the equipment. Frequently a service station will specialize
-on one type of equipment. Its work may comprise only coil repairing, or
-magneto work, or motor repairing. In a shop which assumes repairs of all
-kinds there may be, in addition to the three branches just enumerated,
-also motor and generator work, storage battery repairing, light wiring,
-and other special lines.
-
-Electrical automobile work offers a very promising field for the
-returned soldier who is familiar with automobile repairs in general, but
-who because of some disability is not competent to do heavy work. With
-his background of general automobile repair knowledge, and with the
-theoretical training in practical electricity which he may acquire
-through a Federal Board course, rapid progress should be possible. The
-opportunity is there, and the man who likes and is qualified for this
-vocation, a very satisfactory reward is awaiting. The work is usually
-eight hours. Most of it is indoors, but sometimes it must be done
-outside. A beginner or helper, who is not expected to do much work
-without supervision, may expect to receive from $60 to $80 per month; a
-competent experienced repairman will probably receive from $80 to $150;
-and an expert or foreman from $125 to $200. Employment is steady because
-a concern which has obtained and trained good men endeavors to keep them
-week in and week out. There is always the possibility, for an individual
-who understands this work, of starting an electrical automobile repair
-business for himself. See monograph on “Automobile maintenance and
-service.”
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1203. ELECTRICAL EMPLOYMENTS WITH UTILITY COMPANIES
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by Terrell Croft and L. A. Emerson, under
-direction of Charles H. Winslow, Chief of the Research Division of the
-Federal Board for Vocational Education. Acknowledgment is due to Dr.
-John Cummings of the Research Division, for editorial assistance.
-
-If a man who was doing electrical work before his enlistment has a
-natural liking for it his tendency will and should ordinarily be to
-return to it when he resumes his place in civil life. For the
-inexperienced man also there are many opportunities. The necessary
-qualifications and the duties are exceedingly diverse. Hence whatever
-disabilities a man may have incurred, he can in all probability find
-some electrical employment at which he can earn an adequate livelihood.
-It may very well be advantageous for him to take an electrical course at
-Government expense before he starts practical work. The demand for
-electric men is increasing constantly.
-
-This monograph is written to outline in a general way the possibilities
-of employment with utility companies in electrical pursuits. Utility
-companies include:
-
-  Electric light and power companies.
-
-  Electric railway companies.
-
-  Telephone companies.
-
-  Steam railroads.
-
-The desirability of some theoretical training for electrical workers
-should be appreciated. A soldier who is returning to civil life may be
-able to obtain work at some electrical vocation whether or not he has
-had previous experience in this line, and may be able to earn a good
-living. But any man who has not had theoretical training, whether or not
-he has had electrical experience, can increase very materially his
-future prospects and earning capacity by taking such training before he
-begins practical work.
-
-The probable tendency of the average man will be to get a job as soon as
-possible. He should think carefully before he does this. Why? Because
-statistics show that men who have had some theoretical training earn
-considerably more in the long run than those who have not. This is true
-particularly in electrical work. Electrical constructions and operations
-appear very complicated to one who does not understand the fundamentals,
-but to one who does, these things are relatively simple. Some
-theoretical knowledge enables an individual to proceed independently,
-without detailed supervision, and his earning capacity is increased
-accordingly. The man who has had theoretical training will not only earn
-more money, but he will have more agreeable work, and the probability of
-his being promoted to responsible jobs, such as foremanships, are much
-greater.
-
-Endeavor to select a specialty and to become proficient in some field
-which is not overcrowded, and in which the demand for trained men will
-probably increase. There is always a call for men who are better
-equipped, as to experience and training, than the average fellow, and
-specialists in lines which are not overcrowded earn good wages.
-
-A most effective arrangement under which a man may receive his
-theoretical training is one whereby he spends alternately part of his
-time in a school, and part doing actual work in the industry at the
-vocation which he has selected. Thus he receives simultaneously
-theoretical instruction and practical experience. Probably, a real
-working knowledge is acquired more rapidly in this way than in any
-other. Several of the Federal Board schools are equipped to provide
-instructional training of this character.
-
-The rates of pay in public-utility work are often not as high as in
-manufacturing or certain other lines of endeavor. But to offset this the
-employment is very steady. Furthermore, the working conditions are often
-more satisfactory than in other companies. It is an established policy
-of practically all utility companies to “take good care” of their
-employees. Many such companies maintain sickness and death benefit
-associations for employees. Some companies assume the entire expense of
-such associations while in others each employee contributes regularly
-small dues and the company also contributes. Many utilities pay pensions
-to their older men, and frequently free medical attendance and legal
-advice are provided. Some concerns maintain building and loan
-associations. Others operate profit-sharing plans, or sell stock at low
-rates and on the installment plan to their people.
-
-Employment managers are now found in all large organizations. Their
-function is to hire the right men for the right jobs. Returned soldiers
-who are familiar with the industry but are physically disqualified from
-pursuing their old vocation may qualify for this service. It requires
-practically no physical exertion but much head work. (See monograph on
-“Employment Management.”)
-
-
-PLAN No. 1204. ELECTRIC LIGHT AND POWER COMPANIES
-
-An electric light and power company is a corporation which generates and
-sells electrical energy for lighting and power. Because of the economies
-which result in the generation of electrical energy in large central
-stations, the demand upon these power companies is continually
-increasing. They can usually develop energy, transmit it over their
-lines, and sell it to the customer cheaper than he can, in his
-relatively small plant, develop it for himself. However, very large
-factories or plants may require such large power stations that they can
-generate for themselves cheaper than they can buy. To provide this
-central-station service, the stations and lines must be built; energy
-must be generated in the central station, transmitted over the lines to
-the consumer, and metered at the consumer’s premises. Hence, men of many
-vocations are required.
-
-The different departments of an electric company, into which a large
-concern of this character is ordinarily subdivided include:
-
-  Manufacturing or power department.
-
-  Construction or distribution department.
-
-  Meter department.
-
-  Sales department.
-
-  Engineering department
-
-  Accounting department.
-
-In addition there may be a “purchasing and stores department” and a
-“garage department.” But these will not be discussed specifically herein
-because the vocations involved are not, essentially, electrical.
-
-_Manufacturing or power department._--This department operates the steam
-or water power generating stations which develop the electrical energy.
-Where small substations, which transform the energy received from the
-large stations, are required these may also be under the jurisdiction of
-the manufacturing department. It handles the maintenance and operation
-of boilers, steam engines, turbines, generators, rotary converters,
-switchboards, and all power “manufacturing” equipment.
-
-In the steam division of the power department work about the station
-which requires no skill, such as handling of coal, removal of ashes,
-washing of boilers, and similar tasks, is performed by laborers. In this
-division are employed also water tenders and engineers.
-
-In the electrical division operators and their assistants maintain and
-operate the electrical equipment in the station. This includes
-generators, motors, rotary converters, switchboard, and the like.
-Switchboards must often be quite elaborate. This is necessary to provide
-for the proper electrical interconnection between the various machines
-in the plant, and the outgoing lines which feed the substations and the
-customer’s premises. A principal duty of a station operator is to “tend”
-the switchboard, operating the switches and devices on it as may be
-necessary. In general the control of all the electrical apparatus in the
-station is effected from the switchboard, by which machines are started
-and stopped, and circuits cut in and out.
-
-_Switchboard operating in the power department._--The qualifications of
-a switchboard operator are that he be familiar with the use and
-operation of the different machines and electrical equipment in the
-station. Particularly he should be familiar with the switchboard. He
-should understand something of electrical theory. The requisite training
-is obtained often by men working up from the ranks, through experience
-in the station. However, such knowledge can be acquired much more
-quickly and readily if one has had a short course in electricity such as
-that which may be obtained at a Federal Board school. Ability to handle
-the more important duties of these positions must, however, be acquired
-by experience on the job. A disabled man who can hear, see, move about,
-and throw switches quickly may develop into a good station operator.
-
-The work is not heavy, and it is indoor work. Sometimes the shifts are
-12 hours, but the tendency is toward eight-hour shifts. Promotions are
-from assistant operator to operator, and then to chief operator. The
-salary for an operator will range from $80 to $125 per month. A man who
-is familiar with steam as well as with electrical equipment will be
-qualified for promotion to the responsible position of chief engineer.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1205. LINE CONSTRUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION DEPARTMENT
-
-This department builds the lines, either overhead or underground, which
-convey the electrical energy from the generating station to the
-substations and to the consumers. It also maintains the lines and for
-this work there may be a separate maintenance division of the
-construction department. The work is almost wholly out of doors. It
-involves the setting of poles, placing of cross arms, stringing of wire,
-building of underground-conduit systems and manholes, erection of
-switchboards, and installation of inside wiring. The labor is usually
-strenuous. However, some of the work, such as inspecting, planning,
-drafting, and supervision requires little physical effort. Men having
-minor disablements, particularly if they have had previous experience in
-construction work, should be able to qualify. In this, as in all other
-electrical branches, it will be found a paying proposition to take a
-short theoretical course before resuming practical work.
-
-Construction departments usually work eight hours a day, although in
-some companies a nine-hour or even a ten-hour day is the rule. A
-construction inspector will receive a salary ranging from $90 to $125
-per month, foreman from $100 to $175, and a draftsman from $60 to $150.
-An inspector, if he has sufficient experience and also the ability to
-handle men, can often become foreman. The work is very steady. If bad
-weather prevents outside operation, they are given indoor work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1206. METER DEPARTMENT
-
-Installation, removal, testing, and repair of the meters which measure
-consumed electrical energy is the work of the meter department. After a
-meter has been installed in a building it should be tested periodically
-to insure its continued accuracy. These periodical tests are made on the
-customer’s premises. If the instrument is shown to be inaccurate it is
-replaced by one which is accurate, and is taken to the repair shop for
-overhauling. Thus the meter department does some of its work outside and
-some in the shop. In the larger companies the men who test the meters in
-the customer’s buildings ordinarily do nothing else. A different group
-of men repair and test the meters in the shop. With the smaller
-companies the same men or man may have to do both the inside and outside
-work.
-
-The outside meter tester should be familiar with wiring practice,
-understand the connections necessary in installing meters and how to
-test them. A meter tester frequently has a helper who can start at this
-work with very little electrical knowledge or experience. This is
-primarily outdoor work, and is suitable for a returned soldier whose
-disabilities require that he have considerable open-air exercise. The
-hours are eight or nine a day. The wages of a helper vary from $50 to
-$76 and of a tester from $70 to $125 per month.
-
-In the meter-repair shop the returned meters are dismantled, cleaned,
-repaired, readjusted, and retested. This work is in reality a branch of
-electrical instrument repairing and manufacturing. It requires dexterous
-workmanship and accurate handling. Men in the meter-repair department
-are usually those who have been outside meter testers. They understand,
-in addition to installation and testing, something of meter construction
-and manufacture. Wages for an inside meter tester range from $80 to
-$150. The position of meter department foreman or superintendent, for
-which a competent meter man may after a number of years of experience
-qualify, pays from $125 to $180 monthly. In meter departments of large
-companies there is some bench work which can be done by a man who has
-the use of his hands and eyes, even though he be otherwise materially
-disabled. Soldiers who have had previous electrical experience or who
-like to manipulate fine instruments and tools should be able to handle
-effectively some of this work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1207. SALES DEPARTMENT
-
-As its name implies, this department obtains customers who consume
-electrical energy. Such light and small appliance business as does not
-come unsolicited is secured by solicitors. Each solicitor is ordinarily
-assigned a certain district. To be a success at selling, a man must
-first of all be competent to meet tactfully people of all types.
-Furthermore, he should be familiar with electric lighting requirements
-and rates, so that he can discuss these with prospective customers and
-advise them authoritatively. Experience, however, has shown that men
-with no previous electrical training can, provided they have the
-“selling instinct,” be trained in a few weeks so that they can strike
-out for themselves and procure lighting contracts. Probably selling pays
-better, considering the relatively small amount of technical training
-that it requires, than does any other branch of public-utility work.
-Solicitors are frequently paid on a salary and commission basis. Their
-incomes may range from $60 to $150 or more a month. The field is an
-attractive one for men whose disabilities will permit of their entering
-it. Such technical training for solicitors as is absolutely necessary is
-usually furnished by the company which proposes to employ them, but all
-of the electrical education that a man can acquire will be of material
-value. By all means take a theoretical electrical course if you can.
-
-The job of the power-sales engineer is to solicit contracts for power
-loads for the central station. Considerable engineering training is
-necessary for effective work. The man should be familiar with steam and
-gasoline power-plant installations. He should know how to apply
-effectively electric motors in the different branches of industry.
-Furthermore, he must meet people easily and be able to express his ideas
-accurately. In other words, he also should have the selling temperament.
-A man who has had considerable electrical experience and possesses the
-other qualifications can easily prepare for this vocation. The company
-which engages him will, usually, train him for it. Ordinarily, a salary
-and commission are paid. The income may range from $80 to $250 per month
-or more.
-
-While solicitors and salesmen are supposed to work about 8 hours a day
-their time is, in one sense, their own. Little attention is given to the
-number of hours the man puts in, provided he obtains a reasonable amount
-of business. Some of the visits to prospective customers must be made in
-the evening, or possibly on Sundays. On the other hand, it occurs not
-infrequently that a salesman may go to a ball game on a Tuesday
-afternoon, his salary continuing meanwhile.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1208. ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
-
-This department of an electric company is responsible for the design and
-construction of the system as a whole. A chief engineer is the executive
-head. To assist him there are assistant engineers, inspectors, and
-draftsmen. The chief engineer and his principal assistants are,
-ordinarily, men of mature years and much experience. Hence, there is
-little possibility of a returned soldier qualifying for one of these
-positions unless he has previously done similar work. But there are
-opportunities to start in the engineering department as inspectors or
-draftsmen. The inspectors are “outside” men. Much of their work is in
-the open. They compile information and reports on engineering projects,
-on work which is under way, or which has been completed. These notes are
-utilized in the office in the preparation of drawings and specifications
-which show the construction departments what to do and how to do it. The
-draftsmen make the drawings from which the blueprints for construction
-jobs are reproduced. Any man who has had previous electrical
-construction experience and who can get around outside and see, hear,
-and write, should be able to qualify for an engineering inspector’s
-position. The future offers him the possibility of becoming an assistant
-engineer.
-
-Engineering drafting offers inviting opportunities for disabled men
-because much of the work can be done by a person who can sit at a
-drawing table and use his hands and eyes. Lack of speech and hearing are
-not insurmountable handicaps because directions can be given and
-questions asked in writing. There are some one-handed draftsmen.
-Frequently a draftsman has a job assigned to him and is then left to
-himself to work it out. He may not speak to or be spoken to by any one
-for half a day at a time.
-
-Another feature of drafting work which in this connection is important,
-is that it is possible to utilize men of all grades of ability, provided
-they have some knowledge of mechanical drawing. If a man can make a
-fairly good tracing, even if he knows nothing whatever of design, he can
-be very useful. He can gradually acquire that knowledge of the
-principles which is necessary to develop him into a draftsman-designer
-or an engineer. It is, however, essential that, at the start, the
-candidate know a little about mechanical drawing. Concerns do not
-usually care to break in a man who has no knowledge whatever of this
-subject.
-
-Such elementary knowledge as is required may be obtained by taking a
-Federal Board short course. Men in the engineering department work about
-eight or nine hours a day. A tracer beginning at the work may earn from
-$30 to $60 per month. After a man can do some designing he may earn from
-$60 to $125 per month, depending upon his experience and ability. If a
-draftsman develops into a designer or assistant engineer he may expect
-from $125 to $200 per month or more.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1209. ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT
-
-This department is responsible for the meter reading, billing,
-collections, and similar commercial features of the business. The work
-is clerical and statistical in character.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1210. ELECTRIC-RAILWAY SYSTEMS
-
-The departmental organization of electric-railway systems varies. Large
-companies have more departments than small ones and probably no two
-companies are organized on precisely the same plan. However, there are
-certain functions which must be performed by every company and a typical
-arrangement for a comparatively large system is the following:
-
-  Power department.
-
-  Mechanical department.
-
-  Transportation department.
-
-  Maintenance of way department.
-
-  Line department.
-
-  Engineering department.
-
-  Building department.
-
-Each of these departments has its executive head, its subordinate
-officers, and its workmen and mechanics.
-
-
-POWER DEPARTMENT
-
-The power department is responsible for production of electrical energy
-required for operation. It is directed by an engineer of power. The
-duties of the department and of the men employed in it are practically
-identical with those of the power department of an electric-light and
-power company, which have been already discussed.
-
-
-MECHANICAL DEPARTMENT
-
-A master mechanic directs the mechanical department of a street-railway
-company. This department repairs and may build cars used on the system
-of which there may be a number of types, including passenger cars of
-several designs, mail cars, baggage cars, and work cars used by the
-maintenance department. For the repair and construction of this
-equipment there are required, in addition to the electricians,
-woodworkers, sheet metal men, machinists, pipe fitters, welders, pattern
-makers, blacksmiths, and painters.
-
-A street railway electrical shop has duties rather different from those
-of the usual repair shop. Most of the repairs are on motors of a very
-few sizes. Furthermore, nearly all are series wound and are for
-operation on direct current of 600 volts. Much of the work comprises the
-rewinding of armatures. Burned out copper coils are stripped from the
-core, and the slots are prepared for new coils. These are placed in a
-proper sequence and the free ends are soldered to the commutator bars.
-Next, band wires which maintain the coils in position are wound on. Then
-the armature is mounted in a lathe where the commutator is turned down
-and finished ready for operation.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1211. ARMATURE REPAIRING--MECHANICAL DEPARTMENT
-
-Armature repairing is done with the armature held in a rack about the
-height of an ordinary workbench. Thus the armature winder is required to
-stand while working, sometimes for considerable periods. It is essential
-that he have good feet and legs. It is also necessary that he have the
-use of most of his fingers. Repairing an armature requires only a few
-new coils in skilled work. On the other hand, much of the work in
-armature repairing is of a routine character. Hence a man of little
-experience can do the work under direction of a journeyman. It will
-always pay a person who contemplates following armature winding as a
-vocation, to take a short electrical course before he engages in the
-actual work. A beginner at armature winding will receive from $50 to
-$80, an expert may expect $75 to $150, and a foreman or chief $125 to
-$200 per month. The work is all indoors with an 8 or 9 hour day.
-
-The coils used in rewinding the armature may be purchased complete from
-an electrical manufacturing company, but the larger concerns make their
-own coils. The preparation and insulating of these coils is often
-benchwork. A man who does not have the use of his feet can do some of
-it. Deft fingers are required, but there are now many blind workers who
-are insulating armature coils successfully. This work may pay from $40
-to $90 a month. Some preliminary manual training is required, which can
-usually be obtained in the shop where the worker is to be employed.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1212. SHOP WIRING--MECHANICAL DEPARTMENT
-
-The shop wiremen of an electric-railway company do the wiring around the
-plant, as well as that on the cars. A journeyman wire man should be able
-to interpret correctly wiring diagrams for ordinary jobs. These may
-include the installation of motors, heaters, lights, rheostats, and
-similar equipment. Also, he should be competent to route economically
-his circuits through inaccessible places and should be familiar with the
-National Electrical Code. He may have to install headlights, signal
-lights, pump-governor relays, and other devices now forming a part of
-car equipments. The wireman must have had considerable experience, but
-each wireman usually has a helper to assist him. A man with little or no
-experience can start in as a helper, and develop into a good wireman.
-The length of time required to do this will be determined almost wholly
-by the man’s knowledge of electricity and his efforts at self
-improvement. It may require six months or a year or two years. The work
-is done usually in a car shop which is inclosed and heated. An 8-hour
-day is common, but in some companies the men work 9 or 10 hours. The pay
-is about $75 to $125 for a wireman, and $50 to $90 for a helper.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1213. CAR INSPECTING--MECHANICAL DEPARTMENT
-
-The car inspector’s duties involve a knowledge of numerous occupations,
-and he must be familiar with various sorts of equipment. His position in
-the company’s organization is an important one, because the expense of
-car repairs is often materially minimized by his foresight and
-alertness. He judges which repairs should be made in the general shop
-and which in the car barn. He must know the function and operation of
-every working part of the car. In detail, his duties consist of a
-systematic inspection of all components of the car equipment. These
-include the motors, controllers, brakes, lights, signs, heaters, and
-other devices on the cars which may require attention. Usually the work
-is done during daylight hours. Cars are held periodically in the barn
-for inspection. Work of this type is well adapted to a man who is
-unqualified physically for heavy tasks. A man of good judgment who was
-formerly employed in a car barn in some other capacity and who is, in
-general, familiar with cars and their repairs, might be trained readily
-for this occupation. An inspector works eight or ten hours a day and
-receives a salary varying from $75 to $150 per month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1214. TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT
-
-This department handles the traffic, operates the cars, plans their
-schedules, and revises their routings to meet the requirements of the
-traveling public. A superintendent of transportation is the executive
-head. His assistants are the division superintendents, inspectors,
-instructors, station foremen, motormen, conductors, and the car shifters
-in the barns. Each division superintendent has charge of the traffic in
-a certain part of the system. The inspector has charge of the cars and
-crews while on the road. It is his duty to enforce the rules of the
-company to insure that cars and equipment are handled efficiently and
-that the cars maintain their schedules. Men holding the positions of
-division superintendent and traffic inspector generally qualify for them
-from the rank and file of the train service. They should have a thorough
-knowledge of car operation. The inspector’s position is one which an
-ambitious man, who has the requisite ability, may obtain. Salary ranges
-from $80 to $160 monthly.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1215. INSTRUCTING--TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT
-
-Instructors have charge of the training of prospective motormen and
-conductors. The instructor assigns students to an experienced motorman
-or conductor who teaches them the essentials of their jobs. Then the
-instructor informs the new men in detail as to rules and, if necessary,
-makes trial trips with them. The instructor in many companies also
-conducts classes wherein the new men are given some schooling as to the
-theory and practice of the electrical air brake and similar equipment
-which will come under their charge. A returned soldier who has had prior
-street-railway experience, who is physically disqualified for work
-involving physical strain or considerable manual effort, should, after
-some study, be able to qualify for the position of instructor. For one
-who is fitted temperamentally for work of this character the position
-would be a very good one. It will pay about $100 to $175 per month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1216. FOREMAN--TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT
-
-A station foreman has charge of the station, and supervises the
-dispatching of cars on their runs. He keeps the list of extra men and
-provides crews for extra and special cars. These foremen should be
-familiar with the operation of street cars. In nearly every case they
-are promoted from the ranks. They must be tactful in handling men. This
-position is one to which an individual, who accepts a minor job in the
-transportation department, may look forward.
-
-
-MOTORMEN AND CONDUCTORS--TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT
-
-Motormen and conductors have duties with which all are familiar. These
-occupations have their advantages and also their disadvantages. Some men
-follow them for almost a lifetime while others soon become dissatisfied
-and seek other fields. The positions are permanent and frequently carry
-with them attractive features, such as free medical attention,
-insurance, and club-room privileges. Pay is ordinarily based on a
-sliding scale. So the wage which a man receives for his day’s work
-depends upon the number of years that he has been in the service of the
-company. Motormen may now receive from $3 to $5 per day, and conductors
-about the same. Returned soldiers with no previous experience, who are
-in good shape physically but who must have out-of-door work, may find
-this work desirable. They will be trained by the company which employs
-them.
-
-
-MAINTENANCE-OF-WAY DEPARTMENTS
-
-The maintenance of way, or “track department,” constructs new tracks,
-bridges, and other structures, and maintains track structures and right
-of way after construction. Frequently it is under the jurisdiction of a
-chief engineer who works through a superintendent and a division
-foreman. A foreman of the machine and tool division directs the shop
-repairs of the various tools, track grinders, steam shovels, and
-hoisting engines. He has to qualify as a first-class steam engineer. The
-paving foreman is responsible for the tearing up and replacing of
-pavement which the company is required to maintain at each side of and
-between rails. The supervisor of construction has charge of building new
-track and of making the repairs to existing lines. Most of the manual
-work in this department is done by unskilled labor directed by foremen.
-A disabled man who has had previous experience in construction work
-might, with some additional training, be able to qualify for a
-foremanship. Such a position requires executive ability and sufficient
-education to read blue prints and make out reports. It will pay from $80
-to $150 per month. Practically all of the work is out of doors.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1217. LINE DEPARTMENT
-
-A wire or line department installs and maintains the trolley wires and
-feeders both underground and overhead. A man with no previous electrical
-experience may start in as a ground man or helper, and advance himself
-to the position of lineman and foreman. Electric railway line work is
-somewhat similar to that necessary for electric lighting companies. One
-requirement is a good physique, but minor disablements might not
-handicap. Practically all of the work is done out of doors. The ground
-men will receive from $2 to $4 and a lineman from $3 to $5 per day; a
-foreman from $100 to $175 per month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1218. TELEPHONE COMPANIES
-
-Telephone systems have grown phenomenally. A few years ago the telephone
-was a luxury. To-day it is a necessity. It has been predicted that the
-time will come when there will be at least one telephone in every house,
-just as practically every city building is now piped for water, so that
-it appears probable that there will be in the future a steadily
-increasing demand for trained telephone men.
-
-The type of equipment used in a telephone system is determined to some
-extent by the size of the town or city in which the system operates.
-Systems serving small towns are relatively simple. The small community
-telephone system usually has for its lines individual wires strung on
-poles. There is a pair of wires for each subscriber. To call central, a
-hand crank on the sides of the telephone is turned which causes a
-shutter or drop on the switchboard to fall and expose the line number.
-Each line has its own drop. Thus the operator’s attention is attracted.
-She answers the call and by means of cords with plugs on their ends she
-connects the calling with the called subscriber. Such a system is called
-“magneto” system, because a magneto generator turned by hand crank is
-used for calling. Dry cells located at each subscriber’s station supply
-the electrical energy for talking. While a magneto system like that just
-described is the most desirable and economical for a small town, its
-application in a city would be both impractical and prohibitively
-expensive to operate.
-
-Modern city telephone exchanges operate on the central-energy system.
-With it there are no dry cells or magnetos at the subscriber’s stations.
-Electrical energy for both signaling and talking is supplied by a
-storage battery located in the central office. For this reason an
-arrangement of this type is called a “central energy” or
-“common-battery” system. Instead of the switchboard having a drop for
-each subscriber’s line, it has a small incandescent lamp which is
-associated with the line. This lights when the subscriber removes his
-telephone receiver from its hook. For city telephone lines it would be
-infeasible to use open wires on insulators because there could not be
-placed on the poles a sufficient number of cross arms to support even a
-small proportion of the telephone lines which radiate from an exchange.
-Furthermore, open-line construction for city conditions would be very
-expensive and difficult to maintain. Hence, in the city exchanges,
-lead-covered cables, each containing from 20 to 1,200 pairs of
-conductors, are employed. Where a number of these cables are routed
-parallel to one another, they are carried in ducts in underground
-subways. In the residence sections they are supported on poles. It
-follows that the circuits and connections in a large city telephone
-exchange are exceedingly complicated. There are thousands of small
-wires, each of which serves a different purpose. Considered as a whole
-telephony involves careful work and attention to detail. Much of it is
-of the same order as fine instrument making.
-
-Departments of telephone companies include: Engineering department,
-commercial department, auditing department, plant department, traffic
-department.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1219. ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
-
-This department plans and supervises the development and construction of
-the property as a whole. In it plans and specifications are prepared for
-buildings, exchange layouts, subways, and other components. To obtain a
-position of responsibility in the engineering department one must have
-had theoretical training and a number of years of telephone experience,
-but there are usually engineering-department positions in which men of
-little experience but with some theoretical training can start as
-draftsmen or clerks, advancing as they acquire experience. In this
-respect, the engineering department of a telephone company offers
-somewhat the same possibilities for disabled men as do similar
-departments in street railways or electric-power companies. Hours of
-work and compensation will be about the same. However, for a man who has
-had telephone experience, it is desirable usually to continue in that
-line. Telephony is probably more exacting and involves greater detail
-than does power work and may on that account be preferred by some.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1220. COMMERCIAL DEPARTMENT
-
-Contracts for telephone service are obtained by the commercial
-department. It is the sales organization of a telephone company selling
-telephone service to the public. In this work there should be
-opportunities for soldiers with minor disablements who have had prior
-telephone experience, and who possess the “selling instinct.” The salary
-will probably range from $60 to $160 per month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1221. AUDITING DEPARTMENT
-
-The qualifications for men in this department are about the same as
-those required of men in any accounting organization. These are treated
-in detail in one of the other Federal Board monographs.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1222. PLANT DEPARTMENT
-
-Much of the telephone plant is built and all of it is maintained by this
-department. It is often segregated into two general divisions, (1)
-construction division and (2) maintenance division. To administer these
-there are a construction superintendent and a maintenance
-superintendent. Then each division may be further subdivided in sections
-as follows: (_a_) Aerial-line section, (_b_) cable section, (_c_) repair
-section, (_d_) wire chief’s section, (_e_) installation section, (_f_)
-cable-report section, and (_g_) clerical section.
-
-Men employed regularly in the construction division may be assigned
-temporarily to the maintenance division when up-keep work is
-particularly heavy, and vice versa.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1223. AERIAL LINE AND CABLE SECTIONS--PLANT DEPARTMENT
-
-By the aerial line and aerial cable sections the overhead lines are
-built and maintained. The work is somewhat similar to that performed by
-the corresponding division of an electric light and power company. It is
-necessary to set and guy poles, place cross arms on them, and string
-wire. In modern city construction, however, few cross arms are required,
-because cable and twisted pair “block” wire has almost wholly superseded
-open wire. The handling of telephone cable is an occupation peculiar to
-telephone work. Where placed overhead, the lead-covered cable is
-suspended on steel messenger wire supported on poles. Great care must be
-exercised in installing cable. It is damaged easily and may then be a
-source of expensive and provoking trouble. Most of the work in the
-construction department involves considerable physical exertion, but
-there are often foremanships and inspectorships which men incapable of
-great physical exertion and indoor work could fill. General working
-conditions, qualifications, hours, rates of pay, and the like are about
-the same as those detailed for the distribution department of an
-electric-power company.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1224. UNDERGROUND CABLE SECTION--PLANT DEPARTMENT
-
-This section has to do with installing, joining, and connecting
-telephone cables. Much of the work is splicing. Telephone cable consists
-of from 100 to 600 or more pairs of copper wire. Each wire is separated
-from its neighbors with a wrapping of paper or other insulating
-material. Then the bunch of conductors is covered by a protective
-sheath, usually of lead. In splicing, the lead sheath is first stripped
-from the end of the cable. Then the different corresponding pairs in the
-cables to be connected are joined together. Each joint is insulated with
-a paper sleeve slipped over it. When all of the pairs have been
-connected, a lead sleeve is slipped over the splice and “wiped” with hot
-solder to the lead sheath of the cables which have been joined. This
-work requires much skill and experience. Not only does the cableman
-splice the cables, but he must also connect them to the distributing
-frames in the central office and to the terminal boxes on the poles. A
-terminal box on the end of a cable is one whereby the aerial circuits
-are connected to the underground cable conductors. About the only way to
-become a proficient cable splicer is through experience as a cable
-splicer’s helper. This vocation should offer opportunities for men who
-have only minor disablements, and who should work out of doors nearly
-all of the time. The use of the hands and fingers is necessary. Cable
-splicers must sometimes climb poles. In very bad weather the cablemen
-are given indoor tasks. A cable splicer will ordinarily receive from $60
-to $110 per month, and a helper from $40 to $85.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1225. REPAIR SECTION--PLANT DEPARTMENT
-
-This section assembles the frames, racks, cables, and other minor
-central-office accessories, and clears the troubles in the subscribers’
-instruments, private branch exchanges, and the central offices. Workers
-in this division may be classified into four groups: (1) Equipment
-installers, (2) line and instrument repairmen, (3) switchboard
-repairmen, and (4) wire chief and testers.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1226. EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS--REPAIR SECTION
-
-Equipment installers include the apprentices of the industry. New men
-are frequently placed in these positions for training. They cut and form
-switchboard cable, and do other equipment-installation work around the
-exchange. Practically no experience is required of a beginner. But an
-equipment-installation foreman should be a well-informed, thoroughly
-trained man. He usually advances to this position from the ranks. The
-work on the whole is light and should afford opportunities for men with
-minor disablements of little technical training who have full use of
-their hands and fingers.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1227. LINE AND INSTRUMENT REPAIRMEN--REPAIR SECTION
-
-Line and instrument repairmen are the “trouble shooters.” They locate
-troubles and faults which occur on lines or in subscribers’ instruments.
-After some experience a repairman usually knows from the symptoms of a
-fault just what the difficulty is and where it may be located. Ability
-to climb poles is usually essential for this work. A knowledge of
-principal telephone circuits, cable and line layouts is also requisite.
-A repairman is usually promoted to this work from some other position
-with the company. For proficiency it requires experience on the job.
-Hours are eight or nine a day, and compensation may be from $60 to $110
-per month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1228. SWITCHBOARD REPAIRMEN--REPAIR SECTION
-
-Switchboard repairmen are men of ability and a number of years’
-experience. Their functions are to maintain and repair local and toll
-switchboards, private branch exchanges, and sometimes the auxiliary
-equipment in offices, such as ringing machines, charging generators, and
-storage batteries. As already noted, switchboard equipment is quite
-intricate and requires the attention of a competent repairman to
-maintain it in efficient operating condition. The switchboard
-repairman’s job may be considered as a possibility for a man who enters
-the telephone industry in a minor position. The work is practically all
-inside, in the telephone-exchange buildings. While it requires
-manipulative skill, and full use of the hands, little physical effort is
-necessary. The salary will range from $75 to $125.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1229. WIRE CHIEF’S SECTION--PLANT DEPARTMENT
-
-This section tests lines, switchboards, cables, and instruments, and
-locates troubles which may occur in these. Some of the men who are
-employed are switchboard inspector, testers, wire chief, night wire
-chief. The work is done almost wholly indoors. It requires some
-knowledge of the elementary principle of electrical practice and the
-functions of the switchboard and its accessories. The testing is done
-from a central testing desk, or testing switchboard, which is located in
-the terminal room of a telephone exchange. At this desk the wire chief
-or his assistant operates the keys and switches whereby the tests are
-made. To be a good wire chief in a city telephone system usually
-requires from six to 10 years’ experience. Duties of subordinate
-positions may be mastered in shorter periods. All of these jobs require
-experience, which can be obtained by a man who starts with the telephone
-company as an untrained beginner. A wire chief may receive from $75 to
-$175 per month.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1230. INSTALLATION SECTION--PLANT DEPARTMENT
-
-Installation and removal of telephones and private-branch exchanges is
-the work of this section. There is constant demand for new stations and
-for shifting about old ones, which provides work for a large number of
-men. For this work little experience is necessary. A helper may become
-proficient in a few days and may soon be competent to install
-instruments without supervision. The work may be graded in such a way
-that an ambitious man may advance to more responsible and remunerative
-positions, such as switchboard installing and testing.
-
-One possibility for those who like installation work is the position of
-private-branch exchange installer. His work consists in the installation
-of complete private-branch exchanges in factories, stores, public
-buildings, and elsewhere. He must supervise the running of all necessary
-wires and cables in buildings, setting of switchboards, connecting
-instruments, and making final tests to insure correctness of
-installation. Much time is spent out of doors traveling between jobs.
-The remainder is spent in buildings in which installations are made. A
-beginner may receive from $40 to $70, and a foreman from $75 to $110 per
-month. This work can be handled by a man who has only minor disablements
-and who has full use of his hands. Such training as is necessary will
-usually be given to him by the company which employs him. However, as
-with other electrical vocations, a short preliminary theoretical course
-will be of considerable value.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1231. CABLE REPORT SECTION--PLANT DEPARTMENT
-
-Making definite records of every circuit in the telephone system is the
-task of the cable report section. Such records are essential to enable
-the wire chief to locate definitely any telephone fault, even though the
-circuit involved an exceedingly devious rout. The work is clerical. A
-general familiarity with the complete telephone layout is desirable, but
-a beginner with little experience may be employed. The qualifications,
-possibilities, rates of pay, hours, and the like are about the same as
-those for accounting or auditing clerical work. However, a man who has
-had some previous telephone experience will be able to utilize it in
-this department.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1232. TRAFFIC DEPARTMENT
-
-This department has charge of the telephone traffic. The operators,
-practically always young women, make connections on calls by
-subscribers. There are usually no men on the floor of a telephone
-exchange except the switchboard and maintenance men. A large telephone
-exchange may have a male traffic manager. Large companies may have a
-traffic-engineering department which plans and directs the arrangement
-of switchboard sections, and the division of lines between operators in
-order to insure efficient service. Men with some prior telephone
-experience who can not do heavy physical work, might qualify for minor
-positions under direction of the traffic engineer. These would be of the
-same general character as those with the engineering department, except
-that they deal only with traffic. Rates of pay, working hours, and
-future possibilities are practically the same as in an engineering
-department.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1233. STEAM RAILROADS
-
-Practically all steam railroads now have electrical departments. The men
-in such departments install and maintain the electric train lighting
-equipment and do such electrical construction--installation of
-generators, motors, wiring, and the like--as may be required on the
-system. Each steam road may have an electrical superintendent to whom
-electricians and their helpers report.
-
-The railroad electrician’s work includes maintenance of electric train
-lighting generators, storage batteries, and electric wiring of cars and
-buildings; it includes armature winding and rewinding, and installation
-of generators and motors. Obviously, years of experience and training
-are necessary, but at the bottom of the ladder there are opportunities
-for inexperienced men to start in as helpers. The work is interesting
-and steady. Usually full use of hands and good sight and hearing are
-required. While there is some lifting and heavy work, on the whole the
-duties are not arduous. About half of the work is out of doors and half
-inside. The rates of pay for a beginner will vary from $40 to $75, for a
-journeyman from $75 to $150, and for a superintendent from $125 to $300.
-Men are furnished free with a certain amount of railroad transportation
-for themselves and families, the amount of transportation thus allowed
-increasing with the man’s responsibilities and with the length of his
-service.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1234. BEEKEEPING AS A VOCATION
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.
-
-  Acknowledgment is due Dr. E. F. Phillips, Apiculturist of the Bureau
-  of Entomology. United States Department of Agriculture; to F. C.
-  Pellett and C. P. Dadant, editors of the American Bee Journal,
-  Hamilton, Ill., and A. I. Root Co., Medina, Ohio, for suggestions,
-  data, and illustrations; also to Dr. John Cummings, of the Research
-  Division, for editorial assistance.
-
-The increased use of honey during the war and the possession of some
-previous knowledge of bees may have directed the attention of a large
-number of you, who are disabled, to the possibility of making beekeeping
-your life work. During the war the shortage of sugar made the larger use
-of other sweets imperative, and it was essential that the use of these
-substitutes be augmented to the greatest possible extent. The necessary
-introduction of honey has made its deliciousness, palatability, and
-healthfulness widely known and will lead to its continuous and increased
-general domestic use. The export demand for American honey has recently
-increased beyond any former record and the price has doubled. Beekeeping
-and honey production present an opportunity to you for profitable
-livelihood with small investment. It is to your personal advantage to
-consider it carefully.
-
-
-BEE CULTURE LIGHT WORK, INTERESTING, AND PROFITABLE
-
-Beekeeping differs from most other branches of agriculture, in that the
-beekeeper handles an animal which has never been domesticated. He must
-therefore study the habits of this animal and know them intimately
-before he may hope to succeed with this work. The feeding habits,
-breeding, and even the housing of bees has not been materially changed
-in all the centuries that man has handled them. If their habits are well
-understood, the beekeeper may cause them to accomplish results which
-will lead to the greatest profit to himself. The work is light, without
-routine duties at fixed times, with no drudgery. Beekeeping is
-interesting, in fact enthusing and strengthening to the mind and the
-body. It is a profitable business which may be made very lucrative with
-devotion and experience. A western man sold his crop of one season to a
-well-known company dealing in honey for $30,000.
-
-
-WHAT IS HONEY?
-
-Honey is made from the nectar secreted by thousands of varieties of
-flowers. This nectar is gathered by bees and modified by them
-chemically. Water is evaporated out of it and it is ripened into a
-delicious and wholesome food.
-
-Before cane sugar was manufactured in quantities for commercial use
-honey was the most common sweet in human food. In pioneering days it was
-hunted systematically in hollow trees and crevices in rocks. Wild honey
-so secured was considered well worth the time spent in seeking it.
-
-There is another form of honey designated as abnormal, since it does not
-come from the nectar of flowers, but is, nevertheless, gathered by bees.
-It is developed from a sweet substance known as honey dew, deposited on
-the leaves of plants by certain insects such as plant lice. In some
-regions honey dew is not found at all. Where found, the amount that bees
-gather is negligible in comparison with the amount of nectar gathered
-from blossoms. Nectar is so changed chemically and modified by ripening
-and evaporating after being gathered by bees, that in the form of honey
-it is readily digested and assimilated.
-
-
-HEALTHFULNESS OF HONEY
-
-Before the manufacture of great quantities of sugar a larger amount of
-honey was used per capita than is used now. The necessary introduction
-of honey as a substitute for sugar has just recently again called
-general attention to its healthfulness and the lesson is not likely soon
-to be forgotten. Because it is predigested and readily assimilable,
-physicians recommend it as a food for persons with delicate stomachs,
-for those troubled with kidney complaint, and for those subject to
-constipation, since honey is laxative in effect.
-
-The average amount of sugar consumed annually for every man, woman, and
-child is about 80 pounds, and this sugar can not be assimilated without
-change in the stomach, an action not necessary with honey. It can
-readily be understood that the population might be benefited by
-substituting honey for some of the sugar consumed. When the stomach
-fails to do its work in modifying the sugar, the eliminating organs, the
-kidneys especially, are severely taxed. A noted physician, now 84 years
-old, eats honey instead of sugar, believing it will prolong his life and
-give him better health while living. He says that it is well
-authenticated that, as our natural craving indicates, sweets are a real
-need of the system, but that the excessive use of sugar brings in its
-train a long list of ills. He asserts also that the health of the
-present generation, if honey could be at least partially restored to its
-former place, would be greatly improved.
-
-Prof. Cook, of California, says: “Physicians may be correct in asserting
-that the large consumption of sugar is a menace to health and long life,
-and that by eating honey our digestive machinery saves work that it
-would have to perform if we ate sugar and in case it is overtaxed and
-feeble, this may be just the respite that will save it from a
-breakdown.” Switzerland produces large quantities of honey, but the
-demand for it is so great that the price has advanced and the Government
-has been compelled to fix it. Although we may infer that the Swiss
-themselves are a great honey-eating people, Dr. Emfeld, of Geneva, seems
-to think that they might well eat more of this sweet. “If people would
-eat more honey,” he says, “we doctors would starve.”
-
-Honey has many medicinal qualities, and is used in nearly all cough
-sirups, cold preparations, and compounded in many other medicines where
-delicate flavor, absolute purity, and sweetness insure results not to be
-obtained by the use of any substitute.
-
-While commonly used in its natural state as a spread on hot bread and
-cakes, honey may be employed in cooking wherever sugar may be used. The
-same beneficial effect upon health will follow as a result from its use
-in the natural state. Foods prepared with it are better and will remain
-in fresh condition longer than if prepared with sugar or sirup. Bread
-and cakes prepared with honey will not dry out as with sugar, because
-honey attracts moisture. It has long been employed in the household in
-general cooking, as well as in canning and in the baking of many
-desirable kinds of bread, and numerous varieties of cakes, gems, snaps,
-and cookies. When used in sweetening tea and coffee it does not cause
-any loss of aroma. Its recent substitution for sugar is causing it again
-to be employed in making pies, puddings, and sauces. Confectioners use
-honey freely, and might well use it more freely than they do in making
-honey nuts, candies, creams, butter scotch, and popcorn balls.
-
-In Turkey, a great honey-producing country, where bee culture is
-scientifically followed with the noted oriental strains of bees, a
-popular sweet, known as rose honey marmalade, is manufactured. It is
-made from the leaves of roses and honey and combines the exquisite
-perfume of the former with the delightful flavor of the latter in an
-unusual product of the nature and texture of a marmalade due to
-incorporating the rose petals with the honey.
-
-
-BEEKEEPING PERMITS SERIOUS HANDICAPS
-
-Beekeeping, like many other lines of agriculture, presents an
-exceptionally attractive and profitable vocation to the disabled men of
-the war. The handling of bees is interesting and encourages the most
-valuable exercise, but the muscular effort is small. It probably
-requires less constant devotion, except during the main honey-flow, than
-any other country pursuit. Therefore it is especially attractive to the
-convalescing or others who have recovered from wounds, even if they have
-lost one or more limbs.
-
-Though handicapped in various ways you may confidently hope to become as
-near 100 per cent efficient in bee culture as in any other work. A
-beekeeper should, however, have one good hand and arm.
-
-Uncle Sam offers you every possible assistance in the way of artificial
-limbs, interchangeable devices, and vocational training for the greatest
-possible success in bee culture. Such opportunity was not offered the
-disabled veterans of the Civil War, Mr. John Donnegan, of Seguin, Tex.,
-whose photograph shows him using a special strap which he devised to
-serve in place of his missing hand in moving honey supers, hives, and
-frames of comb. He has made a wonderful success and spent the greater
-part of his life as a beekeeper. The ingenious use of a strap around his
-shoulders with a snap that can easily be attached to a screweye placed
-in the various articles to be handled, but poorly takes the place of
-appliances and an artificial hand and arm, which are now furnished free
-of expense to our disabled soldiers.
-
-The American Bee Journal and Gleanings in Bee Culture find many
-successful apiarists who are partially incapacitated and who would be
-poorly fitted for most other lines of work. One of these, Mr. Harvey E.
-Nicholls, of Iowa, when 21 years old lost both legs--one below the
-thigh, the other below the knee. He did not give up to live on charity,
-but grew ambitious to make his life a success. He selected beekeeping,
-purchased a colony of bees and a good book on beekeeping that he might
-study them and neighboring apiaries together. He realized for the season
-from the one hive 80 pounds of surplus honey and enough for the bees,
-which, properly packed, wintered so well that they were strong in the
-spring for gathering nectar and starting an apiary.
-
-He secured three old hives and two 2-pound packages of bees, also two
-colonies which he handled on the shares for half. He transferred the
-bees from the old boxes to standard 10-framed hives. The season’s
-results were 12 colonies and 400 pounds of honey. He also represented
-the Honey Producers’ Supply Co., making something on the side. The next
-spring, 1918, two more colonies were purchased, added to the dozen, and
-moved 5 miles into the country, where 45 colonies more were handled for
-half of the surplus honey. The supply factory work was almost entirely
-dropped that the bees might have undivided attention. A second-hand Ford
-was purchased on time, which an artificial leg enabled him to drive as
-well as anyone.
-
-The results of the season from May 1 to September 9 were his own 14
-colonies increased to 20, the 45 colonies on the shares increased to 85,
-and cash returns over $800. By adopting the slogan suggested by the
-Bureau of Entomology, “Keep more bees; keep bees better,” he can
-doubtless greatly increase his income.
-
-He may be appropriately called a self-made man. In addition to a
-successful start as a beekeeper he is studying to complete a course in
-high school. He has helped support his grandmother and sister, and,
-believing in tithing, has given one-tenth of his earnings to charities.
-
-The story of Mr. Nicholls but expresses in part what any disabled man
-may accomplish with vocational training and devotion to beekeeping or
-some other occupation that will insure useful and respected citizenship.
-
-Your disability need not interfere with your engaging in this work, but
-it may take grit and determination to pull you through the early stages.
-You may be sure when in the ranks of the good beekeepers you will be
-associated with admirable people who will gladly aid you in any way
-possible in making good.
-
-
-THE BEE FAMILY
-
-This interesting family called in bee culture a colony, lives in a house
-known as a hive many of which aggregate form a bee city--an apiary. The
-family consists of three types of bees, the queen, Fig. 7-a, the mother
-of the family and naturally the only one of her nature in the colony.
-She is a fully developed female bee whose sole duty is that of laying
-eggs and increasing her family--the population of the colony--which
-reaches large numbers. The worker, Fig. 7-b, is an undeveloped female,
-and this type represents the largest number of the colony’s population,
-which may run from several thousand to eighty-five or one hundred
-thousand in one hive or family. As the name indicates the workers gather
-all the honey and food, care for the young bees and perform other duties
-in the hive. The drone, Fig. 7-c, is the male bee. He, as his name
-indicates, contributes nothing to the upkeep of the family, a family in
-which truly “everybody works but father.” The queen is able to control
-the strength of the colony. The workers by construction of a queen cell
-about an egg and by giving different food may develop a queen from what
-would otherwise have been developed into a worker.
-
-
-EXTENT OF BEEKEEPING IN THE UNITED STATES
-
-There are in the United States about 800,000 persons who own bees,
-although not all of them can be classed as regular beekeepers. Perhaps
-the average bee owner has about 10 colonies. Since there are many owning
-bees by the hundreds of colonies, it is obvious that the majority have
-only two or three colonies. This side line of a few hives on the farm
-does not really pay, but is just a little luxury. The type of beekeeping
-presented to you here is for a vocation, and is the practical kind
-employed by the best beekeepers of the country--by men who make a good
-living by keeping bees.
-
-The retail price of honey has gradually advanced to 40 cents or more per
-pound, and beeswax to 42 cents wholesale, notwithstanding the fact that
-there was produced in 1918 about 250,000,000 pounds of honey. This
-probably does not cover the entire honey crop of the United States,
-since a large amount is marketed locally. In fact this product is so
-greatly in demand that a large percentage is sold at the home of the
-apiarist. Apiarists can, if attentive to the attractiveness of their
-product and considerate of their customers, hold them and make of each
-an advertisement for additional business. The honey crop of the United
-States is estimated annually at $20,000,000, and yet there has never
-been a time when any country on the globe could produce enough to make
-this delicious food a common article of diet.
-
-Not all parts of the United States are equally good for beekeeping, and
-it is advisable for one who contemplates making it his life work
-carefully to consider the selection of a location. As a rule, it is not
-advisable to go too far from the country with which you are familiar.
-Bees may be kept with profit almost anywhere where agriculture is
-practiced, the returns depending largely on the care given to the bees.
-
-The most widely known region for beekeeping is that of the northeastern
-quarter of the country, where white and alsike clovers yield nectar.
-Although these plants reach their highest yield in the northern tier of
-States, they are also productive farther south. In the northern region
-bees get considerable quantities of nectar from basswood, tulip poplar,
-buckwheat, sweet clover, and locust, and in some localities from other
-plants of decided honey value. The buckwheat region of southern New York
-and northern Pennsylvania is included in the clover region.
-
-The second region in importance is that in which the bees get their
-nectar from alfalfa. This plant, which is now grown in all parts of the
-country, does not yield much nectar except in the irrigated portions of
-the West and is therefore practically valueless for the beekeeper east
-of the Missouri River. The honey from this source is white in the higher
-altitudes of Colorado and Utah, and amber in Arizona, New Mexico, and
-California.
-
-The southeastern part of the country offers many opportunities to the
-beekeeper, but the business has not been so well developed there. The
-nectar comes from numerous plants which are influenced by various soils,
-temperature, and other factors. The honey usually does not come in very
-rapidly and is often darker than other honeys, but since the plants
-yield for a longer period, the beekeeper is able to get good returns for
-his labor.
-
-The semiarid region of the southwest produces many plants which secrete
-nectar in abundance. This region is subject to drought and there are
-years when the beekeeper has to feed his bees to keep them alive.
-However, taking a series of years into account, this region pays as well
-as any other.
-
-The sage region of southern California offers great opportunities to the
-beekeeper. The honeys are chiefly white and secretion is abundant when
-there is sufficient rainfall. In this region also honey is obtained from
-blossoms of citrus fruits, which being irrigated are not so liable to
-failure as the plants growing in the desert. The chief problem in this
-part of the country is to strengthen the colonies in time for the nectar
-flow from citrus fruit blossoms. This may be done by application of
-proper care at the right time. In choosing the location for an apiary in
-the sage region, great care should be exercised to select one where the
-average rainfall is about 20 inches. Information regarding rainfall may
-be obtained from the Weather Bureau offices or from forest supervisors.
-Many of the best locations are in the national forests, where a location
-may be obtained at a small rental and other beekeepers will not be
-permitted to encroach.
-
-In addition to these chief regions, there are many localities where
-other plants are of sufficient value to make a good crop of honey. Such
-regions are the buckwheat region, already mentioned; the Spanish needle
-region of the Kankakee swamps of northern Indiana and Illinois and the
-Delaware River Valley; the willow herb regions of northern Michigan and
-Wisconsin, Maine, Washington, and Oregon; the sweet clover regions of
-Alabama and Kentucky; the blue thistle region of the Shenandoah Valley;
-the raspberry region of northern Michigan; the smartweed region of the
-Middle West (corn belt); and the bean region of Southern California.
-There are many other restricted regions as valuable as those mentioned.
-
-
-VARIATION IN SEASONS
-
-All years are not equally good for nectar secretion, and some years the
-flow is so poor that feeding is necessary to keep the bees alive. Such
-years are of common occurrence to the poor beekeeper, while they are
-rather a rarity to the good, highly skilled beekeeper. By this is meant
-that the good beekeeper is able to keep his bees in such condition that
-they are able to take advantage of every hour of nectar secretion, while
-the poor beekeeper does not do this. In the best years every person
-owning bees will get some honey, but it is the person who studies the
-business who can make it pay almost every year.
-
-
-DISTRIBUTION OF BEES IN THE UNITED STATES
-
-The accompanying map shows where the bees in the country are mainly
-located. It indicates also the extent of the business in different
-sections and gives some idea, by the number of dots on the map, of the
-most successful territory for beekeeping. Care must be taken in drawing
-conclusions of this kind, for a field or territory may be overpastured,
-as it were, by bees as well as by cattle. Bees, however, travel many
-miles. Large apiaries should not be too close together, at least 3 or 4
-miles apart. Although the honey flows of the South do not equal those of
-the North in intensity, yet, as will be observed from the map, there are
-more bees in the Southern States than in any other part of the country.
-Bees in the South can be purchased at small cost, for they are not
-appreciated and are poorly equipped, being hived largely in boxes and
-“gums” which are of course unprofitable. They may be transferred to
-modern hives, after which they may be managed for extracted honey, which
-is the most profitable manner of handling bees in that section and the
-most effective way of avoiding swarming. The convenience of the modern
-hive and frame enables the increase of colonies by division.
-
-
-BEEKEEPING SHOULD BE A SPECIALTY
-
-Frequently one sees articles advocating the keeping of a few colonies of
-bees so that one may have all the honey desired. This sounds rather
-well, but such advice does not work out well in practice. Only those
-persons who study and devote themselves to the business are successful
-beekeepers. They make money, some big money. One Indiana man’s 1918
-honey crop exceeded $20,000. Success requires making beekeeping the
-chief vocation, for the person who does not rely upon it for his living
-is likely to be busy when the bees most need his care, and being
-constantly engrossed in other things he does not take the time to study
-the problems of the beekeeper. Beekeeping is preeminently a specialist’s
-job, and it can not be recommended for the disabled soldier except as a
-specialty. To be convinced of the necessity for specializing you have
-only to visit farmers who have a few colonies of neglected and sometimes
-diseased bees, in some out of the way place, which never pay and are a
-menace to the success of all good beekeepers in the neighborhood.
-
-
-NEED OF SPECIALISTS IN BEEKEEPING
-
-The war revealed an insufficient number of available scientific
-apiarists in the United States capable of giving instruction to those
-desirous of engaging in commercial beekeeping. There are many
-sufficiently trained, but they are reaping such financial returns from
-their bees that they can not be induced to take up the work of training
-others. The increasing educational work of the Federal Government and of
-the several States in bee culture will afford men desiring to undertake
-such work opportunities to secure positions. For this service thorough
-theoretical training is required as well as good apiary practice on a
-commercial scale. The teaching of beekeeping is a new field for
-agricultural colleges and one which they gladly enter when
-scientifically trained apiarists can be secured for giving instruction.
-Were qualified teachers available the list of colleges at the close of
-this monograph offering instruction in beekeeping would be much longer.
-However, intensive and thorough short courses are being conducted as
-indicated in the list, and these present exceptional opportunity. Many
-more short courses will be arranged. The training is, it is true,
-mainly theoretical, but it can and should promptly be made practical by
-forming a connection with some successful apiarist.
-
-
-OTHER BRANCHES OF AGRICULTURE AS SIDE LINES TO BEEKEEPING
-
-It is quite possible to combine beekeeping with other branches of
-agriculture, provided they do not necessitate much attention at the time
-when the bees require every care and thought of the beekeeper. General
-farming and beekeeping do not combine well, for the reason that swarming
-usually comes at a season when the farmer is busily engaged with his
-cropping. However, you might, as a bee specialist, form a business
-combination with the farmer and develop a paying apiary, and also give
-attention to some useful side lines. Gardening, fruits, poultry, Belgian
-hares, flowers, etc., combine profitably with beekeeping, but before
-engaging in any combinations, careful inquiry should be made of
-successful beekeepers of the region regarding the time of the principal
-honey flows. Information should be obtained also from persons following
-the suggested side lines as to when these occupations require most
-attention. This will enable one to determine the best combination to
-adopt. The beekeeper who neglects his bees during swarming time, or when
-nectar is coming in freely, may expect to lose fully nine-tenths of the
-crop. Honey, like hay, must be made while the sun shines. Side lines
-must not interfere with the apiarist being ready, with colonies strong,
-when the sun shines sufficiently to cause honey plants to bloom and
-nectar to flow freely.
-
-Many garden crops may be grown and small truck farming may be followed
-on areas located in close proximity to the apiary. Crops should be
-selected that will require the least amount of time when the apiarist is
-busiest with the bees. The tomato, greatly in demand for canning supply,
-does not materially interfere in its planting, cultivation, or harvest
-with the principal honey season.
-
-
-BEES VALUABLE TO HORTICULTURE
-
-By careful management and by employing some help in certain seasons,
-horticulture--small fruits and orcharding--may likewise be profitably
-undertaken without interfering with apiary work. Bee culture and
-horticulture may in fact be combined to mutual advantage. The nectar
-from the fruit bloom is always regarded as an advantage and comes when
-nectar from other sources is not available.
-
-In flying from flower to flower bees carry pollen and thus produce
-cross-pollination. They are of value also in the pollination of
-buckwheat, the clovers, and of many other farm crops. Horticulturists
-have learned to appreciate this service so highly for orchards and small
-fruit gardens that few commercial fruit growers will be without a
-good-sized apiary in the orchard if there are no bees in flying reach.
-It is impossible to measure the good that is accomplished in this way,
-but since many varieties of fruits are not fertile to their own pollen,
-it is obvious that were it not for the bees and other insects which
-carry pollen there would be much less fruit. Of course not all the
-pollen is carried by honey-bees, but this is the only species of insect
-which may be taken to the orchard to insure pollination.
-
-
-THE WORK OF THE BEEKEEPER
-
-The average citizen has but a vague idea of the duties required of the
-beekeeper for success. The idea prevails commonly that bees require but
-little care. That is all wrong. Careful study, frequent attention, and
-real work are essential. The work of the year may be briefly summarized
-as follows: First, the beekeeper provides such conditions as will
-encourage the colonies to produce young “workers” to the fullest
-capacity of the hive before the secretion of nectar begins from the
-principal honey plants. Second, he prevents a division of the working
-force of the colony by swarming, through the well-understood means of
-discouraging it. In addition to these activities, he provides the
-additional space for storage of the surplus honey crop at the right
-time. To have the bees reach their greatest strength in time for the
-first honey flows taxes the skill of the best apiarist, but by a careful
-study of the flowers from which the principal nectar crop is obtained in
-this locality the beekeeper is able to create sufficiently in advance
-conditions which will greatly multiply his working bees. Failure to do
-this and failure to appreciate the importance of being prepared has
-caused many beekeepers the loss of the best honey flows of the year. In
-such cases the beekeeper often does not know that he is missing the
-largest flows, because his colonies do not acquire their full strength
-until after these flows have terminated.
-
-It may seem unnatural to fight the swarming instinct, as swarming is the
-natural way for new colonies to be formed. It is, however, the nature of
-bees to swarm at a time when swarming will result in a division of the
-working force, and just at the period when they should be concentrating
-on the principal flow of the season. Therefore the beekeeper arranges,
-if possible, that any increase in the number of colonies shall be made
-when it will not prevent the gathering of nectar. This requires
-vigilance just at the swarming season, since no satisfactory way has
-been devised for treating the whole apiary long in advance of this
-season to check the swarming instinct. There are, however, ways of
-control by weekly visits during the swarming season--ways which can not
-be explained in this short monograph, but which can be learned from
-literature or in an agricultural college course in beekeeping.
-
-The busy season for the beekeeper begins about two months before the
-main honey flow, continues through the swarming season, and ends when
-the comb honey is taken from the supers or when the honey is extracted
-from larger frames which have been added to enable the use of the
-extracting machine. Afterwards there is less rush, the only important
-work being early preparation of the bees for winter. Every latitude in
-the United States has its winter problem, and it is of the first
-importance that prospective beekeepers realize that success depends more
-on proper wintering than on any other one thing.
-
-
-WINTER OCCUPATIONS
-
-It will be evident that most of the work of the beekeeper comes in the
-spring, summer, and fall. When your bees have been properly prepared for
-winter with plenty of stores, there is nothing to be done for their
-welfare until the early spring and “flying-out” time. There are,
-however, many profitable winter jobs for the beekeeper. Equipment should
-be stored, repaired, and put in complete readiness for the next season.
-Many beekeepers turn their time into money by retailing the honey crop
-during these out-of-season months, and when all their own honey is sold
-they buy from other beekeepers to supply the trade. By developing a home
-market you will get the profit not only of the producer, but as well
-that of the wholesaler and retailer.
-
-Everyone ought to have free a part of each year for study and
-recreation, and the winter is the free time for the beekeeper, while his
-little workers themselves are resting. Wintertime well employed in study
-will prepare you for better returns. A thorough study of some new phase
-of beekeeping can be taken up every winter. There is an abundance of
-literature, and you can greatly profit by the experience of other
-beekeepers and experiment-station records. Interest and determination to
-acquire knowledge of your chosen vocation will be the best evidence of
-your suitability for bee culture. Your enthusiasm may cause you to cover
-the literature speedily. If there remains time unemployed, you may
-desire to take up some other line of work, either physical or mental.
-Some beekeepers have found it pleasant and profitable to teach in the
-winter. Teaching interferes but slightly with beekeeping. Mornings,
-evenings, Saturdays, and the long summer vacations can be devoted to the
-bees. The teacher should produce extracted honey to avoid the
-difficulties of swarm control.
-
-Farm mechanics may prove advisable for a winter vocation and become an
-income-bearing side line for one who is handy with tools, tractors,
-trucks, and other machinery. The demand for able mechanics to repair and
-place in overhauled readiness for spring use all the up-to-date
-machinery now used on the farm is constantly growing. (See Farm
-Mechanics).
-
-
-NUMBER OF COLONIES NEEDED TO MAKE A LIVING
-
-In deciding on beekeeping as a life work, one should have some idea of
-the necessary amount to invest and the work entailed. There are many
-persons in the country who earn a livelihood almost or entirely from
-bees, and the number is increasing every year. In the Eastern States,
-where the weather during the summer may interfere with the work of the
-beekeeper, a skilled man may care for perhaps 600 colonies. In the West,
-however, where the weather does not so greatly enter into the
-beekeeper’s calculations, this number may be increased to 1,000. In
-giving these figures, it is assumed that the beekeeper is able to put in
-a full day’s work, is capable of considerable physical effort, and is a
-good manager. If he does not possess these qualifications, he may be
-much behind in his work at critical times, which necessarily means loss
-of honey, perhaps a total loss of the year’s work.
-
-During and since the war, prices for honey have been high, making the
-returns larger than one may ordinarily expect. Perhaps the safest plan
-is to use figures which applied before the war, although in all
-probability honey prices will not for a long period, if ever, drop to
-their former level. With honey figured at prewar price of 25 cents a
-pound retail, the good beekeeper may confidently expect to average $10 a
-colony. This is on the basis of extracted honey, which will probably be
-produced by those about to engage in the business, certainly after the
-first year’s experience. The expense in addition to labor per colony
-will not average more than $1 a year. Income may be greatly increased by
-selling honey locally at retail.
-
-For one whose physical condition does not permit regular and hard work,
-the number of colonies must be correspondingly smaller, at least at
-first. When one has thoroughly mastered the business, the actual
-physical labor may be greatly reduced and by the proper hiring of
-unskilled labor the beekeeper may be saved much of the hardest part of
-the work. Women have made a success of commercial beekeeping, and while
-unable to do the hard physical work, they have had it performed under
-their personal supervision by hired labor. Comb-honey production is
-lighter work and not so many colonies are necessary to get the same
-financial returns if the beekeeper retails his comb honey at the apiary.
-However, with large apiaries composed of hundreds of colonies the
-conditions change and comparison of financial returns are favorable to
-the production of extracted honey. The large commercial beekeepers
-follow extracting.
-
-
-THE OUTFIT NEEDED
-
-In addition to the colonies of bees properly hived, the beekeeper needs
-some other equipment. This chiefly consists of a small house in which to
-prepare the equipment and extract the honey, keep miscellaneous tools
-for fitting out the apparatus, and usually an automobile truck for
-moving bees and honey. It is usually not profitable to keep more than
-100 colonies in one apiary. It therefore becomes essential to rent or
-buy small tracts of land--about 4 miles apart--so that 100 colonies may
-be kept in each place. This necessitates moving supplies and from time
-to time colonies of bees. For this a small 1-ton truck is preferred by
-most commercial beekeepers. At first necessary hauling may be hired. The
-home apiary is usually best equipped, and frequently it is the practice
-to haul in the honey to the home apiary after extracting. Many use a
-small auto for this service. Another plan is to have an extracting house
-rigged up on a trailer to the auto or truck, so that it may be moved
-from place to place as needed. Usually the only labor employed at the
-time of extracting is unskilled, but if your disability is troublesome
-when preparing for winter or in doing other work, you can hire such help
-as you may need. Even during the swarming season you may hire somebody
-to take down the hives while you examine the combs for queen cells and
-perform the various operations necessary for swarm control.
-
-
-INVESTMENT NECESSARY
-
-The investment which the general beekeeper makes in his business is
-nine-tenths brains and study and one-tenth money invested in bees and
-equipment. If he invests money only, his failure is a foregone
-conclusion.
-
-The price of hives and other equipment has greatly increased during the
-war, and there is not much likelihood that it will decrease materially
-during the next few years. However, by making inquiry the beekeeper may
-frequently find opportunity to buy equipment from persons who have
-failed to make a success because of unwillingness to study the problems
-of the apiarist or of inability to devote to the work the time
-necessary. Such failures are sufficiently clear proof that the bee
-business requires devotion. The country is full of discarded hives which
-have been bought by persons who have conceived the idea that it was only
-necessary to buy a colony of bees and that the bees would “work for
-nothing and board themselves.”
-
-If new hives completely equipped for producing extracted honey are
-bought at present prices they will probably cost from $4 to $5 each. The
-bees to start a colony will cost perhaps $5 if purchased from dealers in
-bees, but may obtained for much less by arranging with some apiarist to
-fill the hives one supplies with swarms as they come off. Frequently
-such arrangements may be made with some beekeeper who, not caring for
-more colonies and to avoid buying hives, will gladly sell swarms as they
-issue, at a nominal cost.
-
-In proportion to the return, there is no other branch of agriculture
-requiring so small a financial investment as beekeeping. Before the
-inflation of prices due to the war two colonies of bees on an average
-paid the good beekeeper as well as an acre of corn, and the investment
-was, of course, much less. It is estimated that an apiary of 300
-colonies will yield a net income equal to that of a good 160-acre farm
-and be quite as reliable from year to year. However, the statement made
-should be kept in mind--the investment which the beekeeper makes is
-chiefly brains. This is a commodity which can not be purchased from the
-hive dealer or secured with any number of swarms. In fact, the more bees
-and equipment you have without the use of brains and training, the worse
-off you are.
-
-
-IS THERE A FUTURE FOR BEEKEEPING?
-
-There is a demand for all the honey that can be produced in the United
-States, and there was never a time in the history of the industry when
-the honey market was so well established. Of course, during the war,
-when there was a shortage of sugar, the demand for honey was abnormal,
-but it seems improbable that the market will ever revert to prewar
-conditions in price or demand. Many persons learned to use honey who
-will continue purchasing it, notwithstanding they may now buy all the
-sugar they wish. Honey is not a substitute for sugar in the diet, but
-properly takes the place of jellies and jams. With the development of
-the bottle trade in honey, which has been rapid during the past five
-years, there is an increasing demand in the wholesale markets. The
-introduction of prohibition has unquestionably caused the use of more
-honey and of all kinds of sweets. This has already become quite evident.
-The sugar stringency resulting in the war-basis distribution had its
-application in many States simultaneously with prohibition. It was not
-difficult to enforce the curtailment of sugar to confectioners in wet
-States, but most difficult, and in fact impossible, in the prohibition
-States, where it was actually necessary to increase the sugar allotment
-to candymakers. Investigation proves that former users of alcoholic
-beverages were large buyers of candies and other sweets.
-
-There is an abundant opportunity for the development of local trade in
-honey in almost all parts of the country. The future of beekeeping is
-inviting. There is every reason to expect that it will continue to
-develop rapidly for several years and that it will long continue to be
-an important minor branch of agriculture. From its very nature, owing to
-the limited supply of nectar, it can never be one of the leading
-branches of agriculture, but there is abundant nectar to build up
-beekeeping to ten times its present capacity.
-
-
-NEED OF TRAINING
-
-From the requirements indicated for good beekeeping, it is evident that
-you will need all the information obtainable before engaging in the
-business on a commercial scale. Such training you may secure through the
-agency of the Federal Board for Vocational Education from courses in
-beekeeping in some of the agricultural colleges. After you are well
-equipped with all that one of these colleges can give you, then a good
-plan probably will be to arrange for a season, or part of a season, in
-the apiary of a thoroughly good commercial beekeeper. This selection
-must be made with great care. Not all beekeepers who are fairly
-successful in honey production are as careful in their work as they
-should be, and by working with the wrong man you might get into
-beekeeping habits that should be avoided. A man should be chosen who
-makes a study of the behavior of his bees, one who is familiar with the
-literature of his vocation, and if possible, one who is able to succeed
-in regions where most of the beekeepers fail to get the full crop. After
-a season with such a man--and there will be many who will be glad to
-have your services in this way--you should be able to care for 100
-colonies managed for extracted honey, provided your disability does not
-prevent you from doing the work necessary. By that time you will have a
-good idea of the amount of work which 100 colonies require.
-
-You should avail yourself of every opportunity to visit apiaries and
-talk with expert bee men. Visits to and careful surveys of the apiaries
-of others who are successful may be worth almost as much to you as a
-season’s close application.
-
-Beekeeping means outdoor life under healthful conditions, well suited to
-facilitate recovery from incipient tuberculosis, neurasthenia from shell
-shock and other afflictions. At first in some of the manipulations of
-the apiary there will be more or less difficulty which will arise
-directly from your disability, but by the exercise of ingenuity you will
-be able to devise ways of doing the work. If you have lost an arm, you
-will need an artificial arm or some device for lifting the hives and
-hive parts. Racks to hold frames while working with them, trays and
-small tables are used and you will improvise other conveniences. If your
-disability prevents your getting about easily, you will be able to
-arrange your apiary so that there is the least possible amount of
-walking. Light stools are employed for sitting while working over hives.
-After training, the sooner you get to work the better. You will find
-that actual work with artificial limbs and devices has a greater
-theoretic value than mere exercises and work is incomparably more
-interesting.
-
-
-_AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE COURSES IN BEEKEEPING_
-
-One of the best ways to acquire a thorough knowledge of beekeeping is to
-take a course in one of the agricultural colleges which offers such
-work. It must, of course, be understood that the knowledge so gained
-must of necessity be largely theoretical, for there is not time in a
-college course for much practical work. However, if the work is properly
-presented the student should be able at the close of the course to begin
-with 100 colonies and then he may work up in beekeeping practice as he
-increases the number of colonies. The following colleges offer good
-courses in this subject:
-
-  University of Minnesota, College of Agriculture, St. Paul, Minn.
-
-  College of Agriculture. Ames, Iowa.
-
-  Agricultural College, Storrs, Conn.
-
-  College of Agriculture, New Brunswick, N. J.
-
-  Agricultural College, East Lansing, Mich.
-
-  Agricultural College, College Station, Tex.
-
-  Agricultural College, Manhattan, Kans.
-
-Your time will not be fully occupied with the beekeeping course and
-practical training at any of these institutions. You can at the same
-time take valuable courses in other subjects, such as fruits, gardening,
-flowers, and poultry, which combine well in practice with beekeeping.
-Farm mechanics (see Monograph on the subject) may be made a part of your
-training, and prove a valuable winter side line after you become a
-beekeeper, as the bees will not require your time during the winter
-season.
-
-The Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture, has
-held and has announced many valuable short schools for beekeepers in
-various parts of the United States and there is contemplated a course of
-intensive training for disabled soldiers who desire to take up
-beekeeping. These will probably be arranged in several of the principal
-beekeeping regions, and in proximity to the district offices of the
-Federal Board for Vocational Education.
-
-
-_SHORT SCHOOLS IN BEEKEEPING_
-
-  San Diego, Calif., November 25-30, 1918.
-
-  Davis, Calif., December 1-7, 1918.
-
-  Visalia, Calif., December 9-16, 1918.
-
-  Ithaca, N. Y., February 24-March 1, 1919.
-
-  Lafayette, Ind., April 7-12, 1919.
-
-  Ames, Iowa, April 14-19, 1919.
-
-  St. Paul, Minn., April 21-26, 1919.
-
-  California five weeks beginning November 17, 1919.
-
-
-_LITERATURE FOR THE BEEKEEPER_
-
-
-BULLETINS FOR FREE DISTRIBUTION
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 447. Bees.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 653. Honey and its Uses in the Home.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 695. Outdoor Wintering of Bees.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 820. Sweet Clover: Utilization.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 961. Transferring Bees to Modern Hives.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 1005. Sweet Clover on Corn Belt Farms.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 1012. Preparation of Bees for Outdoor Wintering.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 1014. Wintering Bees in Cellars.
-
-  Farmers’ Bulletin 1039. Commercial Comb Honey Production.
-
-
-BEE JOURNALS PUBLISHED IN THE UNITED STATES
-
-  American Bee Journal, Hamilton, Ill.
-
-  Gleaning in Bee Culture, Medina, Ohio.
-
-  Domestic Beekeeper, Northstar, Mich.
-
-  The Western Honeybee, Covina, Calif.
-
-  Beekeepers’ Item, New Braunfels, Tex.
-
-
-BOOKS OF INTEREST TO BEEKEEPERS
-
-These may be obtained from dealers in beekeeping supplies, from
-publishers of bee journals, and from general book dealers:
-
-  ABC and XYZ of Bee Culture, A. I. and E. R. Root.
-
-  Beekeeping, E. F. Phillips.
-
-  Langstroth on the Hive and Honey Bee, revised by C. P. Dadant.
-
-  Fifty Years Among the Bees, C. C. Miller.
-
-  Advanced Bee Culture, W. Z. Hutchinson.
-
-  Productive Beekeeping, F. C. Pellett.
-
-  Practical Queen Rearing, F. C. Pellett.
-
-  First Lessons in Beekeeping, C. P. Dadant.
-
-  Bee Primer, C. P. Dadant, Free to Soldiers from Bee Journal.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1235. FARM MECHANICS AS A VOCATION
-
-
-  Acknowledgment is due E. B. McCormick, Chief Division of Rural
-  Engineering, United States Department of Agriculture; American Society
-  of Agricultural Engineers; Curtis Publishing Co.; Vacuum Oil Co.;
-  International Harvester Co.; Domestic Engineering Co., and A. W. Shaw
-  Co., for data, suggestions, and illustrations; also to Dr. John
-  Cummings, of the Research Division, for editorial assistance.
-
-The war, just over, has been a war of machinery. The observing soldier
-has seen the effectiveness of the tank, the airplane, the truck, the
-motor transport, and the ambulance. He will remember them almost as
-comrades in the great struggle. He has seen the systematic care required
-to keep all this equipment in shape to deliver maximum service.
-
-Many of the returned soldiers have been truck, ambulance, or automobile
-drivers, or at least have seen the vast field of work that has been done
-by the gasoline engine in some form and have developed an admiration for
-machinery. If you have driven any of these machines and experienced the
-thrill of pleasure on getting your machine out of some tight place, or
-in overcoming some difficulty by your own ingenuity, you have the best
-evidence that you will enjoy the vocation that is spoken of in this
-monograph.
-
-In selecting your future vocation you should aim to profit by your past
-experiences as much as possible and at the same time select such work as
-will best enable you to enjoy life and health. You have had an
-experience in the “great outdoors,” possibly a prewar experience in
-agriculture, and can readily decide whether you will be contented under
-such conditions as are found in country life. The majority of soldiers
-have, barring injuries, been greatly benefited by their Army life.
-
-Uncle Sam having called several million men into his service, many of
-whom have been injured, is employing the best experts available to
-restore these to a condition of maximum usefulness. Just as the expert
-surgeon is restoring to useful condition the injured, so there is need
-of a mechanical expert to keep in good order the machinery of the farm
-and to restore to usefulness that which may have been injured.
-
-The farmer is realizing that one of the chief problems of the modern
-farm is that of getting sufficient help when needed. He has been in the
-habit of depending on floating labor for extra help. During the past few
-years this help has been getting more and more uncertain, inefficient,
-and expensive, and during the war it has in fact often been impossible
-to get help at any price. To meet this condition a more general use is
-being made of modern machinery, which enables more and better work to be
-done with fewer workers.
-
-Modern farming depends to a large extent on machinery. The average
-farmer is not a mechanic and must employ expert help to get the maximum
-service from his equipment. You may have had training and experience in
-mechanical work, and with a little special training this may become a
-valuable asset to you as a farm mechanic. A person properly trained for
-this work can save many machines for future usefulness and increase the
-life of all the mechanical equipment of the farm.
-
-The chart shows the relative amount of power on American farms as
-compared with power used for manufacturing. All of this power on the
-farm is utilized through machinery, and the large investment in farm
-machinery makes it important that the best of care shall be given to
-insure long life and efficient service.
-
-When the call came for greatly increased production many farmers who
-doubted their ability to handle the modern farm machinery hesitated to
-undertake the larger acreage. In some cases crops already started were
-not harvested for want of help and lack of ability to use the machinery
-that might have taken the place of man power.
-
-The more complicated machinery becomes, the more important becomes its
-proper care and management. Neglect or improper usage shortens the life
-of the machines and often causes breakage, necessitating repair or new
-parts. The services of a man who has ability and training in the repair
-and operation of such implements are needed to secure the best results.
-If maximum life and service is not secured from farm equipment the
-farmer can not afford to have it. With maximum service the farmer can
-not afford to do without it.
-
-
-THE FARM TRACTOR
-
-The tractor is the most important recent addition to farm equipment. Its
-use is increasing because it enables one man to do the work of several
-and do it better.
-
-Many farmers hesitate to invest in the tractor and other modern
-machinery now available, because realizing that they are not mechanics,
-they doubt their ability to operate such equipment satisfactorily.
-Manufacturers employ mechanics to care for and operate their machines.
-Farmers must adopt similar methods. They are recognizing that in heavy
-farm work the tractor will accomplish more and do it better than horses,
-and that the tractor does not require feed or care when not being used.
-
-The use of the tractor involves so many changes in methods of work that
-farmers are often staggered by the new problems to be solved. Every
-farmer has grown into the use of horses and horse-drawn equipment. He
-knows he can handle them, but he has not the same conscience in his
-ability to handle the tractor and the machinery that goes with it.
-
-The farm mechanic will be expected to operate the tractor in plowing,
-seeding, cultivating, harvesting, and various other operations. He will
-be able to get more and better work out of the tractor and other
-machines than one who does not fully understand them.
-
-If the services of a trained farm mechanic were obtainable, many farmers
-would adopt the methods of the manufacturer, and they would find it
-profitable to use such modern machinery as is adaptable to their needs.
-This machinery, to give the best service, must be kept in first-class
-condition, which requires the attention of a mechanic familiar with farm
-machinery, not a machinist trained to do one, two, or several things in
-a fully equipped up-to-date machine shop, but an ingenious all-round
-mechanic who can keep the equipment in condition for operation at all
-times.
-
-
-A NEW VOCATION
-
-This opens a new field of employment, that of farm mechanic.
-
-The farm mechanic will have employment the year round, and the farm
-owner who has a competent mechanic in his employ will find his machinery
-in good order when needed.
-
-The farm mechanic should not think that he is above doing regular farm
-work, when that is more important. He may be called upon to repair
-buildings, build fences, or even plant potatoes, but his duties should
-be primarily the operation and upkeep of mechanical equipment.
-
-With the machinery cared for by a competent farm mechanic there will be
-less loss of time due to breakdowns and the equipment lasts longer. If
-anything goes wrong with any of the mechanical equipment while in
-operation it will receive the immediate attention of an expert. When
-there is a need for repairs to any of the buildings a competent man is
-available to do the work.
-
-Some large scientific farmers who have made their farming truly
-commercial propositions have introduced as one of the economic features
-of their business a department of farm mechanics with an expert mechanic
-in charge. The time is ripe and the need urgent for the general
-introduction of the farm mechanic on every farm of sufficient size.
-Adjoining farms might in some cases advantageously combine in employing
-a farm mechanic.
-
-A person with a desire to farm and an inclination toward mechanics may
-make one help the other by getting a farm so located that he can do
-general repair work for near neighbors, this work to be undertaken with
-the understanding that repairing and sharpening of tools will be done
-when farming is at a standstill because of weather or for other reasons,
-and that his own farming operations must not be sacrificed. Those
-desiring his services will gladly bring their machines to him to be
-overhauled before the season for use and while other work is not
-pressing.
-
-The farm mechanic must be ingenious in utilizing the equipment at hand.
-He can often adapt available equipment to do work that, without his
-ingenious help, would be accomplished with much difficulty.
-
-The cut shows a small gasoline engine mounted on a binder to drive the
-cutting and binding machinery. With this arrangement the team has only
-to draw the binder. This is particularly advantageous on soft ground.
-Where the bull wheel does not have to drive the machinery it is not so
-liable to mire in wet places. This plan, taking much of the load from
-the team, enables more and better work to be done. If a tractor is
-available that can draw a grain drill and a harrow at the same time, it
-is poor economy not to do both operations at once.
-
-Efficient hitches are very important and the mechanic must arrange these
-so that he can do the maximum work with a minimum power in the shortest
-time. It has been found that the power required by some methods of
-hitching may be 15 to 25 per cent greater than by others. As a rule,
-proper hitches not only take less power but the tools do better work.
-This illustrates one of the benefits to be derived from having an expert
-in charge of the machinery.
-
-The farm mechanic will be able to supervise the use of machines and
-tools on the farm and thus greatly increase the efficiency of the
-equipment in the hands of others, as well as of that operated by
-himself. By supervising machines when in use and by keeping equipment in
-the best working condition, the farm mechanic can make himself the most
-valued man on the place.
-
-In some sections of the country drainage and irrigation are very
-important. The intelligent farm mechanic with a little training can be
-of great service in the simple farm surveying necessary.
-
-The erection of and additions to farm buildings is another line of work
-that naturally falls to the farm mechanic, as does also the installation
-of farm equipment. Many convenient devices are possible if some one is
-available who can use tools and has ability to plan and construct such
-improvements. How many farmers, for example, have a dumb-waiter
-connecting with the cellar, or water in the kitchen to save steps for
-the farmer’s wife?
-
-Most farms have a gas engine for pumping water. It would be an easy
-matter to arrange this engine so that it could be fitted to a short
-shaft provided with pulleys to drive various machines, such as feed
-grinder, feed cutter, grindstone, fanning mill, etc. A 1¹⁄₂ or 2
-horse-power engine on a small truck would be very convenient for moving
-from place to place for odd jobs. Many farms are supplied with small
-electric-light plants, which by a little ingenuity could be made more
-convenient and also save work in the home. Electric lights, running
-water, bathroom, vacuum cleaner, cream separator, electric washer,
-electric iron, furnace, and many other conveniences are all
-possibilities, although many farmers do not realize that these are
-available for the country home. However, with the assistance of the farm
-mechanic, the farmer will feel that he, too, may enjoy city
-conveniences. Farmers are not unwilling to have things made convenient
-for themselves, but hesitate because of the difficulty of getting a
-competent person to operate and maintain the plant. Lights, feed
-cutters, milkers, and other conveniences are needed at the barn.
-Probably no farm would have all these improvements, but any farm may
-have some, and, if a farm mechanic of originality is available, many of
-these will be possible.
-
-The farm mechanic should be provided with a shop equipped with well
-selected tools. This shop, for convenience, should be located as closely
-as possible to the machine sheds. It should have good light, a tight
-floor, and some means of heating in cold weather, for most of the work
-in the shop will be done during weather which is unsuited for outside
-operations. The equipment should consist of a forge and anvil, a bench
-and vise for metal work, a bench and vise for woodwork, good, suitable
-tools, and a small stock of supplies--such as nails, screws, nuts, and
-bolts.
-
-Farm machinery is built on the interchangeable plan, and a few of the
-extras most liable to be needed should be kept on hand to avoid delay.
-For example, a careful inspection of the binder before harvest will show
-what parts are likely to give trouble and which, if immediately replaced
-by extras on hand, will eliminate unnecessary delay at a time when every
-hour counts in saving a crop. It is well to know months before harvest
-that when you hitch to the binder it will be in shape for work; also,
-that when the silo is to be filled the knives will be sharp and the
-blower in good working order.
-
-With a reasonable outfit of tools a trained mechanic can repair almost
-any ordinary break that may occur in the busy season which, otherwise,
-would cause the work to stop and the crew to be idle while a part, or
-perhaps the whole machine, is taken to the local shop for repair, only
-to find the shop crowded with similar rush jobs which must take their
-turn.
-
-The farm mechanic should know how to do simple forge work; sharpen
-plows; dress and temper ordinary chisels, punches, and other steel
-tools; make good welds in iron and steel; do a fair job of woodwork,
-such as will be required in repairing around the house and barns, and
-erect such small buildings as may be needed. He should know how to
-babbitt a bearing; fit new piston rings in a gas-engine cylinder; grind
-in the valves; clean out the carbon from the cylinders of the gas
-engine, auto, or tractor; overhaul the binder, mower, hay loader, or
-other machinery; and replace such parts as are broken or worn.
-
-Practically, all repair work should be done on the farm and most of it
-may be done when the machines are not in use, or when the weather
-prevents other work.
-
-While a machine is in use, or immediately after it is brought in from
-the field, any repairs or replacements that are needed should be noted
-by the operator on a tag to be attached to the machine before it is put
-away for the season. This will serve as a reminder when the machine is
-overhauled to prepare it for the next season.
-
-During the late fall and winter the entire equipment of machinery should
-be overhauled and put in shape for use. This will give ample time to
-secure extra parts. The “one-hoss shay” had no weakest part, but most
-machinery has. If the weak parts can be repaired, or replaced, before
-they give way the life and efficient service of the machine will be
-prolonged. A point often overlooked is that poor results are secured by
-using tools that are not sharp, or not in good repair, and, also, the
-additional fact that much time is lost. Men will do more work, and do it
-better, if the tools they use are in first class condition. A man who is
-swearing mad at a dull, rusty plow that will not scour, will be liable
-to mistreat his team and he will be unprofitable in many ways all on
-account of a neglected plow. In consequence of poor tools, or tools in
-poor condition, inefficient plowing, cultivating and other operations
-follow with their resultant losses in crop returns. To illustrate, the
-average yield of wheat in the United States is about 15 bushels per
-acre, but the efficient farmer produces 25 to 40 bushels, and thereby
-greatly reduces his cost per bushel. Likewise with corn or other crops,
-the larger the yield the less the cost to produce, and hence the greater
-the net profit.
-
-Even if the local repair shop happens to be convenient, and the farmer
-inclined to use it to the best advantage and as often as would be
-profitable, it would frequently be impossible to get efficient service,
-since the local shop is often congested with work, poorly equipped, and
-the shop mechanic may not be familiar with the machinery to be repaired.
-
-To make the farm investment as a whole most profitable a considerable
-and judicious investment in modern farm machinery is absolutely
-necessary. The farm equipment will usually include a tractor, sometimes
-a truck, depending on the size of the farm and farm implements suited to
-the lines of work being carried.
-
-It must be realized, however, that the best results from the farm depend
-on the efficient equipment of the farm home. The farmer’s home is more
-than a shelter, it is the most important tool in his business. The farm
-equipment chart, shows the result of a study of all the farm homes in a
-township in Iowa. Half of all the farm homes in this township had
-furnaces, while the proportion having water, bath, and electric or gas
-lights was somewhat less. Nearly half had vacuum cleaners, power
-washers, and electric irons. Nearly all these homes had telephones. Over
-half had pianos, and about half had automobiles. This is not a picture
-of average conditions obtaining at present in farm homes throughout the
-United States, but it is a picture of conditions, somewhat exceptional
-at present, to which we are, however, rapidly approaching.
-
-In many instances an automobile is included in the farm equipment.
-Farmers have in fact more need for a car than have any other class,
-since it serves the double purpose of business and pleasure and makes
-possible the greater enjoyment of church, town, and neighbors.
-Statistics show that nearly 2,000,000 autos are owned by farmers.
-
-
-COST OF FARM EQUIPMENT
-
-The machinery on a 200-acre farm will vary from $3,000 to $4,000 or
-more. No business man would put such expensive equipment in the hands of
-a crew of untrained men without some one in charge to see that it is
-properly used, kept in repair, and cared for when not in use. With a
-farm mechanic assured, farmers will realize that it is good business to
-supplement their farm investment by the purchase of such machinery as
-will result in improved farming and increased production.
-
-The necessity for proper mechanical equipment of the farm was
-appreciated by the Federal Farm Loan Board when it provided that part of
-the Federal loan funds might be used for mechanical equipment. The board
-realized that a farm can not be profitably operated without suitable
-machinery and that without modern farm tools the farmer is severely
-handicapped, even though he has a good farm and sufficient buildings.
-Thorough preparation of the soil and cultivation and harvesting of the
-crop all depend upon proper equipment of the farm.
-
-The economic importance of modern labor saving tools, implements, and
-machinery for the farm, orchard and garden was not fully appreciated
-until four years of a world-disturbing war had created havoc with the
-farmer’s labor supply, already short from losses to other industries.
-This supply was further curtailed by the demand for workers in the
-manufacture of war supplies and by enlistments. Even in the face of this
-tremendous depletion in his labor supply, labor-saving machinery,
-available from abundant prewar manufacture, enabled the farmer,
-nevertheless, to expand the area under cultivation by hundreds of
-thousands of acres, and thus to meet war emergency needs.
-
-The satisfaction and profit of having an outfit of tools and a competent
-man to keep the equipment in good working condition, will be realized
-more fully as the mechanic demonstrates his ability and ingenuity. The
-average farmer has not had the experience of having his machines and
-tools in condition without considerable trouble and outlay of time and
-expense. The change will be such a relief, and the increased efficiency
-so noticeable that the farm mechanic will have little difficulty in
-making such services appreciated, securing acknowledgment of his ability
-and therefore establishing his rank among the men on the farm. He
-should, of course, be considered a permanent man and be provided with
-all the perquisites that other permanent men enjoy, including a house
-and a garden in addition to adequate compensation.
-
-
-FUTURE PROSPECTS
-
-The demand for farm mechanics may be expected to grow somewhat in
-proportion to the increase in the use of tractors. The introduction of a
-tractor on a farm necessitates many changes in methods of work which
-call for the exercise of mechanical ingenuity to get maximum results.
-The advantage of having a trained man to help plan and start the work
-under the new conditions is evident.
-
-The Curtis Publishing Co. has made a study of tractor production and has
-plotted a curve (Fig. 18) which shows the probable future of the
-industry. If the demand for farm mechanics increases in proportion as
-does the utilization of tractors, the future looks bright for
-well-trained men.
-
-You may have had mechanical experience and possibly experience with farm
-machinery, but you will, nevertheless, need a short intensive course in
-the care and repair of farm machinery. Such a course will fill you with
-new ideas for greater efficiency in the employment and adaptation of
-numerous tools not generally used on the farm. If you have had little
-mechanical training, but have had some experience with farm machinery,
-you will need a course in shopwork to enable you to do a good
-workmanlike job instead of the usual makeshift work to which many
-farmers have been accustomed.
-
-
-HANDICAPS
-
-Some of you may be saying, “But I can’t hope to make good on the farm
-because of my handicap. I have lost a foot or an arm or am otherwise
-crippled.” It is true that these may seem hard to overcome, but the
-mechanic’s work on a farm is such that few of these losses will be
-prohibitive or constitute serious handicaps.
-
-Ordinarily the loss of a leg would prevent a man from doing the
-necessary walking in soft ground, but even this will not be found such a
-serious loss after you have been supplied with the “extras” to which you
-are entitled. Uncle Sam has had his “physical mechanics” at work for
-some time getting these “extras” ready, and after you have gotten them
-adjusted and properly “broken in” you will find considerable pleasure in
-your ability to use them. Your work as a mechanic will be with machinery
-and you will almost invariably ride while operating it. In the shopwork
-and repairs, if you can stand at a bench and move around your machine,
-you will find little difficulty on account of loss of a leg.
-
-As for arms, the candidate should have one good hand, but the mechanical
-substitutes that have been developed will enable you to get along very
-comfortably with one good hand and a workable substitute for the other.
-After you are accustomed to your store hand its use will become second
-nature to you and you will not often be conscious of the change. Even
-store teeth require a certain amount of education before they work well.
-
-Increase in the use of artificial limbs at this time has led to material
-improvements being made in appliances to overcome various handicaps. The
-illustrations you have undoubtedly seen in print or on the screen are
-not “make up” pictures but actual cases of what training in the use of
-these appliances will enable a person to do. What others can do, you can
-do.
-
-Physical disabilities, such as shell shock, nervous troubles, and lung
-troubles will be greatly benefited by the free outdoor life of the farm.
-There are side lines that would be very profitable and interesting which
-would sandwich in with the work of the farm mechanic in a very
-satisfactory way, such as beekeeping, poultry, and sheep.
-
-There is a fascination about farm life to many persons that more than
-compensates for any loss of the enjoyments peculiar to city life. The
-farmer has been looked on as not quite the equal of the manufacturer or
-merchant, but opinion is rapidly changing. The farmer is the original
-producer on which others depend. This war has caused the world to
-realize his importance, and now he is beginning to receive his dues and
-be recognized for his real worth.
-
-When you have had the special training as a farm mechanic you will find
-that the demand for your services is from well-equipped and experienced
-farmers. While you are rendering valuable service to your employer in
-your line of work you will be getting a good salary and securing useful
-experience which will prepare you for a better position as a farm
-mechanic or for successful management, eventually, of a farm of your
-own.
-
-The Surgeon General is instructed to fit you out with the best
-appliances possible for your future work, and the Federal Board for
-Vocational Education is ordered to provide the training that will fit
-you for the work which you decide is best and most nearly meets your
-needs.
-
-The Federal board’s training courses have been arranged for in every
-State, and information in regard to them can be secured from your
-nearest district vocational officer. See list on the last page of this
-monograph.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1236. SHOW-CARD WRITING
-
-
-  This monograph was prepared by May H. Pope, under direction of Charles
-  H. Winslow, Chief of the Research Division of the Federal Board of
-  Vocational Education. Acknowledgment is due to Dr. John Cummings, of
-  the Research Division, for editorial assistance.
-
-
-THE PURPOSE OF THE SHOW CARD
-
-A man’s attention is attracted through his sense of sight more readily
-than in any other way. A word, a phrase, a pithy sentence will catch his
-eye and focus his interest, where something requiring more concentration
-would fail. For this reason window dressing has grown into an important
-feature of every merchant’s business, and cards pointing out the quality
-and prices of the goods displayed are universally used. These show cards
-were formerly made by sign painters, until some, more farseeing than
-others, realized the opportunity to specialize in this line of work,
-which has now developed into a distinctive trade.
-
-
-DIFFERENT TYPES OF CARDS
-
-There is a great variety of types in show cards. Some are large, others
-are small; some are ornamented with designs suitable for the occasion,
-or season, or goods to be featured in the advertisement; others are
-plain numerals or letters giving the bare detail of cost. As these cards
-are shown in the street cars, on moving picture announcements, on
-billboards at theatre entrances, as well as in the stores, they must be
-so varied as to be appropriate to their surroundings.
-
-A practical feature in writing show cards is the selection of some
-special design or slogan with which the article or firm may always be
-associated in the mind of the public. In this field a show-card writer
-with originality is able to realize materially upon his ideas.
-
-
-FUTURE OF THE TRADE
-
-Because the merchant believes that seeing is very likely to mean buying
-he finds the show-card writer indispensable to his business. Whether
-large or small, every store needs these display cards with their catchy
-announcements to aid in promoting business. Present-day competition
-makes it necessary that every known means at attracting attention shall
-be utilized by the merchant who would keep up in his line.
-Progressiveness in store management has occasioned rapid growth in the
-trade of card writing within the last few years, and the constantly
-increasing demand for advertising indicates that the trade of show-card
-writing has an assured future.
-
-
-EQUIPMENT
-
-For the man possessing limited capital the small cost of the necessary
-equipment is an alluring inducement to enter the trade. A few dollars
-will cover the entire cost. Brushes, pens, penholder, with ink retainer,
-ruler, art gum or sponge rubber, thumb tacks, combination compass, a
-pair of large shears, a T-square, a box of charcoal, soft lead pencils,
-and cardboard make up the list of necessary material for the show-card
-writer. A good-sized drawing board completes the list. “The better the
-workman the fewer the tools” has been said. An expert card writer works
-efficiently with a board, a T-square, and a half dozen thumb tacks.
-
-
-WHAT MEN IN THE TRADE SHOULD KNOW
-
-A good general education is essential for a show-card writer who expects
-to be more than merely a mechanical maker of words and letters. Those
-who become expert in the art need a knowledge of designing and an
-originality in composing effective phrases, such as can not be resisted
-even by those who read the cards casually.
-
-A practical knowledge of the geometric construction of letters is
-fundamental, for though simple lettering may be largely mechanical work,
-skill must not be confined to the utilization of mechanical means alone.
-
-A knowledge of color is an advantage to those who make sign cards. Color
-combinations and contrasts play an important part in producing
-attractive cards. As card writers are confronted by all sorts of
-combinations of words in inscriptions, it is necessary for them to know
-letter forms; to understand novelty in designing, arrangement, and
-artistic embellishment; and to exercise taste in harmonizing colors, so
-as to produce cards that will be not only neat and attractive but at the
-same time legible.
-
-
-WHAT MEN IN THE TRADE DO
-
-Show-card writers make price tickets and all types of trade cards used
-in windows, on special sale sections, on the announcement boards of
-theatres, on automobiles, in cafeterias, in street cars, and wherever
-else the card may serve as a proper medium of advertising. The trade is
-carried on in different ways. Cards are sometimes made by salesmen who
-give only part of their time to this work. Other writers give all of
-their time to one firm requiring a large number of cards for its own
-use. Some card writers work for show-card firms and others have their
-own offices and fill special orders.
-
-
-OPPORTUNITIES
-
-The demand for show-card writers is far greater than the supply. Every
-small town offers an opening for one or more, who would make a good
-living at the trade in that locality.
-
-
-HOW MEN ARE TRAINED
-
-Many card writers are trained in the shop. Correspondence courses afford
-fair advantages to the man who must save time and money, but personal
-supervision is of great advantage, and personal criticism is essential
-if a correspondence course is taken. Courses in card writing are now
-offered in technical schools and Y. M. C. A. classes and vocational
-schools all over the country. Among the schools now offering courses in
-show-card writing are the following:
-
-  Federal School of Commercial Art, Minneapolis, Minn.
-
-  Idaho Technical Institute.
-
-  Los Angeles Y. M. C. A. schools.
-
-  St. Louis Y. M. C. A. schools.
-
-  Lowry Sign and Advertising Service, Chicago.
-
-  Link’s Business College, Boise, Idaho.
-
-  State Trade School. Danbury, Conn.
-
-  Appleton, Wis., Industrial School.
-
-  Kenosha, Wis., Vocational School.
-
-  Neenah, Wis., Industrial School.
-
-  New York High School.
-
-  New York Vocational Schools.
-
-  Detroit, Mich., School of Letters.
-
-  Augustana College, Rock Island, Ill.
-
-  College of Commerce, De Paul University, Chicago.
-
-  School of Industrial Arts, Trenton, N. J.
-
-  Koester School, Chicago.
-
-  Semby School, Minneapolis, Minn.
-
-The length of time required for the completion of courses depends upon
-the student; one very good course covers eight weeks. Some students
-after the fifth or sixth lesson have done work sufficiently creditable
-to bring a money return. Proper and methodical training is very
-necessary. Care and exactness must first be acquired and speed will
-naturally follow.
-
-Courses given in show-card writing cover such subjects as how to mix and
-when to use water colors, inks, and oils; the care of brushes and pens;
-the proper kind and color of cardboards to use; and how to apply bronze
-and diamond dust. The formation of pen and brush letters is, of course,
-fundamental, and the principles of lettering must be taught in a simple,
-thorough, and correct way. Proper instruction, with application, is
-bound to bring success.
-
-  _Lesson plates Nos. 1 to 6._--Improved method for teaching, correct
-  formation and relative proportions of letters and numerals.--Brush
-  method.
-
-  _General instructions._--Proper material, student’s worktable, light,
-  how to care for brushes, show-card paint, how to practice, kind of
-  practice that counts, lesson plates explained, how to fill the brush,
-  how to bring the brush to working point, how to hold the brush,
-  position at table, position of paper.
-
-  _Lesson plates Nos. 7 to 10--Single stroke rapid Roman
-  lettering._--How to begin the practice, time-saving methods, how to
-  hold the brush, various positions of the brush explained, how to
-  manipulate the brush to produce clean-cut strokes, purpose of
-  single-stroke vertical and italic roman lettering.
-
-  _Lesson plates Nos. 11 and 12--How to shade letters._--Various styles
-  of shading, proper colors for shading, shading as an embellishment,
-  shading to give emphasis.
-
-  _Lesson plates Nos. 13 to 16--Single stroke Egyptian
-  lettering._--Brushes to use, how to hold the brush, how to manipulate
-  the brush to produce the proper stroke, how to practice the elementary
-  lines and curves.
-
-  _Lesson plates Nos. 17 and 18_--Single and double stroke alphabet and
-  numerals.--Purpose of this style of letter, brushes to use, method
-  explained, different methods of finishing the letters.
-
-  _Lesson plate No. 19--Single-stroke old English alphabet._--Purpose of
-  old English lettering, how to hold the brush, retouching the principal
-  strokes.
-
-  _Lesson plate No. 20--Single-stroke modified Roman pen
-  lettering._--Advantages of pen lettering for text or descriptive
-  matter, inks to use, how to practice pen lettering, how to hold the
-  pen, how to manipulate the pen to procure clean-cut strokes, how to
-  use an ink reservoir to facilitate rapid work.
-
-  _Fifteen practical show-card layouts._--In the foregoing lessons the
-  student acquires sufficient ability to enable him to make practical
-  use of his knowledge. The alphabets covered are sufficient for general
-  show-card use. Therefore, at this point, the course presents 15
-  practical layouts showing how the text should be separated into
-  display lines and descriptive groups, also various styles of letters
-  that may be used in harmony for display and descriptive matter. An
-  appropriate show-card phrase is used for each layout. Display lines
-  and descriptive groups are indicated in the exact size and styles of
-  letters to be used in lettering each layout. Specific directions as to
-  color, combinations, and embellishments are given for each layout.
-
-  _A study in design and layout._--The principles of spacing, importance
-  of show-card designing, best rules for spacing, lessons in spacing,
-  how to center a word or line.
-
-  _Condensing and extending letters._--How to plan lettering to fit a
-  given space, rules for condensing, rules for extending, appropriate
-  uses of condensed and extended letters, practice exercises.
-
-  _Principles of the balanced layout._--Balanced layout defined, how to
-  plan the balanced layout, important points to observe, examples of
-  balanced layout, practice exercises in balanced layouts.
-
-  _Border lines, underscore, space fillers, and panels._--Brush ruling,
-  how to draw an ellipse, initial panel, initial letters, a few card
-  kinks.
-
-  _The group layout._--How to plan the group layout, examples of group
-  layout, practice exercises in group layout.
-
-  _Combination layout._--Purpose of the combination layout, how to
-  divide the phrase into display lines and groups for the combination
-  layout, examples of combination layouts, exercises in combination
-  layouts.
-
-  _Price tickets._--Normal style price tickets, bold style price
-  tickets, small price tickets, fancy price tickets, illustrative price
-  tickets, practice exercises.
-
-  _Illustrated show cards._--Sources of ideas, tracing from clipped
-  illustrations, how to use the pantograph for enlarging illustrations,
-  the mirrorscope, examples of appropriate designs for various purposes,
-  exercises in illustrated show cards.
-
-  _Principles of colors--Color contrasts._--How to mix water-color
-  paint, color effects; color combination; mixing standard colors to
-  produce shades, tints, and unusual colors; lessons in color
-  combinations.
-
-  _Show card embellishment._--Dry-color blending; spatter work; relief
-  lettering; applying metallics, diamond dust, flock, etc.; phrase and
-  picture tiling; seasonable embellishments; floral decorations; poster
-  cut-outs; silhouettes; how to paint muslin signs.
-
-  _Instruction in the use of the air brush._--Principles of the air
-  brush; sectional view of an air brush; illustrating and describing all
-  important parts; air pressure; how to put a gas outfit together;
-  colors for air-brush use; how to use the air brush; care of the air
-  brush; how to cut stencils; practice exercises to gain control of
-  brush; color blending; exercises in the use of stencil designs.
-
-  _Lesson plate No. 21._--Single-stroke alphabet and numerals for modern
-  speed ball pen lettering.
-
-  _Lesson plate No. 22._--Uniform single-stroke alphabet and numerals
-  for Payzant pen lettering.
-
-  _Lesson plate No. 23._--Single-stroke Payzant or speed ball pen
-  alphabet with retouched spurs.
-
-  _Lesson plate No. 24._--Speed ball pen initial capitals, retouched and
-  embellished.
-
-  _Lesson plate No. 25._--Outline Roman initial, embellished capitals,
-  plain lower-case letters.
-
-  _Lesson plate No. 26._--Modern Roman and fancy alphabets for music pen
-  lettering.
-
-  _Lesson plate No. 27._--Old English text pen, and small speed ball pen
-  alphabets.
-
-  _Lesson plate No. 28._--Speed ball pen alphabets.
-
-  _Lesson plate No. 29._--Rapid single-stroke antique Roman brush
-  alphabet.
-
-  _Lesson plate No. 30._--Rapid single-stroke modified Roman brush
-  alphabet.
-
-  _Lesson plate No. 31._-Single-stroke antique alphabet and numerals.
-
-
-QUALIFICATIONS
-
-Anyone who can learn to write can learn to draw or paint letters for
-show cards. It is not essential to have artistic ability, although this
-would be an asset in the trade; a steady hand and a correct eye are the
-only requirements, and it is well to remember that “the sight that
-insures correct drawing is not that of the eye only, but of the mind.”
-
-
-HANDICAPS
-
-Good eyesight is essential, but almost no handicap other than blindness,
-or the loss of both arms, is prohibitive. It is an advantage to have
-both hands, but the fact that one-armed men have so clearly demonstrated
-their ability to write as legibly as others with both hands indicates
-that the difficulty for a man with one hand becoming a show-card writer
-be overcome.
-
-
-DESIRABILITY FOR THE DISABLED MAN
-
-The work is not heavy, the hours may be adjusted to the strength of the
-worker, the prospects for work in the trade are favorable, and the pay
-is good--all of which characterizes the trade as one suitable for
-disabled men. A chief attraction which show-card writing holds out for
-the handicapped man is the freedom allowed in the choice of a working
-place. He may be independent, not only in the place of his work, but in
-selecting his own hours for work. This liberty means much for a man who
-is physically below normal. The conditions under which a writer of show
-cards works are favorable, both as to time and place.
-
-
-REMUNERATION
-
-Show-card writing is a fascinating art and brings good profits. For this
-reason its appeal will be strong to the wounded soldier.
-
-An exact standard of prices has never been possible for card writing, as
-so much depends upon the quality of the work and the time required to
-make the cards. The cost of the material is negligible; but show cards
-have an intrinsic value to the merchant, who is usually willing to pay
-for them.
-
-Card writers make from $25 to $75 a week. Advertising cards, being of a
-temporary nature, must be inexpensive. Rapidity is necessary, in order
-to make it profitable, as the writers are usually paid by piece-work.
-The example may be cited of a hunchback who began show-card writing at
-$3 a week and by his energy and application rose to a salary of $40 in a
-short while.
-
-A lack of application or giving way to discouragement over first
-attempts may cause failure, but for no other reason should a disabled
-man who desires to become a writer of trade cards feel the slightest
-fear of the undertaking. Begin the course with a determination to
-succeed, and remember that lack of confidence is not conducive to
-success in any trade. Learn the principle strokes with great care,
-practice diligently until dexterity is acquired, work without
-hesitation, boldly and with enthusiasm, and in a short time there will
-be acquired expertness in a trade which is interesting, agreeable, and
-lucrative.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1237. THE PRINTING TRADES
-
-
-This monograph was prepared by T. G. McGrew, Superintendent of the
-United Typothetæ of America, School of Printing, Indianapolis, Ind.,
-under the direction of Charles H. Winslow, Chief of the Research
-Division of the Federal Board for Vocational Education. Acknowledgment
-is due to Marden Scott, President of the International Typographical
-Union, Dr. Frederick W. Hamilton, and Henry P. Porter, for valuable
-suggestions and advice in the preparation of this monograph and to Dr.
-John Cummings of the Research Division for editorial assistance.
-
-
-PRINTING AS AN OCCUPATION
-
-The printing industry is both a profession and a trade. It is
-essentially an occupation of intelligence, the mechanical processes of
-which require a high degree of specialized skill and training. Printing
-in the United States employs nearly half a million people. The trade is
-not confined to any particular locality, but is practiced in all parts
-of the country. The number of printing establishments in any city is a
-comparatively accurate index to its size and commercial importance;
-therefore, the competent man in the printing business is not restricted
-to certain localities or conditions.
-
-The printing trade develops intellectually, as a printer must be well
-read in the very nature of his occupation. His work is skillful, but not
-extremely arduous, and the eight-hour day is practically standard. Wages
-in the various branches average from $15 to $40 per week, with special
-and executive positions commanding higher salaries.
-
-
-FUTURE OF THE BUSINESS
-
-This is an age of rapid industrial changes, and new inventions may
-render certain occupations almost obsolete in a night. It is unwise to
-enter some lines of industry because the demand is lessening, the
-business decreasing, and the future uncertain. This is not the case,
-however, in regard to printing, which is a growing business. The use of
-printing is increasing in every field of industry. In so far as human
-judgment can determine, it will continue as an essential industry, and
-twenty years from now there will be unmeasurably more product than there
-is today.
-
-
-PRODUCTS OF PRINTING
-
-Printing has been aptly designated “the art preservative of all arts.”
-The product of the printer’s trade is so well known as to require little
-comment. Books, periodicals, newspapers, commercial forms, advertising
-literature, and other products of the press form a competent part of
-the business and social structure of all civilized nations, and are
-integral parts of the daily life of practically every individual. Hardly
-any other field of human activity has a product so universally used.
-
-
-ORGANIZATION OF THE INDUSTRY
-
-Of all the trades, printing is one of the best organized, both on the
-part of employers and of employees. There are few strikes, as
-arbitration agreements are in effect, and work is seldom interrupted.
-The various organizations use their dues to much better advantage than
-in financing internecine struggles.
-
-The employers’ associations maintain many activities for improving
-conditions in the business, including installation of cost systems,
-maintenance of trade schools, advertising service, and provision of
-educational courses.
-
-The unions pay old-age pensions, death benefits, and sick benefits. They
-provide homes for the aged and indigent, sanatoriums for the sick, and
-instruction for apprentices.
-
-All these organizations aid morally and financially in promoting
-education for the craft.
-
-
-ENVIRONMENT OF WORKERS
-
-The printing business is entirely shop and office work. There is no
-exposure, nor is the trade affected materially by weather conditions.
-The work is more uniform in volume than in many other trades. Only a few
-of the processes have special hazards, and the health of printers
-compares favorably with that of other indoor trades.
-
-
-ENTERING THE TRADE
-
-The printing trade embraces several distinct branches, chief among which
-are composition, including hand and machine, presswork, and bindery.
-Each of these is subdivided into a number of processes. The regular
-apprenticeship is 5 years for each branch of the trade. Very few men are
-proficient in more than one branch, the nature of the business being
-such that specialization is necessary for both the trade and the
-individual.
-
-Within the last few years, technical schools have been established which
-aid in training for the industry. It must be clearly understood that the
-schools are interconnected with the trade, and are for the purpose of
-adding to shop training and not superseding it. An indispensable
-requisite of the printing industry is thorough intensive training and
-experience. In common with other worth while things, it can not be
-hurriedly or superficially mastered. Time and work both are necessary.
-
-
-PRINTING COURSES FOR THE DISABLED
-
-Men disabled in the war who may be interested in printing will naturally
-fall into two classes: those formerly employed in the trade, and those
-without trade experience.
-
-If you belong to the first class and have worked at the trade, we would
-unhesitatingly urge you to continue in it in some capacity. Special
-efforts will be made by all trade organizations to enable you to do so.
-Your previous training and experience should not be thrown away, but
-should on the contrary be used as the foundation for specialization,
-either in your own particular branch of work or in some allied branch.
-
-The Government is offering you the opportunity to greatly improve your
-ability by technical training. You can return to the trade more expert
-by adding to your previous experience the training of one or more of the
-courses offered. This will give you a better position than you held
-before entering upon military service. It will enable you to earn more
-money, and to be more valuable to the trade and to the Nation.
-
-If you are interested in the trade but have never worked at it, there is
-only one right way to begin--through thorough preparation. We should
-consider ourselves delinquent in our duty if we did not impress on you
-that competency is the result of sufficient time, proper prerequisites,
-and practical trade experience. Printing requires a high degree of
-skill, speed, and accuracy. These essentials can not be acquired
-superficially. The Government, the schools, and the trade are prepared
-to furnish you this preparation, asking from you only the time and
-effort necessary to do it right.
-
-The accompanying chart affords detailed information regarding the
-various positions for which training is provided.
-
-_Chart showing character of occupation, qualifications, requirements,
-and training for various positions in the printing industry._
-
-  ===============+=================+=================+=================+
-    Occupation.  |   Character     |  Work requires. | Qualifications. |
-                 | of occupation.  |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-  ---------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
-   1. Hand       |Setting ads,     |Walking, bending |Good general     |
-      compositor |jobs, and general|over, standing at|education,       |
-      (ad. and   |printing, make-up|cases, and       |technical        |
-      job).      |of machine       |handling various |knowledge of     |
-                 |composition,     |tools, type, and |typesetting,     |
-                 |paging,          |other small      |styles of        |
-                 |distribution, and|articles.        |composition,     |
-                 |other composing  |                 |principles of    |
-                 |room work.       |                 |design, color    |
-                 |                 |                 |harmony, etc.    |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-   2. Linotype   |Operating        |Work is mostly in|Good general     |
-      operator.  |keyboard of slug |sitting posture, |education,       |
-                 |casting machines |rising           |capitalization,  |
-                 |for production of|occasionally.    |division of      |
-                 |all classes of   |Operation of     |words,           |
-                 |composition;     |keyboard,        |punctuation, and |
-                 |knowledge of     |somewhat similar |spelling.        |
-                 |mechanism to     |to typewriter.   |Experience in    |
-                 |operate.         |                 |setting type.    |
-                 |                 |                 |Knowledge of     |
-                 |                 |                 |styles of        |
-                 |                 |                 |composition.     |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-   3. Linotype   |To make all      |Work necessitates|Experience in    |
-      machinist. |adjustments and  |walking, bending,|printing         |
-                 |repairs on slug  |and reaching in  |sufficient for   |
-                 |casting machines |the repair and   |adjustment of    |
-                 |and erect        |adjustment of    |machine, general |
-                 |machines.        |machines.        |knowledge of     |
-                 |                 |                 |mechanics, and   |
-                 |                 |                 |use of tools.    |
-                 |                 |                 |Specialized      |
-                 |                 |                 |training in      |
-                 |                 |                 |repair and       |
-                 |                 |                 |adjustments of   |
-                 |                 |                 |machine.         |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-   4. Linotype   |Operating        |Work requires all|Combination of   |
-      machinist- |keyboard and     |physical         |all essential    |
-      operator.  |sufficient       |movements        |requirements of  |
-                 |knowledge of     |necessary for    |keyboard operator|
-                 |mechanism to keep|manipulation of  |and machinist.   |
-                 |machine in       |keyboard and     |                 |
-                 |running order.   |adjustment of    |                 |
-                 |                 |machines.        |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-   5. Monotype   |Operation of     |Physical exertion|Good general     |
-      keyboard   |keyboard of      |is about the same|education in     |
-      operator.  |monotype machine |as operating a   |punctuation,     |
-                 |for all styles of|typewriter;      |spelling,        |
-                 |composition.     |operator is      |experience in    |
-                 |                 |seated and little|hand composition |
-                 |                 |walking required.|on all classes of|
-                 |                 |                 |work.            |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-   6. Monotype   |Operation of     |Work is standing.|Experience in    |
-      machinist. |monotype caster  |Considerable     |printing,        |
-                 |on composition   |walking, bending,|knowledge of type|
-                 |and casting type,|and stooping in  |sizes and        |
-                 |borders, rules,  |adjustment and   |measurements,    |
-                 |etc. Making      |running of       |general knowledge|
-                 |adjustments and  |machine.         |of mechanics and |
-                 |repairs on caster|                 |use of tools.    |
-                 |and keyboard.    |                 |Thorough training|
-                 |                 |                 |in repair and    |
-                 |                 |                 |adjustment of    |
-                 |                 |                 |machine.         |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-   7. Monotype   |Operating        |Requires all     |Combination of   |
-      combina-   |keyboard and     |physical         |all essential    |
-      tion.      |running caster. A|movements        |requirements of  |
-                 |combination of   |designated as    |keyboard operator|
-                 |the functions of |essential in     |and machinist.   |
-                 |keyboard operator|operation of     |                 |
-                 |and caster       |keyboard and     |                 |
-                 |runner.          |caster.          |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-   8. Stoneman.  |Imposition and   |Work is standing |Expert knowledge |
-                 |lock up of forms,|or walking about |of imposition for|
-                 |figuring margins,|imposing stone.  |hand and machine |
-                 |etc.             |Constant use of  |folding, margins,|
-                 |                 |hands and arms.  |sizes of paper,  |
-                 |                 |                 |lockup job, and  |
-                 |                 |                 |cylinder forms,  |
-                 |                 |                 |plates, and      |
-                 |                 |                 |bases.           |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-   9. Composing  |Supervision of   |Physical movement|Good technical   |
-      room       |all work produced|a variable       |knowledge of     |
-      foreman.   |in composing room|factor, much of  |printing,        |
-                 |by hand and      |work can be      |practical        |
-                 |machine.         |handled from desk|composing room   |
-                 |                 |if necessary.    |experience,      |
-                 |                 |                 |disposition to   |
-                 |                 |                 |direct, assume   |
-                 |                 |                 |responsibility   |
-                 |                 |                 |with capacity to |
-                 |                 |                 |plan production. |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-  10. Copyholder.|Assistant to     |Reading and      |Good education,  |
-                 |proof reader,    |assisting proof  |ability to read  |
-                 |reading the copy |reader.          |clearly and      |
-                 |with proof reader|                 |accurately. Such |
-                 |for corrections. |                 |knowledge of the |
-                 |                 |                 |trade as will    |
-                 |                 |                 |enable him to    |
-                 |                 |                 |competently      |
-                 |                 |                 |assist proof     |
-                 |                 |                 |readers.         |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-  11. Proof      |Marking errors in|Work seated at   |Good education   |
-      reader.    |proof sheets in  |table or desk.   |and thorough     |
-                 |composition,     |                 |training in      |
-                 |revising, etc.   |                 |punctuation and  |
-                 |                 |                 |English, proof   |
-                 |                 |                 |readers marks,   |
-                 |                 |                 |methods of       |
-                 |                 |                 |correction.      |
-                 |                 |                 |Technical        |
-                 |                 |                 |knowledge of     |
-                 |                 |                 |printing.        |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-  12. Copy       |Writing or       |Desk work        |Good education,  |
-      writer.    |editing copy for |entirely.        |particularly in  |
-                 |ads, booklets,   |                 |English and      |
-                 |and other details|                 |expression,      |
-                 |connected with   |                 |ability to       |
-                 |advertising and  |                 |analyze service, |
-                 |other work.      |                 |and write        |
-                 |                 |                 |forceful         |
-                 |                 |                 |descriptive      |
-                 |                 |                 |matter. Should be|
-                 |                 |                 |familiar with    |
-                 |                 |                 |different kinds  |
-                 |                 |                 |of printing and  |
-                 |                 |                 |its              |
-                 |                 |                 |possibilities.   |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-  13. Assistant  |Feeding press,   |Constant movement|Must be able to  |
-      pressman,  |assisting        |of hands and     |feed to register,|
-      platen or  |pressman in make-|arms;            |keep up color,   |
-      cylinder.  |ready, oiling and|considerable     |have speed and   |
-                 |washing up       |standing and     |accuracy, know   |
-                 |presses, handling|lifting of paper |how to put in    |
-                 |stock, etc.      |and rollers.     |rollers, keep up |
-                 |                 |                 |presses, oil,    |
-                 |                 |                 |washup and assist|
-                 |                 |                 |pressman in make-|
-                 |                 |                 |ready, etc.,     |
-                 |                 |                 |common school    |
-                 |                 |                 |education.       |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-  14. Pressman,  |Making ready type|This line of work|Practical        |
-      platen or  |and plates for   |requires         |experience in    |
-      cylinder.  |printing,        |movements of     |trade, good      |
-                 |registering      |nearly all parts |education,       |
-                 |forms, mechanism |of body;         |artistic sense,  |
-                 |and adjustments  |involving        |mechanical       |
-                 |of presses,      |walking, bending,|ability, training|
-                 |proper use of    |stooping,        |in all process of|
-                 |inks, mixing     |constant use of  |make-ready.      |
-                 |colors, printing |fingers, arms,   |                 |
-                 |qualities of     |and hands.       |                 |
-                 |papers.          |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-  15. Press      |Supervision of   |Requires walking |Shop experience, |
-      foreman.   |all work in press|and supervision  |knowledge of     |
-                 |department,      |in directing     |mechanical       |
-                 |knowledge of time|work, also work  |processes,       |
-                 |tickets and      |at desk in       |capacity to      |
-                 |production       |sitting posture. |organise         |
-                 |records.         |                 |production and   |
-                 |Familiarity with |                 |direct work.     |
-                 |the mechanical   |                 |Education        |
-                 |processes of the |                 |sufficient to    |
-                 |pressroom.       |                 |handle record    |
-                 |                 |                 |forms, make up   |
-                 |                 |                 |reports, etc.    |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-  16. Bindery    |Setting and      |Operation of     |Practical        |
-      worker.    |feeding folding  |various machines |knowledge of     |
-                 |machines, hand   |requires use of  |bindery          |
-                 |folding,         |hands, arms, and |machinery,       |
-                 |adjustment and   |legs. Work       |bindery          |
-                 |operation of     |requires both    |operations,      |
-                 |stitchers and    |standing and     |technical        |
-                 |other bindery    |sitting position.|knowledge of     |
-                 |machinery.       |                 |imposition and   |
-                 |                 |                 |margins,         |
-                 |                 |                 |knowledge of     |
-                 |                 |                 |special          |
-                 |                 |                 |operations, such |
-                 |                 |                 |as round         |
-                 |                 |                 |cornering,       |
-                 |                 |                 |punching,        |
-                 |                 |                 |indexing, etc.   |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-  17. Stockman   |Operation of     |Must be in       |Knowledge of     |
-      and paper  |cutting machine, |sufficiently good|standard         |
-      cutter.    |figuring cuts,   |physical         |qualities, kinds,|
-                 |sizes of stock,  |condition to lift|sizes, weights,  |
-                 |etc. Supervision |and handle paper,|and finish of    |
-                 |of stock,        |keep record on   |paper. Know how  |
-                 |receiving,       |same and operate |to receive, store|
-                 |issuing, and     |cutting machine. |and disburse     |
-                 |storing.         |                 |stock, make out  |
-                 |                 |                 |and handle       |
-                 |                 |                 |requisitions and |
-                 |                 |                 |stock room       |
-                 |                 |                 |records. Be able |
-                 |                 |                 |to perform       |
-                 |                 |                 |mechanical       |
-                 |                 |                 |operation on     |
-                 |                 |                 |machine, figure  |
-                 |                 |                 |and cut stock,   |
-                 |                 |                 |trim books, etc. |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-  18. Printing   |The teaching of  |Care and         |Must be practical|
-      instructor.|printing to      |thoroughness more|printer, have    |
-                 |apprentices or   |essential than   |good standing in |
-                 |students of      |speed, much work |trade, ability to|
-                 |vocational       |can be done      |teach, careful,  |
-                 |classes. Proper  |seated. Requires |thorough,        |
-                 |functioning with |use of hands and |patient,         |
-                 |trade in thorough|arms while       |cooperative      |
-                 |training along   |standing at case |disposition.     |
-                 |practical lines. |or platen press. |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-  19. Cost clerk.|Keeping cost     |This is clerical |Good education,  |
-                 |records, posting |and mostly desk  |quick and        |
-                 |time tickets,    |work which may be|accurate at      |
-                 |compiling        |done standing, or|figures,         |
-                 |statements of    |sitting on stool |preferably a     |
-                 |cost and other   |or chair. Some   |knowledge of     |
-                 |clerical details.|walking.         |printing         |
-                 |                 |                 |operations.      |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-  20. Layout man.|Making sketches  |Desk work        |Knowledge of type|
-                 |and layouts,     |entirely.        |faces,           |
-                 |designating type |                 |composition,     |
-                 |and decorations, |                 |paper and color. |
-                 |selecting paper  |                 |Have training in |
-                 |and inks for jobs|                 |drawing,         |
-                 |and ads.         |                 |lettering,       |
-                 |                 |                 |principles of    |
-                 |                 |                 |design and be    |
-                 |                 |                 |well informed on |
-                 |                 |                 |reproductive     |
-                 |                 |                 |processes.       |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-  21. Printing   |Marketing the    |Must be able to  |General knowledge|
-      salesman.  |printers product,|exercise all the |of printing      |
-                 |developing new   |physical         |business,        |
-                 |business, acting |functions        |particularly of  |
-                 |as representative|necessary to     |paper and        |
-                 |of the printer to|locate business  |engraving, type  |
-                 |the customer.    |and obtain it.   |faces, etc.      |
-                 |                 |                 |Should be a      |
-                 |                 |                 |specialist in    |
-                 |                 |                 |business         |
-                 |                 |                 |development and  |
-                 |                 |                 |capable of       |
-                 |                 |                 |affording real   |
-                 |                 |                 |printing service |
-                 |                 |                 |to the customer. |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-  22. Estimator. |Figuring the     |Desk work. No    |Practical        |
-                 |amounts of       |physical exertion|experience in    |
-                 |material;        |necessary, except|printing         |
-                 |processes, time  |involved in      |business,        |
-                 |required and     |handling samples,|informed about   |
-                 |other factors of |cost records and |paper, ink,      |
-                 |cost necessary to|figuring.        |engraving and    |
-                 |furnish prices on|                 |other materials  |
-                 |printing,        |                 |and processes.   |
-                 |cooperating with |                 |Knowledge of     |
-                 |sales and        |                 |costs.           |
-                 |manufacturing    |                 |                 |
-                 |departments.     |                 |                 |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-  23. Super-     |Management of    |Work at desk and |Practical        |
-      intendent  |operations of    |in different     |information      |
-      and        |plant as a whole,|portions of the  |regarding all    |
-      manager.   |determination of |plant, more      |manufacturing    |
-                 |methods of       |mental than      |processes,       |
-                 |manufacture,     |physical, but    |knowledge of cost|
-                 |cooperative      |must be able to  |accounting and   |
-                 |connection with  |get around       |estimating,      |
-                 |all activities of|departments in   |ability to       |
-                 |the business.    |control of       |organize         |
-                 |                 |operations.      |departments, plan|
-                 |                 |                 |production,      |
-                 |                 |                 |direct           |
-                 |                 |                 |operations, and  |
-                 |                 |                 |deal with men.   |
-                 |                 |                 |                 |
-  24. Proprietor.|Directing the    |Work may of      |This presupposes |
-                 |policy and       |course be        |a knowledge of   |
-                 |operation of the |adjusted to      |business with    |
-                 |business from the|conditions. Desk |specialization in|
-                 |standpoint of    |work is essential|printing plant   |
-                 |ownership and    |in control of    |costs,           |
-                 |profits.         |business if      |management,      |
-                 |                 |active part is   |sales, service,  |
-                 |                 |taken in         |product and      |
-                 |                 |management.      |organization.    |
-  ---------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
-
-  ===============+=========+========+=======================+===========
-    Occupation.  |Wages per|Hours of|        Physical       | Training
-                 |  week.  | labor  |      requirements.    |needed  by
-                 |         | daily. |                       |journeyman
-                 |         |        |                       | workman.
-                 |         |        |                       |   [43]
-  ---------------+---------+--------+-----------------------+-----------
-   1. Hand       |$20 to   |      8 |One eye, both hands,   |1 year.
-      compositor |30.      |        |one leg, (if fitted    |
-      (ad. and   |         |        |with usable artificial |
-      job).      |         |        |limb), physical ability|
-                 |         |        |for standing and       |
-                 |         |        |stooping, no lifting   |
-                 |         |        |required, good hearing |
-                 |         |        |not essential.         |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-   2. Linotype   |25 to 35.|      8 |Good eyes, both hands  |6 months.
-      operator.  |         |        |with thumbs, and at    |
-                 |         |        |least four fingers, one|
-                 |         |        |leg and artificial     |
-                 |         |        |limb, good hearing     |
-                 |         |        |desirable but not      |
-                 |         |        |essential.             |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-   3. Linotype   |25 to 40.|      8 |Must have good         |1 year.
-      machinist. |         |        |eyesight, two hands,   |
-                 |         |        |both legs, unless      |
-                 |         |        |artificial limb permits|
-                 |         |        |active use, good       |
-                 |         |        |hearing. Work requires |
-                 |         |        |some lifting and much  |
-                 |         |        |movement of arms and   |
-                 |         |        |body.                  |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-   4. Linotype   |25 to 35.|      8 |Requires physical      |18 months.
-      machinist- |         |        |capacity designated for|
-      operator.  |         |        |linotype operators and |
-                 |         |        |machinists.            |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-   5. Monotype   |20 to 30.|      8 |Good eyesight, both    |6 months.
-      keyboard   |         |        |hands with one thumb   |
-      operator.  |         |        |and enough fingers to  |
-                 |         |        |operate; perfect       |
-                 |         |        |hearing not necessary. |
-                 |         |        |Work is light, no      |
-                 |         |        |lifting or stooping,   |
-                 |         |        |sitting posture.       |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-   6. Monotype   |25 to 40.|      8 |One good eye, both     |1 year.
-      machinist. |         |        |hands, one leg, and    |
-                 |         |        |artificial limb, good  |
-                 |         |        |hearing, no heavy      |
-                 |         |        |lifting or strain; work|
-                 |         |        |is standing.           |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-   7. Monotype   |30 to 40.|      8 |Requires physical      |18 months.
-      combina-   |         |        |capacity designed for  |
-      tion.      |         |        |monotype keyboard      |
-                 |         |        |operator and monotype  |
-                 |         |        |machinist.             |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-   8. Stoneman.  |25 to 35.|      8 |Work is standing,      |6 months.
-                 |         |        |requiring constant     |
-                 |         |        |movement of hands and  |
-                 |         |        |arms, considerable     |
-                 |         |        |lifting of forms. One  |
-                 |         |        |good eye and partial   |
-                 |         |        |hearing.               |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-   9. Composing  |25 to 60.|      8 |Good eyesight, right   |1 year.
-      room       |         |        |arm, and hand, one leg |
-      foreman.   |         |        |(provided artificial   |
-                 |         |        |limb permits walking), |
-                 |         |        |little manual labor,   |
-                 |         |        |requires good hearing. |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-  10. Copyholder.|10 to 20.|      8 |Good eyesight, hearing,|6 months.
-                 |         |        |and articulation, one  |
-                 |         |        |arm and hand, work     |
-                 |         |        |requires no standing or|
-                 |         |        |lifting and little     |
-                 |         |        |walking.               |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-  11. Proof      |20 to 30.|        |Work seated, good      |Do.
-      reader.    |         |        |eyesight, and hearing, |
-                 |         |        |must be able to write, |
-                 |         |        |no physical strain.    |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-  12. Copy       |20 to 50.| 8 to 9 |One eye, good hearing, |Do.
-      writer.    |         |        |ability to write, desk |
-                 |         |        |work, no physical      |
-                 |         |        |exertion.              |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-  13. Assistant  |15 to 22.|      8 |Good eyesight, two     |6 months.
-      pressman,  |         |        |hands and arms, one leg|
-      platen or  |         |        |(with artificial limb),|
-      cylinder.  |         |        |enough fingers to      |
-                 |         |        |handle sheets, good    |
-                 |         |        |hearing not essential, |
-                 |         |        |work is standing.      |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-  14. Pressman,  |22 to 40.|      8 |Good eyesight and      |1 year.
-      platen or  |         |        |hearing, hands, arms,  |
-      cylinder.  |         |        |enough fingers to      |
-                 |         |        |handle tools and       |
-                 |         |        |sheets, work requires  |
-                 |         |        |standing, walking, and |
-                 |         |        |movement of upper part |
-                 |         |        |of body.               |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-  15. Press      |30 to 60.|      8 |Good eyesight, hearing,|1 year.
-      foreman.   |         |        |arm and leg if he can  |
-                 |         |        |walk on artificial one.|
-                 |         |        |Work mostly supervisory|
-                 |         |        |and at desk.           |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-  16. Bindery    |12 to 25.|      8 |One eye, both hands and|6 months.
-      worker.    |         |        |arms, ability to walk  |
-                 |         |        |and stand, although    |
-                 |         |        |much of work may be    |
-                 |         |        |done seated, foot      |
-                 |         |        |control of some        |
-                 |         |        |machines, no very heavy|
-                 |         |        |work, may be partly    |
-                 |         |        |deaf.                  |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-  17. Stockman   |15 to 25.|      8 |Involves lifting of    |3 months.
-      and paper  |         |        |stock. Arms, hands, one|
-      cutter.    |         |        |leg (artificial one can|
-                 |         |        |be used), one eye,     |
-                 |         |        |partial hearing        |
-                 |         |        |desirable.             |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-  18. Printing   |25 to 40.| 6 to 8 |Good hearing, eyesight |1 year.
-      instructor.|         |        |and articulation,      |
-                 |         |        |ability to write, and  |
-                 |         |        |demonstrate mechanical |
-                 |         |        |work, no hard physical |
-                 |         |        |work.                  |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-  19. Cost clerk.|15 to 25.| 8 to 9 |One eye, right hand and|6 months.
-                 |         |        |arm. Work may be done  |
-                 |         |        |seated, is entirely    |
-                 |         |        |clerical, no physical  |
-                 |         |        |strain.                |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-  20. Layout man.|25 to 75.| 8 to 9 |Good eyesight, one arm |1 year.
-                 |         |        |and hand, does not     |
-                 |         |        |require walking or any |
-                 |         |        |movement except drawing|
-                 |         |        |designs. Good hearing  |
-                 |         |        |not essential.         |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-  21. Printing   |25 to    |No fixed|One eye, good hearing, |1 year.
-      salesman.  |100.     | hours. |one arm and hand, two  |
-                 |         |        |legs or equivalent,    |
-                 |         |        |good articulation, good|
-                 |         |        |appearance.            |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-  22. Estimator. |35 to 75.| 8 to 9 |One eye, good hearing, |1 year.
-                 |         |        |one hand and arm, desk |
-                 |         |        |work (very little      |
-                 |         |        |walking) no lifting,   |
-                 |         |        |little physical        |
-                 |         |        |exertion; estimating is|
-                 |         |        |a mental job.          |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-  23. Super-     |50 to    |No fixed|Good eyesight, good    |2 years.
-      intendent  |200.     | hours. |hearing, able to walk, |
-      and        |         |        |work is mental.        |
-      manager.   |         |        |                       |
-                 |         |        |                       |
-  24. Proprietor.|   ...   | All the|Should possess such    |1 year.
-                 |         |  time. |unimpaired mental and  |
-                 |         |        |physical faculties as  |
-                 |         |        |will enable him to     |
-                 |         |        |conduct his business   |
-                 |         |        |under conditions of    |
-                 |         |        |individual case.       |
-  ---------------+---------+--------+-----------------------+-----------
-
-  [43] Based on intensive technical training of 35 to 40 hours per week.
-
-Practically all specialized positions in printing are properly based on
-a journeyman’s experience. In the case of men who have served only
-partial apprenticeships, or who have no training whatever an individual
-determination is necessary in each case as to the amount of special
-education, technical school training, and shop work required to equal
-the regular apprenticeship foundation.
-
-The very elaborate artificial limbs now available may in many cases
-enable the individual to meet the physical requirements where the above
-statement would indicate a difficulty. Each such case must be decided on
-its merits.
-
-
-COURSES OF STUDY
-
-For requirements as to previous education and physical condition for
-each of these courses, see chart. The technical courses are organized to
-afford the following training. Provision is made for individual
-instruction where needed, and for classes in English, history of
-printing, trade arithmetic, and printing design directly connected with
-the trade work.
-
-
-1. HAND COMPOSITOR (STRAIGHT MATTER, AD. AND JOB)
-
-Explanation and use of materials and equipment used in the composing
-room, lay of cases, correct position at frame, straight composition,
-correcting, proof reader’s marks, distribution, casting-off copy, styles
-of composition, setting bookwork, tabular matter, ad. and job work,
-design and layouts, and imposition.
-
-
-2. LINOTYPE OPERATOR
-
-The construction and operation of the several models of machines,
-cleaning and care of mats and machine, correct method of fingering and
-acquiring speed, practice on styles of composition. Proper condition of
-metal, machine changes, and adjustments.
-
-
-3. LINOTYPE MACHINIST
-
-Construction and operation of machine, care of mats and machine,
-cleaning, oiling, overhauling, tearing down machine and assembling,
-condition of metal, detecting trouble, adjustments. Repair work, care
-and system of handling sorts and supplies.
-
-
-4. LINOTYPE MACHINIST OPERATOR
-
-Construction and operation of machine, cleaning mats and machine.
-Correct method of fingering and acquiring speed. Correct condition of
-metal, oiling, overhauling and assembling, changing parts.
-
-
-5. MONOTYPE KEYBOARD OPERATOR
-
-(Monotype is in two units, keyboard and caster.)
-
-_Keyboard._--Theory and operation of keyboard, cleaning and care of
-keyboard, work of keyboard and its relation to the caster, reading
-perforations, changing keyboard to various layouts, adjustments,
-practice on styles of composition. Practice for speed.
-
-
-6. MONOTYPE MACHINIST
-
-_Keyboard._--Theory and construction of keyboard, care, adjustment,
-repairs.
-
-_Caster._--Parts of machine, use of micrometer, sizes and handling of
-type, machine changes, casting of display type, borders, slugs and
-rules, keeping metal in proper condition, care of machine, adjustments,
-and repairs.
-
-
-7. MONOTYPE COMBINATION
-
-_Keyboard._--Theory and construction of keyboard cleaning and care, work
-of keyboard and its relation to caster, reading perforations, changing
-to various layouts, adjustments.
-
-_Caster._--Parts of machine, use of micrometer, type sizes, machine
-changes, casting display type borders, slug and rule attachments,
-conditions of metal, care of machine, oiling and adjustments.
-
-
-8. STONEMAN
-
-Handling of type and forms, locking up forms, imposition for hand and
-machine folding, study of various folds, kinds of folding machines,
-margins, sizes of paper, patent blocks and bases, lockups for register
-and color.
-
-
-9. COMPOSING ROOM FOREMAN
-
-Composition of straight matter and display, classes of composition,
-methods of handling, book, tabular, and commercial work by hand and
-machine, make-up, illustrations and plates, layouts, design and color,
-paper sizes, kinds and uses, department forms of record, department
-systems, selection and arrangement of equipment.
-
-
-10. COPY HOLDER
-
-Technical terms used in printing, sizes and kinds of type, office style,
-reading reprint and manuscript copy, proof reader’s marks, punctuation,
-abbreviations, spelling, division of words, reference marks, technical
-copy, tabular copy. (Special instruction in English of an informational
-character.)
-
-
-11. PROOF READER
-
-Details of the course include book, magazine, and newspaper styles,
-proof reader’s marks, technical terms, orthography, book and magazine
-make-up, editing copy, proof room rules and procedure, reading,
-correcting, and revising proofs.
-
-
-12. COPY WRITER
-
-Proof reader’s marks, punctuation, capitalization, division of words,
-abbreviations, construction of sentences, paragraphing, writing
-advertising copy and sales literature, planning and layout of
-composition, making up dummies, styles of typography, editing copy,
-analyzing problems of publicity and devising advertising service.
-
-
-13. ASSISTANT PRESSMAN
-
-Feeding stock, uniformity of color, proper handling of sheets after
-printing, keeping press in good condition, setting rollers and fountain,
-principles of make-ready on type and plates.
-
-
-14. PRESSMAN
-
-Cleanliness and careful use of materials, theory and construction of
-various types of machines, setting impression screws, bearers, rollers,
-and other adjustments, registering forms, care of rollers, paper, ink,
-make-ready and running different grades of work, including half-tones in
-black and color, process plates, etc. Department details.
-
-
-15. PRESSROOM FOREMAN
-
-Makes of presses, presses best suited for work on hand, adjustments
-necessary to keep in good running order, economical ways of running,
-various folds (hand and machine), inks, paper, color, planning work,
-production forms, and department management. Arrangement of equipment.
-Pressroom accessories.
-
-
-16. BINDERY WORKER
-
-Receiving and handling printed sheets, knowledge of paper, counting,
-straightening, cutting, folding (hand and machine), gathering,
-collating, stitching, trimming, punching, numbering, padding, wrapping.
-(This course deals only with the simpler phases of bindery work.)
-
-
-17. STOCKMAN AND PAPER CUTTER
-
-Study of various kinds of paper, tests, sizes and weights, economical
-methods of cutting stock, equivalent weights, methods of figuring stock;
-care, oiling, cleanliness, and operation of cutters. Stock handling
-system, perpetual inventory and stock record forms.
-
-
-18. PRINTING INSTRUCTOR
-
-Work in typesetting, locking forms, make-ready, and feeding on job
-presses (both theory and practical work), instruction methods and
-outlines of instruction for classes, trade English, design and
-arithmetic, visits to printing and allied plants, training as a teacher.
-
-19. COST CLERK
-
-  (Based on United Typothetæ of America Standard Cost Finding System.)
-
-Analysis and explanation of cost principles and their application,
-stockroom systems, time tickets, job records, and operating forms for
-all departments, recapitulation of plant details of expense and output,
-compiling statement of cost of production.
-
-
-20. LAYOUT MAN
-
-Principles of design, type faces, color, paper, making layouts of work
-for composition, and producing harmonious combinations of stock,
-illustrations color, and typography; specifications and methods of
-increasing production, acquiring speed on layouts.
-
-
-21. PRINTING SALESMAN
-
-  (Based upon United Typothetæ of America Standard Salesmanship Course.)
-
-Qualifications of salesman, the printer’s product and market,
-specialized manufacturing processes, the sales department, customer and
-business development. Creating business, technical knowledge required,
-successful salesmanship, practical sales demonstrations in specialized,
-manufacturing, general, and merchandise printing.
-
-
-22. ESTIMATOR
-
-  (Based upon United Typothetæ of America Standard Estimating Course.)
-
-Details of estimating, including specifications, estimate blanks,
-figuring stock, artwork, plates, kinds of composition, imposition,
-presswork (platen and cylinder), and bindery details, copy, ink,
-engraving, plates, trade customs. Practice in making out specifications,
-estimating work, and submitting proposals.
-
-
-23. SUPERINTENDENT AND MANAGER
-
-Estimating, cost finding, forms for composing room, pressroom,
-stockroom, bindery, trade conditions, processes of composition,
-presswork, bindery, paper, ink, color, production methods, planning
-work, organization, and management
-
-
-24. PROPRIETOR
-
-Estimating, cost finding, study of composition, paper, ink, plates and
-engravings, composing room, pressroom, bindery, condition of printing
-trades, business development, visits to allied plants, plant
-organization and management, sales values.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1238. THE GARMENT TRADES
-
-  This monograph was prepared by May H. Pope, under direction of Charles
-  H. Winslow, Chief of the Research Division of the Federal Board for
-  Vocational Education. Acknowledgment is due to Dr. John Cummings of
-  the Research Division for editorial assistance.
-
-
-A place to sleep, something to eat, and something to wear constitute the
-primary needs for us all. To satisfy the need for clothing a group of
-great American industries has developed--great in the value of their
-product as well as in the number of their workers.
-
-
-FROM HAND WORK TO MACHINE OPERATION
-
-It would be interesting to trace the development of the clothing
-industries out of the common household trade, using crude methods in
-introducing homemade garments, the materials for which were grown and
-spun and woven by the family, through the hand-sewing days and the
-various stages of foot-power machines to the present-day methods of
-electrically driven machines, adjusted to do most accurate work with
-special devices for all sorts of processes.
-
-
-PROVIDING A PRIME NECESSITY
-
-On the whole it may be conceded that these industries compare only
-fairly with others as regards prevailing conditions of labor, but as
-regards benefits conferred upon people generally, in placing within easy
-reach of all a prime necessity of life, the clothing industries rank
-very high.
-
-
-SEASONAL CHARACTER OF THE INDUSTRIES
-
-Employment in the garment trades is highly seasonal and is influenced by
-certain causes beyond control of the manufacturer. This irregularity of
-work is often a real hardship for employees. The busy seasons run from
-January through the spring months, and from August through the fall
-months. Some manufacturers, however, manage to keep workers busy 11
-months during the year. Efforts have been made to equalize the work,
-seasonally, but nothing has been definitely accomplished so far. There
-is much greater irregularity of employment in the women’s garment trades
-than in the men’s. It often occurs that only one-half of those employed
-in the busy season in making women’s clothes are kept at work during the
-dull seasons.
-
-Factors which influence this irregularity in employment are seasonal
-changes, changes in style, degree of specialization required, quality of
-product, and method of production. In the men’s garment industries,
-manufacturers often utilize the dull season for making up standard
-goods, such as blue serge suits, but makers of women’s clothes find
-style such a variable factor that they dare not make up stock much in
-advance of the season. Employment is more regularly distributed in the
-industries producing waists, skirts, and under muslins than it is in the
-cloak and suit industry.
-
-
-AN IMMIGRANT’S TRADE
-
-Garment making has long been known as an immigrant’s trade. Before the
-war it absorbed annually approximately 10,000 immigrants. Irish,
-Germans, and Italians have all worked in considerable numbers in the
-clothing industries, but at present the Jews predominate, not only among
-the workers, but as well among those exercising controlling power.
-
-
-WHERE THE WORK IS DONE
-
-The work may be carried on, it has been said, in any place “where there
-are a half dozen machines and an ironing board.” But in some places
-large clothing factories have been built, though much of the work is
-done in medium-sized shops.
-
-The clothing industries differ from other manufacturing industries in
-several particulars. They are highly localized. More than half of all
-the clothing manufactured in the United States is made in New York City.
-Choice of a home is, therefore, limited for the young man who enters any
-one of these industries. Other cities in which the industries flourish
-are Philadelphia, Cleveland, Baltimore, Boston, Rochester, Chicago, and
-Cincinnati. Because of the congestion in New York some concerns have
-made attempts to move away from such crowded quarters, but the character
-of the industries requires just those things which are not found in
-rural districts. It is for one thing important to be near the labor
-supply and near the markets, both for buying materials and for selling
-goods. The prestige accredited to New York manufacturers as to style is
-another factor holding concerns in that city.
-
-
-TWO TYPES OF EMPLOYERS
-
-There are two types of employers in the clothing industries, namely, the
-manufacturer and the contractor or submanufacturer. Many factories,
-especially those where the high-grade garments are made, have their own
-“inside shops” where all work is done under supervision of the
-manufacturer or his foremen.
-
-But there is a tendency to increase the contracting system, particularly
-in the making of cheaper garments. When the contracting method is
-employed the manufacturer or jobber purchases the material and turns it
-over to the submanufacturer, who has the garments made in his small
-shop. The manufacturer who gives his work out to contractors avoids the
-necessity for maintaining a large factory, and for keeping a great
-number of men on his pay roll. He is also relieved of the responsibility
-of dealing with labor, the contractor being in direct contact with the
-workers. On the other hand, the contractor obtains materials from the
-jobber, which otherwise he would not be financially able to purchase. In
-the contract system there is complete separation of the commercial
-processes from the technical. The manufacturer is responsible for the
-purchase of materials and for securing and filling orders for the trade,
-but all technical processes in the making of garments are left to the
-contractor, who is entirely responsible for the work. The contractor not
-only supervises the workers, but often works with them. He is no
-shirker.
-
-
-WHAT THE WORKERS PRODUCE
-
-All sorts of wearing apparel, from children’s rompers to opera cloaks,
-make up the product of these industries, which are naturally divided
-into two classes--those making men’s garments and those making women’s.
-The two groups of industries are sharply differentiated, and in each
-group processes are highly specialized.
-
-Men’s clothes are made in three separate types of shops--the coat shop,
-the pants shop, and the vest shop.
-
-Women’s garment trades fall generally into the following groups:
-
-  (1) Custom tailoring.
-
-  (2) Manufacture of cloaks, suits, and skirts.
-
-  (3) Manufacture of dresses and waists.
-
-  (4) Manufacture of misses’ and children’s dresses.
-
-  (5) Manufacture of muslin underwear.
-
-  (6) Manufacture of house dresses, kimonos, etc.
-
-About 77 per cent of the workers in the cloak, suit, and skirt industry
-are men; a smaller percentage being found in the other groups.
-
-Garments made by custom tailors are usually of the highest grade in
-women’s clothing, and include cloaks, suits, opera cloaks, evening
-gowns, waists, and dresses. These tailors make up garments on individual
-orders, allowing customers to select materials and designs.
-
-Manufacturers in the cloak, suit, and skirt industry make a number of
-models, but their product is usually limited to cloaks, suits, skirts,
-one-piece woolen or worsted dresses, and linen suits and skirts. Dresses
-and waists cover a wide range of many styles for evening wear, street
-wear, and sporting uses. Under muslins, misses’ and children’s dresses,
-house dresses and kimonos, dressing sacques and aprons are made in
-separate establishments largely by women workers.
-
-
-WHAT MEN DO IN THE CLOTHING INDUSTRIES
-
-Though many more women are employed in the garment trades than formerly,
-still the large body of workers are men. Men are employed for processes
-in which greater endurance or speed is required. In high-class
-dressmaking men work on dresses made of heavy materials, while women
-make those of lighter weight. Cloaks and suits are made by men, while
-waists, under muslins, and children’s clothes are made by women. An
-equal number of men and women are skirt operators, while in buttonhole
-making the number of men operators exceeds the number of women.
-
-Strange as it may seem, men form the larger percentage of those who work
-on women’s clothes, and women make up a majority of those who work on
-men’s clothes. There is less routine in making women’s garments, and it
-has been suggested that this may account for the preference given such
-work by men.
-
-It has been said that “mechanical power and division of labor have
-impersonalized industry,” and this is clearly true of the garment
-industries as regards their products, for except in the case of the
-custom tailors a worker can not think of any finished product as
-distinctly his. Any given garment is the joint product of many persons.
-
-Formerly a whole garment was made by one man, who necessarily must be a
-skilled tailor. Now many persons may have a part in the making of a suit
-of clothes. This division of labor grew out of the need for different
-degrees of skill in the different processes. By specialization a large
-product may be produced by relatively unskilled labor.
-
-The work may be divided into three general systems: Teamwork, in which
-the tailor, like the contractor, hires his workers and superintends the
-work; piece operating, in which all of one kind of work is done by one
-worker on the same garment; and section work, in which each operator
-does only that one process allotted to him.
-
-In the cheap grade of women’s clothing this division of labor is very
-marked. One man works only on belts, another makes cuffs, another
-collars, and so on. In the better grade of clothes the garment after it
-has been cut is given to the tailor, who with his helper completes all
-the work and turns it over to the presser. In the expensive shops the
-tailor makes the entire garment, doing even his own cutting and
-pressing.
-
-While no single operation can be said to be given over entirely to one
-sex, the cutting and pressing is done almost exclusively by men. Men who
-work in the garment trades may be generally divided into designers,
-sample makers, cutters, machine operators, hand sewers, pressers, and
-examiners. In the following paragraphs the brief descriptions given of
-these principal occupations have been summarized from Bulletin No. 183
-of the Bureau of Labor Statistics, and from the bureau’s publication
-“Descriptions of Occupations.”
-
-
-PLAN No. 1239. DESIGNING
-
-In large plants there is often a man separately charged with the
-designing of garments. He must create the designs, make the models, and
-choose the materials for the designs. His chief responsibility is
-choosing the materials for the style of garment he wishes to produce and
-co-operating with the sales department in producing designs which will
-sell and also be economical to cut. This is a high-grade position for a
-man with artistic ability. Only men are employed.
-
-Qualifications include high-grade intelligence and a knowledge of
-drafting. Although designing is a question largely of artistic sense,
-the designer should have had some experience in connection with the
-making of garments, and especially with the laying out of patterns and
-the cutting of cloth.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1240. CUTTING
-
-In all of these industries cutting is done almost exclusively by men,
-and consists of marking, laying up, and cutting textiles in accordance
-with specific patterns. It is the most skillful and responsible of all
-the occupations for the reason that upon the quality of the cutting
-depends not only the appearance of the garment, but also, to a
-considerable extent, its cost, inasmuch as the ability of the cutter to
-lay out economically his pattern determines the amount of cloth that is
-consumed. Cutting is the only occupation of the garment trades in which
-an apprenticeship is required.
-
-Considerable intelligence, accuracy, and a steady hand, with ordinary
-strength is required for the work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1241. SAMPLE MAKING
-
-Sample making is done by _men_ and _women_, and consists of making
-samples of new garments from models furnished by the designer. This work
-calls for tailors (males, usually, in the cloak and suit industry) and
-operators (usually females, in the other industries) of rather
-exceptional ability and skill. Sample making occupies a small number of
-workers for a short time at the beginning of each season, the makers of
-samples being recruited temporarily from among the more expert tailors
-and operators.
-
-The sample maker must have ordinary strength and ability, and must be an
-all-round tailor.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1242. OPERATING
-
-Operating is done by _men_ and _women_, and consists of sewing the parts
-of a garment together, by machine, as they come from the cutting
-department. In most instances it is one of the least-skilled
-occupations, manned to a considerable extent by inexperienced,
-recently-arrived immigrants. Except in the cloak and suit industry,
-where the greater part of the operating is done by men, the operators in
-these industries are predominantly female.
-
-Speed and manual dexterity are essential. The operator must be able to
-stand the nervous strain of the noisy machine and of intense application
-to rapid work.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1243. BASTING
-
-In the cloak, suit, and skirt industry, and in the dress and waist
-industry, basting is done mostly by _females_, and consists of roughly
-sewing together by hand (“basting”) the partly finished garment, for the
-purpose of placing it, at times, on a dummy figure or living model, so
-that careful examination may be made by the tailor or sample maker of
-the character of the work at various stages of manufacture. In the cloak
-and suit industry approximately two-thirds and in the other industries
-almost all of these workers are women.
-
-
-PLAN No. 1244. PRESSING
-
-Pressing is done by _males_ and _females_ and consists of pressing out
-with a hot press or iron the seams and various parts of a garment after
-they have been put together by the operators--except in the case of the
-part presser, who is required to press out pieces, such as sleeves,
-pockets, collars, cuffs, and belts. The under presser presses the
-garment before it is lined, and the upper presser, the most skilled of
-the three, presses the finished garment, shaping and molding it, to some
-extent, into the finished product. In the cloak and suit industry, where
-the irons used, as well as the textiles, are rather heavy, pressing is
-done almost exclusively by men.
-
-More than average strength is required for pressing and ability to stand
-while at work; also ability to handle a pressing machine.
-
-
-EXAMINING
-
-The examiner looks over the garment in the process of manufacturing or
-when it is completed, to discover defects and ascertain whether the
-shape is correct. This is an important position, as it entails
-considerable responsibility for the quality of the garments
-manufactured. _Men_ and _women_ both are employed.
-
-The examiner must be an experienced operator on the garments, and should
-have had enough experience at examining to know the various styles and
-designs.
-
-
-HOW MEN ARE PAID
-
-In the clothing industries men are paid either by time or by piece. The
-difference in these two systems of payment amounts to very little. Under
-the time system wages remain unchanged from day to day even though the
-product varies, and under the piece system as the product increases
-wages increase proportionally. But the minimum and maximum amount of
-work insisted upon in one instance by the employees and in the other by
-the employers make the actual difference in wages received under the two
-systems almost negligible. The tendency is to base all wages upon time,
-as this does away in some degree with the dangers of speeding up and
-with the difficulties of adjustment.
-
-The quantity and quality of the work is so important in the garment
-trades that it is characterized by a range of wages rather than by a
-fixed rate. The highest paid men are the designers, who make from $50 a
-week in the smaller shops to $12,000 a year in the shops of custom
-tailors. Foremen are paid $25 to $75 a week. Cutters receive wages
-ranging from $20 to $50 a week. The average cutter receives $35 a week.
-Pressers make about $33 a week, and machine operators $25, though some
-shops report wages up to $60 a week for some of their operators, which
-means much speeding up and overtime work.
-
-Workers on women’s clothes are better paid than those who work on men’s.
-
-
-HOW MEN ARE TRAINED
-
-Not much attention has been given to the training of garment workers,
-though many employers are realizing the necessity for the workers to
-have a knowledge of English, an understanding of the fundamental
-principles of arithmetic, and some industrial information.
-
-Factory schools have been organized in some instances and workers are
-allowed to take some of their working time to attend the classes.
-
-Adaptability, general intelligence, skill, precision, and speed are
-important in the making of a good workman.
-
-The designers, who have been called the “autocrats of the trade,” need,
-in addition to a native gift of creative art, some knowledge of the
-technical processes of cutting and sewing, and a course in drafting.
-Schools of design give courses, but the majority of designers are
-foreigners, and but few Americans enter this trade.
-
-Cutters are sometimes trained in schools organized for the purpose,
-though often they learn as apprentices, paying from $50 to $150 for the
-instruction. From 6 to 20 weeks is the time usually required to learn
-the trade.
-
-Pressers work a few weeks on seams, and after about a year become
-responsible pressers on high-grade garments.
-
-The only training necessary for a machine operator in factory work is
-instruction in power sewing-machine operating. Training for the majority
-of the processes is given in the shop, and the length of time required
-depends in a great measure upon the ability of the worker to learn.
-
-The requirements for acceptable workers in the clothing industries may
-be summed up as follows: Ability to run a power sewing machine, general
-intelligence sufficient to understand simple directions, and health and
-strength to work full time for six days a week.
-
-
-CONDITIONS OF WORK
-
-Overcrowding, overwork, and underfeeding are often evidenced by the
-pallor of the operatives; and the undue prevalence of tuberculosis,
-neurasthenia, and anemia among them clearly show that the constrained
-position, exposure to dust and fumes from leaky gas tubing, insufficient
-lighting facilities and ventilation found in many of the smaller shops
-are conditions yet to be remedied before the garment industries can
-receive an unqualified recommendation as suitable for a disabled man.
-
-However, men in the clothing industry work under more favorable
-conditions than formerly. The “sweat shop” is a thing of the past. The
-efforts of joint boards of sanitary control in New York City have, by
-educating both employers and employees, done much toward mitigating the
-intolerable conditions which existed in the early days. Tenement-house
-regulations and State laws of inspection have proved beneficial and have
-abolished many evils of the old shop. Laws prohibiting isolated home
-work have forced the contractors to secure better outside shops. Home
-shops now must not be connected with living quarters, and consequently
-they are often found in the upper floors of warehouses or factories,
-roomy and well ventilated. Factories where the better grade of work is
-done have their own “inside shops” built for the purpose and therefore
-more satisfactory. The workers themselves are often to blame for the bad
-air in their workroom, because of their careless waste of gas from the
-pressing iron or their fear of open windows.
-
-The shortening of the working day also signifies progress in the
-clothing industries, and the welfare of the worker is now given fair
-consideration in many instances. Some factories plan the routing of work
-with a view to relaxation of the worker, and some require operators to
-get materials from a near-by table, or to go to the supply room for such
-things as thread, buttons, and trimmings. Even these small practices
-give relief from the fatigue of sitting constantly at a machine.
-
-
-OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE DISABLED
-
-Occupations in garment making are largely nonhazardous. Handling heavy
-rolls of material, climbing ladders to hang shrunken goods to dry,
-testing heating apparatus for pressing irons, managing the knives of
-cutting machines, are all accompanied by some danger, but accidents as
-serious may occur in the daily occupations of any home.
-
-Yet it may fairly be said that the clothing industries offer only small
-inducements to the handicapped. The man who has lost a leg would hardly
-choose to be a cutter, a presser, or an examiner, since much standing is
-required of these workers. Nevertheless, a well-fitting artificial leg
-might enable him to do any of this work successfully. Machine operating,
-a sitting-down job, might appeal to him. A man with both legs amputated
-could run a power machine. A man with an arm gone or with eyesight
-impaired would not find employment in the clothing industries suitable,
-for the use of both hands and good eyesight are essentials in the trades
-generally.
-
-The lint which constantly flies in the air of the shop is bad for the
-lungs, and catarrhal conditions of the nose and throat, as well as
-tuberculosis, are prevalent among the workers. Nevertheless, one who
-understands the difficulties and the drawbacks of the garment trades, as
-well as its advantages, makes the following statement:
-
-“I do not think that the clothing trade per se is injurious except for
-the possible slight dust and the stooping posture. I have also no doubt
-that the trade could be made so hygienic as to enable a post-tuberculous
-person to work a limited number of hours. There are, of course, some
-processes, like pressing, which it may not be advisable for
-post-tuberculous persons to engage in. Most of the work in clothing
-shops consists in the operator guiding various clothing material under
-the needle of the machine. This by itself should not be injurious. There
-are also other processes, like sewing on buttons, either by machine or
-by hand, which have very few harmful features in them.
-
-“I should say that soldiers whose legs are not functioning could well be
-taught to work on electrically-driven machines with benefit to
-themselves and to the industry.”
-
-Neurasthenics should avoid employment in these trades, as nervous
-disorders are intensified by the noise, close confinement, and intense
-application which the work involves. Pressers suffer from flat foot
-because of their constant standing, but otherwise they are quite robust,
-which is an indication that this work is not too severe for men who are
-physically below par.
-
-
-GOOD FARMERS SHOULD NOT TRY TO BECOME TAILORS
-
-In most cases the returned soldier whose disability necessitates a
-change of employment will, in choosing a new occupation, turn from the
-clothing industries as unsuitable for him. The needle is not an
-attractive tool to men unless they have been raised in the atmosphere of
-the tailor shop. It is with no desire to make tailors of farmers,
-sewing-machine operators of truck drivers, that opportunities in the
-clothing industries are here described. If a man has other talents, by
-all means let him cultivate them and leave the garment trades to those
-qualified for those trades by experience and aptitude.
-
-There has been improvement in working conditions in recent years. This
-has resulted in part from superior organization within the industries
-themselves, better adjustment, increase in product, and improved
-machinery and skill, all of which have led to increased wages and better
-living conditions for the workers.
-
-The small amount of capital required to organize the business attracts
-many, but success can come only if good judgment is exercised.
-
-As has been noted, these industries attract the immigrant worker
-largely, and the Jew looks upon entrance into some one of the garment
-trades as a first step on the way to managing a small shop of his own.
-
-  ===================+=============================+=========+=========+
-     Class of work.  |      Character of work.     |  Hours  |  Wages  |
-                     |                             |(weekly).|(weekly).|
-  -------------------+-----------------------------+---------+---------+
-  Custom tailors.    |Making garments to order.    |   ...   |   ...   |
-                     |                             |         |         |
-  Designers.         |Create designs; select       |   ...   |$50 up to|
-                     |materials; make models;      |         |$12,000 a|
-                     |figures yardage and          |         |year.    |
-                     |trimmings; estimates amount  |         |         |
-                     |of material needed.          |         |         |
-                     |                             |         |         |
-  Cutters.           |Cutting of materials for     |      44 |$20 to   |
-                     |garments; directing the      |         |$50,     |
-                     |spreading, marking, and      |         |averaging|
-                     |cutting; using material      |         |$35.     |
-                     |economically; knowledge of   |         |         |
-                     |fabrics.                     |         |         |
-                     |                             |         |         |
-  Sample makers.     |Making samples of new models.|      44 |$30 to   |
-                     |                             |         |$60.     |
-                     |                             |         |         |
-  Foremen.           |Superintendent, supplying    |      44 |$25 to   |
-                     |work, quality of work;       |         |$75.     |
-                     |quantity of work, training   |         |         |
-                     |workers, keeping machines in |         |         |
-                     |repair.                      |         |         |
-                     |                             |         |         |
-  Machine operators. |Sewing parts together by     |      44 |$25.     |
-                     |machines; hemstitching; lace |         |         |
-                     |running; tucking; making     |         |         |
-                     |buttonholes; button sewing.  |         |         |
-                     |                             |         |         |
-  Handworkers (very  |Rough sewing; basting, fine  |      44 |$25 to   |
-  few men are        |sewing; finishing.           |         |$27.     |
-  employed).         |                             |         |         |
-                     |                             |         |         |
-  Pressers.          |Using hot irons (or machines)|      44 |$33.     |
-                     |for pressing seams and parts |         |         |
-                     |of garments, as well as the  |         |         |
-                     |whole garment.               |         |         |
-                     |                             |         |         |
-  Examiners.         |Inspecting the finished      |      44 |$25.     |
-                     |garment as to workmanship and|         |         |
-                     |shape.                       |         |         |
-  -------------------+-----------------------------+---------+---------+
-
-  ===================+========================+========================+
-     Class of work.  |    Requirements and    |Disqualifying handicaps.|
-                     |     qualifications.    |                        |
-  -------------------+------------------------+------------------------+
-  Custom tailors.    |High-grade intelligence;|Bad eyesight; loss of   |
-                     |knowledge of cutting,   |both hands.             |
-                     |designing, operating;   |                        |
-                     |knowledge of materials, |                        |
-                     |common-school education.|                        |
-                     |                        |                        |
-  Designers.         |Good judgment; artistic |Blindness; loss of both |
-                     |taste; high-grade       |hands.                  |
-                     |intelligence; knowledge |                        |
-                     |of drafting; experience |                        |
-                     |in cutting and garment  |                        |
-                     |making; common-school   |                        |
-                     |education.              |                        |
-                     |                        |                        |
-  Cutters.           |Above average           |Loss of hand; amputation|
-                     |intelligence; accuracy; |of the leg would        |
-                     |steady hand; ordinary   |seriously handicap      |
-                     |strength; ability to    |unless a well-adjusted  |
-                     |stand; experience as    |artificial limb enabled |
-                     |spreader, marker, etc.; |the man to stand easily;|
-                     |three years as          |bad eyesight.           |
-                     |apprentice, common-     |                        |
-                     |school education.       |                        |
-                     |                        |                        |
-  Sample makers.     |All-round tailor;       |Bad eyesight; loss of   |
-                     |knowledge of cutting,   |arm.                    |
-                     |operating, fitting,     |                        |
-                     |ordinary strength and   |                        |
-                     |ability.                |                        |
-                     |                        |                        |
-  Foremen.           |Initiative; executive   |Blindness.              |
-                     |ability; mechanical     |                        |
-                     |ability; knowledge of   |                        |
-                     |processes; experience as|                        |
-                     |cutter or fitter;       |                        |
-                     |ordinary strength and   |                        |
-                     |ability; common-school  |                        |
-                     |education.              |                        |
-                     |                        |                        |
-  Machine operators. |Ordinary intelligence;  |Bad eyesight; loss of   |
-                     |adaptability; speed and |hands; tuberculosis;    |
-                     |manual dexterity;       |nervousness.            |
-                     |ability to stand nervous|                        |
-                     |strain of noisy         |                        |
-                     |machines; ability to run|                        |
-                     |power machines;         |                        |
-                     |knowledge of English.   |                        |
-                     |                        |                        |
-  Handworkers (very  |Ability to do plain hand|Bad eyesight; loss of   |
-  few men are        |sewing, to thread       |hands.                  |
-  employed).         |needles, and to tie     |                        |
-                     |knots rapidly, take even|                        |
-                     |stitches, and fasten    |                        |
-                     |work; deftness of       |                        |
-                     |fingers; good eyesight; |                        |
-                     |steady nerves.          |                        |
-                     |                        |                        |
-  Pressers.          |Average intelligence;   |Loss of one or both     |
-                     |ability to handle a     |arms; loss of legs; bad |
-                     |pressing machine; more  |eyesight.               |
-                     |than average strength.  |                        |
-                     |                        |                        |
-  Examiners.         |Skillful with scissors; |Bad eyesight; loss of   |
-                     |experience as operator; |both arms; loss of      |
-                     |intelligence;           |fingers or hands.       |
-                     |reliability; knowledge  |                        |
-                     |of styles; ability to   |                        |
-                     |detect poor work;       |                        |
-                     |common-school education.|                        |
-  -------------------+------------------------+------------------------+
-
-  ===================+==========================
-     Class of work.  |     Training required.
-                     |
-  -------------------+--------------------------
-  Custom tailors.    |Tailors are trained in the
-                     |trade.
-                     |
-  Designers.         |Designers are trained by
-                     |working as apprentices to
-                     |custom tailors and to
-                     |factory cutters. A course
-                     |in drafting, either with
-                     |a private teacher or at a
-                     |school for designing is
-                     |desirable.
-                     |
-  Cutters.           |Cutters learn, through
-                     |apprenticeship, the
-                     |technique of laying
-                     |patterns, stretching
-                     |cloth, sloping, and the
-                     |right use of materials;
-                     |cutting small parts with
-                     |knife; “repair” cutting
-                     |with shears.
-                     |
-  Sample makers.     |The training is the same
-                     |as for a tailor which is
-                     |usually gotten in the
-                     |trade.
-                     |
-  Foremen.           |Foremen are often selected
-                     |from workers. Special
-                     |training is sometimes
-                     |given men with secondary
-                     |education through a course
-                     |in the workshop.
-                     |
-  Machine operators. |Instruction in power
-                     |sewing machine operating
-                     |and handling of materials.
-                     |In a few weeks’ time
-                     |an operator learns enough
-                     |for an easy operation, a
-                     |year or two years is
-                     |required to become
-                     |
-  Handworkers (very  |Hand sewers are taught how
-  few men are        |to adjust their knowledge
-  employed).         |of plain sewing to factory
-                     |methods.
-                     |
-  Pressers.          |Pressers ere trained by
-                     |doing. Beginners press
-                     |seams, then skirts and
-                     |dresses; after this
-                     |experience the pressing of
-                     |coats and cloaks may be
-                     |undertaken.
-                     |
-  Examiners.         |Through a knowledge of
-                     |garment making as machine
-                     |operators or as helpers to
-                     |examiners.
-  -------------------+--------------------------
-
-For the unskilled worker the garment trades offer fair wages, though
-wages are not quite as high as in other similar trades. Chance of
-promotion is small, and the working week is 44 hours. Serious
-disabilities are great handicaps in the garment trades.
-
-Previous experience, a working knowledge of the trade, and skill in some
-of the better processes would be the only legitimate reasons for
-offering the opportunities of the garment-making industries to a
-returned disabled soldier.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1245. PODIATRY AS A VOCATION
-
-
-The wise man will not come to a hurried conclusion in deciding his life
-work. A false start in life is frequently the undoing of an individual
-because misapplied ambition often eventuates in indifference. Therefore,
-it is well to weigh the pros and cons of so momentous a consideration,
-and the following is presented in the hope that it may prove of service
-in studying one phase of activities in that connection:
-
-
-WHAT IS PODIATRY?
-
-Podiatry means the care of the human foot in health and in disease. The
-intelligent practice of podiatry constitutes the practitioner a
-specialist in this branch of medicine.
-
-
-SPECIALISTS IN MEDICINE
-
-In recent years those educated and equipped as doctors of medicine, in
-many instances, particularly in the larger cities, have devoted
-themselves to some special branch, and so it is that we have
-laryngologists (throat), otologists (ear), urologists (male organs of
-generation), gynaecologists (female organs of generation), oculists
-(eye), orthopaedists (deformities), odontologists (teeth), and many
-others who specialize in some one particular field of medicine. Strange
-as it may seem, physicians, other than orthopædists, have never
-specialized in foot lesions, and the work of the latter in that field
-has been merely incidental.
-
-
-THE GENESIS OF CHIROPODY
-
-In consequence, a group of non-medical practitioners, styling themselves
-chiropodists, assumed to care for the foot woes of the public. They
-claimed no scientific knowledge of the feet, but announced their
-ability, acquired in the school of experience, to care for the minor
-foot-ills of the public which were largely induced by the wearing of
-badly constructed foot-gear. These practitioners were primarily usually
-itinerants. They went about from town to town carrying their kits, which
-contained knives and medications which they and their predecessors had
-found useful in plying their craft. They flourished in England in the
-eighteenth and in the nineteenth centuries, and soon after our
-government was founded they began to appear in the larger centers of the
-United States.
-
-The knowledge which they acquired was imparted to their apprentices, who
-were usually their offspring, and so this practice was largely handed
-down from father to son.
-
-
-CHIROPODY DEVELOPMENT
-
-In 1895 they had grown so numerous in New York City that they organized
-a State Society and the State legislature chartered their organization
-and gave them power to license others who wished to practice similarly.
-Many other states gradually enacted like laws.
-
-In 1912 the Pedic Society of the State of New York again went to the
-legislature and secured the passage of a law which required academic
-qualifications of students of chiropody and established a standard for
-chiropody teaching institutions.
-
-The law also provided that no person should practice chiropody after
-that date, unless previously licensed, who failed to pass a state
-chiropody licensing examination conducted by the State Board of Medical
-Examiners. Since then twenty-three other commonwealths in the United
-States have passed similar laws.
-
-Recently the term podiatry was made synonymous with chiropody in several
-states. Thus, from a trade, chiropody has been transformed into a
-scientific branch of medicine.
-
-
-SCHOOLS AND THEIR CURRICULA
-
-The teaching schools have faculties made up of doctors of medicine,
-chemists and podiatrists. The outlined courses of study include
-instruction in the following topics: Anatomy, Histology, Chemistry,
-Physiology, Hygiene, Materia Medica, Therapeutics, Pharmacy, Surgery,
-Bacteriology, Pathology, Dermatology, The Principles of Medicine,
-Ethics, The History of Podiatry, Foot-Gear, Orthopedics, Massage,
-Electro-Therapeutics, Posture Studies and X-Ray work.
-
-No man should take up a career in podiatry unless he is prepared to
-devote all of his energy to his studies because the work accomplished in
-the course, as it is at present carried on, crowds the equivalent of two
-years at a medical school into the one year of podiatry. This means
-unusual application because the work must be accomplished or the student
-fails to graduate.
-
-
-STUDENTS
-
-There are three classes of students: Regular, Special and Post-graduate.
-
-_Regular Students_ must have academic qualifications in keeping with the
-standards adopted by the various state education authorities. In most of
-the states two years of high school work, or its equivalent in academic
-counts, are pre-requisites. This standard is being advanced each year
-until all regular students in all schools will have to have a minimum
-education of graduation from a high school or its equivalent in academic
-counts.
-
-_Special Students_ are admitted to these teaching schools without
-academic qualifications. They may take the full course, but cannot
-graduate from the schools which they attend, nor can they practice in
-any state where laws regulating the practise of chiropody are on the
-Statute books. Provision has been made to educate these special students
-so that those contemplating practice in the states and countries where
-there are at present no laws governing chiropody may secure the
-knowledge imparted in the schools. It is fair to assume that within the
-next five years every state in the United States will have a law
-governing chiropody practice whereupon those from foreign countries only
-will be admitted to the course as special students.
-
-_Post-graduate Students._ Practitioners of medicine or of chiropody, who
-have been reputably engaged as such for at least six months, and who
-wish to acquire the knowledge imparted to the regular students so that
-they may become better fitted for their vocations, are eligible as
-post-graduate students.
-
-
-DURATION OF COURSE
-
-In most of the established schools of chiropody the day course is of
-from eight to nine months’ duration. The hours are as follows: from 9 A.
-M. to 12, from 1 to 5 P. M., and during the last three months of the
-course, additionally, from 7:30 to 10 P. M.
-
-The night course is of two years’ duration, three hours each night for
-eight months in each year.
-
-
-DEGREES
-
-Graduates of the various schools receive titles and degrees. Some of the
-schools give the degree of D.S.C. (Doctor of Surgical Chiropody); others
-the title of M.Cp. (Master of Chiropody).
-
-
-LICENSE TO PRACTICE
-
-Before admission to practice, graduates must pass an examination
-conducted by the State Board of Medical Examiners in the state in which
-they desire to engage in practice. The conditions as to admission for
-licensing examination vary in the different states, as there is at
-present no reciprocity in chiropody licensure.
-
-
-REQUISITES FOR SUCCESS
-
-The requisites for success in podiatry study and practice are not
-trifling. Primarily the student should have the feeling that he is
-engaging in a calling in which he can be of service to his fellowman.
-The draft and the war itself have proved that the foot has been a very
-much neglected factor in the physical care of humankind. Draft
-statistics show a large percentage of rejections because of foot
-defects, and the casual lists in actual warfare are filled with the
-names of those who have fallen out of the ranks because of impaired
-locomotion.
-
-A large part of podiatry instruction is devoted to the prevention of
-foot lesions, so that the child from its first step will be safeguarded
-against the conditions which have led to the creation of such a large
-percentage of foot cripples. This in itself is a humanitarian task and
-those contemplating entering upon a career in podiatry should be
-sympathetic with that particular and all-important phase of the work.
-Again, the podiatrist in his daily practice is called upon to relieve
-suffering and that aspect of his activities should be a heartening
-influence to the developing practitioner as it will prove a consolation
-to him when once he is licensed to pursue his calling.
-
-
-DESIRABILITY OF MECHANICAL KNOWLEDGE
-
-As much of the actual practice, both preventive and curative, has to do
-with surgical endeavors, the prospective student should have an aptitude
-for mechanics.
-
-
-PHYSICAL QUALIFICATIONS
-
-The practice of medicine presumes a vigorous body as well as a virile
-mind, and it is best for every man in every life engagement to be so
-equipped; but those whose physical condition is impaired so that
-locomotion and other normal functions are impeded can readily engage in
-podiatry because most of the work is carried on in the office and can be
-done while seated and during limited hours.
-
-
-POSSIBLE ASSETS
-
-Those who have studied chemistry or pharmacy or have been associated
-with hospital work will find themselves possessing valuable assets in
-the study and in the practice of podiatry.
-
-
-CHOICE OF LOCATION
-
-There are failures and successes in every field, professional and
-otherwise. It is, however, axiomatic that a podiatrist who knows his
-work and applies himself in the proper field will succeed as a
-breadwinner. The selection of a location is of the greatest importance.
-Graduates of the various schools, in the main, have located in the
-larger cities. This is frequently an error because competition with
-those already engaged in practice who have a standing and a following is
-thus inevitable and the advance of the younger practitioner is
-consequently curtailed.
-
-Those graduates who have located in cities of from 25,000 to 100,000
-inhabitants have invariably succeeded from the start. The most
-successful of these have been those who have sought out the practicing
-physicians and have convinced them that they are not mere “corn
-cutters,” but scientific practitioners of a legitimate branch of
-medicine.
-
-
-THE INCOME FROM PODIATRY PRACTICE
-
-It is current belief that the average podiatrist enjoys a greater income
-than the average physician. There are no statistics available to confirm
-or to disprove this conclusion. In order that some idea on this point
-may be gained, the incomes of some of the members of the first
-graduating class of one of the podiatry schools of prominence are here
-given:
-
-           1st year  2nd year  3rd year  4th year  5th year
-  No.  1    $2,000    $3,000    $4,000    $4,000    $5,000
-       2     1,000     1,500     2,000     2,500     3,000
-       3     1,300     1,800     2,500     4,000     4,800
-       4       800     2,000     3,000     4,000     4,700
-       5     1,200     1,800     2,000     3,000     3,400
-   [44]6       800     1,200     1,700     2,300     2,800
-   [44]7       800     1,000     1,400     1,800     2,800
-
-  [44] A woman graduate.
-
-
-PHYSICIANS’ CO-OPERATION
-
-Once the co-operation of the physician is secured, success is assured.
-Some practitioners in towns of from 15,000 to 35,000 have in three years
-gained sufficient practise through the aid of medical practitioners to
-make their incomes from $2,000 to $5,000.
-
-
-THE PERSONAL EQUATION
-
-The personal equation is a great factor in this as in all other life
-spheres. The likeable man or woman with a modicum of other attributes
-will invariably succeed. When such a person possesses qualities which,
-when applied, prove helpful to his fellows, the limit of his earning
-capacity can only be measured by the hours he can serve and the
-population of the center in which he carries on his practice.
-
-
-PODIATRY IS ETHICAL
-
-Podiatry, as taught to-day, frowns down upon all unethical methods and
-disavows the charlatan. Its exponents and its loyal followers are keen
-as to the need for scrupulous care in the education of its students and
-the conduct of its practitioners. It strives to be classified as a
-dignified branch of medicine and fosters a literature that is strictly
-scientific.
-
-
-PODIATRY ORGANIZATIONS
-
-Podiatry has a national organization whose purposes are for the benefit
-of the profession, based upon the good which they can accomplish in
-serving the public. It has a state society in almost every commonwealth
-in the United States, and local societies flourish in every populous
-city.
-
-
-PROFESSIONAL ADVANCEMENT
-
-The scope of the podiatrists’ professional labors is continuously being
-enlarged by legal enactments and, where deserved, medical practitioners
-recommend them to their patients as foot specialists. In a number of
-well-known hospitals, podiatrists are attached to the medical staff,
-thus proving that physicians in groups are beginning to recognize the
-need for the services which these practitioners supply. In another year
-the course of study in most of the schools will be prolonged to two
-years and ultimately the specialist in foot lesions will be a licensed
-practitioner of medicine, equipped as is every other specialist in
-medicine.
-
-
-IS THERE A DEMAND FOR PODIATRISTS?
-
-In all of the large cities of the United States and of Europe
-chiropodists have been in demand for the past century. The need for
-foot-care is daily becoming more pronounced. Now that physicians can and
-do recommend their patients to chiropodists who have been scientifically
-trained in their calling, the need for such practitioners is rapidly
-growing.
-
-The public is growing to recognize the need of both preventive care and
-curative treatment of the minor ills of this part of the anatomy and the
-properly educated, well equipped, efficient podiatrist is in great
-demand.
-
-There is no scientific school for educating such practitioners in the
-world outside the United States.[45] In consequence, hundreds of such
-practitioners would also find need for their services along the lane of
-European travel, once it is restored. South American capitals, with
-large populations of foreigners, would likewise prove splendid fields
-for podiatrists.
-
-  [45] English practitioners laid the foundation for a School of
-  Podiatry in 1914, but owing to the war with the Central powers, their
-  efforts have been temporarily checked.
-
-
-HOW LONG DOES IT TAKE TO ESTABLISH A PRACTICE?
-
-The answer to this natural inquiry depends largely upon the place of
-location, the experience and the personality of the practitioner. If one
-locates in a city where he is the only scientifically equipped
-podiatrist, assuming that he is properly equipped, recognition by both
-medical men and by the laity should promptly be accorded and that in
-turn would mean success.
-
-If a graduate locates in a metropolitan city unheralded and unsung, his
-advance may be exceedingly slow and like the general practitioner of
-medicine, similarly situated, it may take considerable time for him to
-make a name and a career for himself.
-
-If the experience of the new podiatrist has been augmented by
-application in a clinic or in the service of an older practitioner as an
-assistant (and such assistants earn from $25 to $50 per week in wages),
-such experience is largely helpful, not only in inspiring confidence,
-but in securing results. If the personality of a practitioner is such as
-to prove repellent to his patients, his path will be a difficult one.
-If, on the other hand, he is of pleasing personality, he will make
-friends and will increase his list of patients.
-
-
-WHERE PODIATRY (CHIROPODY) IS REGULATED BY LAW?
-
-The following commonwealths have passed laws regulating the practice of
-chiropody (podiatry) and those desiring specific information as to the
-details of the same in any given state should address the person whose
-name follows the state, as here recorded:
-
-  California--Chas. B. Pinkham, M.D., 125 Stockton St., San Francisco.
-
-  Colorado--David A. Strickley, M.D., 612 Empire Bldg., Denver.
-
-  Connecticut--Chas. A. Tuttle, M.D., New Haven.
-
-  District of Columbia--Commissioner of Education.
-
-  Illinois--C. St. Clair Drake, M.D., Springfield.
-
-  Louisiana--E. L. Leckert, M.D., 716 Macheca Bldg., New Orleans.
-
-  Maryland--J. P. McScott, M.D., Hagerstown.
-
-  Massachusetts--Walter P. Bowers, State House, Boston.
-
-  Michigan--B. D. Harrison, M.D., Detroit.
-
-  Minnesota--Thomas McDavitt, M.D., St. Paul.
-
-  Nebraska--H. B. Cummings, M.D., State Board of Health, Seward.
-
-  New Hampshire--Henry C. Morrison, M.D., Concord.
-
-  New Jersey--Alex. McAllister, Trenton.
-
-  New York--State Education Dept., Albany.
-
-  North Carolina--B. K. Hayes, M.D., Oxford.
-
-  Ohio--George H. Matson, M.D., Columbus.
-
-  Pennsylvania--N. C. Shaeffer, M.D., Harrisburg.
-
-  Rhode Island--Gardner T. Swarts, M.D., State House, Providence.
-
-  Vermont--W. Scott Nay, M.D., Underhill.
-
-  Virginia--J. N. Barney, M.D., Fredericksburg.
-
-  Washington--C. N. Suttner, M.D., Walla Walla.
-
-  West Virginia--S. L. Jeptson, M.D., Wheeling.
-
-  Wisconsin--J. M. Beffel, M.D., Milwaukee.
-
-
-PODIATRY TEACHING INSTITUTIONS
-
-The following are the Schools of Chiropody (Podiatry), in the order of
-their creation:
-
-  The First Institute of Podiatry--213-17 W. 125th St., New York City.
-
-  Chiropody Dept., Temple University--18 Buttonwood St., Philadelphia,
-  Pa.
-
-  California College of Chiropody--908 McAllister St., San Francisco.
-
-  Illinois College of Chiropody--1321 N. Clark St., Chicago, Ill.
-
-  Ohio College of Chiropody--Cleveland, O.
-
-  Chiropody Dept., University of Massachusetts--Fourth and Otis Sts.,
-  Cambridge, Mass.
-
-Catalogs of each of the above can be had on writing to the addresses
-given.
-
-The Minnesota College of Chiropody is making ready to open up its doors
-October next. Information as to its plans and purposes can be secured by
-addressing Ralph St. John Perry, M.D., Pilsbury Bldg., Minneapolis,
-Minn.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1246. FLOUR MILLING
-
-
-ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-This monograph was prepared by J. A. LeClerc, chemist in charge of the
-laboratory of plant chemistry, Bureau of Chemistry, Department of
-Agriculture. Acknowledgment is due M. A. Gray, chemist of the Pillsbury
-Flour Co., Minneapolis, and Prof. C. H. Bailey, of the University of
-Minnesota, for assistance in the preparation of this article.
-
-Modern flour milling dates back to the early eighties of the last
-century. Before that time, a good white flour was indeed made, but the
-machinery used consisted generally of two grooved stones, between which
-the wheat was crushed and the flour extracted. To-day in all mills of
-this country, except in some of the backwoods, and in some of the small
-mills, flour is made by the so-called gradual reduction process which
-consists in the use of an elaborate system or steel rolls and of an
-equally complicated system of purifiers and bolting machines. The flour
-made to-day is whiter and much freer from the bran and fibrous material
-than was the flour made with burr stones. While milling relates to the
-production of flour from all kinds of grains, flour milling, unless so
-stated, means wheat milling and it is wheat flour milling that is meant
-throughout this monograph, when milling is mentioned. If you are
-interested in milling you may want to know the answers to the following
-questions:
-
-1. What is milling, and what kind of work is carried on in a flour mill?
-
-2. What physical disabilities will bar one from successfully pursuing
-any one of the various occupations connected with milling; what
-handicaps are serious?
-
-3. What education and apprentice training are required, and where to get
-training?
-
-4. What salaries or wages are generally paid, and what are the chances
-for promotion?
-
-5. How many hours per day do millers work?
-
-6. What personal characteristics and qualifications should be possessed?
-
-7. Where do millers work, and in what section of the country is milling
-mostly done?
-
-8. What need is there for millers, i. e., is there a large open field in
-this occupation?
-
-In the United States there are about 7,000 merchant mills grinding wheat
-flour. Their total output is about 120,000,000 barrels per year. They
-require about 550,000,000 bushels of wheat. Thus it is seen that to
-produce 1 barrel of flour about 4.7 bushels of wheat must be milled.
-Milling may be quite simple or most complicated, depending upon the kind
-and size of mill operated and the quality of the flour to be made. A
-good sized mill will require men to perform the following kinds of work
-here described.
-
-It should be stated, right here, that several of these occupations may
-be carried on by one and the same man, especially in the smaller mills.
-
-
-UNLOADER[46]
-
-_Description_: The unloader unloads the wheat or other flour products
-from the cars by use of the power scoop, shovel, or other means.
-
-_Qualifications_: He must be physically strong and have good lungs.
-
-  [46] These descriptions are taken from the pamphlet entitled
-  “Descriptions of Occupations in Flour Milling,” published by the
-  Department of Labor.
-
-
-UNLOADER FOREMAN
-
-_Description_: The foreman unloader directs the work of the gang which
-unloads the wheat from the cars. He must plan their work according to
-the number of cars and keep records of the car numbers.
-
-_Qualifications_: Ordinary strength and ability. He should have worked
-as unloader.
-
-_Schooling_: He must have education enough to keep simple records.
-
-
-LOADER
-
-_Kindred occupation_: Unloader.
-
-_Description_: The loader, under the direction of the loader foreman,
-loads bags, boxes, and barrels of the finished products into cars.
-
-_Qualifications_: He should be able to load cars so that goods will not
-be damaged in transit. He must be physically strong and have good lungs.
-
-
-LOADER FOREMAN
-
-_Description_: The loader foreman directs the work of the loading gang.
-He plans his work according to the size and capacity of the cars, sees
-that the cars are properly loaded, and keeps such records as are
-necessary.
-
-_Qualifications_: He should have worked as a loader and should have
-executive ability sufficient to direct a gang of laborers.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school.
-
-
-ELEVATOR MAN
-
-_Description_: The elevator man carries out the instructions of the
-foreman, seeing that wheat flows through the proper spouts into proper
-bins for storage. He keeps a record of the wheat stored and delivered,
-and is responsible for delivering and reporting all the trouble with
-elevator machinery or spouts. This latter is his chief responsibility.
-
-_Qualifications_: Should have had previous milling experience. Ordinary
-ability. Strong lungs to withstand the dust.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school.
-
-
-ELEVATOR FOREMAN
-
-_Description_: The elevator foreman is responsible for and is in charge
-of taking the wheat into the elevator. He inspects the wheat for correct
-dockage and directs the storage of the wheat according to the grade or
-quality. He keeps a record of receipts of wheat, of the tests, the
-weights, and of the disposition of the various lots. Where dockage is
-necessary he holds the cars for adjustment. This position is one of the
-most responsible in the flour mill.
-
-_Qualifications_: Executive ability; knowledge of weights and measures.
-He must be a skilled grader of wheat by sight and feel. Must be able to
-keep records and figures and percentages. Should have a thorough
-knowledge of the Federal and State grades.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school; preferably high school.
-
-
-BLENDER
-
-_Description_: The blender mixes different grades of wheat flour, or
-wheat flour and coarse-grain flour in designated proportions.
-
-_Qualifications_: He must understand the character of the different
-grades of wheat flour and coarse-grain flours, and must know how to
-combine the various grades of flour in proper proportions.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school; preferably high school.
-
-
-ROLL TENDER--CLEANING MACHINE TENDERS
-
-_Kindred Occupation_: Oiler.
-
-_Description_: The roll tender must see that all oil and grease cups
-about the milling rolls are filled and that all the bearings and
-boltings are properly lubricated. He keeps his machinery wiped clean of
-dust and grease and reports any mechanical trouble to the miller or the
-millwright. Men are always employed.
-
-_Qualifications_: He must be intelligent and active and have some
-mechanical ability.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school.
-
-
-OILER
-
-_Kindred occupation_: Roll tender.
-
-_Description_: The oiler must see that all oil and grease cups about the
-shafting and milling machinery are filled and that all bearings are
-being properly lubricated. He keeps his machinery wiped clean of dust
-and grease, and reports any mechanical trouble to the miller or
-millwright. Calls for considerable climbing overhead.
-
-_Qualifications_: He must be active and have some mechanical ability.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school.
-
-
-SWEEPER
-
-_Description_: The sweeper keeps the floors clean of flour, wheat, and
-dust and keeps the machines clean. This necessitates climbing on ladders
-and running boards.
-
-_Qualifications_: Ordinary ability and strong lungs to withstand the
-large amount of dust.
-
-
-SMUTTER
-
-_Description_: The smutter prepares the wheat for grinding into flour by
-running it over separators to screen out foreign matter. He must examine
-the stock for dirt, determine whether the screening is resulting in
-waste of wheat, and make adjustments in his machine to secure the proper
-screening. He also supervises the work of the sweepers, oilers, and
-helpers on his floor.
-
-_Qualifications_: He should have strong lungs to withstand dust. Should
-have mechanical ability and must understand the screening of wheat and
-adjusting of the machines.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school.
-
-
-GRINDER
-
-_Description_: The grinder has charge of the milling rolls. He sets his
-machine or adjusts the rolls for grinding, watches the process to see
-that proper operation goes on, and tests the stock occasionally to make
-sure that it is being ground properly. This work is done practically on
-one floor, with very little climbing.
-
-_Qualifications_: Must have strong lungs to withstand the dust. He must
-be an experienced grinder of wheat. Must know how to set his machine and
-know by testing when the grinding is being properly done.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school.
-
-
-BOLTER AND PURIFIER
-
-_Description_: The bolter sifts the wheat stock in the sifting machines,
-tests the broken wheat stock as it comes from the grinder, and adjusts
-the feed slides and keeps the machines in proper operation so that they
-will take in only as much stock as it can properly sift. He must
-sometimes inform the grinder as to the proper fineness of the stock. He
-does not fix or oil his machine, but must understand its mechanism. The
-work is dusty. Mostly floor work, but some climbing on ladders and
-running boards.
-
-_Qualifications_: Ordinary ability. Strong lungs. He must be experienced
-in operating the bolting machine; must understand the testing of the
-broken wheat stock and the adjustment of slides controlling the feed.
-
-
-MILLER, SECOND OR TRICK MILLER
-
-_Description_: The second miller acts for the miller in overseeing all
-of the processes in cleaning, grinding, and bolting. He plans the work
-and teaches new men. He is required to figure and keep a record of the
-yield of flour and feed. He has full charge during the absence of the
-head miller.
-
-_Qualifications_: Should have strong lungs to withstand the dust. Since
-he is in line for promotion to head miller, he should have the same
-qualifications. The loss of one or more limbs or an eye, or being
-afflicted with rheumatism would prove a serious handicap to an operative
-miller, particularly while in training, as an apprentice is required to
-do considerable climbing. No tubercular person should try to become a
-miller.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school; preferably high school.
-
-
-MILLER, HEAD
-
-_Kindred occupations_: Second miller.
-
-_Description_: The head miller is responsible for all the processes of
-milling, for the output, and for the grade of flour produced. He must
-have a thorough knowledge of all processes of milling and of wheat
-grading.
-
-_Qualifications_: He must have a thorough knowledge of all milling
-machinery and of the “flow” of the mill. He should have worked as second
-miller for several years. This is a very highly skilled occupation, and
-requires a great deal of trade knowledge, mechanical ability, and
-executive ability. Good strong lungs. See disqualifications for second
-miller.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school; preferably high school.
-
-
-SPOUTER
-
-_Description_: The spouter is responsible for the uninterrupted flow of
-flour and feed stock through the spouts, and it is his duty to see that
-all valves, slides, etc., are in their proper position.
-
-_Qualifications_: He should have a thorough knowledge of the flow of the
-mill and be able to remedy choke-ups or spouting troubles with the
-quickest possible dispatch. The work requires skill and mechanical
-ability, and requires a man who has worked in other milling positions.
-He should be intelligent, active, a good observer, and should have good
-lungs.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school.
-
-
-PACKER
-
-_Description_: The packer tends the machine which fills the bag,
-packages, and barrels with the finished product. Men are employed when
-the product is packed into large bags and barrels. Women are employed
-when the small packages and cartons are filled.
-
-_Qualifications_: He must be able to weigh skillfully and rapidly and
-when filling bags he must be able to use the bag needle with skill and
-be able to operate a bag-closing machine. He should also be able to
-insert barrel heads quickly when filling barrels. He should be able to
-make minor repairs and adjustments. He should be able to keep records
-and make simple computations of the stock packed. He must be intelligent
-and strong physically.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school.
-
-
-PACKER FOREMAN
-
-_Kindred occupation_: Packer.
-
-_Description_: The packer foreman has charge of the work of the packers.
-He is responsible for the proper packing of the product and the proper
-weight of the bags, packages, and barrels.
-
-_Qualifications_: Ordinary strength. He should have had experience as a
-packer. He must be able to figure and render accurate account of the
-output of the machine under his supervision. He must have the ability to
-make adjustments and repairs on the machines.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school.
-
-
-TRUCKER
-
-_Description_: The trucker pushes or pulls trucks of flour or feed from
-the packers to the warehouse or to the cars, or from the warehouse to
-the cars; also performs other general labor about the warehouse or cars
-as directed by the warehouse foreman.
-
-_Qualifications_: Good physical strength.
-
-
-MILLWRIGHT
-
-_Kindred occupations_: Spouter.
-
-_Description_: The millwright is responsible for the upkeep of the mill
-in general and for all trouble with the spouting, milling machinery, and
-equipment. He repairs, installs, or takes out machinery, equipment, or
-spouting under direction of the head miller.
-
-_Qualifications_: He must be a highly skilled wood and sheet metal
-worker, and must have a general knowledge of all the milling processes.
-He should have had experience as carpenter, metal worker, and spouter,
-also knowledge of belting, and machine repairing. He should have good
-lungs.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school.
-
-
-SACK MAN
-
-_Description_: The sack man has complete charge of the stock of unfilled
-flour and feed sacks, bags, cartons, and barrels. It is his duty to keep
-the packers supplied with the proper kind and number of sacks, bags,
-cartons, and barrels.
-
-_Qualifications_: He must be able to render reports of the supplies
-received and used, and to render accurate inventory of the supplies on
-hand. He must be intelligent, accurate, and attentive to duty.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school.
-
-
-SACK SEWER
-
-_Description_: The sack sewer repairs sacks by hand or on a sewing
-machine, and does other required sewing.
-
-_Qualifications_: He must be able to do plain hand sewing or use a
-sewing machine.
-
-
-WAREHOUSE FOREMAN
-
-_Kindred occupation_: Packer foreman.
-
-_Description_: The warehouse foreman has charge of the warehouse and has
-general supervision of all truckers and packers. He superintends the
-loading of all cars, and issues packing instructions to the packer
-foreman. He must keep strict account of all cars placed at the warehouse
-for loading and unloading, and must be able to make out various reports,
-such as those relating to the loading of cars, the delivery of goods,
-and the inventory of stock.
-
-_Qualifications_: This position is one of responsibility and requires a
-responsible man who has executive ability and who has had previous
-high-grade warehouse experience. He must have a high degree of
-intelligence and be physically strong.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school; preferably high school.
-
-
-TRICK MILLER, OR SECOND MILLER
-
-_Description_: Supervises the mill on a particular watch; responsible to
-the head miller; takes the lead in adjusting trouble at any particular
-point; presence required in all parts of the mill.
-
-_Qualifications_: Like those for miller.
-
-_Schooling_: Common school.
-
-The following occupations--unloader, loader, elevator man, sweeper,
-smutter, sack man, trucker--may be classified as unskilled, and the men
-who work in these occupations work under immediate direction of their
-foreman.
-
-The following occupations--unloader foreman, loader foreman, elevator
-foreman, warehouse foreman--may also be considered unskilled, but they
-are filled by men who are able to direct operations of the first group.
-
-The oiler, roll tender, blender, grinder, bolter, spouter, packer,
-packer foreman, sack sewer, and millwright work under the immediate
-direction of the second miller in mills of 500 to 1,000 barrel capacity.
-In smaller mills, however, much of the work listed under these various
-occupations is done by the miller himself. Mills of less than 500
-barrels per day have no second miller, and in that case much of the
-actual work described in the above occupations is done by the head
-miller. Wherever there is a second miller, as in the case of the very
-large mills, he generally takes direction of the mill during the night
-shift.
-
-Men interested in milling should start preferably in small mills of
-about 300 barrels’ capacity, or less, and work in such mills for one to
-two years in order to become fully acquainted with each of the processes
-listed in the various occupations. If employment is secured in a large
-mill there will be very little opportunity to do any of the diversified
-work as in all such mills the work is more highly specialized.
-
-
-PHYSICAL DISABILITIES
-
-The description of the various occupations given above answers several
-questions regarding the schooling and necessary qualifications. Milling
-is entirely an indoors occupation and one which should not be undertaken
-by any person affected with tuberculosis. A miller should be agile and
-capable of endurance. Many of the occupations in the mill require
-considerable climbing and walking, making it a serious handicap for a
-person who has lost a limb (unless he has become expert in the use of an
-artificial leg) or for one who is afflicted with rheumatism.
-
-Generally speaking, the loss of an eye would not interfere, nor would
-dullness of hearing. The loss of an arm would only interfere in certain
-occupations and not in all. This is true especially if the person has an
-artificial hand provided with a hook or other holding device and for the
-more simple occupations and manipulations. Stiffness of the arm and
-incomplete movements of the joints of the arm or fingers would, if
-considerable, disqualify a man for general employment in the milling
-industry. Men affected with shell shock might be able to do good work in
-a mill. Minor injuries, such us the loss of a finger or toe, or facial
-injuries, need not interfere with a man’s ability to do any kind of work
-in a flour mill. When a person has mastered the milling business he may
-be a successful miller, even though he has lost an arm. One of the best
-millers in this country has only one arm.
-
-_What training and education are required and what may reasonably be
-expected in the form of wages or salary?_--A portion of this question
-has already been answered. A high-school training is the most that is
-essential, although many of our best millers have far less education
-than that. As for the other occupations in the mill a common-school
-education will, for the most part, suffice for all necessary purposes.
-The training, however, depends necessarily upon the nature of the
-position and the responsibility which a man must assume. To become a
-good head miller a man should have some theoretical training for a year
-or two and then an opportunity for practice. To take charge of the flour
-packer no great amount of training is essential. Practically no
-education is necessary for many of the occupations found in a mill. To
-be a second miller, from three to nine months’ training in a trade
-school followed by experience as an apprentice are required. The man
-with a good training would certainly have an advantage especially when
-qualifying for the position of head miller in a large mill.
-
-
-WHERE TO GET TRAINING IN MILLING
-
-There are very few schools in this country where educational courses
-relating to milling are given. The three best known are connected with
-the Kansas Agricultural College at Manhattan, Kans., and with State
-College at State College, Pa., also the Oregon Agricultural College,
-Corvallis, Oreg. Each of these schools has a small mill of about 75
-barrels daily capacity, fitted however, with all the machinery generally
-found in a large mill. The training in milling, as given in these
-schools requires four years and leads to the degree of bachelor of
-science in milling engineering. A collegiate preparatory schooling is
-generally required for entrance and the studies pursued are equivalent
-to those found in the ordinary college course. As a rule the course
-includes mathematics, milling technique, free-hand and mechanical
-drawing, chemistry and physics, languages, etc. The course is indeed a
-regular four-year university engineering course, greater emphasis being
-laid upon the engineering problems relating to milling technology and
-mill design. A man may obtain a fair knowledge of milling, however, in a
-trade school in three months, and if this is followed by experience as
-an apprentice for two or three years, he may reasonably expect to
-qualify as a miller. He should have at least an eighth-grade schooling.
-A good miller should have an understanding of flour-mill machinery,
-chemical and physical properties of wheat and flour. This requires
-considerable school training or a long apprenticeship. The best kind of
-training, however, for most men striving to become millers is an
-apprentice in a mill, working in each of the various occupations until a
-knowledge of all the milling processes is fundamentally and thoroughly
-learned. Such training might best be obtained in a small mill where an
-apprentice would be required to do the work of a number of different
-occupations. In this way money is being earned at the same time as a
-profession is being learned. Very little preparatory schooling is
-required, when milling is learned as an apprentice.
-
-The salaries paid to millers run anywhere from $125 per month to several
-thousand dollars per year. The wages of the various occupations of the
-milling industry are commensurate with those in similar industries. The
-less skilled occupations pay laborers’ wages, while occupations
-requiring skill pay more. It should always be remembered that a worker
-in any occupation in a mill has a legitimate ambition if he strives to
-become a head miller. The head miller in any one of our large mills
-making anywhere over 1,000 barrels of flour per day is in a position of
-great trust and responsibility and he should be a man of absolute
-honesty and integrity and a leader of men. Such men command very high
-salaries.
-
-There are 150 mills in the United States with a daily capacity of over
-500 barrels. These are the mills whose millers command the large
-salaries. There are about 1,200 mills, however, with a capacity of over
-100 barrels and all of these employ millers and millers’ assistants.
-With such a large number of mills employing head millers and second
-millers, the chances for promotion must be considered good. Promotions,
-however, depend much upon the efficiency of the miller. To acquire and
-to maintain a certain degree of efficiency, it is helpful if one will
-become connected with organizations of millers, and if one will read
-books and journals on milling, and thus keep abreast of the times. One
-should not expect promotion too rapidly. If you apply yourself
-diligently to any of the occupations in the milling industry, and if you
-show a disposition to learn you will find that “it’s a long trench that
-has no turning” toward your goal. Do not be like the “lazy loon that
-wants no learning” and is satisfied to remain untrained and unearning.
-Your Government is willing to finance you while you are learning, so
-there is every inducement for you to get into the milling game, if you
-feel any aptitude for this work.
-
-The hours of labor in the various occupations in a mill are gradually
-being standardized to those of union labor in general; the head miller,
-however, who has considerable responsibility, does not as a rule limit
-his working hours to eight.
-
-There are some 21 mills in this country with a daily capacity between
-5,000 and 10,000 barrels. The millers of these mills must necessarily
-have splendid personal qualifications, as well as training. That he must
-be a leader of men goes without saying. He must be able to win the
-confidence and best co-operation of his assistants. He must be imbued
-with a love for his work; must have an aptitude for milling; capable of
-planning, resourceful and observant; a good mechanic and have sound
-judgment. Each one who aspires to become a head miller must develop
-these qualifications. To be successful in any occupation in the mill one
-should be industrious and willing to learn.
-
-The earnings of a mill are largely determined by the miller. Ordinarily
-about 4.5 bushels of wheat, or 270 pounds, will suffice to make a barrel
-of flour. If a miller can succeed in making a barrel of an equally good
-flour by the use of less wheat, say 267.5 pounds, he is just that much
-more valuable than his competitor who can not obtain the same result. A
-saving of even 2.5 pounds of wheat per barrel of flour, in a
-1,000-barrel mill, would mean the saving of 2,500 pounds or 42 bushels
-of wheat per day.
-
-Flour milling may justly be recognized as one of the most essential
-professions. Most of the milling is carried on in the great wheat belt,
-situated for the most part in the great central, north central, and
-Pacific coast regions of this country. The following States are the
-great wheat producers: Minnesota, North Dakota, South Dakota, Kansas,
-Ohio, Oklahoma, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, Washington, Montana, Texas,
-Michigan, Nebraska, Idaho, Colorado, and Oregon. These States produce
-about 80 per cent of the whole wheat crop of the United States.
-
-In the following States most of the flour is milled: Minnesota, New
-York, Kansas, Illinois, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Missouri, Indiana, Michigan,
-Texas, Wisconsin, Tennessee, California, Kentucky, Oklahoma, and
-Washington.
-
-There are an appreciable number of mills along our Atlantic coast and on
-the Great Lakes, due to special facilities of transportation.
-
-The foregoing would indicate that the need for millers is very urgent.
-Formerly a high-school boy was perfectly willing to begin his milling
-career as an apprentice, but the low salary or wages paid to an
-apprentice is no longer attracting this class of young men. Now,
-however, that the Government is showing a disposition to finance the
-returning soldier through college or through the period of
-apprenticeship, the milling trade should prove very attractive. The need
-for millers is becoming more urgent every day, and a trained miller will
-have no difficulty in finding a good position.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1247. BAKING
-
-  This monograph was prepared by J. A. LeClerc, chemist in charge of the
-  laboratory of plant chemistry, Bureau of Chemistry, Department of
-  Agriculture. Acknowledgment is due B. R. Jacobs and E. E. Smith, of
-  the Bureau of Chemistry, and Prof. C. H. Bailey, of the University of
-  Minnesota for assistance in the preparation of this monograph.
-
-
-WHAT IS BAKING?
-
-Baking is one of the most ancient, widespread, useful, and highly
-honored occupations. All classes and grades of bakeries are to be found
-even to-day from the most primitive, such as those among the Indians of
-this country and of South America, and those among the native tribes of
-Africa and other undeveloped countries, up to the most highly developed
-modern bakery, examples of which are to be found in most of our large
-cities, in which almost every step in the operation is by machinery, the
-hands of man scarcely touching the product at any stage. In every large
-city of the country are to be found bakers who employ a large number of
-men to carry on the various occupations connected with the industry.
-Every small town has at least one baker, but a small baker generally
-carries on, himself, each and every occupation connected with the shop.
-
-
-WHAT DOES THE BAKER DO?
-
-A baker’s business is to make bread by first making a dough with flour,
-water, salt, and yeast (with or without sugar, malt extract, milk, lard,
-etc.), allowing this dough to ferment, and then placing this fermented
-dough in an oven to bake it into bread. In general the following amounts
-of ingredients are used per barrel of flour: Flour 196 pounds, water 118
-pounds, salt 8 pounds, sugar 6 pounds, yeast 2 pounds. Besides these
-essential ingredients some bakers add 2 to 3 pounds malt extract, 2 to 4
-pounds milk or milk products and 3 to 4 pounds of lard or other
-shortening. A barrel of flour made into dough containing most of these
-ingredients will make about 282 to 290 one-pound loaves of bread when
-baked. Baking is quite a diversified business. There are many kinds of
-bakers or, rather it might be said, that bakers make many different
-kinds of products, e. g., bread, pies, cakes, crackers, etc. The term
-“baker,” as generally used, however, refers to bread bakers.
-
-
-HOW MANY BAKERS ARE THERE?
-
-In the United States there are some 30,000 commercial bakers of whom
-about 3,000 to 4,000 have an output of 70 to 75 per cent of the baking
-business of the country. Besides these commercial bakers, found in every
-city of any size in the country, bakeries are also to be found in many
-large hotels and restaurants, and these number many thousands more.
-These bakeries are of such size, indeed, that a head baker and an
-assistant baker, besides many workmen, are engaged in the different
-occupations.
-
-There are many bakeries in this country who make daily from 50,000 to
-100,000 loaves of bread. This requires the use of approximately 170 to
-340 barrels of flour every day. Some bakers use five times that amount
-of flour. One of the largest bakeries in France, in connection with the
-American Expeditionary Forces, was said to be capable of turning out
-1,000,000 loaves per day. The number of bakeries in the United States
-making over five thousand one-pound loaves per day is very large, and
-these are the ones which especially require the services of a master
-baker as well as of several other trained employees.
-
-
-VALUE OF BAKERY PRODUCTS
-
-At the time of the last census there were over 120,000 men employed in
-the baking industry and the total output of the product from all kinds
-of bakeries was estimated to be valued at $400,000,000. Since that time,
-however, the output of the commercial labor has increased by leaps and
-bounds. To-day the commercial baker makes fully one-half of the bread
-consumed in the country, which is a relatively much larger amount than
-was made even 10 years ago. During the war, bread was advertised as was
-no other commodity. Besides this, the housewife found very great
-difficulty in making a satisfactory bread with the use of such a large
-amount of flour substitutes as the Food Administration required. This
-compelled many housewives to buy baker’s bread--housewives who had never
-before used baker’s bread. The habit thus formed has in many cases
-proved permanent, and thus has resulted in a largely increased demand
-for baker’s bread.
-
-       *       *       *       *       *
-
-These facts show the importance of the baking industry, and show
-furthermore that the need for bakers is constantly growing and indeed is
-most urgent. It should not be difficult for any returning soldier who
-desires to make a specialty of baking to find employment near his own
-home, particularly if he lives in a large city.
-
-
-WHERE DO BAKERS WORK?
-
-Bakers formerly almost universally worked in basements, many of them
-dark and unsanitary. The basement bakery is, in fact, not entirely done
-away with yet, but such as remain are small and unimportant. To-day the
-bakers of each city are vieing with each other to see who can put up the
-most attractive, the most “sunlit,” and sanitary bakery. The consequence
-is that practically all large important bakeries are built high up, with
-abundance of air and sunlight. This makes the work much more attractive,
-agreeable, and healthful than was formerly the case. The conditions of
-work for bakers are thus improving rapidly and are fully on a par with,
-if indeed they are not better than, those of other important industries.
-
-
-DESCRIPTION OF OCCUPATIONS IN A BAKERY
-
-There are a number of occupations connected with the baking industry,
-among which may be mentioned truckers, blending-machine tenders, mixers,
-machine hands, bench hands, oven men, packers, and shipping clerks,
-salesmen, clerks, and the engineers. The classification in the following
-table shows the character of occupations, the work required, the
-qualifications, wages, hours of labor, physical requirements, and
-training of the men:
-
-  ==================+========================+=========================+
-      Occupation.   |Character of occupation.|      Work requires.     |
-                    |                        |                         |
-  ------------------+------------------------+-------------------------+
-   1. Heavy labor.  |Handling flour,         |Walking, bending, lifting|
-                    |trucking, miscellaneous |heavy weights, climbing, |
-                    |handling heavy material,|pushing or pulling heavy |
-                    |blending-machine        |trucks. All work done on |
-                    |tenders, machine hands. |feet.                    |
-                    |                        |                         |
-   2. Light labor.  |Moving bread racks and  |Walking, bending, lifting|
-                    |pan racks; loading      |ordinary weights,        |
-                    |wagons, cleaning and    |manipulation of cleaning |
-                    |greasing pans and       |and greasing machines;   |
-                    |machinery; sweeping.    |pushing and pulling      |
-                    |                        |loaded racks. Usually all|
-                    |                        |work done on feet.       |
-                    |                        |                         |
-   3. Dough mixers  |Mixing dough; running   |Walking, bending,        |
-      and           |mixing machines;        |lifting, operating       |
-      assistants.   |weighing and measuring  |machinery, manipulation  |
-                    |ingredients.            |of scales and measures.  |
-                    |                        |Sitting part of time.    |
-                    |                        |                         |
-   4. Operators of  |Turning and timing      |Walking, bending,        |
-      fermentation. |doughs; pushing troughs;|lifting, pushing heavy   |
-                    |keeping room at constant|troughs.                 |
-                    |temperature.            |                         |
-                    |                        |                         |
-   5. Bench hands,  |Running baking machines |Standing at bench, some  |
-      dividers,     |which divide, round, and|walking; loading, light  |
-      rounders,     |mold the dough;         |lifting, rapid hand      |
-      molders.      |sometimes performing    |movements.               |
-                    |these operations by     |                         |
-                    |hand.                   |                         |
-                    |                        |                         |
-   6. Peelers, oven |Putting pans into and   |Standing at oven,        |
-      men.          |taking bread from the   |bending, light lifting,  |
-                    |oven; transferring pans |rapid motions of hands   |
-                    |from peels to racks,    |and body.                |
-                    |etc.                    |                         |
-                    |                        |                         |
-   7. Sorters,      |Sorting bread; checking |Largely desk work. No    |
-      checkers,     |bread into wagons,      |physical exertion except |
-      workers in    |making out bread slips, |that involved in handling|
-      bread room,   |etc.                    |records. Very little     |
-      shipping      |                        |walking; can use         |
-      clerks,       |                        |crutches.                |
-      packing       |                        |                         |
-      clerks,       |                        |                         |
-      clerical      |                        |                         |
-      office force. |                        |                         |
-                    |                        |                         |
-   8. Salesmen.     |Making deliveries of    |Walking, bending,        |
-                    |bakery products; driving|lifting, climbing in and |
-                    |horses or automobile;   |out of wagon or          |
-                    |working out routes;     |automobile constantly.   |
-                    |keeping up trade, making|                         |
-                    |collections and         |                         |
-                    |adjustments of money.   |                         |
-                    |                        |                         |
-   9. Shop foreman. |Immediate supervision of|Walking; physical        |
-                    |shop operations.        |exertion only in helping |
-                    |                        |in shop operation; much  |
-                    |                        |climbing.                |
-                    |                        |                         |
-  10. Superintendent|General supervision of  |Largely desk work; but   |
-      or manager of |entire plant;           |must be able to get      |
-      bakery.       |determination of methods|around plant, to control |
-                    |of manipulation;        |operations.              |
-                    |supervision of all      |                         |
-                    |business activities.    |                         |
-                    |                        |                         |
-  11. Buyer,        |Purchasing of raw       |Largely desk work.       |
-  purchasing agent. |material and equipment. |                         |
-                    |                        |                         |
-  12. Engineers.    |Running power plant.    |Mostly sitting.          |
-                    |                        |                         |
-  13. Machinists.   |Repairing and installing|Walking, bending,        |
-                    |machinery.              |lifting, climbing.       |
-  ------------------+------------------------+-------------------------+
-
-  ==================+=========================+============+===========+
-      Occupation.   |     Qualifications.     |  Wages per |  Hours of |
-                    |                         |    week.   |    work.  |
-  ------------------+-------------------------+------------+-----------+
-   1. Heavy labor.  |Unusual bodily strength  |     [47]$3 |         8 |
-                    |and agility.             |            |           |
-                    |                         |            |           |
-   2. Light labor.  |Some familiarity with    |      [47]3 |         8 |
-                    |bakery practice.         |            |           |
-                    |                         |            |           |
-   3. Dough mixers  |Common-school education, |      25-40 |         8 |
-      and           |good knowledge of doughs |            |           |
-      assistants.   |and dough batch          |            |           |
-                    |ingredients. Familiarity |            |           |
-                    |with bakery practice.    |            |           |
-                    |                         |            |           |
-   4. Operators of  |Common-school education; |      25-35 |         8 |
-      fermentation. |somewhat familiar with   |            |           |
-                    |baking practice.         |            |           |
-                    |                         |            |           |
-   5. Bench hands,  |Common-school education, |      25-35 |         8 |
-      dividers,     |thoroughly familiar with |            |           |
-      rounders,     |baking practice.         |            |           |
-      molders.      |                         |            |           |
-                    |                         |            |           |
-   6. Peelers, oven |Common school education, |      25-40 |         8 |
-      men.          |thoroughly familiar with |            |           |
-                    |baking practice; agility |            |           |
-                    |and dexterity.           |            |           |
-                    |                         |            |           |
-   7. Sorters,      |Business education; some |         20 |       8-9 |
-      checkers,     |knowledge of office      |            |           |
-      workers in    |practice.                |            |           |
-      bread room,   |                         |            |           |
-      shipping      |                         |            |           |
-      clerks,       |                         |            |           |
-      packing       |                         |            |           |
-      clerks,       |                         |            |           |
-      clerical      |                         |            |           |
-      office force. |                         |            |           |
-                    |                         |            |           |
-   8. Salesmen.     |Business education,      |      25-75 |       8-9 |
-                    |knowledge of bakery      |            |           |
-                    |products: knowledge of   |            |           |
-                    |salesmanship; pleasing   |            |           |
-                    |personality.             |            |           |
-                    |                         |            |           |
-   9. Shop foreman. |Common-school education; |      35-50 |      8-12 |
-                    |thorough familiarity with|            |           |
-                    |all lines of bakery work;|            |           |
-                    |ability to handle men.   |            |           |
-                    |                         |            |           |
-  10. Superintendent|Thorough business        |     50-200 |      [48] |
-      or manager of |education; intimate      |            |           |
-      bakery.       |knowledge of             |            |           |
-                    |manufacturing processes, |            |           |
-                    |cost accounting; great   |            |           |
-                    |executive and directing  |            |           |
-                    |ability; ability to deal |            |           |
-                    |with men.                |            |           |
-                    |                         |            |           |
-  11. Buyer,        |Intimate knowledge of    |     50-100 |      [48] |
-  purchasing agent. |trade and marketing      |            |           |
-                    |conditions and costs;    |            |           |
-                    |also of raw materials and|            |           |
-                    |equipment used by bakers.|            |           |
-                    |                         |            |           |
-  12. Engineers.    |Common-school education, |      25-50 |         8 |
-                    |training and experience  |            |           |
-                    |in engineering.          |            |           |
-                    |                         |            |           |
-  13. Machinists.   |Common-school education, |      25-35 |         8 |
-                    |training and experience  |            |           |
-                    |with machinery.          |            |           |
-  ------------------+-------------------------+------------+-----------+
-
-  ==================+=========================+=========================
-      Occupation.   |  Physical requirements. |    Training required.
-                    |                         |
-  ------------------+-------------------------+-------------------------
-   1. Heavy labor.  |Both legs, both arms,    |None.
-                    |hands with thumbs and    |
-                    |fingers enough to do the |
-                    |work; one eye; good      |
-                    |hearing not essential.   |
-                    |                         |
-   2. Light labor.  |Two legs, one hand with  |Do.
-                    |at least thumb and two   |
-                    |fingers, if good         |
-                    |artificial hand; one eye;|
-                    |good hearing not         |
-                    |essential.               |
-                    |                         |
-   3. Dough mixers  |One hand, if good        |3 to 4 months in baking
-      and           |artificial hand, one     |establishment.
-      assistants.   |foot, with good          |
-                    |artificial leg; one eye; |
-                    |fairly good hearing.     |
-                    |                         |
-   4. Operators of  |do.                      |3 months.
-      fermentation. |                         |
-                    |                         |
-   5. Bench hands,  |Two hands with thumb and |Do.
-      dividers,     |at least one finger on   |
-      rounders,     |each hand; one foot; one |
-      molders.      |eye; fair hearing.       |
-                    |                         |
-   6. Peelers, oven |One hand, if good        |3 months.
-      men.          |artificial hand; one     |
-                    |foot, if able to stand   |
-                    |well on artificial foot; |
-                    |one eye, fair hearing.   |
-                    |                         |
-   7. Sorters,      |One eye (good eyesight), |6 months.
-      checkers,     |one hand; legs not       |
-      workers in    |essential; fair hearing. |
-      bread room,   |                         |
-      shipping      |                         |
-      clerks,       |                         |
-      packing       |                         |
-      clerks,       |                         |
-      clerical      |                         |
-      office force. |                         |
-                    |                         |
-   8. Salesmen.     |Both feet; one hand, with|6 months.
-                    |good artificial hand; one|
-                    |eye; good hearing        |
-                    |essential.               |
-                    |                         |
-   9. Shop foreman. |do.                      |1 year.
-                    |                         |
-  10. Superintendent|Good eyesight, good      |2 years.
-      or manager of |hearing; able to get     |
-      bakery.       |around plant.            |
-                    |                         |
-  11. Buyer,        |Good eyesight and        |1 year.
-  purchasing agent. |hearing; able to walk.   |
-                    |                         |
-  12. Engineers.    |do.                      |Do.
-                    |                         |
-  13. Machinists.   |Both feet, one hand, one |Do.
-                    |eye, fair hearing.       |
-  ------------------+-------------------------+-------------------------
-
-  [47] Per day.
-
-  [48] No fixed hours.
-
-1. Based on intensive technical training of 35 to 40 hours per week.
-
-2. Practically all specialised positions in baking are properly based on
-a journeyman’s experience. In the case of men who have served only
-partial apprenticeships, or who have no training whatever, an individual
-determination is necessary in each case as to the amount of special
-education, technical school training, and shopwork required to equal the
-regular apprenticeship foundation.
-
-3. The artificial limbs now available may in many cases enable the
-individual to meet the physical requirements where the above statement
-would indicate a difficulty. Each such case must be decided on its
-merits.
-
-
-DISABILITIES--THEY NEED NOT DISQUALIFY
-
-A study of the table of occupations will show that few soldiers, who
-feel they have an aptitude for this industry, will find themselves
-disqualified. Of course, the bakeshop is no place for a consumptive, nor
-for an invalid, but the loss of an arm, a leg, an eye, or facial or head
-wounds need not necessarily disqualify men for every occupation in a
-bakery. There are many occupations in a bakery which a man with these
-physical defects may fill with perfect satisfaction and success. Indeed,
-success can be obtained even under the most apparently serious handicap.
-Much depends upon the man with a physical defect. He must not let his
-mind dwell upon that fact. If he has not lost his head or his courage he
-most assuredly can qualify. What he thinks is a disqualifying defect may
-not be one at all. Certainly, if his mind is made up to overcome his
-defect, the battle is over half won already.
-
-
-THE GOVERNMENT WILL HELP YOU
-
-Every soldier must know that this Government of ours stands ready to
-assist him to find a congenial occupation. You need not feel
-discouraged, therefore, because of your supposed disqualification.
-Instead, it may be the making of you, especially if your mind is
-positively made up to succeed and if you will accept your Government’s
-offer to help you to success. While you are learning to become a baker
-you will be paid a regular allowance to cover your living expenses and
-your family will be paid an allowance for their support, so that in fact
-while you are learning you are also earning.
-
-
-THE CHANCES FOR SUCCESS
-
-The chances for success are as great in the baking industry as in any
-other. Look about you a bit. It is very seldom you hear or read about
-the failure of a well-established bakeshop. The people must have bread.
-Good bread making is not at all difficult. Your chances to make and to
-sell good bread are just as good as those of your competitor-baker.
-Baking is a stable industry. There are large profits in the industry
-when well conducted. Your chances for success, therefore, are good,
-because the proprietor’s chances for success have always been good. Many
-examples might be pointed out to you of owners of bakeries who 10 to 20
-years ago began in a small way and who to-day are baking from 25,000 to
-100,000 loaves per day.
-
-
-QUALIFICATIONS
-
-For the owner of a bakery the personal characteristics required for
-success in a large way are about the same as for other occupations and
-professions. He must keep abreast of the times by constant study and
-application. Of course a man must be honest. He must be determined to
-give full weight. It seems so easy in a bakeshop to cut the weight of a
-loaf by one-half to 1 ounce and thus reap a temporary advantage, and so
-it is; but as in other businesses, “honesty is the best policy,” and the
-baker who has the reputation for giving full weight generally gains in
-the end, and the one who is known to skimp on his weight will eventually
-find that policy a losing game. A proprietor must be a hard worker; he
-is liable to be required to work at any time of day or night. He must be
-a man who can get along with men, one to win their confidences,
-cooperation, and best endeavors.
-
-A master baker should be able to manage men so as to get the most out of
-them consistent with decency and fair play. He should have an intimate
-knowledge of flours and of the other ingredients used in baking. He
-should be well posted in the art of baking in all its phases, and have
-enough ambition to keep posted and abreast of the times.
-
-The other employees of a bakery do not need so many of the
-qualifications possessed by the master baker so long as they are content
-to remain where they are, but if they are planning to become master
-bakers themselves they must make up their minds to obtain this very
-training. Many soldiers have already had considerable experience in
-field bakeries. They will find this experience of great value in
-commercial bakeries. However, previous training and experience in the
-Army is not an essential, inasmuch as sufficient experience can be had
-in several months’ study at a trade school to satisfy the requirements
-of beginners. Men who aspire to forge ahead in a bakery must have “pep,”
-be alert to learn, and must apply themselves studiously. They should
-have a natural aptitude for the work, for the best work can never be
-done in any line where there is no love and enthusiasm.
-
-
-TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE
-
-Formerly, bakers learned their profession through the apprenticeship.
-While that system is also in vogue to-day, yet many men are being given
-a tremendous boost by first attending a trade school for bakers or a
-technical school, college, or university. In going through the
-apprenticeship stage, a man would be very greatly assisted if he had at
-least an eighth-grade education or better still a high school or college
-education. The trade school will in the course of six to nine months’
-intensive training not only train a man to bake a good loaf of bread,
-but will teach him to know the characteristics of the ingredients which
-are used in baking and how to detect or determine their quality. He will
-acquire a chemical knowledge of these raw materials. He will also learn
-to have a thorough knowledge of baking machinery and how to handle
-ovens. After such a schooling, he should make fast progress as an
-apprentice.
-
-
-SCHOOLS OF BAKING
-
-Among the schools offering training for bakers may be mentioned the
-Dunwoody Institute at Minneapolis, the University of Minneapolis at
-University Farm, Minn., the Kansas Agricultural College at Manhattan,
-and a number of trade schools proper at Chicago--the Columbus
-Laboratory, Operative Miller, and Siebel Institute.
-
-It should always be recognized that a general education is a great aid
-on the road to success, and that an ambition to keep pace with the
-improvements in methods, changes in materials and appliances will be
-rewarded by more rapid promotion. One of the best ways of maintaining
-the pace is to read the various journals devoted to milling and baking
-and to associate one’s self with societies specializing in milling and
-baking.
-
-The bakers’ journals which will be found helpful are as follows:
-
-  Bakers’ Helper, 431 South Dearborn Street, Chicago, Ill.
-
-  Bakers’ Review, 408 Whitall Building, New York City.
-
-  Bakers’ Weekly, 41 Park Row, New York City.
-
-  Confectioners and Bakers’ Gazette, 127 Worth Street, New York City.
-
-  National Baker, 411 Walnut Street, Philadelphia.
-
-  Retail Confectioner and Baker, 36 Catherine Street, New York City.
-
-  The Bakers’ News, 332 South La Salle Street, Chicago, Ill.
-
-  The Mediator, 121 Canal Street, New York City.
-
-  The Pacific Coast Gazette, San Francisco, Calif.
-
-Among the milling journals may be mentioned:
-
-  American Miller, 315 Dearborn Street, Chicago, Ill.
-
-  Canadian Miller and Cerealist, Montreal, Canada.
-
-  Dixie Miller, 154 North Cherry Street, Nashville, Tenn.
-
-  Miller’s Review, 424 Walnut Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
-
-  Modern Miller, 1032 Pierce Building, St. Louis, Mo.
-
-  Northwestern Miller, the Miller Building, Minneapolis, Minn.
-
-  Operative Miller, 537 South Dearborn Street, Chicago, Ill.
-
-  Roller Mill, Marine Bank Building, Buffalo, N. Y.
-
-There are two societies in this country which are making special
-endeavors to study milling and baking problems, viz, the American
-Society of Milling and Baking Technology and the American Association of
-Cereal Chemists. Besides these journals and societies, from which
-considerable help and enthusiasm may be obtained, the Government,
-particularly the Department of Agriculture, stands ready to assist
-anyone along these lines. This department has accumulated considerable
-information on flour, bread, and the various cereals, and it is always
-glad to answer any questions that it can and ready to give out any
-information which it has.
-
-Besides all these sources of help, much information may be gained by
-reading bulletins published by a number of experiment stations, and
-these bulletins may be obtained for the asking. Among the experiment
-stations publishing such bulletins may be mentioned the following:
-
-  Kansas Agricultural Experiment Station, Manhattan, Kans.
-
-  North Dakota Agricultural Experiment Station, Fargo, N. Dak.
-
-  Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station, Lexington, Ky.
-
-  Ontario Agricultural Experiment Station, Guelph, Ontario, Canada.
-
-  Pennsylvania Agricultural Experiment Station, State College, Pa.
-
-  South Dakota Agricultural Experiment Station, Brookings, S. Dak.
-
-  Washington Agricultural Experiment Station, Pullman, Wash.
-
-  Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station, New Haven, Conn.
-
-  Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, University Farm, Minn.
-
-  Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station, Wooster, Ohio.
-
-  Michigan Agricultural Experiment Station, Lansing, Mich.
-
-  Maine Agricultural Experiment Station, Orono, Me.
-
-  California Agricultural Experiment Station, Berkeley, Calif.
-
-  Utah Agricultural Experiment Station, Logan, Utah.
-
-  Idaho Agricultural Experiment Station, Moscow, Idaho.
-
-Furthermore, a number of books on baking have been published in the
-English language, among which may be mentioned the following:
-
-  Otto Werlin. The American Cake Baker, published by the Richmond
-  Borough Publishing Printing Co., New York.
-
-  Amy L. Handy. War-Time Bread and Cake, published by Houghton & Mifflin
-  Co., Boston, Mass.
-
-  William H. Brooks. Modern Practical Cake Baking, published by the
-  Times Publishing Co., Palo Alto, Calif.
-
-  Fritz L. Gienandt. The Twentieth Century Book for the Progressive
-  Baker-Confectioner, published by the author, in Boston.
-
-  Emil Braun. Secrets of Bread Making.
-
-  Siebel’s Manual.
-
-  Recipe Book for the Practical Baker. Malzbender.
-
-  Paul Richards. Bakers’ Bread, with appendix.
-
-  Biscuits and Cakes, 1911. Reliable Flour Co., Boston, Mass.
-
-  Robert Wells. Bread, Biscuits, Buns, and Cakes.
-
-  Frank A. Kennedy. The Biscuit Industry, 1895.
-
-  Wihlfahrt, J. E., A Treatise on Flour, Yeast, Ferment, and Baking.
-
-  Laws and Gilbert. The Wheat Grain, Its Milling Products and Bread.
-
-  Charles and James Scott. Vienna Bread.
-
-  Owen Simmons. The Book of Bread.
-
-  Dr. Harry Snyder. Studies on Bread and Bread Making.
-
-  J. A. Wanklyn. Bread Analysis.
-
-  H. W. Wiley. Cereal and Cereal Products.
-
-  Mrs. H. W. Atwater. Bread and the Principles of Bread Making.
-
-  Blandy. Studies in Bread Making.
-
-  Gill. Short History of the Baker’s Art.
-
-  Gill. Chemistry of Bread Making.
-
-  T. B. Wood. The Story of a Loaf of Bread.
-
-  Grant. Chemistry of Bread Making.
-
-  Dr. John Goodfellow. The Dietetic Value of Bread.
-
-  William Jago. The Principles of Bread Making.
-
-  Archer Kirkland. Studies for the Bakehouse.
-
-  John Kirkland. All About Bread Making.
-
-  John Kirkland. The Modern Baker, Confectioner, and Caterer.
-
-It is thus seen that for the man who is ambitious to learn about baking
-there are many sources of knowledge. The baker, or baking employee who
-aspires to become a baker, can find much assistance and inspiration from
-bulletins, books, journals, and societies, and by correspondence with
-experts of the Department of Agriculture. The disabled soldiers who
-believe they can qualify to become bakers have every reason to feel
-encouraged.
-
-
-
-
-PLAN No. 1248. DENTAL MECHANICS AS A VOCATION
-
-
-  This monograph was prepared by Dr. Harold DeWitt Cross, director, the
-  Forsyth Dental Infirmary, Boston, Mass., and Dr. Guy S. Millberry,
-  dean, college of dentistry, University of California, Berkeley, Calif.
-
-Mechanical dentistry has been practiced by individuals for over a
-thousand years, though its development in a scientific way can be said
-to date from the beginning of the last century.
-
-It is a part of the practice of dentistry which is limited to working
-upon inert matter and does not include work of any kind upon patients.
-For this reason anyone can become a dental mechanic, for the laws
-governing the practice of dentistry in all States specifically point out
-that such are exempt from the licensing requirements and penalties of
-law.
-
-In presenting this work as a possible vocation, care has been taken to
-give fair and accurate accounts of what may be expected, the
-qualifications, and the type of work done. It is not right to say that
-mechanical dentistry is extremely simple, or that the pay is
-magnificent. It is right to say, however, that with the proper
-qualifications, mechanical dentistry offers big returns upon the
-investment of time and effort required to complete this course of
-training.
-
-Mechanical dentistry plays a vital part in maintaining and increasing
-human efficiency. Hence, the skilled dental mechanic may be proud of his
-work, and may derive a threefold satisfaction from it--the pleasure in
-the work itself, the gratification of being well paid, and the
-satisfaction that comes from the knowledge that it is of benefit to
-mankind.
-
-_Class of Work Done._--The work of a dental mechanic consists of making,
-in the laboratory or work room, artificial dentures and restorations
-such as plates, bridges, crowns, inlays, etc., for which the impressions
-have been taken from the patients’ mouths by the dentist, and the work
-done under his direction.
-
-The work may be divided into two major classes, plate work, and crown
-and bridge work. Plate work may again be divided into vulcanite or
-rubber plate work and metal plate work. In addition to this there are a
-number of types of dental work such as pouring and trimming plaster
-models of the teeth, making metal dies and counter dies, gold and
-porcelain inlays and other kinds of incidental work, so that a variety
-is always to be found in any dental laboratory.
-
-_Plate Work._--Plate work by the mechanical dentist consists of
-assembling plaster or modeling compound, taking impressions of the mouth
-and teeth, pouring plaster casts from them, making bite plates and the
-mounting of the models on the articulator, and in the instance of metal
-plates, making dies and counter dies of zinc and lead or similar metals
-or alloys for subsequent work. Then the porcelain teeth are set up in
-wax for trial purposes and the wax is subsequently removed and replaced
-by vulcanite. In the case of metal plates, aluminum, gold, or platinum
-is used as a base plate which must be swaged or cast to fit each
-individual case. This requires a knowledge and skill in the working of
-metals and frequently includes soldering operations.
-
-_Crown and Bridge Work._--Crown and bridge work include the working and
-soldering of precious metals as gold, platinum, or similar materials,
-and porcelain or it may be a combination of both precious metals and
-porcelain. These two classes of work constitute the largest part of
-mechanical dentistry though each class may offer many different types of
-cases.
-
-_Conditions of Labor._--Mechanical dentistry attracts a very desirable
-class of men, and therefore the people with whom one is thrown in the
-profession are such as may be a source of inspiration and encouragement.
-
-The work is all light, usually performed at a bench, either sitting or
-standing as the mechanic prefers. There is enough of a variety of work
-to break the monotony. The metals used are zinc, lead, tin, copper,
-bismuth, antimony, or alloys of them, and the precious metals, gold,
-silver, mercury and platinum.
-
-Practically no machinery except a small polishing lathe is used and all
-the tools and equipment are furnished by the employer. While much of the
-work is done with steel tools, very little of it is done on steel.
-
-Light and ventilation are usually of the best, though the laboratories
-are generally small, and the sanitary conditions are generally very
-good.
-
-
-HOURS AND WAGES
-
-_Hours._--The hours are in a sense variable, running from 40 to 50 per
-week, and may vary from week to week where the dental mechanic is
-employed by the individual dentist. The hours depend largely upon the
-amount of work on hand in the office each day and the urgency for its
-completion. Usually the dentist works about seven hours a day, and he
-seldom demands more time of his assistants. Under these conditions,
-overtime is not usually considered. In large laboratories where a number
-of mechanics are employed the hours are likely to be more uniform and
-exacting.
-
-_Wages._--The wages will range from $15 to $40 or $50 a week, depending
-entirely on the ability of the mechanic, his speed and careful
-workmanship being the determining factor. More than $20 a week can not
-usually be expected at the start, but progress will be rapid according
-to the ability developed.
-
-There are no unions organized to include this branch of labor as nearly
-all dentists do their own mechanical work during odd times.
-
-Dental mechanics who possess skill and good business acumen may
-establish laboratories of their own, and cater to the needs of a number
-of dentists who do not have enough work to employ a dental mechanic, and
-yet more than they can accomplish themselves along with their other
-work. In this way, on a basis of piece work, a dental mechanic may build
-a lucrative and independent business, employing a number of assistants,
-and produce a net income of from $3,000 to $7,000 or $8,000 a year. Of
-course the essentials for success in such a business are the same as
-may be expected of any man who expects to be successful in other lines
-of business.
-
-_Permanency and Opportunities of the Profession._--There is an ever
-increasing demand for honest dental service on the part of the general
-public. Fully 100 per cent of the children and adults in any country
-need some form of dental service at least once a year. There are not
-enough dentists now to supply this service except to a limited portion
-of the population, but many of these have a practice sufficiently large
-to justify the employment of several assistants, one of whom should be a
-dental mechanic.
-
-On account of the lack in the past of facilities for training there has
-arisen widespread and urgent demand for qualified dental mechanics.
-Well-informed dentists, who have the interest of the profession at
-heart, appreciate the present necessity for men trained in this
-particular phase of dentistry.
-
-There are in the United States alone nearly 1,000 cities of more than
-5,000 population. The smallest of these would afford employment to one
-mechanical dentist or more, working on salary or independently. Of the
-total number of cities, 60 have populations ranging from 40,000 to
-100,000; each of these cities will afford employment to a large number
-of mechanical dentists. Forty of the 60 have populations of 100,000 and
-over. New York is the largest and it is estimated that it alone affords
-employment for thousands of mechanical dentists. Each of the other 39
-cities gives large opportunities for capable members of this profession.
-
-
-QUALIFICATIONS
-
-_Previous Training._--No previous knowledge of dentistry or experience
-in mechanical work is necessary to qualify the student for mechanical
-dentistry, though those who have had experience such as mechanics in the
-jewelry trade, metal working industries where small work is a feature,
-or photography will find that the former work is a good foundation.
-
-_Education._--An average education is all that is absolutely required
-for the student of mechanical dentistry, though a high-school training
-and a knowledge of physics, chemistry, and manual training is desirable.
-
-_Personal Qualifications._--A natural intelligence, a moderate amount of
-ability to work with the fingers, perseverance and neatness are the
-essentials for success.
-
-_Age._--There is no age limit for the man who wishes to take up this
-vocation.
-
-
-TRAINING
-
-_Time required._--The length of time required to train men for
-mechanical dentistry may vary, according to previous education,
-experience and his type of disability. In many places the training is
-not done by classes, but through personal instruction, and the
-completion of the course lies with the aptitude of the student. The
-average time required is believed to be about one college year unless,
-as in some special cases, an intensive course of four months or so is
-instituted. These have been opened in some places. This refers to the
-time required when a course is taken rather than an apprenticeship in
-some laboratory of a private dentist.
-
-_Type of Training._--A course in mechanical dentistry is a practical one
-in which the student learns by doing. The work is demonstrated by a
-capable instructor, and then the students themselves do the actual work.
-There are a limited number of lectures, and an effort is made to give a
-sufficient fundamental knowledge for all the ordinary manipulations
-required in the trade.
-
-After his course is complete, he will continue to improve his general
-knowledge and skill by further study. He must learn, if he is employed
-by a private dentist, the particular methods of his employer, and keep
-up with the new improvements described in dental text books and
-journals.
-
-_Course of Instruction._--The course of instruction in dental mechanics
-include the following subjects:
-
-  Model making.
-
-  Rubber plate making.
-
-  Anatomy of teeth.
-
-  Saddles.
-
-  Crown and bridge work.
-
-  Gold plates.
-
-  Lingual bar plates.
-
-  Aluminum plates.
-
-  Metal casting.
-
-  Orthodontia or regulating appliances.
-
-_Special Fields._--There are special fields in dentistry where the
-dental mechanic may adapt himself to a new class of work now very much
-in demand, that of dental radiography, or the taking and developing of
-X-ray pictures. Persons having had previous experience in any branch of
-photography will fit into this work easily.
-
-Other special lines are the making of orthodontia appliances, gold and
-porcelain inlays, castings, clasps, bridges, and plates, crown and
-bridge work, and gold plate work.
-
-_Disabilities._--The physical qualifications and disability restrictions
-of a dental mechanic are not very exacting.
-
-Persons with one good eye and the control and manipulative ability of
-both hands or at least two fingers and a thumb on each hand; defective
-hearing, with one or no legs (provided locomotion is not impaired), such
-diseases as hernia, kidney trouble, affections of the liver or heart
-will not be too seriously disabled to enter this profession.
-
-Tuberculosis, on the other hand, is a serious handicap, both on account
-of the sedentary life, and because it might be difficult to secure or
-hold permanent employment because of the fear of contagion. Other
-infectious diseases would be more suitable to some other type of
-employment.
-
-Very few vocations are open to such a wide number of disabled men. The
-opportunity for them seems to be one which will continue to increase
-with the increase in scientific dentistry, and the growing comprehension
-of the people of the important relation of the mouth and teeth to their
-general health.
-
-_Each of the following plans has a specially arranged list of
-occupations and business opportunities which have not been placed in the
-main index and should be consulted in connection with the index._
-
-                                                                  Page
-  Civil Service U. S., Index of Service--           Plan No. 217   100
-  {City, County, State and Federal Government,                     487
-  {  Index of Service                          Plan No. 830- 907   503
-  Forestry Pursuits--Index of Service           „   „        910   509
-  Wood Working Trades--Index of Service         „   „        928   556
-  Agriculture--Index of Courses                 „   „        938   563
-  Agriculture--Index, Technical                 „   „        940   566
-  Agriculture--Index, Experimental Station      „   „        942   569
-  Agriculture--Index, Extension Service         „   „        943   570
-  Navy Work--U. S. Index of Service             „   „       1050   624
-  Printing Trades--Index of Service             „   „       1238   826
-  Flour Milling--Index of Service               „   „       1246   849
-  Baking--Index of Service                      „   „       1247   857
-
-
-
-
-INDEX
-
-
-  A                                                                 PAGE
-
-  Able Seaman--Plan No. 1022,                                        607
-  Accounting--Plan No. 1088,                                         668
-  Acres, 10, Accomplished--Plan No. 767,                             439
-  Acre, ¹⁄₁₀th of, Makes $0.80 an Hour--Plan No. 750,                430
-  Acre, ¹⁄₂ Raise Cucumbers--Plan No. 293,                           269
-  Acre, 8¹⁄₂ near City--Plan No. 21,                                  11
-  Acre Tracts in City Make Profits from Truck Gardening--Plan No.
-  620,                                                               380
-  Address, Obtained All Information Concerning City Property--Plan
-  No. 582,                                                           364
-  Addresses, Copy and Sell--Plan No. 424,                            317
-  Adjutant General of State--Plan No. 884,                           496
-  Advertise Hair Dressing--Plan No. 138,                              71
-  Advertised on the Home Industry Page--Plan No. 465,                329
-  Advertisements on Barber’s Mirror--Plan No. 425,                   317
-  Advertising, Assists Sale of Soap--Plan No. 392,                   307
-  Advertising Agency Started--Plan No. 10,                             5
-  Advertising Beauty Bags--Plan No. 159,                              81
-  Advertising Boosted, Home Town--Plan No. 464,                      328
-  Advertising Carpet Cleaner--Plan No. 199,                           94
-  Advertising, Clips News Articles--Plan No. 33,                      20
-  Advertising for Cook Book--Plan No. 34,                             20
-  Advertising, Constipation Cure--Plan No. 153,                       78
-  Advertising in Country Paper--Plan No. 66,                          36
-  Advertising a Copy Pad--Plan No. 161,                               83
-  Advertising, Circulars Dist.--Plan No. 337, 390,              283, 306
-  Advertising, Coupon Plan--Plan No. 52,                              29
-  Advertising in Country Weeklies--Plan No. 421, 423,                316
-  Advertising in Book--Plan No. 49,                                   28
-  Advertising Dustless Dusters--Plan No. 160,                         82
-  Advertising Eggs--Plan No. 305,                                    274
-  Advertising on Fly Paper--Plan No. 363,                            292
-  Advertising by Farm Woman of Fruits and Jellies--Plan No. 581,     364
-  Advertising by Farm Woman Photographing Stock--Plan No. 99,         52
-  Advertising, Great Opportunities In--Plan No. 1090, 1091,     670, 671
-  Advertising for Gingham Shop--Plan No. 11,                           5
-  Advertising a Grocery Store--Plan No. 298,                         271
-  Advertising by Hotel--Plan No. 97,                                  51
-  Advertising, Hidden Coin in Window--Plan No. 741,                  426
-  Advertising, Kitchen List--Plan No. 279,                           237
-  Advertising Knock Down Picture Frames--Plan No. 387,               304
-  Advertising by Letter--Plan No. 153,                                78
-  Advertising, List of Names--Plan No. 36,                            21
-  Advertising Man’s Opportunity in Chamber of Commerce--Plan No.
-  681,                                                               403
-  Advertising in Moving Picture Programs--Plan No. 84,                44
-  Advertising Man Represents Country Weeklies--Plan No. 430,         318
-  Advertising Man Runs Sales Company--Plan No. 666,                  395
-  Advertising, Motion Picture Theatre--Plan No. 79, 569,         41, 359
-  Advertising While Sick--Plan No. 360,                              291
-  Advertising Obtained by Long Distance Phone--Plan No. 356,         289
-  Advertising with Country Stores--Plan No. 732,                     422
-  Advertising to Get Acquainted--Plan No. 669,                       398
-  Advertising for Home Industries--Plan No. 423, 465,           316, 329
-  Advertising Manufacturing Page--Plan No. 675,                      401
-  Advertising Plan for Selling Books--Plan No. 49,                    28
-  Advertising Political Manual--Plan No. 22,                          12
-  Advertising, A Shopper--Plan No. 152,                               77
-  Advertising of Shawls--Plan No. 308,                               275
-  Advertising a Preparation--Plan No. 167,                            85
-  Advertising Proposition--Plan No. 238,                             166
-  Advertising, Sells Lists--Plan No. 61,                              34
-  Advertising, Show Card Writing--Plan No. 1237,                     822
-  Advertising Silver Polish--Plan No. 112,                            57
-  Advertising, Soliciting--Plan No. 551,                             350
-  Advertising Space Sold a Large Amount of Thermometers--Plan No.
-  63,                                                                 34
-  Advertising by Stenographer--Plan No. 50,                           28
-  Advertising Starts Sales of Preparation--Plan No. 167,              85
-  Advertising Talking Machines--Plan No. 385,                        303
-  Advertising, Theatre Goers’ Weekly--Plan No. 23,                    13
-  Advertising Catch Phrase Contest--Plan No. 530,                    343
-  Advertising which Brought Women to Store--Plan No. 299,            271
-  Advertising, Window Card--Plan No. 10,                               5
-  Agent, Appoint for Companies, Pays Expenses Through College--Plan
-  No. 594,                                                           370
-  Agent, Boys’--Plan No. 112,                                         57
-  Agent Obtains Hearing--Plan No. 248,                               217
-  Agricultural Experiment Stations, Extension Service--Plan
-  Nos. 942, 943,                                                569, 570
-  Agriculture, Technical as Profession--Plan No. 938,                563
-  Agriculturist for the County--Plan No. 855,                        493
-  Air Brake Mechanic in Shop Work for Railroad--Plan No. 982,        594
-  Air Pencils, Make--Plan No. 203,                                    95
-  Air Pencils, Profit From--Plan No. 204,                             96
-  Alfalfa Brings Good Returns--Plan No. 625,                         382
-  Alfalfa Pastures--Plan No. 624,                                    382
-  Alligators for Boy Agent--Plan No. 112,                             57
-  Arm and Bust Developer--Plan No. 497,                              336
-  Almond Cream, Sell--Plan No. 505,                                  337
-  Almond Paste, Made--Plan No. 107,                                   55
-  Aluminum Ware Sales Puts Man Through College--Plan No. 600,        372
-  Amateur Photography, Finishing--Plan No. 951,                      574
-  Amusements Developed at Lake--Plan No. 745,                        428
-  Animal Industry, Bureau--Plan No. 896,                             500
-  Animals Photographs for Sale--Plan No. 99,                          52
-  Angora Cats Raised at Home--Plan No. 42,                            24
-  Apprentices, for Opportunity--Plan No. 842,                        491
-  Apprenticeship Training. Electrical Manufacturing--Plan No. 1079,  656
-  Apple-butter. Make and Sell--Plan No. 419,                         315
-  Apples Sold by Parcel Post--Plan No. 364,                          293
-  Apples, Surplus. Make Use Of--Plan No. 304,                        273
-  Aprons, Ready to Wear Made--Plan No. 13,                             6
-  Architect for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                                 100
-  Architect Assisted by Landscape Artist--Plan No. 272,              236
-  Architectural Photography--Plan No. 949,                           574
-  Areal Line and Cable Section--Plan No. 1223,                       799
-  Arm Developer--Plan No. 497,                                       336
-  Armature Repairing, Electrical Railway--Plan No. 1211,             795
-  Armature Winding, Electrical--Plan No. 1196,                       784
-  Art Bureau, Commercial--Plan No. 454,                              324
-  Articles You Can Make and Sell--Plan No. 712,                      414
-  Artificial Maple Syrup--Plan No. 145,                               74
-  Artist Starts Commercial Art Bureau--Plan No. 454,                 324
-  Assayer, Assistant for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                        100
-  Assemblers and Erectors in Metal Trade--Plan No. 925,              550
-  Assembling Electrical Manufacturing Plan--Plan No. 1076,           655
-  Athletic Assistant, Pays College Expenses--Plan No. 665,           395
-  Assessor’s Office, He Made A Success--Plan No. 687,                405
-  Attorney for the U. S. A.--Plan No. 888,                           499
-  Attorney for Interstate Commerce--Plan No. 217,                    100
-  Attorney General for the State--Plan No. 879,                      496
-  Attorney Makes Small Fee, Earns Good Returns--Plan No. 420,        315
-  Auditing Department, Telephone--Plan No. 1221,                     799
-  Auditor to the State--Plan No. 877,                                495
-  Auto and Carriage Polish--Plan No. 193,                             92
-  Auto Builder for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                              100
-  Auto Dressing Top--Plan No. 352,                                   288
-  Auto Inspection Service--Plan No. 37,                               22
-  Auto Mechanic Inspects Cars--Plan No. 37,                           22
-  Autos Painted in Winter--Plan No. 591,                             365
-  Auto Truck Driver, Plan for--Plan No. 843,                         491
-  Auto Truck Drivers, Opportunity for--Plan No. 841,                 491
-  Automobile Assembly, Completing the Car--Plan No. 1118,            713
-  Automobile Assembly, Dash and Instrument Board--Plan No. 1112,     711
-  Automobile Assembly, Dynamomeder--Plan No. 1116,                   712
-  Automobile Assembly, Final Inspecting and Testing--Plan No. 1119,  713
-  Automobile Assembly, Front and Rear Axles--Plan No. 1106,          710
-  Automobile Assembly, Inspection--Plan No. 1114,                    711
-  Automobile Assembly, Storing and Delivering Car--Plan No. 1121,    713
-  Automobile Assembly, Mounting the Radiator--Plan No. 1109,         710
-  Automobile Assembly, Mounting the Transmission--Plan No. 1107,     710
-  Automobile Assembly, In Painting Department--Plan No. 1117,        713
-  Automobile Assembly, Placing the Engine--Plan No. 1108,            710
-  Automobile Assembly, Placing the Frame--Plan No. 1105,             709
-  Automobile Assembly, Preparation for Shipping--Plan No. 1120,      713
-  Automobile Assembly, Road Testing--Plan No. 1115,                  711
-  Automobile Assembly, Securing, the Steering Gear--Plan No. 1110,   710
-  Automobile Assembly, Starting the Engine--Plan No. 1113,           711
-  Automobile Assembly, Wheels and Bearings--Plan No. 1111,           711
-  Automobile Bath House--Plan No. 577,                               363
-  Automobile, Electrical Repair--Plan No. 1202,                      788
-  Automobile, Ignition Repair--Plan No. 1153,                        759
-  Automobile Industry, Manufacturing, Occupations In--Plan No.
-  1104,                                                              707
-  Automobile Industry, Oxyacetylene Work--Plan No. 1143,             738
-  Automobile Maintenance and Service--Plan No. 1151,                 752
-  Automobile Manufacturing, Bearings--Plan No. 1125,                 717
-  Automobile Manufacturing of Bodies--Plan No. 1137,                 730
-  Automobile Manufacturing, Carburetors--Plan No. 1131,              725
-  Automobile Manufacturing, Clutch--Plan No. 1129,                   721
-  Automobile Manufacturing, Engines--Plan No. 1130,                  721
-  Automobile Manufacturing, Frames--Plan No. 1122,                   715
-  Automobile Manufacturing, Front Axles and Spindles--Plan No.
-  1124,                                                              716
-  Automobile Manufacturing, Ignition--Plan No. 1132,                 726
-  Automobile Manufacturing, Radiators--Plan No. 1134,                729
-  Automobile Manufacturing, Rear Axles--Plan No. 1126,               718
-  Automobile Manufacturing, Accessories--Plan No. 1138,              731
-  Automobile Manufacturing, Springs--Plan No. 1123,                  716
-  Automobile Manufacturing, Starting and Lighting Equipment--Plan
-  No. 1133,                                                          728
-  Automobile Manufacturing, Steering Gears--Plan No. 1135,           730
-  Automobile Manufacturing, Transmission--Plan No. 1128,             720
-  Automobile Manufacturing, Universal Joint--Plan No. 1127,          720
-  Automobile Manufacturing, Wheels--Plan No. 1136,                   730
-  Automobile Painted in Winter--Plan No. 591,                        369
-  Automobile, Repair Work--Plan No. 1152,                            754
-  Automobile, Storage Battery Repair--Plan No. 1154,                 760
-  Automobile Work, Electrical--Plan No. 1200,                        786
-  Automobiles, Taught to Women--Plan No. 3,                            1
-  Automobiles, Tire Repair--Plan No. 1155,                           762
-  Automobiles, Truck Drivers--Plan No. 1156,                         764
-
-  B
-
-  Back Yards of Other People Cultivated--Plan No. 82,                 43
-  Back Lot Money--Plan No. 790,                                      449
-  Bacteriologist, Opportunity--Plan No. 830,                         487
-  Baggage Man for Railroad--Plan No. 967, 1000,       587, 599
-  Bags, Perfume for Bath--Plan No. 208,                               97
-  Bakery of Her Husband Woman Boosted--Plan No. 315,                 276
-  Baking As a Vocation--Plan No. 1247,                               857
-  Baking Saved the Home--Plan No. 19,                                  9
-  Baking Bread and Cake--Plan No. 303,                               273
-  Baking, Busy People for--Plan No. 175,                              88
-  Baking Fruit Cake to Sell--Plan No. 29,                             16
-  Baking, Indian Service U. S.--Plan No. 217,                        100
-  Balloon Brings Good Money In--Plan No. 401,                        310
-  Band Leader for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                               100
-  Banker, He Became One--Plan No. 690,                               406
-  Banking, Commercial Work Common--Plan No. 1098,                    680
-  Barn Made to Pay--Plan No. 28,                                      16
-  Barber’s Mirror Advertising Plan--Plan No. 425,                    317
-  Barber Shaves His Way Through College--Plan No. 586,               368
-  Barber Supply-man Hones Razors--Plan No. 250,                      218
-  Barnman, Opportunity--Plan No. 834,                                488
-  Barrels, Buy Old Ones and Sell--Plan No. 339,                      284
-  Basket Boarders--Plan No. 829,                                     486
-  Basket for Ferns, Make--Plan No. 1,                                  1
-  Basket Making--Plan No. 92,                                         48
-  Basket Making by Woman--Plan No. 234,                              165
-  Baskets, Make and Sell--Plan No. 182,                               89
-  Basting Garments--Plan No. 1243,                                   839
-  Bath House in Autos--Plan No. 577,                                 363
-  Bath Perfume Bags--Plan No. 208,                                    97
-  Bath Powder--Plan No. 499,                                         336
-  Bath Rugs Made--Plan No. 72,                                        38
-  Bath Room Exclusively for Women--Plan No. 255,                     219
-  Beaded Articles Made by Old Soldier--Plan No. 344,                 285
-  Beauty Bags Free--Plan No. 159,                                     81
-  Beauty Parlor Opens--Plan No. 188,                                  90
-  Bed Bug Preparation--Plan No. 698,                                 408
-  Bee Handler for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                               100
-  Bee-Keeping as a Vocation--Plan No. 1235,                          803
-  Bee-Keeping on the Farm--Plan No. 1063,                            637
-  Bee Keeping Plan--Plan No. 214, 1235, 724,                99, 815, 419
-  Becomes Entertainer, Pays Way Through College--Plan No. 599,       372
-  Bed Bug Preparation of the Best--Plan No. 698,                     408
-  Belgium Hares Raised--Plan No. 379,                                300
-  Bench Hands--Plan No. 924,                                         549
-  Bending Frames and Plates--Plan No. 1043,                          621
-  Berries, Pickles--Plan No. 200,                                     94
-  Biochemical, U. S.--Plan No. 217,                                  100
-  Biologist, U. S.--Plan No. 217,                                    100
-  Bird Baths--Plan No. 567,                                          356
-  Black Ink Powder, Sell--Plan No. 472,                              331
-  Blacksmith for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                                100
-  Blacksmith Helpers, Opportunity for--Plan No. 838,                 489
-  Blacksmith, Opportunity--Plan No. 834,                             488
-  Blacksmith, Opportunity--Plan No. 842,                             491
-  Blacksmith Work in Shop of Railroad--Plan No. 983,                 594
-  Blind, Employment of--Plan No. 1073,                               653
-  Blind Man Makes Money--Plan No. 344,                               285
-  Block for Tables, Etc.--Plan No. 815,                              465
-  Blue, Black Ink Powder, Sell--Plan No. 472,                        331
-  Blind Man Succeeds--Plan No. 344,                                  285
-  Blue Prints for Furniture--Plan No. 738,                           425
-  Blue Prints Sold to Farmers--Plan No. 738,                         425
-  Blacksmith, Navy--Plan No. 1032,                                   618
-  Blacksmith, Railroad--Plan No. 983,                                594
-  Board and Room Nurses--Plan No. 148,                                76
-  Boarders from the Farm by the Basket Method--Plan No. 829,         486
-  Boatswain, Water Transportation--Plan No. 1021,                    607
-  Boarding House, Run, Pays College Expenses--Plan No. 585,          367
-  Boiler Maker for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                              100
-  Boiler Maker in Shop Work of Railroad--Plan No. 984,               594
-  Boiler Shop, Navy--Plan No. 1031,                                  618
-  Book that Costs you Nothing, Sells for Ninety-eight Cents--Plan
-  No. 49,                                                             28
-  Book of Receipts for Farmers--Plan No. 306,                        274
-  Book on Show Card Making--Plan No. 542,                            346
-  Book Binder for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                               100
-  Bookkeeper, Division--Plan No. 834,                                488
-  Bookkeeper for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                                100
-  Bookkeeper, Opportunity for--Plan No. 838,                         489
-  Bookkeeper, Opportunity for--Plan No. 839,                         490
-  Bookkeeper, Opportunity for--Plan No. 860,                         493
-  Bookkeepers, Opportunity for--Plan No. 844,                        491
-  Bookkeeping--Plan No. 1083,                                        662
-  Books, School Covers Made for--Plan No. 227,                       163
-  Book to Farmers--Plan No. 306,                                     274
-  Boosted His Home Town--Plan No. 464,                               328
-  Botanist for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                                  100
-  Boy Agent, Alligator Plan--Plan No. 112,                            57
-  Boy Believes In Pigs--Plan No. 751, 752,                           431
-  Boy Collects Old Magazines and Sells--Plan No. 482,                333
-  Boy Does Odd Jobs--Plan No. 481,                                   333
-  Boy Does Parlor Magic--Plan No. 478,                               333
-  Boy Does Saw Work--Plan No. 479,                                   333
-  Boy in High School Makes Money--Plan No. 676, 743, 744,       401, 427
-  Boy on Farm Makes $587.00 on One Pig--Plan No. 696,                408
-  Boy on Farm Sells Buttermilk--Plan No. 355,                        289
-  Boy Makes Profit from One Ewe--Plan No. 756,                       432
-  Boy Makes Profit on One Pig--Plan No. 726, 728,               420, 421
-  Boy Makes Success of Garden--Plan No. 703,                         412
-  Boy Makes Success with Hogs--Plan No. 752, 757,               431, 433
-  Boy Raises Belgium Hares--Plan No. 379,                            300
-  Boy Raises Poultry--Plan No. 94, 754,                          94, 431
-  Boy Runs Lemonade Stand--Plan No. 480,                             333
-  Boy Runs News Depot--Plan No. 353,                                 289
-  Boy Sells Cancelled Postage Stamps--Plan No. 476,                  332
-  Boy Sells Mother’s Baking--Plan No. 19,                              9
-  Boy Starts on Road to Success as Poultry Man--Plan No. 754,        431
-  Boy Tinsels Postal Cards--Plan No. 471,                            331
-  Boy Used Printing Press--Plan No. 477,                             332
-  Boys Can Go to High School from the Farm--Plan No. 829,            486
-  Boys and Girls Raise Bees, A Good Profit--Plan No. 724,            419
-  Boys Make Good Money from Calves in the State of Minnesota--Plan
-  No. 755,                                                           432
-  Boys in the South Make Money from Calves--Plan No. 729,            422
-  Boys Trained for Offices--Plan No. 384,                            303
-  Brakeman on Through Local Freight--Plan No. 995, 996,              598
-  Brakeman on Passenger Train--Plan No. 994,                         598
-  Bread and Cake Baking--Plan No. 19,                                  9
-  Bread and Cake Baking--Plan No. 303,                               273
-  Bread Roasting or Sponge Box, Build--Plan No. 813,                 463
-  Bridgemen, Opportunity for--Plan No. 840,                          490
-  Brief Writing for Lawyer--Plan No. 31,                              18
-  Briefing the Briefs--Plan No. 156,                                  80
-  Brick Maker for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                               100
-  Bromide Photography--Plan No. 948,                                 574
-  Brooms, Pay College Expenses--Plan No. 746,                        428
-  Bureau of Animal Industry--Plan No. 896,                           500
-  Bureau of Crop Estimates--Plan No. 897,                            500
-  Bureau of Information--Plan No. 670,                               399
-  Bureau for Mailing--Plan No. 278,                                  237
-  Bureau for Markets--Plan No. 898,                                  500
-  Bureau for Farmers--Plan No. 55,                                    31
-  Bureau of Commercial Art--Plan No. 454,                            324
-  Bureau for Clipping Service--Plan No. 139,                          72
-  Bureau for Trade Tips--Plan No. 571,                               359
-  Bust Developer--Plan No. 497,                                      336
-  Business Advisor--Plan No. 555,                                    351
-  Business Doctor--Plan No. 666,                                     395
-  Business Girls, Hot Soup and Lunch for--Plan No. 302,              272
-  Business Letters, Write--Plan No. 9,                                 4
-  Business Manager for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                          100
-  Butter Making Equipment--Plan No. 821,                             473
-  Butter, Market--Plan No. 434,                                      319
-  Butter Milk Diet--Plan No. 126,                                     64
-  Butter Made Yellow in Winter--Plan No. 494,                        335
-  Butter Sold by Parcel Post--Plan No. 246,                          209
-  Buttermilk Sold--Plan No. 355,                                     289
-  Butcher, Saws Sharpened--Plan No. 109,                              56
-  Button Hole Making--Plan No. 40,                                    23
-  Buying Old Barrels--Plan No. 339,                                  284
-  Buys Currants, Puts Up--Plan No. 134,                               70
-
-  C
-
-  Cabbage and Tomatoe Plants Raised--Plan No. 417,                   315
-  Cabinet Maker, Opportunity--Plan No. 936,                          561
-  Cabinet Maker, U. S.--Plan No. 217,                                100
-  Cable Repair Section, Telephone Co.--Plan No. 1231,                802
-  Cadet Officer for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                             100
-  Calendars, Home Scenes--Plan No. 407,                              312
-  Calendars with Local Views--Plan No. 252,                          218
-  Calf Brings Good Money in Minnesota--Plan No. 755,                 432
-  Calking, Naval Yards--Plan No. 1044,                               621
-  Calves Make Farmer Boys Money--Plan No. 729,                       422
-  Calves Profitable--Plan No. 68,                                     36
-  Camera for Motion Pictures, Opportunity--Plan No. 79,               41
-  Camera Pictures--Plan No. 57,                                       32
-  Canary Raising by Woman--Plan No. 221,                             145
-  Candy, A Good Seller--Plan No. 487,                                334
-  Candy, Chocolate Caramels--Plan No. 331,                           282
-  Candy, Fig Paste--Plan No. 333,                                    282
-  Candy, Molasses--Plan No. 329,                                     282
-  Candy, Nut--Plan No. 332,                                          282
-  Candy, Summer Seller--Plan No. 487,                                334
-  Candy, Peppermint Creams--Plan No. 330,                            282
-  Canned Chicken--Plan No. 692,                                      407
-  Canned Fruits and Vegetables--Plan No. 210, 560,               353, 98
-  Canned Products Keep Family--Plan No. 722,                         418
-  Canned Vegetables--Plan No. 294,                                   270
-  Canning for City People--Plan No. 264,                             232
-  Canning in the Homo Supports Family--Plan No. 720,                 417
-  Canvassing Method--Plan No. 258,                                   230
-  Canvassing Plan--Plan No. 531,                                     343
-  Canvassing Trust Plan Used--Plan No. 309,                          275
-  Capons and Caponizing--Plan No. 240,                               184
-  Capons Raised--Plan No. 297,                                       270
-  Cash Rebate Cards--Plan No. 527,                                   342
-  Card Writer’s Plan--Plan No. 204,                                   96
-  Car Inspection, Electrical Railway--Plan No. 1213,                 796
-  Car Repairman for R. R.--Plan No. 87,                              595
-  Carpenter for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                                 100
-  Carpentering in Factory, Wood Working Trade--Plan No. 928,         555
-  Carpet Cleaning Liquid--Plan No. 241,                              196
-  Carpet Cleaner Makes--Plan No. 199,                                 94
-  Car Repairs, Shop Work in Railroad--Plan No. 987,                  595
-  Catering for Lodge People--Plan No. 90,                             47
-  Catering in Small Town--Plan No. 295,                              270
-  Catering by Woman--Plan No. 18,                                      8
-  Cattle Beef, Money Velvet--Plan No. 623,                           381
-  Cattle, a Profit In--Plan No. 768,                                 439
-  Cattle in Washington--Plan No. 617,                                379
-  Cellar Grows Mushrooms--Plan No. 91,                                47
-  Cement Manufacture--Plan No. 1157,                                 765
-  Cement Manufacture--Plan No. 1182,                                 772
-  Cement Sticks--Plan No. 377,                                       299
-  Cement Workers--Plan No. 217,                                      100
-  Ceramics U. S.--Plan No. 217,                                      100
-  Cereal Work--Plan No. 217,                                         100
-  Chaffing Dish--Plan No. 403,                                       311
-  Chain of Hair--Plan No. 359,                                       291
-  Chauffeur on Roads and Streets--Plan No. 1009,                     602
-  Chamber of Commerce, Secretary, He Becomes--Plan No. 681,          403
-  Characters, Read from Photographs--Plan No. 327,                   281
-  Checker, Opportunity for--Plan No. 845,                            492
-  Cheese, Cottage, How to Make--Plan No. 245,                        197
-  Cheese Made by Ambitious Woman on Farm--Plan No. 737,              424
-  Cheese Maker for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                              100
-  Cheese Making Equipment, Make and Sell--Plan No. 822,              474
-  Cheese Sold by Parcel Post--Plan No. 246,                          209
-  Chemist for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                                   100
-  Cherries Pickled--Plan No. 130,                                     69
-  Chestnuts Gathered--Plan No. 179,                                   88
-  Chewing Gum--Plan No. 334,                                         282
-  Chewing Gum of Spruce--Plan No. 335,                               283
-  Chickens, Canned--Plan No. 692,                                    407
-  Chickens Raised--Plan No. 668,                                     398
-  Chickens Raised by a Boy--Plan No. 94,                              49
-  Chicken Raiser--Plan No. 710,                                      414
-  Chief Mate--Plan No. 1017, 1018,                                   606
-  Chief Steward, Ocean Transportation--Plan No. 1025,                610
-  Children Entertain--Plan No. 667,                                  397
-  Children’s Five Cent Playground--Plan No. 16,                        7
-  Children Go to Movies Free--Plan No. 111,                           57
-  Children Given Sewing Lessons--Plan No. 163,                        84
-  Children’s Pictures, Take--Plan No. 46,                             26
-  Children at School, Lunches for--Plan No. 236,                     165
-  Children’s Thumbless Mittens Made--Plan No. 231,                   164
-  Children’s and Women’s Wearing Apparel--Plan No. 688,              405
-  China Broken, Mend--Plan No. 439,                                  320
-  China Painting--Plan No. 365,                                      294
-  Chocolate Caramels--Plan No. 331,                                  282
-  Christmas Gifts, Home Made--Plan No. 142,                           74
-  Church History, Wrote--Plan No. 201,                                95
-  Church Motion Pictures--Plan No. 402,                              311
-  Church Paper--Plan No. 98,                                          51
-  Church Post Cards--Plan No. 197,                                    93
-  Cigars for the Farmers--Plan No. 309,                              275
-  Circulars Distributed--Plan No. 337,                               283
-  Circulars Distributed Group--Plan No. 390, 460,               306, 327
-  Circulating Library--Plan No. 259,                                 230
-  Circulating Music Library--Plan No. 386,                           304
-  Cisterns Cleaned and Repaired--Plan No. 324,                       279
-  Citronette Cucumbers--Plan No. 293,                                269
-  City Clerk’s Division--Plan No. 848,                               492
-  City Commissioner--Plan No. 685,                                   404
-  City Farming, Raise Mint--Plan No. 6,                                3
-  City Farming for Others--Plan No. 82,                               43
-  City Home Garden--Plan No. 280, 583,                          238, 366
-  City Gardens Raised--Plan No. 583,                                 366
-  City Gardens Managed--Plan No. 266,                                233
-  City Hall Division--Plan No. 831,                                  488
-  City Lawyer Makes a Success--Plan No. 658,                         393
-  City Lots, Landscape for--Plan No. 265,                            233
-  City Lot Turned into a Profitable Farm--Plan No. 5,                  3
-  City People Obtain Dinners from the Country--Plan No. 121,          61
-  City Property, Obtained Information from--Plan No. 582,            364
-  City, Special Counsel for--Plan No. 636,                           386
-  City Treasurer’s Division--Plan No. 844,                           491
-  Civil Service, U. S. Government as a Career--Plan No. 217,         100
-  Civil Service Division--Plan No. 849,                              492
-  Claim Agent, Opportunity for--Plan No. 847,                        492
-  Cleaning Closet--Plan No. 828,                                     485
-  Cleaning Compound Powder--Plan No. 162,                             83
-  Clerk for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                                     100
-  Clerk to Superintendent--Plan No. 80,                               42
-  Clerk of District Court, U. S. A.--Plan No. 901,                   501
-  Clerk to Hydraulic Engineer--Plan No. 83,                           44
-  Clerical and Office Work, Railroads--Plan No. 963, 967, 980   583, 587
-  Clerk of the Railway Mail--Plan No. 904,                           502
-  Clerk, Opportunity--Plan No. 830,                                  487
-  Clerk, Opportunity for--Plan No. 850,                              492
-  Clerks, Opportunity for--Plan No. 839,                             490
-  Clerks, Opportunity for--Plan No. 814,                             491
-  Clerks, Opportunity for--Plan No. 863,                             494
-  Clerks, Opportunity for--Plan No. 861,                             494
-  Clerks, Opportunity for--Plan No. 862,                             494
-  Clerks, Opportunity for--Plan No. 864,                             494
-  Clerks, Opportunity for--Plan No. 848,                             492
-  Clerks, Opportunity for--Plan No. 838,                             489
-  Clerks, Opportunity for--Plan No. 849,                             492
-  Clerks, U. S. Government--Plan No. 217,                            100
-  Clerical Work, General Commercial--Plan No. 1084,                  663
-  Clerical Work, Railroads--Plan No. 963,                            583
-  Clipping Bureau--Plan No. 139,                                      72
-  Clipping Collection--Plan No. 7,                                     3
-  Clips Personal Notices from Newspaper--Plan No. 33,                 20
-  Climbing with the Goats--Plan No. 805,                             454
-  Clinic for Clothes--Plan No. 695,                                  407
-  Clock, Time Card--Plan No. 358,                                    290
-  Cloth Patterns, Copy--Plan No. 519,                                340
-  Clock on Street--Plan No. 358,                                     290
-  Clothes Clinic--Plan No. 695,                                      407
-  Clothes made Fire Proof--Plan No. 281,                             267
-  Clothing Advisor--Plan No. 556,                                    351
-  Clothing Store Started--Plan No. 694,                              407
-  Club for Luncheon--Plan No. 169,                                    86
-  Club Women, Clipping for--Plan No. 7,                                3
-  Coffee from Cereals--Plan No. 394,                                 308
-  Coffee, Fresh Roasted--Plan No. 74,                                 39
-  Coffee House Planned for--Plan No. 74,                              39
-  Coil Impregnating and Painting--Plan No. 1074,                     653
-  Coil Placing and Connecting--Plan No. 1075,                        654
-  Coil Taping, Electrical--Plan No. 1072,                            653
-  Coil Winding, Electrical--Plan No. 1071,                           652
-  Coin Hidden in Window--Plan No. 741,                               426
-  Cold Box, Build and Sell--Plan No. 820,                            472
-  Collection Agency--Plan No. 71,                                     37
-  Collection Agency on Membership Basis--Plan No. 415,               314
-  Collection Agencies, Solicit Business for--Plan No. 462,           328
-  Collection of Old Witness Fees--Plan No. 96,                        50
-  Collection Idea Which is Good--Plan No. 540,                       346
-  Collection on Percentage--Plan No. 412,                            313
-  Collection on Salary Basis--Plan No. 413,                          314
-  Collection System Successful--Plan No. 455,                        324
-  Collections, Lawyer Builds Practice On--Plan No. 671,              399
-  Collections on Municipal Accounts--Plan No. 30,                     17
-  Collector of Internal Revenue--Plan No. 892,                       499
-  Collector, Opportunity for--Plan No. 834,                          488
-  Cologne, Home Made--Plan No. 105,                                   54
-  College, Bible Puts Him Through--Plan No. 596,                     371
-  College, Defrays Expenses--Plan No. 397,                           309
-  College, Earns His Way Through--Plan No. 370,                      296
-  College, Earns Way Through--Plan No. 595, 453,                371, 323
-  College, Earns Way by Appointing Agents--Plan No. 594,             370
-  College, Earns Way Through, by Championing Religious
-  Doctrine--Plan No. 601,                                            372
-  College, Earns Way Through by Entertainment--Plan No. 599,         372
-  College, Earns His Way Through by Working for Y. M. C. A.--Plan
-  No. 593,                                                           370
-  College, Farmer Lives Near--Plan No. 776,                          442
-  College Girl Makes Spats--Plan No. 15,                               7
-  College, Goes Through and Pays $300 on Debt--Plan No. 399,         310
-  College, Goes Through by Running Boarding House--Plan No. 585,     367
-  College, Girl Works her Way Through--Plan No. 67, 395, 396, 397,
-  399, 198
-  College, He Sold Law Books--Plan No. 779,                          442
-  College, He Taught His Way Through--Plan No. 778,                  442
-  College, Indiana Boy Earns Way Through--Plan No. 371,              296
-  College Laundry Agency--Plan No. 75,                                39
-  College, Man from Oregon Earns Way--Plan No. 587,                  368
-  College, Pays Expenses by Becoming Athletic Assistant--Plan No.
-  665,                                                               395
-  College, Pays Expenses by Boosting for Boarding House--Plan No.
-  664,                                                               395
-  College, Pays Expenses by Selling and Writing Class History--Plan
-  No. 663,                                                           395
-  College, Pays Expenses by Shaving--Plan No. 586,                   368
-  College, Pays His Way Through by Selling Stereo Views--Plan No.
-  602,                                                               373
-  College, Pays His Way Through, Teaches Elocution--Plan No. 588,    368
-  College Positions to Agriculture Specialists--Plan No. 941,        568
-  College, Prepay Way by Preparing Lectures--Plan No. 584,           367
-  College, Riding to, on Brooms--Plan No. 746,                       428
-  College, Sells Aluminum Ware During the Summer--Plan No. 600,      372
-  College, Sells Bibles--Plan No. 596,                               371
-  College, Sells Insurance to Pay Expenses--Plan No. 597,            371
-  College, Sells Lectures--Plan No. 584,                             367
-  College, Sold Real Estate and Paid Expenses--Plan No. 787,         447
-  College, Student Earns Her Way Through--Plan No. 395,              308
-  College Student Earns Way Through--Plan No. 372,                   297
-  College Student Earns Way Through Law School, Wash. D. C.--Plan
-  No. 373,                                                           298
-  College, Studious Man Pays His Way--Plan No. 589,                  369
-  College, Takes Orders for Students--Plan No. 592,                  370
-  College, Taught his Way--Plan No. 778,                             442
-  College, They Sang Their Way Through--Plan No. 598,                371
-  College, Two Men Earn Their Way Through--Plan No. 453,             323
-  College, Wash Boy Earns Way--Plan No. 370,                         296
-  College, Watch Fob--Plan No. 86,                                    45
-  College, Western Man Earns His Own Way--Plan No. 590, 587, 595,
-                                                           369, 368, 371
-  College, Woman Earns Way--Plan No. 395,                            308
-  College, Woman Obtains Education on $45--Plan No. 396,             308
-  College, Woman Gets Education and $500--Plan No. 397,              309
-  Comforter Made of Feathers--Plan No. 448,                          322
-  Composers of Music, Assist--Plan No. 249,                          217
-  Commercial Dept., Telephone Companies--Plan No. 1218,              798
-  Commercial Employments Common, Clerical Work--Plan No. 1084,       663
-  Commercial Occupations--Plan No. 1082,                             658
-  Commercial Photography--Plan No. 949,                              574
-  Commercial School Started--Plan No. 87,                             46
-  Commercial Teaching--Plan No. 1099,                                681
-  Commercial Work Common, Banking--Plan No. 1098,                    680
-  Commercial Work Common, Bookkeeping--Plan No. 1083,                662
-  Commercial Work Common, Employment Opportunities--Plan No. 1093,   674
-  Commercial Work Common, Foreign Trade--Plan No. 1092,              673
-  Commercial Work Common, Life Insurance Salesman--Plan No. 1095,    677
-  Commercial Work Common, Office Management--Plan No. 1097,          680
-  Commercial Work Common, Retail Selling--Plan No. 1086,             666
-  Commercial Work Common, Secretarial Work--Plan No. 1094,           675
-  Commercial Work Common, Stenographer--Plan No. 1085,               665
-  Commercial Work Common, Telegraphy and Wireless Operating--Plan
-  No. 1087,                                                          667
-  Commercial Work Professional, Accounting--Plan No. 1088,           668
-  Commissioner of His City--Plan No. 685,                            404
-  Commissioner of Public Land for State--Plan No. 880,               496
-  Commissioners Division--Plan No. 838,                              489
-  Composers of Music, Assist--Plan No. 249,                          217
-  Computer for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                                  100
-  Concrete Construction--Plan No. 1157,                              765
-  Concrete Construction, Contractor--Plan No. 1160,                  767
-  Concrete Construction, Finishers--Plan No. 1165,                   769
-  Concrete Construction, Foreman--Plan No. 1164,                     768
-  Concrete Construction, Form Builder--Plan No. 1167,                769
-  Concrete Construction, Mixer Operator--Plan No. 1166,              769
-  Concrete Construction--Plan No. 1157,                              765
-  Concrete Construction, Reinforced Places--Plan No. 1168,           769
-  Concrete Construction, Rural Contractors--Plan No. 1169,           770
-  Concrete Construction, Structural Group--Plan No. 1158,            766
-  Concrete Construction, Superintendent for--Plan No. 1161, 1162,
-                                                                767, 768
-  Concrete Construction, Time Keeper--Plan No. 1163,                 768
-  Concrete Engineer, Work--Plan No. 1158,                            766
-  Concrete, Inspector for--Plan No. 1159,                            767
-  Concrete Production, Foreman for--Plan No. 1177,                   771
-  Concrete Production, Machine Operators--Plan No. 1178,             771
-  Concrete Products, Manufacturer--Plan No. 1182,                    772
-  Concrete Production, Modeler--Plan No. 1179,                       772
-  Concrete Production, Patterns for--Plan No. 1180,                  772
-  Concrete Road Construction, Form Setter--Plan No. 1175,            771
-  Concrete Road Construction, Superintendent for--Plan No. 1172,     770
-  Concrete Road Foreman--Plan No. 1177,                              771
-  Concrete Road Construction, Mixer, Operator, Finisher, Reinforcing
-  Places--Plan No. 1172,                                             770
-  Concrete Road Construction Work--Plan No. 1170,                    770
-  Concrete Roads, Inspector for--Plan No. 1171,                      770
-  Concrete Work, Assistant--Plan No. 1160,                           767
-  Condensed Milk--Plan No. 206,                                       97
-  Conductor for Electric Railway--Plan No. 1006, 1007,               601
-  Conductor for Elevator, U. S.--Plan No. 217,                       100
-  Conductor on Freight Trains, Railroad--Plan No. 997,               598
-  Conductor, Passenger, Railroad--Plan No. 998,                      599
-  Congressional Office--Plan No. 873,                                495
-  Constables--Plan No. 854,                                          493
-  Constipation, Treatment for--Plan No. 153,                          78
-  Containers, Oxy-Acetylene--Plan No. 1146,                          739
-  Contest on Catch Phrase--Plan No. 530,                             343
-  Contractor for Concrete Construction--Plan No. 1160,               767
-  Co-operative Cooking--Plan No. 17,                                   8
-  Co-operative Store--Plan No. 76,                                    40
-  Cook Book Published--Plan No. 34,                                   20
-  Cook Stove Drier and Evaporator--Plan No. 827,                     483
-  Cook for U. S.--Plan No. 533,                                      344
-  Cooking School for Girls--Plan No. 274,                            237
-  Cooking, Co-operative--Plan No. 17,                                  8
-  Cooks, Opportunity for--Plan No. 859,                              493
-  Copper Shop, Naval Yards--Plan No. 1037,                           619
-  Copying, Coloring Photographs, Lantern Slides and Etc.--Plan No.
-  948,                                                               574
-  Copying Pads, Sell--Plan No. 161,                                   83
-  Corn, Roasting Ears for Winter--Plan No. 516,                      339
-  Coroner, Opportunity for--Plan No. 871,                            495
-  Coroner, Physician Becomes--Plan No. 638,                          387
-  Correspondence for Newspaper--Plan No. 191,                         91
-  Cotton Service for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                            100
-  Cottage Cheese, Make--Plan No. 291, 245,                      269, 197
-  County Agriculturist--Plan No. 855,                                493
-  County Assessor, He Became--Plan No. 687, 780,                405, 443
-  County Assessor’s Office--Plan No. 862,                            494
-  County Auditor’s Office--Plan No. 860,                             494
-  County Clerk--Plan No. 863,                                        494
-  County Clerk, He Becomes--Plan No. 781,                            443
-  Court Clerk, How Lawyer Became--Plan No. 653,                      390
-  County Commissioner, How To Become--Plan No. 632, 685,        383, 404
-  County Commissioner, Opportunity for--Plan No. 851,                492
-  County Engineer--Plan No. 872,                                     495
-  County Infirmary--Plan No. 870,                                    494
-  County Prosecuting Attorney--Plan No. 865,                         494
-  County Sheriff--Plan No. 864,                                      494
-  County Treasurer’s Office--Plan No. 861,                           494
-  County Weekly Runs Manufacturing Page--Plan No. 465,               329
-  Coupon Idea--Plan No. 310,                                         275
-  Coupons to Aid Sales--Plan No. 52,                                  29
-  Coupons Used in Sales--Plan No. 52, 311,                       29, 275
-  Counsel--Plan No. 1181,                                            773
-  Counsel for Other Lawyer Becomes--Plan No. 654,                    391
-  Counselor for Clothes (Women)--Plan No. 147,                        75
-  Country Paper Advertising--Plan No. 66,                             36
-  Covers for Rolling Pin--Plan No. 691,                              406
-  Cow Provides Music Lessons for Girl--Plan No. 730,                 422
-  Cow Tester--Plan No. 719,                                          416
-  Cows Bring Return of $200.00 a Year--Plan No. 773,                 441
-  Cows, Good Money In--Plan No. 609,                                 377
-  Cows, Helped Him--Plan No. 774,                                    441
-  Crab Apple Jelly, Make--Plan No. 136,                               71
-  Cranberries Picked on Shares--Plan No. 178,                         88
-  Creams, Peppermints--Plan No. 330,                                 282
-  Crematory Division--Plan No. 834,                                  488
-  Crew, Water Transportation--Plan No. 1014, 1015,              604, 605
-  Crochet and Other Patterns--Plan No. 185,                           89
-  Crocheted Clothes for Dolls--Plan No. 12,                            6
-  Crop Estimate Bureau--Plan No. 898,                                500
-  Crops, Three in One Season--Plan No. 622,                          381
-  Crystalized Fruits and Nuts--Plan No. 404,                         311
-  Cucumber Culture--Plan No. 164,                                     84
-  Cucumber Citronette--Plan No. 293,                                 269
-  Cucumbers Raised Early--Plan No. 288,                              268
-  Cultivating Other People’s Back Yards--Plan No. 82,                 43
-  Currant Farm--Plan No. 123,                                         62
-  Cushions and Pillows, Make--Plan No. 254,                          219
-  Custodian of the Court House--Plan No. 857,                        493
-  Custodian of Federal Building--Plan No. 894,                       499
-  Custodian, U. S.--Plan No. 217,                                    100
-  Custom House Inspector--Plan No. 889,                              499
-  Customers for Farm Products--Plan No. 795,                         450
-  Cutters of Leather--Plan No. 1054,                                 631
-  Cutting Garments--Plan No. 1240,                                   839
-  Cut Over Lands for Farmer--Plan No. 777,                           442
-  Cutting Steel Frames and Plates, Naval Yard--Plan No. 1042,        620
-
-  D
-
-  Dancing School--Plan No. 150,                                       77
-  Dancing was Taught in Spare Time--Plan No. 400,                    310
-  Dandelion Destroyer--Plan No. 447,                                 321
-  Dandelions, Pickle--Plan No. 286,                                  268
-  Daily Records for Lawyers--Plan No. 604,                           374
-  Dairying, He Likes--Plan No. 616,                                  379
-  Dairy, One Cow--Plan No. 8,                                          4
-  Dairying on the Farm--Plan No. 1064,                               638
-  Dandelion Destroyer--Plan No. 447,                                 321
-  Deacon Makes Money out of Tax Deeds--Plan No. 639,                 387
-  Dealing in Nut Meats--Plan No. 168,                                 86
-  Decorations for Tables, Etc.--Plan No. 783,                        444
-  Demonstration Agent--Plan No. 907,                                 503
-  Dental Mechanics as a Vocation--Plan No. 1248,                     865
-  Dentist, Indian Service--Plan No. 217,                             100
-  Dentist, Opportunity--Plan No. 833,                                488
-  Department of Public Work Commissioner’s Division--Plan No. 839,   490
-  Department Store, Does Mending for--Plan No. 88,                    46
-  Designer for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                                  100
-  Designing Garments--Plan No. 1239,                                 839
-  Desk Room in City Office--Plan No. 113,                             57
-  Detective--Plan No. 837,                                           489
-  Diabetic Nurse--Plan No. 568,                                      357
-  Diabetic Garden--Plan No. 539,                                     345
-  Dictaphone, sings Songs Through--Plan No. 194,                      92
-  Dictaphone Used in Briefing--Plan No. 31,                           18
-  Dieting, Method--Plan No. 125, 126,                             62, 64
-  Dining Room in Old Street Car--Plan No. 270,                       235
-  Dinners from the Country by Parcel Post--Plan No. 121,              61
-  Directory for Alumni--Plan No. 566,                                356
-  Directory for Public School--Plan No. 564,                         355
-  Directory. Special in Patent Insight--Plan No. 422,                316
-  Disabled, Agriculture--Plan No. 1065,                              638
-  Disabled, Agriculture Key to--Plan No. 1066,                       640
-  Disabled, Agriculture, Chart--Plan No. 1068,                       643
-  Disabled, Auto Maintenance--Plan No. 1152,                         754
-  Disabled, Auto Storage Repair--Plan No. 1154,                      760
-  Disabled, Auto Tire Repair--Plan No. 1155,                         762
-  Disabled, Auto Truck Drivers--Plan No. 1156,                       764
-  Disabled, Bee Keeping--Plan No. 1235,                              803
-  Disabled, Cabinet Work--Plan No. 936,                              561
-  Disabled, Commercial Occupations--Plan No. 1082,                   658
-  Disabled, Farm Machines--Plan No. 1236,                            815
-  Disabled, Flour Milling--Plan No. 1246,                            849
-  Disabled, Government Trades--Plan No. 1244,                        840
-  Disabled in Farm Management--Plan No. 1103,                        700
-  Disabled Men, 133, Make Good--Plan No. 1100,                       683
-  Disabled Men in Machine Operating--Plan No. 932, 935,         558, 560
-  Disabled Men, Many Positions for Life Insurance Salesmen,
-  10,000--Plan No. 1095,                                             677
-  Disabled Men, Opportunities for--Plan No. 932, 933, 1002,     558, 559
-  Disabled Men Opportunity in Jewelry Trade--Plan No. 959,           578
-  Disabled Men, Opportunity in Wood Working Trade--Plan No. 933,     559
-  Disabled, Occupation In Navy Yards--Plan No. 1026,                 610
-  Disabled, Podiatry as a Vocation--Plan No. 1245,                   844
-  Disabled, Purser, Water Transportation--Plan No. 1024,             609
-  Disabled, Railroad--Plan No. 988, 1003,                       595, 600
-  Disabled, Salesmanship, Commercial--Plan No. 1089,                 669
-  Disabled, Secretarial Work, Commercial--Plan No. 1094,             675
-  Disabled, Selling, Retail--Plan No. 1086,                          666
-  Disabled, Stenography--Plan No. 1085,                              665
-  Disabled, Success of--Plan No. 1100,                               683
-  Disabled, Telegraphy--Plan No. 964,                                583
-  Disabled, Telegraphy and Wireless--Plan No. 1087,                  667
-  Disabled, Transportation--Plan No. 961,                            580
-  Disabled, Water Transportation--Plan No. 1013,                     604
-  Dish Drainer, Build and Sell--Plan No. 814,                        464
-  Dishes Rented from Tea Room--Plan No. 18,                            8
-  Distributing--Plan No. 337, 390, 460,                         283, 306
-  Distributing Circulars--Plan No. 337,                              283
-  Diversified Farming--Plan No. 770,                                 440
-  Division Supervisor for Railroad--Plan No. 968,                    588
-  Doctor, Drugless, Builds up a Practice--Plan No. 650,              388
-  Doctor Becomes Coroner--Plan No. 638,                              387
-  Doctor, Eye Specialist--Plan No. 361,                              291
-  Doctor Makes Money--Plan No. 640,                                  388
-  Doctor Opens Hospital--Plan No. 77,                                 40
-  Doctor, Opportunity In This Field--Plan No. 918,                   539
-  Doctor In Small Town Makes Surgery a Specialty--Plan No. 655,      391
-  Dog Raising--Plan No. 570,                                         359
-  Dolls for Christmas Dressed--Plan No. 226,                         163
-  Doll Clothes Crocheted--Plan No. 12,                                 6
-  Doughnuts Earns Her a Home--Plan No. 740,                          426
-  Doughnuts and Potato Chips--Plan No. 93,                            48
-  Draftsman, Electrical--Plan No. 1070,                              650
-  Draftsman, Navy Yards--Plan No. 1028,                              617
-  Draftsman, Opportunity for--Plan No. 872,                          495
-  Draftsman, Opportunity for--Plan No. 838,                          490
-  Draftsmen Obtain Work from Patent Attorney--Plan No. 784,          445
-  Drawing Room, Navy Yards--Plan No. 1026,                           610
-  Drayman on Road and Street--Plan No. 1012,                         603
-  Dress Cutting School--Plan No. 149,                                 76
-  Dress Goods, Take Orders for--Plan No. 176,                         88
-  Desk Room in City Office--Plan No. 113,                             57
-  Dresses Ready to Make--Plan No. 114,                                58
-  Dressing for Auto Top--Plan No. 352,                               288
-  Drier or Evaporator--Plan No. 827,                                 483
-  Drilling, Naval Yards--Plan No. 1043,                              621
-  Drivers for Automobile and Truck--Plan No. 1156,                   764
-  Drivers, Opportunity for--Plan No. 835,                            489
-  Druggist Makes Perfume Bags for Bath--Plan No. 208,                 97
-  Druggist’s Wife Makes Soda Fountain Pay--Plan No. 78,               41
-  Drugless Treatment for Constipation--Plan No. 153,                  78
-  Ducks and Geese Raised--Plan No. 70,                                37
-  Dusters and Oil Mops--Plan No. 321,                                278
-  Dustless Dusters--Plan No. 160,                                     82
-  Dustless, Manufacture and Sell--Plan No. 714,                      415
-
-  E
-
-  Eggs, Butter and Milk Market--Plan No. 434,                        319
-  Eggs Kept Fresh--Plan No. 217,                                     100
-  Eggs Kept Fresh for a Long Time--Plan No. 545,                     348
-  Eggs, Preserved, Good Money In--Plan No. 707, 758,            434, 413
-  Eggs Preserved by Liquid Glass--Plan No. 380,                      300
-  Eggs, Saving--Plan No. 707,                                        413
-  Eggs Sell at a High Price--Plan No. 305,                           274
-  Eggs Substitute for--Plan No. 548,                                 348
-  Eggs, Two Ways to Preserve--Plan No. 758,                          434
-  Electrical Automobile Works--Plan No. 1202,                        788
-  Electrotypes for Country Merchants--Plan No. 119,                   60
-  Electrical Armature Winders--Plan No. 1196,                        784
-  Electrical, Conduit Wiring--Plan No. 1191,                         781
-  Electrical Contracting, Armature Winding--Plan No. 1194,           783
-  Electrical Contracting and Repairing--Plan No. 1185,               779
-  Electrical Contracting, Repairing--Plan No. 1195,                  784
-  Electrical Construction, Repairing, Light and Power--Plan No.
-  1189,                                                              781
-  Electrical Construction and Repairing, Salesman--Plan No. 1194,    783
-  Electrical Construction and Repairing, Steel Wiring--Plan No.
-  1191,                                                              781
-  Electrical Construction and Repairing, Signal Wiring--Plan No.
-  1188,                                                              780
-  Electrical Construction and Repairing, Wiring Occupation--Plan
-  No. 1190,                                                          781
-  Electrical Construction and Repairing, Molding Wire--Plan No.
-  1190,                                                              781
-  Electrical Construction and Repairing, Estimators--Plan No.
-  1193,                                                              783
-  Electrical Dept. Naval Yards--Plan No. 1040,                       620
-  Electrical Employment with Utility Companies--Plan No. 1203,       789
-  Electrical Engineers, Opportunities for--Plan No. 838,             490
-  Electrical Estimator--Plan No. 1193,                               783
-  Electrical, General Repairman--Plan No. 1195,                      784
-  Electrical Installation of Wiring--Plan No. 1187,                  780
-  Electrical Inspection--Plan No. 1200,                              786
-  Electrical Light and Power Company, Accounting Dept.--Plan No.
-  1209,                                                              794
-  Electric Light and Power Companies, Meter Dept.--Plan No. 1206,    792
-  Electric Light and Power Companies, Engineering Dept.--Plan No.
-  1208,                                                              793
-  Electrical Light and Power Companies Sales Dept.--Plan No. 1207,   793
-  Electrical Light and Power Wiring--Plan No. 1191,                  781
-  Electric Light and Power Companies--Plan No. 1204,                 791
-  Electric Line Construction--Plan No. 1205,                         792
-  Electrical Maintenance--Plan No. 1197,                             785
-  Electrical Maintenance, Qualification of Plant--Plan No. 1198,     785
-  Electrical Manufacturing, Apprenticeship Training--Plan No. 1079,  656
-  Electrical Manufacturing, Assembling--Plan No. 1076,               655
-  Electrical Manufacturing, Coil Placing and Connecting--Plan No.
-  1075,                                                              654
-  Electrical Manufacturing, Coil Impregnating and Painting--Plan
-  No. 1074,                                                          653
-  Electrical Manufacturing, Coil Taping--Plan No. 1072,              653
-  Electrical Manufacturing, Coil Winding and Taping--Plan No.
-  1071,                                                              652
-  Electrical Manufacturing, Employment for Blind--Plan No. 1073,     653
-  Electrical Manufacturing, Engineering and Drafting--Plan No.
-  1070,                                                              650
-  Electrical Manufacturing Industries, Occupation In--Plan No.
-  1069,                                                              648
-  Electrical Manufacturing, Inspection and Repair--Plan No. 1077,    655
-  Electrical Manufacturing, Testing,--Plan No. 1078,                 656
-  Electrical Manufacturing, Testing Generators and Other
-  Devices--Plan No. 1081,                                            657
-  Electrical Manufacturing, Testing Motors--Plan No. 1080,           657
-  Electrical Molding, Wiring--Plan No. 1190,                         781
-  Electrical Owners--Plan No. 1186,                                  780
-  Electrical, Promotions--Plan No. 1199,                             786
-  Electrical Qualifications--Plan No. 1198,                          785
-  Electrical Railway, Armature Repairing--Plan No. 1211,             795
-  Electrical Railway, Car Inspection--Plan No. 1213,                 796
-  Electrical Railway, Foreman--Plan No. 1216,                        797
-  Electrical Railway, Instruction Dept.--Plan No. 1215,              797
-  Electrical Railway Line Dept.--Plan No. 1217,                      798
-  Electrical Railway Motorman--Plan No. 1005,                        600
-  Electrical Railway, Other Occupations--Plan No. 1007,              601
-  Electric Railways, Oxy-Acetylene Work--Plan No. 1141,              737
-  Electric Railways, Opportunity--Plan No. 1004,                     600
-  Electric Railway Conductor--Plan No. 1006,                         601
-  Electric Railway Foreman, Electrical, Line Dept--Plan No. 1217,    798
-  Electrical Railway Shop Wiring--Plan No. 1212,                     796
-  Electrical Railway Systems--Plan No. 1210,                         794
-  Electrical Railway, Transportation Dept. and Instruction--Plan
-  No. 1214, 1215,                                               796, 797
-  Electrical Salesman--Plan No. 1194,                                783
-  Electrical Steam Railroads--Plan No. 1233,                         802
-  Electrical, Telephone Companies--Plan No. 1218,                    798
-  Electrical Wiring as an Occupation--Plan No. 1192,                 782
-  Electrical Work in Storage Battery and Service Stations--Plan
-  No. 1201,                                                          787
-  Electrician--Plan No. 835,                                         489
-  Electrician in Shop Work of Railroad--Plan No. 985,                595
-  Electrotypes Sold to Country Merchant--Plan No. 119,                60
-  Elevator Boy Becomes Engineer--Plan No. 744,                       427
-  Elevator Operators--Plan No. 831,                                  488
-  Elevator Man--Plan No. 837,                                        489
-  Elocution Teacher Pays His Way Through College--Plan No. 588,      368
-  Embroidery Taught--Plan No. 67,                                     36
-  Employer from Shipping Clerk--Plan No. 521,                        340
-  Employment with Electrical Utility Companies--Plan No. 1203,       789
-  Employment Management--Plan No. 914,                               522
-  Employment Office for Government--Plan No. 902,                    501
-  Employment Opportunities in Commercial Work Common--Plan No.
-  1093,                                                              674
-  Employees, Opportunity for--Plan No. 865,                          494
-  Enamel Stove Polish--Plan No. 502,                                 337
-  Endive Plant and Pickle--Plan No. 287,                             268
-  Engineer--Plan No. 834,                                            488
-  Engineer Chief and Assistant on Ship--Plan No. 1020,               606
-  Engineer Chief, Water Transportation--Plan No. 1020,               606
-  Engineer Can Get Work from Patent Attorney--Plan No. 784,          445
-  Engineer, Concrete Work--Plan No. 1170,                            770
-  Engineer for Railroad--Plan No. 992,                               597
-  Engineer, Hydraulic from Clerk--Plan No. 83,                        44
-  Engineer, Made from Elevator Boy--Plan No. 744,                    427
-  Engineer, Opportunity--Plan No. 840,                               490
-  Engineer, Opportunity for--Plan No. 872,                           495
-  Engineer, Safety and Fire Protection--Plan No. 916,                535
-  Engineer, Testing for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                         100
-  Engineer, Train Work on Railroad--Plan No. 991,                    597
-  Engineers, Opportunity for--Plan No. 857,                          493
-  Engineers, Opportunity for--Plan No. 838,                          490
-  Engineers for Road Construction Work--Plan No. 1170,               770
-  Engineering Dept., Light and Power Companies, Electrical--Plan
-  No. 1204,                                                          791
-  Engineering Dept., Telephone Companies--Plan No. 1218,             798
-  Engineering and Drafting, Electrical--Plan No. 1070,               650
-  Engineering, Fire Protection--Plan No. 918,                        539
-  Engineering, Safety--Plan No. 917,                                 536
-  Engineers, Opportunity for--Plan No. 838,                          490
-  Engineers, Opportunity for--Plan No. 872,                          495
-  Entertains Children--Plan No. 667,                                 397
-  Equipment on, Telephone Companies--Plan No. 1226,                  800
-  Erectors and Assemblers In Metal Trade--Plan No. 925,              550
-  Estimators, Electrical--Plan No. 1193,                             783
-  Etiquette and Dancing School--Plan No. 150,                         77
-  Exchange Mart--Plan No. 192,                                        91
-  Exchange Parcel Post--Plan No. 389,                                305
-  Exchange for Women--Plan No. 151,                                   77
-  Experiment Stations--Plan No. 941,                                 568
-  Extracts, Takes Orders for--Plan No. 177,                           88
-  Eye Specialist, Optometry--Plan No. 926,                           551
-  Eye Specialist--Plan No. 361,                                      291
-
-  F
-
-  Face Cream, Carbolic--Plan No. 146,                                 75
-  Factory Hand Becomes Farmer--Plan No. 725,                         419
-  Factory Workers in Sheet Metal--Plan No. 922,                      547
-  Factory Workers Receive Lunches--Plan No. 122,                      61
-  Farm and Law--Plan No. 467,                                        330
-  Farm Bee-Keeping--Plan No. 1063,                                   637
-  Farm, Block for Tables--Plan No. 815,                              465
-  Farm, Build Broad Roaster and Sponge Box--Plan No. 813,            463
-  Farm, Butter, Yellow--Plan No. 494,                                335
-  Farm, Butter Making Equipment--Plan No. 821,                       473
-  Farm, Capons and Caponizing--Plan No. 240,                         184
-  Farm, Cheese Making Equipment--Plan No. 822,                       474
-  Farm Children Can Go to High School--Plan No. 829,                 486
-  Farm, Cleaning Closet--Plan No. 828,                               485
-  Farm, Coal Box, Build and Sell--Plan No. 820,                      472
-  Farm, Conveniences, Build and Sell--Plan No. 810,                  458
-  Farm, Cured of the Cramps--Plan No. 789,                           448
-  Farm Dairying--Plan No. 1064,                                      638
-  Farm Demand for Labor--Plan No. 1067,                              642
-  Farm, Disabilities--Plan No. 1066,                                 640
-  Farm, Dish Drainer, Make and Sell--Plan No. 814,                   464
-  Farm, Drier and Evaporator--Plan No. 827,                          483
-  Farm, 8¹⁄₂; Acres--Plan No. 21,                                     11
-  Farm, Fireless Cooker, Build--Plan No. 812,                        460
-  Farm, Folding Ironing Board, Build and Sell--Plan No. 817,         467
-  Farm, Guinea Fowl, How to Raise--Plan No. 256,                     219
-  Farm Home Conveniences, Build and Sell--Plan No. 810,              458
-  Farm Horticulture--Plan No. 1062,                                  637
-  Farm, Iceless Refrigerator, Build and Sell--Plan No. 817,          467
-  Farm Kitchen Cabinet, Build--Plan No. 811,                         458
-  Farm Kitchen, Water Works for--Plan No. 824,                       477
-  Farm Lands and Country Weekly Makes a Success--Plan No. 603,       373
-  Farm Labor, Demand for--Plan No. 1067,                             642
-  Farm Made Up of City Lots--Plan No. 5,                               3
-  Farm Makes $600.00 per Year--Plan No. 28,                           16
-  Farm Management as a Profession--Plan No. 1103,                    700
-  Farm Management of U. S.--Plan No. 906,                            502
-  Farm Mechanics and Vocation--Plan No. 1236,                        815
-  Farm, One Cow Dairy--Plan No. 8,                                     4
-  Farm, Other Farm Specialties and Trades--Plan No. 1065,            638
-  Farm, Eight and One Half Acres Makes $5000 a Year--Plan No. 21,     11
-  Farm of One Half Acre of Ground in Cucumbers--Plan No. 293,        269
-  Farm Ownership Possible--Plan No. 1061,                            636
-  Farm Products Advertised--Plan No. 908,                            503
-  Farm, Rack and Portable Ironing Board--Plan No. 818,               469
-  Farm, Rentals, System--Plan No. 808,                               457
-  Farm Run by a Lawyer--Plan No. 674,                                400
-  Farm, Serving Trays, Build and Sell--Plan No. 816,                 465
-  Farm, Shower Bath for--Plan No. 823,                               475
-  Farm, Fly Traps for--Plan No. 825,                                 481
-  Farm Traded by Lawyer--Plan No. 543,                               347
-  Farm, Traveling Man Makes Orchard Pay--Plan No. 806,               455
-  Farm Woman Cans for City People--Plan No. 264,                     232
-  Farm Specialties--Plan No. 1065,                                   638
-  Farm Woman Makes Apple-butter--Plan No. 419,                       315
-  Farm, Window Screens--Plan No. 826,                                483
-  Farm Woman Becomes Ambitious--Plan No. 737,                        424
-  Farm Woman Handles Desiccated Vegetables--Plan No. 237,            165
-  Farm Woman Gas Hot-Bed for Plants--Plan No. 433,                   319
-  Farm Woman Makes Money Out of Barn--Plan No. 28,                    16
-  Farm Woman Markets Fruit--Plan No. 271,                            235
-  Farmer--Plan No. 607,                                              376
-  Farmer Believes In Diversified Farming--Plan No. 770,              440
-  Farmer Believes that Alfalfa is Better Than Wheat--Plan No.
-  626,                                                               382
-  Farmer Boy Believes it Wise to Learn by Experience--Plan No.
-  751,                                                               431
-  Farmer Boy Goes to City, Sells Buttermilk--Plan No. 355,           289
-  Farmer Boy Makes $385.00 In Short Time from One Sow--Plan No.
-  757,                                                               433
-  Farmer Boy Makes Good Money from Calves--Plan No. 755,             432
-  Farmer Boy Makes Profit from One Ewe--Plan No. 756,                432
-  Farmer Boy Makes Profit on One Pig--Plan No. 726,                  420
-  Farmer Boy Profits from One Pig--Plan No. 696,                     408
-  Farmer Boy Sells Buttermilk--Plan No. 355,                         289
-  Farmer Boy Starts on Road to Success with Poultry--Plan No. 754,   431
-  Farmer Boys In Texas Make Money from Calves--Plan No. 729,         422
-  Farmer Climbs with Goats--Plan No. 805,                            454
-  Farmer Cans His Product--Plan No. 264, 558,                        352
-  Farmer Feeds All They Grow--Plan No. 761,                          436
-  Farmer Finds Hogs Profitable--Plan No. 629,                        383
-  Farmer Girl in Utah Accomplishes Wonders--Plan No. 727,            420
-  Farmer Girl Makes $98.00 From Nine Hatches--Plan No. 721,          417
-  Farmer Girl Makes Cow Provide for Her Music Lessons--Plan No.
-  730,                                                               422
-  Farmer Girls and Boys Make Money on Raising Bees--Plan No. 724,    419
-  Farmer Girl’s Work and Results--Plan No. 322,                      278
-  Farmer Goes to Farm on Cut-Over Land--Plan No. 777,                442
-  Farmer Has Corn In Winter--Plan No. 516,                           339
-  Farmer Has Remarkable Yield from Twenty-three Acres--Plan No.
-  613,                                                               378
-  Farmer Has to Get Customers--Plan No. 795,                         450
-  Farmer in the West, Experience--Plan No. 772,                      440
-  Farmer Increases Size of Fruit and Vegetables--Plan No. 547,       348
-  Farmer in the West Makes a Success of Poultry Before the
-  War--Plan No. 611,                                                 377
-  Farmer in the West Makes Money on Cows--Plan No. 773,              441
-  Farmer Keeps Hogs--Plan No. 171,                                    87
-  Farmer Likes Dairying--Plan No. 616,                               379
-  Farmer Likes Hogs and Sheep--Plan No. 608,                         376
-  Farmer Likes Stock--Plan No. 617,                                  379
-  Farmer Likes the West--Plan No. 628, 762,                     382, 436
-  Farmer Likes to Live in the West--Plan No. 763,                    437
-  Farmer, Liquid Glass--Plan No. 380,                                300
-  Farmer Lives Near College--Plan No. 776,                           442
-  Farmer Makes $1,000 from Poultry in One Year--Plan No. 619,        379
-  Farmer Makes $4,800 per Year--Plan No. 68,                          36
-  Farmer Makes Cottage Cheese--Plan No. 291, 245,               269, 197
-  Farmer Makes Good Profits on 130 Acres of Wheat--Plan No. 621,     380
-  Farmer Makes Good Profits on Wool--Plan No. 775,                   441
-  Farmer Makes Good Yield on Wheat and Oats--Plan No. 618,           379
-  Farmer Makes Harness Dressing--Plan No. 48,                         27
-  Farmer Makes Hogs Fat--Plan No. 549,                               349
-  Farmer Makes Improved Milk Stool--Plan No. 760,                    435
-  Farmer Makes Money From 3 Acres of Land--Plan No. 54,               30
-  Farmer Makes Old Barn Pay--Plan No. 28,                             16
-  Farmer Made Out of a Factory Hand--Plan No. 725,                   419
-  Farmer Made Orchard and Garden Pay--Plan No. 127A,                  68
-  Farmer Makes Profit Out of Cattle--Plan No. 768,                   439
-  Farmer Makes Pullets Pay--Plan No. 282,                            267
-  Farmer Makes Sheep Pay--Plan No. 615,                              379
-  Farmer Makes Success of Cattle in the West--Plan No. 617,          379
-  Farmer Markets by Parcel Post--Plan No. 246,                       209
-  Farmer, On 23 Acres--Plan No. 613,                                 378
-  Farmer Pastures Alfalfa--Plan No. 624,                             382
-  Farmer Preserves Fruit and Jells--Plan No. 581,                    364
-  Farmer Protected Against Fraudulent Court Action--Plan No. 759,    434
-  Farmer, Protection Against Fraud and Wild Cat Investments,
-                                                           Front of Book
-  Farmer Profits in Horseradish, Dandelions and Cucumbers--Plan
-  No. 284, 286, 288,                                            268, 269
-  Farmer Raises Beef Cattle, Money Velvet--Plan No. 623,             381
-  Farmer Raises Calves--Plan No. 68,                                  36
-  Farmer Raises Cows--Plan No. 609, 623, 773, 774,         377, 381, 441
-  Farmer Raises Currants--Plan No. 123,                               62
-  Farmer Raises Ducks and Geese--Plan No. 70,                         37
-  Farmer Raised Geese--Plan No. 262, 525,                       231, 341
-  Farmer Raises Hogs--Plan No. 610, 629, 696                         383
-  Farmer Raises Hogs as Side Line--Plan No. 769, 607, 610,
-                                                           440, 376, 377
-  Farmer Raises Lettuce--Plan No. 64,                                 35
-  Farmer Raises Potted Plants--Plan No. 261,                         231
-  Farmer Raises Sheep--Plan No. 612, 154, 615,                   79, 379
-  Farmer Raises Sweet Potato Slips--Plan No. 117,                     59
-  Farmer Raises Three Crops in One Season--Plan No. 622,             381
-  Farmer Raises Wheat--Plan No. 618, 621,                       379, 380
-  Farmer Runs Parcel Post Exchange--Plan No. 389,                    305
-  Farmer Saves $100 a Month for 40 Years--Plan No. 700,              409
-  Farmer Sells Ice Cream--Plan No. 328,                              281
-  Farmer Sells Apples by Parcel Post--Plan No. 364,                  293
-  Farmer Sells Roasting Ears In Winter--Plan No. 516,                339
-  Farmer Sells Vegetables by Parcel Post--Plan No. 54,                30
-  Farmer, Sells Books to--Plan No. 306,                              274
-  Farmer Spends One Dollar and Makes $2.20 on Each Sheep--Plan
-  No. 796,                                                           451
-  Farmer Succeeds in Mining Dist.--Plan No. 374,                     298
-  Farmer Supports Family by Home Canning--Plan No. 720,              417
-  Farmer Takes Care of Orchard--Plan No. 802,                        453
-  Farmer Tries to Feed All He Grows--Plan No. 761,                   436
-  Farmer Uses Other People’s Farms--Plan No. 693,                    407
-  Farmer Uses Parcel Post--Plan No. 580,                             363
-  Farmer, What He Did with Beef Cattle--Plan No. 630,                383
-  Farmer, What He Did With His Land--Plan No. 771,                   440
-  Farmer, What He Should Know--Plan No. 1068,                        643
-  Farmer Wins Success--Plan No. 788,                                 447
-  Farmer With Ten Acres--Plan No. 767,                               439
-  Farmer Woman In the Mountains Keeps Children in School--Plan
-  No. 722,                                                           418
-  Farmer Woman, Money Making Plan--Plan No. 184, 737,            89, 424
-  Farmer Woman’s Way of Making Money--Plan No. 172,                   88
-  Farmer’s Alfalfa Brings Good Returns--Plan No. 625,                382
-  Farmers, Blue Prints of Furniture Sold to--Plan No. 738,           425
-  Farmer’s Supply Bureau--Plan No. 55,                                31
-  Farmers Use Surplus of Apples--Plan No. 304,                       273
-  Farmer’s Way To Get Customers by Direct Selling--Plan No. 795,     450
-  Farmer’s Wife Cans Fruit and Vegetables--Plan No. 210,              98
-  Farmer’s Wife Cans Vegetables--Plan No. 294,                       270
-  Farmer’s Wife Keeps Eggs Fresh--Plan No. 217,                      100
-  Farmer’s Wife Looks After Bees--Plan No. 214,                       99
-  Farmer’s Wife Makes $1.14 An Hour on Poultry--Plan No. 748,        429
-  Farmer’s Wife Makes Jams and Jellies--Plan No. 436,                320
-  Farmer’s Wife Markets Eggs, Butter and Milk--Plan No. 434,         319
-  Farmer’s Wife Pickles Peaches and Pears--Plan No. 128, 129, 130,
-  131, 132,                                                       69, 70
-  Farmer’s Wife Raises Chickens--Plan No. 435,                       319
-  Farmer’s Wife Sells Citronette Cucumbers--Plan No. 293,            269
-  Farmer’s Wife Sells Pure Country Tomato Sauce--Plan No. 441,       321
-  Farming, Experiment Station--Plan No. 941, 942,                    568
-  Farming, Extension Service--Plan No. 943,                          570
-  Farming for Divorced Women--Plan No. 736,                          424
-  Farming, General--Plan No. 1060,                                   635
-  Farming, Technical--Plan No. 938, 939, 940,                   563, 566
-  Farms, Irrigated, Profits From--Plan No. 766,                      439
-  Farms, Sell Ice Cream and Bananas to--Plan No. 328,                281
-  Farms, Too Large--Plan No. 727,                                    420
-  Father Learns a New Trick--Plan No. 704,                           412
-  Feather Comforters, Made--Plan No. 448,                            322
-  Federal Employment Office--Plan No. 902,                           501
-  Fee Makes Good Money--Plan No. 420,                                315
-  Ferns Put in Beautiful Baskets--Plan No. 1,                          1
-  Fig Paste--Plan No. 333,                                           282
-  Finishers for Concrete--Plan No. 1165,                             769
-  Finishing in Wood Working Trades--Plan No. 937,                    562
-  Finishing, Spotting, Retouching, Mounting and Etching--Plan No.
-  948,                                                               574
-  Fire Kindler--Plan No. 517,                                        339
-  Fire Proof, Make Clothing--Plan No. 281,                           267
-  Fire Protection Engineering--Plan No. 916, 918,               535, 539
-  Fireless Cooker, Build--Plan No. 812,                              460
-  Fireless Cooker, Home Made--Plan No. 216,                           99
-  Fireman, Opportunity--Plan No. 836,                                489
-  Fireman, Railroad--Plan No. 993,                                   598
-  Fish, Raise--Plan No. 398,                                         310
-  Flag Roots Preserved--Plan No. 181,                                 89
-  Flags Sold by Mail--Plan No. 110,                                   56
-  Flies Fumigation--Plan No. 503,                                    337
-  Flour Milling--Plan No. 1246,                                      849
-  Flower and Garden Seed--Plan No. 213,                               99
-  Flower Bed Operators--Plan No. 141,                                 73
-  Flower-Bed Keep--Plan No. 429,                                     318
-  Fly Paper, Advertise on--Plan No. 363,                             292
-  Fly Trap--Plan No. 825,                                            481
-  Folding Ironing Board--Plan No. 717,                               416
-  Foot Powder Sold by Girl--Plan No. 535,                            344
-  Foreign Trade, Commercial Work--Plan No. 1092,                     673
-  Foreman, Electrical Railway--Plan No. 1216,                        797
-  Foreman for Concrete Construction--Plan No. 1164,                  768
-  Foreman for Concrete Road Construction--Plan No. 1177, 1173,  770, 771
-  Foreman on Road and Street--Plan No. 1011,                         603
-  Foreman Train Work on Railroads--Plan No. 991,                     597
-  Forestry Dept.--Plan No. 907,                                      503
-  Forestry Work--Plan No. 1150,                                      740
-  Form Builder, Concrete Construction--Plan No. 1167,                769
-  Form Setter for Concrete Roads--Plan No. 1175,                     771
-  Foul Air Removed from Wells--Plan No. 495,                         335
-  Foundry, Oxy-Acetylene Work--Plan No. 1148,                        739
-  Foundry, Naval Yards--Plan No. 1036,                               619
-  Fox Skins, Silver--Plan No. 411,                                   313
-  Frames, Knock Down--Plan No. 387,                                  304
-  Framing for Pictures--Plan No. 350,                                287
-  Fraudulent Schemes and Wild Cat Investments Protection,  Front of Book
-  Fraudulent Court Actions, Protection--Plan No. 759,                434
-  Free Moving Pictures for Children--Plan No. 111,                    57
-  Freight Brakeman for Railroad--Plan No. 994,                       598
-  Fresh Roasted Coffee--Plan No. 74,                                  39
-  Fruit and Jellies Preserved--Plan No. 581,                         364
-  Fruit and Shade Trees Spray--Plan No. 24,                           13
-  Fruit and Water for Golf Players--Plan No. 794,                    450
-  Fruit Cake Baking--Plan No. 29,                                     16
-  Fruit Lands Irrigated--Plan No. 764,                               437
-  Fruits and Nuts Crystalized--Plan No. 404,                         311
-  Fruits and Vegetables Increased Size--Plan No. 547,                348
-  Fruits Preserved and Marketed--Plan No. 271,                       235
-  Fruits, Surplus Use--Plan No. 304, 364,                       273, 293
-  Furniture Blocks--Plan No. 815,                                    465
-  Furniture, Blue Prints of, Sold to Farmers--Plan No. 738,          425
-  Furniture, Club Plan--Plan No. 357,                                290
-  Furniture Polish, Make and Sell--Plan No. 520,                     340
-  Furniture Repairer and Refinisher Method--Plan No. 523,            341
-  Furniture Upholstered and Repaired--Plan No. 532,                  344
-
-  G
-
-  Galvanized Shop, Naval Yards--Plan No. 1039,                       620
-  Garage Division--Plan No. 842,                                     491
-  Garden for Medical Products--Plan No. 313, 409,               313, 276
-  Garden Management--Plan No. 266,                                   233
-  Garden of Boy--Plan No. 703,                                       412
-  Garden Paths, Wealth from--Plan No. 765,                           438
-  Garden Products--Plan No. 21, 790,             11, 449
-  Garden Raised 31 Kinds of Vegetables--Plan No. 705,                412
-  Garden Raised Rhubarb--Plan No. 317,                               277
-  Garden, Paid--Plan No. 703,                                        412
-  Garden Work by Girl Nearly Blind--Plan No. 706,                    413
-  Garden Work, Party Earns $0.80 an Hour--Plan No. 750,              430
-  Gardener Learns New Trick--Plan No. 704,                           412
-  Gardener, Opportunity for--Plan No. 620, 622, 860,       493, 380, 381
-  Gardens, Boss Other People’s--Plan No. 266,                        233
-  Gardens in City--Plan No. 583, 280, 705,                      238, 412
-  Gardens for Diabetics--Plan No. 539,                               345
-  Garment Trades as a Vocation--Plan No. 1238,                       836
-  Gas Mantles Made to Pay--Plan No. 450,                             322
-  Gather Old Magazines and Sell--Plan No. 432,                       319
-  Geese on the Farm, Raised--Plan No. 525,                           341
-  Geese, Money Made From--Plan No. 262, 525,                    232, 341
-  Geese, Raised--Plan No. 70,                                         37
-  General Farming--Plan No. 1060,                                    635
-  Gift Shop Opens--Plan No. 51,                                       28
-  Gingham Shop Started--Plan No. 11,                                   5
-  Girl at College Makes Spats--Plan No. 15,                            7
-  Girl Does Typewriting at Home--Plan No. 41,                         24
-  Girl from Country Earns Way Through High School--Plan No. 733,     423
-  Girl Handles Starch Enamel--Plan No. 538,                          345
-  Girl in Country Works--Plan No. 322,                               278
-  Girl Makes $1 a Day at Golf--Plan No. 794,                         450
-  Girl Makes $98.00 from Nine Hatches--Plan No. 721,                 417
-  Girl Makes Success of Garden--Plan No. 704,                        412
-  Girl Makes Success in Poultry Raising--Plan No. 723,               418
-  Girl Makes Syrup--Plan No. 697,                                    408
-  Girl Makes Table Favors and Decorations--Plan No. 783,             444
-  Girl Nearly Blind, Accomplished--Plan No. 706,                     413
-  Girl Obtains Music Lessons from Cow--Plan No. 730,                 422
-  Girl Professional Hostess--Plan No. 2,                               1
-  Girl Raises Pansies--Plan No. 414,                                 314
-  Girl Raises Sheep--Plan No. 749,                                   429
-  Girl Sells Foot Powder--Plan No. 535,                              344
-  Girl Sells Hair Dye--Plan No. 536,                                 344
-  Girl Sells Insect Powder--Plan No. 537,                            345
-  Girl Sells On Golf Course--Plan No. 794,                           450
-  Girl Typewrites for Authors--Plan No. 59,                           28
-  Girl Who Lives in Utah Accomplishes--Plan No. 727,                 420
-  Girl Wins Poultry Record in the South--Plan No. 753,               431
-  Girl Works Her Way Through College--Plan No. 67,                    36
-  Girls and Boys Make Profits in Bees--Plan No. 724,                 419
-  Girls Can Go to High School from the Farm--Plan No. 829,           486
-  Girls, Cooking School for--Plan No. 274,                           237
-  Girls for Maids--Plan No. 859,                                     493
-  Girls Herd Their Own Sheep--Plan No. 749,                          429
-  Girls Make Money in Raising Bees--Plan No. 724,                    419
-  Girls Make Spats--Plan No. 15,                                       7
-  Girls Raise Chickens in South--Plan No. 747,                       429
-  Girl’s Sewing School--Plan No. 275,                                237
-  Glass Polishing Paste--Plan No. 137,                                71
-  Gloves of Canvas, Makes--Plan No. 14,                                6
-  Goats, Climbing with--Plan No. 805,                                454
-  Gold Fish Raised--Plan No. 398,                                    310
-  Gold Working In, Jewelry Trade--Plan No. 959,                      578
-  Golf Makes $1 per Day--Plan No. 794,                               450
-  Governor, Opportunity--Plan No. 874,                               495
-  Governor, Publications, Condense--Plan No. 554,                    351
-  Grain Supervisor--Plan No. 217,                                    100
-  Grasshoppers Turn into Chicken Feed for Winter--Plan No. 59,        32
-  Grease Eradicating Tablets--Plan No. 325,                          280
-  Grease and Oil Remover--Plan No. 120,                               60
-  Grocer Makes Maple Syrup--Plan No. 145,                             74
-  Grocery Business Made a Success--Plan No. 298,                     271
-  Grocery Store $0.05 and $0.10--Plan No. 38,                         22
-  Grocery, Traveling--Plan No. 300,                                  271
-  Growing Mushrooms in Cellar--Plan No. 91,                           47
-  Guinea Fowls, How to Raise--Plan No. 256,                          219
-
-  H
-
-  Had Success with 52-Acre Orchard--Plan No. 802,                    453
-  Hair Chains Made--Plan No. 359,                                    291
-  Hair Dressers (Women), Opportunity for--Plan No. 859,              493
-  Hair Dressing As a Profession--Plan No. 138,                        71
-  Hair Dressing Done by Woman--Plan No. 224,                         146
-  Hair Dye Sold by Girl--Plan No. 536,                               344
-  Hair, Taught Care of--Plan No. 47,                                  27
-  Hair Tonic, How to Put up in Bottles--Plan No. 457,                325
-  Hand Laundry Made Pay--Plan No. 189,                                90
-  Hand Press and Amateur Printing--Plan No. 253,                     219
-  Handkerchiefs, Collars and Cuffs Make--Plan No. 186,                89
-  Handkerchiefs, Sanitary--Plan No. 388,                             305
-  Harness Maker and Saddle Maker--Plan No. 1058,                     634
-  Harness Dressing Made--Plan No. 48,                                 27
-  Hats Tailored--Plan No. 232,                                       164
-  Hay and Grain Inspector--Plan No. 899,                             501
-  Health Division Opportunities In--Plan No. 830,                    487
-  Heating and Lighting--Plan No. 857,                                493
-  Hen House Fumigation Strip--Plan No. 382,                          302
-  Hens, Fourteen, Do Well--Plan No. 614,                             378
-  Hens Made to Lay in Winter--Plan No. 59,                            32
-  Hens Made to Lay the Year Round--Plan No. 244,                     197
-  Hickory Nuts Sell--Plan No. 230,                                   164
-  High School Boy Earns Way--Plan No. 676,                           401
-  High School Country Girl Earns Way--Plan No. 733,                  423
-  High School Expenses, Way Boy Pays--Plan No. 743,                  427
-  High School, Paid His Way Through--Plan No. 744,                   427
-  History of a Church Written--Plan No. 201,                          95
-  History of College Class, Pays College Expenses--Plan No. 663,     395
-  Hogs Are Money Makers--Plan No. 610,                               377
-  Hogs as a Side Line--Plan No. 769,                                 440
-  Hogs, a Success, Boy--Plan No. 752,                                431
-  Hogs, He Found Very Profitable--Plan No. 629,                      383
-  Hogs and Sheep a Success--Plan No. 608,                            376
-  Home Built on $40 a Month--Plan No. 699,                           409
-  Home Demonstration Agent for Government--Plan No. 907,             503
-  Home Industries Boost--Plan No. 423,                               316
-  Home Industry Page--Plan No. 465,                                  329
-  Home Lunch Delivery--Plan No. 25,                                   14
-  Home Made Christmas Gifts--Plan No. 142,                            74
-  Home Made Lace--Plan No. 143,                                       74
-  Home Made Christmas Candy--Plan No. 173,                            88
-  Home Made Peanut Crisp--Plan No. 103,                               54
-  Home Photography--Plan No. 954,                                    575
-  Home Made Stick Candy--Plan No. 100,                                53
-  Home Messenger Service--Plan No. 85,                                45
-  Home Purchased--Plan No. 458,                                      326
-  Home Paid for by Doughnuts--Plan No. 740,                          426
-  Home Scenes on Calendars--Plan No. 407,                            312
-  Home Store Started--Plan No. 140,                                   73
-  Home Work That Pays--Plan No. 108,                                  55
-  Horsemen, Drivers and Pikemen--Plan No. 835,                       489
-  Horseradish Profitable--Plan No. 284,                              268
-  Horticulture on the Farm--Plan No. 1062,                           637
-  Hospital Started in Small Town--Plan No. 77,                        40
-  Hostess, Professional--Plan No. 2,                                   1
-  Hot-Beds for Plants--Plan No. 433,                                 319
-  Hotel Business Doubled--Plan No. 97,                                51
-  House Clean Outside--Plan No. 362,                                 292
-  House Cleaning and Washing Windows--Plan No. 702,                  411
-  House Numbers Supplied--Plan No. 346,                              286
-  House Repairing--Plan No. 338,                                     283
-  Household Goods--Plan No. 357,                                     290
-  Housekeeper, Opportunity--Plan No. 830,                            487
-  Houses, Built and Sold--Plan No. 301,                              272
-  Houses Made Over--Plan No. 81,                                      42
-  Huckleberry Pie, Sale of--Plan No. 273,                            236
-  Hydraulic Engineer--How He Became--Plan No. 83,                     44
-
-  I
-
-  Iceless Refrigerator--Plan No. 378,                                299
-  Iceless Refrigerator, Build and Sell--Plan No. 716, 817, 819,
-                                                           467, 415, 469
-  Ignition Service--Plan No. 1153,                                   759
-  Illustrator for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                               100
-  Immigration Officer--Plan No. 890,                                 499
-  Ink Powder--Plan No. 472, 473, 474, 475,                      331, 332
-  Ink That Stands All Tests--Plan No. 375,                           298
-  Inkless Pen--Plan No. 27,                                           15
-  Inks and Mucilage, Makes--Plan No. 190,                             90
-  Information Bureau--Plan No. 670,                                  399
-  Information Concerning City Property--Plan No. 582,                364
-  Information in City Used by Lawyer--Plan No. 735,                  424
-  Insect Powder Handled by Girl--Plan No. 537,                       345
-  Inside and Outside Work, Naval Yards--Plan No. 1049,               623
-  Inspection and Repair, Electrical Manufacturing--Plan No. 1077,    655
-  Inspection for Concrete Work--Plan No. 1157,                       765
-  Inspection, Electrical, Maintenance--Plan No. 1198,                785
-  Inspection of Automobiles--Plan No. 37,                             22
-  Inspection Repair, Electrical--Plan No. 1077, 1200,           655, 786
-  Inspector for Concrete Work--Plan No. 1171,                        770
-  Inspector for Railroads--Plan No. 986,                             595
-  Inspectors, Locomotives--Plan No. 895,                             500
-  Installation Section, Telephone Co.--Plan No. 1230,                801
-  Instructing Electrical Railway--Plan No. 1215,                     797
-  Insurance Commissioner for State--Plan No. 881,                    496
-  Insurance for Watches--Plan No. 95,                                 50
-  Insurance Law, Lawyer Specializes--Plan No. 651,                   389
-  Insurance Sale Puts Him Through College--Plan No. 597,             371
-  Internal Revenue Agent--Plan No. 891,                              499
-  Internal Revenue Collector--Plan No. 892,                          499
-  Ironing Board, Build and Sell--Plan No. 817, 818,             467, 469
-  Ironing Board, Make and Sell--Plan No. 717,                        416
-  Irrigated Farms, Profit From--Plan No. 766,                        439
-  Irrigated Fruit Lands--Plan Nos. 764, 766, 767,               437, 439
-  Isolation Hospital Nurse, Becomes--Plan No. 672,                   399
-
-  J
-
-  Jams and Jellies Made by Farmer’s Wife--Plan No. 436,              320
-  Janitors, Opportunity--Plan No. 831,                               488
-  Janitors, Opportunity for--Plan No. 858,                           493
-  Jellies Preserved--Plan No. 581,                                   364
-  Jewelry Trade, Area of Employment--Plan No. 960,                   579
-  Jewelry Trade, Opportunities--Plan No. 957,                        577
-  Jewelry Trade, Working in Gold--Plan No. 959,                      578
-  Jewelry Trade, Working in Platinum--Plan No. 958,                  577
-  Jobs, 225 in Number, Listed--Plan No. 913,                         512
-  Joiner Shop, Naval Yards--Plan No. 1034,                           619
-  Journalism, Opportunity In--Plan No. 909,                          504
-  Judge, How a Lawyer May Become--Plan No. 633,                      384
-  Judge, Federal--Plan No. 905,                                      502
-  Judges of the Superior Court--Plan No. 852,                        492
-  Judgments, Old, Looked Up--Plan No. 529,                           342
-  Judiciary Division--Plan No. 850,                                  492
-  Justice of the Peace, He Ran for--Plan No. 686,                    404
-  Justices of the Peace--Plan No. 853,                               493
-  Juvenile Court--Plan No. 867,                                      494
-
-  K
-
-  Kitchen Cabinet, Build--Plan No. 811,                              458
-  Kitchen List on Cardboard--Plan No. 279,                           237
-  Kitchen Work Eliminated--Plan No. 17,                                8
-
-  L
-
-  Labor Agent Division--Plan No. 833,                                488
-  Labor as Bench Hands in Metal Works--Plan No. 924,                 549
-  Labor as Logging--Plan No. 913,                                    512
-  Labor as Molders--Plan No. 920,                                    544
-  Labor, Great Demand for on Farm--Plan No. 1067,                    642
-  Labor in the Forest--Plan No. 1149,                                739
-  Labor in the Metal Trades--Plan No. 919,                           543
-  Labor Machine Operator in Metal Works--Plan No. 923,               547
-  Laborer as Machine Carpentering and Wood Working Trades--Plan
-  No. 928,                                                           555
-  Laborer Earns Way Through College--Plan No. 595,                   371
-  Laborers as Assemblers and Erectors In Metal Trade--Plan No.
-  925,                                                               550
-  Laborers, Factory Workers, Sheet Metal--Plan No. 922,              547
-  Laborers for Night--Plan No. 834,                                  488
-  Laborers, Opportunity for--Plan No. 838,                           489
-  Laborers, Opportunity for--Plan No. 841,                           491
-  Laborer’s Opportunity--Plan No. 843,                               491
-  Lace, Home Made--Plan No. 143,                                      74
-  Lady Makes Bath Rugs--Plan No. 72,                                  38
-  Lake Resort Run Amusements--Plan No. 745,                          428
-  Land Office for Government--Plan No. 903,                          502
-  Landscape Artist, Assists Architect--Plan No. 272,                 236
-  Landscape and Architectural Photography--Plan No. 949,             574
-  Landscape, Designer--Plan No. 217,                                 100
-  Landscape Gardener Sells Dandelion Destroyer--Plan No. 447,        321
-  Landscaping, City Lots--Plan No. 265,                              233
-  Lasting, Shoes--Plan No. 1055,                                     632
-  Laundering Lingerie--Plan No. 222,                                 145
-  Laundry Agency Helps Man at College--Plan No. 75,                   39
-  Laundry Made Pay--Plan No. 189,                                     90
-  Laundry Plan That Paid--Plan No. 689,                              405
-  Laundry, Worker--Plan No. 870,                                     494
-  Law as a Profession--Plan No. 1183,                                773
-  Law Books Paid His Way Through College--Plan No. 779,              442
-  Law, the Practice of, A Good Way to Start--Plan No. 785,           445
-  Lawn Mowed by Woman--Plan No. 5,                                     3
-  Lawn Mowers Repaired--Plan No. 26, 267,                        15, 234
-  Lawyer Attends to Business--Plan No. 369,                          295
-  Lawyer Becomes Chief Justice--Plan No. 637,                        387
-  Lawyer Becomes Court Clerk--Plan No. 653,                          390
-  Lawyer Becomes Counsel for City--Plan No. 636,                     386
-  Lawyer Becomes Counsel for Railroads--Plan No. 679,                402
-  Lawyer Becomes a Judge--Plan No. 633,                              384
-  Lawyer Becomes Lawyer’s Lawyer--Plan No. 654,                      391
-  Lawyer Became Mayor of City--Plan No. 634,                         385
-  Lawyer Became a Patent Attorney--Plan No. 786,                     446
-  Lawyer Becomes Police Judge--Plan No. 683,                         403
-  Lawyer Becomes Special Counsel for City--Plan No. 636,             386
-  Lawyer Becomes State Representative--Plan No. 682,                 403
-  Lawyer Becomes Trial Expert--Plan No. 652,                         389
-  Lawyer’s Briefs--Plan No. 156,                                      80
-  Lawyer Builds Practice on Collection--Plan No. 671,                399
-  Lawyer Farms and Practices Law--Plan No. 467,                      330
-  Lawyer Fee Turned into Good Investment--Plan No. 420,              315
-  Lawyer Gets on School Board--Plan No. 677,                         402
-  Lawyer, He Wanted to Be--Plan No. 678,                             402
-  Lawyer Keeps Records--Plan No. 604,                                374
-  Lawyer Looks Up Old Judgments--Plan No. 529,                       342
-  Lawyer Makes Municipal Law a Specialty--Plan No. 657,              392
-  Lawyer Makes a Success in a Large City--Plan No. 658,              393
-  Lawyer Makes Old Houses Over--Plan No. 81,                          42
-  Lawyer Makes Municipal Collections--Plan No. 30,                    17
-  Lawyer Occupies Highest Judicial Office in the Philippine
-  Islands--Plan No. 637,                                             387
-  Lawyer, Opportunity with U. S., for--Plan Nos. 879, 888,      496, 499
-  Lawyers, Opportunity for--Plan No. 847,                            492
-  Lawyers, Opportunity for--Plan No. 865,                            494
-  Lawyer Prepares Briefs for Lawyers--Plan No. 31,                    18
-  Lawyer Prepares Legal Forms--Plan No. 541,                         346
-  Lawyer Receives Equities for Fees--Plan No. 420,                   315
-  Lawyer Represents Extreme Political Party--Plan No. 673,           400
-  Lawyer Runs Farm--Plan No. 674,                                    400
-  Lawyer In Small Town--Plan No. 656,                                392
-  Lawyer Saves Typewriting Expense--Plan No. 605,                    375
-  Lawyer Sells Law Books--Plan No. 606,                              376
-  Lawyer Specializes on Insurance Law--Plan No. 651,                 389
-  Lawyer Trades for Eighty Acre Farm--Plan No. 543,                  347
-  Lawyer Uses Information Bureaus In City--Plan No. 735,             424
-  Lawyer Visits His Brother Attorneys--Plan No. 782,                 444
-  Lawyer, Way to Start Practice--Plan No. 785,                       445
-  Lawyer Writes for Newspaper--Plan No. 659,                         393
-  Leaders in Agricultural Work--Plan No. 943,                        571
-  Leather Industry, Other Skilled Occupations--Plan No. 1051,        627
-  Leather Making Trades. Operators Who Sew Together Different
-  Parts of Shoes--Plan No. 1053,                                     630
-  Leather Trades, Skillful Cutters--Plan No. 1054,                   631
-  Leather Trade, Shoe Lasting--Plan No. 1055,                        632
-  Leather Trade, Shoe Making--Plan No. 1051,                         628
-  Leather Trade Workers--Plan No. 1052,                              630
-  Leather Working Trades of Different Kinds--Plan No. 1057,          634
-  Lectures Prepared and Sold at College--Plan No. 584,               367
-  Legal Division--Plan No. 847,                                      492
-  Legal Forms Prepared by Lawyer--Plan No. 541,                      346
-  Lemonade Stand Run by Boy--Plan No. 480,                           333
-  Lettering Compound--Plan No. 218,                                  121
-  Letters Written for Business Men--Plan No. 9,                        4
-  Lettuce Growing, $100,000 per Annum--Plan No. 64,                   35
-  Library Circulating Music--Plan No. 386,                           304
-  Library for Magazines--Plan No. 157,                                81
-  Libraries Circulating in Small Town--Plan No. 259,                 230
-  Lieutenant Governor--Plan No. 875,                                 495
-  Life Insurance Salesmanship--Plan No. 1095,                        677
-  Light and Power Company, Electrical--Plan No. 1204,                791
-  Lime Sold by Mail--Plan No. 383,                                   302
-  Line Dept., Electrical Railway--Plan No. 1217,                     798
-  Line and Instrument Repair Man--Plan No. 1227,                     801
-  Line Construction, Light, and Power Companies--Plan No. 1205,      792
-  Lingerie Laundering by Woman--Plan No. 222,                        145
-  Liquid Glass--Plan No. 380,                                        300
-  List of Names for Advertisers--Plan No. 36,                         21
-  List of Names, Sell--Plan No. 61,                                   34
-  List for the Kitchen on Card Board--Plan No. 279,                  237
-  Local Views for Calendar--Plan No. 252,                            218
-  Locomotive Inspector--Plan No. 895,                                500
-  Logging, Possibilities in--Plan No. 910, 913,                 509, 512
-  Long Distance Phone Gets Business for Newspaper--Plan No. 360,     291
-  Lookout, Ocean Transportation--Plan No. 1023,                      609
-  Lot, Back of, Money From--Plan No. 790,                            449
-  Lots Kept Clean--Plan No. 5,                                         3
-  Lumber Industry,                                                   509
-  Lunch, Chafing Annex--Plan No. 403,                                311
-  Lunch Club Starts--Plan No. 169,                                    86
-  Lunch Delivery from Home--Plan No. 25,                              14
-  Lunch, Hot Soup for Business Girls--Plan No. 302,                  272
-  Lunch, A Novel Way--Plan No. 269,                                  234
-  Lunches for Factory Workers--Plan No. 122,                          61
-  Lunches Hot for Business Girls--Plan No. 302,                      272
-  Lunches, Put Out, Small Ones--Plan No. 268,                        234
-  Luncheons for School Children--Plan No. 236,                       165
-  Luncheons for Shoppers--Plan No. 466,                              329
-  Lunch Room in Old Street Car--Plan No. 270,                        235
-
-  M
-
-  Machine Carpentering In Factory, Wood Working Trade--Plan No.
-  928,                                                               555
-  Machine Shop, Navy Yards--Plan No. 1030,                           617
-  Machine Operators for Concrete Production--Plan No. 1178,          771
-  Machine Operating in Wood Working Trade--Plan No. 934,             559
-  Machinist in Metal Trade--Plan No. 923,                            547
-  Machinist, Shop Work on Railroad--Plan No. 981,                    593
-  Made and Sold Shoes--Plan No. 456,                                 325
-  Made $40 a Month and Built Home--Plan No. 699,                     409
-  Making Cozy Corners--Plan No. 155,                                  79
-  Making Old House Over--Plan No. 81,                                 42
-  Making Orchard and Garden Pay--Plan No. 127A,                       68
-  Magazines, Circulating Library--Plan No. 157,                       81
-  Magazines Collected By Boy--Plan No. 482,                          333
-  Magazines, Old Numbers, Gather and Sell--Plan No. 432,             319
-  Magazines, Pictorial--Plan No. 575,                                362
-  Magazine Subscription Agency--Plan No. 195,                         92
-  Magazine Subscription Agent, Run by Mail--Plan No. 348,            286
-  Mailing Bureau--Plan No. 278,                                      237
-  Mail Carriers--Plan No. 217,                                       100
-  Mall Order Selling--Plan No. 452, 572,                        350, 360
-  Memorials, Way to Sell--Plan No. 260,                              231
-  Man Disabled, 5000 Positions, In Life Insurance Salesmanship--
-  Plan No. 1096,                                                     679
-  Man Gets Out Political Manual--Plan No. 22,                         12
-  Man, Protection Against Fraudulent Schemes and Wild Cat
-  Investments--                                            Front of Book
-  Man Sells to School Pencil Sharpening Machine--Plan No. 20,         10
-  Man Sells Wife’s Baking--Plan No. 19,                                9
-  Man Shopper--Plan No. 62,                                           34
-  Man Starts Children’s Five Cent Play Ground--Plan No. 16,            7
-  Man Writes Business Letters--Plan No. 9,                             4
-  Manager for Concrete Production--Plan No. 1176,                    771
-  Manager for Taxicab Co--Plan No. 1010,                             602
-  Manager for Transportation on Road and Streets--Plan No. 1010,
-  977,                                                          602, 591
-  Management of City Gardens--Plan No. 266,                          233
-  Management of Employment--Plan No. 914,                            522
-  Management of Social Functions--Plan No. 43,                        25
-  Manicuring in a Small Town--Plan No. 223,                          145
-  Manuscripts Revised--Plan No. 563,                                 354
-  Manuscript Written by Stenographer--Plan No. 50,                    28
-  Manufacturing of Other Articles in Wood Working Trade--Plan No.
-  931,                                                               557
-  Manufacturing Page, Advertising for Newspaper--Plan No. 675,       401
-  Maple Cream Candy--Plan No. 102,                                    53
-  Maple Syrup, Artificial--Plan No. 145,                              74
-  Market, Bureau of--Plan No. 898,                                   500
-  Market, Fruit--Plan No. 271,                                       235
-  Market Improved by Woman--Plan No. 314,                            276
-  Marketing by Parcel Post--Plan No. 246, 434,                  209, 319
-  Marketing, Surplus--Plan No. 463,                                  328
-  Marketing, Preparation--Plan No. 167,                               85
-  Marketing Eggs, Parcel Post--Plan No. 225,                         146
-  Marshal for U. S.--Plan No. 887,                                   499
-  Massage Cream, Selling Plan--Plan No. 461,                         327
-  Master of Ship--Plan No. 1016,                                     605
-  Mate, Chief--Plan No. 1017,                                        606
-  Mate, Second on Ship--Plan No. 101,                                606
-  Mayor, Secretary to--Plan No. 631,                                 383
-  Meat Inspector--Plan No. 830,                                      487
-  Machine Operator, Cement--Plan No. 1178,                           771
-  Mechanics--Plan No. 834,                                           488
-  Mechanic’s Opportunity--Plan No. 843,                              491
-  Mechanics, Opportunity for--Plan No. 841, 981, 982,      491, 593, 594
-  Mechanics, Opportunity for--Plan No. 838,                          489
-  Mechanical Dept. Electrical Railway--Plan No. 1211,                795
-  Medical Garden--Plan No. 409,                                      313
-  Medical Vegetable Garden--Plan No. 313,                            276
-  Medicine, the Practice of, Opportunity--Plan No. 915,              531
-  Memorials, New Way to Sell--Plan No. 260,                          231
-  Memory, How to Increase--Plan No. 573,                             360
-  Men Teachers Needed--Plan No. 1102,                                693
-  Men’s Apparel, Advisor--Plan No. 556,                              351
-  Mending Shop Run--Plan No. 158, 88,                             81, 46
-  Merchant Marine Crews vs. Naval--Plan No. 1014,                    605
-  Merchant Night Watchman--Plan No. 69,                               37
-  Merchant Runs Co-operative Store--Plan No. 76,                      40
-  Merchants in Country Town Bought Out--Plan No. 732,                422
-  Merchants in Country Buy Electrotypes--Plan No. 119,                60
-  Merchants Give Discounts in Form of Motion Pictures--Plan No.
-  116,                                                                59
-  Merchants Plan to Interest Farmers--Plan No. 306,                  274
-  Merchants Use Coupons to Aid Sales--Plan No. 52,                    29
-  Master Mechanic on R. R.--Plan No. 979,                            593
-  Messenger Service at Home--Plan No. 85,                             45
-  Metal Plate, Oxy-Acetylene Work--Plan No. 1148,                    739
-  Metal Trades--Plan No. 919,                                        543
-  Metallic Furniture, Oxy-Acetylene--Plan No. 1146,                  739
-  Milk Condensed--Plan No. 206,                                       97
-  Milk Diet--Plan No. 127,                                            66
-  Milk, Market--Plan No. 434,                                        319
-  Milker, Opportunity for--Plan No. 871,                             495
-  Milking Stool, Improved--Plan No. 760,                             435
-  Mines, Photograph--Plan No. 578,                                   363
-  Mint Culture--Plan No. 6,                                            3
-  Mittens, Thumbless, Made for Children--Plan No. 231,               164
-  Mixer Operator for Concrete Work--Plan No. 1166,                   769
-  Mixer, Operator, Finisher, Reinforcing Places for Concrete Road
-  Construction--Plan No. 1174,                                       770
-  Modeler, Concrete Work--Plan No. 1179,                             772
-  Mold Loft, Naval Yards--Plan No. 1042,                             620
-  Molders for Concrete Production--Plan No. 1177,                    771
-  Molders--Plan No. 920,                                             544
-  Money, Makes Handkerchiefs, Collars, Cuffs, Etc.--Plan No. 186,     89
-  Mop, Dustless--Plan No. 714,                                       415
-  Motion Picture Photography--Plan No. 953,                          575
-  Motion Picture Theatre--Plan No. 79,                                41
-  Motion Picture Tickets Free--Plan No. 116,                          59
-  Motion Picture Tickets Free to Children--Plan No. 111,              57
-  Motion Pictures in Small Churches--Plan No. 402,                   311
-  Motorman for Electric Railway--Plan No. 1005,                      600
-  Moving Picture Program--Plan No. 84,                                44
-  Mucilage and Inks, Makes--Plan No. 190,                             90
-  Municipal Collections by Lawyer--Plan No. 30,                       17
-  Municipal Law a Specialty--Plan No. 657,                           392
-  Musical Circulating Library--Plan No. 386,                         304
-  Musical Composers Assist--Plan No. 249,                            217
-  Musical Education--Plan No. 396,                                   308
-  Musical Piano Keys--Plan No. 438,                                  320
-  Mushroom Growing--Plan No. 235,                                    165
-  Mushroom Growing in Cellar--Plan No. 91,                            47
-
-  N
-
-  Nails That Are Brittle, Remedy--Plan No. 498,                      336
-  Names, Collecting and Sell--Plan No. 277,                          237
-  Names for Advertisers--Plan No. 36,                                 21
-  Names, Sold in Lists--Plan No. 61,                                  34
-  Naval vs. Merchant Marine--Plan No. 1015,                          605
-  Naval Yards Occupations--Plan Nos. 1026, 1048, 1049,     610, 622, 623
-  Naval Yards, Blacksmith Shop--Plan No. 1032,                       618
-  Navy Yards, Boiler Shop--Plan No. 1031,                            618
-  Naval Yards, Calking--Plan No. 1044,                               621
-  Naval Yards, Condition of Work--Plan No. 1048,                     622
-  Naval Yards, Copper Shop--Plan No. 1037,                           619
-  Naval Yards, Classes of Workers Employed--Plan No. 1050,           624
-  Naval Yards, Cutting Steel Frames and Plates--Plan No. 1043,       621
-  Navy Yards, Drawing Room--Plan No. 1028,                           617
-  Naval Yards, Drilling--Plan No. 1044,                              621
-  Naval Yards, Electrical Dept.--Plan No. 1040,                      620
-  Naval Yards--Plan No. 1036,                                        619
-  Naval Yards, Galvanized Shop--Plan No. 1039,                       620
-  Naval Yards, Inside and Outside Work--Plan No. 1049,               623
-  Naval Yards, Joiner Shop--Plan No. 1034,                           619
-  Naval Yards, Mold Loft--Plan No. 1042,                             620
-  Navy Yards, Machine Shop--Plan No. 1030,                           617
-  Naval Yards, Office Work--Plan No. 1047,                           622
-  Naval Yards, Pattern Shop--Plan No. 1033,                          618
-  Navy Yards, Power Plant--Plan No. 1029,                            617
-  Naval Yards, Pipe Shop--Plan No. 1035,                             619
-  Naval Yards, Reaming--Plan No. 1044,                               621
-  Naval Yards, Rigging Loft--Plan No. 1041,                          620
-  Naval Yards, Riveting--Plan No. 1044,                              621
-  Naval Yards, Schedule of Daily Wages and Naval Stations--Plan
-  No. 1051,                                                          626
-  Naval Yards, Shaping and Bonding Plates--Plan No. 1043,            621
-  Naval Yards, Sheet Metal Shop--Plan No. 1038,                      619
-  Naval Yards, Ship Fitting--Plan No. 1045,                          621
-  Naval Yards, Shipping and Calking--Plan No. 1044,                  621
-  Naval Yards, Supply Dept.--Plan No. 1046,                          622
-  Newspaper and Real Estate--Plan No. 603,                           373
-  Newspaper Correspondence--Plan No. 191,                             91
-  Newspaper in Country Town Gets Advertisements for--Plan No. 238,   166
-  Newspaper in Country Advertising--Plan No. 66,                      36
-  Newspaper Man Briefs the Law Briefs--Plan No. 156,                  80
-  Newspaper Man Clips Personals--Plan No. 33,                         20
-  Newspaper Man Makes Extra Money by Long Dist. Phone--Plan No.
-  356,                                                               289
-  Newspaper Man Obtains Business by Telegraph--Plan No. 360,         291
-  Newspaper Man’s Plan--Plan No. 207, 680,          97, 402
-  Newspaper Man Writes Church History--Plan No. 201,                  95
-  Newspaper Owner Obtains Business When Sick--Plan No. 360,          291
-  Newspaper Reporter Runs Social Register--Plan No. 326,             280
-  Newspaper Represent--Plan No. 702B,                                411
-  Newspaper Runs Home Industry Page--Plan No. 465,                   329
-  Newspaper Runs Library Column--Plan No. 263,                       232
-  Newspaper for Churches--Plan No. 98,                                51
-  Newspaper Runs Paid Reading Matter--Plan No. 4,                      2
-  Newspaper and Sale of Farm Lands, Makes Success--Plan No. 603,     373
-  Newspaper Supports Home Industries--Plan No. 423,                  316
-  Newspaper Work, Future in--Plan No. 909,                           504
-  Newspaper Work, Opportunity in-Plan No. 909,                       504
-  Newspaper in the Country, Represent--Plan No. 430,                 318
-  News Depot Open--Plan No. 353,                                     289
-  New Way to Sell Sheet Music--Plan No. 44,                           25
-  Night Watchman, Opportunity--Plan No. 69,                           37
-  Notion Store at Home--Plan No. 290,                                269
-  Numbers on Houses Supplied--Plan No. 346,                          286
-  Nurse for Isolation Hospital--Plan No. 672,                        399
-  Nurse for Diabetics--Plan No. 568,                                 357
-  Nurse, Opportunity for--Plan No. 870,                              494
-  Nurses’ Bureau--Plan No. 148,                                       76
-  Nurses, Opportunity for--Plan No. 859,                             493
-  Nut Candy Good--Plan No. 332,                                      282
-  Nut Crystallized--Plan No. 404,                                    311
-  Nut Meats, Dealing in--Plan No. 168,                                86
-  Nuts, Sell--Plan No. 230,                                          164
-  Nuts, Shell and Sell--Plan No. 405,                                312
-
-  O
-
-  Occupations in Automobile Industry--Plan No. 1104,                 707
-  Occupations, Commercial--Plan No. 1082,                            658
-  Occupations in Electrical Manufacturing Industries--Plan No.
-  1069,                                                              648
-  Occupations in Navy Yard--Plan No. 1026,                           610
-  Occupations, Other, on Railway--Plan No. 1007,                     601
-  Ocean Transportation--Plan No. 1012,                               604
-  Ocean Transportation, Able Seaman--Plan No. 1022,                  607
-  Ocean Transportation, Boatswain--Plan No. 1021,                    606
-  Ocean Transportation, Chief Engineer and Assistant--Plan No.
-  1029,                                                              606
-  Ocean Transportation, Chief Mate--Plan No. 1017,                   605
-  Ocean Transportation, Chief Steward--Plan No. 1025,                610
-  Ocean Transportation, Crew and Duties--Plan No. 1014,              605
-  Ocean Transportation, Lookout--Plan No. 1023,                      609
-  Ocean Transportation, Manager and Captain--Plan No. 1016,          605
-  Ocean Transportation, Navy vs. Merchant Marine--Plan No. 1015,     605
-  Ocean Transportation, Purser Position for Disabled Men--Plan No.
-  1024,                                                              609
-  Ocean Transportation, Second Mate--Plan No. 1018,                  606
-  Ocean Transportation, Watch Officer--Plan No. 1019,                606
-  Odd Jobs Done by Boy--Plan No. 481,                                333
-  Office and Clerical Work on Railroads--Plan No. 964,               583
-  Office Boys’ Training School--Plan No. 384,                        303
-  Office in City, Desk Room--Plan No. 113,                            57
-  Office Management, Commercial Work, Common--Plan No. 1097,         680
-  Office Work for Railroads--Plan No. 975,                           589
-  Office Work, Navy Yards--Plan No. 1047,                            622
-  Offices, Supplies Towels for--Plan No. 45,                          25
-  Old Houses Made Over--Plan No. 81,                                  42
-  Old Man Stores Screens--Plan No. 39,                                23
-  One Ewe Gives Boy Profit--Plan No. 756,                            432
-  One Cow Dairy--Plan No. 8,                                           4
-  Operating, Garment--Plan No. 1242,                                 839
-  Operators Who Sew Different Parts of Shoe--Plan No. 1053,          630
-  Operators Who Skilfully Cut Leathers--Plan No. 1054,               631
-  Operator of Motion Pictures Starts Business in Small Town
-  Churches--Plan No. 402,                                            311
-  Optometry, Opportunity in--Plan No. 926,                           551
-  Orchard and Garden Made to Pay--Plan No. 127(A),                    68
-  Orchard Bird Bath--Plan No. 567,                                   356
-  Orchard, Fifty-two Acres In Michigan--Plan No. 802,                453
-  Orchard Neglected, Pays Profits--Plan No. 806,                     455
-  Orchardist, Increased Size of Fruits and Vegetables--Plan No.
-  547,                                                               348
-  Orchardist, Spray Fruit Trees--Plan No. 24,                         13
-  Orders Pay Way Through College--Plan No. 592,                      370
-  Organizer for Community--Plan No. 217,                             100
-  Own Town, He Worked for--Plan No. 464,                             328
-  Oxy-Acetylene Welding--Plan No. 1139,                              732
-  Oxy-Acetylene Work--Plan No. 1139, 1141,                      732, 737
-  Oxy-Acetylene Work, Automobile Industry--Plan No. 1143,            738
-  Oxy-Acetylene Work, Containers--Plan No. 1147,                     739
-  Oxy-Acetylene Work, Electric Railways--Plan No. 1141,              737
-  Oxy-Acetylene Work, Foundries--Plan No. 1149,                      739
-  Oxy-Acetylene Work, Metallic Furniture--Plan No. 1146,             739
-  Oxy-Acetylene Work, Metal Plates--Plan No. 1148,                   739
-  Oxy-Acetylene Work, Pipe and Main--Plan No. 1144,                  738
-  Oxy-Acetylene Work, Steam Railways--Plan No. 1140,                 737
-  Oxy-Acetylene Work, Sheet Metal--Plan No. 1145,                    739
-  Oxy-Acetylene Work, Shipbuilding--Plan No. 1142,                   738
-
-  P
-
-  Paid Reading Matter for Newspapers--Plan No. 4,                      2
-  Paint Screens During Winter--Plan No. 39,                           23
-  Painter Paints Auto In Winter-Plan No. 591,                        369
-  Painting of China and Sausage Making--Plan No. 365,                294
-  Palmistry by Mail--Plan No. 165,                                    84
-  Pansies Raise and Sell--Plan No. 414,                              314
-  Paper Covers Put Man Through College--Plan No. 227,                163
-  Paper for the Church, How to Run--Plan No. 98,                      51
-  Parcel Post Exchange--Plan No. 389,                                305
-  Parcel Post Sells Apples--Plan No. 364, 580,                  363, 293
-  Parcel Post Sells Butter and Cheese--Plan No. 246,                 209
-  Parcel Post Sells Cigars--Plan No. 309,                            275
-  Parcel Post Used to Sell on Installment--Plan No. 31,              275
-  Parlor Magic--Plan No. 478,                                        333
-  Patent Attorney Gives Work to Engineer and Draftsman--Plan No.
-  784,                                                               445
-  Patent Attorney, How to Become--Plan No. 786,                      446
-  Patent Insight, Special Directory--Plan No. 422,                   316
-  Patrolman In Small Town--Plan No. 69,                               37
-  Pattern Copied on Cloth--Plan No. 519,                             340
-  Pattern Makers for Concrete Construction--Plan No. 1180,           772
-  Pattern Shop, Naval Yards--Plan No. 1033,                          618
-  Patterns; for Stockings Made--Plan No. 316,                        277
-  Pay Their Way Through College--Plan No. 598,                       371
-  Peanut Vending Machine--Plan No. 427,                              318
-  Peanuts Salted Made a Success--Plan No. 367,                       294
-  Peas, Sweet, Raised--Plan No. 289,                                 268
-  Pen. Inkless. Manufacture--Plan No. 27,                             15
-  Pencil Sharpening Machine Free--Plan No. 20,                        10
-  People Introduced Through the Newspaper--Plan No. 669,             398
-  Peppermint Creams--Plan No. 330,                                   282
-  Perfume for Sick Room--Plan No. 296,                               270
-  Perspiration Eradicator--Plan No. 506,                             338
-  Photo Engraving and Three Color Work--Plan No. 955,                575
-  Photographing Animals for Sale--Plan No. 99,                        52
-  Photographs, Develop and Print--Plan No. 292,                      269
-  Photographs, Read Characters From--Plan No. 327,                   281
-  Photographs, Sell at 39 cents per Dozen--Plan No. 73,               38
-  Photography, Air Brush Work--Plan No. 945,                         573
-  Photography, Amateur Finishing--Plan No. 951,                      574
-  Photography as a Vocation,                                         573
-  Photography, Bromide Paintings--Plan No. 946,                      573
-  Photography, Children--Plan No. 46, 553,                       26, 350
-  Photography, Commercial--Plan No. 947,                             573
-  Photography, Copying. Coloring Photographs, Lantern Slides and
-  Etc.,--Plan No. 948,                                               574
-  Photography for the Press--Plan No. 950,                           574
-  Photography. Landscape and Architectural Photography--Plan No.
-  949,                                                               574
-  Photography, Making Home Portraits--Plan No. 952,                  574
-  Photography. Mines--Plan No. 578,                                  363
-  Photography, Motion Pictures--Plan No. 953,                        575
-  Photography, Photo Engraving and Three Color Work--Plan No. 955,   575
-  Photography. Question to Ask--Plan No. 956,                        576
-  Photography. Portrait--Plan No. 954,                               575
-  Photography with Stereo-Camera--Plan No. 57,                        32
-  Physician Has Hospital In Town--Plan No. 77,                        40
-  Physician Makes Money--Plan No. 640,                               388
-  Physician’s Opportunity in This Field--Plan No. 915,               531
-  Piano Keys Keep White--Plan No. 438,                               320
-  Piano, Plays and Teaches--Plan No. 180,                             89
-  Piano Store Plan--Plan No. 386,                                    304
-  Pickled Peaches or Pears--Plan No. 128,                             69
-  Pickled Plums--Plan No. 131,                                        69
-  Pickles Sweet Cucumbers--Plan No. 132,                              70
-  Pickles, Relishes and Preserves--Plan No. 211,                      98
-  Pictures, He Drew--Plan No. 742,                                   426
-  Pictures Frame Knock Down--Plan No. 350, 387,                 287, 304
-  Pictures Made to Look Like Oil Paintings--Plan No. 391,            306
-  Picture Taking From Town to Farm--Plan No. 908,                    503
-  Pictures Taken of Children--Plan No. 46,                            26
-  Picture, Look Like Oil Paintings--Plan No. 391,                    306
-  Pictures, Drawn--Plan No. 742,                                     642
-  Pies, Make--Plan No. 273,                                          236
-  Pig Makes Boy Money--Plan No. 757,                                 433
-  Pig Makes Profit for Farmer Boy--Plan No. 726,                     420
-  Pig, Profit from $587.00--Plan No. 696,                            408
-  Pigs Profitable to Boy--Plan No. 751,                              431
-  Pigeons, Raise--Plan No. 561,                                      353
-  Pillows and Cushions Make--Plan No. 254,                           219
-  Pipe and Main Works, Oxy-Acetylene--Plan No. 1144,                 738
-  Pipe Shop, Naval Yards--Plan No. 1035,                             619
-  Plan To Bring Women to Store--Plan No. 299,                        271
-  Plans, He Knew How to Operate--Plan No. 306,                       373
-  Plant Dept., Telephone Companies--Plan No. 1220,                   799
-  Plants, Growing and Selling of--Plan No. 261,                      231
-  Plants, Hot Beds for--Plan No. 433,                                319
-  Planing Mill Industry--Plan No. 929,                               557
-  Plating Silver--Plan No. 501,                                      337
-  Platinum, Working in--Plan No. 958,                                578
-  Plants, Raise and Sell--Plan No. 417, 418,                    315, 315
-  Plasterer and Mold Maker, Concrete Production--Plan No. 1181,      772
-  Play-Ground for Children--Plan No. 16,                               7
-  Podiatry as a Vocation--Plan No. 1245,                             844
-  Plumber, How to Become--Plan No. 701,                              410
-  Plums Pickled--Plan No. 131, 215,                               69, 99
-  Plumber--Plan No. 836,                                             489
-  Plumber, Do You Want to Become One--Plan No. 701,                  410
-  Police Division--Plan No. 834,                                     488
-  Police Judge Becomes,--Plan No. 683,                               403
-  Police Judge, Opportunity for--Plan No. 850,                       492
-  Policemen, Opportunity for--Plan No. 837,                          489
-  Policemen, Small Town--Plan No. 69,                                 37
-  Polish for Autos--Plan No. 193,                                     92
-  Polish for Furniture Successfully Sold--Plan No. 520,              340
-  Polishing Blocks of Metal--Plan No. 490,                           335
-  Polishing Cloths Made--Plan No. 60,                                 33
-  Political, He First Became County Assessor--Plan No. 687,          405
-  Political, How He Wanted and Became a City Commissioner--Plan
-  No. 685,                                                           404
-  Political, He Ran for Justice of Peace--Plan No. 686,              404
-  Political, Lawyer Becomes Police Judge--Plan No. 683,              403
-  Political, Lawyer Becomes State Representative--Plan No. 682,      403
-  Political Manual--Plan No. 22,                                      12
-  Political Party, Extremest, Represented by Lawyer--Plan No. 673,   400
-  Politically He Becomes County Clerk--Plan No. 781,                 443
-  Politically, He Made a Success of Assessor’s Office--Plan No.
-  780,                                                               443
-  Politics, Attorney Becomes Mayor of City--Plan No. 634,            385
-  Politics, He Became Secretary to the Mayor--Plan No. 631,          383
-  Politics, in City Affair, Opportunity Health Division--Plan
-  No. 830,                                                           487
-  Politics, Interest In--Plan No. 660,                               394
-  Politics, He Became County Commissioner--Plan No. 632,             383
-  Politics, How Lawyer Became County Clerk--Plan No. 653,            390
-  Politics, Lawyer Becomes a Judge--Plan No. 633,                    384
-  Politics, Make a Living Out of--Plan No. 635,                      385
-  Politics, Physician Becomes Coroner--Plan No. 638,                 387
-  Politics, Reporter, Goes to Washington--Plan No. 661,              394
-  Politics, Retired Man, Goes Into--Plan No. 739,                    425
-  Poor Farm--Plan No. 870,                                           494
-  Pop Corn Sells--Plan No. 351,                                      288
-  Portrait Photography--Plan No. 954,                                575
-  Positions in Agricultural Extension Service--Plan No. 944,         572
-  Positions In Agricultural Experiment Stations--Plan No. 942,       570
-  Positions in Agricultural Schools for Agricultural Specialist--
-  Plan No. 940,                                                      566
-  Positions, 225 in Number--Plan No. 913,                            512
-  Positions, Thousands of, In U. S. A., In Agricultural Colleges--
-  Plan No. 942,                                                      569
-  Post Cards for Churches--Plan No. 197,                              93
-  Post Card Souvenirs--Plan No. 257,                                 229
-  Post Card Series Sell--Plan No. 347,                               286
-  Post Card, Tinsel--Plan No. 471,                                   331
-  Postage Stamps, Cancelled, Sells--Plan No. 476,                    332
-  Postal Department of Government--Plan No. 885,                     498
-  Potato Chips Made a Success--Plan No. 343,                         285
-  Potato Chips and Doughnuts--Plan No. 93,                            48
-  Potato Plants, Sweet, Raised--Plan No. 418,                        315
-  Potted Plants Sold--Plan No. 233,                                  164
-  Potted Plants, Growing and Selling--Plan No. 261,                  231
-  Poultry, Back Yard--Plan No. 239,                                  166
-  Poultry Figures That Are Interesting--Plan No. 611, 614, 619,
-                                                           377, 378, 379
-  Poultry Fattened Quickly--Plan No. 496,                            336
-  Poultry, Hen House Strip--Plan No. 382,                            302
-  Poultry, How to Succeed in--Plan No. 723,                          418
-  Poultry in the City a Success--Plan No. 614,                       378
-  Poultry Made Good Profits--Plan No. 711,                           414
-  Poultry Makes $1,000 per Year--Plan No. 619,                       379
-  Poultry Man Raises Capons--Plan No. 297,                           270
-  Poultry Man, Boy Starts on Road to Success--Plan No. 754,          431
-  Poultry Man Keeps Eggs Fresh for a Year--Plan No. 545,             348
-  Poultry Man Makes Strips for Hen House--Plan No. 382,              302
-  Poultry, Money in--Plan No. 708, 282, 709, 710, 711, 723,
-                                                      413, 267, 414, 418
-  Poultry Primer--Plan No. 219,                                      122
-  Poultry Pure Bred Made to Pay--Plan No. 318,                       278
-  Poultry Plan of a Woman--Plan No. 212,                              98
-  Poultry Raised--Plan No. 668,                                      398
-  Poultry Raised by Farmer’s Wife--Plan No. 435,                     319
-  Poultry Raised by Girl--Plan No. 721,                              417
-  Poultry Raised by Woman--Plan No. 710,                             414
-  Poultry Raise and Sell--Plan No. 183,                               89
-  Poultry Raising for a Boy--Plan No. 94,                             49
-  Poultry Raised on 80 Acres--Plan No. 668,                          398
-  Poultry Raised in South by Girls--Plan No. 747,                    429
-  Poultry Record Earned by Girl in South--Plan No. 753,              431
-  Poultry What One Woman Did--Plan No. 709,                          414
-  Poultry, What She Did with Chickens--Plan No. 800,                 451
-  Poultry Yields $1.14 an Hour--Plan No. 748,                        429
-  Powderman, Opportunity for--Plan No. 838,                          489
-  Powder Sold with a Premium--Plan No. 368,                          295
-  Power Plant, Navy Yards--Plan No. 1028,                            617
-  Practice, How a Drugless Doctor Builds it Up--Plan No. 650,         88
-  Preparation, How to Market--Plan No. 167,                           85
-  Presents for Holidays and Birthdays--Plan No. 428,                 318
-  Preserved Pure Fruit and Jellies--Plan No. 581,                    364
-  Pressing, Garment--Plan No. 1214,                                  840
-  Press Photography--Plan No. 950,                                   574
-  Printed Suggestions to Hotel People--Plan No. 97,                   51
-  Printer, Amateur--Plan No. 253,                                    219
-  Printer Put Out Calendar with Local Views--Plan No. 252,           218
-  Printer Makes Church Post Cards--Plan No. 197,                      93
-  Printer Sells Electrotypes to Country Merchant--Plan No. 119,       60
-  Printing Press Bought and Used--Plan No. 477,                      332
-  Printing Trades as a Vocation--Plan No. 1238,                      826
-  Probation Officer--Plan No. 858,                                   494
-  Produce of Other People’s Back Yards Sold Plan No. 82,              43
-  Professional Hostess--Plan No. 2,                                    1
-  Professional Man Shopper--Plan No. 62,                              34
-  Programs for Movie Theatres--Plan No. 84,                           44
-  Programs Published--Plan No. 196,                                   93
-  Promotion, Electrical--Plan No. 1199,                                6
-  Protection Against Fraudulent Court Action--Plan No. 759,          434
-  Protection Against Fraudulent Schemes and Wild Cat Investments,
-                                                           Front of Book
-  Public Office, Opportunities in--Plan No. 830,                     487
-  Public Safety, Commissioners Division--Plan No. 835,               488
-  Publication for Theatre Goers--Plan No. 23,                         13
-  Publishing a Cook Book--Plan No. 34,                                20
-  Publishing Programs--Plan No. 196,                                  93
-  Puffie Bags--Plan No. 108,                                          55
-  Pullets Made to Pay--Plan No. 282,                                 267
-  Pumpkins Sold in Powder Form--Plan No. 283,                        268
-  Pump-man for Railroad-Plan No. 1001, 1002,                    599, 600
-  Purchasing Agent Division--Plan No. 846,                           492
-  Purchasing Agent for the County--Plan No. 856,                     493
-  Purser Position for Disabled Soldiers, Ocean Transportation--Plan
-  No. 1024,                                                          609
-  Put Up Face Cream, the Way--Plan No. 146,                           75
-
-  R
-
-  Rabbits Raising, Made a Success--Plan No. 379,                     379
-  Rack for Portable Ironing Board, Build and Sell--Plan No. 818,     469
-  Rag Rugs Make and Sell--Plan No. 72,                                38
-  Railroad Baggage-man-Plan No. 1000,                                599
-  Railroad Brakemen on Local Freight--Plan No. 996,                  598
-  Railroad Brakemen on Passenger--Plan No. 994,                      598
-  Railroad Conductor on Freight Trains--Plan No. 997,                598
-  Railroad Construction on Operation--Plan No. 911,                  510
-  Railroad Freight Brakeman--Plan No. 995,                           598
-  Railroads, Head of Shop Work--Plan No. 978,                        592
-  Railroad, Lawyer Becomes Counsel for--Plan No. 679,                402
-  Railroad Official and Clerical--Plan No. 963,                      583
-  Railroad Office Work--Plan No. 975,                                589
-  Railroad Opportunities for Disabled Men--Plan No. 1003,            600
-  Railroad, Other Occupations--Plan No. 1002,                        600
-  Railroad Passenger Conductor--Plan No. 998,                        599
-  Railroad Pump-man--Plan No. 1001,                                  599
-  Railroad Shop Work--Plan No. 978,                                  592
-  Railroad Shop Work, Air Brake Mechanic--Plan No. 982,              594
-  Railroad Shop Work, Boiler Maker--Plan No. 984,                    594
-  Railroad Shop Work, Car Repairs--Plan No. 987,                     595
-  Railroad Shop Work, Inspectors in--Plan No. 986,                   595
-  Railroad Shop Work, Machinist in--Plan No. 981,                    593
-  Railroad Station and Yard Worker--Plan No. 973,                    589
-  Railroad Station Master and Assistant--Plan No. 969,               588
-  Railroad Steam, Opportunities--Plan No. 962,                       581
-  Railroad Supervising Agent--Plan No. 970,                          588
-  Railroad Track Supervisor--Plan No. 989,                           596
-  Railroad Track Work--Plan No. 988,                                 595
-  Railroad Traffic Dept.--Plan No. 976,                              590
-  Railroad Train Director--Plan No. 972,                             589
-  Railroad Train Dispatcher--Plan No. 964,                           586
-  Railroad Train Work--Plan No. 991,                                 597
-  Railroad Train Work Engineer--Plan No. 992,                        597
-  Railroad Train Work, Fireman--Plan No. 993,                        598
-  Railroad Telegraphy Work, Opportunity--Plan No. 964,               583
-  Railroad Ticket Examiners--Plan No. 974,                           589
-  Railroad, Yard Master and Assistant--Plan No. 973,                 589
-  Railroad, Yard Occupations--Plan No. 999,                          599
-  Railroads, Steam Electrical--Plan No. 1233,                        802
-  Railway Electrical Systems--Plan No. 1210,                         794
-  Railway Mail Service Clerk for Government--Plan No. 964,           502
-  Railway Office and Clerical Work--Plan No. 964,                    583
-  Railway Station Agent--Plan No. 967,                               587
-  Railway Supervisor--Plan No. 970,                                  588
-  Raise a Few Sheep--Plan No. 154,                                    79
-  Raised Letter Sign, How to Make--Plan No. 393,                     307
-  Raises Angora Cats--Plan No. 42,                                    24
-  Raker, Opportunity for--Plan No. 841,                              491
-  Razors Honed by Mail--Plan No. 250, 381,                      218, 301
-  Razors, Safety--Plan No. 35,                                        21
-  Ready-to-Make Dresses--Plan No. 114,                                58
-  Ready-to-Wear Aprons--Plan No. 13,                                   6
-  Reaming, Naval Yards--Plan No. 1044,                               621
-  Real Estate and Newspaper--Plan No. 603,                           373
-  Real Estate Information from Addresses--Plan No. 582,              364
-  Real Estate Man Buys Snap--Plan No. 731,                           422
-  Real Estate, Woman’s Way--Plan No. 5,                                3
-  Real Estate, Knowledge of Property--Plan No. 582,                  364
-  Rebate Cards--Plan No. 527,                                        342
-  Red Ink Powder Sell--Plan No. 475,                                 332
-  Reinforced Places for Concrete Construction--Plan No. 1168,        769
-  Refinishing by Furniture Repairmen--Plan No. 523,                  341
-  Refreshments for Shoppers--Plan No. 466,                           329
-  Religious Doctrine Championed His Way Through College--Plan No.
-  601,                                                               372
-  Rent System on the Farm--Plan No. 808,                             457
-  Renting Bulletin--Plan No. 58,                                      32
-  Renting Water Filters--Plan No. 32,                                 18
-  Repair Mon, Opportunity for--Plan No. 837,                         489
-  Repair Men, Electrical--Plan No. 1195,                             784
-  Repair Section, Telephone Company--Plan No. 1225,                  800
-  Repairing, Electrical Construction--Plan No. 1184,                 779
-  Repairing Houses--Plan No. 338,                                    283
-  Repairing Lawn Mowers--Plan No. 26, 267,                       15, 234
-  Repairing of Shoes--Plan No. 1056,                                 633
-  Repairs Automobiles--Plan No. 37,                                   22
-  Repairs Furniture--Plan No. 523,                                   341
-  Reporter Becomes Secretary of Chamber of Commerce--Plan No. 681,   403
-  Reporter Lives Four Years in Washington, D. C.--Plan No. 661,      394
-  Reporter on Newspaper Makes Extra Money--Plan No. 680,             402
-  Reporter Runs Paid Reading Matter--Plan No. 4,                       2
-  Represent Local Weekly--Plan No. 702,                              410
-  Representative of State--Plan No. 682,                             403
-  Restaurant and Bakery Man--Plan No. 830,                           487
-  Restaurant in Hotel How to Advertise--Plan No. 97,                  51
-  Restaurant Rented for Parties--Plan No. 18,                          8
-  Restaurant Runs Coffee Roaster--Plan No. 74,                        39
-  Retail Selling--Plan No. 1086,                                     666
-  Retired Man Goes Into Politics--Plan No. 739,                      425
-  Rhubarb Bed Made to Pay--Plan No. 317,                             277
-  Rhubarb Raised in the Cellar--Plan No. 416,                        314
-  Ribbons for Typewriter Renewed--Plan No. 341,                      284
-  Rice Popped, the Sale of--Plan No. 340,                            284
-  Rigging Loft. Naval Yards--Plan No. 1041,                          620
-  Riveting. Naval Yards--Plan No. 1044,                              621
-  Road and Street Transportation--Plan No. 1008,                     602
-  Roasting Ears for Winter--Plan No. 516,                            339
-  Roller Engineer, Opportunity for--Plan No. 843,                    491
-  Rolling Pin Covers Sell--Plan No. 691,                             406
-  Room and Board for Nurses--Plan No. 148,                            76
-  Rose Jars--Plan No. 106,                                            54
-  Roses, Attar of, Extracted--Plan No. 104,                           54
-  Rubber Stamps, Make--Plan No. 349,                                 287
-  Rugs, Made from Rags--Plan No. 72,                                  38
-  Rural Contractors for Concrete Construction--Plan No. 1169,        770
-
-  S
-
-  Sachet Powder--Plan No. 198,                                        93
-  Sachet Powder Sold by Woman--Plan No. 500,                         336
-  Saddle and Harness Maker--Plan No. 1058,                           634
-  Saddle and Harness Repairs--Plan No. 1059,                         634
-  Safety Engineering--Plan No. 916,                                  535
-  Safety Razors for 25 cents--Plan No. 35,                            21
-  Salad Dressing, Future--Plan No. 65,                                35
-  Sale of Milk Diet--Plan No. 125,                                    63
-  Sale of Sanitary Handkerchiefs--Plan No. 388,                      305
-  Sale Successful Without Advertising--Plan No. 251,                 218
-  Sale, The Way to Sell Cleaning Compound--Plan No. 162,              83
-  Sales Annually in Parlor and Hall--Plan No. 187,                    89
-  Sales Company One Man--Plan No. 557, 666,                     352, 395
-  Sales Dept., Light and Power Company, Electrical--Plan No. 1207,   793
-  Sales Manager Becomes Realty Owner--Plan No. 301,                  272
-  Sales Method Through Canvassing--Plan No. 258,                     230
-  Sales, Memorials--Plan No. 260,                                    231
-  Salesman, Advances--Plan No. 301,                                  272
-  Salesman Can Make Money Soliciting Collections for Collection
-  Agencies--Plan No. 462,                                            328
-  Salesman for Electrical Contracting and Repairing--Plan No. 1194,  783
-  Salesman Handles Auto Top Dressing--Plan No. 352,                  288
-  Salesman, Lawyer Sells Law Books--Plan No. 606,                    376
-  Salesman, Plan of Selling Articles--Plan No. 248,                  217
-  Salesman, Positions In Life Ins.--Plan No. 1096,                   679
-  Salesman Sells Another Man’s Soap--Plan No. 392,                   307
-  Salesman Sells Watches on Installment Plan--Plan No. 459,          326
-  Salesmanship--Plan No. 1089,                                       669
-  Salesmanship, Life Insurance--Plan No. 1095,                       677
-  Salesmen, Skillful Approach--Plan No. 258,                         230
-  Salesmen of Life Insurance, Great Opportunity--Plan No. 1095,      677
-  Salted Peanuts--Plan No. 367,                                      294
-  Sanitary Handkerchiefs Sell--Plan No. 388,                         305
-  Sanitary Inspector--Plan No. 830,                                  487
-  Sample-Making--Plan No. 1241,                                      839
-  Samples, Secret of Showing--Plan No. 248,                          217
-  Sausage Making and China Painting--Plan No. 365,                   294
-  Saw Work Done by Boy--Plan No. 479,                                333
-  Saw Milling, Opportunity in--Plan No. 912,                         511
-  Saws for Butchers, Sharpened--Plan No. 109,                         56
-  Scenario Writing--Plan No. 552,                                    350
-  Schemes that are Fraudulent, Protection Against, Front of Book
-  School Board, Lawyer Elected--Plan No. 677,                        402
-  School-Books Paper, Covers for--Plan No. 227,                      163
-  School-Children’s Needs--Plan No. 144,                              74
-  School for Dress Cutting--Plan No. 149,                             76
-  School for Etiquette and Dancing--Plan No. 150,                     77
-  School for Office Boys--Plan No. 384,                              303
-  School, High, the Way Boy Paid Expenses--Plan No. 743,             427
-  School, Teacher Does Extra Work--Plan No. 366,                     294
-  School to Teach Cooking--Plan No. 274,                             237
-  School to Teach Girls to Sew--Plan No. 275,                        237
-  Screens for Windows--Plan No. 826,                                 483
-  Screens stored for the Winter--Plan No. 39,                         23
-  Scrubbing Chariot Sell--Plan No. 715,                              415
-  Second Mate on Ship--Plan No. 1017,                                606
-  Secret Service Dept. of Government--Plan No. 886,                  498
-  Secretary by Mail--Plan No. 115,                                    58
-  Secretary to Mayor of a City, How to Become--Plan No. 631,         383
-  Secretary to the State--Plan No. 876,                              495
-  Secretarial Work, Commercial Work Common--Plan No. 1094,           675
-  Seed Inspector--Plan No. 900,                                      501
-  Seeds for Garden and Flowers, Sell--Plan No. 213,                   99
-  Self Protection Against Fraudulent Schemes and Wild Cat
-  Investments,                                             Front of Book
-  Sell Articles You Can Make--Plan No. 712,                          414
-  Sell Best Bed Bug Preparation--Plan No. 698,                       408
-  Selling--Plan No. 1089,                                            669
-  Selling, Commercial Retail--Plan No. 1086,                         633
-  Selling by Parcel Post, Installments--Plan No. 312,                276
-  Selling Polishing Clothes--Plan No. 60,                             33
-  Selling of Buttermilk--Plan No. 355,                               289
-  Selling Flag by Mail--Plan No. 110,                                 53
-  Selling Handicaps--Plan No. 1095,                                  677
-  Selling Lime by Mail--Plan No. 383,                                302
-  Selling List of Names--Plan No. 61,                                 34
-  Selling Life Insurance--Plan No. 1095,                             677
-  Selling, Method with Cake--Plan No. 303,                           231
-  Selling, Memorials--Plan No. 260,                                  231
-  Selling Plan, Photos--Plan No. 73,                                  38
-  Selling Plan Successfully Used--Plan No. 385, 452,            303, 323
-  Selling Plans, Very Successful--Plan No. 461,                      327
-  Selling Popped Wild Rice--Plan No. 340,                            284
-  Selling Potted Plants--Plan No. 261,                               231
-  Selling Powder with a Premium--Plan No. 368,                       295
-  Selling Talking Machine Plan--Plan No. 385,                        303
-  Selling, Trust Plan--Plan No. 309,                                 275
-  Selling and Sorting--Plan No. 319,                                 278
-  Sells Cereal Coffee--Plan No. 394,                                 308
-  Sells Children Shoes--Plan No. 559,                                352
-  Sells Flower and Garden Seeds--Plan No. 213,                        99
-  Sells Home Made Fireless Cooker--Plan No. 216,                      99
-  Sells Ink--Plan No. 375,                                           298
-  Sells Liquid Glass--Plan No. 380,                                  300
-  Sells Polishing Paste for Glass--Plan No. 137,                      71
-  Sells Toy Balloons--Plan No. 401,                                  310
-  Service Stations, Electric--Plan No. 1201,                         787
-  Serving Tray--Plan No. 816,                                        465
-  Sewer Division--Plan No. 841,                                      491
-  Sewing Lessons for Children--Plan No. 163,                          84
-  Sewing Shoes--Plan No. 1053,                                       630
-  Sewing Made Profitable--Plan No. 285,                              268
-  Shampooing and Hair Dressing--Plan No. 224,                        146
-  Shaping Steel Frames and Plates, Naval Yards--Plan No. 1043,       621
-  Shawls Wool Sold by Parcel Post--Plan No. 308,                     275
-  Sheep Herded by Girl Owners--Plan No. 749,                         429
-  Sheep, He Believes in--Plan No. 612,                               378
-  Sheep, Farmer Made Good Profits From--Plan No. 775,                441
-  Sheep Make Money for This Man--Plan No. 615,                       379
-  Sheep on Summer Fallow--Plan No. 607,                              376
-  Sheep, Raise--Plan No. 154,                                         79
-  Sheep, Raised by Girls--Plan No. 749,                              429
-  Sheet Metal, Oxy-Acetylene--Plan No. 1145,                         739
-  Sheet Metal Shop, Naval Yards--Plan No. 1038,                      619
-  Sheet Metal Workers in Factory--Plan No. 921,                      545
-  Sheet Music Sells--Plan No. 44,                                     25
-  Shelling and Selling Nuts--Plan No. 405,                           312
-  Ship Building, Oxy-Acetylene Work--Plan No. 1142,                  738
-  Ship Fitting, Naval Yards--Plan No. 1045,                          621
-  Shipping and Calking--Plan No. 1044,                               621
-  Shipping Clerk to Employer--Plan No. 521,                          340
-  Shirts for Men Made--Plan No. 247,                                 217
-  Shoe Dressing White--Plan No. 242,                                 196
-  Shoe Lasting Requires Skill--Plan No. 1055,                        632
-  Shoe Making--Plan No. 1051,                                        628
-  Shoe Polish in Powder Form--Plan No. 488,                          334
-  Shoe Polishing Cloths--Plan No. 60,                                 33
-  Shoe Repairing--Plan No. 1056,                                     633
-  Shoes for Children His Specialty--Plan No. 559,                    352
-  Shoes Made and Sold--Plan No. 456,                                 325
-  Shop for College Girl--Plan No. 67,                                 36
-  Shop Wiring, Electric Railway--Plan No. 1212,                      796
-  Shop Work for Railroad--Plan No. 978,                              592
-  Shopper, Man--Plan No. 62,                                          34
-  Shopping as a Profession--Plan No. 152,                             77
-  Shopping by An Old Man--Plan No. 62,                                34
-  Shopping for Friends--Plan No. 124,                                 62
-  Shoppers, Refreshments for--Plan No. 466,                          329
-  Shorthand School Started--Plan No. 87,                              46
-  Show Card Making, Book on--Plan No. 542,                           346
-  Show Card Writing--Plan No. 1237,                                  822
-  Shower Bath, Make and Sell--Plan No. 823, 713,                414, 475
-  Sick People, Eggs for--Plan No. 305,                               274
-  Sick Room, Perfume for--Plan No. 296,                              270
-  Signs of Raised Letters--Plan No. 393,                             307
-  Silver Fox Skins Sell--Plan No. 411,                               313
-  Silver Polish, How to Sell Same--Plan No. 112,                      57
-  Skating Rink with Summer Play Ground--Plan No. 16,                   7
-  Slips, Sold by Mail--Plan No. 117,                                  59
-  Snaps Purchased by Real Estate Men--Plan No. 731,                  422
-  Soap Leaves for Travelers’ Use--Plan No. 493,                      335
-  Soap Makes Liquid Glycerine--Plan No. 202,                          95
-  Soap, Plan of Selling--Plan No. 392,                               269
-  Social Functions Managed by Woman--Plan No. 43,                     25
-  Social Register--Plan No. 326,                                     280
-  Soda Fountain Made to Pay--Plan No. 78,                             41
-  Sold Apples by Parcel Post--Plan No. 364,                          293
-  Soldering Kit Sell--Plan No. 718,                                  416
-  Soliciting Business for Collection Agencies--Plan No. 462,         328
-  Song Sung Through a Dictaphone--Plan No. 194,                       92
-  Sorting and Selling--Plan No. 319,                                 278
-  Spats for College Girls--Plan No. 15,                                7
-  Spectacles, Two Sisters Sell--Plan No. 170,                         87
-  Spit Fire Amusement Plan--Plan No. 406,                            312
-  Sponge Box--Plan No. 813,                                          463
-  Spraying Fruit and Shade Trees--Plan No. 24,                        13
-  Squabs, Beginning with--Plan No. 801,                              452
-  Squabs, Raise--Plan No. 562,                                       354
-  Stamp Manufacturer--Plan 349,                                      287
-  Starch Enamel Plan Handled by Girl--Plan No. 538,                  345
-  Starting a Gingham Shop--Plan No. 11,                                5
-  Station Agent for Railroad--Plan No. 966,                          586
-  Station and Yard Worker for Railroad--Plan No. 973,                589
-  Station Clerk, Baggage Man, Railroad--Plan No. 967,                587
-  Station Master and Assistant for Railroad--Plan No. 969,           588
-  Steam Railroad, Electrical--Plan No. 1233,                         802
-  Steam Railroads, Opportunity In--Plan No. 962,                     581
-  Steel Frame Cutter, Navy--Plan No. 1043,                           621
-  Stenciling Work by Teacher--Plan No. 366,                          294
-  Stenographer--Plan No. 835,                                        488
-  Stenographer at Home--Plan No. 41,                                  24
-  Stenographer Becomes Lawyer--Plan No. 679,                         402
-  Stenographer Copies Addresses--Plan No. 424,                       317
-  Stenographer Does Typewriting by Mail--Plan No. 50,                 28
-  Stenographer Makes Money At Home--Plan No. 41,                      24
-  Stenographer, Opportunity for--Plan No. 846,                       492
-  Stenographer, Opportunity for--Plan No. 866,                       494
-  Stenographer, Wrote for Authors--Plan No. 50,                       28
-  Stenographer Who Travels--Plan No. 243,                            197
-  Stenographers for Court--Plan No. 874,                             495
-  Stenographers, Opportunity--Plan No. 839,                          490
-  Stenography Common Commercial--Plan No. 1085,                      665
-  Sterilized Cream and Bananas in the Country--Plan No. 328,         281
-  Stereo Views, Sells, Pays Way Through College--Plan No. 602,       373
-  Steward, Chief--Plan No. 1025,                                     610
-  Stick Candy Made at Home--Plan No. 100,                             53
-  Stock Raising in a Mining District--Plan No. 374,                  298
-  Stocking Patterns Made--Plan No. 316,                              277
-  Storage Battery Repair--Plan No. 1154,                             760
-  Storage Battery and Service Station Work, Electrical--Plan No.
-  1201,                                                              787
-  Store, Brings Women to--Plan No. 299,                              271
-  Store for Old Clothing Started--Plan No. 694,                      407
-  Store for School Children in Home--Plan No. 144,                    74
-  Store for Notions--Plan No. 290,                                   269
-  Store Handled by Woman--Plan No. 323,                              279
-  Store in Her Own Home--Plan No. 140, 276,                      73, 237
-  Store Man, Opportunity for--Plan No. 838,                          490
-  Store Purchased by Wife--Plan No. 323,                             279
-  Store Run at College, Earns His Way--Plan No. 590,                 369
-  Store Run on Co-operative Plan--Plan No. 76,                        40
-  Store with Stock of Notion--Plan No. 290,                          269
-  Stores Give Discounts in Books--Plan No. 49,                        28
-  Stores in Country Towns Bought and Sold--Plan No. 732,             422
-  Storing Screens--Plan No. 39,                                       23
-  Stove Polish and Enamel Made--Plan No. 426,                        317
-  Stove Polish that Enamels--Plan No. 502,                           337
-  Street Car Becomes Dining Room--Plan No. 270,                      235
-  Street Division--Plan No. 843,                                     491
-  Street Railway Oxy-Acetylene Work--Plan No. 1141,                  737
-  Street Transportation Foreman--Plan No. 1011,                      602
-  Strips for Hen Houses--Plan No. 382,                               303
-  Student, College, Earns Way Through--Plan No. 372,                 297
-  Student Earns Way Through College--Plan No. 589,                   369
-  Style Advisor--Plan No. 147,                                        75
-  Subscription Agency--Plan No. 195,                                  92
-  Subscription of Magazines by Mail--Plan No. 348,                   286
-  Sun-Burn Remover, Sell-Plan No.--507,                              338
-  Superintendent Assistant for Concrete Construction--Plan No.
-  1161,                                                              767
-  Superintendent from Clerk--Plan No. 80, 83,                     42, 44
-  Superintendent of Public Instruction--Plan No. 882,                496
-  Superintendent or Concrete Road Construction--Plan No. 1172,       770
-  Supervising Agent for Railroad--Plan No. 970,                      588
-  Supply Bureau--Plan No. 55,                                         31
-  Supply Dept., Naval Yards--Plan No. 1046,                          622
-  Surgery, A Specialty by a Doctor in Small Town--Plan No. 655,      391
-  Surplus Market Opened--Plan No. 463,                               328
-  Surplus, Can--Plan No. 558,                                        352
-  Sweet Peas--Plan No. 289,                                          268
-  Sweet Potato Slips by Mall--Plan No. 117,                           59
-  Switch Board Repairman--Plan No. 1226,                             800
-
-  T
-
-  Table Relish--Plan No. 56,                                          31
-  Tablets That Eradicate Grease--Plan No. 325,                       280
-  Takes Care of Hair--Plan No. 47,                                    27
-  Talking Machines Given Away--Plan No. 385,                         303
-  Taping, Electrical--Plan No. 1071,                                 652
-  Tax Deeds, Deacon Makes Money Out--Plan No. 639,                   387
-  Taxicab Transportation--Plan No. 1008,                             608
-  Tea Kettles of Brass, Collect--Plan No. 468,                       330
-  Tea Room Started--Plan No. 18,                                       8
-  Teacher Becomes Chauffeur--Plan No. 3,                               1
-  Teacher Can Sell--Plan No. 20,                                      10
-  Teacher In High School Raises City Gardens--Plan No. 583,          366
-  Teacher In Wood Working Trade--Plan No. 933,                       559
-  Teacher Works on the Side--Plan No. 366,                           294
-  Teacher, Technical Agriculture as Profession--Plan No. 940,        566
-  Teachers, Auto--Plan No. 1152,                                     757
-  Teachers, Forestry--Plan No. 1150,                                 740
-  Teachers, Men--Plan No. 1102,                                      693
-  Teaches Basket Making--Plan No. 92,                                 48
-  Teaches Button Hole Making--Plan No. 40,                            23
-  Teaches Dancing--Plan No. 400,                                     310
-  Teaches Etiquette--Plan No. 150,                                    77
-  Teaches Plano--Plan No. 180,                                        89
-  Teaches Scenario Writing--Plan No. 552,                            350
-  Teaches Sewing--Plan No. 163,                                       84
-  Teaching as Vocation--Plan No. 1101,                               692
-  Teaching in Commercial Work--Plan No. 1099,                        681
-  Teaching, Opportunity in Agriculture--Plan No. 938, 940, 941,
-  942, 943, 944,                            563, 566, 568, 569, 570, 572
-  Teaching Paid His Way Through College--Plan No. 778,               442
-  Team Driver, Opportunity--Plan No. 843,                            491
-  Teamsters, Opportunity for--Plan No. 841,                          491
-  Telegraphy and Wireless Operating--Plan No. 1087,                  667
-  Telegraphy as An Occupation for Disabled Men--Plan No. 964,        583
-  Telephone Company, Installation Section--Plan No. 1230,            801
-  Telephone Company, Repair Section--Plan No. 1225, 1226,            800
-  Telephone Company, Repair Section--Plan No. 1231,                  802
-  Telephone Company, Traffic Dept.--Plan No. 1232,                   802
-  Telephone Companies, Aerial Line and Cable Sections--Plan No.
-  1223,                                                              799
-  Telephone Companies, Auditing Dept.--Plan No. 1221,                799
-  Telephone, Companies, Commercial Dept.--Plan No. 1220,             799
-  Telephone Companies, Electrical--Plan No. 1218,                    798
-  Telephone Companies, Engineering Dept.--Plan No. 1219,             799
-  Telephone Companies, Line and Instrument Repair Man--Plan No.
-  1227,                                                              801
-  Telephone Companies, Plant Dept.--Plan No. 1222, 1225,        799, 800
-  Telephone Companies, Switch Board Repair Man--Plan No. 1228,       801
-  Telephone Companies, Underground Cable Section--Plan No. 1221,     800
-  Telephone Companies, Wire Chief Section--Plan No. 1229,            801
-  Telephone Operator--Plan No. 836,                                  488
-  Telephone Operator--Plan No. 857,                                  493
-  Telephone Operator’s Position--Plan No. 831,                       488
-  Telling Them How--Plan No. 513,                                    339
-  Tents, Made--Plan No. 576,                                         362
-  Terminal Water Transportation--Plan No. 1012,                      603
-  Testing Electrical Manufacturing--Plan No. 1078,                   656
-  Testing Generators and Other Devices--Plan No. 1081,               657
-  Testing Motors, Electrical Manufacturing--Plan No. 1080,           657
-  Theatre, Free to Children--Plan No. 111,                            57
-  Theatre, Free Tickets--Plan No. 116,                                59
-  Theatre Goers Weekly--Plan No. 23,                                  13
-  Theatres, Motion Pictures--Plan No. 79,                             41
-  Theatres, Motion Pictures, Programs--Plan No. 84,                   44
-  Thermometer Plan That Paid--Plan No. 63,                            34
-  Three Color Work in Photography--Plan No. 955,                     575
-  Tickets for Motion Picture Free--Plan No. 116,                      59
-  Time Keeper, Concrete Work--Plan No. 1163,                         768
-  Tinkering Jobs--Plan No. 484,                                      334
-  Tire Repairing, Automobile--Plan No. 1155,                         762
-  Toilet Adviser--Plan No. 147,                                       75
-  Tomato Plants Grow--Plan No. 174,                                   88
-  Tomato Preserves--Plan No. 135,                                     70
-  Tomato Sauce, Pure, from the Country--Plan No. 441,                321
-  Tomatoes Raised by Girl on ¹⁄₁₀ Acre--Plan No. 704,                412
-  Towel Supply to Offices--Plan No. 45,                               25
-  Town Lawyer, A Small--Plan No. 656,                                392
-  Track Foreman for Railroads--Plan No. 989,                         596
-  Track Supervisor for Railroad--Plan No. 990,                       597
-  Track Work R. R.--Plan No. 988,                                    595
-  Tractor Driver, Opportunity for--Plan No. 843,                     491
-  Trade Tip Bureau--Plan No. 571,                                    359
-  Trades and Farm Specialties--Plan No. 1065,                        638
-  Traffic Dept. for Railroad--Plan No. 976,                          590
-  Traffic Dept., Telephone Company--Plan No. 1232,                   802
-  Train Callers--Plan No. 974,                                       589
-  Train Car and Ticket Examiner--Plan No. 975,                       589
-  Train Director for Railroads--Plan No. 972,                        589
-  Train Dispatcher for Railroad--Plan No. 965,                       586
-  Train Work on Railroad--Plan No. 991,                              597
-  Transportation, Assistant for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                 100
-  Transportation--Plan No. 961,                                      580
-  Transportation Dept., Electrical Railway--Plan No. 1214,           796
-  Transportation on Road and Street, Managers of--Plan No. 1010,     602
-  Transportation, on Road and Street, Opportunities--Plan No. 1007,  601
-  Trappers, Opportunity for--Plan No. 841,                           491
-  Transportation, Opportunity in--Plan No. 962,                      581
-  Traveler’s Use Soap Leaves--Plan No. 493,                          335
-  Tray for Serving--Plan No. 816,                                    465
-  Treasurer to the State--Plan No. 879,                              496
-  Trees, Trim--Plan No. 524,                                         341
-  Trial Lawyer a Specialty--Plan No. 652,                            389
-  Truck Drivers, Opportunity for--Plan No. 1156, 489,                764
-  Truck Gardening, Big Profits--Plan No. 620,                        380
-  Trunks Packed by Woman--Plan No. 53,                                29
-  Trust Plan--Plan No. 112, 310,                                 57, 275
-  Trust, Idea with Cigars--Plan No. 309,                             275
-  Trust Plan Works Locally--Plan No. 307,                            274
-  Tuberculosis Sanitarium--Plan No. 859,                             493
-  Twenty-Three Acres Has Remarkable Yield--Plan No. 613,             378
-  Two Men Earn Their Way Through College--Plan No. 453,              323
-  Typewriting at Home--Plan No. 41,                                   24
-  Typewriting by Mail--Plan No. 50,                                   28
-  Typewriting Ribbons, Renew--Plan No. 341,                          284
-  Typewriting Saved by Lawyer--Plan No. 605,                         375
-
-  U
-
-  Underground Cable Section--Plan No. 1224,                          800
-  United States Martial’s Office--Plan No. 887,                      499
-  Upholstering and Repairing Furniture--Plan No. 532,                344
-  Urban Transportation--Plan No. 1004,                               600
-  Utility Companies, Electrical Employment--Plan No. 1203,           789
-  Utility Man, Opportunity for--Plan No. 841,                        491
-  Utility Man, Opportunity for--Plan No. 843,                        491
-
-  V
-
-  Vacant Lots Kept Clean--Plan No. 5,                                  3
-  Vacuum Cleaner--Plan No. 550,                                      349
-  Vegetables by Parcel Post--Plan No. 54,                             30
-  Vegetables Canned--Plan No. 294,                                   270
-  Vegetables Desiccated--Plan No. 237,                               165
-  Vegetables, Increased Size--Plan No. 547,                          348
-  Vegetables of 31 Varieties Raised in His Home Garden--Plan No.
-  705,                                                               412
-  Vehicle Manufacturing--Plan No. 930,                               557
-  Veterinarian for U. S., Become--Plan No. 217,                      100
-  Views Made by Camera--Plan No. 57,                                  32
-  Vinegar Made from Strawberries--Plan No. 209,                       98
-  Visits Other Attorneys--Plan No. 782,                              444
-
-  W
-
-  Wages, Schedule of, for Naval Yards and Naval Station--Plan No.
-  1050,                                                              624
-  Waitresses, Opportunity for--Plan No. 859,                         493
-  Wall Paper Agency at Home--Plan No. 89,                             46
-  Wall Paper, Take Orders for--Plan No. 469,                         330
-  Warehouse, Investigators for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                  100
-  Warehouseman for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                              100
-  Wash Outside of Houses--Plan No. 362,                              292
-  Washers, Opportunity for--Plan No. 859,                            493
-  Washington Man Goes Through College--Plan No. 370,                 296
-  Watch Fobs for 5 cents--Plan No. 86,                                45
-  Watch Insurance--Plan No. 95,                                       50
-  Watch Offices on Ship--Plan No. 1019,                              606
-  Watches Sold on Installment Plan--Plan No. 459,                    326
-  Watchman for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                                  100
-  Watchman, Opportunity--Plan No. 69,                                 37
-  Water Filter, Home Made--Plan No. 205,                              96
-  Water Filters Rented--Plan No. 32,                                  18
-  Water Glass Method for Saving Eggs--Plan No. 707,                  413
-  Water Transportation--Plan No. 1013,                               603
-  Water Works for Farm Kitchen--Plan No. 824,                        477
-  Way He Made a Success of Assessor’s Office--Plan No. 780,          443
-  Wealth, Way to                                           Front of Book
-  Weather Bureau--Plan No. 893,                                      499
-  Weaving Baskets for Farms--Plan No. 1,                               1
-  Week End Trips for Women--Plan No. 21,                              11
-  Weekly Paper, Start--Plan No. 166,                                  85
-  Weekly, Put Out for Theatre Goers--Plan No. 23,                     13
-  Weeklies in Small Country Towns--Plan No. 421,                     316
-  Weeklies in Small Country Towns, Represent--Plan No. 430,          318
-  Weight Clerk for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                              100
-  Weights and Measures Divisions--Plan No. 832,                      488
-  Weights and Measures, Assistant for U. S.--Plan No. 217,           100
-  Well and Water Work for Farm--Plan No. 824,                        477
-  Wells, Remove Foul Air--Plan No. 495,                              335
-  What the Farmer Should Know--Plan No. 1068,                        643
-  Wheat and Oats Yield Good--Plan No. 618,                           379
-  Wheat Makes Good Profits--Plan No. 621,                            380
-  Widow Protection Against Fraudulent Schemes and Wild Cat
-  Investments,                                             Front of Book
-  Widow Woman Prepares Lunches for Factory Workers--Plan No. 122,     61
-  Wife Helps Run Wall Paper Agency--Plan No. 89,                      46
-  Wife Helps Run Shorthand School--Plan No. 87,                       46
-  Wild Cat Investments, Protection Against,                Front of Book
-  Window Card Suggestions--Plan No. 10,                                5
-  Window, Coin Hidden in--Plan No. 741,                              426
-  Window Washing--Plan No. 702B,                                     411
-  Wire Chief Section, Telephone Companies--Plan No. 1229,            801
-  Wireless Operating--Plan No. 1087,                                 667
-  Wireman for U. S.--Plan No. 217,                                   100
-  Wiring, Electrical as an Occupation--Plan No. 1192,                782
-  Witness, Fees Collected for--Plan No. 96,                           50
-  Woman, Accomplished a Good Deal with Chickens--Plan No. 800,       451
-  Woman Assists Husband to Advance--Plan No. 301,                    272
-  Woman, Arm Developer--Plan No. 497,                                336
-  Woman Assists Husband in Advertising Agency--Plan No. 10,            5
-  Woman Assists in Grocery--Plan No. 298,                            271
-  Woman Assists In Surplus Market--Plan No. 463,                     328
-  Woman Bakes, Saves the Home--Plan No. 19,                            9
-  Woman Bakes Bread and Cake--Plan No. 303,                          273
-  Woman Bakes for Busy People--Plan No. 175,                          88
-  Woman Bakes Fruit Cake--Plan No. 29,                                16
-  Woman, Basket Boarder--Plan No. 829,                               486
-  Woman, Bath Powder--Plan No. 499,                                  336
-  Woman, Bath Room for--Plan No. 255,                                219
-  Woman Becomes Isolation Hospital Nurse--Plan No. 672,              399
-  Woman Becomes Rich in Making Salad Dressing--Plan No. 65,           35
-  Woman Becomes Shopper--Plan No. 152,                                77
-  Woman Becomes Toilet Advisor--Plan No. 147,                         75
-  Woman, Brittle Nails--Plan No. 498,                                336
-  Woman Built Her Home on $40 a Month--Plan No. 699,                 409
-  Woman Bust Developer--Plan No. 497,                                336
-  Woman Buys a Store--Plan No. 323,                                  279
-  Woman Canned Chicken--Plan No. 692,                                407
-  Woman Cans Fruit and Vegetables--Plan No. 210,                      98
-  Woman Caters for Lodge People--Plan No. 90,                         47
-  Woman Caters in Small Town--Plan No. 295,                          270
-  Woman Cook, Opportunity for--Plan No. 870,                         494
-  Woman Copies Patterns on Cloth--Plan No. 519,                      340
-  Woman Cow Tester--Plan No. 719,                                    416
-  Woman Crochets and Makes Other Patterns--Plan No. 185,              89
-  Woman Crochets Doll Clothes--Plan No. 12,                            6
-  Woman Crystallizes Fruits and Nuts--Plan No. 404,                  311
-  Woman Deals in Nut Meats--Plan No. 168,                             86
-  Woman Decorates Old Houses and Arranges Yards--Plan No. 81,         42
-  Woman Develops and Prints Photographs--Plan No. 292,               269
-  Woman, Divorced, Does Farming--Plan No. 736,                       424
-  Woman Does Canning for Busy People--Plan No. 264,                  232
-  Woman Does Hair Dressing Work--Plan No. 138,                        71
-  Woman Does Manicuring in Small Town--Plan No. 223,                 145
-  Woman Does Shampooing and Hair Dressing--Plan No. 224,             146
-  Woman Does Typewriting at Home--Plan No. 41,                        24
-  Woman’s Dresses, Ready to Make--Plan No. 114,                       58
-  Woman Dresses Christmas Dolls--Plan No. 226,                       163
-  Woman Earns College Education--Plan No. 395,                       308
-  Woman Earns Home by Making Doughnuts--Plan No. 740,                426
-  Woman Earns a Musical Education--Plan No. 396,                     308
-  Woman Entertains Children--Plan No. 667,                           397
-  Woman Extracts Attar of Roses--Plan No. 104,                        54
-  Woman Furnishes Refreshments for Shoppers--Plan No. 466,           329
-  Woman Gathers Chestnuts--Plan No. 179,                              88
-  Woman Gets Magazine Subscriptions by Mail--Plan No. 348,           286
-  Woman Gets Up Country Dinners for City Folks--Plan No. 121,         61
-  Woman Gets Up Window Cards--Plan No. 10,                             5
-  Woman Goes Through College and Pays $100 on Debt--Plan No. 399,    310
-  Woman Grows Tomato Plants--Plan No. 174,                            88
-  Woman Handles Desiccated Vegetables--Plan No. 237,                 165
-  Woman Handles Palmistry by Mail--Plan No. 165,                      84
-  Woman Has Annual Sales in Parlor and Hall--Plan No. 187,            89
-  Woman Helps Husband--Plan No. 521,                                 340
-  Woman Helps Husband Who is Doctor--Plan No. 77,                     40
-  Woman Helps Husband to Advance to Superintendent--Plan No. 80,      42
-  Woman Helps Husband to Advance to Engineer--Plan No. 83,            44
-  Woman Helps Her Husband’s Bakery--Plan No. 315,                    276
-  Woman Improves a Market--Plan No. 314,                             276
-  Woman in the Mountain Keeps 10 Children in School--Plan No. 722,   418
-  Woman Keeps Basket Boarders--Plan No. 829,                         486
-  Woman Keeps Bees--Plan No. 214,                                     99
-  Woman Keeps Eggs Fresh--Plan No. 217,                              100
-  Woman Keeps Flower Bed--Plan No. 429,                              318
-  Woman Keeps Piano Keys White--Plan No. 438,                        320
-  Woman Keeps Vacant Lots Clean--Plan No. 5,                           3
-  Woman, Landscape Artist, Assists Architect--Plan No. 272,          236
-  Woman Launders Lingerie--Plan No. 222,                             145
-  Woman Library Column in Newspaper, Run--Plan No. 263,              232
-  Woman Makes Almond Paste--Plan No. 107,                             55
-  Woman Makes and Sells Baskets--Plan No. 182,                        89
-  Woman Makes Apple-butter--Plan No. 419,                            315
-  Woman Makes Aprons--Plan No. 13,                                     6
-  Woman Makes Barn Pay--Plan No. 28,                                  16
-  Woman Makes Baskets--Plan No. 92,                                   48
-  Woman Makes Baskets--Plan No. 234,                                 165
-  Woman Makes Baskets for Ferns--Plan No. 1,                           1
-  Woman Makes Beauty Bags--Plan No. 159,                              81
-  Woman Makes Button Holes--Plan No. 40,                              23
-  Woman Makes Chains of Hair--Plan No. 359,                          291
-  Woman Makes Canvas Gloves--Plan No. 14,                              6
-  Woman Makes Cereal Coffee--Plan No. 394,                           308
-  Woman Makes Christmas Candy--Plan No. 73,                           88
-  Woman Makes and Sells Cottage Cheese--Plan No. 291,                269
-  Woman Makes Cozy Corners--Plan No. 155,                             79
-  Woman Makes Crab Apple Jelly--Plan No. 136,                         71
-  Woman Makes Dustless Dusters--Plan No. 160, 321,               82, 278
-  Woman Makes Face Cream--Plan No. 146,                               75
-  Woman Makes Feather Comforters-Plan No. 448,                       322
-  Woman Makes Good Profit from Chickens--Plan No. 711,               414
-  Woman Makes Grease and Oil Removers--Plan No. 120,                  60
-  Woman Makes Grocery Pay--Plan No. 298,                             271
-  Woman Makes Hens Lay in Winter--Plan No. 59,                        32
-  Woman Makes Holiday and Birthday Presents--Plan No. 428,           318
-  Woman Makes Home Made Candy--Plan No. 100,                          53
-  Woman Makes Home Made Christmas Gifts--Plan No. 142,                74
-  Woman Makes Home Made Cologne--Plan No. 105,                        54
-  Woman Makes Home Made Lace--Plan No. 143,                           74
-  Woman Makes Home Made Maple Cream Candy--Plan No. 102,              53
-  Woman Makes Home Made Sausage--Plan No. 365,                       294
-  Woman Makes Huckleberry Pie--Plan No. 273,                         236
-  Woman Makes Indian Baskets--Plan No. 133,                           70
-  Woman Makes Knock--down Dresses--Plan No. 114,                      58
-  Woman Makes Living from Sorting and Selling--Plan No. 319,         278
-  Woman Makes Maple Cream Candy--Plan No. 102,                        53
-  Woman Makes Orchard and Garden Pay--Plan No. 127,                   68
-  Woman Makes Pan Lifters--Plan No. 228,                             136
-  Woman Makes Peanut Crisp--Plan No. 103,                             54
-  Woman Makes Perspiration Eradicator--Plan No. 506,                 338
-  Woman Makes Pickled Plums--Plan No. 131,                            69
-  Woman Makes Puffie Bags--Plan No. 108,                              55
-  Woman Makes Potato Chips and Doughnuts--Plan No. 93,                48
-  Woman Markets Preserved Fruits--Plan No. 271,                      235
-  Woman Makes Rose Jars--Plan No. 106,                                54
-  Woman Makes Rhubarb Bed Pay--Plan No. 317,                         277
-  Woman Makes Rugs--Plan No. 72,                                      38
-  Woman Makes Sachet Powder--Plan No. 198, 500,                  93, 336
-  Woman Makes Salad Dressing--Plan No. 65,                            35
-  Woman Makes Shirts for Men--Plan No. 247,                          217
-  Woman Makes Sick Room Perfume--Plan No. 296,                       270
-  Woman Makes Up Social Register--Plan No. 326,                      280
-  Woman Makes Soda Fountain Pay--Plan No. 78,                         41
-  Woman Makes Stick Candy--Plan No. 100,                              53
-  Woman Makes Stocking Patterns--Plan No. 316,                       277
-  Woman Makes Sweet Cucumber Pickles--Plan No. 132,                   70
-  Woman Makes Table Relish--Plan No. 56,                              31
-  Woman Makes Taffy Candy--Plan No. 101,                              53
-  Woman Makes Tailored Hats--Plan No. 232,                           164
-  Woman Makes Tomato Sauce--Plan No. 441,                            321
-  Woman Makes Thumbless Mittens--Plan No. 231,                       164
-  Woman Makes Vinegar from Strawberries--Plan No. 209,                98
-  Woman Makes Women’s Articles--Plan No. 108,                         55
-  Woman Manages Social Functions--Plan No. 43,                        25
-  Woman Mends Broken China--Plan No. 439,                            320
-  Woman Nurse, Opportunity for--Plan No. 859,                        493
-  Woman Nurses, Diabetics--Plan No. 568,                             357
-  Woman Obtains Education and Makes $500--Plan No. 397,              309
-  Woman on Farm Becomes Ambitious--Plan No. 737,                     424
-  Woman on Farm Cans for City People--Plan No. 264,                  232
-  Woman on Farm Improves Market--Plan No. 314,                       276
-  Woman on the Farm Makes Money--Plan No. 172,                        88
-  Woman on the Farm, Money Making--Plan No. 184,                      89
-  Woman on the Farm Raises Geese--Plan No. 525,                      341
-  Woman on the Farm Raises Geese--Plan No. 262,                      232
-  Woman Offers Window Card Suggestions--Plan No. 10,                   5
-  Woman Opens Beauty Parlor--Plan No. 188,                            90
-  Woman Opens a Gift Shop--Plan No. 51,                               28
-  Woman’s Opportunity in Health Division of City--Plan No. 830,      487
-  Woman Packs Trunks--Plan No. 53,                                    29
-  Woman Paints China--Plan No. 365,                                  294
-  Woman Pays Grocery Bill from Flower-bed--Plan No. 429,             318
-  Woman Photographs Animals--Plan No. 99,                             52
-  Woman Pickles Cherries--Plan No. 130,                               69
-  Woman Pickles Peaches and Pears--Plan No. 128,                      69
-  Woman Pickles Plums--Plan No. 131,                                  69
-  Woman Pickles Plums--Plan No. 215,                                  99
-  Woman Picks Apples--Plan No. 155,                                   79
-  Woman Picks Berries--Plan No. 200,                                  94
-  Woman Picks Cranberries on Shares--Plan No. 178,                    88
-  Woman Plays and Teaches Piano--Plan No. 180,                        89
-  Woman Prepares Dinners in the Country--Plan No. 121,                61
-  Woman Prepares Lettering Compound--Plan No. 218,                   121
-  Woman Prepares Lunches for School Children--Plan No. 236,          165
-  Woman Prepares Lunches for Workers--Plan No. 122,                   61
-  Woman Preserves Flag Roots--Plan No. 181,                           89
-  Woman Preserves Fruit--Plan No. 271,                               235
-  Woman Preserves Pure Fruit and Jellies--Plan No. 581,              364
-  Woman, Protection Against Fraudulent Court Action--Plan No. 759,   434
-  Woman Puts Up Condensed Milk--Plan No. 206,                         97
-  Woman Puts Up Spiced Currants--Plan No. 134,                        70
-  Woman Puts Up Tomato Preserves--Plan No. 135,                       70
-  Woman Raises Angora Cats--Plan No. 42,                              24
-  Woman Raises Cabbage and Tomato Plants--Plan No. 417,              315
-  Woman Raises Canaries--Plan No. 221,                               145
-  Woman Raises Chickens--Plan No. 710,                               414
-  Woman Raises Flowers--Plan No. 141,                                 73
-  Woman Raises Geese--Plan No. 262,                                  232
-  Woman Raises Gold Fish--Plan No. 398,                              310
-  Woman Raises Mint--Plan No. 6,                                       3
-  Woman Raises Mushrooms--Plan No. 235,                              165
-  Woman Raises Mushrooms in Cellar--Plan No. 91,                      47
-  Woman Raises Plants--Plan No. 433,                                 319
-  Woman Raises Poultry--Plan No. 709,                                414
-  Woman Raises Rhubarb in Cellar--Plan No. 416,                      314
-  Woman Raises Rhubarb--Plan No. 317,                                277
-  Woman Raises and Sells Pansies--Plan No. 414,                      314
-  Woman Raises and Sells Poultry--Plan No. 183,                       89
-  Woman Raises Sweet Potato Plants--Plan No. 418,                    315
-  Woman Reads for Club--Plan No. 7,                                    3
-  Woman Reads Characters from Photographs--Plan No. 327,             281
-  Woman Remodels Farm--Plan No. 28,                                   16
-  Woman Runs Automobiles--Plan No. 3,                                  1
-  Woman Runs Bath Room for Women--Plan No. 255,                      219
-  Woman Runs Chafing Dish Annex--Plan No. 403,                       311
-  Woman Runs Co-operative Cooking--Plan No. 17,                        8
-  Woman Runs Clipping Bureau--Plan No. 7,                              3
-  Woman Runs Dining Room in Street Car--Plan No. 270,                235
-  Woman Runs Dress Cutting School--Plan No. 149,                      76
-  Woman Runs Etiquette and Dancing School--Plan No. 150,              77
-  Woman Runs 8¹⁄₂ Acres--Plan No. 21,                                 11
-  Woman Runs a Flower Bed--Plan No. 141,                              73
-  Woman Runs Girls’ Sewing School--Plan No. 275,                     237
-  Woman Runs Hand Laundry--Plan No. 189,                              90
-  Woman Runs Home Lunch Delivery--Plan No. 25,                        14
-  Woman Runs Home Store--Plan No. 276,                               237
-  Woman Runs Little Girls’ Cooking School--Plan No. 274,             237
-  Woman Runs Magazine Library--Plan No. 157,                          81
-  Woman Runs Medical Garden--Plan No. 409,                           313
-  Woman Runs Mending School at Home--Plan No. 88,                     46
-  Woman Runs Mending Shop--Plan No. 158,                              81
-  Woman Runs Notion Store at Home--Plan No. 290,                     269
-  Woman Runs Nurses’ Bureau--Plan No. 148,                            76
-  Woman Runs One Cow Dairy--Plan No. 8,                                4
-  Woman Runs Sewing School for Children--Plan No. 163,                74
-  Woman Runs Social Register--Plan No. 326,                          280
-  Woman Runs Store for School Children--Plan No. 144,                 74
-  Woman Runs Vacuum Cleaner--Plan No. 550,                           349
-  Woman Runs Traveling Grocery--Plan No. 300,                        271
-  Woman Sells Almond Cream--Plan No. 505,                            337
-  Woman Sells Apples by Parcel Post--Plan No. 364,                   293
-  Woman Sells Bath Powder--Plan No. 499,                             336
-  Woman Sells Brittle Nail Remedy--Plan No. 498,                     336
-  Woman Sells Comforters--Plan No. 448,                              322
-  Woman Sells Country Tomato Sauce--Plan No. 441,                    321
-  Woman Sells Face Cream--Plan No. 146,                               75
-  Woman Sells Flags by Mail--Plan No. 110,                            56
-  Woman Sells Flower and Garden Seeds--Plan No. 213,                  99
-  Woman Sells Grease and Oil Remover--Plan No. 120,                   60
-  Woman Sells Hickory Nuts--Plan No. 230,                            164
-  Woman Sells Ice Wool Shawls--Plan No. 308,                         275
-  Woman Sells Jams and Jellies--Plan No. 436,                        320
-  Woman Sells Ladies’ Goods--Plan No. 688,                           405
-  Woman Sells Magazines by Mail--Plan No. 348, 432,             286, 319
-  Woman Sells Plan, Bust Developer--Plan No. 497,                    336
-  Woman Sells Post Card Series--Plan No. 347,                        286
-  Woman Sells Potato Chips--Plan No. 343,                            285
-  Woman Sells Potted Plants--Plan No. 233, 261,                 164, 231
-  Woman Sells Preparation for Plano Keys--Plan No. 438,              320
-  Woman Sells Sachet Powder--Plan No. 500,                           336
-  Woman Sells Sanitary Handkerchief--Plan No. 388,                   305
-  Woman Sells Sheet Music--Plan No. 44,                               25
-  Woman Sells Spectacles--Plan No. 170,                               87
-  Woman Sells Sunburn Remover--Plan No. 507,                         338
-  Woman Sells Wonder Covers for Rolling Pins--Plan No. 691,          406
-  Woman Serves Hot Soup for Business Girls--Plan No. 302,            272
-  Woman Sews--Plan No. 285,                                          268
-  Woman Shops for Her Friends--Plans No. 123, 152,                62, 77
-  Woman Sorts and Sells Farm Produce--Plan No. 319,                  278
-  Woman Starts Gingham Shop--Plan No. 11,                              5
-  Woman Starts Home Messenger Service--Plan No. 85,                   45
-  Woman Starts Home Store--Plan No. 140,                              73
-  Woman Starts a Luncheon Club--Plan No. 169,                         86
-  Woman Starts Columns in Newspaper--Plan No. 263,                   232
-  Woman Starts a Tea Room--Plan No. 18,                                8
-  Woman Style Adviser--Plan No. 147,                                  75
-  Woman Suggested to Her Husband--Plan No. 81,                        42
-  Woman Supplies Clean Towels--Plan No. 45,                           25
-  Woman Supplies Firm With Baskets--Plan No. 1,                        1
-  Woman Supports Family by Home Canning--Plan No. 720,               417
-  Woman Takes Care of Plot--Plan No. 47,                              27
-  Woman Takes Children’s Pictures--Plan No. 46,                       26
-  Woman Takes Local Motion Pictures--Plan No. 79,                     41
-  Woman Takes Orders for Dress Goods--Plan No. 176,                   88
-  Woman Takes Orders for Extracts--Plan No. 177,                      88
-  Woman Takes Orders for Wall Paper--Plan No. 469,                   330
-  Woman Taught Care of Hair--Plan No. 47,                             27
-  Woman Teaches--Plan No. 366,                                       294
-  Woman Teaches Dancing--Plan No. 400,                               310
-  Woman Tells Them How--Plan No. 513,                                339
-  Woman, Wife of Doctor, Starts Hospital--Plan No. 77,                40
-  Woman’s Exchange, Sold Cake to--Plan No. 303,                      273
-  Woman’s Exchange--Plan No. 151,                                     77
-  Woman’s Poultry--Plan No. 212,                                      98
-  Woman’s Way of Going Through College--Plan No. 395,                308
-  Woman’s Way of Making a Living--Plan No. 689,                      405
-  Women, Bath Room, Exclusively for Them--Plan No. 255,              219
-  Women Brought to Store--Plan No. 299,                              271
-  Women Collect Brass Tea Kettles--Plan No. 468,                     330
-  Women Make Good Cow Testers--Plan No. 719,                         416
-  Women May Make a Living Out of Politics--Plan No. 635,             386
-  Wood Working Trade--Plan Nos. 927, 928,                            555
-  Wool Clip, One Dollar Per Head--Plan No. 775,                      441
-  Work, Condition of, Naval Yard--Plan No. 1048,                     622
-  Work in the Electrical Manufacturing Industries--Plan No. 1069,    648
-  Work in Navy Yards, How to Apply for--Plan No. 1026,               610
-  Work, 225 Positions Listed in Lumber Industry--Plan No. 913,       512
-  Worker Along Commercial Lines--Plan No. 1082,                      658
-  Workers Automobile Manufacturing Industries, Opportunities
-  in--Plan No. 1104,                                                 707
-  Workers, Classification of and What They Do, In Factory Wood
-  Working Trade--Plan No. 928,                                       555
-  Workers, Classes of, Employed in Naval Yards--Plan No. 1050,       626
-  Workers, Disabilities, on the Farm--Plan No. 1066,                 640
-  Workers, Disabled, 133, Make Good--Plan No. 1100,                  683
-  Workers, Great Demand on Farm--Plan No. 1067,                      642
-  Workers in Leather Trades--Plan No. 1051,                          628
-  Workers in Sheet Metal--Plan No. 921,                              545
-  Workers on Electric Railway--Plan No. 1004,                        600
-  Workers, Opportunity in Agricultural Colleges--Plan No. 942,       569
-  Workers, Opportunities in Advertising Profession--Plan No. 1091,   671
-  Workers, Opportunities, In Agricultural Experiment Stations--Plan
-  No. 944,                                                           572
-  Workers, Opportunity in the Jewelry Trade--Plan No. 957,           577
-  Workers, Opportunity for in Railroads--Plan No. 961,               580
-  Workers, Positions for in Agricultural Experiment Stations--Plan
-  No. 942,                                                           570
-  Workers, Positions, in Agricultural Extension Service--Plan No.
-  944,                                                               573
-  Workers That Sew Difficult Parts of Shoes--Plan No. 1053,          630
-  Workers That Skillfully Cut Leather--Plan No. 1054,                631
-  Workers, 10,000 Jobs in Life Insurance Work--Plan No. 1095,        677
-  Workman, Salesmanship, Opportunities in--Plan No. 1089,            669
-  Woven Shawls Sold by Parcel Post--Plan No. 307,                    274
-  Writing Business Letters--Plan No. 9,                                4
-
-  X
-
-  X-Ray Man, Opportunity For--Plan No. 859,                          493
-
-  Y
-
-  Yard Master and Assistant--Plan No. 971,                           588
-  Yard Occupations for Railroads--Plan No. 999,                      599
-  Y. M. C. A. and Y. W. C. A. Worker Puts Himself Through
-  College--Plan No. 593,                                             370
-
-
-
-
-  Transcriber’s Notes
-
-
-  Depending on the hard- and software used to read this text, and their
-  settings, not all elements may display as intended.
-
-  Inconsistent spelling and hyphenation have been retained, as have
-  unusual and archaic spelling, except as mentioned below. The book’s
-  use of quote marks at the beginning and end of paragraphs is
-  inconsistent as well.
-
-  The following plans are not present in the source document: No. 220,
-  No. 809 and No. 1027.
-
-  In most cases the Plans have been considered as chapters. Some Plans,
-  however, clearly are part of a chapter; these have been treated as
-  sections. The formatting of chapter and section headings have not been
-  standardised, except as listed below.
-
-  In lists and tables, the (lack of) numerical or alphabetical order of
-  entries has not been corrected unless listed below.
-
-  Page 32, were ordered taken: as printed in the source document; the
-  sentence appears to be incomplete or over-complete.
-
-  Page 138, Produce the infertile egg: as printed in the source
-  document; possibly intended to be a section header.
-
-  Page 415, Plan No. 713: the individual costs do not add up to the
-  total given.
-
-  Page 465, Fig. 6: the illustration may have been printed mirrored in
-  the source document.
-
-  Page 487, asterisks and footnote [10]: In the source document, the
-  asterisks on this and the following pages serve both as footnote
-  marker and as indicator for appointments by the commissioners. It has
-  been assumed that the footnote only refers to the Steward and
-  Assistant in the Rivercrest Isolation Hospital.
-
-  Page 487, Isolation Hospital--Rivercrest: There may be a line with the
-  name of a service missing between Nurses and Utility Man.
-
-  Page 558, Linderman machine: other spellings include Lindemann,
-  Lindeman, etc.
-
-  Page 662, PART 1 and page 668 PART II: as printed in the source
-  document.
-
-  Page 675, Since no training has been available for this vocation in
-  the past secretarial workers have been recruited: there should
-  probably be a comma after vocation or after past.
-
-  Page 806, 815-822, references to illustrations: there are no
-  illustrations in this Plan.
-
-  Page 822, See list on the last page of this monograph: there is no
-  such list.
-
-  Page 825, becoming a show-card writer be overcome: there is a word
-  (can, may, might or similar) missing.
-
-  Index: Entry College, Girl Works her Way Through: the page numbers are
-  missing from the source document.
-
-  Index: The non-alphabetical order of entries and the non-numerical
-  order of page and Plan numbers have not been corrected.
-
-
-  Changes made
-
-  Footnotes, tables and illustrations have been moved out of text
-  paragraphs. Some tables have been split or re-arranged.
-
-  The book occasionally uses multiple footnote markers for a single
-  footnote. Where necessary or more convenient, such footnotes have been
-  duplicated. In some footnotes, Idem has been replaced with the full
-  text for the sake of clarity.
-
-  Obvious minor typographical and punctuation errors have been corrected
-  silently.
-
-  Page xi: ‘ inserted before if you will not hear reason; ” added after
-  as Poor Richard says.
-
-  Page 68: Second PLAN No. 127 renumbered to 127B
-
-  Page 93: MAKING SACHET POWDERS PAY changed to MAKING SACHET POWDERS
-  PAYS
-
-  Page 98: Heinze’s fifty-seven varieties changed to Heinz’s fifty-seven
-  varieties
-
-  Page 172-173: alignment of items in Bill of Materials standardised
-
-  Page 181: Footnote anchor [10] inserted (invisible in source document)
-  where it appears to fit best
-
-  Page 215: Footnote anchor [15] inserted (invisible in source document)
-  where it appears to fit best
-
-  Page 234: simpling telling changed to simply telling
-
-  Page 237: come to the door changed to came to the door
-
-  Page 265: each the hills changed to each of the hills
-
-  Page 278: Shake the clothes well changed to Shake the cloths well
-
-  Page 344: aleic acid changed to oleic acid; merbane changed to mirbane
-
-  Page 375: LAWYERS PLAN changed to LAWYER’S PLAN
-
-  Page 440: PLAN No. 171 changed to PLAN No. 771
-
-  Page 448: he sewed rye changed to he sowed rye
-
-  Page 503: Second PLAN No. 907 renumbered to 907B
-
-  Page 515, row _r_: fireman changed to foreman
-
-  Page 517, row (2) _d_: detriment. no changed to no detriment.
-
-  Page 528, table header: cent changed to Per cent
-
-  Page 586, THE TRAIN DISPATCHER changed to PLAN NO. 965. THE TRAIN
-  DISPATCHER
-
-  Page 647, entry Accountant: D12 changed to E12
-
-  Page 683: Footnote anchor [34] inserted (invisible in source document)
-  where it appears to fit best
-
-  Page 846: footnote marker deleted after ... chiropody licensure (no
-  footnote present in source document)
-
-  Page 850: Underloader Foreman changed to Unloader Foreman
-
-  Page 861, row 11. Buyer, purchasing agent: footnote marker deleted
-  from column Hours of work (no footnote present in source document)
-
-  Page 862: If has not lost his head changed to If he has not lost his
-  head
-
-  Page 875: 135 changed to 133 (Disabled Men)
-
-  Index: Some repeated entries have been deleted. Some page and plan
-  numbers have been corrected silently. For the sake of clarity, dashes
-  between page or Plan numbers have been replaced with commas when they
-  did not indicate a continuous range.
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of One Thousand Ways To Make A Living;
-or, An Encyclopædia, by Harold M. (Harold Morse) Dunphy
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ONE THOUSAND WAYS TO MAKE A ***
-
-***** This file should be named 62231-0.txt or 62231-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
-        http://www.gutenberg.org/6/2/2/3/62231/
-
-Produced by MFR, Harry Lamé and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
-https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from images
-made available by the HathiTrust Digital Library.)
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
-will be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
-one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
-(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
-permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
-set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
-copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
-protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
-Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
-charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
-do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
-rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
-such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
-research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
-practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
-subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
-redistribution.
-
-
-
-*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
-http://gutenberg.org/license).
-
-
-Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works
-
-1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
-all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
-If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
-paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
-or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
-collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
-copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
-works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
-are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
-Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
-freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
-this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
-the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
-keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
-access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
-whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
-copied or distributed:
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
-from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
-posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
-and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
-or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
-with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
-work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
-through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
-Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
-1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
-terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
-to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
-permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
-posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
-you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
-copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
-request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
-form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
-that
-
-- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
-     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
-     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
-     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
-     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
-     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
-     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
-     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
-     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
-     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
-     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
-     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
-     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
-     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-     License.  You must require such a user to return or
-     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
-     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
-     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
-     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
-     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
-     of receipt of the work.
-
-- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
-     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
-forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
-both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
-Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
-collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
-"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
-corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
-property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
-computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
-your equipment.
-
-1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
-your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-
-Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
-To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
-and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
-
-
-Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
-http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
-permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
-Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
-throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
-809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
-business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
-information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
-page at http://pglaf.org
-
-For additional contact information:
-     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
-     Chief Executive and Director
-     gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-
-Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
-SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
-particular state visit http://pglaf.org
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
-To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
-
-
-Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
-unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
-keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-
-     http://www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.